FN Thomson Reuters Web of Science™
VR 1.0
PT J
AU Ablinger, I
Huber, W
Radach, R
AF Ablinger, Irene
Huber, Walter
Radach, Ralph
TI Eye movement analyses indicate the underlying reading strategy in the
recovery of lexical readers
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Reading treatment; Reading strategy; Eye movement; Acquired
dyslexia
ID DEEP DYSLEXIA; ACQUIRED DYSLEXIAS; PURE ALEXIA; ROUTE; CONTINUUM; WORDS;
ALOUD; MODEL; INFORMATION; REPETITION
AB Background: Psycholinguistic error analysis of dyslexic responses in various reading tasks provides the primary basis for clinically discriminating subtypes of pathological reading. Within this framework, phonology-related errors are indicative of a sequential word processing strategy, whereas lexical and semantic errors are associated with a lexical reading strategy. Despite the large number of published intervention studies, relatively little is known about changes in error distributions during recovery in dyslexic patients.
Aims: The main purpose of the present work was to extend the scope of research on the time course of recovery in readers with acquired dyslexia, using eye tracking methodology to examine word processing in real time. The guiding hypothesis was that in lexical readers a reduction of lexical errors and an emerging predominant production of phonological errors should be associated with a change to a more segmental moment-to-moment reading behaviour.
Methods & Procedures: Five patients participated in an eye movement supported reading intervention, where both lexical and segmental reading was facilitated. Reading performance was assessed before (T1) and after (T2) therapy intervention via recording of eye movements. Analyses included a novel way to examine the spatiotemporal dynamics of processing using distributions of fixation positions as different time intervals. These subdistributions reveal the gradual shifting of fixation positions during word processing, providing an adequate metric for objective classification of online reading strategies.
Outcome & Results: Therapy intervention led to improved reading accuracy in all subjects. In three of five participants, analyses revealed a restructuring in the underlying reading mechanisms from predominantly lexical to more segmental word processing. In contrast, two subjects maintained their lexical reading procedures. Importantly, the fundamental assumption that a high number of phonologically based reading errors must be associated with segmental word processing routines, while the production of lexical errors is indicative of a holistic reading strategy could not be verified.
Conclusions: Our results indicate that despite general improvements in reading performance, only some patients reorganised their word identification process. Contradictive data raise doubts on the validity of psycholinguistic error analysis as an exclusive indicator of changes in reading strategy. We suggest this traditional approach to combine with innovative eye tracking methodology in the interest of more comprehensive diagnostic strategies.
C1 [Ablinger, Irene] RWTH Aachen Univ Hosp, Dept Neurol, Sect Neuropsychol, Aachen, Germany.
[Ablinger, Irene; Huber, Walter] RWTH Aachen Univ Hosp, Dept Neurol, Sect Clin Cognit Res, Aachen, Germany.
[Radach, Ralph] Univ Wuppertal, Dept Gen & Biol Psychol, Wuppertal, Germany.
RP Ablinger, I (reprint author), RWTH Aachen Univ Hosp, Dept Neurol, Sect Neuropsychol Clin Cognit Res, Aachen, Germany.
EM iablinger@ukaachen.de
FU German Science Foundation, DFG [HU 292/9-2]
FX The present investigation was supported by the German Science
Foundation, DFG (HU 292/9-2). Two anonymous reviewers provided very
helpful feedback on an earlier version of this paper. We thank all
patients for participating in our study.
CR Ablinger I, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P537, DOI 10.1080/02687030701495403
Ablinger I, 2013, NEUROCASE, V19, P236, DOI 10.1080/13554794.2012.667119
Ablinger I., EYE MOVEMENT B UNPUB
Baron R, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P62, DOI 10.1080/02687030600927092
Behrmann M, 2001, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V39, P983, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(01)00021-5
Bowes K, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P687, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192117
Buchanan L, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V84, P65, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00521-7
Cherney Leora Reiff, 2004, Top Stroke Rehabil, V11, P22
Coltheart M., 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA, P22
Coltheart M, 1989, COGNITIVE APPROACHES, P159
Coltheart M, 2006, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V23, P96, DOI 10.1080/02643290500202649
Coltheart M, 2001, PSYCHOL REV, V108, P204, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.108.1.204
Coltheart M, 2012, CUR ISS PSYCHOL LANG, P3
Crisp J, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P615, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.541470
Crisp J, 2006, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V18, P348, DOI 10.1162/089892906775990543
Dell GS, 2007, J MEM LANG, V56, P490, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2006.05.007
DEPARTZ MP, 1986, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V3, P149, DOI 10.1080/02643298608252674
Engbert R, 2010, PSYCHOL SCI, V21, P366, DOI 10.1177/0956797610362060
FRIEDMAN RB, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P521, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248557
Friedman RB, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P114, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0006
Friedman RB, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P355, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000627
Friedman RB, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V72, P219, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2286
Greenwald ML, 2000, SCI PRACT NEUROPSYCH, P159
Hebbema J. D. F., 1974, P COMP STAT, P101
Houghton G, 2003, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V20, P115, DOI 10.1080/02643290242000871
Huber W., 1993, WORLD PERSPECTIVES A, P55
Huber W., 1983, AACHENER APHASIE TES
Huestegge L, 2009, VISION RES, V49, P2948, DOI 10.1016/j.visres.2009.09.012
Hyona J, 2004, MEM COGNITION, V32, P523, DOI 10.3758/BF03195844
Inhoff A. W., 1998, EYE GUIDANCE READING, P29, DOI DOI 10.1016/B978-008043361-5/50003-1
Inhoff AW, 2000, J MEM LANG, V42, P23, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1999.2666
Inhoff AW, 2005, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V31, P979, DOI 10.1037/0096-1523.31.5.979
Inhoff AW, 2011, J COGN PSYCHOL, V23, P543, DOI 10.1080/20445911.2011.546782
Johnson RL, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V45, P2246, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2007.02.026
Joseph HSSL, 2009, VISION RES, V49, P2078, DOI 10.1016/j.visres.2009.05.015
Kiran S, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P855, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000258
Leff AP, 2008, CURR OPIN NEUROL, V21, P644, DOI 10.1097/WCO.0b013e3283168dc7
Liversedge SP, 2000, TRENDS COGN SCI, V4, P6, DOI 10.1016/S1364-6613(99)01418-7
Mitchum C. C., 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V6, P103, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90003-2
Morton J., 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA
NICKELS L, 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V9, P155, DOI 10.1080/02643299208252057
Nolan KA, 1997, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V26, P413, DOI 10.1023/A:1025078003177
OLDFIELD RC, 1971, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V9, P97, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(71)90067-4
Patterson KE, 1985, SURFACE DYSLEXIA NEU
Radach R, 2004, EUR J COGN PSYCHOL, V16, P27, DOI 10.1080/09541440340000222
Radach R., 1993, ADV EYE MOVEMENT RES
Radach R., 1998, EYE GUIDANCE READING
Radach R, 2004, EUR J COGN PSYCHOL, V16, P3, DOI 10.1080/09541440340000295
Radach R, 2013, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V66, P429, DOI 10.1080/17470218.2012.750676
Radach R., 2000, READING PERCEPTUAL P
Rapcsak SZ, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V45, P2519, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2007.03.019
Rastle K, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V97, P189, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.10.003
Rayner K, 2005, PSYCHOL SCI, V16, P530, DOI 10.1111/j.0956-7976.2005.01570.x
RAYNER K, 1979, PERCEPTION, V8, P21, DOI 10.1068/p080021
Rayner K, 2009, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V62, P1457, DOI 10.1080/17470210902816461
Schattka KI, 2010, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V48, P2959, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2010.06.005
Schotter ER, 2012, ATTEN PERCEPT PSYCHO, V74, P5, DOI 10.3758/s13414-011-0219-2
Stadie N, 2006, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V23, P643, DOI 10.1080/02643290500538364
Tang SL, 2012, BEHAV RES METHODS, V44, P420, DOI 10.3758/s13428-011-0156-y
Vitu F, 2001, VISION RES, V41, P3513, DOI 10.1016/S0042-6989(01)00166-3
Vorstius C., VISUAL CONG IN PRESS
Weekes B, 1996, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V13, P277, DOI 10.1080/026432996382033
WILLMES K, 1985, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V7, P331, DOI 10.1080/01688638508401268
Yampolsky S, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P455, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000068
NR 64
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD JUN 3
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 6
BP 640
EP 657
DI 10.1080/02687038.2014.894960
PG 18
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AE8QK
UT WOS:000334266200001
ER
PT J
AU Wilshire, CE
Lukkien, CC
Burmester, BR
AF Wilshire, Carolyn E.
Lukkien, Carolina C.
Burmester, Bridget R.
TI The sentence production test for aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Sentence production; Aphasia; Assessment
ID STORY RETELL PROCEDURE; SPONTANEOUS SPEECH; CONNECTED SPEECH; AGRAMMATIC
PRODUCTION; QUANTITATIVE-ANALYSIS; ARGUMENT STRUCTURE; NONFLUENT
APHASIA; DYNAMIC APHASIA; NORMAL SPEAKERS; BROCAS APHASIA
AB Background: Researchers and clinicians have long known that in aphasia, the ability to produce connected speech is poorly predicted by tests of single-word production. Connected speech is most commonly assessed using rating scales, in which the examiner rates the speech on various fluency-related and grammatical well-formedness measures. However, with this method, interrater and test-retest reliability can be poor, and since the intended utterance is not known, accuracy and appropriate of the speech content is difficult to measure.
Aims: The aim of the present study was to develop and investigate the validity and usefulness of a new, freely accessible sentence production test (SPT) based on simple pictured event description.
Methods & Procedures: The SPT involves describing simple pictured events. The test pictures represent a range of sentence constructions and lexical items, which elicited high response agreement in healthy controls. The simple automatised scoring procedure generates both general and specific accuracy measures. This article describes the test construction and norming procedure and reports test data from 24 participants with aphasia.
Outcomes & Results: Interrater reliability for the scoring protocol was excellent. The overall sentence score was found to measure unique variance not accounted for by single-picture naming. It was unrelated to fluency measures such as speech rate. Specific scores, such as the closed-class score, measure partially overlapping, but qualitatively distinct constructs from other speech assessments.
Conclusions: The SPT is quick to administer, easy to score and can be used even when a person's speech is very limited. It provides a range of measures of sentence production that may prove informative for both clinical and research purposes.
C1 [Wilshire, Carolyn E.; Lukkien, Carolina C.; Burmester, Bridget R.] Victoria Univ Wellington, Sch Psychol, Wellington, New Zealand.
RP Wilshire, CE (reprint author), Victoria Univ Wellington, Sch Psychol, POB 600, Wellington, New Zealand.
EM Carolyn.Wilshire@vuw.ac.nz
FU Marsden fund of New Zealand [VUW0505]; Victoria University of Wellington
PhD Scholarship; Victoria University Doctoral Completion Scholarship
FX The authors would like to thank Richard Moore for creating the beautiful
pictures used in our test materials (for further information, see
http://www.artbyrichardmoore.com). Thanks also to Dr Nadine Martin from
the Temple University School of Speech and Hearing Sciences, for
allowing us to include test data for participants FS, XX, DD, EC and TB.
Thanks also to Alana Oakly for her help with the interrater reliability
analysis. Finally, we are grateful for all those who helped to collect
test data for us, particularly Christina Cameron Jones and Corinne
Bareham, who tested and transcribed data for many participants on our
behalf. The first and third authors were supported in part during this
work by a grant from the Marsden fund of New Zealand [VUW0505; C
Wilshire Principal Investigator]. The second author's work was supported
by a Victoria University of Wellington PhD Scholarship (2002-2005) and a
Victoria University Doctoral Completion Scholarship (2005-2006).
CR Baayen R. H., 1993, CELEX LEXICAL DATABA
Balota DA, 2007, BEHAV RES METHODS, V39, P445, DOI 10.3758/BF03193014
Bastiaanse R, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P49, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000455
Bastiaanse R., 2002, VERB SENTENCE TEST V
Bastiaanse R, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P561, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248437
Beeke S, 2003, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V17, P109, DOI 10.1080/0269920031000061786
Beeke Suzanne, 2007, Seminars in Speech and Language, V28, P136, DOI 10.1055/s-2007-970571
Berndt R. S., 2000, QUANTITATIVE PRODUCT
BROOKSHIRE RH, 1994, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V37, P399
BYNG S, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P315, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248663
Cameron RM, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P671, DOI 10.1080/02687030903443813
Caplan D, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V63, P184, DOI 10.1006/brln.1998.1930
CARAMAZZA A, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P625, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90091-6
Chang F, 2006, PSYCHOL REV, V113, P234, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.113.2.234
Cho-Reyes S, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P1250, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2012.693584
Collina S, 2001, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V39, P1125, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(01)00058-6
COSTELLO AD, 1989, CORTEX, V25, P103
de Roo E, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V86, P99, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00538-2
Dipper LT, 2005, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V20, P417, DOI 10.1080/01690960444000089
Doyle P. J., 1996, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V5, P53, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360.0503.53
Doyle PJ, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P561, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249558
Doyle PJ, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P537
Edwards S., 1995, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V30, P333, DOI [10. 3109/13682829509021446, DOI 10.3109/13682829509021446]
Faroqi-Shah Y, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V85, P409, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00586-2
Fink RB, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P679, DOI 10.1080/02687030701800792
Freedman ML, 2004, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P245, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000528
GLEASON JB, 1980, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V23, P370
Gold M, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V57, P374, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1750
Goodglass H, 2001, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V3rd
Gordon JK, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P673, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249565
Gordon JK, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P839, DOI 10.1080/02687030701820063
HELMESTABROOKS N, 1981, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V46, P422
HELMESTABROOKS N, 1986, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V21, P39
HOFSTEDE BTM, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V46, P278, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1017
Hula WD, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P523, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000139
Edwards S, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P99, DOI 10.1080/02687039808250466
Kertesz A., 2006, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
KIMBERG DY, 1993, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V122, P411, DOI 10.1037/0096-3445.122.4.411
KOLK H, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V50, P282, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1049
Lukkien C. C., 2006, THESIS VICTORIA U WE
Marshall J, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V63, P159, DOI 10.1006/brln.1998.1949
MARTIN RC, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V28, P196, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90102-1
Martin RC, 2001, MEMORY, V9, P261
McNeil MR, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P991
McNeil MR, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P815, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000284
McNeil MR, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P775, DOI 10.1080/02687030701189980
MENN L, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P343, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248664
Nicholas Linda E., 1995, Journal of Speech and Hearing Research, V38, P145
NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338
Robinson G, 1998, BRAIN, V121, P77, DOI 10.1093/brain/121.1.77
Rochon E, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V72, P193, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2285
SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8
SAFFRAN EM, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V10, P263, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90056-5
Sahraoui H, 2010, PROCD SOC BEHV, V6, P115, DOI 10.1016/j.sbspro.2010.08.058
Schnur TT, 2006, J MEM LANG, V54, P199, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2005.10.002
Schwartz MF, 2002, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V19, P263, DOI 10.1080/02643290143000187
Scott RM, 2010, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V27, P505, DOI 10.1080/02643294.2011.598853
SHEWAN CM, 1988, J COMMUN DISORD, V21, P103, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(88)90001-9
SHEWAN CM, 1980, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V45, P308
Speer P., 2014, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, DOI [10.1080/02643294.2013.876398, DOI 10.1080/02643294. 2013. 876398]
Stemberger J. P., 1985, PROGR PSYCHOL LANGUA, V1, P143
Thompson C. K., 1995, BRAIN LANG, V51, P124
Thompson CK, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P473, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248485
VERMEULEN J, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P252, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90064-3
WAGENAAR E, 1975, BRAIN LANG, V2, P281, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(75)80071-X
WHITWORTH A, 1995, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V30, P384
WILLIAMS SE, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V17, P92, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90007-4
Wilshire CE, 2002, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V19, P165, DOI 10.1080/02643290143000169
YORKSTON KM, 1980, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V45, P27
ZINGESER LB, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P14, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90002-X
NR 70
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD JUN 3
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 6
BP 658
EP 691
DI 10.1080/02687038.2014.893555
PG 34
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AE8QK
UT WOS:000334266200002
ER
PT J
AU DeDe, G
Ricca, M
Knilans, J
Trubl, B
AF DeDe, Gayle
Ricca, Matthew
Knilans, Jessica
Trubl, Brittany
TI Construct validity and reliability of working memory tasks for people
with aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Working memory; Split-half reliability; Construct validity;
Test-retest reliability
ID LANGUAGE COMPREHENSION; BUFFER; WORD
AB Background: Although several studies have examined working memory in people with aphasia, there is little information about the psychometric properties of tasks used to measure working memory in this population.
Aims: The aims of this study were (1) to examine the construct validity, internal consistency, and test-retest reliability of several working memory tasks and (2) to determine which tasks were feasible to use with people with a wide range of aphasia severities.
Methods & Procedures: In experiment one, non-brain-damaged adults (n=47) completed a set of working memory tasks that were designed for use with people with aphasia. The tasks included 1-back, 2-back, listening span and forward and backward versions of picture span and square span. Construct validity was assessed by correlating performance on the new tasks with a composite score based on three well-established working memory tasks with known psychometric properties. Ten older adults completed the testing battery twice to measure test-retest reliability. Internal consistency was estimated using split-half reliability. In experiment two, people with aphasia (n=12) completed the new working memory tasks.
Outcomes & Results: The picture span tasks demonstrated acceptable test-retest reliability, internal consistency, and construct validity. Controls showed ceiling effects on 1-back and people with aphasia showed floor effects on listening span. Both the square span tasks and n-back showed poor internal consistency for people with aphasia and age-matched controls.
Conclusions: A composite score based on the forward and backward versions of picture span provides a measure of verbal working memory with acceptable construct validity, internal consistency and test-retest reliability and can be completed by non-brain-damaged adults and people with aphasia.
C1 [DeDe, Gayle; Ricca, Matthew; Knilans, Jessica; Trubl, Brittany] Univ Arizona, Dept Speech Language & Hearing Sci, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA.
RP DeDe, G (reprint author), Univ Arizona, Dept Speech Language & Hearing Sci, POB 210071, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA.
EM gdede@arizona.edu
CR Baddeley A, 2000, TRENDS COGN SCI, V4, P417, DOI 10.1016/S1364-6613(00)01538-2
Baddeley A. D., 2007, WORKING MEMORY THOUG
Baddeley A. D., 1974, PSYCHOL LEARN MOTIV, V8, P47, DOI DOI 10.1016/S0079-7421(08)60452-1
Becker JT, 1999, BRAIN COGNITION, V41, P1, DOI 10.1006/brcg.1998.1092
Brysbaert M, 2009, BEHAV RES METHODS, V41, P977, DOI 10.3758/BRM.41.4.977
Caspari I, 1998, BRAIN COGNITION, V37, P205, DOI 10.1006/brcg.1997.0970
Cho-Reyes S, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P1250, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2012.693584
Christensen SC, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P752, DOI 10.1080/02687030903437690
DANEMAN M, 1991, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V20, P445, DOI 10.1007/BF01067637
DANEMAN M, 1980, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V19, P450, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(80)90312-6
Daneman M, 1996, PSYCHON B REV, V3, P422, DOI 10.3758/BF03214546
DeDe G, 2004, PSYCHOL AGING, V19, P601, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.19.4.601
Delazer M, 1999, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V5, P213
Dotan D, 2010, PROCD SOC BEHV, V6, P82, DOI 10.1016/j.sbspro.2010.08.042
Downey R. A., 2004, CLIN APH C PARK CIT
Dunn L. M., 2007, PEABODY PICTURE VOCA
FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6
Friedmann N, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V86, P23, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00530-8
Goodglass H, 2000, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V3rd
Gvion A, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P579, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.643759
Heuer S, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P351, DOI 10.1080/02687030701770474
Jaeggi SM, 2010, MEMORY, V18, P394, DOI 10.1080/09658211003702171
Kane MJ, 2007, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V33, P615, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.33.3.615
Kaplan E., 2001, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kellogg RT, 2007, ACTA PSYCHOL, V124, P382, DOI 10.1016/j.actpsy.2006.02.005
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Lang CJG, 2012, J NEUROL, V259, P1655, DOI 10.1007/s00415-011-6394-1
Martin N., 2013, CLIN APH C TUCS AZ
Martin R., 1994, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V8, P506, DOI [10.1037/0894-4105.8.4.506, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.8.4.506]
Martin RC, 2001, MEMORY, V9, P261
Mayer JF, 2012, J COMMUN DISORD, V45, P325, DOI 10.1016/j.jcomdis.2012.06.002
Reilly J, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P404, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.616926
Ricker TJ, 2010, WIRES COGN SCI, V1, P573, DOI 10.1002/wcs.50
Smith EE, 1998, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V95, P12061, DOI 10.1073/pnas.95.20.12061
Strauss E., 2006, COMPENDIUM NEUROPSYC
Waters GS, 2003, BEHAV RES METH INS C, V35, P550, DOI 10.3758/BF03195534
Wechsler D, 1981, WECHSLER ADULT INTEL
Wright HH, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P258, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.604304
NR 38
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD JUN 3
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 6
BP 692
EP 712
DI 10.1080/02687038.2014.895973
PG 21
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AE8QK
UT WOS:000334266200003
ER
PT J
AU Wallace, SE
Hux, K
Brown, J
Knollman-Porter, K
AF Wallace, Sarah E.
Hux, Karen
Brown, Jessica
Knollman-Porter, Kelly
TI High-context images: Comprehension of main, background, and inferential
information by people with aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Comprehension; Aphasia; Inferences; High-context images; Communication
supports
ID VISUAL SCENE DISPLAYS; INSTRUCTION; COMMUNICATION; CONVERSATION; ADULTS;
IMPACT
AB Background: Professionals often recommend using high-context images as expressive and receptive communication supports, even though researchers know little about the information people with aphasia can extract from these images.
Aims: This study's purposes were to compare the accuracy and speed with which people with and without aphasia derive main action, background, and inferential information from high-context images.
Methods & Procedures: Twenty people with and 20 people without neurological impairment selected high-context images to match spoken sentences conveying main action, background, or inferential information. Participants listened to each sentence presented twice and selected the target image from a field of four. Computation of nonparametric statistics allowed accuracy and speed comparisons between participant groups and among the three stimulus sentence conditions. Additionally, the researchers computed correlations between participants' standardised test scores and their accuracy and speed when performing the experimental task.
Outcomes & Results: Task performance by participants without aphasia was more accurate and faster than that of participants with aphasia regardless of sentence condition. Both groups were most accurate and fastest given sentences conveying main actions. The participants with aphasia were significantly slower and less accurate when selecting high-context images to match sentences relaying background and inferential information than ones relaying main action information. This pattern differed from that of participants without aphasia who demonstrated a significant decrease in accuracy only for inferential sentences; they demonstrated significantly different response speeds among all sentence conditions. No significant correlations emerged between Western Aphasia Battery-Revised Aphasia Quotient scores or Cognitive Linguistic Quick Test Executive Functioning or Visual Spatial Domain scores and participants' accuracy or speed of experimental task performance. However, accuracy and speed in some of the sentence stimulus conditions correlated significantly with auditory comprehension subtest scores of the Comprehensive Aphasia Test. All significant correlations indicated that accuracy increased and response speed decreased as auditory comprehension scores increased.
Conclusions: Participants with aphasia performed with less accuracy and were slower at responding than participants without aphasia. The fact that participants with aphasia took about twice as long to respond on average as participants without aphasia highlights the need for ample processing time when interacting with people with aphasia. However, despite their aphasia severity as measured by standardised testing, some participants performed well regardless of whether a stimulus sentence referenced main action, background, or inferential information. The results suggest that many people with aphasia can derive substantial information from high-context images.
C1 [Wallace, Sarah E.] Duquesne Univ, Dept Speech Language Pathol, Pittsburgh, PA 15282 USA.
[Hux, Karen; Brown, Jessica] Univ Nebraska, Dept Special Educ & Commun Disorders, Lincoln, NE USA.
[Knollman-Porter, Kelly] Miami Univ, Dept Speech Pathol & Audiol, Oxford, OH 45056 USA.
RP Wallace, SE (reprint author), Duquesne Univ, 600 Forbes Ave,410 Fisher Hall, Pittsburgh, PA 15282 USA.
EM wallaces@duq.edu
CR Dietz A., 2006, PERSPECTIVES AUGMENT, V15, P13, DOI 10.1044/aac15.1.13
Dietz A, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P1053, DOI 10.1080/02687030802635832
Ferrill M, 2012, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V21, pS179, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2012/11-0109)
FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6
Garrett KL, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P523, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000149
Helm-Estabrooks N., 2001, COGNITIVE LINGUISTIC
Hux K., 2008, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P814
Hux K, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P643, DOI 10.1080/02687030902869299
JOHNSON DD, 1986, J READING, V29, P622
Johnson JE, 2012, BRAIN INJURY, V26, P1118, DOI 10.3109/02699052.2012.666370
Kagan A, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P816, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249575
Kertesz A., 2006, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
LaPointe L. L., 2011, APHASIA RELATED NEUR, P9
Levin T, 2007, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V14, P72, DOI 10.1310/tsr1401-72
Lu PH, 2011, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V33, P1059, DOI 10.1080/13803395.2011.595397
McKelvey ML, 2010, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V19, P22, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2009/08-0021)
Petroi D., 2009, TEXAS J AUDIOLOGY SP, V32, P61
PIERCE RS, 1985, J COMMUN DISORD, V18, P203, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(85)90021-8
Ray G. B., 1990, COMMUNICATION RES RE, V7, P34
Swinburn K., 2005, COMPREHENSIVE APHASI
Wallace SE, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P162, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.628004
Wilkinson KM, 2011, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V54, P1644, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2011/10-0098)
Williams JR, 1998, HUM FAC ERG SOC P, P1447
Williams S., 1981, CLIN APH C KERRV TX
NR 24
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD JUN 3
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 6
BP 713
EP 730
DI 10.1080/02687038.2014.891095
PG 18
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AE8QK
UT WOS:000334266200004
ER
PT J
AU Sorin-Peters, R
Patterson, R
AF Sorin-Peters, Riva
Patterson, Ruth
TI The implementation of a learner-centred conversation training programme
for spouses of adults with aphasia in a community setting
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Communication; Aphasia; Training; Couples; Adult learning
ID QUALITY-OF-LIFE; SUPPORTED CONVERSATION; PARTNERS; PEOPLE;
COMMUNICATION; VOLUNTEERS; THERAPY; KEY; OUTCOMES; WORKING
AB Background: Conversational training programmes are increasingly being reported for partners of people with aphasia. The approach, formats used and ways in which these programmes have been evaluated vary. The literature to date provides evidence that conversation partner training can be effective, but it remains unclear as to what specific components contribute to successful outcomes. In this regard, the effectiveness of a learner-centred training programme was demonstrated in the author's previous work with five couples living with chronic aphasia. Results of this programme, which was delivered in a one-to-one format, included improvements in the quality of conversation for the couples who participated.
Aims: The aim of this study was to determine whether similar results could be obtained if the programmes' original format was modified to include a combination of both individual and group sessions. An additional aim was to describe the content and contribution of both the types of sessions.
Methods & Procedures: Four couples living with aphasia participated in this study with a case series descriptive design. The training, delivered by a speech-language pathologist (SLP) and communicative disorders assistant (CDA), consisted of an 8-week communication training programme incorporating content and adult learning strategies similar to the original programme. The modified format included four individual and four group sessions. Couples were seen once a week and were encouraged to practice conversation strategies at home.
Outcomes & Results: Results were consistent with those previously reported using the one-on-one format and included an increase in spouses' use of supportive conversation strategies and an increase in the partner with aphasia's participation in conversation. Couples reported improved ability to discuss more complex topics, increased positive feelings about conversation and perceived the supportive communication strategies as being useful in their interactions at home. Additional positive effects were reported related to the group experience including the reinforcement of communication strategies learned in training sessions as well as mutual aid and peer support.
Conclusions: The use of a format incorporating both individual and group learner-centred training sessions demonstrated positive changes in attitudes and communication behaviours for couples in this study. The group process enhanced the value of the programme by promoting mutual aid and the validation of the personal experiences of each couple. These results have implications for SLPs' work with couples living with aphasia in the community and demonstrate the benefits of using an adult learning approach that includes both individual and group sessions.
C1 [Patterson, Ruth] March Dimes Canada, York Durham Aphasia Programs, Richmond Hill, ON, Canada.
RP Sorin-Peters, R (reprint author), 190 Winding Lane, Toronto, ON L4J 5J2, Canada.
EM rsorinpeters@gmail.com
FU March of Dimes Canada; York-Durham Aphasia Programs
FX The authors gratefully acknowledge the contribution of Anne Hrabi,
Communicative Disorders Assistant, March of Dimes Canada, York-Durham
Aphasia Programs, who helped implement the programme and speech-language
pathologists Bonnie Moore and Diane Mulholland, who contributed useful
clinical information about clients that helped guide the training. We
thank the administrative staff and volunteers at the March of Dimes
Canada Central Region office for their support and assistance. We also
thank the clients, families, staff and volunteers of the March of Dimes
Canada, York-Durham Aphasia Programs, who contributed to the Aphasia
Awareness Walk and Roll-a-Thon fundraising campaign which helped fund
this study, as well as the people with aphasia and their partners who
participated in this programme.
CR Alarcon N., 1997, YOUNTV CA NONTR APPR
Beeke Suzanne, 2007, Seminars in Speech and Language, V28, P136, DOI 10.1055/s-2007-970571
Boles L., 2003, ASIA PACIFIC J SPEEC, V8, P153
Boles L., 2000, ASIA PACIFIC J SPEEC, V5, P73, DOI 10.1179/136132800805576988
Booth S, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P283
BOYD EM, 1983, J HUMANIST PSYCHOL, V23, P99, DOI 10.1177/0022167883232011
Brundage DH, 1980, ADULT LEARNING PRINC
Chapey R., 2000, ASHA LEADER, V5, P4
Cunningham R, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P687, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000184
Doyle PJ, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P291, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000680
Elman R. J., 2007, GROUP TREATMENT NEUR
Ewing S. E. A., 2007, GROUP PROCESS GROUP
Fox L. E., 2004, PERSPECTIVES NEUROPH, V14, P4, DOI DOI 10.1044/NNSLD14.4.4
Genereux S, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P1161, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000507
Hickey EM, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P625, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000093
Hilari K, 2007, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V78, P1072, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.2006.111476
Hopper T, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P745, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000059
Hopper T, 2005, TOP GERIATR REHABIL, V21, P315
Johannsen-Horbach Helga, 1999, Seminars in Speech and Language, V20, P73, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1064010
Kagan Aura, 2004, Top Stroke Rehabil, V11, P67
Kagan A., 2004, TRAIN TRAIN WORKSH I
Kagan A., 2007, GROUP TREATMENT NEUR
Kagan A, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P624, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2001/051)
Kagan A, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P258, DOI 10.1080/02687030701282595
Kagan A, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P816, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249575
Kagan A., 2000, AM SPEECH LANG HEAR
Kolb DA, 1984, EXPERIENTIAL LEARNIN
Lock S., 2001, SUPPORTING PARTNERS
Lyon J. G., 1998, CCS CLIN COMPETENCE
Lyon JG, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P693, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249416
McGilton Kathy, 2011, Int J Older People Nurs, V6, P13, DOI 10.1111/j.1748-3743.2010.00210.x
Mezirow J, 1991, TRANSFORMATIVE DIMEN
Nichols F, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P767, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248449
Olswang L., 1998, COUPLE QUESTIO UNPUB
Purdy M, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P377, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000822
Rayner H, 2003, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V38, P149, DOI 10.1080/1368282021000060308
Shadden B. B., 2007, GROUP TREATMENT NEUR
Simmons-Mackie NN, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P583, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000408
Simmons-Mackie NN, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P39, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798287
Sorin-Peters R, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P1511, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.494829
Sorin-Peters R, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P951, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000453
Sorin-Peters R, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P405, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000752
Turner S, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P616, DOI 10.1080/02687030600687860
Turner S, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P483, DOI 10.1080/02687030600589991
Wilkinson R, 1998, Int J Lang Commun Disord, V33 Suppl, P144
Wilkinson R, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P869, DOI 10.1080/02687030903501958
World Health Organisation, 2001, INT CLASS FUNCT DIS
NR 47
TC 1
Z9 1
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD JUN 3
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 6
BP 731
EP 749
DI 10.1080/02687038.2014.891094
PG 19
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AE8QK
UT WOS:000334266200005
ER
PT J
AU Carling-Rowland, A
Black, S
McDonald, L
Kagan, A
AF Carling-Rowland, Alexandra
Black, Sandra
McDonald, Lynn
Kagan, Aura
TI Increasing access to fair capacity evaluation for discharge
decision-making for people with aphasia: A randomised controlled trial
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Evaluation; Capacity; Discharge; Accessible
ID EDUCATION MATERIALS; STROKE; ASSESSMENTS; PRINCIPLES; CONSENT; ADULTS
AB Background: Every competent person in Ontario has the right to decide on a discharge destination. If capacity to consent to such a decision is in doubt, it is evaluated. The current process is largely inaccessible to people with aphasia, there are no methods to help someone overcome communication barriers and demonstrate an understanding of information and an appreciation of the consequences of a decision. Health care professionals who evaluate capacity also report significant problems in communicating with this population. Competent individuals with aphasia have erroneously been found lacking in capacity.
Aims: To develop and test the effectiveness of a communicatively accessible capacity evaluation tool with communication training supports; thus, allowing health care professionals to evaluate more equitably the capacity of people living with aphasia to consent to be admitted to long term care.
Methods & Procedures: The Communication Aid to Capacity Evaluation (CACE) was developed and validated. Thirty-two social workers were partnered with 32 competent participants with aphasia, and randomly divided into an experimental and control group. The social workers were blinded to the participants with aphasia's capacity. Both groups administered the current capacity questionnaire. The experimental group evaluators were subsequently trained to use the CACE and introduced to supportive communication techniques. Following a 2-week interval, this group administered the CACE, and the control group re-administered the current capacity questionnaire. The 64 evaluations were recorded, and independent speech language pathologists administered standardised assessments.
Outcomes & Results: Using the current capacity questionnaire one competent participant was found lacking in capacity, and one-third of social workers were unable to determine capacity. Following the introduction of the CACE with communication training, the evaluators in the experimental group were able to accurately determine capacity. Standardised measures showed a statistically significant difference between the two groups. The experimental group demonstrated improved communication skills [F(2, 29) = 12.03, p = .002, d = 1.13], and successful transfer of information increased [F(2, 29) = 10.51, p < center dot 003, d = .99]. Participants with aphasia using the CACE reported an increased ability to communicate information (t = 3.322, p = .000) and decreased frustration (t = 3.958, p = .002).
Conclusions: The CACE was an effective capacity evaluation tool for people living with aphasia. Communication support allowed for increased transfer of information demonstrating both understanding and appreciation of a decision. Evaluators were better able to determine capacity. This challenging and vulnerable population's right to decide where and how to live was better protected.
C1 [Carling-Rowland, Alexandra] Univ Toronto, Inst Med Sci, Toronto, ON M4C 5G9, Canada.
[Black, Sandra] Sunnybrook Hlth Sci Ctr, Toronto, ON M4N 3M5, Canada.
[McDonald, Lynn] Univ Toronto, Inst Life Course & Aging, Toronto, ON M4C 5G9, Canada.
[Kagan, Aura] Aphasia Inst, Toronto, ON, Canada.
RP Carling-Rowland, A (reprint author), Univ Toronto, Inst Med Sci, 7 Bryant Ave, Toronto, ON M4C 5G9, Canada.
EM Alexandra.rowland@utoronto.ca
FU Brill Chair of Neurology, Ontario Graduate Scholarship; Peterborough K.
M. Hunter Graduate Studentship; Government of Ontario/Paul and Adele
Deacon; Government of Ontario/Heart; Stroke Foundation of Ontario
FX This work was supported by the Brill Chair of Neurology, Ontario
Graduate Scholarship, Peterborough K. M. Hunter Graduate Studentship,
Government of Ontario/Paul and Adele Deacon and the Government of
Ontario/Heart and Stroke Foundation of Ontario Graduate Scholarships in
Science and Technology.
CR Beauchamp T. L., 1977, PRINCIPLES BIOMEDICA, V7th
Carling-Rowland A, 2010, MED LAW INT, V10, P171, DOI DOI 10.1177/096853321001000301
Cohen J., 1988, STAT POWER ANAL BEHA, V2nd
Di Carlo A, 2003, STROKE, V34, P1114, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000068410.07397.D7
Dickey L, 2010, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V91, P196, DOI 10.1016/j.apmr.2009.09.020
Engelter ST, 2006, STROKE, V37, P1379, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000221815.64093.8c
Etchells E, 1999, J GEN INTERN MED, V14, P27, DOI 10.1046/j.1525-1497.1999.00277.x
FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6
Gargan N., 2007, J RADIOTHERAPY PRACT, V6, P201, DOI 10.1017/S1460396907006152
Goodglass H, 2001, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V3rd
Grisso T, 1997, PSYCHIATR SERV, V48, P1415
Hepworth D. H., 2006, DIRECT SOCIAL WORK P
Kagan A, 1995, CLIN APHASIOL, V23, P65
Kagan A, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P624, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2001/051)
Karlawish J, 2008, NEUROSIGNALS, V16, P91, DOI 10.1159/000109763
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
McDonald L., 2009, SOCIAL WORK ED, V28, P128
Meadus J. E., 2006, ADVOCACY CTR ELDERLY, V4, P1
Moye J, 2007, J GERONTOL B-PSYCHOL, V62, pP3
National Care Association, 2009, MAK DEC GUID PEOPL W
O'Halloran R, 2009, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V11, P438, DOI 10.3109/17549500902741363
Ontario Ministry of Health and Long-Term Care, 1997, CAP MAK ADM DEC QUES
Ontario Ministry of the Attorney General, 2005, GUID COND ASS CAP
Parr S., 2001, TALKING APHASIA LIVI
Pashek G. V., 2008, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V7, P255
Rose TA, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P947, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000319
Rose TA, 2012, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V14, P11, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2011.631583
Sikdar S, 2006, AGE AGEING, V35, P450, DOI 10.1093/ageing/afl015
Simmons-Mackie N., 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P1
Stewart R, 2005, AGE AGEING, V34, P549, DOI 10.1093/ageing/afi185
Thalheimer W., 2002, CALCULATE EFFECT SIZ
Ulatowska H. K., 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P22
Wahl J., 2006, CAPACITY CAPACITY AS
NR 33
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD JUN 3
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 6
BP 750
EP 765
DI 10.1080/02687038.2014.895975
PG 16
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AE8QK
UT WOS:000334266200006
ER
PT J
AU Farias, D
Davis, CH
Wilson, SM
AF Farias, Dana
Davis, Christine H.
Wilson, Stephen M.
TI Treating apraxia of speech with an implicit protocol that activates
speech motor areas via inner speech
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Motor speech; Implicit treatment; Apraxia; Inner speech; AOS; fMRI
ID FUNCTIONAL NEUROANATOMY; TREATMENT GUIDELINES; ACQUIRED APRAXIA; FMRI;
APHASIA; OVERT; LESSONS; ERRORS; WORDS; PET
AB Background: Treatments of apraxia of speech (AOS) have traditionally relied on overt practice. One alternative to this method is implicit phoneme manipulation which was derived from early models on inner speech. Implicit phoneme manipulation requires the participant to covertly move and combine phonemes to form a new word. This process engages a system of self-monitoring which is referred to as fully conscious inner speech. Aims: The present study aims to advance the understanding and validity of a new treatment for AOS, implicit phoneme manipulation. Tasks were designed to answer the following questions. (1) Would the practice of implicit phoneme manipulation improve the overt production of complex consonant blends in words? (2) Would this improvement generalise to untrained complex and simpler consonant blends in words? (3) Would these treatment tasks activate regions known to support motor planning and programming as verified by functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI)? Method & Procedures: The participant was asked to covertly manipulate phonemes to create a new word and to associate this newly formed word to a target picture among four phonologically related choices. To avoid overt practice, probes were collected only after each block of training was completed. Probe sessions assessed the effects of implicit practice on the overt production of simple and complex consonant blends in words. An imaging protocol compared semantic baseline tasks to treatment tasks to verify that implicit phoneme manipulation activated brain regions of interest. Outcomes & Results: Behavioural: Response to implicit training of complex consonant blends resulted in improvements which were maintained 6 weeks after treatment. Further, this treatment generalised to simpler consonant blends in words. Imaging: Functional imaging during implicit phoneme manipulation showed significant activation in brain regions responsible for phonological processing when compared to the baseline semantic task. Conclusions: Implicit phoneme manipulation offers an alternative to traditional methods that require overt production for treatment of AOS. Additionally, this implicit treatment method was shown to activate neural areas known to be involved in phonological processing, motor planning, and programming.
C1 [Farias, Dana; Davis, Christine H.] Univ Calif Davis, Med Ctr, Dept Phys Med & Rehabil, Sacramento, CA 95817 USA.
[Wilson, Stephen M.] Univ Arizona, Dept Speech Language & Hearing Sci, Tucson, AZ USA.
[Wilson, Stephen M.] Univ Arizona, Dept Neurol, Tucson, AZ USA.
RP Farias, D (reprint author), Univ Calif Davis, Med Ctr, Dept Phys Med & Rehabil, 4860 Y St Suite 1100, Sacramento, CA 95817 USA.
EM dana.farias@ucdmc.ucdavis.edu
FU National Institutes of Health [NIDCD R03 DC010878]
FX We acknowledge the support in part by the National Institutes of Health
[grant number NIDCD R03 DC010878 to SMW]
CR Aleman A, 2005, CEREB CORTEX, V15, P221, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhh124
BAARS BJ, 1975, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V14, P382, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(75)80017-X
Barch DM, 1999, NEUROIMAGE, V10, P642, DOI 10.1006/nimg.1999.0500
Basho S, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V45, P1697, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2007.01.007
Beeson PM, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V16, P161, DOI 10.1007/s11065-006-9013-7
BLOCKCOLSKY VD, 1987, 40000 SELECTED WORDS
Burgess PW, 1998, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V4, P547
Burton MW, 2005, NEUROIMAGE, V26, P647, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2005.02.024
Dabul B, 2000, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL, V2nd
Davis C, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P503, DOI 10.1080/02687030802368913
Davis CH, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P59, DOI 10.1080/02687030500331841
Dell G. S., 1992, EXPT SLIPS HUMAN ERR, P237
Duffy J.R, 2005, MOTOR SPEECH DISORDE
FIEZ JA, 1995, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V7, P357, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1995.7.3.357
Gardner M.F, 1996, TEST AUDITORY PERCEP
Geva S, 2011, BRAIN, V134, P3071, DOI 10.1093/brain/awr232
Geva S, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P323, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.511236
Hartsuiker RJ, 2001, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V42, P113, DOI 10.1006/cogp.2000.0744
Heath S, 2012, PLOS ONE, V7, DOI 10.1371/journal.pone.0032809
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Indefrey P, 2004, COGNITION, V92, P101, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2002.06.001
Kaplan E., 2001, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kent RD, 1996, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V5, P7, DOI DOI 10.1044/1058-0360.0503.07
Kertesz A., 2006, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
Levelt W. J., 1989, SPEAKING INTENTION A
LEVELT WJM, 1983, COGNITION, V14, P41, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90026-4
Maas E., 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P609, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000266
McDermott KB, 2003, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V41, P293, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(02)00162-8
Moser D, 2009, NEUROIMAGE, V46, P549, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2009.01.015
Oppenheim GM, 2010, MEM COGNITION, V38, P1147, DOI 10.3758/MC.38.8.1147
Palmer ED, 2001, NEUROIMAGE, V14, P182, DOI 10.1006/nimg.2001.0779
PAULESU E, 1993, NATURE, V362, P342, DOI 10.1038/362342a0
Postma A, 2000, COGNITION, V77, P97, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(00)00090-1
Postma A, 1996, LANG SPEECH, V39, P375
Price CJ, 2005, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V25, P70, DOI 10.1002/hbm.20132
Schneider SL, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P451, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000886
Shuster LI, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V93, P20, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.07.007
van der Merwe A, 1997, COMSIG '97 - PROCEEDINGS OF THE 1997 SOUTH AFRICAN SYMPOSIUM ON COMMUNICATIONS AND SIGNAL PROCESSING, P1
Wambaugh JL, 2006, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V14, pXXXV
Wambaugh JL, 2006, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V14, P317
WHEELDON LR, 1995, J MEM LANG, V34, P311, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1995.1014
Worsley KJ, 1996, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V4, P74, DOI 10.1002/(SICI)1097-0193(1996)4:1<74::AID-HBM5>3.0.CO;2-M
NR 42
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD MAY 4
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 5
BP 515
EP 532
DI 10.1080/02687038.2014.886323
PG 18
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AE5NB
UT WOS:000334034800001
ER
PT J
AU Bos, LS
Bastiaanse, R
AF Bos, Laura S.
Bastiaanse, Roelien
TI Time reference decoupled from tense in agrammatic and fluent aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Fluent aphasia; Time reference; Agrammatic aphasia; Tense
ID BROCAS-APHASIA; ENGLISH AGRAMMATISM; GERMAN AGRAMMATISM; NONFLUENT
APHASIA; AGREEMENT; SPEAKERS; VERBS; DUTCH; INFLECTION; FINITENESS
AB Background: Reference to an event's time frame can be accomplished through verb inflection. In agrammatic aphasia, a deficit in past time reference has been identified by Bastiaanse and colleagues (2011). In fluent aphasia, specific problems with this time frame (expressed by the past tense) have been found as well (Dragoy & Bastiaanse, 2013; Jonkers & de Bruin, 2009). However, time reference does not always coincide with tense; in languages such as Dutch and English, reference to the past can be established by using past tense (e.g., "he wrote a letter") or a present tense auxiliary in combination with a participle, i.e., the present perfect (e.g., "he has written a letter").
Aims: The goal of this study is twofold. First, it aims to untangle tense problems from problems with past time reference through verb morphology in people with aphasia. Second, this study aims to compare the production of time reference inflection by people with agrammatic and fluent aphasia.
Methods & Procedures: A sentence completion task was used to elicit reference to the non-past and past in Dutch. Reference to the past was tested through (1) a simple verb in past tense and (2) a verb complex with an auxiliary in present tense + participle (the present perfect). Reference to the non-past was tested through a simple verb in present tense. Fourteen agrammatic aphasic speakers, sixteen fluent aphasic speakers, and twenty non-brain-damaged speakers (NBDs) took part in this study. Data were analysed quantitatively and qualitatively.
Outcomes & Results: NBDs scored at ceiling and significantly higher than the aphasic participants. Agrammatic speakers performed worse than fluent speakers, but the pattern of performance in both aphasic groups was similar. Reference to the past through past tense and [present tense auxiliary + participle] was more impaired than reference to the non-past. An error analysis revealed differences between the two groups.
Conclusions: People with agrammatic and fluent aphasia experience problems with expressing reference to the past through verb inflection. This past time reference deficit is irrespective of the tense employed. The error patterns between the two groups reveal different underlying problems.
C1 [Bos, Laura S.] Univ Groningen, NL-9700 AS Groningen, Netherlands.
[Bos, Laura S.] Newcastle Univ, Newcastle Upon Tyne NE1 7RU, Tyne & Wear, England.
[Bos, Laura S.] Univ Potsdam, Potsdam, Germany.
[Bos, Laura S.] Univ Trento, Trento, Italy.
[Bos, Laura S.] Macquarie Univ, Sydney, NSW 2109, Australia.
[Bos, Laura S.; Bastiaanse, Roelien] Univ Groningen, CLCG, NL-9700 AS Groningen, Netherlands.
[Bos, Laura S.] Univ Potsdam, Dept Linguist, Potsdam, Germany.
[Bastiaanse, Roelien] Univ Groningen, Univ Med Ctr Groningen, NL-9700 AS Groningen, Netherlands.
RP Bos, LS (reprint author), Univ Groningen, CLCG, POB 716, NL-9700 AS Groningen, Netherlands.
EM l.s.bos@rug.nl
FU German Research Foundation (DFG) as part of the Collaborative Research
Center [SFB 632]
FX We would like to thank all the participants of this study. Not to
forget, we also want to thank Peter Marien, all the speech therapists,
clinical linguists, and other people that brought us in contact with the
participants and provided testing space. We thank Felix Golcher for his
extensive advice in statistical analyses and Gosse Bouma for his
frequency analyses. We want to express our sincere gratitude to Katrina
Gaffney and two anonymous reviewers for their insightful and valuable
comments on two earlier versions of the article. Laura S. Bos was
supported by a short-term grant of the German Research Foundation (DFG)
as part of the Collaborative Research Center SFB 632 "Information
Structure."
CR Abuom T., 2010, TEST ASSESSING REFER
Abuom TO, 2012, J NEUROLINGUIST, V25, P276, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2012.02.003
Abuom TO, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P559, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.538417
Abuom TO, 2013, APHASIOLOGY, V27, P157, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2012.699632
Clahsen H, 2009, J NEUROLINGUIST, V22, P436, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2009.02.003
Anjarningsih HY, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P1562, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.626844
Aronson H., 1977, FOLIA SLAVICA, V11, P9
Avrutin S., 2000, LANGUAGE BRAIN REPRE, P205, DOI 10.1016/B978-012304260-6/50017-7
Avrutin Sergey, 2006, BROCAS REGION, P49
Bastiaanse R, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V90, P198, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00432-2
Bastiaanse R, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V84, P286, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00553-9
Bastiaanse R, 2009, BRAIN LANG, V109, P18, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2008.12.004
Bastiaanse R, 2011, J NEUROLINGUIST, V24, P652, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2011.07.001
Bastiaanse R., 2008, TEST ASSESSING REFER
Bastiaanse R, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V80, P142, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2585
Bastiaanse R, 2013, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V27, P244, DOI 10.3109/02699206.2012.751626
Bastiaanse R, 2011, J NEUROLINGUIST, V24, P163, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2010.02.006
Bastiaanse R, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V64, P165, DOI 10.1006/brln.1998.1972
Bastiaanse R, 2008, J NEUROLINGUIST, V21, P104, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2006.10.006
Bates D., 2013, LINEAR MIXED EFFECTS
Beeke S, 2003, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V17, P81, DOI 10.1080/0269920031000061795
Bos LS, 2013, J NEUROLINGUIST, V26, P283, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2012.10.001
Burchert F, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V94, P188, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.12.006
Caplan D, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V101, P103, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.225
Dragoy O, 2013, J NEUROLINGUIST, V26, P113, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2012.05.003
Dragoy O, 2012, J MEM LANG, V66, P307, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2011.09.001
Faroqi-Shah Y, 2007, BRAIN RES BULL, V74, P1, DOI 10.1016/j.brainresbull.2007.06.007
Faroqi-Shah Y, 2009, BRAIN LANG, V108, P97, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2008.10.003
Friedmann N, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P397, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1795
Gavarro A, 2007, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V36, P25, DOI 10.1007/s10936-006-9031-x
Goodglass H, 2001, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V3rd
Goodglass H., 1972, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP
Graetz P., 1992, AKENSE AFASIE TEST A
Hothorn T., 2013, SIMULTANEOUS INFERNE
Jonkers R, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P1252, DOI 10.1080/02687030802289192
Kljajevic V, 2011, LECT NOTES ARTIF INT, V6789, P258
Kok P, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V102, P273, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.03.001
Kok P, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V96, P243, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.05.005
Lee J, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P893, DOI 10.1080/02687030701865670
Levelt W. J., 1989, SPEAKING INTENTION A
Martinez-Ferreiro S, 2013, LINGUA, V137, P88, DOI 10.1016/j.lingua.2013.09.003
Marusch T., 2012, MENTAL LEXICON, V7, P351, DOI [10.1075/ml.7.3.05mar, DOI 10.1075/ML.7.3.05MAR]
Nanousi V., 2006, J NEUROLINGUIST, V19, P209, DOI [10.1016/j.jneuroling.2005.11.003, DOI 10.1016/J.JNEUROLING.2005.11.003]
Partee Barbara H., 1973, J PHILOS, V70, P601, DOI DOI 10.2307/2025024
Penke M, 2006, CORTEX, V42, P563, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70395-2
R Core Team, 2013, R LANG ENV STAT COMP
Simonsen HG, 2002, INVESTIGATIONS IN CLINICAL PHONETICS AND LINGUISTICS, P45
Stavrakaki S, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V86, P129, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00541-2
Swinburn K., 2004, COMPREHENSIVE APHASI
Visch-Brink E., 2004, COMPREHENSIVE APHASI
Wenzlaff M, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P57, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00298-0
Wenzlaff M, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V92, P33, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.05.006
Wieczorek R, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P851, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.534802
Yarbay Duman Tuba, 2009, Brain Lang, V108, P30, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2008.09.009
Zagona K., 2013, CAMBRIDGE HDB GENERA, P746
Zagona Karen, 2003, ANAPHORA REFERENCE G, P140, DOI 10.1002/9780470755594.ch6
NR 56
TC 3
Z9 3
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD MAY 4
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 5
BP 533
EP 553
DI 10.1080/02687038.2014.886322
PG 21
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AE5NB
UT WOS:000334034800002
ER
PT J
AU Vergis, MK
Ballard, KJ
Duffy, JR
McNeil, MR
Scholl, D
Layfield, C
AF Vergis, Marianne K.
Ballard, Kirrie J.
Duffy, Joseph R.
McNeil, Malcolm R.
Scholl, Dominique
Layfield, Claire
TI An acoustic measure of lexical stress differentiates aphasia and aphasia
plus apraxia of speech after stroke
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Pairwise variability index; Lexical stress; Aphasia; Prosody; Apraxia of
speech; Acoustic analysis
ID HEMISPHERE-DAMAGED PATIENTS; CHILDHOOD APRAXIA; WORD RECOGNITION;
INTONATION PRODUCTION; LINGUISTIC STRESS; BRAIN-DAMAGE; PROSODY;
CHILDREN; ENGLISH; ASSIGNMENT
AB Background: Apraxia of Speech (AOS) is partly characterised by impaired production of prosody in words and sentences. Identification of dysprosody is based on perceptual judgements of clinicians, with limited literature on potential quantitative objective measures.
Aims: This study investigated whether an acoustic measure quantifying degree of lexical stress contrastiveness in three syllable words, produced in isolation and in a carrier sentence, differentiated individuals with AOS with/without aphasia (AOS), aphasia only (APH), and healthy controls (CTL).
Methods & Procedures: Eight individuals with aphasia, nine with AOS plus aphasia and 8 age-matched control participants named pictures of strong-weak and weak-strong polysyllabic words in isolation and in a declarative carrier sentence. Pairwise Variability Indices (PVI) were used to measure the normalised relative vowel duration and peak intensity over the first two syllables of the polysyllabic words.
Outcomes & Results: Individuals with aphasia performed similarly to control participants in all conditions. AOS participants demonstrated significantly lower PVI_vowel duration values for words with weak-strong stress produced in the sentence condition only, compared to controls and individuals with aphasia. This was primarily due to disproportionately long vowels in the word-initial weak syllable for AOS participants. There was no difference among groups on PVI_intensity.
Conclusions: The finding of reduced lexical stress contrastiveness for weak-strong words in sentences for individuals with mild to moderate-severe AOS is consistent with the perceptual diagnostic feature of equal stress in AOS. Findings provide support for use of the objective PVI_vowel duration measure to help differentiate individuals with AOS (with/without aphasia), from those with aphasia only. Future research is warranted to explore the utility of this acoustic measure, and others, for reliable diagnosis of AOS.
C1 [Vergis, Marianne K.; Ballard, Kirrie J.; Scholl, Dominique; Layfield, Claire] Univ Sydney, Lidcombe, NSW 1825, Australia.
[Duffy, Joseph R.] Mayo Clin, Rochester, MN USA.
[McNeil, Malcolm R.] Univ Pittsburgh & Vet Adm, Pittsburgh Healthcare Syst, Pittsburgh, PA USA.
RP Ballard, KJ (reprint author), Univ Sydney, POB 170, Lidcombe, NSW 1825, Australia.
EM kirrie.ballard@sydney.edu.au
FU National Stroke Foundation; NHMRC [632763]; Australian Research Council
FX We thank Professor Craig Anderson with the George Institute, Mark
Longworth at the Agency for Clinical Innovation Stroke Network, Michelle
Sharkey with the Stroke Recovery Association New South Wales, and area
Speech-Language Pathologists for facilitating recruitment; and research
assistant Alexandra DiLallo. This research was funded by a National
Stroke Foundation Honours Grant to Vergis and a NHMRC Project grant
[grant number 632763] to Ballard, McNeil, and Duffy, and Australian
Research Council Future Fellowship to Ballard.
CR Alcock KJ, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V75, P47, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2324
Arciuli J, 2006, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V59, P920, DOI 10.1080/02724980443000782
Arciuli J, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V45, P2638, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2007.03.010
Arciuli J, 2004, MEM COGNITION, V32, P21, DOI 10.3758/BF03195817
Baayen R. H., 1995, CELEX LEXICAL DATABA
Balan A, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V67, P73, DOI 10.1006/brln.1998.2035
Ballard KJ, 2010, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V53, P1227, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2010/09-0130)
Ballard KJ, 2012, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V55, P1822, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2012/11-0257)
Ballard KJ, 2014, PLOS ONE, V9, DOI 10.1371/journal.pone.0089864
Ballard Kirrie J., 2002, Seminars in Speech and Language, V23, P281, DOI 10.1055/s-2002-35801
Baum SR, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V67, P30, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2047
Bird H, 2001, BEHAV RES METH INS C, V33, P73, DOI 10.3758/BF03195349
Boersma P., 2010, PRAAT 5 2 27 COMPUTE
Brendel B, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P77, DOI 10.1080/02687030600965464
Cappa SF, 1997, COGNITION, V65, P1, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(97)00024-3
Casper MA, 2007, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V42, P407, DOI 10.1080/13682820601056210
Choi JY, 2005, J ACOUST SOC AM, V118, P2579, DOI 10.1121/1.2010288
Cholin J, 2011, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V37, P109, DOI 10.1037/a0021322
COLLINS M, 1983, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V26, P224
COLTHEART M, 1981, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V33, P497
Courson M. -E. A., 2013, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V20, P47
Dabul B, 2000, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL, V2nd
DANLY M, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V16, P171, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90082-7
Davis CJ, 2005, BEHAV RES METHODS, V37, P65, DOI 10.3758/BF03206399
Dennis S., 1995, NOETICA OPEN FORUM, V1
Duffy J.R, 2005, MOTOR SPEECH DISORDE
EMMOREY KD, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V30, P305, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90105-2
Fletcher J., 2010, HDB PHONETIC SCI
Galante E, 2000, NEUROL SCI, V21, P39, DOI 10.1007/s100720070117
GANDOUR J, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V46, P419, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1023
Hosom JP, 2004, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V12, P167
JUSCZYK PW, 1993, CHILD DEV, V64, P675, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-8624.1993.tb02935.x
Kay J., 1992, PALPA PSYCHOLINGUIST
KENT RD, 1983, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V26, P231
Kent RD, 1996, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V5, P7, DOI DOI 10.1044/1058-0360.0503.07
Kertesz A., 2006, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
KLATT DH, 1976, J ACOUST SOC AM, V59, P1208, DOI 10.1121/1.380986
Klopfenstein M., 2009, J SPEECH LANG PATHOL, V11, P326, DOI DOI 10.1080/17549500903003094
Kucera H., 1967, COMPUTATIONAL ANAL P
Ladefoged Peter, 1993, COURSE PHONETICS
Laganaro M, 2012, CORTEX, V48, P963, DOI 10.1016/j.cortex.2011.03.010
Laganaro M, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V81, P601, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2550
Laganaro M, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1191, DOI 10.1080/02687030701820469
Low L., 2000, LANG SPEECH, V43, P377, DOI [10.1177/00238309000430040301, DOI 10.1177/00238309000430040301]
McNeil M. R., 2009, CLIN MANAGEMENT SENS, P249
McNeil MR, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P775, DOI 10.1080/02687030701189980
MICELI G, 1993, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V10, P273, DOI 10.1080/02643299308253465
Murray E., 2012, INT MOT SPEECH C SAN
Nickels L, 1999, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V13, P269
Niemi J, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V61, P45, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1877
Odell KH, 2001, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V15, P275
OUELLETTE GP, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P257, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248656
Patel R, 2009, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V52, P206, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2008/07-0078)
Patel R, 2004, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V12, P189
Paul R, 2005, J AUTISM DEV DISORD, V35, P861, DOI 10.1007/s10803-005-0031-8
Peppe S, 2003, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V17, P345, DOI 10.1080/0269920031000079994
Peppe S. J. E., 2009, INT J SPEECH LANGUAG, V11, P258, DOI DOI 10.1080/17549500902906339
Robin D. A., 2008, NEUROIMAGING COMMUNI, P129
Seddoh SA, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1294, DOI 10.1080/02687030701640289
Seddoh SA, 2004, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V18, P17, DOI 10.1080/0269920031000134686
Sereno J. A., 1986, J ACOUST SOC AM, V79, pS36, DOI 10.1121/1.2023191
SHRIBERG LD, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P105
Shriberg LD, 2003, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V17, P549, DOI 10.1080/0269920031000138123
Sidtis John J., 2003, Seminars in Speech and Language, V24, P93, DOI 10.1055/s-2003-38901
SLOWIACZEK LM, 1990, LANG SPEECH, V33, P47
Sluijter AMC, 1997, J ACOUST SOC AM, V101, P503, DOI 10.1121/1.417994
Snow D, 2007, J CHILD LANG, V34, P765, DOI 10.1017/S030500090700815X
Strand EA, 1996, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V39, P1018
van Santen JPH, 2009, SPEECH COMMUN, V51, P1082, DOI 10.1016/j.specom.2009.04.007
Ventry L., 1983, ASHA, V25, P37
Walker JP, 2009, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V23, P529, DOI 10.1080/02699200902946944
Wertz R. T., 1984, APRAXIA SPEECH DISOR
WINGFIELD A, 1984, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V27, P128
Zatorre RJ, 2001, CEREB CORTEX, V11, P946, DOI 10.1093/cercor/11.10.946
ZIEGLER W, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P683
Ziegler Wolfram, 2002, Seminars in Speech and Language, V23, P231, DOI 10.1055/s-2002-35798
NR 76
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD MAY 4
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 5
BP 554
EP 575
DI 10.1080/02687038.2014.889275
PG 22
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AE5NB
UT WOS:000334034800003
ER
PT J
AU Rankin, E
Newton, C
Parker, A
Bruce, C
AF Rankin, Elizabeth
Newton, Caroline
Parker, Ann
Bruce, Carolyn
TI Hearing loss and auditory processing ability in people with aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE SSQ; Aphasia; Speech-in-noise; Hearing loss; Hearing disability
ID SPEECH-PERCEPTION; OLDER-ADULTS; SCALE SSQ; QUALITIES; NOISE;
COMMUNICATION; COMPREHENSION; PERFORMANCE; LISTENERS; ATTENTION
AB Background: Hearing loss can add to the linguistic deficits present in aphasia to make comprehension of speech difficult. Although some studies document a relatively high prevalence of hearing loss in adults with aphasia, many people with aphasia do not have their hearing tested. Self-reported disability measures offer a possible alternative to pure-tone audiometry when this service is not readily available.
Aims: This study aims to investigate the prevalence of hearing loss in a group of people with aphasia and to determine the usefulness of self-reported measures to screen for hearing impairment.
Methods & Procedures: Hearing ability was measured using pure-tone audiometry and five measures of auditory processing, which looked at speech perception in quiet and noise, for 21 individuals with aphasia recruited from a community clinic and 21 age-matched individuals without aphasia. The Speech, Spatial and Qualities of Hearing Scale (SSQ) and a brief questionnaire exploring whether they had experienced hearing difficulties were used to measure self-perception of hearing acuity. Differences in scores between the groups were analysed. Correlations and regressions were used to establish the relationship between self-perception of hearing and measures of hearing ability.
Outcomes & Results: Despite minimal impairment and a non-significant difference between performance on pure-tone audiometry for participants with and without aphasia, participants with aphasia performed significantly worse on measures of speech perception in noise than participants without aphasia. They also had a significantly greater degree of perceived hearing disability. Although SSQ scores were correlated with some behavioural measures for the participants with aphasia, the SSQ only predicted the hearing status and speech in noise performance of control participants.
Conclusions: The results suggest that the prevalence of hearing loss for people with aphasia (at least for this group) is no greater than the general population. However, they are significantly more affected in their recognition of speech in noise and experience greater disability in listening situations than people without aphasia. The latter problems were not predicted by pure-tone audiograms or sound-in-noise performance. The brief questionnaire was not effective in identifying hearing impairment, indicating the need for a regular hearing screen to ensure provision of the most effective rehabilitation. Ideally, the screen should include disability and behavioural measures, as our results suggest they cannot replace each other. These findings should assist clinicians in setting realistic goals and delivering interventions in the most effective way for people with aphasia.
C1 [Rankin, Elizabeth; Newton, Caroline; Parker, Ann; Bruce, Carolyn] UCL, Div Psychol & Language Sci, London WC1N 1PF, England.
RP Bruce, C (reprint author), UCL, Div Psychol & Language Sci, Chandler House,2 Wakefield St, London WC1N 1PF, England.
EM c.bruce@ucl.ac.uk
CR Action on Hearing Loss (AOHL), 2011, HEAR MATT TAK ACT HE
American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA), WHO SHOULD BE SCREEN
Arlinger S., 2003, INT J AUDIOL, V42, P17, DOI DOI 10.3109/14992020309074639
Banh J, 2012, J AM ACAD AUDIOL, V23, P81, DOI 10.3766/jaaa.23.2.2
Bench R. J., 1979, SPEECH HEARING TESTS
Bruce C, 2012, DISABIL REHABIL, V34, P1024, DOI 10.3109/09638288.2011.631680
Brungart DS, 2005, J ACOUST SOC AM, V118, P3241, DOI 10.1121/1.2082557
Chou R, 2011, ANN INTERN MED, V154, P347, DOI [10.7326/0003-4819-154-5-201103010-00009, 10.1059/0003-4819-154-5-201103010-00009]
Connor LT, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V71, P52, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2210
Cooke M, 2006, J ACOUST SOC AM, V119, P1562, DOI 10.1121/1.2166600
Demeester K, 2012, EAR HEARING, V33, P615, DOI 10.1097/AUD.0b013e31824e0ba7
Duijvestijn JA, 2003, ACTA OTO-LARYNGOL, V123, P846, DOI 10.1080/0001648031000719
Dunton J, 2011, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V46, P63, DOI 10.3109/13682820903560294
Engell B, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P383, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000734
Erickson RJ, 1996, BRAIN COGNITION, V30, P244, DOI 10.1006/brcg.1996.0016
FORMBY C, 1987, EAR HEARING, V8, P326, DOI 10.1097/00003446-198712000-00007
Gatehouse S, 2004, INT J AUDIOL, V43, P85, DOI 10.1080/14992020400050014
Gates GA, 2003, J FAM PRACTICE, V52, P56
Hazan V, 2009, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V52, P1510, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2009/08-0220)
Hessler D, 2010, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V24, P980, DOI 10.3109/02699206.2010.507297
Hough MS, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P159, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000581
Jesse A, 2012, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V27, P1167, DOI 10.1080/01690965.2011.620335
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Lancaster R., 2009, PERFORMANCE TE UNPUB
Murray LL, 2012, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V21, pS51, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2012/11-0067)
Noble W, 1998, J Am Acad Audiol, V9, P25
Ries P. W., 1982, HEARING ABILITY PERS
Rogers CL, 2006, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V27, P465, DOI 10.1017/S014271640606036X
Singh G, 2010, INT J AUDIOL, V49, P733, DOI 10.3109/14992027.2010.491097
Stewart R, 2009, J AM ACAD AUDIOL, V20, P147, DOI 10.3766/jaaa.20.2.7
STREET BS, 1957, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V22, P60
Torre P, 2005, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V48, P473, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2005/032)
Tun PA, 2009, PSYCHOL AGING, V24, P761, DOI 10.1037/a0014802
VENTRY IM, 1982, EAR HEARING, V3, P128, DOI 10.1097/00003446-198205000-00006
WHO, GRAD HEAR IMP
Wilson DH, 1999, INT J EPIDEMIOL, V28, P247, DOI 10.1093/ije/28.2.247
Winchester RA, 1955, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V20, P178
World Health Organization, 1980, INT CLASS IMP DIS HA
NR 38
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD MAY 4
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 5
BP 576
EP 595
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.878452
PG 20
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AE5NB
UT WOS:000334034800004
ER
PT J
AU Wolf, R
Sidtis, DV
Sidtis, JJ
AF Wolf, Rachel
Sidtis, Diana Van Lancker
Sidtis, John J.
TI The ear craves the familiar: Pragmatic repetition in left and right
cerebral damage
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Right hemisphere cerebral damage; Formulaic language; Pragmatics;
Discourse; Left hemisphere cerebral damage; Repetition
ID DISCONNEXION SYNDROMES; LANGUAGE DISORDERS; FORMULAIC LANGUAGE;
BRAIN-DAMAGE; APHASIA; PERSEVERATION; CONVERSATION; HEMISPHERE; SPEECH;
APPRECIATION
AB Background: Repetition occurs plentifully in normal conversation, but empirical studies of the pragmatic use of repetition are rare and pragmatic repetition, defined as verbal repetition in conversational use, in disordered language has not been systematically investigated. Applying a method of analysis that was piloted utilising normal discourse, discourse samples from persons with left and right brain damaged were examined for incidence and charcteristics of repetition.
Aims: The purpose of this exploratory study was to examine verbal repetition following cerebral hemispheric damage. From previous studies of hemispheric influences on communicative competence, it was hypothesised that unilateral damage would affect verbal repetition differently. Following earlier results for hemispheric effects on proportion of formulaic expressions, overall more verbal repetition was predicted in persons with left hemisphere damage than those with right hemisphere damage or healthy speakers. Furthermore, previous studies led to a prediction of more repetition of formulaic (than novel, propositional) expressions following left hemisphere damage than the other two study groups. We explored whether characteristics and functions of repetition, developed as part of a new method for quantifying repetition in spontaneous speech, differed systematically between groups.
Methods & Procedures: Transcripts of discourse by persons diagnosed with a single cerebral vascular accident and from age- and education-comparable healthy control (HC) participants were analysed. A method was developed for quantifying verbal repetition and identifying five factors, specifically localness (immediate, delayed, or distant), preservation of the original target (identical or altered), source (self or other), grammatical unit of speech (word, phrase, clause, or sentence), and phrase type (formulaic or novel), and three functions (maintaining form, enhancing content, and socialisation).
Outcomes & Results: Results revealed significantly higher use of repetition by left hemisphere (28%) than right hemisphere-damaged (RHD) participants (19%) or the HC group (18%). The proportion of formulaic expression repeated by the left hemisphere group was significantly higher (57%) than the right hemisphere group (30%). Fewer repetitions were used by the left hemisphere group (25%) for the function of enhancing the content of talk as compared to the HC group (40%), whereas the RHD group used the least repetition for socialisation (15%).
Conclusions: Pragmatic repetition is to be distinguished from rote repetition (on command) in aphasia diagnosis and from pathological repetition behaviours, including perseveration, following brain damage. The method described here allows for the measurement of pragmatic repetition and its characteristics in normal and disordered language. The findings support previous results for pragmatic and formulaic language behaviours in these populations. This study provides new information on the roles of repetition in normal conversation and on the impact of neurological damage on this function. Identification and measurement of repetition will inform perspectives on evaluation and rehabilitation of conversational speech.
C1 [Wolf, Rachel] East Stroudsburg Univ, Dept Speech Language Pathol, East Stroudsburg, PA 18301 USA.
[Sidtis, Diana Van Lancker; Sidtis, John J.] Nathan S Kline Inst Psychiat Res, Div Geriatr, Orangeburg, NY USA.
[Sidtis, Diana Van Lancker] NYU, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, New York, NY USA.
[Sidtis, John J.] NYU, Dept Psychiat, Langone Sch Med, New York, NY 10016 USA.
RP Wolf, R (reprint author), East Stroudsburg Univ, Dept Speech Language Pathol, Monroe Hall,200 Prospect St, East Stroudsburg, PA 18301 USA.
EM rewolf@po-box.esu.edu
CR Ackerman T, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P1018, DOI 10.1080/02687030701198361
ALAJOUANINE T, 1956, BRAIN, V79, P1, DOI 10.1093/brain/79.1.1
ALBERT ML, 1986, CORTEX, V22, P103
Bean Martha S., 1994, REPETITION DISCOURSE, V1, P207
Benson D. F., 1995, HDB NEUROLOGICAL SPE, P149
Berthier M., 1999, TRANSCORTICAL APHASI
Bridges KA, 2013, J NEUROLINGUIST, V26, P591, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2013.04.001
Bridges KA, 2013, APHASIOLOGY, V27, P799, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2012.757760
Brookshire RH, 1997, INTRO NEUROGENIC COM
Brownell H., 1995, HDB NEUROLOGICAL SPE, P324
Brownell H, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V57, P60, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1834
BROWNELL HH, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V22, P253, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90093-2
Christman Sarah S., 2004, Seminars in Speech and Language, V25, P295, DOI 10.1055/s-2004-837243
Code C., 1989, CHARACTERISTICS APHA, P155
CODE C, 1994, J NEUROLINGUIST, V8, P135, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(94)90021-3
Code C., 2005, INTERACTION STUDIES, V6, P311, DOI 10.1075/is.6.2.08cod
Cook Guy, 1994, ELT J, V48, P133, DOI DOI 10.1093/ELT/48.2.133
Devitt M, 2006, BRIT J PHILOS SCI, V57, P481, DOI 10.1093/bjps/ax1017
Ferrara K., 1994, ADV DISCOURSE PROCES, V48, P66
Fillmore Charles, 1979, INDIVIDUAL DIFFERENC, P85
Foldi NS, 2003, AGING NEUROPSYCHOL C, V10, P268, DOI 10.1076/anec.10.4.268.28970
GARDNER H, 1973, Cortex, V9, P183
GARDNER H, 1975, BRAIN, V98, P399, DOI 10.1093/brain/98.3.399
Gardner H., 1983, COGNITIVE PROCESSING, P169
GESCHWIND N, 1985, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V42, P428
GESCHWIN.N, 1965, BRAIN, V88, P585, DOI 10.1093/brain/88.3.585
GESCHWIN.N, 1965, BRAIN, V88, P237, DOI 10.1093/brain/88.2.237
Ghika J, 1996, J NEUROL, V243, P633, DOI 10.1007/BF00878658
GLOSSER G, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V40, P67, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90117-J
Glosser G., 1992, J CLIN EXPT NEUROPSY, V14, P40
GLOSSER G, 1991, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V13, P703, DOI 10.1080/01688639108401084
Glosser G., 1988, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V52, P115
GLOSSER G, 1977, INT J NEUROSCI, V7, P59, DOI 10.3109/00207457709147202
GLOSSER G, 1990, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V12, P485, DOI 10.1080/01688639008400995
Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R
Helm-Estabrooks N, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P689, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249566
Helm-Estabrooks Nancy, 2004, Semin Speech Lang, V25, P289, DOI 10.1055/s-2004-837241
Hopper R., 1994, REPETITION DISCOURSE, V2, P29
Joanette Y., 1993, DISCOURSE ABILITY BR
Johnstone B., 1994, REPETITION DISCOURSE, V1
Lahey M., 1988, LANGUAGE DISORDERS L
Leiwo M, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P203
Mackisack E., 1987, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P143
Merritt Marilyn, 1994, REPETITION DISCOURSE, V1, P23
Moses MS, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P960, DOI 10.1080/02687030701198254
Moses MS, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P975, DOI 10.1080/02687030701198312
Myers P. S., 1999, RIGHT HEMISPHERE DAM
Nelson L., 1989, J CONSULT CLIN PSYCH, V1, P266
Norrick Neal R., 1994, REPETITION DISCOURSE, V2, P15
NORRICK NR, 1993, HUMOR, V6, P385, DOI 10.1515/humr.1993.6.4.385
Obler L. K., 1999, LANGUAGE BRAIN
Odell K. H., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P169
Oelschlaeger ML, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P971, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249464
Olness GS, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P697, DOI 10.1080/02687030903438524
Paradis M., 1998, PRAGMATICS NEUROGENI
Quick P., 2007, LINGUISTIKA, V14, P1
Ramage A, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V66, P329, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2032
Rieger CL, 2003, J PRAGMATICS, V35, P47, DOI 10.1016/S0378-2166(01)00060-1
Romaine Suzanne, 1991, AM SPEECH, V57, P45
Schegloff EA, 2000, LANG SOC, V29, P1
Sidtis D, 2009, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V23, P270, DOI 10.1080/02699200802673242
Sidtis DV, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P411, DOI 10.1080/02687030500538148
Sidtis DV, 2012, ANNU REV APPL LINGUI, V32, P62, DOI 10.1017/S0267190512000104
Stark J, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P928, DOI 10.1080/02687030701198239
Stark J., 2011, PERSPECTIVES NEUROPH, V21, P135, DOI [10.1044/nnsld21.4.135, DOI 10.1044/NNSLD21.4.135]
Stivers A., 2004, HUMAN COMMUNICATION, V30, P260, DOI [10.1111/j.1468-2958.2004.tb00733.x, DOI 10.1111/J.1468-2958.2004.TB00733.X]
Tannen D., 1989, TALKING VOICES REPET
Tannen D., 1987, TEXT, V7, P215, DOI DOI 10.1515/TEXT.1.1987.7.3.215
TANNEN D, 1987, LANGUAGE, V63, P574, DOI 10.2307/415006
Ulatowska HK, 2000, DISCOURSE PROCESS, V30, P265, DOI 10.1207/S15326950dp3003_3
Van Lancker D., 1988, PROGR PSYCHOL LANGUA, VIII, P49
Van Lancker Sidtis D., HDB LANGUAGE EMERGEN
Van Lancker Sidtis D., 2014, PRAGMATIC REPE UNPUB
Van Lancker Sidtis Diana, 2012, ADV NEURAL SUBSTRATE, P342
Van Lancker Sidtis Diana, 2008, FORMULAIC LANGUAGE, V2, P151
Van Lancker Sidtis Diana, 2004, LANG COMMUN, V24, P207
VanLancker D, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V57, P1, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1850
Wang SP, 2005, J PRAGMATICS, V37, P505, DOI 10.1016/j.pragma.2004.08.002
Wong J, 2000, RES LANG SOC INTERAC, V33, P407, DOI 10.1207/S15327973RLSI3304_03
NR 79
TC 2
Z9 2
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD MAY 4
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 5
BP 596
EP 615
DI 10.1080/02687038.2014.886324
PG 20
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AE5NB
UT WOS:000334034800005
ER
PT J
AU Savage, MC
Donovan, NJ
Hoffman, PR
AF Savage, Meghan C.
Donovan, Neila J.
Hoffman, Paul R.
TI Preliminary results from conversation therapy in two cases of Aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Stimulation therapy; Aphasia therapy; Conversation therapy; Aphasia;
Conversation therapy
ID CLINICAL-OUTCOME RESEARCH; TRAINING VOLUNTEERS; DISCOURSE ANALYSIS;
SINGLE-SUBJECT; COMMUNICATION; ADULTS; INTERVENTION; PARTNERS; EFFICACY;
PEOPLE
AB Background: Few studies have investigated conversation therapy between a person with aphasia and a clinician. Furthermore, little information exists on generalisation of impairment-based stimulation treatment to conversational outcomes.
Aim: The purpose of this preliminary study was to compare the effects of stimulation therapy and conversation therapy on conversational outcome measures in two cases.
Method: We employed a single-subject AB(1)AB(2)A design with randomised ordering of interventions across two participants. Primary outcomes included 6-minute conversations coded for discourse functions of an utterance.
Outcomes & Results: The participant who received stimulation therapy first demonstrated improved conversational outcomes after the first phase. The participant who received conversation therapy first demonstrated improved conversational outcomes after the first phase. Although improvements were made in each type of therapy, the highest gains in conversational production were during or following conversation therapy in either treatment order for both participants.
Conclusion: Both types of therapy produced gains in conversational abilities. However, the small number of participants limits the generalisability of this study. Future research is needed to determine which participants may benefit most from conversation therapy and to improve the clinical feasibility of conducting and measuring conversational therapy.
C1 [Savage, Meghan C.] SE Louisiana Univ, Hammond, LA 70402 USA.
[Donovan, Neila J.; Hoffman, Paul R.] Louisiana State Univ, Baton Rouge, LA 70803 USA.
RP Savage, MC (reprint author), SE Louisiana Univ, Dept Hlth & Human Sci, Program Commun Sci & Disorders, SLU 10863, Hammond, LA 70402 USA.
EM meghan.savage@selu.edu
CR Armstrong E., 2006, BRAIN IMPAIR, V7, P175, DOI 10.1375/brim.7.3.175
BARLOW DH, 1979, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V12, P199, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1979.12-199
Beeke S, 2011, J NEUROLINGUIST, V24, P222, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2010.03.002
Boles L, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P547, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249557
Boles L, 1998, J COMMUN DISORD, V31, P261, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(98)00005-7
Boles L., 1997, ASIA PACIFIC J SPEEC, V2, P43
Boles L., 2011, ASIA PACIFIC J SPEEC, V14, P159
Boo M, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P154, DOI 10.1080/02687031003743789
Booth S, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P283
Bradley M., 2008, ACQUIRING KNOWLEDGE, V10, P18
Brady MC, 2012, COCHRANE DB SYST REV, V5, P1
Carragher M, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P895, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2012.676164
Chapey R., 2000, ASHA LEADER, V5, P4
Coelho C., 2008, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P403
Cohen J., 1988, STAT POWER ANAL BEHA, V2nd
DeDe G, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P465, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000094
del Toro CM, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P881, DOI 10.1080/02687030701844204
Elman RJ, 1999, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V42, P411
Ennis M. R., 2001, NEUROPHYSIOLOGY NEUR, V11, P18
Fillingham JK, 2003, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V13, P337, DOI 10.1080/09602010343000020
Fink R., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P99
Frattali C., 1995, FACS LIFE ASHA FACS
Garrett & Beukleman, 2006, APHASIA NEEDS ASSESS
Greenwood A, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P991, DOI 10.1080/02687030903168220
Hickey EM, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P625, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000093
Hickin J., 2006, 2 APHASIA THERAPY FI
Hilari K., 2003, STROKE, V34, P1
Holland A., 1980, COMMUNICATIVE ACTIVI
Holland A., 1996, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V39, P27
Hopper S., 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P745
Kagan A, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P624, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2001/051)
Kagan A, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P258, DOI 10.1080/02687030701282595
Kertesz A., 2007, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
Lock S, 2001, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V36, P25
Lock S., 2008, SUPPORTING PARTNERS
LOMAS J, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P113
Lyon J. G., 2000, NEUROGENIC COMMUNICA, P137
Lyon J. G., 1994, MIN AM SPEECH LANG H
Lyon JG, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P693, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249416
McReynolds L. V., 1983, SINGLE SUBJECT EXPT
McVicker S, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P52, DOI 10.1080/02687030701688783
Miller J. F., 2012, SYSTEMATIC ANAL LANG
NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338
Norris J., 1993, WHOLE LANGUAGE INTER
Pimentel J., 2009, PERSPECTIVES GERONTO, V14, P12
Raymer AM, 2008, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V51, pS259, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2008/020)
ROBEY RR, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V47, P582, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1060
Robey RR, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P787, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249573
Robey RR, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P445
Robey RR, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V41, P172
Rodriguez A., 2008, COGNITIVE NEUROREHAB, P62
Rose M, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1001, DOI 10.1080/02687030143000825
Ross A, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P427, DOI 10.1080/02687030500532786
Sarno MT, 2004, CHALLENGING APHASIA THERAPIES: BROADENING THE DISCOURSE AND EXTENDING THE BOUNDARIES, P19, DOI 10.4324/9780203462706_chapter_2
Savage M., COMP CONVER IN PRESS
Simmons-Mackie N., 2008, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, V5th, P290
Simmons-Mackie N, 2010, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V91, P1814, DOI 10.1016/j.apmr.2010.08.026
Simmons-Mackie N, 2007, TOP LANG DISORD, V27, P5
Simmons-Mackie N., 2000, NEUROGENIC COMMUNICA, P162
Simmons-Mackie NN, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P583, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000408
Thompson C., 1989, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V18, P195
Todman J. B., 2001, SINGLE CASE SMALL N
Whitworth A, 1997, CONVERSATION ANAL PR
Whyte J, 2003, AM J PHYS MED REHAB, V82, P639, DOI 10.1097/01.PHM.0000078200.61840.2D
Whyte J, 2009, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V90, pS3, DOI 10.1016/j.apmr.2009.07.008
Wilkinson R, 2012, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V93, pS70, DOI 10.1016/j.apmr.2011.07.206
Wilkinson R, 2011, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V13, P74, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2011.551140
World Health Organisation, 2001, INT CLASS FUNCT DIS
NR 68
TC 3
Z9 3
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD MAY 4
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 5
BP 616
EP 636
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.843153
PG 21
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AE5NB
UT WOS:000334034800006
ER
PT J
AU Rogalski, Y
Altmann, LJP
Rosenbek, JC
AF Rogalski, Yvonne
Altmann, Lori J. P.
Rosenbek, John C.
TI Retrieval practice and testing improve memory in older adults
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Retrieval practice; Memory; Text; Older adults; Testing effect; Reading
ID LONG-TERM RETENTION; REPORTED RECOLLECTIVE EXPERIENCE; SPACED-RETRIEVAL;
AGE-DIFFERENCES; WORKING-MEMORY; TEXT; INTERVAL; COMPREHENSION;
CLASSROOM; BENEFITS
AB Background: Older adults have difficulty remembering detailed information from what they have read, despite maintaining relatively well preserved gist-level processing. However, an over-reliance on gist can result in vague and errorful encoding. Retrieval-based strategies using testing via free recall have been shown to be more effective for long-term memory retention of text details than additional study, a phenomenon known as the testing effect. Retrieval is thought to act as a secondary encoding, thus strengthening memory. Older adults would benefit then, from retrieval-based memory strategies that train efficient encoding of text information. These strategies to enhance memory in older adults can inform evidence-based treatment approaches for adults with acquired neurogenic communication disorders.Aims: The current study's first aim was to compare the effects of two training techniques in healthy older adults for remembering details of unfamiliar expository texts: (1) Read Attentively, Summarise and Review (RASR), a retrieval-based technique that incorporates recall in the form of summaries at the paragraph level, and (2) Read and Reread Attentively (RARA), a massed-reading technique. We hypothesised that RASR would result in greater retention of details after a 24-hour delay than RARA. Our second aim was to investigate the effects of immediate recall testing after studying compared with no testing after studying. We hypothesised that immediate testing would result in superior retention of details after a 24-hour delay than no testing.Methods & Procedures: A total of 44 healthy older adults met eligibility criteria for the study and were randomly assigned to receive one of the techniques (RASR = 23; RARA = 21). There were three experimental conditions: (1) control-plus-test (passage was read once then tested immediately for recall), (2) study-plus-test (passage was studied using one of the techniques, RASR or RARA, then tested immediately for recall) and (3) study-no-test (passage was studied using RASR or RARA but was not tested until 24 hours later).Outcomes & Results: Results revealed that the RASR group remembered more information immediately and after a 24-hour delay than the massed rereading group RARA. Additionally, the RASR technique combined with an immediate post-study test was the most beneficial method for remembering passage details after a delay.Conclusions: Findings indicate that healthy older adults can improve memory for unfamiliar text details using retrieval-based methods. Incorporating summarisation and retrieval-based strategies into therapies with clinical populations should be considered.
C1 [Rogalski, Yvonne] Ithaca Coll, Dept Speech Language Pathol & Audiol, Ithaca, NY 14850 USA.
[Altmann, Lori J. P.; Rosenbek, John C.] Univ Florida, Dept Speech Language & Hearing Sci, Gainesville, FL 32611 USA.
RP Rogalski, Y (reprint author), Ithaca Coll, 953 Danby Rd, Ithaca, NY 14850 USA.
EM yrogalski@ithaca.edu
FU University of Florida's College of Public Health; Health Professions
graduate research grant
FX This work was in partial fulfilment of a doctoral dissertation in the
College of Public Health and Health Professions at the University of
Florida. We would like to thank Lauren Sherman for her greatly
appreciated assistance with transcription and analysis. This work was
funded by the University of Florida's College of Public Health and
Health Professions graduate research grant (to YR).
CR Adams C., 1997, J GERONTOL B-PSYCHOL, V52B, P187
ADAMS C, 1991, PSYCHOL AGING, V6, P323, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.6.3.323
Adams C., 1990, J GERONTOL B-PSYCHOL, V45, P17
Agarwal PK, 2008, APPL COGNITIVE PSYCH, V22, P861, DOI 10.1002/acp.1391
American Speech-Language-Hearing Association, 2007, SCOP PRACT SPEECH LA
BALOTA DA, 1989, PSYCHOL AGING, V4, P3, DOI 10.1037//0882-7974.4.1.3
Balota DA, 2006, PSYCHOL AGING, V21, P19, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.21.1.19
Bishara AJ, 2008, PSYCHON B REV, V15, P52, DOI 10.3758/PBR.15.1.52
Bjork R. A., 1975, INFORM PROCESSING CO, P123
Bopp K. L., 2007, J GERONTOL B-PSYCHOL, V62, P239, DOI DOI 10.1093/GER0NB/62.5.P239
Brown C, 2008, BEHAV RES METHODS, V40, P540, DOI 10.3758/BRM.40.2.540
Brown S., 2000, OXFORD HDB MEMORY, P93
BUDD D, 1995, MEM COGNITION, V23, P735, DOI 10.3758/BF03200926
Butler AC, 2007, EUR J COGN PSYCHOL, V19, P514, DOI 10.1080/09541440701326097
Butler AC, 2010, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V36, P1118, DOI 10.1037/a0019902
Carpenter SK, 2009, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V35, P1563, DOI 10.1037/a0017021
Chun MM, 2007, CURR OPIN NEUROBIOL, V17, P177, DOI 10.1016/j.conb.2007.03.005
Craik F. I. M, 1992, HDB AGING COGNITION
Craik F I, 1990, Adv Neurol, V51, P201
CRAIK FIM, 1983, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V302, P341, DOI 10.1098/rstb.1983.0059
De Beni R, 2007, AGING NEUROPSYCHOL C, V14, P189, DOI 10.1080/13825580500229213
de Jager CA, 2003, INT J GERIATR PSYCH, V18, P318, DOI 10.1002/gps.830
Fridriksson J, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P99, DOI 10.1080/02687003444000660
Friedman D, 2007, CLIN EEG NEUROSCI, V38, P2
Gates A. I., 1917, ARCH PSYCHOL, V2
GLOVER JA, 1989, J EDUC PSYCHOL, V81, P392, DOI 10.1037//0022-0663.81.3.392
Greene E, 1977, CONSTRUCTION USE PRO
HARTLEY JT, 1993, PSYCHOL AGING, V8, P538, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.8.4.538
Hendrie Hugh C, 2006, Alzheimers Dement, V2, P12, DOI 10.1016/j.jalz.2005.11.004
Hillary FG, 2003, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V25, P49, DOI 10.1076/jcen.25.1.49.13631
Hoppe C, 2000, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V14, P38
Hopper T, 2005, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V13, pXXVII
Johnson RE, 2003, DEV REV, V23, P261, DOI 10.1016/S0273-2297(03)00009-1
Kang SHK, 2007, EUR J COGN PSYCHOL, V19, P528, DOI 10.1080/09541440601056620
Karpicke JD, 2008, SCIENCE, V319, P966, DOI 10.1126/science.1152408
Kausler D. H., 1994, LEARNING MEMORY NORM
KINTSCH W, 1978, PSYCHOL REV, V85, P363, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.85.5.363
Koriat A, 1996, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V19, P167
Larsen DP, 2009, MED EDUC, V43, P1174, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2923.2009.03518.x
Logan JM, 2008, AGING NEUROPSYCHOL C, V15, P257, DOI 10.1080/13825580701322171
Logan JM, 2002, NEURON, V33, P827, DOI 10.1016/S0896-6273(02)00612-8
Maddox GB, 2011, PSYCHOL AGING, V26, P661, DOI 10.1037/a0022942
McDaniel MA, 2007, PSYCHON B REV, V14, P200, DOI 10.3758/BF03194052
McDaniel MA, 2009, PSYCHOL SCI, V20, P516, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9280.2009.02325.x
MCDANIEL MA, 1991, CONTEMP EDUC PSYCHOL, V16, P192, DOI 10.1016/0361-476X(91)90037-L
McDaniel MA, 2007, EUR J COGN PSYCHOL, V19, P494, DOI 10.1080/09541440701326154
McNamara DS, 1996, DISCOURSE PROCESS, V22, P247
Meyer AND, 2013, PSYCHOL AGING, V28, P142, DOI 10.1037/a0030890
Meyer BJF, 2001, J EDUC PSYCHOL, V93, P141, DOI 10.1037/0022-0663.93.1.141
Nasreddine ZS, 2005, J AM GERIATR SOC, V53, P695, DOI 10.1111/j.1532-5415.2005.53221.x
Nessler D, 2006, NEUROIMAGE, V30, P299, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2005.09.005
Noh SR, 2007, INT J BEHAV DEV, V31, P133, DOI 10.1177/0165025407073581
Pashler H, 2005, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V31, P3, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.31.1.3
Perfect TJ, 1997, MEM COGNITION, V25, P849, DOI 10.3758/BF03211329
PERFECT TJ, 1995, MEMORY, V3, P169, DOI 10.1080/09658219508258964
Pyc MA, 2010, SCIENCE, V330, P335, DOI 10.1126/science.1191465
Radvansky GA, 2001, PSYCHOL AGING, V16, P145, DOI 10.1037//0882-7974.16.1.145
Radvansky GA, 2007, PSYCHON B REV, V14, P1027, DOI 10.3758/BF03193088
Radvansky GA, 2003, PSYCHOL AGING, V18, P161, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.18.1.161
Reitan R.M., 1985, HALSTEAD REITAN NEUR
Robinson F. P., 1946, EFFECTIVE STUDY
Roediger HL, 2006, PERSPECT PSYCHOL SCI, V1, P181, DOI 10.1111/j.1745-6916.2006.00012.x
Roediger HL, 2006, PSYCHOL SCI, V17, P249, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9280.2006.01693.x
Rogalski Y, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P763, DOI 10.1080/02687030701803796
Rogalski Y., 2010, THESIS
Rogalski Y, 2013, APHASIOLOGY, V27, P1232, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2013.810327
Schmidt I. W., 2000, CLIN GERONTOLOGIST, V21, P67, DOI 10.1300/J018v21n04_ 06
Stine E. A., 1990, EUROPEAN J COGNITIVE, V2, P289, DOI 10.1080/09541449008406209
Stine E. A. L., 1990, AGING COGNITION KNOW, P33
Stine-Morrow EAL, 2008, PSYCHOL AGING, V23, P131, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.23.1.131
Stine-Morrow EAL, 2004, MEM COGNITION, V32, P696, DOI 10.3758/BF03195860
Toppino TC, 2009, EXP PSYCHOL, V56, P252, DOI 10.1027/1618-3169.56.4.252
Tun Patricia A., 1989, J GERONTOL B-PSYCHOL, V44, P9
Wechsler D., 1999, MANUAL WECHSLER ABBR
Wechsler D, 1987, MANUAL WECHSLER MEMO
Wingfield A., 2000, HDB AGING COGNITION, P359
NR 76
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD APR 3
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 4
BP 381
EP 400
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.870965
PG 20
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 297RM
UT WOS:000330272600001
ER
PT J
AU Furnas, DW
Edmonds, LA
AF Furnas, Daniel W.
Edmonds, Lisa A.
TI The effect of computerised Verb Network Strengthening Treatment on
lexical retrieval in aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Treatment; Lexical retrieval; Computer; Telerehabilitation
ID LANGUAGE DISORDERS; SITUATION SCHEMAS; CONNECTED SPEECH; THEMATIC ROLES;
ADULTS
AB Background: A number of computerised treatments have been developed for aphasia, but few have remediated typing, an important functional task, and/or been implemented over the Internet via teletherapy, which can increase access to therapeutic services. The current study created a computerised version of Verb Network Strengthening Treatment (VNeST) and administered it via telerehabilitation over the Internet. VNeST is a semantic treatment which seeks to improve lexical retrieval of words through the conceptual connection between verbs and thematic roles. Previous iterations of VNeST have shown improvement in both spoken and written lexical retrieval for people with moderate and moderate-to-severe aphasia.Aims: This study investigates changes to lexical retrieval with four hierarchical outcome measures. The research questions were: Does treatment using Computerised VNeST (VNeST-C) result in pre- to post-treatment increases in: (1) spoken and typed lexical retrieval of trained (e.g., The farmer is weighing the apples.) and untrained words (e.g., The carpenter is measuring the lumber.) in a picture description task, (2) untreated single-word naming accuracy of nouns and verbs in spoken and typed modalities, (3) spoken and typed lexical retrieval as measured by informative words, efficiency of production and complete utterances within discourse, and (4) standardised measures of cognitive and language abilities?Methods & Procedures: Two people with aphasia were treated three times per week for 8 weeks using the VNeST-C program. A single-subject experimental design was used to evaluate changes in trained and untrained stimuli and tasks. Additional pre-treatment and post-treatment testing was also conducted.Outcomes & Results: Results indicate improvements on lexical retrieval during sentence production of trained and untrained stimuli. Additional improvement was observed for single-word naming of untrained nouns and verbs in spoken and typed modalities and standardised measures of aphasia and writing-by-hand. Limited generalisation to discourse was also observed, including a general increase in word output and decrease in typed neologisms.Conclusions: The results of this study suggest that the VNeST-C program and protocol have promise as a broadly generalising treatment for people with aphasia. With refinement of duration and intensity of the protocol, it may be a viable option for treating aphasia.
C1 [Furnas, Daniel W.; Edmonds, Lisa A.] Univ Florida, Dept Speech Language & Hearing Sci, Gainesville, FL 32611 USA.
[Edmonds, Lisa A.] Brain Rehabil & Res Ctr, Gainesville, FL USA.
RP Edmonds, LA (reprint author), Univ Florida, Dept Speech Language & Hearing Sci, POB 117420,351 Dauer, Gainesville, FL 32611 USA.
EM edmonds@ufl.edu
CR Adrian JA, 2011, J COMMUN DISORD, V44, P666, DOI 10.1016/j.jcomdis.2011.06.002
Bak TH, 2003, J NEUROLINGUIST, V16, P169, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(02)00011-8
Beeson PM, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V16, P161, DOI 10.1007/s11065-006-9013-7
Behrns I, 2009, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V23, P507, DOI 10.1080/02699200902916129
Brennan David, 2002, Top Stroke Rehabil, V8, P71
Cameron A, 2002, J NEUROLINGUIST, V15, P91, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(01)00002-1
Dechêne Lambert, 2011, Int J Telerehabil, V3, P3, DOI 10.5195/IJT.2011.6075
Druks J., 2000, OBJECT ACTION NAMING
Duffy JR, 1997, MAYO CLIN PROC, V72, P1116
Edmonds L. A., 2013, CLIN APH C TUCS AZ
Edmonds LA, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P402, DOI 10.1080/02687030802291339
Edmonds LA, 2011, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V20, P131, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2011/10-0036)
Edmonds LA, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P1488, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.599527
Ferretti TR, 2001, J MEM LANG, V44, P516, DOI 10.1006/jmla.2000.2728
Fridler N., 2012, ETELEMED 2010 4 INT, P18
Helm-Estabrooks N., 2001, COGNITIVE LINGUISTIC
Herlofsky SM, 2013, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V42, P1, DOI 10.1007/s10936-012-9206-6
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Katz R. C., 1982, CLIN APHASIOLOGY 198, P153
Katz RC, 1997, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V40, P493
Katz Richard C., 2010, Seminars in Speech and Language, V31, P34, DOI 10.1055/s-0029-1244951
Kay J., 1992, PALPA PSYCHOLINGUIST
Kertesz A., 2006, W APHASIA BATTERYREV
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Kueider A., 2012, PLOS ONE, V7, P1
Mayer JF, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P481, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000148
McLaughlin AC, 2009, ACM T COMPUT-HUM INT, V16, DOI 10.1145/1502800.1502802
McRae K, 2005, MEM COGNITION, V33, P1174, DOI 10.3758/BF03193221
Mills R., 1982, CLIN APHASIOLOGY 198, P147
NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338
Porch B. E., 1981, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC
Rapcsak S. Z., 2002, HDB ADULT LANGUAGE D, P71
Robey R. R., 2005, AM SPEECH LANG HEAR
Robey RR, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P445
Sarno MT, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P665, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249414
SERON X, 1980, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V45, P45
Theodoros D, 2008, TELEMED J E-HEALTH, V14, P552, DOI 10.1089/tmj.2007.0091
Thompson CK, 2006, J COMMUN DISORD, V39, P266, DOI 10.1016/j.jcomdis.2006.02.003
NR 38
TC 1
Z9 1
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD APR 3
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 4
BP 401
EP 420
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.869304
PG 20
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 297RM
UT WOS:000330272600002
ER
PT J
AU Le Dorze, G
Salois-Bellerose, E
Alepins, M
Croteau, C
Halle, MC
AF Le Dorze, Guylaine
Salois-Bellerose, Emilie
Alepins, Marjolaine
Croteau, Claire
Halle, Marie-Christine
TI A description of the personal and environmental determinants of
participation several years post-stroke according to the views of people
who have aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Stroke; Aphasia; Participation; Environmental factors; Personal factors;
Rehabilitation; Speech-language therapy
ID SOCIAL-PARTICIPATION; COMMUNITY PARTICIPATION; LIFE PARTICIPATION;
OLDER-PEOPLE; STROKE; COMMUNICATION; CONTEXT; FRIENDS; ACCESS; ADULTS
AB Background: People with aphasia face situations of handicap in their daily life and activities for which they were not fully prepared in rehabilitation.Aims: The present research aimed to explore the factors that facilitate or hinder participation according to people who live with aphasia.Methods & Procedures: Seventeen persons with chronic aphasia were interviewed in semi-structured small discussion groups. The transcripts of the discussions were analysed qualitatively by breaking them up into excerpts and regrouping the excerpts with similar meaning.Outcomes & Results: Participants mentioned more factors facilitating than hindering participation. Facilitating factors included: helpful family members, aphasia community organisations and their own positive personal characteristics, such as determination. Barriers to participation were, for example, poorly adjusted speakers and limited services post-stroke. Specific impairments such as communication problems and physical limitations as well as unfavourable identity factors, such as pride and fears, were also described.Conclusions: Rehabilitation professionals should refocus the services they provide to families, couples and friends to ensure that people with aphasia maintain a positive identity, optimal communication and satisfying relationships. Persons with aphasia should be empowered to ask for services in their community post-rehabilitation. Participation-based models of therapy may better serve the needs of people with aphasia and prepare them for living with aphasia.
C1 [Le Dorze, Guylaine; Salois-Bellerose, Emilie; Alepins, Marjolaine; Croteau, Claire; Halle, Marie-Christine] Univ Montreal, Fac Med, Ecole Orthophonie & Audiol, Montreal, PQ H3C 3J7, Canada.
[Le Dorze, Guylaine; Salois-Bellerose, Emilie; Croteau, Claire; Halle, Marie-Christine] Ctr Interdisciplinary Res Rehabil Greater Montrea, Montreal, PQ, Canada.
RP Le Dorze, G (reprint author), Univ Montreal, Fac Med, Ecole Orthophonie & Audiol, CP 6128,Succursale Ctr Ville, Montreal, PQ H3C 3J7, Canada.
EM guylaine.le.dorze@umontreal.ca
FU Canadian Institutes of Health Research [NRF 57710]
FX This study was supported by a research grant from the Canadian
Institutes of Health Research [grant number NRF 57710] and research
funds available to the first author at the Centre for Interdisciplinary
Research in Rehabilitation of Greater Montreal. The participation of the
following organisations for people with aphasia is gratefully
acknowledged: l'Association Quebecoise des personnes aphasiques,
l'Association des personnes aphasiques de Laval, le Groupe Releve pour
personnes aphasiques et le Groupe d'entraide pour personnes aphasiques.
We thank all of the participants. We also thank our undergraduate
students: Marie-Eve Lacroix, Isabelle Robillard, and Emilie Faubert. We
express our thanks to Mathilde Blais, Mylene Fournier, Michele
Masson-Trottier, Marie-Odile Marcoux-Fortier, Melissa Sauve, Frederic
Messier and all the members of the research team including Louise Getty,
France-Helene Signori, and Martin Forest.
CR Bouchard-Lamothe D, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P839
Chapey R, 2008, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, V5th, P279
Code C, 2003, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V13, P379, DOI 10.1080/09602010244000255
Cruice M, 2011, DISABIL REHABIL, V33, P219, DOI 10.3109/09638288.2010.503835
Cruice M, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P1210, DOI 10.1080/02687030600790136
Dalemans RJP, 2010, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V45, P537, DOI 10.3109/13682820903223633
Dalemans RJP, 2010, DISABIL REHABIL, V32, P1678, DOI 10.3109/09638281003649938
Dalemans RJP, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1071, DOI 10.1080/02687030701632179
Davidson B, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P243, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000653
Davidson B, 2008, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V15, P325, DOI 10.1310/tsr1504-325
Desrosiers J, 2006, DISABIL REHABIL, V28, P221, DOI 10.1080/09638280500158372
Fougeyrollas P, 2010, FUNAMBULE FIL TOILE
Goodglass H., 1964, CORTEX, V1, P133, DOI [10.1016/S0010-9452(64)80018-6, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(64)80018-6]
Goodglass H, 2001, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V3rd
Hersh D, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P331, DOI 10.1080/02687030701764220
Hilari K, 2010, CLIN REHABIL, V24, P181, DOI 10.1177/0269215509346090
Hilari K, 2011, DISABIL REHABIL, V33, P211, DOI 10.3109/09638288.2010.508829
Hinckley JJ, 2006, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V13, P25, DOI 10.1310/FLJ3-04DQ-MG8W-89EU
Howe TJ, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P618, DOI 10.1080/02687030701536024
Howe TJ, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1, DOI 10.1080/02687030701640941
Kong APH, 2011, DISABIL REHABIL, V33, P2633, DOI 10.3109/09638288.2011.579220
Le Dorze G, 2010, DISABIL REHABIL, V32, P1073, DOI 10.3109/09638280903374121
LEDORZE G, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P239
Levasseur Mélanie, 2007, Can J Occup Ther, V74 Spec No., P233
Lyon JG, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P693, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249416
Mayring P, 2000, FORUM QUAL SOC RES, V1, P1
McDonald L., 2009, SOCIAL WORK ED, V28, P128
McLaughlin CG, 2002, HEALTH SERV RES, V37, P1441, DOI 10.1111/1475-6773.12171
Northcott S, 2011, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V46, P524, DOI 10.1111/j.1460-6984.2011.00079.x
Provalis Research, 2007, QDA MIN VERS 3 2
Ross A, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P427, DOI 10.1080/02687030500532786
Shadden BB, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P211, DOI 10.1080/02687930444000697
Simmons-Mackie N, 2010, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V91, P1814, DOI 10.1016/j.apmr.2010.08.026
Simmons-Mackie NN, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P39, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798287
Sorin-Peters R, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P951, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000453
Wallace GL, 2010, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V17, P432, DOI 10.1310/tsr1706-432
Worrall L., 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P309
NR 37
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD APR 3
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 4
BP 421
EP 439
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.869305
PG 19
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 297RM
UT WOS:000330272600003
ER
PT J
AU Corsten, S
Konradi, J
Schimpf, EJ
Hardering, F
Keilmann, A
AF Corsten, Sabine
Konradi, Juergen
Schimpf, Erika J.
Hardering, Friedericke
Keilmann, Annerose
TI Improving quality of life in aphasia-Evidence for the effectiveness of
the biographic-narrative approach
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Quality of life; Identity; Biographic-narrative work;
Participation
ID FAMILY-MEMBERS; STROKE; PEOPLE; PARTICIPATION; HEALTH; COMMUNICATION;
SATISFACTION; METAANALYSIS; SAQOL-39; IDENTITY
AB Background: Caused by the constraints in communication, people with aphasia experience a pronounced decrease in quality of life (QoL). Beyond that identity negotiation is hindered which is crucial for QoL. This increases the severe loss of QoL. In sociocultural theories, it is postulated that identity is created through social interaction with others. In telling life stories, people build meaning and affirm identity. Biographic-narrative approaches use such life stories to support identity (re)development after disruptive events like stroke. Specific communication skills are needed for this, i.e., biographic-narrative competency. Therefore, such approaches have to be modified for the use in people with aphasia.Aims: We target on the development and evaluation of an interdisciplinary multimodal approach of biographic-narrative work. The primary aim is to improve QoL through identity renegotiation.Methods & Procedures: Five face-to-face interviews and seven group sessions were conducted in a before and after design over 10 weeks, with a follow-up assessment after three months. The intervention took place in ambulant rehabilitation units and at the Catholic University of Applied Sciences Mainz, Germany. The interviews comprise three narrative in-depth interviews, allowing participants to tell their life narration and two further semi-structured interviews to engross issues and prepare group topics. Narrations were supported by a multimodal approach, e.g., by pictures. To measure QoL, the Aachen Life Quality Inventory (ALQI), the Satisfaction with Life Scale (SWLS) and the Visual Analogue Mood Scales (VAMS) were used. Additionally, qualitative data was ascertained by semi-structured interviews with questions targeting personal growth or identity change. Seventeen participants, recruited consecutively from ambulant rehabilitation units and aphasia support groups, participated in the study. Almost all had a chronic but different type of aphasia (mean time post-stroke 40.82 months).Outcomes & Results: We found a significant improvement in health-related QoL measured by the ALQI (p< .05), which remained stable after three months without intervention. Also the self-reported mood state happiness grew significantly, confused and tense sank significantly (p< .05). As expected, overall life satisfaction which is a very broadly based and stable judgment did not change. According to self-reports in semi-structured interviews at the end of the intervention participants experienced a change in perspective accompanied by a change in quality of participation.Conclusions: QoL in people with aphasia can be improved by means of biographic-narrative intervention.
C1 [Corsten, Sabine; Konradi, Juergen; Schimpf, Erika J.] Catholic Univ Appl Sci, Dept Hlth Care & Nursing, D-55122 Mainz, Germany.
[Hardering, Friedericke] Goethe Univ Frankfurt, Inst Sociol, D-60054 Frankfurt, Germany.
[Keilmann, Annerose] Univ Med Ctr, Dept Commun Disorders, Mainz, Germany.
RP Corsten, S (reprint author), Catholic Univ Appl Sci, Dept Hlth Care & Nursing, Saarstr 3, D-55122 Mainz, Germany.
EM corsten@kh-mz.de
FU German Federal Ministery of Education and Research [BMBF] [17S10X11]
FX We thank the people with aphasia who took part in the study. We would
like to acknowledge the valuable contribution of the project steering
committee: Martina Brockel, Brigitte Dempfle, Gabriele Lucius-Hoene and
Claudia Neubert. Without the assistance of the staff members, Johanna
Bach, Elena Esser, Anna Frey, Anna-Kathrin Klotz, Marie Leienbach,
Johanna Ringe and Linda Vollgraff, the study would not have been
possible. Furthermore, we thank the cooperative partners in the clinical
field: the ambulant rehabilitation units Andreas and Voigt, Brauer,
Ewen, Gaubatz, Muller, and the Caritas organisations Darmstadt and Mainz
as well as the aphasia support centre Rhineland-Palatinate. Finally, we
want to express our gratitude to Robin Cooley who revised the manuscript
and improved our writing. The current work is supported by a grant of
the German Federal Ministery of Education and Research [BMBF, 17S10X11].
CR Atkinson R., 1998, LIFE STORY INTERVIEW
Ayerbe L, 2013, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V202, P14, DOI 10.1192/bjp.bp.111.107664
Bauer JJ, 2008, J HAPPINESS STUD, V9, P81, DOI 10.1007/s10902-006-9021-6
BRODY H, 1994, LIT MED, V13, P79
Bronken BA, 2012, QUAL HEALTH RES, V22, P1303, DOI 10.1177/1049732312450366
Brown K, 2012, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V14, P141, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2011.632026
Bryant A., 2007, SAGE HDB GROUNDED TH
Bury M, 1982, Sociol Health Illn, V4, P167, DOI 10.1111/1467-9566.ep11339939
Campbell R, 2003, BRIT MED J, V326, P252, DOI 10.1136/bmj.326.7383.252
Chapey R., 2001, LANG INT STRAT APH R, P235
Concato J, 2000, NEW ENGL J MED, V342, P1887, DOI 10.1056/NEJM200006223422507
Cruice M, 2010, J FLUENCY DISORD, V35, P173, DOI 10.1016/j.jfludis.2010.05.008
Cruice M., 2010, PSYCHOL WELL BEING P, P86
Davidson B, 2008, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V15, P325, DOI 10.1310/tsr1504-325
DIENER E, 1985, J PERS ASSESS, V49, P71, DOI 10.1207/s15327752jpa4901_13
Diener E., 2008, J POSIT PSYCHOL, V3, P137, DOI [10.1080/17439760701756946, DOI 10.1080/17439760701756946]
Diener E, 1999, PSYCHOL BULL, V125, P276, DOI 10.1037/0033-2909.125.2.276
Duchan JF, 2004, CHALLENGING APHASIA THERAPIES: BROADENING THE DISCOURSE AND EXTENDING THE BOUNDARIES, P1, DOI 10.4324/9780203462706
Engell B, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P383, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000734
Engell B., 2000, 3 CPLOL C PAR
Franzen-Dahlin A, 2010, J CLIN NURS, V19, P1855, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2702.2010.03219.x
Grohn B, 2012, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V14, P390, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2012.692813
Hartman-Maeir A, 2007, DISABIL REHABIL, V29, P559, DOI 10.1080/09638280600924996
Hilari K, 2003, STROKE, V34, P1944, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000081987.46660.ED
Hilari K, 2012, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V93, pS86, DOI 10.1016/j.apmr.2011.05.028
Hinckley JJ, 2006, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V13, P25, DOI 10.1310/FLJ3-04DQ-MG8W-89EU
Holland A. L., 1999, GROUP TREATMENT NEUR
Holland AL, 2006, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V13, P44, DOI 10.1310/13D7-R31R-8A0D-Y74G
Howe T, 2012, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V47, P511, DOI 10.1111/j.1460-6984.2012.00159.x
Huber W., 1983, AACHENER APHASIE TES
Kahneman D, 2010, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V107, P16489, DOI 10.1073/pnas.1011492107
Korte J, 2012, PSYCHOL AGING, V27, P1172, DOI 10.1037/a0029273
Levin T, 2007, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V14, P72, DOI 10.1310/tsr1401-72
Luck AM, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P208, DOI 10.1080/02687030601065470
Manders E, 2010, DISABIL REHABIL, V32, P173, DOI 10.3109/09638280903071867
McAdams D. P, 2008, HDB PERSONALITY THEO, V3rd, P241
McKeown J, 2006, J ADV NURS, V55, P237, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2648.2006.03897.x
Moons P, 2006, INT J NURS STUD, V43, P891, DOI 10.1016/j.ijnurstu.2006.03.015
Pavot W., 1993, PSYCHOL ASSESSMENT, V5, P164, DOI DOI 10.1037/1040-3590.5.2.164
Pedersen P., 1995, ANN NEUROL, V35, P659
Pound C, 2011, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V13, P197, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2011.530692
Rosenthal G., 1998, HOLOCAUST 3 GENERATI
Shadden BB, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P211, DOI 10.1080/02687930444000697
Shadden BR, 2007, TOP LANG DISORD, V27, P324
SHEIKH J I, 1986, Clinical Gerontologist, V5, P165
Shmotkin D, 2012, J HAPPINESS STUD, V13, P389, DOI 10.1007/s10902-011-9270-x
Simmons-Mackie Nina, 2011, Seminars in Speech and Language, V32, P203, DOI 10.1055/s-0031-1286175
Stern R, 1997, VISUAL ANALOG MOOD S
Ulatowska HK, 2013, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V20, P36, DOI 10.1310/tsr2001-36
van der Gaag A, 2005, CLIN REHABIL, V19, P372, DOI 10.1191/0269215505cr785oa
Wengraf T., 2001, QUALITATIVE RES INTE
White M., 1990, NARRATIVE MEANS THER
World Health Organization, 2001, ICF INT CLASS FUNCT
NR 53
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD APR 3
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 4
BP 440
EP 452
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.843154
PG 13
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 297RM
UT WOS:000330272600004
ER
PT J
AU McLellan, KM
McCann, CM
Worrall, LE
Harwood, MLN
AF McLellan, Karen M.
McCann, Clare M.
Worrall, Linda E.
Harwood, Matire L. N.
TI "For Maaori, language is precious. And without it we are a bit lost":
Maori experiences of aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Stroke; Mori; Indigenous; Interpretive description; Family
ID QUALITY-OF-LIFE; ISCHEMIC-STROKE; PEOPLE; CONSEQUENCES; FAMILY
AB Background: Experiences of aphasia are shaped by culture. Therefore, to provide appropriate services for people with aphasia (PWA), speech-language therapists (SLTs) must understand aphasia from their potential clients' cultural perspective.Aims: This study aimed to describe and interpret the experiences of Mori with aphasia and their whnau (extended family), to inform service delivery for this population.Methods & Procedures: This study is kaupapa Mori research (KMR), an Indigenous research approach that privileges Mori culture and knowledge. A qualitative methodology, interpretive description (ID), was incorporated to produce clinically relevant findings that will benefit SLTs and Mori.In-depth interviews were undertaken with 11 Mori with aphasia and their nominated whnau members. Participants spoke about aphasia-related changes in relationships, health, spirituality, activities and family and community roles. Analysis was informed by interpretive description (ID) and kaupapa Mori.Outcomes & Results: Participants described a range of positive and negative experiences of aphasia. These developed into two pairs of themes: (1) Grieving for what is lost and Recognising what we have got (2) It is hard and Choosing how to respond.Conclusions: Aphasia can have a profound effect on Mori families and bring many changes in family roles and relationships. Despite difficulties, whnau can actively manage their situation, and enable the person with aphasia to participate in the whnau and community. The findings of this study will inform clinical practice and provide the basis for the development of resources for use in speech-language therapy services for Mori with aphasia and their whnau.
C1 [McLellan, Karen M.; McCann, Clare M.; Harwood, Matire L. N.] Univ Auckland, Auckland 1142, New Zealand.
[Worrall, Linda E.] Univ Queensland, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, Brisbane, Qld 4072, Australia.
RP McLellan, KM (reprint author), Univ Auckland, Tamaki Innovat Campus,Private Bag 92019, Auckland 1142, New Zealand.
EM k.mclellan@auckland.ac.nz
FU University of Auckland Doctoral Scholarship; Henry Rongomau Bennett
Foundation Scholarship
FX We are grateful for the following financial support: University of
Auckland Doctoral Scholarship, Henry Rongomau Bennett Foundation
Scholarship.
CR Armstrong E, 2012, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V14, P271, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2011.663790
Brown K, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P1267, DOI 10.1080/02687031003755429
Cram F., 2001, RES ETHICS AOTEAROA, P35
Croteau C, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P327, DOI 10.1080/02687030500475051
Cruice M, 2006, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V13, P14, DOI 10.1310/4JW5-7VG8-G6X3-1QVJ
Dickey L, 2010, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V91, P196, DOI 10.1016/j.apmr.2009.09.020
Durie M., 1998, WHAIORA MAORI HLTH D
Engelter ST, 2006, STROKE, V37, P1379, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000221815.64093.8c
Faux S, 2009, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V16, P1, DOI [10.1310/tsr1601-01, 10.1310/tsr1601-1]
Grawburg M, 2013, DISABIL REHABIL, V35, P1324, DOI 10.3109/09638288.2012.735341
Grawburg M, 2013, APHASIOLOGY, V27, P828, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2013.768330
Halle MC, 2011, QUAL HEALTH RES, V21, P549, DOI 10.1177/1049732310391274
Harwood M, 2012, CLIN REHABIL, V26, P493, DOI 10.1177/0269215511426017
Harwood M., 2012, THESIS U OTAGO DUNED
Huttlinger K W, 1994, J Transcult Nurs, V5, P5, DOI 10.1177/104365969400500202
Kauhanen ML, 2000, CEREBROVASC DIS, V10, P455, DOI 10.1159/000016107
King M., 2011, AO HURIHURI ASPECTS
LEDORZE G, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P239
Legg C, 2013, APHASIOLOGY, V27, P126, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2012.684338
Legg C. F., 2010, THESIS
Lemieux L, 2001, SEX DISABIL, V19, P253, DOI 10.1023/A:1017953308761
Love C., 2004, EXTENSIONS WHEKE OPE
McLellan Karen, 2011, N Z Med J, V124, P48
McLellan K., 2013, USE INTERPRETI UNPUB
McNaughton H, 2002, NEW ZEAL MED J, V115, P98
Michallet B, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P835, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000238
Ministry of Health, 2010, TAT KAH MAOR HLTH CH
Pere R. R., 1984, HUI WHAK MAOR HLTH P
Pihama L., 2011, KEI TUA PAE HUI P, P49
QSR International, 2012, NVIVO QUAL DAT AN SO
Smith L. T., 2012, DECOLONIZING METHODO
Thorne S., 2008, INTERPRETIVE DESCRIP
Walker S., 2006, INT J SOC RES METHOD, V9, P331, DOI DOI 10.1080/13645570600916049
NR 33
TC 1
Z9 1
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD APR 3
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 4
BP 453
EP 470
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.845740
PG 18
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 297RM
UT WOS:000330272600005
ER
PT J
AU van der Scheer, F
Jonkers, R
Gilbers, D
AF van der Scheer, Fennetta
Jonkers, Roel
Gilbers, Dicky
TI Foreign accent syndrome and force of articulation
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Foreign accent syndrome; Force of articulation
ID PHONETIC ANALYSIS; SPEECH; APRAXIA; EPIPHENOMENON; APHASIA; LESION
AB Background: Foreign accent syndrome (FAS) is a rare, acquired neurogenic disorder characterised by altered speech that sounds foreign, for example, English with a French accent. Several prosodic and acoustic changes have been mentioned in the literature, but none has indicated an underlying mechanism clarifying the accent in speech.Aims: The present case study aims to capture the acoustic changes in the speech of a Dutch FAS speaker under one heading: increased force of articulation.Methods & Procedures: Some of the often described characteristics of FAS concerning speech rate, stress patterns, vowel reduction, voice onset time (VOT) and assimilation were analysed in the speech of a Dutch male (AA) who speaks with a foreign accent after a stroke. Fifty-two students of Linguistics and Speech Therapy were asked to evaluate the accent of AA and came up with a variety of perceived accents, like Arabic, Turkish, German, Spanish and French.Outcomes & Results: We argue that all investigated characteristics reveal an increase in force of articulation. The reported variation in perceived accents can be explained by a different focus on the variety of phonetic aspects of FAS related to the differences between the phonological systems of the perceived languages and Dutch.Conclusions: Increased force of articulation may lead to the perception of different foreign accents in speakers with FAS. The specific accent depends on the focus of the listener on one of the phonetic aspects of force of articulation.
C1 [van der Scheer, Fennetta] Advies & Behandelctr Zorggrp Noordwest Veluwe, NL-3844 DG Harderwijk, Netherlands.
[Jonkers, Roel; Gilbers, Dicky] Univ Groningen, Dept Linguist, Groningen, Netherlands.
RP van der Scheer, F (reprint author), Advies & Behandelctr Zorggrp Noordwest Veluwe, Wethouder Jansenlaan 90, NL-3844 DG Harderwijk, Netherlands.
EM fennetta.vander.scheer@znwv.nl
CR Abercrombie D, 1967, ELEMENTS GEN PHONETI
ARDILA A, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P493, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248955
Auer P., 1991, P C LING PHON PROSP, P292
Bastiaanse R., 1995, PALPA NEDERLANDSE VE
Bauer L, 2008, J LINGUIST, V44, P605, DOI 10.1017/S0022226708005331
BLUMSTEIN SE, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V31, P215, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90071-X
Boersma P., 2010, PRAAT DOING PHONETIC
Coelho CA, 2001, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V9, P227
Crystal D., 2008, DICT LINGUISTICS PHO
Dankovicova J, 2001, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V15, P195, DOI 10.1080/02699200010004656
Dankovicova J, 2011, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V25, P85, DOI 10.3109/02699206.2010.513027
Dharmaperwira-Prins R. I. I., 1998, DYSARTRIE VERBALE AP
Di Dio C, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P951, DOI 10.1080/02687030600739356
Edwards RJ, 2005, EUR NEUROL, V53, P87, DOI 10.1159/000085503
Fagyal S., 2010, READER SOCIOPHONETIC, P91
FLEGE JE, 1988, J ACOUST SOC AM, V84, P1639, DOI 10.1121/1.397179
FREEMAN FJ, 1978, BRAIN LANG, V6, P106, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(78)90048-2
Fridriksson J, 2005, NEUROCASE, V11, P319, DOI 10.1080/13554790591006302
Gilbers D., 2013, PHONETICS EUROPE, P11
Goodglass H., 1993, UNDERSTANDING APHASI
Graetz P., 1992, AKENSE AFASIE TEST
GRAFFRADFORD NR, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V28, P86, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90093-3
Grijzenhout J., 2000, GGS M POTSD
GURD JM, 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V26, P237, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(88)90077-2
Gurd JM, 2001, CORTEX, V37, P715, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70622-1
Gussenhoven Carlos, 2004, PHONOLOGY TONE INTON
Haley KL, 2010, J NEUROLINGUIST, V23, P28, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2009.08.001
Hall DA, 2003, NEUROLOGY, V60, P1551
INGRAM JCL, 1992, J PHONETICS, V20, P457
Jansen W., 2004, THESIS U GRONINGEN G
Kanjee R, 2010, J NEUROLINGUIST, V23, P580, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2010.05.003
Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST
KENT RD, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V15, P259, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90060-8
Kim JS, 2008, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V22, P233, DOI 10.1080/02699200701869925
Knuijt S, 2007, LOGOPEDIE FONIATRIE, V12, P412
Kurowski KM, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V54, P1, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0059
Kuschmann A, 2012, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V47, P738, DOI 10.1111/j.1460-6984.2012.00184.x
Lass Roger, 1984, PHONOLOGY INTRO BASI
Laver John, 1994, PRINCIPLES PHONETICS
Liberman M., 2008, ANOTHER SLICE PROSOD
Lindblom B, 2007, J ACOUST SOC AM, V121, P3802, DOI 10.1121/1.2730622
Marie P., 1907, B MEM SOC MED HOP P, V1, P158
Marien P, 2007, FOLIA PHONIATR LOGO, V59, P210, DOI 10.1159/000102933
Mauszycki SC, 2007, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V15, P223
Miller N, 2006, J NEUROLINGUIST, V19, P385, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2006.03.005
Miller N., 2010, LANGUAGE IDENTITIES, P67
Moen I., 1996, CLASSIC CASES NEUROP, P159
Moen I, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P5, DOI 10.1080/026870300401577
MONRADKROHN GH, 1947, BRAIN, V70, P405, DOI 10.1093/brain/70.4.405
Moonis M., 1996, NEUROLOGY, V43, P381
Perkins R, 2013, LANG SPEECH DISORD, P347
Perkins RA, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P1132, DOI 10.1080/02687030903022211
Pick A, 1919, Z GESAMTE NEUROL PSY, V45, P230, DOI 10.1007/BF02871733
Pike K. L., 1945, INTONATION AM ENGLIS
Prince A., 1993, OPTIMALITY THEORY CO, V537
Rietveld A. C. M., 2001, ALGEMENE FONETIEK
Roach P., 1982, LINGUISTIC CONTROVER, P73
Roy JP, 2012, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V26, P934, DOI 10.3109/02699206.2012.723237
Scott SK, 2006, J NEUROLINGUIST, V19, P370, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2006.03.008
Southwood MH, 1999, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V13, P335
TAKAYAMA Y, 1993, NEUROLOGY, V43, P1361
VANLANCKER DR, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V20, P12, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90028-7
Varley R, 2006, J NEUROLINGUIST, V19, P356, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2006.03.002
Verhoeven J, 2013, J COMMUN DISORD, V46, P156, DOI 10.1016/j.jcomdis.2013.02.001
Verhoeven J, 2010, J NEUROLINGUIST, V23, P599, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2010.05.004
Verhoeven J, 2004, LANG SPEECH, V47, P297
Whitaker H. A., 1982, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY COGN, V1, P168
Whiteside SP, 1998, CORTEX, V34, P221, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70749-4
WHITTY CWM, 1964, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V27, P507, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.27.6.507
NR 69
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD APR 3
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 4
BP 471
EP 489
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.866210
PG 19
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 297RM
UT WOS:000330272600006
ER
PT J
AU Nerantzini, M
Varlokosta, S
Papadopoulou, D
Bastiaanse, R
AF Nerantzini, Michaela
Varlokosta, Spyridoula
Papadopoulou, Despina
Bastiaanse, Roelien
TI Wh-questions and relative clauses in Greek agrammatism: Evidence from
comprehension and production
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Agrammatism; Wh-questions; Relative clauses; Production; Comprehension
ID SENTENCE PRODUCTION; BROCAS APHASIA; LANGUAGE; MOVEMENT; DEFICITS;
SYNTAX; DISSOCIATION; SPEAKERS
AB Background: Cross-linguistic studies on the production and comprehension of wh-questions and relative clauses, have revealed selective deficits in agrammatism with better performance observed in (a) subject questions and relative clauses compared to object ones; (b) object non-referential who questions compared to object referential questions; and (c) object what questions compared to object who questions. These selective deficits have been discussed within several neurolinguistic accounts (i.e., D-Linking Hypothesis, Derived Order Problem Hypothesis, and Relativised Minimality), which make different predictions. Limited research on wh-questions and relative clauses has been conducted in Greek agrammatism with inconclusive results, leaving open the question of which linguistic factors affect the agrammatic performance and which account best explains the attested patterns.Aims: The aim of the present study is twofold: (a) to investigate the role of three linguistic factors (syntactic function, referentiality, and -features) in the production and comprehension of wh-questions and relative clauses in six agrammatic Greek-speaking participants; and (b) to examine which neurolinguistic account can explain the observed patterns.Methods and Procedures: Two elicitation tasks (one for wh-questions and one for relative clauses) and two picture-pointing tasks (one for wh-questions and one for relative clauses) were used. All tasks targeted the following structures: referential and non-referential (who/what) questions, half with subject and half with object extraction, and relative clauses, half with subject and half with object dependencies.Outcomes and Results: Referentiality had a greater impact n the production and comprehension of wh-questions compared to the other two linguistic factors under investigation, i.e., syntactic function and phi-feature assignment. Syntactic function did not affect the production or comprehension of relative clauses given that no subject/object dissociations were attested.Conclusion: With respect to wh-questions, the patterns observed in our data can be accounted for within the D-Linking ypothesis. The lack of subject/object dissociations attested in relative clauses is attributed to the case mismatch between the head of the relative clause and the relativisation site, and to the high proportion of complementiser omission observed in these structures.
C1 [Nerantzini, Michaela; Varlokosta, Spyridoula] Univ Athens, Sch Philol, Dept Linguist, Athens 15784, Greece.
[Papadopoulou, Despina] Aristotle Univ Thessaloniki, Sch Philol, Dept Linguist, Thessaloniki 54124, Greece.
[Bastiaanse, Roelien] Univ Groningen, Dept Linguist, NL-9700 AS Groningen, Netherlands.
RP Nerantzini, M (reprint author), Northwestern Univ, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Aphasia & Neurolinguist Res Lab, 2240 Campus Dr, Evanston, IL 60208 USA.
EM michaela.nerantzini@northwestern.edu
FU European Union (European Social Fund (ESF); Operational Program
"Education and Lifelong Learning" of the National Strategic Reference
Framework (NSRF) Research Funding Program: THALES-UOA-"
FX The authors thank the participants of this study for their willingness
to take part in the reported research and three anonymous reviewers for
useful comments and suggestions that helped us improve the paper and
motivated us to acknowledge the strengths and limitations of the study.
This research has been co-financed by the European Union (European
Social Fund (ESF)) and Greek national funds through the Operational
Program "Education and Lifelong Learning" of the National Strategic
Reference Framework (NSRF) Research Funding Program: THALES-UOA-" Levels
of impairment in Greek aphasia: relationship with processing deficits,
brain region, and therapeutic implications" (Principal Investigator:
Spyridoula Varlokosta).
CR Alexopoulou Th., EXPT SYNTAX ISLAND E
Avrutin S., 2000, LANGUAGE BRAIN REPRE, P205, DOI 10.1016/B978-012304260-6/50017-7
Bastiaanse R, 2005, J NEUROLINGUIST, V18, P57, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2004.11.006
Bastiaanse R, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V64, P165, DOI 10.1006/brln.1998.1972
Caramazza A., 1985, AGRAMMATISM, P27
CARAMAZZA A, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P572, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90048-1
Chomsky N., 1981, LECT GOVT BINDING
Duman TY, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P908, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.550629
Ferreira E., 2008, THESIS U NOVA LISBOA
Friedmann N, 2008, J NEUROLINGUIST, V21, P138, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2006.10.005
Friedmann N, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V86, P23, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00530-8
Friedmann N, 2010, J NEUROLINGUIST, V23, P44, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2009.08.002
Fyndanis V, 2010, J NEUROLINGUIST, V23, P644, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2010.06.003
Garraffa M., 2007, THESIS U SIENA SIENA
Garraffa M, 2008, J NEUROLINGUIST, V21, P177, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2007.09.001
Goodglass H., 1968, DEV APPL PSYCHOLINGU, P177
Goodglass H., 1983, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V2nd
Grillo N, 2009, LINGUA, V119, P1426, DOI 10.1016/j.lingua.2008.04.003
Grillo N., 2005, P CONSOLE, P107
GRODZINSKY Y, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P135, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90009-X
GRODZINSKY Y, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P480, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90031-X
Grodzinsky Y, 2000, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V23, P1, DOI 10.1017/S0140525X00002399
Grodzinsky Y, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V51, P469, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1072
Hickok G, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P314, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0014
HICKOK G, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V50, P10, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1038
Holton D., 2004, GREEK ESSENTIAL GRAM
HORROCKS G, 1987, J LINGUIST, V23, P79, DOI 10.1017/S002222670001104X
Jovanov N., 2011, THESIS ARISTOTLE U T
Kolk H, 1998, HDB NEUROLINGUISTICS, P250
LUKATELA K, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V49, P50, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1021
Martinez-Ferreiro S., 2010, BIOLINGUISTICS, V4, P324
Martinez-Ferreiro S., 2009, THESIS U AUTONOMA BA
Menn L., 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA
Neuhaus E, 2008, J NEUROLINGUIST, V21, P150, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2007.05.001
Papathanassiou E., 2008, PSYCHOLOGY, V15, P398
Pinang M.M., 1999, GRAMMATICAL DISORDER, P75
Reuland Eric J., 1987, REPRESENTATION INDEF, V14, P98
Rizzi L., 2004, STRUCTURES CARTOGRAP, V3, P223
Rizzi L., 1990, RELATIVED MINIMALITY
Salis C., 2008, J NEUROLINGUIST, V21, P375, DOI DOI 10.1016/J.JNEUROLING.2007.11.001
Salis C., 2005, READING WORKING PAPE, V8, P219
Starke Michael, 2001, THESIS U GENEVA GENE
Stavrakaki S, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V86, P129, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00541-2
Stavrou M., 1983, THESIS U LONDON LOND
Theophanopoulou-Kontou D., 2002, GENETICI SIDAKSI PRO
Thompson CK, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P175, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0009
THOMPSON CK, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P111, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249501
Van der Meulen I., 2005, STEM SPRAAK TAALPATH, V13, P24
Van der Meulen I., 2004, THESIS U LEIDEN LEID
Yarbay-Duman T., 2008, BRAIN LANG, V105, P149, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.11.001
ZURIF E, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P448, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1054
NR 51
TC 1
Z9 1
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD APR 3
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 4
BP 490
EP 514
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.870966
PG 25
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 297RM
UT WOS:000330272600007
ER
PT J
AU Faroqi-Shah, Y
Kling, T
Solomon, J
Liu, SY
Park, G
Braun, A
AF Faroqi-Shah, Yasmeen
Kling, Therese
Solomon, Jeffrey
Liu, Siyuan
Park, Grace
Braun, Allen
TI Lesion analysis of language production deficits in aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Inferior frontal gyrus; Insula; Planum temporale.; Superior temporal
gyrus; Lesion analysis; Repetition; Aphasia; Sentence production
ID SENSORY-MOTOR INTEGRATION; SPEECH PRODUCTION; PLANUM TEMPORALE; BASAL
GANGLIA; BROCAS AREA; SENTENCE COMPREHENSION; CONDUCTION APHASIA;
ANTERIOR INSULA; STROKE PATIENTS; NEURAL BASIS
AB Background: Three aspects of language production are impaired to different degrees in individuals with post-stroke aphasia: ability to repeat words and nonwords, name pictures, and produce sentences. These impairments often persist into the chronic stages, and the neuroanatomical distribution of lesions associated with chronicity of each of these impairments is incompletely understood. Aims: The primary objective of this study was to investigate the lesion correlates of picture naming, sentence production, and nonword repetition deficits in the same participant group because most prior lesion studies have mapped single language impairments. The broader goal of this study was to investigate the extent and degree of overlap and uniqueness among lesions resulting in these deficits in order to advance the current understanding of functional subdivision of neuroanatomical regions involved in language production. Methods & Procedures: In this study, lesion-symptom mapping was used to determine if specific cortical regions are associated with nonword repetition, picture naming, and sentence production scores. Structural brain images and behavioural performance of 31 individuals with post-stroke left hemisphere lesions and a diagnosis of aphasia were used in the lesion analysis. Outcomes & Results: Each impairment was associated with mostly unique, but a few shared lesions. Overall, sentence and repetition deficits were associated with left anterior perisylvian lesions, including the pars opercularis and triangularis of the inferior frontal lobe, anterior superior temporal gyrus, anterior portions of the supramarginal gyrus, the putamen, and anterior portions of the insula. In contrast, impaired picture naming was associated with posterior perisylvian lesions including major portions of the inferior parietal lobe and middle temporal gyrus. The distribution of lesions in the insula was consistent with this antero-posterior perisylvian gradient. Significant voxels in the posterior planum temporale were associated with a combination of all three deficits. Conclusions: These findings emphasise the participation of each perisylvian region in multiple linguistic functions, suggesting a many(functions)-to-many(networks) framework while also identifying functional subdivisions within each region.
C1 [Faroqi-Shah, Yasmeen] Univ Maryland, Dept Hearing & Speech Sci, College Pk, MD 20742 USA.
[Kling, Therese] Johns Hopkins Univ Hosp, Baltimore, MD 21205 USA.
[Solomon, Jeffrey] Med Numer, Germantown, MD USA.
[Liu, Siyuan; Park, Grace; Braun, Allen] NIDCD, Bethesda, MD USA.
RP Faroqi-Shah, Y (reprint author), Univ Maryland, Dept Hearing & Speech Sci, College Pk, MD 20742 USA.
EM yfshah@umd.edu
CR Ackermann H, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P320, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00347-X
Amunts K, 1999, J COMP NEUROL, V412, P319, DOI 10.1002/(SICI)1096-9861(19990920)412:2<319::AID-CNE10>3.0.CO;2-7
Ardila A, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P79, DOI 10.1080/026870399402334
Augustine JR, 1996, BRAIN RES REV, V22, P229, DOI 10.1016/S0165-0173(96)00011-2
Ay H, 2008, STROKE, V39, P373, DOI 10.1161/STROKEAHA.107.499095
Baldo JV, 2006, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V12, P896, DOI 10.1017/S1355617706061078
Baldo JV, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P338, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.602391
Bamiou DE, 2003, BRAIN RES REV, V42, P143, DOI 10.1016/S0165-0173(03)00172-3
Bastiaanse R, 2009, CORTEX, V45, P912, DOI 10.1016/j.cortex.2009.03.011
Bates E, 2003, NAT NEUROSCI, V6, P448, DOI 10.1038/nn1050
Bernal B, 2009, BRAIN, V132, P2309, DOI 10.1093/brain/awp206
Binder JR, 1997, J NEUROSCI, V17, P353
Binder JR, 2011, TRENDS COGN SCI, V15, P527, DOI 10.1016/j.tics.2011.10.001
Binder JR, 1996, BRAIN, V119, P1239, DOI 10.1093/brain/119.4.1239
Blank SC, 2002, BRAIN, V125, P1829, DOI 10.1093/brain/awf191
Bonilha L., 2009, BRAIN, V132, P1
Bookheimer S, 2002, ANNU REV NEUROSCI, V25, P151, DOI 10.1146/annurev.neuro.25.112701.142946
Booth JR, 2006, BRAIN RES, V1071, P197, DOI 10.1016/j.brainres.2005.11.097
Borovsky A, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V45, P2525, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2007.03.023
Braun AR, 2001, BRAIN, V124, P2028, DOI 10.1093/brain/124.10.2028
Buchsbaum BR, 2008, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V20, P762, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2008.20501
Caplan D, 1996, BRAIN, V119, P933, DOI 10.1093/brain/119.3.933
CAPLAN D, 1995, NEUROLOGY, V45, P293
Caspers S, 2006, NEUROIMAGE, V33, P430, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2006.06.054
Cloutman L, 2009, CORTEX, V45, P641, DOI 10.1016/j.cortex.2008.05.013
Craig AD, 2009, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V10, P59, DOI 10.1038/nrn2555
Dabul B, 2000, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL, V2nd
Damasio H, 1996, NATURE, V380, P499, DOI 10.1038/380499a0
DAMASIO H, 1980, BRAIN, V103, P337, DOI 10.1093/brain/103.2.337
DANIELE A, 1994, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V32, P1325, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(94)00066-2
Demonet JF, 2005, PHYSIOL REV, V85, P49, DOI 10.1152/physrev.00049.2003
Dick F, 2007, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V19, P799, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2007.19.5.799
Dronkers N, 2004, BRAIN, V127, P1461, DOI 10.1093/brain/awh233
Dronkers NF, 2004, COGNITION, V92, P145, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2003.11.002
Dronkers NF, 1996, NATURE, V384, P159, DOI 10.1038/384159a0
Duffy J.R, 2005, MOTOR SPEECH DISORDE
Embick D, 2000, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V97, P6150, DOI 10.1073/pnas.100098897
Flynn FG, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P55, DOI 10.1080/026870399402325
Fridriksson J, 2010, J NEUROSCI, V30, P11057, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.1120-10.2010
Friederici AD, 2003, NEUROIMAGE, V20, pS8, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2003.09.003
Frisch S, 2003, CLIN NEUROPHYSIOL, V114, P336, DOI 10.1016/S1388-2457(02)00366-8
GALABURDA AM, 1983, J COMP NEUROL, V221, P169, DOI 10.1002/cne.902210206
GESCHWIN.N, 1972, SCI AM, V226, P76
Graves WW, 2008, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V20, P1698, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2008.20113
Griffiths TD, 2002, TRENDS NEUROSCI, V25, P348, DOI 10.1016/S0166-2236(02)02191-4
Grodzinsky Y, 2006, CURR OPIN NEUROBIOL, V16, P240, DOI 10.1016/j.conb.2006.03.007
Hagoort P, 1999, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V11, P383, DOI 10.1162/089892999563490
Hagoort P, 2005, TRENDS COGN SCI, V9, P416, DOI 10.1016/j.tics.2006.07.004
Heim S, 2002, NEUROSCI LETT, V328, P101, DOI 10.1016/S0304-3940(02)00494-9
Heim S, 2003, NEUROREPORT, V14, P2031, DOI 10.1097/00001756-200311140-00005
Herbster AN, 1997, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V5, P84, DOI 10.1002/(SICI)1097-0193(1997)5:2<84::AID-HBM2>3.0.CO;2-I
Hickok G, 2009, J NEUROPHYSIOL, V101, P2725, DOI 10.1152/jn.91099.2008
Hickok G., 2007, NAT NEUROSCI, V6, P393
Hillis AE, 2004, BRAIN, V127, P1479, DOI 10.1093/brain/awh172
Indefrey P, 2011, FRONT PSYCHOL, V2, P1
Indefrey P, 2001, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V98, P5933, DOI 10.1073/pnas.101118098
Indefrey P, 2004, COGNITION, V92, P101, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2002.06.001
Indefrey P, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P312, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00352-3
Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Kotz SA, 2009, CORTEX, V45, P982, DOI 10.1016/j.cortex.2009.02.010
LEVELT WILLEM, 1999, NEUROCOGNITION LANGU, P83
Lieberman P, 2002, YEARB PHYS ANTHROPOL, V45, P36, DOI 10.1002/ajpa.10171
Lieberman P., 2007, CURR ANTHROPOL, V48, P584
Luzzatti C, 2006, CORTEX, V42, P875, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70431-3
Mai J.K., 2008, ATLAS HUMAN BRAIN, V3rd
Maldjian JA, 2003, NEUROIMAGE, V19, P1233, DOI 10.1016/S1053-8119(03)00169-1
McGettigan C, 2011, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V23, P961, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2010.21491
McNeil M. R., 2000, APRAXIA SPEECH TREAT
Mesulam MM, 1998, BRAIN, V121, P1013, DOI 10.1093/brain/121.6.1013
MICELI G, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P351, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248937
Middleton FA, 2000, BRAIN COGNITION, V42, P183, DOI 10.1006/brcg.1999.1099
Mutschler I, 2009, NEUROSCI LETT, V457, P66, DOI 10.1016/j.neulet.2009.03.101
Nestor PJ, 2003, BRAIN, V126, P2406, DOI 10.1093/brain/awg240
Newman SD, 2003, COGNITIVE BRAIN RES, V16, P297, DOI 10.1016/S0926-6410(02)00285-9
Pa J, 2008, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V46, P362, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2007.06.024
Piras F, 2007, NEUROREPORT, V18, P1455, DOI 10.1097/WNR.0b013e3282ef6fc9
Poldrack RA, 1999, NEUROIMAGE, V10, P15, DOI 10.1006/nimg.1999.0441
Price CJ, 2000, J ANAT, V197, P335, DOI 10.1046/j.1469-7580.2000.19730335.x
Price CJ, 1997, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V9, P727, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1997.9.6.727
Ridgway GR, 2008, NEUROIMAGE, V40, P1429, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2008.01.003
Roland PE, 1998, BRAIN RES REV, V26, P87, DOI 10.1016/S0165-0173(97)00058-1
Saygin AP, 2004, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V42, P1788, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropschologia.2004.04.016
Saygin AP, 2003, BRAIN, V126, P928, DOI 10.1093/brain/awg082
Schwartz MF, 2009, BRAIN, V132, P3411, DOI 10.1093/brain/awp284
Shalom Dorit Ben, 2008, Neuroscientist, V14, P119
Shapleske J, 1999, BRAIN RES REV, V29, P26, DOI 10.1016/S0165-0173(98)00047-2
Shelton JR, 1999, PSYCHON B REV, V6, P5, DOI 10.3758/BF03210809
Solomon J, 2007, COMPUT METH PROG BIO, V86, P245, DOI 10.1016/j.cmpb.2007.02.006
Swaab T, 1997, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V9, P39, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1997.9.1.39
Talairach J., 1988, COPLANAR STEREOTAXIC
Tranel D, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V20, P1, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.20.1.1
Tranel D, 2001, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V18, P655, DOI 10.1080/02643290126377
Tzourio-Mazoyer N, 2002, NEUROIMAGE, V15, P273, DOI 10.1006/nimg.2001.0978
Ullman M. T., 2001, BILING-LANG COGN, V4, P105, DOI DOI 10.1017/S1366728901000220
Ullman MT, 1997, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V9, P266, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1997.9.2.266
Ullman MT, 2006, CORTEX, V42, P480, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70382-4
Vanier M., 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C
Vigneau M, 2006, NEUROIMAGE, V30, P1414, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2005.11.002
Willems R. M., 2007, BRAIN LANG, V101, P287
WILLMES K, 1993, BRAIN, V116, P1527, DOI 10.1093/brain/116.6.1527
Wise RJS, 2001, BRAIN, V124, P83, DOI 10.1093/brain/124.1.83
Wise RJS, 1999, LANCET, V353, P1057, DOI 10.1016/S0140-6736(98)07491-1
Woods RP, 1998, J COMPUT ASSIST TOMO, V22, P153, DOI 10.1097/00004728-199801000-00028
NR 104
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD MAR 4
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 3
BP 258
EP 277
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.853023
PG 20
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AH3DK
UT WOS:000336001900001
ER
PT J
AU Preston, JL
Leaman, M
AF Preston, Jonathan L.
Leaman, Marion
TI Ultrasound visual feedback for acquired apraxia of speech: A case report
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Feedback; Apraxia; Ultrasound; Articulation.
ID R-VERTICAL-BAR; AUGMENTED FEEDBACK; TREATING APRAXIA; BROCAS APHASIA;
THERAPY; ENGLISH; ADOLESCENTS; ELECTROPALATOGRAPHY; SKILLS; PRINCIPLES
AB Background: Individuals with acquired apraxia of speech (AOS) can lose precision of articulatory movements, including the ability to achieve correct production of specific sounds or sound sequences. Novel treatment approaches should be explored to enhance treatment outcomes. Aims: To evaluate the clinical feasibility of ultrasound visual feedback of the tongue for addressing errors on rhotics in a patient with AOS. Ultrasound visual feedback was used to provide knowledge of performance to the participant. Methods & Procedures: A multiple baseline single case report is presented to evaluate a treatment programme that uses visual feedback of the participant's tongue from real-time ultrasound images. A blocked practice schedule was implemented during 12 one-hour therapy sessions; 30 minutes involved ultrasound visual feedback (10 minutes of pre-practice and 20 minutes of practice) and 20 minutes involved non-ultrasound practice. Cues were provided to modify tongue shape to achieve perceptually accurate production of rhotics, along with practice trials with increasing levels of phonetic complexity. The feedback type (verbal knowledge of performance and knowledge of results) and feedback frequency (number of trials with feedback) were structured to adhere to principles of motor learning. Outcomes & Results: The participant demonstrated moderate evidence of acquisition of prevocalic rhotics and strong evidence of acquisition of postvocalic rhotics during treatment. There was evidence of retention and generalisation only for postvocalic rhotics. An untreated context was probed regularly and showed no evidence of improvement. Conclusion: The results provide preliminary support for the feasibility of this treatment approach for improving speech accuracy in adults with acquired AOS. The improvements in stimulability for the treated sound sequences could be used to foster further motor learning.
C1 [Preston, Jonathan L.] Haskins Labs Inc, New Haven, CT 06511 USA.
[Preston, Jonathan L.; Leaman, Marion] So Connecticut State Univ, Dept Commun Disorders, New Haven, CT 06515 USA.
RP Preston, JL (reprint author), Haskins Labs Inc, 300 George St,Suite 900, New Haven, CT 06511 USA.
EM preston@haskins.yale.edu
FU Southern Connecticut State University/AAUP research grant
FX The authors thank Erik Landry, Warren Adams, and Kristina Ebert for
assistance with this study. Funding was provided by a Southern
Connecticut State University/AAUP research grant.
CR Adler-Bock M, 2007, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V16, P128, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2007/017)
Bacsfalvi P., 2007, INT J SPEECH LANGUAG, V9, P36, DOI [10.1080/14417040601101037, DOI 10.1080/14417040601101037]
Bacsfalvi P, 2010, J SPEECH LANGUAGE PA, V34, P206
Bacsfalvi P, 2011, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V25, P1034, DOI 10.3109/02699206.2011.618236
Ballard KJ, 2007, J MOTOR BEHAV, V39, P19, DOI 10.3200/JMBR.39.1.19-28
Ballard KJ, 2012, MOTOR CONTROL, V16, P106
Barthel G, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P408, DOI 10.1080/02687030701415880
Bernhardt B., 2005, J SPEECH LANGUAGE PA, V29, P169
Bernhardt B, 2005, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V19, P605, DOI 10.1080/02699200500114028
Bernhardt B, 2003, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V17, P199, DOI 10.1080/0269920031000071451
Bislick LP, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P709, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2012.676888
Campbell F, 2010, LANG SPEECH, V53, P49, DOI 10.1177/0023830909351209
Delattre P., 1968, LINGUISTICS, V44, P29
Espy-Wilson CY, 2000, J ACOUST SOC AM, V108, P343, DOI 10.1121/1.429469
Fawcett S., 2008, SYNDROME Q, V10, P4
Freedman SE, 2007, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V50, P131, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2007/011|)
GIBBON F, 1993, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V7, P247
Goodglass H, 2001, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V3rd
Hickok G, 2011, NEURON, V69, P407, DOI 10.1016/j.neuron.2011.01.019
Howard S., 1995, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V30, P246, DOI [10.3109/13682829509082535, DOI 10.3109/13682829509082535]
Hula SNA, 2008, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V51, P1088, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2008/06-0042)
Kaplan E, 1976, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Katz WF, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V103, P213, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.07.121
Katz WF, 1999, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V42, P1355
Katz WF, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P826, DOI 10.1080/02687030903518176
Levitt JS, 2010, 11TH ANNUAL CONFERENCE OF THE INTERNATIONAL SPEECH COMMUNICATION ASSOCIATION 2010 (INTERSPEECH 2010), VOLS 3 AND 4, P1862
Maas E, 2008, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V17, P277, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2008/025)
McAllister Byun T., 2012, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V21, P207, DOI [10.1044/1058-0360(2012/11-0083), DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2012/11-0083)]
McNeil MR, 2010, FOLIA PHONIATR LOGO, V62, P127, DOI 10.1159/000287211
MINES MA, 1978, LANG SPEECH, V21, P221
Modha G, 2008, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V43, P323, DOI 10.1080/13682820701449943
Olive M. L., 2005, ED PSYCHOL, V25, P313, DOI DOI 10.1080/0144341042000301238
Preston Jonathan L, 2013, Am J Speech Lang Pathol, V22, P627, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2013/12-0139)
Schlaug G, 2009, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V1169, P385, DOI 10.1111/j.1749-6632.2009.04587.x
Schmidt R. A., 2011, MOTOR CONTROL LEARNI, V5th
Shuster L. I., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P37
Shuster L. I., 1992, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V1, P29
Strand EA, 1996, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V39, P1018
Tiede M. K., 2001, ACOUSTICAL SOC AM J, V115, P2633
van der Merwe A, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P1174, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.582246
Zhou XH, 2008, J ACOUST SOC AM, V123, P4466, DOI 10.1121/1.2902168
NR 41
TC 1
Z9 1
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD MAR 4
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 3
BP 278
EP 295
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.852901
PG 18
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AH3DK
UT WOS:000336001900002
ER
PT J
AU Tsapkini, K
Peristeri, E
Tsimpli, IM
Jarema, G
AF Tsapkini, Kyrana
Peristeri, Eleni
Tsimpli, Ianthi Maria
Jarema, Gonia
TI Morphological decomposition in Broca's aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Broca's aphasia.; Morphologically complex words
ID VISUAL WORD RECOGNITION; COMPLEX WORDS; AGRAMMATIC PATIENT; GERMAN
AGRAMMATISM; LEXICAL STORAGE; MENTAL LEXICON; GREEK; IMPAIRMENTS;
REPRESENTATION; REGULARITY
AB Background: Few studies have investigated how individuals diagnosed with post-stroke Broca's aphasia decompose words into their constituent morphemes in real-time processing. Previous research has focused on morphologically complex words in non-time-constrained settings or in syntactic frames, but not in the lexicon. Aims: We examined real-time processing of morphologically complex words in a group of five Greek-speaking individuals with Broca's aphasia to determine: (1) whether their morphological decomposition mechanisms are sensitive to lexical (orthography and frequency) vs. morphological (stem-suffix combinatory features) factors during visual word recognition, (2) whether these mechanisms are different in inflected vs. derived forms during lexical access, and (3) whether there is a preferred unit of lexical access (syllables vs. morphemes) for inflected vs. derived forms. Methods & Procedures: The study included two real-time experiments. The first was a semantic judgment task necessitating participants' categorical judgments for high- and low-frequency inflected real words and pseudohomophones of the real words created by either an orthographic error at the stem or a homophonous (but incorrect) inflectional suffix. The second experiment was a letter-priming task at the syllabic or morphemic boundary of morphologically transparent inflected and derived words whose stems and suffixes were matched for length, lemma and surface frequency. Outcomes & Results: The majority of the individuals with Broca's aphasia were sensitive to lexical frequency and stem orthography, while ignoring the morphological combinatory information encoded in the inflectional suffix that control participants were sensitive to. The letter-priming task, on the other hand, showed that individuals with aphasia-in contrast to controls-showed preferences with regard to the unit of lexical access, i.e., they were overall faster on syllabically than morphemically parsed words and their morphological decomposition mechanisms for inflected and derived forms were modulated by the unit of lexical access. Conclusions: Our results show that in morphological processing, Greek-speaking persons with aphasia rely mainly on stem access and thus are only sensitive to orthographic violations of the stem morphemes, but not to illegal morphological combinations of stems and suffixes. This possibly indicates an intact orthographic lexicon but deficient morphological decomposition mechanisms, possibly stemming from an underspecification of inflectional suffixes in the participants' grammar. Syllabic information, however, appears to facilitate lexical access and elicits repair mechanisms that compensate for deviant morphological parsing procedures.
C1 [Tsapkini, Kyrana] Johns Hopkins Med, Dept Neurol, Baltimore, MD USA.
[Peristeri, Eleni; Tsimpli, Ianthi Maria] Aristotle Univ Thessaloniki, Sch English, Dept Theoret & Appl Linguist, GR-54006 Thessaloniki, Greece.
[Jarema, Gonia] Univ Montreal, Dept Linguist & Translat, Montreal, PQ, Canada.
[Jarema, Gonia] Inst Univ Geriatrie Montreal, Res Ctr, Montreal, PQ, Canada.
RP Tsapkini, K (reprint author), Johns Hopkins Med Inst, Dept Neurol, 600 N Wolfe St, Baltimore, MD 21205 USA.
EM tsapkini@jhmi.edu
FU Foundation of Education and European Culture, Athens; Research Committee
of the Aristotle University of Thessaloniki, Thessaloniki, Greece
FX This study was supported in part by two post-doctoral scholarships
granted to Eleni Peristeri by the Foundation of Education and European
Culture, Athens, and the Research Committee of the Aristotle University
of Thessaloniki, Thessaloniki, Greece.
CR Alegre M, 1999, J MEM LANG, V40, P41, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1998.2607
ANDERSON MC, 1994, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V20, P1063, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.20.5.1063
Anderson S., 1988, LINGUISTICS CAMBRIDG, V1, P146
Anderson Stephen, 1992, MORPHOUS MORPHOLOGY
Baauw S, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P386, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.493295
Baayen R. H., 1996, YB MORPHOLOGY 1996, P13
Baayen RH, 1997, J MEM LANG, V37, P94, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1997.2509
Badecker W, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V60, P360, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1845
BADECKER W, 1991, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V8, P335, DOI 10.1080/02643299108253377
Becker F, 2007, BEHAV BRAIN FUNCT, V3, DOI 10.1186/1744-9081-3-6
Behrens H, 2006, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V21, P2, DOI 10.1080/01690960400001721
Bybee J., 2001, FREQUENCY EMERGENCE
CARAMAZZA A, 1985, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V2, P81, DOI 10.1080/02643298508252862
Cholin J, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V103, P61, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.07.045
Content A, 2001, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V16, P609
Crawford JR, 2005, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V19, P318, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.19.3.318
DeBleser R, 1996, J NEUROLINGUIST, V9, P175, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(96)00007-3
DiScmllo Anna-Maria, 1987, DEFINITION WORD
Dumay N, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V81, P144, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2513
DUPOUX E, 1993, COGNITIVE MODELS OF SPEECH PROCESSING: THE SECOND SPERLONGA MEETING, P81
Feldman LB, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V68, P33, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2077
Friederici D. A., 1992, BRAIN LANG, V43, P747
Froud K., 2001, THESIS U COLL LONDON
Giraudo H, 2001, PSYCHON B REV, V8, P127, DOI 10.3758/BF03196148
Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R
Hagiwara H, 1999, LANGUAGE, V75, P739, DOI 10.2307/417732
Hula William D., 2008, Seminars in Speech and Language, V29, P169, DOI 10.1055/s-0028-1082882
Idrissi A, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V90, P183, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00431-0
Janssen U, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V81, P180, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2516
Joanisse MF, 1999, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V96, P7592, DOI 10.1073/pnas.96.13.7592
Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Karasimos A., 2012, MORPHOLOGY ARCHITECT, P143
Kehayia E., 1988, THESIS MCGILL U MONT
Kehayia E., 1997, GREEK LINGUISTICS 95, P165
Lieber R., 1992, DECONSTRUCTING MORPH
Longtin CM, 2005, J MEM LANG, V53, P26, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2005.02.008
Luzzatti C, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V79, P345, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2475
Luzzatti C, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V54, P26, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0060
Manouilidou C., 2004, J GREEK LINGUISTICS, V5, P81, DOI 10.1075/jgl.5.05man
MICELI G, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V35, P24, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90100-9
Miller P, 2006, J DEAF STUD DEAF EDU, V11, P21, DOI 10.1093/deafed/enj001
Mimouni Z, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V61, P63, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1879
Murray LL, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P91, DOI 10.1080/026870399402226
Orfanidou E., 2006, THESIS U CAMBRIDGE C
Paradis M., 1987, EXETASI DIGLOSSIAS G
Pastizzo MJ, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V81, P28, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2504
Patricacou A, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P1157, DOI 10.1080/02687030600670643
Peristeri E, 2013, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V34, P233, DOI 10.1017/S0142716411000683
Peristeri E, 2011, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V25, P464, DOI 10.3109/02699206.2011.560991
Peristeri E, 2013, APHASIOLOGY, V27, P1381, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2013.828344
Peristeri E., 2007, SELECTED PAPERS THEO, V2, P464
PRATHER P, 1991, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V20, P271, DOI 10.1007/BF01067219
Ralli A., 1988, THESIS U MONTREAL MO
Ralli A., 2005, MORPHOLOGIA
Ralli A, 2010, AMST STUD THEORY HIS, V311, P57
Ralli A., 2000, GLOSSOLOJIA, V11-12, P201
Ralli A., 2007, SINTHESI LEKSEON DIA
RAPP BC, 1992, J MEM LANG, V31, P33, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(92)90004-H
Rastle K, 2004, PSYCHON B REV, V11, P1090, DOI 10.3758/BF03196742
Schneider W., 2002, E PRIME REFERENCE GU
SEGUI J, 1990, ACL MIT NAT, P263
Semenza C, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V81, P242, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2521
Shillcock R, 2000, PSYCHOL REV, V107, P824, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.107.4.824
Sproat R., 1998, LEXICON DEV SPEECH L, P267
Stump Gregory, 2001, INFLECTIONAL MORPHOL
TAFT M, 1994, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V9, P271, DOI 10.1080/01690969408402120
TAFT M, 1975, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V14, P638, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(75)80051-X
Thompson CK, 2009, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V38, P255, DOI 10.1007/s10936-009-9105-7
Tsapkini K, 2001, J NEUROLINGUIST, V14, P281, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(01)00018-5
Tsapkini K, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V81, P103, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2510
Tsapkini K., 2002, SERIES CILT CURRENT, P315
Tsapkini K, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P611, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.01.004
Tsapkini K, 2002, J NEUROLINGUIST, V15, P265, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(01)00039-2
Tsapkini Kyrana, 2010, Behav Neurol, V22, P111, DOI 10.3233/ben-2009-0256
TYLER LK, 1990, COGNITION, V36, P129, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(90)90002-2
TYLER LK, 1994, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V32, P1001, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(94)90049-3
Wenzlaff M, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P57, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00298-0
Wenzlaff M, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V92, P33, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.05.006
NR 78
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD MAR 4
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 3
BP 296
EP 319
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.853022
PG 24
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AH3DK
UT WOS:000336001900003
ER
PT J
AU Haley, KL
Jacks, A
AF Haley, Katarina L.
Jacks, Adam
TI Single-word intelligibility testing in aphasia: Alternate forms
reliability, phonetic complexity and word frequency
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Apraxia of speech; Assessment; Intelligibility; Speech errors;
Speech perception
ID SYLLABLE FREQUENCY; SPEECH PRODUCTION; PHONOTACTIC PROBABILITY;
PHONOLOGICAL ERRORS; CONDUCTION APHASIA; APRAXIA; IMPAIRMENT;
REPETITION; ACCURACY; VARIABILITY
AB Background: We recently constructed a single-word speech intelligibility test intended to quantify magnitude of speech sound impairment in individuals with aphasia. To minimise listener learning and strategising, the test included a large set of possible (alternate) test forms and was constructed with high and diverse phonologic similarity among candidate words. Although the corpus was limited in phonetic complexity to single syllables, and although criteria for minimal word frequency were applied, it is possible that more fine-grained differences in phonetic complexity and/or word frequency may introduce varying levels of difficulty across alternate test forms and that reliability, therefore, may be compromised.Aims: The dual purposes of this study were to evaluate alternate forms reliability for the new intelligibility test and to determine whether word frequency and/or phonetic complexity affected word identification scores.Methods & Procedures: All words in the 600-word test corpus were coded for overall phonetic complexity and for frequency of occurrence in spoken English. Fifty-one versions of the target 50-word test were generated from this corpus by following designated pseudo-random selection procedures. Speech samples were collected from 13 speakers with aphasia, who each repeated three or four of these 50-word sets. Ten normal-hearing listeners were asked to indicate the words they thought the speakers were trying to say. Per cent accuracy was computed for each speaker, test form and target word.Outcomes & Results: The intra-class correlation within speakers was 0.97, indicating that the scores across alternate forms were highly reproducible. Analyses at the word level showed that both phonetic complexity and word frequency affected identification accuracy. The effects were seen in almost all participants whose intelligibility scores were in the impaired range.Conclusions: High frequency of occurrence and low phonetic complexity increase repetition accuracy for individuals with moderate to severe sound production difficulties and aphasia. However, the pseudo-random word selection in the examined word intelligibility test was sufficient to ensure strong alternate forms reliability. Further constraints on the word selection process for this test are not warranted.
C1 [Haley, Katarina L.; Jacks, Adam] Univ N Carolina, Div Speech & Hearing Sci, Dept Allied Hlth Sci, Chapel Hill, NC 27599 USA.
RP Haley, KL (reprint author), Univ N Carolina, Div Speech & Hearing Sci, 3124 Bondurant Hall,Campus Box 7190, Chapel Hill, NC 27599 USA.
EM Katarina_Haley@med.unc.edu
FU University of North Carolina Research Council
FX This work was supported by a grant from the University of North Carolina
Research Council.
CR Aichert I, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V88, P148, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00296-7
Browman CP, 1989, PHONOLOGY, V6, P201, DOI 10.1017/S0952675700001019
Brysbaert M, 2009, BEHAV RES METHODS, V41, P977, DOI 10.3758/BRM.41.4.977
BUCKINGHAM HW, 1987, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V1, P113, DOI 10.3109/02699208708985007
TROST JE, 1974, BRAIN LANG, V1, P63, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(74)90026-1
CAPLAN D, 1986, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V3, P99, DOI 10.1080/02643298608252671
ELLIS AW, 1983, COGNITION, V15, P111, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90036-7
Favreau Y., 1990, J NEUROLINGUIST, V5, P165, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(90)90010-V
FRIEDMAN RB, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P278, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90115-W
Goldrick M, 2006, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V21, P649, DOI 10.1080/01690960500181332
Goldrick M, 2007, COGNITION, V102, P219, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2005.12.010
Goodglass H., 1993, UNDERSTANDING APHASI
Gordon JK, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V82, P113, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00001-9
Haley K. L., 2013, CLIN APH C TUCS AZ
Haley KL, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P1600, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.628379
Haley KL, 2012, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V55, pS1502, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2012/11-0318)
Haley KL, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P443, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000200
Haley KL, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P715, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249568
Haley KL, 2011, J COMMUN DISORD, V44, P103, DOI 10.1016/j.jcomdis.2010.07.007
HELMESTABROOKS N, 1992, APHASIA DIAGNOSTIC P
Jefferies E, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P963, DOI 10.1080/02687030600739398
JOHNS DF, 1970, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V13, P556
KENT RD, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P482
Kittredge AK, 2008, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V25, P463, DOI 10.1080/02643290701674851
KLICH RJ, 1979, CORTEX, V15, P451
KOHN SE, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P209, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248992
Kuera H., 1967, COMPUTATIONAL ANAL P
Laganaro M, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1191, DOI 10.1080/02687030701820469
Laganaro M, 2012, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V55, pS1535, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2012/11-0316)
Laganaro M, 2005, J NEUROLINGUIST, V18, P221, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2004.12.001
Lallini N, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P176, DOI 10.1080/02687031003798247
Lallini N, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P617, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192067
LAPOINTE LL, 1975, J COMMUN DISORD, V8, P259, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(75)90018-0
Leech G., 2001, WORD FREQUENCIES WRI
LEVELT WJM, 1994, COGNITION, V50, P239, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(94)90030-2
Levelt WJM, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P1
MACKENZIE C, 1982, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V17, P27
MARQUARDT TP, 1979, J COMMUN DISORD, V12, P481, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(79)90011-X
Martin N, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P83, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0005
MCCARTHY R, 1984, BRAIN, V107, P463, DOI 10.1093/brain/107.2.463
McMillan CT, 2010, COGNITION, V117, P243, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2010.08.019
McNeil M. R., 2009, CLIN MANAGEMENT SENS, P249
Nickels L, 2004, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P57, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000122
Nozari N, 2010, J MEM LANG, V63, P541, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2010.08.001
OLDFIELD RC, 1965, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V17, P273, DOI 10.1080/17470216508416445
Pate D. S., 1987, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V2, P43, DOI 10.1080/01690968708406351
Perret C, 2014, LANG COGN NEUROSCI, V29, P714, DOI 10.1080/01690965.2012.678368
Romani C, 2005, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V22, P817, DOI 10.1080/02643290442000365
Romani C, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V64, P83, DOI 10.1006/brln.1998.1958
Schwartz MF, 2004, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P159, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000519
Shankweiler D., 1966, CORTEX, V2, P277
Staiger A, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1201, DOI 10.1080/02687030701820584
Stoel-Gammon C, 2010, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V24, P271, DOI 10.3109/02699200903581059
Varley R, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P39
Varley R, 1999, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V7, P127
Vitevitch MS, 2004, BEHAV RES METH INS C, V36, P481, DOI 10.3758/BF03195594
Wilshire CE, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V84, P424, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00501-1
Wilshire CE, 1996, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V13, P1059
WILSON M, 1988, BEHAV RES METH INSTR, V20, P6, DOI 10.3758/BF03202594
Yorkston K. M., 1984, ASSESSMENT INTELLIGI
Yorkston K. M., 1996, SPEECH INTELLIGIBILI
Ziegler W, 2009, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V24, P631, DOI 10.1080/01690960802327989
Ziegler W, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1230, DOI 10.1080/02687030701820402
Ziegler W, 2005, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V22, P603, DOI 10.1080/02643290442000211
NR 64
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD MAR 4
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 3
BP 320
EP 337
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.855702
PG 18
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AH3DK
UT WOS:000336001900004
ER
PT J
AU Hendricks, CT
Nicholas, ML
Zipse, L
AF Hendricks, Carla Tierney
Nicholas, Marjorie L.
Zipse, Lauryn
TI Effects of phonological neighbourhood on the treatment of naming in
aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Phonological neighbourhood density; Phonological treatments.; Anomia
ID LEXICAL ACCESS; SPOKEN WORDS; PHONOTACTIC PROBABILITY; ANOMIA TREATMENT;
RETRIEVAL; DEFICITS; SPEECH; MODEL; RECOGNITION; COMPETITION
AB Background: Phonological treatments to improve naming ability in aphasia focus on re-strengthening connections within the phonological system. Nonetheless, the efficacy of phonological treatments is still being explored with particular consideration of cognitive neuropsychological perspectives. Clinicians may also need to consider lexical factors that interact with the word retrieval process. Researchers have shown that phonological neighbourhood density influences normal language recognition and production, but limited evidence exists for how phonological neighbourhoods may affect the treatment of word retrieval deficits in individuals with aphasia. Aims: The present study explored if manipulating the emphasis on phonological neighbourhood during treatment has an effect on naming ability, particularly in an individual with predominantly phonologically based deficits. We hypothesised that training front- and end-matched words in a condition that emphasised phonological neighbourhood would result in greater naming improvements than training front- and end-matched words in a condition that does not emphasise neighbourhood. Methods & Procedures: In this case study, participant AH had a moderate phonologically based word naming deficit following a stroke. He produced phonemic paraphasias and neologisms in spontaneous speech and other spoken word production tasks. In treatment, AH was asked to name triplets of pictures of items that were phonologically related, sharing initial or final phonemes, or unrelated. Items were from either high- or low-density phonological neighbourhoods. High-density items were trained largely in the context of neighbours, therefore emphasising neighbourhood. Low-density items were not trained within a condition that emphasise neighbourhood. The treatment was administered for 9 weeks (27 sessions), with each condition, front-matched, end-matched and unrelated, trained for 8 consecutive sessions. AH's naming accuracy on training words was assessed using a basic withdrawal design with three probe naming tests during the treatment phase and at 1-month post-therapy. Naming accuracy was also recorded during treatment sessions. Outcomes & Results: Front-matched words, in a condition that emphasises phonological neighbourhoods, had the greatest treatment effects, with a medium effect size when comparing pre- versus post-measures. A small treatment effect was observed for front-matched items where neighbourhood was not emphasised. Conclusions: Results suggest that front-matched triplets trained within a condition that emphasises phonological neighbourhoods may lead to the greatest treatment effect. Clinicians should be aware that stimulus parameters, such as phonological neighbourhood, may interact with the effectiveness of treatment protocols.
C1 [Hendricks, Carla Tierney] Spaulding Rehabil Hosp, Boston, MA 02129 USA.
[Nicholas, Marjorie L.; Zipse, Lauryn] MGH Inst Hlth Profess, Boston, MA USA.
RP Hendricks, CT (reprint author), Spaulding Rehabil Hosp, 300 First Ave, Boston, MA 02129 USA.
EM ctierney@partners.org
CR Beeson PM, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V16, P161, DOI 10.1007/s11065-006-9013-7
Best W, 1995, CORTEX, V31, P637
Cornelissen K, 2003, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V15, P444, DOI 10.1162/089892903321593153
DELL GS, 1986, PSYCHOL REV, V93, P283, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.93.3.283
Dell GS, 1997, PSYCHOL REV, V104, P801, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.104.4.801
Dunn D. M., 2007, PEABODY PICTURE VOCA
Fisher CA, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P676, DOI 10.1080/02687030801987382
GOLDINGER SD, 1989, J MEM LANG, V28, P501, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(89)90009-0
GOLDINGER SD, 1992, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V18, P1211
Goodglass H, 2000, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V3rd
Gordon JK, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V82, P113, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00001-9
Helm-Estabrooks N., 2001, COGNITIVE LINGUISTIC
Hillis A. E., 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, P449
HILLIS AE, 1990, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V7, P191, DOI 10.1080/02643299008253442
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Kaplan E., 2001, BOSTON NAMING TEST
KOHN SE, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P209, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248196
KOHN SE, 1994, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V15, P75, DOI 10.1017/S0142716400006986
Luce P. A., 1986, 6 IND U SPEECH RES L
Luce PA, 1998, EAR HEARING, V19, P1, DOI 10.1097/00003446-199802000-00001
MARSLENWILSON WD, 1978, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V10, P29, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(78)90018-X
Martin N, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P867, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000390
Martin N, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P154, DOI 10.1080/02687030500472520
Martin N, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P53
Martin N, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P457, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000129
Nettleton J., 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V6, P139, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90004-3
Nickels L, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P109, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248401
RAYMER AM, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P27, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249498
Renvall K, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P305, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000671
Roach A., 1996, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V24, P121
Schwartz MF, 2006, J MEM LANG, V54, P228, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2005.10.001
SNODGRASS JG, 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V6, P174, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.6.2.174
van Hees S, 2013, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V23, P102, DOI 10.1080/09602011.2012.726201
Vitevitch MS, 2004, BEHAV RES METH INS C, V36, P481, DOI 10.3758/BF03195594
Vitevitch MS, 2004, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V30, P514, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.30.2.514
Vitevitch MS, 1997, LANG SPEECH, V40, P211
Vitevitch MS, 1998, PSYCHOL SCI, V9, P325, DOI 10.1111/1467-9280.00064
Wambaugh JL, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P933
NR 38
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD MAR 4
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 3
BP 338
EP 358
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.866209
PG 21
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AH3DK
UT WOS:000336001900005
ER
PT J
AU Rautakoski, P
AF Rautakoski, Pirkko
TI Communication style before and after aphasia: A study among Finnish
population
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Activity and participation.; Aphasia; Communication style; Total
communication
ID SOCIAL-PARTICIPATION; PEOPLE; PARTNERS; CONVERSATION; STRATEGIES;
STROKE; ADULTS; LIFE; INTERVENTION; FRIENDS
AB Background: Communication difficulties in aphasia have a big effect on communicative activity and social participation. Contacts with other people than family become more infrequent because of problems in communicating. Rehabilitation should make a real difference in being able to communicate and in the life of people with aphasia. Aims: The aim of this study was to explore the impact of aphasia on the communication style of people with aphasia in the Finnish population. The term "communication style" is used to describe how active the person is in communication situations and in participating in social interaction. In addition, a clinical evaluation of the communication style was made 6 months after an intervention concentrating on training total communication and guiding the partner to facilitate the use of different communication methods and support the interaction. Methods & Procedures: The data were collected during natural rehabilitation courses for people with aphasia and their communication partners. The participants were 38 communication partners of people with aphasia. The courses were carried out in two parts (8 + 4 days) with a 3-month interval. A questionnaire concerning the communication style of people with aphasia was constructed using parts of Green's questionnaire (1984) and its unpublished Finnish modification. The communication partners estimated the communication style of people with aphasia. At first, they estimated how the communication style was before the onset of aphasia and how it was 2 weeks before the intervention. Six months after the intervention, they estimated the communication style again. Outcomes & Results: Aphasia has a drastic impact on the communicative activity and social participation of people with aphasia in Finland. Activity in conversations decreases and contacts with people other than family members and relatives become much more infrequent. The social interaction occurs mostly at home. The conversation topics focus on health, home matters and TV programmes when other topics such as work, hobbies, leisure time and plans for the future are discussed much less often. Conclusion: Aphasia has a drastic impact on communication style, activity in communication and participation in social interaction, also according to this study conducted in Finland. There seems to be a decrease in communication between the people with aphasia and people other than their significant others and outside the home. To be able to have an impact on social participation, interventions also including people other than family members are needed.
C1 Abo Akad Univ, Dept Psychol & Logoped, FI-20500 Turku, Finland.
RP Rautakoski, P (reprint author), Abo Akad Univ, Dept Psychol & Logoped, FI-20500 Turku, Finland.
EM pirkko.rautakoski@abo.fi
FU Finnish Cultural Foundation
FX This study was supported by a grant from the Finnish Cultural
Foundation. The author would like to offer her sincere thanks to the
participants who contributed their time to the project, and to the
Finnish Brain Association. The author also wants to thank Professor Anu
Klippi and Associate Professor Minna Laakso for the use of part of their
unpublished questionnaire.
CR Ahlsen E, 1985, GOTHENBURG MONOGRAPH, V5
ASTROM M, 1992, STROKE, V23, P527
Behrmann M., 1984, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V19, P155, DOI [10.3109/13682828409007186, DOI 10.3109/13682828409007186]
Booth S, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P283
Code C, 2003, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V13, P379, DOI 10.1080/09602010244000255
Coelho C. A., 1992, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V21, P183
Cruice M, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P1210, DOI 10.1080/02687030600790136
Cunningham R, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P687, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000184
Dalemans RJP, 2010, DISABIL REHABIL, V32, P1678, DOI 10.3109/09638281003649938
Davidson B, 2008, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V15, P325, DOI 10.1310/tsr1504-325
Eadie TL, 2006, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V15, P307, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2006/030)
Elman Roberta J., 1999, Seminars in Speech and Language, V20, P65, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1064009
Fex B, 1998, J NEUROLINGUIST, V11, P191, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(98)00013-X
Feyereisen P., 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P21, DOI 10. 1080/02687038808248884
Flynn L, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P393, DOI 10.1080/02687030701828942
Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R
GOODWIN C, 1995, RES LANG SOC INTERAC, V28, P233, DOI 10.1207/s15327973rlsi2803_4
Green G., 1984, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V19, P35, DOI [10.3109/13682828409019834, DOI 10.3109/13682828409019834]
Hilari K, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P17, DOI 10.1080/02687030500279982
HOLLAND AL, 1982, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V47, P50
Johansson MB, 2012, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V47, P144, DOI 10.1111/j.1460-6984.2011.00089.x
Kagan A, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P624, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2001/051)
Kagan A, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P258, DOI 10.1080/02687030701282595
Klippi A., 1996, STUDIA FENNICA LINGU, V6
Klippi A., 1991, FINNISH VERSIO UNPUB
Lawson R., 2001, APHASIA THERAPY FILE, P61
LEDORZE G, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P239
McCann C, 2013, APHASIOLOGY, V27, P568, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2012.740553
Northcott S, 2011, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V46, P524, DOI 10.1111/j.1460-6984.2011.00079.x
Parr S., 2000, NEUROGENIC COMMUNICA, P55
Parr S, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P98, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798337
Pound C., 2002, APHASIA THERAPIES LI
Purdy M, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P377, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000822
Rautakoski P, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1269, DOI 10.1080/02687030802374788
Rautakoski P, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P344, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.530671
Rautakoski P, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P1523, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.624164
Simmons-Mackie N, 2010, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V91, P1814, DOI 10.1016/j.apmr.2010.08.026
Simmons-Mackie N, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P837, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000185
SimmonsMackie NN, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P761, DOI 10.1080/02687039708250455
Wilkinson R, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P869, DOI 10.1080/02687030903501958
World Health Organisation, 2001, INT CLASS FUNCT DIS
Worrall L., 2000, FCTP FUNCT COMM THER
NR 42
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD MAR 4
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 3
BP 359
EP 376
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.866211
PG 18
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AH3DK
UT WOS:000336001900006
ER
PT J
AU Galling, MA
Goorah, N
Berthier, ML
Sage, K
AF Galling, Mandy A.
Goorah, Neetish
Berthier, Marcelo L.
Sage, Karen
TI A clinical study of the combined use of bromocriptine and speech and
language therapy in the treatment of a person with aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Bromocriptine; Language; Therapy; Aphasia; Combined; Cognition
ID TREATMENT-RESISTANT DEPRESSION; DEEP BRAIN-STIMULATION; NONFLUENT
APHASIA; POSTSTROKE APHASIA; DOUBLE-BLIND; STROKE; RECOVERY; APATHY;
TRIAL; PATHOPHYSIOLOGY
AB Background: Bromocriptine has been used in previous studies to treat people with non-fluent aphasia with varying levels of success.Aims: This single case study set out to describe the effect of a 30mg dose of bromocriptine on the behaviour, cognition and linguistic skills of a person with aphasia post-cerebrovascular accident.Methods & Procedures: The participant received speech and language therapy alone and combined with the drug. Four testing points were made to examine the effects of bromocriptine: (1) at baseline before the drug was administered, (2) once the drug reached 30mg dosage, (3) after the combined speech and language therapy and drug regime and (4) after drug and therapy withdrawal.Outcomes & Results: The participant responded on all behavioural measures to the use of bromocriptine. The combined use of speech and language therapy with bromocriptine provided clear improvements in the participant's overall behaviours and specifically in her verbal output.Conclusions: There is a case for the careful and correct selection of participants to use bromocriptine in combination with speech and language therapy. People who are adynamic, have non-fluent Broca's type or transcortical motor type aphasia may benefit from this combined treatment.
C1 [Galling, Mandy A.; Goorah, Neetish] East Lancashire Hosp NHS Trust, Burnley, Lancs, England.
[Berthier, Marcelo L.] Univ Malaga, Ctr Invest Med Sanitarias CIMES, Unit Cognit Neurol & Aphasia, E-29071 Malaga, Spain.
[Sage, Karen] Univ Manchester, Sch Psychol Sci, Manchester M13 9PL, Lancs, England.
RP Sage, K (reprint author), Univ Manchester, Sch Psychol Sci, T15,Zochonis Bldg,Oxford Rd, Manchester M13 9PL, Lancs, England.
EM karen.sage@manchester.ac.uk
CR ALBERT ML, 1988, NEUROLOGY, V38, P877
Alexander MP, 2006, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V12, P236, DOI 10.1017/S1355617706060309
Amunts K, 2010, PLOS BIOL, V8, DOI 10.1371/journal.pbio.1000489
Ashtary F, 2006, NEUROLOGY, V66, P914, DOI 10.1212/01.wnl.0000203119.91762.0c
Berthier M., 1999, TRANSCORTICAL APHASI
Berthier M. L., 2012, S FORTSCHR NEUR NEUR, P23
Berthier ML, 2005, DRUG AGING, V22, P163, DOI 10.2165/00002512-200522020-00006
Berthier ML, 2011, NAT REV NEUROL, V7, P86, DOI 10.1038/nrneurol.2010.201
Berthier ML, 2011, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V21, P302, DOI 10.1007/s11065-011-9177-7
Bowen A, 2012, BRIT MED J, V345, DOI 10.1136/bmj.e4407
Bragoni M, 2000, NEUROL SCI, V21, P19, DOI 10.1007/s100720070114
Costello A. L., 1986, CORTEX, V25, P103
Crosson B, 2005, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V17, P392, DOI 10.1162/0898929053279487
Crosson B, 2007, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V13, P582, DOI 10.1017/S1355617707070737
Enderby P. M., 1987, FRENCHAY APHASIA SCR
Engelter ST, 2012, EUR NEUROL, V68, P28, DOI 10.1159/000335895
Gold M, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V57, P374, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1750
Goodglass H., 2001, BDAE 3 BOSTON DIAGNO
Gorgoraptis N, 2012, BRAIN, V135, P2478, DOI 10.1093/brain/aws154
Gratton C, 2012, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V24, P1275, DOI 10.1162/jocn_a_00222
Gupta SR, 1995, NEUROLOGY, V45, P2170
Johansen-Berg H, 2008, CEREB CORTEX, V18, P1374, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhm167
Jorge RE, 2010, ARCH GEN PSYCHIAT, V67, P187, DOI 10.1001/archgenpsychiatry.2009.185
Jorge RE, 2010, CAN J PSYCHIAT, V55, P350
Kauhanen ML, 2000, CEREBROVASC DIS, V10, P455, DOI 10.1159/000016107
Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
Kertesz A., 2007, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
Kertesz A., 1997, BEHAV NEUROLOGY NEUR
Knecht S, 2004, ANN NEUROL, V56, P20, DOI 10.1002/ana.20125
Leemann B, 2011, NEUROREHAB NEURAL RE, V25, P43, DOI 10.1177/1545968310376938
Lester DB, 2010, CNS NEUROSCI THER, V16, P137, DOI 10.1111/j.1755-5949.2010.00142.x
Levy R, 2006, CEREB CORTEX, V16, P916, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhj043
Lezak MD, 2012, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL A, V5th
Luria A.R., 1968, FDN LANGUAGE, V4, P296
MAHONEY F I, 1965, Md State Med J, V14, P61
MARIN RS, 1995, J NEUROPSYCH CLIN N, V7, P23
Mark GP, 2011, PHYSIOL BEHAV, V104, P76, DOI 10.1016/j.physbeh.2011.04.052
Mayberg HS, 2005, NEURON, V45, P651, DOI 10.1016/j.neuron.2005.02.014
Menke R, 2009, BMC NEUROSCI, V10, DOI 10.1186/1471-2202-10-118
Paolucci Stefano, 2008, Neuropsychiatr Dis Treat, V4, P145
Powell JH, 1996, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V60, P416, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.60.4.416
Ramsberger G, 2007, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V16, P343, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2007/038)
Raven JC, 1976, COLOURED PROGR MATRI
Raymer AM, 2003, FRONT BIOSCI, V8, pS845, DOI 10.2741/1142
Raymer AM, 2001, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V82, P139, DOI 10.1053/apmr.2001.18056
REITAN R. M., 1958, PERCEPT MOT SKILLS, V8, P271
Robertson IH, 1994, TEST EVERYDAY ATTENT
Robinson G, 1998, BRAIN, V121, P77, DOI 10.1093/brain/121.1.77
Sabe L, 1995, NEUROLOGY, V45, P2272
Seniow J, 2009, J NEUROL SCI, V283, P214, DOI 10.1016/j.jns.2009.02.336
Starkstein S E, 2000, CNS Spectr, V5, P43
Whyte EM, 2008, CEREBROVASC DIS, V26, P317, DOI 10.1159/000149580
Willems RM, 2010, FRONT HUM NEUROSCI, V4, DOI 10.3389/fnhum.2010.00203
World Health Organisation, 2001, INT CLASS FUNCT DIS
NR 54
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD FEB 1
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 2
SI SI
BP 171
EP 187
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.838616
PG 17
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 268TA
UT WOS:000328192200004
ER
PT J
AU Berthier, ML
Davila, G
Green-Heredia, C
Moreno Torres, I
de Mier, RJYR
De-Torres, I
Ruiz-Cruces, R
AF Berthier, Marcelo L.
Davila, Guadalupe
Green-Heredia, Cristina
Moreno Torres, Ignacio
Juarez y Ruiz de Mier, Rocio
De-Torres, Irene
Ruiz-Cruces, Rafael
TI Massed sentence repetition training can augment and speed up recovery of
speech production deficits in patients with chronic conduction aphasia
receiving donepezil treatment
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Conduction aphasia; Aphasia therapy; Pharmacotherapy;
Donepezil; Experience-dependent plasticity
ID SHORT-TERM-MEMORY; CHRONIC POSTSTROKE APHASIA; CORTICAL CHOLINERGIC
INPUTS; LEFT ARCUATE FASCICULUS; WERNICKES APHASIA; SEMANTIC CONTROL;
HUMAN BRAIN; ACETYLCHOLINESTERASE INHIBITORS; COGNITIVE REHABILITATION;
PHONOLOGICAL IMPAIRMENT
AB Background: In the past two decades, single-case studies evaluated the effect of massed repetition training to improve speech production and short-term memory deficits in conduction aphasia (CA). Improvements were reported in treated language and memory domains with modest generalisation of gains to spontaneous speech or auditory comprehension. Although these results are encouraging, sentence repetition training has not been compared with distributed speech-language therapy, and no studies have examined the role of pharmacological interventions to enhance gains promoted by these behavioural interventions in CA.Aims: The effects of massed sentence repetition therapy (MSRT) were compared to those of distributed speech-language therapy (DSLT) in measures of verbal output, short-term memory and repetition in patients with chronic post-stroke CA receiving treatment with the cholinesterase inhibitor donepezil (DP).Methods and Procedures: Three patients with chronic CA aphasia associated to large left perisylvian infarctions participated in a 28-week open-label study combining DP with DSLT or MSRT. A within-patient design, with baselines across behaviours and a washout period was used. Patients were treated with DP (10mg/day) combined first with DSLT (16 weeks, 40 hours) and after a washout period (4 weeks) with MSRT (8 weeks, 40 hours). Language functions were assessed with the Western Aphasia Battery and experimental repetition tasks prior to and after DSLT and MSRT.Outcomes and Results: Both interventions improved performance in speech production tasks, but better improvements were found with DP-MSRT than with DP-DSLT. Larger treatment effects were found for DP-MSRT in comparison with baselines and DP-DSLT in repetition of word pairs and triplets, and novel and experimental sentences with generalisation of gains to aphasia severity, connected speech and non-treated control sentences.Conclusions: Combined interventions with DP and two different aphasia therapies (DSLT and MSRT) significantly improved speech production deficits in CA, but DP-MSRT augmented and speeded up most benefits provided by DP-DSLT.
C1 [Berthier, Marcelo L.; Davila, Guadalupe; Juarez y Ruiz de Mier, Rocio; De-Torres, Irene; Ruiz-Cruces, Rafael] Univ Malaga, Ctr Invest Med Sanitarias, Unidad Neurol & Cognit Afasia, Malaga 29010, Spain.
[Davila, Guadalupe] Univ Malaga, Dept Psychol, Area Psychobiol, Malaga 29010, Spain.
[Green-Heredia, Cristina] Hosp Quiron, Dept Neurosci, Malaga, Spain.
[Moreno Torres, Ignacio] Univ Malaga, Dept Spanish Language, Malaga 29010, Spain.
RP Berthier, ML (reprint author), Univ Malaga, Ctr Invest Med Sanitarias, Unidad Neurol & Cognit Afasia, Marques Beccaria 3, Malaga 29010, Spain.
EM mbt@uma.es
FU Pfizer; Eisai (Spain)
FX The authors thank the patients for their cooperation during the study.
This study has been supported by a grant from Pfizer and Eisai (Spain)
to the corresponding author.
CR Allen L, 2012, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V19, P523, DOI 10.1310/tsr1906-523
Arbib MA, 2010, BRAIN LANG, V112, P12, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2009.10.001
Ardila A., 1990, J NEUROLINGUIST, V5, P1, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(90)90028-W
Asp A., 2006, INT J GERIATR PSYCH, V21, P426
Barrett KM, 2011, J STROKE CEREBROVASC, V20, P177, DOI 10.1016/j.jstrokecerebrovasdis.2010.12.009
Basso Anna, 2013, Handb Clin Neurol, V110, P325, DOI 10.1016/B978-0-444-52901-5.00027-7
Basso A, 2011, BEHAV NEUROL, V24, P317, DOI 10.3233/BEN-2011-0342
Basso A., 2003, APHASIA ITS THERAPY
Bentley P, 2011, PROG NEUROBIOL, V94, P360, DOI 10.1016/j.pneurobio.2011.06.002
Bernal B, 2009, BRAIN, V132, P2309, DOI 10.1093/brain/awp206
Berthier M. L., 2014, BEHAV CONSEQUENCES S, P95
Berthier M. L., FRONTIERS H IN PRESS
Berthier M. L., 2012, S FORTSCH NEUR NEUR, V85, P23
Berthier ML, 2007, NEUROLOGY, V68, pA10
Berthier ML, 2012, CORTEX, V48, P133, DOI 10.1016/j.cortex.2011.06.014
Berthier ML, 2005, DRUG AGING, V22, P163, DOI 10.2165/00002512-200522020-00006
Berthier ML, 2011, NAT REV NEUROL, V7, P86, DOI 10.1038/nrneurol.2010.201
Berthier ML, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P99, DOI 10.1080/02687040042000179
Berthier ML, 2006, NEUROLOGY, V67, P1687, DOI 10.1212/01.wnl.0000242626.69666.e2
Berthier ML, 2011, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V21, P302, DOI 10.1007/s11065-011-9177-7
Berthier ML, 2003, NEUROLOGY, V60, P1218
Bhogal SK, 2003, STROKE, V34, P987, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000062343.64383.D0
Birks J, 2006, COCHRANE DB SYST REV, DOI 10.1002/14651858.CD005593
Boban Marina, 2006, Brain, V129, pE43, DOI 10.1093/brain/awl025
Breathnach CS, 2011, IRISH J MED SCI, V180, P23, DOI 10.1007/s11845-010-0631-y
Breier JI, 2011, NEUROCASE, V17, P506, DOI 10.1080/13554794.2010.547505
Buchsbaum BR, 2011, BRAIN LANG, V119, P119, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2010.12.001
Buckingham HW, 2011, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V25, P1066, DOI 10.3109/02699206.2011.616982
Caplan D., 1992, CONDUCTION APHASIA, P117
Cappa SF, 2005, EUR J NEUROL, V12, P665
Catani M, 2005, ANN NEUROL, V57, P8, DOI 10.1002/ana.20319
Catani M, 2012, ATLAS HUMAN BRAIN CO
Catani M, 2007, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V104, P17163, DOI 10.1073/pnas.0702116104
Catani M, 2008, CORTEX, V44, P953, DOI 10.1016/j.cortex.2008.04.002
Chen Ying, 2010, Zhonghua Nei Ke Za Zhi, V49, P115
Cherney LR, 2012, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V14, P424, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2012.686629
Cherney LR, 2011, CURR NEUROL NEUROSCI, V11, P560, DOI 10.1007/s11910-011-0227-6
Cherney LR, 2010, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V81, P1014, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.2009.184036
Cicerone KD, 2011, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V92, P519, DOI 10.1016/j.apmr.2010.11.015
Cloutman LL, 2013, BRAIN LANG, V127, P251, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2012.08.003
Code C, 2011, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V13, P3, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2010.520090
Code Chris, 2010, Seminars in Speech and Language, V31, P21, DOI 10.1055/s-0029-1244950
Cohen J., 1988, STAT POWER ANAL BEHA, V2nd
Corballis MC, 2010, BRAIN LANG, V112, P25, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2009.02.002
CUBELLI R, 1988, J COMMUN DISORD, V21, P239, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(88)90032-9
Cum L., 1999, BRAIN LANG, V70, P95, DOI [10.1006/brln.1999.2147, DOI 10.1006/BRLN.1999.2147]
DEBLESER R, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P475, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1056
Dell GS, 2007, J MEM LANG, V56, P490, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2006.05.007
Demeter E, 2013, NEUROPHARMACOLOGY, V64, P294, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropharm.2012.06.060
DEMEURISSE G, 1991, CORTEX, V27, P285
Dick AS, 2012, BRAIN, V135, P3529, DOI 10.1093/brain/aws222
Duffau H, 2009, J NEUROL, V256, P382, DOI 10.1007/s00415-009-0053-9
Ertelt D, 2012, NEURAL REGEN RES, V7, P2063, DOI 10.3969/j.issn.1673-5374.2012.26.008
Fernandez B, 2004, STROKE, V35, P2171, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000139323.76769.b0
FitzGerald DB, 2008, COGN BEHAV NEUROL, V21, P57, DOI 10.1097/WNN.0b013e3181799df1
Foster PS, 2012, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V50, P2093, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2012.05.010
Francis DR, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P723, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000201
Fridriksson J, 2012, BRAIN, V135, P3815, DOI 10.1093/brain/aws301
Friederici A. D., 2013, CURRENT OPINION NEUR
Gardner HE, 2012, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V24, P778, DOI 10.1162/jocn_a_00184
Gast D. L., 2009, SINGLE SUBJECT RES M
GESCHWIN.N, 1965, BRAIN, V88, P237, DOI 10.1093/brain/88.2.237
Geva S, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P543, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.534803
Gierhan S. M., 2013, BRAIN LANGUAGE, VS0093-934X(12)00202-7
Gold BT, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V77, P241, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2441
Gotts SJ, 2002, COGN AFFECT BEHAV NE, V2, P187, DOI 10.3758/CABN.2.3.187
Gotts Stephen J., 2004, Seminars in Speech and Language, V25, P323, DOI 10.1055/s-2004-837245
Gotts SJ, 2002, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V40, P1930, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(02)00067-2
Grady D, 2001, DESIGNING CLIN RES, P157
Gratton C, 2012, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V24, P1275, DOI 10.1162/jocn_a_00222
Gvion A, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P579, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.643759
Harnish SM, 2008, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V15, P468, DOI 10.1310/tsr1505-468
Harvey DY, 2013, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V51, P789, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2013.01.028
Hebb D, 1949, ORG BEHAV
SPARKS R, 1974, Cortex, V10, P303
Hickok G, 2007, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V8, P393, DOI 10.1038/nrn2113
Hickok G, 2011, NEURON, V69, P407, DOI 10.1016/j.neuron.2011.01.019
Hong JM, 2012, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V83, P675, DOI 10.1136/jnnp-2012-302268
Hughes JD, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V71, P96, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2223
Husain M, 2011, TRENDS COGN SCI, V15, P28, DOI 10.1016/j.tics.2010.11.002
Iacoboni M, 1999, SCIENCE, V286, P2526, DOI 10.1126/science.286.5449.2526
Jefferies E, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V45, P1553, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2006.12.002
Jefferies E, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P963, DOI 10.1080/02687030600739398
Junceda L., 1981, FAMOSOS DICHOS IDIOM
Kalinyak-Fliszar M, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P1095, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.577284
Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
Kertesz A, 1984, Adv Neurol, V42, P23
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Keysers C, 2003, EXP BRAIN RES, V153, P628, DOI 10.1007/s00221-003-1603-5
Kleim JA, 2008, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V51, pS225, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2008/018)
Klein Reva B., 2004, Seminars in Speech and Language, V25, P193
Koenig-Bruhin M, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P448, DOI 10.1080/02687030600670593
Kohler E, 2002, SCIENCE, V297, P846, DOI 10.1126/science.1070311
Kohn SE, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P129, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0007
Kohn S. E., 1992, CONDUCTION APHASIA
KOHN SE, 1990, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V25, P45
Laska AC, 2001, J INTERN MED, V249, P413, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2796.2001.00812.x
Lee J, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P449, DOI 10.1080/02687030802714157
Leger A, 2002, NEUROIMAGE, V17, P174, DOI 10.1006/nimg.2002.1238
Lopez-Barroso D, 2013, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V110, P13168, DOI 10.1073/pnas.1301696110
Luria A., 1969, HDB CLIN NEUROLOGY, P368
Majerus S, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V95, P174, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.07.094
Majerus S, 2012, CEREB CORTEX, V22, P1086, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhr174
Majerus S, 2013, FRONT HUM NEUROSCI, V7, DOI 10.3389/fnhum.2013.00357
Marchina S, 2011, STROKE, V42, P2251, DOI 10.1161/STROKEAHA.110.606103
Martin N, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P83, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0005
Martin N, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P107, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000447
Martin N, 1996, NEUROCASE, V2, P73
Martins IP, 2013, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V48, P421, DOI 10.1111/1460-6984.12018
MCCARTHY R, 1984, BRAIN, V107, P463, DOI 10.1093/brain/107.2.463
MCCARTHY RA, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P1545, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.6.1545
McNamara Patrick, 2004, Seminars in Speech and Language, V25, P309, DOI 10.1055/s-2004-837244
Meltzer JA, 2013, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V51, P1248, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2013.03.007
Mesulam MM, 2004, PROG BRAIN RES, V145, P67, DOI 10.1016/S0079-6123(03)45004-8
MESULAM MM, 1992, J COMP NEUROL, V323, P252, DOI 10.1002/cne.903230209
Nadeau SE, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V79, P511, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2566
NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338
Nucifora PGP, 2005, NEUROREPORT, V16, P791, DOI 10.1097/00001756-200505310-00002
Peschke C, 2009, NEUROIMAGE, V47, P392, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2009.03.061
Picciotto MR, 2012, NEURON, V76, P116, DOI 10.1016/j.neuron.2012.08.036
Pulvermuller F, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P563, DOI 10.1080/02687030701612213
Pulvermuller F, 2001, STROKE, V32, P1621
Ramanathan D, 2009, J NEUROSCI, V29, P5992, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.0230-09.2009
REFERENCES Albert M. L., 1981, DISORDERS HUMAN COMM
Ricciardi E, 2013, NEUROPHARMACOLOGY, V64, P305, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropharm.2012.07.003
Rijntjes Michel, 2012, Front Evol Neurosci, V4, P9, DOI 10.3389/fnevo.2012.00009
Robey RR, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V41, P172
Robson H, 2012, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V50, P276, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2011.11.022
Robson H, 2012, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V50, P266, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2011.11.021
Rockwood K, 2007, NEUROLOGY, V68, P1116, DOI 10.1212/01.wnl.0000258661.61577.b7
Rorden C., 2005, MRICRON
Sage K, 2011, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V21, P26, DOI 10.1080/09602011.2010.528966
Salis C, 2012, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V22, P428, DOI 10.1080/09602011.2012.656460
Sarter M, 2003, NEUROBIOL LEARN MEM, V80, P245, DOI 10.1016/S1074-7427(03)00070-4
Sarter M, 2005, BRAIN RES REV, V48, P98, DOI 10.1016/j.brainresrev.2004.08.006
Saur D, 2008, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V105, P18035, DOI 10.1073/pnas.0805234105
Schlaug G, 2009, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V1169, P385, DOI 10.1111/j.1749-6632.2009.04587.x
Selden NR, 1998, BRAIN, V121, P2249, DOI 10.1093/brain/121.12.2249
SHALLICE T, 1977, BRAIN LANG, V4, P479, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(77)90040-2
Sharp DJ, 2010, ANN NEUROL, V68, P753, DOI 10.1002/ana.21866
Shisler RJ, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P1163
Simic G, 1999, NEUROSCIENCE, V89, P73
Small S. L., 2010, DEV PSYCHOBIOL, V54, P293
Small SL, 2009, CURR NEUROL NEUROSCI, V9, P443
Song XJ, 2011, NEUROL RES, V33, P529, DOI 10.1179/016164111X13007856084322
Stahl B, 2013, FRONT HUM NEUROSCI, V7, DOI 10.3389/fnhum.2013.00035
Tanaka Y., 2006, BRAIN LANG, V99, P218
Taylor Sarno M., 1998, ACQUIRED APHASIA, P595, DOI 10.1016/B978-012619322-0/50021-X
Ueno T, 2011, NEURON, V72, P385, DOI 10.1016/j.neuron.2011.09.013
Valle F., 1995, EPLA EVALUACION PROC
Varley R, 2011, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V13, P11, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2010.497561
Weiller C, 2011, BRAIN LANG, V118, P29, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2011.01.005
WEILLER C, 1995, ANN NEUROL, V37, P723, DOI 10.1002/ana.410370605
Wernicke C., 1906, DTSCH KLINIK EINGANG, V6, P487
Wernicke C, 1977, WERNICKES WORKS APHA, P91
Whyte EM, 2008, CEREBROVASC DIS, V26, P317, DOI 10.1159/000149580
Wilshire CE, 2004, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P187, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000555
Zipse L, 2012, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V1252, P237, DOI 10.1111/j.1749-6632.2012.06454.x
NR 158
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD FEB 1
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 2
SI SI
BP 188
EP 218
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.861057
PG 31
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 268TA
UT WOS:000328192200005
ER
PT J
AU Wambaugh, JL
Mauszycki, S
Wright, S
AF Wambaugh, Julie L.
Mauszycki, Shannon
Wright, Sandra
TI Semantic feature analysis: Application to confrontation naming of
actions in aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Naming; Verb; Treatment
ID FLUENT APHASIA; RETRIEVAL; WORD; VERBS; IMPAIRMENTS; TYPICALITY;
THERAPY; NOUNS
AB Background: Despite advances in the development and testing of therapies for verb retrieval impairments in aphasia, generalisation effects of treatment remain a challenge. Semantic Feature Analysis (SFA) is a word retrieval treatment that has been reported to result in generalised responding to untrained object names with persons with aphasia. The theorised therapeutic mechanisms of SFA appeared to be appropriate for facilitating retrieval of trained and untrained action names.Aims: This investigation was designed to extend pilot research in which SFA was applied to verb retrieval. The primary purpose of the current study was to examine the acquisition and response generalisation effects of SFA applied to action naming with four persons with chronic aphasia. Additional purposes were to examine changes in production of content in discourse and to explore the correspondence of accuracy of naming during treatment to probe performance.Methods & Procedures: SFA was modified slightly to be appropriate for application to action naming as opposed to object naming; several feature categories were changed, but all other procedures were retained. Treatment was applied sequentially to two sets of action names in the context of multiple baseline designs across behaviours and participants. Accuracy of naming of trained and untrained actions in probes was measured repeatedly throughout all phases of the design. Production of correct information units (CIUs) in discourse was measured prior to and following treatment. The relationship of probe-naming performance to naming performance during treatment sessions was examined using correlational analyses.Outcomes & Results: Increased accuracy of naming of trained action names was associated with treatment for three of the four participants. The remaining participant did not demonstrate improvement in naming on probes, despite some gains during treatment. Generalisation to untrained action names did not occur for any of the participants. Increases in CIU production were observed for only one of the participants. For the participants with positive naming outcomes, probe performance correlated well with naming performance during treatment. For the participant who demonstrated some improvements in treatment, but did not show gains in naming on probes, weak correlations were obtained.Conclusions: SFA appears to have potential for promoting improved action naming in aphasia. However, more research is warranted to explore treatment modifications to promote generalisation. Correlational analyses indicated that gains in naming during treatment may not always be reflected in probe performance and thus, require verification through probing in non-treatment conditions.
C1 [Wambaugh, Julie L.; Mauszycki, Shannon] Univ Utah, VA Salt Lake City Hlth Care Syst, Salt Lake City, UT 84148 USA.
[Wright, Sandra] VA Salt Lake City Hlth Care Syst, Salt Lake City, UT 84148 USA.
RP Wambaugh, JL (reprint author), Univ Utah, VA Salt Lake City Hlth Care Syst, 151 A,500 Foothill Blvd, Salt Lake City, UT 84148 USA.
EM Julie.wambaugh@health.utah.edu
FU Department of Veterans Affairs, Rehabilitation Research and Development
FX This research was supported by the Department of Veterans Affairs,
Rehabilitation Research and Development.
CR Antonucci SM, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P854, DOI 10.1080/02687030802634405
Bastiaanse R., 2002, VERB SENTENCE TEST T
Beeson PM, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V16, P161, DOI 10.1007/s11065-006-9013-7
Bloom M., 2003, ALLYN BACON
Boyle M, 2004, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V13, P236, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2004/025)
Boyle M., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P94
Boyle M, 2010, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V17, P411, DOI 10.1310/tsr1706-411
Cohen J., 1988, STAT POWER ANAL BEHA, V2nd
Conroy P, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P1159, DOI 10.1080/02687030600792009
Druks J., 2000, OBJECT ACTION NAMING
Druks J, 2002, J NEUROLINGUIST, V15, P289, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(01)00029-X
Duffy J.R, 2005, MOTOR SPEECH DISORDE
Edmonds LA, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P402, DOI 10.1080/02687030802291339
Faroqi-Shah Y, 2011, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V25, P399, DOI 10.3109/02699206.2010.545964
Faroqi-Shah Y, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P1377, DOI 10.1080/02687030903515362
Fiez JA, 1997, MEM COGNITION, V25, P543, DOI 10.3758/BF03201129
Fisher WW, 2003, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V36, P387, DOI 10.1901/jaba.2003.36-387
German DJ, 1990, TEST ADOLESCENT ADUL
Kay J., 1992, TEST ADOLESCENT ADUL
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Kiran S, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P608, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/048)
Lowell S., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P109
Massaro M., 1994, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V22, P245
McNeil M. R., 2009, APRAXIA SPEECH DEFIN, P249
McRae K, 2005, MEM COGNITION, V33, P1174, DOI 10.3758/BF03193221
NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338
Nickels L, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1047, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000618
OLDFIELD RC, 1971, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V9, P97, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(71)90067-4
Peach RK, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P971, DOI 10.1080/02687030903058629
Porch B., 2001, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC, V2
Raven J., 1998, COLOURED PROGR MATRI
Wambaugh JL, 2013, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V22, pS334, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2013/12-0070)
Wambaugh JL, 2007, J REHABIL RES DEV, V44, P381, DOI 10.1682/JRRD.2006.05.0038
Watson CE, 2011, NEUROLOGY, V76, P1428, DOI 10.1212/WNL.0b013e3182166e2c
Webster J, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P748, DOI 10.1080/02687030500166957
Webster J, 2012, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V47, P619, DOI 10.1111/j.1460-6984.2012.00174.x
Yorkston K. M., 1981, ASSESSMENT INTELLIGI
NR 37
TC 1
Z9 1
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD JAN 2
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 1
BP 1
EP 24
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.845739
PG 24
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 267OS
UT WOS:000328107800001
ER
PT J
AU Maas, E
Gutierrez, K
Ballard, KJ
AF Maas, Edwin
Gutierrez, Keila
Ballard, Kirrie J.
TI Phonological encoding in apraxia of speech and aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Apraxia of speech; Phonological encoding; Priming; Reaction time;
Aphasia; Speech production
ID SYLLABLE-FREQUENCY; LANGUAGE PRODUCTION; ACQUIRED APRAXIA; AMERICAN
ENGLISH; MOTOR CONTROL; TIME COURSE; WORD; SPEAKERS; TASK;
NEUROPSYCHOLOGY
AB Background: Apraxia of speech (AOS) is considered a speech motor planning/programming disorder. While it is possible that co-occurring phonological impairments exist, the speech motor planning/programming deficit often makes it difficult to assess the phonological encoding stage directly. Studies using online methods have suggested that activation of phonological information may be protracted in AOS.Aims: The present study was designed to investigate the integrity of the phonological encoding stage in AOS and aphasia. We tested two specific hypotheses, the Frame Hypothesis and the Segment Hypothesis. According to the Frame Hypothesis, speakers with AOS have an impairment in retrieving metrical frames (e.g., number of syllables); according to the Segment Hypothesis, speakers with AOS have an impairment in retrieving segments (e.g., consonants).Methods & Procedures: Four individuals with AOS and varying degrees of aphasia, two speakers with aphasia, and 13 age-matched control speakers completed an online priming task in which participants name pictures in sets that do or do not share number of syllables (e.g., balcony-coconut-signature vs. balcony-carrot-sock), the initial consonant (e.g., carpenter-castle-cage vs. carpenter-beaver-sun), or both (e.g., boomerang-butterfly-bicycle vs. boomerang-sausage-cat). Error rates and reaction times were measured.Outcomes & Results: Data for controls replicated previous literature. Reaction time data supported the Segment Hypothesis for speakers with AOS and for one speaker with aphasia without AOS, with no differences in pattern from controls for the other speaker with aphasia without AOS.Conclusions: These results suggest that speakers with AOS may also have difficulties at the phonological encoding stage. Theoretical and clinical implications of these findings are discussed.
C1 [Maas, Edwin; Gutierrez, Keila] Univ Arizona, Dept Speech Language & Hearing Sci, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA.
[Ballard, Kirrie J.] Univ Sydney, Lidcombe, Australia.
RP Maas, E (reprint author), Univ Arizona, Dept Speech Language & Hearing Sci, 1131 East 2nd St,POB 210071, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA.
EM emaas@arizona.edu
FU NIH [T37 MD001427]; National Health and Medical Research Council of
Australia [632763]; Australian Research Council [FF120100355]; Research
Symposium in Clinical Aphasiology fellowship
FX The authors gratefully acknowledge Carol Bender at the University of
Arizona's Biomedical Research Abroad: Vistas Open! (BRAVO!) programme
(supported by NIH T37 MD001427), awarded to Keila Gutierrez. Ballard's
contribution was funded by the National Health and Medical Research
Council of Australia (Project No. 632763) and Australian Research
Council Future Fellowship (FF120100355). Portions of these data were
presented at the 41st Clinical Aphasiology Conference (Research
Symposium in Clinical Aphasiology fellowship awarded to Keila
Gutierrez).
CR Aichert I, 2013, APHASIOLOGY, V27, P1180, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2013.802285
Aichert I, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V88, P148, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00296-7
Baayen R. H., 1995, CELEX LEXICAL DATABA
Ballard KJ, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P969
Brysbaert M, 2009, BEHAV RES METHODS, V41, P977, DOI 10.3758/BRM.41.4.977
Chen JY, 2002, J MEM LANG, V46, P751, DOI 10.1006/jmla.2001.2825
Cholin J, 2004, J MEM LANG, V50, P47, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2003.08.003
Cholin J, 2009, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V24, P662, DOI 10.1080/01690960802348852
Cholin J, 2011, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V37, P109, DOI 10.1037/a0021322
Code C, 1998, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V12, P47, DOI 10.3109/02699209808985212
Crawford JR, 2010, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V27, P245, DOI 10.1080/02643294.2010.513967
Crawford JR, 2007, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V24, P343, DOI 10.1080/02643290701290146
Croot K, 2012, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V55, pS1562, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2012/11-0323)
Dabul B, 2000, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL, V2nd
Duffy J.R, 2005, MOTOR SPEECH DISORDE
FOLKINS JW, 1990, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V55, P596
Goldrick M, 2006, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V21, P649, DOI 10.1080/01690960500181332
Guenther FH, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V96, P280, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.06.001
Haley KL, 2012, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V55, pS1502, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2012/11-0318)
Kendall DL, 2006, J REHABIL RES DEV, V43, P409, DOI 10.1682/JRRD.2005.11.0175
KENT RD, 1983, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V26, P231
Kertesz A., 2006, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
Klapp ST, 2011, PSYCHOL BULL, V137, P443, DOI 10.1037/a0022361
Knock TR, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P653
Kuera H., 1967, COMPUTATIONAL ANAL P
Laganaro M, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1191, DOI 10.1080/02687030701820469
Laganaro M, 2012, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V55, pS1535, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2012/11-0316)
LEVELT WJM, 1994, COGNITION, V50, P239, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(94)90030-2
Levelt WJM, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P1
Maas E, 2008, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V17, P277, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2008/025)
Maas E, 2008, BRAIN LANG, V106, P107, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2008.03.004
Maas E, 2012, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V55, pS1523, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2012/11-0311)
MacNeilage P. F., 1983, PRODUCTION SPEECH, P109
Mailend ML, 2013, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V22, pS380, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2013/12-0101)
McNeil M. R., 2009, CLIN MANAGEMENT SENS, P249
MEYER AS, 1991, J MEM LANG, V30, P69, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(91)90011-8
MEYER AS, 1990, J MEM LANG, V29, P524, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(90)90050-A
Meyer AS, 2003, J MEM LANG, V48, P131, DOI 10.1016/S0749-596X(02)00509-0
Milenkovic P., 2000, TF32 TIME FREQUENCY
Neumann Y, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P1028, DOI 10.1080/02687030802661630
Nusbaum Howard C., 1984, RES SPOKEN LANGUAGE, P357
ODELL K, 1991, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V34, P67
Rastle K, 2002, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V28, P307, DOI 10.1037//0096-1523.28.2.307
Roelofs A, 1998, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V24, P922, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.24.4.922
Roelofs A, 1999, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V14, P173, DOI 10.1080/016909699386338
Roelofs A, 1997, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V12, P657, DOI 10.1080/016909697386655
Rogers MA, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P871
Rogers MA, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P793
Romani C, 2011, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V62, P151, DOI 10.1016/j.cogpsych.2010.08.001
Santiago J., 2000, PSICOLOGICA, V21, P39
Schoor A, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P880, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2012.660458
SNODGRASS JG, 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V6, P174, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.6.2.174
Storkel HL, 2010, BEHAV RES METHODS, V42, P497, DOI 10.3758/BRM.42.2.497
Tutzauer F, 2003, HUM COMMUN RES, V29, P455
Varley R, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P39
Wambaugh JL, 2006, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V14, pXV
Wambaugh JL, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P821
Wunderlich A, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P202, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.489255
Ziegler W, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P3, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000554
Ziegler W, 2009, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V24, P631, DOI 10.1080/01690960802327989
Ziegler Wolfram, 2002, Seminars in Speech and Language, V23, P231, DOI 10.1055/s-2002-35798
NR 61
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD JAN 2
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 1
BP 25
EP 48
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.850651
PG 24
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 267OS
UT WOS:000328107800002
ER
PT J
AU Mantie-Kozlowski, A
Smythe, H
AF Mantie-Kozlowski, Alana
Smythe, Helen
TI Introducing an intergenerational relationship to improve engagement in
aphasia therapy
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Intergenerational; Interactional role theory; Engagement; Aphasia
ID MONTESSORI-BASED ACTIVITIES; NURSING-HOME RESIDENTS; DEMENTIA; CHILD;
COMMUNICATION; PROGRAM
AB Background: When the relationship between a clinician and a client with aphasia is not strong, engaging the client in therapy may become a clinical challenge. Engagement, in this context, refers to the client's interpersonal involvement and emotional connection to the individuals, activities and ideas present in the therapy session. It is foundational for evoking the interest needed to achieve clinical goals. Persons with aphasia may internalise positional designations associated with illness rather than authority, and as a result become disengaged in the therapeutic process. Including an intergenerational participant in therapy may offer those with aphasia an opportunity to assume new roles. Favourable outcomes have been reported when intergenerational relationships are formed for the purpose of generating engagement, although these studies are limited in the field of aphasia.Aim: The aim of this instrumental case study was to describe how introducing an intergenerational relationship between a participant (Anna) with aphasia and a preschool-age boy (Jacob) influenced Anna's engagement during aphasia therapy.Methods & Procedures: Recordings of four routine language therapy sessions with Anna and her clinician, and six intergenerational therapy sessions with Jacob, Anna and Anna's clinician were examined in this pilot study. The Myers Research Institute-Engagement Scale (MRI-ES) , the Observed Emotion Scale (OES) and a speech act analysis were used to compare Anna's behaviours during routine language-therapy sessions and intergenerational therapy sessions.Outcomes & Results: Poor engagement during routine therapy session was considered a barrier to Anna's clinical progress. Anna's behaviour suggested that she found the environment created with the intergenerational participant more engaging. She displayed more interpersonal involvement in the session as measured by the MRI-ES and more emotional connection to the activities/participants in the session as measured by the OES. During the intergenerational sessions, the speech acts that Anna used were similar to those reportedly used by speech-language clinicians, which was not the case during routine sessions.Conclusions: Acknowledging a less than ideal relationship between Anna and her clinician, and then modifying the sessions by introducing an intergenerational participant created an environment that was more engaging for the client with aphasia. Outcomes are discussed from the perspective of interactional role theory.
C1 [Mantie-Kozlowski, Alana; Smythe, Helen] Missouri State Univ, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Springfield, MO 65804 USA.
RP Mantie-Kozlowski, A (reprint author), Missouri State Univ, 901 S Natl, Springfield, MO 65804 USA.
EM alanamantiekozlowski@missouristate.edu
CR Avent JR, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P397, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000743
BURKE PJ, 1977, SOC FORCES, V55, P881, DOI 10.2307/2577560
Camp C. J., 2000, PROFESSIONAL ISSUES, P401
Camp CJ, 1997, GERONTOLOGIST, V37, P688
Fair C., 2011, CHILDHOOD ED, V87, P177
Femia EE, 2008, EARLY CHILD RES Q, V23, P272, DOI 10.1016/j.ecresq.2007.05.001
Ferguson A, 2001, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V15, P229
Flasher L. V., 2012, COUNSELING SKILLS SP
Hickey EM, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P625, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000093
Holmes CL, 2009, EARLY CHILD ED J, V37, P113
Jarrott SE, 2007, J APPL GERONTOL, V26, P239, DOI 10.1177/0733464807300225
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
KOCARNIK RA, 1986, CHILD YOUTH CARE Q, V15, P244, DOI 10.1007/BF01120216
Lawton M. P., 2000, OBSERVED EMOTION RAT
Lee MM, 2007, CLIN INTERV AGING, V2, P477
Lindzey G., 1985, HDB SOCIAL PSYCHOL, V1, P311
MacKenzie S. L., 2011, Journal of Intergenerational Relationships, V9, P207, DOI 10.1080/15350770.2011.568343
Martin K., 2010, INTERGENERATIONAL PR
Orsulic-Jeras S, 2000, TOP GERIATR REHABIL, V16, P78
Parsons T., 1979, PATIENTS PHYSICIANS, P120
Parsons Talcott, 1964, SOCIAL STRUCTURE PER
Searle John R., 1969, SPEECH ACTS
Sherratt S, 2011, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V13, P317, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2011.584632
ShortDeGraff MA, 1996, EDUC GERONTOL, V22, P467, DOI 10.1080/0360127960220506
SILVAST M, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P383, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248540
Simmons-Mackie Nina, 2009, Seminars in Speech and Language, V30, P5, DOI 10.1055/s-0028-1104529
Stiegler LN, 2007, LANG SPEECH HEAR SER, V38, P400, DOI 10.1044/0161-1461(2007/041)
THOMAS EJ, 1966, J HEALTH SOC BEHAV, V7, P2, DOI 10.2307/2948672
Wilcox M. J., 1977, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P166
Wilcox MJ, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P683, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000435
Worrall L., 2010, J INTERACTIONAL RES, V1, P277
NR 31
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD JAN 2
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 1
BP 49
EP 61
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.843150
PG 13
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 267OS
UT WOS:000328107800003
ER
PT J
AU Llinas-Grau, M
Martinez-Ferreiro, S
AF Llinas-Grau, M.
Martinez-Ferreiro, S.
TI On the presence and absence of that in aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; "That"-omission; Embedding; Fluency; English
ID AGRAMMATIC APHASIA; MOVEMENT
AB Background: Deficits in the production of complex structures have been widely documented in non-fluent forms of aphasia. Nevertheless, the data available on fluent deficits are scarcer. In both cases, reduced complexity is attributed to syntactic factors. In the related field of syntactic theory, there exist a number of studies on the production of non-brain damaged (NBD) subjects which try to account for the existence of two alternative constructions in embedded complement clauses in English (as in I think that the situation will improve/I think the situation will improve). The absence of that in the embedded clauses of verbs like say, know or think in colloquial English is very frequent and this suggests that verbs of this type may select a clause lacking a complementiser phrase (CP) layer, namely tense phrase (TP). The presence of that is taken to be the result of insertion, which is triggered by cues associated to contextual factors like register.Aims: To compare the presence and absence of the complementiser that in the speech of English subjects diagnosed with aphasia with the same phenomenon in NBD subjects with the objective of clarifying the nature of the phenomenon of that-omission.Methods & Procedures: We carried out an analysis of spontaneous speech that included the performance of 200 individuals brought together by the AphasiaBank project. Two groups were included in the study, an experimental group comprising 100 individuals diagnosed as aphasic according to the standards of the Western Aphasia Battery (WAB), and a control group including 100 non-brain damaged control subjects ( NBDs).Outcomes & Results: This study shows that the asymmetries across populations (NBDs vs. subjects with aphasia) are restricted to the number of occurrences of subordinate clauses. NBD subjects produce more embeddings than subjects diagnosed with fluent aphasia (although they do produce embedded clauses and crucially prefer the omission option) and subjects with non-fluent aphasia.Conclusions: Our results confirm the findings on fluent aphasias as for the presence of deficits with complex constructions. These results may be regarded as evidence for the claim that TP is the default selection for the verbs analysed.
C1 [Llinas-Grau, M.] Univ Autonoma Barcelona, Dep Filol Anglesa & Germanist, E-08193 Barcelona, Spain.
[Martinez-Ferreiro, S.] Univ Groningen, CLCG, Groningen, Netherlands.
RP Llinas-Grau, M (reprint author), Univ Autonoma Barcelona, Fac Filosofia & Lletres, Edifici B UAB, E-08193 Barcelona, Cerdanyola Del, Spain.
EM Mireia.Llinas@uab.cat
FU Spanish Ministry of Science and Innovation [FFI2012-35058,
FFI2010-20634]; Generalitat de Catalunya
FX Part of the research reported here has benefitted from the projects
granted by the Spanish Ministry of Science and Innovation (FFI2012-35058
and FFI2010-20634) and the research grant Beatriu de Pinos from the
Generalitat de Catalunya. The authors thank Brian MacWhinney for
allowing them to use data from AphasiaBank. The authors also thank the
anonymous reviewers whose comments helped them to improve the article.
CR Ardila A, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P363, DOI 10.1080/02687030802553704
Bastiaanse R, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V86, P287, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00545-X
Bastiaanse R, 2011, J NEUROLINGUIST, V24, P163, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2010.02.006
Bastiaanse R, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P561, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248437
Bates E., 1989, CROSSLINGUISTIC STUD
BATES EA, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P323, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90072-7
Biber D., 1999, LONGMAN GRAMMAR SPOK
Bokovi Z., 2003, LINGUIST INQ, V34, P527
BUTTERWORTH B, 1987, COGNITION, V26, P1, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(87)90012-6
Capilouto G., 2008, APHASIABANK ENGLISH
Edwards S., 2005, FLUENT APHASIA
Elman R., 2009, APHASIABANK ENGLISH
FRANKS Steven, 2005, INDIANA U WORKING PA, V5, P33
Fridriksson J., 2011, APHASIABANK ENGLISH
Friedmann N, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P288, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/023)
Friedmann N., 2002, P 18 IATL C
Garrett K., 2011, APHASIABANK ENGLISH
GLEASON JB, 1980, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V23, P370
Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R
Goodglass H., 1983, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V2nd
Grodzinsky Y, 2000, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V23, P1, DOI 10.1017/S0140525X00002399
Grodzinslcy Y., 1990, THEORETICAL PERSPECT
HAGIWARA H, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V50, P92, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1041
Hoover E., 2012, APHASIABANK ENGLISH
Jackson S., 2008, APHASIABANK ENGLISH
Edwards S, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P99, DOI 10.1080/02687039808250466
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Kurland J., 2012, APHASIABANK ENGLISH
LLinas-Grau M., REV ESPANOL IN PRESS, P43
Luria A., 1970, TRAUMATIC APHASIA IT
MacWhinney B, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P1286, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.589893
MacWhinney B., 2008, APHASIABANK ENGLISH
McCall D., 2009, APHASIABANK ENGLISH
Menn L., 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C
NIEMI J, 1990, FOLIA LINGUIST, V24, P389, DOI 10.1515/flin.1990.24.3-4.389
Pesetsky D., 1992, ZERO SYNTAX
Pesetsky David, 2001, K HALE LIFE LANGUAGE, P355
Quirk R., 1982, STUDENTS GRAMMAR ENG
Rizzi L, 2007, STUD GENERAT GRAMM, V89, P115
Rizzi Luigi, 1993, LANG ACQUIS, V3, P371, DOI 10.1207/s15327817la0304_2
Sasanuma S., 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C, P1225
Stowell Tim, 1981, THESIS
Swan M., 1980, PRACTICAL ENGLISH US
Szabo G., 2008, APHASIABANK ENGLISH
Thompson CK, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P175, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0009
Thompson CK, 1997, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V40, P228
Wright H., 2008, APHASIABANK ENGLISH
NR 47
TC 1
Z9 1
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD JAN 2
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 1
BP 62
EP 81
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.828345
PG 20
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 267OS
UT WOS:000328107800004
ER
PT J
AU Gavarro, A
Dotti, H
AF Gavarro, Anna
Dotti, Horacio
TI Long and short passives in Catalan and Spanish
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Broca's aphasia; Long passives; Short passives; Implicit external
argument; Catalan; Spanish
ID AGRAMMATIC APHASIA; SENTENCE COMPREHENSION; TRACE-DELETION;
PREPOSITIONS; ASSIGNMENT; INFLECTION; DEFICITS; ROLES
AB Background: Poor comprehension of verbal passives in agrammatism is well attested; however, short passives have been seldom investigated, only for some Germanic languages.Aims: Here we investigate long and short passives in two Romance languages, Catalan and Spanish and, consider the implications of our results for our understanding of comprehension deficits in Broca's aphasia and for the theoretical construal of passive sentences. We test the hypothesis that long and short passives are equally misunderstood because their underlying structures are more similar than their surface form may indicate.Methods: To that effect, we designed a truth-value judgement task and tested fourteen patients with Broca's aphasia, seven speakers per language.Results: We show that long and short passives are equally miscomprehended, consistently across the two languages and speakers: patients performed at chance with both types of passives, while they performed above chance with active sentences.Conclusion: The results for Romance are in line with those previously found for English (the only formerly investigated Germanic language with the same word order as Spanish and Catalan). The indistinguishable performance with long and short passives provides an argument to be added to those in the linguistic literature for the analysis of short passives as involving a covert external argument. It also provides an argument for structural accounts over processing accounts of the comprehension deficit of Broca's aphasia.
C1 [Gavarro, Anna] Univ Autonoma Barcelona, Dept Filol Catalana, Fac Lletres, Bellaterra 08193, Cerdanyola Del, Spain.
[Dotti, Horacio] Univ Nacl Litoral, Dept Letras, Fac Humanidades & Ciencias, RA-3000 Santa Fe, Santa Fe, Argentina.
[Dotti, Horacio] Univ Catolica Santa Fe, Fac Filosofia, RA-3000 Santa Fe, Santa Fe, Argentina.
RP Gavarro, A (reprint author), Univ Autonoma Barcelona, Dept Filol Catalana, Fac Lletres, Edifici B, Bellaterra 08193, Cerdanyola Del, Spain.
EM anna.gavarro@uab.cat
FU UAB [FI2011-29440-C03-03, 2009SGR 1079]; UCSF in Santa Fe [Res. 6860]
FX The authors are indebted to the patients who took part in the
experiment, for their indispensable collaboration. The authors also
thank the staff of the Hospital de Sant Pau (with Carlota Faixa
deserving special mention) in Barcelona, and the staff of the Hospital
Dr Jose Maria Cullen and Hospital de Rehabilitacion Integral del
Discapacitado Dr Carlos Vera Candioti (in particular Mar a Eugenia Prato
and Victoria Rodriguez Jauregui) in Santa Fe. The authors are grateful
to Josep Romeu for preparing the materials and running the experiment
with some of the Catalan subjects (results for those subjects were
reported in Gavarro and Romeu (2010)), to Anna Espinal (Servei
d'Estadistica Aplicada, UAB) for her help with the statistics and to two
anonymous reviewers for their thorough comments. An earlier version of
this article was presented at the 48th Meeting of the Academy of
Aphasia, held in Athens in 2010, at the Colloquium of Generative
Grammar, held in Bellaterra in 2012 and at the 6 degrees Encuentro de
Gramatica Generativa held in General Roca, Argentina, in 2013; we are
grateful to the audiences in those meetings for their comments. The
authors wish to acknowledge the financial support of projects
FFI2011-29440-C03-03 and 2009SGR 1079 at the UAB, and project Res. 6860
UCSF in Santa Fe.
CR Avrutin S., 2006, BROCAS REGION
BAKER M, 1989, LINGUIST INQ, V20, P219
Balogh J., 2000, GRAMMATICAL DISORDER, P88
Bastiaanse R, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V96, P135, DOI 10.1016/j.bandi.2005.06.012
Benedet MJ, 1998, CORTEX, V34, P309, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70758-5
Beretta A, 1996, NAT LANG LINGUIST TH, V14, P725, DOI 10.1007/BF00133362
Beretta A, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V79, P407, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2495
Beretta A, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V65, P404, DOI 10.1006/brln.1998.1997
Bever T., 1970, COGNITION DEV LANGUA, P279
Burchert F, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P29, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000409
CAPLAN D, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P117, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90008-8
CAPLAN D, 1985, COGNITION, V21, P117, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(85)90048-4
Cho SJ, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P1576, DOI 10.1080/02687031003714442
Chomsky N., 1995, MINIMALIST PROGRAM
Collins Christopher, 2005, SYNTAX, V8, P81, DOI DOI 10.1111/J.1467-9612.2005.00076.X
Duman TY, 2009, BRAIN LANG, V108, P30, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2008.09.009
FRIEDERICI AD, 1982, CORTEX, V18, P525
Garraffa M, 2008, J NEUROLINGUIST, V21, P177, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2007.09.001
Gavarro A, 2010, PROCD SOC BEHV, V6, P200, DOI 10.1016/j.sbspro.2010.08.100
Gehrke B., 2006, P CONSOLE 14
Gehrke B., 2009, EXPLORATION PHASE TH
Gnmshaw Jane, 1990, ARGUMENT STRUCTURE
Goodglass H., 1968, DEV APPL PSYCHOLINGU
Grillo N., 2008, THESIS U UTRECHT UTR
Grillo N, 2009, LINGUA, V119, P1426, DOI 10.1016/j.lingua.2008.04.003
GRODZINSKY Y, 1988, LANG SPEECH, V31, P115
Grodzinsky Y, 2006, BROCAS REGION
Grodzinsky Y, 2000, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V23, P1, DOI 10.1017/S0140525X00002399
Grodzinsky Y, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V51, P469, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1072
Grodzinslcy Y., 1990, THEORETICAL PERSPECT
HAGIWARA H, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P318, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1049
HICKOK G, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V50, P10, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1038
Hosmer D. W., 2003, APPL LOGISTIC REGRES
Kertesz A., 1990, BATERIA AFASIAS W W
Kok P, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V102, P273, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.03.001
Luzzatti C, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P419, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000005
MARTIN RC, 1989, COGNITION, V32, P157, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(89)90002-4
Martinez-Ferreiro S., 2013, P 3 INT CLIN L UNPUB
Mauner G., 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P339
Meyer AM, 2012, J NEUROLINGUIST, V25, P31, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2011.08.001
Pena-Casanova J, 2001, J NEUROLINGUIST, V14, P159, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(01)00013-6
Pena-Casanova J., 1990, PROGRAMA INTEGRADO E
Pinango M. M., 1999, GRAMMATICAL DISORDER
Randall J.H., 2010, LINKING GEOMETRY ARG
SCHWARTZ MF, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V10, P249, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90055-3
NR 45
TC 2
Z9 2
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD JAN 2
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 1
BP 82
EP 98
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.843152
PG 17
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 267OS
UT WOS:000328107800005
ER
PT J
AU Rofes, A
Bastiaanse, R
Martinez-Ferreiro, S
AF Rofes, Adria
Bastiaanse, Roelien
Martinez-Ferreiro, Silvia
TI Conditional and future tense impairment in non-fluent aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Time reference; Conditional tense; Future tense; Realis; Irrealis;
Non-fluent aphasia; Catalan; PADILIH
ID AGRAMMATIC SPEAKERS; GERMAN AGRAMMATISM; SYNTACTIC TREE; TIME REFERENCE;
AGREEMENT; INFLECTION; VERB-2ND; FEATURES; ENGLISH; SPEECH
AB Background: Morphological errors of tense and agreement are salient in agrammatic aphasia. The PADILIH predicts impairments in discourse linking that translate to greater difficulties in referring to a past event time than to a future or a present event time. In Catalan, the Periphrastic conditional tense (e.g., if the man had had time, he would have...) refers to the past and the Simple conditional tense refers to the future (e.g., if the man had time, he would...). These two tenses refer to an event that may happen (irrealis).Aims: We fill in the gap of the conditional tense and provide further data to study contrasts in verb inflection for time reference. We predict that verb forms that refer to an irrealis past event (Periphrastic conditional) are more impaired than forms that refer to an irrealis future event (Simple conditional and Future). We also predict that there are no differences between verb forms that refer to an irrealis future event (Simple conditional and Future). We also assessed whether problems in time reference extend to individuals with non-fluent aphasia that are not typical agrammatic Broca aphasia.Methods & Procedures: A sentence completion task that included 60 sentences (20 per type) of equal length in a Conditional structure (if-sentences) was designed. We tested three sentence types: Periphrastic conditional, Simple conditional and Future. The task was administered to nine participants with non-fluent aphasia and nine age-matched non-brain-damaged participants.Outcomes & Results: The Control group scored at ceiling on the three sentence types. Participants with non-fluent aphasia were most impaired in the production of the Periphrastic conditional as compared with the Simple conditional and the Future.Conclusions: When irrealis event times are compared, past events are more impaired than future events. These results can be explained by a deficit in time reference as predicted by the PADILIH. Our data reveal that the predictions of the PADILIH also hold for non-fluent speakers who have been diagnosed with Transcortical motor aphasia.
C1 [Rofes, Adria; Bastiaanse, Roelien] Univ Potsdam, Potsdam, Germany.
[Rofes, Adria; Bastiaanse, Roelien] Univ Groningen, Univ Med Ctr Groningen, NL-9700 AB Groningen, Netherlands.
[Rofes, Adria; Bastiaanse, Roelien] Univ Trento, Trento, Italy.
[Rofes, Adria; Bastiaanse, Roelien] Macquarie Univ, N Ryde, NSW 2109, Australia.
[Rofes, Adria; Bastiaanse, Roelien] Newcastle Univ, Newcastle Upon Tyne NE1 7RU, Tyne & Wear, England.
[Rofes, Adria] Univ Trento, Ctr Mind Brain Studies CIMeC, Ctr Neurocognit Rehabil CeRiN, Trento, Italy.
[Bastiaanse, Roelien; Martinez-Ferreiro, Silvia] Univ Groningen, CLCG, Groningen, Netherlands.
RP Rofes, A (reprint author), Univ Trento, Ctr Mind Brain Studies CIMeC, Ctr Neurocognit Rehabil CeRiN, Via Matteo del Ben,5B, I-38068 Rovereto, TN, Italy.
EM adria.rofes@unitn.it
FU Spanish Ministry [FFI2010-20634]; Catalan Government; Micinn
[FFI2010-20634]
FX The authors thank the Association Sant Pau of Language Disorders of
Barcelona, Jose Luis Cardona, the speech and language therapists who
provided the diagnostic information of the participants, Io Salmons and
the participants of the study. We sincerely thank the European Masters
in Clinical Linguistics and the Erasmus Mundus PhD Programme
International Doctorate for Experimental Approaches to Language And
Brain. One of the researchers acknowledges funding from the project
FFI2010-20634 from the Spanish Ministry and the research grant Beatriu
de Pinos from the Catalan Government and the project FFI2010-20634
(Micinn). We want to express our gratitude to Kelly Callahan, Vania de
Aguiar, Seth Levine and to the reviewers for their comments on an
earlier version the paper.
CR Abuom TO, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P559, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.538417
Abuom TO, 2013, APHASIOLOGY, V27, P157, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2012.699632
Alarcos E., 1976, C INT LLENG LIT CAT, P15
Clahsen H, 2009, J NEUROLINGUIST, V22, P436, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2009.02.003
Avrutin S., 2000, LANGUAGE BRAIN REPRE, P205, DOI 10.1016/B978-012304260-6/50017-7
Avrutin Sergey, 2006, BROCAS REGION, P49
Bastiaanse R, 2011, J NEUROLINGUIST, V24, P652, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2011.07.001
Bastiaanse R, 2013, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V27, P244, DOI 10.3109/02699206.2012.751626
Ben-Shachar M, 2004, NEUROIMAGE, V21, P1320, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2003.11.027
Burchert F, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V94, P188, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.12.006
Comrie Bernard, 1985, TENSE
den Ouden DB, 2008, BRAIN LANG, V104, P122, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.05.001
Dragoy O, 2013, J NEUROLINGUIST, V26, P113, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2012.05.003
Faroqi-Shah Y, 2009, BRAIN LANG, V108, P97, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2008.10.003
Faroqi-Shah Y, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P484, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2003.12.006
Friedmann N, 2001, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V30, P71, DOI 10.1023/A:1005256224207
Friedmann N, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P397, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1795
Fyndanis V, 2012, LINGUA, V122, P1134, DOI 10.1016/j.lingua.2012.05.004
Goodglass H., 2001, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V3rd
Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R
Goodglass H., 1976, STUDIES NEUROLINGUIS, V1
Grodzinslcy Y., 1990, THEORETICAL PERSPECT
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Kok P, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V102, P273, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.03.001
Luria A. R., 1973, THE WORKING BRAIN
Mariner S., 1971, REV FILOL ESPAN, V54, P209
Martinez-Ferreiro S., TIME REFERENCE UNPUB
Nanousi V., 2006, J NEUROLINGUIST, V19, P209, DOI [10.1016/j.jneuroling.2005.11.003, DOI 10.1016/J.JNEUROLING.2005.11.003]
Pena-Casanova J., 1990, PROGRAMA INTEGRADO E
Sola Joan, 2002, GRAMATICA CATALA CON
Tesak J, 2008, BRAIN DAM B, P1
Varlokosta S, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P723, DOI 10.1080/0267030500513703
Wenzlaff M, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P57, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00298-0
Wenzlaff M, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V92, P33, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.05.006
Yarbay Duman Tuba, 2009, Brain Lang, V108, P30, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2008.09.009
Zagona K., ENCY GENERA IN PRESS
Zagona Karen, 2003, ANAPHORA REFERENCE G, P140, DOI 10.1002/9780470755594.ch6
NR 37
TC 2
Z9 2
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD JAN 2
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 1
BP 99
EP 115
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.850650
PG 17
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 267OS
UT WOS:000328107800006
ER
PT J
AU Lima, RR
Massi, GA
Guarinello, AC
da Silva, APBV
Moro, CHC
Lima, HD
AF Lima, Roxele R.
Massi, Giselle A.
Guarinello, Ana C.
Vieira da Silva, Ana P. B.
Cabral Moro, Carla Heloisa
Lima, Helbert do Nascimento
TI Factors related to the quality of life in the context of communication
in people with aphasia in southern Brazil
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Quality of life; Stroke; Questionnaire
ID SOCIOECONOMIC-STATUS; SCALE-39 SAQOL-39; ISCHEMIC-STROKE; HEALTH;
ADAPTATION; PROGNOSIS; EDUCATION; ADULTS
AB Background: Stroke is a major global health problem. Aphasia, as a complication of stroke, has an impact on the quality of life (QOL). Few studies exist on the factors associated with QOL of people with aphasia (PwA), especially in communication, in emerging countries.Aims: To evaluate factors associated with QOL in the domain of communication using Stroke and Aphasia Quality of Life Scale-39 (SAQOL-39) to assess PwA in the southern region of Brazil.Methods & Procedures: Medical files of participants diagnosed with ischaemic stroke admitted to a public hospital in Joinville, Brazil, from August 2010 to December 2011 were reviewed. QOL in PwA was assessed using SAQOL-39 scale. Some factors associated with prognosis of aphasia were assessed with respect to QOL with an emphasis on the communication domain.Outcomes & Results: Of 50 PwA evaluated, 60% were male. The mean age was 69.6 years and the average time after stroke was 11.7 months. Overall mean score on the SAQOL-39 scale was 3.09, standard deviation (SD)=0.6, range=1.67-4.62. The psycho-social domain demonstrated a statistical trend towards significance for the lowest score obtained (p=.09). The habit of reading pre- and post-onset of stroke, higher economic level, larger time post-onset of stroke and higher physical domain scores were significantly associated with higher scores in the communication domain. There was no association between the communication domain scores with age, gender, caregivers, number of inhabitants in the home and physical and social activity.Conclusion: In the communication domain, reading showed positive implications on QOL. Further studies are needed to evaluate the role of reading practices as a therapeutic option in PwA.
C1 [Lima, Roxele R.; Massi, Giselle A.; Guarinello, Ana C.; Vieira da Silva, Ana P. B.] Univ Tuiuti Parana, Postgrad Program Commun Disorders, Curitiba, Parana, Brazil.
[Cabral Moro, Carla Heloisa; Lima, Helbert do Nascimento] Univ Regiao Joinville, Univille, Joinville, Brazil.
RP Lima, RR (reprint author), Rua Sydnei Antonio Rangel Santos 238, BR-89010330 Curitiba, Parana, Brazil.
EM xelerl@hotmail.com
CR [Anonymous], 2010, CRIT CLASS EC BRAS
Bonita R., 2004, LANCET NEUROL, V3, P392
Buck D, 2000, STROKE, V31, P2004
Cabral NL, 2009, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V80, P749, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.2008.164475
Carod-Artal F. J., 2000, STROKE, V31, P2995
Cruice M, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P333, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000707
Cruice M, 2011, DISABIL REHABIL, V33, P219, DOI 10.3109/09638288.2010.503835
DEHAAN RJ, 1995, STROKE, V26, P402
Goldstein A. H., 2010, STROKE
Gonzalez-Fernandez M, 2011, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V92, P1809, DOI 10.1016/j.apmr.2011.05.026
Grube MM, 2012, STROKE, V43, P3325, DOI 10.1161/STROKEAHA.112.669580
Hilari K, 2009, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V44, P193, DOI 10.1080/13682820802008820
Hilari K, 2003, STROKE, V34, P1944, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000081987.46660.ED
Hilari K, 2012, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V93, pS86, DOI 10.1016/j.apmr.2011.05.028
Hilari K, 2001, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V36, P86
Jorgensen HS, 1999, CLIN GERIATR MED, V15, P785
Kartsona A, 2007, Eura Medicophys, V43, P27
KERTESZ A, 1977, BRAIN, V100, P1, DOI 10.1093/brain/100.1.1
King RB, 1996, STROKE, V27, P1467
Lata-Caneda MC, 2009, EUR J PHYS REHAB MED, V45, P379
Manders E, 2010, DISABIL REHABIL, V32, P173, DOI 10.3109/09638280903071867
National Institute of Health, STROK SCAL
Owolabi MO, 2010, CEREBROVASC DIS, V29, P105, DOI 10.1159/000262305
Paolucci S, 2005, CEREBROVASC DIS, V20, P400, DOI 10.1159/000088671
Pawlowski J, 2012, READ WRIT, V25, P2275, DOI 10.1007/s11145-012-9357-8
Plowman E, 2012, J EVAL CLIN PRACT, V18, P689, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2753.2011.01650.x
Portero-McLellan K. C., 2009, CADERNO SAUDE COLETI, V17, P465
Posteraro L, 2006, Eura Medicophys, V42, P227
Ribeiro C., 2008, EVALUATION QUALITY L
Rodrigues Clarissa Guimarães, 2011, Rev. bras. estud. popul., V28, P5, DOI 10.1590/S0102-30982011000100002
Ross KB, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P355, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000716
Schmidt MI, 2011, LANCET, V377, P1949, DOI 10.1016/S0140-6736(11)60135-9
Szaflarski JP, 2011, J STROKE CEREBROVASC, V20, P336, DOI 10.1016/j.jstrokecerebrovasdis.2010.02.003
KUYKEN W, 1995, SOC SCI MED, V41, P1403
TOMPKINS CA, 1990, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V33, P398
Townend E, 2007, STROKE, V38, P3076, DOI 10.1161/STROKEAHA.107.484238
NR 36
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD JAN 2
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 1
BP 116
EP 127
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.832140
PG 12
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 267OS
UT WOS:000328107800007
ER
PT J
AU Grohn, B
Worrall, L
Simmons-Mackie, N
Hudson, K
AF Grohn, Brooke
Worrall, Linda
Simmons-Mackie, Nina
Hudson, Kyla
TI Living successfully with aphasia during the first year post-stroke: A
longitudinal qualitative study
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Longitudinal; Living Successfully; Quality of Life; Qualitative
ID SPEECH-LANGUAGE PATHOLOGISTS; FAMILY-MEMBERS; OF-LIFE; PERSPECTIVES;
STROKE; PEOPLE; REHABILITATION
AB Background: Studies exploring the concept of living successfully with aphasia have advanced the understanding of positive adaptive factors, which may inform clinical interventions provided to people with aphasia. Adaptation over time has been identified as a critical component of living successfully with aphasia. Yet, the experiences of individuals with aphasia and factors they perceive to influence living successfully over time remain ill-described. Longitudinal research might add an important perspective to existing literature in the area of living successfully with aphasia and provide clarification regarding the needs of people with aphasia over time.
Aims: To describe the insider's perspective of what is important to living successfully with aphasia and changes that occur throughout the first year post-stroke.
Methods & Procedures: A qualitative, prospective longitudinal design was used. Fifteen participants took part in semistructured interviews at four time points: 3, 6, 9, and 12 months post-stroke. A total of 50 interviews were conducted. Data analysis sought to identify common features or the shared experiences of the participants.
Outcomes & Results: Findings from this study indicated one overarching theme: actively moving forward. This theme described the importance of participants taking positive actions in order to promote living successfully with aphasia across time. Factors relating to perceived communication improvement, engagement in activities, social support, and maintaining positivity were important in facilitating a more successful life with aphasia across time.
Conclusions: Findings from this study suggest a holistic approach to aphasia management is necessary with direct intervention efforts consistent with the broader context of an individual's everyday life. Speech language pathologists may play a crucial role in the delivery of timely services to ensure that people with aphasia and their families are supported in their endeavours to live successfully with aphasia.
C1 [Grohn, Brooke; Worrall, Linda; Hudson, Kyla] Univ Queensland, Commun Disabil Ctr, Brisbane, Qld, Australia.
[Grohn, Brooke; Worrall, Linda; Hudson, Kyla] Univ Queensland, Ctr Clin Res Excellence Aphasia Rehabil, Brisbane, Qld, Australia.
[Simmons-Mackie, Nina] SE Louisiana Univ, Hammond, LA 70402 USA.
RP Grohn, B (reprint author), Univ Queensland, St Lucia, Qld 4072, Australia.
EM b.grohn@uq.edu.au
FU National Health and Medical Research Council [631464]; Australian
Postgraduate Award; Speech Pathology Australia Post Graduate Research
Grant
FX This work was supported by the National Health and Medical Research
Council [grant number 631464]. Brooke Grohn was supported by an
Australian Postgraduate Award and Speech Pathology Australia Post
Graduate Research Grant.
CR Braun V., 2006, QUALITATIVE RES PSYC, V3, P77, DOI DOI 10.1191/1478088706QP063OA
Brown K, 2011, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V46, P300, DOI 10.3109/13682822.2010.496762
Brown K, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P1267, DOI 10.1080/02687031003755429
Brown K, 2012, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V14, P141, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2011.632026
Brown K, 2011, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V18, P536, DOI 10.1310/tsr1805-536
Ch'ng AM, 2008, J HEALTH PSYCHOL, V13, P1136, DOI 10.1177/1359105308095967
Creswell J. W., 2007, QUALITATIVE INQUIRY
Cruice M, 2006, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V13, P14, DOI 10.1310/4JW5-7VG8-G6X3-1QVJ
Dalemans RJP, 2010, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V45, P537, DOI 10.3109/13682820903223633
Dixon G, 2007, CLIN REHABIL, V21, P230, DOI 10.1177/0269215506071784
Grohn B, 2012, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V14, P390, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2012.692813
Hersh D, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P220, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.640392
Hersh D., 2013, SUPPORTING COMMUNICA, P145
Hilari K, 2011, DISABIL REHABIL, V33, P211, DOI 10.3109/09638288.2010.508829
Hinckley JJ, 2006, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V13, P25, DOI 10.1310/FLJ3-04DQ-MG8W-89EU
Holland A., 2007, COUNSELING COMMUNICA
Holland AL, 2006, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V13, P44, DOI 10.1310/13D7-R31R-8A0D-Y74G
Kagan A, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P258, DOI 10.1080/02687030701282595
Kirkevold M, 2002, DISABIL REHABIL, V24, P887, DOI 10.1080/09638280210142239
Lincoln N, 2012, PSYCHOL MANAGEMENT S
Patton M. Q, 2002, QUALITATIVE RES EVAL
QSR International, 2012, NVIVO 10 QUAL DAT AN
Robison J, 2009, DISABIL REHABIL, V31, P1555, DOI 10.1080/09638280802639327
Sarno MT, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P665, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249414
Wood JP, 2010, CLIN REHABIL, V24, P1045, DOI 10.1177/0269215510375901
Worrall L, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P497, DOI 10.1080/02687030802698152
NR 26
TC 1
Z9 1
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 12
BP 1405
EP 1425
DI 10.1080/02687038.2014.935118
PG 21
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AP7ZQ
UT WOS:000342297800001
ER
PT J
AU Hodgson, JC
Benattayallah, A
Hodgson, TL
AF Hodgson, Jessica C.
Benattayallah, Abdelmalek
Hodgson, Timothy L.
TI The role of the dominant versus the non-dominant hemisphere: An fMRI
study of Aphasia recovery following stroke
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Lateralisation; fMRI; Recovery; Speech; Stroke
ID POSITRON-EMISSION-TOMOGRAPHY; POSTSTROKE APHASIA; FUNCTIONAL MRI;
LANGUAGE LATERALIZATION; FRONTAL-CORTEX; RIGHT-HANDERS; HEALTHY;
STIMULATION; VALIDATION; MECHANISMS
AB Background: Speech production is one of the most frequently affected cognitive functions following stroke; however, the neural mechanisms underlying the recovery of speech function are still incompletely understood.
Aims: The current study aims to address the differential contributions of the dominant and non-dominant hemispheres in recovery from aphasia following stroke by comparing data from four stroke patients and 12 control participants to assess the patterns of activation during speech production tasks during functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) scanning.
Methods & Procedures: Four chronic stroke patients (three left-hemisphere lesion and one right-hemisphere lesion) diagnosed with Broca's aphasia at the acute phase, but now recovered to near normal speech ability, were tested on speech production tasks (phonemic fluency, categorical fluency and picture naming) whilst undergoing fMRI. These patients were compared with 12 healthy controls undergoing the same procedure.
Outcomes & Results: Individual subject analysis showed activation peaks in perilesional areas in three out of four patients. This included one patient with right-hemisphere lesion, who also showed predominant perilesional activation. Group analysis of control participants showed predominately left-hemisphere activation, but not exclusively so. Laterality indexes were calculated and showed predominant left-hemisphere lateralisation in the control group (LI = 0.4). Three out of the four patients showed speech lateralised to the same hemisphere as their lesion and the fourth patient showed speech lateralised to the opposite hemisphere to their lesion. Different speech production tasks resulted in varying lateralisation indices (LIs) within participants.
Conclusions: The data suggest that perilesional areas support recovery of speech in the chronic phase post-stroke regardless of the site of the lesion. The study has implications for the understanding of functional recovery as well as for the paradigms used in fMRI to localise speech production areas. Specifically, a variety of speech tasks are required to elicit activation that is representative of the range of cortical involvement in speech in healthy adults and that also allows for accurate reporting of the extent of recovery experienced in patients.
C1 [Hodgson, Jessica C.; Hodgson, Timothy L.] Lincoln Univ, Sch Psychol, Coll Social Sci, Brayford Pool LN7 7TS, Lincoln, England.
[Benattayallah, Abdelmalek] Univ Exeter, Exeter MR Res Ctr, Peninsula Med Sch, Exeter, Devon, England.
RP Hodgson, JC (reprint author), Lincoln Univ, Sch Psychol, Coll Social Sci, Brayford Pool LN7 7TS, Lincoln, England.
EM jhodgson@lincoln.ac.uk
CR Abbott DF, 2010, NEUROIMAGE, V50, P1446, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2010.01.059
Bishop DVM, 1996, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V87, P269
Bishop DVM, 2009, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V47, P587, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2008.09.013
Brownsett SLE, 2014, BRAIN, V137, P242, DOI 10.1093/brain/awt289
Cappa SF, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P55, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1737
Cardebat D, 2003, STROKE, V34, P2900, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000099965.99393.83
Crosson B, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V17, P157, DOI 10.1007/s11065-007-9024-z
Fedorenko E, 2012, CURR BIOL, V22, P2059, DOI 10.1016/j.cub.2012.09.011
Fernandez B, 2004, STROKE, V35, P2171, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000139323.76769.b0
Gold BT, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V73, P456, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2317
Groen MA, 2013, PLOS ONE, V8, DOI 10.1371/journal.pone.0064876
Hamilton RH, 2011, BRAIN LANG, V118, P40, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2011.02.005
Heiss WD, 1999, ANN NEUROL, V45, P430, DOI 10.1002/1531-8249(199904)45:4<430::AID-ANA3>3.0.CO;2-P
Heiss WD, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V98, P118, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.02.002
Hillis AE, 2006, BRAIN, V129, P1351, DOI 10.1093/brain/awl131
Hodgson T, 2007, BRAIN, V130, P1525, DOI 10.1093/brian/awm064
Hund-Georgiadis M, 2001, J MAGN RESON IMAGING, V13, P668, DOI 10.1002/jmri.1094
Karbe H, 1998, NEUROLOGY, V50, pA321
Knecht S, 2000, BRAIN, V123, P74, DOI 10.1093/brain/123.1.74
Leger A, 2002, NEUROIMAGE, V17, P174, DOI 10.1006/nimg.2002.1238
Lezak M. D., 1995, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL A, V3rd
Maldjian JA, 2003, NEUROIMAGE, V19, P1233, DOI 10.1016/S1053-8119(03)00169-1
MARSHALL RC, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P535, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248680
McManus C., 2002, RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND
Musso M, 1999, BRAIN, V122, P1781, DOI 10.1093/brain/122.9.1781
Nelles G, 1998, J NEUROL REHABIL, V12, P105
PEDERSEN PM, 1995, ANN NEUROL, V38, P659, DOI 10.1002/ana.410380416
Postman-Caucheteux WA, 2010, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V22, P1299, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2009.21261
Price CJ, 2006, J MAGN RESON IMAGING, V23, P816, DOI 10.1002/jmri.20580
Price CJ, 2005, CURR OPIN NEUROL, V18, P429, DOI 10.1097/01.wco.0000168081.76859.c1
Ramsey NF, 2001, NEUROIMAGE, V13, P719, DOI 10.1006/nimg.2000.0722
Rosen HJ, 2000, NEUROLOGY, V55, P1883
Saur D, 2006, BRAIN, V129, P1371, DOI 10.1093/brain/awl090
SHEWAN CM, 1980, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V45, P308
Springer JA, 1999, BRAIN, V122, P2033, DOI 10.1093/brain/122.11.2033
TALAIRACH J, 1988, CO PLANAR STEREOTACT
Thulborn KR, 1999, STROKE, V30, P749
Tombaugh TN, 1999, ARCH CLIN NEUROPSYCH, V14, P167, DOI 10.1016/S0887-6177(97)00095-4
Turkeltaub PE, 2012, CORTEX, V48, P1179, DOI 10.1016/j.cortex.2011.06.010
Van der Haegen L, 2011, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V49, P2879, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2011.06.014
Warburton E, 1999, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V66, P155, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.66.2.155
Wilke M, 2006, NEUROIMAGE, V33, P522, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2006.07.010
Wilke M, 2007, J NEUROSCI METH, V163, P128, DOI 10.1016/j.jneumeth.2007.01.026
Winhuisen L, 2005, STROKE, V36, P1759, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000174487.81126.ef
NR 44
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 12
BP 1426
EP 1447
DI 10.1080/02687038.2014.933640
PG 22
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AP7ZQ
UT WOS:000342297800002
ER
PT J
AU Playfoot, D
Tree, JJ
Izura, C
AF Playfoot, David
Tree, Jeremy J.
Izura, Cristina
TI Naming acronyms: The influence of reading context in skilled reading and
surface dyslexia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Surface dyslexia; Acronyms; Context; Reading
ID VISUAL WORD RECOGNITION; SEMANTIC DEMENTIA; DUAL-ROUTE; ALOUD; ROUTINES
AB Background: Within dual-route models of reading, words with regular spelling to sound correspondences can be read successfully using lexical or nonlexical reading processes. Research has indicated that which of these pathways is used is influenced by the other items that form the presentation context.
Aims: We extend these findings using acronym stimuli as targets, presenting them in contexts designed to cue reading through grapheme-phoneme conversion or letter naming.
Methods & Procedures: In Experiment 1, undergraduate participants (n = 30) read aloud stimuli presented onscreen. Response times and accuracy for target acronyms ambiguous in their print to pronunciation conversion (e. g., HIV versus NASA) were compared between two contexts. In one condition, the majority of items were unambiguous acronyms (e. g., BBC). In the second condition, the nontarget items were regular words (e. g., CAT). Experiment 2 administered the same reading task to a single case of semantic dementia.
Outcomes & Results: A significant interaction between presentation context and acronym pronunciation was observed, such that responses were faster and more accurate to items that were pronounced in the same way as the majority of other stimuli in the list. Similar, though more dramatic, context effects were observed in a case of semantic dementia.
Conclusions: We argue that context effects are pervasive in reading research and that presentation context should be considered when interpreting future findings, particularly in cases of aphasia and dyslexia.
C1 [Playfoot, David] Sheffield Hallam Univ, Dept Psychol Sociol & Polit, Sheffield S10 2LD, S Yorkshire, England.
[Tree, Jeremy J.; Izura, Cristina] Swansea Univ, Dept Psychol, Swansea, W Glam, Wales.
RP Playfoot, D (reprint author), Sheffield Hallam Univ, Dept Psychol Sociol & Polit, Sheffield S10 2LD, S Yorkshire, England.
EM d.playfoot@shu.ac.uk
CR Baayen Harald, 1993, CELEX LEXICAL DATABA
BALUCH B, 1991, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V17, P644, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.17.4.644
Brysbaert M, 2009, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V62, P1832, DOI 10.1080/17470210802585471
CASTLES A, 1993, COGNITION, V47, P149, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(93)90003-E
Coltheart M, 2010, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V27, P101, DOI 10.1080/02643294.2010.502887
Coltheart M, 2001, PSYCHOL REV, V108, P204, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.108.1.204
COLTHEART M, 1993, PSYCHOL REV, V100, P589, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.100.4.589
HODGES JR, 1992, BRAIN, V115, P1783, DOI 10.1093/brain/115.6.1783
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Izura C, 2012, BEHAV RES METHODS, V44, P862, DOI 10.3758/s13428-011-0175-8
Kay J., 1992, PALPA PSYCHOLINGUIST
Laszlo S, 2007, PSYCHOL SCI, V18, P122, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9280.2007.01859.x
Laszlo S, 2008, PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY, V45, P458, DOI 10.1111/j.1469-8986.2007.00636.x
MARSHALL JC, 1973, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V2, P175, DOI 10.1007/BF01067101
Playfoot D, 2013, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V51, P1673, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2013.05.015
Reynolds M, 2008, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V34, P50, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.34.1.50
Reynolds M, 2005, PSYCHON B REV, V12, P113, DOI 10.3758/BF03196355
Reynolds M, 2005, PSYCHON B REV, V12, P622, DOI 10.3758/BF03196752
Riddoch M. J., 1993, BORB BIRMINGHAM OBJE
Schneider W., 2002, E PRIME 1 0
Slattery TJ, 2006, PSYCHON B REV, V13, P412, DOI 10.3758/BF03193862
Zevin JD, 2000, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V26, P121, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.26.1.121
NR 22
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 12
BP 1448
EP 1463
DI 10.1080/02687038.2014.939517
PG 16
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AP7ZQ
UT WOS:000342297800003
ER
PT J
AU Brookshire, CE
Wilson, JP
Nadeau, SE
Rothi, LJG
Kendall, DL
AF Brookshire, C. Elizabeth
Wilson, Jonathan P.
Nadeau, Stephen E.
Rothi, Leslie J. Gonzalez
Kendall, Diane L.
TI Frequency, nature, and predictors of alexia in a convenience sample of
individuals with chronic aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Alexia; Aphasia; Reading; Frequency; Predictors
ID ALZHEIMERS-DISEASE; WORD RECOGNITION; DEEP DYSLEXIA; READING ALOUD;
COMPREHENSION; PHONOLOGY; EDUCATION; MODEL
AB Background: It is broadly known that persons with chronic aphasia experience difficulty reading. However, the frequency of acquired reading disorders (alexia), and the most common subtype of alexia, as well as predictors of reading in this population are yet to be determined.
Aims: This study aims to provide initial evidence regarding the frequency, nature, and predictors of alexia in a large convenience sample of persons with chronic aphasia.
Methods & Procedures: Single-word oral reading abilities for lexical items (regular and irregular words) and sublexical items (pseudohomophones and nonwords) from 99 persons with aphasia (PWA) and 29 normal controls (NC) were assessed and retrospectively analysed.
Outcomes & Results: Of the 99 PWA, 68% met our alexia criteria. These PWA and coexisting alexia performed worse than the NC on all reading stimuli and tended to perform worse with stimuli requiring sublexical processing (i.e., pseudohomophones and nonwords) than on stimuli requiring lexical processing (i.e., real words). The group of PWA and alexia had a wide range of aphasia types and severities. Less severe aphasia was found to predict higher oral reading performance. Education was not found to be a significant predictor of reading.
Conclusions: Our retrospectively analysed results from a convenience sample suggest that reading problems occur frequently among PWA and severity of aphasia influences reading performance. Moreover, our results suggest that acquired reading difficulties after stroke are likely to be characterised by difficulty with sublexical processing. A priori work is needed to provide greater control over participant and stimuli selection to further systematically explore the presence and nature of alexia within chronic aphasia.
C1 [Brookshire, C. Elizabeth; Kendall, Diane L.] Univ Washington, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, Seattle, WA 98105 USA.
[Wilson, Jonathan P.] Midwestern Univ, Dept Speech Language Pathol, Downers Grove, IL 60515 USA.
[Nadeau, Stephen E.] RR&D Brain Rehabil Res Ctr, Dept Vet Affairs, Gainesville, FL USA.
[Nadeau, Stephen E.; Rothi, Leslie J. Gonzalez] Univ Florida, Dept Neurol, Gainesville, FL USA.
[Kendall, Diane L.] RR&D Puget Sound Hlth Care Syst, Dept Vet Affairs, Seattle, WA USA.
RP Brookshire, CE (reprint author), Univ Washington, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, 1417 NE 42nd St,Eagleson Hall,Box 354875, Seattle, WA 98105 USA.
EM lizbrook@uw.edu
FU VA RR&D Brain Rehabilitation and Research Center, VA RRD [C3759K];
University of Washington Aphasia Research Laboratory Registry and
Repository Database
FX The authors would like to thank all participants as well as members of
the University of Washington Aphasia Research Laboratory, particularly
Amanda Hendricks, for their contributions to this project. This study
was supported by the VA RR&D Brain Rehabilitation and Research Center,
VA RR&D [grant number C3759K] and the University of Washington Aphasia
Research Laboratory Registry and Repository Database.
CR Beeson P. B., 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P572
BLUMSTEIN SE, 1977, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V15, P19, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(77)90111-7
Cherney Leora Reiff, 2004, Top Stroke Rehabil, V11, P22
Coltheart M, 2001, PSYCHOL REV, V108, P204, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.108.1.204
Coltheart M, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V71, P299, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2183
Coslett H. B, 2011, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, P115
Coslett HB, 2000, SEMIN NEUROL, V20, P419, DOI 10.1055/s-2000-13174
Crisp J, 2006, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V18, P348, DOI 10.1162/089892906775990543
DUFFY RJ, 1976, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V41, P110
FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6
Friedman RB, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P114, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0006
Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kendall D., 2010, CLIN APH C ISL PALM
Kendall DL, 2008, BRAIN LANG, V105, P1, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.11.007
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Morelli C., 2004, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V1, P214
Nadeau SE, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V79, P511, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2566
Nelson H. E., 1982, NATL ADULT READING T
Plaut DC, 1999, COGNITIVE SCI, V23, P543, DOI 10.1016/S0364-0213(99)00015-4
Plaut DC, 1996, PSYCHOL REV, V103, P56, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.103.1.56
Rapcsak SZ, 2009, CORTEX, V45, P575, DOI 10.1016/j.cortex.2008.04.006
Riley E., 2013, APHASIA RELATED NEUR, P157
SEIDENBERG MS, 1989, PSYCHOL REV, V96, P523, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.96.4.523
Shriberg LD, 1982, CLIN PHONETICS
Smith A., 1971, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V26, P167
STERN Y, 1994, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V271, P1004, DOI 10.1001/jama.271.13.1004
STERN Y, 1992, ANN NEUROL, V32, P371, DOI 10.1002/ana.410320311
Swinburn K., 2004, COMPREHENSIVE APHASI
Thorndike E., 1944, TEACHERS WORD BOOK 3
Vitevitch MS, 2004, BEHAV RES METH INS C, V36, P481, DOI 10.3758/BF03195594
Webb W., 1983, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V48, P154
Wilson J., 2007, AM SPEECH LANG HEAR
WILSON M, 1988, BEHAV RES METH INSTR, V20, P6, DOI 10.3758/BF03202594
Zaidel E., 2011, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, P349
NR 34
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 12
BP 1464
EP 1480
DI 10.1080/02687038.2014.945389
PG 17
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AP7ZQ
UT WOS:000342297800004
ER
PT J
AU Woolf, C
Panton, A
Rosen, S
Best, W
Marshall, J
AF Woolf, Celia
Panton, Anna
Rosen, Stuart
Best, Wendy
Marshall, Jane
TI Therapy for auditory processing impairment in aphasia: An evaluation of
two approaches
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Auditory comprehension; Therapy; Word sound deafness
ID WORD SOUND DEAFNESS; SPEECH-PERCEPTION; COMPREHENSION; ERRORLESS;
REHABILITATION; DIFFICULTIES; PATIENT; IMPACT
AB Aims: This study evaluated two forms of discrimination therapy for auditory processing impairment in aphasia. It aimed to determine whether therapy can improve speech perception and/or help participants use semantic information to compensate for their impairment. Changes in listening were also explored by recording the level of facilitation needed during therapy tasks. Finally the study examined the effect of therapy on an everyday listening activity: a telephone message task.
Method: The study employed a repeated measures design. Eight participants received 12 sessions each of phonological and semantic-phonological therapy. Both programmes used minimal pair judgement tasks, but the latter embedded such tasks within a meaningful context, so encouraged the strategic use of semantic information (semantic bootstrapping). Experimental measures of auditory discrimination and comprehension were administered twice before therapy, once after each programme, and again six weeks later. The telephone message task was also administered at each time point. Test data were subjected to both group and individual analyses. Records of progress during therapy (i.e., changes in support needed to carry out therapy tasks) were completed during treatment and analysed across the group.
Results: Group analyses showed no significant changes in tests of word and non-word discrimination as a result of therapy. One comprehension task improved following therapy, but two did not. There was also no indication that therapy improved the discrimination of treated words, as assessed by a priming task. The facilitation scores indicated that participants needed less support during tasks as therapy progressed, possibly as a result of improved listening. There was a significant effect of time on the telephone message task. Across all tasks there were few individual gains.
Conclusions: The results offer little evidence that therapy improved participants' discrimination or semantic bootstrapping skills. Some changes in listening may have occurred, as indicated by the facilitation scores. Reasons for the null findings are discussed.
C1 [Woolf, Celia; Marshall, Jane] City Univ London, Div Language & Commun Sci, London EC1V OHB, England.
[Woolf, Celia; Panton, Anna; Rosen, Stuart] UCL, Div Speech Hearing & Phonet Sci, London, England.
[Woolf, Celia] Queen Mary Univ London, Barts & London Sch Med & Dent, London, England.
[Panton, Anna] Stroke Assoc, London, England.
[Best, Wendy] UCL, Div Psychol & Language Sci, London, England.
RP Woolf, C (reprint author), City Univ London, Div Language & Commun Sci, London EC1V OHB, England.
EM celia.woolf.1@city.ac.uk
RI Rosen, Stuart/A-7875-2008
OI Rosen, Stuart/0000-0002-4893-8669
FU Stroke Association [40251]
FX This study was funded by The Stroke Association award number 40251.
CR Archibald Lisa M D, 2009, Ther Adv Neurol Disord, V2, P299, DOI 10.1177/1756285609336548
BASSO A, 1977, CORTEX, V13, P85
BEST W, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P223, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248655
Bhogal SK, 2003, STROKE, V34, P987, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000062343.64383.D0
Blumstein S., 1991, ACQUIRED APHASIA, P151
BLUMSTEIN SE, 1994, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V346, P29, DOI 10.1098/rstb.1994.0125
CAPLAN D, 1994, J ACOUST SOC AM, V95, P512, DOI 10.1121/1.408345
Davidson B, 2008, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V15, P325, DOI 10.1310/tsr1504-325
Fillingham JK, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P597, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000272
Fillingham JK, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V16, P129, DOI 10.1080/09602010443000254
Fillingham JK, 2005, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V40, P505, DOI 10.1080/13682820500138572
Francis DR, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P749, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000177
FRANKLIN S, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P189, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248991
Gieliewski E., 1989, APHASIA THERAPY, P138
Grayson E, 1997, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V32, P257
Hessler D., 2008, SPEKTRUM PATHOLINGUI, P131
Hessler D, 2010, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V24, P980, DOI 10.3109/02699206.2010.507297
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Ireland C., 1992, UCL WORKING PAPERS L
Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
LeDorze G, 1996, DISABIL REHABIL, V18, P550
Leichty J, 2012, COMMUNICATION CURREN, V7, P1
Maneta A, 2001, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V36, P91, DOI 10.1080/13682820150217581
MCCLENAHAN R, 1990, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V53, P700, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.53.8.700
Moineau S, 2005, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V48, P884, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2005/061)
Morris J, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P137, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248402
NAESER MA, 1986, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V67, P393
Pound C., 2000, APHASIA THERAPIES LI
Riddoch J. M., 1993, BIRMINGHAM OBJECT RE
Robson H, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P177, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.629360
SAFFRAN EM, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P209, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90018-3
SHINDO M, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V40, P153, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90122-H
Snell C, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P1064, DOI 10.1080/02687030903372632
Stefanatos GA, 2005, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V11, P456, DOI 10.1017/S1355617705050538
Tessier C, 2007, BRAIN INJURY, V21, P1165, DOI 10.1080/02699050701559186
VARNEY NR, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V21, P85, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90038-5
Whitworth A, 2014, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL APPROACH TO ASSESSMENT AND INTERVENTION IN APHASIA: A CLINICIAN'S GUIDE, 2ND EDITION, P1
Woolf C, 2004, THESIS U COLL LONDON
Woolf C., THERAPY PHO IN PRESS
NR 39
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 12
BP 1481
EP 1505
DI 10.1080/02687038.2014.931921
PG 25
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AP7ZQ
UT WOS:000342297800005
ER
PT J
AU Fotiadou, D
Northcott, S
Chatzidaki, A
Hilari, K
AF Fotiadou, Dimitra
Northcott, Sarah
Chatzidaki, Ariadni
Hilari, Katerina
TI Aphasia blog talk: How does stroke and aphasia affect a person's social
relationships?
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Blogs; Impact; Relationships
ID QUALITY-OF-LIFE; OLDER-PEOPLE; SUPPORT; INTERNET; RECOVERY; HEALTH;
REHABILITATION; PARTICIPATION; POPULATION; DISCLOSURE
AB Background: Stroke and aphasia can negatively affect a person's ability to maintain healthy social relationships, both within the family and also with friends and the wider network. To date, this has been explored predominantly through qualitative interviews and questionnaires. Blogs written by people with aphasia constitute a novel source of data, comprised of people's own voices on issues that are of concern to them.
Aims: To explore the impact of stroke and aphasia on a person's relationships with family, friends and the wider network through analysing blogs written by people with aphasia.
Methods & Procedures: Blog search engines were used to identify blogs sustained by a sole author who had aphasia following a stroke, and which reflected on their social network. The data were analysed qualitatively using framework analysis.
Outcomes & Results: The systematic search resulted in 10 relevant blogs. Participants were aged between 26 and 69 years old, lived in the community, were at least 1 year post stroke and included six women and four men. Aphasia was a consistent thread running through the blogs affecting conversations with all parts of a person's network and impacting on participants' sense of self. They found it more difficult to take part in family activities and described higher degrees of dependence and changed family dynamics. Contact with friends was reduced, partly due to communication and physical difficulties. While some participants became motivated to become members of groups post stroke, contact with the wider network sometimes diminished, in part because of loss of work and community activities. An additional factor impacting on social relationships was other people's positive or negative reaction towards the person with aphasia. Finally, the blogs reflected on the importance of support they had received, both from close family and also from the wider community.
Conclusions: This study found that social relationships played a crucial role in people's lives following a stroke and aphasia. Nonetheless, family relationships, friendships and social exchanges within the wider social network were all substantially affected. Exploring this area through online narratives offered a rich and highly authentic source of data. The findings suggest that clinicians should incorporate social approaches in rehabilitation and consider ways to foster the maintenance of social networks. The use of social media by people with aphasia should be further explored, both as a therapeutic outlet and also as a way for people with aphasia to feel connected to a wider community.
C1 [Fotiadou, Dimitra] Eumathia Ctr, Athens, Greece.
[Fotiadou, Dimitra; Northcott, Sarah; Chatzidaki, Ariadni; Hilari, Katerina] City Univ London, Div Language & Commun Sci, London EC1V 0HB, England.
[Chatzidaki, Ariadni] Pammakaristos Childrens Fdn, Attica, Greece.
RP Hilari, K (reprint author), City Univ London, Div Language & Commun Sci, Northampton Sq, London EC1V 0HB, England.
EM k.hilari@city.ac.uk
CR Adair CE, 2006, QUAL HEALTH RES, V16, P538, DOI 10.1177/1049732305285850
ASTROM M, 1993, STROKE, V24, P976
ASTROM M, 1992, CEREBROVASC DIS, V2, P28, DOI 10.1159/000108984
Brown K, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P1267, DOI 10.1080/02687031003755429
Brown K, 2013, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V15, P165, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2012.692814
Chau JPC, 2010, J CLIN NURS, V19, P3042, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2702.2010.03317.x
Ch'ng AM, 2008, J HEALTH PSYCHOL, V13, P1136, DOI 10.1177/1359105308095967
Clark MS, 1999, INT J REHABIL RES, V22, P171, DOI 10.1097/00004356-199909000-00003
COHEN S, 1985, PSYCHOL BULL, V98, P310, DOI 10.1037//0033-2909.98.2.310
Cruice M, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P333, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000707
Cruice M, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P327, DOI 10.1080/02687030802565849
Cruice M., 2004, 11 INT APH REH C MIL
Dalemans RJP, 2010, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V45, P537, DOI 10.3109/13682820903223633
Davidson B, 2008, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V15, P325, DOI 10.1310/tsr1504-325
Department of Health, 2007, NAT STROK STRAT
Dowswell G, 2000, J CLIN NURS, V9, P507, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2702.2000.00411.x
Elman RJ, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P455
Eysenbach G, 2001, BRIT MED J, V323, P1103, DOI 10.1136/bmj.323.7321.1103
Figueiredo MI, 2004, PSYCHO-ONCOL, V13, P96, DOI 10.1002/pon.717
Fleitas J, 1998, QUAL HEALTH RES, V8, P283, DOI 10.1177/104973239800800211
GLASS TA, 1992, SOC SCI MED, V34, P1249, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(92)90317-J
Haun J, 2008, J AGING STUD, V22, P54, DOI 10.1016/j.jaging.2007.03.001
Herbette G, 2004, J HEALTH PSYCHOL, V9, P661, DOI 10.1177/1359105304045378
Hilari K, 2003, STROKE, V34, P1944, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000081987.46660.ED
Hilari K, 2009, CLIN REHABIL, V23, P544, DOI 10.1177/0269215508101729
Hilari K, 2010, CLIN REHABIL, V24, P181, DOI 10.1177/0269215509346090
Hilari K, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P17, DOI 10.1080/02687030500279982
Hilari K, 2012, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V93, pS86, DOI 10.1016/j.apmr.2011.05.028
Hinckley JJ, 2006, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V13, P25, DOI 10.1310/FLJ3-04DQ-MG8W-89EU
Howe T, 2012, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V47, P511, DOI 10.1111/j.1460-6984.2012.00159.x
Howe TJ, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P618, DOI 10.1080/02687030701536024
Intercollegiate Stroke Working Party, 2012, NAT CLIN GUID STROK
Keim-Malpass J, 2013, CANCER NURS, V36, P163, DOI 10.1097/NCC.0b013e31824eb879
King Rosemarie B, 2002, Top Stroke Rehabil, V9, P46
Kirkevold M, 2012, DISABIL REHABIL, V34, P665, DOI 10.3109/09638288.2011.615373
LEDORZE G, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P239
Martire LM, 2010, ANN BEHAV MED, V40, P325, DOI 10.1007/s12160-010-9216-2
Northcott S, 2011, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V46, P524, DOI 10.1111/j.1460-6984.2011.00079.x
Northcott S, 2013, CLIN REHABIL, V27, P823, DOI 10.1177/0269215513479388
PARKES CM, 1971, SOC SCI MED, V5, P101
Parr S., 1997, TALKING APHASIA
Parr S, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P98, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798337
Pennebaker JW, 2000, LIT MED, V19, P3, DOI 10.1353/lm.2000.0011
Ressler PK, 2012, J MED INTERNET RES, V14, DOI 10.2196/jmir.2002
Rier DA, 2007, SOCIOL HEALTH ILL, V29, P1043, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9566.2007.01023.x
Ritchie J., 2003, QUALITATIVE RES PRAC
Ritchie J, 1994, ANAL QUALITATIVE DAT
Robinson KM, 2001, QUAL HEALTH RES, V11, P706, DOI 10.1177/104973201129119398
Seale C, 2010, QUAL HEALTH RES, V20, P595, DOI 10.1177/1049732309354094
Shadden BB, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P211, DOI 10.1080/02687930444000697
Stemler S. E., 2004, PRACTICAL ASSESSMENT, V9
Stroebe M, 1999, DEATH STUD, V23, P197, DOI 10.1080/074811899201046
Sumathipala Kethakie, 2012, Chronic Illn, V8, P31, DOI 10.1177/1742395311423848
Thoits PA, 2011, J HEALTH SOC BEHAV, V52, P145, DOI 10.1177/0022146510395592
Townend BS, 2007, J CLIN NEUROSCI, V14, P429, DOI 10.1016/j.jocn.2006.01.025
Tsouna-Hadjis E, 2000, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V81, P881, DOI 10.1053/apmr.2000.4435
Vickers CP, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P902, DOI 10.1080/02687030903438532
Worrall L, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P309, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.508530
NR 58
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 11
BP 1281
EP 1300
DI 10.1080/02687038.2014.928664
PG 20
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AO7CE
UT WOS:000341508800001
ER
PT J
AU Winkler, M
Bedford, V
Northcott, S
Hilari, K
AF Winkler, Monika
Bedford, Victoria
Northcott, Sarah
Hilari, Katerina
TI Aphasia blog talk: How does stroke and aphasia affect the carer and
their relationship with the person with aphasia?
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Blogs; Carers; Stroke; Aphasia; Relationships; Psychosocial outcomes
ID QUALITY-OF-LIFE; INFORMAL CARERS; SOCIAL SUPPORT; SPOUSES; SURVIVORS;
INTERNET; CAREGIVERS; PEOPLE; NEEDS; REHABILITATION
AB Background: Carers of stroke survivors with aphasia are at risk of experiencing negative bio-psychosocial consequences and reduced quality of life. So far, in aphasia studies, this has mainly been explored through qualitative interviews and questionnaires. Unsolicited first-person narratives in the form of blogs offer a novel and rich source of data to examine how stroke and aphasia affect the carer and their relationship with the person with aphasia.
Aims: This study explored how carers of people with aphasia perceive their roles and responsibilities; it also examined the consequences of carrying out these carer roles and duties, in terms of both the carer's own well-being and their relationship with the person with aphasia; furthermore, it investigated facilitative factors in their adaptation to the carer role.
Methods & Procedures: Publically available blogs written by carers of aphasic stroke survivors, which included information on how stroke and aphasia affect the carer and their relationship with the person with aphasia, were analysed using the Framework Method.
Outcomes & Results: The search resulted in nine carer blogs. The number of posts per blog ranged from 13 to 241. For blogs containing over 90 posts, the first and last 30 relevant posts were collected and analysed. New roles and extra responsibilities identified by participants included having to act as therapists, nurses, counsellors, and administrators and carrying out tasks usually assigned to the other person in the relationship. The extra tasks and duties impacted on the carers' quality of life and their relationship with the person with aphasia in negative ways, such as leading to physical and mental exhaustion, health issues, feeling lonely, and resentful of their circumstances; however, participants also identified positive changes such as new closeness, new appreciation of life, and pride in achievements. A variety of strategies emerged from the data that helped carers adjust to their new roles. Strategies included positive reframing, allocating time to oneself, and seeking support from family and friends. The activity of blogging was also mentioned as having beneficial effects on the carers' well-being.
Conclusions: The study provides further evidence for the specific challenges faced by carers of people with stroke and aphasia; it thus confirms the importance of addressing carer related needs in intervention and considering psychosocial well-being for both the carer and the person with aphasia.
C1 [Winkler, Monika] Mile End Hosp, Cent Community Hlth Team, Barts Hlth NHS Trust, London, England.
[Bedford, Victoria] East London NHS Fdn Trust, Community Neurol Serv, West Beckton Hlth Ctr, London, England.
[Northcott, Sarah; Hilari, Katerina] City Univ London, Div Language & Commun Sci, London EC1V 0HB, England.
RP Hilari, K (reprint author), City Univ London, Div Language & Commun Sci, Northampton Sq, London EC1V 0HB, England.
EM k.hilari@city.ac.uk
CR ACASTER S, 2009, NOVEL COMP QUALITATI
Adair CE, 2006, QUAL HEALTH RES, V16, P538, DOI 10.1177/1049732305285850
ANDERSON CS, 1995, STROKE, V26, P843
Bakas T, 2006, REHABIL NURS, V31, P33
Baker JR, 2008, CYBERPSYCHOL BEHAV, V11, P747, DOI 10.1089/cpb.2008.0053
Buckner L., 2007, VALUING CARERS CALCU
CHRISTENSEN JM, 1989, J COMMUN DISORD, V22, P225, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(89)90018-X
COHEN S, 1985, PSYCHOL BULL, V98, P310, DOI 10.1037//0033-2909.98.2.310
Cumming TB, 2008, BRAIN IMPAIR, V9, P152, DOI 10.1375/brim.9.2.152
Denman A, 1998, DISABIL REHABIL, V20, P411
Department of Health, 2008, CAR HEART 21 CENT FA
Eysenbach G, 2001, BRIT MED J, V323, P1103, DOI 10.1136/bmj.323.7321.1103
Grawburg M, 2013, APHASIOLOGY, V27, P828, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2013.768330
Greenwood N, 2008, DISABIL REHABIL, V30, P1329, DOI 10.1080/09638280701602178
Guadagno RE, 2008, COMPUT HUM BEHAV, V24, P1993, DOI 10.1016/j.chb.2007.09.001
Hemsley B, 2013, APHASIOLOGY, V27, P706, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2012.748181
Herrmann M, 1995, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V2, P5
Howe T, 2012, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V47, P511, DOI 10.1111/j.1460-6984.2012.00159.x
Keim-Malpass J, 2013, CANCER NURS, V36, P163, DOI 10.1097/NCC.0b013e31824eb879
Ko HC, 2009, CYBERPSYCHOL BEHAV, V12, P75, DOI 10.1089/cpb.2008.0163
Le Dorze G, 2010, DISABIL REHABIL, V32, P1073, DOI 10.3109/09638280903374121
Low JTS, 1999, SOC SCI MED, V49, P711, DOI 10.1016/S0277-9536(99)00194-X
McCullagh E, 2005, STROKE, V36, P2181, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000181755.23914.53
MCGURK R, 2010, THESIS U SOUTHAMPTON
McGurk R, 2013, APHASIOLOGY, V27, P765, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2013.772292
McGurk R, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P1507, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.599528
Michallet B, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P731, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000087
Michallet B, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P835, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000238
Pennebaker J. W., 2011, OXFORD HDB HLTH PSYC, P417, DOI DOI 10.1093/0XF0RDHB/9780195342819.013.0018
Pennebaker JW, 1999, J CLIN PSYCHOL, V55, P1243, DOI 10.1002/(SICI)1097-4679(199910)55:10<1243::AID-JCLP6>3.0.CO;2-N
Ritchie J, 2003, QUALITATIVE RES PRAC, P219
Ritchie J., 2003, QUALITATIVE RES PRAC
Ritchie J, 1994, ANAL QUALITATIVE DAT, P173, DOI DOI 10.4324/9780203413081_CHAPTER_9
Robinson KM, 2001, QUAL HEALTH RES, V11, P706, DOI 10.1177/104973201129119398
Seale C, 2010, QUAL HEALTH RES, V20, P595, DOI 10.1177/1049732309354094
Servaes P, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P889
Threats T, 2010, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V17, P451, DOI 10.1310/tsr1706-451
Visser-Meily A, 2009, STROKE, V40, P1399, DOI 10.1161/STROKEAHA.108.516682
World Health Organisation, 2001, INT CLASS FUNCT DIS
NR 39
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 11
BP 1301
EP 1319
DI 10.1080/02687038.2014.928665
PG 19
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AO7CE
UT WOS:000341508800002
ER
PT J
AU Koukoulioti, V
Stavrakaki, S
AF Koukoulioti, Vasiliki
Stavrakaki, Stavroula
TI Producing and inflecting verbs with different argument structure:
Evidence from Greek aphasic speakers
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Argument structure; Inflection; Unaccusativity; Modern Greek; Aphasia
ID FUNCTIONAL CATEGORIES; AGRAMMATIC APHASIA; LEXICAL ORGANIZATION;
SPONTANEOUS SPEECH; BROCAS-APHASIA; ANEMIC APHASIA; SYNTACTIC TREE; TIME
REFERENCE; WORD-ORDER; AGREEMENT
AB Background: Verb argument structure affects language production in aphasia. Unaccusative verbs have been found to be more difficult than transitive or unergative verbs across languages. Transitivity is also a factor with variable influence across aphasia types. Verb inflection production, and in particular tense and aspect, has been found to be vulnerable in aphasia, too. These domains have been studied independently of each other, and their potential interaction has been scarcely addressed.
Aims: The present study explores the effects of argument structure and past tense on verb production in Greek aphasia. Additionally, we address the question of the interrelation between inflection and verb and argument structure production.
Methods & Procedures: Two tasks were administered to 10 aphasic participants (six anomic, two Wernicke's and two agrammatic Broca's). The first task (sentence elicitation) consisted of video presentation and description of the video. The second task (tensed sentence elicitation) consisted of presentation of a video preceded by an adverbial prompting for a specific inflection marking. Participants had to produce a sentence with a verb in a specific past form. In both tasks, three verb classes were tested (unergative, unaccusative and transitive verbs with one object) with six items each.
Outcomes & Results: The sentence elicitation task showed that unaccusative verbs are the most difficult class for the aphasic participants whose predominant error was the production of +agentive verbs instead of unaccusatives. The tensed sentence elicitation task showed that while for most patients there was no effect of inflection on verb and verb argument production, a decremental effect was noticed for an agrammatic participant.
Conclusions: We suggest that +/- agentivity ranks above transitivity concerning verb production. To account for the unaccusativity effect, we provide a novel account based on the distinction between thematic and aspectual dimension and argue that unaccusative verbs are more difficult to produce, because they involve a mismatch between the two dimensions of argument structure (thematic and aspectual dimension). Concerning the effect of past tense on verb production we show that such pattern is possible but it does not emerge at the group level. Finally, our group data do not suggest any interrelation between inflection, on the one hand, and verb and argument structure production, on the other hand.
C1 [Koukoulioti, Vasiliki] Aristotle Univ Thessaloniki, Sch Philol, Dept Linguist, GR-54006 Thessaloniki, Greece.
[Stavrakaki, Stavroula] Aristotle Univ Thessaloniki, Dept Italian Language & Linguist, GR-54006 Thessaloniki, Greece.
RP Koukoulioti, V (reprint author), Goethe Univ Frankfurt, Inst Linguist, Gruneburgpl 1, D-60629 Frankfurt, Germany.
EM vasiliki.koukoulioti@gmail.com
FU I.K.Y. (Greek State Scholarship Foundation)
FX This work was supported by the I.K.Y. (Greek State Scholarship
Foundation) with a grant to the first author for doctoral research. We
thank the aphasic and control participants of the study. Moreover, we
thank the speech therapists Thalia Zolota, Georgia Kolintza, Flora
Koutsi and Erifyli Pouliou and the neurologists Panagiotis Ioannidis and
Vasiliki Tsirka for helping us with the data collection. We are also
grateful to Roelien Bastiaanse, Roel Jonkers and an anonymous reviewer
for suggestions on earlier versions of the manuscript. We also thank
Markus Bader for consultation on statistic methods. All errors remain,
of course, of our own.
CR Alexiadou A., 2004, OXFORD STUDIES THEOR, V5, P1
Alexiadou A, 1998, NAT LANG LINGUIST TH, V16, P491, DOI 10.1023/A:1006090432389
Alexiadou A., 1999, P 3 INT C GREEK LING, P23
Clahsen H, 2009, J NEUROLINGUIST, V22, P436, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2009.02.003
Baayen RH, 2008, J MEM LANG, V59, P390, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2007.12.005
Bastiaanse R, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V90, P198, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00432-2
Bastiaanse R, 2011, J NEUROLINGUIST, V24, P652, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2011.07.001
Bastiaanse R, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P951, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249463
Bastiaanse R, 2005, J NEUROLINGUIST, V18, P57, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2004.11.006
Bastiaanse R, 2013, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V27, P244, DOI 10.3109/02699206.2012.751626
Bastiaanse R, 2011, J NEUROLINGUIST, V24, P163, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2010.02.006
Bastiaanse R, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V64, P165, DOI 10.1006/brln.1998.1972
Bates D, 2012, LME4 LINEAR MIXED EF
Bates E, 1997, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V12, P507
Bock Kathryn, 1994, HDB PSYCHOLINGUISTIC, P945
BOROD J C, 1980, Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology, V2, P209, DOI 10.1080/01688638008403793
Chomsky N., 1995, CURRENT STUDIES LING, V28
Chomsky N., 1981, LECT GOVT BINDING PI
De Bleser R, 2003, J NEUROLINGUIST, V16, P213, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(02)00015-5
Dowty D. R., 1979, WORLD MEANING MONTAG
Dragoy O, 2013, J NEUROLINGUIST, V26, P113, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2012.05.003
Dragoy O., 2009, SCI APH 10 ANT
Dragoy O., 2010, SCI APH 11 POTSD
Dragoy O, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P28, DOI 10.1080/02687030802586902
Forster KI, 2003, BEHAV RES METH INS C, V35, P116, DOI 10.3758/BF03195503
Frascarelli Mara, 2006, STUDIES GENERATIVE G, V91, P187
Friedmann N, 2001, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V30, P71, DOI 10.1023/A:1005256224207
Friedmann N, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P397, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1795
Fyndanis V, 2012, LINGUA, V122, P1134, DOI 10.1016/j.lingua.2012.05.004
Jackendoff R., 1972, STUDIES LINGUISTICS, V2
Jonkers R., 1998, THESIS RIJKSUNIVERSI
Jonkers R., 2000, GRAMMATICAL DISORDER, P105
Jonkers R, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V55, P37
KEGL J, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V50, P151, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1044
Kim M, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V88, P1, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00147-0
Kim M, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V74, P1, DOI 10.1006/brin.2000.2315
Kiss K., 2000, GRAMMATICAL DISORDER, P123
Lee M, 2004, J NEUROLINGUIST, V17, P315, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(03)00062-9
Lee M, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V84, P170, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00515-1
Luzzatti C., 2002, RIV LINGUISTICA, V14, P43
Mackridge Peter, 1997, GREEK COMPREHENSIVE
McAllister T, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P989, DOI 10.1080/02687030802669518
Nanousi V., 2006, J NEUROLINGUIST, V19, P209, DOI [10.1016/j.jneuroling.2005.11.003, DOI 10.1016/J.JNEUROLING.2005.11.003]
Nasika F, 2009, THESIS U READING REA
Peristeri E, 2013, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V34, P233, DOI 10.1017/S0142716411000683
Perlmutter David M, 1978, P 4 ANN M BERK LING, P157
R Development Core Team, 2012, R LANG ENV STAT COMP
Radford A., 1997, SYNTACTIC THEORY STR
Rossi E, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P347, DOI 10.1080/02687030701407093
Schwartz M. F., 1987, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V2, P85, DOI 10.1080/01690968708406352
Stavrakaki S, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V86, P129, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00541-2
Stavrakaki S, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P642, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.542248
Thompson C. K., 2002, HDB ADULT LANGUAGE D, P311
Thompson CK, 2009, J NEUROLINGUIST, V22, P354, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2008.11.003
Thompson CK, 2003, J NEUROLINGUIST, V16, P151, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(02)00014-3
Thompson CK, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P473, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248485
Tsapkini K, 2009, BEHAV NEUROL, V22, P111, DOI 10.3233/BEN-2009-0256
Varlokosta S, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P723, DOI 10.1080/0267030500513703
Vendler Z., 1957, LINGUIST PHILOS, P97
Vigliocco G, 2004, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V30, P483, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.30.2.483
Wenzlaff M, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P57, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00298-0
NR 61
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 11
BP 1320
EP 1349
DI 10.1080/02687038.2014.919561
PG 30
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AO7CE
UT WOS:000341508800003
ER
PT J
AU Rodrigues, IT
Castro-Caldas, A
AF Rodrigues, I. T.
Castro-Caldas, A.
TI Aphasia with recurring utterances: Old syndrome, new perspectives
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Stroke; Aphasia; Verbal stereotypies; Recurring utterances; Aphasic
speech automatisms
ID TRANSCRANIAL MAGNETIC STIMULATION; SPEECH AUTOMATISMS; RIGHT-HEMISPHERE;
NEUROLINGUISTIC ANALYSIS; NONFLUENT APHASIA; FUNCTIONAL BASIS; STROKE;
RECOVERY; THERAPY; REHABILITATION
AB Background: Little is known about the linguistic, structural and functional recovery on which the production of aphasic recurring utterances (RUs) is based.
Methods & Procedures: Retrospective database analysis was performed to study the prevalence of RUs among aphasia patients. Language features and recovery were examined in patients with RUs, who were matched with aphasic controls with similar demographic and clinical characteristics.
Outcomes & Results: Of the 147 aphasia patients admitted to a rehabilitation unit, between 2008 and 2012, 12.92% exhibited some form of RU. When we examined the prevalence among those with global aphasia, it increased to 24.6%. Each patient displayed the stereotypy, with some meaningful modulation or intonation with communicative intent. Although there was some recovery (particularly in comprehension), language of all patients remained severely impaired. Patients with RU scored considerably less than the control group in aphasia quotient (U = 209.00; p =.000), in naming task (U = 174.0; p =.002) and in word repetition (U = 196.0; p =.000). But there were no significant differences between the two groups on a comprehension task (t = -.75 (1,28); p =.261) and Token test scores (U = 321.1; p =.130).
Conclusions: Our data support the notion that RUs do not represent an absence of language abilities. Language characteristics and recovery pattern were discussed in terms of cognitive processes and neuroplasticity. The social impact of RUs is also highlighted.
C1 [Rodrigues, I. T.; Castro-Caldas, A.] Catholic Univ Portugal, Ctr Interdisciplinary Invest Hlth, Inst Hlth Sci, P-1649023 Lisbon, Portugal.
RP Rodrigues, IT (reprint author), Catholic Univ Portugal, Ctr Interdisciplinary Invest Hlth, Inst Hlth Sci, P-1649023 Lisbon, Portugal.
EM saude@lisboa.ics.ucp.pt
FU Portuguese Science and Technology Foundation [FCT SFRH/BD/61082/2009]
FX ITR was supported by the Portuguese Science and Technology Foundation
[grant number FCT SFRH/BD/61082/2009].
CR ALAJOUANINE T, 1956, BRAIN, V79, P1, DOI 10.1093/brain/79.1.1
BASSO A, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P337, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248605
Belin P, 1996, NEUROLOGY, V47, P1504
Benton A. L., 1989, MULTILINGUAL APHASIA
BLANKEN G, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P545, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248965
Blanken G, 1997, J NEUROLINGUIST, V10, P19, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(97)00001-8
BLANKEN G, 1990, CORTEX, V26, P41
BLANKEN G, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P103, DOI 10.1080/02687039108249477
BLANKEN G, 1989, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V6, P211, DOI 10.1080/02643298908253419
Boutsen Frank R., 2002, Seminars in Speech and Language, V23, P245, DOI 10.1055/s-2002-35799
Breier JI, 2009, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V90, P2026, DOI 10.1016/j.apmr.2009.08.144
Brownsett SLE, 2014, BRAIN, V137, P242, DOI 10.1093/brain/awt289
BRUNNER RJ, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V16, P281, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90087-6
Butefisch CM, 2006, J PHYSIOLOGY-PARIS, V99, P437, DOI 10.1016/j.jphysparis.2006.03.001
Cao Y, 1999, STROKE, V30, P2331
Castro-Caldas A., 1979, THESIS FACULTY MED L
Code C., 1987, LANGUAGE APHASIA RIG
CODE C, 1982, CORTEX, V18, P161
Code C, 2013, J HIST NEUROSCI, V22, P319, DOI 10.1080/0964704X.2013.776296
CODE C, 1982, CORTEX, V18, P141
CODE C, 1994, J NEUROLINGUIST, V8, P135, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(94)90021-3
Code C, 2009, NEUROCASE, V15, P445, DOI 10.1080/13554790902911634
Cohen L, 1998, BRAIN, V121, P1641, DOI 10.1093/brain/121.9.1641
Crinion J, 2005, BRAIN, V128, P2858, DOI 10.1093/brain/awh659
Critchley M., 1970, APHASIOLOGY OTHER AS
Damasio A, 1973, THESIS FACULTY MED L, DOI Lisbon
DEBLESER R, 1985, CORTEX, V21, P405
De Letter M, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P917, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2012.660460
DERENZI E, 1962, BRAIN, V85, P665, DOI 10.1093/brain/85.4.665
Ferro JM, 1986, THESIS FACULTY MED L
FERRO JM, 1987, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V9, P365, DOI 10.1080/01688638708405057
Fridriksson J, 2010, J NEUROSCI, V30, P11558, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.2227-10.2010
Gold BT, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V73, P456, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2317
Gowers WR, 1887, LECT DIAGNOSIS DIS B
HAAS JC, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P557, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248966
Hartwigsen G, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P1131, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.590573
Huber W., 1983, AACHENER APHASIE TES
Jackson J. H., 1874, BRAIN, V38, P81
Jackson J. H., 1879, BRAIN, V38, P107
KACZMAREK BLJ, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V21, P52, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90035-X
Karbe H, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V64, P215, DOI 10.1006/brln.1998.1961
KIRKBY RJ, 1969, PHYSIOL BEHAV, V4, P451, DOI 10.1016/0031-9384(69)90135-8
Kremin H., 1987, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH
Lang N, 2004, EXP BRAIN RES, V156, P439, DOI 10.1007/s00221-003-1800-2
LEBRUN Y, 1986, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V21, P3
Lefaucheur JP, 2006, NEUROPHYSIOL CLIN, V36, P105, DOI 10.1016/j.neucli.2006.08.011
Leger A, 2002, NEUROIMAGE, V17, P174, DOI 10.1006/nimg.2002.1238
Luria A. R., 1980, HIGHER CORTICAL FUNC
Martin Nadine, 2004, Seminars in Speech and Language, V25, P349, DOI 10.1055/s-2004-837247
MCELDUFF KM, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P265, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248528
Naeser MA, 2011, BRAIN LANG, V119, P206, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2011.07.005
Naeser MA, 2012, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V93, pS26, DOI 10.1016/j.apmr.2011.04.026
NAESER MA, 1994, J CLIN NEUROPHYSIOL, V11, P150, DOI 10.1097/00004691-199403000-00002
Naeser MA, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V93, P95, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.08.004
POECK K, 1984, BRAIN, V107, P199, DOI 10.1093/brain/107.1.199
Postman-Caucheteux WA, 2010, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V22, P1299, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2009.21261
Price CJ, 2005, CURR OPIN NEUROL, V18, P429, DOI 10.1097/01.wco.0000168081.76859.c1
Rosen HJ, 2000, NEUROLOGY, V55, P1883
Saur D, 2006, BRAIN, V129, P1371, DOI 10.1093/brain/awl090
Saur D, 2010, NEUROIMAGE, V49, P3187, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2009.11.009
Shimizu T, 2002, BRAIN, V125, P1896, DOI 10.1093/brain/awf183
Small SL, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V62, P298, DOI 10.1006/brln.1998.1951
Turkeltaub PE, 2012, CORTEX, V48, P1179, DOI 10.1016/j.cortex.2011.06.010
Van Lancker D, 1987, PROGR PSYCHOL LANGUA, VIII
Wallesch CW, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V71, P255, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2263
WEILLER C, 1995, ANN NEUROL, V37, P723, DOI 10.1002/ana.410370605
Zahn R, 2004, COGNITIVE BRAIN RES, V18, P322, DOI 10.1016/j.cogbrainres.2003.10.021
NR 67
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 11
BP 1350
EP 1363
DI 10.1080/02687038.2014.921884
PG 14
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AO7CE
UT WOS:000341508800004
ER
PT J
AU Nickels, L
Croot, K
AF Nickels, Lyndsey
Croot, Karen
TI Understanding and living with primary progressive aphasia: Current
progress and challenges for the future
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Primary progressive aphasia; PPA; Treatment; Management
ID FRONTOTEMPORAL LOBAR DEGENERATION; SEMANTIC DEMENTIA; LANGUAGE
IMPAIRMENT; ALZHEIMERS-DISEASE; INTERVENTION; DYSGRAPHIA; SPEECH;
MANAGEMENT; MEMANTINE; PATHOLOGY
AB Background: Primary progressive aphasia (PPA) is a progressive language disorder in which aphasia is the first and most prominent symptom of degenerative brain disease. PPA has received increasing attention in the scientific literature over the past 30 years, but there remains a relative lack of awareness and understanding of it in the wider clinical community. As editors of the volume, Clinical Perspectives on Primary Progressive Aphasia, we invited the contributing authors to provide an up-to-date survey of research on a range of topics that are relevant to clinical practice in PPA.
Aims: The aim of this article is to address some key questions that may arise when an individual receives a diagnosis of PPA and to direct readers to additional sources of information in this volume and elsewhere that will allow them to gain further knowledge about topics of interest.
Main Contribution: We address the following questions: (1) What is PPA? (2) How is PPA diagnosed? (3) What happens to a person's language when they have PPA? (4) How will the disease progress over time? (5) How does PPA impact a person's life and the life of their family and friends? (6) What treatments and support are available? (7) What other services should we be providing?
Conclusions: Considerable progress has been made in our understanding of PPA and the relationship between the symptomatology, progression, pathology, and genetics of PPA. However, there are many challenges remaining, particularly in terms of ensuring that people with PPA and their families and friends receive optimal information and support at diagnosis and appropriate interventions and/or management strategies throughout their journey with PPA.
C1 [Nickels, Lyndsey] Macquarie Univ, Dept Cognit Sci, Sydney, NSW 2109, Australia.
[Nickels, Lyndsey; Croot, Karen] Macquarie Univ, ARC Ctr Excellence Cognit & Its Disorders CCD, Sydney, NSW 2109, Australia.
[Nickels, Lyndsey; Croot, Karen] NHMRC Ctr Clin Excellence Aphasia Rehabil, Sydney, NSW, Australia.
[Croot, Karen] Univ Sydney, Sch Psychol, Sydney, NSW 2006, Australia.
RP Nickels, L (reprint author), Macquarie Univ, Dept Cognit Sci, Sydney, NSW 2109, Australia.
EM lyndsey.nickels@mq.edu.au
FU Australian Research Council Future Fellowship [FT120100102]; Centre for
Advanced Studies at the Ludwig Maximilians University, Munich, Germany
FX We wish to thank all the authors who have contributed so generously to
this volume on Clinical Perspectives on Primary Progressive Aphasia and
the people with primary progressive aphasia and their families and
friends who have given their time to further our understanding of PPA,
its effects on language and cognition, their impact and their potential
treatment, by participating in research. We also wish to thank Chris
Code and the editorial team at Psychology Press for their support and
Cathleen Taylor, Senior Speech Pathologist at War Memorial Hospital
Sydney, for many collegial years considering and implementing options
for speech pathology service provision for people with PPA. During the
preparation of this article and volume, Lyndsey Nickels was funded by
Australian Research Council Future Fellowship number FT120100102. Karen
Croot worked on the preparation of this volume while on a Visiting
Fellowship at the Centre for Advanced Studies at the Ludwig Maximilians
University, Munich, Germany.
CR American Psychiatric Association, 2013, DIAGN STAT MAN MENT
Boxer AL, 2009, ALZ DIS ASSOC DIS, V23, P211, DOI 10.1097/WAD.0b013e318197852f
Carthery-Goulart M. T., 2013, DEMENTIA NEUROPSYCHO, V7, P122
Cartwright J, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P266, DOI 10.1080/02687030801942932
Champion A. J., 2006, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL R
CHRISTENSEN JM, 1989, J COMMUN DISORD, V22, P225, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(89)90018-X
Croot K., APHASIOLOGY IN PRESS
Croot K., 2011, ACQUIRING KNOWLEDGE, V13, P38
Croot K, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P125, DOI 10.1080/02687030801943179
Croot K, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V75, P277, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2357
Diehl-Schmid J, 2007, FORTSCHR NEUROL PSYC, V75, P708, DOI 10.1055/s-2006-932201
Duffy JR, 2014, APHASIOLOGY, V28, P1004, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2013.869307
Faria AV, 2014, APHASIOLOGY, V28, P948, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2014.911241
Finocchiaro C, 2006, NEUROCASE, V12, P317, DOI 10.1080/13554790601126203
Gorno-Tempini ML, 2011, NEUROLOGY, V76, P1006, DOI 10.1212/WNL.0b013e31821103e6
Gorno-Tempini ML, 2008, NEUROLOGY, V71, P1227, DOI 10.1212/01.wnl.0000320506.79811.da
Graham NL, 2014, APHASIOLOGY, V28, P1092, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2013.869308
Graham NL, 1997, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V14, P975
Grossman M, 2014, APHASIOLOGY, V28, P922, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2014.929631
Harciarek M, 2014, APHASIOLOGY, V28, P964, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2014.904498
HODGES JR, 1992, BRAIN, V115, P1783, DOI 10.1093/brain/115.6.1783
Hsieh S, 2012, DEMENT GERIATR COGN, V34, P135, DOI 10.1159/000342347
Johnson NA, 2010, ALZ DIS ASSOC DIS, V24, P308, DOI 10.1097/WAD.0b013e3181cf468d
Jokel R, 2014, APHASIOLOGY, V28, P1038, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2014.899306
Kauhanen ML, 2000, CEREBROVASC DIS, V10, P455, DOI 10.1159/000016107
Kerchner GA, 2011, EXPERT REV NEUROTHER, V11, P709, DOI [10.1586/ern.11.6, 10.1586/ERN.11.6]
Kertesz A, 2008, DEMENT GERIATR COGN, V25, P178, DOI 10.1159/000113034
Kindell J, 2013, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V48, P497, DOI 10.1111/1460-6984.12023
Knopman DS, 2011, J MOL NEUROSCI, V45, P330, DOI 10.1007/s12031-011-9538-y
Léger Gabriel C, 2007, Neuropsychiatr Dis Treat, V3, P745
Leyton CE, 2014, APHASIOLOGY, V28, P909, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2013.869306
Machulda MM, 2013, BRAIN LANG, V127, P139, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2013.02.007
Mcneil M. R., 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P472
Mesulam MM, 2001, ANN NEUROL, V49, P425, DOI 10.1002/ana.91
MESULAM MM, 1982, ANN NEUROL, V11, P592, DOI 10.1002/ana.410110607
Mesulam MM, 2014, BRAIN, V137, P1176, DOI 10.1093/brain/awu024
Nickels L., 2011, ACQUIRING KNOWLEDGE, V13, P73
Nickels L, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P123, DOI 10.1080/02687030801943021
Nickels L. A., 2009, PROGR LANGUAGE IMPAI
O'Connor CM, 2014, APHASIOLOGY, V28, P1131, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2014.910588
Ory MG, 1999, GERONTOLOGIST, V39, P177
Pinquart M, 2003, J GERONTOL B-PSYCHOL, V58, P112, DOI DOI 10.1093/GERONB/58.2.P112
Ponsford J, 2012, TRAUMATIC BRAIN INJU
Rapp B, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P236, DOI 10.1080/02687030801943054
Reed DA, 2004, ANN NEUROL, V56, P750, DOI 10.1002/ana.20301
Riedl L, 2014, APHASIOLOGY, V28, P981, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2014.904497
Roche L., 2014, 16 INT APH REH C HAG
Rogers MA, 2000, AUG ALTER COMMUN SER, P305
Rohrer JD, 2014, APHASIOLOGY, V28, P941, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2014.911242
Ross KB, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P355, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000716
Rutherford S, 2014, APHASIOLOGY, V28, P900, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2014.930812
Sapolsky D, 2014, APHASIOLOGY, V28, P993, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2014.931563
Savage SA, 2014, J ALZHEIMERS DIS, V40, P309, DOI 10.3233/JAD-131826
Schneider SL, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P297, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248414
Sorensen S, 2006, LANCET NEUROL, V5, P961, DOI 10.1016/S1474-4422(06)70599-3
Taylor C, 2014, APHASIOLOGY, V28, P1069, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2014.930411
Taylor C, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P161, DOI 10.1080/02687030801943039
Thompson CK, 2014, APHASIOLOGY, V28, P1018, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2014.912744
Thompson CK, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P297, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248473
Tsapkini K, 2014, APHASIOLOGY, V28, P1112, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2014.930410
Tsapkini K, 2013, BEHAV NEUROL, V26, P55, DOI 10.3233/BEN-2012-110240
Wong S, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P286, DOI 10.1080/02687030801943112
NR 62
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 8-9
SI SI
BP 885
EP 899
DI 10.1080/02687038.2014.933521
PG 15
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AN2EE
UT WOS:000340396000001
ER
PT J
AU Rutherford, S
AF Rutherford, Shirley
TI Our journey with primary progressive aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Nonfluent progressive aphasia; Caregiver; Personal story; Lightwriter;
Communication book; AAC
AB Background: My husband Boyd and I had a 6-year journey with primary progressive aphasia (PPA) that held many challenges for us along the way. This article describes that journey.
Aims & Main Contribution: I hope that hearing about our experience may be helpful to other people with a family member who has PPA, and provide clinicians and researchers insight into the PPA journey.
Conclusions: I hope that through more research, there can be more understanding about PPA and consequently more support for families with members suffering this cruel disease.
RP Rutherford, S (reprint author), Care of Taylor C, War Mem Hosp, Speech Pathol Dept, 125 Birrell St, Waverley, NSW 2024, Australia.
NR 0
TC 1
Z9 1
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 8-9
SI SI
BP 900
EP 908
DI 10.1080/02687038.2014.930812
PG 9
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AN2EE
UT WOS:000340396000002
ER
PT J
AU Rohrer, JD
AF Rohrer, Jonathan D.
TI The genetics of primary progressive aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Primary progressive aphasia; Frontotemporal dementia; Progranulin; Tau;
C9orf72; Presenilin
ID FRONTOTEMPORAL LOBAR DEGENERATION; REPEAT EXPANSION; C9ORF72 MUTATIONS;
DEMENTIA; PROGRANULIN; PHENOTYPE; TAU; SIGNATURES; FEATURES; ATROPHY
AB Background: Primary progressive aphasia (PPA) is a disorder in which language impairment is the initial and predominant symptom. Three main phenotypes are described, the nonfluent variant (nfvPPA), the semantic variant (svPPA) and the logopenic variant (lvPPA). Although PPA is most commonly a sporadic disorder, recent studies have shown an association of PPA with mutations in a number of genes.
Aims: To understand the extent to which PPA may be inherited, which genetic mutations may cause it, and whether the phenotypes of genetic PPA differ from sporadic PPA.
Main Contribution: In around 20-30% of patients with PPA, a family history is present although nfvPPA is more heritable than svPPA and lvPPA which are both usually sporadic disorders. Mutations in the progranulin (GRN) and chromosome 9 open reading frame 72 (C9orf72), genes are the major causes of genetic PPA.
Conclusions: Key pointers that may suggest testing for a GRN mutation in PPA are a family history of one of the disorders within the frontotemporal dementia spectrum, a nfvPPA phenotype, particularly if presenting with a prominent anomia and asymmetrical fronto-temporo-parietal atrophy. In someone with nfvPPA and a family history, GRN should be tested initially but a search for hexanucleotide repeat expansions in the C9orf72 gene should be performed if negative, particularly if there are features of motor neurone disease, or a family history of someone with motor neurone disease. Mutations in other genes are only very rare causes of PPA but if GRN and C9orf72 are both negative, testing for mutations in the microtubule-associated protein tau (MAPT), valosin-containing protein (VCP) and presenilin 1 (PSEN1) should be considered.
C1 UCL, UCL Inst Neurol, Dept Neurodegenerat Dis, Dementia Res Ctr, London WC1N 3BG, England.
RP Rohrer, JD (reprint author), UCL, UCL Inst Neurol, Dept Neurodegenerat Dis, Dementia Res Ctr, Queen Sq, London WC1N 3BG, England.
EM j.rohrer@ucl.ac.uk
FU Alzheimer's Research UK; Brain Research Trust; Wolfson Foundation
FX The Dementia Research Centre is supported by Alzheimer's Research UK,
Brain Research Trust, and The Wolfson Foundation.
CR Beck J, 2008, BRAIN, V131, P706, DOI 10.1093/brain/awm320
Boeve BF, 2012, BRAIN, V135, P765, DOI 10.1093/brain/aws004
Cruchaga C, 2009, CEREB CORTEX, V19, P1751, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhn202
Dejesus-Hernandez M., 2011, NEURON, P1, DOI 10.1016/j.neuron.2011.09.011
Dobson-Stone C, 2012, NEUROLOGY, V79, P995, DOI 10.1212/WNL.0b013e3182684634
Godbolt AK, 2004, NEUROLOGY, V63, P1702
Goldman JS, 2005, NEUROLOGY, V65, P1817, DOI 10.1212/01.wnl.0000187068.92184.63
Gorno-Tempini ML, 2011, NEUROLOGY, V76, P1006, DOI 10.1212/WNL.0b013e31821103e6
Ishizuka T, 2011, DEMENT GERIATR COGN, V31, P334, DOI 10.1159/000328412
Josephs KA, 2006, BRAIN, V129, P1385, DOI 10.1093/brain/awl078
Kim EJ, 2011, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V68, P787, DOI 10.1001/archneurol.2010.376
Mahoney CJ, 2013, J ALZHEIMERS DIS, V36, P239, DOI 10.3233/JAD-122092
Mahoney CJ, 2012, BRAIN, V135, P736, DOI 10.1093/brain/awr361
Mesulam MM, 2003, NEW ENGL J MED, V349, P1535, DOI 10.1056/NEJMra022435
Renton AE, 2011, NEURON, P1, DOI DOI 10.1016/J.NEURON.2011.09.010
Rohrer JD, 2010, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V48, P288, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2009.09.017
Rohrer JD, 2013, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V84, P1411, DOI 10.1136/jnnp-2013-306116
Rohrer JD, 2008, NAT CLIN PRACT NEURO, V4, P455, DOI 10.1038/ncpneuro0869
Rohrer JD, 2010, NEUROLOGY, V75, P603, DOI 10.1212/WNL.0b013e3181ed9c6b
Rohrer JD, 2011, CURR OPIN NEUROL, V24, P542, DOI 10.1097/WCO.0b013e32834cd442
Rohrer JD, 2010, NEUROIMAGE, V53, P1070, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2009.12.088
Rohrer JD, 2009, NEUROLOGY, V73, P1451, DOI 10.1212/WNL.0b013e3181bf997a
Sajjadi SA, 2012, NEUROLOGY, V78, P1670, DOI 10.1212/WNL.0b013e3182574f79
Seelaar H, 2011, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V82, P476, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.2010.212225
Sha SJ, 2012, NEUROLOGY, V79, P1002, DOI 10.1212/WNL.0b013e318268452e
Simon-Sanchez J, 2012, BRAIN, V135, P723, DOI 10.1093/brain/awr353
Snowden JS, 2012, BRAIN, V135, P693, DOI 10.1093/brain/awr355
Snowden JS, 2003, NEUROCASE, V9, P27, DOI 10.1076/neur.9.1.27.14368
Snowden JS, 2007, NEUROCASE, V13, P366, DOI 10.1080/13554790701851510
Van Langenhove T, 2013, JAMA NEUROL, V70, P365, DOI 10.1001/2013.jamaneurol.181
Villa C, 2011, J ALZHEIMERS DIS, V26, P19, DOI 10.3233/JAD-2011-102124
Whitwell JL, 2012, BRAIN, V135, P794, DOI 10.1093/brain/aws001
Munoz David G, 2007, Am J Alzheimers Dis Other Demen, V22, P294, DOI 10.1177/1533317507302320
NR 33
TC 2
Z9 2
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 8-9
SI SI
BP 941
EP 947
DI 10.1080/02687038.2014.911242
PG 7
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AN2EE
UT WOS:000340396000005
ER
PT J
AU Faria, AV
Sebastian, R
Newhart, M
Mori, S
Hillis, AE
AF Faria, Andreia V.
Sebastian, Rajani
Newhart, Melissa
Mori, Susumu
Hillis, Argye E.
TI Longitudinal imaging and deterioration in word comprehension in primary
progressive aphasia: Potential clinical significance
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Primary progressive aphasia; MRI; Brain mapping
ID FRONTOTEMPORAL LOBAR DEGENERATION; BRAIN WHITE-MATTER; SEMANTIC
DEMENTIA; LANGUAGE DECLINE; TEMPORAL-LOBE; PATTERNS; ATROPHY; VARIANT;
MRI; IDENTIFICATION
AB Background: Three variants of primary progressive aphasia (PPA), distinguished by language performance and supportive patterns of atrophy on imaging, have different clinical courses and the prognoses for specific functions. For example, semantic variant PPA alone is distinguished by impaired word comprehension. However, sometimes individuals with high education show normal performance on word-comprehension tests early on, making classification difficult. Furthermore, as the condition progresses, individuals with other variants develop word-comprehension deficits and other behavioural symptoms, making distinctions between variants less clear. Longitudinal brain imaging allows identification of specific areas of atrophy in individual patients, which identifies the location of disease in each patient.
Aims: We hypothesised that the areas of atrophy in individual PPA participants would be closely correlated with the decline in word comprehension over time. We propose that areas where tissue volume is correlated with word comprehension are areas that: (1) are essential for word comprehension, (2) compensate for word comprehension in some individuals with semantic variant PPA early in the course, and (3) show atrophy in individuals with logopenic and nonfluent variant PPA only late in the course.
Methods and Procedures: Fifteen participants with PPA (five logopenic variant PPA; eight semantic variant PPA; two nonfluent/agrammatic variant PPA; mean age 67.8), underwent high resolution magnetic resonance imaging and cognitive tests at least 9 months apart. The correlations between change in regional volumes and change in auditory word-comprehension scores were investigated using Spearman test.
Outcomes & Results: While scores on auditory word comprehension at Time 1 were correlated with volume loss in right and left temporal pole and left inferior temporal cortex (areas of atrophy associated with semantic variant PPA), deterioration in auditory word comprehension from Time 1 to Time 2 was associated with individual atrophy in left middle temporal cortex, left angular gyrus, and right inferior and middle temporal cortex.
Conclusions: Progressive atrophy in focal areas surrounding left temporal pole and left inferior temporal cortex, and right homologous area is closely related to progressive decline in auditory word comprehension. These correlations likely reflect areas that compensate for subtle deficits early in the course of semantic variant PPA, as well as areas that are critical for auditory word comprehension that eventually atrophy in individuals with other variants of PPA. Individual patterns of atrophy also help us understand and predict the clinical course of individuals, such as associated behavioural or motor deficits.
C1 [Faria, Andreia V.; Mori, Susumu] Johns Hopkins Univ, Dept Radiol, Baltimore, MD 21202 USA.
[Sebastian, Rajani; Newhart, Melissa; Hillis, Argye E.] Johns Hopkins Univ, Sch Med, Dept Neurol, Baltimore, MD 21202 USA.
[Hillis, Argye E.] Johns Hopkins Univ, Sch Med, Dept Phys Med & Rehabil Med, Baltimore, MD 21202 USA.
[Hillis, Argye E.] Johns Hopkins Univ, Dept Cognit Sci, Baltimore, MD 21202 USA.
RP Faria, AV (reprint author), Johns Hopkins Univ, Dept Radiol, 720 Rutland Ave, Baltimore, MD 21202 USA.
EM afaria1@jhmi.edu
FU AHA [12SDG12080169]; [NIDCD: DCR01 DC011317]; [R01 DC 03681]
FX This research was supported by NIDCD: DCR01 DC011317 and R01 DC 03681
(AH), and AHA 12SDG12080169 (AVF). We gratefully acknowledge this
support.
CR Anticevic A, 2008, NEUROIMAGE, V41, P835, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2008.02.052
Binney RJ, 2010, CEREB CORTEX, V20, P2728, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhq019
Boeve BF, 2012, BRAIN, V135, P765, DOI 10.1093/brain/aws004
Bozeat S, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V38, P1207, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(00)00034-8
Budd MA, 2010, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V24, P581, DOI 10.1037/a0020287
Chow TW, 2008, ALZ DIS ASSOC DIS, V22, P327, DOI 10.1097/WAD.0b013e31818026c4
Chung MK, 2001, NEUROIMAGE, V14, P595, DOI 10.1006/nimg.2001.0862
Corbett F, 2009, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V47, P2721, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2009.05.020
Djamanakova A., NEUROIMAGE
Faria AV, 2011, NEUROIMAGE, V54, P1854, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2010.09.061
Faria AV, 2010, NEUROIMAGE, V52, P415, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2010.04.238
Faria AV, 2012, NEUROREPORT, V23, P283, DOI 10.1097/WNR.0b013e3283505b62
Gorno-Tempini ML, 2011, NEUROLOGY, V76, P1006, DOI 10.1212/WNL.0b013e31821103e6
Grossman M, 2005, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V76, P644, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.2004.039966
Grossman M, 2012, LANCET NEUROL, V11, P545, DOI 10.1016/S1474-4422(12)70099-6
Hodges J R, 1996, J Int Neuropsychol Soc, V2, P511
Jefferies E, 2009, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V23, P492, DOI 10.1037/a0015452
Jefferies E, 2006, BRAIN, V129, P2132, DOI 10.1093/brain/awl153
Josephs KA, 2006, BRAIN, V129, P1385, DOI 10.1093/brain/awl078
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Kirshner HS, 2010, CURR NEUROL NEUROSCI, V10, P504, DOI 10.1007/s11910-010-0145-z
Knopman DS, 2009, NEUROLOGY, V72, P1843, DOI 10.1212/WNL.0b013e3181a71236
Leyton CE, 2011, BRAIN, V134, P3030, DOI 10.1093/brain/awr216
Machulda MM, 2013, BRAIN LANG, V127, P139, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2013.02.007
Miller MI, 2005, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V102, P9685, DOI 10.1073/pnas.0503892102
Mori S, 2008, NEUROIMAGE, V40, P570, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2007.12.035
Oishi K, 2008, NEUROIMAGE, V43, P447, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2008.07.009
Oishi K, 2009, NEUROIMAGE, V46, P486, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2009.01.002
Pantazis D, 2010, NEUROIMAGE, V49, P2479, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2009.09.027
Patterson K, 2007, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V8, P976, DOI 10.1038/nrn2277
Rascovsky K, 2011, BRAIN, V134, P2456, DOI 10.1093/brain/awr179
Riddle WR, 2004, MAGN RESON IMAGING, V22, P769, DOI 10.1016/j.mri.2004.01.078
Rogalski E, 2011, NEUROLOGY, V76, P1804, DOI 10.1212/WNL.0b013e31821ccd3c
Rohrer JD, 2012, J ALZHEIMERS DIS, V30, P407, DOI 10.3233/JAD-2012-111556
Rohrer JD, 2013, BRAIN LANG, V127, P121, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2012.12.008
Rohrer JD, 2010, J NEUROL, V257, P569, DOI 10.1007/s00415-009-5371-4
Rosen HJ, 2006, NEUROLOGY, V67, P1752, DOI 10.1212/01.wnl.0000247630.29222.34
Sepelyak K, 2011, CORTEX, V47, P342, DOI 10.1016/j.cortex.2009.12.001
Thompson CK, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P297, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248473
Thompson PM, 2000, NATURE, V404, P190
Whitwell JL, 2004, DEMENT GERIATR COGN, V17, P307, DOI 10.1159/000077160
Wilson SM, 2009, NEUROIMAGE, V47, P1558, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2009.05.085
Woods RP, 1998, J COMPUT ASSIST TOMO, V22, P139, DOI 10.1097/00004728-199801000-00027
ZINGESER LB, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P14, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90002-X
NR 44
TC 1
Z9 1
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 8-9
SI SI
BP 948
EP 963
DI 10.1080/02687038.2014.911241
PG 16
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AN2EE
UT WOS:000340396000006
ER
PT J
AU Riedl, L
Last, D
Danek, A
Diehl-Schmid, J
AF Riedl, Lina
Last, Dirk
Danek, Adrian
Diehl-Schmid, Janine
TI Long-term follow-up in primary progressive aphasia: Clinical course and
health care utilisation
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Primary progressive aphasia; Semantic variant; Non-fluent variant;
Health care utilisation; Disease course
ID FRONTOTEMPORAL LOBAR DEGENERATION; DIAGNOSTIC-CRITERIA; DEMENTIA; NEEDS;
CAREGIVERS; MEMANTINE; BURDEN; DEATH
AB Background: Primary progressive aphasia (PPA) is a rare disorder. Data on health care utilisation and care-relevant symptoms are scarce.
Aims: The study aimed at finding out how patients with PPA are cared for, the extent of professional support utilised by family caregivers, and which care-relevant clinical symptoms and signs occur with advanced disease.
Method & Procedures: Forty-three family caregivers of patients with PPA were interviewed with a standardised questionnaire.
Outcomes & Results: A majority of caregivers cared for the patients at home without any support. More than 40% of the patients were treated with cholinesterase inhibitors or memantine. Only 9% of the patients received speech therapy. In advanced PPA, the majority of patients were unable to communicate and almost all needed 24-hr care. Other neurological symptoms appeared, and a considerable number of patients suffered from moderate or severe somatic illnesses.
Conclusion: Future studies are necessary to investigate the reasons why the PPA caregivers hardly utilise informal and formal support, what their specific needs are, and which kind of support and interventions prove to be useful.
C1 [Riedl, Lina; Last, Dirk; Diehl-Schmid, Janine] Tech Univ Munich, Dept Psychiat, D-81675 Munich, Germany.
[Last, Dirk] Kreiskrankenhaus Erding, Erding, Germany.
[Danek, Adrian] Klinikum Univ Munchen, Dept Neurol, Munich, Germany.
RP Diehl-Schmid, J (reprint author), Tech Univ Munich, Klin & Poliklin Psychiat & Psychotherapie, Ismaninger Str 22, D-81675 Munich, Germany.
EM janine.schmid@lrz.tum.de
CR Boxer AL, 2013, LANCET NEUROL, V12, P149, DOI 10.1016/S1474-4422(12)70320-4
Chow T., 2011, CANADIAN J NEUROLOGI, V40, P21
Croot K., 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P1
CUMMINGS JL, 1994, NEUROLOGY, V44, P2308
Diehl-Schmid J, 2008, INT J GERIATR PSYCH, V23, P754, DOI 10.1002/gps.1973
Diehl-Schmid J, 2012, ALZ DIS ASSOC DIS, V26, P166, DOI 10.1097/WAD.0b013e3182263edc
Diehl-Schmid J, 2013, J GERIATR PSYCH NEUR, V26, P221, DOI 10.1177/0891988713498467
Diehl-Schmid J, 2007, FORTSCHR NEUROL PSYC, V75, P708, DOI 10.1055/s-2006-932201
Diehl-Schmid J, 2007, EUR J NEUROL, V14, P860, DOI 10.1111/j.1468-1331.2007.01773.x
Gorno-Tempini ML, 2011, NEUROLOGY, V76, P1006, DOI 10.1212/WNL.0b013e31821103e6
Hall GR, 2013, J GERONTOL NURS, V39, P11, DOI 10.3928/00989134-20130131-02
Hsieh S, 2012, DEMENT GERIATR COGN, V34, P135, DOI 10.1159/000342347
Huey ED, 2006, NEUROLOGY, V66, P17, DOI 10.1212/01.wnl.0000191304.55196.4d
Kertesz A, 2005, BRAIN, V128, P1996, DOI 10.1093/brain/awh598
Kertesz A, 2008, DEMENT GERIATR COGN, V25, P178, DOI 10.1159/000113034
Kertesz A, 2011, J MOL NEUROSCI, V45, P336, DOI 10.1007/s12031-011-9616-1
Knopman DS, 2011, J MOL NEUROSCI, V45, P330, DOI 10.1007/s12031-011-9538-y
Koopmans RTCM, 2007, INT J GERIATR PSYCH, V22, P350, DOI 10.1002/gps.1680
Morhardt D, 2011, J MOL NEUROSCI, V45, P737, DOI 10.1007/s12031-011-9612-5
MORRIS JC, 1993, NEUROLOGY, V43, P2412
Neary D, 1998, NEUROLOGY, V51, P1546
Nichols KR, 2013, CAN J NEUROL SCI, V40, P21
Nunnemann S, 2012, INT PSYCHOGERIATR, V24, P1368, DOI 10.1017/S104161021200035X
Rabinovici GD, 2008, ANN NEUROL, V64, P388, DOI 10.1002/ana.21451
Rascovsky K, 2011, BRAIN, V134, P2456, DOI 10.1093/brain/awr179
Rhun E. L., 2005, NEUROLOGY, V65, P887, DOI [10.1212/01.wnl.0000175982.57472.84, DOI 10.1212/01.WNL.0000175982.57472.84]
Rogalski E, 2011, NEUROLOGY, V76, P1804, DOI 10.1212/WNL.0b013e31821ccd3c
Rosness TA, 2008, AGING MENT HEALTH, V12, P462, DOI 10.1080/13607860802224334
Schwarzkopf L, 2013, BMC HEALTH SERV RES, V13, DOI 10.1186/1472-6963-13-2
NR 29
TC 1
Z9 1
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 8-9
SI SI
BP 981
EP 992
DI 10.1080/02687038.2014.904497
PG 12
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AN2EE
UT WOS:000340396000008
ER
PT J
AU Sapolsky, D
Domoto-Reilly, K
Dickerson, BC
AF Sapolsky, Daisy
Domoto-Reilly, Kimiko
Dickerson, Bradford C.
TI Use of the Progressive Aphasia Severity Scale (PASS) in monitoring
speech and language status in PPA
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE PPA; Aphasia; Monitoring
ID DEMENTIA; DISEASE
AB Background: Primary progressive aphasia (PPA) is a devastating neurodegenerative syndrome involving the gradual development of aphasia, slowly impairing the patient's ability to communicate. Pharmaceutical treatments do not currently exist and intervention often focuses on speech and language behavioural therapies, although further investigation is warranted to determine how best to harness functional benefits. Efforts to develop pharmaceutical and behavioural treatments have been hindered by a lack of standardised methods to monitor disease progression and treatment efficacy.
Aims: Here, we describe our current approach to monitoring progression of PPA, including the development and applications of a novel clinical instrument for this purpose, the Progressive Aphasia Severity Scale (PASS). We also outline some of the issues related to initial evaluation and longitudinal monitoring of PPA.
Methods & Procedures: In our clinical and research practice, we perform initial and follow-up assessments of PPA patients using a multifaceted approach. In addition to standardised assessment measures, we use the PASS to rate presence and severity of symptoms across distinct domains of speech, language, and functional and pragmatic aspects of communication. Ratings are made using the clinician's best judgement, integrating information from patient test performance in the office as well as a companion's description of routine daily functioning.
Outcomes & Results: Monitoring symptom characteristics and severity with the PASS can assist in developing behavioural therapies, planning treatment goals, and counselling patients and families on clinical status and prognosis. The PASS also has potential to advance the implementation of PPA clinical trials.
Conclusions: PPA patients display heterogeneous language profiles that change over time given the progressive nature of the disease. The monitoring of symptom progression is therefore crucial to ensure that proposed treatments are appropriate at any given stage, including speech and language therapy and potentially pharmaceutical treatments once these become available. Because of the discrepancy that can exist between a patient's daily functioning and standardised test performance, we believe a comprehensive assessment and monitoring battery must include performance-based instruments, interviews with the patient and partner, questionnaires about functioning in daily life, and measures of clinician judgement. We hope that our clinician judgement-based rating scale described here will be a valuable addition to the PPA assessment and monitoring battery.
C1 [Sapolsky, Daisy; Domoto-Reilly, Kimiko; Dickerson, Bradford C.] Massachusetts Gen Hosp, Frontotemporal Dementia Unit, Boston, MA 02114 USA.
[Sapolsky, Daisy; Domoto-Reilly, Kimiko; Dickerson, Bradford C.] Harvard Univ, Sch Med, Boston, MA USA.
[Domoto-Reilly, Kimiko; Dickerson, Bradford C.] Massachusetts Gen Hosp, Dept Neurol, Boston, MA 02114 USA.
[Sapolsky, Daisy; Dickerson, Bradford C.] Massachusetts Gen Hosp, Dept Psychiat, Boston, MA 02114 USA.
[Sapolsky, Daisy] Massachusetts Gen Hosp, Dept Speech & Language Pathol, Boston, MA 02114 USA.
[Domoto-Reilly, Kimiko; Dickerson, Bradford C.] Massachusetts Gen Hosp, Dept Massachusetts Alzheimers Dis Res Ctr, Boston, MA 02114 USA.
[Dickerson, Bradford C.] Massachusetts Gen Hosp, Athinoula A Martinos Ctr Biomed Imaging, Boston, MA 02114 USA.
RP Dickerson, BC (reprint author), Frontotemporal Dementia Unit, 149 13th St,Suite 2691, Charlestown, MA 02129 USA.
EM bradd@nmr.mgh.harvard.edu
FU NINDS [R21-NS077051]
FX We appreciate the invaluable contributions of our patients and families,
without which this work would not have been possible. This work was
supported by NINDS [grant number R21-NS077051].
CR Adlam ALR, 2010, NEUROCASE, V16, P193, DOI 10.1080/13554790903405693
Dickerson BC, 2007, ARCH GEN PSYCHIAT, V64, P1443, DOI 10.1001/archpsyc.64.12.1443
FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6
Goodglass H, 2000, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V3rd
Gorno-Tempini ML, 2004, ANN NEUROL, V55, P335, DOI 10.1002/ana.10825
Gorno-Tempini ML, 2011, NEUROLOGY, V76, P1006, DOI 10.1212/WNL.0b013e31821103e6
Grossman M, 2010, NAT REV NEUROL, V6, P88, DOI 10.1038/nrneurol.2009.216
Josephs KA, 2006, BRAIN, V129, P1385, DOI 10.1093/brain/awl078
Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
Kertesz A., 2006, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
Knopman DS, 2011, ALZHEIMERS DEMENT, V7, P293, DOI 10.1016/j.jalz.2010.12.006
Mesulam M, 2009, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V66, P1545, DOI 10.1001/archneurol.2009.288
MESULAM MM, 1982, ANN NEUROL, V11, P592, DOI 10.1002/ana.410110607
MORRIS JC, 1993, NEUROLOGY, V43, P2412
Nickels L., 2011, ACQUIRING KNOWLEDGE, V13, P73
Sapolsky D, 2010, NEUROLOGY, V75, P358, DOI 10.1212/WNL.0b013e3181ea15e8
Sapolsky D., 2011, NEURODEGENER DIS MAN, V1, P43, DOI [10.2217/nmt.11.2, DOI 10.2217/NMT.11.2]
NR 18
TC 1
Z9 1
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 8-9
SI SI
BP 993
EP 1003
DI 10.1080/02687038.2014.931563
PG 11
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AN2EE
UT WOS:000340396000009
ER
PT J
AU Thompson, CK
Mack, JE
AF Thompson, Cynthia K.
Mack, Jennifer E.
TI Grammatical impairments in PPA
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Primary progressive aphasia; Syntax; Morphology; Sentence comprehension;
Sentence production
ID PRIMARY-PROGRESSIVE-APHASIA; NONAPHASIC FRONTOTEMPORAL DEMENTIA;
SENTENCE COMPREHENSION; NONFLUENT APHASIA; LANGUAGE PRODUCTION;
ALZHEIMERS-DISEASE; SEMANTIC DEMENTIA; NEURAL BASIS; 3 VARIANTS;
CONVERSATIONAL SPEECH
AB Background: Grammatical impairments are commonly observed in the agrammatic subtype of primary progressive aphasia (PPA-G), whereas grammatical processing is relatively preserved in logopenic (PPA-L) and semantic (PPA-S) subtypes.
Aims: We review research on grammatical deficits in PPA and associated neural mechanisms, with discussion focused on production and comprehension of four aspects of morphosyntactic structure: grammatical morphology, functional categories, verbs and verb argument structure, and complex syntactic structures. We also address assessment of grammatical deficits in PPA, with emphasis on behavioural tests of grammatical processing. Finally, we address research examining the effects of treatment for progressive grammatical impairments.
Main Contribution: PPA-G is associated with grammatical deficits that are evident across linguistic domains in both production and comprehension. PPA-G is associated with damage to regions including the left inferior frontal gyrus and dorsal white matter tracts, which have been linked to impaired comprehension and production of complex sentences. Detailing grammatical deficits in PPA is important for estimating the trajectory of language decline and associated neuropathology. We, therefore, highlight several new assessment tools for examining different aspects of morphosyntactic processing in PPA.
Conclusions: Individuals with PPA-G present with agrammatic deficit patterns distinct from those associated with PPA-L and PPA-S, but similar to those seen in agrammatism resulting from stroke, and patterns of cortical atrophy and white matter changes associated with PPA-G have been identified. Methods for clinical evaluation of agrammatism, focusing on comprehension and production of grammatical morphology, functional categories, verbs and verb argument structure, and complex syntactic structures are recommended and tools for this are emerging in the literature. Further research is needed to investigate the real-time processes underlying grammatical impairments in PPA, as well as the structural and functional neural correlates of grammatical impairments across linguistic domains. Few studies have examined the effects of treatment for grammatical impairments in PPA; research in this area is needed to better understand how (or if) grammatical processing ability can be improved, the potential for spared neural tissue to be recruited to support this and whether the neural connections within areas of dysfunctional tissue required for grammatical processing can be enhanced using cortical stimulation.
C1 [Thompson, Cynthia K.; Mack, Jennifer E.] Northwestern Univ, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Evanston, IL 60208 USA.
[Thompson, Cynthia K.] Northwestern Univ, Feinberg Sch Med, Cognit Neurol & Alzheimers Dis Ctr, Chicago, IL 60611 USA.
[Thompson, Cynthia K.] Northwestern Univ, Feinberg Sch Med, Dept Neurol, Chicago, IL 60611 USA.
RP Thompson, CK (reprint author), Northwestern Univ, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Francis Searle Bldg,2240 Campus Dr, Evanston, IL 60208 USA.
EM ckthom@northwestern.edu
FU National Institutes of Health [R01DC01948-20, R01DC008552]
FX This work was support by the National Institutes of Health [grant
numbers R01DC01948-20 and R01DC008552]. The authors also wish to
acknowledge M. Marsel Mesulam, Sandra Weintraub, and Christina Wieneke
for their substantial contributions to the work discussed herein.
CR Agosta F, 2010, BRAIN, V133, P286, DOI 10.1093/brain/awp233
Amici S, 2007, J NEUROSCI, V27, P6282, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.1331-07.2007
Ash S, 2009, J NEUROLINGUIST, V22, P370, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2008.12.001
Bastiaanse R., 2002, VERB SENTENCE TEST
Bates E, 2003, NAT NEUROSCI, V6, P448, DOI 10.1038/nn1050
Ben-Shachar M, 2003, PSYCHOL SCI, V14, P433, DOI 10.1111/1467-9280.01459
Borovsky A, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V45, P2525, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2007.03.023
Breedin SD, 1999, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V128, P547, DOI 10.1037/0096-3445.128.4.547
Caplan D, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V101, P151, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.226
Catani M, 2008, CORTEX, V44, P953, DOI 10.1016/j.cortex.2008.04.002
Catani M, 2013, BRAIN, V136, P2619, DOI 10.1093/brain/awt163
Cho-Reyes S, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P1250, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2012.693584
Cooke A, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V85, P211, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00562-X
Cotelli M, 2012, EUR J NEUROL, V19, P1404, DOI 10.1111/j.1468-1331.2012.03699.x
Crepaldi D, 2011, BRAIN LANG, V116, P33, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2010.09.005
DeLeon J, 2012, BRAIN LANG, V123, P183, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2012.09.004
den Ouden DB, 2012, NEUROIMAGE, V59, P815, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2011.07.057
Diaz MT, 2009, BRAIN RES, V1282, P38, DOI 10.1016/j.brainres.2009.05.043
Dronkers NF, 2004, COGNITION, V92, P145, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2003.11.002
Druks J., 2000, OBJECT ACTION NAMING
Dunn L. M., 2006, PEABODY PICTURE VOCA, V4th
Finocchiaro C, 2006, NEUROCASE, V12, P317, DOI 10.1080/13554790601126203
Friederici AD, 2009, TRENDS COGN SCI, V13, P175, DOI 10.1016/j.tics.2009.01.001
Friederici AD, 2011, PHYSIOL REV, V91, P1357, DOI 10.1152/physrev.00006.2011
Galantucci S, 2011, BRAIN, V134, P3011, DOI 10.1093/brain/awr099
GOODGLASS H, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V7, P201, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90017-8
Goodglass H, 1997, CLIN NEUROSCI, V4, P51
Goodglass H., 1983, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V2nd
Goodglass H, 1972, Cortex, V8, P191
Gorno-Tempini ML, 2004, ANN NEUROL, V55, P335, DOI 10.1002/ana.10825
Gorno-Tempini ML, 2011, NEUROLOGY, V76, P1006, DOI 10.1212/WNL.0b013e31821103e6
Gorno-Tempini ML, 2008, NEUROLOGY, V71, P1227, DOI 10.1212/01.wnl.0000320506.79811.da
Graham NL, 2004, NEUROCASE, V10, P141, DOI 10.1080/13554790490497256
Grande M, 2012, NEUROIMAGE, V61, P702, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2012.03.087
Griffiths JD, 2013, CEREB CORTEX, V23, P139, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhr386
Grossman M, 1996, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V8, P135, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1996.8.2.135
Grossman M, 2005, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V76, P644, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.2004.039966
Grossman M, 2005, CORTEX, V41, P764, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70295-8
Gunawardena D, 2010, NEUROLOGY, V75, P588, DOI 10.1212/WNL.0b013e3181ed9c7d
HELMESTABROOKS N, 1989, BOSTON ASSESSMENT SE
Henry ML, 2013, BRAIN LANG, V127, P145, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2013.05.018
Hickok G, 2007, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V8, P393, DOI 10.1038/nrn2113
Hillis AE, 2004, ANN NEUROL, V55, P268, DOI 10.1002/ana.10812
Hillis AE, 2002, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V14, P1099, DOI 10.1162/089892902320474544
Hillis AE, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P246, DOI 10.1080/02687030500473262
Hodges J R, 1996, J Int Neuropsychol Soc, V2, P511
Indefrey P, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P312, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00352-3
Josephs KA, 2006, BRAIN, V129, P1385, DOI 10.1093/brain/awl078
Kertesz A., 2006, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
Kielar A, 2011, J NEUROLINGUIST, V24, P183, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2010.02.008
Kim M, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V88, P1, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00147-0
Kim M, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V74, P1, DOI 10.1006/brin.2000.2315
Knibb JA, 2009, BRAIN, V132, P2734, DOI 10.1093/brain/awp207
Knibb JA, 2006, ANN NEUROL, V59, P156, DOI 10.1002/ana.20700
Luzzatti C, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V81, P432, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2536
Mack J, 2013, PROCD SOC BEHV, V94, P129, DOI 10.1016/j.sbspro.2013.09.062
Magnusdottir S, 2013, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V34, P2715, DOI 10.1002/hbm.22096
Mesulam M, 2008, ANN NEUROL, V63, P709, DOI 10.1002/ana.21388
Mesulam M, 2009, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V66, P1545, DOI 10.1001/archneurol.2009.288
Mesulam MM, 2012, BRAIN, V135, P1537, DOI 10.1093/brain/aws080
Meteyard L, 2009, BRAIN LANG, V110, P121, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2009.03.007
Patterson K, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P1018, DOI 10.1080/02687030600739463
Peelle JE, 2008, J NEUROLINGUIST, V21, P418, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2008.01.004
Peelle JE, 2007, J NEUROLINGUIST, V20, P482, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2007.04.002
Price CC, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V94, P217, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.12.009
Rabinovici GD, 2008, ANN NEUROL, V64, P388, DOI 10.1002/ana.21451
Rogalski E, 2011, J NEUROSCI, V31, P3344, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.5544-10.2011
Rohrer JD, 2012, NEUROBIOL AGING, V33, P744, DOI 10.1016/j.neurobiolaging.2010.05.020
Rohrer JD, 2010, NEUROLOGY, V75, P603, DOI 10.1212/WNL.0b013e3181ed9c6b
Saur D, 2008, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V105, P18035, DOI 10.1073/pnas.0805234105
Schneider SL, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P297, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248414
Segaert K, 2012, CEREB CORTEX, V22, P1662, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhr249
Shapiro KA, 2012, FRONT PSYCHOL, V3, DOI 10.3389/fpsyg.2012.00026
Thompson C. K., 2011, NW ASSESSMENT VERBS
Thompson C. K., 2012, PERSPECTIVES AGRAMMA, P1
Thompson C. K., 2014, STRUCTURING ARGUMENT, P141
Thompson CK, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P632, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2012.676852
THOMPSON CK, 2014, OXFORD HDB LANGUAGE, P47
Thompson CK, 2013, BEHAV NEUROL, V26, P35, DOI 10.3233/BEN-2012-110220
Thompson CK, 2007, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V19, P1753, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2007.19.11.1753
Thompson CK, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P20, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.584691
THOMPSON CK, 2011, NW ANAGRAM TEST
Thompson CK, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P473, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248485
Thompson CK, 2013, CORTEX, V49, P2358, DOI 10.1016/j.cortex.2013.02.003
Thompson CK, 2010, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V48, P3211, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2010.06.036
THOMPSON CK, 2014, NW NAMING BATTERY
Thompson CK, 2010, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V22, P1993, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2009.21334
Thompson CK, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P297, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248473
Thothathiri M, 2012, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V24, P212, DOI 10.1162/jocn_a_00118
Tyler LK, 2005, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V43, P1963, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2005.03.008
Weintraub S, 2009, AM J ALZHEIMERS DIS, V24, P408, DOI 10.1177/1533317509343104
Whitwell JL, 2010, NEUROLOGY, V74, P1279, DOI 10.1212/WNL.0b013e3181d9edde
Wicklund MR, 2014, NEUROLOGY, V82, P1119, DOI 10.1212/WNL.0000000000000261
Wilson SM, 2011, NEURON, V72, P397, DOI 10.1016/j.neuron.2011.09.014
Wilson SM, 2012, BRAIN LANG, V122, P190, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2012.04.005
Wilson SM, 2010, J NEUROSCI, V30, P16845, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.2547-10.2010
Wilson SM, 2010, BRAIN, V133, P2069, DOI 10.1093/brain/awq129
ZURIF EB, 1976, CORTEX, V12, P183
NR 98
TC 3
Z9 3
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 8-9
SI SI
BP 1018
EP 1037
DI 10.1080/02687038.2014.912744
PG 20
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AN2EE
UT WOS:000340396000011
ER
PT J
AU Jokel, R
Graham, NL
Rochon, E
Leonard, C
AF Jokel, Regina
Graham, Naida L.
Rochon, Elizabeth
Leonard, Carol
TI Word retrieval therapies in primary progressive aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Logopenic progressive aphasia; Semantic progressive aphasia;
Non-fluent/agrammatic progressive aphasia; Anomia therapy; Maintenance;
Generalisation
ID TRANSCRANIAL MAGNETIC STIMULATION; FRONTOTEMPORAL LOBAR DEGENERATION;
SEMANTIC DEMENTIA; LANGUAGE IMPAIRMENT; LOGOPENIC VARIANT; MOSSTALK
WORDS; ANOMIA; ERRORLESS; MEMORY; DISEASE
AB Background: Primary progressive aphasia (PPA) with its three variants is a progressive neurodegenerative dementia in which language impairment is the first and most dominant symptom. Traditionally, speech-language pathologists who deliver therapy to adults with acquired neurogenic language disorders shy away from treatment of progressive aphasia as there is no promise of lasting effects and only limited data regarding treatment efficacy.
Aims: This paper comprises the most current review of the literature focused on treatment of naming impairments in PPA, and aims to encourage and assist clinicians in selecting intervention approaches for individuals with PPA. It highlights current trends and challenges in delivering successful therapy for naming deficits in PPA.
Main Contribution: We reviewed papers that reported different forms of naming therapy for patients with PPA, which included interventions that, although not always aimed directly at anomic deficits, brought about improvement in naming. Immediate gains, maintenance, and generalisation effects are summarised, along with a variety of approaches and methodologies that can be applied to the PPA population. We also provide a list of factors that were found to contribute to the success of therapy and to the maintenance and/or generalisation of treatment gains.
Conclusions: Current literature delivers encouraging evidence for clinicians wanting to provide naming therapy to patients with PPA. Although PPA is a progressive disorder, both the immediate treatment effects and, in many cases, maintenance results show that improvements are possible. The issues of generalisation of naming gains beyond the clinician's office still require more studies to determine the best conditions, designs, and patient suitability.
C1 [Jokel, Regina] Univ Toronto, Rotman Res Inst, Toronto, ON M6A 2E1, Canada.
[Graham, Naida L.; Rochon, Elizabeth] Univ Toronto, Toronto Rehabil Inst, Toronto, ON M6A 2E1, Canada.
[Leonard, Carol] Univ Ottawa, Sch Rehabil Sci, Ottawa, ON, Canada.
RP Jokel, R (reprint author), Univ Toronto, Rotman Res Inst, 3560 Bathurst St, Toronto, ON M6A 2E1, Canada.
EM rjokel@research.baycrest.org
CR Abramsky O., 2001, BRAIN DIS THERAPEUTI
Beeson PM, 2011, J MOL NEUROSCI, V45, P724, DOI 10.1007/s12031-011-9579-2
Bier N, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P210, DOI 10.1080/00207590801942906
Boxer AL, 2013, LANCET NEUROL, V12, P149, DOI 10.1016/S1474-4422(12)70320-4
Breedin SD, 1999, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V128, P547, DOI 10.1037/0096-3445.128.4.547
BRIDGERS SL, 1989, NEUROLOGY, V39, P417
Carthery-Goulart M. T., 2013, DEMENTIA NEUROPSYCHO, V7, P122
Cartwright J, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P266, DOI 10.1080/02687030801942932
Conroy PJ, 2012, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V93, pS53, DOI 10.1016/j.apmr.2011.07.205
Cotelli M, 2006, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V63, P1602, DOI 10.1001/archneur.63.11.1602
Cress C., 1999, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V15, P248, DOI 10.1080/07434619912331278785
Croot K, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V61, P226, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1852
Croot K, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P125, DOI 10.1080/02687030801943179
Croot K, 1999, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V16, P705, DOI 10.1080/026432999380627
Decker DA, 2008, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V65, P1533, DOI 10.1001/archneur.65.11.1533
Dressel K, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P1537, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.500567
Farrajota Luísa, 2012, Dement Geriatr Cogn Dis Extra, V2, P321, DOI 10.1159/000341602
Fillingham JK, 2005, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V40, P505, DOI 10.1080/13682820500138572
Fink R. B., 2001, MOSS TALK WORDS
Finocchiaro C, 2006, NEUROCASE, V12, P317, DOI 10.1080/13554790601126203
Frattali C, 2004, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V12, pXI
Gorno-Tempini ML, 2004, ANN NEUROL, V55, P335, DOI 10.1002/ana.10825
Gorno-Tempini ML, 2011, NEUROLOGY, V76, P1006, DOI 10.1212/WNL.0b013e31821103e6
Graham KS, 1999, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V13, P359, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.13.3.359
Graham KS, 2001, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V11, P429
Halliday Michael A. K., 1977, LEARNING MEAN EXPLOR
Henry ML, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P826, DOI 10.1080/02687030701820055
Henry Maya L., 2008, Seminars in Speech and Language, V29, P60, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1061625
Heredia CG, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P192, DOI 10.1080/02687030801942999
HODGES JR, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V11, P505, DOI 10.1080/02643299408251984
Hodges JR, 2001, NEUROLOGY, V56, pS6
HODGES JR, 1992, BRAIN, V115, P1783, DOI 10.1093/brain/115.6.1783
HODGES JR, 1995, MEMORY, V3, P463, DOI 10.1080/09658219508253161
Jefferies E, 2011, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V49, P1208, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2011.01.036
Jokel R, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P175, DOI 10.1080/02687030801943005
Jokel R, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V16, P241, DOI 10.1080/09602010500176757
Jokel R, 2010, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V20, P16, DOI 10.1080/09602010902879859
Jokel R, 2012, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V22, P187, DOI 10.1080/09602011.2011.639626
Jokel R, 2010, PROCD SOC BEHV, V6, P191, DOI 10.1016/j.sbspro.2010.08.095
Jokel R, 2002, BRAIN COGNITION, V49, P241, DOI 10.1006/brcg.2001.1477
Jokel R., 2011, ALZHEIMERS DEMENT, V7, pS754, DOI [10.1016/j.jalz.2011.05.2168, DOI 10.1016/J.JALZ.2011.05.2168]
Jokel R., 2008, APPL ERRORLESS LEARN
Jokel R, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V103, P205, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.07.117
Jokel R., 2009, COMPREHENSION MAINTE
Jokel R, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V99, P149, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.084
Kertesz A, 2008, DEMENT GERIATR COGN, V25, P178, DOI 10.1159/000113034
Koenig-Bruhin M, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V95, P135, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.07.076
Kowa H, 2012, ANN NEUROL, V72, pS45
Laurence F., 2002, 10 INT APH REH C PRE
Louis M, 2001, BRAIN COGNITION, V46, P197, DOI 10.1016/S0278-2626(01)80065-8
Marcotte Karine, 2010, Seminars in Speech and Language, V31, P52, DOI 10.1055/s-0029-1244953
Mayberry EJ, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P1069, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.575203
MCCLELLAND JL, 1995, PSYCHOL REV, V102, P419, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.102.3.419
McNeil M., 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO
McNeil M. R., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P76, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360.0404.76
Mesulam M M, 1992, Baillieres Clin Neurol, V1, P583
MESULAM MM, 1982, ANN NEUROL, V11, P592, DOI 10.1002/ana.410110607
Mottaghy FM, 1999, NEUROLOGY, V53, P1806
Murray LL, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P651, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249564
Neary D, 1998, NEUROLOGY, V51, P1546
Newhart M, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P823, DOI 10.1080/02687030802661762
Peck KK, 2004, STROKE, V35, P554, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000110983.50753.9D
Reed DA, 2004, ANN NEUROL, V56, P750, DOI 10.1002/ana.20301
Reilly J, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P329, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000787
Robinson S, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P749, DOI 10.1080/02687030802235195
Rochon E, 2010, BRAIN LANG, V114, P164, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2010.05.005
Rossi S, 2009, CLIN NEUROPHYSIOL, V120, P2008, DOI 10.1016/j.clinph.2009.08.016
Savage SA, 2013, CORTEX, V49, P1823, DOI 10.1016/j.cortex.2012.09.014
Schneider SL, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P297, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248414
Schwartz MF, 2012, BRAIN, V135, P3799, DOI 10.1093/brain/aws300
Senaha M. L. H., 2010, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V4, P306
SNOWDEN J, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V11, P265, DOI 10.1080/02643299408251976
Snowden JS, 2002, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V40, P1715, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(02)00031-3
Snowden JS, 1999, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V16, P673
Thompson C. K., 2006, GERIATRIC NEUROPSYCH, P315
Topper R, 1998, EXP BRAIN RES, V121, P371, DOI 10.1007/s002210050471
Trebbastoni A, 2013, BRAIN STIMUL, V6, P545, DOI 10.1016/j.brs.2012.09.014
WARRINGTON EK, 1975, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V27, P635, DOI 10.1080/14640747508400525
Watt S, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P211, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1742
Wong S, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P286, DOI 10.1080/02687030801943112
NR 80
TC 1
Z9 1
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 8-9
SI SI
BP 1038
EP 1068
DI 10.1080/02687038.2014.899306
PG 31
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AN2EE
UT WOS:000340396000012
ER
PT J
AU Taylor, C
Croot, K
Power, E
Savage, SA
Hodges, JR
Togher, L
AF Taylor, Cathleen
Croot, Karen
Power, Emma
Savage, Sharon A.
Hodges, John R.
Togher, Leanne
TI Trouble and repair during conversations of people with primary
progressive aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Progressive nonfluent aphasia; Logopenic progressive aphasia;
Conversation; Discourse; Trouble; Repair
ID ALZHEIMERS-DISEASE; SEMANTIC DEMENTIA; COMMUNICATION; TALK; STRATEGIES;
AGE; ORGANIZATION; INDIVIDUALS; DISCOURSE; SEQUENCES
AB Background: Primary progressive aphasia (PPA) affects a range of language domains that impact on communication. Little is known about the nature of conversation breakdown in PPA. The identification of trouble in conversation, its repair and the success of repairs has been used effectively to examine conversation breakdown in neurogenic language disorders such as dementia of the Alzheimer type (DAT) and acute onset aphasia. This study investigated trouble and repair in the conversations of people with PPA.
Aims: The first aim of this study is to describe the contributions of individuals with PPA and their conversation partner to conversation. The second aim is to describe the trouble that occurs in dyadic conversations between three individuals with PPA and their communication partner. The third aim is to describe the repair behaviours used by the individuals with PPA and their communication partners.
Methods & Procedures: Dyadic conversations about everyday activities between three individuals with PPA and their partners and three control dyads were video recorded and transcribed. Number of words, number of turns and length of turns were measured and trouble-indicating behaviours (TIBs) and repair behaviours were categorised.
Outcomes & Results: Individuals with PPA had reduced mean length of turn but maintained their share of turn-taking. They demonstrated a variety of TIBs that differed from the noninteractive repairs, which do not require a response from the partner in the conversation and which have been observed in studies of conversation in DAT. Their partners bore the greater burden of highlighting trouble and need for repair using collaborative, interactive, TIBs. Three different conversational profiles were observed in the three PPA dyads, reflecting different patterns of language and cognitive impairment.
Conclusions: Individuals with PPA were active participants in conversation effectively indicating and responding to trouble. Understanding trouble and repair in the conversations of individuals with PPA has the potential to enhance assessment and inform clinical practice.
C1 [Taylor, Cathleen; Power, Emma; Togher, Leanne] Univ Sydney, Fac Hlth Sci, Sydney, NSW 2006, Australia.
[Taylor, Cathleen] War Mem Hosp, Speech Pathol Dept, Waverley, NSW 2024, Australia.
[Taylor, Cathleen; Croot, Karen; Power, Emma; Togher, Leanne] NHMRC Clin Ctr Res Excellence Aphasia Rehabil, Sydney, NSW, Australia.
[Croot, Karen] Univ Sydney, Sch Psychol, Sydney, NSW 2006, Australia.
[Savage, Sharon A.; Hodges, John R.] Neurosci Res Australia, Kensington, NSW, Australia.
[Savage, Sharon A.; Hodges, John R.] Univ New S Wales, Sch Med Sci, Kensington, NSW 2033, Australia.
RP Taylor, C (reprint author), War Mem Hosp, Speech Pathol Dept, 125 Birrell St, Waverley, NSW 2024, Australia.
EM taylorc@sesiahs.health.nsw.gov.au
RI Power, Emma/A-9263-2015
OI Power, Emma/0000-0002-2638-0406
CR Aphasia Institute, 2013, COMM TOOLS COMM ACC
Barnes S, 2015, APHASIOLOGY, V29, P315, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2013.874547
Beeke S, 2008, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V22, P317, DOI 10.1080/02699200801918911
Beeke Suzanne, 2007, Seminars in Speech and Language, V28, P136, DOI 10.1055/s-2007-970571
Berens A., 2011, AUSTR APHASIA GUIDEL
Bishop D. V. M., 2003, TEST RECEPTION GRAMM
BOHLING HR, 1991, INT J AGING HUM DEV, V33, P249, DOI 10.2190/8U1F-792P-W9XD-1J94
Boles L, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P547, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249557
Booth S, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P283
Bremer K., 1993, ADULT LANGUAGE ACQUI, VII, P153
Cartwright J, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P266, DOI 10.1080/02687030801942932
Coelho C., 2011, ASHA LEADER, V16, P18
DUFFY JR, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P1, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248573
Ferguson A, 1996, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V10, P55, DOI 10.3109/02699209608985161
FERGUSON A, 1992, J NEUROLINGUIST, V7, P277, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(92)90019-S
FERGUSON A, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P143, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248647
FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6
Gorno-Tempini M. L., 2011, NEUROLOGY, V76, P1, DOI [10.1212/WNL.0b013e31821103e6, DOI 10.1212/WNL.0B013E31821103E6]
Gorno-Tempini ML, 2008, NEUROLOGY, V71, P1227, DOI 10.1212/01.wnl.0000320506.79811.da
Graham NL, 2004, NEUROCASE, V10, P141, DOI 10.1080/13554790490497256
Harciarek M, 2011, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V21, P271, DOI 10.1007/s11065-011-9175-9
Henry ML, 2010, CURR OPIN NEUROL, V23, P633, DOI 10.1097/WCO.0b013e32833fb93e
Henry ML, 2012, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V24, P261, DOI 10.1162/jocn_a_00153
Herbert R, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P184, DOI 10.1080/02687030701262613
Heritage J, 1989, CONVERSATION INTERDI, P21
Hodges JR, 2010, BRAIN, V133, P300, DOI 10.1093/brain/awp248
Holland A., 1979, RATIONALE ADULT APHA, P167
Kagan Aura, 2004, Top Stroke Rehabil, V11, P67
Kessler T., 2002, 10 INT APH REH C PAS
Kessler T., 2001, SPEECH PATH AUSTR NA
Kindell J, 2013, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V48, P497, DOI 10.1111/1460-6984.12023
Laakso M., 2009, COMMUNICATION MED, V7, P95, DOI [10.1558/cam.v7i2.95, DOI 10.1558/CAM.V7I2.95]
Le Rhun E, 2005, NEUROLOGY, V65, P887, DOI 10.1212/01.wnl.0000175982.57472.84
Leyton CE, 2011, BRAIN, V134, P3030, DOI 10.1093/brain/awr216
Lindsay J, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P305
Lock S, 2001, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V36, P25
McKenna P, 1983, GRADED NAMING TEST M
Meyers JE, 1995, REY COMPLEX FIGURE T
Mikesell L, 2009, RES LANG SOC INTERAC, V42, P135, DOI 10.1080/08351810902864552
MILROY L, 1992, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V6, P27, DOI 10.3109/02699209208985517
National Aphasia Association, 2013, COMM PEOPL WHO HAV A
Orange JB, 2000, CLIN GERIATR MED, V16, P153, DOI 10.1016/S0749-0690(05)70015-X
Orange JB, 1996, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V39, P881
Penn C., 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P235, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248840
Perkins L., 2003, CONVERSATION BRAIN D, P147
Perkins L, 1998, J NEUROLINGUIST, V11, P33, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(98)00004-9
RYAN EB, 1995, INT J AGING HUM DEV, V41, P89, DOI 10.2190/FP05-FM8V-0Y9F-53FX
SACKS H, 1974, LANGUAGE, V50, P696, DOI 10.2307/412243
SCHEGLOFF EA, 1977, LANGUAGE, V53, P361, DOI 10.2307/413107
Schiffrin D., 1988, LINGUISTICS CAMBRIDG, VIV, P251
Simmons-Mackie N, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P831, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249576
Small JA, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P353, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/028)
Steinberg BA, 2005, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V19, P329, DOI 10.1080/13854040590945210
Swinburn K., 2005, COMPREHENSIVE APHASI
Tappen RM, 1997, ARCH PSYCHIAT NURS, V11, P249, DOI 10.1016/S0883-9417(97)80015-5
Thompson CK, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P297, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248473
Tombaugh TN, 1999, ARCH CLIN NEUROPSYCH, V14, P167, DOI 10.1016/S0887-6177(97)00095-4
Tombaugh TN, 2004, ARCH CLIN NEUROPSYCH, V19, P203, DOI 10.1016/S0887-6177(03)00039-8
Watson CM, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P195, DOI 10.1080/026870399402181
Wilkinson R, 2012, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V93, pS70, DOI 10.1016/j.apmr.2011.07.206
Wilkinson Ray, 2007, Commun Med, V4, P79, DOI 10.1515/CAM.2007.009
Wilkinson R, 2007, J PRAGMATICS, V39, P542, DOI 10.1016/j.pragma.2006.07.010
Wilson SM, 2010, BRAIN, V133, P2069, DOI 10.1093/brain/awq129
Wong S, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P286, DOI 10.1080/02687030801943112
NR 64
TC 1
Z9 1
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 8-9
SI SI
BP 1069
EP 1091
DI 10.1080/02687038.2014.930411
PG 23
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AN2EE
UT WOS:000340396000013
ER
PT J
AU Tsapkini, K
Frangakis, C
Gomez, Y
Davis, C
Hillis, AE
AF Tsapkini, Kyrana
Frangakis, Constantine
Gomez, Yessenia
Davis, Cameron
Hillis, Argye E.
TI Augmentation of spelling therapy with transcranial direct current
stimulation in primary progressive aphasia: Preliminary results and
challenges
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE PPA; tDCS; Intervention; Spelling; Writing; Language rehabilitation
ID NONINVASIVE BRAIN-STIMULATION; SEMANTIC DEMENTIA; ALZHEIMERS-DISEASE;
POSTSTROKE APHASIA; RECOGNITION MEMORY; LOGOPENIC VARIANT; NONFLUENT
APHASIA; VERBAL FLUENCY; WORD RETRIEVAL; LANGUAGE
AB Background: Primary progressive aphasia (PPA) is a neurodegenerative disease that primarily affects language functions and often begins in the fifth or sixth decade of life. The devastating effects on work and family life call for the investigation of treatment alternatives. In this article, we present new data indicating that neuromodulatory treatment, using transcranial direct current stimulation (tDCS) combined with a spelling intervention, shows some promise for maintaining or even improving language, at least temporarily, in PPA.
Aims: The main aim of the present article is to determine whether tDCS plus spelling intervention is more effective than spelling intervention alone in treating written language in PPA. We also asked whether the effects of tDCS are sustained longer than the effects of spelling intervention alone.
Methods & Procedures: We present data from six PPA participants who underwent anodal tDCS or sham plus spelling intervention in a within-subject crossover design. Each stimulation condition lasted 3 weeks or a total of 15 sessions with a 2-month interval in between. Participants were evaluated on treatment tasks as well as on other language and cognitive tasks at 2-week and 2-month follow-up intervals after each stimulation condition.
Outcomes & Results: All participants showed improvement in spelling (with sham or tDCS). There was no difference in the treated items between the two conditions. There was, however, consistent and significant improvement for untrained items only in the tDCS plus spelling intervention condition. Furthermore, the improvement lasted longer in the tDCS plus spelling intervention condition compared to sham plus spelling intervention condition.
Conclusions: Neuromodulation with tDCS offers promise as a means of augmenting language therapy to improve written language function at least temporarily in PPA. The consistent finding of generalisation of treatment benefits to untreated items and the superior sustainability of treatment effects with tDCS justifies further investigations. However, the small sample size still requires caution in interpretation. Present interventions need to be optimised, and particular challenges, such as ways to account for the variable effect of degeneration in each individual, are discussed.
C1 [Tsapkini, Kyrana; Gomez, Yessenia; Davis, Cameron; Hillis, Argye E.] Johns Hopkins Med, Dept Neurol, Baltimore, MD USA.
[Frangakis, Constantine] Johns Hopkins Bloomberg Sch Publ Hlth, Dept Biostat, Baltimore, MD USA.
[Hillis, Argye E.] Johns Hopkins Med, Dept Phys Med & Rehabil, Baltimore, MD USA.
[Hillis, Argye E.] Johns Hopkins Univ, Dept Cognit Sci, Baltimore, MD 21218 USA.
RP Tsapkini, K (reprint author), Johns Hopkins Med Inst, Dept Neurol, 600 N Wolfe St,Meyer 6-113, Baltimore, MD 21237 USA.
EM tsapkini@jhmi.edu
FU Science of Learning Institute at Johns Hopkins University; NIH/NIDCD
[R01 DC5375, R01 DC11317, DC03681]
FX We are grateful to the participants in this project and for the support
from the Science of Learning Institute at Johns Hopkins University to KT
and NIH/NIDCD [grant numbers R01 DC5375, R01 DC11317 and DC03681] to AH.
CR Adlam ALR, 2006, BRAIN, V129, P3066, DOI 10.1093/brain/awl285
Baker JM, 2010, STROKE, V41, P1229, DOI 10.1161/STROKEAHA.109.576785
Beeson PM, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P647, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000067
Beeson PM, 2011, J MOL NEUROSCI, V45, P724, DOI 10.1007/s12031-011-9579-2
Boggio PS, 2009, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V80, P444, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.2007.141853
Boggio PS, 2011, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V21, P703, DOI 10.1080/09602011.2011.617943
Boggio PS, 2012, BRAIN STIMUL, V5, P223, DOI 10.1016/j.brs.2011.06.006
Caramazza A, 1997, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V14, P177, DOI 10.1080/026432997381664
Cotelli M, 2012, EUR J NEUROL, V19, P1404, DOI 10.1111/j.1468-1331.2012.03699.x
Croot K, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P125, DOI 10.1080/02687030801943179
Davies RR, 2009, NEUROBIOL AGING, V30, P2043, DOI 10.1016/j.neurobiolaging.2008.02.005
Faria AV, 2013, BEHAV NEUROL, V26, P21, DOI 10.3233/BEN-2012-110237
Ferrucci R, 2008, NEUROLOGY, V71, P493, DOI 10.1212/01.wnl.0000317060.43722.a3
Finocchiaro C, 2006, NEUROCASE, V12, P317, DOI 10.1080/13554790601126203
Fiori V, 2011, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V23, P2309, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2010.21579
Floel A, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P1082, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.589892
Floel A, 2008, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V20, P1415, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2008.20098
Freitas C, 2011, EXP GERONTOL, V46, P611, DOI 10.1016/j.exger.2011.04.001
Fridriksson J, 2011, STROKE, V42, P819, DOI 10.1161/STROKEAHA.110.600288
Fritsch B, 2010, NEURON, V66, P198, DOI 10.1016/j.neuron.2010.03.035
Gandiga PC, 2006, CLIN NEUROPHYSIOL, V117, P845, DOI 10.1016/j.clinph.2005.12.003
Gorno-Tempini ML, 2011, NEUROLOGY, V76, P1006, DOI 10.1212/WNL.0b013e31821103e6
Graham KS, 1999, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V13, P359, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.13.3.359
Hamilton RH, 2011, BRAIN LANG, V118, P40, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2011.02.005
Hansen Niels, 2012, Front Psychiatry, V3, P48, DOI 10.3389/fpsyt.2012.00048
Hastie T., 2008, SPRINGER SERIES STAT
Henry Maya L., 2008, Seminars in Speech and Language, V29, P60, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1061625
Henry ML, 2013, BEHAV NEUROL, V26, P77, DOI 10.3233/BEN-2012-120260
Hillis A E, 1992, Clin Commun Disord, V2, P19
Hillis A. E., 1987, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P84
Hillis-Trupe A., 1986, CLIN APH C 1986, P163
Holland R, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P1169, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.616925
Homan R. W., 1987, AM J EEG TECHNOL, V28, P269
Huey ED, 2007, CLIN NEUROPHYSIOL, V118, P1417, DOI 10.1016/j.clinph.2007.02.026
Jokel R, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V16, P241, DOI 10.1080/09602010500176757
Jokel R, 2010, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V20, P16, DOI 10.1080/09602010902879859
Jokel R, 2012, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V22, P187, DOI 10.1080/09602011.2011.639626
Jones B., 2003, MONOGRAPHS STAT APPL
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
LIANG KY, 1986, BIOMETRIKA, V73, P13, DOI 10.1093/biomet/73.1.13
Marangolo P, 2011, BEHAV BRAIN RES, V225, P498, DOI 10.1016/j.bbr.2011.08.008
Marcotte Karine, 2010, Seminars in Speech and Language, V31, P52, DOI 10.1055/s-0029-1244953
McNeil M. R., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P76, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360.0404.76
Medina J, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P1153, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2012.710316
Mesulam M, 2008, ANN NEUROL, V63, P124, DOI 10.1002/ana.20940
Mesulam MM, 2001, ANN NEUROL, V49, P425, DOI 10.1002/ana.91
Monti A, 2008, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V79, P451, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.2007.135277
Nardone R., 2012, INT J ALZHEIMERS DIS, V2012, DOI DOI 10.1155/2012/687909
Newhart M, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P823, DOI 10.1080/02687030802661762
Patterson K, 2007, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V8, P976, DOI 10.1038/nrn2277
Philipose LE, 2007, ANN NEUROL, V62, P481, DOI 10.1002/ana.21182
Planton S, 2013, CORTEX, V49, P2772, DOI 10.1016/j.cortex.2013.05.011
Purcell JJ, 2011, FRONT PSYCHOL, V2, DOI 10.3389/fpsyg.2011.00239
Ralph MAL, 2010, BRAIN, V133, P3243, DOI 10.1093/brain/awq264
Rapcsak SZ, 2009, CORTEX, V45, P575, DOI 10.1016/j.cortex.2008.04.006
Rapp B, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P236, DOI 10.1080/02687030801943054
Rapp B, 1997, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V23, P1130, DOI 10.1037/0096-1523.23.4.1130
Schneider SL, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P297, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248414
Schwartz MF, 2009, BRAIN, V132, P3411, DOI 10.1093/brain/awp284
Sepelyak K, 2011, CORTEX, V47, P342, DOI 10.1016/j.cortex.2009.12.001
Stagg CJ, 2011, NEUROSCIENTIST, V17, P37, DOI 10.1177/1073858410386614
Trebbastoni A, 2013, BRAIN STIMUL, V6, P545, DOI 10.1016/j.brs.2012.09.014
Tsapkini K., 2014, OXFORD HDB COGNITIVE, V1
Tsapkini K, 2011, BRAIN, V134, P3094, DOI 10.1093/brain/awr050
Tsapkini K, 2013, BEHAV NEUROL, V26, P55, DOI 10.3233/BEN-2012-110240
Wassermann EM, 2005, TRENDS COGN SCI, V9, P503, DOI 10.1016/i.tics.2005.09.001
NR 66
TC 1
Z9 1
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 8-9
SI SI
BP 1112
EP 1130
DI 10.1080/02687038.2014.930410
PG 19
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AN2EE
UT WOS:000340396000015
ER
PT J
AU O'Connor, CM
Ahmed, S
Mioshi, E
AF O'Connor, Claire M.
Ahmed, Samrah
Mioshi, Eneida
TI Functional disability in primary progressive aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Primary progressive aphasia; Semantic variant; Semantic dementia;
Nonfluent variant; Progressive nonfluent aphasia; Activities of daily
living; Behaviour
ID FRONTOTEMPORAL LOBAR DEGENERATION; QUALITY-OF-LIFE; SEMANTIC DEMENTIA;
ALZHEIMERS-DISEASE; BEHAVIORAL SYMPTOMS; LOGOPENIC APHASIA; CAREGIVER
BURDEN; NATURAL-HISTORY; 3 VARIANTS; CARERS
AB Background: In primary progressive aphasia (PPA), assessment of language predominates over assessment of functional impairment in activities of daily living (ADLs) in clinical and research environments. Most of the knowledge on functional disability in PPA relies largely on anecdotal experience and limited numbers of studies published to date.
Aims: (1) To describe the different patterns of ADL functional disability in the main PPA variants: semantic variant, nonfluent aphasia, and the more recently defined logopenic variant; (2) to draw relations between functional disability, cognitive, and behavioural symptoms in the PPAs; (3) to examine the impact of functional disability on carer burden, and (4) to provide specific strategies to address the described problems.
Main Contribution: Profiles of disease progression are described from a functional perspective, as well as the relationship (or lack thereof) between functional disability and cognitive and behavioural symptoms. Dementia-management strategies for carers and professionals in overcoming day-to-day difficulties are provided, and the impact of functional deficits on those around the patient, including their spouses and children, are discussed.
Conclusions: Patterns of ADL functional disability and their progression vary between PPA subtypes. Understanding these different profiles of impairment is critical to the development of tailored interventions. There is a range of therapeutic strategies which can be trialled to promote improved ADL functioning, which in turn may also help in reducing levels of carer burden in PPA.
C1 [O'Connor, Claire M.] Univ Sydney, Fac Hlth Sci, Ageing Work & Hlth Res Unit, Sydney, NSW 2006, Australia.
[O'Connor, Claire M.; Mioshi, Eneida] Neurosci Res Australia, Randwick, NSW, Australia.
[Ahmed, Samrah] Univ Oxford, Nuffield Dept Clin Neurosci, Oxford, England.
[Mioshi, Eneida] Univ Cambridge, Dept Psychiat, Cambridge CB2 0SP, England.
RP Mioshi, E (reprint author), Univ Cambridge, Sch Clin Med, Dept Psychiat, Level E4,Box 189,Cambridge Biomed Campus, Cambridge CB2 0SP, England.
EM em341@medschl.cam.ac.uk
FU National Health Medical Research Council of Australia Early Career
Fellowship [APP1016399]; Alzheimer Association USA New Investigator
Research [NIRP-12-258380]; NIHR Oxford Biomedical Research Centre
FX EM was a recipient of a National Health Medical Research Council of
Australia Early Career Fellowship [APP1016399] at the time the study was
conducted; she is currently a recipient of an Alzheimer Association USA
New Investigator Research [grant number NIRP-12-258380]. SA is funded by
the NIHR Oxford Biomedical Research Centre.
CR Ahmed S, 2012, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V83, P1056, DOI 10.1136/jnnp-2012-302798
Bier N, 2011, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V21, P455, DOI 10.1080/09602011.2011.580614
Blair M, 2007, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V13, P237, DOI 10.1017/S1355617707070269
Boutoleau-Bretonniere C, 2008, DEMENT GERIATR COGN, V25, P272, DOI 10.1159/000117394
Bozeat S, 2002, NEUROCASE, V8, P127, DOI 10.1093/neucas/8.1.127
Bristow M, 2008, AGING MENT HEALTH, V12, P595, DOI 10.1080/13607860802343076
Cushing N, 2013, PARKINSONISM RELAT D, V19, P436, DOI 10.1016/j.parkreldis.2013.01.002
Diehl J., 2003, DEMENTIA, V2, P151, DOI [10.1177/1471301203002002002, DOI 10.1177/1471301203002002002]
Farmer J., 2005, ALZHEIMERS CARE Q, V6, P225
Flanagan E. C., 2013, J ALZHEIMERS DIS, V40, P33
Gitlin LN, 2009, GERONTOLOGIST, V49, P428, DOI 10.1093/geront/gnp087
Gorno-Tempini ML, 2004, ANN NEUROL, V55, P335, DOI 10.1002/ana.10825
Gorno-Tempini ML, 2011, NEUROLOGY, V76, P1006, DOI 10.1212/WNL.0b013e31821103e6
Gorno-Tempini ML, 2008, NEUROLOGY, V71, P1227, DOI 10.1212/01.wnl.0000320506.79811.da
Green HAC, 2009, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V47, P569, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2008.10.015
Grinberg A., 2008, AM J ALZHEIMERS DIS, V22, P499, DOI [10.1177/1533317507308780, DOI 10.1177/1533317507308780]
Groussard P. Y., 2010, GERONTECHNOLOGY, V9, P106, DOI 10.4017/gt.2010.09.02.014.00
Hall GR, 2013, J GERONTOL NURS, V39, P11, DOI 10.3928/00989134-20130131-02
Hodges JR, 2007, LANCET NEUROL, V6, P1004, DOI 10.1016/S1474-4422(07)70266-1
Hodges JR, 2001, NEUROLOGY, V56, pS6
James A. B., 2009, WILLARD SPACKMANS OC, P538
Jang J, 2012, DEMENT GERIATR COGN, V33, P354, DOI 10.1159/000339670
Kaizik C., BURDEN CARE IN PRESS
Kashibayashi T, 2010, DEMENT GERIATR COGN, V29, P224, DOI 10.1159/000269972
Knibb JA, 2006, ANN NEUROL, V59, P156, DOI 10.1002/ana.20700
Knopman DS, 2008, BRAIN, V131, P2957, DOI 10.1093/brain/awn234
LAWTON MP, 1969, GERONTOLOGIST, V9, P179
Le Rhun E, 2005, NEUROLOGY, V65, P887, DOI 10.1212/01.wnl.0000175982.57472.84
Leyton CE, 2013, NEUROLOGY, V80, P897, DOI 10.1212/WNL.0b013e318285c15b
Leyton CE, 2011, BRAIN, V134, P3030, DOI 10.1093/brain/awr216
Lima-Silva T. B., 2013, DEMENTIA NEUROPSYCHO, V7, P387
LoGiudice D, 2005, INT PSYCHOGERIATR, V17, pS223, DOI 10.1017/S1041610205002048
Massimo L, 2008, AM J ALZHEIMERS DIS, V23, P125, DOI 10.1177/1533317507307961
McKinnon C, 2013, INT J GERIATR PSYCH, V28, P217, DOI 10.1002/gps.3813
Merrilees J, 2010, AMYOTROPH LATERAL SC, V11, P298, DOI 10.3109/17482961003605788
Merrilees J, 2013, ALZ DIS ASSOC DIS, V27, P62, DOI 10.1097/WAD.0b013e3182471c54
Merrilees J, 2010, CLIN NURSE SPEC, V24, P245, DOI 10.1097/NUR.0b013e3181ecdc32
Mesulam M, 2008, ANN NEUROL, V63, P709, DOI 10.1002/ana.21388
Mesulam MM, 2003, NEW ENGL J MED, V349, P1535, DOI 10.1056/NEJMra022435
Mesulam MM, 2001, ANN NEUROL, V49, P425, DOI 10.1002/ana.91
MESULAM MM, 1982, ANN NEUROL, V11, P592, DOI 10.1002/ana.410110607
Mesulam MM, 2012, BRAIN, V135, P1537, DOI 10.1093/brain/aws080
MILLER BL, 1995, DEMENTIA, V6, P195, DOI 10.1159/000106946
Mioshi E, 2010, NEUROLOGY, V74, P1591, DOI 10.1212/WNL.0b013e3181e04070
Mioshi E, 2013, ALZ DIS ASSOC DIS, V27, P68, DOI 10.1097/WAD.0b013e318247a0bc
Mioshi E, 2013, ALZ DIS ASSOC DIS, V27, P84, DOI 10.1097/WAD.0b013e31824a7f5b
Mioshi E, 2007, NEUROLOGY, V68, P2077, DOI 10.1212/01.wnl.0000264897.13722.53
Mioshi E, 2013, J GERIATR PSYCH NEUR, V26, P51, DOI 10.1177/0891988713477474
Mioshi E, 2009, DEMENT GERIATR COGN, V27, P76, DOI 10.1159/000193626
Mioshi E, 2009, DEMENT GERIATR COGN, V28, P419, DOI 10.1159/000255652
MORRIS JC, 1993, NEUROLOGY, V43, P2412
Mourik JC, 2004, DEMENT GERIATR COGN, V18, P299, DOI 10.1159/000080123
Piguet O, 2011, LANCET NEUROL, V10, P162, DOI 10.1016/S1474-4422(10)70299-4
Rabinovici GD, 2010, CNS DRUGS, V24, P375, DOI 10.2165/11533100-000000000-00000
Rabinovici GD, 2008, ANN NEUROL, V64, P388, DOI 10.1002/ana.21451
Riedijk SR, 2006, DEMENT GERIATR COGN, V22, P405, DOI 10.1159/000095750
Robinson S, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P749, DOI 10.1080/02687030802235195
Rohrer JD, 2010, NEUROIMAGE, V49, P984, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2009.08.002
Seeley WW, 2005, NEUROLOGY, V64, P1384
Snowden JS, 2001, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V70, P323, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.70.3.323
Sonn U, 1996, Scand J Rehabil Med Suppl, V34, P1
TROMBLY C, 1993, AM J OCCUP THER, V47, P253
WARREN JD, 2013, BMJ-BRIT MED J, V347, DOI DOI 10.1136/BMJ.F4827
Yokota O, 2006, J AM MED DIR ASSOC, V7, P335, DOI 10.1016/j.jamda.2006.02.012
NR 64
TC 1
Z9 1
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 8-9
SI SI
BP 1131
EP 1149
DI 10.1080/02687038.2014.910588
PG 19
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AN2EE
UT WOS:000340396000016
ER
PT J
AU Nouwens, F
de Jong-Hagelstein, M
de Lau, LML
Dippel, DWJ
Koudstaal, PJ
van de Sandt-Koenderman, WME
Visch-Brink, EG
AF Nouwens, F.
de Jong-Hagelstein, M.
de Lau, L. M. L.
Dippel, D. W. J.
Koudstaal, P. J.
van de Sandt-Koenderman, W. M. E.
Visch-Brink, E. G.
TI Severity of aphasia and recovery after treatment in patients with stroke
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Stroke; Aphasia; Severity; Recovery; Rehabilitation; Therapy
ID RANDOMIZED CONTROLLED-TRIAL; 1-YEAR FOLLOW-UP; POSTSTROKE APHASIA;
SEMANTIC TREATMENT; THERAPY; COMMUNICATION; REHABILITATION; EFFICACY;
PROGRAM; PEOPLE
AB Background: Aphasia due to stroke is often very severe immediately after onset. However, knowledge about the impact of severity on therapeutic potential in the first months is scarce. The optimal therapeutic approach for patients with severe aphasia is still subject to debate.
Aims: To explore the recovery pattern of verbal communication in stroke patients with aphasia of varying degrees of severity receiving language therapy during the first 6 months poststroke.
Methods & Procedures: We used data from our previous trial in which 80 patients with aphasia due to stroke were randomised within the first 3 weeks postonset for either cognitive-linguistic therapy (CLT) or communicative therapy. All patients were tested at baseline and at 3 and 6 months postaphasia onset. We formed three severity groups, based on baseline Amsterdam-Nijmegen Everyday Language Test scores. We used repeated measures ANOVA to compare test scores at baseline and at 3 and 6 months poststroke onset for each of the three severity groups, stratified for the two treatments.
Outcomes & Results: Patients with severe or very severe aphasia improved substantially during follow-up, especially during the first 3 months poststroke. Improvement was less pronounced in the moderate to mild group. Although improvement did not differ significantly between the two treatment arms of the trial during the first 6 months poststroke, the very severe group seemed to benefit particularly from CLT (mean difference between treatments was 4.1 points; 95% CI: -4.0 to 12.2).
Conclusions: Even in very severely aphasic patients, considerable improvement of functional communication is possible. These patients might benefit more from early initiated CLT therapy than generally assumed. Hence, speech and language therapists should not refrain from applying CLT in the acute phase of rehabilitation of severe aphasia.
C1 [Nouwens, F.; de Jong-Hagelstein, M.; de Lau, L. M. L.; Dippel, D. W. J.; Koudstaal, P. J.; Visch-Brink, E. G.] Erasmus MC Univ Med Ctr, Dept Neurol, NL-3000 CA Rotterdam, Netherlands.
[de Lau, L. M. L.] Slotervaart Hosp, Dept Neurol, Amsterdam, Netherlands.
[van de Sandt-Koenderman, W. M. E.] Rijndam Rehabil Ctr, Rotterdam, Netherlands.
[van de Sandt-Koenderman, W. M. E.] Erasmus MC Univ Med Ctr, Dept Rehabil Med, NL-3000 CA Rotterdam, Netherlands.
RP Nouwens, F (reprint author), Erasmus MC Univ Med Ctr, Dept Neurol, Room Ee 2291,POB 2040, NL-3000 CA Rotterdam, Netherlands.
EM f.nouwens@erasmusmc.nl
FU Nuts Ohra Foundation [T-07-71]
FX This work was supported by Nuts Ohra Foundation under [grant number
T-07-71].
CR Ball AL, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P836, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.544320
Ballard KJ, 1999, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V42, P690
Basso A, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P466, DOI 10.1080/02687030802714165
Basso A., 2003, APHASIA ITS THERAPY
Beeson PM, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P1038, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/083)
Berthier ML, 2009, ANN NEUROL, V65, P577, DOI 10.1002/ana.21597
Berthier ML, 2005, DRUG AGING, V22, P163, DOI 10.2165/00002512-200522020-00006
BLOMERT L, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P381, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248666
Blomert L, 1995, AMSTERDAM NIJMEGEN T
Bose A, 2013, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V48, P582, DOI 10.1111/1460-6984.12038
Brady MC, 2012, COCHRANE DB SYST REV, DOI 10.1002/14651858.CD000425.pub3
Carlomagno S, 2013, J COMMUN DISORD, V46, P84, DOI 10.1016/j.jcomdis.2012.08.007
Code C, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V77, P25, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2420
Darrigrand B, 2011, DISABIL REHABIL, V33, P1169, DOI 10.3109/09638288.2010.524271
Davis G, 1985, ADULT APHASIA REHABI
de Jong-Hagelstein M, 2011, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V82, P399, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.2010.210559
DERENZI E, 1978, CORTEX, V14, P41
Doesborgh SJC, 2004, STROKE, V35, P141, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000105460.52928.A6
Drew RL, 1999, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V42, P972
El Hachioui H, 2013, J NEUROL, V260, P166, DOI 10.1007/s00415-012-6607-2
Gialanella B, 2011, J NEUROL, V258, P343, DOI 10.1007/s00415-010-5868-x
Inatomi Y, 2008, CEREBROVASC DIS, V25, P316, DOI 10.1159/000118376
Jacobs B, 2004, DISABIL REHABIL, V26, P1231, DOI 10.1080/09638280412331280244
Laska AC, 2001, J INTERN MED, V249, P413, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2796.2001.00812.x
Lazar RM, 2008, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V79, P530, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.2007.122457
Lazar RM, 2010, STROKE, V41, P1485, DOI 10.1161/STROKEAHA.109.577338
Marshall J, 2012, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V55, P726, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2011/11-0219)
Musicco M, 2003, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V84, P551, DOI 10.1053/apmr.2003.50084
Nicholas M, 2011, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V21, P322, DOI 10.1080/09602011.2011.559051
Nouwens F, 2013, TRIALS, V14, DOI 10.1186/1745-6215-14-24
OLDFIELD RC, 1971, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V9, P97, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(71)90067-4
Paolucci S, 2001, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V82, P2, DOI 10.1053/apmr.2001.18585
PEDERSEN PM, 1995, ANN NEUROL, V38, P659, DOI 10.1002/ana.410380416
Plowman E, 2012, J EVAL CLIN PRACT, V18, P689, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2753.2011.01650.x
Rajaram P, 2012, AUGMENT ALTERN COMM, V28, P64, DOI 10.3109/07434618.2011.653603
Robey RR, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V41, P172
Sacchett C, 1999, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V34, P265, DOI 10.1080/136828299247414
van de Sandt-Koenderman WME, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P459, DOI 10.1080/02687030601146023
Van Rijn M., 2000, FIKS FONOLOGISCH THE
Visch-Brink E. G., 2001, BOX SEMANTISCH THERA
NR 40
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 10
BP 1168
EP 1177
DI 10.1080/02687038.2014.907865
PG 10
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AN2EO
UT WOS:000340397000002
ER
PT J
AU Malyutina, S
Iskra, E
Sevan, D
Dragoy, O
AF Malyutina, Svetlana
Iskra, Ekaterina
Sevan, Daniil
Dragoy, Olga
TI The effects of instrumentality and name relation on action naming in
Russian speakers with aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Verb-finding difficulties; Instrumentality; Verb-noun name
relation; Russian
ID BRAIN-DAMAGED SUBJECTS; VERB RETRIEVAL; LEXICAL ACCESS; SPEECH
PRODUCTION; COMPLEXITY; ORGANIZATION; NOUNS
AB Background: A verb's instrumentality and name relation to an associated instrument noun are among the factors influencing verb retrieval in speakers with aphasia. Previous data on the effects of these factors are equivocal, possibly due to language-and task-specific factors.
Aims: The present study aimed to investigate the nature of the instrumentality and verb-noun name relation effects by retesting them in a large sample of Russian-speaking individuals with fluent and non-fluent aphasia.
Methods & Procedures: Forty Russian-speaking individuals with aphasia (twenty with fluent and twenty with non-fluent aphasia) and twenty controls performed an action naming task. Overall accuracy scores and qualitative error types were analysed.
Outcomes & Results: A positive effect of instrumentality was found in both groups of individuals with aphasia. A negative effect of verb-noun name relation was found in non-fluent aphasia and was larger for verbs with a smaller overlap with the instrument noun. In both aphasia groups, semantically related errors were more numerous for non-instrumental than instrumental verbs, whereas phonological errors were more numerous for name-related than non-name-related instrumental verbs.
Conclusions: The positive effect of instrumentality on verb retrieval may be attributed to a facilitatory effect of richer conceptual representations of instrumental verbs. The negative effect of name relation on verb retrieval may be explained by interference of the phonological form of the instrument noun. These factors influence verb retrieval in aphasia and should be taken into account when developing testing/treatment materials and stimuli for experimental studies.
C1 [Malyutina, Svetlana] Moscow MV Lomonosov State Univ, Moscow, Russia.
[Malyutina, Svetlana] Univ S Carolina, Columbia, SC 29208 USA.
[Iskra, Ekaterina; Dragoy, Olga] Natl Res Univ Higher Sch Econ, Moscow, Russia.
[Iskra, Ekaterina; Sevan, Daniil] Ctr Speech Pathol & Neurorehabil, Moscow, Russia.
[Dragoy, Olga] Moscow Res Inst Psychiat, Moscow, Russia.
RP Malyutina, S (reprint author), Univ S Carolina, Neurolinguist Lab, 915 Greene St,2nd Floor, Columbia, SC 29208 USA.
EM malyutin@email.sc.edu
CR Akinina Y., 2014, RUSSIAN NORMAT UNPUB
Ardila A, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P363, DOI 10.1080/02687030802553704
Bastiaanse R, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V90, P198, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00432-2
BASTIAANSE R, 1991, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V5, P355, DOI 10.3109/02699209108985902
Benson D. F., 1996, APHASIA CLIN PERSPEC
Biedermann B, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1115, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000545
Breedin SD, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V63, P1, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1923
Breedin SD, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V69, P264
CARAMAZZA A, 1991, NATURE, V349, P788, DOI 10.1038/349788a0
Caramazza A, 1997, COGNITION, V64, P309, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(97)00031-0
DELL GS, 1986, PSYCHOL REV, V93, P283, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.93.3.283
Dell GS, 1997, PSYCHOL REV, V104, P801, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.104.4.801
Dragoy O., 2009, P 28 INT PHIL C ST 1, P29
Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R
Jakobson R., 1956, 2 ASPECTS LANGUAGE 2
JONKERS R., 1998, COMPREHENSION PRODUC, V25
Jonkers R., 2000, GRAMMATICAL DISORDER
Jonkers R, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V102, P262, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.01.002
Kambanaros M, 2013, J NEUROLINGUIST, V26, P160, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2012.07.003
Kambanaros M, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V97, P162, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.10.001
Kambanaros M, 2010, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V32, P1083, DOI 10.1080/13803391003733578
Kambanaros M, 2009, BRAIN LANG, V110, P29, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2009.01.004
Kemmerer D, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V73, P347, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2311
Kim M, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V74, P1, DOI 10.1006/brin.2000.2315
Koenig JP, 2008, J SEMANT, V25, P175, DOI 10.1093/jos/ffm013
Levelt W. J. M., 1989, SPEAKING
Levelt W. J. M., 2001, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V98, P464, DOI [10.1073/pnas.231459498, DOI 10.1073/PNAS.231459498]
Levelt WJM, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P1
Liashevskaia O. N., 2009, CHASTOTNYI SLOVAR SO
Luria A. R., 1966, HUMAN BRAIN PSYCHOL
Luzzatti C, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V81, P432, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2536
Pye C., 1995, P 26 ANN CHILD LANG, P60
Ralph MAL, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V38, P186
Sloot P., 2011, STEM SPRAAK TAALTPAT, V17, P3
SNODGRASS JG, 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V6, P174, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.6.2.174
Thompson CK, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P473, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248485
Tsvetkova L. S., 1981, KOLICHESTVENNAYA OTS
NR 37
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 10
BP 1178
EP 1197
DI 10.1080/02687038.2014.910589
PG 20
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AN2EO
UT WOS:000340397000003
ER
PT J
AU Milman, L
Clendenen, D
Vega-Mendoza, M
AF Milman, Lisa
Clendenen, Deanna
Vega-Mendoza, Mariana
TI Production and integrated training of adjectives in three individuals
with nonfluent aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Treatment; Learning; Adjectives; Integrated; Part-whole
ID SENTENCE PRODUCTION; JARGON APHASIA; THERAPY; COMPREHENSION; TYPICALITY;
DISCOURSE; TASK
AB Background: Current research in theoretical linguistics, experimental psychology, and clinical aphasiology suggests that adjective training may facilitate unique aspects of language production and functional communication in persons with aphasia. Although considerable research has been devoted to treatments targeting nouns and verbs, there has been relatively little treatment research directed towards adjectives.
Aims: The goal of this study was to further investigate the viability of adjective training in aphasia by applying an integrated treatment approach targeting adjective production in the context of single word, sentence, and discourse levels of communication. Specific objectives were to quantify baseline adjective production, acquisition of target structures, and treatment generalisation effects.
Method: A single-participant multiple-baseline design was used to evaluate treatment effects in three individuals with nonfluent chronic aphasia. A battery of experimental measures and standardised tests was also administered pre- and post-treatment to assess baseline performance and generalisation effects extending to adjectives, other parts of speech, sentence processing, and discourse production.
Outcomes & Results: Two of the three participants acquired the target structures and maintained criterion performance levels 1 month after treatment. In spite of differences in baseline performance and responsiveness to treatment, all three participants demonstrated significant gains on standardised measures of language production.
Conclusions: Findings add to existing literature supporting the viability of adjective training for individuals with aphasia. Participant characteristics and treatment factors that may contribute to variable outcomes are also discussed.
C1 [Milman, Lisa] Utah State Univ, Logan, UT 84322 USA.
[Clendenen, Deanna] Ohio State Univ, Columbus, OH 43210 USA.
[Vega-Mendoza, Mariana] Univ Edinburgh, Edinburgh, Midlothian, Scotland.
RP Milman, L (reprint author), Utah State Univ, Dept Communicat Disorders & Deaf Educ, 1000 Old Main Hill, Logan, UT 84322 USA.
EM lisa.milman@usu.edu
CR Armstrong E, 2012, SEMIN SPEECH LANG, V33, P16, DOI 10.1055/s-0031-1301160
Baker M., 2003, VERBS NOUNS ADJECTIV
Beeson PM, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V16, P161, DOI 10.1007/s11065-006-9013-7
Biber D., 1999, LONGMAN GRAMMAR SPOK
Blackwell AA, 2005, J CHILD LANG, V32, P535, DOI 10.1017/S0305000905006938
Boyle M, 2004, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V13, P236, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2004/025)
Boyle M, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P1308, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.596185
Cinque G, 2010, SYNTAX ADJECTIVES CO, V57
COLTHEART M, 1981, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V33, P497
Dixon R. M. W., 2004, ADJECTIVE CLASSES CR
Edmonds LA, 2011, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V20, P131, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2011/10-0036)
FREDERIKSEN JR, 1989, ACTA PSYCHOL, V71, P89, DOI 10.1016/0001-6918(89)90006-1
Gibbons H, 2009, CONSCIOUS COGN, V18, P383, DOI 10.1016/j.concog.2009.02.007
Grayson E, 1997, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V32, P257
Hartsuiker RJ, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V62, P221, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1905
Hickin J, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P981, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000509
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Kaplan E., 2001, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kearns K. P., 1985, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P196
Kemp N, 2005, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V48, P592, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2005/041)
Kertesz A., 2007, W APHASIA BATTERY
Kiran S, 2008, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V51, P1550, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2008/07-0038)
Knowles M., 2005, THE ADULT LEARNER
Long D. R., 2008, AMISTADES
McNally Louse, 2008, ADJECTIVES ADVERBS S
McNeil M. R., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P76, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360.0404.76
McNeil MR, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P385, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248479
Milman L, 2010, PROCD SOC BEHV, V6, P221, DOI 10.1016/j.sbspro.2010.08.111
Milman L. H., 2012, SCALES COGNITIVE COM
Milman L. H., 2003, SCALES COGNITIVE COM, P173
Milman LH, 2008, BRAIN LANG, V105, P18, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.12.008
Nickels L, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P935, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000563
Perea M, 2002, PSYCHOL RES-PSYCH FO, V66, P180, DOI 10.1007/s00426-002-0086-5
Raven J., 1998, COLOURED PROGR MATRI
Renvall K, 2013, APHASIOLOGY, V27, P636, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2013.786804
Robson J, 2001, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V36, P471, DOI 10.1080/13682820110089371
Rochon E, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V72, P193, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2285
Sarno MT, 2005, J COMMUN DISORD, V38, P83, DOI 10.1016/j.jcomdis.2004.05.001
Scherag A, 2004, COGNITION, V93, pB97, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2004.02.003
SEFER JW, 1966, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V9, P529
Shankweiler D, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P1455, DOI 10.1080/02687031003615227
Sung JE, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P57, DOI 10.1080/02687031003714434
Thompson C. K., 1995, BRAIN LANG, V51, P124
Thompson CK, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P1021, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000227
Wambaugh JL, 2013, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V22, pS334, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2013/12-0070)
Wright HH, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P1283, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.613452
NR 46
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 10
BP 1198
EP 1222
DI 10.1080/02687038.2014.910590
PG 25
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AN2EO
UT WOS:000340397000004
ER
PT J
AU Petroi, D
Duffy, JR
Strand, EA
Josephs, KA
AF Petroi, Diana
Duffy, Joseph R.
Strand, Edythe A.
Josephs, Keith A.
TI Phonologic errors in the logopenic variant of primary progressive
aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Logopenic progressive aphasia; Primary progressive aphasia; Phonologic
errors; Paraphasias
ID FRONTOTEMPORAL LOBAR DEGENERATION; WORKING-MEMORY; ENVIRONMENTAL
ENRICHMENT; CONDUCTION APHASIA; POSTSTROKE APHASIA; ALZHEIMERS-DISEASE;
NONFLUENT APHASIA; SPEECH PRODUCTION; LANGUAGE; DECLINE
AB Background: One of the distinguishing characteristics of logopenic progressive aphasia (LPA) is phonologic errors, but few data exist that document the frequency of such errors across a variety of language tasks.
Aims: The primary aim of this study was to investigate the frequency of phonologic errors across a variety of spoken language tasks in participants with LPA.
Methods & Procedures: Detailed descriptive analysis was based on data obtained from video recordings of 22 participants with LPA. Nine tasks were analysed for phonologic errors.
Outcomes & Results: All participants made some phonologic errors, with presence/absence of such errors varying across tasks. Tasks that were most likely to elicit phonologic errors were reading nonwords, repetition of multisyllabic words, reading irregular words, and the 15-item Boston Naming Test. Factors such as task nature or complexity, severity of aphasia, and, possibly, education influenced the frequency of phonologic errors.
Conclusions: Our findings support the current consensus criteria that indicate that phonologic errors are a frequent but not a required characteristic for a diagnosis of LPA.
C1 [Petroi, Diana; Duffy, Joseph R.; Strand, Edythe A.] Mayo Clin, Dept Neurol, Sect Speech Pathol, Rochester, MN USA.
[Josephs, Keith A.] Mayo Clin, Dept Neurol, Div Behav Neurol, Rochester, MN USA.
RP Petroi, D (reprint author), Gundersen Hlth Syst, Dept Neurol, Sect Speech Pathol, 1900 South Ave,Mail Stop EB3-002, La Crosse, WI 54601 USA.
EM dpetroi@gundersenhealth.org
FU National Institute on Deafness and Other Communication Disorders [R01
DC010367]
FX This work was supported in part by the National Institute on Deafness
and Other Communication Disorders under [grant number R01 DC010367].
CR ARDILA A, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V44, P165, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1011
Baddeley A, 2003, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V4, P829, DOI 10.1038/nrn1201
Baddeley A, 2000, TRENDS COGN SCI, V4, P417, DOI 10.1016/S1364-6613(00)01538-2
Baddeley A. D., 1986, WORKING MEMORY
Baddeley A. D., 1974, PSYCHOL LEARN MOTIV, V8, P47, DOI DOI 10.1016/S0079-7421(08)60452-1
Baldo JV, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V20, P529, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.20.5.529
Beck J, 2008, BRAIN, V131, P706, DOI 10.1093/brain/awm320
Bennett JC, 2006, NEUROBIOL LEARN MEM, V85, P139, DOI 10.1016/j.nlm.2005.09.003
Bonner MF, 2010, CURR NEUROL NEUROSCI, V10, P484, DOI 10.1007/s11910-010-0140-4
Bousiges O, 2010, NEUROPSYCHOPHARMACOL, V35, P2521, DOI 10.1038/npp.2010.117
Brambati SM, 2009, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V47, P1893, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2009.02.033
Buchsbaum BR, 2011, BRAIN LANG, V119, P119, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2010.12.001
Buchsbaum BR, 2008, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V20, P762, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2008.20501
Budd MA, 2010, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V24, P581, DOI 10.1037/a0020287
BURNS MS, 1977, BRAIN LANG, V4, P492, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(77)90041-4
Caramazza A, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V75, P428, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2379
Crisp J, 2006, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V18, P348, DOI 10.1162/089892906775990543
Croot K, 2012, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V55, pS1562, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2012/11-0323)
Damasio A., 1998, ACQUIRED APHASIA, P25, DOI 10.1016/B978-012619322-0/50005-1
DEMONET JF, 1992, BRAIN, V115, P1753, DOI 10.1093/brain/115.6.1753
DERENZI E, 1962, BRAIN, V85, P665, DOI 10.1093/brain/85.4.665
Duffy JR, 2013, MOTOR SPEECH DISORDE
Duffy JR, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P511, DOI 10.1080/02687030600597358
Eckert M. J., 2012, NEUROGENESIS NEURAL, V15, P165, DOI [10.1007/7854_2012_215, DOI 10.1007/7854_2012_215]
Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd
Goodglass H., 1992, CONDUCTION APHASIA, P39
Goodglass H., 1964, CORTEX, V1, P133, DOI [10.1016/S0010-9452(64)80018-6, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(64)80018-6]
Gorno-Tempini ML, 2004, ANN NEUROL, V55, P335, DOI 10.1002/ana.10825
Gorno-Tempini ML, 2011, NEUROLOGY, V76, P1006, DOI 10.1212/WNL.0b013e31821103e6
Gorno-Tempini ML, 2008, NEUROLOGY, V71, P1227, DOI 10.1212/01.wnl.0000320506.79811.da
Graves WW, 2007, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V19, P617, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2007.19.4.617
Graves WW, 2008, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V20, P1698, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2008.20113
Grossman M, 2008, NEUROLOGY, V70, P2036, DOI 10.1212/01.wnl.0000303816.25065.bc
Hegde M. N., 2003, CLIN RES COMMUNICATI, V3rd
Hickok G, 2003, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V15, P673, DOI 10.1162/089892903322307393
Hickok G, 2004, COGNITION, V92, P67, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2003.10.011
Hickok G, 2007, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V8, P393, DOI 10.1038/nrn2113
Hickok G, 2009, PHYS LIFE REV, V6, P121, DOI 10.1016/j.plrev.2009.06.001
Hodges J R, 1996, J Int Neuropsychol Soc, V2, P511
Josephs KA, 2010, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V67, P596, DOI 10.1001/archneurol.2010.78
Josephs KA, 2008, NEUROLOGY, V70, P25, DOI 10.1212/01.wnl.0000287073.12737.35
Kertesz A., 2007, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
KOHN SE, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V23, P97, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90009-9
KOHN SE, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V24, P266, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90135-X
Lansing AE, 1999, ARCH CLIN NEUROPSYCH, V14, P481, DOI 10.1016/S0887-6177(98)00022-5
Leal-Galicia P, 2008, NEUROBIOL LEARN MEM, V90, P511, DOI 10.1016/j.nlm.2008.07.005
Leyton CE, 2011, BRAIN, V134, P3030, DOI 10.1093/brain/awr216
Loonstra A S, 2001, Appl Neuropsychol, V8, P161, DOI 10.1207/S15324826AN0803_5
Machulda MM, 2013, BRAIN LANG, V127, P139, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2013.02.007
McNeil M. R., 2009, CLIN MANAGEMENT SENS
Mesulam M, 2008, ANN NEUROL, V63, P709, DOI 10.1002/ana.21388
Mesulam M, 2009, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V66, P1545, DOI 10.1001/archneurol.2009.288
Mesulam MM, 2001, ANN NEUROL, V49, P425, DOI 10.1002/ana.91
Meteyard L, 2009, BRAIN LANG, V110, P121, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2009.03.007
Neary D, 1998, NEUROLOGY, V51, P1546
Patel Toral Rohit, 2012, Yale Journal of Biology and Medicine, V85, P491
Patterson K, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P1018, DOI 10.1080/02687030600739463
PAULESU E, 1993, NATURE, V362, P342, DOI 10.1038/362342a0
Plaut DC, 1996, PSYCHOL REV, V103, P56, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.103.1.56
Rabinovici GD, 2008, ANN NEUROL, V64, P388, DOI 10.1002/ana.21451
Rogalski E, 2011, NEUROLOGY, V76, P1804, DOI 10.1212/WNL.0b013e31821ccd3c
Rohrer JD, 2010, NEUROIMAGE, V49, P984, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2009.08.002
Romani C, 2011, CORTEX, V47, P217, DOI 10.1016/j.cortex.2009.11.004
SEIDENBERG MS, 1989, PSYCHOL REV, V96, P523, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.96.4.523
Sonty SP, 2003, ANN NEUROL, V53, P35, DOI 10.1002/ana.10390
STERN Y, 1994, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V271, P1004, DOI 10.1001/jama.271.13.1004
Stern Y, 2012, LANCET NEUROL, V11, P1006, DOI 10.1016/S1474-4422(12)70191-6
Turner RS, 1996, ANN NEUROL, V39, P166, DOI 10.1002/ana.410390205
Valenzuela MJ, 2006, PSYCHOL MED, V36, P441, DOI 10.1017/S0033291705006264
Wambaugh J. L., 2006, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V14, P35
WEINTRAUB S, 1990, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V47, P1329
Wilson SM, 2010, BRAIN, V133, P2069, DOI 10.1093/brain/awq129
Woods SP, 2005, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V11, P408, DOI 10.1017/S1355617705050460
NR 73
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 10
BP 1223
EP 1243
DI 10.1080/02687038.2014.910591
PG 21
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AN2EO
UT WOS:000340397000005
ER
PT J
AU Pagliarin, KC
Ortiz, KZ
Parente, MADP
Nespoulous, JL
Joanette, Y
Fonseca, RP
AF Pagliarin, Karina Carlesso
Ortiz, Karin Zazo
de Mattos Pimenta Parente, Maria Alice
Nespoulous, Jean-Luc
Joanette, Yves
Fonseca, Rochele Paz
TI Individual and sociocultural influences on language processing as
assessed by the MTL-BR Battery
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Language tests; Education level; Age; Assessment; Adults; Aphasia
ID DIAGNOSTIC APHASIA EXAMINATION; BOSTON NAMING TEST; NORMATIVE DATA;
OLDER-ADULTS; SCHOOL EDUCATION; TOKEN TEST; AGE; SPANISH; POPULATION;
VERSION
AB Background: The Montreal-Toulouse Language Assessment Battery-Brazilian version (MTL-BR) has been adapted, extensively revised, and redesigned from French to Brazilian Portuguese to assess components of spoken and written language, praxis, and arithmetical skills after brain injury.
Aims: The aim of the present study was to verify the influence of age, education, and gender on healthy adults' linguistic performance on the MTL-BR.
Methods & Procedures: The sample consisted of 463 healthy adults recruited from cities in southern and southeastern Brazil, divided into groups according to gender, age (19-29, 30-39, 40-49, 50-59, and 60-75 years), and education level (5-8, 9-11 and >12 years of formal schooling); the influence of all these variables on MTL-BR performance was assessed.
Outcomes & Results: The results showed that education had the greatest influence on subtest scores. Few scores appeared to be influenced by age, and only minimal gender differences were identified.
Conclusions: The data obtained will contribute to the clinical assessment of patients with aphasia throughout Brazil.
C1 [Pagliarin, Karina Carlesso; Fonseca, Rochele Paz] Pontificia Univ Catolica Rio Grande do Sul, Dept Psychol, Porto Alegre, RS, Brazil.
[Ortiz, Karin Zazo] Univ Fed Sao Paulo, Speech Therapy Dept, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
[de Mattos Pimenta Parente, Maria Alice] Fed Univ ABC, Dept Psychol, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
[Nespoulous, Jean-Luc] Univ Toulouse 2, Lab Jacques Lordat, Toulouse, France.
[Joanette, Yves] Univ Montreal, Fac Med, CRIUGM, Montreal, PQ H3C 3J7, Canada.
RP Pagliarin, KC (reprint author), Prof Cristiano Fischer St,818-403 Petropolis, BR-91410000 Porto Alegre, RS, Brazil.
EM karinap_fono@yahoo.com.br
FU CNPq; CAPES
FX The authors thank CNPq and CAPES for scholarships that contributed to
the development of this manuscript.
CR Aranciva F, 2012, NEUROLOGIA, V27, P394, DOI 10.1016/j.nrl.2011.12.016
Ardila A, 1996, INT J NEUROSCI, V87, P71, DOI 10.3109/00207459608990754
Ardila A, 2000, ARCH CLIN NEUROPSYCH, V15, P495, DOI 10.1016/S0887-6177(99)00040-2
ARDILA A, 1989, DEV NEUROPSYCHOL, V5, P307
Atamaz F., 2007, TURK FIZ TIP REHAB D, V53, P5
BECK AT, 1961, ARCH GEN PSYCHIAT, V4, P561
BELAND R, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P359, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249516
BELAND R, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P439, DOI 10.1080/02687039008248786
BENBOW CP, 1988, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V11, P169
BROOKER BH, 1986, J CLIN PSYCHOL, V42, P982, DOI 10.1002/1097-4679(198611)42:6<982::AID-JCLP2270420624>3.0.CO;2-G
Capitani E, 1997, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V7, P295, DOI 10.1080/713755543
Casals-Coll M, 2013, NEUROLOGIA, V28, P33, DOI 10.1016/j.nrl.2012.02.010
Casarin Fabíola Schwengber, 2011, Rev. CEFAC, V13, P917, DOI http://dx.doi.org/10.1590/s1516-18462011005000031
Chaves M. L., 2009, ACTA NEUROL SCAND, V85, P378
Connor LT, 2004, J GERONTOL B-PSYCHOL, V59, pP203
DERENZI E, 1962, BRAIN, V85, P665, DOI 10.1093/brain/85.4.665
FINLAYSON MAJ, 1977, J CONSULT CLIN PSYCH, V45, P536, DOI 10.1037//0022-006X.45.4.536
Fonseca R. P., 2009, ESTUDOS INTERDISCIPL, V14, P13
Fonseca R. P., 2012, METODOS NEUROCIENCIA, P300
Fonseca R. P., 2008, PSYCHOL NEUROSCI, V1, P55, DOI DOI 10.3922/J.PSNS.2008.1.009
Gamaldo AA, 2012, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V26, P534, DOI 10.1037/a0028686
Ganguli M, 2010, AGING MENT HEALTH, V14, P100, DOI 10.1080/13607860903071014
Goodglass H., 2001, ASSESSMENT APHASIA E
Ishigaki Ellen Cristina Siqueira Soares, 2013, Codas, V25, P282, DOI 10.1590/S2317-17822013000300015
Juby A, 2002, CAN MED ASSOC J, V167, P859
Kaplan E., 2001, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Kim H, 2004, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V26, P1011, DOI 10.1080/13803390490515397
Kochhann R., 2010, DEMENTIA NEUROPSYCHO, V4, P35
Labos Edith, 2009, REV ARGENTINA NEUROP, V13, P1
Labov W., 1983, MODELOS SOCIOLINGUIS
Laska AC, 2007, J REHABIL MED, V39, P387, DOI 10.2340/16501977-0070
Lauterbach M, 2008, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V14, P1046, DOI 10.1017/S1355617708081253
Lecours A. R., 2001, PSICOL-REFLEX CRIT, V14, P367, DOI 10.1590/S0102-79722001000200011
LECOURS AR, 1987, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V25, P231, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(87)90134-5
Lezak MD, 2012, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL A, V5th
Lira J. O., 2011, INTERTIONAL PSYCHOGE, V23, P404
Miller N, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P683
Mortensen L, 2006, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V21, P238, DOI 10.1080/01690960444000278
Murray L., 2012, APHASIA RELATED NEUR, P66
Nascimento E., 2004, WAIS 3 MANUAL ADM AV
Nespoulous J. L., 1986, PROTOCOLE MONTREAL T
Ortiz Karin Zazo, 2011, J Soc Bras Fonoaudiol, V23, P220
Ortiz K. Z., 1993, PRO-FONO REV ATUAL C, V5, P23
Ortiz K. Z., 2006, REV FONO ATUAL, V35, P65
Ostrosky-Solis F, 1999, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V5, P413, DOI 10.1017/S1355617799555045
Pagliarin KC, 2014, NEUROREHABILITATION, V34, P463, DOI 10.3233/NRE-141057
Parente M. A. M. P., 2009, REV NEUROPSICOLOGIA, V1, P72
Parente M. A. M. P., 2014, BATERIA MONTREAL TOU
Pawlowski J, 2012, READ WRIT, V25, P2275, DOI 10.1007/s11145-012-9357-8
Pawlowski Josiane, 2007, Psico-USF, V12, P211, DOI 10.1590/S1413-82712007000200009
Pineda DA, 2000, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V6, P802, DOI 10.1017/S135561770067707X
Pineda DA, 1998, REV NEUROLOGIA, V26, P962
Radanovic M, 2004, BRAZ J MED BIOL RES, V37, P1731, DOI 10.1590/S0100-879X2004001100019
Robert C, 2007, J GERONTOL B-PSYCHOL, V62, pP340
ROSSELLI M, 1990, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V12, P313, DOI 10.1080/01688639008400977
Snitz BE, 2009, INT PSYCHOGERIATR, V21, P1051, DOI 10.1017/S1041610209990214
Soares ECS, 2009, SAO PAULO MED J, V127, P134, DOI 10.1590/S1516-31802009000300005
Tsapkini Kyrana, 2010, Behav Neurol, V22, P111, DOI 10.3233/ben-2009-0256
Welch LW, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V53, P260, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0047
WILLMES K, 1980, NERVENARZT, V51, P553
NR 61
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 10
BP 1244
EP 1257
DI 10.1080/02687038.2014.918573
PG 14
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AN2EO
UT WOS:000340397000006
ER
PT J
AU Pettigrew, C
Hillis, AE
AF Pettigrew, Corinne
Hillis, Argye E.
TI Role for memory capacity in sentence comprehension: Evidence from acute
stroke
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Acute stroke; Short-term memory; Working memory; Sentence comprehension
ID SHORT-TERM-MEMORY; POSITRON-EMISSION-TOMOGRAPHY; VERBAL WORKING-MEMORY;
EVENT-RELATED FMRI; SYNTACTIC COMPREHENSION; INDIVIDUAL-DIFFERENCES;
WERNICKES AREA; APHASIA; LANGUAGE; DEFICITS
AB Background: Previous research has suggested that short-term and working memory (WM) resources play a critical role in sentence comprehension, especially when comprehension mechanisms cannot rely on semantics alone. However, few studies have examined this association in participants in acute stroke, before the opportunity for therapy and reorganisation of cognitive functions.
Aims: The present study examined the hypothesis that severity of short-term memory (STM) deficit due to acute stroke predicts the severity of impairment in the comprehension of syntactically complex sentences. Furthermore, we examined the association between damage to the short-term and WM network and impaired sentence comprehension, as an association would be predicted by the previous hypothesis.
Methods & Procedures: Forty-seven participants with acute stroke and 14 participants with a transient ischemic attack (TIA; the control group) were included in the present study. Participants received a language battery and clinical or research scans within 48 hrs of hospital admittance. The present study focused on the behavioural data from the STM and WM span tasks and a sentence-picture matching comprehension task included in this battery. Using regression analyses, we examined whether short-term and WM measures explained significant variance in sentence comprehension performance.
Outcomes & Results: Consistent with prior research, STM explained significant variance in sentence comprehension performance in acute stroke; in contrast, WM accounted for little variance beyond that which was already explained by STM. Furthermore, ischemia that included the short-term/WM network was sufficient to cause sentence comprehension impairments for syntactically complex sentences.
Conclusions: The present study suggests that STM resources are an important source of sentence comprehension impairments.
C1 [Pettigrew, Corinne] Johns Hopkins Univ, Sch Med, Dept Neurol, Div Cognit Neurosci, Baltimore, MD 21205 USA.
[Hillis, Argye E.] Johns Hopkins Univ, Sch Med, Dept Neurol, Baltimore, MD 21205 USA.
RP Pettigrew, C (reprint author), Johns Hopkins Univ, Sch Med, Dept Neurol, Div Cognit Neurosci, 1620 McElderry St, Baltimore, MD 21205 USA.
EM corinne.pettigrew@gmail.com
FU NIH from the National Institute on Deafness and Other Communication
Disorders [R01 DC05375, R01 DC 03681]
FX This work was supported by the NIH, under [grant numbers R01 DC05375 and
R01 DC 03681] from the National Institute on Deafness and Other
Communication Disorders.
CR Army Individual Test Battery, 1944, MAN DIR SCOR
Baddeley A, 2012, ANNU REV PSYCHOL, V63, P1, DOI 10.1146/annurev-psych-120710-100422
Baddeley A. D., 1974, PSYCHOL LEARN MOTIV, V8, P47, DOI DOI 10.1016/S0079-7421(08)60452-1
Baldo JV, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P338, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.602391
BUTTERWORTH B, 1986, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V38, P705
Caplan D, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V101, P103, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.225
Caplan D, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V101, P151, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.226
Caplan D, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P77
Caplan D., 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL I, P337, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511665547.019
Caplan D, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P279, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.642795
Caplan D, 2013, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V30, P77, DOI 10.1080/02643294.2013.803958
CARAMAZZA A, 1981, CORTEX, V17, P333
Cecchetto C., 2011, BIOLINGUISTIC ENTERP, P440
Damasio H., 1989, LESION ANAL NEUROPSY
Daneman M, 1996, PSYCHON B REV, V3, P422, DOI 10.3758/BF03214546
D'Esposito M, 1999, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V37, P1303, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(99)00021-4
D'Esposito M, 1999, BRAIN COGNITION, V41, P66, DOI 10.1006/brcg.1999.1096
Engle RW, 1999, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V128, P309, DOI 10.1037/0096-3445.128.3.309
FRIEDRICH FJ, 1985, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V2, P385, DOI 10.1080/02643298508252667
Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R
Gordon PC, 2002, PSYCHOL SCI, V13, P425, DOI 10.1111/1467-9280.00475
Henson RNA, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V38, P426, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(99)00098-6
Hickok G, 2004, COGNITION, V92, P67, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2003.10.011
Hillis AE, 2001, ANN NEUROL, V50, P561, DOI 10.1002/ana.1265
Hillis AE, 2001, NEUROLOGY, V56, P670
JUST MA, 1992, PSYCHOL REV, V99, P122, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.99.1.122
Kertesz A., 2006, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
KING J, 1991, J MEM LANG, V30, P580, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(91)90027-H
Leff AP, 2009, BRAIN, V132, P3401, DOI 10.1093/brain/awp273
Martin N, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P464, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2003.12.004
Martin N, 1997, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V14, P641
Martin R., 1994, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V8, P506, DOI [10.1037/0894-4105.8.4.506, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.8.4.506]
MARTIN RC, 1994, J MEM LANG, V33, P83, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1994.1005
MARTIN RC, 1995, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V12, P623, DOI 10.1080/02643299508252010
MARTIN RC, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V32, P159, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90122-2
Martin RC, 2003, J NEUROLINGUIST, V16, P341, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(03)00025-3
Martin RC, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P76, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00300-6
Marvel CL, 2012, BRAIN LANG, V120, P42, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2011.08.005
MIYAKE A, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V11, P671, DOI 10.1080/02643299408251989
Papagno C, 2007, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V24, P292, DOI 10.1080/02643290701211928
PAULESU E, 1993, NATURE, V362, P342, DOI 10.1038/362342a0
Race DS, 2012, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V50, P1946, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2012.04.019
Romero L, 2006, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V18, P1147, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2006.18.7.1147
Sobesky J, 2004, STROKE, V35, P2843, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000147043.29399.f6
Thompson CK, 2010, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V48, P3211, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2010.06.036
Thothathiri M, 2012, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V24, P212, DOI 10.1162/jocn_a_00118
VALLAR G, 1984, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V1, P121, DOI 10.1080/02643298408252018
Zaro-Weber O, 2010, STROKE, V41, P2817, DOI 10.1161/STROKEAHA.110.594432
NR 48
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 10
BP 1258
EP 1280
DI 10.1080/02687038.2014.919436
PG 23
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AN2EO
UT WOS:000340397000007
ER
PT J
AU Matos, MAC
Jesus, LMT
Cruice, M
AF Matos, Maria Assuncao C.
Jesus, Luis M. T.
Cruice, Madeline
TI Consequences of stroke and aphasia according to the ICF domains: Views
of Portuguese people with aphasia, family members and professionals
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Consequences; ICF; Family Members; Clinicians
ID SPEECH-LANGUAGE PATHOLOGISTS; CORE SETS; OLDER-PEOPLE; COMMUNICATION;
LIFE; PARTICIPATION; PERSPECTIVES; CLINICIAN; SURVIVORS; ADULTS
AB Background: Addressing the long-term consequences of stroke is a top 10 research priority, and understanding the views of different stakeholders is essential in designing appropriate patient-centred multidisciplinary rehabilitation.Aims: This study reports on the perspectives of 38 individuals who live with or work with aphasia: people with aphasia (PWA), family members (FM) and friends, and speech and language therapists (SLTs), about its consequences in the daily lives of PWA.Method & Resources: In total, 14 PWA, 14 FM and 10 SLTs participated in the study. All participants were interviewed about the consequences of stroke and aphasia. Small focus groups were used with some participants. In-depth semi-structured interviews were used with other participants. Interviews were carried out in groups or individually in order to accommodate severe aphasic impairments or respondents with fewer years of education. Interviews were video or audio-recorded. Verbal and non-verbal communication was transcribed and analysed qualitatively using content analysis. Data was coded and mapped onto the ICF framework.Outcomes & Results: All three groups reported consequences in Body Functions and Body Structures, primarily in Mental Functions (Specific Mental Functions and Global Mental Functions) and Neuromusculoskeletal and Movement-Related Functions. Within Specific Mental Functions, PWA emphasised Expression of Oral Language, whereas FM and SLTs emphasised Emotional Functions. Within Global Mental Functions, PWA and FM emphasised Energy and Drive Functions, whereas SLTs emphasised Temperament and Personality Functions. Some consequences were shared between PWA and SLTs (Sensory Functions and Pain, and Functions of the Digestive, Metabolic and Endocrine Systems), whilst others were specific to SLTs alone (Voice and Speech Functions, and Cardiovascular, Haematological, Immunological and Respiratory Systems). All three groups reported consequences in Activities and Participation in Major Life Areas; Community, Social and Civic Life; Interpersonal Interactions and Relationships; Communication; and Mobility. Some consequences were shared by PWA and FM (Domestic Life), and others by FM and SLT (Self Care). Consequences in General Tasks and Demands were only described by SLTs and in Learning and Applying Knowledge by PWA. Both PWA and FM reported a general Loss of Autonomy.Conclusions: PWA, FM and SLTs reported a considerable range of stroke and aphasia consequences in the daily life of those who live with it. They were concerned to different degrees with language, physical and emotional changes, and impact on communication, mobility, self-care, relationships, leisure and work. Professionals' practices in Portugal need to be changed in order to consider these findings.
C1 [Matos, Maria Assuncao C.] Ctr Hosp Coimbra, Coimbra, Portugal.
[Matos, Maria Assuncao C.] Univ Coimbra, Coimbra, Portugal.
[Matos, Maria Assuncao C.; Jesus, Luis M. T.] Univ Aveiro, Sch Hlth Sci ESSUA, P-3800 Aveiro, Portugal.
[Jesus, Luis M. T.] Univ Aveiro, Inst Elect & Telemat Engn Aveiro IEETA, P-3800 Aveiro, Portugal.
[Cruice, Madeline] City Univ London, Div Language & Commun Sci, London EC1V 0HB, England.
RP Matos, MAC (reprint author), Univ Aveiro, P-3800 Aveiro, Portugal.
EM maria.matos@ua.pt
FU National Funds through FCT-Foundation for Science and Technology
[PEst-OE/EEI/UI0127/2014]
FX Special thanks go to the people with aphasia and their family and
friends who gave their time to take part in the study. This work was
developed during the Ph.D. of the first author at the University of
Aveiro, Portugal. This work was partially funded by National Funds
through FCT-Foundation for Science and Technology, in the context of the
project PEst-OE/EEI/UI0127/2014.
CR Aleligay A, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P383, DOI 10.1080/02687030701415872
Alguren B, 2010, DISABIL REHABIL, V32, P551, DOI 10.3109/09638280903186335
Bardin L., 1977, ANAL CONTENU
Berelson B, 1971, CONTENT ANAL COMMUNI, V2nd
Brown K, 2012, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V14, P141, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2011.632026
Castro-Caldas A., 1979, THESIS U LISBOA LISB
Cieza A, 2004, J REHABIL MED, V36, P9, DOI 10.1080/16501960410015353
Code C, 2003, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V13, P379, DOI 10.1080/09602010244000255
Cruice M., 2008, LANGUAGE DISORDERS C, P98
Cruice M, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P1210, DOI 10.1080/02687030600790136
Dalemans RJP, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1071, DOI 10.1080/02687030701632179
Damasio A. R., 1973, THESIS U LISBOA LISB
Daniel K, 2009, STROKE, V40, pE431, DOI 10.1161/STROKEAHA.108.534487
Darrigrand B, 2011, DISABIL REHABIL, V33, P1169, DOI 10.3109/09638288.2010.524271
Davidson B, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P235, DOI 10.1080/02687030701268024
Davidson B, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P243, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000653
DGS, 2008, AC VASC CER CLIN
DGS, 2010, CUID CONT AP SOC
Doyle PJ, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P291, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000680
Ferro J., 2006, NEUROLOGIAPRINCIPIOS
Ferro J., 1986, THESIS U LISBOA LISB
FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6
Galliers J., 2012, P 12 PART DES C ROSK, P51
Goncalves B, 2004, EUR J PSYCHOL ASSESS, V20, P339, DOI 10.1027/1015-5759.20.4.339
Grawburg M, 2013, APHASIOLOGY, V27, P828, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2013.768330
Grill E, 2011, J REHABIL MED, V43, P87, DOI 10.2340/16501977-0616
Guerreiro M. S. A., 1994, REV PORTUGUESA NEURO, V3, P9
Hinckley JJ, 2002, J COMMUN DISORD, V35, P543, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(02)00119-3
Howe TJ, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P618, DOI 10.1080/02687030701536024
Howe TJ, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P1015, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000499
Jacome C, 2013, DISABIL REHABIL, V35, P1534, DOI 10.3109/09638288.2012.745625
Kagan A, 2007, TOP LANG DISORD, V27, P309
Kelly H., 2010, PUBLICATION
Krippendorff K., 1988, CONTENT ANAL INTRO I
Le Dorze G., 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P229
Leal A., 2009, THESIS U AVEIRO AVEI
Le Dorze G, 2010, DISABIL REHABIL, V32, P1073, DOI 10.3109/09638280903374121
LOMAS J, 1987, MED CARE, V25, P764, DOI 10.1097/00005650-198708000-00009
Luck AM, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P208, DOI 10.1080/02687030601065470
Martin N., 2008, APHASIA REHABILITATI
Martins T., 2006, ACIDENTE VASCULAR CE
Matos M., 2012, THESIS U AVEIRO AVEI
Matos M., 2011, MINI MENTAL STATE MO
Matos M., 2010, P 28 WORLD C INT ASS, P64
Mazaux JM, 2013, J REHABIL MED, V45, P341, DOI 10.2340/16501977-1122
Michallet B, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P835, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000238
MSSS, 2012, EMPR PESS COM DEF IN
Mumby K, 2012, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V47, P398, DOI 10.1111/j.1460-6984.2012.00153.x
OXENHAM D, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P477, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248710
Paanalahti M, 2013, J REHABIL MED, V45, P331, DOI 10.2340/16501977-1110
Parr S., 1997, TALKING APHASIA LIVI
PARR S, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P457, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248670
Parr S, 2001, FOLIA PHONIATR LOGO, V53, P266, DOI 10.1159/000052681
Parr S, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P98, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798337
Pashek G. V., 2008, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V16, P1
Pollock A, 2014, INT J STROKE, V9, P313, DOI 10.1111/j.1747-4949.2012.00942.x
RADLOFF L S, 1977, Applied Psychological Measurement, V1, P385, DOI 10.1177/014662167700100306
Ross KB, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P860, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000038
Santos ME, 1999, BRAIN INJURY, V13, P23, DOI 10.1080/026990599121845
Sherratt S, 2011, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V13, P317, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2011.584632
Simmons-Mackie N, 2014, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V16, P82, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2013.831484
Natterlund BS, 2010, SCAND J OCCUP THER, V17, P117, DOI 10.3109/11038120902814416
Sutcliffe LM, 1998, CLIN REHABIL, V12, P506, DOI 10.1191/026921598672167702
World Health Organisation, 2001, INT CLASS FUNCT DIS
Worrall L., 2009, SPEECH PATH AUSTR NA
Zemva N, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P219, DOI 10.1080/026870399402190
NR 66
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 7
BP 771
EP 796
DI 10.1080/02687038.2014.906561
PG 26
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AI8PC
UT WOS:000337181200001
ER
PT J
AU Hilton, R
Leenhouts, S
Webster, J
Morris, J
AF Hilton, Rose
Leenhouts, Shona
Webster, Janet
Morris, Julie
TI Information, support and training needs of relatives of people with
aphasia: Evidence from the literature
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Carer; Audit; Care quality; Carer experience; Service user
ID STROKE SURVIVORS; FAMILY CAREGIVERS; CARERS; PARTNERS; SPOUSES;
REHABILITATION; IMPACT; INTERVENTION; SERVICES; THERAPY
AB Background: Aphasia has an impact beyond the person with aphasia; relatives of people with aphasia are affected by communication difficulties and are service users in their own right, requiring information, support, and training. Research studies have consulted relatives of people with aphasia, but the evidence is complex and widely dispersed in the literature; this makes it difficult to determine what the needs of relatives of people with aphasia are, and how best to meet them. There is also evidence of a gap between perceived needs and current service provision.Aims: The aim of this review is to provide a synthesis, from the literature, of relatives' views about their own intervention needs in relation to acquired aphasia, in terms of both content and timing.Main Contribution: A literature search identified articles which contained relatives' views about their own need for information, support, or training. Recommendations emerging within individual studies were clustered, focusing on the type and timing of intervention. The synthesis of studies provides a framework in which service users' recommendations for interventions for relatives of people with aphasia can be readily accessed, making an evidence-based resource for research and clinical applications. The outcome of the review also supports service delivery to relatives, by enhancing awareness and anticipation of their needs, and by validating best use of resources. In addition, the framework of data has clinical and research applications as the basis for dynamic and flexible tools to audit service provision and consider quality of care in this field.Conclusions: The review acknowledges the value of seeking service user opinion on their needs and service provision. It highlights the specific needs of relatives of people with aphasia. The need for factual information provided proactively in a flexible and supportive manner predominated, particularly in the initial period following the stroke. The need for ongoing psychosocial support over the long term was apparent. The perceived benefits of training in supported conversation skills were more varied. It is challenging to synthesise such a diverse literature, but the synthesis could support service delivery to families of people with aphasia, by allowing services to consider how they are meeting the needs that relatives have identified.
C1 [Hilton, Rose; Leenhouts, Shona; Webster, Janet; Morris, Julie] Newcastle Univ, Newcastle Upon Tyne NE1 7RU, Tyne & Wear, England.
RP Hilton, R (reprint author), Newcastle Univ, NETA Aphasia Support Ctr, King George VI Bldg,Queen Victoria Rd, Newcastle Upon Tyne NE1 7RU, Tyne & Wear, England.
EM rose.hilton@newcastle.ac.uk
CR ANDERSON CS, 1995, STROKE, V26, P843
Avent J, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P365, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000813
Bakas T, 2006, REHABIL NURS, V31, P33
Booth S, 1999, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V34, P291, DOI 10.1080/136828299247423
Bowling J. H., 1977, AUSTR J HUMAN COMMUN, V5, P29
Brown K, 2011, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V18, P536, DOI 10.1310/tsr1805-536
BRUMFITT S, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P583, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248683
Care Quality Commission, 2011, SUPP LIF STROK REV S
CARNWATH TCM, 1987, BRIT MED J, V294, P409
Denman A, 1998, DISABIL REHABIL, V20, P411
EVANS RL, 1988, STROKE, V19, P1243
Forster A., 2001, COCHRANE DB SYST REV, V3
Greenwood N, 2010, DISABIL REHABIL, V32, P125, DOI 10.3109/09638280903050069
GREVESON GC, 1991, AGE AGEING, V20, P337, DOI 10.1093/ageing/20.5.337
Hafsteinsdottir TB, 2011, PATIENT EDUC COUNS, V85, P14, DOI 10.1016/j.pec.2010.07.046
Hilton R., 2013, RECOMMENDATION UNPUB
Hinckley JJ, 2001, J COMMUN DISORD, V34, P241, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(01)00049-1
Hoffmann T., 2004, INT J THERAPY REHABI, V11, P303
Horton S, 1998, Int J Lang Commun Disord, V33 Suppl, P126
Howe T, 2012, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V47, P511, DOI 10.1111/j.1460-6984.2012.00159.x
Intercollegiate Stroke Working Party, 2012, NAT CLIN GUID STROK
Johansson MB, 2011, DISABIL REHABIL, V33, P51, DOI 10.3109/09638288.2010.486465
Johansson MB, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P1005, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2012.671927
Johansson MB, 2013, APHASIOLOGY, V27, P201, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2012.744808
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Law J, 2010, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V45, P551, DOI 10.3109/13682820903308509
Le Dorze G, 2010, DISABIL REHABIL, V32, P1073, DOI 10.3109/09638280903374121
LEDORZE G, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P239
Linebaugh C. W., 1978, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P304
Mak AKM, 2007, J CLIN NURS, V16, P971, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2702.2006.01754.x
Manders E, 2011, LOGOP PHONIATR VOCO, V36, P139, DOI 10.3109/14015439.2011.562534
Michallet B, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P731, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000087
Miller N, 2011, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V46, P179, DOI 10.3109/13682822.2010.484850
National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE), 2010, QUAL STAND 2 STROK
Parr S, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P98, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798337
Paul NA, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P1095, DOI 10.1080/02687030903383720
Pound C, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P477, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000159
Purdy M, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P377, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000822
Rau M. T., 1991, FAMILY CAREGIVING CH, V1
Royal College of Speech and Language Therapists (RCSLT), 2005, CLIN GUID
Royal College of Speech and Language Therapists (RCSLT), 2009, RES MAN COMM PLANN S
SCHULZ R, 1988, PSYCHOL AGING, V3, P131, DOI 10.1037//0882-7974.3.2.131
Servaes P, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P889
Simmons-Mackie NN, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P583, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000408
The Stroke Association, 2013, FEEL OV EM IMP STR
Turner S, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P616, DOI 10.1080/02687030600687860
Visser-Meily A, 2006, DISABIL REHABIL, V28, P1557, DOI 10.1080/09638280600648215
WADE DT, 1986, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V49, P11, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.49.1.11
Walker E, 2001, J ADV NURS, V34, P329, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2648.2001.01762.x
Webster E. J., 1980, FAMILY CARE GIVING C
Whitworth A, 1997, CONVERSATION ANAL PR
WILLIAMS SE, 1993, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V74, P361
World Health Organisation, 2001, INT CLASS FUNCT DIS
NR 53
TC 1
Z9 1
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 7
BP 797
EP 822
DI 10.1080/02687038.2014.906562
PG 26
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AI8PC
UT WOS:000337181200002
ER
PT J
AU Antonucci, SM
AF Antonucci, Sharon M.
TI What matters in semantic feature processing for persons with
stroke-aphasia: Evidence from an auditory concept-feature verification
task
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Semantic domain; Feature type; Feature distinctiveness; Veracity
ID CATEGORY-SPECIFIC DEFICITS; NONLIVING CONCEPTS; BILINGUAL APHASIA;
FEATURE KNOWLEDGE; CASE-SERIES; LARGE SET; MEMORY; REPRESENTATIONS;
RETRIEVAL; DEMENTIA
AB Background: The relationship between object concept domains (living vs. nonliving) and their underlying feature structures is a frequent area of investigation regarding semantic processing in healthy individuals and some individuals with neuropsychological impairment resulting from herpes simplex encephalitis, semantic dementia, and Alzheimer's disease. However, this relationship has been less well investigated in persons with stroke-aphasia (PWA), even though many treatments for anomia following stroke are predicated on the use of semantic feature cues.Aims: As part of a larger investigation into the influence of semantic feature processing on naming for PWA, this study examined the ability of PWA to confirm the relations between object concepts and associated semantic features.Methods & Procedures: Fifteen native English-speaking, right-handed individuals with post-stroke-aphasia responded yes or no via button press to feature verification questions designed to probe the relationships between concept domain and feature type and distinctiveness.Outcomes & Results: PWA were more accurate and quicker to confirm concept-feature relationships when features contained function/action, rather than visual-perceptual information about concepts and when features were distinctive to concepts rather than shared. The truthfulness (i.e., veracity) of concept-feature pairings was demonstrated to differentially affect living versus nonliving concepts. Within domain, only nonliving concepts were verified more accurately and more quickly when pairings were true (rather than false). Between domains, true nonliving concept-feature pairings were more accurately and more quickly verified than true living concept-feature pairings. Also with respect to veracity, correlations were observed between aphasia severity and accuracy and speed of response to false concept-feature pairings.Conclusions: Findings have implications for the way in which semantic processing is probed with PWA, as well as providing preliminary information regarding responsivity of PWA to differing types of semantic information for living versus nonliving concepts. The fact that PWA demonstrated disproportionate difficulty responding to certain types of semantic information also suggests preliminary implications for the utility of different types of semantic cues in semantically based treatments for word retrieval impairment.
C1 Worcester State Univ, Worcester, MA 01602 USA.
RP Antonucci, SM (reprint author), Worcester State Univ, 486 Chandler St, Worcester, MA 01602 USA.
EM santonucci@worcester.edu
FU National Institute on Deafness and other Communication Disorders of the
National Institutes of Health [R03DC010262]
FX The author thanks Carolyn Falconer for assistance with this project.
Portions of this work were presented at the 2012 annual meeting of the
Academy of Aphasia. Research reported in this publication was supported
by the National Institute on Deafness and other Communication Disorders
of the National Institutes of Health under [grant number R03DC010262]
awarded to Sharon M. Antonucci.
CR Antonucci SM, 2011, COGN AFFECT BEHAV NE, V11, P551, DOI 10.3758/s13415-011-0053-y
Antonucci SM, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P281, DOI 10.1080/02687030701294491
Antonucci SM, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P854, DOI 10.1080/02687030802634405
Arevalo A, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V100, P79, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.012
Boyle M, 2004, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V13, P236, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2004/025)
Boyle M., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P94
Boyle M, 2010, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V17, P411, DOI 10.1310/tsr1706-411
Buxbaum LJ, 2000, NEUROCASE, V6, P83, DOI 10.1080/13554790008402763
Buxbaum LJ, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V82, P179, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00014-7
Capitani E, 2003, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V20, P213, DOI 10.1080/02643290244000266
Cree GS, 2003, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V132, P163, DOI 10.1037/0096-3445.132.2.163
Edmonds LA, 2006, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V49, P729, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2006/053)
Falconer C, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P64, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.602390
Gainotti G, 2000, CORTEX, V36, P539, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70537-9
Gainotti G, 1996, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V13, P357, DOI 10.1080/026432996381944
Gainotti G, 2006, NEUROSCI BIOBEHAV R, V30, P577, DOI 10.1016/j.neubiorev.2005.11.001
Garrard P, 2001, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V18, P125, DOI 10.1080/02643290125857
Gonnerman LM, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V57, P254, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1752
Hashimoto N, 2011, J COMMUN DISORD, V44, P459, DOI 10.1016/j.jcomdis.2011.02.004
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Jefferies E, 2006, BRAIN, V129, P2132, DOI 10.1093/brain/awl153
Kertesz A., 2006, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
Kiefer M, 2007, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V19, P525, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2007.19.3.525
Kiefer M, 2001, MEM COGNITION, V29, P100, DOI 10.3758/BF03195745
Kiran S, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P773, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/061)
Kiran S, 2007, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V16, P18, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2007/004)
Kiran S, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P231, DOI 10.1080/02687030902958365
MARSHALL RC, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V15, P292, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90061-X
Martin A, 2001, CURR OPIN NEUROBIOL, V11, P194, DOI 10.1016/S0959-4388(00)00196-3
Martin A., 2000, NEW COGNITIVE NEUROS, P1023
Martin A, 2007, NEURAL BASIS OF SEMANTIC MEMORY, P302, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511544965.013
Mason-Baughman MB, 2013, APHASIOLOGY, V27, P364, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2012.730602
McRae K, 2005, BEHAV RES METHODS, V37, P547, DOI 10.3758/BF03192726
McRae K, 1997, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V126, P99, DOI 10.1037/0096-3445.126.2.99
MEASSO G, 1993, ACTA NEUROL SCAND, V88, P70
Morrison CM, 1997, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V50, P528
Moss HE, 1998, NEUROCASE, V4, P291, DOI 10.1080/13554799808410629
Ralph MAL, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V70, P309
Ralph MAL, 2003, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V20, P307, DOI 10.1080/02643290244000301
Raven J., 1938, COLOURED PROGR MATRI
Rogers TT, 2004, PSYCHOL REV, V111, P205, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.111.1.205
Rossion B, 2004, PERCEPTION, V33, P217, DOI 10.1068/p5117
Thompson-Schill SL, 2003, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V41, P280, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(02)00161-6
Tyler LK, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V75, P195, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2353
Wallace SE, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P1278, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2012.702886
WARRINGTON EK, 1984, BRAIN, V107, P829, DOI 10.1093/brain/107.3.829
WARRINGTON EK, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P1273, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.5.1273
Zannino GD, 2006, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V23, P515, DOI 10.1080/02643290542000067
NR 48
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 7
BP 823
EP 839
DI 10.1080/02687038.2014.913769
PG 17
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AI8PC
UT WOS:000337181200003
ER
PT J
AU Hilger, A
Ramsberger, G
Gilley, P
Menn, L
Kong, A
AF Hilger, Alison
Ramsberger, Gail
Gilley, Phillip
Menn, Lise
Kong, Anthony
TI Analysing speech problems in a longitudinal case study of logopenic
variant PPA
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Primary progressive aphasia; Logopenic; Speech sound errors; Analysis of
connected speech; Assessment; Diagnosis; Rater perception
ID PRIMARY-PROGRESSIVE-APHASIA; DISCOURSE; DEMENTIA; DECLINE
AB Background: Primary progressive aphasia (PPA) is a neurodegenerative form of dementia in which gradually worsening language impairments are the prominent feature in the initial stages. PPA is commonly differentiated into three variants: nonfluent agrammatic (PPA-NVF), semantic (PPA-SV), and logopenic (PPA-LV).Aims: This article provides a longitudinal description of changes in picture description produced by a woman with PPA-LV, introduces a reliable new measure that captures those changes, and relates the measured changes to raters' perceptions of changes in discourse quality.Method & Procedures: Seven oral descriptions of the Boston Diagnostic Aphasia Examination (BDAE) Cookie Theft picture were digitally recorded over the course of 27 months and later transcribed. Transcriptions were analysed using a new adaptation of the Linguistic Communication Measure (LCM) and the Linguistic Communication Measure-Revised Cantonese (LCM-RC) designed to be sensitive to the features of PPA-LV. We have named this third form the LCM, the Linguistic Communication Measure--Speech Sounds (LCM-SS). Audio recordings of the seven picture descriptions plus three produced by typical speakers of similar age were rated for goodness by 15 raters.Outcomes & Results: Goodness ratings of the participants' speech samples decreased steadily over the 27 months. Although our previous measures of discourse quality (LCM, LCMC-RC) appeared to work well for capturing many of the speakers with vascular aphasia, they failed to capture the nature of this participant's decline: Her lexical access slowed over time, but did not become more error-prone, and morphosyntactic components did not worsen, with errors remaining low to almost absent. However, speech sound errors and repetitions increased steadily over the 27 months. The new measure, LCM-SS, succeeded in capturing this pattern of decline: Several of the LCM-SS measures were highly correlated to ratings of goodness, and two of the LCM-SS indices (sound errors and grammatical errors) accounted for 98% of the variance in the goodness ratings.Conclusions: Over the course of 27 months, the most significant change in this participant's Cookie Theft descriptions was the steady increase in sound errors, in the context of decreased efficiency in lexical retrieval and relatively stable grammatical form. This pattern was also highly related to listeners' perceptions of the quality of discourse. Neither of the previous versions of the LCM captured this debilitating increase in sound errors, but adding the index of sound errors to those previous versions resulted in an analysis method that was sensitive to the linguistic features exhibited by this participant with PPA-LV.
C1 [Hilger, Alison; Ramsberger, Gail; Gilley, Phillip] Univ Colorado, Dept Speech Language & Hearing Sci, Boulder, CO 80309 USA.
[Hilger, Alison; Menn, Lise] Univ Colorado, Dept Linguist, Boulder, CO 80309 USA.
[Kong, Anthony] Univ Cent Florida, Dept Commun Disorders & Sci, Orlando, FL 32816 USA.
RP Ramsberger, G (reprint author), Univ Colorado, UCB 409, Boulder, CO 80309 USA.
EM Gail.Ramsberger@colorado.edu
CR Abdi H., 2007, ENCY MEASUREMENT STA, P598
Armstrong E, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P875, DOI 10.1080/02687030050127685
Ash S, 2010, BRAIN LANG, V113, P13, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2009.12.001
Berndt R. S., 2000, QUANTITATIVE PRODUCT
Dabul B, 2000, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL, V2nd
Dubois B, 2000, NEUROLOGY, V55, P1621
Enderby P. M., 2008, FRENCHAY DYSARTHRIA, V2nd
Filley CM, 2006, NEUROCASE, V12, P296, DOI 10.1080/13554790601126047
FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6
Goodglass H, 2000, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V3rd
Gorno-Tempini ML, 2004, ANN NEUROL, V55, P335, DOI 10.1002/ana.10825
Gorno-Tempini ML, 2011, NEUROLOGY, V76, P1006, DOI 10.1212/WNL.0b013e31821103e6
Gorno-Tempini ML, 2008, NEUROLOGY, V71, P1227, DOI 10.1212/01.wnl.0000320506.79811.da
Hayes Andrew F., 2007, COMMUNICATION METHOD, V1, P77, DOI DOI 10.1080/19312450709336664
Hilger A., 2011, PROCEDIASOCIAL BEHAV, V23, P31, DOI [10.1016/j.sbspro.2011.09.155, DOI 10.1016/J.SBSPRO.2011.09.155]
Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
Kertesz A., 2006, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
Kong A. P. H., 2004, J MULTILINGUAL COMMU, V2, P124
Kong A. P. H., 2002, BRAIN LANG, V83, P19
Libon DJ, 2009, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V23, P337, DOI 10.1037/a0014995
MacWhinney B, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P1286, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.589893
Menn L., 2011, INT S BIL 8 OSL
MENN L, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P343, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248664
Mesulam MM, 2003, NEW ENGL J MED, V349, P1535, DOI 10.1056/NEJMra022435
Mesulam MM, 2001, ANN NEUROL, V49, P425, DOI 10.1002/ana.91
MESULAM MM, 1982, ANN NEUROL, V11, P592, DOI 10.1002/ana.410110607
Rogalski E, 2011, NEUROLOGY, V76, P1804, DOI 10.1212/WNL.0b013e31821ccd3c
Rohrer JD, 2010, NEUROIMAGE, V49, P984, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2009.08.002
SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8
SHEWAN CM, 1988, J COMMUN DISORD, V21, P103, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(88)90001-9
Wilson SM, 2010, BRAIN, V133, P2069, DOI 10.1093/brain/awq129
NR 31
TC 1
Z9 1
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 7
BP 840
EP 861
DI 10.1080/02687038.2014.895974
PG 22
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AI8PC
UT WOS:000337181200004
ER
PT J
AU Groenewold, R
Bastiaanse, R
Nickels, L
Wieling, M
Huiskes, M
AF Groenewold, Rimke
Bastiaanse, Roelien
Nickels, Lyndsey
Wieling, Martijn
Huiskes, Mike
TI The effects of direct and indirect speech on discourse comprehension in
Dutch listeners with and without aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Discourse comprehension; Direct speech; Indirect speech
ID VOICE-SELECTIVE AREAS; REPORTED SPEECH; MAIN IDEAS; QUOTATIONS;
NARRATIVES; INDIVIDUALS; DISORDERS; LANGUAGE; DETAILS; TALK
AB Background: Research on language comprehension in aphasia has primarily focused on comprehension of isolated words and sentences. Even though previous studies have provided insights into comprehension abilities of individuals with aphasia at the word and grammatical level, our understanding of the nature and extent of their language comprehension (dis)abilities is not yet complete. In contrast to the highly restricted semantic and syntactic interpretation of sentences, discourse comprehension requires additional pragmatic and non-linguistic skills.Aims: The purpose of this study was to assess language comprehension in individuals with and without aphasia at the discourse level. In particular, it addressed the question of whether the use of direct speech, compared to indirect speech, affects comprehension of narrative discourse in Dutch aphasic and non-brain-damaged (NBD) listeners.Methods & Procedures: The Direct Speech Comprehension (DISCO) test was developed to examine the effects of manipulating direct vs. indirect speech on discourse comprehension. Twenty-three individuals with aphasia and 20 NBD participants were presented with spoken narratives that contained either direct or indirect speech reports. The narratives were presented audio-visually on an iPad, and comprehension was assessed with yes/no questions.Outcomes & Results: The performance of the participants with aphasia was significantly poorer than that of the NBD participants. Moreover, a main effect for condition type was found, indicating that narratives with direct speech reports were better understood than narratives with indirect speech reports by listeners with and without aphasia. There was no interaction between group and condition type indicating that this main effect held for both the aphasic and the NBD listeners. However, for the participants with aphasia, there was an interaction between condition and Token Test error score indicating that the positive effect of direct speech constructions diminishes for individuals with poorer comprehension.Conclusions: Direct speech constructions facilitate language comprehension in listeners with and without aphasia. One explanation for this finding is the occurrence of additional layers of communication, such as intonation and facial expression, often accompanying direct speech constructions. An alternative account is the degree of grammatical complexity: In Dutch, the syntactic construction of indirect speech requires embedding, whereas in direct speech the introductory sentence and the quote are both main clauses. The finding that the beneficial effect of direct speech on language comprehension diminishes for individuals with severe aphasia may indicate that the DISCO is too difficult for them to reveal an effect of a subtle manipulation such as that of condition type.
C1 [Groenewold, Rimke; Bastiaanse, Roelien; Wieling, Martijn; Huiskes, Mike] Univ Groningen, Ctr Language & Cognit Groningen CLCG, NL-9700 AS Groningen, Netherlands.
[Groenewold, Rimke; Nickels, Lyndsey] Macquarie Univ, ARC Ctr Excellence Cognit & Its Disorders CCD, Sydney, NSW 2109, Australia.
[Groenewold, Rimke; Nickels, Lyndsey] Macquarie Univ, Dept Cognit Sci, Sydney, NSW 2109, Australia.
[Groenewold, Rimke; Bastiaanse, Roelien; Nickels, Lyndsey] Univ Groningen, Int Doctorate Expt Approaches Language & Brain ID, NL-9700 AS Groningen, Netherlands.
[Groenewold, Rimke; Bastiaanse, Roelien; Nickels, Lyndsey] Newcastle Univ, Int Doctorate Expt Approaches Language & Brain ID, Newcastle Upon Tyne NE1 7RU, Tyne & Wear, England.
[Groenewold, Rimke; Bastiaanse, Roelien; Nickels, Lyndsey] Univ Potsdam, Int Doctorate Expt Approaches Language & Brain ID, Potsdam, Germany.
[Groenewold, Rimke; Bastiaanse, Roelien; Nickels, Lyndsey] Univ Trent, Int Doctorate Expt Approaches Language & Brain ID, I-38100 Trento, Italy.
[Groenewold, Rimke; Bastiaanse, Roelien; Nickels, Lyndsey] Macquarie Univ, Sydney, NSW 2109, Australia.
[Wieling, Martijn] Univ Tubingen, Dept Quantitat Linguist, Tubingen, Germany.
RP Groenewold, R (reprint author), Univ Groningen, Ctr Language & Cognit Groningen CLCG, POB 716, NL-9700 AS Groningen, Netherlands.
EM r.groenewold@rug.nl
FU Netherlands Organisation for Scientific Research (NWO); Australian
Research Council
FX The research programme is financed by the Netherlands Organisation for
Scientific Research (NWO). Lyndsey Nickels was funded by an Australian
Research Council Future Fellowship.
CR AKAIKE H, 1974, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, VAC19, P716, DOI 10.1109/TAC.1974.1100705
Baayen R. Harald, 2008, ANAL LINGUISTIC DATA
Baayen RH, 2008, J MEM LANG, V59, P390, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2007.12.005
Bastiaanse R, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V96, P135, DOI 10.1016/j.bandi.2005.06.012
Bastiaanse R, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V80, P142, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2585
Bastiaanse R, 2011, J NEUROLINGUIST, V24, P163, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2010.02.006
Biber D., 1999, LONGMAN GRAMMAR SPOK
Brookshire R., 1993, DISCOURSE COMPREHENS
Brookshire R. H., 1978, CLIN MANAGEMENT NEUR
BROOKSHIRE RH, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V21, P21, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90033-6
Burchert F, 2013, APHASIOLOGY, V27, P112, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2012.730603
Caplan D., 1992, LANGUAGE STRUCTURE P
Chafe W., 1992, INT ENCY LINGUISTICS, P356
Chapman S. B., 1992, TEXAS J AUDIOLOGY SP, V17, P3
CLARK HH, 1990, LANGUAGE, V66, P764, DOI 10.2307/414729
Couper-Kuhlen E., 1998, COHERENCE SPOKEN WRI, P11
Den Dikken M., 1996, MINIMAL IDEAS, P67
Duman TY, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P908, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.550629
Eerland A, 2013, PLOS ONE, V8, DOI 10.1371/journal.pone.0065480
Ferstl EC, 2005, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V27, P367, DOI 10.1080/13803390490515784
Flesch R, 1948, J APPL PSYCHOL, V32, P221, DOI 10.1037/h0057532
GERMANI MJ, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V42, P308, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90103-L
GLOSSER G, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V40, P67, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90117-J
Goodglass H., 1970, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V13, P584
Goodwin M., 1990, HE SAID SHE SAID TAL
GRAESSER AC, 1994, PSYCHOL REV, V101, P371, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.101.3.371
Graetz P., 1992, LOGOPEDIE FONIATRIE, V63, P58
Groenewold R., 2014, INT J LANG COMM DIS, DOI [10.1111/1460-6984.12080, DOI 10.1111/1460-6984.12080]
Groenewold R, 2013, APHASIOLOGY, V27, P546, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2012.742484
Guthke T., 2001, APHASIE VERWANDTE GE, V15, P29
Hengst JA, 2005, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V48, P137, DOI 10.1044/1092-43888(2005/011)
Hincks R., 2005, SYSTEM, V33, P575, DOI DOI 10.1016/J.SYSTEM.2005.04.002
Holt E, 2000, RES LANG SOC INTERAC, V33, P425, DOI 10.1207/S15327973RLSI3304_04
Holt E, 1996, RES LANG SOC INTERAC, V29, P219, DOI 10.1207/s15327973rlsi2903_2
Huber W., 1990, DISCOURSE ABILITY BR, P154
Jonkers R, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V102, P262, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.01.002
Kempler D., 2004, NEUROCOGNITIVE DISOR
Koster J., 1994, PATHS UNIVERSAL GRAM, P255
KOSTER J, 1975, LINGUIST ANAL, V1, P111
Labov W., 1972, LANGUAGE CITY STUDIE
LEHRER A, 1989, DISCOURSE PROCESS, V12, P105
Levy J, 2012, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V21, pS154, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2012/11-0104)
Li C., 1986, DIRECT INDIRECT SPEE
Lind M, 2002, INVESTIGATIONS IN CLINICAL PHONETICS AND LINGUISTICS, P373
Llinas-Grau M, 2014, APHASIOLOGY, V28, P62, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2013.828345
Macauley Ronald, 1987, IPRA PAPERS PRAGMATI, V1, P1
Mason-Baughman MB, 2013, APHASIOLOGY, V27, P364, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2012.730602
MAYES P, 1990, STUD LANG, V14, P325, DOI 10.1075/sl.14.2.04may
Nicholas L. E., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P69
Pashek G. V., 1977, THESIS U MINNESOTA M
PASHEK GV, 1982, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V25, P377
Pierce R., 1992, CLIN COMMUNICATION D
ROMAINE S, 1991, AM SPEECH, V66, P227, DOI 10.2307/455799
Scaglione A., 1981, THEORY GERMAN WORD O
Schuell H., 1965, APHASIA ADULTS
Singer M, 1994, HDB PSYCHOLINGUISTIC, P479
Streeck J., 1992, ADV NON VERBAL COMMU
Tannen D., 1989, TALKING VOICES REPET
Ulatowska H. K., 1994, DISCOURSE ANAL APPL, P29
Ulatowska HK, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P93, DOI 10.1080/02687031003714418
Ulatowska H. K., 1992, LANGUAGE CONTEXT ESS, P51
Ulatowska H. K., 1981, LANGUAGE HEARING, V2, P269, DOI [10.1055/s-0028-1095022, DOI 10.1055/S-0028-1095022]
Ulatowska HK, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V87, P69, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00202-5
WEGNER ML, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V21, P37, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90034-8
Wiersbicka Anna, 1974, PAP LINGUIST, V7, P267
Wilkinson R, 2010, RES LANG SOC INTERAC, V43, P57, DOI 10.1080/08351810903471506
Yao B, 2011, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V23, P3146, DOI 10.1162/jocn_a_00022
Yao B, 2012, NEUROIMAGE, V60, P1832, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2012.01.111
Yao B, 2011, COGNITION, V121, P447, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2011.08.007
ZWART CJW, 1994, LINGUIST REV, V11, P377, DOI 10.1515/tlir.1994.11.3-4.377
Zwart Cornelius Jan-Wouter, 1997, MORPHOSYNTAX VERB MO
NR 71
TC 1
Z9 1
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2014
VL 28
IS 7
BP 862
EP 884
DI 10.1080/02687038.2014.902916
PG 23
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA AI8PC
UT WOS:000337181200005
ER
PT J
AU DeDe, G
AF DeDe, Gayle
TI Effects of verb bias and syntactic ambiguity on reading in people with
aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Reading comprehension; Temporary syntactic ambiguity; Aphasia; Lexical
Bias Hypothesis
ID SENTENCE COMPREHENSION; BROCAS APHASIA; AGRAMMATIC COMPREHENSION;
ADULTS; PLAUSIBILITY; RESOLUTION; JUDGMENTS
AB Background: The Lexical Bias Hypothesis claims that people with aphasia (PWA) have difficulty understanding sentences when the verb's argument structure bias conflicts with the sentence structure. This hypothesis can account for comprehension deficits that affect simple sentences, but the role of verb bias has not been clearly demonstrated in temporarily ambiguous sentences.Aims: This study examined how verb bias affects comprehension of temporarily ambiguous and unambiguous sentences using self-paced reading.Methods & Procedures: PWA and controls read sentences that contained sentential complements (e.g., The talented photographer accepted (that) the fire could not have been prevented). The main verb was biased to take a direct object (e.g., accepted) or a sentential complement (e.g., admitted). In addition, the sentential complement was either introduced by the complementiser that (i.e., unambiguous) or unmarked (i.e., ambiguous).Results: The reading times of PWA were affected more by verb bias than by the presence of the complementiser, whereas the control group's reading times were more affected by the presence or absence of the complementiser.Conclusions: The results were generally consistent with the Lexical Bias Hypothesis, and showed that a mismatch between verb bias and sentence structure affected the processing of unambiguous and temporarily ambiguous sentences in PWA.
C1 Univ Arizona, Dept Speech Language & Hearing Sci, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA.
RP DeDe, G (reprint author), Univ Arizona, Dept Speech Language & Hearing Sci, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA.
EM gdede@arizona.edu
FU American Speech Hearing Foundation New Investigators Grant; NIDCD
[DC010808]
FX This work was supported in part by an American Speech Hearing Foundation
New Investigators Grant and NIDCD [grant number DC010808]. The author
thanks the research participants and their families and the students who
helped with the data collection. The author would also like to thank
Audrey Holland and Janet Nicol for helpful comments on a previous draft
of this manuscript.
CR Caplan D, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V101, P151, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.226
CAPLAN D, 1985, COGNITION, V21, P117, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(85)90048-4
Caplan D., 1992, LANGUAGE STRUCTURE P
Cho-Reyes S, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P1250, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2012.693584
Crawford JR, 2010, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V27, P377, DOI 10.1080/02643294.2011.559158
DeDe G, 2012, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V41, P387, DOI 10.1007/s10936-011-9191-1
DeDe G, 2010, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V39, P345, DOI 10.1007/s10936-009-9139-x
DeDe G, 2013, APHASIOLOGY, V27, P326, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2012.725243
DeDe G., AM J SPEECH IN PRESS
Dickey MW, 2008, J NEUROLINGUIST, V21, P35, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2007.08.001
Dunn L. M., 2007, PEABODY PICTURE VOCA
FERREIRA F, 1986, J MEM LANG, V25, P348, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(86)90006-9
FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6
FRIEDERICI AD, 1985, COGNITION, V19, P133, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(85)90016-2
Gahl S, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1173, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000428
Gahl S, 2003, BRAIN COGNITION, V53, P223, DOI 10.1016/S0278-2626(03)00114-3
Garnsey SM, 1997, J MEM LANG, V37, P58, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1997.2512
Goodglass H, 2000, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V3rd
Grodzinsky Y, 2000, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V23, P1, DOI 10.1017/S0140525X00002399
GROSSMAN M, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V28, P114, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90095-7
Kaplan E., 2001, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kemtes KA, 1997, PSYCHOL AGING, V12, P362, DOI 10.1037//0882-7974.12.2.362
MACDONALD MC, 1994, PSYCHOL REV, V101, P676, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.101.4.676
Park GH, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P801, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000158
Pickering M. J., 2006, HDB PSYCHOLINGUISTIC, P455, DOI DOI 10.1016/B978-012369374-7/50013-4
Ralph MAL, 2005, BL HBK DEV PSYCHOL, P413
ROSENBERG B, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V26, P287, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90044-6
SWINNEY DA, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V10, P132, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90044-9
Tabachnick B., 2001, USING MULTIVARIATE S
ter Keurs M, 2002, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V40, P1547, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(02)00025-8
ter Keurs M, 1999, BRAIN, V122, P839, DOI 10.1093/brain/122.5.839
Thompson CK, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P632, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2012.676852
Thompson CK, 2009, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V38, P255, DOI 10.1007/s10936-009-9105-7
Tombaugh TN, 1997, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V19, P922, DOI 10.1080/01688639708403773
TRUESWELL JC, 1994, PERSPECTIVES ON SENTENCE PROCESSING, P155
NR 35
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD DEC 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 12
BP 1408
EP 1425
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.843151
PG 18
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 239HP
UT WOS:000326013500001
ER
PT J
AU Zakarias, L
Keresztes, A
Demeter, G
Lukacs, A
AF Zakarias, Lilla
Keresztes, Attila
Demeter, Gyula
Lukacs, Agnes
TI A specific pattern of executive dysfunctions in transcortical motor
aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Executive functions; Cognitive control; Working memory; Conduction
aphasia; n-back; Aphasia assessment
ID WORKING-MEMORY; SENTENCE COMPREHENSION; CONDUCTION APHASIA; ANTERIOR
CINGULATE; PREFRONTAL CORTEX; LANGUAGE; ATTENTION; CONFLICT;
INTERFERENCE; INDIVIDUALS
AB Background: Recent studies imply that executive functions (EF) are closely related to our ability to comprehend and produce language. A number of findings suggest that functional communication and language recovery in aphasia depend not only on intact language abilities but on EF as well. Some patients with transcortical motor aphasia (TMA) show language deficits only in tasks in which conflicting representations must be resolved by executive processes. In line with these results, others have proposed that TMA should be referred to as dysexecutive aphasia. EF in aphasia have mostly been studied using neuropsychological tests, therefore there is a need for systematic experimental investigations of these skills.Aims: 1. To investigate EF in TMA, and to test whether executive dysfunctions are specific to TMA. 2. To experimentally measure different components of EF: updating working memory representations and inhibition of prepotent responses.Methods & Procedures: Five individuals with TMA, five patients with conduction aphasia and ten healthy controls participated. We designed four nonverbal tasks: to measure updating of working memory representations, we used a visual and an auditory n-back task. To assess inhibition of prepotent responses, we designed a Stop-signal and a nonverbal Stroop task. All tasks involved within-subject baseline conditions.Outcomes & Results: We found certain EF deficits in both groups of individuals with aphasia as compared to healthy controls. Individuals with TMA showed impaired inhibition as indexed by the Stop-signal and the nonverbal Stroop tasks, as well as a deficit of updating of working memory representations as indexed by the auditory n-back task. Participants with conduction aphasia had difficulties in only one of the tasks measuring inhibition, but no clear evidence for impairment of updating of working memory representations was found.Conclusions: Although the results show different patterns of EF deficits in the groups with aphasia, the findings clearly demonstrate that EF deficits are not specific to participants with TMA. Based on these results, and on earlier data highlighting the role of executive processes in functional communication and language recovery, we suggest that tests of EF should be an inherent part of clinical aphasia assessment.
C1 [Zakarias, Lilla] Eotvos Lorand Univ, Fac Educ & Psychol, H-1136 Budapest, Hungary.
[Zakarias, Lilla] Flor Ferenc Hosp, Neurol & Rehabil Ctr, Kistarcsa, Hungary.
[Keresztes, Attila; Demeter, Gyula; Lukacs, Agnes] Budapest Univ Technol & Econ, Dept Cognit Sci, Budapest, Hungary.
RP Zakarias, L (reprint author), Eotvos Lorand Univ, Fac Educ & Psychol, H-1136 Budapest, Hungary.
EM lilla.zakarias@gmail.com
CR Alexander MP, 2003, IS CL CO NE, P165
Alexander MP, 2006, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V12, P236, DOI 10.1017/S1355617706060309
Ardila A, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P363, DOI 10.1080/02687030802553704
Baddeley AD, 2009, MEMORY
Barkley RA, 1997, PSYCHOL BULL, V121, P65, DOI 10.1037//0033-2909.121.1.65
Botvinick MM, 2004, TRENDS COGN SCI, V8, P539, DOI 10.1016/j.tics.2004.10.003
Buchsbaum BR, 2011, BRAIN LANG, V119, P119, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2010.12.001
Code C, 2009, NEUROCASE, V15, P445, DOI 10.1080/13554790902911634
Frankel T, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P814, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192448
Friedmann N, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V86, P23, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00530-8
Green DW, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P188, DOI 10.1080/02687030902958316
Gvion A, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P494, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.647893
Hardin K. H., 2004, CLIN APH C PARK CIT
Helm-Estabrooks N, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V74, P469
Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Keil K, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P305, DOI 10.1080/02687030143000654
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Logan Gordon D., 1994, P189
Lukacs A., VERBAL NONVERB UNPUB
Luria A. R., 1973, WORKING BRAIN INTRO
Milham MP, 2001, COGNITIVE BRAIN RES, V12, P467, DOI 10.1016/S0926-6410(01)00076-3
Miyake A, 2000, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V41, P49, DOI 10.1006/cogp.1999.0734
Novick J. M., 2010, LANG LINGUIST COMPAS, V4, P906, DOI DOI 10.1111/J.1749-818X.2010.00244.X
Novick JM, 2005, COGN AFFECT BEHAV NE, V5, P263, DOI 10.3758/CABN.5.3.263
Novick JM, 2009, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V26, P527, DOI 10.1080/02643290903519367
Osmanne Sagi J., 1991, IDEGGYOGYASZATI SZEM, V44, P339
Penn C, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P288, DOI 10.1080/02687030902958399
Purdy M., 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P549, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000176
Ramsberger G, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P1066, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000254
Robinson G, 1998, BRAIN, V121, P77, DOI 10.1093/brain/121.1.77
Schnur TT, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V95, P12, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.07.008
Smith EE, 1998, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V95, P876, DOI 10.1073/pnas.95.3.876
Stroop JR, 1935, J EXP PSYCHOL, V18, P643, DOI 10.1037/0096-3445.121.1.15
Vasic N, 2009, PSYCHOL MED, V39, P977, DOI 10.1017/S0033291708004443
Waltz JA, 2004, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V18, P296, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.18.2.296
NR 35
TC 1
Z9 1
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD DEC 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 12
BP 1426
EP 1439
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.835783
PG 14
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 239HP
UT WOS:000326013500002
ER
PT J
AU Knoph, MIK
AF Knoph, Monica I. Koumanidi
TI Language intervention in Arabic-English bilingual aphasia: A case study
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Bilingual; Bilingual Aphasia Test (BAT); Cross-language;
Generalisation; Verb; Treatment
ID CROSS-LINGUISTIC GENERALIZATION; SEMANTIC NAMING TREATMENT; VERB
PRODUCTION; BROCAS APHASIA; TRAINING VERB; THERAPY; RETRIEVAL; OUTCOMES;
IMPACT; MODEL
AB Background: Bilingual speech and language therapists (SLTs) who speak the languages of their bilingual patients are not always available; hence, the question of cross-language transfer in bilingual aphasia rehabilitation has arisen.Aims: The study aims to determine whether treatment provided in the L2 of a bilingual Arabic-English speaker with moderate to severe chronic aphasia will lead to improvement in both the treated L2 and the untreated L1 (cross-language transfer). Furthermore, the study aims to describe how treatment may be conducted in the mutual, non-native language of both the client and the SLT in an ordinary clinical setting.Methods & Procedures: Language measurements were made in both languages pre- and post-treatment using the Bilingual Aphasia Test (BAT). Therapy was provided in the participant's L2 (English) 3 hours a week for 10 weeks. The treatment targeted the production of semantically and phonologically cued verbs, as well as communication-based treatment of verbs. All procedures focused on producing verbs in complete sentences.Outcomes & Results: Results demonstrate a significant increase in the overall BAT scores in both languages, with the greatest improvement occurring for semantically cued verbs in the participant's L1 (Arabic). Moreover, there was a positive change in the participant's language behaviour at home, as reported by his family.Conclusions: The treatment of the weaker L2 of bilingual aphasic patients can lead to cross-language transfer to the untreated L1. This transfer may be due to a shared conceptual system for the two languages, or it may be explained by the fact that the L1 was the dominant language at the time of treatment. The success of providing therapy in the SLTs L2 suggests that the provision of therapy in a mutual, non-native language of both the client and the SLT could constitute an effective intervention.
C1 [Knoph, Monica I. Koumanidi] Dept Speech & Language Disorders, Statped, Oslo, Norway.
[Knoph, Monica I. Koumanidi] Univ Oslo, Dept Linguist & Scandinavian Studies, Oslo, Norway.
RP Knoph, MIK (reprint author), Univ Oslo, Dept Linguist & Scandinavian Studies, Oslo, Norway.
EM monica.knoph@iln.uio.no
FU Norwegian Extra Foundation for Health and Rehabilitation through EXTRA
funds
FX This project has been financially supported by the Norwegian Extra
Foundation for Health and Rehabilitation through EXTRA funds.
CR American Speech-Language-Hearing Association, 2004, KNOWL SKILLS NEED SP
Ansaldo A. I., 2007, STUDYING COMMUNICATI, P12
Ansaldo AI, 2008, J NEUROLINGUIST, V21, P539, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2008.02.001
Ansaldo AI, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P309, DOI 10.1080/02687030902958423
Balaguer RDD, 2006, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V27, P874, DOI 10.1002/hbm.20228
Bastiaanse R, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P951, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249463
Bastiaanse R, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P298, DOI 10.1080/02687030500474922
Beeson PM, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V16, P161, DOI 10.1007/s11065-006-9013-7
Bhogal SK, 2003, STROKE, V34, P987, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000062343.64383.D0
Brysbaert M, 2010, BILING-LANG COGN, V13, P383, DOI 10.1017/S1366728910000167
Busk P. L., 1992, SINGLE CASE RES DESI
Conroy P., 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P707, DOI 10.1080/02687030802165574
Conroy P, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P1159, DOI 10.1080/02687030600792009
Costa A, 1999, BILING-LANG COGN, V2, P231, DOI DOI 10.1017/S1366728999000334
Croft S, 2011, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V46, P48, DOI 10.3109/13682822.2010.484845
Dickey MW, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P787, DOI 10.1080/02687030903515354
Difrancesco S, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P1317, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2012.705815
Dijkstra T, 2002, BILING-LANG COGN, V5, P175, DOI 10.1017/S1366728902003012
Edmonds LA, 2006, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V49, P729, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2006/053)
Faroqi Y., 1996, OSMANIA PAPERS LINGU, V22-23, P31
Faroqi-Shah Y., 2012, ASPECTS MULTILINGUAL, P158
Faroqi-Shah Y, 2010, J NEUROLINGUIST, V23, P319, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2010.01.002
Filiputti D., 2002, INT J BILINGUAL, V6, P17, DOI 10.1177/13670069020060040201
Gil M., 2004, INT J BILINGUAL, V8, P30, DOI 10.1177/13670069040080020501
Goral M., 2012, ASPECTS MULTILINGUAL, P106
Goral M, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P1383, DOI 10.1080/02687030802235203
Goral M, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P170, DOI 10.1080/02687030902958308
Goral M, 2012, J NEUROLINGUIST, V25, P538, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2011.06.001
Grosjean F., 2008, STUDYING BILINGUALS
Helsedirektoratet, 2010, NASJ RETN BEH REH VE
Howard D., 1987, APHASIA THERAPY HIST
Kabanaros M., 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P20, DOI 10.1080/02687030902958332
Kelly H, 2010, COCHRANE DB SYST REV, DOI 10.1002/14651858.CD000425.pub2
Kempler D, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P1327, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.599364
Kiran S, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P773, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/061)
Kiran S, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P231, DOI 10.1080/02687030902958365
Kiran S, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V91, P75, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.06.041
Kohnert K., 2012, ASPECTS MULTILINGUAL, P89
Kohnert Kathryn, 2009, Seminars in Speech and Language, V30, P174, DOI 10.1055/s-0029-1225954
Kohnert K, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V91, P294, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.04.001
Kroll J. F., 1994, J MEM LANG, V33, P25
Kroll JF, 2010, BILING-LANG COGN, V13, P373, DOI 10.1017/S136672891000009X
Links P, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P1303, DOI 10.1080/02687030903437666
LOMAS J, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P113
Matzig S, 2009, CORTEX, V45, P738, DOI 10.1016/j.cortex.2008.10.003
Miertsch B, 2009, J NEUROLINGUIST, V22, P135, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2008.07.003
Miller Amberber A., 2011, J NEUROLINGUISTICS, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2011.10.002
Morris J., 2009, NEWCASTLE U APHASIA
Obler L. K., 2012, ASPECTS MULTILINGUAL, P3
Obler L. K., 2007, MENTAL LEXICON CORE, P185
Paradis M., 1987, BILINGUAL APHASIA TE
Paradis M, 2008, HANDBOOK OF THE NEUROSCIENCE OF LANGUAGE, P341, DOI 10.1016/B978-008045352-1.00033-1
Paradis M., 1987, ASSESSMENT BILINGUAL
Paradis M., 2001, HDB NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V3, P69
Paradis M., 1989, BILINGUAL APHASIA TE
Paradis M., 1998, HDB NEUROLINGUISTICS, P417, DOI 10.1016/B978-012666055-5/50033-2
Poncelet M, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V103, P158, DOI 10.1016/j.band1.2007.07.078
Roberts P., 2007, SPEECH LANGUAGE DISO, P109
Robey RR, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V41, P172
Roger P, 2011, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V13, P61, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2011.549241
Rubin A, 2013, STAT EVIDENCE BASED
Webster J, 2012, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V47, P619, DOI 10.1111/j.1460-6984.2012.00174.x
Wiener D., 1995, ASPECTS BILINGUAL AP, P37
NR 63
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD DEC 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 12
BP 1440
EP 1458
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.832139
PG 19
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 239HP
UT WOS:000326013500003
ER
PT J
AU Barwood, CHS
Murdoch, BE
AF Barwood, Caroline H. S.
Murdoch, Bruce E.
TI Cognitive linguistic deficits in relapsing-remitting multiple sclerosis
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Multiple sclerosis; MS; Relapsing remitting; Language; Linguistic;
High-level language; Cognition
ID LANGUAGE FUNCTIONS; ABNORMALITIES; DYSFUNCTION; MRI
AB Background: Recent years have witnessed increasing reports of language dysfunction associated with the neuropathology of multiple sclerosis (MS). Although linguistic compromise is not traditionally thought to be a significant clinical manifestation of MS, a number of published case and group reports have uncovered the presence of higher-level language and isolated general language deficits in samples of patients with both chronic progressive and relapsing-remitting (RR) subtypes of the disease. To the present day however, the precise nature and extent of a language compromise in MS remains largely controversial and unclear.Aims: The present study aims to profile the cognitive linguistic abilities of a cohort of fifteen RR-subtype MS patients against an age- and education-matched group of neurologically normal control participants.Methods & Procedures: MS participants were assessed using a comprehensive battery of cognitive linguistic assessments targeting general and higher-level language behaviours.Outcomes & Results: The results revealed reduced performance on higher-level language subtests including: listening comprehension (making inferences), oral expression (recreating sentences), semantic absurdities and definitions. For the general language behaviours, a reduced performance was found for spontaneously elicited speech, repetition and naming.Conclusions: The findings are suggestive of both expressive language and higher-level language dysfunction in RR subtype MS and highlight deficits in linguistic organisation, retrieval mechanisms and semantic manipulation and processing.
C1 [Barwood, Caroline H. S.; Murdoch, Bruce E.] Univ Queensland, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, Ctr Neurogen Commun Disorders Res, Brisbane, Qld 4072, Australia.
RP Barwood, CHS (reprint author), Univ Queensland, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, Ctr Neurogen Commun Disorders Res, Brisbane, Qld 4072, Australia.
EM c.barwood@uq.edu.au
CR ANZOLA GP, 1990, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V53, P142, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.53.2.142
BEATTY WW, 1989, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V46, P1113
Drake MA, 2002, NEUROLOGIA, V17, P12
Fitzgerald FJ, 1987, AUSTR J HUMAN COMMUN, V15, P15
Friend KB, 1999, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V13, P78, DOI 10.1076/clin.13.1.78.1979
HERDERSCHEE D, 1987, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V50, P499, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.50.4.499
Huisingh R., 1990, WORD TEST REVISED TE
JAMBOR KL, 1969, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V115, P765, DOI 10.1192/bjp.115.524.765
Kaplan E., 2001, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kertesz A., 2007, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
Kujala P, 1996, J NEUROL SCI, V141, P79, DOI 10.1016/0022-510X(96)00146-3
Lethlean JB, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P39, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248454
LETHLEAN JB, 1994, J NEUROLINGUIST, V8, P207, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(94)90027-2
Lovibond S. H., 1993, MANUAL DEPRESSION AN
Lublin FD, 1996, NEUROLOGY, V46, P907
Mackenzie C, 2009, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V44, P401, DOI 10.1080/13682820802697879
Mattis S, 2004, DRS 2 DEMENTIA RATIN
MURDOCH B., 2000, SPEECH LANGUAGE DISO
Murdoch B., 2000, SPEECH LANGUAGE DISO, P109
Murdoch BE., 2010, ACQUIRED SPEECH LANG
Nocentini U, 2006, MULT SCLER, V12, P77, DOI 10.1191/135248506ms1227oa
Paul D. R., 2003, ASHA QUALITY COMMUNI
Polman CH, 2005, MULT SCLER, V11, P5, DOI 10.1191/1352458505ms1135oa
PUGNETTI L, 1993, J NEUROL SCI, V115, pS59, DOI 10.1016/0022-510X(93)90211-G
RON MA, 1991, PSYCHOL MED, V21, P59
Roux FE, 2009, ANN NEUROL, V66, P537, DOI 10.1002/ana.21804
Rovaris M, 2002, J NEUROL SCI, V195, P103, DOI 10.1016/S0022-510X(01)00690-6
Sepulcre J, 2011, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V33, P169, DOI 10.1080/13803395.2010.499354
Shu N, 2011, CEREB CORTEX, V21, P2565, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhr039
SMITH SR, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P314, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90068-0
WALLACE GL, 1993, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V74, P637, DOI 10.1016/0003-9993(93)90163-5
Wallesch CW, 1988, APHASIA, P256
Whitaker J. N., 1997, MULTIPLE SCLEROSIS C, P3
Wiig EH, 1989, TEST LANGUAGE COMPET
NR 34
TC 1
Z9 1
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD DEC 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 12
BP 1459
EP 1471
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.808315
PG 13
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 239HP
UT WOS:000326013500004
ER
PT J
AU Pourquie, M
AF Pourquie, Marie
TI Verb processing in Basque and French agrammatic aphasia: A "post-lexical
access" deficit
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Agrammatism; Basque; French; Inflection; Verbs; Argument structure;
Cross-linguistic case study; Cross-disciplinary; Aphasiology;
Linguistics; Neurocognitive sciences
ID BROCAS AREA; SPEECH; FINITENESS; RETRIEVAL; GERMAN
AB Background: Verb processing is largely described across languages as being impaired in agrammatic aphasia, i.e., non-fluent aphasia with so-called telegraphic style. Although both lexical and morphosyntactic errors have been reported in the literature, this paper questions the claim that impaired access to verbs is a hallmark of this clinical syndrome.Aims: The present study aims to assess how agrammatic verb processing is impaired in two languages with distinct grammatical properties: Basque and French, and to test hypotheses that suggested an access deficit to verbs on this new database. Moreover, the nature of agrammatic verb errors is analysed from an interdisciplinary neuropsycholinguistic perspective according to which aphasic symptoms should be interpretable at different levels of organisation of language processing involving neural, cognitive and linguistic aspects.Methods & Procedures: A protocol built on Basque and French grammatical properties was designed in order to assess whether errors are specific to verbs, whether they are lexical or morphosyntactic and whether the verb argument structure complexity increases lexical and morphosyntactic processing difficulties, in both production and comprehension. One Basque-speaking and one French-speaking patient with agrammatism and matched controls were assessed on various oral tasks (object and action naming; sentence production and comprehension; prepositional phrase production), each of them containing 20 pictures displayed on a computer. Data were collected using a digital recorder.Outcomes & Results: Results show that agrammatic speakers produced many lexical verbs of every argument structure type. Errors were specifically morphosyntactic and increased with the verb argument structure complexity. However, verb errors were different in Basque and French due to their distinct morphosyntactic properties. In addition, whereas errors appeared in French in the use of prepositions, case morphology was well preserved in Basque, raising the issue of considering distinct neurocognitive mechanisms underlying different morphological systems.Conclusions: This paper supports the view that Basque and French agrammatic data collected from this study do not result from a lexical-access deficit. However, this interpretation depends on how one considers inflected verbs to be processed (endolexicon or exolexicon), as addressed in the discussion. In conclusion, a post-lexical access deficit is rather suggested, that is prior to morphophonological encoding, and affects abstract morphosyntactic operations required to implement the verb argument structure.
C1 [Pourquie, Marie] Univ Toulouse, Brain Sci Inst, Jacques Lordat Unit, IFR 96, Toulouse, France.
RP Pourquie, M (reprint author), Univ Toulouse, Brain Sci Inst, Jacques Lordat Unit, OCTOGONE EA 4156,IFR 96, Toulouse, France.
EM marie.pourquie@neuf.fr
CR Adrover-Roig D, 2011, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V25, P480, DOI 10.3109/02699206.2011.563338
ANDERSON SR, 1982, LINGUIST INQ, V13, P571
Baker M., 1988, INCORPORATION THEORY
BAKER M, 1985, LINGUIST INQ, V16, P373
Baker Mark, 2003, LINGUIST INQ, V33, P321
Barde LHF, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V97, P266, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.11.002
Bastiaanse R, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P951, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249463
Bastiaanse R, 2008, J NEUROLINGUIST, V21, P104, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2006.10.006
BOECKX C., 2012, LANGUAGE BIOL POINT, P23
Broca P., 1875, ORIGINE REPARTITION
Burchert F, 2005, J NEUROLINGUIST, V18, P67, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2004.11.007
Chomsky N., 1995, MINIMALIST PROGRAM
Chomsky Noam, 1981, EXPLANATION LINGUIST, P32
Deleuze J.P.F., 1813, HIST CRITIQUE MAGNET
Demoury A., 2005, THESIS U LILLE 2 FRA
Di Sciullo A.M., 1987, DEFINITIOIN WORD
Laka I, 2001, J NEUROLINGUIST, V14, P133, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(01)00012-4
Erriondo Korostola L., 1995, THESIS
Ezeizabarrena M. J., 2006, ANDOLIN GOGOAN ESSAY, P367
Friedmann N, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P397, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1795
Gitterman M, 2012, ASPECTS MULTILINGUAL
Goodglass H., 1976, HDB PERCEPTION, V7
Hagoort P, 2009, SCIENCE, V326, P372, DOI 10.1126/science.1181675
Jakobson R., 1963, ESSAI LINGUISTIQUE G, VI
KOHN SE, 1989, CORTEX, V25, P57
Laka I., 2003, IKER 14, P323
LAPOINTE SG, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V24, P100, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90100-2
Lee J., 2005, WORKING PAPERS LINGU, P107
Leicarrague J., 1990, IESUS CHRIST GURE IA
Levelt WJM, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P1
LIEBER R., 1981, SCOPE LEXICAL RULES, P161
Menn L., 1990, AGRAMMATISM CROSS LA
MICELI G, 1984, CORTEX, V20, P207
Munarriz A., 2009, APPL LINGUISTICS NOW, P877
Nespoulous J.-L., 1994, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIE HUM, P317
Nespoulous J.-L., 2006, REEDUCATION ORTHOPHO, P7
Ortiz de Urbina J., 1989, STUDIES GENERATIVE G, V33
Paradis M., 1987, ASSESSMENT BILINGUAL
Perlmutter D., 1988, THEORETICAL MORPHOLE
Pitres A., 1895, REV MED, V15, P873
POLLOCK JY, 1989, LINGUIST INQ, V20, P365
Pourquie M., 2011, THESIS U TOULOUSE LE
Sahin NT, 2006, CORTEX, V42, P540, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70394-0
Sahin NT, 2009, SCIENCE, V326, P445, DOI 10.1126/science.1174481
Sahraoui H, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P785, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.650625
Thompson CK, 2003, J NEUROLINGUIST, V16, P151, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(02)00014-3
Thompson CK, 2010, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V22, P1993, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2009.21334
Tissot R., 1973, AGRAMMATISME ETUDE N
van der Hulst H., 1982, STRUCTURE PHONOLOGIC, P337
Wenzlaff M, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V92, P33, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.05.006
WILLIAMS SE, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V32, P124, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90120-9
Zuazo K., 2008, EUSKALKIAK EUSKARARE
NR 52
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD DEC 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 12
BP 1472
EP 1510
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.808735
PG 39
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 239HP
UT WOS:000326013500005
ER
PT J
AU Siyambalapitiya, S
Chenery, HJ
Copland, DA
AF Siyambalapitiya, Samantha
Chenery, Helen J.
Copland, David A.
TI Lexical-semantic representation in bilingual aphasia: Findings from
semantic priming and cognate repetition priming
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Bilingual aphasia; Bilingualism; Lexical-semantic organisation; Priming;
Aphasia
ID WORD COMPREHENSION; CATEGORY NORMS; LANGUAGE; INDIVIDUALS; ADULTS;
TRANSLATION; COMPETITION; ENGLISH; SPANISH; LESIONS
AB Background: While many studies have investigated the nature of language organisation in monolingual speakers with aphasia, our understanding of bilingual aphasia lags far behind. Only a handful of studies have employed on-line psycholinguistic experimental methods to explore the nature of language representation and processing in bilingual speakers with aphasia. Improving our understanding of how language is organised and processed in bilingual speakers with aphasia is central to the development of effective impairment-level language treatments. Cognate/noncognate representation and semantic representation are two key aspects of bilingual language organisation that are yet to be explored in depth in bilingual speakers with aphasia.Aims: The present study aimed to investigate (1) whether semantic representation was shared across the two languages of a bilingual speaker with aphasia and (2) whether cognate words would produce a processing advantage relative to noncognate words (as has been found in neurologically-normal younger bilingual adults).Methods & Procedures: A 70-year-old bilingual Italian/English speaker, who presented with nonfluent aphasia and apraxia of speech, completed two priming experiments: a semantic priming experiment and a cognate repetition priming experiment.Outcomes & Results: In the semantic priming experiment, the participant demonstrated large priming effects in both within-language conditions and one cross-language condition. The finding of priming in at least one of the cross-language conditions provides some corroboration for shared semantic representation in this bilingual individual with aphasia. In the cognate repetition priming experiment, the participant produced a language-specific cognate advantage in English, for words repeated in the same language. For words repeated in a different language condition (i.e., as their translation equivalent), the participant produced a processing advantage for noncognate words.Conclusions: The findings of this study provided support for shared semantic representation in bilingual speakers following aphasia; however, the results also suggested that aphasia can disrupt normal lexical access processes. Results in relation to cognate versus noncognate processing suggested that bilingual speakers with aphasia may not, necessarily, always display a cognate advantage. Overall, the present study showed that language processing in bilingual speakers with aphasia is highly complex and is dependent upon the intricate interplay between the speaker's premorbid language proficiency, inhibitory processing deficits that occur with normal aging and postmorbid language impairment and recovery patterns.
C1 [Siyambalapitiya, Samantha] Griffith Univ, Sch Rehabil Sci, Brisbane, Qld 4222, Australia.
[Chenery, Helen J.; Copland, David A.] Univ Queensland, Clin Res Ctr, Language Neurosci Lab, Herston, Qld, Australia.
RP Siyambalapitiya, S (reprint author), Griffith Univ, Sch Rehabil Sci, Gold Coast Campus, Brisbane, Qld 4222, Australia.
EM s.siyambalapitiya@griffith.edu.au
RI Copland, David/F-1409-2010
OI Copland, David/0000-0002-2257-4270
CR Abutalebi J, 2007, J NEUROLINGUIST, V20, P242, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2006.10.003
Arnott WL, 2011, PARKINSONS DIS-US, DOI 10.4061/2011/157072
Barca L, 2002, BEHAV RES METH INS C, V34, P424, DOI 10.3758/BF03195471
BATTIG WF, 1969, J EXP PSYCHOL, V80, P1, DOI 10.1037/h0027577
Blumstein SE, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V60, P335, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1796
Bryden M. P., 1982, LATERALITY FUNCTIONA
CASEY PJ, 1988, AUST J PSYCHOL, V40, P323, DOI 10.1080/00049538808260053
Chiou HS, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P1065, DOI 10.1080/02687030802642028
Copland DA, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V14, P379, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.14.3.379
Copland DA, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V81, P131, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2512
Costa A, 2000, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V26, P1283, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.26.5.1283
Costa A., 2000, PSICOLOGICA, V3, P403
CRISTOFFANINI P, 1986, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V38, P367
DEGROOT AMB, 1991, J MEM LANG, V30, P90, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(91)90012-9
DPSS University of Padova, IT WORD ASS NORMS
FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6
Francis W. S., 2005, HDB BILINGUALISM PSY
FRANKLIN S, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P189, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248991
Green DW, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P188, DOI 10.1080/02687030902958316
HINES D, 1986, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V12, P370, DOI 10.1037/0096-1523.12.3.370
Janse E, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V97, P1, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.06.011
Kiran S, 2007, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V21, P277, DOI 10.1080/02699200701243873
Kiss G., EDINBURGH ASS THESAU
KROLL JF, 1994, J MEM LANG, V33, P149, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1994.1008
Lalor E, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P1047
Lalor E., 2000, INT J BILINGUAL, V4, P385
Misiurski C, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V93, P64, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.08.001
Moineau S, 2005, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V48, P884, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2005/061)
Munoz ML, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V66, P249, DOI 10.1006/brln.1998.2021
Myers EB, 2005, J NEUROLINGUIST, V18, P277, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2004.05.001
Neely J. H., 1991, BASIC PROCESSES READ, P264
Ober BA, 1997, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V11, P506, DOI 10.1037//0894-4105.11.4.506
Paradis M., 1989, ASSESSMENT BILINGUAL
Paradis M., 2004, NEUROLINGUISTIC THEO, P63
Paradis M., 1990, TEST AFASIA BILINGUE
Perea M, 2002, MEM COGNITION, V30, P34, DOI 10.3758/BF03195263
Sanchez-Casas R. M., 2005, HDB BILINGUALISM PSY, P226
Schneider W., 2002, E PRIME USERS GUIDE
Schulpen B, 2003, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V29, P1155, DOI 10.1037/0096-1523.29.6.1155
Shapiro L, 1998, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V7, P49
Siyambalapitiya S, 2009, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V30, P531, DOI 10.1017/S0142716409090262
Tyler LK, 1998, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V36, P1313, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(98)00029-3
Van Hell J. G., 1998, BILING-LANG COGN, V1, P193, DOI [10.1017/S1366728998000352, DOI 10.1017/S1366728998000352]
WILSON M, 1988, BEHAV RES METH INSTR, V20, P6, DOI 10.3758/BF03202594
NR 44
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD NOV 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 11
BP 1302
EP 1321
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.817521
PG 20
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 232SW
UT WOS:000325515300002
ER
PT J
AU Morrow-Odom, KL
Swann, AB
AF Morrow-Odom, K. Leigh
Swann, Ashley B.
TI Effectiveness of melodic intonation therapy in a case of aphasia
following right hemisphere stroke
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Melodic intonation therapy; Aphasia; Right hemisphere stroke
ID QUALITY-OF-LIFE; SPACED RETRIEVAL; BRAIN PLASTICITY; ANOMIA TREATMENT;
CROSSED APHASIA; RECOVERY; SPEAKING; LATERALIZATION; SCALE-39; CORTEX
AB Background: The use of Melodic Intonation Therapy (MIT) in the clinical setting is suggested to be based on several criteria; however, some persons with aphasia not meeting these criteria may still benefit from this approach.Aims: The purpose of this research was to explore the effectiveness of utilising MIT to improve expressive language in a person with global aphasia following right hemisphere stroke.Methods & Procedures: A participant with global aphasia following right hemisphere haemorrhagic stroke completed a 7-week treatment programme utilising MIT. Sessions were held 5 days a week, for two and a half hours per day. Non-linguistic cognitive activities (COG) were also utilised briefly in each session as a break (BRK) from MIT. The Aphasia Diagnostic Profiles (ADP), American Speech-Language-Hearing Association-Functional Assessment of Communication Skills and the Stroke and Aphasia Quality of Life Scale-39 were administered pre- and post-treatment to assess for the treatment-related change.Outcomes & Results: The participant responded well to MIT, completing the elementary level in 25 sessions and progressing through the intermediate level until the end of the treatment period at session 30. Performance on the ADP suggested decreased aphasia severity characterised by improved auditory comprehension, repetition, average phrase length and elicited gestures. Functional communication was slightly improved, whereas quality of life did not change. It was reported by the spouse, caregiver and clinician that the participant began using several novel phrases in appropriate context over the course of the treatment.Conclusions: The MIT may be a valid treatment of global aphasia following right hemisphere stroke, providing more options to practising clinicians working with this population. It is likely that the criteria ruling out those with impaired auditory comprehension and those with right hemisphere lesions, regardless of lesion location, are too restrictive. Most likely, good and poor candidates for MIT can better be identified using intrahemispheric lesion location information, rather than interhemispheric.
C1 [Morrow-Odom, K. Leigh; Swann, Ashley B.] Western Carolina Univ, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Coll Hlth & Human Sci, Cullowhee, NC 28723 USA.
RP Morrow-Odom, KL (reprint author), Western Carolina Univ, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Cullowhee, NC 28723 USA.
EM KMOdom@email.wcu.edu
CR ALBERT ML, 1973, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V29, P130
Baker F. A., 2000, MUSIC THERAPY PERSPE, V18, P110, DOI 10.1093/mtp/18.2.110
Blasi V, 2002, NEURON, V36, P159, DOI 10.1016/S0896-6273(02)00936-4
Breier JI, 2010, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V32, P309, DOI 10.1080/13803390903029293
CARR MS, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V14, P190, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90075-4
Code C, 2011, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V13, P3, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2010.520090
Cornelissen K, 2003, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V15, P444, DOI 10.1162/089892903321593153
Cranfill TB, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P957, DOI 10.1080/02687030903452624
Cruice M, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P111, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000651
Damasio H., 2008, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P20
Fratalli C, 1995, FUNCTIONAL ASSESSMEN
Fridriksson J, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P99, DOI 10.1080/02687003444000660
Fridriksson J, 2012, NEUROIMAGE, V60, P854, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2011.12.057
Ha JW, 2012, YONSEI MED J, V53, P486, DOI 10.3349/ymj.2012.53.3.486
HARTMAN DE, 1985, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V66, P182
SPARKS R, 1974, Cortex, V10, P303
Helm-Estabrooks N, 2004, MANUAL APHASIA APHAS, V2nd
HELMESTABROOKS N, 1992, APHASIA DIAGNOSTIC P
Helm-Estabrooks N., 2011, PERSPECTIVES NEUROPH, V21, P64, DOI [10.1044/nnsld21.2.64, DOI 10.1044/NNSLD21.2.64]
Helm-Estabrooks N., 1989, MELODIC INTONATION T
Hilari K, 2003, STROKE, V34, P1944, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000081987.46660.ED
Hilari K, 2007, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V78, P1072, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.2006.111476
Hough MS, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P775, DOI 10.1080/02687030903501941
Hurkmans J, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P1, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.602514
Marien P, 2001, EUR J NEUROL, V8, P643, DOI 10.1046/j.1468-1331.2001.00319.x
Morrow KL, 2006, J COMMUN DISORD, V39, P2, DOI 10.1016/j.jcomdis.2005.05.001
Murray LL, 2004, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V12, pXXV
Musso M, 1999, BRAIN, V122, P1781, DOI 10.1093/brain/122.9.1781
NAESER MA, 1985, CORTEX, V21, P203
Norton A, 2009, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V1169, P431, DOI 10.1111/j.1749-6632.2009.04859.x
Ozdemir E, 2006, NEUROIMAGE, V33, P628, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2006.07.013
Porch B. E., 1973, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC
Riecker A, 2000, NEUROREPORT, V11, P1997, DOI 10.1097/00001756-200006260-00038
Saur D, 2006, BRAIN, V129, P1371, DOI 10.1093/brain/awl090
Schlaug G, 2008, MUSIC PERCEPT, V25, P315, DOI 10.1525/MP.2008.25.4.315
SPARKS RW, 1976, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V41, P287
Turkeltaub PE, 2012, CORTEX, V48, P1179, DOI 10.1016/j.cortex.2011.06.010
Wertz R. T., 1982, CLIN APH P C OSHK WI, P129
Wilson SJ, 2006, MUSIC PERCEPT, V24, P23, DOI 10.1525/mp.2006.24.1.23
NR 39
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD NOV 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 11
BP 1322
EP 1338
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.817522
PG 17
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 232SW
UT WOS:000325515300003
ER
PT J
AU Rodriguez, AD
Worrall, L
Brown, K
Grohn, B
McKinnon, E
Pearson, C
Van Hees, S
Roxbury, T
Cornwell, P
MacDonald, A
Angwin, A
Cardell, E
Davidson, B
Copland, DA
AF Rodriguez, Amy D.
Worrall, Linda
Brown, Kyla
Grohn, Brooke
McKinnon, Eril
Pearson, Charlene
Van Hees, Sophia
Roxbury, Tracy
Cornwell, Petrea
MacDonald, Anna
Angwin, Anthony
Cardell, Elizabeth
Davidson, Bronwyn
Copland, David A.
TI Aphasia LIFT: Exploratory investigation of an intensive comprehensive
aphasia programme
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Language; Rehabilitation; Intensity; Family members
ID SEMANTIC FEATURE ANALYSIS; PHONOLOGICAL COMPONENTS-ANALYSIS; EDUCATION
MATERIALS; NAMING IMPAIRMENTS; NONFLUENT APHASIA; MAPPING THERAPY;
COMMUNICATION; REHABILITATION; PRINCIPLES; OUTCOMES
AB Background: Intensive comprehensive aphasia programs (ICAPs) are gaining popularity in the international aphasia rehabilitation community. ICAPs comprise at least three hours of treatment per day over at least two weeks, have definable start and end dates for one cohort and use a variety of formats including individual treatment, group therapy, education and technology to improve language and communication. While intensive treatment approaches have demonstrated equivocal results on impairment-based measures, positive changes on activity/participation measures provide support for ICAPs in rehabilitation of chronic aphasia. Aphasia Language Impairment and Functional Therapy (LIFT) is a research-based ICAP developed for the purpose of evaluating treatment outcomes across the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF) domains.Aims: The aim of this study was to estimate the magnitude of treatment effects yielded by Aphasia Aphasia LIFT in the domains of language impairment, functional communication and communication-related quality of life (QOL).Methods & Procedures: Eleven individuals with chronic post-stroke aphasia (mean = 26.9 months) completed Aphasia LIFT. The programme comprised individual impairment-based and functional treatment, group therapy, and computer-based treatment for 40 hours over two weeks (n = 4, LIFT 1) or 100 hours over four weeks (n = 7, LIFT 2). Assessments of confrontation naming, discourse production, functional communication and communication-related quality of life were completed at pre-treatment, immediately post-treatment and six to eight weeks following treatment termination.Outcomes & Results: Group-level analyses revealed acquisition and maintenance of treatment effects, as evidenced by significant improvement on at least one outcome measure at follow-up in all domains. The most consistent pattern of improvement at an individual level was observed on measures of functional communication and communication-related QOL.Conclusions: Aphasia LIFT yielded positive outcomes across ICF domains, and in many cases the treatment effect was enduring. These results demonstrate that Aphasia LIFT was successful in meeting the overarching goal of ICAPs, to maximise communication and enhance life participation in individuals with aphasia. Further research into ICAPs is warranted.
C1 [Rodriguez, Amy D.; Worrall, Linda; Brown, Kyla; Grohn, Brooke; McKinnon, Eril; Pearson, Charlene; Van Hees, Sophia; Roxbury, Tracy; MacDonald, Anna; Davidson, Bronwyn; Copland, David A.] NHMRC Clin Res Excellence Aphasia Rehabil, Brisbane, Qld, Australia.
[Rodriguez, Amy D.; Worrall, Linda; Brown, Kyla; Grohn, Brooke; McKinnon, Eril; Pearson, Charlene; Van Hees, Sophia; Roxbury, Tracy; Angwin, Anthony; Copland, David A.] Univ Queensland, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, Brisbane, Qld 4072, Australia.
[Rodriguez, Amy D.; Van Hees, Sophia; Roxbury, Tracy; MacDonald, Anna; Copland, David A.] Univ Queensland, UQ Ctr Clin Res, Brisbane, Qld 4072, Australia.
[Cornwell, Petrea] Metro North Hosp & Hlth Serv, Allied Hlth Res Collaborat, Brisbane, Qld, Australia.
[Cornwell, Petrea] Griffith Univ, Griffith Hlth Inst, Nathan, Qld 4111, Australia.
[Cardell, Elizabeth] Griffith Univ, Dept Speech Pathol, Nathan, Qld 4111, Australia.
[Davidson, Bronwyn] Univ Melbourne, Dept Audiol & Speech Pathol, Melbourne, Vic 3010, Australia.
RP Rodriguez, AD (reprint author), Univ Queensland, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, St Lucia, Qld 4072, Australia.
EM amy.rodriguez@uq.edu.au
RI Hudson, Kyla/D-2575-2010; Angwin, Anthony/F-7888-2010; Copland,
David/F-1409-2010
OI Hudson, Kyla/0000-0002-0328-3873; Copland, David/0000-0002-2257-4270
FU National Health and Medical Rehabilitation Council (NHMRC) Centre for
Clinical Research Excellence in Aphasia Rehabilitation [569935];
Australia Research Council Future Fellowship; NHMRC Career Development
Fellowship
FX Funding for this study was provided by the National Health and Medical
Rehabilitation Council (NHMRC) Centre for Clinical Research Excellence
in Aphasia Rehabilitation (Grant # 569935). DC was funded by an
Australia Research Council Future Fellowship and NHMRC Career
Development Fellowship. The University of Queensland Aphasia Registry is
acknowledged as a source of participant recruitment. We also wish to
acknowledge Lucy Lyons, Shiree Heath, Caitlin Brandenburg, Rachelle
Pitt, Alexia Rohde and the student volunteers who contributed to LIFT.
Finally, we acknowledge the individuals with aphasia and their family
members for their participation in the programme.
CR Baker E, 2012, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V14, P401, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2012.700323
Bhogal SK, 2003, STROKE, V34, P987, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000062343.64383.D0
Boyle M, 2004, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V13, P236, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2004/025)
Boyle M., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P94
Boyle M., 2001, NEUROPHYSIOLOGY NEUR, V11, P23
Boyle M., 2012, CLIN APH C LAK TAH C
Brady MC, 2012, COCHRANE DB SYST REV, DOI 10.1002/14651858.CD000425.pub3
Brereton L, 2007, CLIN REHABIL, V21, P867, DOI 10.1177/0269215507078313
BRINDLEY P, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P695, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249037
BROOKSHIRE RH, 1994, CLIN APHASIOL, V22, P119
Brown K., 2011, INT J SPEECH LANGUAG, V14, P141
Brown K, 2011, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V18, P536, DOI 10.1310/tsr1805-536
Byng S, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P906, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000128
Cherney L. R., 2011, AM SPEECH LANG HEAR
Cherney L. R., 2012, INT APH REH C MELB V
Cherney LR, 2012, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V14, P424, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2012.686629
Cherney LR, 2008, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V17, P19, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2008/003)
Cherney LR, 2008, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V15, P542, DOI 10.1310/tsr1506-542
Cherney LR, 2011, CURR NEUROL NEUROSCI, V11, P560, DOI 10.1007/s11910-011-0227-6
Cherney LR, 2011, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V18, P352, DOI 10.1310/tsr1804-352
Cherney LR, 2008, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V51, P1282, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2008/07-0206)
Code Chris, 2010, Seminars in Speech and Language, V31, P21, DOI 10.1055/s-0029-1244950
Coelho CA, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P133
Cohen J., 1988, STAT POWER ANAL BEHA, V2nd
Dabul B., 2002, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL
Draper D., 2007, CLIN REHABIL, V21
Elman RJ, 1999, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V42, P411
Fink RB, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P943, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000155
Franklin S, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1087, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000491
Frattali C. M., 1998, MEASURING OUTCOMES S
Hersh D, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P220, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.640392
Hersh D., 2013, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, P145
Hinckley JJ, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P463, DOI 10.1080/02687040042000340
Hinckley JJ, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P965, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000173
Holland A, 2007, TOP LANG DISORD, V27, P339
Holland A. L., 1999, COMMUNICATION ACTIVI
Howe T, 2012, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V47, P511, DOI 10.1111/j.1460-6984.2012.00159.x
Howe TJ, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P1015, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000499
Kagan A, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P624, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2001/051)
Kagan A, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P258, DOI 10.1080/02687030701282595
Kagan A., 2010, ASSESSMENT LIVING AP
Kaplan E., 2001, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Katz Richard C., 2010, Seminars in Speech and Language, V31, P34, DOI 10.1055/s-0029-1244951
Kelly H., 2010, COCHRANE DB SYST REV, V12
Kleim JA, 2008, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V51, pS225, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2008/018)
Laganaro M, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P709, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000193
Lee JB, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P885, DOI 10.1080/02687030802669534
Leonard C, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P923, DOI 10.1080/02687030701831474
Levack WMM, 2006, CLIN REHABIL, V20, P739, DOI 10.1177/0269215506070791
LOMAS J, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P113
MACKENZIE C, 1991, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V26, P275
Maher Lynn M, 2004, Top Stroke Rehabil, V11, P10
Martin N., 2008, APHASIA REHABILITATI
Mason C, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P245, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.489258
NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338
Nickels L, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P935, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000563
Paul D., 2005, QUALITY COMMUNICATIO
Petheram B, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P187, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000020
Ratatouski P., 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P826
Raymer AM, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P257, DOI 10.1080/02687030500473312
Raymer AM, 2008, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V51, pS259, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2008/020)
Robey RR, 2004, J COMMUN DISORD, V37, P401, DOI 10.1016/j.comdis.2004.04.003
Robey RR, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V41, P172
Robson J, 1998, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V4, P675
Rochon E, 2005, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V15, P1, DOI 10.1080/09602010343000327
Rose TA, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P947, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000319
Rose TA, 2011, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V13, P335, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2011.560396
Rose TA, 2012, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V14, P11, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2011.631583
Rosewilliam S., 2011, CLIN REHABIL, V25, P510
SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8
SCHWARTZ MF, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P19, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248639
Simmons-Mackie Nina, 2007, Seminars in Speech and Language, V28, P244, DOI 10.1055/s-2007-986521
Simmons-Mackie NN, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P583, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000408
Swinburn K., 2004, COMPREHENSIVE APHASI
van de Sandt-Koenderman W. M., 2011, INT J SPEECH LANGUAG, V13, P21
van der Gaag A, 2005, CLIN REHABIL, V19, P372, DOI 10.1191/0269215505cr785oa
van Hees S, 2013, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V23, P102, DOI 10.1080/09602011.2012.726201
Wambaugh JL, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V41, P725
Warren SF, 2007, MENT RETARD DEV D R, V13, P70, DOI 10.1002/mrdd.20139
Wertz R, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P229, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000048
Whitworth Anne, 2010, Seminars in Speech and Language, V31, P64, DOI 10.1055/s-0029-1244954
Williamson DS, 2011, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V18, P101, DOI 10.1310/tsr1802-101
World Health Organisation, 2001, INT CLASS FUNCT DIS
Worrall L, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P497, DOI 10.1080/02687030802698152
Worrall L., 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P309
NR 85
TC 3
Z9 3
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD NOV 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 11
BP 1339
EP 1361
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.825759
PG 23
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 232SW
UT WOS:000325515300004
ER
PT J
AU Webster, J
Morris, J
Connor, C
Horner, R
McCormac, C
Potts, A
AF Webster, Janet
Morris, Julie
Connor, Carli
Horner, Rachel
McCormac, Ciara
Potts, Amy
TI Text level reading comprehension in aphasia: What do we know about
therapy and what do we need to know?
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Reading comprehension; Reading assessment
ID ALEXIA; STROKE
AB Background: Reading comprehension difficulties are a common feature of aphasia, affecting the understanding of single words, sentences, paragraphs and extended text. Whilst there have been studies investigating treatment for single word reading, there are a limited number of studies of treatment methods targeting the reading of paragraphs and connected text.Aims: This paper will describe a series of single case studies, each investigating the effectiveness of a different therapy approach for paragraph level reading comprehension. The studies raise a number of issues regarding the assessment of reading, choice of therapy and measurement of outcome; these will be discussed in relation to the studies and the wider evidence base.Methods & Procedures: Four people with aphasia were involved in the studies. Participants presented with reading difficulties alongside other language difficulties. Each study involved a single case study, multiple baseline with control task design. Detailed assessment of reading comprehension was completed pre-therapy, post-therapy and at follow-up, approximately 2-4 weeks post-therapy. Participants were also asked about their pre-morbid reading abilities and preferences, their reading difficulties and their views about therapy and its impact.Outcomes & Results: All participants showed some improvement in the accuracy of reading comprehension but there was extensive variability in the significance of gains, when gains were seen and on which assessments. Post-therapy, three of the four participants read the assessment passages and answered the questions more quickly. All participants reported some positive change in their reading, either in reading ability, reading behaviour or feelings about reading, but again individual variation was evident in the extent and type of change perceived.Conclusions: These studies raise a number of important issues regarding the assessment of reading, therapy choice and measuring the outcome of therapy. These issues are discussed in relation to current literature, with an aim of informing future research investigating the assessment of, and therapy for, reading comprehension difficulties in people with aphasia. Reading is fundamental to everyday activities and developing the evidence base is of crucial importance in supporting people with aphasia to maximise their reading ability.
C1 [Webster, Janet; Morris, Julie] Newcastle Univ, Sch Educ Commun & Language Sci, Newcastle Upon Tyne NE1 7RU, Tyne & Wear, England.
[Connor, Carli] Tees Esk & Wear Valleys NHS Fdn Trust, Darlington Learning Disabil Serv, Darlington, Durham, England.
[Horner, Rachel] Assisted Discharge Stroke Serv, Lincolnshire Community Hlth Serv, Sleaford, Lincs, England.
[McCormac, Ciara] Airyhall Clin, Aberdeen City Speech & Language Therapy Dept, Aberdeen, Scotland.
[Potts, Amy] Northumberland Child Hlth Ctr, Northumbria Healthcare NHS Fdn Trust, Ashington, Northd, England.
RP Webster, J (reprint author), Newcastle Univ, Sch Educ Commun & Language Sci, King George 6 Bldg, Newcastle Upon Tyne NE1 7RU, Tyne & Wear, England.
EM janet.webster@newcastle.ac.uk
CR Anderson J.R., 2000, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL IT
Beeson PM, 1998, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V4, P621
Bransford J. D., 1973, VISUAL INFORMATION P, P383
Brookshire R., 1993, DISCOURSE COMPREHENS
BROOKSHIRE RH, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V21, P21, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90033-6
Cherney Leora Reiff, 2004, Top Stroke Rehabil, V11, P22
Cherney Leora R., 2010, Seminars in Speech and Language, V31, P42, DOI 10.1055/s-0029-1244952
CHERNEY LR, 1986, REHABIL LIT, V47, P112
Cocks N., 2010, ACQUIRING KNOWLEDGE, V12, P37
Coelho CA, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P275, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000741
Ellis A. W., 1993, READING WRITING DYSL
Friedman RB, 2002, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V40, P223, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(01)00098-7
Friedman RB, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P355, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000627
Kim M., 2010, CONT ISSUES COMMUNIC, V37, P58, DOI DOI 10.1080/09602011003710993
Kincaid JP, 1975, DERIVATION NEW READA, P8
Lacey E. H., 2007, BRAIN LANG, V103, P248
Lacey EH, 2010, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V20, P601, DOI 10.1080/09602011003710993
LaPointe L., 1998, READING COMPREHENSIO
Long AF, 2008, CLIN REHABIL, V22, P1083, DOI 10.1177/0269215508090091
Lott SN, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V67, P188, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2054
MARSHALL J, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P517, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248712
Martinoff J. T., 1981, LANGUAGE REHABILITAT
Mayer JF, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P727, DOI 10.1080/02687030143000870
McKevitt C, 2011, STROKE, V42, P1398, DOI 10.1161/STROKEAHA.110.598839
Meteyard L., 2010, BAS THER S NEWC U NE
Morris J., 2009, NEWCASTLE U APHASIA
Morris J, 2004, CHALLENGING APHASIA THERAPIES: BROADENING THE DISCOURSE AND EXTENDING THE BOUNDARIES, P134, DOI 10.4324/9780203462706_chapter_9
Parr S, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P469, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248426
Pasternak K. F., 1982, AM SPEECH LANG HEAR
Rogalski Y, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P763, DOI 10.1080/02687030701803796
Snow C. E., 2002, READING UNDERSTANDIN
STRAIN E, 1995, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V21, P1140, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.21.5.1140
Swinburn K., 2006, COMMUNICATION DISABI
Swinburn K., 2004, COMPREHENSIVE APHASI
Thompson C. K., 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO
Tompkins CA, 2004, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V47, P1380, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2004/103)
Whitworth A, 2014, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL APPROACH TO ASSESSMENT AND INTERVENTION IN APHASIA: A CLINICIAN'S GUIDE, 2ND EDITION, P1
Wiederholt J. L., 2001, GRAY ORAL READING TE
NR 38
TC 1
Z9 1
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD NOV 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 11
BP 1362
EP 1380
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.825760
PG 19
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 232SW
UT WOS:000325515300005
ER
PT J
AU Peristeri, E
Tsimpli, IM
AF Peristeri, E.
Tsimpli, I. M.
TI Pronoun processing in Broca's aphasia: Discourse-syntax effects in
ambiguous anaphora resolution
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Broca's aphasia; Ambiguous pronouns; Syntax-discourse interface
ID AGRAMMATIC APHASIA; LANGUAGE BREAKDOWN; GREEK APHASIA; COMPREHENSION;
BINDING; SPANISH; DUTCH
AB Background: The interpretation of ambiguous subject pronouns in a null subject language, like Greek, requires that one possesses grammatical knowledge of the two subject pronominal forms, i.e., null and overt, and that discourse constraints regulating the distribution of the two pronouns in context are respected.Aims: We investigated whether the topic-shift feature encoded in overt subject pronouns would exert similar interpretive effects in a group of seven participants with Broca's aphasia and a group of language-unimpaired adults during online processing of null and overt subject pronouns in referentially ambiguous contexts.Method & Procedures: An offline picture-sentence matching task was initially administered to investigate whether the participants with Broca's aphasia had access to the gender and number features of clitic pronouns. An online self-paced listening picture-verification task was subsequently administered to examine how the aphasic individuals resolve pronoun ambiguities in contexts with either null or overt subject pronouns and how their performance compares to that of language-unimpaired adults.Outcomes & Results: Results demonstrate that the Broca group, along with controls, had intact access to the morphosyntactic features of clitic pronouns. However, the aphasic individuals showed decreased preference for non-salient antecedents in object position during the online resolution of ambiguous overt subject pronouns and preferred to pick the subject antecedent instead.Conclusions: Broca's aphasic participants' parsing decisions in the online task reflect their difficulty with establishing topic-shifted interpretations of the ambiguous overt subject pronouns. The presence of a local topic-shift effect in the immediate temporal vicinity of the overt pronoun suggests that sensitivity to the marked informational status of overt pronouns is preserved in the aphasic individuals, yet, it is blocked under conditions of global sentential processing.
C1 [Peristeri, E.; Tsimpli, I. M.] Aristotle Univ Thessaloniki, Sch English, Dept Theoret & Appl Linguist, Thessaloniki 54124, Greece.
RP Peristeri, E (reprint author), Aristotle Univ Thessaloniki, Sch English, Dept Theoret & Appl Linguist, Thessaloniki 54124, Greece.
EM eperiste@enl.auth.gr
FU Propondis Private Foundation; Research Committee of the Aristotle
University of Thessaloniki, Thessaloniki, Greece
FX We would like to thank all the individuals with Broca's aphasia who
participated in this study, as well as their relatives for their
precious help. We are also grateful to the neurologists Dr. Tasos
Papapostolou and Dr. Katerina Anyfadi for their help with the Broca
individuals' neurological diagnosis. The authors report no declarations
of interest and no sources of financial support for this study. Part of
the data sets used in this article is derived from Eleni Peristeri's
unpublished Ph.D. thesis (2010) "Exploring the Discourse-Syntax and the
Lexicon-Syntax Interfaces in Language Pathology: Evidence from Broca's
Aphasia", School of English, Department of Theoretical and Applied
Linguistics, Aristotle University of Thessaloniki, Thessaloniki, Greece,
which was supported in part by scholarships from the Propondis Private
Foundation and the Research Committee of the Aristotle University of
Thessaloniki, Thessaloniki, Greece.
CR Alonso-Ovalle L., 2002, ITALIAN J LINGUISTIC, V14, P151
Avrutin S, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V70, P163, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2154
Baauw S, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P386, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.493295
Burkhardt P, 2008, J NEUROLINGUIST, V21, P120, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2006.10.004
Callahan S., 2007, 15 ANN CUNY C HUM SE
Carminati M. N., 2002, THESIS U MASSACHUSET
Chomsky N., 1981, LECT GOVT BINDING
Choy J., 2010, 40 CLIN APH C ISL PA
Costa A., 2004, P 5 DISC AN RES C LI, P45
Crawford JR, 2006, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V23, P877, DOI 10.1080/02643290500538372
Edwards S, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V87, P21, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00177-9
Edwards S, 2007, J NEUROLINGUIST, V20, P423, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2007.03.003
Ferrill M., 2012, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V21, P179
Filiaci F., 2008, HISP LING S 2008 U L
Filiaci F., 2004, INT J BILINGUAL, V8, P257
FRIEDERICI AD, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P289, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90157-V
Fyndanis V, 2010, J NEUROLINGUIST, V23, P644, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2010.06.003
Fyndanis V, 2013, APHASIOLOGY, V27, P398, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2013.770817
Gavarro A., 2008, AC APH M TURK FINL
Gelormini-Lezama C, 2011, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V26, P437, DOI 10.1080/01690965.2010.495234
Gelormini-Lezama C., 2008, 22 ANN CUNY C HUM SE
Goodglass H., 2001, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V3rd
GRODZINSKY Y, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P396, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1052
JAREMA G, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V46, P683, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1037
Kaiser E., 2003, GENERATIVE APPROACHE, P269
Kaplan E., 2001, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Love T, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V65, P59
Luegi P., 2011, ARCH MECH LANG PROC
Marinis T., 2008, LANG ACQUIS, P348
Mayol L., 2008, THESIS U PENNSYLVANI
McNeil M. R., 2010, 40 CLIN APH C S CAR
Meridor H., 2006, THESIS U EDINBURGH
Miltsakaki E., 2003, THESIS U PENNSYLVANI
Montalbetti M., 1984, THESIS MIT CAMBRIDGE
Nerantzini M., 2011, 32 ANN M DEP LING SC
Nerantzini M, 2010, PROCD SOC BEHV, V6, P178, DOI 10.1016/j.sbspro.2010.08.088
Nerantzini M., 2012, CURRENT TRENDS GREEN, P292
Papadopoulou D., LINGUA IN PRESS
Peristeri E., SELECTED PAPERS THEO
Peristeri E., 2007, SELECTED PAPERS THEO, V2, P464
Pinango M. M., 2005, ANAPHORA PROCESSING, P221
Pinango MM, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V79, P167
Platzack C., 2001, COGNITIVE INTERFACES, P21
Reinhart T, 2006, LINGUIST INQ MONOGR, V45, P1
Reuland E, 2001, LINGUIST INQ, V32, P439, DOI 10.1162/002438901750372522
Rigalleau F., 1997, PERCEPTION AUDITIVE, P219
Rigalleau F, 2000, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V53, P23, DOI 10.1080/027249800390655
Ruigendijk E., 2011, PROCESSING ACQUISITI, P133
Ruigendijk E, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V96, P302, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.06.005
Schneider W., 2002, PRIME USERS GUIDE
Sorace A, 2006, SECOND LANG RES, V22, P339, DOI 10.1191/0267658306sr271oa
Thompson CK, 2009, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V38, P255, DOI 10.1007/s10936-009-9105-7
Tsapkini Kyrana, 2010, Behav Neurol, V22, P111, DOI 10.3233/ben-2009-0256
Tsimpli I. M., 2006, P 30 ANN BOST U C LA, P653
van Rij J, 2010, J CHILD LANG, V37, P731, DOI 10.1017/S0305000909990560
Varlokosta S., 2003, STUDIES GREEK LINGUI, V23, P555
Varlokosta S, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P723, DOI 10.1080/0267030500513703
Vasi N., 2005, STEM SPRAAK TAALPATH, V13, P14
Vasic N, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V96, P191, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.04.003
NR 59
TC 2
Z9 2
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD NOV 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 11
BP 1381
EP 1407
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.828344
PG 27
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 232SW
UT WOS:000325515300006
ER
PT J
AU Nykanen, A
Nyrkko, H
Nykanen, M
Brunou, R
Rautakoski, P
AF Nykanen, Arja
Nyrkko, Hannu
Nykanen, Matti
Brunou, Riikka
Rautakoski, Pirkko
TI Communication therapy for people with aphasia and their partners
(APPUTE)
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Communication therapy; Partner training
ID SUPPORTED CONVERSATION; ADULTS; STRATEGIES; VOLUNTEERS; RELATIVES;
EFFICACY; OUTCOMES; GESTURE; CARERS; STROKE
AB Background: Severe aphasia is a chronic condition and can have a big effect on how people with severe aphasia (PWSA) succeed in their communication. The communication partner's support for the person with aphasia has been shown to be essential in achieving successful communication. However, interventions combining training both the partner and the PWSA to use hierarchical strategies in nonverbal communication are still needed.Aims: The aim of the present paper is to describe a new intervention (APPUTE) where both the person with aphasia and the partner receive therapy equally and practise finding functional communication strategies to convey everyday messages or more complicated ones. The data collection during the APPUTE intervention is also presented.Methods & Procedures: The data were collected during a development project including an evaluation period, two rehabilitation periods and follow-up measurement. Thirty-four PWSA and their partners participated. The linguistic functions and communication efficiency of PWSA were evaluated three times during the rehabilitation. The communication skills of the partner were also assessed, along with the success of the mutual communication.Outcomes & Results: The communication skills and communication efficiency of the PWSA and their partners improved significantly during the rehabilitation period, and the acquired skills were retained for 6 months after the intervention. The linguistic skills of the PWSA also improved. The advanced age of the partner explained both the variance of the partner's communication skills and the success in the mutual communication. The amount of earlier outpatient speech therapy explained the variance of the communication efficiency of PWSA as evaluated by the partners. Regarding success in mutual communication, all of the couples were able to communicate at least simple issues at the end of the rehabilitation period. The more demanding the tasks, the more difficult it became for them to succeed, especially for older PWSA with severe motor paralysis. Both the people with aphasia and their partners mainly experienced benefits from the APPUTE intervention and for the most part, the benefits were retained during follow-up.Conclusions: The APPUTE method appears to improve the communication skills of PWSA and their partners, as well as the linguistic skills of PWSA.
C1 [Nykanen, Arja; Nyrkko, Hannu; Nykanen, Matti] Kruunupuisto Punkaharju Rehabil Ctr, Punkaharju 58450, Finland.
[Brunou, Riikka] Merkurius RB, Savonlinna 57100, Finland.
[Rautakoski, Pirkko] Abo Akad Univ, Dept Psychol & Logoped, SF-20500 Turku, Finland.
RP Nykanen, M (reprint author), Kruunupuisto Punkaharju Rehabil Ctr, Punkaharju 58450, Finland.
EM matti.nykanen@kruunupuisto.fi
FU Finland's Slot Machine Association (RAY)
FX This project was supported by Finland's Slot Machine Association (RAY).
We thank Professor Anu Klippi, Ph.D. and Riitta Vartiainen, Lic.Phil.,
speech and language therapist, for advice during the project, as well as
for constructive criticism of the manuscript, and Jouko Katajisto,
M.Sc., statistician, for statistical consultations.
CR Booth S, 1999, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V34, P291, DOI 10.1080/136828299247423
Booth S, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P283
Cunningham R, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P687, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000184
Davis G, 1985, ADULT APHASIA REHABI
Davis GA, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P21, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000598
Elman RJ, 1999, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V42, P411
Farias D, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V97, P53, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.07.074
GOODWIN C, 1995, RES LANG SOC INTERAC, V28, P233, DOI 10.1207/s15327973rlsi2803_4
Haakana M., 2009, TALK INTERACTION COM
HERRMANN M, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P339, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90022-9
Holland A. L., 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V6, P197, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90007-6
Holland AL, 1996, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V39, pS27
Hopper T, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P745, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000059
Jacobs B, 2004, DISABIL REHABIL, V26, P1231, DOI 10.1080/09638280412331280244
Kagan A, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P624, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2001/051)
Kagan A, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P816, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249575
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Klippi A., 1996, STUDIA FENNICA LINGU, V6
Klippi A., 1994, KOMMUNIKAATION UNPUB
Krauss R. M., 1996, SOCIAL PSYCHOL HDB B, P655
Krauss R. M., 2004, LANGUAGE GESTURE, P261
Laakso M, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P345
LEDORZE G, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P239
LOMAS J, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P113
Pietila M.-L., 2005, FINNISH VERSION W AP
Purdy M, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P377, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000822
Rautakoski P, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P344, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.530671
Rautakoski P, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P1523, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.624164
Robey RR, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V41, P172
Rose M, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1001, DOI 10.1080/02687030143000825
Rose M, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P691, DOI 10.1080/02687030701800800
Simmons-Mackie N, 2010, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V91, P1814, DOI 10.1016/j.apmr.2010.08.026
SimmonsMackie NN, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P761, DOI 10.1080/02687039708250455
Simmons-Mackie NN, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P81, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798311
van der Gaag A, 2005, CLIN REHABIL, V19, P372, DOI 10.1191/0269215505cr785oa
Wilkinson R, 1998, Int J Lang Commun Disord, V33 Suppl, P144
Wilkinson R, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P869, DOI 10.1080/02687030903501958
World Health Organisation, 2001, INT CLASS FUNCT DIS
Worrall L, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P911
NR 39
TC 2
Z9 2
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD OCT 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 10
BP 1159
EP 1179
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.802284
PG 21
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 222JB
UT WOS:000324725900001
ER
PT J
AU Aichert, I
Ziegler, W
AF Aichert, Ingrid
Ziegler, Wolfram
TI Segments and syllables in the treatment of apraxia of speech: An
investigation of learning and transfer effects
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Apraxia of speech; Segment; Syllable; Motor learning
ID SOUND PRODUCTION TREATMENT; ACQUIRED APRAXIA; FREQUENCY; APHASIA;
COARTICULATION; PERSPECTIVE; SPEAKERS; THERAPY; ACCESS; ERRORS
AB Background: In the treatment of severe apraxia of speech (AOS), single phonemes are often used as training targets. However, until now it remains unclear if segment production can be learned and if patients show transfer effects when a segment trained in isolation is embedded in syllables and words. Speech motor learning in normal language acquisition is based on syllabic rather than segmental learning mechanisms. The syllable is also assumed to be the basic unit of articulatory programming in normal speech.Aims: In the present study, we investigated the effectiveness of learning single segments as compared to whole syllables in patients with AOS. Besides immediate learning effects, we were particularly interested in transfer effects on trained targets embedded into larger untrained units and in maintenance effects.Methods & Procedures: Four patients with severe AOS participated in this study. Target segments and target syllables were trained in two separate phases. To examine learning effects, we presented trained and untrained items in isolation immediately before and after a learning phase. Transfer effects of the segmental learning were examined by presenting syllables which contained the target and control phonemes. The transfer of syllabic learning was assessed on the basis of two-syllabic words containing the target and control syllables.Main Contributions: In the segmental condition, only one patient showed a significant learning effect. Transfer effects onto untrained syllables containing the trained consonants were missing in all patients. After the syllabic training, three patients produced significantly lower error rates on the trained, but not on the control syllables. In two of them, the improvements were still maintained when the syllables were embedded in two-syllabic words.Conclusions: The lack of segmental learning effects in three patients may be due to the fact that single consonants are artificial speech units we normally do not produce in isolation. The complete absence of transfer effects suggests that intrasyllabic coarticulation is part of the phonetic plan and cannot be mastered by speech apraxic patients without extra exercise. The observed learning effects after the syllabic learning confirm that syllables constitute more natural speech motor units which are easier to re-acquire than single consonants. Furthermore, the embedding of learned monosyllables into unlearned two-syllabic words requires less extra speech motor planning than the embedding of a trained segment into the coarticulated context of a syllable.
C1 [Aichert, Ingrid; Ziegler, Wolfram] City Hosp Bogenhausen, Neuropsychol Dept, EKN Clin Neuropsychol Res Grp, Munich, Germany.
RP Aichert, I (reprint author), EKN Clin Neuropsychol Res Grp, Dachauer Str 164, D-80992 Munich, Germany.
EM ingrid.aichert@extern.lrz-muenchen.de
CR Aichert I, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V88, P148, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00296-7
Aichert I, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1216, DOI 10.1080/02687030701820303
Ballard KJ, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P1195, DOI 10.1080/02687030601047858
Boersma P., 2007, PRAAT DOING PHONETIC
Bose A, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P767, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000186
Brendel B, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P77, DOI 10.1080/02687030600965464
Byrd D, 1996, J PHONETICS, V24, P209, DOI 10.1006/jpho.1996.0012
CANTER GJ, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V24, P204, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90131-2
Carreiras M, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V90, P393, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2003.12.003
Cholin J, 2009, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V24, P662, DOI 10.1080/01690960802348852
Cholin J, 2006, COGNITION, V99, P205, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2005.01.009
DABUL B, 1976, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V41, P268
De Bleser B., 2004, LEMO LEXIKON MODELLO
Edmonds LA, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P1121, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000561
Huber W., 1983, AACHENER APHASIE TES
Kendall DL, 2006, J REHABIL RES DEV, V43, P409, DOI 10.1682/JRRD.2005.11.0175
Knock TR, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P653
Laganaro M, 2006, J MEM LANG, V55, P178, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2006.05.001
Laganaro M, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1191, DOI 10.1080/02687030701820469
Levelt WJM, 1998, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V27, P167, DOI 10.1023/A:1023245931630
LEVELT WJM, 1994, COGNITION, V50, P239, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(94)90030-2
Levelt WJM, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P1
Maas E., 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P609, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000266
Maas E, 2008, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V17, P277, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2008/025)
MacNeilage PF, 2000, SCIENCE, V288, P527, DOI 10.1126/science.288.5465.527
MacNeilage PF, 2001, CURR OPIN NEUROBIOL, V11, P696, DOI 10.1016/S0959-4388(01)00271-9
MCNEIL MR, 1994, CLIN APHASIOL, V22, P203
MOOSHAMMER C, 1995, J PHONETICS, V23, P3, DOI 10.1016/S0095-4470(95)80029-8
ODELL K, 1990, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V55, P345
Odell Katharine H., 2002, Seminars in Speech and Language, V23, P309, DOI 10.1055/s-2002-35803
Rochet-Capellan A, 2011, J NEUROSCI, V31, P2657, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.6020-10.2011
Romani C, 2005, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V22, P817, DOI 10.1080/02643290442000365
Schoor A, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P880, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2012.660458
Staiger A, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1201, DOI 10.1080/02687030701820584
Stevens E. R., 1989, ACQUIRED APRAXIA SPE, P220
Tremblay S, 2008, J NEUROSCI, V28, P2426, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.4196-07.2008
van der Merwe A, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P1174, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.582246
Varley R, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P39
Wambaugh J. L., 1996, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V24, P97
Wambaugh JL, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V41, P725
Wambaugh JL, 2004, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V12, P77
Wambaugh JL, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P821
Wertz RT, 1984, APRAXIA SPEECH ADULT
Whiteside SP, 2012, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V22, P267, DOI 10.1080/09602011.2011.639614
Yorkston K. M., 1999, MANAGEMENT MOTOR SPE
Ziegler Wolfram, 2008, Handb Clin Neurol, V88, P269, DOI 10.1016/S0072-9752(07)88013-4
ZIEGLER W, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V29, P34, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90032-5
Ziegler W, 2005, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V22, P603, DOI 10.1080/02643290442000211
ZIEGLER W, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V26, P117, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90032-X
Ziegler W., 2011, STEM SPRAAK TAALPATH, V17, P15
Zierdt A., 2010, UNIVERSAL DATA UNPUB
NR 51
TC 1
Z9 1
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD OCT 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 10
BP 1180
EP 1199
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.802285
PG 20
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 222JB
UT WOS:000324725900002
ER
PT J
AU Chen, ZQ
Luo, BY
Xu, MW
Shang, DS
Liang, H
AF Chen, Zhongqin
Luo, Benyan
Xu, Mingwei
Shang, Desheng
Liang, Hui
TI Visual word form processing in the right hemisphere: Evidence from
neuropsychological investigations in two Chinese patients with a
splenium lesion
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Visual word form processing; Splenium; Corpus callosum; Left hemialexia;
Right hemisphere
ID ORTHOGRAPHIC NEIGHBORHOOD SIZE; TRANSIENT LEFT HEMIALEXIA; PURE ALEXIA;
INTERHEMISPHERIC-TRANSFER; CALLOSAL DISCONNECTION; CEREBRAL HEMISPHERES;
READING CHINESE; FUSIFORM GYRUS; RECOGNITION; LENGTH
AB Background: Though there is no doubt that the left hemisphere (LH) is the superior language processor, an increasing number of researches have demonstrated significant linguistic ability in the nonverbal right hemisphere (RH), such as orthographic processing and the superiority of recognising words presented in unfamiliar formats. However, it is difficult to rule out the role of the LH in language processing completely, because the subjects reported in most studies have no lesion or commissurotomy in the splenium of the corpus callosum (SCC), which allowed the interaction between left and right hemispheres in visual word processing. Patients with a lesion or commissurotomy in the SCC provide a unique opportunity to explore visual word form processing in the RH.Aims: The study involved a series of neuropsychological tests to investigate visual word form processing in the RH.Methods & Procedures: Two unique Chinese patients with a splenium lesion were asked to complete a series of neuropsychological tests, consisting of the Line Bisection Test, Albert Cancellation Test, the Aphasia Battery of Chinese (ABC), mini-mental state examination (MMSE) and visual word form processing (reading aloud, lexical decision in the Song typeface and handwritten styles) presented tachistoscopically in left or right visual field.Outcomes & Results: We found that two patients had difficulties in reading simple and compound Chinese characters presented tachistoscopically in the left visual field (LVF), called left hemialexia, while their lexical decision-making ability in the LVF was relatively spared. In addition, the two patients' performance on lexical decision-making in the LVF declined to a random level in the handwritten styles.Conclusions: These findings provide direct supporting evidence that the RH is important for processing a character's orthographic form and suggest that the LH is necessary for extracting an abstract presentation of a character in visual word form processing.
C1 [Chen, Zhongqin; Luo, Benyan; Xu, Mingwei; Liang, Hui] Zhejiang Univ, Sch Med, Affiliated Hosp 1, Dept Neurol, Hangzhou 310003, Zhejiang, Peoples R China.
[Chen, Zhongqin; Luo, Benyan; Xu, Mingwei; Liang, Hui] Zhejiang Univ, Sch Med, Affiliated Hosp 1, Brain Med Ctr, Hangzhou 310003, Zhejiang, Peoples R China.
[Shang, Desheng] Zhejiang Univ, Sch Med, Affiliated Hosp 1, Dept Radiol, Hangzhou 310003, Zhejiang, Peoples R China.
RP Liang, H (reprint author), Zhejiang Univ, Sch Med, Affiliated Hosp 1, Dept Neurol, 79 Qingchun Rd, Hangzhou 310003, Zhejiang, Peoples R China.
EM lianghui20022012@163.com
FU Science and Technology Project of Zhejiang Province [2010C13004];
National High Technology Research and Development Program of China
[2012AA02A604]; Public Interest Foundation of Science and Technology
Department of Zhejiang province [N20110037]; National Natural Science
Foundation of China [81001581/H2902]
FX This work was supported by grants from the Science and Technology
Project of Zhejiang Province (2010C13004), National High Technology
Research and Development Program of China (2012AA02A604), the Public
Interest Foundation of Science and Technology Department of Zhejiang
province (N20110037) and National Natural Science Foundation of China
(81001581/H2902).
CR ALBERT ML, 1973, NEUROLOGY, V23, P658
APRIL RS, 1977, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V34, P766
BAYNES K, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V33, P1225, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(95)00039-6
Beversdorf DQ, 1997, CLIN NEUROPATHOL, V16, P328
Bi HY, 2008, NEURAL REGEN RES, V3, P128
BINDER JR, 1992, NEUROLOGY, V42, P562
BRYSBAERT M, 1994, BEHAV BRAIN RES, V64, P151, DOI 10.1016/0166-4328(94)90127-9
Brysbaert M, 1996, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V10, P385, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.10.3.385
Brysbaert M, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V88, P259, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00279-7
Cohen L, 2000, BRAIN, V123, P291, DOI 10.1093/brain/123.2.291
Cohen L, 2003, CEREB CORTEX, V13, P1313, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhg079
DAMASIO AR, 1983, NEUROLOGY, V33, P1573
Deason RG, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V92, P251, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.06.105
Dehaene S, 2001, NAT NEUROSCI, V4, P752, DOI 10.1038/89551
Dehaene S, 2005, TRENDS COGN SCI, V9, P335, DOI 10.1016/j.tics.2005.05.004
Dehaene S, 2011, TRENDS COGN SCI, V15, P254, DOI 10.1016/j.tics.2011.04.003
Ellis AW, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V88, P355, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00166-4
Gaillard R, 2006, NEURON, V50, P191, DOI 10.1016/j.neuron.2006.03.031
Gao S. R., 1992, CHINESE MENTAL HLTH, V6, P125
Guo Y, 2010, BRAIN LANG, V115, P113, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2010.08.001
Hellige JB, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V102, P215, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.11.003
Ino T, 2008, CORTEX, V44, P773, DOI 10.1016/j.cortex.2007.03.002
KINSBOURNE M, 1962, BRAIN, V85, P461, DOI 10.1093/brain/85.3.461
Larsen J, 2004, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V42, P1459, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2004.04.001
Lausberg H, 1999, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V37, P253, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(98)00079-7
Lavidor M, 2001, BRAIN COGNITION, V46, P192, DOI 10.1016/S0278-2626(01)80063-4
Lavidor M, 2001, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V39, P430, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(00)00125-1
Lavidor M, 2002, BRAIN COGNITION, V50, P257, DOI 10.1016/S0278-2626(02)00508-0
Lavidor M, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V88, P312, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00164-0
Lavidor M, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V80, P63, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2570
Lavidor M, 2003, LATERALITY, V8, P201, DOI 10.1080/13576500143000203
Lavidor M, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V80, P45, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2583
Leff AP, 2006, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V77, P1004, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.2005.086983
Lindell AK, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V16, P131, DOI 10.1007/s11065-006-9011-6
Lindell AK, 2003, CORTEX, V39, P111, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70079-0
Luo B, 2011, PLOS ONE, V6
McCandliss BD, 2003, TRENDS COGN SCI, V7, P293, DOI 10.1016/S1364-6613(03)00134-7
Molko N, 2002, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V14, P629, DOI 10.1162/08989290260045864
Qiao E, 2010, NEUROIMAGE, V49, P1786, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2009.09.034
SCHENKENBERG T, 1980, NEUROLOGY, V30, P509
SEIDENBERG MS, 1989, PSYCHOL REV, V96, P523, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.96.4.523
Shan CL, 2010, BRAIN LANG, V114, P147, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2010.05.006
Sieroff E, 2007, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V24, P243, DOI 10.1080/02643290601161926
Suzuki K, 1998, NEUROLOGY, V51, P1390
Tan LH, 2003, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V18, P158, DOI 10.1002/hbm.10089
TZENG OJL, 1979, NATURE, V282, P499, DOI 10.1038/282499a0
Vinckier F, 2007, NEURON, V55, P143, DOI 10.1016/j.neuron.2007.05.031
WECHSLER AF, 1971, NEUROLOGY, V21, P430
WECHSLER AF, 1972, NEUROLOGY, V22, P628
Ya M. J., 2007, J EXPT PSYCHOL LEARN, V33, P274
Yi W. C., 2013, BRAIN STRUCTURE FUNC, DOI 10.1007/s00429-012-0499-x
Yin WG, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P65
Zhang Q., 1999, PSYCHOL SCI, V22, P75
Zhou XL, 1999, J MEM LANG, V41, P579, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1999.2663
NR 54
TC 1
Z9 1
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD OCT 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 10
BP 1200
EP 1213
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.805727
PG 14
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 222JB
UT WOS:000324725900003
ER
PT J
AU Brown, K
Worrall, L
Davidson, B
Howe, T
AF Brown, Kyla
Worrall, Linda
Davidson, Bronwyn
Howe, Tami
TI Reflection on the benefits and limitations of participant-generated
photography as an adjunct to qualitative interviews with participants
with aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Qualitative; Photovoice; Photography; Visual methods
ID SPEECH-LANGUAGE PATHOLOGISTS; FAMILY-MEMBERS; PEOPLE; ISSUES;
COMMUNICATION; DIFFICULTIES; PERSPECTIVES; EMPOWERMENT; WOMEN
AB Background: Visual methods, including participant-generated photography as a stimulus to qualitative interviews, have a long history in the social science research as a means of enriching qualitative research data. However, little is known about their use with people with a communication disability such as aphasia. In this article, we provide a commentary on the benefits and limitations of participant-generated photography as an adjunct to qualitative interviews for individuals with aphasia. We base our reflections on experiences using this method in a study exploring the meaning of living successfully with aphasia from the perspectives of 25 participants with chronic aphasia.Reflections: Benefits of the method include facilitation of rapport and animated discussion that provided a greater voice of authority and a sense of research ownership for participants. An additional benefit we identify is the use of photographs as communication aids during interviews. Limitations we discuss are: participants' spouses taking photographs for them, participants' physical difficulties using cameras, and ethical issues of photograph use in research.Conclusions: Based on our findings, we support the use of the participant-generated photography and advocate for researchers to consider diverse methods to capture the voices of individuals with communication disabilities.
C1 [Brown, Kyla; Worrall, Linda] Univ Queensland, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, Brisbane, Qld 4072, Australia.
[Davidson, Bronwyn] Univ Melbourne, Melbourne, Vic, Australia.
[Howe, Tami] Univ Canterbury, Dept Commun Disorders, Christchurch 1, New Zealand.
RP Brown, K (reprint author), Univ Queensland, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, Brisbane, Qld 4072, Australia.
EM k.brown1@uq.edu.au
RI Hudson, Kyla/D-2575-2010
OI Hudson, Kyla/0000-0002-0328-3873
CR Abma TA, 2009, QUAL HEALTH RES, V19, P401, DOI 10.1177/1049732309331869
Ball M. S., 1992, ANAL VISUAL DATA
Banks M., 2001, VISUAL METHODS SOCIA
Bloustien G, 2003, SOCIAL ANAL, V47, P64, DOI DOI 10.3167/015597703782352844.D0I:10.3167/015597703782352844
Bloustien G., 2003, SOCIAL ANAL, V47, P1, DOI 10.3167/015597703782352871
Brown K, 2011, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V46, P300, DOI 10.3109/13682822.2010.496762
Brown K, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P1267, DOI 10.1080/02687031003755429
Brown K, 2012, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V14, P141, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2011.632026
Brown K, 2011, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V18, P536, DOI 10.1310/tsr1805-536
Carlsson E, 2007, QUAL HEALTH RES, V17, P1361, DOI 10.1177/1049732307306926
Croteau C, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P327, DOI 10.1080/02687030500475051
Cruice M, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P327, DOI 10.1080/02687030802565849
Cruice M, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P3, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798071
Dalemans R, 2009, CLIN REHABIL, V23, P948, DOI 10.1177/0269215509337197
Flick U., 2002, INTRO QUALITATIVE RE, V2nd
Frith H, 2007, QUAL HEALTH RES, V17, P1340, DOI 10.1177/1049732307308949
Frohmann L, 2005, VIOLENCE AGAINST WOM, V11, P1396, DOI 10.1177/1077801205280271
Goodwin DL, 2001, ADAPT PHYS ACT Q, V18, P289
Greig CA, 2008, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V15, P307, DOI 10.1310/tsr1504-307
Harrison B, 2002, SOCIOL HEALTH ILL, V24, P856, DOI 10.1111/1467-9566.00322
Holland A., 2006, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V13
Howe T., 2006, THESIS U QUEENSLAND
Kellehear A, 1993, UNOBTRUSIVE RES
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Kirkewold M., 2007, INT J QUALITATIVE ST, V2, P68, DOI DOI 10.1080/17482620701259273
Levin T, 2007, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V14, P72, DOI 10.1310/tsr1401-72
Lloyd V, 2006, QUAL HEALTH RES, V16, P1386, DOI 10.1177/1049732306293846
Luck AM, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P208, DOI 10.1080/02687030601065470
Minichiello V., 1995, IN DEPTH INTERVIEWIN
Oliffe JL, 2007, QUAL HEALTH RES, V17, P850, DOI 10.1177/1049732306298756
Parr S., 1997, TALKING APHASIA LIVI
Prosser J., 2004, APPROACHES QUALITATI, P334
Smith J. A., 1999, QUALITATIVE HLTH PSY, P218
Smith J. A., 2004, DOING SOCIAL PSYCHOL, P229
Smith JA, 2003, QUALITATIVE PSYCHOL, P51
Swain J, 1998, DISABIL SOC, V13, P21
Turner D, 2005, J ADV NURS, V52, P508, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2648.2005.03619.x
Turner D. S., 2004, AUSTR J HOLISTIC NUR, V11, P16
Walker R., 1993, QUALITATIVE VOICES E, P72
Wang C, 1997, HEALTH EDUC BEHAV, V24, P369, DOI 10.1177/109019819702400309
WANG C, 1994, HEALTH EDUC QUART, V21, P171, DOI 10.1177/109019819402100204
Wang C, 1996, SOC SCI MED, V42, P1391, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(95)00287-1
NR 42
TC 1
Z9 1
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD OCT 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 10
BP 1214
EP 1231
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.808736
PG 18
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 222JB
UT WOS:000324725900004
ER
PT J
AU Rogalski, Y
Edmonds, LA
Daly, VR
Gardner, MJ
AF Rogalski, Yvonne
Edmonds, Lisa A.
Daly, Valerie R.
Gardner, Melissa J.
TI Attentive Reading and Constrained Summarisation (ARCS) discourse
treatment for chronic Wernicke's aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Wernicke's; Aphasia; Intervention; ARCS; Discourse; Anomia
ID SEMANTIC FEATURE ANALYSIS; THERAPY; SPEECH; STORY; REHABILITATION;
RELIABILITY; IMPAIRMENT; FEEDBACK; DEAFNESS; ANOMIA
AB Background: Emerging evidence suggests that discourse-level treatments can improve microlinguistic processes such as lexical retrieval. Attentive Reading and Constrained Summarisation (ARCS) is a cognitive-linguistic discourse treatment that focuses attention on reading aloud and orally summarising text while constraining from non-specific language use.Aims: The primary aim of the current study was to evaluate the effect of ARCS on improving lexical retrieval abilities in two participants with Wernicke's aphasia.Methods & Procedures: Two women with chronic moderate and severe Wernicke's aphasia were administered ARCS for this case study. The study design was comprised of pre-treatment testing followed by 18 times of 50-minute sessions of ARCS therapy over 10 weeks and post-treatment testing immediately after and 2 months after the completion of treatment. Treatment stimuli included abridged versions of news articles. Primary outcome measures of lexical retrieval were the Boston Naming Test 2nd edition and informativeness of words during picture description and untreated article retell tasks.Outcomes & Results: The participant with moderate Wernicke's aphasia improved on all three primary outcome measures, and she reported that the treatment made a functional impact on her life. In contrast, the participant with severe Wernicke's aphasia did not improve on any of the outcome measures. Individual differences between the participants likely account for the discrepancy in treatment outcomes.Conclusions: ARCS demonstrates potential as a therapy for improving lexical retrieval in discourse with the possibility of generalisation to confrontation naming in persons with moderate Wernicke's aphasia.
C1 [Rogalski, Yvonne; Daly, Valerie R.; Gardner, Melissa J.] Ithaca Coll, Dept Speech Language Pathol & Audiol, Ithaca, NY 14850 USA.
[Edmonds, Lisa A.] Malcom Randall Vet Affairs, Brain Rehabil & Res Ctr, Gainesville, FL USA.
[Edmonds, Lisa A.] Univ Florida, Dept Speech Language & Hearing Sci, Gainesville, FL USA.
RP Rogalski, Y (reprint author), Ithaca Coll, 953 Danby Rd, Ithaca, NY 14850 USA.
EM yrogalski@ithaca.edu
FU American Speech-Language-Hearing Association Advancing Academic-Research
Careers Award
FX This work was supported in part by an American Speech-Language-Hearing
Association Advancing Academic-Research Careers Award. The authors would
like to thank "P1" and "P2" for their participation in the study. We
would also like to thank Julianna VanMeter for assisting with
reliability.
CR ADAMS C, 1991, PSYCHOL AGING, V6, P323, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.6.3.323
Antonucci SM, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P854, DOI 10.1080/02687030802634405
Best W, 2008, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V43, P390, DOI 10.1080/13682820701608001
Boyle M, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P1308, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.596185
BROOKSHIRE RH, 1994, CLIN APHASIOL, V22, P119
Brown S., 2000, OXFORD HDB MEMORY, P93
Cherney Leora Reiff, 2004, Top Stroke Rehabil, V11, P22
CHRISTIANSEN JA, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V51, P291, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1062
de Riesthal M, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P899, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000381
Doyle PJ, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P537
Edmonds LA, 2011, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V20, P131, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2011/10-0036)
Falconer C, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P64, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.602390
Flanagan JL, 1997, J COMMUN DISORD, V30, P33, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(96)00039-1
Francis DR, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P749, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000177
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Kaplan E., 2001, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
Kertesz A., 2007, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
Ledoux Kerry, 2006, Behav Cogn Neurosci Rev, V5, P107, DOI 10.1177/1534582306289573
McDaniel MA, 2007, PSYCHON B REV, V14, P200, DOI 10.3758/BF03194052
MCDANIEL MA, 1991, CONTEMP EDUC PSYCHOL, V16, P192, DOI 10.1016/0361-476X(91)90037-L
McNeil MR, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P991
Meinzer M, 2012, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V93, pS35, DOI 10.1016/j.apmr.2011.06.040
NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338
NICHOLAS M, 1985, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V28, P405
Pashler H, 2005, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V31, P3, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.31.1.3
Peach RK, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P971, DOI 10.1080/02687030903058629
Pulvermuller F, 2001, STROKE, V32, P1621
Ralph MAL, 2010, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V20, P289, DOI 10.1080/09602010903237875
Robson H, 2012, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V50, P276, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2011.11.022
Rogalski Y, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P763, DOI 10.1080/02687030701803796
SHINDO M, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V40, P153, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90122-H
Ulatowska H. K., 1994, DISCOURSE ANAL APPL, P29
NR 33
TC 1
Z9 1
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD OCT 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 10
BP 1232
EP 1251
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.810327
PG 20
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 222JB
UT WOS:000324725900005
ER
PT J
AU Hashimoto, N
Widman, B
Kiran, S
Richards, MA
AF Hashimoto, Naomi
Widman, Brooke
Kiran, Swathi
Richards, Meredith A.
TI A comparison of features and categorical cues to improve naming
abilities in aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Naming treatment; Features; Categorical
ID SEMANTIC FEATURE ANALYSIS; WORD INTERFERENCE PARADIGM; LEXICAL ACCESS;
LANGUAGE PRODUCTION; SPEECH PRODUCTION; RETRIEVAL; ANOMIA; ERRORS;
REPRESENTATIONS; CATEGORIZATION
AB Background: Evidence from the picture-word interference literature reveals that picture-word pairs bearing a non-categorical relationship (e.g., RINGexpensive) will facilitate naming more than picture-word pairs bearing a categorical relationship (e.g., BRACELETearrings). It is not known whether these differential effects would be found within a naming treatment paradigm for aphasia; however, if it is the case that one type of semantic relations will yield more robust treatment effects than another, this would provide a more efficient and effective delivery of treatment. Moreover, since semantic errors are commonly produced by individuals with aphasia, an approach which helps strengthen the semantic network will, in turn, strengthen lexical retrieval and access processes.Aim: The aim of the study was to compare a features condition, or a condition in which attributes were used, to a categorical condition, or a condition in which categorical members were used to see which would yield greater naming improvements in aphasia.Methods & Procedures: Eight individuals with aphasia were recruited for the study. A multiple-baseline design across behaviours with a crossover component was used. A categorical-features sequence was used in four participants, and a features-categorical sequence was used in four other participants. Accuracy of correct naming was calculated to determine improvements in treatment. The types of naming errors produced by individuals with positive treatment effects in the trained condition were compared to the types of naming errors produced in the control condition.Outcome & Results: A range of small to large treatment effect sizes was obtained in six of the eight participants when considering both treated conditions. However, no overwhelming advantage was found for either condition. Analyses of naming error patterns indicated increased lexical access and retrieval of the targeted picture name.Conclusions: Approaches that use cues focusing either on categorical membership or attributes will facilitate naming abilities in individuals with aphasia whether naming per cent accuracy is calculated or naming error types are tallied. However, the current results did not indicate an overwhelming advantage in using one or the other condition. Future studies should specify the type of features used (e.g., associative cues, thematic cues or perceptual cues) to determine whether such a differentiation will yield clearer differential treatment effects.
C1 [Hashimoto, Naomi; Richards, Meredith A.] Univ Wisconsin, River Falls, WI 54022 USA.
[Widman, Brooke; Kiran, Swathi] Boston Univ, Sargent Coll, Boston, MA 02215 USA.
RP Hashimoto, N (reprint author), Univ Wisconsin, WEB 222,410 South 3rd St, River Falls, WI 54022 USA.
EM naomi.hashimoto@uwrf.edu
CR Rahman RA, 2007, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V33, P604, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.33.3.604
Rahman RA, 2009, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V24, P713, DOI 10.1080/01690960802597250
Beeson PM, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V16, P161, DOI 10.1007/s11065-006-9013-7
Boyle M, 2004, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V13, P236, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2004/025)
Boyle M., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P94
Boyle M, 2010, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V17, P411, DOI 10.1310/tsr1706-411
Busk P. L., 1992, SINGLE CASE RES DESI
Caramazza A, 1997, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V14, P177, DOI 10.1080/026432997381664
CARAMAZZA A, 1990, CORTEX, V26, P95
Coelho CA, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P133
Costa A, 2003, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V18, P205, DOI 10.1080/01690960143000524
Cree GS, 2003, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V132, P163, DOI 10.1037/0096-3445.132.2.163
Cutting JC, 1999, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V25, P318, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.25.2.318
DELL GS, 1991, PSYCHOL REV, V98, P604, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.98.4.604
DELL GS, 1992, COGNITION, V42, P287, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90046-K
Dell GS, 1997, PSYCHOL REV, V104, P801, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.104.4.801
Duffy J. R., 2013, MOTOR SPEECH DISORDE, P61
Edmonds LA, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P402, DOI 10.1080/02687030802291339
Fisher WW, 2003, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V36, P387, DOI 10.1901/jaba.2003.36-387
FRANKLIN S, 1995, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V12, P549, DOI 10.1080/02643299508252007
Garrard P, 2001, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V18, P125, DOI 10.1080/02643290125857
HILLIS AE, 1995, MEMORY, V3, P333, DOI 10.1080/09658219508253156
Hodgson C, 2008, BRAIN LANG, V104, P89, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.03.007
Howard D, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P921, DOI 10.1080/02687030600782679
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Howard D., 2000, ACQUIRED NEUROGENIC, P76
Jefferies E, 2006, BRAIN, V129, P2132, DOI 10.1093/brain/awl153
Kaplan E., 2001, BOSTON NAMING TEST
KAY J, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P613, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.3.613
Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Levelt WJM, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P1
Mahon BZ, 2007, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V33, P503, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.33.3.503
Martin N, 2006, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V12, P853, DOI 10.1017/S1355617706061030
McRae K, 2005, BEHAV RES METHODS, V37, P547, DOI 10.3758/BF03192726
McRae K, 1997, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V126, P99, DOI 10.1037/0096-3445.126.2.99
MOSS HE, 1995, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V21, P863, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.21.4.863
Nickels L, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P935, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000563
Nickels L, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P103, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000517
Ralph MAL, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V38, P186
Rider JD, 2008, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V17, P161, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2008/016)
ROELOFS A, 1992, COGNITION, V42, P107, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90041-F
Rogers TT, 2004, PSYCHOL REV, V111, P205, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.111.1.205
ROSCH E, 1976, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V8, P382, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(76)90013-X
Sailor K, 2009, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V62, P789, DOI 10.1080/17470210802254383
Schwartz MF, 2011, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V108, P8520, DOI 10.1073/pnas.1014935108
Schwartz MF, 2006, J MEM LANG, V54, P228, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2005.10.001
SNODGRASS JG, 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V6, P174, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.6.2.174
Spalek K, 2013, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V28, P597, DOI 10.1080/01690965.2012.718088
Starreveld P. A., 1996, J EXPT PSYCHOL LEARN, V22, P869
Starreveld PA, 1999, AM J PSYCHOL, V112, P521, DOI 10.2307/1423649
Taylor KI, 2012, COGNITION, V122, P363, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2011.11.001
Vigliocco G, 2004, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V48, P422, DOI 10.1016/j.cogpsych.2003.09.001
VITKOVITCH M, 1991, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V17, P664, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.17.4.664
NR 54
TC 1
Z9 1
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD OCT 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 10
BP 1252
EP 1279
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.814760
PG 28
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 222JB
UT WOS:000324725900006
ER
PT J
AU [Anonymous]
AF [Anonymous]
TI THE 44th ANNUAL CLINICAL APHASIOLOGY CONFERENCE May 27th-June 1st 2014
St. Simon's Island, Georgia, USA
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
NR 0
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD OCT 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 10
BP 1280
EP 1280
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.835928
PG 1
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 222JB
UT WOS:000324725900007
ER
PT J
AU de Ruiter, JP
de Beer, C
AF de Ruiter, Jan P.
de Beer, Carola
TI A critical evaluation of models of gesture and speech production for
understanding gesture in aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Gesture; Speech; Adaptation; Broca; Models
ID VERB RETRIEVAL; ICONIC GESTURES; BROCAS APHASIA; LEXICAL ACCESS; WORD
RETRIEVAL; HAND GESTURE; SPEAKING; LANGUAGE; COMMUNICATION; AGRAMMATISM
AB Background: The background to this study is that aphasiologists have increasingly started to pay attention not only to the speech that people with aphasia produce, but also to their gestures. As there are a number of competing models about the production of gesture and speech in healthy subjects, it is important to evaluate whether, and if so how, these models could be used to guide the research into gesture and speech, and the relationship between these, in speakers with aphasia.Aims: The aims and objectives of this study are to see how existing models of gesture and speech are able to accommodate the findings regarding the gesture and speech behaviour of speakers with aphasia, in the hope that (1) these models could shed light on the use of gesture in aphasic speakers, and potentially suggest new approaches to therapy for people with aphasia and (2) the aphasia gesture data might help fundamental psycholinguistics to evaluate the adequacy of existing gesture and speech models.Methods & Procedures: The methodology here was theoretical. Four models of gesture and speech interaction were critiqued and we reviewed their ability to explain some of the central empirical findings in the area of gesture and speech in aphasia.Outcomes & Results: The outcomes and results of this theoretical analysis were that, with respect to the relationship between gesture and speech in aphasia, (1) the four models under investigation could be reduced to two models, because three of the investigated models were based on the same core assumptions and (2) both of these models adequately explain these findings, but the Growth Point/Sketch/Interface Model is more satisfactory than the Lexical Access Model, because of the better fit with the experimental results on the use of gesture for facilitating word finding, and because it is more compatible with the finding that gestures are also used to enhance communicative efficiency by replacing speech.Conclusions: The two main conclusions from this study were that both the Growth Point/Sketch/Interface Model and the Lexical Access Model are compatible with data on gesture and speech in aphasia, and that the former appears to be preferable on the basis of the evidence available so far.
C1 [de Ruiter, Jan P.; de Beer, Carola] Univ Bielefeld, D-33615 Bielefeld, Germany.
RP de Ruiter, JP (reprint author), Univ Bielefeld, Univ Str 25, D-33615 Bielefeld, Germany.
EM jan.deruiter@uni-bielefeld.de
CR [Anonymous], 1982, PSYCHOL REV, V89, P1
Beattie G, 1999, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V90, P35, DOI 10.1348/000712699161251
Beeke S, 2003, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V17, P109, DOI 10.1080/0269920031000061786
Beeke S, 2007, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V42, P629, DOI 10.1080/13682820601160087
Ben-Shachar M, 2003, PSYCHOL SCI, V14, P433, DOI 10.1111/1467-9280.01459
Boo M, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P154, DOI 10.1080/02687031003743789
BROWN AS, 1991, PSYCHOL BULL, V109, P204, DOI 10.1037//0033-2909.109.2.204
CARLOMAGNO S, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V99, P102, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.061
CICONE M, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V8, P324, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90060-9
De Beer C., 2012, THESIS BIELEFELD U B
De Ruiter J. P., 2000, LANGUAGE GESTURE, P284, DOI DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511620850.018
De Ruiter J.-P., 2006, ADV SPEECH LANGUAGE, V8, P124, DOI DOI 10.1080/14417040600667285
de Ruiter JP, 2012, TOP COGN SCI, V4, P232, DOI 10.1111/j.1756-8765.2012.01183.x
Duncan S., 2000, LANGUAGE GESTURE, P141, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511620850.010
FEYEREISEN P, 1983, INT J PSYCHOL, V18, P545, DOI 10.1080/00207598308247500
Frick-Horbury D, 1998, AM J PSYCHOL, V111, P43, DOI 10.2307/1423536
GOODWIN C., 2000, LANGUAGE GESTURE, P84, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511620850.006
GOODWIN C, 1995, RES LANG SOC INTERAC, V28, P233, DOI 10.1207/s15327973rlsi2803_4
GRODZINSKY Y, 1988, LANG SPEECH, V31, P115
Guhe M., 2003, TRENDS LINGUISTICS S, V152, P119
Hadar U, 1997, SEMIOTICA, V115, P147, DOI 10.1515/semi.1997.115.1-2.147
Hagoort P, 2005, TRENDS COGN SCI, V9, P416, DOI 10.1016/j.tics.2006.07.004
Heeschen C, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P365
HERRMANN M, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P41, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90053-3
Karl Buhler, 1934, SPRACHTHEORIE DARSTE
Kemmerer D, 2007, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V24, P70, DOI 10.1080/02643290600926667
Kita S, 2003, J MEM LANG, V48, P16, DOI 10.1016/S0749-596X(02)00505-3
KOLK H, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P221, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249075
Krauss R. M., 2000, LANGUAGE GESTURE, P261, DOI DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511620850.017
Lanyon L, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P809, DOI 10.1080/02687030802642044
Levelt W. J., 1989, SPEAKING INTENTION A
Levelt WJM, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P1
LEVELT WJM, 1983, COGNITION, V14, P41, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90026-4
McNeill D., 1992, HAND AND MIND
Pickering MJ, 2013, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V36, P329, DOI 10.1017/S0140525X12001495
Rodriguez AD, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P286, DOI 10.1080/02687030500474898
ROELOFS A, 1992, COGNITION, V42, P107, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90041-F
Rose M, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P20, DOI 10.1080/02687030600742020
Rose M, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P691, DOI 10.1080/02687030701800800
Rose M, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P977
Rose ML, 2006, INT J SPEECH LANGUAG, P92
Rousseaux M, 2010, J NEUROL, V257, P1099, DOI 10.1007/s00415-010-5469-8
van der Sluis I, 2007, DISCOURSE PROCESS, V44, P145
Vosse T, 2000, COGNITION, V75, P105, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(00)00063-9
Wilkinson R, 2010, RES LANG SOC INTERAC, V43, P57, DOI 10.1080/08351810903471506
NR 45
TC 2
Z9 2
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD SEP 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 9
SI SI
BP 1015
EP 1030
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.797067
PG 16
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 224QN
UT WOS:000324903300002
ER
PT J
AU Sekine, K
Rose, ML
Foster, AM
Attard, MC
Lanyon, LE
AF Sekine, Kazuki
Rose, Miranda L.
Foster, Abby M.
Attard, Michelle C.
Lanyon, Lucette E.
TI Gesture production patterns in aphasic discourse: In-depth description
and preliminary predictions
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Gesture; Aphasia; Natural conversation; Fluency; Severity
ID LEXICAL ACCESS; HAND GESTURE; COMMUNICATION; SPEECH; STROKE; RETRIEVAL;
STRATEGY; LANGUAGE
AB Background: Gesture frequently accompanies speech in healthy speakers. For many individuals with aphasia, gestures are a target of speech-language pathology intervention, either as an alternative form of communication or as a facilitative device for language restoration. The patterns of gesture production for people with aphasia and the participant variables that predict these patterns remain unclear.Aims: We aimed to examine gesture production during conversational discourse in a large sample of individuals with aphasia. We used a detailed gesture coding system to determine patterns of gesture production associated with specific aphasia types and severities.Methods & Procedures: We analysed conversation samples from AphasiaBank, gathered from 46 people with post-stroke aphasia and 10 healthy matched controls all of whom had gestured at least once during a story re-tell task. Twelve gesture types were coded. Descriptive statistics were used to describe the patterns of gesture production. Possible significant differences in production patterns according to aphasia type and severity were examined with a series of analyses of variance (ANOVA) statistics, and multiple regression analysis was used to examine these potential predictors of gesture production patterns.Outcomes & Results: Individuals with aphasia gestured significantly more frequently than healthy controls. Aphasia type and severity impacted significantly on gesture type in specific identified patterns detailed here, especially on the production of meaning-laden gestures.Conclusions: These patterns suggest the opportunity for gestures as targets of aphasia therapy. Aphasia fluency accounted for a greater degree of data variability than aphasia severity or naming skills. More work is required to delineate predictive factors.
C1 [Sekine, Kazuki] Univ Birmingham, Sch Psychol, Birmingham B15 2TT, W Midlands, England.
[Sekine, Kazuki] Japan Soc Promot Sci, Tokyo, Japan.
[Rose, Miranda L.; Foster, Abby M.; Attard, Michelle C.; Lanyon, Lucette E.] La Trobe Univ, Dept Human Commun Sci, Fac Hlth Sci, Melbourne, Vic, Australia.
[Rose, Miranda L.; Foster, Abby M.; Attard, Michelle C.; Lanyon, Lucette E.] Univ Queensland, Ctr Clin Res Excellence Aphasia Rehabil, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, Brisbane, Qld, Australia.
[Foster, Abby M.] Univ Queensland, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, Brisbane, Qld, Australia.
RP Sekine, K (reprint author), Univ Birmingham, Sch Psychol, Birmingham B15 2TT, W Midlands, England.
EM kazuki@tkc.att.ne.jp
CR AHLSEN E, 1991, J COMMUN DISORD, V24, P1, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(91)90029-I
Beattie G, 1998, SEMIOTICA, V119, P221, DOI 10.1515/semi.1998.119.3-4.221
BEHRMANN M, 1984, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V19, P155
Carlomagno S, 2005, CORTEX, V41, P535, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70193-X
Carlomagno S., 2012, J COMMUN DISORD, V46, P84
Cho-Reyes S., 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P1250
CICONE M, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V8, P324, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90060-9
Cruice M, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P111, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000651
DANILOFF JK, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V28, P95, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90094-5
De Ruiter J. P., 2000, LANGUAGE GESTURE, P284, DOI DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511620850.018
Dickey L, 2010, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V91, P196, DOI 10.1016/j.apmr.2009.09.020
DUFFY RJ, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V21, P260, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90051-8
Efron David, 1972, GESTURE RACE CULTURE
Ekman P., 1969, SEMIOTICA, V1, P49
Engelter ST, 2006, STROKE, V37, P1379, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000221815.64093.8c
Frick-Horbury D, 1998, AM J PSYCHOL, V111, P43, DOI 10.2307/1423536
GLOSSER G, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P345, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90024-6
GoldinMeadow S, 1996, PSYCHOL REV, V103, P34, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.103.1.34
GOODWIN C., 2000, LANGUAGE GESTURE, P84, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511620850.006
Gullberg M, 2006, LANG LEARN, V56, P155, DOI 10.1111/j.0023-8333.2006.00344.x
HABERMAN SJ, 1973, BIOMETRICS, V29, P205, DOI 10.2307/2529686
HAGOORT P, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P189, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1043
HERRMANN M, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P41, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90053-3
Hilari K, 2010, CLIN REHABIL, V24, P181, DOI 10.1177/0269215509346090
Hogrefe K, 2012, CORTEX, V48, P952, DOI 10.1016/j.cortex.2011.02.022
Kadish J, 1978, S Afr J Commun Disord, V25, P102
Kaplan E., 2001, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kendon A., 1980, RELATIONSHIP VERBAL, P207
Kertesz A., 2007, W APHASIA BATTERY
Kita S, 2003, J MEM LANG, V48, P16, DOI 10.1016/S0749-596X(02)00505-3
Kita S, 2009, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V24, P761, DOI 10.1080/01690960802327971
Lanyon L, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P809, DOI 10.1080/02687030802642044
LEMAY A, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P137
Lott P., 1999, GESTURE APHASIA
MacWhinney B, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P1286, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.589893
McNeill D., 1992, HAND MIND WHAT GESTU
McNeill D., 2005, GESTURE AND THOUGHT
McNeill D., 2000, LANGUAGE GESTURE, P1, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511620850.001
Melinger A., 2004, GESTURE, V4, P119, DOI DOI 10.1075/GEST.4.2.02MEL
MORRELSAMUELS P, 1992, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V18, P615, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.18.3.615
Pedelty L. L., 1987, GESTURE APHASIA
Pickett L., 1974, ACTA SYMBOLICA, V5, P69
Purdy M, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P337, DOI 10.1080/02687030500475085
Pyers J., 2010, 22 ANN M ASS PSYCH S
Ralph MAL, 2010, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V20, P289, DOI 10.1080/09602010903237875
Rauscher FH, 1996, PSYCHOL SCI, V7, P226, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9280.1996.tb00364.x
Rose M, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P453, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000157
Rose M, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P977
Rose ML, 2006, INT J SPEECH LANGUAG, P92
WANG LZ, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V42, P402, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90076-Q
NR 50
TC 3
Z9 3
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD SEP 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 9
SI SI
BP 1031
EP 1049
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.803017
PG 19
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 224QN
UT WOS:000324903300003
ER
PT J
AU Cocks, N
Dipper, L
Pritchard, M
Morgan, G
AF Cocks, Naomi
Dipper, Lucy
Pritchard, Madeleine
Morgan, Gary
TI The impact of impaired semantic knowledge on spontaneous iconic gesture
production
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Gesture; Aphasia; Semantic knowledge
ID CONDUCTION APHASIA; WORD RETRIEVAL; TELL US; LANGUAGE; SPEECH; APRAXIA
AB Background: Previous research has found that people with aphasia produce more spontaneous iconic gesture than control participants, especially during word-finding difficulties. There is some evidence that impaired semantic knowledge impacts on the diversity of gestural handshapes, as well as the frequency of gesture production. However, no previous research has explored how impaired semantic knowledge impacts on the frequency and type of iconic gestures produced during fluent speech compared with those produced during word-finding difficulties.Aims: To explore the impact of impaired semantic knowledge on the frequency and type of iconic gestures produced during fluent speech and those produced during word-finding difficulties.Methods & Procedures: A group of 29 participants with aphasia and 29 control participants were video recorded describing a cartoon they had just watched. All iconic gestures were tagged and coded as either manner, path only, shape outline or other. These gestures were then separated into either those occurring during fluent speech or those occurring during a word-finding difficulty. The relationships between semantic knowledge and gesture frequency and form were then investigated in the two different conditions.Outcomes & Results: As expected, the participants with aphasia produced a higher frequency of iconic gestures than the control participants, but when the iconic gestures produced during word-finding difficulties were removed from the analysis, the frequency of iconic gesture was not significantly different between the groups. While there was not a significant relationship between the frequency of iconic gestures produced during fluent speech and semantic knowledge, there was a significant positive correlation between semantic knowledge and the proportion of word-finding difficulties that contained gesture. There was also a significant positive correlation between the speakers' semantic knowledge and the proportion of gestures that were produced during fluent speech that were classified as manner. Finally while not significant, there was a positive trend between semantic knowledge of objects and the production of shape outline gestures during word-finding difficulties for objects.Conclusions: The results indicate that impaired semantic knowledge in aphasia impacts on both the iconic gestures produced during fluent speech and those produced during word-finding difficulties but in different ways. These results shed new light on the relationship between impaired language and iconic co-speech gesture production and also suggest that analysis of iconic gesture may be a useful addition to clinical assessment.
C1 [Cocks, Naomi; Dipper, Lucy; Pritchard, Madeleine; Morgan, Gary] City Univ London, Language & Commun Sci Div, London EC1V 0HB, England.
RP Cocks, N (reprint author), Curtin Univ, Sch Psychol & Speech Pathol, GPO Box 1987, Perth, WA 6845, Australia.
EM naomi.cocks@curtin.edu.au
FU Dunhill Medical Trust [R171/0710]
FX This study was supported by the Dunhill Medical Trust (Grant Reference:
R171/0710).
CR Bak TH, 2003, J NEUROLINGUIST, V16, P169, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(02)00011-8
Bickerton WL, 2012, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V83, P513, DOI 10.1136/jnnp-2011-300968
Breedin SD, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V63, P1, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1923
CARLOMAGNO S, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V99, P102, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.061
CICONE M, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V8, P324, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90060-9
Cocks N, 2011, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V46, P423, DOI 10.3109/13682822.2010.520813
Dipper L, 2011, GESTURE, V11, P123, DOI 10.1075/gest.11.2.02dip
Druks J., 2000, OBJECT ACTION NAMING
Hadar U, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V62, P107, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1890
Hadar U, 1997, SEMIOTICA, V115, P147, DOI 10.1515/semi.1997.115.1-2.147
Hogrefe K, 2012, CORTEX, V48, P952, DOI 10.1016/j.cortex.2011.02.022
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Kemmerer D, 2007, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V24, P70, DOI 10.1080/02643290600926667
KERTESZ A, 1982, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V20, P275, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(82)90102-6
Kertesz A., 2006, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
Kita S, 2003, J MEM LANG, V48, P16, DOI 10.1016/S0749-596X(02)00505-3
Lanyon L, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P809, DOI 10.1080/02687030802642044
LYLE RC, 1981, INT J REHABIL RES, V4, P483, DOI 10.1097/00004356-198112000-00001
Marshall J, 2003, J NEUROLINGUIST, V16, P67, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(02)00009-X
McNeill D., 1992, HAND MIND WHAT GESTU
McNeill D., 2000, LANGUAGE AND GESTURE
Meligne D, 2011, J COMMUN DISORD, V44, P379, DOI 10.1016/j.jcomdis.2010.12.001
Murray L. L., 2006, NEUROGENIC DISORDERS
Poek K., 1986, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V24, P129
Pritchard M., INT J SPEECH LANGUAG
Talmy L., 2000, COGNITIVE SEMANTICS, VI
Wittenburg P., 2006, LREC 2006 5 INT C LA
NR 27
TC 5
Z9 5
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD SEP 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 9
SI SI
BP 1050
EP 1069
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.770816
PG 20
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 224QN
UT WOS:000324903300004
ER
PT J
AU Hogrefe, K
Ziegler, W
Wiesmayer, S
Weidinger, N
Goldenberg, G
AF Hogrefe, Katharina
Ziegler, Wolfram
Wiesmayer, Susanne
Weidinger, Nicole
Goldenberg, Georg
TI The actual and potential use of gestures for communication in aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Gesture; Non-verbal communication; Aphasia; Pantomime; Apraxia;
Non-verbal semantic processing
ID LIMB APRAXIA; HAND GESTURES; TOOL-USE; CALLOSAL DISCONNECTION; LEARNED
MOVEMENT; NAMING THERAPY; SPEECH; PANTOMIME; DISORDERS; SPEAKING
AB Background: Two main conflicting positions exist concerning the relationship of gesture and speech. The first claims that gesture and speech constitute a single bimodal production process that leads to an impairment of both communication channels in the case of aphasia. The second accounts for two independent but tightly coordinated processes with a trade-off relationship of gesture and speech. According to the latter assumption, speakers who have aphasia should be able to compensate for their verbal deficiencies through gesture. Studies provide evidence for both accounts. Furthermore, non-verbal capacities like semantic processing or manual praxis have been shown to influence the gestural performance of speakers who have aphasia.Aims: The first aim of the current study was to clarify the relationship between gesture and speech production in aphasia by exploring how much information speakers with aphasia conveyed by gesture versus speech in narrations. The second aim was to evaluate if these speakers make use of their full communicative potential through gesture. We compared gesture use in a verbal narration with gesture use in a silent condition, where participants were not allowed to speak. Furthermore, the influence of language and non-verbal cognitive capacities on gesture was examined.Methods & Procedures: Sixteen participants with varying degrees of aphasia severity retold short video clips in a verbal and a silent condition. In the latter, participants were asked to retell the stories by exclusively using gestures. Subsequently, healthy speakers judged the comprehensibility of gestures and of the spoken expression in the verbal narration in a forced-choice recognition task. Comprehensibility scores were compared between conditions and influencing linguistic and non-verbal factors were evaluated.Outcomes & Results: In the verbal condition, two participants conveyed more information through gesture than through spoken expression. Furthermore, half of the participants could augment gestural comprehensibility in the silent condition. Communicative efficiency of gesture was predicted by the pantomime-to-command test.Conclusions: Findings support the view that gesture and speech have a trade-off relationship resulting from two separate but tightly coordinated communication channels. Not all participants fully exploited their gestural potential in the verbal condition. Some of them produced more informative gestures in the silent condition, where they had been explicitly asked to solely convey messages through gesture. Among different linguistic and non-verbal tests, pantomime of object use, which is a test of limb apraxia, was the main influencing factor on the comprehensibility of co-speech and speech-replacing gesture.
C1 [Hogrefe, Katharina; Ziegler, Wolfram; Wiesmayer, Susanne; Weidinger, Nicole] Municipal Clin Munchen GmbH, Clin Neuropsychol Res Grp EKN, Clin Neuropsychol, Bogenhausen Hosp, D-80804 Munich, Germany.
[Goldenberg, Georg] Municipal Clin Munchen GmbH, Clin Neuropsychol, Bogenhausen Hosp, D-80804 Munich, Germany.
[Goldenberg, Georg] Tech Univ Munich, Dept Neurol, D-80290 Munich, Germany.
RP Hogrefe, K (reprint author), Municipal Clin Munchen GmbH, Clin Neuropsychol Res Grp EKN, Clin Neuropsychol, Schwabing Hosp, Kolner Pl 1, D-80804 Munich, Germany.
EM Katharina.Hogrefe@extern.lrz-muenchen.de
FU German Research Foundation [DFG GO 968/3-3]; Reha-Hilfe e.V.
FX This work was funded by the German Research Foundation (DFG GO 968/3-3).
Reha-Hilfe e.V. is thanked for financial support. We appreciate the
participants for their collaboration. Hanna Jakob is thanked for
collecting the comprehensibility data. We are grateful for the valuable
comments of Prof. Jan De Ruiter and one anonymous reviewer.
CR AHLSEN E, 1991, J COMMUN DISORD, V24, P1, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(91)90029-I
BARBIERI C, 1988, CORTEX, V24, P535
Beattie G, 1999, J LANG SOC PSYCHOL, V18, P438, DOI 10.1177/0261927X99018004005
BELAND R, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V43, P355, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90107-P
BOROD JC, 1989, BRAIN COGNITION, V10, P121, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(89)90079-1
Buxbaum LJ, 2008, AM J PHYS MED REHAB, V87, P149, DOI 10.1097/PHM.0b013e31815e6727
Carlomagno S, 2005, CORTEX, V41, P535, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70193-X
Caute A, 2013, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V56, P337, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2012/11-0232)
CICONE M, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V8, P324, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90060-9
COELHO CA, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V31, P328, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90078-2
COHEN R, 1979, CORTEX, V15, P235
Daprati E, 2006, TRENDS COGN SCI, V10, P265, DOI 10.1016/j.tics.2006.04.005
Daumuller M, 2010, CLIN REHABIL, V24, P55, DOI 10.1177/0269215509343327
De Renzi E, 1990, HDB CLIN NEUROPSYCHO, V2, P245
De Ruiter J. P., 2000, LANGUAGE GESTURE, P284, DOI DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511620850.018
De Ruiter J.-P., 2006, ADV SPEECH LANGUAGE, V8, P124, DOI DOI 10.1080/14417040600667285
DERENZI E, 1969, NEUROLOGY, V19, P634
DERENZI E, 1982, BRAIN, V105, P301, DOI 10.1093/brain/105.2.301
de Ruiter JP, 2012, TOP COGN SCI, V4, P232, DOI 10.1111/j.1756-8765.2012.01183.x
Duffy R. J., 1981, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V46, P70
FEYEREISEN P, 1987, PSYCHOL REV, V94, P493, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.94.4.493
Feyereisen P., 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P21, DOI 10. 1080/02687038808248884
FEYEREISEN P, 1983, INT J PSYCHOL, V18, P545, DOI 10.1080/00207598308247500
Finkelnburg F. C., 1870, BERLINER KLINISCHE W, V7, p[449, 460]
Fucetola R, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P449, DOI 10.1080/02687030500390177
GESCHWIND N, 1975, AM SCI, V63, P188
Glindemann R., 2002, BOGENHAUSENER SEMANT
GLOSSER G, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P345, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90024-6
Goldenberg G., BRAIN IN PRESS
Goldenberg G, 2007, CEREB CORTEX, V17, P2769, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhm004
Goldenberg G, 2004, NEUROLOGY, V63, P1863
Goldenberg G, 2003, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V41, P1565, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(03)00120-9
Goldin-Meadow S., 1996, PSYCHOL REV, V103, P43
Goldin-Meadow S., 2003, HEARING GESTURE OUR
Goldin-Meadow S, 2006, CURR DIR PSYCHOL SCI, V15, P34, DOI 10.1111/j.0963-7214.2006.00402.x
Goldstein K., 1948, LANGUAGE LANGUAGE DI
GOODGLASS H, 1963, BRAIN, V86, P703, DOI 10.1093/brain/86.4.703
GOODWIN C., 2000, LANGUAGE GESTURE, P84, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511620850.006
GRAHAM JA, 1975, EUR J SOC PSYCHOL, V5, P189, DOI 10.1002/ejsp.2420050204
Hadar U, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V62, P107, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1890
Hadar U, 1997, SEMIOTICA, V115, P147, DOI 10.1515/semi.1997.115.1-2.147
Hartmann K, 2005, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V43, P625, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2004.07.015
HEILMAN KM, 1973, BRAIN, V96, P21, DOI 10.1093/brain/96.1.21
Hermsdorfer J, 2012, EXP BRAIN RES, V218, P201, DOI 10.1007/s00221-012-3021-z
HERRMANN M, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P41, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90053-3
Hogrefe K., 2011, INTEGRATING GESTURES, P75
Hogrefe K, 2012, CORTEX, V48, P952, DOI 10.1016/j.cortex.2011.02.022
Hogrefe K., 2011, APHASIE APRAXIE GEST
Holler J, 2003, GESTURE, V3, P127, DOI DOI 10.1075/GEST.3.2.02HOL
Hostetter AB, 2007, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V22, P313, DOI 10.1080/01690960600632812
Huber W., 1983, AACHENER APHASIE TES
KELTER S, 1976, CORTEX, V12, P383
Kendon A., 2004, GESTURE VISIBLE ACTI
Kendon A., 1994, RES LANG SOC INTERAC, V27, P175, DOI DOI 10.1207/S15327973R1SI2703_2
Kita S, 2009, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V24, P145, DOI 10.1080/01690960802586188
Kita S., 2000, LANGUAGE CULTURE COG, P162
Kita S, 2003, J MEM LANG, V48, P16, DOI 10.1016/S0749-596X(02)00505-3
Krauss R. M., 2000, LANGUAGE GESTURE, P261, DOI DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511620850.017
KRAUSS RM, 1991, J PERS SOC PSYCHOL, V61, P743, DOI 10.1037/0022-3514.61.5.743
Lausberg H, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V45, P3092, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2007.05.010
Lausberg H, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V86, P57, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00534-5
Lausberg H, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V38, P1654, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(00)00071-3
LEMAY A, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P137
Liepmann H., 1908, DREI AUFSATZE APRAXI
MARGOLIN DI, 1980, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V18, P715, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(80)90114-1
Marshall J, 2012, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V55, P726, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2011/11-0219)
McNeill D., 1992, HAND MIND WHAT GESTU
McNeill D., 2005, GESTURE AND THOUGHT
MCNEILL D, 1985, PSYCHOL REV, V92, P350, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.92.3.350
Melinger A., 2004, GESTURE, V4, P119, DOI DOI 10.1075/GEST.4.2.02MEL
Mol L., 2012, J SPEECH LANGUAGE HE, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2012/11-0159)
POIZNER H, 1990, BRAIN, V113, P85, DOI 10.1093/brain/113.1.85
Randerath J, 2011, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V49, P2410, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2011.04.017
Rime B., 1991, FUNDAMENTALS NONVERB, P239
Rose M, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P453, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000157
Rose ML, 2006, INT J SPEECH LANGUAG, P92
Roy EA, 2000, BRAIN COGNITION, V44, P253, DOI 10.1006/brcg.2000.1230
Roy EA, 1998, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V20, P628, DOI 10.1076/jcen.20.5.628.1128
So WC, 2005, COGNITIVE SCI, V29, P1029, DOI 10.1207/s15516709cog0000_38
VALENSTEIN E, 1979, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V36, P506
Vignolo L. A., 1990, HDB CLIN NEUROPSYCHO, P185
NR 81
TC 2
Z9 2
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD SEP 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 9
SI SI
BP 1070
EP 1089
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.803515
PG 20
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 224QN
UT WOS:000324903300005
ER
PT J
AU Rose, ML
Raymer, AM
Lanyon, LE
Attard, MC
AF Rose, Miranda L.
Raymer, Anastasia M.
Lanyon, Lucie E.
Attard, Michelle C.
TI A systematic review of gesture treatments for post-stroke aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Systematic review; Aphasia; Gesture treatment
ID SEMANTIC-PHONOLOGICAL TREATMENTS; VERB RETRIEVAL; NOUN RETRIEVAL;
THERAPY; QUALITY; TRIALS; COMMUNICATION; RELIABILITY; INTENTION; PEOPLE
AB Background: Gesture is often used as a modality to promote recovery of communication in aphasia, both as a compensation device and as a facilitator of language recovery. To date, there has been no systematic analysis of the quantitative effects of gesture training for aphasia in light of the quality of the research methods undertaken.Aims: The aim of the current project was to systematically evaluate the scientific evidence for the effects of symbolic and nonsymbolic gestural training in post-stroke aphasia. Specifically, we aimed to evaluate the effects of gesture treatment for measures of verbal and nonverbal communication.Methods & Procedures: A systematic search of the literature was conducted between August and September 2012, on relevant electronic databases utilising 16 search terms. Study characteristics were summarised. The methodological quality of the studies was independently rated by the first two authors, using the PEDro and SCED scales for group and single-case experimental designs (SCEDs), respectively. Effect sizes were calculated where none was provided by the original manuscript.Results: This initial search yielded 177 citations, of which 23 met the inclusion and exclusion criteria: 4 group designs and 19 SCEDs. Of the 134 individuals who participated in these studies, the majority had nonfluent moderatesevere chronic aphasia. Methodological rigour was weak in the group studies, but 11 of the 19 SCEDs achieved high-quality scores of 8 or higher out of 10. Gesture training alone had nonsignificant effects on verbal production. Combined gesture+verbal training showed positive effects for verbal production of nouns and verbs for over 50% of participants, with a mixed pattern of generalisation to untrained words and contexts. Gesture+verbal training paradigms had limited advantage over those with verbal training alone. Significant gains in gesture production were reported for trained gestures only following gesture training protocols. Few studies have examined generalisation to discourse. The effects of training with nonsymbolic gestures were less conclusive.Conclusions: Comparative effect sizes support a benefit of combined gesture+verbal treatment for noun and verb production for some individuals with aphasia. Whether that benefit surpasses the results of verbal treatment alone is not well established. Symbolic gestures can be acquired by individuals with aphasia, although their communicative effectiveness requires further study. Overall, gestural training in aphasia, while generating some positive outcomes, is relatively understudied. There is a need for large-scale investigation taking into account the considerable participant variability.
C1 [Rose, Miranda L.; Lanyon, Lucie E.; Attard, Michelle C.] La Trobe Univ, Dept Human Commun Sci, Melbourne, Vic, Australia.
[Rose, Miranda L.; Lanyon, Lucie E.; Attard, Michelle C.] NHMRC CCRE Aphasia Rehabil, Brisbane, Qld, Australia.
[Raymer, Anastasia M.] Old Dominion Univ, Dept Commun Disorders, Norfolk, VA USA.
RP Rose, ML (reprint author), La Trobe Univ, Dept Human Commun Sci, Bundoora, Vic 3086, Australia.
EM m.rose@latrobe.edu.au
CR Academy of Neurogenic Communication Disorders and Sciences, 2012, PRACT GUID APH 3
Attard MC, 2013, APHASIOLOGY, V27, P80, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2012.725242
Beeson PM, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V16, P161, DOI 10.1007/s11065-006-9013-7
Boo M, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P154, DOI 10.1080/02687031003743789
Brady MC, 2012, COCHRANE DB SYST REV, DOI 10.1002/14651858.CD000425.pub3
Busk PL, 1992, SINGLE CASE RES DESI, P187
Caute A, 2013, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V56, P337, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2012/11-0232)
Cherney LR, 2013, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V15, P535, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2013.763289
Cherney LR, 2008, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V51, P1282, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2008/07-0206)
CODE C, 1986, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V21, P11
Coelho C., 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V19, P209
Cohen J., 1988, STAT POWER ANAL BEHA, V2nd
Crosson B, 2007, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V13, P582, DOI 10.1017/S1355617707070737
Daumuller M, 2010, CLIN REHABIL, V24, P55, DOI 10.1177/0269215509343327
Ferguson NF, 2012, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V21, pS126, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2012/11-0076)
Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd
Hoodin R., 1983, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P62
Kaplan E., 2001, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
Kearns K., 1982, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P183
Kertesz A., 2007, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
LOMAS J, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P113
Luria AR, 1970, TRAUMATIC APHASIA
Maher CG, 2003, PHYS THER, V83, P713
Marshall J, 2012, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V55, P726, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2011/11-0219)
McNeill D., 2005, GESTURE AND THOUGHT
*OCEBM LEV EVID WO, 2011, OXF 2011 LEV EV
Pashek G, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V65, P177
Pashek GV, 1997, J COMMUN DISORD, V30, P349, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(96)00079-2
Raymer A. M., EVIDENCE BASED PRACT
Raymer AM, 2006, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V12, P867, DOI 10.1017/S1355617706061042
Raymer AM, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P493, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000239
Raymer AM, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V103, P219, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.07.014
RAYMER AM, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V20, P285
Raymer S., 2011, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V22, P235
Richards K, 2002, J REHABIL RES DEV, V39, P445
Rodriguez AD, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P286, DOI 10.1080/02687030500474898
Rose M, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1001, DOI 10.1080/02687030143000825
Rose M, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P691, DOI 10.1080/02687030701800800
Rose M. L., 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1
Rose ML, 2006, INT J SPEECH LANGUAG, P92
Rosnow RL, 1996, PSYCHOL METHODS, V1, P331, DOI 10.1037/1082-989X.1.4.331
Rothi L.J.G., 1997, APRAXIA NEUROPSYCHOL
Sackett DL, 1996, BRIT MED J, V312, P71
Sarno MT, 1969, FUNCTIONAL COMMUNICA
SKELLY M, 1974, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V39, P445
Tate RL, 2008, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V18, P385, DOI 10.1080/09602010802009201
Purdy M, 2011, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V19, P45
van der Meulen I, 2010, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V45, P424, DOI 10.3109/13682820903111952
Verhagen AP, 1998, J CLIN EPIDEMIOL, V51, P1235, DOI 10.1016/S0895-4356(98)00131-0
NR 51
TC 3
Z9 3
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD SEP 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 9
SI SI
BP 1090
EP 1127
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.805726
PG 38
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 224QN
UT WOS:000324903300006
ER
PT J
AU Marshall, J
Roper, A
Galliers, J
Wilson, S
Cocks, N
Muscroft, S
Pring, T
AF Marshall, Jane
Roper, Abi
Galliers, Julia
Wilson, Stephanie
Cocks, Naomi
Muscroft, Sam
Pring, Tim
TI Computer delivery of gesture therapy for people with severe aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Gesture; Computer; Therapy
ID VERB RETRIEVAL; NAMING THERAPY; LANGUAGE; APRAXIA; SPEECH;
VERBALIZATION; COMMUNICATION; EVENTS; TRIAL; SIGN
AB Background: Using gesture as a compensatory communication strategy may be challenging for people with severe aphasia. Therapy can improve skills with gesture, at least in elicitation tasks, but gains ar often modest. Raising the treatment dose with technology might improve outcomes.Aims: This feasibility study developed a computer gesture therapy tool (GeST), and piloted it with nine people who have severe aphasia. It aimed to determine whether practice with GeST would improve gesture production and/or spoken naming. It also explored whether GeST encouraged independent practice and was easy to use.Methods & Procedures: Pilot participants had 6 weeks practice with GeST, flanked by pre- and post-therapy tests of gesture and word production. Usability was explored through interviews and structured observations, and the amount of time spent in the programme was monitored.Outcomes & Results: Scores on the gesture test were evaluated by 36 independent raters. Recognition scores for gestures practised with the tool improved significantly after therapy and the gain was maintained. However, gains were small and only occurred on items that were practised with regular therapist support. There was no generalisation to unpractised gestures and no effect on spoken naming. Usability results were positive. Participants undertook an average of 64.4 practice sessions with GeST, and the average session length was just under 14 minutes.Conclusions: GeST was proved to be easy and enjoyable to use and had some effect on participants' gesturing skills. Increasing the magnitude of gains would be desirable. The effect on everyday communication needs to be explored.
C1 [Marshall, Jane; Roper, Abi; Pring, Tim] City Univ London, Div Language & Commun Sci, London EC1V OHB, England.
[Galliers, Julia; Wilson, Stephanie; Muscroft, Sam] City Univ London, Ctr Human Comp Interact Design, London EC1V OHB, England.
[Cocks, Naomi] Curtin Univ, Sch Psychol & Speech Pathol, Perth, WA 6845, Australia.
RP Marshall, J (reprint author), City Univ London, Div Language & Commun Sci, London EC1V OHB, England.
EM J.Marshall@city.ac.uk
FU Research Councils UK Digital Economy Programme (EPSRC) [EP/1001824/1]
FX This work was funded by the Research Councils UK Digital Economy
Programme (EPSRC grant EP/1001824/1). The Stroke Association was the
project partner. We thank the project consultants: Emma Buswell, Justine
Everson, Gerald Hartup, Philip Pepper and Carol Watson. We also thank
all our participants and their partners.
CR Archibald Lisa M D, 2009, Ther Adv Neurol Disord, V2, P299, DOI 10.1177/1756285609336548
Boo M, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P154, DOI 10.1080/02687031003743789
Caute A, 2013, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V56, P337, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2012/11-0232)
CICONE M, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V8, P324, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90060-9
Dabul B, 2000, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL, V2nd
Daumuller M, 2010, CLIN REHABIL, V24, P55, DOI 10.1177/0269215509343327
Duffy R. J., 1981, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V46, P70
DUFFY RJ, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V21, P260, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90051-8
Galliers J., 2011, ASSETS C DUND SCOTL
Galliers J., 2012, P 12 PART DES C RES, V1, P51
GLOSSER G, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P345, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90024-6
Goldenberg G, 2003, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V41, P1565, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(03)00120-9
GOODWIN C., 2000, LANGUAGE GESTURE, P84, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511620850.006
Hadar U, 1998, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V13, P59, DOI 10.1080/016909698386591
Hogrefe K, 2012, CORTEX, V48, P952, DOI 10.1016/j.cortex.2011.02.022
Kemmerer D, 2007, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V24, P70, DOI 10.1080/02643290600926667
Kita S, 2009, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V24, P145, DOI 10.1080/01690960802586188
Laganaro M, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V16, P630, DOI 10.1080/09602010543000064
Linebarger M, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V100, P53, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.09.001
Marangolo P, 2010, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V48, P3824, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2010.09.025
Marshall J, 2012, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V55, P726, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2011/11-0219)
Marshall J, 2004, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P537, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000249
McNeill D., 2005, GESTURE AND THOUGHT
Palmer R, 2012, STROKE, V43, P1904, DOI 10.1161/STROKEAHA.112.650671
Parr S, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P98, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798337
Purdy M, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P337, DOI 10.1080/02687030500475085
Ramsberger G, 2007, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V16, P343, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2007/038)
Raymer AM, 2006, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V12, P867, DOI 10.1017/S1355617706061042
Rodriguez AD, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P286, DOI 10.1080/02687030500474898
Rose M, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P453, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000157
Rose M., 2006, ADV SPEECH LANGUAGE, V8, P92, DOI 10.1080/14417040600657948
Rose M. L., 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1
SKELLY M, 1974, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V39, P445
Swinburn K., 2004, COMPREHENSIVE APHASI
Whiteside SP, 2012, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V22, P267, DOI 10.1080/09602011.2011.639614
Wilkinson R, 2010, RES LANG SOC INTERAC, V43, P57, DOI 10.1080/08351810903471506
NR 36
TC 2
Z9 2
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD SEP 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 9
SI SI
BP 1128
EP 1146
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.786803
PG 19
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 224QN
UT WOS:000324903300007
ER
PT J
AU Rogalsky, C
Raphel, K
Tomkovicz, V
O'Grady, L
Damasio, H
Bellugi, U
Hickok, G
AF Rogalsky, Corianne
Raphel, Kristin
Tomkovicz, Vivian
O'Grady, Lucinda
Damasio, Hanna
Bellugi, Ursula
Hickok, Gregory
TI Neural basis of action understanding: Evidence from sign language
aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Sign language; Sign aphasia; Action understanding; Gesture
ID BIOLOGICAL MOTION; GESTURE DISCRIMINATION; ACTION RECOGNITION;
LEFT-HEMISPHERE; BROCAS AREA; COMPREHENSION; BRAIN; PERCEPTION; STROKE;
SYSTEM
AB Background: The neural basis of action understanding is a hotly debated issue. The mirror neuron account holds that motor simulation in fronto-parietal circuits is critical to action understanding including speech comprehension, while others emphasise the ventral stream in the temporal lobe. Evidence from speech strongly supports the ventral stream account, but on the other hand, evidence from manual gesture comprehension (e.g., in limb apraxia) has led to contradictory findings.Aims: Here we present a lesion analysis of sign language comprehension. Sign language is an excellent model for studying mirror system function in that it bridges the gap between the visual-manual system in which mirror neurons are best characterised and language systems which have represented a theoretical target of mirror neuron research.Methods & Procedures: Twenty-one life-long deaf signers with focal cortical lesions performed two tasks: one involving the comprehension of individual signs and the other involving comprehension of signed sentences (commands). Participants' lesions, as indicated on MRI or CT scans, were mapped onto a template brain to explore the relationship between lesion location and sign comprehension measures.Outcomes & Results: Single sign comprehension was not significantly affected by left hemisphere damage. Sentence sign comprehension impairments were associated with left temporal-parietal damage. We found that damage to mirror system related regions in the left frontal lobe were not associated with deficits on either of these comprehension tasks.Conclusions: We conclude that the mirror system is not critically involved in action understanding.
C1 [Rogalsky, Corianne; Hickok, Gregory] Univ Calif Irvine, Dept Cognit Sci, Irvine, CA 92697 USA.
[Raphel, Kristin; Tomkovicz, Vivian; Damasio, Hanna] Univ So Calif, Brain & Creat Inst, Los Angeles, CA 90089 USA.
[O'Grady, Lucinda; Bellugi, Ursula] Salk Inst Biol Studies, Cognit Neurosci Lab, La Jolla, CA 92037 USA.
RP Rogalsky, C (reprint author), Univ Calif Irvine, Dept Cognit Sci, Irvine, CA 92697 USA.
EM crogalsk@uci.edu
FU NIH [DC011538]
FX This work was supported by NIH DC011538 (U. Bellugi).
CR Buchsbaum B, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V95, P265, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.01.009
Buxbaum LJ, 2007, CORTEX, V43, P411, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70466-0
Buxbaum LJ, 2010, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V1191, P201, DOI 10.1111/j.1749-6632.2010.05447.x
CARAMAZZA A, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P572, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90048-1
Corballis MC, 2010, BRAIN LANG, V112, P25, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2009.02.002
Corina D., 1998, HDB NEUROLINGUISTICS, P313, DOI 10.1016/B978-012666055-5/50025-3
Corina DP, 2006, CORTEX, V42, P529, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70393-9
DAMASIO AR, 1992, NEW ENGL J MED, V326, P531, DOI 10.1056/NEJM199202203260806
Damasio H., 2003, BEHAV NEUROLOGY NEUR, V2nd, P71
Dronkers N., 2009, ENCY NEUROSCIENCE, V5, P343
Dronkers NF, 2004, COGNITION, V92, P145, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2003.11.002
Emmorey K, 2007, NEUROIMAGE, V36, P202, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2007.02.040
Fadiga L, 2009, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V1169, P448, DOI 10.1111/j.1749-6632.2009.04582.x
Frank RJ, 1997, NEUROIMAGE, V5, P13, DOI 10.1006/nimg.1996.0250
Gallese V, 1996, BRAIN, V119, P593, DOI 10.1093/brain/119.2.593
Goodglass H, 1976, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R
Grossman E, 2000, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V12, P711, DOI 10.1162/089892900562417
Grossman ED, 2004, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V16, P1669, DOI 10.1162/0898929042568569
Grossman ED, 2005, VISION RES, V45, P2847, DOI 10.1016/j.visres.2005.05.027
Hickok G, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V82, P167, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00013-5
Hickok G, 2007, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V8, P393, DOI 10.1038/nrn2113
Hickok G, 2011, BRAIN LANG, V119, P214, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2011.08.001
Hickok G, 2009, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V21, P1229, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2009.21189
Hickok G, 1996, NEUROCASE, V2, P373, DOI 10.1080/13554799608402412
Hickok G, 2008, BRAIN LANG, V107, P179, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2008.09.006
Hickok G, 2010, CURR BIOL, V20, pR593, DOI 10.1016/j.cub.2010.05.047
Hillis AE, 2007, NEUROLOGY, V69, P200, DOI 10.1212/01.wnl.0000265600.69385.6f
Kalenine S, 2010, BRAIN, V133, P3269, DOI 10.1093/brain/awq210
Kassubek J, 2004, NEUROSCI LETT, V364, P168, DOI 10.1016/j.neulet.2004.04.088
MacSweeney M, 2008, TRENDS COGN SCI, V12, P432, DOI 10.1016/j.tics.2008.07.010
McGuire PK, 1997, NEUROREPORT, V8, P695, DOI 10.1097/00001756-199702100-00023
Milner A. D., 1995, VISUAL BRAIN ACTION
Nelissen N, 2010, J NEUROSCI, V30, P6334, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.0321-10.2010
Neville HJ, 1998, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V95, P922, DOI 10.1073/pnas.95.3.922
Pazzaglia M, 2008, J NEUROSCI, V28, P3030, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.5748-07.2008
Perrett D., 1990, VISION ACTION CONTRO, P163
PERRETT DI, 1985, BEHAV BRAIN RES, V16, P153, DOI 10.1016/0166-4328(85)90089-0
Petitto LA, 2000, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V97, P13961, DOI 10.1073/pnas.97.25.13961
Poizner H., 1987, WHAT HANDS REVEAL BR
Rizzolatti G, 2004, ANNU REV NEUROSCI, V27, P169, DOI 10.1146/annurev.neuro.27.070203.144230
Rizzolatti G, 1998, TRENDS NEUROSCI, V21, P188, DOI 10.1016/S0166-2236(98)01260-0
Roby-Brami A, 2012, PHILOS T R SOC B, V367, P144, DOI 10.1098/rstb.2011.0122
Rogalsky C, 2008, BRAIN LANG, V107, P167, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2008.08.003
Rogalsky C, 2011, NEUROCASE, V17, P178, DOI 10.1080/13554794.2010.509318
San Jose-Robertson L, 2004, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V23, P156, DOI 10.1002/hbm.20054
NR 45
TC 3
Z9 3
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD SEP 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 9
SI SI
BP 1147
EP 1158
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.812779
PG 12
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 224QN
UT WOS:000324903300008
ER
PT J
AU Abuom, TO
Bastiaanse, R
AF Abuom, Tom O.
Bastiaanse, Roelien
TI Sentence production in Swahili-English bilingual agrammatic speakers
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Bilingual aphasia; Swahili; Base order; Derived order; DOP-H;
Agrammatism
ID BROCAS APHASIA; FUNCTIONAL CATEGORIES; GERMAN AGRAMMATISM; ARGUMENT
STRUCTURE; VERB INFLECTION; TIME REFERENCE; COMPREHENSION; FINITENESS;
AGREEMENT; TENSE
AB Background: It has been argued that agrammatic speakers' production of sentences in derived order is impaired (The Derived Order Problem Hypothesis, DOP-H), and that the underlying deficit in bilingual individuals with agrammatic Broca's aphasia may cause different surface manifestations in the languages when they differ in terms of their grammatical morphology. The current study presents results of a study on sentence production in Swahili-English bilingual agrammatic speakers. The two languages, Swahili and English, differ significantly in terms of their verbal morphology. Aims: The current study tested the production of sentences in base and derived orders of arguments in the two languages of Swahili-English bilingual agrammatic speakers. Methods & Procedures: Eight agrammatic and eight non-brain damaged individuals participated in the study. A sentence elicitation test was used to examine the production of sentences in base and derived word orders in Swahili and English. The base order condition consisted of active and subject-cleft sentences, whereas the derived order condition tested passive and object-cleft sentences. Outcomes & Results: The non-brain-damaged individuals performed at ceiling in both languages. The agrammatic speakers' results, however, show sentences in derived order condition and were more difficult to produce than those in base order, similarly across the two languages irrespective of their morphological differences. Moreover, the embedded sentences were also more difficult to produce than simple sentences for agrammatic speakers. Conclusions: The current data partially support the DOP-H and provide new insight into sentence production deficit of bilingual individuals with agrammatic Broca's aphasia. The findings are discussed with respect to the theories of sentence production in agrammatic speakers.
C1 [Abuom, Tom O.] Univ Groningen, Grad Sch Humanities GHS, NL-9700 AS Groningen, Netherlands.
[Abuom, Tom O.; Bastiaanse, Roelien] Univ Groningen, CLCG, NL-9700 AS Groningen, Netherlands.
RP Abuom, TO (reprint author), Univ Groningen, CLCG, POB 716, NL-9700 AS Groningen, Netherlands.
EM t.o.abuom@rug.nl
CR Abuom TO, 2012, J NEUROLINGUIST, V25, P276, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2012.02.003
Abuom TO, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P559, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.538417
Abuom TO, 2013, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V27, P355, DOI 10.3109/02699206.2013.775346
Abuom TO, 2013, APHASIOLOGY, V27, P157, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2012.699632
Anjarningsih HY, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P757, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.648370
Ashton E. O., 1982, SWAHILI GRAMMAR
Bastiaanse R, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P49, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000455
Bastiaanse R, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V96, P135, DOI 10.1016/j.bandi.2005.06.012
Bastiaanse R, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V86, P287, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00545-X
Bastiaanse R, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V84, P286, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00553-9
Bastiaanse R, 2009, BRAIN LANG, V109, P18, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2008.12.004
Bastiaanse R, 2011, J NEUROLINGUIST, V24, P652, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2011.07.001
Bastiaanse R, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P951, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249463
Bastiaanse R., 2002, VERB SENTENCE TEST V
Bastiaanse R, 2005, J NEUROLINGUIST, V18, P57, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2004.11.006
Bastiaanse R, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V80, P142, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2585
Bastiaanse R, 2013, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V27, P244, DOI 10.3109/02699206.2012.751626
Bastiaanse R, 2008, J NEUROLINGUIST, V21, P104, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2006.10.006
BATES EA, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P323, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90072-7
Burchert F, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V94, P188, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.12.006
Burchert F, 2008, BRAIN LANG, V104, P170, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.06.004
Caramazza A., 1985, AGRAMMATISM
Chomsky N., 1995, MINIMALIST PROGRAM
Duman TY, 2009, BRAIN LANG, V108, P30, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2008.09.009
Duman TY, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P908, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.550629
Duman TY, 2007, J NEUROLINGUIST, V20, P306, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2007.01.001
Friedmann N., 2000, GRAMMATICAL DISORDER, P152
Friedmann N, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P397, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1795
Goodglass H., 1968, DEV APPL PSYCHOLINGU
Goodglass H, 2001, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V3rd
Grodzinsky Y., 1995, BRAIN LANG, V51, P26, DOI DOI 10.1006/BRLN.1995.1039
Grodzinsky Y, 2000, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V23, P1, DOI 10.1017/S0140525X00002399
Grosjean Francois, 1994, ENCY LANGUAGE LINGUI, P1656
HAGIWARA H, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V50, P92, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1041
Kim M, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V74, P1, DOI 10.1006/brin.2000.2315
LINEBARGER MC, 1983, COGNITION, V13, P361, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90015-X
MARSHALL JC, 1986, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V24, P5, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(86)90040-0
Menn L., 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C
Nanousi V., 2006, J NEUROLINGUIST, V19, P209, DOI [10.1016/j.jneuroling.2005.11.003, DOI 10.1016/J.JNEUROLING.2005.11.003]
NESPOULOUS JL, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P273, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90069-7
Nespoulous J.-L., 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C
Ouhalla Jamal, 1993, LINGUISTISCHE BERICH, V143, P3
Paradis M., 1988, J NEUROLINGUIST, V3, P127, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(88)90012-7
POLLOCK JY, 1989, LINGUIST INQ, V20, P365
Rossi E., 2007, THESIS U GRONINGEN G
SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8
Schwartz M. F., 1987, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V2, P85, DOI 10.1080/01690968708406352
Stavrakaki S, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V86, P129, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00541-2
Thompson CK, 2003, J NEUROLINGUIST, V16, P151, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(02)00014-3
Thompson CK, 1995, CLIN APHASIOL, V23, P121
Wenzlaff M, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P57, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00298-0
Wenzlaff M, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V92, P33, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.05.006
Duman TY, 2008, BRAIN LANG, V105, P149, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.11.001
NR 53
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD AUG 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 8
BP 921
EP 937
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.810328
PG 17
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 192SK
UT WOS:000322505400002
ER
PT J
AU Rose, ML
Attard, MC
Mok, Z
Lanyon, LE
Foster, AM
AF Rose, Miranda L.
Attard, Michelle C.
Mok, Zaneta
Lanyon, Lucette E.
Foster, Abby M.
TI Multi-modality aphasia therapy is as efficacious as a constraint-induced
aphasia therapy for chronic aphasia: A phase 1 study
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Anomia; Aphasia treatment; Constraint-induced aphasia therapy plus; CIAT
plus; Multi-modality aphasia therapy; M-MAT
ID INDUCED LANGUAGE THERAPY; STROKE; REHABILITATION; COMMUNICATION;
RELIABILITY; VALIDITY; GESTURE
AB Background: There is an urgent need for treatment comparison studies for chronic aphasia. Two different treatments, Constraint-Induced Aphasia Therapy Plus (CIAT Plus) and Multi-Modality Aphasia Therapy (M-MAT) aim to improve spoken language production through intensive shaping of responses, and social-mediated repetitive practice. CIAT Plus constrains responses to the verbal modality, while M-MAT includes gesture, drawing, writing and reading-based cues to assist production. Aims: This Phase 1 study compared the efficacy of CIAT Plus and M-MAT. The study also aimed to investigate the relationship between treatment responsiveness and participant's aphasia severity and cognitive variables. Methods & Procedures: We utilised 11 single-subject multiple baseline designs with a cross-over for treatment type. Participants had chronic aphasia (17-88 months post onset) and a range of aphasia severities (WAB AQ 36.2-92.8). Participants named 180 noun and verb probes three times at pre-, mid-, post-treatments and at 1- and 3-month follow-ups. Both CIAT Plus and M-MAT were delivered for 32 hours over 2 weeks. Six participants received M-MAT first while five received CIAT Plus first. Standard case charts were developed for visual analysis of each participant's probe results. Within-subject effect sizes (ESs) were calculated on naming the probe scores. Discourse measures were analysed with descriptive statistics. Participant's satisfaction with each treatment type was probed. Results & Conclusions: A total of 32 (of 44 total) immediate post-treatment ESs reached small (3), medium (7) or large (22) levels, and ranged from -0.96 to 30.6. Higher ESs were found for nouns as compared to verbs, and for items treated during the first treatment phase. The mean ES was comparable for items treated with M-MAT (M=8.00) and CIAT Plus (M=8.58) and was well maintained at the 1-month follow-up. As a group, aphasia severity was significantly reduced at the 1-month and 3-month follow-up time points. WAB AQ change scores immediately post-treatment favoured M-MAT for four participants and CIAT Plus for five; however, order effects are likely to have played a significant role. Treatment potency was demonstrated with generalisation to noun (8 participants) and verb production (1 participant) in discourse. Overall, CIAT Plus and M-MAT were equally efficacious for these 11 individuals, although six participants expressed preference for M-MAT and three for CIAT Plus. Delayed treatment effects were present in some participants. Future large-scale studies are required to deal with order effects and a participant's variability.
C1 [Rose, Miranda L.; Attard, Michelle C.; Mok, Zaneta; Lanyon, Lucette E.; Foster, Abby M.] La Trobe Univ, Dept Human Commun Sci, Fac Hlth Sci, Melbourne, Vic, Australia.
[Rose, Miranda L.; Attard, Michelle C.; Mok, Zaneta; Lanyon, Lucette E.; Foster, Abby M.] Ctr Clin Res Excellence Aphasia Rehabil, Brisbane, Qld, Australia.
[Foster, Abby M.] Univ Queensland, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, Brisbane, Qld, Australia.
RP Rose, ML (reprint author), La Trobe Univ, Dept Human Commun Sci, Fac Hlth Sci, Bundoora, Vic 3086, Australia.
EM m.rose@latrobe.edu.au
FU Australian Research Council Future Fellowship [FT 100100446]; National
Health and Medical Research Council, Centre for Clinical Research
Excellence in Aphasia Rehabilitation grant [56935]
FX The first author was supported by an Australian Research Council Future
Fellowship (FT 100100446) and all authors by a National Health and
Medical Research Council, Centre for Clinical Research Excellence in
Aphasia Rehabilitation grant (56935). We thank Jennifer Walsh from
Monash Health for her clinical role.
CR Attard MC, 2013, APHASIOLOGY, V27, P80, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2012.725242
Barthel G, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P408, DOI 10.1080/02687030701415880
Beeson PM, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V16, P161, DOI 10.1007/s11065-006-9013-7
Benaim C, 2004, STROKE, V35, P1692, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000130591.95710.20
Brady MC, 2012, COCHRANE DB SYST REV, DOI 10.1002/14651858.CD000425.pub3
Bryden M, 1982, LATERALITY FUNCTIONA, P157
Busk P., 1992, SINGLE CASE RES DESI, P197
Carragher M, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P895, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2012.676164
Cherney LR, 2008, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V51, P1282, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2008/07-0206)
Code Chris, 2010, Seminars in Speech and Language, V31, P21, DOI 10.1055/s-0029-1244950
Dabul B, 2000, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL, V2nd
Davis G, 1985, ADULT APHASIA REHABI
Difrancesco S, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P1317, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2012.705815
Druks J., 2000, OBJECT ACTION NAMING
Goodglass H, 2001, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Halliday Michael, 1976, COHESION ENGLISH
Helm- Estabrooks N, 1992, TEST LIMB ORAL APRAX
Helm-Estabrooks N., 1992, CONSTRUCTING EXPERIE
Hilari K, 2003, STROKE, V34, P1944, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000081987.46660.ED
Huddleston Rodney, 2002, CAMBRIDGE GRAMMAR EN
Hula W, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P1326, DOI 10.1080/02687030903422502
Kemmerer D, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V73, P347, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2311
Kertesz A., 2007, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
Lezak MD, 2012, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL A, V5th
LOMAS J, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P113
Maher LM, 2006, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V12, P843, DOI 10.1017/S1355617706061029
McNeill D., 1990, CEREBRAL CONTROL SPE, P203
Meinzer M, 2005, STROKE, V36, P1462, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000169941.29831.2a
Meinzer M, 2012, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V93, pS35, DOI 10.1016/j.apmr.2011.06.040
Miller J., 2010, SYSTEMATIC ANAL LANG
Morsella E, 2004, AM J PSYCHOL, V117, P411, DOI 10.2307/4149008
Pulvermuller F, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P563, DOI 10.1080/02687030701612213
Pulvermuller F, 2001, STROKE, V32, P1621
Pyers J., 2010, 22 ANN M ASS PSYCH S
Ralph MAL, 2010, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V20, P289, DOI 10.1080/09602010903237875
Rauscher FH, 1996, PSYCHOL SCI, V7, P226, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9280.1996.tb00364.x
Rose M., APHASIOLOGY IN PRESS
Rose M., 2011, MULTIMODALITY APHASI
Rose ML, 2006, INT J SPEECH LANGUAG, P92
Rose ML, 2013, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V22, pS227, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2012/12-0091)
SNODGRASS JG, 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V6, P174, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.6.2.174
Swinburn K., 2006, COMMUNICATION DISABI
Szekely A, 2004, J MEM LANG, V51, P247, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2004.03.002
van der Meulen I, 2010, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V45, P424, DOI 10.3109/13682820903111952
van de Sandt-Koenderman WME, 2008, INT J REHABIL RES, V31, P314, DOI 10.1097/MRR.0b013e3282fc0f23
NR 45
TC 1
Z9 1
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD AUG 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 8
BP 938
EP 971
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.810329
PG 34
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 192SK
UT WOS:000322505400003
ER
PT J
AU Tomkins, B
Siyambalapitiya, S
Worrall, L
AF Tomkins, Breanna
Siyambalapitiya, Samantha
Worrall, Linda
TI What do people with aphasia think about their health care? Factors
influencing satisfaction and dissatisfaction
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Patient satisfaction; Health-care outcomes; Stroke
ID CONSUMER SATISFACTION; ENVIRONMENTAL-FACTORS; STROKE PATIENTS;
REHABILITATION; INFORMATION; ADULTS; PARTICIPATION; QUALITY; ACCESS;
LIFE
AB Background: Patient experience and satisfaction play an integral role in driving and directing quality improvement in health care. Although there is an increasing body of literature examining patient satisfaction with health careincluding that of stroke patientsfew studies have sought to capture the views of patients with aphasia. As a result, the experiences and opinions of people with aphasia on this subject remain unheard. In order to evaluate and improve health care for people with aphasia, there is a need to explore their experiences and resulting levels of satisfaction or dissatisfaction with their health care. Aims: This study aimed to explore the factors influencing the satisfaction and dissatisfaction of people with aphasia with regards to their health care. Methods & Procedures: A qualitative, descriptive phenomenological research approach was used. Semi-structured in-depth interviews with 50 participants with aphasia were analysed using qualitative content analysis to identify both categories and themes of health-care satisfaction. Outcomes & Results: Seven categories (areas of care) were identified as influencing participant satisfaction and dissatisfaction: (1) Forming Relationships; (2) Manner and Methods of Service Delivery; (3) Information, Communication and Knowledge; (4) Structure and Relevance of Therapy; (5) Organisational Management; (6) Individual Support; and (7) Positivity and Improvement. In addition, three core themes (described as Information and Communication, Dignity and Respect, and Control and Independence) and two secondary themes (Trust and Support and Understanding) were identified as being overarching areas of influence, appearing across the seven areas of care. Conclusions: This study has identified specific factors and values contributing to the satisfaction and dissatisfaction of people with aphasia with their health care. The findings may enable health providers to better understand the needs of people with aphasia and to implement appropriate improvements to health care and service delivery.
C1 [Tomkins, Breanna] Gold Coast Hosp & Hlth Serv, Speech Pathol Dept, Gold Coast, Qld, Australia.
[Siyambalapitiya, Samantha] Griffith Univ, Sch Rehabil Sci, Southport, Qld 4215, Australia.
[Worrall, Linda] Univ Queensland, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, Brisbane, Qld 4072, Australia.
RP Worrall, L (reprint author), Univ Queensland, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, Therapies Bldg 84A, Brisbane, Qld 4072, Australia.
EM l.worrall@uq.edu.au
FU NHMRC [401532]
FX Data collection was funded by NHMRC Grant ID 401532 awarded to L.
Worrall, B. Davidson, D. Hersh D and A. Ferguson. We thank all of the
participants with aphasia who shared their experiences. We also
acknowledge the contribution of all those involved in the data
collection, transcription and editing process, particularly to Tami
Howe, Deborah Hersh, Susan Sherratt and Sarah Wallace.
CR Aleligay A, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P383, DOI 10.1080/02687030701415872
Aspinal F, 2003, J ADV NURS, V42, P324, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2648.2003.02624.x
Brown K, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P1267, DOI 10.1080/02687031003755429
Carpenter C, 2010, RES METHODS HLTH FDN, P123
Chapey R., 2008, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P290
Cruice M, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P327, DOI 10.1080/02687030802565849
Eames S, 2010, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V17, P69, DOI 10.1310/tsr1702-69
Gill L., 2009, LEADERSHIP HLTH SERV, V22, P1751, DOI 10.1108/17511870910927994
Graneheim UH, 2004, NURS EDUC TODAY, V24, P105, DOI 10.1016/j.nedt.2003.10.001
Henderson Amanda, 2004, Aust Health Rev, V27, P73
Hersh D, 2004, AUSTR COMMUNICATION, V6, P102
Hinckley JJ, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P509, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249554
Howe TJ, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1, DOI 10.1080/02687030701640941
Imms C., 2010, RES METHODS HLTH FDN, P173
Kagan A, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P816, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249575
Kertesz A, 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY TE
Koch LC, 2008, WORK, V31, P357
Liechty JA, 2006, J PSYCHOSOC NURS, V44, P53
Lincoln Y, 1985, NATURALISITC INQUIRY
Lloyd V, 2006, QUAL HEALTH RES, V16, P1386, DOI 10.1177/1049732306293846
Lund ML, 2001, OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY, V8, P151, DOI 10.1002/oti.143
Mangset M, 2008, CLIN REHABIL, V22, P825, DOI 10.1177/0269215508091872
Morse JM, 2008, QUAL HEALTH RES, V18, P727, DOI 10.1177/1049732308314930
Naidu Aditi, 2009, Int J Health Care Qual Assur, V22, P366
Nelson TD, 2006, PROF PSYCHOL-RES PR, V37, P389, DOI 10.1037/0735-7028.37.4.389
Parr S, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P98, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798337
Patton M. Q, 2002, QUALITATIVE RES EVAL
Pegg PO, 2005, REHABIL PSYCHOL, V50, P366, DOI 10.1037/0090-5550.50.4.366
POUND P, 1994, CLIN REHABIL, V8, P7, DOI 10.1177/026921559400800102
Pound P, 1999, STROKE, V30, P49
Serry T., 2010, RES METHODS HLTH FDN, P45
Simmons-Mackie NN, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P39, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798287
Staniszewska S, 1999, J ADV NURS, V29, P364, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2648.1999.00897.x
Threats T, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P67, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798303
Tuckett Anthony G, 2005, Nurse Res, V13, P29
Tyson SF, 1999, CLIN REHABIL, V13, P322, DOI 10.1191/026921599674794965
Verbeek J, 2001, OCCUP ENVIRON MED, V58, P272, DOI 10.1136/oem.58.4.272
WELLWOOD I, 1995, AGE AGEING, V24, P519, DOI 10.1093/ageing/24.6.519
Worrall L, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P309, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.508530
Worrall L, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P497, DOI 10.1080/02687030802698152
Yorkston KM, 2007, J COMMUN DISORD, V40, P433, DOI 10.1016/j.jcomdis.2006.10.006
NR 41
TC 2
Z9 2
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD AUG 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 8
BP 972
EP 991
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.811211
PG 20
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 192SK
UT WOS:000322505400004
ER
PT J
AU Bryant, L
Spencer, E
Ferguson, A
Craig, H
Colyvas, K
Worrall, L
AF Bryant, Lucy
Spencer, Elizabeth
Ferguson, Alison
Craig, Hugh
Colyvas, Kim
Worrall, Linda
TI Propositional Idea Density in aphasic discourse
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Discourse; Propositional density; Idea density
ID COGNITIVE FUNCTION; LATE-LIFE; LINGUISTIC ABILITY; LEXICAL DIVERSITY;
CONNECTED SPEECH; LANGUAGE; NUN; DECLINE
AB Background: Measuring and describing the effects of aphasia on the informativeness of language is a complex process. Due to technological advances in the recent years, the processes involved in the measurement of language can be automated through the use of computerised analyses. In the present research, the Computerized Propositional Idea Density Rater (CPIDR 3.2) provides an automated method for calculating Propositional Idea Density (PD), a measure which has been shown to be sensitive to the effects of ageing and dementia. The measure of PD quantifies the proportion of words within a text that are semantically intrinsic to its overall meaning. Aims: This research investigated the extent to which PD measures were different in aphasic and non-aphasic discourse, and the extent to which PD correlated with the severity of aphasia and with the established measures of other aspects of informativeness. Given the previously reported high levels of agreement between the computerised analysis and human raters, it was hypothesised that there would be high levels of agreement between the computerised analysis and human judgements for aphasic (as well as non-aphasic) discourse. Methods & Procedures: Data from the Goals in Aphasia Project were analysed for the purposes of the present research. De-identified transcriptions of 50 interviews with individuals with aphasia and 49 interviews with their family members were stripped of all interviewer data, leaving only conversational contributions made by the participants. These formatted transcripts were analysed using two automated, computerised language analysis tools: CPIDR 3.2) and Systematic Analysis of Language Transcripts (SALT Version 8) for a range of other discourse measures. Outcomes & Results: Results showed a significant difference in PD (p<.001) between aphasic and non-aphasic discourse, and PD decreased significantly as aphasia increased in severity (p<.001). The concurrent validity of these findings was supported by the findings of relationships with established discourse measures. The total percent agreement between the computerised analysis and human judgments for aphasic discourse was 99.57% and for non-aphasic discourse was 99.74%. Conclusions: The findings indicated that PD has the potential to be used as a measure of discourse informativeness in aphasia and that further research into this approach to analysis is warranted.
C1 [Bryant, Lucy; Spencer, Elizabeth; Ferguson, Alison] Univ Newcastle, Sch Humanities & Social Sci, Callaghan, NSW 2308, Australia.
[Craig, Hugh] Univ Newcastle, Humanities Res Inst, Callaghan, NSW 2308, Australia.
[Colyvas, Kim] Univ Newcastle, Fac Sci & Informat Technol, Callaghan, NSW 2308, Australia.
[Worrall, Linda] Univ Queensland, Dept Speech Pathol, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, Brisbane, Qld 4072, Australia.
RP Ferguson, A (reprint author), Univ Newcastle, Sch Humanities & Social Sci, Newcastle, NSW 2308, Australia.
EM Alison.Ferguson@newcastle.edu.au
FU National Health and Medical Research Council [401532]; University of
Queensland Aphasia Registry
FX This project contributed to the requirements for Lucy Bryant's Honours
programme within the Bachelor of Speech Pathology at University of
Newcastle, under the supervision of Dr Elizabeth Spencer and Professor
Alison Ferguson. The data analysed in this research were collected as
part of the Goals in Aphasia Programme of research led by Professor
Linda Worrall, with Associate Professor Bronwyn Davidson, Associate
Professor Deborah Hersh, Professor Alison Ferguson, Dr Tami Howe and Dr
Sue Sherratt. In relation to the original project, we acknowledge
funding from the National Health and Medical Research Council (Project
Grant #401532), the contribution of participants in the study and The
University of Queensland Aphasia Registry.
CR Ardila A, 2000, ARCH CLIN NEUROPSYCH, V15, P495, DOI 10.1016/S0887-6177(99)00040-2
Brown C., 2007, COMPUTERIZED PROPOSI
Brown C, 2008, BEHAV RES METHODS, V40, P540, DOI 10.3758/BRM.40.2.540
Chand V., 2012, CURRENT PROTOCOLS NE, DOI [10.1002/0471142301.ns005s58, DOI 10.1002/0471142301.NS005S58]
Chapman R., 2003, SYSTEMATIC ANAL LANG
CHRISTIANSEN JA, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V51, P291, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1062
Coehlo C., 2005, BRAIN INJURY, V19, P1139
Covington M., 2007, 200703 CASPR U GEORG
Crystal D., 2008, DICT LINGUISTICS PHO
Dethorne LS, 2005, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V19, P635, DOI 10.1080/02699200410001716165
Engelman M, 2010, J GERONTOL B-PSYCHOL, V65, P706, DOI 10.1093/geronb/gbq064
Farias ST, 2012, J GERONTOL B-PSYCHOL, V67, P677, DOI 10.1093/geronb/gbr162
Goodglass H., 2000, BDAE 3 BOSTON DIAGNO
Grande M, 2008, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V43, P408, DOI 10.1080/13682820701685991
Greene E, 1977, CONSTRUCTION USE PRO
Head H., 1926, APHASIA KINDRED DISO
Huber W., 1983, AACHEN APHASIA TEST
IBM, 2011, IBM SPSS STAT WIND V
Jackson J. H., 1874, SELECTED WRITINGS, P129
Kamhi A. G., 1992, BEST PRACTICES SCH S, P99
Kemper S, 2001, PSYCHOL AGING, V16, P227, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.16.2.227
Kemper S, 2001, PSYCHOL AGING, V16, P600, DOI 10.1037//0882-7974.16.4.600
Kertesz A., 2006, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
KINTSCH W, 1978, PSYCHOL REV, V85, P363, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.85.5.363
KINTSCH W, 1973, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V5, P257, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(73)90036-4
Kintsch W., 1974, REPRESENTATION MEANI
MacWhinney B, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P1286, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.589893
NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338
Oelschlaeger ML, 1999, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V42, P636
Pedhazur E. J., 1991, MEASUREMENT DESIGN A
Poland B., 2001, HDB INTERVIEW RES CO, P629
Riley KP, 2005, NEUROBIOL AGING, V26, P341, DOI 10.1016/j.neurobiolaging.2004.06.019
Shadden B. B., 1998, ANAL DISCOURSE COMMU, P85
Snowdon DA, 1996, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V275, P528, DOI 10.1001/jama.275.7.528
Spencer E, 2012, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V26, P743, DOI 10.3109/02699206.2012.673046
Story I., 2004, HDB RES METHODS NURS, P543
ULATOWSKA HK, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P317, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90074-3
ULATOWSKA HK, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V13, P345, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90100-0
WACHAL RS, 1973, LANG SPEECH, V16, P169
WATKINS RV, 1995, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V38, P1349
Worrall L, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P309, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.508530
Wright H. H., 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P445
YORKSTON KM, 1980, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V45, P27
NR 43
TC 1
Z9 1
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD AUG 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 8
BP 992
EP 1009
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.803514
PG 18
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 192SK
UT WOS:000322505400005
ER
PT J
AU Rossiter, C
Best, W
AF Rossiter, Clare
Best, Wendy
TI "Penguins don't fly": An investigation into the effect of typicality on
picture naming in people with aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Naming; Anomia; Typicality
ID ONLINE CATEGORY VERIFICATION; WELL-DEFINED CATEGORIES; SEMANTIC
DEMENTIA; EXEMPLARS; THERAPY; ANOMIA; MEMORY; PROTOTYPICALITY;
FAMILIARITY; OPERATIVITY
AB Background: Previous research has highlighted psycholinguistic variables influencing naming ability for individuals with aphasia, including: familiarity, frequency, age of acquisition, imageability, operativity, and length (Nickels & Howard, 1995) and a potential link between typicality and generalisation to untreated items in intervention (Kiran, Sandberg, & Sebastian, 2011). However, the effect of concept typicality (the extent to which an item can be considered a prototype of a category) on naming in aphasia warrants further examination. Aims: To investigate first whether typicality can be reliably rated across a range of natural semantic categories and second whether, and if so in which direction, typicality influences naming performance for people with aphasia. To provide quantitative and qualitative information on typicality for a set of stimuli for use in future research. Methods & Procedures: Typicality ratings were obtained and the results compared with those in the existing literature. The influence of typicality on picture naming was investigated employing both matched sets (high and low typicality matched for other psycholinguistic variables) and logistic regression analyses for the group and individual participants with aphasia (n=20). Outcomes & Results: Typicality rating correlated strongly with ratings obtained in previous research (Rosch, 1975: r = .798, N=35, p < .001; Uyeda & Mandler, 1980: r = .844, N=47, p < .001). Typicality was a significant predictor of picture naming for the group and some individuals, with generally better performance for typical items. This was demonstrated in both matched sets and regression analyses. However, other psycholinguistic variables proved more strongly related to naming success, particularly age of acquisition. Conclusions: Typicality can be rated reliably and should be considered alongside other psycholinguistic variables when investigating word retrieval and intervention in aphasia. Further research is necessary to accurately model the direction of typicality effects found in word retrieval. Finally, the differing nature, size, and internal structure of categories require further exploration when investigating typicality effects.
C1 [Rossiter, Clare] Whipps Cross Univ Hosp, London, England.
[Best, Wendy] UCL, London, England.
RP Best, W (reprint author), UCL, London, England.
EM w.best@ucl.ac.uk
CR [Anonymous], 1993, CEL DAT
BATTIG WF, 1969, J EXP PSYCHOL, V80, P1, DOI 10.1037/h0027577
Best W, 2008, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V43, P390, DOI 10.1080/13682820701608001
Bozeat S, 2003, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V20, P27, DOI 10.1080/02643290244000176
COLLINS AM, 1975, PSYCHOL REV, V82, P407, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.82.6.407
COLTHEART M, 1981, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V33, P497
CUTLER A, 1981, COGNITION, V10, P65, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(81)90026-3
Ellis AW, 1996, J NEUROLINGUIST, V9, P165, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(96)00008-5
FEYEREISEN P, 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V26, P401, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(88)90094-2
Garrard P, 2001, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V18, P125, DOI 10.1080/02643290125857
Hickin J, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P981, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000509
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
HOWARD D, 1995, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V30, P286
Howard D., 1996, BRIT NEUROPSYC UNPUB
Jefferies E, 2006, BRAIN, V129, P2132, DOI 10.1093/brain/awl153
Jefferies E, 2010, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V48, P248, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2009.09.011
Kiran S, 2008, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V17, P389, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2008/06-0085)
Kiran S, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P773, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/061)
Kiran S, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P844, DOI 10.1080/02687030600743564
Kiran S, 2011, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V54, P1101, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2010/10-0117)
Kiran S, 2008, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V51, P1550, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2008/07-0038)
Kiran S, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V85, P441, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00064-6
LAROCHELLE S, 1994, J MEM LANG, V33, P796, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1994.1038
Larochelle S, 2000, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V53, P929, DOI 10.1080/02724980050156245
MALT BC, 1982, MEM COGNITION, V10, P69, DOI 10.3758/BF03197627
MCCLOSKEY M, 1980, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V19, P485, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(80)90330-8
MORRISON CM, 1992, MEM COGNITION, V20, P705, DOI 10.3758/BF03202720
Nickels L, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P935, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000563
Nickels L., 1997, SPOKEN WORD PRODUCTI
NICKELS L, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V33, P1281, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(95)00102-9
Patterson K, 2007, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V8, P976, DOI 10.1038/nrn2277
Plaut DC, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P25, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0004
Rogers TT, 2004, PSYCHOL REV, V111, P205, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.111.1.205
ROSCH E, 1975, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V7, P573, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(75)90024-9
ROSCH E, 1975, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V104, P192, DOI 10.1037//0096-3445.104.3.192
Rosch EH, 1973, COGNITIVE DEV ACQUIS, P111
Schwartz MF, 2010, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V27, P477, DOI 10.1080/02643294.2011.574111
SMITH EE, 1974, PSYCHOL REV, V81, P214, DOI 10.1037/h0036351
Stanczak L, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P374, DOI 10.1080/02687030600587631
Swinburn K., 2005, COMPREHENSIVE APHASI
UYEDA KM, 1980, BEHAV RES METH INSTR, V12, P587, DOI 10.3758/BF03201848
Woollams A. M., 2012, FRONT HUM NEUROSCI, V6, P1
Woollams AM, 2008, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V46, P2503, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2008.04.005
NR 43
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD JUL 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 7
BP 784
EP 798
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.751579
PG 15
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 261YB
UT WOS:000327699600002
ER
PT J
AU Bridges, KA
Sidtis, DV
AF Bridges, Kelly Ann
Sidtis, Diana Van Lancker
TI Formulaic language in Alzheimer's disease
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Formulaic language; Alzheimer's disease; Dual-process model
ID BASAL GANGLIA; EARLY-ONSET; DEMENTIA; SPEECH; DISORDERS; APHASIA;
DECLINE; MODEL
AB Background: Studies of productive language in Alzheimer's disease (AD) have focused on formal testing of syntax and semantics but have directed less attention to naturalistic discourse and formulaic language. Clinical observations suggest that individuals with AD retain the ability to produce formulaic language long after other cognitive abilities have deteriorated. Aims: This study quantifies production of formulaic expressions in the spontaneous speech of individuals with AD. Persons with early and late onset forms of the disease were compared. Methods & Procedures: Conversational language samples of individuals with early (n=5) and late onset (n=6) AD and healthy controls (n=5) were analysed to determine whether formulaic language, as measured by the number of words in formulaic expressions, differs between groups. Outcomes & Results: Results indicate that individuals with AD, regardless of age of onset, used significantly more formulaic expressions than healthy controls. The early and late onset AD groups did not differ on formulaic language measures. Conclusions: These findings contribute to a dual process model of cerebral function, which proposes differing processing principles for formulaic and novel expressions. In this model, subcortical areas, which remain intact into late in the progression of Alzheimer's disease, play an important role in the production of formulaic language. Applications to clinical practice include identifying preserved formulaic language and providing informed counselling to patient and family.
C1 [Bridges, Kelly Ann; Sidtis, Diana Van Lancker] NYU, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, New York, NY 10012 USA.
[Bridges, Kelly Ann; Sidtis, Diana Van Lancker] Nathan S Kline Inst Psychiat Res, Div Geriatr, Orangeburg, NY 10962 USA.
RP Bridges, KA (reprint author), NYU, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, 665 Broadway,9th Floor, New York, NY 10012 USA.
EM kab516@nyu.edu
FU NIDCD [R01 DC007658]
FX This work was supported by NIDCD grant R01 DC007658. The funding source
had no involvement in collection, interpretation, analysis, writing the
report, or submitting this report for publication. We appreciate the
advice and support of John J. Sidtis throughout this study. Harriet
Klein, Sharon Antonucci, Victoria Zeldin, Mila Rotenberg, Zoya Peysakov,
and Zepur Dovlatyan contributed generously at various stages of the
project.
CR Altmann Lori J. P., 2008, Seminars in Speech and Language, V29, P18, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1061622
BATES E, 1995, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V10, P487, DOI 10.1080/01690969508407113
BEATTY WW, 1994, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V51, P1040
Blair M, 2007, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V13, P237, DOI 10.1017/S1355617707070269
CODE C, 1982, CORTEX, V18, P141
Conner PS, 2011, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V25, P899, DOI 10.3109/02699206.2011.584136
Critchley M., 1970, APHASIOLOGY OTHER AS
Cummings JL, 1992, DEMENTIA CLIN APPROA, V2nd
Cummings JL, 1998, NEUROLOGY, V51, pS2
Davis B., 2005, ALZHEIMER TALK TEXT, P128
Davis BH, 2009, AM J ALZHEIMERS DIS, V24, P141, DOI 10.1177/1533317508328138
Deser T., 1990, BRAIN LANG, V40, P67
FILLEY CM, 1986, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V43, P574
Fillmore Charles, 1979, INDIVIDUAL DIFFERENC, P85
FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6
Garrard P, 2005, BRAIN, V128, P250, DOI 10.1093/brain/awh341
GLOSSER G, 1991, PSYCHOL AGING, V6, P522, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.6.4.522
GLOSSER G, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P357, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90025-4
Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd
Graybiel AM, 1998, NEUROBIOL LEARN MEM, V70, P119, DOI 10.1006/nlme.1998.3843
Hoblitzelle O., 2008, 10000 JOYS 10000 SOR
Jackendoff Ray, 1995, IDIOMS STRUCTURAL PS, P133
Jackson J. H., 1874, SELECTED WRITINGS JH, V1, P129
Kemper S, 2001, PSYCHOL AGING, V16, P227, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.16.2.227
Kempler D., 1994, DEMENTIA NORMAL AGIN, P331
Kempler D., 1995, DEMENTIA COMMUNICATI, P98
Kuiper K., 2007, MENTAL LEXICON, V2, P313, DOI 10.1075/ml.2.3.03kui
Kuiper K, 2009, FORMULAIC GENRES, P1, DOI 10.1057/9780230241657
Maclagan M., 2008, PHRASEOLOGY INTERDIS, P175
MCKHANN G, 1984, NEUROLOGY, V34, P939
MURDOCH BE, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V31, P122, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90064-2
NICHOLAS M, 1985, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V28, P405
Pawley A., 1983, LANGUAGE COMMUNICATI
Rogers T., 2009, 47 ANN AC APH M BOST
Sidtis D., 2009, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V23, P27
Sidtis DV, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P411, DOI 10.1080/02687030500538148
Sidtis DVL, 2004, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V39, P1, DOI 10.1080/13682820310001601080
SPEEDIE LJ, 1993, NEUROLOGY, V43, P1768
Toyota Y, 2007, INT J GERIATR PSYCH, V22, P896, DOI 10.1002/gps.1760
Van Lancker D., 1973, STUDIES SYNTAX SEMAN, VII, P197
Van Lancker D., 1988, PROGR PSYCHOL LANGUA, P49
Van Lancker Sidtis D, 2012, ADV NEURAL SUBSTRATE, P342
Van Lancker Sidtis Diana, 2004, LANG COMMUN, V24, P207
Wray A., 2002, FORMULAIC LANGUAGE L
Wray A, 2000, LANG COMMUN, V20, P1, DOI 10.1016/S0271-5309(99)00015-4
NR 45
TC 1
Z9 1
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD JUL 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 7
BP 799
EP 810
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.757760
PG 12
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 261YB
UT WOS:000327699600003
ER
PT J
AU Park, Y
Goral, M
Verkuilen, J
Kempler, D
AF Park, Youngmi
Goral, Mira
Verkuilen, Jay
Kempler, Daniel
TI Effects of noun-verb conceptual/phonological relatedness on verb
production changes in Broca's aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Broca's aphasia; Verbs; Instrumentality; Homonymy; Therapy; Efficacy
ID CONSTRAINT-INDUCED APHASIA; NAME RELATION; RETRIEVAL; INSTRUMENTALITY;
ACTIVATION; SPEAKERS; THERAPY; BRAIN
AB Background: Individuals with Broca's aphasia show better performance on nouns than on verbs, but the distinction between nouns and verbs is not always clear; some verbs are conceptually and/or phonologically related to nouns, while others are not. Inconsistent results on effects of noun-verb relatedness on verb production have been reported in the literature. Aims: We investigated (1) whether verb instrumentality (a conceptual relationship to nouns) or homonymy (a phonological relationship to nouns) would affect verb production in individuals with Broca's aphasia and (2) whether conceptual/phonological noun-verb relationship would affect responsiveness to aphasia therapy that focused on verb production. Methods & Procedures: Three English-speaking individuals with Broca's aphasia produced 96 verbs in sentences in response to picture stimuli. The target verbs included those that use an instrument and those that do not (e.g., to hammer vs. to yawn) and verbs that are phonologically identical to a related noun (e.g., to comb vs. a comb), morpho-phonologically related to a noun (e.g., to grind vs. a grinder) and those that are not morphologically related to a noun (e.g., to lean). The participants' verb retrieval ability was assessed before and after a 4-week period of aphasia therapy. Outcomes & Results: The participants produced more accurate instrumental than non-instrumental verbs both pre- and post-treatment. They also produced more verbs correctly that are homonyms with nouns than verbs that are phonologically related or unrelated to nouns before treatment. However, the effect of homonymy was not observed following treatment. Conclusion: Individuals with Broca's aphasia were more accurate in their production of verbs that were conceptually and phonologically related to nouns than on verbs that were not. The performance of verb production improved significantly after therapy. We interpret the results to indicate that, whereas prior to treatment, the participants relied on phonologically related nouns to retrieve the target verbs, this reliance on knowledge of nouns decreased following therapy that was designed to improve verb production.
C1 [Park, Youngmi; Goral, Mira; Verkuilen, Jay] CUNY, Grad Ctr, New York, NY 10016 USA.
[Goral, Mira] CUNY Herbert H Lehman Coll, Bronx, NY 10468 USA.
[Kempler, Daniel] Emerson Coll, Boston, MA 02116 USA.
RP Park, Y (reprint author), CUNY, Grad Ctr, 365 5th Ave, New York, NY 10016 USA.
EM ypark1@gc.cuny.edu
FU NIH [DC009792]
FX We thank Dr Loraine Obler, the editor, and two anonymous reviewers who
provided valuable suggestions on this paper. The project was supported,
in part, by NIH funding #DC009792 (PI: Goral). We thank Maria Boklan,
Caroline Cano, Carol Cayer-Meade, Peggy Conner, Ileana Ferrer, Laura
Glufling-Tham, Kristen Maul, Dagmar Alvarado, Shancia Jarrett, Deepa
Sar, Shannon Saul, Vanessa Smith, Libby Venancio, and Stephanie Wolfe
for help with testing the participants, administered the treatment, and
scoring the data. We also thank Amy Vogel and Luca Campanelli, who
helped with early stages of loading the data and statistical analysis.
CR Almor A, 2009, BRAIN LANG, V111, P8, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2009.07.009
Arevalo A, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V100, P79, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.012
Baayen RH, 2008, J MEM LANG, V59, P390, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2007.12.005
BURBIDGE JB, 1988, J AM STAT ASSOC, V83, P123, DOI 10.2307/2288929
DELL GS, 1986, PSYCHOL REV, V93, P283, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.93.3.283
Dell GS, 1997, PSYCHOL REV, V104, P801, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.104.4.801
Druks J, 2002, J NEUROLINGUIST, V15, P289, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(01)00029-X
Faroqi-Shah Y., 2012, ASPECTS MULTILINGUAL, P158
Goral M, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P1383, DOI 10.1080/02687030802235203
Jaeger TF, 2008, J MEM LANG, V59, P434, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2007.11.007
Jonkers R, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V102, P262, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.01.002
Kambanaros M, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V97, P162, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.10.001
Kambanaros M, 2009, BRAIN LANG, V110, P29, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2009.01.004
Kemmerer D, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V73, P347, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2311
Kempler D, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P1327, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.599364
Levelt W. J., 1989, SPEAKING INTENTION A
Matzig S, 2009, CORTEX, V45, P738, DOI 10.1016/j.cortex.2008.10.003
Meinzer M, 2005, STROKE, V36, P1462, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000169941.29831.2a
Meinzer M, 2007, NEUROREHABILITATION, V22, P311
MICELI G, 1984, CORTEX, V20, P207
Powers DA, 2008, STATISTICAL METHODS FOR CATEGORICAL DATA ANALYSIS, 2ND EDITION, P1
Pulvermuller F, 2012, NEUROIMAGE, V60, P1367, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2011.12.020
Vigliocco G, 2011, NEUROSCI BIOBEHAV R, V35, P407, DOI 10.1016/j.neubiorev.2010.04.007
ZINGESER LB, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P14, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90002-X
NR 24
TC 1
Z9 1
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD JUL 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 7
BP 811
EP 827
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.763111
PG 17
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 261YB
UT WOS:000327699600004
ER
PT J
AU Grawburg, M
Howe, T
Worrall, L
Scarinci, N
AF Grawburg, Meghann
Howe, Tami
Worrall, Linda
Scarinci, Nerina
TI A qualitative investigation into third-party functioning and third-party
disability in aphasia: Positive and negative experiences of family
members of people with aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Stroke; Family members; Third-party disability; ICF;
Qualitative interviews
ID MIXED-METHODS RESEARCH; STROKE SURVIVORS; LANGUAGE PATHOLOGISTS;
ADAPTATION PROCESS; SPOUSES; CAREGIVERS; SPEECH; NEEDS; WELL;
REHABILITATION
AB Background: In the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF), the World Health Organization introduces the term third-party disability and identifies the need for further investigation into family members' Functioning and Disability in relation to a significant other's health condition. Aims: This qualitative investigation represents the first phase of a mixed methods study to develop a tool for measuring third-party functioning and third-party disability in aphasia. The aims of this phase of the study were to explore: (1) the positive aphasia-related changes associated with third-party functioning, and; (2) the negative aphasia-related changes associated with third-party disability, as experienced by family members of adults with aphasia post-stroke. Methods & Procedures: This study used an inductive design with a qualitative descriptive research strategy to explore the lived experience of having a relative with aphasia. Twenty family members (e.g., spouses, parents, children, siblings, etc.) of individuals with aphasia participated in individual in-depth semi-structured interviews. The interviews were analysed using qualitative content analysis. Outcomes & Results: Analysis revealed five categories of positive aphasia-related changes associated with third-party functioning: (1) emotions; (2) communication; (3) relationships; (4) recreational activities and social life; and (5) paid/volunteer work or education. In addition, seven categories of negative aphasia-related changes associated with third-party disability were revealed: (1) physical, mental, and emotional health; (2) communication; (3) relationships; (4) recreational activities and social life; (5) paid/volunteer work or education; (6) domestic and caregiving responsibilities; and (7) finances. Conclusions: Interpreted within the framework of the ICF, this study showed how the pervasive effects of aphasia are associated with changes in Functioning and Disability in family members, providing a holistic description of family members' experience using the standardised language of the ICF. Clinically, these results emphasise the importance of recognising the positive and negative outcomes for close family members in the development of a rehabilitation plan for the family to address their experience of third-party disability.
C1 [Grawburg, Meghann; Howe, Tami] Univ Canterbury, Dept Commun Disorders, Christchurch 8140, New Zealand.
[Worrall, Linda; Scarinci, Nerina] Univ Queensland, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, Brisbane, Qld, Australia.
RP Grawburg, M (reprint author), Univ Canterbury, Dept Commun Disorders, Private Bag 4800, Christchurch 8140, New Zealand.
EM meghann.grawburg@pg.canterbury.ac.nz
RI Scarinci, Nerina/D-2578-2010
FU New Zealand Speech-language Therapists' Association
FX This research was supported by a grant from the New Zealand
Speech-language Therapists' Association. Emerging findings from this
study were presented at the 8th Asia-Pacific Conference on Speech,
Language and Hearing 2011, the Aphasia Association of NZ Biennial
Conference 2011, and the symposium on the World Report on Disability:
Implications for Asia and the Pacific.
CR ANTONUCCI TC, 1987, J GERONTOL, V42, P519
Artes R, 1976, RECOVERY APHASICS, P31
Bakas T, 2006, REHABIL NURS, V31, P33
Barrow R, 2008, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V43, P30, DOI 10.1080/13682820701697947
Buck M., 1968, DYSPHASIA PROFESSION
Carlson JA, 2010, QUALITATIVE REPORT, V15, P1102
CHRISTENSEN JM, 1989, J COMMUN DISORD, V22, P225, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(89)90018-X
Creswell John, 2009, RES DESIGN QUALITATI, Vthird
Denman A, 1998, DISABIL REHABIL, V20, P411
DiCicco-Bloom B, 2006, MED EDUC, V40, P314, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2929.2006.02418.x
Doyle PJ, 2004, J CLIN EPIDEMIOL, V57, P997, DOI 10.1016/j.jclinepi.2003.11.016
Giddings LS, 2007, ADV NURS SCI, V30, P52
Gillespie A, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P1559, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.500810
Glogowska M, 2011, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V46, P251, DOI 10.3109/13682822.2010.507614
Graneheim UH, 2004, NURS EDUC TODAY, V24, P105, DOI 10.1016/j.nedt.2003.10.001
Grawburg M., DISABILITY IN PRESS
Grawburg M, 2012, EVIDENCE BASED COMMU, V6, P135
Greenwood Nan, 2009, Disabil Rehabil, V31, P337, DOI 10.1080/09638280802051721
Greenwood N, 2010, J CLIN NURS, V19, P2032, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2702.2009.03163.x
Hemsley G, 1996, DISABIL REHABIL, V18, P567
Herrmann M, 1995, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V2, P5
Howe T, 2012, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V47, P511, DOI 10.1111/j.1460-6984.2012.00159.x
Johansson MB, 2011, DISABIL REHABIL, V33, P51, DOI 10.3109/09638288.2010.486465
Kertesz A., 2006, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
King R. B., 1995, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V2, P20
KINSELLA GJ, 1979, SCAND J REHABIL MED, V11, P129
Kramer BJ, 1997, GERONTOLOGIST, V37, P218
Law J, 2010, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V45, P551, DOI 10.3109/13682820903308509
Le Dorze G, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P483, DOI 10.1080/02687030801890909
Le Dorze G, 2010, DISABIL REHABIL, V32, P1073, DOI 10.3109/09638280903374121
LEDORZE G, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P239
Lemieux L, 2001, SEX DISABIL, V19, P253, DOI 10.1023/A:1017953308761
Levack WMM, 2009, BRAIN INJURY, V23, P192, DOI 10.1080/02699050802695582
Lincoln Y. S., 1985, NATURALISTIC INQUIRY
Mackenzie A, 2012, DISABIL REHABIL, V34, P1413, DOI 10.3109/09638288.2011.650307
MALONE RL, 1970, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V5, P174
McGurk R, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P1507, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.599528
Mertens D. M., 2010, RES EVALUATION ED PS
Michallet B, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P731, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000087
Michallet B, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P835, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000238
Natterlund BS, 2010, SCAND J OCCUP THER, V17, P18, DOI 10.3109/11038120902833218
Patton M. Q, 2002, QUALITATIVE RES EVAL
Poland B., 2001, HDB INTERVIEW RES CO, P629
Pound C, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P477, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000159
Pringle Jan, 2010, Br J Community Nurs, V15, P241
Rapp SR, 2000, AGING MENT HEALTH, V4, P142
Rice B, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P247, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248841
Salonen T., 1995, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V2, P72
Sandelowski M, 2000, RES NURS HEALTH, V23, P334, DOI 10.1002/1098-240X(200008)23:4<334::AID-NUR9>3.0.CO;2-G
Sandelowski M, 2002, J NURS SCHOLARSHIP, V34, P213, DOI 10.1111/j.1547-5069.2002.00213.x
Scarinci N, 2009, DISABIL REHABIL, V31, P2088, DOI 10.3109/09638280902927028
Sherratt S, 2011, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V13, P317, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2011.584632
Thomas D, 2003, AM J EVAL, V27, P237, DOI DOI 10.1177/1098214005283748
Threats T, 2010, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V17, P451, DOI 10.1310/tsr1706-451
Toljamo M, 2012, SCAND J CARING SCI, V26, P211, DOI 10.1111/j.1471-6712.2011.00919.x
Visser-Meily A, 2009, STROKE, V40, P1399, DOI 10.1161/STROKEAHA.108.516682
Visser-Meily A, 2006, DISABIL REHABIL, V28, P1557, DOI 10.1080/09638280600648215
WADE DT, 1986, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V49, P11, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.49.1.11
WILLIAMS SE, 1993, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V74, P361
World Health Organisation, 2001, INT CLASS FUNCT DIS
WHO, 2011, WORLD REPORT ON DISABILITY, P1
World Health Organization, 1980, INT CLASS IMP DIS HA
Zemva N, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P219, DOI 10.1080/026870399402190
NR 63
TC 7
Z9 7
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD JUL 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 7
BP 828
EP 848
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.768330
PG 21
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 261YB
UT WOS:000327699600005
ER
PT J
AU Falconer, C
Buchwald, A
AF Falconer, Carolyn
Buchwald, Adam
TI Do activated letters influence lexical selection in written word
production?
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Dysgraphia; Writing; Language processes; Lexical selection
ID TO-LEXEME FEEDBACK; SEMANTIC ERRORS; GRAPHEMIC REPRESENTATIONS; SPEECH
PRODUCTION; SPELLING SYSTEM; APHASIA; DYSGRAPHIA; ACCESS; INTERACTIVITY;
DEFICITS
AB Background: Written communication has become increasingly important since the advent of digital media such as emailing and texting. Research into the nature of interaction between the cognitive processes underlying production have focused on spoken language. Less is known about the processes underlying written word production. Aims: We investigated the presence of feedback from letter activation to lexical selection in written word production. The presence of feedback would lead to greater-than-chance orthographic overlap between targets and semantically-related word errors in acquired dysgraphia, as the semantic neighbours of a target word sharing orthographic structure would receive extra support during lexical selection. Methods & Procedures: The orthographic overlap of written semantically-related word errors from an individual with acquired dysgraphia was compared to chance distributions of overlap generated using a word association database. We used a Monte Carlo procedure to select random pseudo-errors from the top semantic associates for each target word. 10,000 hypothetical datasets were generated for two distinct hypotheses regarding the likelihood of selecting particular semantically-related word errors. Outcomes & Results: The orthographic overlap between target words and semantically-related word errors for the individual with dysgraphia was greater than any of the hypothetical datasets, indicating that the target-error pairs shared more orthographic structure than expected by chance (p < .0001). Conclusions: We obtained evidence that feedback from letter activation influenced lexical selection in a case of impairment. The presence of feedback from letter activation to lexical selection may be useful in developing strategies leading to improved language production in individuals with dysgraphia and aphasia.
C1 [Falconer, Carolyn; Buchwald, Adam] NYU, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, New York, NY 10012 USA.
RP Buchwald, A (reprint author), NYU, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, 665 Broadway,Suite 900, New York, NY 10012 USA.
EM buchwald@nyu.edu
CR Baayen R. H., 1995, CELEX LEXICAL DATABA
Beeson P. M., 2002, HDB ADULT LANGUAGE D, P101
Beker H., 1982, CIPHER SYSTEMS PROTE
Bonin P., 2011, PRESENT FUTURE CONTR, P315
Bonin P, 2012, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V38, P1741, DOI 10.1037/a0028471
Boyle M., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P94
Buchwald A, 2006, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V23, P308, DOI [10.1080/02643290442000527, 10.1080/026432290442000527]
Buchwald A, 2009, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V26, P724, DOI 10.1080/02643291003707332
BUTTERWORTH B, 1984, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V22, P409, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(84)90036-8
Caramazza A., 1986, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V3, P99
CARAMAZZA A, 1987, COGNITION, V26, P59, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(87)90014-X
CARAMAZZA A, 1990, COGNITION, V37, P243, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(90)90047-N
Dell GS, 1997, PSYCHOL REV, V104, P801, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.104.4.801
Falconer C., 2011, PROCEDIA SOCIAL BEHA, V23, P238
Fellbaum C., 1998, WORDNET ELECT LEXICA
Fischer-Baum S, 2010, COGNITION, V115, P466, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2010.03.013
Folk JR, 2002, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V19, P653, DOI 10.1080/02643290244000184
Goldberg AM, 2008, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V25, P218, DOI 10.1080/02643290701862332
Goldrick M, 2010, J MEM LANG, V62, P113, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2009.11.008
Goodman R. A., 1985, J HOPKINS U DYSGRAPH
Hillis A. E., 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, P449
HOWARD D, 1985, BRAIN, V108, P817
HOWARD D, 1984, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V1, P163, DOI 10.1080/02643298408252021
Kay J., 1992, PALPA PSYCHOLINGUIST
Kendall DL, 2008, BRAIN LANG, V105, P1, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.11.007
Kertesz A., 2006, W APHASIA EXAMINATIO
Lavidor M, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V80, P45, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2583
Levelt WJM, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P1
MARTIN N, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V43, P240, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90130-7
Martin N., 2012, APHASIA RELATED NEUR, P131
McCloskey M, 2006, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V23, P278, DOI 10.1080/02643290442000518
McCloskey M, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V69, P395
McRae K, 2005, BEHAV RES METHODS, V37, P547, DOI 10.3758/BF03192726
Miceli G, 1997, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V12, P733
MICELI G, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V25, P187, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90080-X
MILLER GA, 1995, COMMUN ACM, V38, P39, DOI 10.1145/219717.219748
Morsella E, 2002, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V28, P555, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.28.3.555
Nelson D. L., 1998, U S FLORIDA WORD ASS
Nickels L., 2002, HDB COGNITIVE NEUROP, P291
NICKELS L, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V11, P289, DOI 10.1080/02643299408251977
Purcell JJ, 2011, FRONT PSYCHOL, V2, DOI 10.3389/fpsyg.2011.00239
Rapp B, 2002, HDB ADULT LANGUAGE D, P47
Rapp B, 2000, PSYCHOL REV, V107, P460, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.107.3.460
Rapp B, 1997, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V23, P1130, DOI 10.1037/0096-1523.23.4.1130
Rapp B., OXFORD HDB LANGUAGE
Rapp B, 2004, PSYCHOL REV, V111, P573, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.111.2.573
Rapp B, 1997, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V14, P71
RAYMER AM, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P27, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249498
Roux S, 2009, PSYCHON B REV, V16, P369, DOI 10.3758/PBR.16.2.369
Roux S, 2012, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V27, P734, DOI 10.1080/01690965.2011.580162
Schwartz MF, 2010, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V27, P477, DOI 10.1080/02643294.2011.574111
Tainturier MJ, 1996, J MEM LANG, V35, P53, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1996.0003
NR 52
TC 1
Z9 1
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD JUL 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 7
BP 849
EP 866
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.781114
PG 18
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 261YB
UT WOS:000327699600006
ER
PT J
AU Verreyt, N
Bogaerts, L
Cop, U
Bernolet, S
De Letter, M
Hemelsoet, D
Santens, P
Duyck, W
AF Verreyt, Nele
Bogaerts, Louisa
Cop, Uschi
Bernolet, Sarah
De Letter, Miet
Hemelsoet, Dimitri
Santens, Patrick
Duyck, Wouter
TI Syntactic priming in bilingual patients with parallel and differential
aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Bilingualism; Aphasia; Syntactic priming; Differential aphasia; Parallel
aphasia
ID CROSS-LINGUISTIC GENERALIZATION; SPANISH-ENGLISH BILINGUALS; SEMANTIC
NAMING TREATMENT; SENTENCE PRODUCTION; LEXICAL ACCESS; LANGUAGE
PRODUCTION; FMRI; REPRESENTATION; RECOVERY; 2ND-LANGUAGE
AB Background: Syntactic priming is the phenomenon by which the production or processing of a sentence is facilitated when that sentence is preceded by a sentence with a similar syntactic structure. Previous research has shown that this phenomenon also occurs across languages, i.e., hearing a sentence in one language can facilitate the production of a sentence with the same structure in another language. This suggests that syntactic representations are shared across languages. Aims: The aim of the current study is to investigate this cross-lingual syntactic priming in patients with bilingual aphasia. To address this aim, we asked the following three research questions: (1) do patients with bilingual aphasia show priming effects within and across languages? (2) do these priming effects differ from the priming effects observed in control participants? and (3) does the pattern of priming effects interact with the type of aphasia? Methods & Procedures: We tested two groups of patients: one group had similar impairments in both languages (parallel aphasia); in the other group, the impairments were larger in one of the languages (differential aphasia). We investigated syntactic priming within and across languages by means of a dialogue experiment. Outcomes & results: We found significant cross-lingual priming effects in both patient groups as well as in a control group. In addition, the effect size of both patient groups was similar to that of the control group. Conclusions: These findings support models that incorporate shared syntactic representations across languages, and are in favour of a non-localised account of differential aphasia in bilingual aphasia.
C1 [Verreyt, Nele; Bogaerts, Louisa; Cop, Uschi; Bernolet, Sarah; Duyck, Wouter] Univ Ghent, Dept Expt Psychol, B-9000 Ghent, Belgium.
[De Letter, Miet] Univ Ghent, Dept ORL & Logopaed & Audiol Sci, B-9000 Ghent, Belgium.
[Hemelsoet, Dimitri; Santens, Patrick] Ghent Univ Hosp, Dept Neurol, Ghent, Belgium.
RP Verreyt, N (reprint author), Univ Ghent, Dept Expt Psychol, Henri Dunantlaan 2, B-9000 Ghent, Belgium.
EM nele.verreyt@ugent.be
RI santens, patrick/O-2505-2013
CR Abutalebi J, 2007, J NEUROLINGUIST, V20, P242, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2006.10.003
Abutalebi J, 2009, BRAIN LANG, V109, P141, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2009.03.003
Adrover-Roig D, 2011, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V25, P480, DOI 10.3109/02699206.2011.563338
AGLIOTI S, 1993, NEUROREPORT, V4, P1359, DOI 10.1097/00001756-199309150-00019
Arai M, 2007, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V54, P218, DOI 10.1016/j.cogpsych.2006.07.001
Bernolet S, 2009, COGNITION, V112, P300, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2009.05.013
Bernolet S, 2007, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V33, P931, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.33.5.931
Bock K., 1986, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V18, P355, DOI [10.1016/0010-0285(86)90004-6, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(86)90004-6]
Branigan H, 2000, COGNITION, V75, P13, DOI DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(99)00081-5
Cai ZGG, 2011, J MEM LANG, V65, P431, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2011.05.003
Costa A, 2004, TRENDS COGN SCI, V8, P253, DOI 10.1016/j.tics.2004.04.005
Costa A, 2000, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V26, P1283, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.26.5.1283
DELL GS, 1986, PSYCHOL REV, V93, P283, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.93.3.283
Dijkstra T, 1999, J MEM LANG, V41, P496, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1999.2654
Duyck W, 2007, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V33, P663, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.33.4.663
Edmonds LA, 2006, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V49, P729, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2006/053)
Fabbro F, 2000, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V68, P650, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.68.5.650
Filiputti D., 2002, INT J BILINGUAL, V6, P395
Galvez A, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V87, P173, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00256-6
Goral M, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V98, P235, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.05.004
Graetz P., 1992, AKENSE AFASIE TEST A
GROSJEAN F, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P3, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90048-5
Hartsuiker RJ, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V62, P221, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1905
Hartsuiker RJ, 2008, ACTA PSYCHOL, V128, P479, DOI 10.1016/j.actpsy.2007.08.005
Hartsuiker RJ, 2004, PSYCHOL SCI, V15, P409, DOI 10.1111/j.0956-7976.2004.00693.x
Hernandez AE, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V73, P421, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2278
Illes J, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V70, P347, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2186
Jaeger TF, 2008, J MEM LANG, V59, P434, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2007.11.007
Kantola L, 2011, MEM COGNITION, V39, P276, DOI 10.3758/s13421-010-0016-5
Kiran S, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V91, P75, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.06.041
KLEIN D, 1994, NEUROREPORT, V5, P2295, DOI 10.1097/00001756-199411000-00022
Leemann B, 2007, NEUROCASE, V13, P209, DOI 10.1080/13554790701502667
Levelt WJM, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P1
Loebell H, 2003, LINGUISTICS, V41, P791, DOI 10.1515/ling.2003.026
Lorenzen B, 2008, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V17, P299, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2008/026)
Marangolo P, 2009, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V23, P405, DOI 10.1037/a0014824
Marien P, 2005, NEUROCASE, V11, P385, DOI 10.1080/13554790500212880
Meijer PJA, 2003, EXP PSYCHOL, V50, P184, DOI 10.1027//1618-3169.50.3.184
Meinzer M, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V45, P1247, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2006.10.003
Miertsch B, 2009, J NEUROLINGUIST, V22, P135, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2008.07.003
Paradis M., 2004, NEUROLINGUISTICT HEO, V18
Paradis M., 1987, ASSESSMENT BILINGUAL
Pickering MJ, 1998, J MEM LANG, V39, P633, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1998.2592
Pitres A., 1895, REV MED, V15, P873
Potter MC, 1998, J MEM LANG, V38, P265, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1997.2546
Riccardi A, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V91, P54, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.06.030
Saffran EM, 1997, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V12, P877
Schoonbaert S, 2007, J MEM LANG, V56, P153, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2006.10.002
Shin JA, 2009, COGNITION, V112, P175, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2009.03.011
Thompson CK, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P591, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/047)
Vingerhoets G, 2003, NEUROIMAGE, V20, P2181, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2003.07.029
NR 51
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD JUL 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 7
BP 867
EP 887
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.791918
PG 21
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 261YB
UT WOS:000327699600007
ER
PT J
AU Renvall, K
Nickels, L
Davidson, B
AF Renvall, Kati
Nickels, Lyndsey
Davidson, Bronwyn
TI Functionally relevant items in the treatment of aphasia (part I):
Challenges for current practice
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Anomia; Aphasia therapy; Functional vocabulary; Functionally relevant
items; Personally chosen items
ID CONVERSATION ANALYSIS; WORD; THERAPY; VOCABULARY; RETRIEVAL; DEFICITS;
PEOPLE; NORMS; NAMES
AB Background: Aphasiologists are motivated to select functional, relevant and useful items for use in therapy; yet the field lacks discussion on what is meant by these terms and how to identify such items. Aims: The purpose of this article is to review the meaning of functionally relevant in the aphasia treatment literature and to specify challenges in identifying potentially relevant items for therapy. Main Contribution: This article shows that aphasiologists lack clear definitions, strategies and concrete tools to assist with identification of functionally relevant items for language therapy. Two main categories of functional vocabulary are definedpersonally chosen vocabulary and generally frequent vocabulary. The review of the existing aphasia literature demonstrates the strengths and weaknesses of these approaches. Two critical points are raised related to selection of therapy items using data from language corpora. Firstly, it is paradoxical that aphasiologists often try to target the most common vocabulary in therapy but that language corpora have not been used to determine the identity of the most frequent words. Secondly, the analyses of the language corpora show that the most frequent spoken words represent a wide variety of word classes, such as adjectives, adverbs and pronouns. Yet, only a few treatment studies have targeted words other than concrete nouns and verbs. Conclusions: There is a need to use objective sources to identify and choose treatment targets. In addition, more therapy attempts should be directed to words other than the most concrete nouns and verbs. Use of frequency-based lists provides one way to identify and increase the number of items that are potentially relevant across people. Frequency-based vocabulary lists can also be used as a tool when asking people with aphasia or their significant others to identify items that they personally think should be targeted in therapy. Without creating and publishing common tools for this purpose, change in practice is difficult.
C1 [Renvall, Kati; Nickels, Lyndsey; Davidson, Bronwyn] Macquarie Univ, NHMRC Ctr Clin Res Excellence CCRE Aphasia Rehabi, Sydney, NSW 2109, Australia.
[Renvall, Kati; Nickels, Lyndsey] Macquarie Univ, ARC Ctr Excellence Cognit & Its Disorders, Dept Cognit Sci, Sydney, NSW 2109, Australia.
[Davidson, Bronwyn] Univ Melbourne, Dept Speech Pathol & Audiol, Parkville, Vic 3052, Australia.
RP Renvall, K (reprint author), Macquarie Univ, ARC Ctr Excellence Cognit & Its Disorders, NHMRC Ctr Clin Res Excellence CCRE Aphasia Rehabi, Sydney, NSW 2109, Australia.
EM kati.renvall@mq.edu.au
FU NHMRC Centre for Clinical Research Excellence (CCRE) in Aphasia
Rehabilitation (Australia); Foundations' Post Doc Pool (Finland); ARC
FX Preparation of this manuscript was supported by two grants to the first
author: NHMRC Centre for Clinical Research Excellence (CCRE) in Aphasia
Rehabilitation (Australia) and the Foundations' Post Doc Pool (Finland).
Lyndsey Nickels was supported by an ARC Future Fellowship.
CR Armstrong E, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P763, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192364
Armstrong E, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P285, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000750
Aston G., 1998, BNC HDB EXPLORING BR
Baayen R. H., 1995, CELEX LEXICAL DATABA
Baker JM, 2010, STROKE, V41, P1229, DOI 10.1161/STROKEAHA.109.576785
Beeke Suzanne, 2007, Seminars in Speech and Language, V28, P136, DOI 10.1055/s-2007-970571
Brysbaert M, 2009, BEHAV RES METHODS, V41, P977, DOI 10.3758/BRM.41.4.977
Byng S., 1999, APHASIA THERAPY FILE
COLTHEART M, 1981, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V33, P497
Conroy P, 2009, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V44, P1036, DOI [10.1080/13682820802585975, 10.3109/13682820802585975]
Coxhead A, 2000, TESOL QUART, V34, P213, DOI 10.2307/3587951
Dark L, 2007, AUGMENT ALTERN COMM, V23, P288, DOI 10.1080/07434610601152140
Elman R. J., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P115
Ferguson A., 2009, SEL P 2008 HCSNET WO, P30
Garrett K. L., 1997, APHASIA NEEDS ASSESS
Goodglass H., 1973, PSYCHOLINGUISTICS AP, P183
Goral M, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P1383, DOI 10.1080/02687030802235203
Graves J., 2000, BRIT J LEARN DISABIL, V28, P113, DOI 10.1046/j.1468-3156.2000.00060.x
Greenwood A, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P991, DOI 10.1080/02687030903168220
HARRIS DM, 1995, CORTEX, V31, P575
Haugh M., 2009, SEL P 2008 HCSNET WO, P75
Herbert R, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P1163, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000454
Hogben L. T., 1963, ESSENTIAL WORLD ENGL
Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
Kleim JA, 2008, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V51, P225
Kucera H., 1967, COMPUTATIONAL ANAL P
Leighton K, 2004, INT J NURS STUD, V41, P21, DOI 10.1016/j.ijnurstu.2003.05.001
Lesser R., 1999, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH
Marshall RC, 2006, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V15, P103, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2006/011)
Martin N, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P83, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0005
Mason C, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P245, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.489258
MAY C, 1995, J ADV NURS, V21, P83, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2648.1995.21010083.x
McNeil M. R., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P76, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360.0404.76
McNeil MR, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P385, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248479
New B, 2007, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V28, P661, DOI 10.1017/S014271640707035X
Newton PK, 1997, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V14, P481
Nickels L, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P935, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000563
NICKELS L, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V33, P1281, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(95)00102-9
Ogden C. K., 1934, SYSTEM BASIC ENGLISH
Olsen E, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P618, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2012.676851
PAIVIO A, 1968, J EXP PSYCHOL, V76, P1, DOI 10.1037/h0025327
Perkins L, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P259
Renvall K., APHASIOLOGY IN PRESS, DOI [10.1080/02687038.2013.796507, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2013.796507]
Robson J, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P917, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000462
Schegloff E. A., 2002, ANNU REV APPL LINGUI, V22, P3
Semenza C, 1998, NEUROCASE, V4, P45, DOI 10.1080/13554799808410606
Semenza C, 1993, Memory, V1, P265, DOI 10.1080/09658219308258238
Simmons-Mackie N, 2001, TOP LANG DISORD, V22, P21
SUBTLEX-US, CORP AM FILM SUBT
Swinburn K., 2005, COMPREHENSIVE APHASI
Van de Sandt-Koenderman M, 2005, DISABIL REHABIL, V27, P529, DOI 10.1080/09638280400018635
Van Overschelde JP, 2004, J MEM LANG, V50, P289, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2003.10.003
Wisenburn B, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P1338, DOI 10.1080/02687030902732745
Worrall L, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P309, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.508530
Worrall L., 1999, FCTP FUNCTIONAL COMM
Youmans G, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P435, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000877
NR 56
TC 4
Z9 4
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD JUN 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 6
BP 636
EP 650
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.786804
PG 15
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 163SF
UT WOS:000320356500001
ER
PT J
AU Renvall, K
Nickels, L
Davidson, B
AF Renvall, Kati
Nickels, Lyndsey
Davidson, Bronwyn
TI Functionally relevant items in the treatment of aphasia (part II):
Further perspectives and specific tools
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Anomia; Aphasia therapy; Functional vocabulary; Functionally relevant
items; Personally chosen items
ID VOCABULARY; LANGUAGE
AB Background: This paper is the second in a two part series. In part I, we reviewed the concept of functionally relevant and the strategies underlying identification of such vocabulary items for aphasia treatment. Based on the review, we concluded that there is a lack of definitions, strategies and specific tools to assist with identification of functionally relevant items for aphasia therapy. We suggested that frequency-based vocabulary lists could and should be used to increase the number of potentially relevant items in aphasia therapy and that therapy should be directed to words other than the most concrete nouns and verbs. Aims: This article reviews the existing strategies and materials from adjacent fields relating to functionally relevant stimuli with the aim of establishing resources for identifying potentially relevant therapy items at the level of both vocabulary items and topics of conversation. Main contribution: By reviewing the core concepts and research from other fields, this article brings together knowledge and materials that can improve current practice regarding identification of functionally relevant items in aphasia therapy. The focus of the review is on studies that have been published in the field of augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) and research that has provided information on unimpaired and impaired adult speakers' everyday conversations. By reanalysing data sets from these studies and using a large psycholinguistic database, we present four resources. Two of the data sets provide evidence regarding the most frequent topics of conversation; one is based on unimpaired speakers conversations and the other extends this by including information from both unimpaired and aphasic speakers' topics of conversation. In addition, to provide evidence of the most frequent vocabulary in adult conversations, we present a list of words compiled from three separate data sets. Finally, a vocabulary list of the 1000 most frequent words retrieved from an objective frequency count (SUBTLEX-US) is presented. Together these resources provide a means for clinicians to select objectively frequent topics and vocabulary as stimuli for functionally relevant therapy. Conclusions: The agenda for future research is to identify specific vocabulary within the most common topics of conversation. The resources provided as part of this article serve as a first step towards the ultimate goal of enabling clinicians to select stimuli for therapy in a more systematic, transparent and objective way.
C1 [Renvall, Kati; Nickels, Lyndsey; Davidson, Bronwyn] Macquarie Univ, NHMRC Ctr Clin Res Excellence CCRE Aphasia Rehabi, Sydney, NSW 2109, Australia.
[Renvall, Kati; Nickels, Lyndsey] Macquarie Univ, ARC Ctr Excellence Cognit & Its Disorders, Dept Cognit Sci, Sydney, NSW 2109, Australia.
[Davidson, Bronwyn] Univ Melbourne, Dept Speech Pathol & Audiol, Parkville, Vic 3052, Australia.
RP Renvall, K (reprint author), Macquarie Univ, NHMRC Ctr Clin Res Excellence CCRE Aphasia Rehabi, ARC Ctr Excellence Cognit & Its Disorders, Sydney, NSW 2109, Australia.
EM kati.renvall@mq.edu.au
FU NHMRC Centre for Clinical Research Excellence (CCRE) in Aphasia
Rehabilitation (Australia); Foundations' Post Doc Pool (Finland); ARC
FX Preparation of this article was supported by two grants to the first
author: NHMRC Centre for Clinical Research Excellence (CCRE) in Aphasia
Rehabilitation (Australia) and the Foundations' Post Doc Pool (Finland).
Lyndsey Nickels was supported by an ARC Future Fellowship. The authors
want to thank Sheela Stuart and Susan Balandin for their encouragement
to adapt and reanalyse parts of their data for this article.
CR Armstrong E, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P763, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192364
Armstrong E, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P285, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000750
Baayen R. H., 1995, CELEX LEXICAL DATABA
Balandin S., 1999, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V15, P95, DOI DOI 10.1080/07434619912331278605
Balandin S., 1998, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V14, P147, DOI [10.1080/07434619812331278326, DOI 10.1080/07434619812331278326]
Berger K., 1967, J COMMUN DISORD, V1, P201, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(68)90032-4
Beukelman D. R., 1991, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V7, P171, DOI 10.1080/07434619112331275883
Beukelman D. R., 1993, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V9, P95, DOI 10.1080/07434619312331276481
Brysbaert M, 2009, BEHAV RES METHODS, V41, P977, DOI 10.3758/BRM.41.4.977
Burroughs G. E. R., 1957, STUDY VOCABULARY YOU
CARTER R, 1987, APPL LINGUIST, V8, P178, DOI 10.1093/applin/8.2.178
Crosbie S, 2005, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V40, P467, DOI 10.1080/13682820500126019
Dark L, 2007, AUGMENT ALTERN COMM, V23, P288, DOI 10.1080/07434610601152140
Davidson B., 2004, THESIS U QUEENSLAND
Davidson B, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P243, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000653
Dodd B., 2006, ADV SPEECH LANG PATH, V8, P220, DOI 10.1080/14417040600738177
Francis C. W., 1990, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V6, P275, DOI [10.1080/07434619012331275564, DOI 10.1080/07434619012331275564]
Graves J., 2000, BRIT J LEARN DISABIL, V28, P113, DOI 10.1046/j.1468-3156.2000.00060.x
HIPSKIND NM, 1970, J COMMUN DISORD, V3, P47, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(70)90031-6
MEIN R, 1960, J MENT DEFIC RES, V4, P130
Oakes Michael P., 2007, Literary & Linguistic Computing, DOI 10.1093/llc/fql044
Renvall K, 2013, APHASIOLOGY, V27, P636, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2013.786804
Richards J. C., 1974, RELC J, V5, P69, DOI DOI 10.1177/003368827400500207
Stuart S., 1997, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V13, P40, DOI DOI 10.1080/07434619712331277828
Stuart S., 2000, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V16, P1, DOI 10.1080/07434610012331278864
Stuart S., 1994, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V2, P89
SUBTLEX-US, CORP AM FILM SUBT
Yorkston K. M., 1988, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V4, P189, DOI [10.1080/07434618812331274807, DOI 10.1080/07434618812331274807]
Yorkston K. M., 1989, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V5, P101, DOI [10.1080/07434618912331275076, DOI 10.1080/07434618912331275076]
NR 29
TC 1
Z9 1
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD JUN 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 6
BP 651
EP 677
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.796507
PG 27
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 163SF
UT WOS:000320356500002
ER
PT J
AU Faroqi-Shah, Y
AF Faroqi-Shah, Yasmeen
TI Selective treatment of regular versus irregular verbs in agrammatic
aphasia: Efficacy data
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Brain damage; Inflection; Morphology; Language production;
Treatment efficacy; Verb
ID ENGLISH PAST TENSE; BROCAS APHASIA; INFLECTIONAL MORPHOLOGY; SYNTACTIC
DEFICITS; NONFLUENT APHASIA; LEXICAL ACCESS; AGREEMENT; RULES; LANGUAGE;
GERMAN
AB Background: Production of verb morphology, especially tense marking, is frequently impaired in persons with agrammatic aphasia. Very little research has examined theoretically driven treatments for verb morphology deficits in aphasia. Aims: This study examined the relative efficacy of using regular (wash-washed, rob-robbed) versus irregular (drink-drank, keep-kept) verbs as stimuli to treat morphological impairments in individuals with aphasia. This comparison was motivated by differences in the lexical organisation of regular and irregular verbs proposed in psycholinguistic theory. Methods & Procedures: A single-participant multiple-baseline design was used to examine treatment outcomes in six individuals with agrammatic aphasia. Participants received training to produce tense morphology using only either regular or irregular verbs, and the crucial outcome measure was generalisation to untrained past tense forms (regular to irregular and vice versa). Outcomes & Results: All participants improved in the trained tenses and generalised to the production of regular tense morphology on untrained verbs. Generalisation to untrained irregular past tense was relatively modest, irrespective of whether regular or irregular verbs were trained. Conclusions: The results replicate previous findings that verb morphology deficits respond to intervention, and extend the findings by suggesting that choice of stimuli may have consequences for generalisation effects. The implication for aphasia rehabilitation is that tense training using irregularly inflected verbs generalises to a greater variety of untrained verb inflections (including regular past) than does the use of regular verbs.
C1 Univ Maryland, Dept Hearing & Speech Sci, College Pk, MD 20742 USA.
RP Faroqi-Shah, Y (reprint author), Univ Maryland, Dept Hearing & Speech Sci, 0100 Lefrak Hall, College Pk, MD 20742 USA.
EM yfshah@umd.edu
FU University of Maryland
FX This project was supported by General Research Board award from the
University of Maryland to YF-S. The author wishes to thank all the
participants and their families for their participation and support for
this research. Special thanks to students who helped with various stages
of data collection and analyses (listed alphabetically): Heather
Alexander, Sarah Camponeschi, Isabelle Dunn, Xiomy Esteban, Lauren
Graham, Melissa Graham, Jessica Greenberg, Jen Maultasch, Rachel Mont,
Monica Sampson, Mohan Singh, and Pascale St. Victor. Partial findings of
this study were presented at the Clinical Aphasiology Conference (2008)
and the Annual Convention of the American Speech Language and Hearing
Association (2008).
CR Alegre M, 1999, J MEM LANG, V40, P41, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1998.2607
Arabatzi M, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V80, P314, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2591
ARONOFF M., 1976, WORD FORMATION GENER
Avrutin S., 2000, LANGUAGE BRAIN REPRE, P205, DOI 10.1016/B978-012304260-6/50017-7
Baayen R. H., 1993, CELEX LEXICAL DATABA
Balaguer RDD, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V91, P212, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.02.007
Bastiaanse R, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P298, DOI 10.1080/02687030500474922
Bastiaanse R, 2008, J NEUROLINGUIST, V21, P104, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2006.10.006
Benedet MJ, 1998, CORTEX, V34, P309, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70758-5
Bird H, 2003, J MEM LANG, V48, P502, DOI 10.1016/S0749-596X(02)00538-7
Boo M, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P154, DOI 10.1080/02687031003743789
Boser KI, 2000, NEUROREHAB NEURAL RE, V14, P105
Braber N, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V92, P278, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.05.012
Burchert F, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V94, P188, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.12.006
Busk P., 1992, SINGLE CASE RES DESI, P197
Bybee J., 1995, MORPHOLOGICAL ASPECT, P225
BYBEE JL, 1982, LANGUAGE, V58, P265, DOI 10.2307/414099
CARAMAZZA A, 1988, COGNITION, V28, P297, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(88)90017-0
Centeno J., 1996, BRAIN LANG, V57, P47
Clahsen H, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P991
Clahsen H, 2001, LANGUAGE, V77, P510, DOI 10.1353/lan.2001.0140
COHEN J, 1960, EDUC PSYCHOL MEAS, V20, P37, DOI 10.1177/001316446002000104
Conroy P, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P462, DOI 10.1080/02687030802514920
Dabul B, 2000, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL, V2nd
Dickey MW, 2008, J NEUROLINGUIST, V21, P35, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2007.08.001
Druks J, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P993, DOI 10.1080/02687030600739422
Eddington D, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V81, P291, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2525
Edmonds LA, 2011, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V20, P131, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2011/10-0036)
Faroqi-Shah Y, 2008, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V46, P3088, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2008.06.018
Faroqi-Shah Y, 2007, BRAIN RES BULL, V74, P1, DOI 10.1016/j.brainresbull.2007.06.007
Faroqi-Shah Y, 2009, BRAIN LANG, V108, P97, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2008.10.003
Faroqi-Shah Y, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P484, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2003.12.006
Faroqi-Shah Y, 2007, J MEM LANG, V56, P129, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2006.09.005
Frauenfelder U. H., 1992, YB MORPHOLOGY 1991, P165
Friedmann N, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P397, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1795
Garrett M. F., 1988, LINGUISTICS CAMBRIDG, V3, P69
Glass AL, 2003, AM J PSYCHOL, V116, P51, DOI 10.2307/1423335
GOODGLASS H, 1993, CORTEX, V29, P377
Goodglass H, 2001, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V3rd
Halle Morris, 1993, VIEW BUILDING, V20, P111
Helm-Estabrooks N., 2003, NARRATIVE STORY CARD
Holland AL, 1996, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V39, pS27
Inglis AL, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V95, P189, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.07.101
Janssen U, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V81, P180, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2516
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Kielar A, 2008, J MEM LANG, V58, P327, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2007.10.002
Kiran S, 2007, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V16, P18, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2007/004)
Kok P, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V102, P273, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.03.001
Levelt WJM, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P1
LINEBARGER MC, 1983, COGNITION, V13, P361, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90015-X
Luzzatti C, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V79, P345, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2475
Luzzatti C, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V54, P26, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0060
McClelland JL, 2002, TRENDS COGN SCI, V6, P465, DOI 10.1016/S1364-6613(02)01993-9
Miller J., 2004, SYSTEMATIC ANAL LANG
Miozzo M, 2003, COGNITION, V87, P101, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(02)00200-7
Mitchum C. C., 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH
O'Connor BA, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V103, P29, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.07.029
Okrent A., 2004, THESIS U CHICAGO CHI
Olive M. L., 2005, ED PSYCHOL, V25, P313, DOI DOI 10.1080/0144341042000301238
Penke M, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V77, P351, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2407
Penke M, 2006, CORTEX, V42, P563, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70395-2
Penke M, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V90, P423, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00453-X
Penke M, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V87, P50, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00192-5
Penke M, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V68, P225, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2103
Pinker S., 1984, LANGUAGE LEARNABILIT
Pinker S, 2002, TRENDS COGN SCI, V6, P456, DOI 10.1016/S1364-6613(02)01990-3
Pinker S., 1988, CONNECTIONS SYMBOLS, P73
Pinker Steven, 1999, WORDS RULES INGREDIE
Prince A., 1991, BERKELEY LINGUISTICS, V17, P230
Robey RR, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P445
Rochon E, 2005, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V15, P1, DOI 10.1080/09602010343000327
Rumelhart D. E., 1986, PARALLEL DISTRIBUTED, V2, P216
Schreuder R, 1995, MORPHOLOGICAL ASPECT, P131
Stemberger JP, 2002, COGNITIVE SCI, V26, P737
Thompson CK, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V99, P79, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.049
Thompson CK, 2007, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V16, P30, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2007/005)
Thompson CK, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P591, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/047)
Tsapkini K, 2002, J NEUROLINGUIST, V15, P265, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(01)00039-2
Ullman MT, 1997, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V9, P266, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1997.9.2.266
van der Hulst H., 1982, STRUCTURE PHONOLOG 1
Varlokosta S, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P723, DOI 10.1080/0267030500513703
Weinrich M, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V58, P23, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1757
Wenzlaff M, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P57, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00298-0
Zimmermann K., 2001, THESIS STATE U NEW J
NR 84
TC 0
Z9 0
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD JUN 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 6
BP 678
EP 705
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.751577
PG 28
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 163SF
UT WOS:000320356500003
ER
PT J
AU Hemsley, B
Werninck, M
Worrall, L
AF Hemsley, Bronwyn
Werninck, Maryanne
Worrall, Linda
TI "That really shouldn't have happened": People with aphasia and their
spouses narrate adverse events in hospital
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Communication disorders; Adverse events
ID COMPLEX COMMUNICATION NEEDS; CEREBRAL-PALSY; SUPPORTING ADULTS;
HEALTH-CARE; PATIENT; EXPERIENCES; ROLES
AB Background: Patients with communication disability are at increased risk of experiencing an adverse event in hospital. Despite forming a particularly vulnerable patient group, little is known about the nature or cause of adverse events experienced by people with aphasia and their spouses in hospital. Aims: This study aimed to: (a) describe the adverse events experienced by people with aphasia and their spouses in hospital, (b) identify the situations, people, events, and outcomes relevant to the adverse events, and (c) identify commonalities in participant stories of adverse events. Methods & Procedures: In this narrative inquiry, ten people with chronic aphasia and their spouses participated in in-depth interviews about the adverse events they experienced or witnessed in hospital. A narrative analysis was used to discover common stories of adverse events and common content themes across the stories of experience. Outcomes & Results: Although a wide variety of adverse event types were identified in the participants' stories, undesirable events were among the most common, along with inappropriate discharge home or inadequate discharge plan. Reliance upon spouses during communicative interactions featured across the stories, with exclusion of spouses from important interactions on the ward representing a barrier to effective communication and a risk for adverse events. Participants suggested strategies for improving the safety of people with aphasia in hospital in the hope of preventing future adverse events in this population. Conclusions: Adverse events occurring in hospital were distressing to participants and often related to the presence of aphasia. Hospital policies should acknowledge the role that spouses have with patients with aphasia and ensure their inclusion to assist in prevention and management of adverse events in hospitalised patients with aphasia. The need for better discharge planning and information should also be recognised as a means of preventing adverse events.
C1 [Hemsley, Bronwyn] Univ Newcastle, Callaghan, NSW 2308, Australia.
[Werninck, Maryanne; Worrall, Linda] Univ Queensland, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, Brisbane, Qld 4072, Australia.
RP Hemsley, B (reprint author), Univ Newcastle, Level 2 McMullin Bldg,Univ Dr, Callaghan, NSW 2308, Australia.
EM bronwyn.hemsley@newcastle.edu.au
RI Hemsley, Bronwyn/G-8362-2013
FU National Health and Medical Research Council of Australia
FX We wish to acknowledge the assistance of Sarah Wallace with final
editing. Many thanks also to the UQ Aphasia Registry and the
participants in this study. The first author is supported in part by a
National Health and Medical Research Council of Australia Postdoctoral
Fellowship.
CR Andrews LB, 1997, LANCET, V349, P309, DOI 10.1016/S0140-6736(96)08268-2
Asplund K, 2009, STROKE, V40, P3851, DOI 10.1161/STROKEAHA.109.561985
Atwal A, 2007, SCAND J CARING SCI, V21, P371, DOI 10.1111/j.1471-6712.2007.00469.x
*AUD GEN W AUSTR, 2009, 10 AUD GEN W AUSTR
Australian Commission on Quality and Safety in Healthcare, 2008, AUSTR CHART HEALTHC
Bartlett G, 2008, CAN MED ASSOC J, V178, P1555, DOI 10.1503/cmaj.070690
BLACKSTONE SW, 2011, NEWSLETTER ASHA SPEC, V18, P3
*CLIN EXC COMM, 2007, GIV VOIC PAT SAF NEW
Denzin N, 1994, HDB QUALITATIVE RES
[Department of Health Victorian Government], 2010, AUSTR CHART HEALTHC
Ebright PR, 2004, J NURS ADMIN, V34, P531, DOI 10.1097/00005110-200411000-00010
Fleischer S., 2009, J PUBLIC HLTH, V17, P339, DOI DOI 10.1007/S10389-008-0238-1
Hemsley B, 2008, J DEV PHYS DISABIL, V20, P257, DOI 10.1007/s10882-007-9095-z
Hemsley B, 2008, J INTELLECT DEV DIS, V33, P127, DOI 10.1080/13668250802082898
Hemsley B, 2007, J DEV PHYS DISABIL, V19, P115, DOI 10.1007/s10882-007-9040-1
Hemsley B, 2012, J ADV NURS, V68, P116, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2648.2011.05722.x
Hemsley Bronwyn, 2011, Appl Nurs Res, V24, pe51, DOI 10.1016/j.apnr.2010.09.001
Morris R, 2007, INT J QUAL HEALTH C, V19, P105, DOI 10.1093/intqhc/mz1073
O'Halloran R, 2011, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V46, P30, DOI 10.3109/13682821003660380
Perry L, 2011, DISABIL REHABIL, V33, P1890, DOI 10.3109/09638288.2011.553702
Polkinghorne DE, 1995, INT J QUALITATIVE ST, V8, P5, DOI DOI 10.1080/0951839950080103
*QUEENSL GOV, 2002, MAK MOST VIS YOUR HL
*QUEENSL HLTH, 2010, PAT SAF LEARN ACT 3
Riessman C. K., 2008, NARRATIVE METHODS HU
Riessman C. K., 1993, NARRATIVE ANAL
Rose TA, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P364, DOI 10.1080/02687030802568108
Runciman William B, 2008, Int J Evid Based Healthc, V6, P476, DOI 10.1111/j.1744-1609.2008.00117.x
Somerford PJ, 2004, ANN EPIDEMIOL, V14, P773, DOI 10.1016/j.annepidem.2004.02.003
The Joint Commission, 2010, ADV EFF COMM CULT CO
Weissman JS, 2008, ANN INTERN MED, V149, P100
World Alliance for Patient Safety, 2008, SUMM EV PAT SAF IMPL
World Health Organization, 2009, GLOB PRIOR PAT SAF R
WHO, 2011, WORLD REPORT ON DISABILITY, P1
NR 33
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD JUN 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 6
BP 706
EP 722
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.748181
PG 17
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 163SF
UT WOS:000320356500004
ER
PT J
AU Lynch, KE
Damico, JS
Abendroth, KJ
Nelson, RL
AF Lynch, Karen E.
Damico, Jack S.
Abendroth, Kathleen J.
Nelson, Ryan L.
TI Reading performance subsequent to aphasia: Strategies applied during
authentic reading
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Reading; Aphasia; Functionality; Strategies; Complexity; Transactional
sociopsycholinguistic model of reading
ID QUALITATIVE RESEARCH; COMPREHENSION; LITERACY; CONVERSATION;
INSTRUCTION; THERAPY; TEXT
AB Background: As issues involving quality of life and overall functionality are discussed, more attention is being focused on literacy behaviours and use in aphasia. A viable approach to study reading in aphasia is the constructivist orientation, which has been at the centre of the disciplines focusing on literacy research and teaching for nearly forty-five years. Combining this orientation with qualitative research procedures provides numerous research opportunities in aphasia. Aims: The current qualitative study explores the reading strategies employed by persons with aphasia in naturalistic settings as they attempt to re-establish their reading proficiency during recovery. Methods & Procedures: Three persons with aphasia (two women, one man) with mild to moderate aphasia were studied across a number of contexts that required reading. Qualitative research procedures were employed to identify various reading strategies employed by these persons with aphasia. Outcomes & Results: Twenty-eight different salient reading strategies were identified across the three participants, with some of these also being typical of non-neurologically impaired individuals and some unique to the person with aphasia. These twenty-eight strategies served four specific functions (efficiency, contextualisation, comprehension, socialisation) and were employed during the process of reading recovery subsequent to aphasia. Conclusions: Despite their aphasia, these individuals exhibited a resiliency and an underlying proficiency that enabled them to create and/or employ various strategies while they re-established their reading proficiency. A number of implications regarding the need to recognise the complexity of reading as a process and the ways that this change might impact service delivery are discussed.
C1 [Lynch, Karen E.] SE Louisiana Univ, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Hammond, LA 70402 USA.
[Damico, Jack S.; Nelson, Ryan L.] Univ Louisiana Lafayette, Lafayette, LA 70504 USA.
[Abendroth, Kathleen J.] Fluvanna Cty Publ Sch, Charlottesville, VA USA.
RP Lynch, KE (reprint author), SE Louisiana Univ, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, POB SLU10879, Hammond, LA 70402 USA.
EM Karen.Lynch@selu.edu
CR Adams Richard, 1972, WATERSHIP
Ambe EB, 2007, J ADOLESC ADULT LIT, V50, P632, DOI 10.1598/JAAL.50.8.2
Barton D., 2007, LITERACY INTRO ECOLO
Beeke S, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P256, DOI 10.1080/02687030600911344
Beeson P. M., 2008, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P654
Bransford J. D., 2000, PEOPLE LEARN BRAIN M
Burke C. L., 1996, READING STRATEGIES F
Champley J., 2008, COMMUNICATION DISORD, V29, P131, DOI 10.1177/1525740108315365
Chapey R., 1994, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P235
Cruice M, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P1210, DOI 10.1080/02687030600790136
Damico J. S., 2010, J INTERACTIONAL RES, V1, P1, DOI 10.1558/jircd.v1i1.1
Damico J. S., 2010, HDB LANGUAGE SPEECH, P267, DOI 10.1002/9781444318975.ch12
Damico JS, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P651
Damico JS, 2003, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V12, P131, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2003/060)
Denzin NK, 2009, QUAL RES, V9, P139, DOI 10.1177/1468794108098034
Dietz A, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P1053, DOI 10.1080/02687030802635832
Dionisio M., 1998, PRACTICING WHAT WE K, P199
DOLE JA, 1991, REV EDUC RES, V61, P239, DOI 10.3102/00346543061002239
Flick U, 2002, SOC SCI INFORM, V41, P5, DOI 10.1177/0539018402041001001
Flurkey A., 2008, SCI REALISM STUDIES, P267
Freppon P., 1998, RECONSIDERING BALANC, P259
GERGEN KJ, 1985, AM PSYCHOL, V40, P266, DOI 10.1037//0003-066X.40.3.266
Goodglass H., 1983, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V2nd
Goodman K. S., 1994, THEORETICAL MODELS P, P1093
Goodman K. S., 1996, READING COMMON SENSE
Goodman K S., 1967, J READING SPECIALIST, V4, P126, DOI DOI 10.1080/19388076709556976
Goodman Y. M., 1987, READING MISCUE INVEN
Gorard S, 2010, OXFORD REV EDUC, V36, P63, DOI 10.1080/03054980903518928
GOSWAMI U, 1986, J EXP CHILD PSYCHOL, V42, P73, DOI 10.1016/0022-0965(86)90016-0
Hedin LR, 2010, READ TEACH, V63, P556, DOI 10.1598/RT.63.7.3
Hillis AE, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P985, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000191
Hillis Argye E., 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, P229
Howe K. R, 2003, CLOSING METHODOLOGIC
Keene E. O., 2008, UNDERSTAND NEW HORIZ
Kiran S, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P53, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000633
Klinkenborg V., 2003, RURAL LIFE
LaPointe L., 1984, READING COMPREHENSIO
Leff AP, 2008, CURR OPIN NEUROL, V21, P644, DOI 10.1097/WCO.0b013e3283168dc7
Lynch K. E., 2009, INVESTIGATION IMPACT
Lynch K. E., 2009, ASIA PACIFIC J SPEEC, V12, P221, DOI 10.1179/136132809805335328
Maxim D., 1998, PRACTICING WHAT WE K, P165
Mayer JF, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P727, DOI 10.1080/02687030143000870
Muller N, 2002, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V16, P299, DOI 10.1080/02699200210135901
Paris SG, 2005, READ RES QUART, V40, P184, DOI 10.1598/RRQ.40.2.3
PARR S, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P223, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248197
Parr S., 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V6, P213, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90008-7
Parr S, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P469, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248426
Patterson K., 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, P425
Paulson E. J., 2008, SCI REALISM STUDIES, P85
Porch B. E., 1981, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC
Rasinski T. V., 2001, PHONICS FLUENCY EFFE
Rasinski T. V., 1990, ED RES Q, V14, P37
Scott DB, 2008, J LIT RES, V40, P290, DOI 10.1080/10862960802502162
Simmons-Mackie N, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P681
Smith F., 2006, READING NONSENSE
Smith F., 2004, UNDERSTANDING READIN
SMITH F, 1977, HARVARD EDUC REV, V47, P386
Spradley J., 1980, PARTICIPANT OBSERVAT
Spradley J., 1979, ETHNOGRAPHIC INTERVI
Strauss S. L., 1999, REFLECTIONS CONNECTI, P403
Street Brian, 2009, CAMBRIDGE HDB LITERA, P329, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511609664.019
Street Brian, 1984, LITERACY THEORY PRAC
Welty E., 1998, WELTY STORIES ESSAYS, P797
Wiederholt J. L., 2001, GRAY ORAL READING TE
Wilkinson R, 2010, RES LANG SOC INTERAC, V43, P57, DOI 10.1080/08351810903471506
NR 65
TC 1
Z9 1
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD JUN 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 6
BP 723
EP 739
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.748182
PG 17
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 163SF
UT WOS:000320356500005
ER
PT J
AU Hoffman, P
Jefferies, E
Haffey, A
Littlejohns, T
Ralph, MAL
AF Hoffman, Paul
Jefferies, Elizabeth
Haffey, Anthony
Littlejohns, Thomas
Ralph, Matthew A. Lambon
TI Domain-specific control of semantic cognition: A dissociation within
patients with semantic working memory deficits
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Semantic control; Semantic cognition; Short-term memory; Semantic
aphasia; Executive function
ID SHORT-TERM-MEMORY; VENTROLATERAL PREFRONTAL CORTEX; STROKE APHASIA;
NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL EVIDENCE; SELECTION MECHANISMS; CONTROLLED RETRIEVAL;
PHONOLOGICAL TASKS; FRONTAL-CORTEX; TEMPORAL-LOBE; TMS EVIDENCE
AB Background: Semantic cognition depends on (a) semantic representations that code knowledge and (b) executive control processes that regulate access to this information such that relevant aspects are brought to the fore. It is not clear whether this second element, termed semantic control, draws on the same resources as executive processing in other domains. Aims: We investigated the degree of independence between semantic control and domain-general executive function by studying non-semantic executive control in three patients who had semantic control deficits, and problems maintaining task-relevant conceptual knowledge in working memory. Methods & Procedures: Patients completed (a) a phonological working memory task that manipulated executive demands and (b) a series of working memory tasks that loaded a variety of executive functions: updating information, dividing attention, and manipulating the contents of working memory. These tasks featured digits and letters, placing minimal demands on semantic processing. Outcomes & Results: While two patients displayed clear executive deficits on these non-semantic tasks, the third case (patient JB) showed fully intact non-semantic control despite a clear control deficit for semantic tasks. Conclusions: This dissociation suggests that executive control over semantic knowledge relies on partially distinct neural mechanisms to those involved in domain-general control.
C1 [Hoffman, Paul; Ralph, Matthew A. Lambon] Univ Manchester, NARU, Manchester M13 9PL, Lancs, England.
[Jefferies, Elizabeth; Haffey, Anthony; Littlejohns, Thomas] Univ York, Dept Psychol, York YO10 5DD, N Yorkshire, England.
RP Hoffman, P (reprint author), Univ Manchester, Sch Psychol Sci, NARU, Zochonis Bldg,Oxford Rd, Manchester M13 9PL, Lancs, England.
EM paul.hoffman@manchester.ac.uk
RI Hoffman, Paul/F-2730-2011
FU MRC [G0501632, MR/J004146/1]; NIMH [MH64445]; University of Manchester
FX We are indebted to the patients and their carers for their generous
assistance with this study. The research was supported by grants from
the MRC (G0501632 & MR/J004146/1) and NIMH (MH64445) and PH was
supported by a studentship from the University of Manchester.
CR Awh E, 1996, PSYCHOL SCI, V7, P25, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9280.1996.tb00662.x
Baayen R. H., 1993, CELEX LEXICAL DATABA
Baddeley Alan, 1996, Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology Section A Human Experimental Psychology, V49, P5, DOI 10.1080/027249896392784
Badre David, 2002, Behav Cogn Neurosci Rev, V1, P206, DOI 10.1177/1534582302001003002
Badre D, 2005, NEURON, V47, P907, DOI 10.1016/j.neuron.2005.07.023
Bedny M, 2008, CEREB CORTEX, V18, P2574, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhn018
Belleville S, 1998, MEM COGNITION, V26, P572, DOI 10.3758/BF03201163
Bozeat S, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V38, P1207, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(00)00034-8
Bullard SE, 2004, ARCH CLIN NEUROPSYCH, V19, P835, DOI 10.1016/j.acn.2003.12.002
Burgess PW, 1997, HAYLING BRIXTON TEST
Collette F, 2006, NEUROSCIENCE, V139, P209, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroscience.2005.05.035
Collette F, 1999, COGNITIVE BRAIN RES, V7, P411, DOI 10.1016/S0926-6410(98)00045-7
Corbett F, 2011, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V23, P1125, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2010.21539
Corbett F, 2009, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V47, P2721, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2009.05.020
Crawford JR, 2005, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V19, P318, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.19.3.318
Crawford JR, 1998, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V12, P482, DOI 10.1076/clin.12.4.482.7241
Cristescu TC, 2006, NEUROIMAGE, V33, P1178, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2006.08.017
Davis CJ, 2005, BEHAV RES METHODS, V37, P65, DOI 10.3758/BF03206399
Dosenbach NUF, 2008, TRENDS COGN SCI, V12, P99, DOI 10.1016/j.tics.2008.01.001
Duncan J, 2000, TRENDS NEUROSCI, V23, P475, DOI 10.1016/S0166-2236(00)01633-7
Duncan J, 2010, TRENDS COGN SCI, V14, P172, DOI 10.1016/j.tics.2010.01.004
Duncan J, 2006, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V59, P2, DOI 10.1080/17470210500260674
Engle RW, 2002, CURR DIR PSYCHOL SCI, V11, P19, DOI 10.1111/1467-8721.00160
Engle RW, 1999, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V128, P309, DOI 10.1037/0096-3445.128.3.309
Gold BT, 2006, J NEUROSCI, V26, P6523, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.0808-06.2006
Gold BT, 2002, NEURON, V35, P803, DOI 10.1016/S0896-6273(02)00800-0
Gough PM, 2005, J NEUROSCI, V25, P8010, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.2307-05.2005
Hoffman P, 2011, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V49, P368, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2010.12.034
Hoffman P, 2011, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V23, P2432, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2011.21614
Hoffman P, 2009, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V35, P137, DOI 10.1037/a0013985
Hoffman P, 2010, J NEUROSCI, V30, P15450, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.3783-10.2010
Jefferies E, 2008, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V46, P649, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2007.09.007
Jefferies E, 2008, J MEM LANG, V58, P66, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2007.06.004
Jefferies E, 2006, BRAIN, V129, P2132, DOI 10.1093/brain/awl153
Kan IP, 2004, COGN AFFECT BEHAV NE, V4, P43, DOI 10.3758/CABN.4.1.43
Koenig K., 2007, NEURAL BASIS SEMANTI, P247
Mahon BZ, 2009, ANNU REV PSYCHOL, V60, P27, DOI 10.1146/annurev.psych.60.110707.163532
Martin A, 2007, ANNU REV PSYCHOL, V58, P25, DOI 10.1146/annurev.psych.57.102904.190143
MARTIN RC, 1994, J MEM LANG, V33, P83, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1994.1005
Mion M, 2010, BRAIN, V133, P3256, DOI 10.1093/brain/awq272
Miyake A, 2000, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V41, P49, DOI 10.1006/cogp.1999.0734
Nagel IE, 2008, NEUROIMAGE, V43, P801, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2008.07.017
Nee DE, 2007, COGN AFFECT BEHAV NE, V7, P1, DOI 10.3758/CABN.7.1.1
Noonan K. A., 2012, ALIGNING EVIDE UNPUB
Noonan KA, 2010, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V22, P1597, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2009.21289
Noppeney U, 2004, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V42, P1269, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2003.12.014
Patterson K, 2007, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V8, P976, DOI 10.1038/nrn2277
Peers PV, 2005, CEREB CORTEX, V15, P1469, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhi029
Ralph MAL, 2010, BRAIN, V133, P3243, DOI 10.1093/brain/awq264
Raven J. C., 1992, STANDARD PROGR MATRI
Robertson IH, 1994, TEST EVERYDAY ATTENT
Rodd JM, 2005, CEREB CORTEX, V15, P1261, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhi009
Saffran E. M., 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA, P361
Saffran EM, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V71, P204, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2251
Samson D, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V45, P896, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2006.08.023
Snyder HR, 2007, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V19, P761, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2007.19.5.761
Soni M, 2009, J NEUROLINGUIST, V22, P538, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2009.06.002
Stuss DT, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V38, P388, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(99)00093-7
Thompson-Schill SL, 1997, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V94, P14792, DOI 10.1073/pnas.94.26.14792
Tombaugh TN, 2004, ARCH CLIN NEUROPSYCH, V19, P203, DOI 10.1016/S0887-6177(03)00039-8
Treiman R, 1995, LANG SPEECH, V38, P127
TREIMAN R, 1988, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V14, P145, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.14.1.145
Unsworth N, 2005, BEHAV RES METHODS, V37, P498, DOI 10.3758/BF03192720
Wagner AD, 2001, NEURON, V31, P329, DOI 10.1016/S0896-6273(01)00359-2
Warrington EK, 1991, VISUAL OBJECT SPACE
Whitney C, 2012, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V24, P133, DOI 10.1162/jocn_a_00123
Whitney C, 2011, CEREB CORTEX, V21, P1066, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhq180
Whitney C, 2011, CEREB CORTEX, V21, P831, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhq148
Yarkoni T, 2008, PSYCHON B REV, V15, P971, DOI [10.3758/PBR.15.5.971, 10.3738/PBR.15.5.971]
Ziegler JC, 2005, PSYCHOL BULL, V131, P3, DOI 10.1037/0033-2909.131.1.3
NR 70
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD JUN 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 6
BP 740
EP 764
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.751578
PG 25
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 163SF
UT WOS:000320356500006
ER
PT J
AU Cocks, N
Pritchard, M
Cornish, H
Johnson, N
Cruice, M
AF Cocks, Naomi
Pritchard, Madeleine
Cornish, Hannah
Johnson, Nesta
Cruice, Madeline
TI A "novel" reading therapy programme for reading difficulties after a
subarachnoid haemorrhage
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Reading; Aphasia; Therapy
ID CLINICAL-OUTCOME RESEARCH; CHRONIC APHASIA; PRINT EXPOSURE; MILD
APHASIA; EFFICACY; LIFE; IMPAIRMENT; ALEXIA; MODEL
AB Background: Although several treatments for acquired reading difficulties exist, few studies have explored the effectiveness of treatment for mild reading difficulties and treatment for reading difficulties associated with cognitive impairment. Aims: This study explored the effectiveness of an individual strategy-based reading treatment of 11 sessions given to a female participant (IW) who had mild reading difficulties following a subarachnoid haemorrhage (SAH). The impact of treatment on reading ability, confidence and emotions associated with reading were investigated. Methods & Procedures: Treatment focused on the use of strategies to support IW's memory when reading books, the use of a checklist to select appropriate reading materials, and methods for increasing IW's confidence in discussing the book she was reading with others. A person-centred approach and personally relevant materials were used throughout the treatment. Reading ability was assessed using the Gray Oral Reading Tests (GORT-4; Wiederholt & Bryant, 2001), and IW's perspective was obtained using the Reading Confidence and Emotions Questionnaire (RCEQ; see Cocks et al., 2010). Pre-treatment, post-treatment and maintenance (7 weeks post) assessments were undertaken, with an additional exit interview at the final time point. Outcomes & Results: Gains were noted in reading rate, accuracy, comprehension, and confidence, with parallel increased pleasure gained from reading and reduced negative emotions and frustration. Self-reported gains included conversing with others about material read, verbal communication, and re-engagement with the identity of being a reader. Conclusions: Strategy-based treatment resulted in positive gains in reading for pleasure, conversation, and identity, for an individual with mild chronic reading difficulties. Participant self-report and interview revealed the true value of this treatment for the individual. The positive results suggest that further research is warranted that investigates the effectiveness of strategy-based reading therapy approaches for others with acquired reading difficulties.
C1 [Cocks, Naomi] Curtin Univ Technol, Sch Psychol & Speech Pathol, Perth, WA, Australia.
[Pritchard, Madeleine; Cornish, Hannah; Johnson, Nesta; Cruice, Madeline] City Univ London, Language & Commun Sci Div, London EC1V 0HB, England.
RP Cocks, N (reprint author), Curtin Univ Technol, Sch Psychol & Speech Pathol, Perth, WA, Australia.
EM naomi.cocks@curtin.edu.au
CR Babbitt EM, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P727, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.537347
Beeson P. M., 1998, CLIN DECISION MAKING, P153
Beeson PM, 1998, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V4, P621
Beeson PM, 2010, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V53, P450, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2009/08-0229)
Cherney LR, 2010, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V17, P423, DOI 10.1310/tsr1706-423
Cherney LR, 2012, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V14, P424, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2012.686629
CHERNEY LR, 1986, REHABIL LIT, V47, P112
Cobley CS, 2011, CLIN REHABIL, V26, P372
Cocks N., 2010, ACQUIRING KNOWLEDGE, V12, P37
Code Chris, 2010, Seminars in Speech and Language, V31, P21, DOI 10.1055/s-0029-1244950
Code C, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P729, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2012.676892
Coelho CA, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P275, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000741
CUNNINGHAM AE, 1991, J EDUC PSYCHOL, V83, P264, DOI 10.1037/0022-0663.83.2.264
Donaghue E., 2010, ROOM
Enderby P, 2012, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V14, P432, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2012.686118
Farrand P, 2002, MED EDUC, V36, P426, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2923.2002.01205.x
Gunning R., 1952, TECHNIQUE CLEAR WRIT
Hersh D, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P331, DOI 10.1080/02687030701764220
Hislop V., 2008, RETURN
Kagan A, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P258, DOI 10.1080/02687030701282595
Kertesz A., 2006, W SPHASIA BATTERY RE
Kim Hey-Jung, 1998, SYSTEM, V26, P515, DOI DOI 10.1016/S0346-251X(98)00035-9
Litvinoff E., 2008, JOURNEY SMALL PLANET
Lynch K. E., 2009, ASIA PACIFIC J SPEEC, V12, P221, DOI 10.1179/136132809805335328
Lyon JG, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P693, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249416
Mayer JF, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P727, DOI 10.1080/02687030143000870
McCall Smith A., 1998, 1 LADIES DETECTIVE A
MCLAUGHLIN GH, 1969, J READING, V12, P639
NICKELS L, 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V9, P155, DOI 10.1080/02643299208252057
Robey RR, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P787, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249573
Robey RR, 2004, J COMMUN DISORD, V37, P401, DOI 10.1016/j.comdis.2004.04.003
Satrapi Marjane, 2003, PERSEPOLIS
Sinotte MP, 2007, NEUROREHABILITATION, V22, P303
STANOVICH KE, 1992, MEM COGNITION, V20, P51, DOI 10.3758/BF03208254
KUYKEN W, 1995, SOC SCI MED, V41, P1403
West R. F., 1993, READING RES Q, V28, P35, DOI DOI 10.2307/747815
Wiederholt J. L., 2001, GRAY ORAL READING TE
Wilson C, 1992, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V2, P193, DOI 10.1080/09602019208401408
World Health Organisation, 2001, INT CLASS FUNCT DIS
Worrall L, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P309, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.508530
NR 40
TC 1
Z9 1
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD MAY 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 5
BP 509
EP 531
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.780283
PG 23
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 154DO
UT WOS:000319651900001
ER
PT J
AU Nicholas, M
Vaughan, E
AF Nicholas, Marjorie
Vaughan, Elizabeth
TI Understanding of observed video action events by people with aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Action understanding; Event processing; Aphasia; Nonverbal cognition
ID MIRROR-NEURON SYSTEM; ACTION RECOGNITION; THERAPY; THINKING; WORKING;
HUMANS
AB Background: Many people with aphasia show preservation of areas of cognition that do not rely on language comprehension or expression. However, several studies have reported on individuals, who have difficulty processing nonverbal events, i.e., they do not seem to make inferences about the outcome of observed events as easily as people without language impairment. The relative frequency of this deficit in those with aphasia is not well understood, however, because most studies have focused on only one or two individuals. Aims: The aims of the current study were: (1) to investigate how frequently a deficit in nonverbal event processing would be found in a group of 28 individuals with chronic aphasia and (2) to explore the relationship between this deficit and standardised measures of language and nonverbal cognition. Methods & Procedures: The Role Video and a battery of standardised language and nonverbal cognition assessments were given to 28 participants with chronic aphasia representing a range of aphasia severities and syndromes, and to 10 age-matched healthy controls. The Role Video, an assessment created by Marshall, Pring, and Chiat (1993b), consists of 32 short videos each lasting approximately 5 seconds. The task is to watch each video and judge the outcome of the observed event by selecting a picture from a set of three. No language is spoken in the videos; nor is language required to respond. Outcomes & Results: Results indicated that the group of PWA performed significantly worse on the Role Video than the healthy control group. Using a criterion of more than two standard deviations below the mean of the controls as indicative of impairment, a surprisingly large portion of the sample with aphasia (54%) had impaired event processing. The data analysis indicated deficits in event processing were related to impairments in language and nonverbal cognition. Conclusions: Impaired event processing may be more common in aphasia than previously believed. This impairment has implications for treatment of aphasia, given that many communicative interactions require retelling of events either verbally or via augmentative means.
C1 [Nicholas, Marjorie; Vaughan, Elizabeth] MGH Inst Hlth Profess, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Boston, MA 02129 USA.
RP Nicholas, M (reprint author), MGH Inst Hlth Profess, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, 36 1st Ave,Charlestown Navy Yard, Boston, MA 02129 USA.
EM mlnicholas@mghihp.edu
CR Buccino G, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P370, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00356-0
Buccino G, 2006, COGN BEHAV NEUROL, V19, P55, DOI 10.1097/00146965-200603000-00007
Buxbaum LJ, 2005, COGNITIVE BRAIN RES, V25, P226, DOI 10.1016/j.cogbrainres.2005.05.014
Cairns D., 2007, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V22, P210
Chatterjee Anjan, 2008, Seminars in Speech and Language, V29, P226, DOI 10.1055/s-0028-1082886
Dean MP, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P521, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000001
Fazio P, 2009, BRAIN, V132, P1980, DOI 10.1093/brain/awp118
Fernandino L, 2010, BRAIN LANG, V112, P44, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2009.02.003
German DJ, 1990, TEST ADOLESCENT ADUL
Goodglass H, 2000, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V3rd
Helm-Estabrooks N., 2001, COGNITIVE LINGUISTIC
Iacoboni M, 2006, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V7, P942, DOI 10.1038/nrn2024
Kalenine S, 2010, BRAIN, V133, P3269, DOI 10.1093/brain/awq210
Kemmerer D, 2008, BRAIN LANG, V107, P16, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.09.003
Kohler E, 2002, SCIENCE, V297, P846, DOI 10.1126/science.1070311
Marshall J, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P1009, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000218
MARSHALL J, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P177, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249505
Marshall J., 1993, ROLE VIDEO UNPUB
Marshall J, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P855, DOI 10.1080/02687039708250461
Marshall J, 2009, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V44, P1, DOI 10.1080/13682820802683507
Rizzolatti G, 2005, ANAT EMBRYOL, V210, P419, DOI 10.1007/s00429-005-0039-z
Rizzolatti G, 2004, ANNU REV NEUROSCI, V27, P169, DOI 10.1146/annurev.neuro.27.070203.144230
Sacchett C, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P3, DOI 10.1080/02687031003714459
Saygin AP, 2007, BRAIN, V130, P2452, DOI 10.1093/brain/awm162
Saygin AP, 2004, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V42, P1788, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropschologia.2004.04.016
Wu DH, 2008, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V46, P704, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2007.09.016
Wu DH, 2007, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V19, P1542, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2007.19.9.1542
NR 27
TC 0
Z9 0
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD MAY 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 5
BP 532
EP 545
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.742485
PG 14
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 154DO
UT WOS:000319651900002
ER
PT J
AU Groenewold, R
Bastiaanse, R
Huiskes, M
AF Groenewold, Rimke
Bastiaanse, Roelien
Huiskes, Mike
TI Direct speech constructions in aphasic Dutch narratives
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Direct speech; Discourse production; Spontaneous speech
AB Background: Previous studies have shown that individuals with aphasia are usually able to produce direct reported speech constructions. So far these studies have mainly been conducted in English. The results show that direct speech is beneficial for aphasic speakers for various reasons. In Dutch the construction goes along with a grammatical characteristic that makes it attractive for aphasic speakers. This study examines the diffuse phenomenon of direct speech in narratives of Dutch individuals with and without aphasia. Aims: The purpose of this study is to assess the use of direct speech in the semi-spontaneous speech of Dutch individuals with aphasia. The question is whether this construction, which is highly communicative, is used by aphasic speakers and in which forms it becomes manifest. In addition the effect of the nature of the underlying disorder, (i.e., grammatical versus lexical), is assessed. Methods & Procedures: A total of 61 transcripts of individuals with aphasia (n=31) and 146 transcripts of non-brain-damaged speakers (n=88) were analysed. The question of how the forms and relative frequencies of direct speech constructions differ across tasks and subgroups is addressed. For this purpose the relative frequencies of direct speech are determined and compared within and between tasks and subgroups. In addition different forms of the phenomenon are distinguished and categorised based on the patterns found in the data. Outcomes & Results: Individuals with aphasia use direct speech significantly more often than non-brain-damaged speakers. Individuals with Broca's aphasia exhibit a preference for direct speech constructions without a reporting verb, whereas individuals with anomic aphasia predominantly produce instances of direct speech that do include a reporting verb. Even though all subgroups produce direct speech constructions, the frequencies and forms vary across tasks and subgroups. Conclusions: Both groups make use of various forms of direct speech but the frequencies and distributions over categories are different. A possible explanation for the greater production of direct speech by aphasic speakers is its strategic utilisation to get around grammatical problems and word-finding difficulties. There is a quantitative difference between the individuals with anomic aphasia and the control speakers, whereas the difference between the individuals with Broca's aphasia and the control group is qualitative in nature. An explanation for the dissimilarities between the aphasic subgroups is the difference in grammatical complexity between subtypes of direct speech constructions.
C1 [Groenewold, Rimke; Bastiaanse, Roelien; Huiskes, Mike] Univ Groningen, Grad Sch Humanities, NL-9700 AS Groningen, Netherlands.
RP Groenewold, R (reprint author), Univ Groningen, Grad Sch Humanities, POB 716, NL-9700 AS Groningen, Netherlands.
EM r.groenewold@rug.nl
FU Netherlands Organisation for Scientific Research (NWO)
FX We thank the three anonymous reviewers for helpful comments made on
earlier versions of this paper. This work is part of the research
program The Conversation Frame: Linguistic Forms and Communicative
Functions in Discourse, which is financed by the Netherlands
Organisation for Scientific Research (NWO).
CR Armstrong E, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P1347, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.577204
Bastiaanse R, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P951, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249463
Bastiaanse R, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V80, P142, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2585
Bastiaanse R, 2011, J NEUROLINGUIST, V24, P163, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2010.02.006
Bastiaanse R., 2006, VERTALING AANPASSING
Bastiaanse R, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P561, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248437
Beeke S, 2003, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V17, P81, DOI 10.1080/0269920031000061795
BERKO-GLEASON J., 1980, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V23, P370
Boxum E., 2007, STANDAARD VOLG UNPUB
Ch Goodwin, 2003, CONVERSATION BRAIN D
CLARK HH, 1990, LANGUAGE, V66, P764, DOI 10.2307/414729
Couper-Kuhlen E., 1998, COHERENCE SPOKEN WRI, P11
Ellis W., 1988, HUMAN COGNITIVE NEUR
Fletcher M., 1983, STORYLINES PICTURE S
Goodglass H, 2001, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V3rd
Goodwin Ch, 1995, RES LANG SOC INTERAC, V28, P233
Goodwin M., 1990, HE SAID SHE SAID TAL
Graetz P., 1992, LOGOPEDIE FONIATRIE, V63, P58
Hengst JA, 2005, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V48, P137, DOI 10.1044/1092-43888(2005/011)
Edwards S, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P99, DOI 10.1080/02687039808250466
JONKERS R., 1998, COMPREHENSION PRODUC, V25
LEHRER A, 1989, DISCOURSE PROCESS, V12, P105
Li C., 1986, DIRECT INDIRECT SPEE
Lind M., 2002, INVESTIGATIONS CLIN
MAYES P, 1990, STUD LANG, V14, P325, DOI 10.1075/sl.14.2.04may
MENN L, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P343, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248664
NICKELS L, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V33, P1281, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(95)00102-9
Pascual Esther, 2002, IMAGINARY TRIALOGUES
SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8
Semino E, 2004, CORPUS STYLISTICS SP
Simmons K, 2011, J PRAGMATICS, V43, P3177, DOI 10.1016/j.pragma.2011.06.002
Streeck J., 1992, ADV NONVERBAL COMMUN
Tannen D., 1986, DIRECT INDIRECT SPEE
Tannen D., 1989, TALKING VOICES REPET
Ulatowska HK, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P93, DOI 10.1080/02687031003714418
Ulatowska HK, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V87, P69, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00202-5
VERMEULEN J, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P252, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90064-3
Wilkinson R, 2010, RES LANG SOC INTERAC, V43, P57, DOI 10.1080/08351810903471506
NR 38
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD MAY 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 5
BP 546
EP 567
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.742484
PG 22
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 154DO
UT WOS:000319651900003
ER
PT J
AU McCann, C
Tunnicliffe, K
Anderson, R
AF McCann, Clare
Tunnicliffe, Kendall
Anderson, Ryan
TI Public awareness of aphasia in New Zealand
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Public awareness; Aphasia
ID INTERNATIONAL SURVEY; ISCHEMIC-STROKE; RISK-FACTORS; KNOWLEDGE
AB Background: Awareness and knowledge of aphasia is limited among the public and in the healthcare sector despite considerable efforts being made internationally to address this. Advances in medical interventions have improved life expectancy following stroke so it is assumed that there are more people living with aphasia now than at any time in the past. Given this increase and the attempts to provide information in an accessible and timely manner we predicted that awareness and knowledge of aphasia would be improved compared to when it was last examined 10 years ago. Aims: This study sought to investigate whether public awareness of aphasia has improved since the original international study by Simmons-Mackie et al. in 2002. A second aim was to compare health professionals' awareness and knowledge of aphasia specifically with that of the general public. Methods & Procedures: A brief face-to-face survey was administered to ascertain awareness and knowledge of Parkinson's disease (PD), stroke, and aphasia, as well as the causes and symptoms of aphasia. A total of 300 people were surveyed (200 were members of the general public and a further 100 were health sector workers). Information was collected on age (ranging from 21-85 years), sex (125 males and 175 females), employment status, and ethnicity. The data were analysed to determine the number of individuals who had awareness and knowledge of the three conditions. A binary logistic regression was calculated to predict the factors most likely to influence awareness of aphasia. Outcomes & Results: Aphasia awareness was 30% for the whole sample and aphasia knowledge was 8%. When we separate out the general public from those in the health sector the results are quite different: 11% of the general public had awareness of aphasia and only 1.5% had knowledge, whereas 68% of those in the health sector had awareness and 21% met the criteria for basic knowledge of aphasia. When compared to knowledge and awareness of stroke and PD, these figures are very poor. Conclusions: Ten years after the first surveys, awareness and knowledge of aphasia remain disappointingly low. We suggest that, whatever the efforts to date, we need to substantially increase them to improve public and health sector awareness and knowledge of aphasia. Future initiatives must be directed towards providing adequate knowledge in order to increase the health outcomes for people with aphasia and their families.
C1 [McCann, Clare; Tunnicliffe, Kendall; Anderson, Ryan] Univ Auckland, Dept Psychol Speech Sci, Auckland 1, New Zealand.
RP McCann, C (reprint author), Univ Auckland, Dept Psychol Speech Sci, Auckland 1, New Zealand.
EM c.mccann@auckland.ac.nz
CR Australian Bureau of Statistics, 2006, ANZSCO AUSTR NZ STAN
Boysen G, 2009, NEUROEPIDEMIOLOGY, V33, P254, DOI 10.1159/000229780
Code C, 2001, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V36, P1
Curtis E, 2007, HAUORA MAORI STANDAR, P141
Dickey L, 2010, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V91, P196, DOI 10.1016/j.apmr.2009.09.020
Elman RJ, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P455
Engelter ST, 2006, STROKE, V37, P1379, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000221815.64093.8c
Flynn L, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P393, DOI 10.1080/02687030701828942
Isaki E., 2010, ASIA PACIFIC J SPEEC, V13, P163
Jones SP, 2010, AGE AGEING, V39, P11, DOI 10.1093/ageing/afp196
Kauhanen ML, 2000, CEREBROVASC DIS, V10, P455, DOI 10.1159/000016107
Mavis I, 2007, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V21, P55, DOI 10.1080/02699200600903254
McNaughton H, 2011, STROKE, V42, P960, DOI 10.1161/STROKEAHA.110.605139
Ministry of Education, 2005, READ LIN INT AD LIT
Morgan LJ, 2005, FAM PRACT, V22, P8, DOI 10.1093/fampra/cmh709
National Aphasia Association, 2005, IMP APH PAT FAM RES
National Aphasia Association, 1988, IMP APH PAT FAM RES
Parr S, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P98, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798337
PEDERSEN PM, 1995, ANN NEUROL, V38, P659, DOI 10.1002/ana.410380416
Rose T, 2010, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V17, P79, DOI 10.1310/tsr1702-79
Sherratt S, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P1132, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.577285
Simmons-Mackie N, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P837, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000185
Speakability, 2000, PHON SURV
Statistics New Zealand, 2007, GUID US ETHN DAT 200
Stroebele N, 2011, INT J STROKE, V6, P60, DOI 10.1111/j.1747-4949.2010.00540.x
United Nations Development Program, 2011, HUM DEV REP SUST EQ
WADE DT, 1986, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V49, P11, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.49.1.11
Wiszniewska M, 2012, EUR NEUROL, V67, P220, DOI 10.1159/000335569
NR 28
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD MAY 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 5
BP 568
EP 580
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.740553
PG 13
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 154DO
UT WOS:000319651900004
ER
PT J
AU Tregea, S
Brown, K
AF Tregea, Shelley
Brown, Kyla
TI What makes a successful peer-led aphasia support group?
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Peer support; Peer-led; Groups; Qualitative; Focused
ethnography
ID SOCIAL SUPPORT; OLDER-PEOPLE; FOCUS GROUPS; HEALTH-CARE; COMMUNICATION;
STROKE; PARTICIPATION; ETHNOGRAPHY; PERSPECTIVE; DISABILITY
AB Background: People with aphasia frequently report reduced social networks as well as a desire for increased social interaction. Individuals with aphasia and speech-language pathologists have identified peer support as an important component of adjusting to post-stroke changes and learning to live successfully with aphasia. Peer-led aphasia support groups can provide greater, long-term access to peer support and social communication opportunities for people with aphasia and their families. However, more research is needed to facilitate their development and sustainability in local communities. Aims: The primary aim of this study was to identify the core components of a successful peer-led aphasia support group from the perspective of people with aphasia and their family members. A second aim of the study was to explore the information and support needs of peer leaders in starting and running a group. Methods & Procedures: The qualitative research approach of focused ethnography was used to understand and interpret the functioning of peer-led aphasia support groups in the community. Twenty-six people, who were attending a peer-led aphasia support group, participated in the study. Participants comprised 19 people with aphasia (mean age 64.8 +/- 12.9) and seven family members (mean age 58.3 +/- 9.0), including three peer leaders. Data were collected from the following sources: participant observation; focus group discussion; individual interview; and written artefacts. Thematic analysis of the focus group and interview transcripts was conducted, while field notes and written artefacts were used in triangulation of the identified themes. Outcomes & Results: The findings indicate that a number of themes are important for the successful functioning of a peer-led aphasia support group, including friendship, informality, a supportive communication environment, providing support and practical considerations for the timing and location of meetings. Factors that facilitated peer leaders to start and run groups included informational support, practical support, attracting new members, time and organisation, and particular personal qualities. Conclusions: The findings confirm the positive and empowering nature of peer-led aphasia support groups that provide opportunities for developing genuine friendships and authentic communicative interactions in a supportive environment. Results of the study provide useful guidelines to assist people with aphasia in developing and sustaining peer-led aphasia support groups in the community.
C1 Univ Queensland, Ctr Clin Res Excellence Aphasia Rehabil, Brisbane, Qld, Australia.
Univ Queensland, Commun Disabil Ctr, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, Brisbane, Qld, Australia.
RP Brown, K (reprint author), Univ Queensland, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, St Lucia, Qld 4072, Australia.
EM k.brown1@uq.edu.au
RI Hudson, Kyla/D-2575-2010
OI Hudson, Kyla/0000-0002-0328-3873
FU National Stroke Foundation
FX The authors would like to acknowledge the support of the National Stroke
Foundation for an Honours Grant provided to assist in this research. The
authors would also like to thank the people with aphasia and their
family members who generously participated in the study.
CR Braun V., 2006, QUALITATIVE RES PSYC, V3, P77, DOI DOI 10.1191/1478088706QP063OA
Brown K, 2011, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V46, P300, DOI 10.3109/13682822.2010.496762
Brown K, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P1267, DOI 10.1080/02687031003755429
Brown K, 2013, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V15, P165, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2012.692814
Butow PN, 2007, PSYCHO-ONCOL, V16, P1039, DOI 10.1002/pon.1172
Code C., 2003, SCI APHASIA THERAPY, P188
Code C, 2011, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V13, P3, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2010.520090
Coles R., 1999, GROUP TREATMENT NEUR, P107
Croteau C, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P327, DOI 10.1080/02687030500475051
Cruice M, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P1210, DOI 10.1080/02687030600790136
Davidson B, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P235, DOI 10.1080/02687030701268024
Davidson B, 2008, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V15, P325, DOI 10.1310/tsr1504-325
Goldfarb R., 2004, J AMBULATORY CARE MA, V24, P356
Grohn B, 2012, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V14, P390, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2012.692813
Hersh D, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P207, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249447
Hilari K, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P17, DOI 10.1080/02687030500279982
Hinckley JJ, 2006, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V13, P25, DOI 10.1310/FLJ3-04DQ-MG8W-89EU
Hoen B, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P681, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249415
Hogan BE, 2002, CLIN PSYCHOL REV, V22, P381, DOI 10.1016/S0272-7358(01)00102-7
Kerr J, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P1170, DOI 10.1080/02687030903383738
KITZINGER J, 1994, SOCIOL HEALTH ILL, V16, P103, DOI 10.1111/1467-9566.ep11347023
Kong APH, 2011, DISABIL REHABIL, V33, P2633, DOI 10.3109/09638288.2011.579220
Law J, 2010, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V45, P551, DOI 10.3109/13682820903308509
Legg L, 2007, CLIN REHABIL, V21, P794, DOI 10.1177/0269215507077301
Luck AM, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P208, DOI 10.1080/02687030601065470
McElroy TA, 2011, DISABIL REHABIL, V33, P17, DOI 10.3109/09638288.2010.485670
Morris R, 2012, DISABIL REHABIL, V34, P347, DOI 10.3109/09638288.2011.607215
National Stroke Foundation, 2010, CLIN GUID STROK MAN
Parr S, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P98, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798337
Patton M. Q, 2002, QUALITATIVE RES EVAL
Pound C, 2011, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V13, P197, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2011.530692
Pound C, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P23, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798212
Rose TA, 2012, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V14, P11, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2011.631583
ROSENBERG PP, 1984, SMALL GROUP BEHAV, V15, P173, DOI 10.1177/104649648401500202
Royal College of Speech and Language Therapists, 2005, ROYAL COLL SPEECH LA
Shadden BB, 2004, TOP LANG DISORD, V24, P174
Sherratt S, 2010, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V12, P152, DOI 10.3109/17549500903521806
Simmons-Mackie N, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P681
Simmons-Mackie N, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P231, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249451
Simmons-Mackie NN, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P39, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798287
Stevinson C, 2010, J CANCER SURVIV, V4, P331, DOI 10.1007/s11764-010-0129-7
Vickers CP, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P902, DOI 10.1080/02687030903438532
NR 42
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD MAY 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 5
BP 581
EP 598
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.796506
PG 18
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 154DO
UT WOS:000319651900005
ER
PT J
AU Abou El-Ella, MY
Alloush, TK
El-Shobary, AM
El-Dien Hafez, NG
Abd EL-Halim, AI
El-Rouby, IM
AF Abou El-Ella, M. Y.
Alloush, T. K.
El-Shobary, A. M.
El-Dien Hafez, N. G.
Abd EL-Halim, A. I.
El-Rouby, I. M.
TI Modification and standardisation of Arabic version of the Comprehensive
Aphasia Test
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Comprehensive aphasia test; Assessment of aphasia; Diagnosis of aphasia
ID CAT; SWINBURN; OFFERO; PORTER; HOWARD
AB Background: The Comprehensive Aphasia Test (CAT) is a new standardised test designed to assess a wide range of language functions in participants with acquired aphasia. In its present state, the CAT is not suitable to be used with Arabic-speaking participants due to language, cultural and regional differences. Aims: The aim of this article is to present a modified and standardised version of the CAT in order to provide a thorough assessment of aphasia among Arabic-speaking aphasic participants and to target intervention towards the disability associated with it. Methods and Procedures: The CAT was translated into Arabic and some subtests were modified to be socio-culturally suitable to the Egyptian population. The modified CAT was tested on a sample of 100 adult participants with aphasia due to stroke or post-traumatic damage attending the out-patients clinic of the Phoniatric Unit of Ain Shams University Hospitals and the Hearing and Speech Institute. A control group of 50 normal, adult, healthy volunteers was also tested. Outcomes and Results: Test-retest reliability checks as well as diverse validity checks were undertaken and their findings showed that the modified CAT is psychometrically well constructed and reveals a high degree of reliability and validity. Conclusions: The modified CAT provides an overview of the linguistic abilities and impairments of an aphasic person through a quick but comprehensive and standardised profile of language performance. Analyses showed the usefulness of the modified CAT battery as a reliable and valid tool for diagnosing aphasia and for targeting therapy towards specific goals.
C1 [Abou El-Ella, M. Y.; El-Shobary, A. M.; El-Dien Hafez, N. G.] Ain Shams Univ, Dept Otolaryngol, Unit Phoniatr, Cairo, Egypt.
[Alloush, T. K.] Ain Shams Univ, Dept Neurol, Cairo, Egypt.
[Abd EL-Halim, A. I.] El Menia Univ, Dept Psychometry, Menia, Egypt.
[El-Rouby, I. M.] Hearing & Speech Inst, Dept Phoniatr, Cairo, Egypt.
RP El-Rouby, IM (reprint author), Hearing & Speech Inst, Dept Phoniatr, Tayaar Fekry St, Cairo, Egypt.
EM imanelrouby@hotmail.com
CR Anastasi A., 1997, PSYCHOL TESTING, V7th
Bradshaw J. L., 1992, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOLOGY
Bruce C, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P79, DOI 10.1080/02687030802453335
Byng S., 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P117
COLTHEART M, 1981, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V33, P497
Fadly M. E., 1976, P MULT C REH LANG DI
Francis WN, 1982, FREQUENCY ANAL ENGLI
Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R
Heilman KM, 1993, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, P141
Hodges J. R., 1998, COGNITIVE ASSESSMENT
Howard D, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P56, DOI 10.1080/02687030802453202
Huber W., 1984, ADV NEUROLOGY PROGR
Kay J, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P159, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248403
Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Kotby M. N., 1981, HNO PRAXIS LEIPZIG, V6, P194
Lauterbach M, 2008, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V14, P1046, DOI 10.1017/S1355617708081253
Miller N, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P683
Porch B. E., 1967, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC, V1
REITAN RM, 1995, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V9, P151, DOI 10.1080/13854049508401597
SCHUELL H, 1965, DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOS
Spreen O., 2003, ASSESSMENT APHASIA
Springer L, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P75, DOI 10.1080/02687030802453301
Swinburn K., 2004, COMPREHENSIVE APHASI
Vallar G, 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL I
NR 25
TC 1
Z9 1
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD MAY 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 5
BP 599
EP 614
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.793282
PG 16
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 154DO
UT WOS:000319651900006
ER
PT J
AU Silkes, JP
Dierkes, KE
Kendall, DL
AF Silkes, JoAnn P.
Dierkes, Kristianne E.
Kendall, Diane L.
TI Masked repetition priming effects on naming in aphasia: A Phase I
treatment study
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Anomia; Masked priming; Treatment
ID SPEECH; ANOMIA; PERFORMANCE; PERCEPTION; COMPLEXITY; TASKS
AB Background: It has been suggested that lexical access deficits in aphasia may be the result of impaired automatic activation of the networks that support language processing, a system that operates implicitly, outside conscious awareness. This raises the question of whether there might be a way to address rebuilding these implicit networks directly, rather than through the explicit treatment protocols that are typical of aphasia therapy. Masked priming is one method by which the language system can be automatically activated, while limiting or preventing the influence of conscious, explicit processing. Aims: This Phase I study was undertaken to investigate the potential effectiveness of masked repetition priming as a treatment for anomia. Methods & Procedures: This study used a single-participant, ABA, multiple-baseline repeated-probe design. A total of 22 training sessions were completed across 4 weeks. Training involved repeated presentation of masked repetition primes paired with target pictures prior to attempts at naming those pictures. Untrained items were presented an equal number of times, but without prime words. Repeated naming probes administered before, during, and after treatment were used to measure effects of training (naming trained stimuli) and generalisation (naming within and across semantic categories). Pre- and post-training assessment with broader tests of language function and conversation were also completed. Outcomes & Results: Results revealed a small effect of training on naming of trained items in one category, as well as a pattern of improvement in the other category that did not quite meet the criterion for a small effect. There was also a medium cross- category generalisation effect, although no generalisation effect was seen to untrained items within semantic categories. Improvements were seen on some measures of general language function. Conclusions: Masked priming can elicit changes in naming ability over time, and may have potential as a tool for improving word retrieval in individuals with anomia. Results warrant further investigation.
C1 [Silkes, JoAnn P.] Univ Washington, Dept Rehabil Med, Seattle, WA 98105 USA.
[Silkes, JoAnn P.; Dierkes, Kristianne E.; Kendall, Diane L.] Univ Washington, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, Seattle, WA 98105 USA.
[Kendall, Diane L.] VA Puget Sound Med Ctr, Seattle, WA USA.
RP Silkes, JP (reprint author), Univ Washington, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, 1417 NE 42nd St, Seattle, WA 98105 USA.
EM jsilkes@uw.edu
FU University of Washington; NIDRR [H133P080008]; University of Washington
Department of Speech and Hearing Sciences
FX This work was completed with support from the University of Washington
Advanced Rehabilitation Research Training Fellowship, NIDRR H133P080008,
and the University of Washington Department of Speech and Hearing
Sciences. We thank Kristie Spencer, Lesley Olswang, and Robert Miller
for their insights and suggestions on this project. We also thank the
participant for his time and commitment.
CR Altmann LJP, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P1069, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2001/085)
Avila C, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V79, P185, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2472
Beeson PM, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V16, P161, DOI 10.1007/s11065-006-9013-7
Boyle M, 2004, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V13, P236, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2004/025)
Boyle M., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P94
BUTTERWORTH B, 1992, COGNITION, V42, P261, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90045-J
CRAIK FIM, 1972, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V11, P671, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(72)80001-X
Dabul B, 2000, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL, V2nd
DAGENBACH D, 1989, J MEM LANG, V28, P412, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(89)90020-X
DELL GS, 1986, PSYCHOL REV, V93, P283, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.93.3.283
Draine SC, 1998, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V127, P286, DOI 10.1037/0096-3445.127.3.286
Ferrand L, 1996, ACTA PSYCHOL, V91, P15, DOI 10.1016/0001-6918(95)00010-0
Ferrill M., 2012, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V21, pS179
FORSTER KI, 1984, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V10, P680, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.10.4.680
Forster K.I., 2003, MASKED PRIMING STATE, P3
Hebb D.O., 1949, ORG BEHAV NEUROPSYCH
Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kean J., 2007, COGNITIVE SCI, V31, P1, DOI 10.1080/03640210709336988
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Kiran S, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P773, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/061)
Kiran S, 2011, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V54, P1101, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2010/10-0117)
Kiran S, 2008, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V51, P1550, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2008/07-0038)
Langer SL, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V38, P337, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(99)00100-1
LaPointe L. L., 1979, READING COMPREHENSIO
Lum C, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V70, P95, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2147
MCNEIL MR, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V20, P21
MILBERG W, 1995, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V7, P33, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1995.7.1.33
Murray Laura L., 2002, Seminars in Speech and Language, V23, P107, DOI 10.1055/s-2002-24987
Nadeau SE, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V79, P511, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2566
Raven JC, 1976, COLOURED PROGR MATRI
REGARD M, 1982, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V55, P839
Renvall K, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P499, DOI 10.1080/02687030701254248
Renvall K, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P305, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000671
Schnur TT, 2006, J MEM LANG, V54, P199, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2005.10.002
SCHWARTZ MF, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V47, P52, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1042
Silkes JP, 2012, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V55, P1613, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2012/10-0260)
Silkes JP, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P763, DOI 10.1080/02687030903509340
Silkes JP, 2004, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V47, P610, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2004/047)
Thompson CK, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P591, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/047)
Turner-Stokes L, 2005, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V76, P1273, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.2004.050096
Vitevitch MS, 2004, BEHAV RES METH INS C, V36, P481, DOI 10.3758/BF03195594
NR 41
TC 0
Z9 0
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD APR 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 4
BP 381
EP 397
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.745475
PG 17
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 135LC
UT WOS:000318288600001
ER
PT J
AU Fyndanis, V
Varlokosta, S
Tsapkini, K
AF Fyndanis, Valantis
Varlokosta, Spyridoula
Tsapkini, Kyrana
TI (Morpho)syntactic comprehension in agrammatic aphasia: Evidence from
Greek
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Agrammatism; Comprehension; Grammaticality judgement;
Functional categories; Greek
ID FUNCTIONAL CATEGORIES; BROCAS APHASIA; SELECTIVE IMPAIRMENT; GERMAN
AGRAMMATISM; BASAL GANGLIA; WORD-ORDER; TENSE; AGREEMENT; PERFORMANCE;
INFLECTION
AB Background: A number of hypotheses have been formulated to account for comprehension data in agrammatic aphasia. They explain deficits in comprehending specific structures, such as semantically reversible non-canonical sentences, for example, Trace Deletion Hypothesis (TDH, Grodzinsky, 1986, 1990, 1995), or functional categories, for example, Tree Pruning Hypothesis (TPH, e.g., Friedmann, 2006); Tense Underspecification Hypothesis (TUH, Wenzlaff & Clahsen, 2004, 2005); Interpretable Features' Impairment Hypothesis (IFIH; e.g., Varlokosta et al., 2006). Several studies, however, report evidence contradicting these theories (e.g., Caramazza, Capasso, Capitani, & Miceli, 2005; Dickey, Milman, & Thompson, 2008) and propose new accounts to explain the comprehension deficits in agrammatic aphasia, for example, Distributed Morphology Account (DMA, Dickey et al., 2008). Aims: Against the background above, this study investigates the ability of three Greek-speaking agrammatic individuals to comprehend a wide range of structures and functional categories: semantically reversible (canonical) active and (non-canonical) passive sentences, Complementizer Phrase, subject-verb Agreement, Tense, and Aspect. Methods & Procedures: We administered: (a) two sentence-picture matching tasks to test comprehension of reversible active and passive sentences, and Tense; (b) a sentence grammaticality judgement task to test judgement of Tense, Aspect, and subject-verb Agreement; and (c) a picture-pointing task to test comprehension of Complementizer Phrase. Outcomes & Results: (a) Two of the three agrammatic participants performed at chance on reversible passive sentences and above chance on active sentences. The third participant performed equally high on the two sentence types. Two participants performed at chance on Tense comprehension and one above chance. (b) The three participants were selectively or across-the-board impaired in judgement of Agreement, Tense, and Aspect. One of the two selectively affected participants had chance performance on Aspect and above chance performance on Agreement and Tense. The other one performed at chance on Aspect and Tense, and above chance on Agreement. The third participant's performance was equally poor on all three categories. (c) All three agrammatic participants performed above chance on the comprehension of Complementizer Phrase. Conclusions: In comprehension/judgement, canonical and non-canonical sentences do not dissociate in all agrammatic speakers, while functional categories associated with the verb morphology may be compromised in the face of relatively well-preserved categories that are located higher in the syntactic hierarchy. All three agrammatic participants support the DMA, and two of them support the TDH. Instead, none of them provided support to the TPH, TUH, and IFIH.
C1 [Fyndanis, Valantis; Varlokosta, Spyridoula] Univ Athens, Dept Linguist, Athens 15784, Greece.
[Tsapkini, Kyrana] Johns Hopkins Univ, Dept Neurol, Baltimore, MD 21218 USA.
RP Fyndanis, V (reprint author), Univ Athens, Sch Philol, Dept Linguist, Athens 15784, Greece.
EM valantis.fyndanis@gmail.com
CR Alexiadou A, 1998, NAT LANG LINGUIST TH, V16, P491, DOI 10.1023/A:1006090432389
Clahsen H, 2009, J NEUROLINGUIST, V22, P436, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2009.02.003
Arabatzi M, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V80, P314, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2591
Avrutin S., 2000, LANGUAGE BRAIN REPRE, P205, DOI 10.1016/B978-012304260-6/50017-7
Avrutin Sergey, 2006, BROCAS REGION, P49
Berndt RS, 1996, COGNITION, V58, P289, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(95)00682-6
Blumstein SE, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V61, P149, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1839
Burchert F, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V87, P323, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00132-9
CAPLAN D, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V40, P274, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90128-N
Caplan D, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V101, P151, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.226
Caramazza A, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V76, P158, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2275
Caramazza A, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V94, P43, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.11.006
CARAMAZZA A, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P572, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90048-1
Cheimariou S, 2010, PROCD SOC BEHV, V6, P181, DOI 10.1016/j.sbspro.2010.08.090
Chomsky N., 1981, LECT GOVT BINDING
Chomsky N., 2001, K HALE LIFE LANGUAGE, P1
Chomsky N., 1995, MINIMALIST PROGRAM
Chomsky N., 2000, STEP STEP ESSAYS MIN, P89
DAMASIO AR, 1982, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V39, P15
Dickey MW, 2008, J NEUROLINGUIST, V21, P35, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2007.08.001
Dragoy O, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P28, DOI 10.1080/02687030802586902
DRUKS J, 1995, COGNITION, V55, P311, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(94)00651-Z
Duman TY, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P908, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.550629
Emmanouel A, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V95, P233, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.07.119
Faroqi-Shah Y, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P484, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2003.12.006
Friederici A D, 1989, J Cogn Neurosci, V1, P262, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1989.1.3.262
FRIEDERICI AD, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P279, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248924
Friedmann N, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V96, P151, DOI 10.1016/j.bandi.2005.06.002
Friedmann N, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P397, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1795
Fyndanis V, 2010, J NEUROLINGUIST, V23, P644, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2010.06.003
Fyndanis V., 2009, THESIS ARISTOTLE U T
Fyndanis V., 2012, STEM SPRAAK TAALPATH, V17, P36
Fyndanis V, 2012, LINGUA, V122, P1134, DOI 10.1016/j.lingua.2012.05.004
Goodglass H., 2001, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V3rd
Goodglass H, 2001, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V3rd
Goodglass H., 1983, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V2nd
Grodzinsky Y., 1995, BRAIN LANG, V51, P26, DOI DOI 10.1006/BRLN.1995.1039
Grodzinsky Y, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V67, P134, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2050
Grodzinsky Y., 1986, LANGUAGE, V27, P135, DOI [10.1016/0093-934X( 86) 90009-X, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90009-X]
Grodzinslcy Y., 1990, THEORETICAL PERSPECT
HAARMANN HJ, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P247, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248527
HAGIWARA H, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V50, P92, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1041
Halle Morris, 1993, VIEW BUILDING, V20, P111
Harley H., 1999, GLOT INT, V4, P3
Kleist K, 1916, MON PSYCHIATR NEUROL, V40, P118
Kok P, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V102, P273, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.03.001
Kolk H, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V101, P99, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.04.002
KOLK HHJ, 1985, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V2, P347, DOI 10.1080/02643298508252666
Kussmaul A., 1877, STORUNGEN SPRACHE VE
LINEBARGER MC, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V50, P52, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1040
Luzzatti C, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P419, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000005
Mackridge Peter, 1997, GREEK COMPREHENSIVE
MAUNER G, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P340, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1050
Nanousi V., 2006, J NEUROLINGUIST, V19, P209, DOI [10.1016/j.jneuroling.2005.11.003, DOI 10.1016/J.JNEUROLING.2005.11.003]
Papathanasiou I., 2008, PSYCHOLOGY, V15, P398
Paradis M., 1987, BILINGUAL APHASIA TE
Paradis M., 1987, ASSESSMENT BILINGUAL
PEDERSEN PM, 1995, ANN NEUROL, V38, P659, DOI 10.1002/ana.410380416
Philippaki-Warburton I, 1998, LINGUIST REV, V15, P159, DOI 10.1515/tlir.1998.15.2-3.159
Salis C., 2008, J NEUROLINGUIST, V21, P375, DOI DOI 10.1016/J.JNEUROLING.2007.11.001
Shapiro L., 2000, LANGUAGE BRAIN REPRE, P73, DOI 10.1016/B978-012304260-6/50005-0
Stavrakaki S, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V86, P129, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00541-2
Thompson C. K., 1995, BRAIN LANG, V51, P124
Thompson CK, 2002, J NEUROLINGUIST, V15, P189, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(01)00038-0
Thompson CK, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P591, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/047)
Thompson CK, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V67, P169, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2052
Tsapkini K, 2009, BEHAV NEUROL, V22, P111, DOI 10.3233/BEN-2009-0256
Tsimpli Ianthi Maria, 1990, UCL WORKING PAPERS L, V2, P226
Tsimpli IM, 1999, LINGUA, V108, P31, DOI 10.1016/S0024-3841(98)00041-2
Ullman MT, 2001, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V2, P717, DOI 10.1038/35094573
Ullman MT, 2006, CORTEX, V42, P480, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70382-4
Varlokosta S, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P723, DOI 10.1080/0267030500513703
Warburton I. P., 1973, LINGUA, V32, P193, DOI [10.1016/0024-3841(73) 90042-9, DOI 10.1016/0024-3841(73)90042-9]
Wenzlaff M, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P57, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00298-0
Wenzlaff M, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V92, P33, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.05.006
NR 75
TC 1
Z9 1
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD APR 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 4
BP 398
EP 419
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.770817
PG 22
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 135LC
UT WOS:000318288600002
ER
PT J
AU Foster, AM
Worrall, LE
Rose, ML
O'Halloran, R
AF Foster, Abby M.
Worrall, Linda E.
Rose, Miranda L.
O'Halloran, Robyn
TI Turning the tide: Putting acute aphasia management back on the agenda
through evidence-based practice
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Stroke; Speech pathology; Evidence-based practice; Acute
ID SPEECH-LANGUAGE PATHOLOGISTS; CLINICAL DECISION-MAKING; STROKE UNIT
CARE; PATIENT-CENTERED CARE; 1ST 14 DAYS; INFORMED-CONSENT; INFLUENCE
COMMUNICATION; ENVIRONMENTAL-FACTORS; PHYSICAL-THERAPISTS; NURSING
PRACTICE
AB Background: The role of speech pathologists working in the acute hospital setting has evolved away from service provision to people with aphasia and their families towards a stronger focus on dysphagia. Evidence-based practice (EBP) can be conceptualised as the integration of four streams of evidence: research-based clinical evidence, clinical expertise, patient preferences and values, and the practice context. EBP is an important tenet in current healthcare. However, it is not clear whether speech pathologists in the acute setting are using EBP to support their aphasia management. Not adopting evidence-based approaches to care has the potential to result in a negative impact on people with aphasia and their families, healthcare services, and speech pathologists, who experience a sense of dissonance related to their current service provision This paper explores acute aphasia management through an EBP lens in an attempt to better understand this dilemma. Aims: This paper applies the conceptual framework of EBP to acute aphasia management. An extensive, systematically conducted review of the international literature relating to health professionals was undertaken. The findings are presented as a narrative literature review. Main Contribution: This paper describes and evaluates how the different streams of research evidence, clinical expertise, patient preferences and values, and the practice context contribute to speech pathologists' management of acute aphasia. Further, the paper identifies current gaps in the literature and suggests a research agenda for the field. Conclusions: Little is known about how speech pathologists integrate and implement the different streams of evidence in EBP, and how these contribute to acute aphasia practice. Speech pathologists report that clinical guidelines containing low-level evidence are the main source of research information. Other sources of knowledge include colleagues, professional development events, and websites. Additional challenges to the management of people with aphasia in the acute hospital setting may be posed by the physical environment, the culture of the acute hospital setting, and the provision of leadership to support evidence-based approaches to care. The challenge of using a person-centred approach to care for people with aphasia is acknowledged. Further research exploring speech pathologists' perceptions of their role in acute aphasia management, the clinical decision-making process of speech pathologists in relation to acute aphasia management, and the experiences of people with aphasia and their families in the acute setting is required. This will allow for the design of patient-centred approaches to care, and enable the implementation of evidence-based acute aphasia management.
C1 [Foster, Abby M.; Worrall, Linda E.; Rose, Miranda L.; O'Halloran, Robyn] Univ Queensland, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, Ctr Clin Res Excellence Aphasia Rehabil, Brisbane, Qld 4072, Australia.
[Rose, Miranda L.; O'Halloran, Robyn] La Trobe Univ, Fac Hlth Sci, Dept Human Commun Sci, Melbourne, Vic, Australia.
RP Worrall, LE (reprint author), Univ Queensland, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, Brisbane, Qld 4072, Australia.
EM l.worrall@uq.edu.au
CR Academy of Neurologic Communication Disorders and Sciences Aphasia Treatment Website, 2014, APH TREATM EV TABL
Alaszewski A, 2004, DISABIL REHABIL, V26, P1067, DOI 10.1080/09638280410001703521
American Speech-Language-Hearing Association, 2007, SCOP PRACT SPEECH LA
Armstrong E., 2003, ADV SPEECH LANGUAGE, V5, P137, DOI 10.1080/14417040510001669171
Bernhardt J, 2004, STROKE, V35, P1005, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000120727.40792.40
Bernhardt J, 2007, J REHABIL MED, V39, P43, DOI 10.2340/16501977-0013
Bornman Juan, 2006, Disabil Rehabil Assist Technol, V1, P145, DOI 10.1080/17483100612331392745
Bowen A, 2012, BRIT MED J, V345, DOI 10.1136/bmj.e4407
Brady MC, 2012, COCHRANE DB SYST REV, DOI 10.1002/14651858.CD000425.pub3
Breimaier HE, 2011, J CLIN NURS, V20, P1744, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2702.2010.03491.x
Bucknall T, 1997, J ADV NURS, V25, P229, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2648.1997.1997025229.x
Byng S, 2002, J COMMUN DISORD, V35, P89, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(02)00059-X
Clinical Practice Guidelines, 1990, CLIN PRACT GUID DIR
Code C, 2011, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V13, P3, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2010.520090
Code C, 2003, DISABIL REHABIL, V25, P1231, DOI 10.1080/09638280310001599961
Conneeley A. L., 2004, BRIT J OCCUPATIONAL, V67, P248
Crow Gregory, 2006, Nurs Adm Q, V30, P236
Dalemans RJP, 2010, DISABIL REHABIL, V32, P1678, DOI 10.3109/09638281003649938
Davies K., 2010, EMBEDDING EVIDENCE B, P65
Demarquay G, 2005, CEREBROVASC DIS, V19, P65, DOI 10.1159/000083250
De Wit L, 2005, STROKE, V36, P1977, DOI 10.1161/1.STR.0000177871.59003.e3
Dickey L, 2010, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V91, P196, DOI 10.1016/j.apmr.2009.09.020
Dollaghan C. A., 2007, HDB EVIDENCE BASED P
Dollaghan CA, 2004, J COMMUN DISORD, V37, P391, DOI 10.1016/j.jcomdis.2004.04.002
Dopson S, 2005, KNOWLEDGE ACTION EVI
Duffy J., 2010, CLIN APH C ISL PALMS
Edwards I, 2004, PHYS THER, V84, P312
Ellis C, 2012, STROKE, V43, P1429, DOI 10.1161/STROKEAHA.111.647339
Enderby P, 2002, CLIN REHABIL, V16, P604, DOI 10.1191/0269215502cr505oa
Engelter ST, 2006, STROKE, V37, P1379, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000221815.64093.8c
Ferguson A, 2006, FOLIA PHONIATR LOGO, V58, P23, DOI 10.1159/000088995
Finch E., 2012, SPEECH PATH AUSTR NA
Fleck L. M., 2002, EMERGENCY MED CLIN N, V20, P702
FLEMING MH, 1991, AM J OCCUP THER, V45, P1007
FREEDMAN M, 1991, ANN INTERN MED, V115, P203
French B, 2009, IMPLEMENT SCI, V4, DOI 10.1186/1748-5908-4-28
Gialanella B, 2011, DISABIL REHABIL, V33, P122, DOI 10.3109/09638288.2010.488712
Gillam SL, 2006, LANG SPEECH HEAR SER, V37, P304, DOI 10.1044/0161-1461(2006/035)
Godecke E, 2012, INT J STROKE, V7, P635, DOI 10.1111/j.1747-4949.2011.00631.x
Graham ID, 2006, J CONTIN EDUC HEALTH, V26, P13, DOI 10.1002/chp.47
Greenhalgh T., 2010, READ PAPER BASICS EV
Guo R, 2008, J MED LIBR ASSOC, V96, P138, DOI 10.3163/1536-5050.96.2.138
Halm MA, 2010, AM J CRIT CARE, V19, P375, DOI 10.4037/ajcc2010627
Hedberg B, 2004, J CLIN NURS, V13, P316, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2702.2003.00879.x
Higgs J., 2001, PRACTICE KNOWLEDGE E, P59
Hilari K, 2011, DISABIL REHABIL, V33, P211, DOI 10.3109/09638288.2010.508829
Hoffmann T, 2010, EVIDENCE BASED PRACT, P276
Holland A, 2001, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V10, P19, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2001/004)
Holliday RC, 2007, DISABIL REHABIL, V29, P389, DOI 10.1080/09638280600841117
Holliday RC, 2007, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V78, P576, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.2006.102509
Intercollegiate Stroke Working Party, 2012, NAT CLIN GUID STROK
Jette DU, 2003, PHYS THER, V83, P786
Johansson MB, 2011, DISABIL REHABIL, V33, P51, DOI 10.3109/09638288.2010.486465
Johnson A. F., 1998, MED SPEECH LANGUAGE, P96
Justice LM, 2010, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V12, P79, DOI 10.3109/17549500903373984
Kagan A, 1995, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V2, P15
Kagan A, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P816, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249575
Kiefer L, 2005, CAN J PUBLIC HEALTH, V96, pI1
Kitson A, 1998, QUAL HEALTH CARE, V7, P149
Kloda LA, 2009, J MED LIBR ASSOC, V97, P194, DOI 10.3163/1536-5050.97.3.008
Kong APH, 2011, DISABIL REHABIL, V33, P2633, DOI 10.3109/09638288.2011.579220
Lalor E, 2004, ASIA PACIFIC J SPEEC, V9, P129
Langhorne P, 2002, AGE AGEING, V31, P365, DOI 10.1093/ageing/31.5.365
Laver Kate, 2010, J Allied Health, V39, pe149
Law J, 2010, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V45, P551, DOI 10.3109/13682820903308509
Lawrie M., 1996, AUSTR COMMUNICAT SPR, P65
Leach E, 2010, DISABIL REHABIL, V32, P159, DOI 10.3109/09638280903036605
Marchionni C, 2008, J NURS MANAGE, V16, P266, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2834.2007.00775.x
McAllister L, 2008, CLIN REASONING HLTH, P397
McCormack B, 2002, J ADV NURS, V38, P94, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2648.2002.02150.x
Metcalfe C, 2001, PHYSIOTHERAPY, V87, P433, DOI DOI 10.1016/S0031-9406(05)65462-4
Muller D. J., 1989, APHASIA THERAPY, P101
Nail-Chiwetalu B, 2007, J MED LIBR ASSOC, V95, P182, DOI 10.3163/1536-5050.95.2.182
Nail-Chiwetalu BJ, 2006, LANG SPEECH HEAR SER, V37, P157, DOI 10.1044/0161-1461(2006/018)
National Institute of Clinical Studies, 2005, EV PRACT GAPS REP, V2
National Institute of Clinical Studies, 2003, EV PRACT GAPS REP, V1
National Stroke Foundation, 2011, AC STROK SERV FRAM 2
National Stroke Foundation, 2010, CLIN GUID STROK MAN
Newhouse RP, 2007, WORLDV EVID-BASED NU, V4, P21, DOI 10.1111/j.1741-6787.2007.00075.x
O'Halloran R, 2012, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V93, pS77, DOI 10.1016/j.apmr.2011.06.039
O'Halloran R., 2009, THESIS U QUEENSLAND
O'Halloran R, 2011, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V46, P30, DOI 10.3109/13682821003660380
Parr S., 1997, TALKING APHASIA LIVI
Parr S, 2006, TOP LANG DISORD, V26, P189
Parry RH, 2004, CLIN REHABIL, V18, P668, DOI 10.1191/0269215504cr745oa
Peach RK, 2001, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V10, P29, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2001/005)
Pearson A., 2010, EVIDENCE BASED PRACT, P206
Pepler CJ, 2006, CLIN NURSE SPEC, V20, P23, DOI 10.1097/00002800-200601000-00008
Pepler Carolyn J, 2005, Can J Nurs Res, V37, P66
RECORDS NL, 1994, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V37, P144
Roddam H., 2010, EMBEDDING EVIDENCE B, P101, DOI 10.1002/9780470686584.ch14
Rohde A, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P1298, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2012.706799
Rohde A., J EVALUATION CLIN PR
Rose M., INT J SPEEC IN PRESS
Rose T, 2010, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V17, P79, DOI 10.1310/tsr1702-79
Rosenbaum JR, 2004, STROKE, V35, pE353, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000136555.28503.55
Roulstone S, 2011, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V13, P43, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2010.491130
Royal College of Speech & Language Therapists, 2006, COMM QUAL, V3
Rycroft-Malone J, 2004, J ADV NURS, V47, P81, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2648.2004.03068.x
Sackett DL, 1996, BRIT MED J, V312, P71
Salter K., 2011, EVIDENCE BASED REV S
SARNO MT, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P321, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249514
Say R, 2006, PATIENT EDUC COUNS, V60, P102, DOI 10.1016/j.pec.2005.02.003
Schwarzer R, 2008, HEALTH PSYCHOL, V27, pS54, DOI 10.1037/0278-6133.27.1(Suppl.).S54
Scottish Intercollegiate Guidelines Network, 2008, MAN PAT STROK TIA AS, V108
Seneviratne CC, 2009, J ADV NURS, V65, P1872, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2648.2009.05053.x
Simmons-Mackie NN, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P39, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798287
Sladek RM, 2006, IMPLEMENT SCI, V1, DOI 10.1186/1748-5908-1-12
Smith Megan, 2010, Physiotherapy Theory and Practice, V26, P89, DOI 10.3109/09593980802698032
Smith M, 2008, CLIN REASONING HLTH, P89
Smith M, 2007, AUST J PHYSIOTHER, V53, P261
Speech Pathology Australia, 2011, COMP BAS OCC STAND S
Stathopoulos I, 2003, PHYSIOTHERAPY, V89, P158, DOI 10.1016/S0031-9406(05)61032-2
Stein J, 2006, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V13, P42, DOI 10.1310/tsr1304-42
Stewart M, 2000, J FAM PRACTICE, V49, P796
Stott N C, 1979, J R Coll Gen Pract, V29, P201
Stroke Foundation of New Zealand and New Zealand Guidelines Group, 2010, CLIN GUID STROK MAN
Stroke Unit Trialists Collaboration, 2007, COCHRANE DB SYST REV, DOI DOI 10.1002/14651858.CD000197.PUB2
Sumsion T., 2009, CLIENT CTR PRACTICE, P29
Sundin K, 2000, J CLIN NURS, V9, P481, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2702.2000.00379.x
Trevena L., 2008, CLIN REASONING HLTH, P367
Vallino-Napoli L. D., 2004, ADV SPEECH LANGUAGE, V6, P107, DOI 10.1080/14417040410001708530
Verna A, 2009, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V11, P191, DOI 10.1080/17549500902726059
Wensing M, 2012, IMPLEMENT SCI, V7, DOI 10.1186/1748-5908-7-10
Wolf DM, 2008, J NURS CARE QUAL, V23, P316, DOI 10.1097/01.NCQ.0000336672.02725.a5
World Health Organization, 2001, ICF INT CLASS FUNCT
Worrall L., 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P309
Wressle E, 1999, DISABIL REHABIL, V21, P80, DOI 10.1080/096382899298016
Yates R., 2010, EVIDENCE BASED PRACT, P263
Zipoli RP, 2005, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V14, P208, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2005/021)
NR 130
TC 1
Z9 1
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD APR 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 4
BP 420
EP 443
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.770818
PG 24
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 135LC
UT WOS:000318288600003
ER
PT J
AU Brandenburg, C
Worrall, L
Rodriguez, AD
Copland, D
AF Brandenburg, Caitlin
Worrall, Linda
Rodriguez, Amy D.
Copland, David
TI Mobile computing technology and aphasia: An integrated review of
accessibility and potential uses
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Mobile technology; Review; Smart phone; Tablet computer; Digital
participation; Aphasia
ID STROKE REHABILITATION; SUPPORT-SYSTEM; PEOPLE; NEUROSCIENCE; THERAPY;
SMARTPHONES; PROSTHESIS; PRINCIPLES; INTERNET; PROGRAM
AB Background: Recently, the use of mobile computer technology in health management has received attention in research and clinical domains. The role of mobile devices such as smart phones and tablet PCs in the management of aphasia has not yet been thoroughly reviewed in the literature, and research on mobile technology and aphasia is scarce. Aims: The aim of this paper is to review accessibility issues and the potential uses of mobile computing for people with aphasia, with a view to stimulating and guiding further research. Main Contribution: The literature reviewed is synthesised into key design features which may enhance the accessibility of technology for people with aphasia. The importance of access to technology for non-rehabilitative purposes and the potential role of smart phones as a cost-effective, time-efficient and context-sensitive health management tool are outlined. Potential functions of speech pathology applications (apps) are also proposed, with the aim of improving the organisation and direction of research in this area. Conclusions: Improving access to mobile computing technology by people with aphasia has the potential for enhancing both social participation and management of aphasia. It is clear from this review that more research is needed into how accessibility may be improved, as well as on the development of mobile applications that aid management of aphasia.
C1 [Brandenburg, Caitlin; Worrall, Linda; Rodriguez, Amy D.; Copland, David] Univ Queensland, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, Brisbane, Qld, Australia.
[Brandenburg, Caitlin; Worrall, Linda; Rodriguez, Amy D.; Copland, David] Natl Hlth & Med Res Council, Ctr Clin Res Excellence Aphasia Rehabil, Brisbane, Qld, Australia.
[Rodriguez, Amy D.; Copland, David] Univ Queensland, Clin Res Ctr, Brisbane, Qld, Australia.
RP Worrall, L (reprint author), Univ Queensland, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, St Lucia, Qld 4072, Australia.
EM l.worrall@uq.edu.au
RI Copland, David/F-1409-2010
OI Copland, David/0000-0002-2257-4270
CR Aftonomos LB, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P951
Aftonomos LB, 1997, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V78, P841, DOI 10.1016/S0003-9993(97)90197-0
Allen M., 2008, ACM T ACCESS COMPUT, V1, P1, DOI DOI 10.1145/1361203.1361208
Arsand E, 2008, J TELEMED TELECARE, V14, P329, DOI 10.1258/jtt.2008.007001
Benjamin C., 2008, P 10 INT ACM SIGACCE, P265, DOI [10.1145/1414471.1414530, DOI 10.1145/1414471.1414530]
Berarducci M., 2012, 15 INT APH REH C MEL
Brennan AD, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P693, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000958
Burns MS, 2008, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V15, P570, DOI 10.1310/tsr1506-570
Cancer Council Australia, 2012, SUNSMART APP
CARTER TL, 1994, GERIATRICS, V49, P37
Chen CC, 2011, AM J PHYS MED REHAB, V90, P415, DOI 10.1097/PHM.0b013e318214f5d8
COLBY KM, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V14, P272, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90079-1
Daeman E., 2007, P 11 IFIP TC 13 INT, P221, DOI DOI 10.1007/978-3-540-74796-3_21
Department of Veterans Affairs, 2011, MOB APP PTSD COACH
Egan J, 2005, BRAIN INJURY, V19, P555, DOI 10.1080/02699050400013659
Elman R. J., 2010, CLIN APH C ISL PALMS
Elman RJ, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P895, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000267
Fink RB, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1061, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000400
Galliers J, 2011, ASSETS 11: PROCEEDINGS OF THE 13TH INTERNATIONAL ACM SIGACCESS CONFERENCE ON COMPUTERS AND ACCESSIBILITY, P139
Ghidella CL, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P1134, DOI 10.1080/02687030500337871
Golashesky C, 2008, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V15, P580, DOI 10.1310/tsr1506-580
Greig CA, 2008, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V15, P307, DOI 10.1310/tsr1504-307
Hagood K, 2010, ASSETS 2010: PROCEEDINGS OF THE 12TH INTERNATIONAL ACM SIGACCESS CONFERENCE ON COMPUTERS AND ACCESSIBILITY, P273
Herbert R., 2012, ACCESSIBLE INFORM GU
Holland AL, 2012, SEMIN SPEECH LANG, V33, P223, DOI 10.1055/s-0032-1320042
Jacobs B, 2004, DISABIL REHABIL, V26, P1231, DOI 10.1080/09638280412331280244
Kagan A, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P258, DOI 10.1080/02687030701282595
Katz Richard C., 2010, Seminars in Speech and Language, V31, P34, DOI 10.1055/s-0029-1244951
Kleim JA, 2008, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V51, pS225, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2008/018)
Koppenol T, 2010, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V6180, P45, DOI 10.1007/978-3-642-14100-3_8
Laganaro M, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V16, P630, DOI 10.1080/09602010543000064
Leijdekkers P., 2006, 2 INT C MOB BUS ICMB, P29, DOI 10.1109/ICMB.2006.39
Linebarger MC, 2008, J REHABIL RES DEV, V45, P1401, DOI 10.1682/JRRD.2007.10.0171
Ma X., 2010, ACM SIGACCESS ACC CO, V96, P46, DOI [10.1145/1731849.1731858, DOI 10.1145/1731849.1731858]
Mahmud A., 2011, CHI 11 HUM FACT COMP, P1195, DOI [10.1145/1979742.1979747, DOI 10.1145/1979742.1979747]
McCall D, 2012, SEMIN SPEECH LANG, V33, P234, DOI 10.1055/s-0032-1320043
McCann C., 2012, 15 INT APH REH C MEL
McGrenere J, 2003, P ACM C UN US, P112, DOI [10.1145/957205.957225, DOI 10.1145/957205.957225]
Moffatt K., 2004, THESIS U BRIT COLUMB
Morris J, 2010, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V17, P353, DOI 10.1310/tsr1705-353
MUTER P, 1991, BEHAV INFORM TECHNOL, V10, P257
Pedersen PM, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P151, DOI 10.1080/02687040042000106
Pulvermuller F, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P563, DOI 10.1080/02687030701612213
Raento M, 2009, SOCIOL METHOD RES, V37, P426, DOI 10.1177/0049124108330005
Ramsberger G, 2007, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V16, P343, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2007/038)
Roper A., 2012, 15 INT APH REH C MEL
Rose TA, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P947, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000319
Rose TA, 2011, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V13, P335, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2011.560396
Sarasohn-kahn J., 2010, SMARTPHONES ARE CHAN
Singh S, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P157, DOI 10.1080/026870300401531
Sposaro F, 2010, IEEE ENG MED BIO, P3875, DOI 10.1109/IEMBS.2010.5627669
Takao H, 2012, STROKE, V43, P236, DOI 10.1161/STROKEAHA.111.627943
Terry M, 2010, TELEMED J E-HEALTH, V16, P17, DOI 10.1089/tmj.2010.9999
Van de Sandt-Koenderman M, 2005, DISABIL REHABIL, V27, P529, DOI 10.1080/09638280400018635
van de Sandt-Koenderman M., 2011, INT J SPEECH LANGUAG, V13, P21, DOI DOI 10.3109/17549507.2010.502973
van de Sandt-Koenderman M, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P245, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000571
Varley R, 2011, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V13, P11, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2010.497561
Waller A, 1998, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V33, P45
Waller A, 1997, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V32, P289
Whittemore R, 2005, J ADV NURS, V52, P546, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2648.2005.03621.x
World Health Organisation, 2001, INT CLASS FUNCT DIS
Yasuda K, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P867, DOI 10.1080/02687030600783024
NR 62
TC 2
Z9 2
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD APR 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 4
BP 444
EP 461
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.772293
PG 18
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 135LC
UT WOS:000318288600004
ER
PT J
AU Mumby, K
Whitworth, A
AF Mumby, Katharyn
Whitworth, Anne
TI Adjustment processes in chronic aphasia after stroke: Exploring multiple
perspectives in the context of a community-based intervention
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Quality of life; Adjustment; Chronic; Stroke; Intervention
ID QUALITY-OF-LIFE; PSYCHOLOGICAL DISTRESS; PSYCHOSOCIAL PROBLEMS;
SOCIAL-PARTICIPATION; PEOPLE; COMMUNICATION; SURVIVORS; OUTCOMES;
HEALTH; POSTSTROKE
AB Background: The impact of chronic aphasia following stroke on quality of life (QOL) is widely acknowledged, with improved QOL recognised as an important outcome in aphasia recovery and supported by emerging quantitative measures. One of the key constructs recognised as contributing to QOL in other chronic conditions is psychosocial adjustment, the mechanisms of which are little understood for the person with aphasia. Aims: This study addressed adjustment processes in aphasia by exploring multiple perspectives from people engaged in the Communication Hub for Aphasia in North Tyneside (CHANT), a two-year community intervention for long-term aphasia. The study aimed to explore the adjustment process over time in people with aphasia using thematic analysis of personal narratives derived from a combination of sources: semi-structured interviews with reflections on experiences, quantitative measures of change in QOL and self-assessments of change. Methods & Procedures: Three people with mild or moderate chronic aphasia and three people without aphasia involved in CHANT were recruited (a carer, a volunteer, and a local government employee) to participate in semi-structured interviews at two- to three-month intervals over a 12-month period. A total of 28 semi-structured interviews were transcribed and analysed thematically by a small team using NVivo8 software. Narrative data were interpreted within the broader context of QOL measures and self-assessments of living with aphasia (Mumby & Whitworth, 2012). Outcomes & Results: Changes over time that reflected evidence of psychosocial adjustment from the multiple perspectives of the participants covered five core themes: Intervention type, Effectiveness, Barriers, Facilitators, and QOL. A model is proposed to encapsulate the barriers and facilitators that impacted on the process of adjustment and contributed to QOL for individuals involved in the intervention. This model is consistent with the domains from other classifications based on the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF; World Health Organization, 2001), viewing adjustment as a progression towards wholeness. The processes involved in personal (and specifically, emotional) adjustment to aphasia are explored, including three stages in rationalisationLooking back, Looking around, and Looking forwardand the process of transforming negative emotional reactions into positive outcomes. Conclusions: The processes of adjustment in chronic aphasia are complex and vary both over time and according to individual perspectives and circumstances. This preliminary longitudinal study identified commonalities in participants engaged in long-term intervention over 12 months, enabling models of adjustment to be proposed for further exploration and evaluation.
C1 [Mumby, Katharyn] Royal Devon & Exeter Hosp, SLT Dept, Exeter EX2 5DW, Devon, England.
[Whitworth, Anne] Curtin Univ Technol, Curtin Hlth Innovat & Res Inst, Sch Psychol & Speech Pathol, Perth, WA, Australia.
RP Mumby, K (reprint author), Royal Devon & Exeter Hosp, SLT Dept, Wonford Site,Barrack Rd, Exeter EX2 5DW, Devon, England.
EM katharyn.mumby@nhs.net
FU North of Tyne Speech and Language Therapy Research Collaboration
FX The authors wish to acknowledge all who took part in CHANT, including
coworker Sarah Taylor. The CHANT project was made possible by the North
Tyneside Council, in partnership with the North Tyneside Primary Care
Trust and Northumbria Healthcare NHS Foundation Trust, and the Stroke
Association. The authors gratefully acknowledge the contribution of
Elaine Hall and Ulrike Thomas (Faculty of Humanities and Social
Sciences, Newcastle University) in assisting with the analysis and
providing alternative perspectives, and to Katie Chapman, Catherine
Fishwick, Nicola Graf, Andrea Pingree, Nicola Randall, and Victoria
Wilkinson, for conducting the interviews. The evaluation was funded by
the North of Tyne Speech and Language Therapy Research Collaboration.
Declaration of interest: The authors report no conflicts of interest.
The authors alone are responsible for the content and writing of the
paper.
CR Attride-Stirling J, 2001, QUALITATIVE RES, V1, P385, DOI DOI 10.1177/146879410100100307
Barrow R, 2008, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V43, P30, DOI 10.1080/13682820701697947
Brown K, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P1267, DOI 10.1080/02687031003755429
BRUMFITT S, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P569, DOI 10.1080/02687039308248631
Byng S., 2001, APHASIA THERAPY FILE
Care Quality Commission, 2011, SUPP LIF STROK REV S
Christensen AL, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P727, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249419
Code Chris, 1999, Seminars in Speech and Language, V20, P19, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1064006
Code C, 2011, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V13, P3, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2010.520090
Code C, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V77, P25, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2420
Cruice M, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P333, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000707
Cruice M, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P111, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000651
Cruice M, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P327, DOI 10.1080/02687030802565849
Dalemans RJP, 2010, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V45, P537, DOI 10.3109/13682820903223633
Dalemans RJP, 2010, DISABIL REHABIL, V32, P1678, DOI 10.3109/09638281003649938
D'Alisa S, 2005, ACTA NEUROL SCAND, V112, P157, DOI 10.1111/j.1600-0404.2005.00466.x
Damico JS, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P651
Daniel K., 2009, STROKE, V40, P431
DoRozario L, 1997, DISABIL REHABIL, V19, P427
Doyle PJ, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P291, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000680
Egnew TR, 2005, ANN FAM MED, V3, P255, DOI 10.1370/afm.313
Engelter ST, 2006, STROKE, V37, P1379, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000221815.64093.8c
Gainotti G, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P635, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249412
Gillespie A, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P1559, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.500810
Gordon JK, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P845, DOI 10.1080/02687039708250460
Green J, 1998, BRIT MED J, V316, P1230
Herrmann M, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P717, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249418
Hilari K, 2003, STROKE, V34, P1944, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000081987.46660.ED
Hilari K, 2009, CLIN REHABIL, V23, P544, DOI 10.1177/0269215508101729
Hilari K, 2010, CLIN REHABIL, V24, P181, DOI 10.1177/0269215509346090
Hilari K, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P17, DOI 10.1080/02687030500279982
Hilari K, 2011, DISABIL REHABIL, V33, P211, DOI 10.3109/09638288.2010.508829
Hilari K, 2012, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V93, pS86, DOI 10.1016/j.apmr.2011.05.028
Hinckley JJ, 2002, J COMMUN DISORD, V35, P543, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(02)00119-3
Hoen B, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P681, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249415
Intercollegiate Stroke Working Party, 2012, NAT CLIN GUID STROK
Kagan A, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P258, DOI 10.1080/02687030701282595
Kagan A., 2010, ASSESSMENT LIVING AP
Kubler-Ross E, 1969, DEATH DYING
MacKinlay E., 2001, SPIRITUAL DIMENSION
McClung JS, 2010, FRONT HUM NEUROSCI, V4, DOI 10.3389/fnhum.2010.00183
McKevitt C, 2004, STROKE, V35, P1499, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000127532.64840.36
Morris J, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P890, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.549568
Mumby K, 2012, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V47, P398, DOI 10.1111/j.1460-6984.2012.00153.x
Pearl G, 2011, DISABIL REHABIL, V33, P1805, DOI 10.3109/09638288.2010.549285
Pound C, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P477, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000159
Ross KB, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P355, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000716
RYFF CD, 1989, INT J BEHAV DEV, V12, P35
Simmons-Mackie N, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P681
Simmons-Mackie NN, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P39, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798287
Sundin K, 2001, QUAL HEALTH RES, V11, P308, DOI 10.1177/104973201129119127
Tanner D. C., 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P79, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248889
van der Gaag A, 2005, CLIN REHABIL, V19, P372, DOI 10.1191/0269215505cr785oa
World Health Organisation, 2001, INT CLASS FUNCT DIS
Worrall L, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P309, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.508530
NR 55
TC 1
Z9 1
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD APR 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 4
BP 462
EP 489
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.772559
PG 28
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 135LC
UT WOS:000318288600005
ER
PT J
AU Harley, TA
Oliver, TM
Jessiman, LJ
MacAndrew, SBG
AF Harley, Trevor A.
Oliver, Tracey M.
Jessiman, Lesley J.
MacAndrew, Siobhan B. G.
TI Ageing makes us dyslexic
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Cognitive ageing; Reading; Phonological dyslexia; Nonwords;
Metacognitive processes; Frontostriate loop; Parkinson's disease
ID PHONOLOGICAL DYSLEXIA; WORKING-MEMORY; APHASIA; MODELS; AGE;
COMPREHENSION; KNOWLEDGE; AWARENESS; DEFICITS; LOAD
AB Background: The effects of typical ageing on spoken language are well known: word production is disproportionately affected while syntactic processing is relatively well preserved. Little is known, however, about how ageing affects reading. Aims: What effect does ageing have on written language processing? In particular, how does it affect our ability to read words? How does it affect phonological awareness (our ability to manipulate the sounds of our language)? Methods & Procedures: We tested 14 people with Parkinson's disease (PD), 14 typically ageing adults (TAA), and 14 healthy younger adults on a range of background neuropsychological tests and tests of phonological awareness. We then carried out an oral naming experiment where we manipulated consistency, and a nonword repetition task where we manipulated the word-likeness of the nonwords. Outcomes & Results: We find that normal ageing causes individuals to become mildly phonologically dyslexic in that people have difficulty pronouncing nonwords. People with Parkinson's disease perform particularly poorly on language tasks involving oral naming and metalinguistic processing. We also find that ageing causes difficulty in repeating nonwords. We show that these problems are associated with a more general difficulty in processing phonological information, supporting the idea that language difficulties, including poorer reading in older age, can result from a general phonological deficit. Conclusions: We suggest that neurally this age-induced dyslexia is associated with frontal deterioration (and perhaps deterioration in other regions) and cognitively to the loss of executive processes that enable us to manipulate spoken and written language. We discuss implications for therapy and treatment.
C1 [Harley, Trevor A.; Oliver, Tracey M.; Jessiman, Lesley J.] Univ Dundee, Sch Psychol, Dundee DD1 4HN, Scotland.
[MacAndrew, Siobhan B. G.] Univ Abertay, Div Psychol, Dundee, Scotland.
RP Harley, TA (reprint author), Univ Dundee, Sch Psychol, Dundee DD1 4HN, Scotland.
EM t.a.harley@dundee.ac.uk
CR Allen CM, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P428, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.617436
Baddeley A, 1998, PSYCHOL REV, V105, P158, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.105.1.158
Bailey CE, 2004, J EXP CHILD PSYCHOL, V87, P125, DOI 10.1016/j.jecp.2003.10.004
Burke DM, 2004, CURR DIR PSYCHOL SCI, V13, P21, DOI 10.1111/j.0963-7214.2004.01301006.x
Caccappolo-van Vliet E, 2004, PSYCHOL SCI, V15, P583
COHEN G, 1986, BRIT J DEV PSYCHOL, V4, P187
Connor L.T., 2011, PERSPECTIVES NEUROPH, V21, P55, DOI [10.1044/nnsld21.2.55, DOI 10.1044/NNSLD21.2.55]
De Beni R, 2007, AGING NEUROPSYCHOL C, V14, P189, DOI 10.1080/13825580500229213
Difrancesco S, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P1317, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2012.705815
Farah MJ, 1996, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V13, P849, DOI 10.1080/026432996381836
FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6
Gathercole S E, 1994, Memory, V2, P103, DOI 10.1080/09658219408258940
GLUSHKO RJ, 1979, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V5, P674, DOI 10.1037//0096-1523.5.4.674
Goswami U., 1990, PHONOLOGICAL SKILLS
Harley T. A., INTACT IMPAIRE UNPUB
Harley TA, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P123, DOI 10.1080/02687031003798262
Harley Trevor A., 2008, PSYCHOL LANGUAGE
Harm MW, 1999, PSYCHOL REV, V106, P491, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.106.3.491
Hernandez-Sacristan C, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P199, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.630456
Hoffman P, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P383, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.581798
Lien MC, 2006, PSYCHOL AGING, V21, P431, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.21.3.431
Martin N, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P462, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.619516
Martin N, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P253, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.648163
MORAIS J, 1979, COGNITION, V7, P323, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(79)90020-9
Muter V., 1997, PHONOLOGICAL ABILITI
Ramus F, 2008, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V61, P129, DOI 10.1080/17470210701508822
Rogalsky C, 2011, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V23, P1664, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2010.21530
Simpson J., 2012, OXFORD ENGLISH 0613
Smiler AP, 2003, PSYCHOL AGING, V18, P203, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.18.2.203
Spieler DH, 2000, PSYCHOL AGING, V15, P225, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.15.2.225
Stepney R., 2010, BRIT MED J, V341, P6895
Swan D, 1997, J EXP CHILD PSYCHOL, V66, P18, DOI 10.1006/jecp.1997.2375
Van der Linden M, 1999, AGING NEUROPSYCHOL C, V6, P32, DOI 10.1076/anec.6.1.32.791
West RL, 1996, PSYCHOL BULL, V120, P272, DOI 10.1037/0033-2909.120.2.272
NR 34
TC 1
Z9 1
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD APR 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 4
BP 490
EP 505
DI 10.1080/02687038.2013.775564
PG 16
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 135LC
UT WOS:000318288600006
ER
PT J
AU Choe, YK
Jung, HT
Baird, J
Grupen, RA
AF Choe, Yu-kyong
Jung, Hee-Tae
Baird, Jennifer
Grupen, Roderic A.
TI Multidisciplinary stroke rehabilitation delivered by a humanoid robot:
Interaction between speech and physical therapies
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Hemiparesis; Multidisciplinary; Interdisciplinary; Robotics
ID RANDOMIZED CONTROLLED-TRIAL; MOTOR FUNCTION-TEST; FATIGUE; ADULTS;
MOVEMENTS; ERRORLESS; PATIENT; BENEFIT; TEAM
AB Background: A great number of stroke patients pursue rehabilitation services in multiple domains (e.g., speech, physical, occupational). Although multidisciplinary and interdisciplinary approaches to stroke rehabilitation are considered desirable, it is largely unknown how the intervention in one domain affects the progress in others. Aims: The current study investigated the interaction between speech therapy and physical therapy. Additionally, the feasibility of utilising a humanoid robot in stroke rehabilitation was described. Methods & Procedures: A 72-year-old male chronically challenged by aphasia and hemiparesis completed speech and physical therapy tasks in the sole condition (Speech Only, Physical Only) and in the sequential condition (Speech & Physical). The therapy activities were delivered by a humanoid robot. Outcomes & Results: Greater gains in speech and physical functions were obtained during the sole condition than in the sequential condition, suggesting a competitive interaction between speech and physical therapies. Conclusions: The cross-domain competition can be accounted for by fatigue, participant characteristics, and task characteristics. Objective data on speech and physical functions and subjective data on perceived quality of life indicate positive outcomes in this single case. These findings warrant further research on the feasibility and utility of humanoid robots in stroke rehabilitation.
C1 [Choe, Yu-kyong] Univ Massachusetts Amherst, Dept Commun Disorders, Amherst, MA 01003 USA.
[Jung, Hee-Tae; Grupen, Roderic A.] Univ Massachusetts Amherst, Dept Comp Sci, Amherst, MA 01003 USA.
[Baird, Jennifer] Univ Massachusetts Amherst, Dept Kinesiol, Amherst, MA 01003 USA.
RP Choe, YK (reprint author), Univ Massachusetts Amherst, Dept Commun Disorders, 358 North Pleasant St, Amherst, MA 01003 USA.
EM ychoe@comdis.umass.edu
FU (School of Public Health and Health Sciences) from University of
Massachusetts Amherst; American Heart Association; Jeong Song Culture
Foundation
FX The authors are very grateful to Dr Robert Marshall and two anonymous
reviewers for their exceptional suggestions. This work was supported by
Faculty Research Grant and Faculty Research Enhancement Award (School of
Public Health and Health Sciences) from University of Massachusetts
Amherst and by National Clinical Research Program of American Heart
Association. Hee-Tae Jung (second author) acknowledges Robin Popplestone
Fellowship and Jeong Song Culture Foundation Scholarship. Special
gratitude is expressed to Melissa Massery, Megan V. Cronin, Jennifer
Russell, and members of the Laboratory for Perceptual Robotics for their
assistance during this study.
CR Adamson Joy, 2004, J Stroke Cerebrovasc Dis, V13, P171, DOI 10.1016/j.jstrokecerebrovasdis.2004.06.003
Baumgaertner A, 2007, EUR J NEUROSCI, V25, P881, DOI 10.1111/j.1460-9568.2007.05346.x
Binkofski F, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P362, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00358-4
Choe YK, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P983, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.569893
Dabul B, 2000, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL, V2nd
Daselaar SM, 2003, NEUROBIOL AGING, V24, P1013, DOI 10.1016/S0197-4580(03)00030-7
Deakin A, 2003, PHYSIOTHERAPY, V89, P751, DOI 10.1016/S0031-9406(05)60502-0
Fillingham JK, 2005, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V40, P505, DOI 10.1080/13682820500138572
Fodor Jerry A., 1983, MODULARITY MIND
Fridriksson J, 2009, STROKE, V40, P853, DOI 10.1161/STROKEAHA.108.532499
FUGLMEYER AR, 1975, SCAND J REHABIL MED, V7, P13
Gentilucci M, 2001, J NEUROPHYSIOL, V86, P1685
Gilchrist AL, 2008, MEMORY, V16, P773, DOI 10.1080/09658210802261124
Helm-Estabrooks N., 2001, COGNITIVE LINGUISTIC
Higginbotham DR, 2008, EXP BRAIN RES, V186, P603, DOI 10.1007/s00221-007-1265-9
Hilari K., 2003, STROKE, V34, P944
INDREDAVIK B, 1991, STROKE, V22, P1026
Ji Q, 2004, IEEE T VEH TECHNOL, V53, P1052, DOI 10.1109/TVT.2004.830974
Jung H., 2011, P 6 ACM IEEE INT C H, P157, DOI 10.1145/1957656.1957709
Jung H., 2011, P 2011 IEEE INT S RO, P270
Kelly-Hayes Margaret, 2003, J Stroke Cerebrovasc Dis, V12, P119, DOI 10.1016/S1052-3057(03)00042-9
Kertesz A., 2007, W APHASIA BATTERY
Kirkevold M, 2012, DISABIL REHABIL, V34, P665, DOI 10.3109/09638288.2011.615373
Korner M, 2010, CLIN REHABIL, V24, P745, DOI 10.1177/0269215510367538
Lang C., 2010, P IEEE COMP SOC C CO, P79
Lincoln NB, 2004, CLIN REHABIL, V18, P40, DOI 10.1191/0269215504cr700oa
LINDENBERGER U, 1994, PSYCHOL AGING, V9, P339, DOI 10.1037//0882-7974.9.3.339
Maitra KK, 2006, AM J OCCUP THER, V60, P146
MARSHALL RC, 1973, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V16, P222
MARSHALL RC, 1980, J COMMUN DISORD, V13, P105, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(80)90027-1
McKissock S, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V17, P355, DOI 10.1080/09602010600892113
Mickan S, 2000, Aust Health Rev, V23, P179
Miller EL, 2010, STROKE, V41, P2402, DOI 10.1161/STR.0b013e3181e7512b
Paul D., 2004, QUALITY COMMUNICATIO
Porch B. E., 2001, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC
Purdy M, 2007, REHABIL NURS, V32, P210
Rizzolatti G, 2004, ANNU REV NEUROSCI, V27, P169, DOI 10.1146/annurev.neuro.27.070203.144230
Sanchez A, 2011, NEUROCOMPUTING, V74, P1272, DOI 10.1016/j.neucom.2010.07.017
Tian YI, 2001, IEEE T PATTERN ANAL, V23, P97, DOI 10.1109/34.908962
Wohlert AB, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V41, P41
Wolf SL, 2001, STROKE, V32, P1635
WOLF SL, 1989, EXP NEUROL, V104, P125, DOI 10.1016/S0014-4886(89)80005-6
Woodbury M, 2010, NEUROREHAB NEURAL RE, V24, P791, DOI 10.1177/1545968310370749
Yagura H, 2003, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V84, P1687, DOI 10.1053/S0003-9993(03)00286-7
NR 44
TC 1
Z9 1
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD MAR 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 3
BP 252
EP 270
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.706798
PG 19
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 095RE
UT WOS:000315351400001
ER
PT J
AU Saldert, C
Backman, E
Hartelius, L
AF Saldert, Charlotta
Backman, Ellen
Hartelius, Lena
TI Conversation partner training with spouses of persons with aphasia: A
pilot study using a protocol to trace relevant characteristics
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Conversation partner training; Aphasia; Spouses; Group setting;
Conversational interaction; Functional communication
ID COMMUNICATION; PEOPLE; STROKE; PERSPECTIVE; EDUCATION; THERAPY; ADULTS;
SCALE
AB Background: Conversation partner training can be effective in improving communication in aphasia. However, there is a need for further research about effects of specific training programmes as well as about the relevant characteristics of the conversation partners who are to be candidates for training. Aims: This pilot study explores the applicability of an adaptation of a conversation partner training programme. In addition, a protocol for assessment of variables relating to the person with aphasia and the conversation partner that may be involved in changes in conversational interaction is examined. Methods & Procedures: Three dyads with persons with aphasia and their spouses participated in this explorative study with a case-series design. The training outcome was monitored with measures of perceived functional communication and analysis of multiple video-recorded natural conversations obtained at baseline, post intervention, and at a 12-week follow-up. Repeated measures of comprehension, word fluency, and psychological well-being were obtained as well as descriptive measures of the executive function and a profiling of attitudes and behaviour in communication in the spouses. Outcomes & Results: All three persons with aphasia and two of the spouses reported a slight improvement in the measure of perceived functional communication. This perception of improvement was also reflected in blinded, independent assessments of ability to support communication in conversations for the two spouses who reported improvement. The profiling of the third spouse indicated problems in attitudes to communication and also in aspects of executive function, and may account for the lack of intervention effects seen in the third dyad. Conclusions: The results show that intervention with the adapted training programme may be effective. It might be argued that the outcome measures as well as other measures fulfil their purpose. The profiling of relevant traits in the conversation partner may be useful, although the prognostic validity of the instruments needs to be further evaluated.
C1 [Saldert, Charlotta; Backman, Ellen; Hartelius, Lena] Univ Gothenburg, Div Speech & Language Pathol, Inst Neurosci & Physiol, Gothenburg, Sweden.
[Saldert, Charlotta; Hartelius, Lena] Univ Gothenburg, Ctr Person Ctr Care GPCC, Gothenburg, Sweden.
RP Saldert, C (reprint author), Univ Gothenburg Arvid Wallgrens Backe, Div Speech & Language Pathol, Inst Neurosci & Physiol, Bldg 3,POB 452, SE-40530 Gothenburg, Sweden.
EM charlotta.saldert@neuro.gu.se
CR American Speech-Language-Hearing Association, 1990, REP ADV PAN ASHAS FU
Apt P, 2008, TOKEN TEST
Barker J, 2011, SINGLE-CASE RESEARCH METHODS IN SPORT AND EXERCISE PSYCHOLOGY, P1
Beeke Suzanne, 2007, Seminars in Speech and Language, V28, P136, DOI 10.1055/s-2007-970571
Beeson PM, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V16, P161, DOI 10.1007/s11065-006-9013-7
Bergstrom S., 2012, THESIS U GOTHENBURG
Brown-Schmidt S, 2009, PSYCHON B REV, V16, P893, DOI 10.3758/PBR.16.5.893
Cicchetti D. V., 1994, PSYCHOL ASSESSMENT, V6, P284, DOI [DOI 10.1037/1040-3590.6.4.284, 10.1037/1040-3590.6.4.284]
Cruice M, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P333, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000707
Delis D, 2001, EXECUTIVE FUNCTION S
Delis DC, 2001, DELIS KAPLAN EXECUTI
DERENZI E, 1962, BRAIN, V85, P665, DOI 10.1093/brain/85.4.665
Eriksson K., 2012, MEASURING CHAN UNPUB
Friedman O, 2005, DEVELOPMENTAL SCI, V8, P218, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-7687.2005.00410.x
Goodwin C., 2003, CONVERSATION BRAIN D
Gottfries C G, 1997, Lakartidningen, V94, P1099
Hemsley G, 1996, DISABIL REHABIL, V18, P567
Hinckley JJ, 2001, J COMMUN DISORD, V34, P241, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(01)00049-1
Hopper T, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P745, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000059
Kagan Aura, 2004, Top Stroke Rehabil, V11, P67
Kagan A, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P624, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2001/051)
Kolb DA, 1984, EXPERIENTIAL LEARNIN
Laska AC, 2001, J INTERN MED, V249, P413, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2796.2001.00812.x
Lezak M, 2004, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL A
Lock S., 2001, SUPPORTING PARTNERS
Long A, 2009, CLIN REHABIL, V23, P846, DOI 10.1177/0269215509336055
Long AF, 2008, CLIN REHABIL, V22, P1083, DOI 10.1177/0269215508090091
Parker RI, 2005, SCHOOL PSYCHOL REV, V34, P116
Perkins L, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P259
Perkins Michael R., 2007, PRAGMATIC IMPAIRMENT
Rautakoski P, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1269, DOI 10.1080/02687030802374788
Robey RR, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P787, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249573
Royall DR, 2002, J NEUROPSYCH CLIN N, V14, P377, DOI 10.1176/appi.neuropsych.14.4.377
Schegloff Emanuel A., 1982, ANAL DISCOURSE TEXT, P71
Schober MF, 2003, HANDBOOK OF DISCOURSE PROCESSES, P123
Scruggs T. E., 2001, EXCEPTIONALITY, V9, P227, DOI DOI 10.1207/S15327035EX0904_5
SHEWAN CM, 1984, J COMMUN DISORD, V17, P175, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(84)90010-8
Simmons-Mackie N, 2010, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V91, P1814, DOI 10.1016/j.apmr.2010.08.026
SORINPETERS R, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P565, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248715
Sun SY, 2010, J EDUC PSYCHOL, V102, P989, DOI 10.1037/a0019507
Tallberg IM, 2008, SCAND J PSYCHOL, V49, P479, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9450.2008.00653.x
Togher L, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P914, DOI 10.1080/02687030903422478
Turner S, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P616, DOI 10.1080/02687030600687860
Turner S, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P483, DOI 10.1080/02687030600589991
Wilkinson R, 1998, Int J Lang Commun Disord, V33 Suppl, P144
Worrall L., 1995, TREATMENT APHASIA, P47
YESAVAGE JA, 1983, J PSYCHIAT RES, V17, P37, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(82)90033-4
Yin R.K., 2009, CASE STUDY RES DESIG, Vfourth
ZRAICK RI, 1991, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V34, P123
NR 49
TC 2
Z9 2
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD MAR 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 3
BP 271
EP 292
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.710317
PG 22
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 095RE
UT WOS:000315351400002
ER
PT J
AU Ruiter, MB
Kolk, HHJ
Rietveld, TCM
Feddema, I
AF Ruiter, Marina B.
Kolk, Herman H. J.
Rietveld, Toni. C. M.
Feddema, Ilse
TI Combining possibly reciprocally dependent linguistic parameters in the
quantitative assessment of aphasic speakers' grammatical output
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Quantitative analysis of spontaneous speech; Expressive aphasia;
Reciprocally dependent linguistic parameters; Agrammatism;
Paragrammatism
ID SPONTANEOUS SPEECH; AGRAMMATIC PRODUCTION; LANGUAGE; ADULTS; STORY
AB Background: The grammatical output of aphasic speakers is often quantitatively analysed in order to establish an effect of treatment. In many methods of quantitative analysis both the number of utterances produced and (their) length are calculated. The difficulty is that these parameters may show a trade-off effect (i.e., may be inversely proportional to each other). That is, when the amount of information to be conveyed remains constant, an increase in the number of utterances may be compensated by a decrease in their length (and vice versa). As a result, a lack of increaseor even a decreasein one of both outcome measures may be incorrectly interpreted as a lack of effect of treatment. Aims: The current study investigated whether combining the possibly reciprocal outcome measures percentage of utterances and (their) length into a single parameter increases the interpretability of the results obtained with a quantitative analysis of aphasic speakers' spontaneous speech. In the current study the procedure of combining two possibly reciprocal linguistic variables into one dependent measure is demonstrated for the elliptical repertoire. Ellipses are grammatically well formed but incomplete utterances (e.g., problem solved). Contrary to sentences, ellipses lack finiteness. As will be argued in this article, the procedure of combining possibly reciprocal outcome measures could be useful in order to investigate both the sentential and elliptical repertoire produced by aphasic speakers. Methods & Procedures: The possibly reciprocal outcome measures percentage of ellipses and mean length of ellipsis, which were used in the study of Ruiter, Kolk, and Rietveld (2010), were combined into a single parameter of elliptical style: percentage of words produced in ellipses (in comparison to words in sentences). The data obtained by Ruiter et al. (2010), who investigated the effect of a compensation therapy on the production of ellipses in 12 chronically agrammatic speakers of Dutch, were re-analysed with the new parameter. Outcomes & Results: The parameter percentage words produced in ellipses was not only able to reproduce the results obtained in the previous study, but also seems to be more sensitive: It could identify significant changes in elliptical style in more participants than the two possibly reciprocal parameters could independently. Conclusions: The data obtained in the current study may be of relevance to aphasia researchers and therapists as the new parameter provides them with a more sensitive measure to establish the effect of therapy on aphasic speakers' grammatical output.
C1 [Ruiter, Marina B.] Sint Maartensklin Res Dev & Educ, NL-6500 GM Nijmegen, Netherlands.
[Kolk, Herman H. J.] Radboud Univ Nijmegen, Ctr Cognit, Donders Inst Brain Cognit & Behav, NL-6525 ED Nijmegen, Netherlands.
[Rietveld, Toni. C. M.] Radboud Univ Nijmegen, Dept Linguist, NL-6525 ED Nijmegen, Netherlands.
[Feddema, Ilse] Univ Utrecht, Dept Linguist, Utrecht, Netherlands.
RP Ruiter, MB (reprint author), Sint Maartensklin Res Dev & Educ, POB 9011, NL-6500 GM Nijmegen, Netherlands.
EM m.ruiter@maartenskliniek.nl
FU rehabilitation centre of the Sint Maartenskliniek in Nijmegen; Donders
Centre for Cognition; Department of Linguistics of the Radboud
University Nijmegen, the Netherlands
FX A portion of the data is reprinted with permission from
Neuropsychological Rehabilitation. (Ruiter, M. B., Kolk, H. H. J., &
Rietveld, T. C. M., 2010, Speaking in ellipses: The effect of a
compensatory style of speech on functional communication in chronic
agrammatism, 20, 423-458, published by Taylor & Francis Ltd,
http://www.tandfonline.com). The study described in this paper was
supported by the rehabilitation centre of the Sint Maartenskliniek in
Nijmegen and conducted in collaboration with the Donders Centre for
Cognition as well as the Department of Linguistics of the Radboud
University Nijmegen, the Netherlands. We would like to thank the
anonymous reviewers for their valuable and constructive comments on an
earlier version of this paper.
CR Beeke S, 2003, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V17, P109, DOI 10.1080/0269920031000061786
Boxum E., 2010, ASTA ANAL SPONTANE T
BROOKSHIRE RH, 1994, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V37, P399
De Roo E., 1999, THESIS U LEIDEN
de Roo E, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V86, P99, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00538-2
Field A., 2005, DISCOVERING STAT USI, V2nd
Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd
Goodglass H., 1993, UNDERSTANDING APHASI, P102
Graetz P., 1992, AKENSE AFASIETEST
Grande M, 2008, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V43, P408, DOI 10.1080/13682820701685991
Hofstede B. T. M., 1992, 9207 NICI
HOFSTEDE BTM, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V46, P278, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1017
HOLM S, 1979, SCAND J STAT, V6, P65
Huber W., 2005, AACHENER SPRACHANALS
Huber W., 1983, AACHENER APHASIE TES
Kolk H, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V77, P340, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2406
Kolk H., 2006, SYNTAX NONSENTENTIAL, P229
KOLK H, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V50, P282, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1049
KOLK H, 1992, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V7, P89, DOI 10.1080/01690969208409381
Kolk H. H. J., 1998, LINGUISTIC LEVELS AP, P193
KOLK HHJ, 1985, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V2, P347, DOI 10.1080/02643298508252666
Levin B, 1996, AM J PUBLIC HEALTH, V86, P628, DOI 10.2105/AJPH.86.5.628
McNeil MR, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P775, DOI 10.1080/02687030701189980
Merchant Jason, 2006, LINGUISTICS TODAY, P73
Prins R, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P1075, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000534
PRINS RS, 1978, BRAIN LANG, V6, P192, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(78)90058-5
Progovac Ljiljana, 2006, SYNTAX NONSENTENTIAL, P33
Purdy M, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P337, DOI 10.1080/02687030500475085
PURDY MH, 1994, CLIN APHASIOL, V22, P345
Rochon E, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V72, P193, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2285
Ruiter M. B., 2008, THESIS RADBOUD U NIJ
Ruiter MB, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P961, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.569892
Ruiter MB, 2010, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V20, P423, DOI 10.1080/09602010903399287
SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8
Schlenck C, 1995, BEHANDLUNG SCHWEREN
Springer L, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V10, P279
Van den Berg C. L., 1996, LOGOPEDIE FONIATRIE, V7/8, P184
Verhage F., 1964, INTELLIGENTIE LEEFIJ
VERMEULEN J, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P252, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90064-3
WAGENAAR E, 1975, BRAIN LANG, V2, P281, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(75)80071-X
YORKSTON KM, 1980, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V45, P27
NR 41
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD MAR 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 3
BP 293
EP 308
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.710319
PG 16
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 095RE
UT WOS:000315351400003
ER
PT J
AU Dietz, A
Thiessen, A
Griffith, J
Peterson, A
Sawyer, E
McKelvey, M
AF Dietz, Aimee
Thiessen, Amber
Griffith, Julie
Peterson, Angie
Sawyer, Erin
McKelvey, Miechelle
TI The renegotiation of social roles in chronic aphasia: Finding a voice
through AAC
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Social roles; Stroke; Aphasia; Augmentative and alternative
communication; AAC; Treatment planning
ID QUALITY-OF-LIFE; PSYCHOLOGICAL DISTRESS; CONTROLLED-TRIAL;
FAMILY-MEMBERS; STROKE; PEOPLE; SUPPORT; PARTICIPATION; PRINCIPLES;
MANAGEMENT
AB Background: Aphasia robs people of their previously established identities and limits their ability to fully participate in life activities. In an effort to help people with aphasia (PWA) successfully participate in life activities, clinicians often call upon caregivers to act as proxies to determine their communicative needs. However, PWA often learn to use their residual linguistic abilities and augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) strategies to renegotiate their social roles to participate in life activities. Aims: The aim of this phenomenological case study was to (a) explore the social role changes experienced by PWA, (b) understand the use of communication strategies when attempting to reclaim previous social roles, and (c) determine whether discrepancies existed between PWA and their potential proxies regarding social role changes/adaptations. Methods & Procedures: A phenomenological qualitative approach was employed through 12-hour semi-structured interviews. Participants included three triads of people, which included one person with chronic, moderate-severe aphasia, their primary caregiver, and another member of their social network. The researchers used inductive analysis to identify segments of the transcripts that lead to insights regarding the adaptation of social roles following stroke and subsequent aphasia. Outcomes & Results: Three major themes unfolded that influenced the renegotiation of the social roles of three PWA: interpersonal life changes, community interactions and hobbies, and AAC. Incongruity was noted between the triads of participants. Caregivers tended to report more severe life changes than the PWA and the other members of their social network. Conclusions: Every participant expressed shifts in their social and interpersonal lives, community interactions and hobbies as well as communication changes since the onset of aphasia. However, AAC strategies provided PWA a means to communicate their opinions, feelings and find their own voice when redefining their roles and identity.
C1 [Dietz, Aimee; Griffith, Julie] Univ Cincinnati, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Cincinnati, OH 45267 USA.
[Thiessen, Amber] Univ Nebraska Lincoln, Dept Special Educ & Commun Disorders, Lincoln, NE USA.
[Peterson, Angie] Blue Stone Therapy Solut, Des Moines, IA USA.
[Sawyer, Erin] Grant Wood Area Educ Agcy, Cedar Rapids, IA USA.
[McKelvey, Miechelle] Univ Nebraska Kearney, Dept Commun Disorders, Kearney, NE USA.
RP Dietz, A (reprint author), Univ Cincinnati, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, 3202 Eden Ave, Cincinnati, OH 45267 USA.
EM aimee.dietz@uc.edu
CR American Speech-Language-Hearing Association, 2012, APH
American Speech-Language-Hearing Association, 2004, ADM DISCH CRIT SPEEC
Avent JR, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P253, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248411
Blonder Lee X, 2007, NeuroRehabilitation, V22, P85
Boyatzis RE, 1998, TRANSFORMING QUALITA
Chapey R., 2005, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P279
Cresswell J. W., 2008, RES DESIGN QUALITATI
Cruice M, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P111, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000651
Draper B, 2007, CLIN REHABIL, V21, P122, DOI 10.1177/0269215506071251
Elman R. J., 1999, GROUP TREATMENT NEUR
Garrett K., 1994, MINISEMINAR GROUP TH
Garrett K. L., 2005, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, P467
Garrett KL, 1995, CLIN APHASIOL, V23, P237
Hersh D, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P207, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249447
Hilari K, 2003, STROKE, V34, P1944, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000081987.46660.ED
Hilari K, 2010, CLIN REHABIL, V24, P181, DOI 10.1177/0269215509346090
Hilari K, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P17, DOI 10.1080/02687030500279982
Hilari K, 2007, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V78, P1072, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.2006.111476
Howe TJ, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P618, DOI 10.1080/02687030701536024
Howe TJ, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P1015, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000499
Kagan A, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P624, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2001/051)
Kagan A, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P258, DOI 10.1080/02687030701282595
Kertesz A., 2006, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
Liechty John A, 2007, J Neurosci Nurs, V39, P316
Lyon J, 1992, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V1, P7
Morse JM, 2002, READ ME 1 USERS GUID, VXV
Parr S, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P98, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798337
Pickard S. A., 2004, STROKE, V35, P607
Rautakoski P., 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P1260
Rose TA, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P947, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000319
Shadden B., 2008, NEUROGENIC COMMUNICA
Shadden BB, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P211, DOI 10.1080/02687930444000697
Simmons-Mackie N, 2004, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V13, P114, DOI 10.1044/1058-0630(2004/013)
Simmons-Mackie N, 2005, J COMMUN DISORD, V38, P1, DOI 10.1016/j.jcomdis.2004.03.007
Simmons-Mackie N, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P231, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249451
Simmons-Mackie N., 2005, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P290
Simmons-Mackie NN, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P81, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798311
Sneeuw KCA, 1997, STROKE, V28, P1541
Thomas DR, 2006, AM J EVAL, V27, P237, DOI 10.1177/1098214005283748
van der Gaag A, 2005, CLIN REHABIL, V19, P372, DOI 10.1191/0269215505cr785oa
Vickers CP, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P902, DOI 10.1080/02687030903438532
Voydanoff P, 1999, J MARRIAGE FAM, V61, P725, DOI 10.2307/353573
WALKER AJ, 1995, FAM RELAT, V44, P402, DOI 10.2307/584996
Wallace GL, 2010, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V17, P432, DOI 10.1310/tsr1706-432
Weissling K., 2010, PERSPECTIVES AUGMENT, V19, P87
World Health Organisation, 2001, INT CLASS FUNCT DIS
NR 46
TC 0
Z9 0
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD MAR 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 3
BP 309
EP 325
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.725241
PG 17
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 095RE
UT WOS:000315351400004
ER
PT J
AU DeDe, G
AF DeDe, Gayle
TI Verb transitivity bias affects on-line sentence reading in people with
aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Self-paced reading; Sentence comprehension impairments; Aphasia; Lexical
Bias Hypothesis
ID COMPREHENSION; RESOLUTION; PLAUSIBILITY; PREFERENCES; AMBIGUITIES;
PATTERNS; SYNTAX; FRAME
AB Background: Studies of sentence comprehension in non-disordered populations have convincingly demonstrated that probabilistic cues influence on-line syntactic processing. One well-studied cue is verb argument structure bias, which refers to the probability that a verb will occur in a particular syntactic frame. According to the Lexical Bias Hypothesis people with aphasia have difficulty understanding sentences in which the verb's argument structure bias conflicts with the sentence structure (e.g., a transitively biased verb in an intransitive sentence). This hypothesis may provide an account of why people with aphasia have difficulty understanding both simple and complex sentences. Aims: The purpose of this study was to test the Lexical Bias Hypothesis using an on-line measure of written sentence comprehension, self-paced reading. Methods & Procedures: The participants were 10 people with aphasia and 10 non-brain-damaged controls. The stimuli were syntactically simple transitive and intransitive sentences that contained transitively or intransitively biased verbs. For example, the transitively biased verb called appeared in sentences such as The agent called (the writer) from overseas to make an offer. The intransitively biased verb danced appeared in sentences such as The couple danced (the tango) every Friday night last summer. Outcomes & Results: Both groups' reading times for critical segments were longer when the verb's transitivity bias did not match the sentence structure, particularly in intransitive sentences. Conclusions: The results were generally consistent with the Lexical Bias Hypothesis, and demonstrated that lexical biases affect on-line processing of syntactically simple sentences in people with aphasia and controls.
C1 [DeDe, Gayle] Univ Arizona, Dept Speech Language & Hearing Sci, Tucson, AZ USA.
RP DeDe, G (reprint author), POB 210071, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA.
EM gdede@arizona.edu
FU American Speech Hearing Foundation; NIDCD [DC010808]
FX This work was supported in part by an American Speech Hearing Foundation
New Investigators Grant and NIDCD grant DC010808. The author would like
to thank the research participants and their families, the students who
helped with data collection,
CR Baayen R. H., 1995, CELEX LEXICAL DATABA
Berndt RS, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V60, P197, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1799
Caplan D, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V101, P103, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.225
Caplan D, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V84, P222, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00514-X
Caplan D., 1992, LANGUAGE STRUCTURE P
Cho-Reyes S, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P1250, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2012.693584
CONNINE C, 1984, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V13, P307, DOI 10.1007/BF01076840
Crawford JR, 2005, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V19, P318, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.19.3.318
DeDe G, 2012, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V41, P387, DOI 10.1007/s10936-011-9191-1
DeDe G, 2010, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V39, P345, DOI 10.1007/s10936-009-9139-x
Dick F., 2001, CTR RES LANGUAGE NEW, V13, P3
Dunn L. M., 1997, PEABODY PICTURE VOCA, V3rd
FERREIRA F, 1986, J MEM LANG, V25, P348, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(86)90006-9
Ferrill M, 2012, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V21, pS179, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2012/11-0109)
FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6
Gahl S, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1173, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000428
Gahl S, 2003, BRAIN COGNITION, V53, P223, DOI 10.1016/S0278-2626(03)00114-3
Garnsey SM, 1997, J MEM LANG, V37, P58, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1997.2512
Goodglass H, 2000, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V3rd
Grodzinsky Y, 2000, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V23, P1, DOI 10.1017/S0140525X00002399
Kaan E, 2001, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V30, P529, DOI 10.1023/A:1010417614058
Kaplan E., 2001, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kim M, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V74, P1, DOI 10.1006/brin.2000.2315
Love T, 2008, BRAIN LANG, V107, P203, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.11.004
MACDONALD MC, 1994, PSYCHOL REV, V101, P676, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.101.4.676
Marinis T, 2003, SECOND LANG RES, V19, P144, DOI 10.1191/0267658303sr217ra
Menn L, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V61, P183, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1838
Pickering M. J., 2006, HDB PSYCHOLINGUISTIC, P455, DOI DOI 10.1016/B978-012369374-7/50013-4
Russo KD, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P537, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249556
SHAPIRO LP, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P21, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90100-U
SHAPIRO LP, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P423, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1053
SHAPIRO LP, 1993, J MEM LANG, V32, P96, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1993.1006
Staub A, 2007, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V33, P550, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.33.3.550
Sung J. E., 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P57
Sung JE, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P1040, DOI 10.1080/02687030802592884
Swinney D, 1996, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V8, P174, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1996.8.2.174
Tabachnick B., 2001, USING MULTIVARIATE S
Thompson CK, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P632, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2012.676852
Thompson CK, 2009, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V38, P255, DOI 10.1007/s10936-009-9105-7
TRUESWELL JC, 1994, PERSPECTIVES ON SENTENCE PROCESSING, P155
Van Dyke JA, 2003, J MEM LANG, V49, P285, DOI 10.1016/S0749-596X(03)00081-0
NR 41
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD MAR 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 3
BP 326
EP 343
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.725243
PG 18
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 095RE
UT WOS:000315351400005
ER
PT J
AU Karow, CM
Marquardt, TP
Levitt, S
AF Karow, Colleen M.
Marquardt, Thomas P.
Levitt, Sara
TI Processing of ambiguous emotional messages in brain injured patients
with and without subcortical lesions
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Affective; Facial expression; Affective prosody; Subcortical; Brain
damage
ID SUBTHALAMIC NUCLEUS STIMULATION; PARKINSONS-DISEASE; RIGHT-HEMISPHERE;
BASAL GANGLIA; RECOGNITION; PROSODY; COMPREHENSION; PERCEPTION;
MECHANISMS
AB Background: Emotional information in communicative messages is conveyed through a combination of linguistic and paralinguistic cues. Listeners must simultaneously process affective prosody, facial expressions, body gestures, and semantic information in order to determine the speaker's emotional intent. Findings from recent research support the involvement of subcortical structures in unimodal emotion recognition; however, given the propensity for emotional information to be conveyed across multiple modalities simultaneously, clinical advances require an understanding of how subcortical and cortical structures are involved in the recognition of multi-modal stimuli. Aims: To determine if individuals with and without a history of brain damage demonstrate affective processing biases on ambiguous and congruous multi-modal emotive stimuli.1 Methods & Procedures: Twenty individuals with brain damage and five individuals without a history of brain injury (NC) were included in the study. Participants with brain damage were grouped by depth and location of lesion site (left cortical [LC], right cortical [RC], left subcortical-cortical [LS], and right subcortical-cortical [RS]) to determine the effects of damage location on emotion processing. Participants identified emotions from stimuli containing incongruent affective information across two tasks using combinations of verbal, prosodic, and visual (i.e. facial expression) information. In Task 1, affectively charged sentences were presented with conflicting paralinguistic information (speech prosody, facial expression, and a combined modality condition). Task 2 involved the presentation of conflicting facial expression and prosodic information in linguistically neutral sentences. Response preferences for specific modalities were examined to understand potential processing biases. Outcomes & Results: The NC and LC groups demonstrated a bias for selecting emotions displayed by paralinguistic information in all Task 1 conditions. The RC group exhibited a similar preference when facial expression was included in the stimulus, but a decreased bias for selecting paralinguistic information when speech prosody was presented alone. In contrast to the NC and cortical damage groups, the RS group consistently selected emotions based on linguistic cues. The LS group exhibited the greatest inter-subject variability. Group patterns suggested no clear preference for either linguistic or paralinguistic information when speech prosody was included in the stimulus. In the task involving conflicting facial expression and linguistic information, the LS group exhibited a bias for facial expression information. All groups demonstrated a preference for facial expression information over speech prosody; however, the RS group's preference was significantly weaker. Conclusions: The data suggest that combined cortical and subcortical damage disrupts typical processing strategies for emotion recognition.
C1 [Karow, Colleen M.] Coll St Rose, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Albany, NY 12203 USA.
[Marquardt, Thomas P.; Levitt, Sara] Univ Texas Austin, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Austin, TX 78712 USA.
RP Karow, CM (reprint author), Coll St Rose, 432 Western Ave, Albany, NY 12203 USA.
EM karowc@strose.edu
CR Adolphs R, 2002, CURR OPIN NEUROBIOL, V12, P169, DOI 10.1016/S0959-4388(02)00301-X
Barrett LF, 2007, TRENDS COGN SCI, V11, P327, DOI 10.1016/j.tics.2007.06.003
Biseul I, 2005, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V43, P1054, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2004.10.006
Brink T., 1982, CLIN GERONTOLOGIST, V1, P37, DOI DOI 10.1300/J018V01N01_
BROOKSHIRE RH, 1993, CLIN APHASIOL, V21, P101
CANCELLIERE AEB, 1990, BRAIN COGNITION, V13, P133, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(90)90046-Q
Cheung CCY, 2006, BRAIN COGNITION, V61, P262, DOI 10.1016/j.bandc.2006.01.008
Critchley H, 2000, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V9, P93, DOI 10.1002/(SICI)1097-0193(200002)9:2<93::AID-HBM4>3.0.CO;2-Z
Gray HA, 2010, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V24, P176, DOI 10.1037/a0018104
Karow CM, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P715, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000069
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Kotz SA, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V86, P366, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00532-1
Kreifelts B, 2007, NEUROIMAGE, V37, P1445, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2007.06.020
Le Jeune F, 2008, BRAIN, V131, P1599, DOI 10.1093/brain/awn084
Lieberman MD, 2007, PSYCHOL SCI, V18, P421, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9280.2007.01916.x
Marquardt T. P., 1992, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V21, P235
McDonald S, 2005, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V11, P392, DOI 10.1017/S1355617705050447
Mitchell RLC, 2006, EUR J NEUROSCI, V24, P3611, DOI 10.1111/j.1460-9568.2006.05231.x
Paulmann S, 2008, BRAIN RES, V1217, P171, DOI 10.1016/j.brainres.2008.04.032
Schirmer A, 2006, TRENDS COGN SCI, V10, P24, DOI 10.1016/j.tics.2005.11.009
Sprengelmeyer R, 1996, BRAIN, V119, P1647, DOI 10.1093/brain/119.5.1647
STARKSTEIN SE, 1994, NEUROLOGY, V44, P515
Wambacq IJA, 2004, COGNITIVE BRAIN RES, V20, P427, DOI 10.1016/j.cogbrainres.2004.03.015
Wildgruber D, 2002, NEUROIMAGE, V15, P856, DOI 10.1006/nimg.2001.0998
Yip JTH, 2004, BRAIN INJURY, V18, P1209, DOI 10.1080/02699050410001719916
NR 25
TC 0
Z9 0
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD MAR 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 3
BP 344
EP 363
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.727983
PG 20
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 095RE
UT WOS:000315351400006
ER
PT J
AU Mason-Baughman, MB
Wallace, SE
AF Mason-Baughman, Mary Beth
Wallace, Sarah E.
TI Semantic feature knowledge in persons with aphasia: The role of
commonality, distinctiveness, and importance
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Semantic knowledge; Features
ID DISTRIBUTED ACCOUNT; WORD; COMPREHENSION; PERFORMANCE; MEMORY
AB Background: Semantic knowledge refers to the information that a person knows about the world. Semantic representations comprise semantic features that may be categorised based on distinctiveness and importance. The expressive and receptive language problems experienced by people with aphasia may relate to deficits in their semantic feature knowledge. Thus understanding impairments in semantic knowledge in persons with aphasia is key to the rehabilitation process. Aims: The purpose of this study was to investigate differences in distinctive feature knowledge across importance levels in people with aphasia grouped according to their ability to distinguish target words from semantically related foils. The relationship of feature knowledge and comprehension and naming abilities was also examined. The primary hypothesis was that participants who had difficulty choosing among semantically related foils would have significantly more difficulty with identification of distinctive features than common features as compared to participants who were able to choose among semantically related foils. Methods & Procedures: A total of 14 adults with aphasia participated in the study. Participants distinguished target words from semantically unrelated and related foils, and sorted common and distinctive semantic features of high and low importance. Participants also completed standardised testing to determine comprehension and naming abilities. Outcomes & Results: A three-way ANOVA was used to investigate the main effects and interactions between groups based on ability to distinguish targets from semantically related foils, distinctiveness of features, and importance of features. Results of the ANOVA showed significant main effects for feature importance, distinctiveness of features, and group. Between-group differences for high- and low-importance common and distinctive feature knowledge were investigated using a series of t-tests. In addition, results showed that feature knowledge correlated with comprehension and naming scores. Findings support that persons with aphasia demonstrate difficulty with identification of low-importance and distinctive features which contributes significantly to the comprehensiveness of their semantic representations as well as impacts their ability to distinguish among semantically related foils. Conclusions: Participants with aphasia who have difficulty identifying target words among semantically related foils have greater deficits with low-importance distinctive feature knowledge than those who are able to choose among semantically related foils. In addition, participants with relatively intact semantic representations in regard to importance and distinctiveness ratings appear to have better comprehension and naming abilities as evidenced by the significant relationships between feature identification measures and tests of naming and comprehension abilities.
C1 [Mason-Baughman, Mary Beth] Clarion Univ Pennsylvania, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Clarion, PA USA.
[Wallace, Sarah E.] Duquesne Univ, Dept Speech Language Pathol, Pittsburgh, PA 15219 USA.
RP Mason-Baughman, MB (reprint author), Clarion Univ Pennsylvania, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, 111 Keeling, Clarion, PA 16214 USA.
EM mmasonbaughm@clarion.edu
CR Boyle M, 2004, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V13, P236, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2004/025)
Boyle M., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P135
BUTTERWORTH B, 1984, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V22, P409, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(84)90036-8
Cole-Virtue J, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P153, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000517
Conley A, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P203, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000617
Francis WN, 1982, FREQUENCY ANAL ENGLI
Freed D, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P743, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000246
GERMANI MJ, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P1, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248685
Goodglass H., 2001, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V3rd
Grogan S., 1994, ANN CONV AM SPEECH L
HAMPTON JA, 1987, MEM COGNITION, V15, P55, DOI 10.3758/BF03197712
HAMPTON JA, 1979, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V18, P441, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(79)90246-9
Howland J, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P1005, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000318
Kaplan E., 2001, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kay J., 1992, PALPA PSYCHOLINGUIST
Kiran S, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P773, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/061)
Martin A., 2001, HDB FUNCTIONAL NEURO, P149
Mason-Baughman M. B., 2010, PSHA J DEC
Miller G. A., 1976, LANGUAGE PERCEPTION
Nickels L., 2001, HDB COGNITIVE NEUROP, P291
Smith E. E., 1981, CATEGORIES CONCEPTS
SMITH EE, 1974, PSYCHOL REV, V81, P214, DOI 10.1037/h0036351
Tyler LK, 2001, TRENDS COGN SCI, V5, P244, DOI 10.1016/S1364-6613(00)01651-X
Tyler LK, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V75, P195, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2353
Vecchi B, 1994, THESIS U STUDI PADOV
NR 25
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD MAR 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 3
BP 364
EP 380
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.730602
PG 17
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 095RE
UT WOS:000315351400007
ER
PT J
AU Legg, C
Penn, C
AF Legg, Carol
Penn, Claire
TI A stroke of misfortune: Cultural interpretations of aphasia in South
Africa
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Cultural interpretations; South Africa
ID QUALITY-OF-LIFE; COMMUNITY PARTICIPATION; ENVIRONMENTAL-FACTORS; CHRONIC
DISEASES; CHRONIC ILLNESS; OLDER-PEOPLE; COMMUNICATION; PARTNERS;
SUPPORT; HEALERS
AB Background: Cultural perspectives about illness influence the experience of illness and disability, shaping the nature of both formal and lay care. However, very little has been written about cultural understandings of aphasia despite a renewed focus on contextual influences. Methods from anthropology have the potential to improve our understanding of this condition. Aims: In this paper we explore understandings of stroke and aphasia in a South African township. We describe how stroke and aphasia is presented and understood by people living in this community, particularly those living with aphasia, their family members, and healthcare workers, and provide examples of how these individuals account for the sudden and long term consequences of stroke. Methods & Procedures: Data are drawn from a broader ethnographic study of the social and cultural experience of aphasia in South Africa that involved a 3-year period of intermittent fieldwork in a township community on the outskirts of Cape Town. Participant observation of the everyday life of a group of five adults living with aphasia and interviews with participants, kin, and healthcare workers was carried out in various settings including homes, clinics, and an adult day care centre. Results & Outcomes: The main result of this study was that causation emerged as an important discussion topic for people living with aphasia as well as for carers and health workers. These discussions were not limited to the search for a biomedical understanding, but reflected multifactorial understandings that were linked to cultural frameworks as well as daily circumstances and social realities. Conclusions: Aphasia is experienced in a sociocultural context. Thus there is theoretical and clinical relevance in using anthropology to explore the world of the adult living with aphasia.
C1 [Legg, Carol; Penn, Claire] Univ Witwatersrand, Dept Speech Pathol & Audiol, ZA-2050 Johannesburg, South Africa.
RP Penn, C (reprint author), Univ Witwatersrand, Sch Human & Community Dev, Dept Speech Pathol & Audiol, Private Bag 3, ZA-2050 Johannesburg, South Africa.
EM claire.penn@wits.ac.za
CR Ashforth A, 1998, AFR STUD REV, V41, P39, DOI 10.2307/525353
Ashforth A, 2005, SOC DYNAMICS, V31, P211, DOI 10.1080/02533950508628714
Ashforth Adam, 2005, WITCHCRAFT VIOLENCE
BECKER G, 1995, MED ANTHROPOL Q, V9, P165, DOI 10.1525/maq.1995.9.2.02a00040
BURY M, 1991, SOCIOL HEALTH ILL, V13, P451, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9566.1991.tb00522.x
Charmaz K, 1983, Sociol Health Illn, V5, P168, DOI 10.1111/1467-9566.ep10491512
Ciekawy D., 1998, AFR STUD REV, V41, P1, DOI 10.2307/525351
Comaroff J, 1999, AM ETHNOL, V26, P279, DOI 10.1525/ae.1999.26.2.279
COMAROFF J, 1981, SOC SCI MED-MED ANTH, V15, P367, DOI 10.1016/0160-7987(81)90062-4
Connor M., 2008, THESIS U WITWATERSRA
Connor M, 2007, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V78, P1291, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.2007.122416
Cruice M, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P333, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000707
Davidson B, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P235, DOI 10.1080/02687030701268024
Davidson B, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P243, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000653
de Andrade V, 2005, INT J AUDIOL, V44, P489, DOI 10.1080/14992020500188999
Evans-Pritchard E. E., 1937, WITCHCRAFT ORACLES M
FEIERMAN S, 1981, SOC SCI MED-MED ANTH, V15, P353, DOI 10.1016/0160-7987(81)90060-0
Flick U., 2002, INTRO QUALITATIVE RE, V2nd
Gainotti G., 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P636
GERHARDT U, 1990, SOC SCI MED, V30, P1149, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(90)90255-Q
Gibson D, 2001, MED ANTHROPOL Q, V15, P515, DOI 10.1525/maq.2001.15.4.515
Good B., 1994, MED RATIONALITY EXER
Good B., 1986, ILLNESS BEHAV MULTID, P161
Goodall H. L., 2000, WRITING NEW ETHNOGRA
Hammersley M., 1983, ETHNOGRAPHY PRINCIPL
Hammond-Tooke W. D., 1989, RITUALS MED INDIGENO
Helman C., 2000, CULTURE HLTH ILLNESS
Hilari K, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P17, DOI 10.1080/02687030500279982
Hilari K, 2001, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V36, P86
Howe TJ, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P618, DOI 10.1080/02687030701536024
Howe TJ, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1, DOI 10.1080/02687030701640941
Hundt GL, 2004, J BIOSOC SCI, V36, P433, DOI 10.1017/S0021932004006662
Kagan A, 1995, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V2, P15
Kagan A, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P258, DOI 10.1080/02687030701282595
Kagan A, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P816, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249575
Kiernan J., 1995, LIVING FAITHS S AFRI, P15
Kleinman A, 1988, ILLNESS NARRATIVES
Kleinman A, 1981, PATIENTS HEALERS CON
La Pointe L. L., 2005, APHASIA RELATED NEUR, P265
LEDORZE G, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P239
Legg C., 2012, RETHINKING DISABILIT
Legg C. F., 2010, THESIS U WITWATERSRA
Leventhal H, 1997, PERCEPTIONS HLTH ILL, P19
Mishler EG, 1984, DISCOURSE MED DIALEC
Mji G., 2002, THESIS U CAPE TOWN C
NICHTER M, 1981, CULT MED PSYCHIAT, V5, P379, DOI 10.1007/BF00054782
Parr S., 1997, TALKING APHASIA LIVI
Parr S, 2001, FOLIA PHONIATR LOGO, V53, P266, DOI 10.1159/000052681
Parr S, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P98, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798337
Penn C., 2007, CLIN APHASIOLOGY FUT, P221
Penn C., 1992, 5 INT APH REH C ZUR
Penn C., 2008, CURRENT ALLERGY CLIN, V20, P66
Platzky R, 1993, S Afr J Commun Disord, V40, P43
Population Register Update: Khayelitsha, 2005, POPULATION REGISTER
Pound C, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P477, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000159
Ross KB, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P355, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000716
SCHEPERHUGHES N, 1990, SOC SCI MED, V30, P189, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(90)90079-8
Scott V., 2001, CAPE TOWN MORTALIT 2
Shadden BB, 2004, TOP LANG DISORD, V24, P174
Shaikh N, 2006, SAMJ S AFR MED J, V96, P538
Simmons-Mackie N, 1999, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V8, P218
Simmons-Mackie NN, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P81, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798311
Strahl H., 2003, ANTHR MED, V10, P309
Swartz L, 2002, BRIT MED J, V325, P914, DOI 10.1136/bmj.325.7370.914
Thorne S., 2006, FAM COMMUNITY HEALTH, V29, P45
Vickers CP, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P902, DOI 10.1080/02687030903438532
Whyte S. R., 1997, QUESTIONING MISFORTU
World Health Organisation, 2001, INT CLASS FUNCT DIS
World Health Organization, 2002, INN CAR CHRON COND B
Worrall L, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P309, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.508530
NR 70
TC 4
Z9 4
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD FEB 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 2
BP 126
EP 144
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.684338
PG 19
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 105EO
UT WOS:000316048700001
ER
PT J
AU Murteira, A
Santos, ME
AF Murteira, Ana
Santos, Maria Emilia
TI Language processing in right hemisphere stroke patients: Response speed
and quality
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Right hemisphere damage; Complex language; Response speed
ID COMPREHENSION; DAMAGE
AB Background: One of the most common deficits associated with right hemisphere damage (RHD) concerns the difficulty in understanding words or phrases beyond their literal meaning. Problems in accuracy of discourse production are also frequently mentioned. Aims: The goal of this study is to examine whether stroke individuals present language impairment at a complex language level, not only in performance quality but also in response speed. Methods and Procedures: The performance of 27 participants with RHD was analysed, and the results were compared with existing scores for the Portuguese population, in a set of oral comprehension (proverbs, semantic decision, and idioms) and oral production tests (word definition and sentence production). Outcomes and Results: Data showed that the great majority of participants had lower performance in all tests, except in Word Definition, the easiest task. The worst results were achieved in Semantic Decision and Idioms tests (comprehension) and Sentence Formulation (production). However, patients were faster than controls in responding to those tests that demanded responses with more elaborate discourse. A speed accuracy trade-off did not occur, as in many cases these two aspects were independent. There may be cognitive aspects that account for these results, beyond the neuropsychological impairments that were identified during the evaluation of participants. These impairments cannot by themselves account neither for the poor quality of performance nor for the higher response speed observed in speech production. Conclusions: Results indicate that RHD individuals may present communication disabilities, affecting the comprehension of complex language, both figurative and non-figurative, and affecting discourse, which may be more inappropriate and/or too abrupt. Neuropsychological impairments do not seem to explain the poor quality of these individuals' performance. The latter can have an important social impact, undermining interpersonal communication, which justifies the need to assess the language of these persons.
C1 [Murteira, Ana] Ctr Med Reabilitacao Sul, Sao Bras De Alportel, Portugal.
[Santos, Maria Emilia] Univ Catolica Portuguesa, Inst Ciencias Saude, P-1649023 Lisbon, Portugal.
RP Santos, ME (reprint author), Univ Catolica Portuguesa, Inst Ciencias Saude, P-1649023 Lisbon, Portugal.
EM me.psantos@ics.lisboa.ucp.pt
CR Baltes PB, 1999, ANNU REV PSYCHOL, V50, P471, DOI 10.1146/annurev.psych.50.1.471
Beeman M., 1998, RIGHT HEMISPHERE LAN
Blake ML, 2006, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V15, P255
BOTTINI G, 1994, BRAIN, V117, P1241, DOI 10.1093/brain/117.6.1241
Bryan K., 1995, RIGHT HEMISPHERE LAN
Christensen H., 2003, AGEING BRAIN NEUROBI
Copland DA, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V81, P131, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2512
Cote H, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P739, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192331
Coulson S., 2007, BRAIN RES, V18, P128
Faust M, 2003, COGNITIVE BRAIN RES, V17, P585, DOI 10.1016/S0926-6410(03)00172-1
FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6
Fonseca RP, 2008, BATERIA MONTREAL AVA
Giora R, 1999, J PRAGMATICS, V31, P919, DOI 10.1016/S0378-2166(98)00100-3
Giora R., 2000, METAPHOR SYMBOL, V1, P63, DOI DOI 10.1207/515327868MS151&2_5
Guerreiro M., 1994, REV PORT NEUROL S, V1, P9
Harley T, 2001, PSYCHOL LANGUAGE DAT
Hillis A., 2002, HDB ADULT LANGUAGE D, P429
Joanette Y., 1991, REV NEUROPSYCHOL, V1, P3
Joanette Y., 2004, PROTOCOLE MEC PROTOC
Kacinik NA, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V100, P188, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.10.010
Kempler D., 1994, DEMENTIA NORMAL AGIN, P331
Lee S., 2005, NEUROIMAGE, V29, P536
Mackenzie C, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P929, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249420
Myers P., 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO
Myers P. S., 1999, RIGHT HEMISPHERE DAM
Neto B., 2008, PROVAS AVALIACAO LIN
Pobric G, 2008, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V20, P170, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2008.20005
Proverbio AM, 2009, BMC NEUROSCI, V10, DOI 10.1186/1471-2202-10-116
Rapp AM, 2004, COGNITIVE BRAIN RES, V20, P395, DOI 10.1016/j.cogbrainres.2004.03.017
Rousseaux M, 2010, J NEUROL, V257, P1099, DOI 10.1007/s00415-010-5469-8
Saa N., 2004, LENGUAJE ENVEJECIMIE
Schmidt GL, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V100, P127, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.03.002
Sherratt S, 2012, J NEUROLINGUIST, V25, P213, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2012.01.001
Stringaris AK, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V100, P150, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.08.001
TOMPKINS CA, 1992, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V35, P626
Tremblay T, 2009, BRAIN LANG, V108, P67, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2008.11.001
Wingfield A, 2006, J AM ACAD AUDIOL, V17, P487, DOI 10.3766/jaaa.17.7.4
Zanini S, 2005, NEUROL SCI, V26, P13, DOI 10.1007/s10072-005-0377-x
Zempleni MZ, 2007, NEUROIMAGE, V34, P1280, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2006.09.049
NR 39
TC 0
Z9 0
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD FEB 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 2
BP 145
EP 156
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.699631
PG 12
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 105EO
UT WOS:000316048700002
ER
PT J
AU Abuom, TO
Bastiaanse, R
AF Abuom, Tom O.
Bastiaanse, Roelien
TI Production and comprehension of reference of time in SwahiliEnglish
bilingual agrammatic speakers
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Agrammatism; Bilingual aphasia; Time reference; Verb inflection;
Discourse linking; Swahili
ID APHASIA; TENSE; AGREEMENT; INFLECTION; BRAIN; GREEK
AB Background: Several studies on time reference show that monolingual agrammatic speakers have difficulty producing and/or comprehending verb forms referring to past events or actions. The PAst Discourse LInking Hypothesis (PADILIH) has been formulated to account for this phenomenon (Bastiaanse et al., 2011). In the current study on bilingual aphasia we examine whether time reference problems, especially reference to the past, extend to both languages of bilinguals with agrammatic aphasia. The two languages, Swahili and English, have different verb morphology for expressing reference of time. Aims: The current study tested the production and comprehension of reference of time through verb morphology in two languages of SwahiliEnglish bilingual agrammatic speakers. Methods & Procedures: A total of 13 agrammatic speakers and 13 non-brain-damaged individuals were tested using an adaptation of the Test for Assessing Reference of Time (TART; Bastiaanse, Jonkers, & Thompson, 2008; Swahili version: Abuom & Bastiaanse, 2010). Reference to the past, present, and future conditions were examined through a sentence-completion and a picturesentence-matching task. Outcomes & Results: While the non-brain-damaged participants performed at ceiling in both languages, the agrammatic individuals' performance showed a selective deficit of reference to the past on both comprehension and production tasks. A similar pattern was observed in the two languages in spite of the structural differences. Conclusions: The PAst Discourse LInking Hypothesis (PADILIH) was supported by these results. Furthermore it has been revealed that time reference deficits extend to both tested languages of bilingual speakers with agrammatic aphasia regardless of the structure of languages mastered pre-morbidly. The implications of these findings for the theories of bilingual agrammatism are discussed.
C1 [Abuom, Tom O.] Univ Groningen, GHS, NL-9700 AS Groningen, Netherlands.
[Abuom, Tom O.; Bastiaanse, Roelien] Univ Groningen, CLCG, NL-9700 AS Groningen, Netherlands.
RP Abuom, TO (reprint author), Univ Groningen, CLCG, POB 716, NL-9700 AS Groningen, Netherlands.
EM t.o.abuom@rug.nl
CR Abuom T., 2010, TEST ASSESSING REFER
Abuom TO, 2012, J NEUROLINGUIST, V25, P276, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2012.02.003
Abuom TO, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P559, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.538417
Albert M., 1978, BILINGUAL BRAIN NEUR
Ashton E. O., 1982, SWAHILI GRAMMAR
Avrutin S., 2000, LANGUAGE BRAIN REPRE, P205, DOI 10.1016/B978-012304260-6/50017-7
Avrutin Sergey, 2006, BROCAS REGION, P49
Bastiaanse R, 2011, J NEUROLINGUIST, V24, P652, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2011.07.001
Bastiaanse R., 2008, TEST ASSESSING REFER
Bastiaanse R, 2008, J NEUROLINGUIST, V21, P104, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2006.10.006
BATES E, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P123, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90149-U
BATES E, 1987, CORTEX, V23, P545
Burchert F, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V94, P188, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.12.006
Bybee Joan, 2007, FREQUENCY USE ORG LA
Cappa S., 2005, HDB BILINGUALISM PSY, P497
Centeno JG, 2011, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V25, P864, DOI 10.3109/02699206.2011.582225
Dimmendaal G., 2001, SPRACHE GESCH AFRIKA, V16, P83
Dressler Wolfgang, 1985, MORPHONOLOGY DYNAMIC
Duman TY, 2009, BRAIN LANG, V108, P30, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2008.09.009
Fabbro F, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V79, P201, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2480
Fabbro F., 1999, NEUROLINGUISTICS BIL
Friedmann N, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P397, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1795
Goodglass H., 1972, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP
Goral M., 2011, SCI APH 12 SEPT 1 5
Grosjean Francois, 1994, ENCY LANGUAGE LINGUI, P1656
Jonkers R, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P1252, DOI 10.1080/02687030802289192
Menn L, 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C, VII, P1369
Miozzo M, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P262, DOI 10.1080/02687030902958381
Nanousi V., 2006, J NEUROLINGUIST, V19, P209, DOI [10.1016/j.jneuroling.2005.11.003, DOI 10.1016/J.JNEUROLING.2005.11.003]
Paradis M., 2001, MANIFESTATIONS APHAS
Stavrakaki S, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V86, P129, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00541-2
Tsapkini K, 2001, J NEUROLINGUIST, V14, P281, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(01)00018-5
Wenzlaff M, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P57, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00298-0
Zagona K., ENCY GENERA IN PRESS
Zagona Karen, 2003, ANAPHORA REFERENCE G, P140, DOI 10.1002/9780470755594.ch6
NR 35
TC 8
Z9 8
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD FEB 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 2
BP 157
EP 177
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.699632
PG 21
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 105EO
UT WOS:000316048700003
ER
PT J
AU Fyndanis, V
Manouilidou, C
Koufou, E
Karampekios, S
Tsapakis, EM
AF Fyndanis, Valantis
Manouilidou, Christina
Koufou, Eugenia
Karampekios, Spyros
Tsapakis, Eva Maria
TI Agrammatic patterns in Alzheimer's disease: Evidence from tense,
agreement, and aspect
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Alzheimer's disease; Tense; Agreement; Aspect; Aphasia; Greek
ID WORKING-MEMORY; SENTENCE COMPREHENSION; FUNCTIONAL CATEGORIES; VERB
INFLECTION; TIME REFERENCE; GREEK APHASIA; DEMENTIA; SPEECH; IMPAIRMENT;
HYPOTHESIS
AB Background: Little research has been conducted on functional categories in probable Alzheimer's disease (pAD). Furthermore, the findings are contradictory, since some studies report ceiling performance on tense and/or subjectverb agreement (Kaprinis & Stavrakaki, 2007; Kave & Levy, 2003), whereas others report morphosyntactic deficits and agrammatic profiles (e.g., Altmann, Kempler, & Andersen, 2001). Aims: This study investigates the ability of Greek-speaking pAD individuals to produce and judge subjectverb agreement, tense, and aspect. Given pAD individuals have working memory limitations (e.g., Baddeley, 1996), and given the differential processing demands of agreement, tense and aspect (e.g., Fyndanis, Varlokosta, & Tsapkini, 2012a), pAD participants are expected to perform better on agreement than on tense/aspect. Based on the hypothesis that reference to the past is computationally more demanding than reference to the future/present (e.g., Bastiaanse et al., 2011), a within-tense dissociation is expected to emerge. Further, on the assumption that unmarked values of functional categories are less demanding than marked values (e.g., Lapointe, 1985), the imperfective (unmarked) aspect is expected to be better preserved than the perfective (marked) aspect. Methods & Procedures: Ten Greek-speaking mild pAD individuals and six healthy controls participated in a sentence completion task, a grammaticality judgement task, and a sentencepicture matching task. Non-parametric tests were used for analysis of results. Outcomes & Results: PAD participants were found to be significantly more impaired in aspect compared to tense and agreement, in both production and grammaticality judgement/comprehension. Agreement was found significantly better preserved than tense in production. Similar patterns of performance have been attested in agrammatism (e.g., Fyndanis et al., 2012a). Reference to the past and reference to the future did not dissociate, whereas the imperfective aspect was found to be significantly more impaired than the perfective aspect in production. Conclusions: PAD participants' better performance on producing agreement, compared to tense/aspect, is accounted for in terms of the differential demands these categories pose on the processing system. Agreement is computationally less demanding than tense/aspect, because the former involves processing of grammatical information only, whereas the latter involve processing and integration of grammatical and extralinguistic/conceptual information. The preponderance of tense over aspect is attributed to the subjectivity of the latter, which renders it either a category difficult to test, or a computationally more demanding condition. The results also show that reference to the past is as demanding as reference to the future. The hypothesis that unmarked values are easier than marked ones is not supported by our data.
C1 [Fyndanis, Valantis] Univ Athens, Sch Philol, Dept Linguist, Athens 15784, Greece.
[Fyndanis, Valantis] Technol Educ Inst Patras, Dept Speech & Language Therapy, Patras, Greece.
[Manouilidou, Christina] Univ Patras, Sch Philol, Dept Linguist, Patras, Greece.
[Koufou, Eugenia; Tsapakis, Eva Maria] Aghios Charalambos Mental Hlth Ctr, Iraklion, Greece.
[Karampekios, Spyros] Iasis Gen Hosp, Khania, Greece.
RP Fyndanis, V (reprint author), Univ Athens, Sch Philol, Dept Linguist, Athens 15784, Greece.
EM valantis.fyndanis@gmail.com
CR Alexiadou A, 1998, NAT LANG LINGUIST TH, V16, P491, DOI 10.1023/A:1006090432389
Clahsen H, 2009, J NEUROLINGUIST, V22, P436, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2009.02.003
Altmann LJP, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P1069, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2001/085)
[Anonymous], 1992, INT STAT CLASS DIS R
Avrutin S., 2000, LANGUAGE BRAIN REPRE, P205, DOI 10.1016/B978-012304260-6/50017-7
Avrutin Sergey, 2006, BROCAS REGION, P49
BADDELEY A, 1991, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V13, P372, DOI 10.1080/01688639108401051
BADDELEY A, 1992, SCIENCE, V255, P556, DOI 10.1126/science.1736359
BADDELEY A, 1986, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V38, P603
Baddeley Alan, 1996, Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology Section A Human Experimental Psychology, V49, P5, DOI 10.1080/027249896392784
Baddeley A. D., 1974, PSYCHOL LEARN MOTIV, V8, P47, DOI DOI 10.1016/S0079-7421(08)60452-1
BADDELEY AD, 1991, BRAIN, V114, P2521, DOI 10.1093/brain/114.6.2521
Baddeley AD, 2001, BRAIN, V124, P1492, DOI 10.1093/brain/124.8.1492
Bastiaanse R, 2011, J NEUROLINGUIST, V24, P652, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2011.07.001
Bastiaanse R, 2008, J NEUROLINGUIST, V21, P104, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2006.10.006
Becker J. T., 2002, HDB MEMORY DISORDERS, P569
Cabeza R, 2002, NEUROIMAGE, V16, P317, DOI 10.1006/nimg.2002.1063
Caplan D., 1988, DISORDERS SYNTACTIC
Caplan D, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P77
Chomsky N., 1981, LECT GOVT BINDING
Chomsky N., 2001, K HALE LIFE LANGUAGE, P1
Chomsky N., 1995, MINIMALIST PROGRAM
Chomsky N., 2000, STEP STEP ESSAYS MIN, P89
Comrie B, 1976, ASPECT
Comrie Bernard, 1985, TENSE
DIESFELDT HFA, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P41, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248975
Druks J., 2000, OBJECT ACTION NAMING
Druks J, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V98, P332, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.003
Duman TY, 2009, BRAIN LANG, V108, P30, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2008.09.009
Economou A, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V103, P53, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.07.041
FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6
Fountoulakis K. N. ., 1994, ENCEPHALOS, V31, P93
FRIEDERICI AD, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P279, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248924
Friedmann N, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P397, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1795
Fyndanis V., 2012, ADAPTATION DRU UNPUB
Fyndanis V, 2010, J NEUROLINGUIST, V23, P644, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2010.06.003
Fyndanis V., 2009, THESIS ARISTOTLE U T
Fyndanis V., 2012, MORPHO SYNTACT UNPUB
Fyndanis V, 2012, LINGUA, V122, P1134, DOI 10.1016/j.lingua.2012.05.004
Gabeza R., 2002, NEUROIMAGE, V16, P317, DOI [10.1006/nimg.2002.1063, DOI 10.1006/NIMG.2002.1063]
HAARMANN HJ, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P247, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248527
HAGIWARA H, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V50, P92, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1041
Harciarek M, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P606, DOI 10.1080/02687030801890891
HODGES JR, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V33, P441, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(94)00127-B
Joseph L, 1999, AM J EPIDEMIOL, V149, P963
Kaprinis S, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V103, P59, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.07.044
Kave G, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V87, P267, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00106-8
Kensinger EA, 2003, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V17, P230, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.17.2.230
Kim M, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V88, P1, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00147-0
Kok P, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V102, P273, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.03.001
LAPOINTE SG, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V24, P100, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90100-2
Lindeboom J, 2004, EUR J PHARMACOL, V490, P83, DOI 10.1016/j.ejphar.2004.02.046
MacDonald MC, 2002, PSYCHOL REV, V109, P35, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.109.1.35
MacDonald MC, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V78, P17, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2436
Mackridge Peter, 1997, GREEK COMPREHENSIVE
Manouilidou C, 2009, J NEUROLINGUIST, V22, P167, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2008.10.002
Manouilidou Christina, 2009, FRUITS EMPIRICAL LIN, V1, P123
Matzig S, 2009, CORTEX, V45, P738, DOI 10.1016/j.cortex.2008.10.003
MORRIS RG, 1988, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V10, P279, DOI 10.1080/01688638808408242
Nanousi V., 2006, J NEUROLINGUIST, V19, P209, DOI [10.1016/j.jneuroling.2005.11.003, DOI 10.1016/J.JNEUROLING.2005.11.003]
Perry RJ, 1999, BRAIN, V122, P383, DOI 10.1093/brain/122.3.383
Price CC, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V94, P217, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.12.009
Rogers SL, 2008, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V46, P12, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2007.08.01
Salis C, 2011, J NEUROLINGUIST, V24, P156, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2010.02.001
Simone PM, 1997, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V23, P595, DOI 10.1037//0096-1523.23.3.595
Small JA, 1997, PSYCHOL AGING, V12, P3, DOI 10.1037//0882-7974.12.1.3
Smith CS, 1997, PARAMETER ASPECT
Stavrakaki S, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V86, P129, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00541-2
Tractenberg RE, 2011, PLOS ONE, V6, DOI 10.1371/journal.pone.0016973
Tsimpli IM, 2007, SECOND LANG RES, V23, P215, DOI 10.1177/0267658307076546
Varlokosta S, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P723, DOI 10.1080/0267030500513703
Warburton I. P., 1973, LINGUA, V32, P193, DOI [10.1016/0024-3841(73) 90042-9, DOI 10.1016/0024-3841(73)90042-9]
WATERS GS, 1995, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V12, P1, DOI 10.1080/02643299508251990
Wenzlaff M, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V92, P33, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.05.006
Whatmough C, 2002, BRAIN DAM B, P181
NR 75
TC 1
Z9 1
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD FEB 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 2
BP 178
EP 200
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.705814
PG 23
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 105EO
UT WOS:000316048700004
ER
PT J
AU Johansson, MB
Carlsson, M
Ostberg, P
Sonnander, K
AF Johansson, Monica Blom
Carlsson, Marianne
Ostberg, Per
Sonnander, Karin
TI A multiple-case study of a family-oriented intervention practice in the
early rehabilitation phase of persons with aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Significant others; Interpersonal communication; Communication
strategies; Communication partner training; Speech-language pathology
services
ID STROKE SURVIVORS; SUPPORTED CONVERSATION; OLDER-PEOPLE; COMMUNICATION;
PARTNERS; ADULTS; NEEDS; LIFE; PARTICIPATION; PERSPECTIVE
AB Background: Having a family member with aphasia severely affects the everyday life of the significant others, resulting in their need for support and information. Family-oriented intervention programmes typically consist of support, information, and skill training, such as communication partner training (CPT). However, because of time constraints and perceived lack of skills and routines, such programmes, especially CPT, are not common practice among speech-language pathologists (SLPs). Aims: To design and evaluate an early family-oriented intervention of persons with stroke-induced moderate to severe aphasia and their significant others in dyads. The intervention was designed to be flexible to meet the needs of each participant, to emotionally support the significant others and supply them with information needed, to include CPT that is easy to learn and conduct for SLPs, and to be able to provide CPT when the persons with aphasia still have access to SLP services. Methods & Procedures: An evaluative multiple-case study, involving three dyads, was conducted no more than 2 months after the onset of aphasia. The intervention consisted of six sessions: three sessions directed to the significant other (primarily support and information) and three to the dyad (primarily CPT). The intervention was evaluated both qualitatively and quantitatively based on video recordings of conversations and self-assessment questionnaires. Outcomes & Results: The importance of emotional support as well as information about stroke/aphasia was clearly acknowledged, especially by the significant others. All significant others perceived increased knowledge and understanding of aphasia and related issues. Communicative skills (as manifested in the video recordings) showed improvements from pre- to post-intervention. Conclusions: The results corroborate the need for individualised and flexible family-oriented SLP services that are broad in content. Furthermore, the results support the early initiation of such services with recurrent contact. The usefulness of CPT this early in the rehabilitation process was indicated but is yet to be proved.
C1 [Johansson, Monica Blom; Carlsson, Marianne; Sonnander, Karin] Uppsala Univ, Dept Publ Hlth & Caring Sci, S-75122 Uppsala, Sweden.
[Carlsson, Marianne] Univ Gavle, Fac Hlth & Occupat Sci, Gavle, Sweden.
[Ostberg, Per] Uppsala Univ, Dept Neurosci, S-75122 Uppsala, Sweden.
RP Johansson, MB (reprint author), Uppsala Univ, Dept Publ Hlth & Caring Sci, Box 564, S-75122 Uppsala, Sweden.
EM monica.blom.johansson@pubcare.uu.se
FU Department of Public Health and Caring Sciences, Uppsala University
FX The authors would like to thank Eva Sandin (SLP) and Marianne Akerlund
(The Swedish Aphasia Association) for valuable ideas and feedback during
the study. The project was undertaken with financial support from the
Department of Public Health and Caring Sciences, Uppsala University.
CR Avent J, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P365, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000813
Bakas T, 2006, REHABIL NURS, V31, P33
Cameron JI, 2008, PATIENT EDUC COUNS, V70, P305, DOI 10.1016/j.pec.2007.10.020
Codex, 2009, RUL GUID RES
Cruice M, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P327, DOI 10.1080/02687030802565849
Davidson B, 2008, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V15, P325, DOI 10.1310/tsr1504-325
Denman A, 1998, DISABIL REHABIL, V20, P411
Graneheim UH, 2004, NURS EDUC TODAY, V24, P105, DOI 10.1016/j.nedt.2003.10.001
Hickin J., 2006, APHASIA THERAPY FILE, V2
Hinckley JJ, 2001, J COMMUN DISORD, V34, P241, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(01)00049-1
Hoen B, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P681, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249415
Holland A, 2007, TOP LANG DISORD, V27, P339
Holland A., 2007, COUNSELING COMMUNICA
Hopper T, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P745, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000059
Hutchby Ian, 2008, CONVERSATION ANAL PR
Jakobsson R., 2010, BEDOMNING KONVERSATI
Johannsen-Horbach Helga, 1999, Seminars in Speech and Language, V20, P73, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1064010
Johansson MB, 2011, DISABIL REHABIL, V33, P51, DOI 10.3109/09638288.2010.486465
Johansson MB, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P1005, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2012.671927
Johansson MB, 2012, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V47, P144, DOI 10.1111/j.1460-6984.2011.00089.x
Kagan Aura, 2004, Top Stroke Rehabil, V11, P67
Kagan A, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P624, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2001/051)
Kagan A, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P816, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249575
Kong APH, 2011, DISABIL REHABIL, V33, P2633, DOI 10.3109/09638288.2011.579220
Le Dorze G, 2010, DISABIL REHABIL, V32, P1073, DOI 10.3109/09638280903374121
LEDORZE G, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P239
LeDorze G, 1996, DISABIL REHABIL, V18, P550
Lincoln Y. S., 1985, NATURALISTIC INQUIRY
Lock S., 2001, SPPARC SUPPORTING PA
Lubinski R., 2008, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P319
Lyon JG, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P693, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249416
Martin N., 2008, APHASIA REHABILITATI
Merriam Sharan, 2009, QUALITATIVE RES GUID, Vsecond
Mosby, 2002, MOSBYS MED DICT
Natterlund BS, 2010, SCAND J OCCUP THER, V17, P18, DOI 10.3109/11038120902833218
Pound C., 2000, APHASIA THERAPIES LI
Pringle J, 2008, J CLIN NURS, V17, P2384, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2702.2008.02372.x
Rogers C., 1995, CLIENT CTR THERAPY I
Saldert C., 2004, AFASI KOMMUNIKATION
Servaes P, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P889
Simmons-Mackie N, 2010, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V91, P1814, DOI 10.1016/j.apmr.2010.08.026
Sorin-Peters R, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P951, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000453
Sorin-Peters R., 2002, THESIS ONTARIA I STU
Thomas SA, 2008, STROKE, V39, P1240, DOI 10.1161/STROKEAHA.107.498279
Wachters-Kaufmann C, 2005, PATIENT EDUC COUNS, V56, P211, DOI 10.1016/j.pec.2004.02.012
Wilkinson R., 2010, J INTERACTIONAL RES, V1, P45, DOI DOI 10.1558/JIRCD.V1I1.45
Worrall L, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P309, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.508530
Yin R.K., 2009, CASE STUDY RES DESIG, Vfourth
NR 48
TC 2
Z9 2
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD FEB 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 2
BP 201
EP 226
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.744808
PG 26
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 105EO
UT WOS:000316048700005
ER
PT J
AU Beringer, A
Tonsing, K
Bornman, J
AF Beringer, Ange
Toensing, Kerstin
Bornman, Juan
TI The self-determined and partner-predicted topic preferences of adults
with aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Augmentative and alternative communication; Dyad; Familiar
communication partner; Talking MatsTM; Framework; Topic preferences
ID QUALITY-OF-LIFE; ALTERNATIVE COMMUNICATION; PEOPLE; FRIENDS; IMPACT;
ROLES; AAC
AB Background: Due to the challenges presented by the complex nature of aphasia, the familiar communication partners of these individuals often act as informants in the process of selecting topics for inclusion in an AAC system. However, informant input is not always accurate, and hence the active involvement of adults with aphasia in the preselection of topics for use in an AAC system has been advocated. In order to provide adults with aphasia the opportunity to participate in research and clinical practice, appropriate support is needed. Such support can be provided in the form of concrete materials and partner facilitation. Aims: This study aimed to 1) determine the topic preferences of adults with aphasia by providing them with the opportunity to preselect their preferred topics of conversation and 2) compare the self-selected and partner-predicted topic preferences. Methods and Procedures: This study employed a descriptive design to describe and compare the topic preferences provided by members of 10 dyads comprising an adult with moderate to severe aphasia and his/her familiar communication partner. The topic preferences of the participants were obtained by using the Talking MatsTM framework to rate 37 topics taken from the PCR Manual (Kagan, Winckel, & Shumway, 1996) represented on topic cards. Spontaneous comments made by the participants were qualitatively analysed in order to better understand the way in which topic preferences were determined. Outcome and Results: The participants with aphasia revealed that they would like to talk about the majority of the topics presented to them. Partners predicted topic preferences of persons with aphasia with an average accuracy of 65%. The amount of time dyads spent together, the variety of activities performed together as well as the manner of selecting joint activities were all factors that appeared to have a significant impact on the level of accuracy of the partner's predictions. Furthermore, partners who demonstrated their belief in the communicative competence of the person with aphasia, despite the person's speech and language limitations, also tended to predict preferences more accurately. Conclusions: The adults with moderate to severe aphasia in this study were capable of communicating their topic preferences when provided with the Talking MatsTM framework. While partner input in topic selection is certainly important, various factors seem to influence the accuracy of partner's predictions. The results can serve to guide clinical practice when conversational topics are selected for persons with severe aphasia.
C1 [Beringer, Ange; Toensing, Kerstin; Bornman, Juan] Univ Pretoria, Ctr Augmentat & Alternat Commun, ZA-0002 Pretoria, Gauteng, South Africa.
RP Tonsing, K (reprint author), Univ Pretoria, Ctr Augmentat & Alternat Commun, Commun Pathol Bldg,Lynnwood Rd, ZA-0002 Pretoria, Gauteng, South Africa.
EM kerstin.tonsing@up.ac.za
FU National Research Foundation (NRF) of South Africa
FX This article is based on a Master's dissertation by the first author
under supervision of the second and third author. The financial
assistance of the National Research Foundation (NRF) of South Africa for
this study is hereby gratefully acknowledged. Opinions expressed in this
paper and conclusions arrived at are those of the authors and not
attributable to the NRF. The authors would like to thank the adults with
aphasia and their communication partners who participated in the study.
CR ARIES EJ, 1983, SEX ROLES, V9, P1183, DOI 10.1007/BF00303101
Balandin S., 1998, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V14, P131, DOI DOI 10.1080/07434619812331278316
Beringer A., 2010, THESIS
Beukelman D. R., 1991, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V7, P171, DOI 10.1080/07434619112331275883
Braun V., 2006, QUALITATIVE RES PSYC, V3, P77, DOI DOI 10.1191/1478088706QP063OA
Brewster S. J., 2004, BRIT J LEARN DISABIL, V32, P166, DOI 10.1111/j.1468-3156.2004.00319.x
BRUMFITT S, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P569, DOI 10.1080/02687039308248631
Bryen DN, 2008, AUGMENT ALTERN COMM, V24, P294, DOI 10.1080/07434610802467354
Cruice M, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P111, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000651
Davidson B, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P243, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000653
Engell B, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P383, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000734
Ferm U, 2010, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V45, P523, DOI 10.3109/13682820903222809
Fox LE, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P171, DOI 10.1080/02687040042000133
Garrett K. L., 2005, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, P467
Garrett K. L., 1992, AUGMENTATIVE COMMUNI, P245
Garrett K. L., 1989, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V5, P55, DOI 10.1080/07434618912331274976
Garrett KL, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P523, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000149
Gillespie A, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P1559, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.500810
Hilari K, 2007, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V78, P1072, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.2006.111476
Ho K., 2005, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V21, P218, DOI 10.1080/07434610400016694
Hux K, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P643, DOI 10.1080/02687030902869299
Hux K. D., 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P675
Jacobs B, 2004, DISABIL REHABIL, V26, P1231, DOI 10.1080/09638280412331280244
Kagan A., 1996, PICTOGRAPHIC COMMUNI
Kagan A., 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P811
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Koul R. J., 2003, EFFICACY AUGMENTATIV, P449
KRAAT AW, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P321, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249086
Lasker J., 1997, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V13, P108, DOI DOI 10.1080/07434619712331277908
LYON JG, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P33, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248687
Lyon JG, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P693, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249416
McKelvey ML, 2010, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V19, P22, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2009/08-0021)
McMillan J. H., 2010, RES ED EVIDENCE BASE, V7th
Morris J, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P890, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.549568
Murphy J., 1998, SPEECH LANGUAGE AUT, P11
Murphy J., 2010, DEMENTIA INT J SOCIA, V9, P454, DOI 10.1177/1471301210381776
Murphy J., 2007, COMMUNICATION DEMENT
Murphy J., 2000, BRIT J THERAPY REHAB, V7, P454
Parr S, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P98, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798337
Rogers MA, 2000, AUG ALTER COMMUN SER, P305
Simmons-Mackie N, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P807
Simms NJ, 2001, EUR FED CORR PUBL, P246
Stuart S., 1994, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V2, P89
Tonsing K, 2004, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V20, P89, DOI 10.1080/07434610410001699762
Turner S, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P483, DOI 10.1080/02687030600589991
van de Sandt-Koenderman M, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P245, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000571
NR 46
TC 0
Z9 0
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD FEB 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 2
BP 227
EP 251
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.744809
PG 25
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 105EO
UT WOS:000316048700006
ER
PT J
AU Barnes, S
AF Barnes, Scott
TI Proper noun anomia in conversation: A description of how a man with
chronic anomia constructed referencing turns
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Anomia; Conversation analysis; Proper nouns
ID APHASIC CONVERSATION; COMMON NAMES; EXPRESSIONS; RETRIEVAL; SEQUENCES;
LANGUAGE; SPEAKERS; GRAMMAR; TALK
AB Background: Proper noun anomia has received significant attention as a source of evidence for the organisation of the lexicon, and the neuroanatomical bases of language. There is also some evidence that people with aphasia and related disorders may have particular difficulty producing proper nouns. However, very few studies have examined how proper noun anomia manifests in everyday conversation. Aims: This study uses conversation analysis (CA) to describe how a man with chronic anomia constructed turns that referred to people, places, and other entities that can be named with proper nouns. Methods & Procedures: A man with chronic anomia following a closed head injury (Paul) was recorded during everyday conversations involving two friends and the researcher. Approximately 2(1/2) hours of recordings were collected and transcribed. A collection of referencing turns was assembled from this dataset and analysed. Outcomes & Results: Two design features of Paul's referencing turns are identified and described. First, Paul recurrently delayed the production of reference forms in referencing turns. It is speculated that these practices generated extra time for Paul to produce proper nouns. Second, Paul recurrently utilised common noun phrases (e.g., that young bloke) as reference forms in place of proper nouns. These references were easier to produce than proper nouns, and solicited proper nouns from his conversation partners. Securing the involvement of conversation partners allowed Paul to partially distribute the productive and moral responsibility for proper noun generation. Conclusions: It is argued that these turn construction practices represent adaptations to proper noun anomia in conversation. These findings may contribute to the development of interaction-focused interventions targeting referencing by people with anomia. Future investigation should focus on how the referencing turns of people with anomia change over time.
C1 [Barnes, Scott] Univ Sydney, Discipline Speech Pathol, Ctr Clin Res Excellence Aphasia Rehabil, Sydney, NSW 2006, Australia.
RP Barnes, S (reprint author), Univ Sydney, Fac Hlth Sci, Discipline Speech Pathol, Cumberland C42,POB 170, Lidcombe, NSW 1825, Australia.
EM scott.barnes@sydney.edu.au
CR Adamovich B, 1992, SCALES COGNITIVE ABI
Armstrong E, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P763, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192364
Armstrong E, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P480, DOI 10.1080/02687030902775157
AUER JCP, 1984, J PRAGMATICS, V8, P627, DOI 10.1016/0378-2166(84)90003-1
Beeke S, 2003, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V17, P81, DOI 10.1080/0269920031000061795
Beeke S, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P256, DOI 10.1080/02687030600911344
Beeke S, 2011, J NEUROLINGUIST, V24, P222, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2010.03.002
Bredart S, 1997, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V14, P209
Cohen G, 1993, Memory, V1, P249, DOI 10.1080/09658219308258237
Damasio H, 1996, NATURE, V380, P499, DOI 10.1038/380499a0
Damico JS, 2007, CLINICAL APHASIOLOGY: FUTURE DIRECTIONS, P92
Enfield NJ, 2003, LANGUAGE, V79, P82, DOI 10.1353/lan.2003.0075
Evrard M, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V81, P174, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2515
Ford C. E., 1996, INTERACTION GRAMMAR, P134, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511620874.003
Francis DR, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P243, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000564
Heeschen C., 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P233
Helasvuo ML, 2004, RES LANG SOC INTERAC, V37, P1, DOI 10.1207/s15327973rlsi3701_1
Heritage J., 1997, QUALITATIVE RES THEO, P161
Heritage J, 2007, LANG CULT COGN, P255
Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kertesz A., 2006, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
Klippi A, 2003, CONVERSATION BRAIN D, P117
Laakso M., 1997, SELF INITIATED REPAI
Laakso M, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P345
Laury R., 1997, DEMONSTRATIVES INTER
Levinson SC, 2007, LANG CULT COGN, P29
Martins IP, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V45, P1744, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2006.12.016
Milders M, 1999, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V21, P171, DOI 10.1076/jcen.21.2.171.932
Oelschlaeger ML, 1999, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V8, P62
Oelschlaeger ML, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P971, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249464
Pomerantz Anita, 1984, STRUCTURES SOCIAL AC, P57
Robson J, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P917, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000462
Sacks H., 1979, EVERYDAY LANGUAGE ST, P15
Schegloff E, 1996, INTERACTION GRAMMAR, P52, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511620874.002
Schegloff EA, 2007, SEQUENCE ORGANIZATION IN INTERACTION: A PRIMER IN CONVERSATION ANALYSIS I, P1, DOI 10.2277/ 0521532795
Schegloff E. A., 1996, STUDIES ANAPHORA, P437
Schegloff EA, 1996, AM J SOCIOL, V102, P161, DOI 10.1086/230911
Semenza C, 2006, CORTEX, V42, P884, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70432-5
Semenza C, 2009, MIND LANG, V24, P347
Semenza C., 2001, BRAIN COGNITION, V48, P542
SEMENZA C, 1989, NATURE, V342, P678, DOI 10.1038/342678a0
Sidtis DV, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P411, DOI 10.1080/02687030500538148
Stivers T, 2005, RES LANG SOC INTERAC, V38, P131, DOI 10.1207/s15327973rlsi3802_1
Stivers T, 2007, LANG CULT COGN, P73
Tranel D, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V20, P1, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.20.1.1
Wilkinson R, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P327, DOI 10.1080/026870399402127
Wilkinson R., 2010, J INTERACTIONAL RES, V1, P45, DOI DOI 10.1558/JIRCD.V1I1.45
Wilkinson Ray, 2007, Commun Med, V4, P79, DOI 10.1515/CAM.2007.009
Wilkinson R, 2007, J PRAGMATICS, V39, P542, DOI 10.1016/j.pragma.2006.07.010
Wilkinson R, 2009, DISCOURSE PROCESS, V46, P206, DOI 10.1080/01638530902728892
Wilkinson R., 2003, CONVERSATION BRAIN D, P59
Yasuda K, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P1067, DOI 10.1080/02687030050174638
NR 52
TC 2
Z9 2
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD JAN 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 1
BP 1
EP 19
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.671928
PG 19
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 065DH
UT WOS:000313127600001
ER
PT J
AU Becker, F
Reinvang, I
AF Becker, Frank
Reinvang, Ivar
TI Identification of target tones and speech sounds studied with
event-related potentials: Language-related changes in aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Plasticity; Event-related potentials; Stroke; Rehabilitation;
TBI
ID MISMATCH NEGATIVITY MMN; SUPERIOR TEMPORAL GYRUS; LEFT-HEMISPHERE
STROKE; AUDITORY COMPREHENSION; LESIONS; ATTENTION; BRAIN; P300;
DISCRIMINATION; INDIVIDUALS
AB Background: Although frequently observed in aphasia, the contribution of speech sound processing impairments to auditory comprehension deficits has not been clarified. Event-related brain potentials can be used to investigate the neural processes underlying speech sound processing in aphasia, thereby adding information to investigations exclusively based on behavioural assessments. Aims: Against the background of previous findings of reduced amplitudes in an aphasic group during a syllable identification task, three main research questions are pursued in this study: whether possible ERP alterations in the aphasia group (1) are specific for language processing or can also be observed in non-language processing, (2) are also found in brain-injured persons without aphasia, and (3) correlate with auditory comprehension deficits. Methods & Procedures: Here 10 aphasic participants were compared with 10 non-aphasic participants who had right hemisphere lesions and with 18 healthy controls. Event-related brain potentials (ERPs) were obtained during two oddball paradigms in which the participants had to identify: (i) target tones differing in pitch and (ii) target syllables differing in the initial consonant. Outcomes & Results: Overall the aphasic participants performed the task successfully, but responded correctly to fewer targets and had prolonged response times. When compared to healthy controls, N1 amplitude was reduced in both brain-damaged groups; in response to syllables, this attenuation was more pronounced in the aphasic participants. The aphasia group demonstrated significantly reduced N1 amplitude in response to standard and target tones and target syllables, while the right hemisphere group had significantly reduced N1 amplitudes in response to tones only (both standard and target). In both brain-injured groups, N1 amplitudes were larger over the contralesional hemisphere. This hemisphere difference was significantly larger for syllables than tones in the aphasic participants. Furthermore this group had delayed N2 and P3 latencies, whereas N2 amplitude reduction was found in the right hemisphere group. Conclusions: The present results indicate reduced early attentional processing and delayed subsequent processing in aphasia. In addition to disturbed non-linguistic auditory processing, the present results suggest impairments in speech sound related processing in aphasia occurring as early as at 100 ms post-stimulus. Topographical distribution patterns in the aphasia group suggest a larger right hemisphere involvement in the processing of syllables than for tones.
C1 [Becker, Frank] Univ Oslo, Inst Clin Med, Oslo, Norway.
[Becker, Frank] Sunnaas Rehabil Hosp, N-1450 Nesoddtangen, Norway.
[Reinvang, Ivar] Univ Oslo, Dept Psychol, Oslo, Norway.
RP Becker, F (reprint author), Sunnaas Rehabil Hosp, Bjornemyrveien 11, N-1450 Nesoddtangen, Norway.
EM frank.becker@sunnaas.no
FU Norwegian ExtraFoundation for Health and Rehabilitation through EXTRA
funds; Sunnaas Rehabilitation Hospital
FX This project has been financially supported by the Norwegian
ExtraFoundation for Health and Rehabilitation through EXTRA funds and by
the Sunnaas Rehabilitation Hospital.
CR AALTONEN O, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V44, P139, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1009
Auther LL, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P461
BASSO A, 1977, CORTEX, V13, P85
Baum SR, 2002, J NEUROLINGUIST, V15, P447, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(00)00020-8
Becker F., 2007, BEHAV BRAIN FUNCTION, V3
Becker F, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V100, P69, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.09.004
Becker F, 2007, J REHABIL MED, V39, P658, DOI 10.2340/16501977-0112
Belin P, 1998, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V10, P536, DOI 10.1162/089892998562834
BLUMSTEIN SE, 1977, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V15, P19, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(77)90111-7
Brown C. M., 1997, APHASIETHERAPIE WAND, P89
Corbetta M, 2002, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V3, P201, DOI 10.1038/nrn755
Csepe V, 2001, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V39, P1194, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(01)00052-5
DERENZI E, 1978, CORTEX, V14, P41
Goodglass H, 2001, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Hagoort P, 1996, BRAIN, V119, P627, DOI 10.1093/brain/119.2.627
Handy T. C, 2005, EVENT RELATED POTENT
Hestad K., 1998, TIDSSKRIFT NORSK PSY, V35, P322
Hirata K, 1996, BRAIN TOPOGR, V8, P279, DOI 10.1007/BF01184785
Ilvonen T, 2004, NEUROSCI LETT, V366, P235, DOI 10.1016/j.neulet.2004.05.024
Ilvonen TM, 2001, PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY, V38, P622, DOI 10.1111/1469-8986.3840622
Ilvonen TM, 2003, STROKE, V34, P1746, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000078836.26328.3B
KNIGHT RT, 1980, ELECTROEN CLIN NEURO, V50, P112, DOI 10.1016/0013-4694(80)90328-4
KNIGHT RT, 1988, ELECTROEN CLIN NEURO, V70, P499, DOI 10.1016/0013-4694(88)90148-4
Linden DEJ, 2005, NEUROSCIENTIST, V11, P563, DOI 10.1177/1073858405280524
MILBERG W, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V34, P279, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90139-3
Näätänen R, 1986, Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol Suppl, V38, P169
Naatanen R, 1999, PSYCHOL BULL, V125, P826, DOI 10.1037/0033-2909.125.6.826
Naatanen R, 2007, CLIN NEUROPHYSIOL, V118, P2544, DOI 10.1016/j.clinph.2007.04.026
Patel Salil H, 2005, Int J Med Sci, V2, P147
Pettigrew CM, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P131, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000642
Polich J, 2007, CLIN NEUROPHYSIOL, V118, P2128, DOI 10.1016/j.clinph.2007.04.019
POOL KD, 1989, EAR HEARING, V10, P144, DOI 10.1097/00003446-198906000-00002
Pritchard W., 1991, ADV PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY, V4, P43
Reinvang I., 1985, APHASIA BRAIN ORG, P181
ROTHENBERG A, 1982, ARCH PSYCHIAT NERVEN, V231, P155, DOI 10.1007/BF00343837
Saur D, 2006, BRAIN, V129, P1371, DOI 10.1093/brain/awl090
SEMLITSCH HV, 1986, PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY, V23, P695, DOI 10.1111/j.1469-8986.1986.tb00696.x
Stefanatos GA, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V45, P1127, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2006.09.011
Swaab T, 1997, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V9, P39, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1997.9.1.39
Wertz RT, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P499, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249553
WOODS DL, 1993, COGNITIVE BRAIN RES, V1, P227, DOI 10.1016/0926-6410(93)90007-R
Zatorre RJ, 2001, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V930, P193
NR 42
TC 0
Z9 1
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD JAN 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 1
BP 20
EP 40
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.676163
PG 21
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 065DH
UT WOS:000313127600002
ER
PT J
AU Bright, FAS
Kayes, NM
McCann, CM
McPherson, KM
AF Bright, F. A. S.
Kayes, N. M.
McCann, C. M.
McPherson, K. M.
TI Hope in people with aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Hope; Aphasia; Rehabilitation; Stroke
ID INTERPRETIVE DESCRIPTION; HEALTH-PROFESSIONALS; ACQUIRED DISABILITY;
STROKE SURVIVORS; BRAIN-INJURY; REHABILITATION; EXPERIENCE; RECOVERY;
PHYSIOTHERAPY; PERSPECTIVE
AB Background: Hope is considered to be important for health, recovery, and rehabilitation outcomes in a range of healthcare populations. Little is known about hope in people following stroke, and even less is known about hope in people with aphasia following stroke as they are commonly excluded from research in this field. Aims: This study aimed to explore how hope was experienced by people with aphasia following stroke during the post-acute period of rehabilitation, and to identify factors influencing the experience of hope. Methods & Procedures: This study utilised an Interpretive Description methodology. Data were collected through semi-structured interviews with five people with aphasia. Supported conversation techniques were used to facilitate full contribution of participants. Data were analysed using a number of approachescoding, thematic analysis, narrative construction, diagramming, and memoing. Outcomes & Results: Hope was experienced in two ways. Simply having hope was a broad but passive sense of hope which appeared to be the primary, constant form of hope. Actively hoping was an active, future-oriented form of hope that was experienced intermittently by participants. The experience of hope appeared dynamic and complex and seemingly influenced by three primary factors: uncertainty about the future; viewing hope as double-sided; and a sense of disruption. These were in turn influenced by a person's past experiences, present reality and perceived future. Conclusions: Hope is considered important by people with aphasia. It appears related to how people engage in rehabilitation and may be influenced by clinicians. As such, it is a concept that therapists should be aware of. Suggestions for how clinicians may consider and address hope are provided and discussed.
C1 [Bright, F. A. S.; Kayes, N. M.; McPherson, K. M.] AUT Univ, Person Ctr Res Ctr, Hlth & Rehabil Res Inst, Auckland 1142, New Zealand.
[McCann, C. M.] Univ Auckland, Dept Psychol Speech Sci, Auckland 1142, New Zealand.
RP Bright, FAS (reprint author), AUT Univ, Person Ctr Res Ctr, Hlth & Rehabil Res Inst, Private Bag 92006, Auckland 1142, New Zealand.
EM felicity.bright@aut.ac.nz
CR Alaszewski A, 2004, DISABIL REHABIL, V26, P1067, DOI 10.1080/09638280410001703521
Arnaert Antonia, 2006, Holist Nurs Pract, V20, P137
Barker RN, 2005, DISABIL REHABIL, V27, P1213, DOI 10.1080/09638280500075717
Barnard D., 2005, CHRONIC ILLNESS EXPE, P38
Barthel G, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P408, DOI 10.1080/02687030701415880
Bays C L, 2001, Rehabil Nurs, V26, P18
BECKER G, 1995, MED ANTHROPOL Q, V9, P165, DOI 10.1525/maq.1995.9.2.02a00040
Bluvol Anna, 2003, Axone, V25, P10
Brauer D J, 2001, Rehabil Nurs, V26, P88
Brennan AD, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P693, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000958
Bright FAS, 2011, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V18, P490, DOI 10.1310/tsr1805-490
Brown K, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P1267, DOI 10.1080/02687031003755429
Burton CR, 2000, J ADV NURS, V32, P301, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2648.2000.01477.x
Carlsson GE, 2009, DISABIL REHABIL, V31, P773, DOI 10.1080/09638280802638857
Carter H, 1998, PALLIATIVE MED, V12, P383, DOI 10.1191/026921698668830097
Charmaz K., 2006, CONSTRUCTING GROUNDE
Cherney LR, 2008, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V15, P542, DOI 10.1310/tsr1506-542
Conneeley A. L., 2004, BRIT J OCCUPATIONAL, V67, P248
Cross A, 2010, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V17, P484, DOI 10.1310/tsr1706-484
Dorsett P, 2010, AUST SOC WORK, V63, P83, DOI 10.1080/03124070903464293
Dowswell G, 2002, J EVAL CLIN PRACT, V8, P361, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2753.2002.00302.x
DUFAULT K, 1985, NURS CLIN N AM, V20, P379
Eilertsen G, 2010, J CLIN NURS, V19, P2004, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2702.2009.03138.x
Ellis-Hill C, 2008, DISABIL REHABIL, V30, P150, DOI 10.1080/09638280701195462
Emmons RA, 1996, STRIVING AND FEELING, P79
Farran C J, 1990, Arch Psychiatr Nurs, V4, P124, DOI 10.1016/0883-9417(90)90019-H
Folden S., 1994, REHABIL NURS RES, V3, P70
Green C, 2008, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V10, P127, DOI 10.1080/17549500801971517
Greenstreet W., 2006, INTEGRATING SPIRITUA, P62
Gum A, 2006, PSYCHOL HEALTH, V21, P319, DOI 10.1080/14768320500422907
Haggstrom A, 2008, J REHABIL MED, V40, P89, DOI 10.2340/16501977-0138
Haggstrom T, 1994, QUALITATIVE HLTH RES, V4, P321, DOI 10.1177/104973239400400305
Herrestad H., 2010, INT J QUALITATIVE ST, V5, P4651
Hersh D, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P220, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.640392
Hjelmblink Finn, 2006, Scand J Caring Sci, V20, P367, DOI 10.1111/j.1471-6712.2006.00415.x
Holloway I., 2002, QUALITATIVE RES NURS, V2nd
Hopper T., 2007, M CLIN APH C SCOTTSD
Hunt MR, 2009, QUAL HEALTH RES, V19, P1284, DOI 10.1177/1049732309344612
Jones F, 2008, DISABIL REHABIL, V30, P507, DOI 10.1080/09638280701355561
Kagan A, 1995, CLIN APHASIOL, V23, P65
Kagan A, 1995, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V2, P15
Kauhanen ML, 2000, CEREBROVASC DIS, V10, P455, DOI 10.1159/000016107
Kertesz A., 2006, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
Kim DS, 2006, INT J NURS STUD, V43, P547, DOI 10.1016/j.ijnurstu.2005.07.010
Kirkevold M, 2002, DISABIL REHABIL, V24, P887, DOI 10.1080/09638280210142239
Kirkland C., 2008, CHRONIC APHASIA LIFE
Kylma J, 2001, J ADV NURS, V33, P764, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2648.2001.01712.x
Liechty JA, 2006, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V13, P84, DOI 10.1310/83A2-EJTR-1HHU-7GWE
Lohne V, 2004, INT J NURS STUD, V41, P881, DOI 10.1016/j.ijnurstu.2004.04.002
Luck AM, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P208, DOI 10.1080/02687030601065470
Morse J M, 1995, Image J Nurs Sch, V27, P277
Moss A, 2006, STROKE, V37, P3043, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000249427.74970.15
Nair S., 2003, CLIN REHABIL, V17, P192
Nekolaichuk CL, 1999, SOC SCI MED, V48, P591, DOI 10.1016/S0277-9536(98)00348-7
Nilsson I, 1997, J ADV NURS, V25, P953, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2648.1997.1997025953.x
Parry RH, 2004, CLIN REHABIL, V18, P668, DOI 10.1191/0269215504cr745oa
PEDERSEN PM, 1995, ANN NEUROL, V38, P659, DOI 10.1002/ana.410380416
Pilkington F B, 1999, J Neurosci Nurs, V31, P336
Popovich Judith M, 2007, Int J Psychiatr Nurs Res, V12, P1474
Pound P, 1994, Qual Health Care, V3, P69, DOI 10.1136/qshc.3.2.69
Rittman M, 2004, J REHABIL RES DEV, V41, P259, DOI 10.1682/JRRD.2003.06.0099
Rose TA, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P947, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000319
Sallfors C, 2002, CHILD CARE HLTH DEV, V28, P495, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2214.2002.00300.x
Salter K, 2008, J REHABIL MED, V40, P595, DOI 10.2340/16501977-0238
Sarno MT, 2004, CHALLENGING APHASIA THERAPIES: BROADENING THE DISCOURSE AND EXTENDING THE BOUNDARIES, P19, DOI 10.4324/9780203462706_chapter_2
Simpson C, 2004, BIOETHICS, V18, P428, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-8519.2004.00408.x
Soundy Andy, 2010, Physiotherapy Theory and Practice, V26, P79, DOI 10.3109/09593980802634466
Tariah H., 2006, PHYS OCCUPATIONAL TH, V25, P33, DOI [10.1080/J148v25n02_03, DOI 10.1080/J148V25N02_03]
Thorne S., 2008, INTERPRETIVE DESCRIP
Thorne S, 2004, INT J QUAL METH, V3, P1
Thorne S, 1997, RES NURS HEALTH, V20, P169
Wallenbert I, 2005, AM J OCCUP THER, V59, P218
White JH, 2008, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V89, P1701, DOI 10.1016/j.apmr.2007.12.048
Wood JP, 2010, CLIN REHABIL, V24, P1045, DOI 10.1177/0269215510375901
Worrall L., 2009, M SPEECH PATH AUSTR
Wressle E, 1999, DISABIL REHABIL, V21, P80, DOI 10.1080/096382899298016
Ylvisaker M, 2008, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V18, P713, DOI 10.1080/09602010802201832
NR 77
TC 4
Z9 4
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD JAN 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 1
BP 41
EP 58
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.718069
PG 18
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 065DH
UT WOS:000313127600003
ER
PT J
AU Kambanaros, M
Weekes, BS
AF Kambanaros, Maria
Weekes, Brendan Stuart
TI Phonological dysgraphia in bilingual aphasia: Evidence from a case study
of Greek and English
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Orthographic transparency; Language independent hypothesis; Dual route
model of spelling; Grammatical categories
ID AGRAPHIA; ROUTE; INFARCTION; DYSLEXIA; SPANISH; BRAIN
AB Background: Acquired phonological dysgraphia refers to impaired spelling of nonwords with preserved spelling of familiar words as well as effects of grammatical class on word spelling with nouns spelled better than verbs. Despite the reports of acquired phonological dysgraphia in different languages, no study has investigated acquired phonological dysgraphia in a bilingual speaker. Aims: Our aim is to test the hypothesis that patterns of spelling impairment should be similar in each language for AA who is a highly proficient bilingual Greek-English speaker with phonological dysgraphia in each language. Methods & Procedures: Phonological dysgraphia was assessed using tasks of spelling to dictation with familiar words, nonwords and verbs and nouns in each language. Outcomes & Results: AA was impaired on tasks that require the knowledge of phoneme to grapheme correspondences in both Greek and English resulting in impaired nonword spelling. In English, nouns were spelled better than verbs; however, the reverse pattern was seen in Greek, with verbs spelled better than nouns. Conclusions: Differential effects of grammatical class on spelling across languages in bilingual phonological dysgraphia reveal that the linguistic constraints of each language have an impact on spelling via a lexicalsemantic spelling pathway.
C1 [Kambanaros, Maria] Univ Cyprus, Dept English Studies, Cyprus Acquisit Team, CY-1678 Nicosia, Cyprus.
[Weekes, Brendan Stuart] Univ Hong Kong, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
RP Kambanaros, M (reprint author), Univ Cyprus, Dept English Studies, Cyprus Acquisit Team, 75 Kallipoleos,POB 20537, CY-1678 Nicosia, Cyprus.
EM kambanaros@gmail.com
CR Angelelli Paola, 2004, Cogn Behav Neurol, V17, P18, DOI 10.1097/00146965-200403000-00003
Ardila A, 2007, SPEECH LANGUAGE DISO, P1
BAXTER DM, 1985, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V23, P653, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(85)90066-1
Beck AT, 1993, BECK ANXIETY INVENTO
BUB D, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V17, P146, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90011-6
Bub D., 1988, HDB NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V1, P393
CARAMAZZA A, 1991, NATURE, V349, P788, DOI 10.1038/349788a0
Cuetos F, 1996, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V13, P1, DOI 10.1080/026432996382042
Fountoulakis N.K., 2000, AM J ALZHEIMERS DIS, V15, P342
Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd
Goodglass H., 1993, UNDERSTANDING APHASI
Gualtieri T.C., 2006, ARCH CLIN NEUROPSYCH, V21, P623
Hatzigeorgiou M.N., 2000, P 2 INT C LANG RES E, V3, P1737
Houghton G, 2003, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V20, P115, DOI 10.1080/02643290242000871
Iribarren C.I., 2001, BRAIN LANG, V77, P166
Kambanaros M, 2009, LANG LINGUIST SER, P1
Kambanaros M., 2003, THESIS FLINDERS U AD
Kambanaros M, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P210, DOI 10.1080/02687030902958332
Kim HJ, 2002, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V59, P1314, DOI 10.1001/archneur.59.8.1314
Kokubo K, 2001, CORTEX, V37, P187, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70567-7
Ktori M, 2008, BEHAV RES METHODS, V40, P773, DOI 10.3758/BRM.40.3.773
Kucera H., 1970, COMPUTATIONAL ANAL P
Li P, 2006, BEHAV RES METHODS, V38, P202, DOI 10.3758/BF03192770
Luria A. R., 1960, INT J SLAV LING POET, V3, P13
Mackridge Peter, 1997, GREEK COMPREHENSIVE
Marien P, 2001, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V39, P845, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(01)00006-9
Mennen I., 2007, INT GUIDE SPEECH ACQ, P398
Messinis L., 2009, WECHSLER ABBRE UNPUB
Miceli G, 2006, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V23, P110, DOI 10.1080/02643290500202730
Miozzo M, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P262, DOI 10.1080/02687030902958381
NOLAN KA, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V16, P237, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90085-2
Papathanasiou I., 2008, PSYCHOLOGY, V15, P398
Paraskevopoulos J., 1999, ATHINA TEST DIAGNOSI
Porpodas D. C., 2006, HDB ORTHOGRAPHY LITE, P189
Protopapas A, 2009, BEHAV RES METHODS, V41, P991, DOI 10.3758/BRM.41.4.991
Ralli Angela, 2003, J GREEK LINGUISTICS, V4, P77, DOI 10.1075/jgl.4.09ral
Rapp B, 1997, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V14, P71
Roeltgen D. P., 1985, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, P75
ROELTGEN DP, 1983, NEUROLOGY, V33, P755
Seymour K. H. P., 2003, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V94, P143
SHALLICE T, 1981, BRAIN, V104, P413, DOI 10.1093/brain/104.3.413
Wechsler D, 1999, WECHSLER ABBREVIATED
Weekes BS, 2012, BEHAV NEUROL, V25, P159, DOI 10.3233/BEN-2012-119000
Weekes B.S., 2005, BEHAV NEUROL, V16, P1
Weekes BS, 2008, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V25, P411, DOI 10.1080/02643290802057311
Wilson MA, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V103, P103, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.07.065
NR 46
TC 0
Z9 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD JAN 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 1
BP 59
EP 79
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.720963
PG 21
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 065DH
UT WOS:000313127600004
ER
PT J
AU Attard, MC
Rose, ML
Lanyon, L
AF Attard, Michelle C.
Rose, Miranda L.
Lanyon, Lucette
TI The comparative effects of Multi-Modality Aphasia Therapy and
Constraint-Induced Aphasia Therapy-Plus for severe chronic Broca's
aphasia: An in-depth pilot study
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Anomia; Broca's aphasia; Constraint-Induced Aphasia Therapy-Plus;
CIATplus; Multi-modality Aphasia Therapy; M-MAT; Nouns; Naming
ID INDUCED LANGUAGE THERAPY; QUALITY-OF-LIFE; GESTURE; PEOPLE;
REHABILITATION; COMMUNICATION; RELIABILITY; PREDICTORS; VALIDITY; SPEECH
AB Background: Anomia is a debilitating symptom of aphasia, which impacts significantly on patient quality of life. There is strong evidence in the literature to indicate that treatments for anomia are successful for individuals with aphasia, including those in the chronic stage. However, numerous limitations exist within the methodologies of relevant studies. It remains unclear which treatments provide optimal benefits for varying types and severities of aphasia. Aims: The primary aim of this study was to compare the effectiveness of two treatments, Constraint-Induced Aphasia Therapy-Plus (CIATplus) and Multi-modality Aphasia Therapy (M-MAT) for noun retrieval in individuals with severe chronic Broca's aphasia. The secondary aim was to investigate whether the use of verbal constraint is an essential element of therapy. We hypothesised that M-MAT and CIATplus would lead to equally improved naming scores for treated stimuli. Methods & Procedures: Two females with chronic Broca's aphasia (CH and MT) participated in the study. We utilised two single-participant, alternating treatment designs with multiple probes. For each treatment participants received 3.25-hour treatment sessions along with 45 minutes social interaction 4 days a week, for 2 weeks (32 hours total). Treatment involved naming items in the context of turn-taking card games and home transfer request tasks. Naming probes and assessments were conducted at baseline, following each treatment, and at 6 weeks and 3 months post treatment. Outcomes & Results: Both participants differed in their responses to the treatments. However, M-MAT proved equally efficacious as CIATplus for naming of treated items. Overall, generalisation was not observed for any of the measures. CH reported enjoying both treatments, while MT preferred M-MAT. Conclusions: As expected, a number of variables are likely to have contributed to differences in participant responses to treatment. Replication with larger, well-stratified samples is required to better ascertain the effects of CIATplus and M-MAT on anomia in different types and severities of aphasia. This information would contribute to the more effective application of client-tailored treatment practices.
C1 [Attard, Michelle C.; Rose, Miranda L.; Lanyon, Lucette] La Trobe Univ, Sch Human Commun Sci, Bundoora, Vic, Australia.
RP Attard, MC (reprint author), La Trobe Univ, Sch Human Commun Sci, Bundoora, Vic, Australia.
EM m.attard@latrobe.edu.au
FU Australian NHMRC; La Trobe University, Faculty of Health Sciences
Honours Grant
FX This research was primarily funded by the Australian NHMRC funded Centre
for Clinical Research Excellence in Aphasia Rehabilitation. The first
author was the recipient of a La Trobe University, Faculty of Health
Sciences Honours Grant. The authors would like to thank the participants
and their spouses for their ongoing patience, enthusiasm, and
commitment. They also recognise the Australian Aphasia Association and
The Stroke Association of Victoria for publishing a recruitment
advertisement in their member newsletter.
CR Barthel G, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P408, DOI 10.1080/02687030701415880
Bays C L, 2001, J Neurosci Nurs, V33, P310
Beeson PM, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V16, P161, DOI 10.1007/s11065-006-9013-7
Benaim C, 2004, STROKE, V35, P1692, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000130591.95710.20
Berthier ML, 2009, ANN NEUROL, V65, P577, DOI 10.1002/ana.21597
Bhogal SK, 2003, STROKE, V34, P987, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000062343.64383.D0
Bryden M, 1982, LATERALITY FUNCTIONA, P157
Busk P., 1992, SINGLE CASE RES DESI, P197
Code Chris, 2010, Seminars in Speech and Language, V31, P21, DOI 10.1055/s-0029-1244950
Code C, 2003, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V13, P379, DOI 10.1080/09602010244000255
Dabul B, 2000, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL, V2nd
Dalemans RJP, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1071, DOI 10.1080/02687030701632179
Davis G, 1985, ADULT APHASIA REHABI
DeDe G, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P465, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000094
Druks J., 2000, OBJECT ACTION NAMING
Farias D, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V97, P53, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.07.074
Faroqi-Shah Y, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P977, DOI 10.1080/02687030802642036
Fastenau PS, 1999, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V13, P30, DOI 10.1076/clin.13.1.30.1976
Goodglass H, 2001, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Hallowell B., 2008, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P3
Helm-Estabrooks N., 1992, TEST ORAL LIMB APRAX
HERRMANN M, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P513, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249019
Hilari K, 2003, STROKE, V34, P1944, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000081987.46660.ED
Hilari K, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P365, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000725
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Jirak D, 2010, CONSCIOUS COGN, V19, P711, DOI 10.1016/j.concog.2010.06.020
Katz RC, 1997, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V40, P493
Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
Kertesz A., 2007, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
Kirmess M, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P725, DOI 10.1080/02687030903437682
Kurland J, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P737, DOI 10.1080/02687030903524711
LEDORZE G, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P239
LOMAS J, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P113
Luria A. R., 1973, WORKING BRAIN INTRO
MacWhinney B, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P856, DOI 10.1080/02687030903452632
Maher LM, 2006, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V12, P843, DOI 10.1017/S1355617706061029
McNeill D., 1990, CEREBRAL CONTROL SPE, P203
Meinzer Marcus, 2004, BMC Biol, V2, P20, DOI 10.1186/1741-7007-2-20
Meinzer M, 2005, STROKE, V36, P1462, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000169941.29831.2a
Menke R, 2009, BMC NEUROSCI, V10, DOI 10.1186/1471-2202-10-118
Miller N., 2006, ADV SPEECH LANGUAGE, V8, P143, DOI 10.1080/14417040600667319
Morsella E, 2004, AM J PSYCHOL, V117, P411, DOI 10.2307/4149008
NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338
Nickels L, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P935, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000563
Paivio A., 1986, MENTAL REPRESENTATIO
Pulvermuller F, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P563, DOI 10.1080/02687030701612213
Pulvermuller F, 2001, STROKE, V32, P1621
Ralph MAL, 2010, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V20, P289, DOI 10.1080/09602010903237875
Rauscher FH, 1996, PSYCHOL SCI, V7, P226, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9280.1996.tb00364.x
Raven J. C., 1995, COLOURED PROGR MATRI
Raymer AM, 2006, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V12, P867, DOI 10.1017/S1355617706061042
Robey RR, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V41, P172
Rose M, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P20, DOI 10.1080/02687030600742020
Rose M, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1001, DOI 10.1080/02687030143000825
Rose M., 2011, MULTIMODALITY APHASI
Rose M., 2006, ADV SPEECH LANGUAGE, V8, P92, DOI 10.1080/14417040600657948
Rose M, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P977
Ross K., 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P355
SNODGRASS JG, 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V6, P174, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.6.2.174
Szaflarski JP, 2008, MED SCI MONITOR, V14, P243
Szekely A, 2004, J MEM LANG, V51, P247, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2004.03.002
van der Meulen I, 2010, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V45, P424, DOI 10.3109/13682820903111952
van de Sandt-Koenderman WME, 2008, INT J REHABIL RES, V31, P314, DOI 10.1097/MRR.0b013e3282fc0f23
Worrall LE, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P329, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000699
Wright HH, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P522, DOI 10.1080/02687030701487905
NR 65
TC 6
Z9 6
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD JAN 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 1
BP 80
EP 111
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.725242
PG 32
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 065DH
UT WOS:000313127600005
ER
PT J
AU Burchert, F
Hanne, S
Vasishth, S
AF Burchert, Frank
Hanne, Sandra
Vasishth, Shravan
TI Sentence comprehension disorders in aphasia: The concept of chance
performance revisited
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Sentence comprehension in aphasia; Chance performance; Visual world
paradigm; Eye tracking; Online sentence processing
ID SPOKEN-LANGUAGE COMPREHENSION; AGRAMMATIC BROCAS APHASIA; EYE-MOVEMENTS;
WORKING-MEMORY; TIME-COURSE; LINGUISTIC INFORMATION; SINGLE PATTERN;
TRACE DELETION; WORD-ORDER; GERMAN
AB Background: In behavioural tests of sentence comprehension in aphasia, correct and incorrect responses are often randomly distributed. Such a pattern of chance performance is a typical trait of Broca's aphasia, but can be found in other aphasic syndromes as well. Many researchers have argued that chance behaviour is the result of a guessing strategy, which is adopted in the face of a syntactic breakdown in sentence processing. Aims: Capitalising on new evidence from recent studies investigating online sentence comprehension in aphasia using the visual world paradigm, the aim of this paper is to review the concept of chance performance as a reflection of a syntactic impairment in sentence processing and to re-examine the conventional interpretation of chance performance as a guessing behaviour. Main Contribution: Based on a review of recent evidence from visual world paradigm studies, we argue that the assumption of chance performance equalling guessing is not necessarily compatible with actual real-time parsing procedures in people with aphasia. We propose a reinterpretation of the concept of chance performance by assuming that there are two distinct processing mechanisms underlying sentence comprehension in aphasia. Correct responses are always the result of normal-like parsing mechanisms, even in those cases where the overall performance pattern is at chance. Incorrect responses, on the other hand, are the result of intermittent deficiencies of the parser. Hence the random guessing behaviour that persons with aphasia often display does not necessarily reflect a syntactic breakdown in sentence comprehension and a random selection between alternatives. Instead it should be regarded as a result of temporal deficient parsing procedures in otherwise normal-like comprehension routines. Conclusion: Our conclusion is that the consideration of behavioural offline data alone may not be sufficient to interpret a performance in language tests and subsequently draw theoretical conclusions about language impairments. Rather it is important to call on additional data from online studies that look at language processing in real time in order to gain a comprehensive picture about syntactic comprehension abilities of people with aphasia and possible underlying deficits.
C1 [Burchert, Frank; Hanne, Sandra; Vasishth, Shravan] Univ Potsdam, Dept Linguist, D-14476 Potsdam, Germany.
RP Burchert, F (reprint author), Univ Potsdam, Dept Linguist, Karl Liebknecht Str 24-25, D-14476 Potsdam, Germany.
EM burchert@uni-potsdam.de
FU German Science Foundation (DFG) [VA 482/4-1]
FX This review was written in the framework of a research project funded by
the German Science Foundation (DFG, VA 482/4-1).
CR Allopenna PD, 1998, J MEM LANG, V38, P419, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1997.2558
BADECKER W, 1991, CORTEX, V27, P311
Berndt RS, 1996, COGNITION, V58, P289, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(95)00682-6
Berndt RS, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V67, P242, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2130
Boland JE, 2004, ON-LINE STUDY OF SENTENCE COMPREHENSION, P51
Bornkessel I, 2002, COGNITION, V85, pB21, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(02)00076-8
Burchert F, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V87, P323, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00132-9
Burchert F, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P29, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000409
Burkhardt P, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V86, P9, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00526-6
Caplan D, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V101, P103, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.225
Caplan D, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V76, P193, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2354
Caplan D, 2010, PROCD SOC BEHV, V6, P197, DOI 10.1016/j.sbspro.2010.08.098
Caramazza A, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V76, P158, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2275
Caramazza A, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V94, P43, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.11.006
CARAMAZZA A, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P572, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90048-1
Carreiras M, 2004, ON-LINE STUDY OF SENTENCE COMPREHENSION, P1
Caspari I, 1998, BRAIN COGNITION, V37, P205, DOI 10.1006/brcg.1997.0970
Chomsky N., 1986, BARRIERS
Choy JJ, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P551, DOI 10.1080/02687030802634025
COOPER RM, 1974, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V6, P84, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(74)90005-X
Dickey MW, 2009, J NEUROLINGUIST, V22, P563, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2009.06.004
Dickey MW, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V100, P1, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.004
Drai D, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V96, P117, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.10.016
Drai D, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V70, P139, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2150
Drai D, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V76, P185, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2288
Friedmann N, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V86, P23, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00530-8
Garraffa M, 2008, J NEUROLINGUIST, V21, P177, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2007.09.001
Gleitman LR, 2007, J MEM LANG, V57, P544, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2007.01.007
Gorell P., 2000, GERMAN SENTENCE PROC, P25
Griffin ZM, 2000, PSYCHOL SCI, V11, P274, DOI 10.1111/1467-9280.00255
GRODZINSKY Y, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V50, P27, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1039
Grodzinsky Y, 2000, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V23, P1, DOI 10.1017/S0140525X00002399
Grodzinsky Y, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V51, P469, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1072
Hanne S., 2012, 13 EUR WORKSH COGN N
Hanne S, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P221, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.489256
Hemforth B, 1993, KOGNITIVES PARSING R
Hestvik A, 2010, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V39, P443, DOI 10.1007/s10936-010-9151-1
Huettig F, 2011, ACTA PSYCHOL, V137, P151, DOI 10.1016/j.actpsy.2010.11.003
Huettig F, 2007, J MEM LANG, V57, P460, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2007.02.001
Knoeferle P, 2007, J MEM LANG, V57, P519, DOI 10.1016/j.jm1.2007.01.003
KOOPMAN H, 1991, LINGUA, V85, P211, DOI 10.1016/0024-3841(91)90022-W
Love T, 2008, BRAIN LANG, V107, P203, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.11.004
Love T, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V79, P169
Marinis T, 2007, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V42, P557, DOI 10.1080/13682820601058190
MAUNER G, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P340, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1050
Meyer AM, 2012, J NEUROLINGUIST, V25, P31, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2011.08.001
Meyer AS, 1998, COGNITION, V66, pB25, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(98)00009-2
Mitchum C. C., 2008, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P632
SCHRIEFERS H, 1995, J MEM LANG, V34, P499, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1995.1023
SCHWARTZ MF, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V10, P249, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90055-3
SHERMAN JC, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P419, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90029-1
Stadie N, 2008, BRAIN LANG, V104, P211, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.08.006
Stromswold K., 2002, CUNY C SENT PROC NEW
Sussman RS, 2003, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V18, P143, DOI 10.1080/01690960143000498
SWINNEY D, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V50, P225, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1046
Swinney D., 1990, INFERENCES TEXT COMP
SWINNEY DA, 1989, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V18, P1
TANENHAUS MK, 1995, SCIENCE, V268, P1632, DOI 10.1126/science.7777863
Tanenhaus MK, 2000, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V29, P557, DOI 10.1023/A:1026464108329
Thompson CK, 2009, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V38, P255, DOI 10.1007/s10936-009-9105-7
Thompson CK, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P591, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/047)
Wright HH, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P802, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192414
Yee E, 2008, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V20, P592, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2008.20056
ZURIF E, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P448, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1054
Zurif EB, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V70, P133, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2149
NR 65
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD JAN 1
PY 2013
VL 27
IS 1
BP 112
EP 125
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.730603
PG 14
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 065DH
UT WOS:000313127600006
ER
PT J
AU Wambaugh, JL
Wright, S
Nessler, C
AF Wambaugh, Julie L.
Wright, Sandra
Nessler, Christina
TI Modified Response Elaboration Training: A systematic extension with
replications
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Treatment; Single-participant design; Generalisation
ID APHASIA; SPEECH
AB Background: Response Elaboration Training (RET; Kearns, ) has been found to consistently result in increased production of content in discourse with persons with aphasia. Positive treatment effects have been reported for persons representing a variety of aphasia types and severities. RET was modified for application with persons with acquired apraxia of speech and aphasia and positive outcomes were also associated with the modified treatment (Wambaugh & Martinez, ). Although RET has received systematic study, its stimulus generalisation effects are not well understood.
Aims: This investigation was designed to measure the stimulus generalisation effects of modified RET (M-RET) in a variety of conditions as well as to further study the effects of M-RET applied to a personal recount condition.
Methods & Procedures: Multiple baseline designs (across behaviours and participants) were utilised to examine treatment effects. Treatment was applied sequentially to picture sets and a personal recount condition with six persons with chronic aphasia. Production of correct information units (CIUs) was measured in the following conditions: (1) discourse production in response to sets of trained and untrained pictures, (2) home conversations, and (3) production of discourse in structured tasks. Formal measures of functional communication were also completed prior to and following treatment.
Outcomes & Results: Increases in production of CIUs in response to pictures were observed for 11 of the 12 applications of M-RET to picture sets. Response generalisation to untrained picture sets was associated with M-RET applied to pictures sets; increases were slight and were greater for untrained sets that were probed more frequently. Maintenance of gains was generally strong for the participants with nonfluent aphasia, but was minimal for the participant with fluent aphasia. Gains were not evident for M-RET applied to personal recounts; only one participant evidenced changes possibly associated with treatment in the personal recount condition. Improvements in structured discourse samples and a functional communication measure were observed for the majority of the participants following treatment. Lack of compliance in completion of recordings of home conversations limited the utility of that measure.
Conclusions: M-RET applied to pictures resulted in improvements in production of content in treated and untreated picture conditions for the majority of the participants. Treatment effects extended to additional outcome measures. Although some positive changes were observed for the participant with fluent aphasia, maintenance was problematic. Application of M-RET to a personal recount condition was not associated with improved performance for most of the participants.
C1 [Wambaugh, Julie L.; Wright, Sandra; Nessler, Christina] Univ Utah, VA Salt Lake City Hlth Care Syst, Salt Lake City, UT USA.
RP Wambaugh, JL (reprint author), 151A 500 Foothill Blvd, Salt Lake City, UT 84148 USA.
EM Julie.wambaugh@health.utah.edu
FU Department of Veterans Affairs, Rehabilitation Research and Development
FX This research was supported by the Department of Veterans Affairs,
Rehabilitation Research and Development. Thanks are extended to
Shannon-Mauszycki, Rosalea Cameron, Elaine Lake, and Michelle Hoefnagel
for their assistance with this project.
CR Bastiaanse R., 2002, VERB SENTENCE TEST
Beeson PM, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V16, P161, DOI 10.1007/s11065-006-9013-7
Bloom M., 2003, EVALUATING PRACTICE
Boyle M., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P94
Brown L, 1997, TEST NONVERBAL INTEL
Chapey R., 2008, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P469
Cohen J., 1988, STAT POWER ANAL BEHA, V2nd
Conley A, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P203, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000617
Doyle PJ, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P537
Druks J., 2000, OBJECT ACTION NAMING
Fillingham JK, 2003, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V13, P337, DOI 10.1080/09602010343000020
Gaddie A., 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V19, P171
German DJ, 1990, TEST ADOLESCENT ADUL
Holland A. L., 1999, COMMUNICATION ACTIVI
Kearns K. P., 1985, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P196
Kearns K. P., 1989, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V18, P223
KEARNS KP, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V20, P223
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
LOMAS J, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P113
McNeil M. R., 2009, CLIN MANAGEMENT SENS, P249
McNeil MR, 1997, CLIN MANAGEMENT SENS, P311
McNeil MR, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P991
NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338
Porch B., 2001, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC, V2
Raven J., 1998, COLOURED PROGR MATRI
Robey RR, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P445
STOKES TF, 1977, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V10, P349, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1977.10-349
Wambaugh JL, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P851
Wambaugh JL, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P965
YEDOR KE, 1993, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V21, P213
Yorkston K. M., 1981, ASSESSMENT INTELLIGI
NR 31
TC 2
Z9 2
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 12
BP 1407
EP 1439
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.702887
PG 33
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 057CY
UT WOS:000312540900001
ER
PT J
AU Bazzini, A
Zonca, G
Craca, A
Cafforio, E
Cellamare, F
Guarnaschelli, C
Felicetti, G
Luzzatti, C
AF Bazzini, Anna
Zonca, Giuseppina
Craca, Angela
Cafforio, Elisabetta
Cellamare, Fara
Guarnaschelli, Caterina
Felicetti, Guido
Luzzatti, Claudio
TI Rehabilitation of argument structure deficits in aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Language rehabilitation; Aphasia; Argument structure; Treatment
efficacy; Syntactic rehabilitation
ID SENTENCE PRODUCTION; MAPPING THERAPY; AGRAMMATISM; SPEECH; VERB;
LANGUAGE
AB Background: The syntactic impairment which frequently emerges in aphasia is mostly due to damage to the ability to map thematic information to the corresponding verb argument structure (VAS). In agrammatic patients this disorder is usually associated with initiation difficulties.
Aims: The present study describes a new technique for the rehabilitation of VAS deficits in the matrix clause.
Methods & Procedure: The treatment is organised in six levels, and is based on a set of sentence lists of increasing VAS complexity. The efficacy of the treatment was tested on a sample of five chronic (more than 1 year post-onset) agrammatic patients and three chronic severe non-classifiable aphasic patients suffering from predominant impairment in mapping thematic information to the appropriate VAS. Two sentence list sets were employed: one for the evaluation and treatment phases and the other for the evaluation phase only. Improvement in performance on the first list indicates efficacy of the training programme on the treated material, while improvement on the second list indicates generalisation to untreated material. The treatment efficacy and generalisation to other communicative conditions were also tested with a picture-naming task of nouns and verbs, a picture description task, and a spontaneous speech sample (mean sentence length). The patients' syntactic abilities were tested at the beginning and at the end of the treatment, and again after a 612-month follow-up.
Outcomes & Results: Patients improved significantly on both lists (i.e., there was significant training effect as well as generalisation effect to the untreated material) and on the verb-naming task, the picture description task, and on mean sentence length in spontaneous speech. The treatment effect was seen to be stable at the 612-month follow-up.
Conclusions: The VAS training described in the present study is an efficacious technique for the treatment of severe syntactic impairments of the matrix clause; furthermore, the procedure employed for testing the efficacy of the technique is valid for assessing the generalisation of training effects to untreated material.
C1 [Luzzatti, Claudio] Univ Milano Bicocca, Dept Psychol, I-20124 Milan, Italy.
[Bazzini, Anna; Zonca, Giuseppina; Craca, Angela; Cafforio, Elisabetta; Cellamare, Fara; Guarnaschelli, Caterina; Felicetti, Guido] Fdn S Maugeri IRCCS, Ist Sci Montescano & Cassano Murge, San Giovanni Rotondo, Italy.
RP Luzzatti, C (reprint author), Univ Milano Bicocca, Dept Psychol, Piazza Ateneo Nuovo 1, I-20124 Milan, Italy.
EM claudio.luzzatti@unimib.it
FU FAR grant of the University of Milano-Bicocca
FX Preliminary results of this study were presented at the 49th Annual
Meeting of the Academy of Aphasia (Athens, 2010). The study was
supported by a FAR grant of the University of Milano-Bicocca to C.L. We
wish to thank the anonymous referees of Aphasiology for their valuable
comments and suggestions on an earlier draft of this article.
CR Basso A, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P466, DOI 10.1080/02687030802714165
Basso A, 2011, EUR J PHYS REHAB MED, V47, P101
Bastiaanse R, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P49, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000455
Bastiaanse R., 2002, VERB SENTENCE TEST V
Bock K., 1994, HDB PSYCHOLINGUISTIC
BYNG S, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P629, DOI 10.1080/02643298808253277
Crepaldi D, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P71, DOI 10.1080/02687031003637114
Crepaldi D, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V44, P73, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2005.04.006
Greenwald ML, 2000, SCI PRACT NEUROPSYCH, P31
JONES EV, 1986, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V21, P63
Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
Levelt WJM, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P1
LINEBARGER MC, 1983, COGNITION, V13, P361, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90015-X
Luria AR, 1970, TRAUMATIC APHASIA
Luzzatti C., 1996, AACHENER APHASIE TES, V2nd
Luzzatti C., 2012, RIABILITAZIONE NEURO, P63
MARSHALL J, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P517, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248712
Miceli G., 1996, BATTERIA ANALISI DEF
Rochon E, 2005, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V15, P1, DOI 10.1080/09602010343000327
SCHWARTZ MF, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V5, P93, DOI 10.1080/09602019508520177
SCHWARTZ MF, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P19, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248639
Semenza C., 1989, ACTA PHONIATRICA LAT, V11, P329
Semenza C., 1999, HDB CLIN EXPT NEUROP, P215
Springer L, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V10, P279
THOMPSON CK, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V50, P201, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1045
Thompson CK, 1997, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V40, P228
Thompson CK, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P473, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248485
NR 27
TC 2
Z9 2
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 12
BP 1440
EP 1460
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.690023
PG 21
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 057CY
UT WOS:000312540900002
ER
PT J
AU Morris, J
Franklin, S
AF Morris, Julie
Franklin, Sue
TI Investigating the effect of a semantic therapy on comprehension in
aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Auditory comprehension; Semantic processing; Therapy
ID NAMING DISORDERS; WORD PRODUCTION; FLUENT APHASIA; RETRIEVAL; ANOMIA;
REHABILITATION; INTERVENTION; FACILITATION; EFFICACY; DEFICIT
AB Background: While evidence on the use of semantic therapy to improve word retrieval has increased (Whitworth, Webster, & Howard, ), the impact of semantic therapy on comprehension itself has not been studied in depth. This paper reports on a specific semantic therapy, which aims to improve access to semantic information. Data from two participants, JAC and AD, are presented.
Aims: The study aimed to examine the effectiveness of a specific semantic therapy on comprehension of treated and untreated items, and on related tasks, thereby examining generalisation of any improvement to both items and tasks involving semantic processing.
Methods & Procedures: The participants' comprehension was assessed in detail prior to therapy. Measures were repeated over time to ensure any improvement seen could not be due to more general recovery mechanisms. The two participants then took part in therapy which aimed to improve their comprehension, using a picture name verification task. Following therapy, relevant assessments were repeated to examine the effects of therapy. The study uses single case methodology with comparison across two similar cases.
Outcomes & Results: JAC and AD responded differently to the semantic therapy; JAC's auditory comprehension performance improved and this was regardless of whether items had been treated or not. In contrast, despite having a broadly similar profile of language ability, AD's performance did not change. Potential reasons for this are explored within the paper.
Conclusions: This paper provides a much needed demonstration of semantic therapy for comprehension problems. One specific therapy is tested, rather than the combined therapies used in the existing literature. It considers the extent to which therapy generalises to untreated words. It is clear that further research is needed regarding finer differential diagnosis, and ultimately, the impact of therapy on everyday comprehension for these individuals.
C1 [Morris, Julie] Newcastle Univ, Newcastle Upon Tyne NE1 7RU, Tyne & Wear, England.
[Franklin, Sue] Univ Limerick, Limerick, Ireland.
RP Morris, J (reprint author), Newcastle Univ, Newcastle Upon Tyne NE1 7RU, Tyne & Wear, England.
EM julie.morris@ncl.ac.uk
CR BASTIAANSE R, 1993, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V28, P415
Behrmann L., 1989, BRIT J DISORDERS COM, V24, P281
BIERWISCH M, 1992, COGNITION, V42, P23, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90039-K
Boyle M, 2004, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V13, P236, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2004/025)
Boyle M, 2010, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V17, P411, DOI 10.1310/tsr1706-411
Coelho CA, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P133
Davis CH, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P59, DOI 10.1080/02687030500331841
Edmonds LA, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P402, DOI 10.1080/02687030802291339
Francis DR, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P243, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000564
Francis DR, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P749, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000177
Franklin S., 1992, ADA COMPREHENSION BA
Grayson E, 1997, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V32, P257
Hessler D., 2006, BRIT APH SOC THER S
Hickin J, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P981, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000509
Hillis AE, 1998, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V4, P648, DOI 10.1017/S135561779846613X
HILLIS AE, 1989, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V70, P632
Horton S., 2002, HDB ADULT LANGUAGE D, P229
Howard D, 2006, CORTEX, V42, P946, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70439-8
HOWARD D, 1985, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V2, P49, DOI 10.1080/02643298508252861
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Howard D., 1988, MISSING MEANING COGN
Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
Kiran S, 2011, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V54, P1101, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2010/10-0117)
Lorenz A, 2009, J NEUROLINGUIST, V22, P515, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2009.05.003
Lum C., 1996, NONPROPOSITIONAL PRO
Morris J., 1997, WORD DEAFNESS COMP A
Morris J, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P137, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248402
Nickels L, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P109, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248401
Nickels L, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P935, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000563
Nickels L, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P21, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248397
Nickels L., 2000, SEMANTIC PROCESSING
Riddoch M. J., 1993, BORB BIRMINGHAM OBJE
Rose M, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P20, DOI 10.1080/02687030600742020
Royal College of Speech and Language Therapists (RCSLT), 2005, ROYAL COLL SPEECH LA
Scott C., 1987, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH
Stanczak L, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P374, DOI 10.1080/02687030600587631
Tessier C, 2007, BRAIN INJURY, V21, P1165, DOI 10.1080/02699050701559186
Wambaugh JL, 2007, J REHABIL RES DEV, V44, P381, DOI 10.1682/JRRD.2006.05.0038
WHEELDON LR, 1992, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V44, P723
Whitworth A, 2005, COGNIITIVE NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL APPROACH TO ASSESSMENT AND INTERVENTION IN APHASIA: A CLINICIANS GUIDE, P1
NR 40
TC 1
Z9 1
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 12
BP 1461
EP 1480
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.702885
PG 20
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 057CY
UT WOS:000312540900003
ER
PT J
AU Pulvermuller, F
AF Pulvermueller, Friedemann
TI Brain gain in cognitive neuropsychology: Continuing commentary on Laine
and Martin (2012), "Cognitive neuropsychology has been, is, and will be
significant to aphasiology"
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Cognitive neuropsychology; Cognitive neuroscience; Aphasia; Aphasia
therapy; Cognitive theory; Neurocomputational modelling
ID LANGUAGE; THERAPY; CONNECTIONIST; ACTIVATION; INSIGHTS; MODELS
AB Cognitive neuropsychology celebrates important successes in both theoretical and translational research. These successes were, in many cases, due to successful integration of abstract cognitive information-processing accounts with neuroscientific wisdom, neuromechanistic theorising, and precise neurocomputational modelling. Neuroncognition relationships are not only key to a better understanding of the true algorithms underlying language, memory, and thought, they are also at the heart of new translational advances, as exemplified by Dell's neuromechanistic cognitive model of aphasia recovery and treatment, and by new aphasic treatment techniques capitalising on the interactive (and non-modular) functional relationship between language and action systems proven by cognitive psychology and cognitive neuroscience research. Therefore, indeed, as Laine and Martin point out, cognitive neuropsychology remains attractive, but it does so chiefly because it is in the middle of what one might want to call its neuronal turn.
C1 [Pulvermueller, Friedemann] Free Univ Berlin, Brain Language Lab, Dept Philosophy & Humanities, D-19145 Berlin, Germany.
[Pulvermueller, Friedemann] MRC, Cognit & Brain Sci Unit, Cambridge, England.
RP Pulvermuller, F (reprint author), Free Univ Berlin, Brain Language Lab, Dept Philosophy & Humanities, D-19145 Berlin, Germany.
EM friedemann.pulvermuller@fu-berlin.de
FU Freie Universitat Berlin; Medical Research Council (UK)
[MC_US_A060_0034, U1055.04.003.00001.01]; Engineering and Physical
Sciences Research Council (UK)
FX Thanks to Chris Code, Bettina Mohr, and Max Garagnani for their help at
different stages of this work. This work was supported by the Freie
Universitat Berlin, the Medical Research Council (UK) (MC_US_A060_0034,
U1055.04.003.00001.01), and the Engineering and Physical Sciences
Research Council (UK) (BABEL grant).
CR Berthier ML, 2011, NAT REV NEUROL, V7, P86, DOI 10.1038/nrneurol.2010.201
Chomsky N, 1980, RULES REPRESENTATION
Dell GS, 2000, PSYCHOL REV, V107, P635, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.107.3.635
DELL GS, 1986, PSYCHOL REV, V93, P283, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.93.3.283
Difrancesco S, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P1317, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2012.705815
Dominey PF, 2009, CORTEX, V45, P1012, DOI 10.1016/j.cortex.2009.03.007
Fodor J. A., 1968, PSYCHOL EXPLANATION
Fodor Jerry A., 1983, MODULARITY MIND
Garagnani M, 2008, EUR J NEUROSCI, V27, P492, DOI 10.1111/j.1460-9568.2008.06015.x
Huber W, 2006, KLIN REHABILITATION
Laine M, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P1362, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2012.714937
Mahon BZ, 2008, J PHYSIOL-PARIS, V102, P59, DOI 10.1016/j.jphysparis.2008.03.004
Martin N, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P83, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0005
McClelland JL, 2010, TRENDS COGN SCI, V14, P348, DOI 10.1016/j.tics.2010.06.002
Oliveri M, 2004, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V16, P374, DOI 10.1162/089892904322926719
Patterson K, 2009, TOP COGN SCI, V1, P39, DOI 10.1111/j.1756-8765.2008.01012.x
Plaut DC, 2010, TOP COGN SCI, V2, P12, DOI 10.1111/j.1756-8765.2009.01059.x
PLAUT DC, 1993, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V10, P377, DOI 10.1080/02643299308253469
Pulvermuller F, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P563, DOI 10.1080/02687030701612213
Pulvermuller F, 2010, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V11, P351, DOI 10.1038/nrn2811
Pulvermuller F, 2005, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V6, P576, DOI 10.1038/nrn1706
Pulvermuller F, 2001, STROKE, V32, P1621
Rogers TT, 2004, PSYCHOL REV, V111, P205, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.111.1.205
Wennekers T, 2006, J PHYSIOLOGY-PARIS, V100, P16, DOI 10.1016/j.jphyparis.2006.09.007
NR 24
TC 1
Z9 1
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 12
BP 1481
EP 1484
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.741855
PG 4
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 057CY
UT WOS:000312540900004
ER
PT J
AU Difrancesco, S
Pulvermuller, F
Mohr, B
AF Difrancesco, Stephanie
Pulvermueller, Friedemann
Mohr, Bettina
TI Intensive language-action therapy (ILAT): The methods
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Stroke; Neurorehabilitation; Intensive language therapy;
Constraint-induced aphasia therapy
ID CONSTRAINT-INDUCED APHASIA; INDUCED MOVEMENT THERAPY; PHYSICAL
REHABILITATION; POSTSTROKE APHASIA; BRAIN; RECOVERY; STROKE;
NEUROREHABILITATION; WORDS; MOTOR
AB Background: Brain and language theories suggest the application of general neuroscientific and linguistic principles in the neurorehabilitation of language. The interwoven nature of language and action has long been emphasised in linguistic pragmatics, and recent neuroscience research has indeed demonstrated tight functional interactions between language and action mechanisms of the human brain. This provides important arguments in favour of practising language in communicative settings, rather than with the sole purpose of producing linguistic structures. Intensive language-action therapy (ILAT), including its most popular form called constraint-induced aphasia therapy (CIAT), realises language-action embedding in synergy with the use of intensive training and guidance by modelling, shaping, and explicit rules. ILAT leads to significant improvement of language performance in chronic post-stroke aphasia within a short period of time. A comprehensive description of its methods has thus far been missing.
Aims: We describe the methods of ILAT, illustrate its use, and outline methods for linguistic-pragmatic evaluation of its effects. Main
Contribution: We explain the general principles and practical features of ILAT methods and of language-action games (LAGs) constituting this method. The structure of and materials for two LAGs, the REQUEST and PLANNING games, are highlighted by discussing in detail their respective action-structure, materials, and rules. These LAGs are employed to encourage the use of language in communicative contexts through interactive requests and the planning of joint activities. A main linguistic focus is on object nouns in the REQUEST game and on action verbs in the PLANNING game. Focusing and tailoring of LAGs to patients' communicative needs by means of modelling, shaping, and explicitly introduced communication rules are also explained. Finally the assessment of communicative success is illustrated based on clinical measures, performance within LAGs, and the Communicative Aphasia Log (CAL).
Conclusions: Different linguistic-pragmatic and social-interactive forms of communication can be translated into specific therapeutic LAGs in the context of ILAT to target specific speech acts and parts of speech. Apart from clinical tests, methods for evaluating communication performance are available for assessment of therapy success.
C1 [Difrancesco, Stephanie; Mohr, Bettina] Anglia Ruskin Univ, Dept Psychol, Cambridge, England.
[Pulvermueller, Friedemann] Free Univ Berlin, Dept Philosophy & Humanities, Brain Language Lab, Berlin, Germany.
[Pulvermueller, Friedemann; Mohr, Bettina] MRC, Cognit & Brain Sci Unit, Cambridge, England.
RP Difrancesco, S (reprint author), Habelschwerdter Allee 45, D-14195 Berlin, Germany.
EM friedemann.pulvermuller@fu-berlin.de
FU Anglia Ruskin University; Medical Research Council
FX We thank Karen Harrington for help with delivering aphasia therapy and
with patient recruitment. Research was funded by Anglia Ruskin
University and the Medical Research Council.
CR ATEN JL, 1982, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V47, P93
Barros-Loscertales A, 2012, CEREB CORTEX, V22, P2554, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhr324
Berthier ML, 2009, ANN NEUROL, V65, P577, DOI 10.1002/ana.21597
Berthier ML, 2011, NAT REV NEUROL, V7, P86, DOI 10.1038/nrneurol.2010.201
Bhogal SK, 2003, STROKE, V34, P987, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000062343.64383.D0
Branigan HP, 1999, PSYCHON B REV, V6, P635, DOI 10.3758/BF03212972
Breier JI, 2007, NEUROCASE, V13, P169, DOI 10.1080/13554790701448200
Breier JI, 2009, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V90, P2026, DOI 10.1016/j.apmr.2009.08.144
Breier JI, 2006, NEUROCASE, V12, P322, DOI 10.1080/13554790601126054
Cherney LR, 2008, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V51, P1282, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2008/07-0206)
COLTHEART M, 1981, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V33, P497
Cramer SC, 2008, ANN NEUROL, V63, P272, DOI 10.1002/ana.21393
Davis A. G., 1985, ADULT APHASIA REHABI
Elman RJ, 1999, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V42, P411
Fadiga L, 2002, EUR J NEUROSCI, V15, P399, DOI 10.1046/j.0953-816x.2001.01874.x
Faroqi-Shah Y, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P977, DOI 10.1080/02687030802642036
Gainotti G, 2000, CORTEX, V36, P539, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70537-9
Gonzalez J, 2006, NEUROIMAGE, V32, P906, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2006.03.037
Goodglass K, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R
Goral M, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P1383, DOI 10.1080/02687030802235203
Hauk O, 2004, NEURON, V41, P301, DOI 10.1016/S0896-6273(03)00838-9
Hebb D. O, 1949, ORG BEHAV NEUROPHYSI
Kelly H., 2010, COCHRANE DB SYST REV, V12
Kemmerer D, 2012, CORTEX, V48, P826, DOI 10.1016/j.cortex.2010.11.001
Kiefer M, 2008, J NEUROSCI, V28, P12224, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.3579-08.2008
Kiff J., 2012, CORTEX, V48, P471, DOI DOI 10.1016/J.CORTEX.2011.02.006
Kirmess M, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P725, DOI 10.1080/02687030903437682
KOLK H, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P221, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249075
Kucera H., 1982, FREQUENCY ANAL ENGLI
Kurland J, 2012, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V21, pS65, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2012/11-0113)
Maher LM, 2006, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V12, P843, DOI 10.1017/S1355617706061029
Meinzer Marcus, 2004, BMC Biol, V2, P20, DOI 10.1186/1741-7007-2-20
Meinzer M, 2007, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V13, P846, DOI 10.1017/S1355617707071111
Meinzer M, 2005, STROKE, V36, P1462, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000169941.29831.2a
Meinzer M, 2008, NEUROIMAGE, V39, P2038, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2007.10.008
MICELI G, 1984, CORTEX, V20, P207
Neininger B., 2002, THESIS U KONSTANZ KO
Pulvermuller F, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P563, DOI 10.1080/02687030701612213
Pulvermuller F, 2001, TRENDS COGN SCI, V5, P517, DOI 10.1016/S1364-6613(00)01803-9
Pulvermuller F, 2003, NEUROIMAGE, V20, P1020, DOI 10.1016/S1053-8119(03)00356-2
Pulvermuller F, 2005, EUR J NEUROSCI, V21, P793, DOI 10.1111/j.1460-9568.2005.03900.x
Pulvermuller F, 2005, NEUROIMAGE, V28, P481, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2005.06.038
Pulvermuller F., 1988, APHASIE VERWANDTE GE, V1, P17
Pulvermuller F, 2010, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V11, P351, DOI 10.1038/nrn2811
Pulvermuller F, 2006, CEREB CORTEX, V16, P1193, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhj060
PULVERMULLER F, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P39, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248518
Pulvermuller F, 2005, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V6, P576, DOI 10.1038/nrn1706
Pulvermuller F, 2010, BRAIN LANG, V112, P167, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2009.08.002
PULVERMULLER F, 1993, COGNITION, V48, P139, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(93)90028-T
Pulvermuller F., 1990, APHASISCHE KOMMUNIKA
Pulvermuller F, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P253, DOI 10.1017/S0140525X9900182X
Pulvermuller F, 2001, STROKE, V32, P1621
Richter M, 2008, BRAIN, V131, P1391, DOI 10.1093/brain/awn043
Rizzolatti G, 2010, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V11, P264, DOI 10.1038/nrn2805
Roth V. M., 1986, ERSCHWERTE KOMMUNIKA, P179
Szaflarski JP, 2008, MED SCI MONITOR, V14, pCR243
Taub E, 2002, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V3, P228, DOI 10.1038/nrn754
Taub E, 2004, AM PSYCHOL, V59, P692, DOI 10.1037/0003-066X.59.8.692
Taub E, 1998, REHABIL PSYCHOL, V43, P152, DOI 10.1037/0090-5550.43.2.152
Taub E, 1999, J REHABIL RES DEV, V36, P237
Tranel D, 2004, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P719, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000627
TSUMOTO T, 1992, PROG NEUROBIOL, V39, P209, DOI 10.1016/0301-0082(92)90011-3
Watkins KE, 2003, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V41, P989, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(02)00316-0
Wittgenstein Ludwig, 1953, PHILOS INVESTIGATION
NR 64
TC 12
Z9 12
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 11
BP 1317
EP 1351
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.705815
PG 35
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 027DJ
UT WOS:000310331700001
ER
PT J
AU Neto, B
Santos, ME
AF Neto, Bruna
Santos, Maria Emilia
TI Language after aphasia: Only a matter of speed processing?
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia recovery; Complex language; Response speed
ID AGE-DIFFERENCES; COMPREHENSION; NEUROPSYCHOLOGY; COGNITION
AB Background: Recovery from aphasia is a subject that raises many questions regarding the possibility of full recovery.
Aims: The authors intended to analyse quality performance and response speed in complex language tasks by people considered to have completely recovered from aphasia.
Methods & Procedures: This study analysed the performance of 23 people who have become non-aphasic. Their results were compared with pre-existing scores for the Portuguese population in a set of oral comprehension tests (proverbs, semantic decision, and idioms) and oral production tests (word definition and sentence production). Age and literacy were controlled.
Outcomes & Results: People who have recovered from aphasia have an identical linguistic performance to controls, both in comprehension as in production tests. However most of them take twice as long to accomplish the tasks. Only one "patient" was identical to controls in this matter. There was no relation between response speed and time post-onset.
Conclusions: It is possible to become non-aphasic, but people hardly regain all their pre-morbid language skills. Slower language processing such as was verified in the present study may compromise the communication of these people, formally considered to have normal language skills.
C1 [Neto, Bruna; Santos, Maria Emilia] Univ Catolica Portuguesa, Inst Ciencias Saude, P-1649023 Lisbon, Portugal.
RP Santos, ME (reprint author), Univ Catolica Portuguesa, Inst Ciencias Saude, P-1649023 Lisbon, Portugal.
EM me.psantos@ics.lisboa.ucp.pt
CR ARDILA A, 1995, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V17, P143, DOI 10.1080/13803399508406589
Ardila A, 2010, ARCH CLIN NEUROPSYCH, V25, P689, DOI 10.1093/arclin/acq079
Baltes PB, 1999, ANNU REV PSYCHOL, V50, P471, DOI 10.1146/annurev.psych.50.1.471
Cacciari C, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V44, P1305, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2006.01.012
Chapey R, 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO
chwanenflugel P. J., 1991, PSYCHOL WORD MEANING
Cunningham W R, 1987, Annu Rev Gerontol Geriatr, V7, P117
Engelhardt E., 1998, REV PSIQUIATR CLIN, V25, P74
FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6
Fonseca J. M. B., 2001, MONOGRAFIA LICENCIAT
Goldfeld M., 2003, FUNDAMENTOS FONOAUDI
Hertzog C, 2001, INTELLIGENCE, V29, P191, DOI 10.1016/S0160-2896(00)00050-7
Horn J.L., 1992, INTELLECT DEV DISAB, P44
KERTESZ A, 1977, BRAIN, V100, P1, DOI 10.1093/brain/100.1.1
Lass N., 1982, SPEECH LANGUAGE HEAR, VII
Leal G., 2003, PSYCHOLOGICA, V34, P129
Leal G., 2002, PSICOLOGIA, V16, P157
Mansur LL, 2005, BRAZ J MED BIOL RES, V38, P277, DOI 10.1590/S0100-879X2005000200017
Maxim J., 1994, LANGUAGE ELDERLY
Neto B., 2008, PROVAS AVALIACAO LIN
PAIVIO A, 1991, CAN J PSYCHOL, V45, P255, DOI 10.1037/h0084295
Papagno C, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P226, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00398-5
Salthouse TA, 1996, PSYCHOL REV, V103, P403, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.103.3.403
Sarno M., 1981, ACQUIRED APHASIA
Schaie K. W., 1996, INTELLECTUAL DEV ADU
Sim-Sim I., 1998, DESENVOLVIMENTO LING
Spieler DH, 2006, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V21, P291, DOI 10.1080/01690960400002133
Stemmer B, 1998, HDB NEUROLINGUISTICS
Tyler LK, 2010, BRAIN, V133, P3396, DOI 10.1093/brain/awq262
Wingfield A, 2006, J AM ACAD AUDIOL, V17, P487, DOI 10.3766/jaaa.17.7.4
NR 30
TC 1
Z9 1
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 11
BP 1352
EP 1361
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.672023
PG 10
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 027DJ
UT WOS:000310331700002
ER
PT J
AU Sajjadi, SA
Patterson, K
Tomek, M
Nestor, PJ
AF Sajjadi, Seyed Ahmad
Patterson, Karalyn
Tomek, Michal
Nestor, Peter J.
TI Abnormalities of connected speech in the non-semantic variants of
primary progressive aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Dementia; Primary progressive aphasia; Non-fluent/agrammatic PPA;
logopaenic PPA; Mixed PPA; Semi-structured interview; Picture
description; Connected speech
ID DYNAMIC APHASIA; SEMANTIC DEMENTIA; SUPRANUCLEAR PALSY; NONFLUENT
APHASIA; IMPAIRMENT; LEVEL; TALE
AB Background: The importance of connected speech analysis in the diagnosis and further classification of primary progressive aphasia (PPA) is becoming apparent. However, methodological inconsistencies in elicitation and analysis of speech samples hinder comparison of different laboratories' results. The recent recommendations for further classification of PPA have characterised three main variants, but we have demonstrated that a considerable proportion of patients do not conform to any of these, as their language deficits extend beyond those of a single syndromic variant (mixed PPA). This report is an attempt to characterise the language profiles of different non-semantic variants of PPA using a combination of connected speech analysis and standard neuropsychological tests.
Aims: Our aims were (a) to assess the relative efficacy of semi-structured interviews and picture description tasks in revealing the important aspects of language deficit in our patient groups, (b) to document the language profile of a mixed PPA group for the first time, (c) to compare the patterns of speech abnormality in non-fluent variant and mixed PPA, relative to each other and to normal control participants, and (d) to identify those features of spontaneous speech decline that are frequent and tangible enough to be detected during clinical consultations.
Methods & Procedures: Connected speech samples obtained from picture description and semi-structured interviews were analysed quantitatively and the outcomes were contrasted between the elicitation methods and among the participant groups. Due to a very small number of cases fulfilling criteria for logopaenic PPA, the speech of these patients was scrutinised individually.
Outcomes & Results: Pair-wise comparisons of the two speech elicitation methods at a group level revealed only a partial concordance and greater sensitivity of semi-structured interviews in detecting different aspects of speech abnormality. At a group level there was a significant impairment in the morpho-syntactic aspects of connected speech in both non-fluent and mixed PPA. A statistically significant difference from controls was observed in the semantic measures of discourse only in the mixed PPA group. Clinically useful features that differentiate both non-fluent and mixed PPA groups from healthy volunteers were decreased speech rate, shorter utterances, fewer complex grammatical structures, lack of spontaneity, more non-sentential speech units (elliptical and abandoned units), more hesitation markers, and, to a lesser extent, more phonological errors and editing breaks.
Conclusions: The combination of the present results with those from our previous report on semantic dementia that used the same methodology offers a quantitative detailed assessment of connected speech across the spectrum of PPA.
C1 [Sajjadi, Seyed Ahmad; Patterson, Karalyn; Tomek, Michal; Nestor, Peter J.] Univ Cambridge, Neurol Unit, Cambridge CB2 0SZ, England.
RP Nestor, PJ (reprint author), Univ Cambridge, Neurol Unit, Herchel Smith Bldg Brain & Mind Sci,Robinson Way, Cambridge CB2 0SZ, England.
EM pjn23@hermes.cam.ac.uk
FU Donald Forrester Trust; NIHR Cambridge Biomedical Research Centre
FX The authors wish to thank Robert J. Arnold for help in collecting
neuropsychological data. This work received funding from the Donald
Forrester Trust. It was also supported by the NIHR Cambridge Biomedical
Research Centre. The funding bodies had no involvement in the study
design, collection, analysis, or interpretation of the data.
CR Adlam ALR, 2006, BRAIN, V129, P3066, DOI 10.1093/brain/awl285
Ash S, 2006, NEUROLOGY, V66, P1405, DOI 10.1212/01.wnl.0000210435.72614.38
Ash S, 2009, J NEUROLINGUIST, V22, P370, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2008.12.001
Bishop D. V. M., 1989, TEST RECEPTION GRAMM
Bormann T, 2008, NEUROCASE, V14, P431, DOI 10.1080/13554790802459478
Bozeat S, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V38, P1207, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(00)00034-8
COSTELLO AD, 1989, CORTEX, V25, P103
Crescentini C, 2008, NEUROCASE, V14, P184, DOI 10.1080/13554790802108380
Delis DC, 2001, DELIS KAPLAN EXECUTI
Esmonde T, 1996, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V60, P403, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.60.4.403
FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6
Gold M, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V57, P374, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1750
Gorno-Tempini ML, 2011, NEUROLOGY, V76, P1006, DOI 10.1212/WNL.0b013e31821103e6
Graham NL, 2004, NEUROCASE, V10, P141, DOI 10.1080/13554790490497256
Grossman M, 2004, NEUROCASE, V10, P3, DOI 10.1080/13554790490960440
Hodges JR, 2007, LANCET NEUROL, V6, P1004, DOI 10.1016/S1474-4422(07)70266-1
Hunt K. W., 1965, GRAMMATICAL STRUCTUR
Knibb JA, 2009, BRAIN, V132, P2734, DOI 10.1093/brain/awp207
Mesulam M, 2009, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V66, P1545, DOI 10.1001/archneurol.2009.288
MESULAM MM, 1987, ANN NEUROL, V22, P533, DOI 10.1002/ana.410220414
MESULAM MM, 1992, RES PER ALZ, P43
Mesulam MM, 2003, ANN NEUROL, V54, pS11, DOI 10.1002/ana.10569
Meteyard L, 2009, BRAIN LANG, V110, P121, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2009.03.007
Mioshi E, 2006, INT J GERIATR PSYCH, V21, P1078, DOI 10.1002/gps.1610
Orange JB, 1998, J NEUROLINGUIST, V11, P153, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(98)00011-6
Patterson K, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P1018, DOI 10.1080/02687030600739463
Patterson K, 2006, FROM INKMARKS TO IDEAS: CURRENT ISSUES IN LEXICAL PROCESSING, P299
Robinson G, 2005, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V22, P661, DOI 10.1080/02643290442000239
Robinson G, 1998, BRAIN, V121, P77, DOI 10.1093/brain/121.1.77
Robinson G, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V44, P1344, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2006.01.002
Rohrer JD, 2010, NEUROLOGY, V75, P603, DOI 10.1212/WNL.0b013e3181ed9c6b
Sajjadi SA, 2012, NEUROLOGY, V78, P1670, DOI 10.1212/WNL.0b013e3182574f79
Sajjadi SA, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P847, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2012.654933
Snowden JS, 1996, NEUROCASE, V2, P429, DOI 10.1080/13554799608402417
Swinburn K., 2004, COMPREHENSIVE APHASI
Thompson CK, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P20, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.584691
Thompson CK, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P297, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248473
Warren JD, 2003, NEUROCASE, V9, P140, DOI 10.1076/neur.9.2.140.15068
Warrington EK, 1991, VISUAL OBJECT SPACE
Wechsler D, 1997, WECHSLER ADULT INTEL, V3rd
Weintraub S, 2009, AM J ALZHEIMERS DIS, V24, P408, DOI 10.1177/1533317509343104
Wilson SM, 2010, BRAIN, V133, P2069, DOI 10.1093/brain/awq129
NR 42
TC 4
Z9 4
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 10
BP 1219
EP 1237
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.710318
PG 19
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 008XH
UT WOS:000308989400001
ER
PT J
AU Kave, G
Nussbaum, S
AF Kave, Gitit
Nussbaum, Shiri
TI Characteristics of noun retrieval in picture descriptions across the
adult lifespan
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Word retrieval; Ageing; Noun frequency; Concreteness;
Age-of-acquisition; Off-topic speech
ID BOSTON NAMING TEST; NORMATIVE DATA; OLDER-ADULTS; WORD-FREQUENCY;
ALZHEIMERS-DISEASE; LEXICAL ACCESS; AGE; APHASIA; ACQUISITION; CONCRETE
AB Background: Our previous research showed an age-related decrease in the frequency of nouns selected for production on a picture description task, as determined by objective frequency counts, subjective ratings of frequency, and cumulative frequency. These findings were interpreted as demonstrating the breadth of vocabulary available to older adults.
Aims: The present study examines whether the recorded decrease in noun frequency reflects lexical aspects of word retrieval or task approach.
Methods & Procedures: A total of 136 healthy participants (age range 20-85) described the Cookie Theft picture. Additional 230 adults (half < 30, half >= 60) rated the nouns produced on these descriptions for frequency, concreteness, age-of-acquisition, and relevance to picture.
Outcomes & Results: Age of participants describing the picture was negatively correlated with frequency and relevance, but not with concreteness or age-of-acquisition.
Conclusions: The results suggest that older adults may select infrequent words that are less relevant to the picture because they choose to describe details that are not inherent to the story presented in the picture.
C1 [Kave, Gitit; Nussbaum, Shiri] Open Univ, Dept Educ & Psychol, IL-43537 Raanana, Israel.
RP Kave, G (reprint author), Open Univ, Dept Educ & Psychol, Dorothy de Rothschild Campus,1 Univ Rd,POB 808, IL-43537 Raanana, Israel.
EM gkave@012.net.il
CR Alario FX, 1999, BEHAV RES METH INS C, V31, P531, DOI 10.3758/BF03200732
Barresi BA, 2000, AGING NEUROPSYCHOL C, V7, P169, DOI 10.1076/1382-5585(200009)7:3;1-Q;FT169
Binder JR, 2005, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V17, P905, DOI 10.1162/0898929054021102
Bird H, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V73, P17, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2293
Bormann T, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1313, DOI 10.1080/02687030701679436
Bowles R. P., 2005, J GERONTOL B-PSYCHOL, V60, P234
Bowles RP, 2008, PSYCHOL AGING, V23, P366, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.23.2.366
Burke D. M., 2006, LIFESPAN COGNITION M, P193
Burke DM, 2004, CURR DIR PSYCHOL SCI, V13, P21, DOI 10.1111/j.0963-7214.2004.01301006.x
Connor L. T, 2004, J GERONTOL B-PSYCHOL, V59, P203
Conroy PJ, 2012, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V93, pS53, DOI 10.1016/j.apmr.2011.07.205
COOPER PV, 1990, J GERONTOL, V45, pP210
Crepaldi D., BEHAV NEURO IN PRESS
DIRKX E, 1992, PSYCHOL AGING, V7, P352, DOI 10.1037//0882-7974.7.3.352
FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6
Garrard P, 2005, BRAIN, V128, P250, DOI 10.1093/brain/awh341
Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd
Goral M, 2004, J NEUROLINGUIST, V17, P31, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(03)00052-6
Gordon JK, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P774, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.539699
Gordon JK, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P839, DOI 10.1080/02687030701820063
Gordon JK, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P643, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192141
Gordon JK, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P188, DOI 10.1080/02687030500472777
HELLER RB, 1993, PSYCHOL AGING, V8, P443, DOI 10.1037//0882-7974.8.3.443
Hoffman P, 2011, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V23, P2432, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2011.21614
Horton WS, 2010, PSYCHOL AGING, V25, P708, DOI 10.1037/a0019424
James LE, 1998, PSYCHOL AGING, V13, P355, DOI 10.1037//0882-7974.13.3.355
Juhasz BJ, 2005, PSYCHOL BULL, V131, P684, DOI 10.1037/0033-2909.131.5.684
Kave G, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V92, P204, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.06.004
Kave G, 2010, PSYCHOL AGING, V25, P719, DOI 10.1037/a0018927
Kave G, 2005, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V27, P690, DOI 10.1080/13803390490918499
Kave G, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P341, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/027)
Kave G, 2009, PSYCHOL AGING, V24, P17, DOI 10.1037/a0014579
Kemper S, 2010, PSYCHOL AGING, V25, P949, DOI 10.1037/a0020000
Kemper S, 2001, PSYCHOL AGING, V16, P312, DOI 10.1037//0882-7974.16.2.312
Kent PS, 2002, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V16, P555, DOI 10.1076/clin.16.4.555.13916
Kiran S, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P315, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000778
Kiran S, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P835, DOI 10.1080/02687030802588866
Kittredge AK, 2008, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V25, P463, DOI 10.1080/02643290701674851
Lanting S, 2009, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V15, P196, DOI 10.1017/S1355617709090237
Loonstra A S, 2001, Appl Neuropsychol, V8, P161, DOI 10.1207/S15324826AN0803_5
Marini A, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P1372, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.584690
Marini A, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P164, DOI 10.1080/02687030600633799
McArdle JJ, 2002, DEV PSYCHOL, V38, P115, DOI 10.1037//0012-1649.38.1.115
Morrison CM, 2002, EUR J COGN PSYCHOL, V14, P435, DOI 10.1080/09541440143000159
Morrow LI, 2005, BEHAV RES METHODS, V37, P608, DOI 10.3758/BF03192731
Murray WS, 2004, PSYCHOL REV, V111, P721, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.111.3.721
Newman RS, 2005, LANG SPEECH, V48, P123
PAIVIO A, 1991, CAN J PSYCHOL, V45, P255, DOI 10.1037/h0084295
Perez MA, 2007, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V60, P32, DOI 10.1080/17470210600577423
Peters J, 2008, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V22, P255, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.22.2.255
Ravid D, 2006, J CHILD LANG, V33, P791, DOI 10.1017/S0305000906007586
Salthouse TA, 2004, CURR DIR PSYCHOL SCI, V13, P140, DOI 10.1111/j.0963-7214.2004.00293.x
Schmitter-Edgecombe M, 2000, ARCH CLIN NEUROPSYCH, V15, P479, DOI 10.1016/S0887-6177(99)00039-6
SCHWANENFLUGEL PJ, 1983, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V9, P82, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.9.1.82
Spieler DH, 2006, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V21, P291, DOI 10.1080/01690960400002133
St Jacques PL, 2007, MEMORY, V15, P129, DOI 10.1080/09658210601119762
Trunk DL, 2009, PSYCHOL AGING, V24, P324, DOI 10.1037/a0015259
Uttl B, 2002, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V24, P1123, DOI 10.1076/jcen.24.8.1123.8375
Verhaeghen P, 2003, PSYCHOL AGING, V18, P332, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.18.2.332
Wingfield A., 2000, HDB AGING COGNITION, P359
Yoon C, 2004, PSYCHOL AGING, V19, P379, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.19.3.379
Zec RF, 2007, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P617, DOI 10.1080/13854040701339356
NR 62
TC 0
Z9 0
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 10
BP 1238
EP 1249
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.681767
PG 12
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 008XH
UT WOS:000308989400002
ER
PT J
AU Cho-Reyes, S
Thompson, CK
AF Cho-Reyes, Soojin
Thompson, Cynthia K.
TI Verb and sentence production and comprehension in aphasia: Northwestern
Assessment of Verbs and Sentences (NAVS)
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Verb; Sentence; Production; Comprehension; Agrammatic aphasia; Anomic
aphasia
ID AGRAMMATIC APHASIA; ARGUMENT STRUCTURE; SYNTACTIC COMPLEXITY; WERNICKES
APHASIA; WORD-ORDER; LEXICAL ORGANIZATION; MOVEMENT STRUCTURES;
UNDERLYING FORMS; MAPPING THERAPY; NAME-RELATION
AB Background: Verbs and sentences are often impaired in individuals with aphasia, and differential impairment patterns are associated with different types of aphasia. With currently available test batteries, however, it is challenging to provide a comprehensive profile of aphasic language impairments because they do not examine syntactically important properties of verbs and sentences.
Aims: This study presents data derived from the Northwestern Assessment of Verbs and Sentences (NAVS; Thompson, 2011), a new test battery designed to examine syntactic deficits in aphasia. The NAVS includes tests for verb naming and comprehension, and production of verb argument structure in simple active sentences, with each examining the effects of the number and optionality of arguments. The NAVS also tests production and comprehension of canonical and non-canonical sentences.
Methods & Procedures: A total of 59 aphasic participants (35 agrammatic and 24 anomic) were tested using a set of action pictures. Participants produced verbs or sentences for the production subtests and identified pictures corresponding to auditorily provided verbs or sentences for the comprehension subtests.
Outcomes & Results: The agrammatic group, compared to the anomic group, performed significantly more poorly on all subtests except verb comprehension, and for both groups comprehension was less impaired than production. On verb naming and argument structure production tests both groups exhibited difficulty with three-argument verbs, affected by the number and optionality of arguments. However, production of sentences using three-argument verbs was more impaired in the agrammatic, compared to the anomic, group. On sentence production and comprehension tests, the agrammatic group showed impairments in all types of non-canonical sentences, whereas the anomic group exhibited difficulty primarily with the most difficult, object relative, structures.
Conclusions: Results show that verb and sentence deficits seen in individuals with agrammatic aphasia are largely influenced by syntactic complexity; however, individuals with anomic aphasia appear to exhibit these impairments only for the most complex forms of verbs and sentences. The present data indicate that the NAVS is useful for characterising verb and sentence deficits in people with aphasia.
C1 [Cho-Reyes, Soojin] Northwestern Univ, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Aphasia & Neurolinguist Res Lab, Evanston, IL 60208 USA.
[Thompson, Cynthia K.] Northwestern Univ, Cognit Neurol & Alzheimers Dis Ctr, Evanston, IL 60208 USA.
[Thompson, Cynthia K.] Northwestern Univ, Dept Neurol, Chicago, IL 60611 USA.
RP Cho-Reyes, S (reprint author), Northwestern Univ, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Aphasia & Neurolinguist Res Lab, 2240 Campus Dr, Evanston, IL 60208 USA.
EM s-cho3@u.northwestern.edu
FU NIH [RO1DC01948]
FX This study was supported by the NIH grant RO1DC01948 (C. K. Thompson).
The authors thank Drs JungWon (Janet) Choy, Michael Walsh Dickey,
Stephen Fix, Beverly Jacobs, Mikyong Kim, Kelly L. Lange, Miseon Lee,
Lisa Milman, Lewis P. Shapiro, and Sandra L. Schneider, and Sarah Dove
BS, Kyla Garibaldi BS, Ted Jenkins BS, and Janet O'Connor MA for their
assistance with test development and data collection and analysis.
CR Baayen R. H., 1993, CELEX LEXICAL DATABA
Ballard KJ, 1999, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V42, P690
BASSO A, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P185, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249069
Bastiaanse R., 2002, VERB SENTENCE TEST
Bastiaanse R, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P951, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249463
Bastiaanse R, 2005, J NEUROLINGUIST, V18, P57, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2004.11.006
Bastiaanse R, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P91, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00306-7
Berndt RS, 1996, COGNITION, V58, P289, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(95)00682-6
Berndt RS, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P107
Berndt RS, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P68
Burzio Luigi, 1986, ITALIAN SYNTAX GOVT
BUTTERWORTH B, 1987, COGNITION, V26, P1, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(87)90012-6
CAPLAN D, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P117, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90008-8
Caplan D, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V63, P184, DOI 10.1006/brln.1998.1930
CARAMAZZA A, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P572, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90048-1
Chen S, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P5, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249441
Chomsky N., 1981, LECT GOVT BINDING
Chomsky N., 1986, KNOWLEDGE LANGUAGE I
Chomsky N., 1995, MINIMALIST PROGRAM
De Bleser R, 2003, J NEUROLINGUIST, V16, P213, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(02)00015-5
Dickey MW, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P604, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192059
Dragoy O, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P28, DOI 10.1080/02687030802586902
Druks J., 2000, OBJECT ACTION NAMING
Edwards S, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V74, P560
Faroqi-Shah Y, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V85, P409, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00586-2
Goodglass H., 2001, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V3rd
Grimshaw J., 1981, BRANDEIS VERB LEXICO
Jacobs BJ, 2000, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V43, P5
Edwards S, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P99, DOI 10.1080/02687039808250466
Jonkers R, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P3, DOI 10.1080/02687030500188440
Kambanaros M, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V97, P162, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.10.001
Kambanaros M, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P210, DOI 10.1080/02687030902958332
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Kim M, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V88, P1, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00147-0
Kim M, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V74, P1, DOI 10.1006/brin.2000.2315
Kiss K., 2000, GRAMMATICAL DISORDER, P123
KOHN SE, 1989, CORTEX, V25, P57
Lee M, 2004, J NEUROLINGUIST, V17, P315, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(03)00062-9
Levin B., 1995, UNACCUSATIVITY SYNTA
Love T, 2002, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V31, P503, DOI 10.1023/A:1021208903394
Luzzatti C, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V81, P432, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2536
Marshall J, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V63, P159, DOI 10.1006/brln.1998.1949
MARTIN RC, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V28, P196, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90102-1
McAllister T, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P989, DOI 10.1080/02687030802669518
MCCARTHY R, 1985, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V23, P709, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(85)90079-X
McKoon G, 2000, LANGUAGE, V76, P833, DOI 10.2307/417201
MICELI G, 1984, CORTEX, V20, P207
MICELI G, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P351, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248937
Rochon E, 2005, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V15, P1, DOI 10.1080/09602010343000327
Saffran E., PHILADELPHIA C UNPUB
Schneider SL, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P213, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000635
SCHWARTZ MF, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P19, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248639
SCHWARTZ MF, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V10, P249, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90055-3
SHAPIRO LP, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P21, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90100-U
SHAPIRO LP, 1987, COGNITION, V27, P219, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(87)80010-0
SHAPIRO LP, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P423, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1053
Swinburn K., 2004, COMPREHENSIVE APHASI
Thompson CK, 1998, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V4, P661
Thompson C. K., 2011, NW ASSESSMENT VERBS
Thompson C. K., 2012, TRAINING VERB UNPUB
Thompson CK, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P632, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2012.676852
Thompson CK, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P1242, DOI 10.1080/02687030903474255
Thompson CK, 2007, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V16, P30, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2007/005)
Thompson CK, 2009, J NEUROLINGUIST, V22, P354, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2008.11.003
Thompson CK, 1997, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V40, P228
Thompson CK, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P591, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/047)
Thompson CK, 2003, J NEUROLINGUIST, V16, P151, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(02)00014-3
Thompson CK, 1995, CLIN APHASIOL, V23, P121
Thompson CK, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P1021, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000227
Thompson CK, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P473, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248485
Thompson CK, 2010, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V48, P3211, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2010.06.036
Thompson CK, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V67, P169, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2052
WILLIAMS SE, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V32, P124, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90120-9
ZINGESER LB, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P14, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90002-X
NR 74
TC 14
Z9 14
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 10
BP 1250
EP 1277
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.693584
PG 28
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 008XH
UT WOS:000308989400003
ER
PT J
AU Wallace, SE
Mason-Baughman, MB
AF Wallace, Sarah E.
Mason-Baughman, Mary Beth
TI Relationship between distinctive feature knowledge and word retrieval
abilities in people with aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Semantic feature knowledge; Distinctiveness; Importance; Word
retrieval
ID SEMANTIC MEMORY; COMPLEXITY; DEFICITS; ACCOUNT
AB Background: The relationship between performance on various types of word retrieval tasks and distinctive feature knowledge was examined in people with aphasia. The researchers also investigated performance on word retrieval tasks by two groups of people with aphasia: people who had high scores (Group 1) and low scores (Group 2) on an auditory-word matching task that required identification of target words among semantically related foils.
Aims: The current study investigated the relationship between high-, mid-, and low-importance distinctive feature knowledge and word retrieval abilities in people with aphasia.
Methods & Procedures: A total of 12 people with chronic aphasia participated in this study. Participants completed formal and informal word retrieval tasks, a feature-sorting task, and auditory-word matching tasks. Relationships between knowledge of features varying in distinctiveness and importance and various formal and informal naming tasks were analysed. Additionally, the researchers divided participants into two groups based on performance during an auditory-word matching task with semantically related foils. Group means across confrontation, descriptive, and divergent word retrieval tasks, as well as TAWF brief test and BNT-2 scores were analysed.
Outcomes & Results: Significant correlations were found between distinctive feature knowledge, particularly low-and mid-importance features, and three word retrieval tasks. Significant differences on word retrieval task performance between the two groups were evident such that Group 1 had higher scores than Group 2 on descriptive and confrontation word retrieval tasks, as well as the TAWF brief test and BNT-2.
Conclusions: Findings support previous research examining knowledge of features across levels of distinctiveness and importance in people with aphasia. Furthermore the current study highlights the contribution of feature knowledge as it relates to various word retrieval tasks. Groups of participants able to discriminate between semantically related foils may have significantly better word retrieval abilities compared to participants not able to discriminate among semantically related foils. Implications for future research and clinical practice are discussed.
C1 [Wallace, Sarah E.] Duquesne Univ, Pittsburgh, PA 15217 USA.
[Mason-Baughman, Mary Beth] Clarion Univ Pennsylvania, Clarion, PA USA.
RP Wallace, SE (reprint author), Duquesne Univ, 410 Fisher Hall,600 Forbes Ave, Pittsburgh, PA 15217 USA.
EM wallaces@duq.edu
CR Boyle M, 2004, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V13, P236, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2004/025)
Boyle M., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P94
COLLINS AM, 1975, PSYCHOL REV, V82, P407, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.82.6.407
Cox V., 2009, THESIS
del Toro C. M., 2011, CLIN APH C FT LAUD F
Francis WN, 1982, FREQUENCY ANAL ENGLI
German DJ, 1990, TEST ADOLESCENT ADUL
GERMANI MJ, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P1, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248685
HAMPTON JA, 1987, MEM COGNITION, V15, P55, DOI 10.3758/BF03197712
HAMPTON JA, 1995, J MEM LANG, V34, P686, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1995.1031
Hampton J. A., 1993, CATEGORIES CONCEPTS, P67
HAMPTON JA, 1979, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V18, P441, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(79)90246-9
Kertesz A., 2006, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
Kiran S, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P773, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/061)
Kiran S, 2007, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V16, P18, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2007/004)
LaPointe L., 1998, READING COMPREHENSIO
Mason-Baughman M. B., 2010, PSHA J DEC
Mason-Baughman M. B., 2012, SEMANTIC FEATU UNPUB
Mason-Baughman M. B., 2009, THESIS
Nickels L., 2001, HDB COGNITIVE NEUROP, P291
Noonan KA, 2010, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V22, P1597, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2009.21289
Rossion B, 2004, PERCEPTION, V33, P217, DOI 10.1068/p5117
SMITH EE, 1974, PSYCHOL REV, V81, P214, DOI 10.1037/h0036351
Sternberg R., 1983, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V22, P253
Thompson CK, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P591, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/047)
MASSARO M, 1994, CLIN APHASIOL, V22, P245
Tyler LK, 2001, TRENDS COGN SCI, V5, P244, DOI 10.1016/S1364-6613(00)01651-X
Vecchi B, 1994, THESIS U STUDI PADOV
NR 28
TC 2
Z9 2
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 10
BP 1278
EP 1297
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.702886
PG 20
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 008XH
UT WOS:000308989400004
ER
PT J
AU Rohde, A
Townley-O'Neill, K
Trendall, K
Worrall, L
Cornwell, P
AF Rohde, Alexia
Townley-O'Neill, Kerry
Trendall, Karine
Worrall, Linda
Cornwell, Petrea
TI A comparison of client and therapist goals for people with aphasia: A
qualitative exploratory study
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Goal setting; Relationship centred; Aphasia; Rehabilitation
ID CENTERED REHABILITATION; SUPPORTED CONVERSATION; FUNCTIONAL OUTCOMES;
BRAIN-INJURY; STROKE; PARTNERS; ADULTS; PERSPECTIVES; SATISFACTION;
MOTIVATION
AB Background: A considerable body of literature attests to the efficacy of client and therapist collaborative goal setting to achieving optimal rehabilitation outcomes. Collaborative goal setting and shared decision making relies on good communication, thus potentially disadvantaging people with aphasia.
Aims: This study aims to identify the similarities and differences between client goals and therapist goals in rehabilitation for people with aphasia and to explore reasons why any differences occur.
Methods & Procedures: Three speech-language pathologists and four people with aphasia participated in in-depth semi-structured interviews to identify rehabilitation goals. All the interviews were transcribed and analysed using qualitative content analysis.
Outcomes & Results: Results indicated both matching and mismatching of goals between the clients and the speech-language pathologists. Matched goals tended to focus on communication outcomes. Mismatched goals were those associated with the client's desire to return to previously valued activities. Reasons for the mismatching included: impaired communication made collaboration on goal setting difficult, the service-delivery approach, the goal was perceived to be outside the speech-language pathologist's scope of practice, and the goal was not considered to be appropriate within the confines of the rehabilitative situation.
Conclusions: This study highlights the need for speech-language pathologists to understand their clients' goals and how these can be incorporated into rehabilitation. A re-examination of some professional beliefs was highlighted. Future research may lead to educational resources that enable better collaborative goal setting between therapist and client so that outcomes of rehabilitation are optimised.
C1 [Rohde, Alexia; Townley-O'Neill, Kerry; Trendall, Karine; Worrall, Linda; Cornwell, Petrea] Univ Queensland, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, CCRE Aphasia Rehabil, Brisbane, Qld 4072, Australia.
[Cornwell, Petrea] Griffith Univ, Griffith Hlth Inst, Behav Basis Hlth Program, Brisbane, Qld 4111, Australia.
[Cornwell, Petrea] Queensland Hlth, Metro N Hlth Serv Dist, Brisbane, Qld, Australia.
RP Worrall, L (reprint author), Univ Queensland, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, CCRE Aphasia Rehabil, Brisbane, Qld 4072, Australia.
EM l.worrall@uq.edu.au
CR Adams L., 1999, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V6, P43, DOI 10.1310/J2G9-UVA8-UE5D-N693
Andrews J. A., 1991, ROY ADAPTION MODEL D
Barnard RA, 2010, QUAL HEALTH RES, V20, P239, DOI 10.1177/1049732309358327
Bendz M, 2000, SOC SCI MED, V51, P713, DOI 10.1016/S0277-9536(99)00486-4
Bendz M, 2003, SCAND J CARING SCI, V17, P215, DOI 10.1046/j.1471-6712.2003.00217.x
Bergquist Thomas F., 1993, Brain Injury, V7, P275, DOI 10.3109/02699059309029680
Bhogal Sanjit K, 2003, Top Stroke Rehabil, V10, P66
Bradley EH, 1999, SOC SCI MED, V49, P267, DOI 10.1016/S0277-9536(99)00107-0
Burton CR, 2000, J ADV NURS, V32, P301, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2648.2000.01477.x
Byng S, 2002, J COMMUN DISORD, V35, P89, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(02)00059-X
Caporali A, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P815, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000247
Carlson J, 1996, AM J OCCUPATIONAL TH, V51, P347
Cott CA, 2004, DISABIL REHABIL, V26, P1411, DOI 10.1080/09638280400000237
DiCicco-Bloom B, 2006, MED EDUC, V40, P314, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2929.2006.02418.x
Doolittle N D, 1991, J Neurosci Nurs, V23, P235
Emmons RA, 1996, PSYCHOL ACTION LINKI, P313
Ersser SJ, 2000, CLINICAL REASONING IN THE HEALTH PROFESSIONS, 2ND EDITION, P68
Fischer S, 2004, BRAIN INJURY, V18, P547, DOI 10.1080/02699050310001645793
Garrett J. L., 1993, AUGMENTATIVE COMMUNI
GODFREY HPD, 1993, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V15, P503, DOI 10.1080/01688639308402574
Graneheim UH, 2004, NURS EDUC TODAY, V24, P105, DOI 10.1016/j.nedt.2003.10.001
Greveson G, 1991, Health Trends, V23, P161
Henriksson C., 2002, J REHABILITATION MED, V34, P5
Hersh D, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P220, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.640392
Hinckley JJ, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P509, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249554
Kagan A, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P624, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2001/051)
Kagan A, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P816, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249575
King I., 1995, ADV KINGS SYSTEMS FR
Law J., 2002, ENABLING OCCUPATION
Leach E, 2010, DISABIL REHABIL, V32, P159, DOI 10.3109/09638280903036605
Levack WMM, 2011, PATIENT EDUC COUNS, V85, P206, DOI 10.1016/j.pec.2011.01.011
Levack WMM, 2006, BRAIN INJURY, V20, P1439, DOI 10.1080/02699050601118422
Lewin S, 2001, COCHRANE DB SYST REV, V4, DOI DOI 10.1002/14651858
LOCKE EA, 1968, ORGAN BEHAV HUM PERF, V3, P157, DOI 10.1016/0030-5073(68)90004-4
Mackenzie C, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P107, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000527
Maclean N, 2000, SOC SCI MED, V50, P495
Macleod R, 2007, DISABIL REHABIL, V29, P1589, DOI 10.1080/09638280701618729
McAndrew E., 1999, PHYS OCCUPATIONAL TH, V22, P53
MCLEAN J, 1991, J ADV NURS, V16, P559, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2648.1991.tb01691.x
McPherson K., 2004, DISABILITY REHABILIT, V26, P1175
MEREDITH P, 1993, SOCIOL HEALTH ILL, V15, P315, DOI 10.1111/1467-9566.ep10490539
Miles Matthew B., 1994, QUALITATIVE DATA ANA
Murphy Robert. F, 1987, BODY SILENT
OTTENBACHER KJ, 1990, AM J OCCUP THER, V44, P519
Ownsworth T, 2005, J HEAD TRAUMA REHAB, V20, P315
Parr S., 1997, TALKING APHASIA LIVI
Parr S, 2006, TOP LANG DISORD, V26, P189
Peri J., 2004, GOAL SETTING OLDER P
Poland B., 2001, HDB INTERVIEW RES CO, P629
Ponte-Allan M, 1999, AM J OCCUP THER, V53, P646
Reich S., 1996, STROKE SERVICES RES, P207
Sandelowski M, 2000, RES NURS HEALTH, V23, P334, DOI 10.1002/1098-240X(200008)23:4<334::AID-NUR9>3.0.CO;2-G
Schut J. A., 1994, DISABILITY REAHBILIT, V16, P223
Sherratt S, 2011, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V13, P317, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2011.584632
Simmond J., 2003, BRIT J OCCUPATIONAL, V66, P447
Simmons-Mackie N, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P807
Toombs SK, 1992, MEANING ILLNESS PHEN
Vestling M, 2003, J REHABIL MED, V35, P127, DOI 10.1080/16501970310010475
Wade DT, 1998, CLIN REHABIL, V12, P273, DOI 10.1191/026921598678166365
Wenestam C-G., 2000, QUALITATIVE RES METH, P97, DOI DOI 10.1111/J.1447-0349.2009.00634.X
Worrall L, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P309, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.508530
Worrall L., 2010, J INTERACTIONAL RES, V1, P277
Worrall L, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P497, DOI 10.1080/02687030802698152
Worrall L, 2006, J COMMUN DISORD, V39, P320, DOI 10.1016/j.jcomdis.2006.02.007
Worrall L. E., 2003, COMMUNICATION DISABI
Worrall L. E., 2000, NEUROGENIC COMMUNICA
NR 66
TC 4
Z9 4
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 10
BP 1298
EP 1315
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.706799
PG 18
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 008XH
UT WOS:000308989400005
ER
PT J
AU Floel, A
AF Floeel, Agnes
TI Non-invasive brain stimulation and language processing in the healthy
brain
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Transcranial direct current stimulation; tDCS; Transcranial magnetic
stimulation; TMS; Learning; Functional magnetic resonance imaging
ID TRANSCRANIAL MAGNETIC STIMULATION; HUMAN MOTOR CORTEX; INFERIOR FRONTAL
GYRUS; LONG-TERM-MEMORY; PREFRONTAL CORTEX; WORKING-MEMORY; CORTICAL
NEUROPLASTICITY; RECOGNITION MEMORY; EPISODIC MEMORY; EXCITABILITY
AB Background: Non-invasive brain stimulation (NIBS) has been used as a probe to modulate cognitive functions in humans for the last 20 years. The two most commonly reported techniques are transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) and transcranial direct current stimulation (tDCS), which have both been used with different stimulation parameters to increase or decrease excitability in target cortical regions.
Aims: In the present review, we highlight recent developments in TMS and tDCS in language research in healthy individuals.
Main Contribution: We will first describe how tDCS and TMS have been employed to improve either performance of language tasks, or learning in the language domain (facilitatory brain stimulation). Then, we will show how these techniques were used as interference techniques (inhibitory brain stimulation) for understanding brain-behaviour interactions and to explore possible cause-effect links between altered activity in specific brain areas and particular behaviours. We will only review studies in healthy individuals, and first pilot trials in patient population with more general cognitive impairments (idiopathic Parkinson's Disease, Alzheimer's Disease). For tDCS studies in aphasia, see Holland and Crinion (2012); for TMS studies in aphasia, see Medina et al. (2012).
Conclusions: In the healthy brain, NIBS can be used to delineate the functional significance of a particular brain region for the respective language task under study. Here, new possibilities of combining TMS or tDCS with functional imaging techniques offer unique opportunities to not only address the functional significance of a brain area underlying the coil or electrode, but in addition allow testing NIBS effects on an entire network. In this setting, TMS, both in its single-pulse and its repetitive form, allows the modulation of a specific function within milliseconds (single-pulse) or the order of seconds (particularly high-frequency rTMS trains), while tDCS has the disadvantage of requiring longer stimulation times. On the other hand, the relatively easy use of tDCS in the magnetic resonance scanner environment will render simultaneous recording of brain function and activation much more accessible, thus offering novel avenues in the study of network effects of NIBS. For proof-of principle studies to improve language learning in the healthy brain, tDCS may be the most fruitful approach due to its easy applicability and excellent safety profile. Subsequent use of this technique in parallel to training protocols to improve re-acquisition of language functions aphasic patients offers exciting possibilities in the realm of neurorehabilitation.
C1 [Floeel, Agnes] Charite, Dept Neurol, Ctr Stroke Res Berlin, D-10117 Berlin, Germany.
[Floeel, Agnes] Neurocure Cluster Excellence Berlin, D-10117 Berlin, Germany.
RP Floel, A (reprint author), Charite, Dept Neurol, Ctr Stroke Res Berlin, Charitepl 1, D-10117 Berlin, Germany.
EM agnes.floeel@charite.de
CR Amedi A, 2003, NAT NEUROSCI, V6, P758, DOI 10.1038/nn1072
Amedi A, 2004, NAT NEUROSCI, V7, P1266, DOI 10.1038/nn1328
Andoh J., J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V23, P349
Andoh J, 2006, NEUROIMAGE, V29, P619, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2005.07.029
Baker JM, 2010, STROKE, V41, P1229, DOI 10.1161/STROKEAHA.109.576785
Bhogal SK, 2003, STROKE, V34, P987, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000062343.64383.D0
Boggio PS, 2009, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V80, P444, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.2007.141853
Boggio PS, 2006, J NEUROL SCI, V249, P31, DOI 10.1016/j.jns.2006.05.062
Brown JA, 2008, NEUROSURGERY, V62, P853, DOI [10.1227/01.neu.0000316287.37618.78, 10.1227/01.NEU.0000197100.63931.04]
Brown JA, 2006, PAIN MED, V7, pS140, DOI 10.1111/j.1526-4637.2006.00130.x
Cabeza R, 2002, PSYCHOL AGING, V17, P85, DOI 10.1037//0882-7974.17.1.85
Cheeran B, 2008, J PHYSIOL-LONDON, V586, P5717, DOI 10.1113/jphysiol.2008.159905
Cheeran B., NEUROSCIENTIST, V16, P210
Chen R, 1997, NEUROLOGY, V48, P1398
CLAUS D, 1993, J NEUROL, V240, P149, DOI 10.1007/BF00857519
De Vries M. H., 2009, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V22, P2427, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2009.21385
Devlin JT, 2003, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V15, P71, DOI 10.1162/089892903321107837
Elmer S, 2009, BEHAV BRAIN FUNCT, V5, DOI 10.1186/1744-9081-5-29
Ferrucci R, 2008, NEUROLOGY, V71, P493, DOI 10.1212/01.wnl.0000317060.43722.a3
Fertonani A, 2010, BEHAV BRAIN RES, V208, P311, DOI 10.1016/j.bbr.2009.10.030
Fiori V., 2010, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, DOI [10.1162/jocn.2010.21579, DOI 10.1162/JOCN.2010.21579]
Flitman SS, 1998, NEUROLOGY, V50, P175
Floel A, 2011, STROKE, V42, P2065, DOI 10.1161/STROKEAHA.110.609032
Floel A, 2004, CEREB CORTEX, V14, P404, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhh002
Floel A, 2007, BRAIN RES REV, V53, P250, DOI 10.1016/j.brainresrev.2006.08.006
Floel A., 2009, NEUROBIOL DIS, V37, P243
Floel A, 2008, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V20, P1415, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2008.20098
Fregni F, 2005, EXP BRAIN RES, V166, P23, DOI 10.1007/s00221-005-2334-6
Fritsch B, 2010, NEURON, V66, P198, DOI 10.1016/j.neuron.2010.03.035
Gandiga PC, 2006, CLIN NEUROPHYSIOL, V117, P845, DOI 10.1016/j.clinph.2005.12.003
Garry MI, 2004, J NEUROPHYSIOL, V91, P1570, DOI 10.1152/jn.00595.2003
Gough PM, 2005, J NEUROSCI, V25, P8010, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.2307-05.2005
Hallett M, 2007, NEURON, V55, P187, DOI 10.1016/j.neuron.2007.06.026
Hartwigsen G, 2010, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V107, P16494, DOI 10.1073/pnas.1008121107
Hartwigsen G, 2010, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V48, P3155, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2010.06.032
Herwig U, 2003, BRAIN TOPOGR, V16, P95, DOI 10.1023/B:BRAT.0000006333.93597.9d
Holland R, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P1169, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.616925
Huang YZ, 2009, BRAIN STIMUL, V2, P2, DOI 10.1016/j.brs.2008.09.007
Iyer MB, 2005, NEUROLOGY, V64, P872
James LE, 2008, PSYCHOL AGING, V23, P657, DOI 10.1037/a0013008
Kirchhoff BA, 2000, J NEUROSCI, V20, P6173
Knecht S, 2002, NAT NEUROSCI, V5, P695, DOI 10.1038/nn868
Koeneke S, 2006, EXP BRAIN RES, V174, P199, DOI 10.1007/s00221-006-0440-8
Kuo MF, 2008, CEREB CORTEX, V18, P648, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhm098
Liebetanz D, 2002, BRAIN, V125, P2238, DOI 10.1093/brain/awf238
Liuzzi G, 2010, CURR BIOL, V20, P1745, DOI 10.1016/j.cub.2010.08.034
Loo CK, 2008, INT J NEUROPSYCHOPH, V11, P131, DOI 10.1017/S1461145707007717
Martin PI, 2009, BRAIN LANG, V111, P20, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2009.07.007
McWeeny K. H., 1987, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V45, P215
Medina J, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P1153, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2012.710316
Miniussi C, 2008, BRAIN STIMUL, V1, P326, DOI 10.1016/j.brs.2008.07.002
Mottaghy FM, 1999, NEUROLOGY, V53, P1806
Naeser MA, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V93, P95, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.08.004
Nitsche MA, 2009, BIOL PSYCHIAT, V66, P503, DOI 10.1016/j.biopsych.2009.03.022
Nitsche MA, 2005, J PHYSIOL-LONDON, V568, P291, DOI 10.1113/jphysiol.2005.092429
Nitsche MA, 2003, SUPPL CLIN NEUROPHYS, V56, P255
Nitsche MA, 2003, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V15, P619, DOI 10.1162/089892903321662994
Nitsche MA, 2000, J PHYSIOL-LONDON, V527, P633, DOI 10.1111/j.1469-7793.2000.t01-1-00633.x
Nitsche MA, 2001, NEUROLOGY, V57, P1899
Nitsche MA, 2004, CEREB CORTEX, V14, P1240, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhh085
Nitsche MA, 2004, NEUROPSYCHOPHARMACOL, V29, P1573, DOI 10.1038/sj.npp.1300517
Nixon P, 2004, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V16, P289, DOI 10.1162/089892904322984571
Ohn SH, 2008, NEUROREPORT, V19, P43, DOI 10.1097/WNR.0b013e3282f2adfd
Papagno C, 2009, BRAIN RES, V1263, P78, DOI 10.1016/j.brainres.2009.01.037
Pape TLB, 2006, J HEAD TRAUMA REHAB, V21, P437
PASCUALLEONE A, 1991, NEUROLOGY, V41, P697
Pattamadilok C, 2010, J NEUROSCI, V30, P8435, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.5791-09.2010
REBER AS, 1967, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V6, P855, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(67)80149-X
Reis J, 2009, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V106, P1590, DOI 10.1073/pnas.0805413106
Romero L, 2006, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V18, P1147, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2006.18.7.1147
Ross LA, 2010, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V48, P3671, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2010.07.024
Rossi S, 2001, NAT NEUROSCI, V4, P948, DOI 10.1038/nn0901-948
Rossi S, 2009, CLIN NEUROPHYSIOL, V120, P2008, DOI 10.1016/j.clinph.2009.08.016
Rossi S, 2004, J NEUROSCI, V24, P7939, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.0703-04.2004
ROSSINI PM, 1994, ELECTROEN CLIN NEURO, V91, P79, DOI 10.1016/0013-4694(94)90029-9
Rugg MD, 2002, PHILOS T R SOC B, V357, P1097, DOI 10.1098/rstb.2002.1102
Sack AT, 2009, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V21, P207, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2009.21126
Sandrini M, 2011, NEUROSCI BIOBEHAV R, V35, P516, DOI 10.1016/j.neubiorev.2010.06.005
Schwarzkopf DS, 2011, J NEUROSCI, V31, P3143, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.4863-10.2011
Siebner HR, 2009, CORTEX, V45, P1035, DOI 10.1016/j.cortex.2009.02.007
Sparing R, 2001, J CLIN NEUROPHYSIOL, V18, P326, DOI 10.1097/00004691-200107000-00004
Sparing R, 2008, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V29, P82, DOI 10.1002/hbm.20360
Sparing R, 2008, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V46, P261, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2007.07.009
Stewart L, 2001, NEUROIMAGE, V13, P472, DOI 10.1006/nimg.2000.0701
Strafella AP, 2003, BRAIN, V126, P2609, DOI 10.1093/brain/awg268
TULVING E, 1994, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V91, P2016, DOI 10.1073/pnas.91.6.2016
Vines BW, 2006, NEUROREPORT, V17, P1047, DOI 10.1097/01.wnr.0000223396.05070.a2
Wagner T, 2007, ANNU REV BIOMED ENG, V9, P527, DOI 10.1146/annurev.bioeng.9.061206.133100
Zaehle T, 2011, BMC NEUROSCI, V12, DOI 10.1186/1471-2202-12-2
Ziemann U, 2008, BRAIN STIMUL, V1, P164, DOI 10.1016/j.brs.2008.06.006
NR 90
TC 10
Z9 10
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 9
SI SI
BP 1082
EP 1102
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.589892
PG 21
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 999JY
UT WOS:000308308700002
ER
PT J
AU Mottonen, R
Watkins, KE
AF Moettoenen, Riikka
Watkins, Kate E.
TI Using TMS to study the role of the articulatory motor system in speech
perception
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Speech; Motor cortex; Motor evoked potential; Transcranial magnetic
stimulation; Communication; Articulation
ID TRANSCRANIAL MAGNETIC STIMULATION; HUMAN AUDITORY-CORTEX; PREMOTOR
CORTEX; VISUAL SPEECH; AUDIOVISUAL SPEECH; MODULATES ACTIVITY; BROCAS
AREA; EXCITABILITY; SOUNDS; COMPREHENSION
AB Background: The ability to communicate using speech is a remarkable skill, which requires precise coordination of articulatory movements and decoding of complex acoustic signals. According to the traditional view, speech production and perception rely on motor and auditory brain areas, respectively. However, there is growing evidence that auditory-motor circuits support both speech production and perception.
Aims: In this article we provide a review of how transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) has been used to investigate the excitability of the motor system during listening to speech and the contribution of the motor system to performance in various speech perception tasks. We also discuss how TMS can be used in combination with brain-imaging techniques to study interactions between motor and auditory systems during speech perception.
Main contribution: TMS has proven to be a powerful tool to investigate the role of the articulatory motor system in speech perception.
Conclusions: TMS studies have provided support for the view that the motor structures that control the movements of the articulators contribute not only to speech production but also to speech perception.
C1 [Moettoenen, Riikka; Watkins, Kate E.] Univ Oxford, Dept Expt Psychol, Oxford OX1 3UD, England.
[Watkins, Kate E.] Univ Oxford, Ctr Funct Magnet Resonance Imaging Brain FMRIB, Oxford OX1 3UD, England.
RP Mottonen, R (reprint author), Univ Oxford, Dept Expt Psychol, S Parks Rd, Oxford OX1 3UD, England.
EM riikka.mottonen@psy.ox.ac.uk
FU Medical Research Council
FX KW is grateful to the late Laughlin Taylor for discussions of the data
in patients with face area lesions, and to Ned Jenkinson for discussions
of TMS effects. RM was supported by the Medical Research Council.
CR Antal A, 2011, NEUROIMAGE, V55, P590, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2010.11.085
Aziz-Zadeh L, 2004, EUR J NEUROSCI, V19, P2609, DOI 10.1111/j.1460-9568.2004.03348.x
BAKER E, 1981, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V19, P1, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(81)90039-7
Binder JR, 2000, CEREB CORTEX, V10, P512, DOI 10.1093/cercor/10.5.512
BISHOP DVM, 1990, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V33, P210
BLUMSTEIN SE, 1977, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V15, P19, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(77)90111-7
Blumstein SE, 2009, LANG LINGUISTIC COMP, V3, P824
Callan D, 2010, NEUROIMAGE, V51, P844, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2010.02.027
Callan DE, 2004, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V16, P805, DOI 10.1162/089892904970771
Callan DE, 2003, NEUROREPORT, V14, P2213, DOI 10.1097/00001756-200312020-00016
Campbell R, 2001, COGNITIVE BRAIN RES, V12, P233, DOI 10.1016/S0926-6410(01)00054-4
Cattaneo L, 2005, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V102, P898, DOI 10.1073/pnas.0409182102
Classen J., 2008, OXFORD HDB TRANSCRAN, P185
Curio G, 2000, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V9, P183, DOI 10.1002/(SICI)1097-0193(200004)9:4<183::AID-HBM1>3.0.CO;2-Z
D'Ausillo A, 2009, CURR BIOL, V19, P381, DOI 10.1016/j.cub.2009.01.017
D'Ausilio A, 2011, BRAIN LANG, V118, P9, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2011.02.007
Dehaene-Lambertz G, 2005, NEUROIMAGE, V24, P21, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2004.09.039
Diehl RL, 2004, ANNU REV PSYCHOL, V55, P149, DOI 10.1146/annurev.psych.55.090902.142028
Driver J, 2009, TRENDS COGN SCI, V13, P319, DOI 10.1016/j.tics.2009.04.007
Fadiga L, 2002, EUR J NEUROSCI, V15, P399, DOI 10.1046/j.0953-816x.2001.01874.x
FADIGA L, 1995, J NEUROPHYSIOL, V73, P2608
Galantucci B, 2006, PSYCHON B REV, V13, P361, DOI 10.3758/BF03193857
Hickok G, 2010, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V25, P746
Hickok G, 2011, NEURON, V69, P407, DOI 10.1016/j.neuron.2011.01.019
Houde JF, 1998, SCIENCE, V279, P1213, DOI 10.1126/science.279.5354.1213
Jääskeläinen Iiro P, 2010, Open Neuroimag J, V4, P30, DOI 10.2174/1874440001004020030
Kauramaki J, 2010, J NEUROSCI, V30, P1314, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.1950-09.2010
Kolb B., 2003, FUNDAMENTALS HUMAN N
KOLB B, 1981, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V19, P505, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(81)90017-8
LIBERMAN AM, 1985, COGNITION, V21, P1, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(85)90021-6
LIBERMAN AM, 1967, PSYCHOL REV, V74, P431, DOI 10.1037/h0020279
Logothetis NK, 2002, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V357, P1003, DOI 10.1098/rstb.2002.1114
Lotto AJ, 2009, TRENDS COGN SCI, V13, P110, DOI 10.1016/j.tics.2008.11.008
McGettigan C, 2010, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V107, pE42, DOI 10.1073/pnas.1000186107
Meister IG, 2007, CURR BIOL, V17, P1692, DOI 10.1016/j.cub.2007.08.064
Moineau S, 2005, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V48, P884, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2005/061)
Mottonen R, 2006, NEUROIMAGE, V30, P563, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2005.10.002
Mottonen R, 2005, NEUROIMAGE, V24, P731, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2004.10.011
Mottonen R., 2011, AUDITORY MOTOR UNPUB
Mottonen R, 2009, J NEUROSCI, V29, P9819, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.6018-08.2009
Muellbacher W, 2000, CLIN NEUROPHYSIOL, V111, P1002, DOI 10.1016/S1388-2457(00)00284-4
Murakami T, 2011, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V49, P2045, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2011.03.034
Nitsche MA, 2000, J PHYSIOL-LONDON, V527, P633, DOI 10.1111/j.1469-7793.2000.t01-1-00633.x
Numminen J, 1999, NEUROSCI LETT, V272, P29, DOI 10.1016/S0304-3940(99)00573-X
Ojanen V, 2005, NEUROIMAGE, V25, P333, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2004.12.001
OJEMANN G, 1979, SCIENCE, V205, P1401, DOI 10.1126/science.472757
O'Shea J, 2008, CORTEX, V44, P598, DOI 10.1016/j.cortex.2007.08.012
Pulvermuller F, 2006, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V103, P7865, DOI 10.1073/pnas.0509989103
Pulvermuller F, 2010, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V11, P351, DOI 10.1038/nrn2811
Pulvermuller F, 2005, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V6, P576, DOI 10.1038/nrn1706
Rauschecker JP, 2009, NAT NEUROSCI, V12, P718, DOI 10.1038/nn.2331
Rogalsky C, 2011, NEUROCASE, V17, P178, DOI 10.1080/13554794.2010.509318
Rosa M. J., 2011, PLOS COMPUTATIONAL B, V7
Rosler KM, 2008, OXFORD HDB TRANSCRAN, P77
Rothwell JC, 2008, OXFORD HDB TRANSCRAN, P171
Roy AC, 2008, J PHYSIOLOGY-PARIS, V102, P101, DOI 10.1016/j.jphysparis.2008.03.006
Ruff CC, 2009, CORTEX, V45, P1043, DOI 10.1016/j.cortex.2008.10.012
Ruff CC, 2006, CURR BIOL, V16, P1479, DOI 10.1016/j.cub.2006.06.057
Ruff CC, 2008, CEREB CORTEX, V18, P817, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhm128
Sams M, 2005, COGNITIVE BRAIN RES, V23, P429, DOI 10.1016/j.cogbrainres.2004.11.006
Sato M, 2009, BRAIN LANG, V111, P1, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2009.03.002
Scott SK, 2009, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V10, P295, DOI 10.1038/nrn2603
Shimazu H, 2004, J NEUROSCI, V24, P1200, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.4731-03.2004
Siebner HR, 2009, CORTEX, V45, P1035, DOI 10.1016/j.cortex.2009.02.007
Skipper JI, 2007, CEREB CORTEX, V17, P2387, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhl147
STITT CL, 1969, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V12, P576
Stokes MG, 2005, J NEUROPHYSIOL, V94, P4520, DOI 10.1152/jn.00067.2005
Strafella AP, 2000, NEUROREPORT, V11, P2289, DOI 10.1097/00001756-200007140-00044
Sundara M, 2001, NEUROREPORT, V12, P1341, DOI 10.1097/00001756-200105250-00010
Takai O, 2010, BRAIN LANG, V113, P39, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2010.01.008
Taylor L. B., 1979, FUNCTIONAL NEUROSURG, P165
van Wassenhove V, 2005, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V102, P1181, DOI 10.1073/pnas.0408949102
Walsh V, 2000, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V1, P73, DOI 10.1038/35036239
Watkins K, 2004, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V16, P978, DOI 10.1162/0898929041502616
Watkins KE, 2003, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V41, P989, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(02)00316-0
Wilson SM, 2004, NAT NEUROSCI, V7, P701, DOI 10.1038/nn1263
Wilson SM, 2009, TRENDS COGN SCI, V13, P329, DOI 10.1016/j.tics.2009.06.001
Ziemann U, 2010, CORTEX, V46, P124, DOI 10.1016/j.cortex.2009.02.020
NR 78
TC 17
Z9 17
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 9
SI SI
BP 1103
EP 1118
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.619515
PG 16
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 999JY
UT WOS:000308308700003
ER
PT J
AU Hoffman, P
Pobric, G
Drakesmith, M
Ralph, MAL
AF Hoffman, Paul
Pobric, Gorana
Drakesmith, Mark
Ralph, Matthew A. Lambon
TI Posterior middle temporal gyrus is involved in verbal and non-verbal
semantic cognition: Evidence from rTMS
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Conceptual knowledge; Semantic memory; Transcranial magnetic
stimulation; Temporal lobe
ID TRANSCRANIAL MAGNETIC STIMULATION; VENTROLATERAL PREFRONTAL CORTEX;
SPEECH COMPREHENSION; APHASIA EVIDENCE; OBJECT CONCEPTS; LANGUAGE;
MEMORY; REPRESENTATION; IMPAIRMENT; DEMENTIA
AB Background: Left posterior middle temporal gyrus (pMTG) is reliably activated in functional neuroimaging studies of semantic processing and is frequently damaged in patients with comprehension impairments following stroke (e.g., Wernicke's aphasia). Its precise function remains elusive, however. Some researchers take the view that pMTG is a multimodal semantic area, involved in verbal and non-verbal semantic cognition. Others ascribe a lexical-semantic function to the region, positing that it is involved in mapping between phonology and conceptual knowledge.
Aims: We investigated whether pMTG was involved in non-verbal as well as verbal semantic cognition by using rTMS to induce temporary, focal "virtual lesions" to this region in healthy participants.
Methods & Procedures: Participants completed picture and word versions of a semantic association test before and after receiving 10 minutes of 1-Hz offline rTMS to left pMTG. They also completed a difficulty-matched visual decision task on scrambled pictures. An occipital lobe control site was stimulated in a separate session.
Outcomes & Results: TMS slowed responses to word and picture versions of the test to an equal degree. There was no slowing on a non-semantic visual-matching task, or following TMS to the control site.
Conclusions: These results indicate that pMTG is involved in both verbal and non-verbal semantic cognition. This region could be key to understanding the multimodal semantic deficits often observed following stroke.
C1 [Hoffman, Paul] Univ Manchester, Sch Psychol Sci, NARU, Manchester M13 9PL, Lancs, England.
RP Hoffman, P (reprint author), Univ Manchester, Sch Psychol Sci, NARU, Zochonis Bldg,Oxford Rd, Manchester M13 9PL, Lancs, England.
EM paul.hoffman@manchester.ac.uk
RI Hoffman, Paul/F-2730-2011
FU MRC programme grant [G0501632]; NIHR senior investigator award
FX The research was supported by an MRC programme grant (G0501632) and an
NIHR senior investigator award to MALR.
CR Badre D, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V45, P2883, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2007.06.015
Badre D, 2005, NEURON, V47, P907, DOI 10.1016/j.neuron.2005.07.023
BAKER E, 1981, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V19, P1, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(81)90039-7
Bedny M, 2008, CEREB CORTEX, V18, P2574, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhn018
Binder JR, 2009, CEREB CORTEX, V19, P2767, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhp055
Binney RJ, 2010, CEREB CORTEX, V20, P2728, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhq019
Bozeat S, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V38, P1207, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(00)00034-8
Cabeza R, 2000, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V12, P1, DOI 10.1162/08989290051137585
Campanella F, 2010, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V48, P1583, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2010.02.002
Chertkow H, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V58, P203, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1771
COHEN R, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V10, P331, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90060-7
Corbett F, 2009, BRAIN, V132, P2593, DOI 10.1093/brain/awp146
DERENZI E, 1972, BRAIN, V95, P293, DOI 10.1093/brain/95.2.293
Devlin JT, 2002, NEUROIMAGE, V15, P675, DOI 10.1006/nimg.2001.1002
Devlin JT, 2000, NEUROIMAGE, V11, P589, DOI 10.1006/nimg.2000.0595
Devlin JT, 2006, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V18, P911, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2006.18.6.911
Dronkers NF, 2004, COGNITION, V92, P145, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2003.11.002
GAINOTTI G, 1983, BRAIN, V106, P613, DOI 10.1093/brain/106.3.613
Gold BT, 2006, J NEUROSCI, V26, P6523, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.0808-06.2006
Gough PM, 2005, J NEUROSCI, V25, P8010, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.2307-05.2005
HART J, 1990, ANN NEUROL, V27, P226, DOI 10.1002/ana.410270303
Hickok G, 2004, COGNITION, V92, P67, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2003.10.011
Hickok G, 2007, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V8, P393, DOI 10.1038/nrn2113
Hilgetag CC, 2001, NAT NEUROSCI, V4, P953, DOI 10.1038/nn0901-953
Holland R, 2010, CEREB CORTEX, V20, P2771, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhq020
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Indefrey P, 2004, COGNITION, V92, P101, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2002.06.001
Jefferies E, 2006, BRAIN, V129, P2132, DOI 10.1093/brain/awl153
Kable JW, 2002, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V14, P795, DOI 10.1162/08989290260138681
Kellenbach ML, 2003, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V15, P30, DOI 10.1162/089892903321107800
Kherif F, 2011, CEREB CORTEX, V21, P103, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhq063
Kosslyn SM, 1999, SCIENCE, V284, P167, DOI 10.1126/science.284.5411.167
Ralph MAL, 2010, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V107, P2717, DOI 10.1073/pnas.0907307107
Leff AP, 2009, BRAIN, V132, P3401, DOI 10.1093/brain/awp273
LOFTUS GR, 1994, PSYCHON B REV, V1, P476, DOI 10.3758/BF03210951
Martin A, 2007, ANNU REV PSYCHOL, V58, P25, DOI 10.1146/annurev.psych.57.102904.190143
Mion M, 2010, BRAIN, V133, P3256, DOI 10.1093/brain/awq272
Noonan KA, 2010, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V22, P1597, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2009.21289
Noppeney U, 2004, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V42, P1269, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2003.12.014
Patterson K, 2007, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V8, P976, DOI 10.1038/nrn2277
Plaut DC, 2002, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V19, P603, DOI 10.1080/02643290244000112
Pobric G, 2010, CURR BIOL, V20, P964, DOI 10.1016/j.cub.2010.03.070
Pobric G, 2010, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V48, P1336, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2009.12.036
Pobric G, 2007, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V104, P20137, DOI 10.1073/pnas.0707383104
Price CJ, 2002, TRENDS COGN SCI, V6, P416, DOI 10.1016/S1364-6613(02)01976-9
Rodd JM, 2005, CEREB CORTEX, V15, P1261, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhi009
Rogers TT, 2004, PSYCHOL REV, V111, P205, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.111.1.205
Saygin AP, 2003, BRAIN, V126, P928, DOI 10.1093/brain/awg082
Thompson-Schill SL, 1997, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V94, P14792, DOI 10.1073/pnas.94.26.14792
Tranel D, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V92, P288, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.01.011
Turken And U, 2011, Front Syst Neurosci, V5, P1, DOI 10.3389/fnsys.2011.00001
Vigneau M, 2006, NEUROIMAGE, V30, P1414, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2005.11.002
Visser M., 2011, EVIDENCE CAUDO UNPUB
Visser M, 2010, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V22, P1083, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2009.21309
Walsh V, 2000, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V1, P73, DOI 10.1038/35036239
Walsh V, 1999, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V37, P125
Whitney C, 2011, CEREB CORTEX, V21, P1066, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhq180
Whitney C, 2011, CEREB CORTEX, V21, P831, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhq148
Wise RJS, 2001, BRAIN, V124, P83, DOI 10.1093/brain/124.1.83
NR 59
TC 12
Z9 12
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 9
SI SI
BP 1119
EP 1130
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.608838
PG 12
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 999JY
UT WOS:000308308700004
ER
PT J
AU Hartwigsen, G
Siebner, HR
AF Hartwigsen, Gesa
Siebner, Hartwig R.
TI Probing the involvement of the right hemisphere in language processing
with online transcranial magnetic stimulation in healthy volunteers
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Compensation; Lesion; Lateralization; Broca; Wernicke; Speech
ID INFERIOR FRONTAL GYRUS; HUMAN MOTOR CORTEX; RIGHT FRONTOPARIETAL
OPERCULUM; EMOTIONAL PROSODY PERCEPTION; TEMPORAL-LOBE EPILEPSY;
SHORT-TERM-MEMORY; BROCAS AREA; INTERHEMISPHERIC INHIBITION; COGNITIVE
NEUROSCIENCE; POSTSTROKE APHASIA
AB Background: Current models emphasize that language-related functions are predominantly organized in left-lateralized fronto-temporo-parietal cortical networks.
Aims: In this review, we summarize how "online" transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) during a language task can be used in healthy individuals to characterize the contribution of the stimulated area to a specific language function with a focus on the functional relevance of the right hemisphere. We first give an introduction to some basic mechanisms of TMS and outline the prerequisites for carrying out TMS studies of language. In particular, we highlight some methodological limitations and pitfalls of the TMS approach. We then review online TMS studies of language processing with a particular focus on the contribution of right hemisphere brain regions to language processing.
Main Contribution: The majority of TMS studies on language have targeted a single left-hemisphere cortical area during a language task to identify the relevance of that area for a specific aspect of language processing. TMS has also been used to characterize the involvement of homologous right hemisphere regions. These studies have provided evidence for a significant role of right hemisphere regions in different aspects of language processing, including word comprehension, reading and paralinguistic features like emotional prosody.
Conclusions: Recently, two areas have been targeted simultaneously with TMS while subjects performed a language task. This multifocal TMS approach has opened up new possibilities to compare the functional involvement of homologous regions in the right and left hemisphere and allows for the characterization of interhemispheric compensation during language processing.
C1 [Hartwigsen, Gesa] Univ Leipzig, Dept Neurol, Language & Aphasia Lab, D-04103 Leipzig, Germany.
[Siebner, Hartwig R.] Univ Copenhagen, Hvidovre Hosp, Danish Res Ctr Magnet Resonance, DK-2650 Hvidovre, Denmark.
RP Hartwigsen, G (reprint author), Univ Leipzig, Dept Neurol, Language & Aphasia Lab, Liebigstr 20, D-04103 Leipzig, Germany.
EM gesa.hartwigsen@medizin.uni-leipzig.de
FU Bundesministerium fuer Bildung und Forschung (BMBF), Germany [01GW0663];
Lundbeck Foundation, Denmark [R59 A5399]
FX GH and HRS were supported by a Grant from the "Bundesministerium fuer
Bildung und Forschung" (BMBF; Grant 01GW0663), Germany. HRS was
supported by a Grant of Excellence on the Control of Actions "ContAct"
from the Lundbeck Foundation (R59 A5399), Denmark.
CR Ackermann H, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P320, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00347-X
Aglioti SM, 2010, EXP BRAIN RES, V206, P141, DOI 10.1007/s00221-010-2344-x
Amassian V E, 2006, Conf Proc IEEE Eng Med Biol Soc, V1, P1620
Andoh J, 2006, NEUROIMAGE, V29, P619, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2005.07.029
Andoh J, 2011, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V23, P349, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2010.21449
Aziz-Zadeh L, 2004, EUR J NEUROSCI, V19, P2609, DOI 10.1111/j.1460-9568.2004.03348.x
BARKER AT, 1985, LANCET, V1, P1106
Beaucousin V, 2007, CEREB CORTEX, V17, P339, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhj151
Bestmann S, 2008, TRENDS COGN SCI, V12, P81, DOI 10.1016/j.tics.2007.12.002
Bestmann S, 2003, NEUROIMAGE, V20, P1685, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2003.07.028
Boroojerdi B, 2002, CLIN NEUROPHYSIOL, V113, P1501, DOI 10.1016/S1388-2457(02)00198-0
Braet W, 2006, EXP BRAIN RES, V168, P265, DOI 10.1007/s00221-005-0085-z
Broca P., 1865, B SOC ANTHROPOL PAR, V6, P377
Buchsbaum BR, 2009, CEREB CORTEX, V19, P1474, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhn186
Buckner RL, 1996, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V93, P14878, DOI 10.1073/pnas.93.25.14878
Chee MWL, 1999, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V7, P15, DOI 10.1002/(SICI)1097-0193(1999)7:1<15::AID-HBM2>3.0.CO;2-6
Coslett H. B., 1993, NEURAL BASIS HIGHER
COSLETT HB, 1993, BRAIN, V116, P21, DOI 10.1093/brain/116.1.21
COSLETT HB, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V46, P198, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1012
Costafreda SG, 2006, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V27, P799, DOI 10.1002/hbm.20221
Dax M, 1865, GAZETTE HEBDOMADAIRE, V33, P259
Dejerine J, 1891, MEMOIRES SOC BIOL, V3, P197
Dejerine J., 1892, CR HEBD ACAD SCI, V4, P61
Denslow S, 2005, COGN BEHAV NEUROL, V18, P119, DOI 10.1097/01.wnn.0000160821.15459.68
Devlin JT, 2007, BRAIN, V130, P610, DOI 10.1093/brain/awl331
Devlin JT, 2003, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V15, P71, DOI 10.1162/089892903321107837
Dewarrat GM, 2009, J NEUROL, V256, P1461, DOI 10.1007/s00415-009-5137-z
Di Lazzaro V, 1999, EXP BRAIN RES, V124, P520, DOI 10.1007/s002210050648
Duzel E, 1996, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V34, P775, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(95)00160-3
Epstein CM, 1998, J CLIN NEUROPHYSIOL, V15, P325, DOI 10.1097/00004691-199807000-00004
Epstein CM, 1996, NEUROLOGY, V47, P1590
Fadiga L, 2002, EUR J NEUROSCI, V15, P399, DOI 10.1046/j.0953-816x.2001.01874.x
FERBERT A, 1992, J PHYSIOL-LONDON, V453, P525
Flitman SS, 1998, NEUROLOGY, V50, P175
Fuggetta G., 2008, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V21, P403
GARDNER H, 1975, BRAIN, V98, P399, DOI 10.1093/brain/98.3.399
Gough PM, 2005, J NEUROSCI, V25, P8010, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.2307-05.2005
Groppa S, 2012, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V33, P419, DOI 10.1002/hbm.21221
Hamilton R. H., 2011, APHASIOLOGY IN PRESS
Harpaz Y, 2009, CORTEX, V45, P1097, DOI 10.1016/j.cortex.2009.01.002
Hartwigsen G, 2010, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V107, P16494, DOI 10.1073/pnas.1008121107
Hartwigsen G, 2010, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V48, P3155, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2010.06.032
Hartwigsen G, 2010, CURR MED IMAGING REV, V6, P220
Hartwigsen G., 2009, FMRI BASICS CLIN APP, P155
Herwig U, 2003, BRAIN TOPOGR, V16, P95, DOI 10.1023/B:BRAT.0000006333.93597.9d
Herwig U, 2003, NEUROIMAGE, V20, P1032, DOI 10.1016/S1053-8119(03)00368-9
Hoekert M, 2008, PLOS ONE, V3, DOI 10.1371/journal.pone.0002244
Hoekert M, 2010, BMC NEUROSCI, V11, DOI 10.1186/1471-2202-11-93
Jahanshahi M, 2000, EXP BRAIN RES, V131, P1, DOI 10.1007/s002219900224
JENNUM P, 1994, NEUROLOGY, V44, P269
Kemeny S, 2005, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V24, P173, DOI 10.1002/hbm.20078
Knecht S, 2002, NAT NEUROSCI, V5, P695, DOI 10.1038/nn868
Knecht S, 2000, BRAIN, V123, P2512, DOI 10.1093/brain/123.12.2512
Knecht S, 2000, BRAIN, V123, P74, DOI 10.1093/brain/123.1.74
Kohler S, 2004, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V16, P178, DOI 10.1162/089892904322984490
Lauro LJR, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V103, P146, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.07.088
Lee L, 2003, J NEUROSCI, V23, P5308
Lee L, 2006, BEHAV NEUROL, V17, P135
Lindell AK, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V16, P131, DOI 10.1007/s11065-006-9011-6
Martin PI, 2009, BRAIN LANG, V111, P20, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2009.07.007
Martin Paula I., 2004, Seminars in Speech and Language, V25, P181
Martin RC, 2003, J NEUROLINGUIST, V16, P341, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(03)00025-3
McDermott KB, 2003, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V41, P293, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(02)00162-8
MICHELUCCI R, 1994, NEUROLOGY, V44, P1697
Miniussi C, 2010, CORTEX, V46, P128, DOI 10.1016/j.cortex.2009.03.004
Mitchell RLC, 2003, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V41, P1410, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(03)00017-4
Mottaghy FM, 1999, NEUROLOGY, V53, P1806
Mottaghy FM, 2006, BEHAV NEUROL, V17, P177
Mottonen R, 2009, J NEUROSCI, V29, P9819, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.6018-08.2009
Naeser MA, 2005, NEUROCASE, V11, P182, DOI 10.1080/13554790590944663
Naeser MA, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V93, P95, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.08.004
Neggers SFW, 2004, NEUROIMAGE, V21, P1805, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2003.12.006
Nixon P, 2004, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V16, P289, DOI 10.1162/089892904322984571
Oliveri M, 2004, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V16, P848, DOI 10.1162/089892904970717
Papagno C, 2009, BRAIN RES, V1263, P78, DOI 10.1016/j.brainres.2009.01.037
PASCUALLEONE A, 1991, NEUROLOGY, V41, P697
Patterson D., 1988, BRAIN, V112, P39
Paus T., 2008, OXFORD HDB TRANSCRAN, P539
Pobric G, 2008, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V20, P170, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2008.20005
Poldrack RA, 1999, NEUROIMAGE, V10, P15, DOI 10.1006/nimg.1999.0441
Price CJ, 2002, TRENDS COGN SCI, V6, P416, DOI 10.1016/S1364-6613(02)01976-9
Price CJ, 1997, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V9, P727, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1997.9.6.727
Raboyeau G, 2008, NEUROLOGY, V70, P290, DOI 10.1212/01.wnl.0000287115.85956.87
Romero L, 2006, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V18, P1147, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2006.18.7.1147
Rosen HJ, 2000, NEUROLOGY, V55, P1883
Sack AT, 2009, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V21, P207, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2009.21126
Sack AT, 2006, NEUROIMAGE, V29, P1326, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2005.08.027
Sandrini M, 2011, NEUROSCI BIOBEHAV R, V35, P516, DOI 10.1016/j.neubiorev.2010.06.005
Saur D, 2006, BRAIN, V129, P1371, DOI 10.1093/brain/awl090
Schonfeldt-Lecuona C, 2005, BRAIN TOPOGR, V17, P253, DOI 10.1007/s10548-005-6033-1
Schuhmann T, 2009, CORTEX, V45, P1111, DOI 10.1016/j.cortex.2008.10.013
Shalom Dorit Ben, 2008, Neuroscientist, V14, P119
Shibahara N, 2004, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V99, P305
Siebner HR, 2003, BRAIN, V126, P2710, DOI 10.1093/brain/awg282
Siebner HR, 2009, BRAIN STIMUL, V2, P58, DOI 10.1016/j.brs.2008.11.002
Siebner HR, 2003, EXP BRAIN RES, V148, P1, DOI 10.1007/s00221-002-1234-2
Siebner HR, 2009, CORTEX, V45, P1035, DOI 10.1016/j.cortex.2009.02.007
Sparing R, 2001, J CLIN NEUROPHYSIOL, V18, P326, DOI 10.1097/00004691-200107000-00004
Sparing R, 2008, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V29, P82, DOI 10.1002/hbm.20360
Stokes MG, 2005, J NEUROPHYSIOL, V94, P4520, DOI 10.1152/jn.00067.2005
Thiel A, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V98, P57, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.01.007
Topper R, 1998, EXP BRAIN RES, V121, P371, DOI 10.1007/s002210050471
Tremblay T, 2004, BRAIN COGNITION, V55, P427, DOI 10.1016/j.bandc.2004.02.068
van Rijn S, 2005, EUR J NEUROSCI, V21, P3195, DOI 10.1111/j.1460-9568.2005.04130.x
Vigneau M, 2006, NEUROIMAGE, V30, P1414, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2005.11.002
Vingerhoets G, 2003, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V17, P93, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.17.1.93
WADA J, 1960, J NEUROSURG, V17, P266, DOI 10.3171/jns.1960.17.2.0266
Walsh V, 1998, TRENDS COGN SCI, V2, P103, DOI 10.1016/S1364-6613(98)01134-6
Walsh V, 2000, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V1, P73, DOI 10.1038/35036239
Wassermann EM, 1999, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V37, P537, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(98)00102-X
Wassermann EM, 1996, LANCET, V347, P825, DOI 10.1016/S0140-6736(96)90898-3
Watkins K, 2004, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V16, P978, DOI 10.1162/0898929041502616
Watkins KE, 2003, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V41, P989, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(02)00316-0
Wilde M. C., 2009, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V23, P1744
Wildgruber D, 2005, NEUROIMAGE, V24, P1233, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2004.10.034
Winhuisen L, 2005, STROKE, V36, P1759, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000174487.81126.ef
Winhuisen L, 2007, STROKE, V38, P1286, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000259632.04324.6c
WINNER E, 1977, BRAIN, V100, P717, DOI 10.1093/brain/100.4.717
Ziemann U, 2008, BRAIN STIMUL, V1, P164, DOI 10.1016/j.brs.2008.06.006
NR 119
TC 7
Z9 7
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 9
SI SI
BP 1131
EP 1152
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.590573
PG 22
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 999JY
UT WOS:000308308700005
ER
PT J
AU Medina, J
Norise, C
Faseyitan, O
Coslett, HB
Turkeltaub, PE
Hamilton, RH
AF Medina, Jared
Norise, Catherine
Faseyitan, Olufunsho
Coslett, H. Branch
Turkeltaub, Peter E.
Hamilton, Roy H.
TI Finding the right words: Transcranial magnetic stimulation improves
discourse productivity in non-fluent aphasia after stroke
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Language; Aphasia; Transcranial magnetic stimulation; TMS; Pars
triangularis; Fluency; Neurorehabilitation
ID INFERIOR FRONTAL GYRUS; QUANTITATIVE-ANALYSIS; LANGUAGE FUNCTION; BROCAS
APHASIA; BRAIN; RECOVERY; TMS; POSTSTROKE; FREQUENCY; SPEECH
AB Background: Loss of fluency is a significant source of functional impairment in many individuals with aphasia. Repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation (rTMS) administered to the right inferior frontal gyrus (IFG) has been shown to facilitate naming in persons with chronic left hemisphere stroke and non-fluent aphasia. However, changes in fluency in aphasic participants receiving rTMS have not been adequately explored.
Aims: To determine whether rTMS improves fluency in individuals with chronic nonfluent aphasia, and to identify aspects of fluency that are modulated in persons who respond to rTMS.
Methods & Procedures: Ten individuals with left hemisphere MCA strokes and mild to moderate non-fluent aphasia participated in the study. Before treatment participants were asked to describe the Cookie Theft picture in three separate sessions. During treatment all participants received 1200 pulses of 1 Hz rTMS daily in 10 sessions over 2 weeks at a site that had previously been shown to improve naming. Participants repeated the Cookie Theft description 2 months after treatment. Five participants initially received sham stimulation instead of real TMS; 2 months after sham treatment these individuals received real rTMS. Performance both at baseline and after stimulation was coded using Quantitative Production Analysis (Saffran, Berndt, & Schwartz, 1989) and Correct Information Unit (Nicholas & Brookshire, 1993) analysis.
Outcomes & Results: Across all participants (n = 10), real rTMS treatment resulted in a significant increase in multiple measures of discourse productivity compared to baseline performance. There was no significant increase in measures of sentence productivity or grammatical accuracy. There was no significant increase from baseline in the sham condition (n = 5) on any study measures.
Conclusions: Stimulation of the right IFG in patients with chronic non-fluent aphasia facilitates discourse production. We posit that this effect may be attributable to improved lexical-semantic access.
C1 [Hamilton, Roy H.] Univ Penn, Goddard Labs, Dept Neurol, Philadelphia, PA 19104 USA.
[Norise, Catherine; Turkeltaub, Peter E.] Georgetown Univ, Dept Neurol, Washington, DC USA.
RP Hamilton, RH (reprint author), Univ Penn, Goddard Labs, Dept Neurol, Room 518,3710 Hamilton Walk, Philadelphia, PA 19104 USA.
EM Roy.Hamilton@uphs.upenn.edu
FU NIH [2R01 DC05672-04A2]; NIH/NINDS [1K01NS060995-01A1]; Robert Wood
Johnson Foundation/Harold Amos Medical Faculty Development Program;
American Academy of Neurology Foundation
FX Sources of funding: HBC: NIH 2R01 DC05672-04A2. RHH: NIH/NINDS
1K01NS060995-01A1. RHH: Robert Wood Johnson Foundation/Harold Amos
Medical Faculty Development Program. PET: American Academy of Neurology
Foundation.
CR Barwood CHS, 2011, EUR J NEUROL, V18, P935, DOI 10.1111/j.1468-1331.2010.03284.x
Berndt R. S., 2000, QUANTITATIVE PRODUCT
Bookheimer S, 2002, ANNU REV NEUROSCI, V25, P151, DOI 10.1146/annurev.neuro.25.112701.142946
BROWN C, 1993, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V5, P34, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1993.5.1.34
EDWARDS S, 1995, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V30, P333
Fridriksson J, 2009, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V30, P2487, DOI 10.1002/hbm.20683
GLEASON JB, 1975, BRAIN LANG, V2, P451, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(75)80083-6
Goodglass H, 2001, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V3rd
Gordon JK, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P188, DOI 10.1080/02687030500472777
Gough PM, 2005, J NEUROSCI, V25, P8010, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.2307-05.2005
Hagoort P, 2005, TRENDS COGN SCI, V9, P416, DOI 10.1016/j.tics.2006.07.004
Halgren E, 2002, NEUROIMAGE, V17, P1101, DOI 10.1006/nimg.2002.1268
Hamilton RH, 2010, BRAIN LANG, V113, P45, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2010.01.001
Hamilton RH, 2011, BRAIN LANG, V118, P40, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2011.02.005
Hartwigsen G, 2010, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V48, P3155, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2010.06.032
Kaplan E., 2001, BOSTON NAMING TEST B
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
KOLK H, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P221, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249075
Kutas M, 2000, TRENDS COGN SCI, V4, P463, DOI 10.1016/S1364-6613(00)01560-6
Martin PI, 2009, BRAIN LANG, V111, P20, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2009.07.007
Martin Paula I., 2004, Seminars in Speech and Language, V25, P181
Naeser MA, 2011, BRAIN LANG, V119, P206, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2011.07.005
Naeser MA, 2010, RESTOR NEUROL NEUROS, V28, P511, DOI 10.3233/RNN-2010-0559
Naeser MA, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V93, P95, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.08.004
NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338
Poldrack RA, 1999, NEUROIMAGE, V10, P15, DOI 10.1006/nimg.1999.0441
Postman-Caucheteux WA, 2010, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V22, P1299, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2009.21261
Rochon E, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V72, P193, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2285
ROSSINI PM, 1994, ELECTROEN CLIN NEURO, V91, P79, DOI 10.1016/0013-4694(94)90029-9
Rothman K J, 1990, Epidemiology, V1, P43, DOI 10.1097/00001648-199001000-00010
SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8
Simos PG, 1997, BRAIN RES, V762, P29, DOI 10.1016/S0006-8993(97)00349-1
SNODGRASS JG, 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V6, P174, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.6.2.174
Turkeltaub PE, 2011, CORTEX
Turkeltaub PE, 2011, NEUROLOGY, V76, P1726, DOI 10.1212/WNL.0b013e31821a44c1
Weiduschat N, 2011, STROKE, V42, P409, DOI 10.1161/STROKEAHA.110.597864
Winhuisen L, 2005, STROKE, V36, P1759, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000174487.81126.ef
NR 37
TC 13
Z9 14
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 9
SI SI
BP 1153
EP 1168
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.710316
PG 16
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 999JY
UT WOS:000308308700006
ER
PT J
AU Holland, R
Crinion, J
AF Holland, Rachel
Crinion, Jenny
TI Can tDCS enhance treatment of aphasia after stroke?
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Transcranial direct current stimulation; Post stroke aphasia; Recovery
ID DIRECT-CURRENT STIMULATION; HUMAN MOTOR CORTEX; TRANSCRANIAL MAGNETIC
STIMULATION; INFERIOR FRONTAL GYRUS; NONINVASIVE BRAIN-STIMULATION;
CONSTRAINT-INDUCED APHASIA; ANTERIOR TEMPORAL-LOBES; DC-STIMULATION;
BROCAS AREA; HOMEOSTATIC PLASTICITY
AB Background: Recent advances in the application of transcranial direct current stimulation (tDCS) in healthy populations have led to the exploration of the technique as an adjuvant method to traditional speech therapies in patients with post-stroke aphasia.
Aims: The purpose of the review is: (i) to review the features of tDCS that make it an attractive tool for research and potential future use in clinical contexts; (ii) to describe recent studies exploring the facilitation of language performance using tDCS in post-stroke aphasia; (iii) to explore methodological considerations of tDCS that may be key to understanding tDCS in treatment of aphasia post stroke; and (iv) to highlight several caveats and outstanding questions that need to be addressed in future work.
Main Contribution: This review aims to highlight our current understanding of the methodological and theoretical issues surrounding the use of tDCS as an adjuvant tool in the treatment of language difficulties after stroke.
Conclusions: Preliminary evidence shows that tDCS may be a useful tool to complement treatment of aphasia, particularly for speech production in chronic stroke patients. To build on this exciting work, further systematic research is needed to understand the mechanisms of tDCS-induced effects, its application to current models of aphasia recovery, and the complex interactions between different stimulation parameters and language rehabilitation techniques. The potential of tDCS is to optimise language rehabilitation techniques and promote long-term recovery of language. A stimulating future for aphasia rehabilitation!
C1 [Holland, Rachel; Crinion, Jenny] UCL, Inst Cognit Neurosci, London WC1N 3AR, England.
RP Holland, R (reprint author), UCL, Inst Cognit Neurosci, 17 Queen Sq, London WC1N 3AR, England.
EM rachel.holland@ucl.ac.uk
CR Abel S, 2009, NEUROIMAGE, V44, P1113, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2008.10.018
Antal A, 2011, BRAIN STIMUL, V4, P117, DOI 10.1016/j.brs.2010.09.003
Antal A, 2004, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V16, P521, DOI 10.1162/089892904323057263
Antal A, 2007, EUR J NEUROSCI, V26, P2687, DOI 10.1111/j.1460-9568.2007.05896.x
Antal A, 2004, EUR J NEUROSCI, V19, P2888, DOI 10.1111/j.1460-9568.2004.03367.x
Baker JM, 2010, STROKE, V41, P1229, DOI 10.1161/STROKEAHA.109.576785
Barthel G, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P408, DOI 10.1080/02687030701415880
Berthier ML, 2009, ANN NEUROL, V65, P577, DOI 10.1002/ana.21597
Bhogal Sanjit K, 2003, Top Stroke Rehabil, V10, P66
Bikson M, 2009, CLIN NEUROPHYSIOL, V120, P1033, DOI 10.1016/j.clinph.2009.03.018
BINDMAN LJ, 1962, NATURE, V196, P584, DOI 10.1038/196584a0
Blank SC, 2003, ANN NEUROL, V54, P310, DOI 10.1002/ana.10656
Boggio PS, 2007, RESTOR NEUROL NEUROS, V25, P123
Breitenstein C, 2009, NERVENARZT, V80, P149, DOI 10.1007/s00115-008-2571-6
BRINDLEY P, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P695, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249037
Brown S, 2009, BRAIN COGNITION, V70, P31, DOI 10.1016/j.bandc.2008.12.006
Canepari M, 2007, J PHYSIOL-LONDON, V580, P463, DOI 10.1113/jphysiol.2006.125005
Cappa SF, 2002, NEUROLOGY, V59, P720
Cherney LR, 2008, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V51, P1282, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2008/07-0206)
Cohen Kadosh R., 2010, CURR BIOL, V20, P1
CREUTZFELDT O, 1962, EXP NEUROL, V5, P436, DOI 10.1016/0014-4886(62)90056-0
Crinion J, 2005, BRAIN, V128, P2858, DOI 10.1093/brain/awh659
Datta A, 2009, BRAIN STIMUL, V2, P201, DOI 10.1016/j.brs.2009.03.005
DATTA A, 2009, EMBC 2009 ANN INT C, P670
Devlin JT, 2003, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V15, P71, DOI 10.1162/089892903321107837
de Zubicaray GI, 2009, COGN AFFECT BEHAV NE, V9, P260, DOI 10.3758/CABN.9.3.260
Dockery CA, 2009, J NEUROSCI, V29, P7271, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.0065-09.2009
Dundas JE, 2007, CLIN NEUROPHYSIOL, V118, P1166, DOI 10.1016/j.clinph.2007.01.010
Fertonani A, 2010, BEHAV BRAIN RES, V208, P311, DOI 10.1016/j.bbr.2009.10.030
Fiori V, 2010, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V23, P2309
Floel A, 2008, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V20, P1415, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2008.20098
Frank E, 2011, EUR ARCH PSY CLIN N, V261, P261, DOI 10.1007/s00406-010-0137-7
Fregni F, 2005, NEUROREPORT, V16, P1551, DOI 10.1097/01.wnr.0000177010.44602.5e
Fregni F, 2006, PAIN, V122, P197, DOI 10.1016/j.pain.2006.02.023
Fricke K, 2010, J NEUROPHYSIOL, V105, P1141
Fridriksson J, 2009, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V52, P812, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2008/06-0197)
Fridriksson J, 2010, CEREB CORTEX, V20, P1013, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhp160
Fridriksson J, 2011, STROKE, V42, P819, DOI 10.1161/STROKEAHA.110.600288
Fritsch B, 2010, NEURON, V66, P198, DOI 10.1016/j.neuron.2010.03.035
Gandiga PC, 2006, CLIN NEUROPHYSIOL, V117, P845, DOI 10.1016/j.clinph.2005.12.003
Gough PM, 2005, J NEUROSCI, V25, P8010, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.2307-05.2005
Hamilton RH, 2011, BRAIN LANG, V118, P40, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2011.02.005
Hartwigsen G, 2010, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V48, P3155, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2010.06.032
Hocking J, 2009, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V21, P1571, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2009.21114
Holland R, 2010, CEREB CORTEX, V20, P2771, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhq020
Holland R, 2011, CURR BIOL, V21, P1403, DOI 10.1016/j.cub.2011.07.021
Iyer MB, 2005, NEUROLOGY, V64, P872
Jahanshahi M, 2000, EXP BRAIN RES, V131, P1, DOI 10.1007/s002219900224
Kelly H, 2010, COCHRANE DB SYST REV, DOI 10.1002/14651858.CD000425.pub2
Kendall DL, 2008, BRAIN LANG, V105, P1, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.11.007
Kincses TZ, 2004, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V42, P113, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(03)00124-6
Kuo MF, 2008, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V46, P2122, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2008.02.023
Lagopoulos J, 2008, ACTA NEUROPSYCHIATR, V20, P98, DOI 10.1111/j.1601-5215.2008.00274.x
Lang N, 2005, EUR J NEUROSCI, V22, P495, DOI 10.1111/j.1460-9568.2005.04233.x
Lang N, 2004, BIOL PSYCHIAT, V56, P634, DOI 10.1016/j.biopsych.2004.07.017
Leff A, 2002, ANN NEUROL, V51, P553, DOI 10.1002/ana.10181
Liebetanz D, 2002, BRAIN, V125, P2238, DOI 10.1093/brain/awf238
Liebetanz D, 2009, CLIN NEUROPHYSIOL, V120, P1161, DOI 10.1016/j.clinph.2009.01.022
Lindenberg R, 2010, NEUROLOGY, V75, P2176, DOI 10.1212/WNL.0b013e318202013a
Liuzzi G, 2010, CURR BIOL, V20, P1745, DOI 10.1016/j.cub.2010.08.034
Loo CK, 2011, INT J NEUROPSYCHOPH, V14, P425, DOI 10.1017/S1461145710001197
Martin Paula I., 2004, Seminars in Speech and Language, V25, P181
Meinzer Marcus, 2004, BMC Biol, V2, P20, DOI 10.1186/1741-7007-2-20
Meinzer M, 2005, STROKE, V36, P1462, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000169941.29831.2a
Minhas P, 2010, J NEUROSCI METH, V190, P188, DOI 10.1016/j.jneumeth.2010.05.007
Miniussi C, 2008, BRAIN STIMUL, V1, P326, DOI 10.1016/j.brs.2008.07.002
Miranda PC, 2006, CLIN NEUROPHYSIOL, V117, P1623, DOI 10.1016/j.clinph.2006.04.009
Monte-Silva K, 2010, J NEUROPHYSIOL, V103, P1735, DOI 10.1152/jn.00924.2009
Monti A, 2008, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V79, P451, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.2007.135277
Naeser MA, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V93, P95, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.08.004
Naeser MA, 2004, NEUROIMAGE, V22, P29, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2003.11.016
Nickels L, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P935, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000563
Nitsche MA, 2008, BRAIN STIMUL, V1, P206, DOI 10.1016/j.brs.2008.06.004
Nitsche MA, 2007, J NEUROPHYSIOL, V97, P3109, DOI 10.1152/jn.01312.2006
Nitsche MA, 2003, SUPPL CLIN NEUROPHYS, V56, P255
Nitsche MA, 2003, CLIN NEUROPHYSIOL, V114, P600, DOI 10.1016/S1388-2457(02)00412-1
Nitsche MA, 2003, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V15, P619, DOI 10.1162/089892903321662994
Nitsche MA, 2000, J PHYSIOL-LONDON, V527, P633, DOI 10.1111/j.1469-7793.2000.t01-1-00633.x
Nitsche MA, 2007, J NEUROSCI, V27, P3807, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.5348-06.2007
Nitsche MA, 2003, J PHYSIOL-LONDON, V553, P293, DOI 10.1113/jphysiol.2003.049916
Nitsche MA, 2001, NEUROLOGY, V57, P1899
Nitsche MA, 2004, CEREB CORTEX, V14, P1240, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhh085
Nixon P, 2004, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V16, P289, DOI 10.1162/089892904322984571
Palm Ulrich, 2008, Brain Stimul, V1, P386, DOI 10.1016/j.brs.2008.04.003
Papoutsi M, 2009, CEREB CORTEX, V19, P2156, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhn239
Pobric G, 2007, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V104, P20137, DOI 10.1073/pnas.0707383104
POECK K, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P471
Poreisz C, 2007, BRAIN RES BULL, V72, P208, DOI 10.1016/j.brainresbull.2007.01.004
Price CJ, 2010, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V1191, P62, DOI 10.1111/j.1749-6632.2010.05444.x
Priori A, 2009, BRAIN STIMUL, V2, P241, DOI 10.1016/j.brs.2009.02.004
Pulvermuller F, 2001, STROKE, V32, P1621
PURPURA DP, 1965, J NEUROPHYSIOL, V28, P166
Reis J, 2009, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V106, P1590, DOI 10.1073/pnas.0805413106
Rosen HJ, 2000, NEUROLOGY, V55, P1883
Ross LA, 2010, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V48, P3671, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2010.07.024
Siebner HR, 2004, J NEUROSCI, V24, P3379, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.5316-03.2004
Sparing R, 2007, J NEUROL, V254, P65
Stagg CJ, 2011, NEUROSCIENTIST, V17, P37, DOI 10.1177/1073858410386614
Stewart L, 2001, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V39, P1, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(00)00084-1
Thiel A, 2005, NEUROIMAGE, V25, P815, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2004.12.028
Vandermeeren Y, 2010, BMC NEUROSCI, V11, DOI 10.1186/1471-2202-11-38
Vigneau M, 2006, NEUROIMAGE, V30, P1414, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2005.11.002
Vines BW, 2008, BMC NEUROSCI, V9, DOI 10.1186/1471-2202-9-103
Vitali P, 2007, NEUROREHAB NEURAL RE, V21, P152, DOI 10.1177/1545968306294735
de Vries MH, 2010, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V22, P2427, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2009.21385
Winhuisen L, 2005, STROKE, V36, P1759, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000174487.81126.ef
NR 106
TC 35
Z9 35
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 9
SI SI
BP 1169
EP 1191
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.616925
PG 23
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 999JY
UT WOS:000308308700007
ER
PT J
AU Cherney, LR
Harvey, RL
Babbitt, EM
Hurwitz, R
Kaye, RC
Lee, JB
Small, SL
AF Cherney, Leora R.
Harvey, Richard L.
Babbitt, Edna M.
Hurwitz, Rosalind
Kaye, Rosalind C.
Lee, Jaime B.
Small, Steven L.
TI Epidural cortical stimulation and aphasia therapy
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Cortical stimulation; Rehabilitation
ID MOTOR CORTEX STIMULATION; CHRONIC NONFLUENT APHASIA; BRAIN-STIMULATION;
BEHAVIORAL RECOVERY; STROKE PATIENTS; REHABILITATION; EFFICACY;
PLASTICITY; METAANALYSIS; RELIABILITY
AB Background: There are several methods of delivering cortical brain stimulation to modulate cortical excitability, and interest in their application as an adjuvant strategy in aphasia rehabilitation after stroke is growing. Epidural cortical stimulation, although more invasive than other methods, permits high-frequency stimulation of high spatial specificity to targeted neuronal populations.
Aims: First we review evidence supporting the use of epidural cortical stimulation for upper limb recovery after focal cortical injury in both animal models and human stroke survivors. These data provide the empirical and theoretical platform underlying the use of epidural cortical stimulation in aphasia. Second, we summarise evidence for the application of epidural cortical stimulation in aphasia. We describe the procedures and primary outcomes of a safety and feasibility study (Cherney, Erickson, & Small, 2010), and provide previously unpublished data regarding secondary behavioural outcomes from that study.
Main Contribution: In a controlled study comparing epidural cortical stimulation plus language treatment (CS/LT) to language treatment alone (LT), eight stroke survivors with nonfluent aphasia received intensive language therapy for 6 weeks. Four of these participants also underwent surgical implantation of an epidural stimulation device, which was activated only during therapy sessions. Behavioural data were collected before treatment, immediately after treatment, and at 6 and 12 weeks following the end of treatment. The effect size for the primary outcome measure, the Western Aphasia Battery Aphasia Quotient, was benchmarked as moderate from baseline to immediately post-treatment, and large from baseline to the 12-week follow-up. Similarly, effect sizes obtained at the 12-week follow-up for the Boston Naming Test, the Communicative Effectiveness Index, and for correct information units on a picture description task were greater than those obtained immediately post treatment. When effect sizes were compared for individual participant pairs on discourse measures of content and rate, effects were typically larger for the investigational participants receiving CS/LT than for the control participants receiving LT alone. These analyses support previous findings regarding therapeutic efficacy of CS/LT compared to LT, i.e., epidural stimulation of ipsilesional premotor cortex may augment behavioural speech-language therapy, with the largest effects after completion of therapy.
Conclusions: Continued investigation of epidural cortical stimulation in combination with language training in post-stroke aphasia should proceed cautiously. Carefully planned studies that customize procedures to individual profiles are warranted. Information from research on non-invasive methods of CS/LT may also inform future studies of epidural cortical stimulation.
C1 [Cherney, Leora R.] Rehabil Inst Chicago, Ctr Aphasia Res & Treatment, Chicago, IL 60611 USA.
[Cherney, Leora R.; Harvey, Richard L.] Northwestern Univ, Feinberg Sch Med, Chicago, IL 60611 USA.
[Small, Steven L.] Univ Calif Irvine, Irvine, CA USA.
RP Cherney, LR (reprint author), Rehabil Inst Chicago, Ctr Aphasia Res & Treatment, 345 E Super St, Chicago, IL 60611 USA.
EM lcherney@ric.org
FU National Institute on Deafness and Other Communication Disorders
[5R21DC9876]; Northstar Neuroscience
FX Preparation of this manuscript was supported by Grant 5R21DC9876 (to
LRC) from the National Institute on Deafness and Other Communication
Disorders. The authors acknowledge the support of Northstar
Neuroscience, who funded this study. The authors note that they have not
had any other financial relationship with Northstar Neuroscience, and
did not receive any personal compensation from the company.
CR Adkins DL, 2008, EXP NEUROL, V212, P14, DOI 10.1016/j.expneurol.2008.01.031
Adkins DL, 2006, EXP NEUROL, V200, P356, DOI 10.1016/j.expneurol.2006.02.131
Adkins-Muir DL, 2003, NEUROL RES, V25, P780, DOI 10.1179/016164103771953853
Albert ML, 1998, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V55, P1417, DOI 10.1001/archneur.55.11.1417
Beeson PM, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V16, P161, DOI 10.1007/s11065-006-9013-7
Bezard E, 1999, NEUROSURGERY, V45, P346, DOI 10.1097/00006123-199908000-00030
Boychuk JA, 2011, NEUROREHAB NEURAL RE, V25, P88, DOI 10.1177/1545968310385126
Brown JA, 2003, NEUROL RES, V25, P815, DOI 10.1179/016164103771953907
Brown JA, 2006, NEUROSURGERY, V58, P464, DOI 10.1227/01.NEU.0000197100.63931.04
Butefisch CM, 2003, BRAIN, V126, P470, DOI 10.1093/brain/awg044
Canavero S, 2006, NEUROMODULATION, V9, P28, DOI 10.1111/j.1525-1403.2006.00039.x
Cherney LR, 2010, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V17, P423, DOI 10.1310/tsr1706-423
Cherney LR, 2008, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V17, P19, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2008/003)
Cherney Leora R., 2010, Seminars in Speech and Language, V31, P42, DOI 10.1055/s-0029-1244952
Cherney LR, 2008, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P186
Cherney LR, 2010, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V81, P1014, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.2009.184036
Cohen J., 1988, STAT POWER ANAL BEHA, V2nd
DABUL B, 1976, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V41, P268
DESROSIERS J, 1994, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V75, P751
Dobkin BH, 2004, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V1038, P148, DOI 10.1196/annals.1315.024
Dunlap WP, 1996, PSYCHOL METHODS, V1, P170, DOI 10.1037//1082-989X.1.2.170
FEENEY DM, 1982, SCIENCE, V217, P855, DOI 10.1126/science.7100929
Fregni F, 2007, NAT CLIN PRACT NEURO, V3, P383, DOI 10.1038/ncpneuro0530
GOLDSTEIN LB, 1989, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V46, P660
Harvey RL, 2009, NEUROREHAB NEURAL RE, V23, P32, DOI 10.1177/1545968308317532
Harvey RL, 2007, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V14, P54, DOI 10.1310/tsr1406-54
Holland AL, 1996, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V39, pS27
Huang M, 2008, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V15, P160, DOI 10.1310/tsr1502-160
Hummel FC, 2008, BRAIN STIMUL, V1, P370, DOI 10.1016/j.brs.2008.09.003
Kaplan E., 2001, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Kim HI, 2008, SURG NEUROL, V69, P77, DOI 10.1016/j.surneu.2006.12.055
Kleim JA, 2003, NEUROL RES, V25, P789, DOI 10.1179/016164103771953862
Lee JB, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P885, DOI 10.1080/02687030802669534
Lefaucheur JP, 2009, NEUROPHYSIOL CLIN, V39, P1, DOI 10.1016/j.neucli.2008.11.001
Levy R, 2008, J NEUROSURG, V108, P707, DOI 10.3171/JNS/2008/108/4/0707
LOMAS J, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P113
Mannheim L, 2009, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V90, P623
NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338
NOLL DC, 1995, JMRI-J MAGN RESON IM, V5, P49, DOI 10.1002/jmri.1880050112
Nudo RJ, 2007, STROKE, V38, P840, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000247943.12887.d2
OLDFIELD RC, 1971, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V9, P97, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(71)90067-4
Plautz E. J., 2005, P IEEE ENG MED BIOL
Plautz EJ, 2003, NEUROL RES, V25, P801, DOI 10.1179/016164103771953880
Plow EB, 2009, STROKE, V40, P1926, DOI 10.1161/STROKEAHA.108.540823
RADLOFF L S, 1977, Applied Psychological Measurement, V1, P385, DOI 10.1177/014662167700100306
Robey R. R., 2005, AM SPEECH LANG HEAR
ROBEY RR, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V47, P582, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1060
Robey RR, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V41, P172
Rosen HJ, 2000, NEUROLOGY, V55, P1883
SHINAR D, 1986, STROKE, V17, P241
Small S. L., 2002, HDB ADULT LANGUAGE D, P397
Small SL, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P473, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000156
Talelli P, 2006, CURR OPIN NEUROL, V19, P543, DOI 10.1097/WCO.0b013e32801080d1
Teskey GC, 2003, NEUROL RES, V25, P794, DOI 10.1179/016164103771953871
Wambaugh JL, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P433, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000085
WILSON B, 1987, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V68, P98
NR 57
TC 6
Z9 6
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 9
SI SI
BP 1192
EP 1217
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.603719
PG 26
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 999JY
UT WOS:000308308700008
ER
PT J
AU Hersh, D
Sherratt, S
Howe, T
Worrall, L
Davidson, B
Ferguson, A
AF Hersh, Deborah
Sherratt, Sue
Howe, Tami
Worrall, Linda
Davidson, Bronwyn
Ferguson, Alison
TI An analysis of the "goal" in aphasia rehabilitation
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Rehabilitation goal; Aphasia; In-depth interviewing; Qualitative
research
ID BRAIN-INJURY; CLINICIAN TALK; LIFE GOALS; STROKE; PATIENT; PEOPLE;
RELEVANCE; MEDICINE; SELF
AB Background: Despite the central importance of goal setting in aphasia rehabilitation, the notion of the goal itself has not been fully explored.
Aims: This paper considers how speech pathologists conceptualise the nature of the "goal" in aphasia rehabilitation.
Methods & Procedures: The researchers conducted a qualitative study involving 34 speech pathologists (32 female and 2 male; mean age 41 years, range 24-60 years) from Adelaide, Brisbane and Newcastle, Australia, who worked across acute and rehabilitation inpatient, outpatient, community, and domiciliary services. The speech pathologists participated in semi-structured in-depth interviews about their experiences of providing therapy to people with aphasia post stroke and their family members. Transcriptions of the recorded interviews were subjected to an interpretive thematic analysis involving careful reading and re-reading for recurring themes around notions of goals.
Outcomes & Results: The analysis of the transcripts revealed six main categories of goal concepts: goals as desires; SMART goals; impairment and functional goals; goals as steps; goals as contracts; and implicit goals. The first two of these conceptual categories competed with each other reflecting broader tensions within speech pathology practice, and the relative prominence of these goal categories differed according to the rehabilitation context.
Conclusions: The findings suggest that the notion of the goal is multifaceted, dynamic, context dependent, and involves inherent tension. A more detailed understanding of the different facets of a goal might assist speech pathologists in their efforts towards collaborative goal setting. A conceptual shift to include the goal as a vehicle of empowerment may be helpful as a precursor to effective, collaborative, and person-centred goal setting with people with aphasia.
C1 [Hersh, Deborah] Edith Cowan Univ, Perth, WA, Australia.
[Hersh, Deborah] Flinders Univ S Australia, Adelaide, SA, Australia.
[Sherratt, Sue; Worrall, Linda; Davidson, Bronwyn] Univ Queensland, Commun Disabil Ctr, St Lucia, Qld, Australia.
[Sherratt, Sue; Worrall, Linda; Davidson, Bronwyn] Univ Queensland, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, St Lucia, Qld, Australia.
[Howe, Tami] Univ Canterbury, Dept Commun Disorders, Christchurch 1, New Zealand.
[Ferguson, Alison] Univ Newcastle, Commun Disabil Ageing Res Ctr, Callaghan, NSW 2308, Australia.
[Davidson, Bronwyn] Univ Melbourne, Melbourne, Vic 3010, Australia.
RP Hersh, D (reprint author), Edith Cowan Univ, Sch Psychol & Social Sci, 270 Joondalup Dr, Joondalup, WA 6027, Australia.
EM d.hersh@ecu.edu.au
FU NHMRC [401532]; Aphasia Registry
FX The research for this paper was funded by an NHMRC project grant
[401532] and supported by the Aphasia Registry. Thanks to Professor
Audrey Holland for her comments on an earlier draft of this paper.
CR Austin JT, 1996, PSYCHOL BULL, V120, P338, DOI 10.1037/0033-2909.120.3.338
Barnard RA, 2010, QUAL HEALTH RES, V20, P239, DOI 10.1177/1049732309358327
Barratt A, 2008, PATIENT EDUC COUNS, V73, P407, DOI 10.1016/j.pec.2008.07.054
BECKER G, 1995, MED ANTHROPOL Q, V9, P165, DOI 10.1525/maq.1995.9.2.02a00040
Bendz M, 2000, SOC SCI MED, V51, P713, DOI 10.1016/S0277-9536(99)00486-4
Bovend'Eerdt TJH, 2009, CLIN REHABIL, V23, P352, DOI 10.1177/0269215508101741
Bradley EH, 1999, SOC SCI MED, V49, P267, DOI 10.1016/S0277-9536(99)00107-0
BRUMFITT S, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P569, DOI 10.1080/02687039308248631
Duchan J, 2001, TOP LANG DISORD, V22, P37
Duchan J. F., 2001, ADV SPEECH LANGUAGE, V3, P37
Edwards A, 2009, SHARED DECISION MAKI, VSecond
Ferguson A, 2004, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V39, P469, DOI 10.1080/1368282042000226879
Graneheim UH, 2004, NURS EDUC TODAY, V24, P105, DOI 10.1016/j.nedt.2003.10.001
Gustafsson L., 2009, INT J THERAPY REHABI, V16, P324
Hersh D, 2004, AUSTR COMMUNICATION, V6, P102
Hersh D, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P220, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.640392
Hersh D, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P331, DOI 10.1080/02687030701764220
Kagan A, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P258, DOI 10.1080/02687030701282595
Kuipers P, 2004, BRAIN IMPAIR, V5, P30, DOI DOI 10.1375/BRIM.5.1.30.35404
Leach E, 2010, DISABIL REHABIL, V32, P159, DOI 10.3109/09638280903036605
Levack WMM, 2009, CLIN REHABIL, V23, P345, DOI 10.1177/0269215509103286
Levack WMM, 2009, BRAIN INJURY, V23, P192, DOI 10.1080/02699050802695582
Levack WMM, 2006, BRAIN INJURY, V20, P1439, DOI 10.1080/02699050601118422
Lincoln Y. S., 1985, NATURALISTIC INQUIRY
Locke E. A., 1990, THEORY GOAL SETTING
McClain Colleen, 2005, Top Stroke Rehabil, V12, P56, DOI 10.1310/ELB1-EGKF-QUQC-VFE9
McLellan DL, 1997, REHABILITATION STUDI, P1, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511582301.001
McPherson KM, 2009, CLIN REHABIL, V23, P296, DOI 10.1177/0269215509102980
Nair KPS, 2003, CLIN REHABIL, V17, P192, DOI 10.1191/0269215503cr599oa
Parr S., 1997, TALKING APHASIA LIVI
Parry RH, 2004, CLIN REHABIL, V18, P668, DOI 10.1191/0269215504cr745oa
Playford ED, 2009, CLIN REHABIL, V23, P334, DOI 10.1177/0269215509103506
Playford ED, 2000, CLIN REHABIL, V14, P491, DOI 10.1191/0269215500cr343oa
Pound C., 2000, APHASIA THERAPIES LI
QSR, 2006, NVIVO QUAL DAT AN SO
Rosewilliam S, 2011, CLIN REHABIL, V25, P501, DOI 10.1177/0269215510394467
SCHUT HA, 1994, DISABIL REHABIL, V16, P223
Shadden BR, 2007, TOP LANG DISORD, V27, P324
Sherratt S, 2011, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V13, P317, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2011.584632
Trede F, 2003, LEARNING HLTH SOCIAL, V2, P66, DOI 10.1046/j.1473-6861.2003.00040.x
Van De Weyer RC, 2010, DISABIL REHABIL, V32, P1419, DOI 10.3109/09638280903574345
Wade DT, 2009, CLIN REHABIL, V23, P291, DOI 10.1177/0269215509103551
Wade DT, 1998, CLIN REHABIL, V12, P273, DOI 10.1191/026921598678166365
World Health Organisation, 2001, INT CLASS FUNCT DIS
Worrall L, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P309, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.508530
Worrall L., 2010, J INTERACTIONAL RES, V1, P277
Worrall L., 2011, APHASIA RELATED NEUR, P93
Wressle E, 1999, DISABIL REHABIL, V21, P80, DOI 10.1080/096382899298016
NR 48
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 8
BP 971
EP 984
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.684339
PG 14
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 976TD
UT WOS:000306607000001
ER
PT J
AU Biedermann, B
Lorenz, A
Beyersmann, E
Nickels, L
AF Biedermann, Britta
Lorenz, Antje
Beyersmann, Elisabeth
Nickels, Lyndsey
TI The influence of plural dominance in aphasic word production
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Picture naming in aphasia; Language production; Plural representations;
Plural dominance effect; Full listing; Decomposition
ID LEXICAL ACCESS; MORPHOLOGY
AB Background: Plural dominance refers to the relative difference between the frequencies of a word in its singular and plural forms. Most of the evidence for theoretical accounts of plural dominance has come from psycholinguistic perception experiments (e. g., Baayen, Burani, & Schreuder, 1996; Baayen, Dijkstra, & Schreuder, 1997; Baayen, Schreuder, & Sproat, 1998). Only a few studies have investigated the production side of dominance, even in unimpaired speakers (e. g., Baayen, Levelt, Schreuder, & Ernestus, 2008). To our knowledge there is only one published neuropsychological study from Luzzatti, Mondini, and Semenza (2001) that uses reading-aloud data from an Italian brain-impaired speaker. Although findings across paradigms are inconsistent, they do indicate that plural-dominant nouns behave differently from singular-dominant nouns, and therefore suggest a difference in representation.
Aims: This paper investigates processing of plural nouns in aphasia with a specific focus on effects of dominance.
Methods & Procedures: We carried out two single-case studies with two women with aphasia, FME and DRS, who showed word retrieval deficits in picture naming as a result of different underlying functional impairments. The main task of interest was picture naming of single and multiple objects in order to test effects of plural dominance. In addition, word-picture matching tested number representation in comprehension.
Outcome & Results: DRS showed a specific morphological impairment with plural marking, whereas FME had no specific morphological deficit. The results are discussed in the framework of current psycholinguistic accounts on the representation and processing of plural nouns (e. g., Levelt, Roelofs, & Meyer, 1999; Schreuder & Baayen, 1995).
Conclusions: Different effects of plural dominance shown by both women with aphasia result from different underlying functional deficits, which indicate differences in the representation of plural dominance across processing levels.
C1 [Biedermann, Britta; Beyersmann, Elisabeth; Nickels, Lyndsey] Macquarie Univ, ARC Ctr Excellence Cognit & Its Disorders, Sydney, NSW 2109, Australia.
[Lorenz, Antje] Univ Munster, Dept Psychol, Munster, Germany.
RP Biedermann, B (reprint author), Macquarie Univ, ARC Ctr Excellence Cognit & Its Disorders, Sydney, NSW 2109, Australia.
EM britta.biedermann@mq.edu.au
FU Macquarie University
FX This paper was prepared while Britta Biedermann was a Macquarie
University Research Fellow (MQRF) and an Australian Research Council
(ARC) Postdoctoral Fellow, Antje Lorenz was a postdoctoral research
fellow at the Department of Psychology, University of Muenster. Lyndsey
Nickels was a National Health and Medical Research Council (NHMRC)
Senior Research Fellow, and Elisabeth Beyersmann was supported by a
Macquarie University Research Scholarship MQRES.
CR Baayen R. H., 1996, YB MORPHOLOGY 1996, P13
Baayen R. H., 1998, LEXICON DEV SPEECH L
Baayen R. H., 1993, CELEX LEXICAL DATABA
Baayen R. H., 2008, CHICAGO LINGUISTICS, V43, P1
Baayen RH, 1997, J MEM LANG, V37, P94, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1997.2509
Burani C., 1995, MORPHOLOGICAL ASPECT, P345
Butterworth Brian, 1983, LANGUAGE PRODUCTION, P257
CARAMAZZA A, 1988, COGNITION, V28, P297, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(88)90017-0
Chialant D., 1995, MORPHOLOGICAL ASPECT, P55
Crawford JR, 1998, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V12, P482, DOI 10.1076/clin.12.4.482.7241
Frauenfelder U. H., 1992, YB MORPHOLOGY 1991, P165
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Kay J., 1992, PALPA PSYCHOLINGUIST
Kuperman V, 2009, J EXPT PSYCHOL HUMAN, V35, P879
LAUDANNA A, 1985, LINGUISTICS, V23, P775, DOI 10.1515/ling.1985.23.5.775
Levelt W. J., 1989, SPEAKING INTENTION A
Levelt WJM, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P1
Luzzatti C, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V79, P345, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2475
Nickels L, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P103, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000517
PLUNKETT K, 1993, COGNITION, V48, P21, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(93)90057-3
RUMELHART DE, 1982, PSYCHOL REV, V89, P60, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.89.1.60
Schreuder R, 1995, MORPHOLOGICAL ASPECT, P131
Shallice T, 2000, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V17, P517, DOI 10.1080/02643290050110638
Spalek K, 2005, J MEM LANG, V52, P103, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2004.09.001
Swinburn K., 2005, COMPREHENSIVE APHASI
Taft M, 2004, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V57, P745, DOI 10.1080/02724980343000477
TAFT M, 1979, MEM COGNITION, V7, P263, DOI 10.3758/BF03197599
Taft M., 2003, READING COMPLEX WORD
NR 28
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 8
BP 985
EP 1004
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.660459
PG 20
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 976TD
UT WOS:000306607000002
ER
PT J
AU Johansson, MB
Carlsson, M
Ostberg, P
Sonnander, K
AF Johansson, Monica Blom
Carlsson, Marianne
Ostberg, Per
Sonnander, Karin
TI Communication changes and SLP services according to significant others
of persons with aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Significant others; Interpersonal communication; Communication
strategies; Speech-language pathology services
ID STROKE SURVIVORS; COMPREHENSION PROBLEMS; INFORMAL CARERS; SPOUSES;
NEEDS; PEOPLE; FAMILY; CONSEQUENCES; PATHOLOGISTS; INDIVIDUALS
AB Background: Significant others are important to persons with aphasia. For several reasons they should be involved in speech-language pathology (SLP) services, including acquiring facilitating communicative strategies and receiving support. In order to further adapt SLP services there is a need to know the perceptions and views of the significant others. Little is known about how they perceive changes in communication as well as received SLP services and in what way they want to be involved in these services.
Aims: The study aimed to investigate which communicative changes significant others of persons with aphasia had experienced after a stroke event and to what extent these changes were experienced. A further aim was to describe the significant others' experiences of SLP services and their motivation to participate in these services. Finally, the significant others' experiences were compared in terms of sex, age, type of relationship, time since stroke onset, and type and severity of aphasia.
Methods & Procedures: An 80-item study-specific questionnaire was answered by 173 significant others of persons with aphasia living throughout Sweden (response rate 69%). Of these, 33% were male and 67% female. Mean age was 64.2 years (range 33-87 years) and 85.5% of the participants were a cohabiting partner to a person with aphasia.
Outcomes & Results: A total of 64% of participants perceived their conversations as being less stimulating and enjoyable compared with conversations before stroke onset. Aphasia was considered a substantial or very substantial problem by 64%. The participants took on an increased communicative responsibility, and 70% had changed their communicative behaviour in order to facilitate conversations. A total of 75% (n = 130) had met with the SLP of the person with aphasia. Of those, 63% perceived their own support from SLP services to be adequate; 87% considered language ability training as the most important SLP service. Type and severity of aphasia were especially related to the communicative experiences of the participants and their motivation to be involved in SLP services.
Conclusions: The substantial decrease from pre- to post-stroke regarding enjoyment and meaningfulness of conversations suggests the need to further improve SLP services in order to help the people in question communicate at an optimal level. We suggest that clinicians should put more emphasis on explaining the benefits and availability of different kinds of aphasia rehabilitation services, such as functional communication training and communication partner training in addition to language ability training.
C1 [Johansson, Monica Blom; Sonnander, Karin] Uppsala Univ, Dept Publ Hlth & Caring Sci Disabil & Habilitat, SE-75122 Uppsala, Sweden.
[Carlsson, Marianne] Uppsala Univ, Dept Publ Hlth & Caring Sci, SE-75122 Uppsala, Sweden.
[Ostberg, Per] Uppsala Univ, Dept Neurosci, SE-75122 Uppsala, Sweden.
RP Johansson, MB (reprint author), Uppsala Univ, Dept Publ Hlth & Caring Sci Disabil & Habilitat, Box 564, SE-75122 Uppsala, Sweden.
EM monica.blom.johansson@pubcare.uu.s
FU Swedish Stroke Foundation; Department of Public Health and Caring
Sciences, Uppsala University
FX Special thanks go to the significant others who took time to share their
perceptions and experiences with us. The authors would also like to
thank Eva Sandin (SLP) and Marianne Akerlund (The Swedish Aphasia
Association) for valuable comments and support during the working
process. Further, the authors would like to express gratitude to the
SLPs who recruited the participants. The project was undertaken with the
financial support from the Swedish Stroke Foundation and the Department
of Public Health and Caring Sciences, Uppsala University.
CR Avent J, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P365, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000813
Blom Johansson M, 2006, THESIS KAROLINSKA I
Bouchard-Lamothe D, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P839
Cameron JI, 2008, PATIENT EDUC COUNS, V70, P305, DOI 10.1016/j.pec.2007.10.020
Code C, 2003, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V13, P379, DOI 10.1080/09602010244000255
Codex, 2009, RUL GUID RES
Croteau C, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P811, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000221
Draper P, 2007, J CLIN NURS, V16, P264, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2702.2006.01575.x
Franzen-Dahlin A, 2008, J CLIN NURS, V17, P1574, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2702.2007.02216.x
Glozman J, 2004, COMMUNICATION DISORD
Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R
Greenwood N, 2008, DISABIL REHABIL, V30, P1329, DOI 10.1080/09638280701602178
Hemsley G, 1996, DISABIL REHABIL, V18, P567
HERRMANN M, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P513, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249019
Hsieh HF, 2005, QUAL HEALTH RES, V15, P1277, DOI 10.1177/1049732305276687
Johansson MB, 2011, DISABIL REHABIL, V33, P51, DOI 10.3109/09638288.2010.486465
Johansson MB, 2012, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V47, P144, DOI 10.1111/j.1460-6984.2011.00089.x
Le Dorze G, 2010, DISABIL REHABIL, V32, P1073, DOI 10.3109/09638280903374121
LEDORZE G, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P239
LeDorze G, 1996, DISABIL REHABIL, V18, P550
Lubinski R., 2008, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P319
Matud MP, 2004, PERS INDIV DIFFER, V37, P1401, DOI 10.1016/j.paid.2004.01.010
MCCLENAHAN R, 1992, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V27, P209
Michallet B, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P731, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000087
Michallet B, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P835, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000238
Natterlund BS, 2010, SCAND J OCCUP THER, V17, P18, DOI 10.3109/11038120902833218
Parr S., 2004, LIVING SEVERE APHASI
Polit DF, 2004, NURSING RES PRINCIPL
Pound C., 2000, APHASIA THERAPIES LI
Rombough RE, 2006, REHABIL NURS, V31, P199
Santos ME, 1999, BRAIN INJURY, V13, P23, DOI 10.1080/026990599121845
Servaes P, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P889
SHEWAN CM, 1984, J COMMUN DISORD, V17, P175, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(84)90010-8
Sorin-Peters R, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P951, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000453
Turner S, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P483, DOI 10.1080/02687030600589991
Visser-Meily A, 2009, STROKE, V40, P1399, DOI 10.1161/STROKEAHA.108.516682
WAHRBORG P, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P371, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249089
World Health Organisation, 2001, INT CLASS FUNCT DIS
NR 38
TC 4
Z9 4
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 8
BP 1005
EP 1028
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.671927
PG 24
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 976TD
UT WOS:000306607000003
ER
PT J
AU Altman, C
Goral, M
Levy, ES
AF Altman, Carmit
Goral, Mira
Levy, Erika S.
TI Integrated narrative analysis in multilingual aphasia: The relationship
among narrative structure, grammaticality, and fluency
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Treatment; Generalisation; Narrative; Grammaticality;
Dysfluency; Trilingual; Integrated narrative analysis
ID BILINGUAL APHASIA; VERB RETRIEVAL; SENTENCE PRODUCTION; TRILINGUAL
APHASIA; BROCAS APHASIA; WORD RETRIEVAL; LANGUAGE; DISCOURSE; THERAPY;
COMPLEXITY
AB Background: Amid robust evidence for the efficacy of language treatment in aphasia, equivocal results have been reported for the generalisation of treatment effects to items and tasks not practised during therapy. Moreover, measuring generalisation using functional language production has proven challenging, especially in the context of multilingual aphasia.
Aim: In this paper we analysed four domains-discourse structure, sentence structure, instances of linguistic dysfluencies, and lexical choice-in narratives produced following treatment to assess aphasia treatment generalisation within and across languages.
Methods & Procedures: Two treatment phases were administered to a trilingual speaker with mild, chronic, non-fluent aphasia, targeting language production. Multiple baseline testing was administered prior to and following each treatment phase and included elicited narrative production in three languages: Hebrew, English, and French.
Outcomes & Results: The results demonstrated treatment-related changes in the treated language as well as in the non-treated languages. Positive change was found in narrative structure and in sentence grammaticality. A trade-off pattern between grammaticality and fluency was evident, with higher proportions of grammatical sentences associated with increased instances of linguistic dysfluencies. Within-language and between-language generalisation was observed, especially following the first treatment phase which targeted morphosyntactic structures.
Conclusions: We argue for the importance of an integrated analysis of connected language production in the assessment of aphasia treatment efficacy and in multilingual aphasia.
C1 [Altman, Carmit] Bar Ilan Univ, Dept Educ, IL-52900 Ramat Gan, Israel.
[Goral, Mira] CUNY Herbert H Lehman Coll, Bronx, NY USA.
[Levy, Erika S.] Columbia Univ, Coll Teachers, Dept Biobehav Sci, New York, NY 10027 USA.
RP Altman, C (reprint author), Bar Ilan Univ, Dept Educ, IL-52900 Ramat Gan, Israel.
EM carmit.altman@biu.ac.il
FU NIH [DC-009792]
FX We thank the participant, and Rebecca Kastl, Lauren Liria, Monica Levy,
Valerie Levy, Loraine K. Obler, Gloria Olness, Carol Park, Yana Pugach
and Joel Walters. This paper was supported, in part, by NIH grant
DC-009792 (PI: Goral).
CR Ansaldo AI, 2008, J NEUROLINGUIST, V21, P539, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2008.02.001
BALTAXE CAM, 1987, J AUTISM DEV DISORD, V17, P255, DOI 10.1007/BF01495060
Bastiaanse R, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P298, DOI 10.1080/02687030500474922
Beeson PM, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V16, P161, DOI 10.1007/s11065-006-9013-7
Behrns I, 2009, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V23, P507, DOI 10.1080/02699200902916129
Berman R. A, 1997, WRITING DEV INTERDIS, P61
Berman R. A., 1985, ACQUISITION HEBREW
BISHOP DVM, 1990, J CHILD PSYCHOL PSYC, V31, P1027, DOI 10.1111/j.1469-7610.1990.tb00844.x
Brown Roger, 1973, 1 LANGUAGE
Coelho C, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P173, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000590
Crystal D., 1976, GRAMMATICAL ANAL LAN
del Toro CM, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P881, DOI 10.1080/02687030701844204
Edmonds LA, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P402, DOI 10.1080/02687030802291339
Edmonds LA, 2006, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V49, P729, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2006/053)
Faroqi-Shah Y, 2010, J NEUROLINGUIST, V23, P319, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2010.01.002
Filiputti D., 2002, INT J BILINGUAL, V6, P411
Foster P, 2000, APPL LINGUIST, V21, P354, DOI 10.1093/applin/21.3.354
Goral M., J NEUROLING IN PRESS
Goral M, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V98, P235, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.05.004
Goral M, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P170, DOI 10.1080/02687030902958308
Hickin J, 2001, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V36, P13
Hunt K, 1970, MONOGRAPHS SOC RES C, V53, P134
Kempler D, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P1327, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.599364
Kiran S, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P608, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/048)
Kohnert Kathryn, 2009, Seminars in Speech and Language, V30, P174, DOI 10.1055/s-0029-1225954
Kohnert K, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V91, P294, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.04.001
Labov W., 1967, P 1966 SPRING M AM E
Labov William, 1972, SOCIOLINGUISTIC PATT
LESSER R, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V5, P67, DOI 10.1080/09602019508520176
Links P, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P1303, DOI 10.1080/02687030903437666
LONGACRE RE, 1989, DISCOURSE PROCESS, V12, P413
Longacre R. E., 1996, GRAMMAR DISCOURSE TO
Marini A., 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P1
Miertsch B, 2009, J NEUROLINGUIST, V22, P135, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2008.07.003
NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338
Olness GS, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P175, DOI 10.1080/02687030500472710
Paradis M., 1987, ASSESSMENT BILINGUAL
Parker RI, 2007, BEHAV THER, V38, P95, DOI 10.1016/j.beth.2006.05.002
Peach RK, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P971, DOI 10.1080/02687030903058629
Raymer AM, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V17, P244, DOI 10.1080/09602010600814661
REINHART T, 1984, LINGUISTICS, V22, P779
Rochon E, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V72, P193, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2285
Rodriguez AD, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P286, DOI 10.1080/02687030500474898
Rose M, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P691, DOI 10.1080/02687030701800800
SLOBIN DI, 2002, DIVERSITY LANGUAGES
Snow D, 1996, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V10, P281, DOI 10.3109/02699209608985176
Stavans A, 2003, NARRAT INQ, V13, P151, DOI 10.1075/ni.13.1.06sta
Talmy L, 1991, P 17 ANN M BERK LING, P480
Talmy Leonard, 2000, COGNITIVE SEMANTICS
Thompson B, 2002, ED RES, V31, P25, DOI DOI 10.3102/0013189X031003025
Thompson CK, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P591, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/047)
Ulatowska H. K., 1978, CLIN APH C P, P223
NR 52
TC 1
Z9 1
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 8
BP 1029
EP 1052
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.686103
PG 24
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 976TD
UT WOS:000306607000004
ER
PT J
AU Tuomiranta, L
Rautakoski, P
Rinne, JO
Martin, N
Laine, M
AF Tuomiranta, Leena
Rautakoski, Pirkko
Rinne, Juha O.
Martin, Nadine
Laine, Matti
TI Long-term maintenance of novel vocabulary in persons with chronic
aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Training; Vocabulary; Word learning; Phonological cueing
ID NONWORD REPETITION; TRAINING SUCCESS; MEMORY; LANGUAGE; COMPONENTS;
DEFICITS; NAMES; LOOP
AB Background: The study of novel word learning in aphasia can shed light on the functionality of patients' learning mechanisms and potentially help in treatment planning. Previous studies have indicated that persons with aphasia are able to learn some new vocabulary. However, these learning outcomes appear short-lived and evidence for the ability to use the newly learned words in the long term is lacking.
Aims: Participants with aphasia and matched controls underwent short training where they were taught to name novel objects with novel names. We studied the participants' word learning and particularly their long-term maintenance. We also examined whether the language and verbal short-termmemory impairments of the participants with aphasia related to their ability to acquire and maintain phonological and semantic information on novel words.
Methods & Procedures: Two participants with nonfluent aphasia, LL and AR, and two matched controls took part in the experiment. They were taught to name 20 unfamiliar objects by repeating the names in the presence of the object picture. Half of the items carried a definition that was used to probe incidental semantic learning. There were four training sessions, a post-training test, and follow-up tests up to 6 months post-training. Learning measures included recognition of the trained objects, as well as spontaneous and cued recall in visual confrontation naming. Incidental semantic learning was measured by spontaneous recall of the definitions.
Outcomes & Results: Combining spontaneous and phonologically cued responses, LL acquired 70% and AR 55% of the novel words. With phonological cueing, LL named 50% of the items correctly up to 6 months post-training (vs 95-100% for the controls) and AR 25% up to 8 weeks post-training. AR's lexical-semantic processing, pseudoword repetition and verbal short-term capacity were inferior to those of LL. In line with this, AR learned fewer words and showed more decline in recognition memory for the trained items, and weaker recall of the semantic definitions.
Conclusions: Our results support previous findings that people with aphasia can learn to name novel items. More importantly, the results show for the first time that, with phonological cueing, an individual with aphasia can maintain some of this learning up to 6 months post-training. Moreover the results provide further evidence for the significance of the functional status of lexical-semantic processing on word learning success.
C1 [Tuomiranta, Leena; Rautakoski, Pirkko; Laine, Matti] Abo Akad Univ, Dept Psychol & Logoped, FI-20500 Turku, Finland.
[Rinne, Juha O.] Turku PET Ctr, Turku, Finland.
[Martin, Nadine] Temple Univ, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Eleanor M Saffran Ctr Cognit Neurosci, Philadelphia, PA 19122 USA.
RP Tuomiranta, L (reprint author), Abo Akad Univ, Dept Psychol & Logoped, Fabriksgatan 2, FI-20500 Turku, Finland.
EM leena.tuomiranta@abo.fi
FU Finnish Graduate School in Language Studies Langnet; Department of
Psychology and Logopedics of Abo Akademi University; Research Institute
of Abo Akademi University Foundation; NIDCD [R01 DC01924-15, R21
DC008782]; Academy of Finland [135688]
FX This work was financially supported by the Finnish Graduate School in
Language Studies Langnet, the Department of Psychology and Logopedics of
Abo Akademi University, and grants from the Research Institute of the
Abo Akademi University Foundation. NM was supported by NIDCD grants R01
DC01924-15 and R21 DC008782 awarded to Temple University (PI: N.
Martin). ML was supported by a grant from the Academy of Finland
(research grant #135688). We would like to thank Petra Gronholm-Nyman
PhD for her help in creating the training stimulus sets. In addition we
are grateful to Jyrki Tuomainen PhD, Kati Renvall PhD, and Nicholas
Gruberg MA for advice and technical help in creating the Finnish
adaptation of the Temple Assessment of Language and Short-term Memory in
Aphasia (TALSA).
CR Baddeley A, 1998, PSYCHOL REV, V105, P158, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.105.1.158
Breitenstein C, 2004, RESTOR NEUROL NEUROS, V22, P445
Clare L, 2008, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V18, P1, DOI 10.1007/s11065-008-9051-4
Davis M. H., 2008, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V21, P803
Duffy J.R, 2005, MOTOR SPEECH DISORDE
Fillingham JK, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V16, P129, DOI 10.1080/09602010443000254
Freedman ML, 2001, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V18, P193, DOI 10.1080/02643290126002
Gathercole SE, 2006, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V27, P513, DOI 10.1017/S0142716406060383
Gordon JK, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V82, P113, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00001-9
Gronholm-Nyman P, 2010, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V48, P1079, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2009.12.008
GROSSMAN M, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V32, P306, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90130-1
Gupta P, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V99, P8, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.015
Gupta P, 2003, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V56, P1213, DOI 10.1080/02724980343000071
Hulten A, 2009, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V30, P976, DOI 10.1002/hbm.20561
Hulten A, 2010, J NEUROSCI, V30, P15160, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.1278-10.2010
Kalinyak-Fliszar M, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P1095, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.577284
Kelly H, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P1398, DOI 10.1080/02687030802289200
Laine M., 1999, WORDMILL LEXICAL SEA
Laine M., 1997, BOSTONIN NIMENTATEST
Laine M, 2010, LANG LEARN, V60, P25, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9922.2010.00599.x
Laine M., 1997, BOSTONIN DIAGNOSTINE
LAINE M, 1992, CORTEX, V28, P537
MARSHALL RC, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P567, DOI 10.1080/02687039208249492
Martin N, 2006, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V12, P853, DOI 10.1017/S1355617706061030
Martin N, 1999, INT J PSYCHOL, V34, P339
Martin N., 2010, CLIN APH C CHARL SC
Mayberry EJ, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P1069, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.575203
Meinzer M, 2010, NEUROIMAGE, V53, P283, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2010.06.004
Menke R, 2009, BMC NEUROSCI, V10, DOI 10.1186/1471-2202-10-118
Mitchell CJ, 2009, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V32, P183, DOI 10.1017/S0140525X09000855
De Renzi E, 1975, Cortex, V11, P341
O'Reilly RC, 2002, TRENDS COGN SCI, V6, P505, DOI 10.1016/S1364-6613(02)02005-3
Poutiainen E., 2010, TMT TRAIL MAKING TES
Renvall K, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P305, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000671
Saffran JR, 1997, PSYCHOL SCI, V8, P101, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9280.1997.tb00690.x
Siegel S., 1988, NONPARAMETRIC STAT B
Storkel HL, 2006, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V49, P1175, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2006/085)
Swanborn MSL, 1999, REV EDUC RES, V69, P261, DOI 10.3102/00346543069003261
TROJANO L, 1992, BRAIN COGNITION, V18, P12, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(92)90108-X
TROJANO L, 1992, J NEUROLINGUIST, V7, P115, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(92)90014-N
TROJANO L, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V51, P336, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1064
Tuomiranta L, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P1030, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.571384
Tuomiranta L., ADAPTATION TEMP UNPU
Vitevitch MS, 2002, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V28, P735, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.28.4.735
NR 44
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 8
BP 1053
EP 1073
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.693583
PG 21
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 976TD
UT WOS:000306607000005
ER
PT J
AU De Letter, M
Van Borsel, J
Penen, K
Hemelsoet, D
Vervaet, V
Meurs, A
Santens, P
AF De Letter, Miet
Van Borsel, John
Penen, Kathleen
Hemelsoet, Dimitri
Vervaet, Veerle
Meurs, Alfred
Santens, Patrick
TI Non-organic language disorders: Three case reports
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Non-organic; Language disorder; Psychogenic; Stroke
ID APHASIA; PARALYSIS; HYSTERIA
AB Background: Non-organic disorders are frequently encountered in clinical medicine, but the number of reports on non-organic language disorders is limited. There is a lack of diagnostic criteria for this entity.
Aims: The paper describes three patients with a language disorder that is not ascribed to concomitantly present brain lesions and compares the clinical and linguistic features with those of previously reported cases of non-organic language disorder.
Methods & Procedures: Case studies and cross-tabulation of characteristics of our reported patients and of patients reported earlier in the literature.
Outcomes & Results: All three reported patients had a prior history of psychiatric disorders, and lived alone or were involved in conflicting situations. All of them presented cerebral lesions as documented by neuro-imaging but with a linguistic presentation that is totally incompatible with true aphasia and therefore not related to the documented lesions. Characteristic linguistic features included abrupt onset of a nonfluent language disorder with agrammatism, overgeneralisations, paraphasias preceded by pauses, and error variations. Comprehension was unaffected. Additionally dysarthria with hypophonia and reduced speech rate was striking. The linguistic symptoms fluctuated over time, dependent on cognitive distraction and context.
Conclusion: The presence of a brain lesion does not imply the organic nature of all symptoms including language deficits. We argue the necessity of taking into account non-organic language behaviour in the differential diagnosis of aphasia. The common characteristics reported in our cases may serve as a basis for the future development of diagnostic criteria.
C1 [De Letter, Miet; Van Borsel, John; Penen, Kathleen] Univ Ghent, Dept Otorhinolaryngol & Logopaed Audiol Sci, B-9000 Ghent, Belgium.
[De Letter, Miet] Ghent Univ Hosp, Ctr Speech & Hearing Rehabil, Ghent, Belgium.
[Van Borsel, John] Univ Veiga de Almeida, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
[Hemelsoet, Dimitri; Vervaet, Veerle; Meurs, Alfred; Santens, Patrick] Ghent Univ Hosp, Dept Neurol, Ghent, Belgium.
RP De Letter, M (reprint author), Univ Ghent, Dept Otorhinolaryngol & Logopaed Audiol Sci, De Pintelaan 185, B-9000 Ghent, Belgium.
EM miet.deletter@ugent.be
RI santens, patrick/O-2505-2013
CR Akagi H, 2002, PSYCHOL MED, V32, P191, DOI 10.1017/S0033291701004962
American Psychiatric Association, 2000, DIAGN STAT MAN MENT
Cojan Y, 2009, NEUROIMAGE, V47, P1026, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2009.05.023
Graetz P., 1992, AKENSE AFASIE TEST
Heruti RJ, 2002, SPINAL CORD, V40, P335, DOI 10.1038/sj.sc.3101307
LEVY RS, 1983, J ABNORM PSYCHOL, V92, P243, DOI 10.1037/0021-843X.92.2.243
LINETT LM, 1989, ANN EMERG MED, V18, P1233, DOI 10.1016/S0196-0644(89)80066-6
OBLER LK, 1978, BRAIN LANG, V6, P318, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(78)90065-2
PLESNER AM, 1987, ACTA NEUROL SCAND, V76, P215
Poulin Stéphane, 2007, Ann Gen Psychiatry, V6, P1, DOI 10.1186/1744-859X-6-1
Ruddy R, 2005, COCHRANE DB SYST REV, V19
SILVER H, 1987, J CLIN PSYCHIAT, V48, P140
Thomas M, 2006, PARKINSONISM RELAT D, V12, P382, DOI 10.1016/j.parkreldis.2006.03.005
Van Borsel J, 2005, J COMMUN DISORD, V38, P421, DOI 10.1016/j.jcomdis.2005.03.004
WHITLOCK FA, 1967, ACTA PSYCHIAT SCAND, V43, P144, DOI 10.1111/j.1600-0447.1967.tb11023.x
Yokono A, 1991, Masui, V40, P306
NR 16
TC 1
Z9 1
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 7
BP 867
EP 879
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.655705
PG 13
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 962AY
UT WOS:000305512600001
ER
PT J
AU Schoor, A
Aichert, I
Ziegler, W
AF Schoor, Annemarie
Aichert, Ingrid
Ziegler, Wolfram
TI A motor learning perspective on phonetic syllable kinships: How training
effects transfer from learned to new syllables in severe apraxia of
speech
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Apraxia of speech; Syllable; Motor learning; Subsyllabic units
ID MENTAL SYLLABARY; ACQUIRED APRAXIA; FREQUENCY; COARTICULATION; ACCESS
AB Background: There is strong evidence for a syllable-based pathomechanism in patients with apraxia of speech (AOS). The apraxic impairment is localised to the phonetic encoding level where Levelt, Roelofs, and Meyer (1999) postulate a mental store of holistic, ready-made motor programs for syllables. In a recent learning study we showed that complex target syllables benefit from a training of a set of phonologically related, less complex syllables (Aichert & Ziegler, 2008). This outcome is incompatible with the view that syllabic motor plans are holistic phonetic entities, but rather suggests an internal structuring of speech motor programs.
Aims: The present study further explored the structural relationship between syllables exercised in a learning trial and new syllables profiting from these exercises, in order to gain deeper insight into the internal architecture of syllabic speech motor plans. We used four different syllable structure models to test a range of theoretically relevant cross-syllabic transfer conditions.
Methods & Procedures: We conducted a learning experiment with three patients with severe AOS. During the learning trials each patient practised four different syllables with a high number of repetitions. The training syllables were systematically related with an untrained set of transfer syllables which were controlled for their subsyllabic overlap with the training syllables. Accuracy of the training and transfer syllables was tested before and after the training.
Outcomes & Results: Whereas one patient did not improve after the training, two patients showed significant learning and transfer effects. The results revealed that the transfer was confined to syllables with a position-true overlap on syllable constituents of the learning and the transfer syllables. More specifically, the inclusion of coarticulatory adjustments was crucial for the training success.
Conclusions: The phonemes constituting the training syllables were not learned as segments, but rather as syllable components. The results provide further evidence for internally structured syllabic motor plans in which phonemes are associated to syllabic nodes such as onset or rhyme. Due to the small number of patients further research is necessary to replicate these results.
C1 [Schoor, Annemarie; Aichert, Ingrid; Ziegler, Wolfram] City Hosp Bogenhausen, EKN Clin Neuropsychol Res Grp, Neuropsychol Dept, D-80992 Munich, Germany.
RP Aichert, I (reprint author), City Hosp Bogenhausen, EKN Clin Neuropsychol Res Grp, Neuropsychol Dept, Dachauer Str 164, D-80992 Munich, Germany.
EM ingrid.aichert@extern.lrz-muenchen.de
CR Aichert I, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V88, P148, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00296-7
Aichert I, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1216, DOI 10.1080/02687030701820303
Brendel B., 2003, HIERARCHISCHE WORTLI
Cholin J, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1127, DOI 10.1080/02687030701820352
Cholin J, 2004, J MEM LANG, V50, P47, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2003.08.003
Chomsky N., 1968, SOUND PATTERN ENGLIS
Code C, 1998, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V12, P47, DOI 10.3109/02699209808985212
De Bleser B., 2004, LEMO LEXIKON MODELLO
Duffy J.R, 2005, MOTOR SPEECH DISORDE
Fujimura O., 1982, SYLLABLES CONCATENAT
Huber W., 1983, AACHENER APHASIE TES
Kendall DL, 2006, J REHABIL RES DEV, V43, P409, DOI 10.1682/JRRD.2005.11.0175
Laganaro M, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1191, DOI 10.1080/02687030701820469
LANDIS JR, 1977, BIOMETRICS, V33, P159, DOI 10.2307/2529310
LEVELT WJM, 1994, COGNITION, V50, P239, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(94)90030-2
Levelt WJM, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P1
Noske R., 1993, THEORY SYLLABIFICATI
Rosenbek J. C., 1978, CLIN MANAGEMENT NEUR, P191
Selkirk E. O., 1982, STRUCTURE PHONOLOG 2
Staiger A, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1201, DOI 10.1080/02687030701820584
Varley R, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P39
Wambaugh JL, 2006, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V14, pXV
Wambaugh JL, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P731, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249569
Wertz RT, 1984, APRAXIA SPEECH ADULT
Ziegler Wolfram, 2008, Handb Clin Neurol, V88, P269, DOI 10.1016/S0072-9752(07)88013-4
Ziegler W, 2009, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V24, P631, DOI 10.1080/01690960802327989
Ziegler W., 2005, NEUROLINGUISTIK, V19, P5
Ziegler W., 2010, ASSESSMENT MOTOR SPE, P305
ZIEGLER W, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V29, P34, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90032-5
Ziegler W, 2005, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V22, P603, DOI 10.1080/02643290442000211
Ziegler W., 2010, SPEECH MOTOR CONTROL, P3
ZIEGLER W, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V26, P117, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90032-X
NR 32
TC 2
Z9 2
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 7
BP 880
EP 894
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.660458
PG 15
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 962AY
UT WOS:000305512600002
ER
PT J
AU De Letter, M
Van Borsel, J
Batens, K
Megens, M
Hemelsoet, D
Verreyt, N
Duyck, W
Fias, W
Santens, P
AF De Letter, Miet
Van Borsel, John
Batens, Katja
Megens, Marjan
Hemelsoet, Dimitri
Verreyt, Nele
Duyck, Wouter
Fias, Wim
Santens, Patrick
TI Speaking in numbers as a transitional phase between mutism and
Wernicke's aphasia: A report of three cases
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Numbers; Mutism; Wernicke; Aphasia; Multilingual; Stroke
ID RECURRING UTTERANCES; SPEECH AUTOMATISMS; SEMANTIC SYSTEM;
COMPREHENSION; BRAIN; FMRI; WORD
AB Background: Mutism in the context of hemispheric stroke with aphasia is rare and usually evolves to non-fluent aphasia.
Aims: We describe three multilingual and mathematically educated patients with an initial presentation of mutism, followed by a short-lasting episode of speaking in numbers as a transitional stage before developing Wernicke's aphasia. We discuss potential pathophysiological mechanisms underlying this phenomenon.
Methods & Procedures: Clinical neurolinguistic testing, including Aachen Aphasia Test and video-analysis of spontaneous speech by transcription.
Outcomes & Results: In the transitional stage between mutism and Wernicke's aphasia, numbers were randomly uttered in one or more languages, although not necessarily in the first acquired or most-used language. Number speech occurred not only in propositional speech, but also during reading and naming.
Conclusions: These patients exhibit two peculiar phenomena. First, the evolution of mutism to Wernicke's aphasia and second, the transitional phase of number speech. It is hypothesised that mutism may be more frequent in the hyperacute stages of stroke-related aphasia as a consequence of transient generalised failure of the language network. Current theories on the organisation of number magnitude and lexical retrieval of number and non-number words are discussed with reference to numerical speech. The lack of previous reports of this syndrome is probably due to the combination of the transient nature of the phenomenon and the suspected prerequisites of a specific neuro-anatomical lesion and educational background.
C1 [De Letter, Miet; Van Borsel, John; Megens, Marjan] Univ Ghent, Dept Otorhinolaryngol & Logopaed Audiol Sci, B-9000 Ghent, Belgium.
[De Letter, Miet; Batens, Katja] Ghent Univ Hosp, Ctr Speech & Hearing Rehabil, Ghent, Belgium.
[Van Borsel, John] Univ Veiga de Almeida, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
[Batens, Katja; Hemelsoet, Dimitri; Santens, Patrick] Ghent Univ Hosp, Dept Neurol, Ghent, Belgium.
[Verreyt, Nele; Duyck, Wouter; Fias, Wim] Univ Ghent, Fac Psychol & Educ Sci, B-9000 Ghent, Belgium.
RP De Letter, M (reprint author), Univ Ghent, Dept Otorhinolaryngol & Logopaed Audiol Sci, De Pintelaan 185, B-9000 Ghent, Belgium.
EM miet.deletter@ugent.be
RI Duyck, Wouter/A-1601-2008; santens, patrick/O-2505-2013
CR Abutalebi J, 2009, BRAIN LANG, V109, P141, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2009.03.003
Adrover-Roig D, 2011, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V25, P480, DOI 10.3109/02699206.2011.563338
Ansaldo A. I., 2008, J NEUROLINGUIST, V20, P242
Basso Anna, 2004, Seminars in Speech and Language, V25, P375, DOI 10.1055/s-2004-837249
Binder JR, 2009, CEREB CORTEX, V19, P2767, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhp055
Blanken G, 1997, J NEUROLINGUIST, V10, P19, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(97)00001-8
BLANKEN G, 1990, CORTEX, V26, P41
BLUMSTEIN SE, 1977, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V15, P19, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(77)90111-7
Broca P., 1861, B SOC ANAT PARIS, V36, P330
Brookshire RH, 1997, INTRO NEUROGENIC COM
Butterworth B, 2001, NAT NEUROSCI, V4, P784, DOI 10.1038/90484
CIPOLOTTI L, 1991, BRAIN, V114, P2619, DOI 10.1093/brain/114.6.2619
CODE C, 1982, CORTEX, V18, P161
CODE C, 1982, CORTEX, V18, P141
CODE C, 1994, J NEUROLINGUIST, V8, P135, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(94)90021-3
Cohen L, 1997, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V14, P1029, DOI 10.1080/026432997381349
Cohen L, 1998, BRAIN, V121, P1641, DOI 10.1093/brain/121.9.1641
Dehaene S, 2003, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V20, P487, DOI 10.1080/02643290244000239
Dhanjal NS, 2008, J NEUROSCI, V28, P9969, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.2607-08.2008
Dominey PF, 2009, CORTEX, V45, P1012, DOI 10.1016/j.cortex.2009.03.007
Friederici AD, 2010, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V31, P448, DOI 10.1002/hbm.20878
Garbin G, 2011, BRAIN LANG, V119, P129, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2011.03.011
Graetz P., 1992, AKENSE AFASIETEST NE
Graves WW, 2008, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V20, P1698, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2008.20113
Hickok G, 2007, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V8, P393, DOI 10.1038/nrn2113
Huber W., 1993, NEUROLINGUISTIK, V7, P43
Hughlings-Jackson J, 1879, BRAIN, V2, P203, DOI 10.1093/brain/2.2.203
Jefferies E, 2005, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V43, P887, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2004.09.009
Luria A. R., 1973, WORKING BRAIN INTRO
Martin Nadine, 2004, Seminars in Speech and Language, V25, P349, DOI 10.1055/s-2004-837247
Martin N, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P1002, DOI 10.1080/02687030701198346
Minkowski M, 1928, REV NEUROL-FRANCE, V49, P361
Oliveira Fabricio Ferreira de, 2011, Arq Neuropsiquiatr, V69, P277, DOI 10.1590/S0004-282X2011000300002
Parker-Jones O., 2011, CEREB CORTEX, DOI [10.0193/cercor/bhr161, DOI 10.0193/CERCOR/BHR161]
Paus T, 1996, EUR J NEUROSCI, V8, P2236, DOI 10.1111/j.1460-9568.1996.tb01187.x
Pedersen PM, 2004, CEREBROVASC DIS, V17, P35, DOI 10.1159/000073896
Piras F, 2009, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V47, P1944, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2009.03.006
Rodriguez-Fornells A, 2002, NATURE, V415, P1026, DOI 10.1038/4151026a
Tanner Dennis C, 2007, J Allied Health, V36, P63
Thioux M, 1998, NEUROCASE, V4, P371, DOI 10.1080/13554799808410633
Van Assche E, 2009, PSYCHOL SCI, V20, P923, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9280.2009.02389.x
Visch-Brink E, 2005, SEMANTISCHE ASS TEST
Wallesch CW, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V71, P255, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2263
Wernicke C., 1874, APHASISCHE SYMPTOMEN
Wijckmans E., 2005, ASTA ANAL SPONTANE T
Wildgruber D, 2006, PROG BRAIN RES, V156, P249, DOI 10.1016/S0079-6123(06)56013-3
NR 46
TC 1
Z9 1
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 7
BP 917
EP 932
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.660460
PG 16
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 962AY
UT WOS:000305512600004
ER
PT J
AU Grindrod, CM
AF Grindrod, Christopher M.
TI Effects of left and right hemisphere damage on sensitivity to global
context during lexical ambiguity resolution
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Language comprehension; Lexical ambiguity resolution; Right
hemisphere damage; Semantic priming
ID DISCOURSE COMPREHENSION; SENTENCE COMPREHENSION; BROCAS-APHASIA;
BRAIN-DAMAGE; SEMANTIC AMBIGUITY; WERNICKES APHASIA; INFORMATION;
ACTIVATION; INDIVIDUALS; MECHANISMS
AB Background: A great deal of research suggests that both the left hemisphere (LH) and right hemisphere (RH) contribute to the resolution of lexically ambiguous words. If this is indeed the case, then patients with left (LHD) or right hemisphere brain damage (RHD) should exhibit deficits in ambiguity resolution. Although several studies have explored this issue, there is still little consensus regarding the exact nature of the patients' deficits. Moreover, the focus of most studies has been on ambiguity resolution in short, single-sentence contexts, so less is known about the impact of LH and RH damage on ambiguity resolution in larger contexts.
Aims: The goal of the present study was to investigate sensitivity to a global (i.e., two-sentence) context during lexical ambiguity resolution in LHD and RHD patients relative to a group of control participants with no neurological impairment. Control participants were expected to activate only contextually appropriate meanings. In contrast, LHD patients were expected to have difficulty activating ambiguous word meanings or selecting contextually appropriate meanings. RHD patients were expected to have difficulty using context or suppressing contextually inappropriate meanings.
Methods & Procedures: Three groups of participants took part in this study: 10 LHD patients with nonfluent aphasia, 8 RHD patients, and 9 age-matched control participants. A cross-modal sentence priming task was employed where participants first listened to a biased two-sentence passage ending in an ambiguous word. After each passage a visual target word, related to either the first or second meaning of the ambiguous word, was presented for lexical decision. Reaction time data were analysed using a repeated-measures ANOVA. Priming effects were tested by way of planned comparisons.
Outcomes & Results: The performance of both patient groups differed markedly from that of the control group, who only showed priming for contextually appropriate meanings. The LHD patients did not exhibit any significant priming of ambiguous word meanings, whereas the RHD patients only showed priming for the most frequent or dominant meaning of ambiguous words (e. g., the "animal" meaning as opposed to the "emblem" meaning of seal) regardless of context.
Conclusions: Both LH and RH damage can disrupt the process of ambiguity resolution in a global context. Specifically, LH damage is argued to impair the degree of activation of ambiguous word meanings or the time course of meaning activation, while RH damage seems to impair the use of context, leading to frequency-based meaning activation.
C1 Univ Illinois, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, Champaign, IL 61820 USA.
RP Grindrod, CM (reprint author), Univ Illinois, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, 901 S 6th St, Champaign, IL 61820 USA.
EM grindrod@illinois.edu
FU Canadian Institutes of Health Research
FX This research was supported by a Doctoral Research Award from the
Canadian Institutes of Health Research to C. M. Grindrod and by a grant
from the Canadian Institutes of Health Research to S. R. Baum. We would
like to thank Pablo Ruiz and Lisa Trayhern for their assistance in
collecting the patient data, Wendi Aasland for recording the stimuli,
and Anne Grindrod for her assistance in collecting data for the norming
studies. We are also indebted to the patients for their participation
and to the speech-language pathologists at the local hospitals and
rehabilitation centres for their efforts in recruiting participants.
CR Atchley RA, 1999, BRAIN COGNITION, V40, P479, DOI 10.1006/brcg.1999.1080
Banich M. T., 2002, EXPT METHODS NEUROPS, P47
BEEMAN M, 1994, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V6, P26, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1994.6.1.26
Beeman M, 1998, RIGHT HEMISPHERE LANGUAGE COMPREHENSION, P255
Beeman MJ, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V71, P310, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2268
Bourne VJ, 2006, LATERALITY, V11, P373, DOI 10.1080/13576500600633982
Brookshire R., 1993, DISCOURSE COMPREHENS
BURGESS C, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P86, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90056-9
Burkhardt P, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V86, P9, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00526-6
Burkhardt P, 2008, J NEUROLINGUIST, V21, P120, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2006.10.004
BUSH LK, 1993, PSYCHOL BULL, V113, P566, DOI 10.1037//0033-2909.113.3.566
Caplan D., 1992, LANGUAGE STRUCTURE P
Chiarello C, 1998, RIGHT HEMISPHERE LANGUAGE COMPREHENSION, P141
Chiarello C, 2003, MIND, BRAIN, AND LANGUAGE: MULTIDISCIPLINARY PERSPECTIVES, P229
Collins M, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V80, P77, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2582
Coney J, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V38, P272, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(99)00076-7
Faust M, 1998, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V36, P827, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(98)00042-6
Faust ME, 1999, PSYCHOL BULL, V125, P777, DOI 10.1037//0033-2909.125.6.777
Faust ME, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V53, P234, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0046
FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6
Francis WN, 1982, FREQUENCY ANAL ENGLI
FRAUENFELDER UH, 1987, COGNITION, V25, P1, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(87)90002-3
Goodglass H, 2000, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V3rd
Goodglass H., 1983, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V2nd
Grindrod CM, 2005, BRAIN COGNITION, V57, P70, DOI 10.1016/j.bandc.2004.08.023
Grindrod CM, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V85, P503, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00072-5
HAARMANN HJ, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P247, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248527
HAARMANN HJ, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V46, P493, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1028
Hagoort P., 1990, THESIS U NIJMEGEN NE
HAGOORT P, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P189, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1043
Hasbrooke RE, 1998, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V12, P78, DOI 10.1037//0894-4105.12.1.78
HOPKINS KA, 1995, EXP AGING RES, V21, P123, DOI 10.1080/03610739508254273
Jung-Beeman M, 2005, TRENDS COGN SCI, V9, P512, DOI 10.1016/j.tics.2005.09.009
Kahlaoui K., 2008, LANGUAGE LINGUISTICS, V2, P550, DOI 10.1111/j.1749-818X.2008.00065.x
KATZ WF, 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V26, P747, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(88)90011-5
Leonard CL, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V57, P309, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1743
Leonard CL, 2001, CORTEX, V37, P327, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70577-X
Leonard CL, 2005, J NEUROLINGUIST, V18, P427, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2005.03.001
Leonard CL, 1998, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V10, P499, DOI 10.1162/089892998562906
Leonard CL, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V57, P343, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1744
Love T, 2008, BRAIN LANG, V107, P203, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.11.004
Mason RA, 2007, BRAIN RES, V1146, P115, DOI 10.1016/j.brainres.2007.02.076
McNellis MG, 2001, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V13, P151, DOI 10.1162/089892901564216
Mertus J. A., 2000, BROWN LAB INTERACTIV
MILBERG W, 1995, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V7, P33, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1995.7.1.33
Milberg W, 2003, BRAIN COGNITION, V51, P31, DOI 10.1016/S0278-2626(02)00500-6
Misiurski C, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V93, P64, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.08.001
Nelson D. L., 1998, U S FLORIDA WORD ASS
Peleg O, 2008, BRAIN LANG, V105, P71, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.09.004
PRATHER P, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V43, P336, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90134-Z
Prather PA, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V59, P391, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1751
Rodd JM, 2005, CEREB CORTEX, V15, P1261, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhi009
Swaab TY, 1998, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V36, P737, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(97)00174-7
Swinney D, 1989, J Cogn Neurosci, V1, P25, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1989.1.1.25
Swinney D. A., 2000, LANGUAGE BRAIN REPRE, P273, DOI 10.1016/B978-012304260-6/50016-5
Titone D, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V65, P361, DOI 10.1006/brln.1998.1998
Tompkins CA, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P119, DOI 10.1080/02687030601040861
Tompkins CA, 2000, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V43, P62
Tompkins CA, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P505, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248487
Tompkins CA, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P204, DOI 10.1080/02687030601125019
TWILLEY LC, 1994, MEM COGNITION, V22, P111, DOI 10.3758/BF03202766
Vu H, 2000, MEM COGNITION, V28, P236, DOI 10.3758/BF03213803
Vuong LC, 2011, BRAIN LANG, V116, P22, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2010.09.012
Weintraub S., 2000, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Wiig EH, 1989, TEST LANGUAGE COMPET
Wilson B. A., 1987, BEHAV INATTENTION TE
Yee E, 2008, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V20, P592, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2008.20056
Zempleni MZ, 2007, NEUROIMAGE, V34, P1270, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2006.09.048
NR 68
TC 0
Z9 0
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 7
BP 933
EP 952
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.662589
PG 20
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 962AY
UT WOS:000305512600005
ER
PT J
AU Jaecks, P
Hielscher-Fastabend, M
Stenneken, P
AF Jaecks, Petra
Hielscher-Fastabend, Martina
Stenneken, Prisca
TI Diagnosing residual aphasia using spontaneous speech analysis
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Residual aphasia; Spontaneous speech; Linguistic analysis; Aphasia
diagnosis
ID ALZHEIMERS-DISEASE; FLUENT APHASIA; MILD APHASIA; PSYCHOMETRIC
PROPERTIES; LANGUAGE COMPREHENSION; SENTENCE PRODUCTION; TEXT
COMPREHENSION; CONNECTED SPEECH; WORD RETRIEVAL; BRAIN-INJURY
AB Background: It is well known that about 20% of patients with anomic aphasia still show residual aphasic symptoms 1 year post onset. As we do not have any tests to reliably diagnose residual aphasia it is difficult to decide whether these persisting problems are signs of residual aphasia that have to be treated, or are indications of a normal variability in language use, which also may occur in elderly people.
Aims: The main aim of this research is to find out whether there are variables in spontaneous communication of persons with residual aphasia (P-RA) that enable us to distinguish them from persons without aphasia (P-NA).
Methods & Procedures: Following a detailed linguistic analysis of spontaneous speech we employed binary logistic regression analysis to find the most relevant variables for differentiation between P-RA (N = 41) and P-NA (N = 25).
Outcomes & Results: Significant group differences at different processing levels could be observed. Lexically varied, informative, and cohesively tied phrases in particular pose the main problem for P-RA. Regression analysis including variables of spontaneous communication explains 82.5% (R2) of the variation and correctly identifies 39 of 41 (95.1%) cases of P-RA and 21 of 25 (84.0%) cases of P-NA.
Conclusions: Analysing spontaneous communication seems to be a promising possibility for diagnosing residual aphasia. The importance of spontaneous communication in everyday interaction, and its sensitivity to even slight deficits in language processing, promote the described analysis as a very useful screening instrument to distinguish P-RA from P-NA.
C1 [Jaecks, Petra; Stenneken, Prisca] Univ Bielefeld, Fac Linguist & Literary Studies, D-33501 Bielefeld, Germany.
[Hielscher-Fastabend, Martina] Univ Educ Ludwigsburg, Inst Special Educ Specialisat, Reutlingen, Germany.
RP Jaecks, P (reprint author), Univ Bielefeld, Fac Linguist & Literary Studies, Postfach 10 01 31, D-33501 Bielefeld, Germany.
EM petra.jaecks@uni-bielefeld.de
FU "Weidmuller Stiftung" (Detmold, Germany); Deutsche
Forschungsgemeinschaft (DFG) in the Collaborative Research Center 673
"Alignment in Communication"
FX This research was supported by a grant from the "Weidmuller Stiftung"
(Detmold, Germany) and by the Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft (DFG) in
the Collaborative Research Center 673 "Alignment in Communication". Most
of the data contributed to the first author's PhD degree. We would like
to thank Gert Rickheit, Olaf Lingnau, Kerstin Richter, Marion Wittler,
and Marion Grande for valuable discussions on this work. We would also
like to thank all participants who took part in this study.
CR Armstrong E, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P763, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192364
Armstrong E, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P480, DOI 10.1080/02687030902775157
Arnott WL, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P969, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249422
Bastiaanse R, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P561, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248437
Bates E, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V79, P223, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2482
Beausoleil N, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P143, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000572
Bender R., 2002, DEUT MED WOCHENSCHR, V127, pT4, DOI 10.1055/s-2002-32816
BLUMSTEIN SE, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V40, P393, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90138-Q
BOECKX C., 2009, LANGUAGE COGNITION U
Branigan HP, 2007, COGNITION, V104, P163, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2006.05.006
Brookshire R., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P118
CARPENTER PA, 1995, ANNU REV PSYCHOL, V46, P91
Carvalho SD, 2009, PREV MED, V49, P541, DOI 10.1016/j.ypmed.2009.09.017
Chapman S., 1994, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P80
Chapman SB, 1998, J NEUROLINGUIST, V11, P55, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(98)00005-0
COELHO CA, 1994, CLIN APHASIOL, V22, P145
Daemen E., 2007, LECT NOTES COMPUTER, P221
Dalemans RJ, 2010, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V91, P395, DOI 10.1016/j.apmr.2009.10.021
Damico JS, 1995, CLIN APHASIOL, V23, P83
Darley F., 1980, P CLIN APH C US, V10, P338
Darrigrand B, 2011, DISABIL REHABIL, V33, P1169, DOI 10.3109/09638288.2010.524271
de Lira JO, 2011, INT PSYCHOGERIATR, V23, P404, DOI 10.1017/S1041610210001092
DERENZI E, 1962, BRAIN, V85, P665, DOI 10.1093/brain/85.4.665
Doyle P. J., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P67
Ellis C., 2005, P CLIN APH C US, V35, P1
Ferstl EC, 2002, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V16, P292, DOI 10.1037//0894-4105.16.3.292
Ferstl EC, 2006, AGING NEUROPSYCHOL C, V13, P62, DOI 10.1080/13825580490904237
Fox S, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P951, DOI 10.1080/02687030802669526
Glindemann R., 2002, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIE ALL
GLOSSER G, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V40, P67, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90117-J
GLOSSER G, 1988, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V53, P115
Glosser G., 1992, J GERONTOL B-PSYCHOL, V47, P266
Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd
Grande M., 1999, NEUROLINGUISTIK, V13, P87
Grande M, 2008, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V43, P408, DOI 10.1080/13682820701685991
Halliday Michael, 1976, COHESION ENGLISH
Hartsuiker RJ, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V62, P221, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1905
Hartsuiker RJ, 2008, J MEM LANG, V58, P214, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2007.07.003
Honda R, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P475
Huber W., 1993, NEUROLINGUISTIK, V7, P43
Huber W, 2006, KLIN REHABILITATION
HUBER W, 1980, NERVENARZT, V51, P475
Huber W., 1997, KLIN NEUROPSYCHOLOGI
Huber W., 1983, AACHENER APHASIE TES
Husges J., 1989, THESIS RWTH AACHEN A
Kleissendorf B., 2001, KOPF 2 SPRACHEN, P171
Kolk H, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P381
LaPointe L. L., 2011, APHASIA RELATED NEUR
Lazar RM, 2008, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V79, P530, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.2007.122457
Lind M, 2009, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V23, P872, DOI 10.3109/02699200903040051
Lock S, 1997, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V11, P299, DOI 10.3109/02699209708985197
Mayer JF, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P481, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000148
McClung J., 2010, FRONTIERS HUMAN NEUR, V4
Miller J., 2009, SPONTANEOUS SPOKEN L
Miller N, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P683
MILROY L, 1992, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V6, P27, DOI 10.3109/02699209208985517
Moses MS, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P157, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00364-X
Murray LL, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V72, P40, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2281
Murray LL, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P993, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249423
Murray LL, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V41, P213
Murray LL, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P928, DOI 10.1080/02687030903422460
Nicholas Linda E., 1995, Journal of Speech and Hearing Research, V38, P145
NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338
Obler L. K., 1994, DISCOURSE ANAL APPL, P15
Olness GS, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P697, DOI 10.1080/02687030903438524
Orgass B., 1986, TOKEN TEST
Pakhomov SVS, 2010, COGN BEHAV NEUROL, V23, P165, DOI 10.1097/WNN.0b013e3181c5dde3
Pashek GV, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P261, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000573
PEDERSEN PM, 1995, ANN NEUROL, V38, P659, DOI 10.1002/ana.410380416
PERKINS L, 1995, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V30, P372
Pickering MJ, 2004, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V27, P169
Prins R, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P1075, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000534
Regenbrecht F., 1992, LINGUISTISCHE ASPEKT
RICKFORD JR, 1995, LANGUAGE, V71, P102, DOI 10.2307/415964
Rickheit G., 2000, INT HDB CONT RES
Ross KB, 2001, J COMMUN DISORD, V34, P115, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(00)00044-7
Ross KB, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P337, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000002
Rousseaux M, 2010, EUR J NEUROL, V17, P922, DOI 10.1111/j.1468-1331.2009.02945.x
Saffran EM, 1997, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V12, P877
SCHLENCK KJ, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V30, P226, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90100-3
SHEWAN CM, 1980, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V45, P308
Holmes D. I., 1996, Literary & Linguistic Computing, V11, DOI 10.1093/llc/11.3.133
Sprodefeld A., 2008, APHASIE VERWANDTE GE, V23, P7
ULATOWSKA HK, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P325, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248602
ULATOWSKA HK, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V13, P345, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90100-0
Ween JE, 1996, NEUROLOGY, V47, P795
Wilkinson R, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P327, DOI 10.1080/026870399402127
Williams Sarah E., 1994, Journal of Communication Disorders, V27, P207, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(94)90001-9
Wray A, 2000, LANG COMMUN, V20, P1, DOI 10.1016/S0271-5309(99)00015-4
Wright HH, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P443, DOI 10.1080/0268703044000166
Yasuda K, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V75, P399, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2377
NR 91
TC 1
Z9 1
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 7
BP 953
EP 970
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.663075
PG 18
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 962AY
UT WOS:000305512600006
ER
PT J
AU Olsen, E
Freed, DB
Marshall, RC
AF Olsen, Ericka
Freed, Donald B.
Marshall, Robert C.
TI Generalisation of personalised cueing to enhance word finding in natural
settings
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Aphasia treatment; Cueing procedures; Anomia; Word-finding
treatment
ID APHASIC SUBJECTS; FACILITATION; NAMES
AB Background: Personalised cueing is a treatment method for naming deficits in patients with aphasia. As part of the treatment patients choose their own cues to help recall a target word. These cues usually include personally relevant semantic information, which is hypothesised to enhance long-term naming abilities. Previous research has shown that personalised cueing can improve long-term naming accuracy in persons with aphasia. However, no research has shown that personalised cueing carries over to improved naming in natural settings.
Aims: The study aimed to examine the long-term generalisation of improved word finding using the personalised cueing method.
Methods & Procedures: Three individuals participated in 12 training trials using the personalised cueing method; 40 unnamed stimulus items were chosen for each participant. Pre-training measures of the Sentence Production Task (SPT) and Message Exchange Task (MET) were administered for each participant. Of the 40 stimulus items, 20 were then trained using the personalised cueing method across 12 training sessions. Post-training measures of the SPT and MET were then collected, along with measures on a Caregiver Partner Rating scale to assess naming accuracy in natural settings. The 20 untrained stimulus items were also probed to assess generalisation to untrained stimuli.
Outcomes & Results: Two of the three participants showed improvement in naming trained items in natural settings, but little improvement was noted on the untrained stimulus items. Results for these patients were consistent with other studies on the personalised cueing method. The third participant demonstrated a slight increase in naming accuracy over time. Shortly after this study that participant was diagnosed with Alzheimer's disease.
Conclusions: Results suggest that personalised cueing is an effective method of improving naming in certain individuals with aphasia. It also suggests that the effects of personalised cueing are maintained over time and are evident in natural settings.
C1 [Freed, Donald B.] Calif State Univ Fresno, Dept Communicat Disorders & Deaf Studies, Fresno, CA 93740 USA.
[Olsen, Ericka] Cent Calif Ear Nose & Throat, Fresno, CA USA.
[Marshall, Robert C.] Univ Kentucky, Lexington, KY USA.
RP Freed, DB (reprint author), Calif State Univ Fresno, Dept Communicat Disorders & Deaf Studies, MS PH 80, Fresno, CA 93740 USA.
EM donfr@csufresno.edu
CR Craik F. I. M., 1973, COMMUNICATION AFFECT, P45
Freed D, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P743, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000246
Freed D. B., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P105
Freed D. B., 1994, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V22, P335
FREED DB, 1995, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V38, P1081
Freed DB, 1995, CLIN APHASIOL, V23, P227
Freed DB, 1998, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V87, P795
Goodglass H., 1997, ANOMIA NEUROANATOMIC, P3, DOI 10.1016/B978-012289685-9/50002-8
HOWARD D, 1985, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V2, P49, DOI 10.1080/02643298508252861
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Kaplan E., 2001, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Kiran S, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P773, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/061)
Kiran Swathi, 2008, Seminars in Speech and Language, V29, P71, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1061626
MARSHALL RC, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P567, DOI 10.1080/02687039208249492
Marshall RC, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P585, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000050
MOSCOVITCH M, 1976, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V15, P447, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(76)90040-2
Raven J. C., 1962, COLOURED PROGR MATRI
VANLANCKER D, 1991, BRAIN COGNITION, V17, P64, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(91)90067-I
VANLANCKER D, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V20, P181
VANLANCKER D, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P511, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90159-E
VANLANCKER D, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P37, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248576
NR 22
TC 2
Z9 2
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 5
SI SI
BP 618
EP 631
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.676851
PG 14
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 945XY
UT WOS:000304311400002
ER
PT J
AU Thompson, CK
Lukic, S
King, MC
Mesulam, MM
Weintraub, S
AF Thompson, Cynthia K.
Lukic, Sladjana
King, Monique C.
Mesulam, M. Marsel
Weintraub, Sandra
TI Verb and noun deficits in stroke-induced and primary progressive
aphasia: The Northwestern Naming Battery
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Primary progressive aphasia; PPA; Word class deficits; Naming deficit
patterns; Verb argument structure production
ID ARGUMENT STRUCTURE; LEXICAL ORGANIZATION; DOUBLE DISSOCIATION; SEMANTIC
DEMENTIA; COMPREHENSION; AGRAMMATISM; RETRIEVAL; PATTERNS; IMPAIRMENTS;
HYPOTHESIS
AB Background: Word class naming deficits are commonly seen in aphasia resulting from stroke (StrAph) and primary progressive aphasia (PPA), with differential production of nouns (objects) and verbs (actions) found based on StrAph type or PPA variant for some individuals. However, studies to date have not compared word class naming (or comprehension) ability in the two aphasic disorders. In addition there are no available measures for testing word class deficits, which control for important psycholinguistic variables across language domains. This study examined noun and verb production and comprehension in individuals with StrAph and PPA using a new test, the Northwestern Naming Battery (NNB; Thompson & Weintraub, experimental version), developed explicitly for this purpose. In addition we tested verb type effects, based on verb argument structure characteristics, which also is addressed by the NNB.
Method: A total of 52 participants with StrAph (33 agrammatic, Broca's (StrAg); 19 anomic (StrAn)) and 28 PPA(10 agrammatic (PPA-G); 14 logopenic (PPA-L); 4 semantic (PPA-S)) were included in the study. Nouns and verbs were tested in the Confrontation Naming and Auditory Comprehension subtests of the NNB, with scores used to compute noun to verb ratios as well as performance by verb type. Performance patterns within and across StrAph and PPA groups were then examined. The external validity of the NNB was also tested by comparing (a) NNB Noun Naming scores to the Boston Naming Test (BNT; Kaplan, Goodglass, & Weintraub, 2001) and Western Aphasia Battery (WAB-R; Kertesz, 2007) Noun Naming subtest scores, (b) NNB Verb Naming scores to the Boston Diagnostic Aphasia Examination (BDAE; Goodglass, Kaplan, & Barresi, 2001) Action Naming score (for StrAph participants only), and (c) NNB Comprehension subtest scores to WAB-R Auditory Comprehension subtest scores.
Outcomes & Results: Both agrammatic (StrAg and PPA-G) groups showed significantly greater difficulty producing verbs compared to nouns, but no comprehension impairment for either word class, whereas three of the four PPA-S participants showed poorer noun compared to verb production, as well as comprehension. However, neither the StrAn nor the PPA-L participants showed significant differences between the two word classes in production or comprehension. In addition, similar to the agrammatic participants, the StrAn participants showed a significant transitivity effect, producing intransitive (one-argument) verbs with greater accuracy than transitive (two-and three-argument) verbs. However, no transitivity effects were found for the PPA-L or PPA-S participants. There were significant correlations between NNB scores and all external validation measures.
Conclusions: These data indicate that the NNB is sensitive to word class deficits in stroke and neurodegenerative aphasia. This is important both clinically for treatment planning and theoretically to inform both psycholinguistic and neural models of language processing.
C1 [Thompson, Cynthia K.; Lukic, Sladjana; King, Monique C.] Northwestern Univ, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Evanston, IL 60201 USA.
[Thompson, Cynthia K.; Mesulam, M. Marsel; Weintraub, Sandra] Northwestern Univ, Dept Neurol, Evanston, IL 60201 USA.
[Thompson, Cynthia K.; Mesulam, M. Marsel; Weintraub, Sandra] Northwestern Univ, Cognit Neurol & Alzheimers Dis Ctr, Evanston, IL 60201 USA.
[Weintraub, Sandra] Northwestern Univ, Dept Psychiat & Behav Sci, Evanston, IL 60201 USA.
RP Thompson, CK (reprint author), Northwestern Univ, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, 2240 Campus Dr, Evanston, IL 60201 USA.
EM ckthom@northwestern.edu
FU National Institutes of Health [DC01948, DC008552, AG13854]
FX The authors wish to thank the National Institutes of Health DC01948 (C.
K. Thompson), DC008552 (M-M. Mesulam), and AG13854 (Alzheimer's Disease
Core Center, Northwestern University) for support for this study. We
also thank Gulustu Kaptanoglu MD and Swathi Kiran PhD for their
assistance with development of the Northwestern Naming Battery, and Lisa
Bailey PhD, Sarah Banks PhD, Kyla Garabladi BS, Jennifer Medina PhD,
Lisa Milman PhD, Miseon Lee PhD, Janet O'Connor MS, and Emily Rogalski
PhD for their assistance with data collection and analysis during
various phases of test validation and development.
CR Adlam ALR, 2006, BRAIN, V129, P3066, DOI 10.1093/brain/awl285
Baayen R. H., 1995, CELEX LEXICAL DATABA
Bak TH, 2003, J NEUROLINGUIST, V16, P169, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(02)00011-8
Bastiaanse R., 2002, VERB SENTENCE TEST
BATES E, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P203, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90153-R
Berndt RS, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P68
Bird H, 2002, J NEUROLINGUIST, V15, P209, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(01)00031-8
Chen S., 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P1464
Damasio AR, 2000, PRINCIPLES BEHAV COG, P294
Damasio H, 1996, NATURE, V380, P499, DOI 10.1038/380499a0
Davis CJ, 2005, BEHAV RES METHODS, V37, P65, DOI 10.3758/BF03206399
De Bleser R, 2003, J NEUROLINGUIST, V16, P213, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(02)00015-5
Dragoy O., 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P1465
Druks J., 2000, OBJECT ACTION NAMING
Friedmann N, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P1037, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000236
Friedmann N, 2000, J NEUROLINGUIST, V13, P250
Goodglass H, 2001, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V3rd
Gorno-Tempini M. L., NEUROLOGY IN PRESS
Gorno-Tempini ML, 2004, ANN NEUROL, V55, P335, DOI 10.1002/ana.10825
Gorno-Tempini ML, 2011, NEUROLOGY, V76, P1006, DOI 10.1212/WNL.0b013e31821103e6
HELMESTABROOKS N, 1989, BOSTON ASSESSMENT SE
Hillis AE, 2004, ANN NEUROL, V55, P268, DOI 10.1002/ana.10812
HILLIS AE, 1991, BRAIN, V114, P2081, DOI 10.1093/brain/114.5.2081
Hillis AE, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P246, DOI 10.1080/02687030500473262
Hodges JR, 2007, LANCET NEUROL, V6, P1004, DOI 10.1016/S1474-4422(07)70266-1
Kaplan E., 2001, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
KERTESZ A, 1977, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V34, P590
Kertesz A., 2007, W APHASIA BATTERY
Kim M, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V88, P1, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00147-0
Kim M, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V74, P1, DOI 10.1006/brin.2000.2315
Knibb JA, 2006, ANN NEUROL, V59, P156, DOI 10.1002/ana.20700
KOHN SE, 1989, CORTEX, V25, P57
Lee M, 2004, J NEUROLINGUIST, V17, P315, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(03)00062-9
Luzzatti C, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V81, P432, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2536
Luzzatti C. G., 2012, PERSPECTIVES AGRAMMA
MCCARTHY R, 1985, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V23, P709, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(85)90079-X
Mesulam M, 2009, BRAIN, V132, P2553, DOI 10.1093/brain/awp138
Mesulam M, 2008, ANN NEUROL, V63, P709, DOI 10.1002/ana.21388
Mesulam M, 2009, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V66, P1545, DOI 10.1001/archneurol.2009.288
Mesulam MM, 2003, NEW ENGL J MED, V349, P1535, DOI 10.1056/NEJMra022435
Mesulam M- M., 2008, HDB CLIN NEUROLOGY, V89, P574
Mesulam MM, 2001, ANN NEUROL, V49, P425, DOI 10.1002/ana.91
MESULAM MM, 1982, ANN NEUROL, V11, P592, DOI 10.1002/ana.410110607
Mesulam MM, 2007, ALZ DIS ASSOC DIS, V21, pS8
MICELI G, 1984, CORTEX, V20, P207
MICELI G, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P351, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248937
Pearson K., 1956, EARLY STAT PAPERS
Sapolsky D, 2010, NEUROLOGY, V75, P358, DOI 10.1212/WNL.0b013e3181ea15e8
SHAPIRO LP, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P21, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90100-U
SHAPIRO LP, 1987, COGNITION, V27, P219, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(87)80010-0
Sonty SP, 2003, ANN NEUROL, V53, P35, DOI 10.1002/ana.10390
Thompson C. K., BEHAV NEURO IN PRESS
Thompson CK, 2007, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V19, P1753, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2007.19.11.1753
Thompson CK, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P20, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.584691
Thompson CK, 2003, J NEUROLINGUIST, V16, P151, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(02)00014-3
Thompson CK, 1995, CLIN APHASIOL, V23, P121
Thompson CK, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P473, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248485
Thompson CK, 2010, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V22, P1993, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2009.21334
Thompson CK, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P297, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248473
Vanier M, 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C, P37
WILLIAMS SE, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V32, P124, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90120-9
WILSON M, 1988, BEHAV RES METH INSTR, V20, P6, DOI 10.3758/BF03202594
ZINGESER LB, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P14, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90002-X
NR 64
TC 14
Z9 14
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 5
SI SI
BP 632
EP 655
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.676852
PG 24
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 945XY
UT WOS:000304311400003
ER
PT J
AU Wright, HH
Capilouto, GJ
AF Wright, Heather Harris
Capilouto, Gilson J.
TI Considering a multi-level approach to understanding maintenance of
global coherence in adults with aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Discourse; Narratives; Macrolinguistics; Aphasia; Coherence
ID LEXICAL DIVERSITY; DISCOURSE ANALYSIS; NARRATIVES; COMPREHENSION
AB Background: Discourse is a naturally occurring, dynamic form of communication. Coherence is one aspect of discourse and is a reflection of the listener's ability to interpret the overall meaning conveyed by the speaker. Adults with aphasia may present with impaired maintenance of global coherence, which in turn may contribute to their difficulties in overall communicative competence.
Aims: The aim of the study was to determine if microlinguistic processes contribute to maintenance of global coherence in adults with and without aphasia.
Method & Procedures: Participants included 15 adults with aphasia (PWA) and 15 healthy controls (HC). Study participants told stories conveyed in wordless picture books. The discourse samples were transcribed and then analysed for percent of information units produced, lexical diversity, syntactic complexity, and maintenance of global coherence.
Outcomes & Results: Several linear regression models were carried out to investigate the relationship among the microlinguistic and macrolinguistic measures. For the control group, percent of information units conveyed was a significant predictor of maintenance of global coherence for stories told. For the aphasia group, percent of information units conveyed and lexical diversity were significant predictors of maintenance of global coherence for stories told.
Conclusions: Results indicated that microlinguistic processes contribute to the maintenance of global coherence in stories told by adults with aphasia. These findings have important clinical implications for using a multi-level discourse model for analysing discourse ability in adults with aphasia and measuring individual response to treatment.
C1 [Wright, Heather Harris] Arizona State Univ, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, Tempe, AZ 85287 USA.
[Capilouto, Gilson J.] Univ Kentucky, Dept Rehabil Sci, Lexington, KY USA.
RP Wright, HH (reprint author), Arizona State Univ, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, POB 870102, Tempe, AZ 85287 USA.
EM heather.wright.1@asu.edu
FU National Institute on Aging [R01AG029476]
FX This research was supported by the National Institute on Aging Grant
R01AG029476. We are especially grateful to the study participants. We
also thank the volunteers and graduate assistants in the Aging and Adult
Language Lab at ASU and the Discourse Processing Lab at UK for
assistance with transcription and language analyses.
CR Agar M., 1982, DISCOURSE PROCESS, V5, P1
Bliss L. S., 2006, CONT ISSUES COMMUNIC, V33, P126
Brady M, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P731, DOI 10.1080/02687030500141430
BROWNELL HH, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P247, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248918
CHRISTIANSEN JA, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V51, P291, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1062
Coelho C, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P173, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000590
Day A., 1985, GOOD DOG CARL
Deser T., 1990, BRAIN LANG, V40, P67
Dijkstra K, 2004, J NEUROLINGUIST, V17, P263, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(03)00048-4
Duran P, 2004, APPL LINGUIST, V25, P220, DOI 10.1093/applin/25.2.220
Fergadiotis G, 2011, THESIS ARIZONA STATE
Fergadiotis G, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P1414, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.603898
Fergadiotis G., 2011, NEW TRENDS EXP PSYCH
Fergadiotis G, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P1261, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.606974
Glosser G., 1992, J GERONTOL B-PSYCHOL, V47, P266
Jakobson R., 1980, FRAMEWORK LANGUAGE
Kertesz A., 2007, W APHASIA BATTERY
KINTSCH W, 1978, PSYCHOL REV, V85, P363, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.85.5.363
Krahn F., 1978, GREAT APE
Loban W., 1976, LANGUAGE DEV KINDERG
MacWhinney B., 2000, CHILDES PROJECT TOOL, V1
Malvern D., 1997, BRIT S AP L, P58
Marini A, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P1372, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.584690
McCarthy PM, 2010, BEHAV RES METHODS, V42, P381, DOI 10.3758/BRM.42.2.381
McCully E. A., 1984, PICNIC
McKee G., 2000, Literary & Linguistic Computing, V15, DOI 10.1093/llc/15.3.323
NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338
Olness GS, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P1393, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.599365
Schneider P., 2005, EDMONTON NARRATIVE N
Shadden B, 1997, SEMINARS SPEECH LANG, V18
Shadden B B, 1997, Semin Speech Lang, V18, P143, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1064069
Sherratt S, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P375, DOI 10.1080/02687030600911435
Tomoeda CK, 1996, ALZ DIS ASSOC DIS, V10, P204, DOI 10.1097/00002093-199601040-00006
Ulatowska H. K., 1990, DISCOURSE ABILITY BR, P180
Ulatowska HK, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V91, P42, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.06.024
Wright H. H., 2012, COGN AG C ATL GA
Wright H. H., 2011, GLOBAL COHEREN UNPUB
Wright HH, 2010, PROCD SOC BEHV, V6, P111, DOI 10.1016/j.sbspro.2010.08.056
NR 38
TC 6
Z9 6
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 5
SI SI
BP 656
EP 672
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.676855
PG 17
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 945XY
UT WOS:000304311400004
ER
PT J
AU Burns, MI
Baylor, CR
Morris, MA
McNalley, TE
Yorkston, KM
AF Burns, Michael I.
Baylor, Carolyn R.
Morris, Megan A.
McNalley, Thomas E.
Yorkston, Kathryn M.
TI Training healthcare providers in patient-provider communication: What
speech-language pathology and medical education can learn from one
another
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Patient-provider communication; Communication disorders; Medical
education
ID STANDARDIZED PATIENTS; CONVERSATION PARTNERS; CONTROLLED TRIAL;
DECISION-MAKING; BAD-NEWS; APHASIA; PEOPLE; SKILLS; STUDENTS;
PARTICIPATION
AB Background: While the field of speech-language pathology and medical education both provide training to improve the abilities of their students to communicate with patients, these fields rarely interact or collaborate with one another to maximise the effectiveness of this training. With a recent emphasis on the communication needs of patients with aphasia and other communication disorders in healthcare, and barriers these patients often face in accessing healthcare services, it has become increasingly important to review current research regarding patient-provider communication training, as well as what speech-language pathology and medical education can learn from one another in this area.
Aims: The purpose of this literature review was (1) to examine the impact of communication disorders on patient-provider communication, (2) to identify gaps in current patient-provider communication training in medical education that speech-language pathology can help fill, and (3) to highlight innovations in medical education that may enhance the clinical training of speech-language pathology students.
Main Contributions: There is a significant body of research to demonstrate the effectiveness of patient-provider communication training in medical education. However, research and training in this area often neglects patients with aphasia and other communication disorders, who are more vulnerable to medical errors and poorer health outcomes than patients without communication disorders. Speech-language pathologists (SLPs) are uniquely qualified to train other healthcare providers in communication techniques to use with patients with communication disorders. The field of speech-language pathology can also benefit from using patient-provider communication frameworks and standardised patients to improve student training and service delivery for patients with communication disorders.
Conclusions: Collaboration between speech-language pathology and medical education can help to ensure the highest-quality healthcare services are offered to the patients they serve.
C1 [Burns, Michael I.; Baylor, Carolyn R.; Morris, Megan A.; McNalley, Thomas E.; Yorkston, Kathryn M.] Univ Washington, Dept Rehabil Med, Seattle, WA 98195 USA.
RP Yorkston, KM (reprint author), Univ Washington, Dept Rehabil Med, Box 356490, Seattle, WA 98195 USA.
EM Yorkston@u.washington.edu
FU NIH, NICHD [NCMRR: 5T32HD007424]; Walter C. and Anita Stolov Award
FX We would like to recognise the contribution of Bob Marshall PhD, who
always taught his trainees about the importance teaching other
professionals about communication disorders. We also acknowledge the
support of the NIH training grant, NICHD (NCMRR: 5T32HD007424) and the
Walter C. and Anita Stolov Award for funding part of this work.
CR Back AL, 2007, ARCH INTERN MED, V167, P453, DOI 10.1001/archinte.167.5.453
Baile W F, 2000, Oncologist, V5, P302, DOI 10.1634/theoncologist.5-4-302
Bartlett G, 2008, CAN MED ASSOC J, V178, P1555, DOI 10.1503/cmaj.070690
Baylor C., 2011, AM J SPEECH LANGUAGE
Blackstone S, 2011, ASHA PERSPECTIVES CO, V18, P3
Bowyer MW, 2010, J SURG RES, V159, P462, DOI 10.1016/j.jss.2009.04.032
Cunningham R, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P687, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000184
Duffy FD, 2004, ACAD MED, V79, P495, DOI 10.1097/00001888-200406000-00002
Edwards M, 2009, PATIENT EDUC COUNS, V75, P37, DOI 10.1016/j.pec.2008.09.025
Egnew TR, 2004, ACAD MED, V79, P737, DOI 10.1097/00001888-200408000-00004
Elwyn G, 2001, PATIENT EDUC COUNS, V43, P5, DOI 10.1016/S0738-3991(00)00149-X
Fallowfield L, 2002, LANCET, V359, P650, DOI 10.1016/S0140-6736(02)07810-8
Foley M E, 1997, J Contin Educ Nurs, V28, P198
Fox A, 2005, DISABIL REHABIL, V27, P1399, DOI 10.1080/09638280500052567
Hemsley B, 2008, J DEV PHYS DISABIL, V20, P257, DOI 10.1007/s10882-007-9095-z
Hill AE, 2010, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V12, P259, DOI 10.3109/17549500903082445
Hoffman JM, 2005, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V14, P221, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2005/022)
Hoffmann T, 2004, DISABIL REHABIL, V26, P1166, DOI 10.1080/09638280410001724816
Howe TJ, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P618, DOI 10.1080/02687030701536024
Howe TJ, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1092
Kagan A, 2002, J COMMUN DISORD, V35, P153, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(02)00062-X
Kagan A, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P624, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2001/051)
Law J, 2005, DISABIL SOC, V20, P169, DOI 10.1080/09687590500059267
Legg C, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P559, DOI 10.1080/0268703054400029
Lipkin M, 2010, HDB COMMUNICATION ON, P3
Losh DP, 2005, ACAD MED, V80, P118, DOI 10.1097/00001888-200502000-00002
Brunett PH, 2001, ACAD MED, V76, P390
Makoul G, 2001, PATIENT EDUC COUNS, V45, P23, DOI 10.1016/S0738-3991(01)00136-7
Mauksch LB, 2008, ARCH INTERN MED, V168, P1387, DOI 10.1001/archinte.168.13.1387
McCooey R., 2000, NEUROGENIC COMMUNICA, P295
Mead N, 2000, SOC SCI MED, V51, P1087, DOI 10.1016/S0277-9536(00)00098-8
Morris M, 2011, THESIS U WASHINGTON
Murphy J, 2006, HEALTH EXPECT, V9, P49, DOI 10.1111/j.1369-7625.2006.00366.x
Nordehn G, 2006, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V13, P68, DOI 10.1310/5K2W-P6CD-EFDF-8HG4
Patak L, 2004, HEART LUNG, V33, P308, DOI 10.1016/j.hrtlng.2004.02.002
Pound C, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P23, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798212
Purdy M, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P377, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000822
Rayner H, 2003, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V38, P149, DOI 10.1080/1368282021000060308
Rose TA, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P947, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000319
Roth Craig S, 2002, Acad Med, V77, P746, DOI 10.1097/00001888-200207000-00035
Sheldon L. K, 2005, CLIN J ONCOL NURS, V9, P305, DOI 10.1188/05.CJON.305-312
Simmons-Mackie NN, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P39, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798287
Syder D, 1996, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V31, P181
The Joint Commission, 2010, ADV EFF COMM CULT CO
Thompson T. L., 2003, HDB HLTH COMMUNICATI
Tulsky James A, 2005, J Palliat Med, V8 Suppl 1, pS95
Turner S, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P483, DOI 10.1080/02687030600589991
Yorkston KM, 2008, DISABIL REHABIL, V30, P425, DOI 10.1080/09638280701625328
Zabar S, 2010, PATIENT EDUC COUNS, V80, P248, DOI 10.1016/j.pec.2009.11.015
Ziviani J, 2004, J INTELLECT DEV DIS, V29, P211, DOI 10.1080/13668250412331285163
Zraick RI, 2003, ADV HEALTH SCI EDUC, V8, P237, DOI 10.1023/A:1026015430376
NR 51
TC 7
Z9 7
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 5
SI SI
BP 673
EP 688
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.676864
PG 16
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 945XY
UT WOS:000304311400005
ER
PT J
AU Tompkins, CA
Scharp, VL
Meigh, KM
Blake, ML
Wambaugh, J
AF Tompkins, Connie A.
Scharp, Victoria L.
Meigh, Kimberly M.
Blake, Margaret Lehman
Wambaugh, Julie
TI Generalisation of a novel implicit treatment for coarse coding deficit
in right hemisphere brain damage: A single-participant experiment
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Language comprehension; Language comprehension treatment; Language
therapy; Right hemisphere; Brain damage; Coarse coding
ID DISCOURSE COMPREHENSION IMPAIRMENT; TIME-COURSE; AMBIGUITY RESOLUTION;
LEXICAL AMBIGUITY; SEMANTIC FEATURES; CONTEXTUAL BIAS; ADULTS; METAPHOR;
SUPPRESSION; INTEGRATION
AB Background: This manuscript reports generalisation effects of Contextual Constraint Treatment for an adult with right hemisphere brain damage (RHD). Contextual Constraint Treatment is designed to stimulate inefficient language comprehension processes implicitly, by providing linguistic context to prime, or constrain, the intended interpretations of treatment stimuli. The study participant had a coarse coding deficit, defined as delayed mental activation of particularly distant semantic features of words (e. g., rotten as a feature of "apple"). Treatment effects were expected to generalise to auditory comprehension of narrative discourse, and perhaps to figurative language interpretation, because coarse coding has been hypothesised and/or demonstrated to support these abilities.
Aims: This treatment study aimed to induce generalisation of Contextual Constraint Treatment in an adult with RHD with inefficient coarse coding.
Methods & Procedures: The participant in this study was a 75-year-old man with RHD and a coarse coding deficit. A single-participant experimental design across behaviours (stimulus lists) was used to document performance in baseline, treatment, and follow-up phases. Treatment consisted of providing brief, spoken context sentences to prestimulate, or constrain, intended interpretations of stimulus items. The participant made no explicit associations or metalinguistic judgements about the constraint sentences or stimulus words; rather these contexts served only as implicit primes. Probe tasks were adapted from prior work on coarse coding in RHD. The dependent measure was the percentage of responses that met predetermined response time criteria. There were two levels of contextual constraint, Strong and Moderate. Treatment for each item began with the provision of the Strong constraint context, to minimise the production or reinforcement of erroneous or exceedingly slow responses. Generalisation was assessed to a well-standardised measure of narrative discourse comprehension and to several metalinguistic tasks of figurative language interpretation.
Outcomes & Results: Treatment-contingent gains, associated with respectable effect sizes, were evident after a brief period of treatment on one stimulus list. Generalisation occurred to untrained items, suggesting that the treatment was facilitating the underlying coarse coding process. Most importantly, generalisation was evident to narrative comprehension performance, for both overall accuracy and accuracy in answering questions about implied information, and all of these gains were maintained through three follow-up sessions.
Conclusions: Although the results are still preliminary, this single-participant experimental design documents the potential for meaningful gains from a novel treatment that implicitly targets an underlying language comprehension process in an adult with RHD.
C1 [Tompkins, Connie A.; Scharp, Victoria L.; Meigh, Kimberly M.] Univ Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, PA 15260 USA.
[Blake, Margaret Lehman] Univ Houston, Houston, TX USA.
[Wambaugh, Julie] Univ Utah, Salt Lake City, UT USA.
[Wambaugh, Julie] VA Salt Lake City Healthcare Syst, Salt Lake City, UT USA.
RP Tompkins, CA (reprint author), Univ Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, PA 15260 USA.
EM tompkins@pitt.edu
FU National Institutes of Health (National Institute on Deafness and Other
Communication Disorders) [DC010182]
FX Preparation of this manuscript was supported by Grant #DC010182 from the
National Institutes of Health (National Institute on Deafness and Other
Communication Disorders).
CR [Anonymous], 1994, WEBSTERS ENCY UNABRI
[Anonymous], 2001, NEW OXFORD AM DICT
Atchley RA, 1999, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V13, P389, DOI 10.1037//0894-4105.13.3.389
Bayles K. A., 1993, ARIZONA BATTERY COMM
Beeman M, 1998, RIGHT HEMISPHERE LANGUAGE COMPREHENSION, P255
Benton A, 1983, CONTRIBUTIONS NEUROP
Blake ML, 2009, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V52, P373, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2009/07-0172)
Blake ML, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P423, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000868
Bloom M., 2003, EVALUATING PRACTICE
Brookshire R., 1993, DISCOURSE COMPREHENS
Coulson S, 2002, MEM COGNITION, V30, P958, DOI 10.3758/BF03195780
Dunn L. M., 1981, PEABODY PICTURE VOCA
Gernsbacher M. A., 1990, LANGUAGE COMPREHENSI
GERNSBACHER MA, 1991, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V17, P245, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.17.2.245
Grady Joseph E, 1999, AMST STUD THEORY HIS, P101
Joanette Y, 2004, PROTOCOLE MONTREAL E
Jung-Beeman M, 2005, TRENDS COGN SCI, V9, P712, DOI [10.1016/j.tics.2005.09.009, DOI 10.1016/J.TICS.2005.09.009]
Kintsch W., 1998, COMPREHENSION PARADI
KINTSCH W, 1988, PSYCHOL REV, V95, P163, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.95.2.163
Klepousniotou E, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V93, P308, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.10.011
Klepousniotou E, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V95, P365, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.03.001
Klepousniotou E, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V81, P205, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2518
Lehman-Blake MT, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P639, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2001/052)
Leon S.A., 2008, PERSPECT NEUROPHYSIO, V18, P66
Lundgren K, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P456, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.500809
Pynte J, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V55, P293, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0107
Radloff LS, 1977, J APPL PSYCHOL MEASU, V1, P385, DOI [DOI 10.1177/014662167700100306, 10.1177/014662167700100306]
Rosenbek JC, 2004, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V10, P786, DOI 10.1017/S135561770410502X
Rosenbek JC, 2006, J REHABIL RES DEV, V43, P379, DOI 10.1682/JRRD.2005.01.0029
Schneider W., 2002, E PRIME USERS GUIDE
Swinney D. A., 1991, UNDERSTANDING WORD S, P367
Tillman T, 1966, SAMTR6655 USAF AFSC
Tompkins C. A., 2012, APHASIA RELATED NEUR, P297
TOMPKINS CA, 1990, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V33, P307
TOMPKINS CA, 1991, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V34, P820
Tompkins C. A., 2008, PERSPECTIVES NEUROPH, V18, P45
Tompkins CA, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P119, DOI 10.1080/02687030601040861
Tompkins CA, 2000, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V43, P62
Tompkins CA, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P400, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2001/033)
TOMPKINS CA, 1992, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V35, P626
Tompkins CA, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P204, DOI 10.1080/02687030601125019
TOMPKINS CA, 1991, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V34, P1142
Tompkins CA, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P789, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.539784
Tompkins CA, 2004, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V47, P1380, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2004/103)
Vanhalle C, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P1127, DOI 10.1080/02687030050174665
Wilson B. A., 1987, BEHAV INATTENTION TE
NR 46
TC 2
Z9 2
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 5
SI SI
BP 689
EP 708
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.676869
PG 20
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 945XY
UT WOS:000304311400006
ER
PT J
AU Code, C
AF Code, Chris
TI Apportioning time for aphasia rehabilitation
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Treatment effectiveness; Treatment intensity; Quality of life
ID QUALITY-OF-LIFE; THERAPY; STROKE; HEALTH; COMMUNICATION; RECOVERY;
IMPAIRMENTS; DISORDERS; PROGRAM; ONTARIO
AB Background: In the first issue of the first volume of Aphasiology in 1987, Robert Marshall contributed the first Clinical Forum Target Article entitled Reapportioning time for aphasia rehabilitation: A point of view (Marshall, 1987a), where he built an argument for spending more clinical time with aphasic people who would benefit better from treatment, than those less likely to.
Aim: This paper aims to revisit Dr. Marshall's 1987 question, but from a different perspective, by asking whether the time that we, as societies apportion to aphasia and aphasic people matches with what we have learnt about the effectiveness of treatment for aphasia in the past 25 years.
Method & Procedure: A short, unsystematic, review that examines recent evidence for the effectiveness of treatment for aphasic impairments. Results: While a wide range of evidence exists supporting the view that treatment for aphasic impairments can be effective, and that aphasia has a more devastating effect upon the lives of aphasic people and their families than any other disease or disability, there is still a significant gap between these findings and the amount of time provided by for treatment.
Conclusions: Many people with aphasia can benefit significantly from treatment for their impairments, and even people who have been aphasic for many years can make significant gains. What appears to be particularly important is that treatment should be intensive and of sufficient duration to be effective.
C1 Univ Exeter, Coll Life & Environm Sci, Washington Singer Labs, Exeter EX4 4QG, Devon, England.
RP Code, C (reprint author), Univ Exeter, Coll Life & Environm Sci, Washington Singer Labs, Exeter EX4 4QG, Devon, England.
EM c.f.s.code@exeter.ac.uk
CR Bhogal SK, 2003, STROKE, V34, P987, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000062343.64383.D0
Cherney L. R., APHASIOLOGY IN PRESS
Code Chris, 1999, Seminars in Speech and Language, V20, P19, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1064006
Code C, 2011, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V13, P3, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2010.520090
Code C., 2003, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V13, P365
Code C, 2003, DISABIL REHABIL, V25, P1231, DOI 10.1080/09638280310001599961
Code C, 2010, SEMINARS SPEECH LANG, V31
Cranfill TB, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P957, DOI 10.1080/02687030903452624
Cruice M, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P333, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000707
Dickey L, 2010, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V91, P196, DOI 10.1016/j.apmr.2009.09.020
Enderby P, 2002, CLIN REHABIL, V16, P604, DOI 10.1191/0269215502cr505oa
Enderby P., 2011, TIME TEAM ARCHAEOLOG
Fridriksson J, 2010, J NEUROSCI, V30, P11558, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.2227-10.2010
Geva S, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P543, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.534803
Greener J., 1999, COCHRANE LIB
Hamilton R. H., APHASIOLOGY IN PRESS
HANSON WR, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P19, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248973
Hartwigsen G., APHASIOLOGY IN PRESS
Hilari K, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P365, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000725
Holland R., APHASIOLOGY IN PRESS
Katz RC, 2000, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V35, P303
Kelly H, 2010, COCHRANE DB SYST REV, DOI 10.1002/14651858.CD000425.pub2
Kerr J, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P1170, DOI 10.1080/02687030903383738
Kirmess M, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P725, DOI 10.1080/02687030903437682
Kurland J, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P737, DOI 10.1080/02687030903524711
Lam JMC, 2010, MED CARE, V48, P380, DOI 10.1097/MLR.0b013e3181ca2647
Marshall R. C., 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P59, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248812
Marshall R. C., 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P91, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248816
Mason C, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P245, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.489258
Meinzer M, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P271, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.530672
Page SJ, 2012, APHASIOLOGY, V26, P127, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.636027
Paul NA, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P1095, DOI 10.1080/02687030903383720
Pound C, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P435, DOI 10.1080/02687030902875759
Pulvermuller F, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P563, DOI 10.1080/02687030701612213
Pulvermuller F, 2001, STROKE, V32, P1621
Rawlins M, 2008, CLIN MED, V8, P579
Ross KB, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P355, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000716
Sherratt S, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P1132, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.577285
Simmons-Mackie N, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P837, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000185
Sorin-Peters R, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P1511, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.494829
Vickers CP, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P902, DOI 10.1080/02687030903438532
Weekes BS, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P123, DOI 10.1080/02687030902958274
Wertz R. T., 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P87, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248815
NR 43
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 5
SI SI
BP 729
EP 735
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.676892
PG 7
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 945XY
UT WOS:000304311400008
ER
PT J
AU Dai, EYL
Kong, APH
Weekes, BS
AF Dai, Elaine Yi Ling
Kong, Anthony Pak Hin
Weekes, Brendan Stuart
TI Recovery of naming and discourse production: A bilingual anomic case
study
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Cross-linguistic; Lexical retrieval; Verbs and nouns; Discourse
production
ID CROSSED APHASIA; CHINESE; CONCRETENESS; ACQUISITION; DEFICITS; SPEAKERS;
IMAGERY; NOUNS; BRAIN; MODEL
AB Background: Differential language recovery in bilingual speakers with aphasia is of interest for theoretical reasons. One issue concerns the interaction between languages (L1-L2), word class (noun versus verb), and language task (naming versus discourse production in recovery). No study has examined this issue in Chinese speakers with aphasia who speak two dialects such as Cantonese and Mandarin that have different phonological and syntactic properties.
Aims: We compared the patterns of confrontation naming and discourse production in YF, a Cantonese-Mandarin speaker with a chronic mild anomic aphasia after stroke. Our prediction was that there would be an interaction between the language, word class, and language task.
Methods & Procedures: Naming was examined in Cantonese (L1) and Mandarin (L2) with an adaptation of the Object and Action Naming Battery (Druks & Masterson, 2000). Discourse production in L1 and L2 was analysed with the Quantitative Production Analysis (Berndt, Wayland, Rochon, Saffran, & Schwartz, 2000) and Conversation Analysis Profile for People with Aphasia (Whitworth, Perkins, & Lesser, 1997).
Outcomes & Results: There were no significant differences in object and action naming or in discourse production between dialects. However there was an effect of word class on naming in L2, with object naming better than action naming in Mandarin, but not in Cantonese (L1).
Conclusions: Word class had an effect on recovery in YF's less-dominant language as in other cases of bilingual aphasia. The interaction between word class and language status in a Cantonese-Mandarin speaker suggests that this pattern of recovery is robust across languages.
C1 [Dai, Elaine Yi Ling; Kong, Anthony Pak Hin; Weekes, Brendan Stuart] Univ Hong Kong, Commun Sci Lab, Div Speech & Hearing Sci, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
[Kong, Anthony Pak Hin] Univ Cent Florida, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Orlando, FL 32816 USA.
RP Weekes, BS (reprint author), Univ Hong Kong, Commun Sci Lab, Div Speech & Hearing Sci, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
EM weekes@hku.hk
CR Almagro Y., 2003, COGNITIVA, V15, P33, DOI 10.1174/021435503762800932
[Anonymous], 2006, XINHUA ZIDIAN
[Anonymous], 2010, XIANDAI HANYU CIDIAN
Ansaldo AI, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P309, DOI 10.1080/02687030902958423
APRIL RS, 1980, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V37, P342
APRIL RS, 1977, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V34, P766
BATES E, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P123, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90149-U
Berndt R. S., 2000, QUANTITATIVE PRODUCT
CHARLTON MH, 1964, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V29, P307
Crystal D., 1997, CAMBRIDGE ENCY LANGU
DEBOT K, 1992, APPL LINGUIST, V13, P1, DOI 10.1093/applin/13.1.1
Druks J., 2000, OBJECT ACTION NAMING
Edmonds LA, 2006, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V49, P729, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2006/053)
Fabbro F, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V79, P201, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2480
FEYEREISEN P, 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V26, P401, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(88)90094-2
Fung R. S. - Y., 2009, LANGUAGE DISORDERS S, P1
Gibbons John, 1987, CODE MIXING CODE CHO
GILHOOLY KJ, 1980, BEHAV RES METH INSTR, V12, P395, DOI 10.3758/BF03201693
Hernandez M, 2007, J NEUROLINGUIST, V20, P285, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2006.10.002
Hernandez M, 2008, BRAIN LANG, V107, P68, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2008.01.006
HIRSH KW, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V11, P435, DOI 10.1080/02643299408251981
Kambanaros M, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V97, P162, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.10.001
Kambanaros M, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P210, DOI 10.1080/02687030902958332
Kong A. P. H., 2004, J MULTILINGUAL COMMU, V2, P124
Kong APH, 2009, J COMMUN DISORD, V42, P442, DOI 10.1016/j.jcomdis.2009.06.002
Law S. P., 2009, LANGUAGE DISORDERS S, P222
Law S.-P., 2001, J PSYCHOL CHINESE SO, V2, P211
Lebrun Y., 1995, ASPECTS BILINGUAL AP, P11
Li C. N., 1981, MANDARIN CHINESE FUN
Menn L, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P523, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248434
Miozzo M, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P262, DOI 10.1080/02687030902958381
NICKELS L, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V33, P1281, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(95)00102-9
PAIVIO A, 1968, J EXP PSYCHOL, V76, P1, DOI 10.1037/h0025327
PARADIS M, 1993, FOUNDATIONS OF APHASIA REHABILITATION, P413
Paradis M, 2008, HANDBOOK OF THE NEUROSCIENCE OF LANGUAGE, P341, DOI 10.1016/B978-008045352-1.00033-1
Paradis M., 1987, ASSESSMENT BILINGUAL
Pearce JMS, 2005, EUR NEUROL, V54, P127, DOI 10.1159/000089083
Poncelet M, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V103, P158, DOI 10.1016/j.band1.2007.07.078
Ross Claudia, 2006, MODERN MANDARIN CHIN
ULATOWSKA HK, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P317, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90074-3
ULATOWSKA HK, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V13, P345, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90100-0
Weekes B, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P1, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249440
Weekes BS, 2005, BEHAV NEUROL, V16, P51
Weekes BS, 2008, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V25, P411, DOI 10.1080/02643290802057311
Whitworth A, 1997, CONVERSATION ANAL PR
YIU EML, 1992, J NEUROLINGUIST, V7, P379, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(92)90025-R
Yiu EML, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P505, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248433
NR 47
TC 2
Z9 2
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 6
BP 737
EP 756
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.645013
PG 20
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 948VE
UT WOS:000304530100001
ER
PT J
AU Anjarningsih, HY
Haryadi-Soebadi, RD
Gofir, A
Bastiaanse, R
AF Anjarningsih, Harwintha Yuhria
Haryadi-Soebadi, Ratna D.
Gofir, Abdul
Bastiaanse, Roelien
TI Characterising agrammatism in Standard Indonesian
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Agrammatism; Spontaneous speech; Indonesian
ID BROCAS APHASIA; SENTENCE PRODUCTION; SPONTANEOUS SPEECH; VERB; ENGLISH;
ADULTS
AB Background: The spontaneous speech of speakers of Standard Indonesian (SI) with agrammatic Broca's aphasia has not yet been characterised, although there are features of SI that are relevant for the discussion of agrammatic speech.
Aims: The purpose of this study was to find the characteristic features of agrammatism in SI. SI is spoken by about 200 million people and it is important for clinical and rehabilitation purposes to characterise agrammatism in SI.
Methods & Procedures: A total of 21 adults (6 with Broca's aphasia and 15 without history of neurological problems) participated in the study; 300 words of a spontaneous speech sample from each participant underwent syntactic and morphological analyses. The study focused on the defining characteristics of SI agrammatic speech, analysing syntactic and morphological variables.
Outcomes & Results: The study showed that some characteristics of agrammatic speech in Indo-European languages are also found in SI (slower speech rate, shorter MLU, simpler sentence structure, fewer syntactic particles). However, there are also results that are typical for SI agrammatic speech (normal/above normal verb production, overuse of inflectional affixes compared to derivational ones, normal production of sentences with non-canonical word order, such as passives).
Conclusions: For the first time, features of SI agrammatic speech are described. Agrammatic SI can be characterised by a low speech rate and the production of short sentences, just as in other languages. However, several characteristics that have been reported for other languages (e.g., reduced use of verbs) have not been found for SI agrammatic speech, whereas there are agrammatic characteristics in SI that have not been mentioned before for other languages (e.g., reduced number of derivational morphemes, combined with normal number of inflectional morphemes and good access to passive structures). It is argued that this is inherent to the structure of SI. The value of the variables for clinical purposes is discussed.
C1 [Anjarningsih, Harwintha Yuhria] Univ Groningen, Grad Sch Humanities, NL-9700 AS Groningen, Netherlands.
[Anjarningsih, Harwintha Yuhria] Univ Indonesia, Dept Linguist, Depok, West Java, Indonesia.
[Haryadi-Soebadi, Ratna D.] Airlangga Univ, Soetomo Hosp, Sch Med, Dept Phys Med & Rehabil, Surabaya, Indonesia.
[Gofir, Abdul] Gadjah Mada Univ, Fac Med, Dept Neurol, Yogyakarta, Indonesia.
[Bastiaanse, Roelien] Univ Groningen, Univ Med Ctr Groningen, CLCG, Groningen, Netherlands.
RP Anjarningsih, HY (reprint author), Univ Groningen, Grad Sch Humanities, POB 716, NL-9700 AS Groningen, Netherlands.
EM h.y.anjarningsih@med.umcg.nl
FU Ministry of National Education of the Republic of Indonesia
FX This research was supported by a doctoral scholarship given to Harwintha
Yuhria Anjarningsih by the Ministry of National Education of the
Republic of Indonesia. The authors would like to thank Lise Menn and two
anonymous reviewers for their very helpful comments on an earlier
version of this paper. We thank Jelita Lesar, Rizky Ariyanto, Tyas
Charunisa, Yunitha Pusparani, and Risha Amalia for assistance in
collecting data from the NBDs and Wuryanto Aksan, Euis Helmy, Zulkarnaen
Yasin, Ira Wirjono, and Vivin Dianca for assistance at the hospitals
where the Broca participants were met. We also thank Katherine McCurdy
for her helpful comments on the manuscript.
CR Abuom TO, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P559, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.538417
Alwi H., 2003, TATA BAHASA BAKU BAH
Anjarningsih HY, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P1562, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.626844
BASTIAANSE R, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V48, P1, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1001
Bastiaanse R, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P951, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249463
Bastiaanse R, 2005, J NEUROLINGUIST, V18, P57, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2004.11.006
Bastiaanse R, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P298, DOI 10.1080/02687030500474922
BROOKSHIRE RH, 1994, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V37, P399
Butar-Butar M., 1976, THESIS INDIANA U US
Cameron RM, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P671, DOI 10.1080/02687030903443813
Chaer A., 1994, LINGUISTIK UMUM
Dharmaperwira-Prins R. I. I., 1996, TES AFASIA UNTUK DIA
Goodglass H., 1976, STUDIES NEUROLINGUIS, V1
Hidajat L., 2010, THESIS U DELAWARE NE
Huang Y, 1995, LINGUISTICS, V33, P1081, DOI 10.1515/ling.1995.33.6.1081
Jalil SB, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P415, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.489259
Jonkers R., 1998, THESIS U GRONINGEN N
Keraf G., 1991, TATA BAHASA RUJUKAN
Kirmess M, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P725, DOI 10.1080/02687030903437682
Kridalaksana H., 1999, TATA WACANA DE UNPUB
Links P, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P1303, DOI 10.1080/02687030903437666
Lubis H. H., 1991, JENGGALA BAHASA INDO
Martohardjono G., 1993, THESIS CORNELL U NY
McCall D, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P438, DOI 10.1080/02687030701818000
Paradis M, 2001, J NEUROLINGUIST, V14, P85, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(01)00009-4
PLATT JT, 1975, ANTHROPOL LINGUIST, V17, P363
Poedjosoedarmo G., 1986, NUSA, V25, P1
Postman W. A., 2002, THESIS CORNELL U NY
Postman WA, 2004, J NEUROLINGUIST, V17, P455, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2004.09.001
Pusat Bahasa Departemen Pendidikan Nasional, 2005, KAM BES BAH IND
Quinn G., 2001, LEARNERS DICT TODAYS
Rossi E., 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P347
SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8
Sanchez M. E., 1996, THESIS U BRIT COLOMB
Sie I. D., 1989, THESIS U AMSTERDAM N
Stack M., 2011, WORD ORDER INT UNPUB
Stark JA, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P709, DOI 10.1080/02687030903524729
Subroto E., 1985, PIBSI 7, VVII
Thompson CK, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P1242, DOI 10.1080/02687030903474255
Thompson CK, 1995, CLIN APHASIOL, V23, P121
Tjung Y., 2006, THESIS U DELAWARE NE
VERMEULEN J, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P252, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90064-3
Yiu EML, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P623, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248440
NR 43
TC 4
Z9 4
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 6
BP 757
EP 784
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.648370
PG 28
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 948VE
UT WOS:000304530100002
ER
PT J
AU Sahraoui, H
Nespoulous, JL
AF Sahraoui, Halima
Nespoulous, Jean-Luc
TI Across-task variability in agrammatic performance
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Agrammatism; Adaptation; Task variability
ID BROCAS APHASIA; SENTENCE PRODUCTION; QUANTITATIVE-ANALYSIS; ADAPTATION
THEORY; LANGUAGE; SPEECH; DEFICITS; SPEAKERS; SYNTAX
AB Background: As agrammatism is, at least partly, an adaptive behaviour, we investigated how compensation strategies manifest themselves in agrammatic performance.
Aims: Within a functional theoretical framework of language use we conducted an in-depth exploration of across-task variability in agrammatic patients' oral production, submitting the morphosyntactic properties of their utterances to quantitative and qualitative analyses. Methods & Procedures: We designed an original data collection protocol comprising four tasks with increasing situational constraints (gradual manipulation of two external factors: use of instructions and presence or absence of pictures), in order to prompt the production of (i) spontaneous speech, (ii) narrative speech, (iii) descriptive speech and, finally, (iv) isolated sentences. We administered the tasks to six French-speaking agrammatic patients and nine normal controls, yielding the equivalent of 9 hours of speech data. We then conducted a multi-level and fine-grained analysis of the agrammatic and control corpora to assess oral production, entailing both morphological (open-vs closed-class word distribution, frequency of determiners, verb inflections) and syntactic aspects (sententials, non-sententials, well-formedness).
Outcomes & Results: Results revealed across-task variability, suggesting that participants tended to adjust the morphosyntactic aspects of their speech according to task-dependent factors. Moreover, trade-offs were observed between morphosyntactic accuracy and oral fluency (i. e., speech rate), further pointing to the agrammatic patients' ability to gradually vary grammatical accuracy according to task constraints, rather than as a function of the limited online processing resources available to them. Results showed that agrammatic speakers used a variety of strategies to improve or reduce their grammatical accuracy according to task constraints.
Conclusions: Agrammatic speakers rely excessively on ellipsis in spontaneous speech, and on corrective or monitoring strategies in elicited speech. Thus adaptation strategies vary from one task to another, depending on the type of speech to be produced (connected vs disconnected) and monitoring factors (attention allocated to formal encoding). Finally this study confirms the usefulness of functional and compensation-oriented therapies in aiding recovery from agrammatic aphasia.
C1 [Sahraoui, Halima; Nespoulous, Jean-Luc] Univ Toulouse, OCTOGONE Jacques Lordat Unit, Toulouse, France.
RP Sahraoui, H (reprint author), Univ Toulouse 2, Inst Sci Cerveau Toulouse IFR 96, Ctr Interdisciplinaire Sci Langage & Cognit, OCTOGONE Jacques Lordat EA 4156, 5 Allees Antonio Machado, F-31058 Toulouse 9, France.
EM sahraoui@univ-tlse2.fr
CR BASTIAANSE R, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V48, P1, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1001
Beeke S, 2007, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V42, P629, DOI 10.1080/13682820601160087
Beretta A., 2006, ENCY LANGUAGE LINGUI, P126
Blanche-Benveniste C., 1997, APPROCHES LANGUE PAR
Code C, 2011, J NEUROLINGUIST, V24, P136, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2009.12.007
DELL GS, 1986, PSYCHOL REV, V93, P283, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.93.3.283
de Roo E, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V86, P99, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00538-2
Fromkin V. A., 1995, BRAIN LANG, V50
Givon T., 1995, FUNCTIONALISM GRAMMA
GRODZINSKY Y, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P135, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90009-X
Grodzinsky Y, 2000, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V23, P1, DOI 10.1017/S0140525X00002399
Hartsuiker RJ, 2001, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V42, P113, DOI 10.1006/cogp.2000.0744
Heeschen C, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P365
Heeschen C., 1985, AGRAMMATISM, P207
Hofstede B. T. M., 1992, THESIS NIJMEGEN
HOFSTEDE BTM, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V46, P278, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1017
Isserlin M., 1922, Z GESAMTE NEUROLOGIE, P332
JAREMA G, 1984, LINGUISTIQUE, V20, P99
Kean M. L, 1985, AGRAMMATISM
Klein W., 1997, SECOND LANG RES, V13, P301, DOI DOI 10.1191/026765897666879396
Kolk H, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V77, P340, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2406
Kolk H, 1998, HDB NEUROLINGUISTICS, P250
KOLK H, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P221, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249075
Kolk H, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V101, P99, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.04.002
Kolk H., 2006, SYNTAX NONSENTENTIAL, P229
KOLK H, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V50, P282, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1049
KOLK H, 1992, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V7, P89, DOI 10.1080/01690969208409381
Kolk H. H. J., 1998, LINGUISTIC LEVELS AP, P193
Kolk H. H. J., 2006, ENCY LANGUAGE LINGUI, P119
KOLK HHJ, 1985, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V2, P347, DOI 10.1080/02643298508252666
Krashen S., 1981, 2 LANGUAGE ACQUISITI
LEVELT WILLEM, 1999, NEUROCOGNITION LANGU, P83
Menn Lise, 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C
Mounin G., 1967, LINGUISTIQUE, V2, P15
Nespoulous JL, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V71, P167, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2242
NESPOULOUS JL, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P273, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90069-7
Nespoulous JL, 2007, CLINICAL APHASIOLOGY: FUTURE DIRECTIONS, P107
Nespoulous J.-L., 1973, THESIS U TOULOUSE 2
Nespoulous J.-L., 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C, P623
Nespoulous J.-L., 1996, REEDUC ORTHOPH, V34, P423
Nespoulous J.-L., 1980, CAH PSYCHOL COGN, V23, P195
Oomen CCE, 2001, CORTEX, V37, P627, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70610-5
Peach RK, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P429, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000147
Pick A., 1913, AGRAMMATISCHEN SPR 1
Pillon A., 1994, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIE HUM, P389
Prins R, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P1075, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000534
RIOUL R., 1994, GRAMMAIRE METHODIQUE
Rochon E, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V72, P193, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2285
Ruiter MB, 2010, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V20, P423, DOI 10.1080/09602010903399287
SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8
Sahraoui H., 2009, THESIS TOULOUSE
Sahraoui H, 2010, PROCD SOC BEHV, V6, P115, DOI 10.1016/j.sbspro.2010.08.058
Salis C, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P1103, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000552
Schlenck K., 1995, BEHANDLUNG SCHWEREN
Sherratt S, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P375, DOI 10.1080/02687030600911435
Spreen O., 1973, PSYCHOLINGUISTICS AP, P141
Springer L, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V10, P279
Stark J., 1992, EVERYDAY LIFE ACTIVI
Stavrakaki S, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V86, P129, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00541-2
Tissot R., 1973, AGRAMMATISME ETUDE N
TOURATIER Christian, 1996, SYSTEME VERBAL FRANC
Wright HH, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P1295, DOI 10.1080/02687030902826844
NR 62
TC 2
Z9 2
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 6
BP 785
EP 810
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.650625
PG 26
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 948VE
UT WOS:000304530100003
ER
PT J
AU Shune, S
Duff, MC
AF Shune, Samantha
Duff, Melissa C.
TI Verbal play as an interactional discourse resource in early stage
Alzheimer's disease
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Alzheimer's disease; Hippocampus; Discourse; Verbal play; Social
interaction
ID HIPPOCAMPAL AMNESIA; COMMUNICATIVE RESOURCE; MEMORY; DEMENTIA; LANGUAGE;
EXPERIENCE; CLINICIAN; DAMAGE; WELL
AB Background: Verbal play, the creative and playful use of language to make puns, rhyme words, and tease, is a pervasive and enjoyable component of social communication and serves important interpersonal functions. The current study examines the use of verbal play in the communicative interactions of individuals with Alzheimer's disease as part of a broader programme of research on language-and-memory-in-use.
Aims: To document the frequency of verbal play in the communicative interactions of individuals with very mild Alzheimer's disease (AD) and their familiar communication partners and to characterise the interactional forms, resources, and functions of playful episodes.
Methods & Procedures: Using quantitative group comparisons and detailed discourse analysis we analysed verbal play in the interactional discourse of five participants with very mild AD and five healthy (demographically matched) comparison participants. Each participant interacted with a familiar partner while completing a collaborative referencing task, and with a researcher between task trials.
Outcomes & Results: A total of 1098 verbal play episodes were coded. Despite being in the early stages of AD, all the AD participants used verbal play. There were no significant group differences in the frequency of verbal play episodes or in the interactional forms, resources, or functions of those playful episodes between AD and healthy comparison pair sessions.
Conclusions: The successful use of verbal play in the interactions of individuals with very mild AD and their partners highlights an area of preserved social communication. These findings represent an important step, both clinically and for research, in documenting the rich ways in which individuals with early stage AD orchestrate interactionally meaningful communication with their partners through the use of interactional discourse resources like verbal play. This work also offers a promising clinical tool for tracking and targeting verbal play across disease progression.
C1 [Shune, Samantha; Duff, Melissa C.] Univ Iowa, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Iowa City, IA 52242 USA.
[Duff, Melissa C.] Univ Iowa, Dept Neurol, Div Behav Neurol & Cognit Neurosci, Iowa City, IA 52242 USA.
RP Duff, MC (reprint author), Univ Iowa, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, 250 Hawkins Dr, Iowa City, IA 52242 USA.
EM melissa-duff@uiowa.edu
FU NIDCD [1F32DC008825]; Fraternal Order of the Eagles; NINDS [P50 NS19632]
FX We thank M. Cartier, M. Hauser, K. Leners, L. Savicki, and L. Steinmetz
in the Communication and Memory Laboratory for assistance in data
coding, and Rupa Gupta and Margaret Miller for helpful comments on a
previous version this manuscript. Funding from NIDCD grant 1F32DC008825,
Fraternal Order of the Eagles, and NINDS P50 NS19632.
CR ADAMS E R, 1986, Activities Adaptation and Aging, V8, P157
Allen JS, 2006, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V28, P457, DOI 10.1080/13803390590949287
APPELL J, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V17, P73, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90006-2
Bassuk SS, 1999, ANN INTERN MED, V131, P165
Bayles K. A., 1991, J APPL GERONTOL, V10, P419, DOI 10.1177/073346489101000404
BAYLES KA, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P98, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90057-3
Bayles KA, 2007, COGNITIVE COMMUNICAT, P55
Bennett DA, 2006, LANCET NEUROL, V5, P406, DOI 10.1016/S1474-4422(06)70417-3
Bourgeois M. S., 2009, DEMENTIA DIAGNOSIS M
Braak H, 1990, ACTA NEUROPATHOL, V80, P239
Crystal David, 1998, LANGUAGE PLAY
Delis D.C., 1987, CALIFORNIA VERBAL LE
Duff M. C., 2011, COLLABORATIVE UNPUB
Duff MC, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P926, DOI 10.1080/02687030802533748
Duff MC, 2006, NAT NEUROSCI, V9, P140, DOI 10.1038/nn1601
Duff MC, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P702, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192265
Duff MC, 2011, PSYCHOL SCI, V22, P666, DOI 10.1177/0956797611404897
Duff MC, 2008, BRAIN LANG, V106, P41, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.10.004
Eichenbaum H, 2001, CONDITIONING CONSCIO
Feinstein JS, 2010, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V107, P7674, DOI 10.1073/pnas.0914054107
FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6
Gold JJ, 2005, HIPPOCAMPUS, V15, P79, DOI 10.1002/hipo.20032
Guendouzi J., 2006, APPROACHES DISCOURSE
Hamilton HE, 2008, ANNU REV APPL LINGUI, V28, P91, DOI 10.1017/S0267190508080069
Hamilton Heidi, 1994, CONVERSATIONS ALZHEI
Hengst JA, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P887, DOI 10.1080/02687030903478330
Hengst JA, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P312, DOI 10.1080/02687030500475010
Hengst JA, 2007, TOP LANG DISORD, V27, P37
Hertzog C., 2008, PSYCHOL SCI PUBL INT, V9, P1, DOI DOI 10.1111/J.1539-6053.2009.01034.X
Van Hoesen G W, 1991, Hippocampus, V1, P1, DOI 10.1002/hipo.450010102
Kurczek J, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P700, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.537345
Mayes AR, 2002, HIPPOCAMPUS, V12, P325, DOI 10.1002/hipo.1111
MCKHANN G, 1984, NEUROLOGY, V34, P939
Minati L, 2009, AM J ALZHEIMERS DIS, V24, P95, DOI 10.1177/1533317508328602
MORRIS JC, 1993, NEUROLOGY, V43, P2412
Nithianantharajah J, 2006, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V7, P697, DOI 10.1038/nrn1970
RAMANATHAN V, 1995, J PRAGMATICS, V23, P395, DOI 10.1016/0378-2166(94)00047-I
Ramanathan V., 1997, ALZHEIMERS DISCOURSE
Ripich DN, 1998, CLIN GERONTOLOGIST, V19, P37, DOI 10.1300/J018v19n02_04
Sabat S., 2001, EXPERIENCE ALZHEIMER
Salmon DP, 1999, CAN J EXP PSYCHOL, V53, P108, DOI 10.1037/h0087303
Schmidt M., 1996, REY AUDITORY VERBAL
Schuff N, 2009, BRAIN, V132, P1067, DOI 10.1093/brain/awp007
SHADDEN BB, 1995, TOP LANG DISORD, V15, P75
Sherzer J., 2002, SPEECH PLAY VERBAL A
Solomon JC, 1996, AM BEHAV SCI, V39, P249, DOI 10.1177/0002764296039003004
Straehle Carolyn, 1993, FRAMING DISCOURSE, P210
Tennant K F, 1990, J Gerontol Nurs, V16, P11
Tse M. Y., 2010, J AGING RES, DOI [10.4061/2010/343574., DOI 10.4061/2010/343574]
van Hoesen GW, 1987, HDB PHYSL 2, P871
van Praag H, 2000, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V1, P191, DOI 10.1038/35044558
Yorkston KM, 2010, PHYS MED REH CLIN N, V21, P309, DOI 10.1016/j.pmr.2009.12.011
NR 52
TC 2
Z9 2
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 6
BP 811
EP 825
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.650626
PG 15
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 948VE
UT WOS:000304530100004
ER
PT J
AU Rautakoski, P
AF Rautakoski, Pirkko
TI Self-perceptions of functional communication performance during total
communication intervention
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Functional communication; Group intervention; Self-assessment;
International Classification of Functionality, Disability and Health;
ICF
ID QUALITY-OF-LIFE; VISUAL ANALOG SCALES; CONVERSATION PARTNERS; SUPPORTED
CONVERSATION; TRAINING VOLUNTEERS; LONG-TERM; REAL-LIFE; APHASIA;
STROKE; THERAPY
AB Background: ICF dimensions Activity and Participation could be used to describe or assess functional communication. The new definition of functional communication contains all the available means of communication, total communication, as well as the support from environmental factors, for example communication partners. However, there are not many studies on how the participants self-assess the possible changes in functional communication performance after practising the use of total communication and guiding the communication partner.
Aims: The aim of the present study was to examine how people with moderate and severe aphasia perceive their functional communication performance and how their communication partners perceive it. The possible changes in this performance were also examined during an intervention concentrating on stimulating the use of total communication and guiding the communication partners to facilitate the use of different communication methods and support the interaction. The self-perceptions of the aphasic participants and the perceptions that the partners reported were also compared.
Methods & Procedures: The data were collected during regular rehabilitation courses, which were carried out in two parts (8 + 4 days) with a 3-month interval. A total of 38 respondents, mainly with moderate or severe aphasia, aged 26 to 65 years, and 38 of their partners aged 29 to 71 years participated in the study. The research involved an initial, interim, and delayed post-test questionnaire design stretched over a 9-month period. The Finnish version of the Communicative Effectiveness Index (CETI) (Lomas et al., 1989) was used. With the aphasic participants a pictorial version of the questionnaire was administered in the form of an interview.
Outcomes & Results: On a group level people with moderate and severe aphasia and their communication partners perceived major limitations in functional communication performance after aphasia. The communication partners perceived significant improvement in this performance during an intervention. Before the intervention people with aphasia estimated their functional communication performance to be significantly better than the partners did, but this difference disappeared during the intervention.
Conclusions: People with moderate and severe aphasia and their communication partners perceive major limitations in functional communication performance after aphasia. However, the communication partners in particular perceive improvement in it during intervention concentrating on total communication and guiding the partner. People with aphasia become more aware of the problems in their communication performance during the rehabilitation.
C1 Abo Akad Univ, Dept Psychol & Logoped, FI-20500 Turku, Finland.
RP Rautakoski, P (reprint author), Abo Akad Univ, Dept Psychol & Logoped, FI-20500 Turku, Finland.
EM pirkko.rautakoski@abo.fi
FU Finnish Cultural Foundation
FX This study was supported by grants from the Finnish Cultural Foundation.
The author would like to offer her sincere thanks to the participants
who contributed their time to the project, and to the Finnish Brain
Association.
CR Alexandra J., 2006, THERAPY OUTCOME MEAS
ATEN JL, 1982, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V47, P93
Byng S., 2000, ACQUIRED NEUROGENIC, P56
Cattell R. B., 1978, SCI USE FACTOR ANAL
Chapey R., 2000, ASHA LEADER, V5, P4
Christensen R., 1996, ANAL VARIANCE DESIGN
CROCKFORD C, 1994, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V29, P165
Cruice M, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P111, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000651
Cunningham R, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P687, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000184
Davis G, 1985, ADULT APHASIA REHABI
Doyle PJ, 2004, J CLIN EPIDEMIOL, V57, P997, DOI 10.1016/j.jclinepi.2003.11.016
Eadie TL, 2006, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V15, P307, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2006/030)
Engell B, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P383, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000734
Field A., 2003, DISCOVERING STAT USI
Fox L., 1996, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V12, P257, DOI 10.1080/07434619612331277718
Frattali C, 1995, AM SPEECH LANGUAGE H
Frattali C. M., 1997, MEASURING OUTCOMES S, P55
Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R
GREEN G, 1984, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V19, P35
GUILFORD AM, 1982, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V63, P601
Hesketh A, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P291, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.507818
Hilari K, 2003, STROKE, V34, P1944, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000081987.46660.ED
Holland Audrey L., 1998, Seminars in Speech and Language, V19, P249, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1064048
HOLLAND AL, 1982, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V47, P50
Holland A., 1998, COMMUNICATION ACTIVI
Hopper T, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P745, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000059
Howe TJ, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P1015, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000499
Hula WD, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P783, DOI 10.1080/02687030802526064
Kagan A, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P624, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2001/051)
Kagan A, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P258, DOI 10.1080/02687030701282595
Kagan A, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P816, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249575
Klippi A., 1994, KOMMUNIKAATION UNPUB
Laasanen H., 1998, THESIS U HELSINKI FI
Lawson R., 2001, APHASIA THERAPY FILE, P61
Lesser R., 1993, LINGUISTICS APHASIA
LOMAS J, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P113
Long A, 2009, CLIN REHABIL, V23, P846, DOI 10.1177/0269215509336055
Long AF, 2008, CLIN REHABIL, V22, P1083, DOI 10.1177/0269215508090091
WEWERS ME, 1990, RES NURS HEALTH, V13, P227, DOI 10.1002/nur.4770130405
LYON JG, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P33, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248687
Lyon JG, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P693, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249416
McVicker S, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P52, DOI 10.1080/02687030701688783
Nummenmaa T., 1997, TUTKIMUSAINEISTON AN
Parr S., 2000, NEUROGENIC COMMUNICA, P55
Penn C., 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P235, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248840
Pound C., 2002, APHASIA THERAPIES LI
Price CIM, 1999, STROKE, V30, P1357
Rautakoski P, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1269, DOI 10.1080/02687030802374788
Rautakoski P, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P344, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.530671
Rayner H, 2003, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V38, P149, DOI 10.1080/1368282021000060308
Ross A, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P427, DOI 10.1080/02687030500532786
Sacchett C, 1999, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V34, P265, DOI 10.1080/136828299247414
Sarno MT, 1969, FUNCTIONAL COMMUNICA
Sarno MT, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P665, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249414
SHEWAN CM, 1984, J COMMUN DISORD, V17, P175, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(84)90010-8
Simmons-Mackie Nina, 2007, Seminars in Speech and Language, V28, P244, DOI 10.1055/s-2007-986521
Simmons-Mackie N., 2000, NEUROGENIC COMMUNICA, P162
Simmons-Mackie NN, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P583, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000408
Sorin-Peters R., 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P565
Stern RA, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P59, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248455
Swinburn K., 2005, COMPREHENSIVE APHASI
Takala E., 1997, THESIS U HELSINKI FI
TAYLOR M L, 1965, Arch Phys Med Rehabil, V46, P101
Threats T, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P67, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798303
Turner S, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P483, DOI 10.1080/02687030600589991
van der Gaag A, 2005, CLIN REHABIL, V19, P372, DOI 10.1191/0269215505cr785oa
World Health Organisation, 2001, INT CLASS FUNCT DIS
Worrall L, 2002, J COMMUN DISORD, V35, P107, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(02)00060-6
Worrall L., 1995, TREATMENT APHASIA, P47
Worrall L, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P911
NR 70
TC 0
Z9 0
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 6
BP 826
EP 846
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.651710
PG 21
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 948VE
UT WOS:000304530100005
ER
PT J
AU Sajjadi, SA
Patterson, K
Tomek, M
Nestor, PJ
AF Sajjadi, Seyed Ahmad
Patterson, Karalyn
Tomek, Michal
Nestor, Peter J.
TI Abnormalities of connected speech in semantic dementia vs Alzheimer's
disease
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Neurodegenerative; Dementia; Speech analysis; Semantic dementia; Mild
Alzheimer's disease; Semi-structured interview; Picture description;
Connected speech
ID PRIMARY-PROGRESSIVE-APHASIA; FRONTOTEMPORAL LOBAR DEGENERATION; MILD
COGNITIVE IMPAIRMENT; LANGUAGE DECLINE; 3 VARIANTS; DISCOURSE; PATTERNS;
ERRORS; DEFICITS; CRITERIA
AB Background: Neurodegenerative syndromes are associated with varying degrees of language impairment. Connected speech analysis provides the most realistic measure of language function but its use has been restricted by operational constraints.
Aims: In this prospective study we assessed the relative utility of a picture description task and a semi-structured interview in exposing the language decline in semantic dementia (SD) and typical mild Alzheimer's disease (AD), compared to each other and to healthy volunteers.
Methods & Procedures: Our cohort comprised 16 patients with a clinical diagnosis of SD, 20 with mild typical AD, and 30 healthy participants. All speech samples were recorded during a face-to-face interview and were subjected to a well-controlled quantitative analysis.
Outcomes & Results: Our results suggest that (a) the picture description task is more sensitive to abnormalities in the semantic measures, whereas the interviews are better at exposing morpho-syntactic deficits; (b) circumlocution is not, as has sometimes been claimed, a salient feature of speech in SD; (c) increases in the frequency of hesitation markers and of phonological and syntactic errors are prominent features of language decline in mild AD; and (d) a 150-word interview sample is adequate to provide a realistic reflection of language impairment.
Conclusions: This study compared, for the first time, the two most commonly used methods of eliciting connected speech and documented many similarities in results from the two but also some salient differences in their sensitivity to specific aspects of language deficit. In addition, although replicating some aspects such as anomia, of what is already known about the language impairments in these two conditions, the study provides novel findings for both that could help clinicians in syndromic classification of anomic speech.
C1 [Sajjadi, Seyed Ahmad; Patterson, Karalyn; Tomek, Michal; Nestor, Peter J.] Univ Cambridge, Neurol Unit, Cambridge CB2 0SZ, England.
RP Nestor, PJ (reprint author), Univ Cambridge, Neurol Unit, Herchel Smith Bldg Brain & Mind Sci,Robinson Way, Cambridge CB2 0SZ, England.
EM pjn23@hermes.cam.ac.uk
FU Donald Forrester Trust; NIHR Cambridge Biomedical Research Centre
FX The authors wish to thank Robert J. Arnold for help in collecting
neuropsychological data. This work received funding from the Donald
Forrester Trust. It was also supported by the NIHR Cambridge Biomedical
Research Centre. The funding bodies had no involvement in the study
design, collection, analysis, or interpretation of the data.
CR Adlam ALR, 2006, BRAIN, V129, P3066, DOI 10.1093/brain/awl285
Alladi S, 2007, BRAIN, V130, P2636, DOI 10.1093/brain/awm213
Altmann LJP, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P1069, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2001/085)
Ash S, 2006, NEUROLOGY, V66, P1405, DOI 10.1212/01.wnl.0000210435.72614.38
Ash S, 2010, BRAIN LANG, V113, P13, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2009.12.001
Ash S, 2009, J NEUROLINGUIST, V22, P370, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2008.12.001
Berndt R. S., 2000, QUANTITATIVE PRODUCT
Bishop D. V. M., 1989, TEST RECEPTION GRAMM
Blair M, 2007, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V13, P237, DOI 10.1017/S1355617707070269
Bozeat S, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V38, P1207, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(00)00034-8
Bschor T, 2001, INT PSYCHOGERIATR, V13, P289, DOI 10.1017/S1041610201007682
Caplan D, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V63, P184, DOI 10.1006/brln.1998.1930
Chapman SB, 2002, ALZ DIS ASSOC DIS, V16, P177, DOI 10.1097/01.WAD.0000021660.89502.AD
Croot Karen, 2002, Seminars in Speech and Language, V23, P267, DOI 10.1055/s-2002-35800
Croot K, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V75, P277, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2357
Davis BH, 2009, AM J ALZHEIMERS DIS, V24, P141, DOI 10.1177/1533317508328138
Dubois B, 2007, LANCET NEUROL, V6, P734, DOI 10.1016/S1474-4422(07)70178-3
FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6
Forbes KE, 2002, BRAIN COGNITION, V48, P356, DOI 10.1006/brcg.2001.1377
Forbes-McKay KE, 2005, NEUROL SCI, V26, P243, DOI 10.1007/s10072-005-0467-9
Garrard P, 2010, NEUROCASE, V16, P520, DOI 10.1080/13554791003785901
GLOSSER G, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V40, P67, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90117-J
Gorno-Tempini ML, 2004, ANN NEUROL, V55, P335, DOI 10.1002/ana.10825
Gorno-Tempini ML, 2011, NEUROLOGY, V76, P1006, DOI 10.1212/WNL.0b013e31821103e6
Graham NL, 2004, NEUROCASE, V10, P141, DOI 10.1080/13554790490497256
Grossman M, 2008, NEUROLOGY, V70, P2036, DOI 10.1212/01.wnl.0000303816.25065.bc
Harciarek M, 2011, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V21, P271, DOI 10.1007/s11065-011-9175-9
Hodges JR, 2007, LANCET NEUROL, V6, P1004, DOI 10.1016/S1474-4422(07)70266-1
HODGES JR, 1992, BRAIN, V115, P1783, DOI 10.1093/brain/115.6.1783
Hoffmann I, 2010, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V12, P29, DOI 10.3109/17549500903137256
Hunt K. W., 1965, GRAMMATICAL STRUCTUR
Josephs KA, 2010, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V67, P596, DOI 10.1001/archneurol.2010.78
Kertesz A, 2010, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V67, P483, DOI 10.1001/archneurol.2010.55
Knibb JA, 2005, ALZ DIS ASSOC DIS, V19, pS7, DOI 10.1097/01.wad.0000183085.22562.13
Knibb JA, 2009, BRAIN, V132, P2734, DOI 10.1093/brain/awp207
Mesulam M, 2009, BRAIN, V132, P2553, DOI 10.1093/brain/awp138
Mesulam M, 2008, ANN NEUROL, V63, P709, DOI 10.1002/ana.21388
Mesulam M, 2009, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V66, P1545, DOI 10.1001/archneurol.2009.288
Mesulam MM, 2007, ALZ DIS ASSOC DIS, V21, pS8
Meteyard L, 2009, BRAIN LANG, V110, P121, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2009.03.007
Mioshi E, 2006, INT J GERIATR PSYCH, V21, P1078, DOI 10.1002/gps.1610
Neary D, 1998, NEUROLOGY, V51, P1546
Nestor PJ, 2003, ANN NEUROL, V54, P343, DOI 10.1002/ana.10669
Orange JB, 1998, J NEUROLINGUIST, V11, P153, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(98)00011-6
PATEL PG, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P1, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248638
Pereira JMS, 2009, NEUROLOGY, V72, P1653, DOI 10.1212/WNL.0b013e3181a55fa2
Ralph MAL, 2008, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V1124, P61, DOI 10.1196/annals.1440.006
Ratnavalli Ellajosyula, 2010, Ann Indian Acad Neurol, V13, pS109, DOI 10.4103/0972-2327.74255
RIPICH DN, 1988, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V53, P8
Rogalski E, 2011, J NEUROSCI, V31, P3344, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.5544-10.2011
Rohrer JD, 2010, NEUROLOGY, V75, P603, DOI 10.1212/WNL.0b013e3181ed9c6b
SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8
Seelaar H, 2011, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V82, P476, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.2010.212225
Swinburn K., 2004, COMPREHENSIVE APHASI
Thompson CK, 2007, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V16, P30, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2007/005)
Thompson CK, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P297, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248473
Vuorinen E, 2000, ALZ DIS ASSOC DIS, V14, P81, DOI 10.1097/00002093-200004000-00005
Wambaugh JL, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P521, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248488
Wechsler D, 1997, WECHSLER ADULT INTEL, V3rd
Weintraub S, 2009, AM J ALZHEIMERS DIS, V24, P408, DOI 10.1177/1533317509343104
Wilson SM, 2010, BRAIN, V133, P2069, DOI 10.1093/brain/awq129
NR 61
TC 5
Z9 5
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 6
BP 847
EP 866
DI 10.1080/02687038.2012.654933
PG 20
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 948VE
UT WOS:000304530100006
ER
PT J
AU Wright, HH
Fergadiotis, G
AF Wright, Heather Harris
Fergadiotis, Gerasimos
TI Conceptualising and measuring working memory and its relationship to
aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Attention; Aphasia; Language processing; Memory
ID SHORT-TERM-MEMORY; GENERAL FLUID INTELLIGENCE; LATENT-VARIABLE APPROACH;
INDIVIDUAL-DIFFERENCES; SENTENCE COMPREHENSION; IMMEDIATE MEMORY;
OLDER-ADULTS; CLINICAL-IMPLICATIONS; AUDITORY VIGILANCE; INHIBITORY
CONTROL
AB Background: General agreement exists in the literature that individuals with aphasia can exhibit a working memory deficit that contributes to their language-processing impairments. Although conceptualised within different working memory frameworks, researchers have suggested that individuals with aphasia have limited working memory capacity and impaired attention-control processes as well as impaired inhibitory mechanisms. However, across studies investigating working memory ability in individuals with aphasia, different measures have been used to quantify their working memory ability and identify the relationship between working memory and language performance.
Aims: The primary objectives of this article are (1) to review current working memory theoretical frameworks, (2) to review tasks used to measure working memory, and (3) to discuss findings from studies that have investigated working memory as they relate to language processing in aphasia.
Main Contribution: Although findings have been consistent across studies investigating working memory ability in individuals with aphasia, discussion of how working memory is conceptualised and defined is often missing, as is discussion of results within a theoretical framework. This is critical, as working memory is conceptualised differently across the different theoretical frameworks. They differ in explaining what limits capacity and the source of individual differences as well as how information is encoded, maintained, and retrieved. When test methods are considered within a theoretical framework, specific hypotheses can be tested and stronger conclusions that are less susceptible to different interpretations can be made.
Conclusions: Working memory ability has been investigated in numerous studies with individuals with aphasia. To better understand the underlying cognitive constructs that contribute to the language deficits exhibited by individuals with aphasia, future investigations should operationally define the cognitive constructs of interest and discuss findings within theoretical frameworks.
C1 [Wright, Heather Harris; Fergadiotis, Gerasimos] Arizona State Univ, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, Tempe, AZ 85287 USA.
RP Wright, HH (reprint author), Arizona State Univ, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, POB 870102, Tempe, AZ 85287 USA.
EM heather.wright.1@asu.edu
FU National Institute on Aging [R01AG029476]
FX This research was partially supported by the National Institute on Aging
Grant R01AG029476. We thank the two anonymous reviewers and Jamie Reilly
for their thoughtful comments on a previous version of this article.
CR Ackerman PL, 2002, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V131, P567, DOI 10.1037//0096-3445.131.4.567
ADAMS JA, 1966, J EXP PSYCHOL, V71, P314, DOI 10.1037/h0022846
Anderson JR, 1973, HUMAN ASS MEMORY, V1st
Anderson M. C., 1996, HDB PERCEPTION MEMOR, V10, P237
Baddeley A, 2003, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V4, P829, DOI 10.1038/nrn1201
Baddeley A, 2000, TRENDS COGN SCI, V4, P417, DOI 10.1016/S1364-6613(00)01538-2
BADDELEY A, 1984, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V36, P233
Baddeley A, 2001, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V130, P641, DOI 10.1037//0096-3445.130.4.641
Baddeley Alan, 1996, Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology Section A Human Experimental Psychology, V49, P5, DOI 10.1080/027249896392784
BADDELEY A, 1985, J MEM LANG, V24, P119, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(85)90019-1
BADDELEY AD, 1966, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V18, P362, DOI 10.1080/14640746608400055
Baddeley A. D., 2007, WORKING MEMORY THOUG
Baddeley A. D., 1986, WORKING MEMORY
Baddeley A. D., 1974, PSYCHOL LEARN MOTIV, V8, P47, DOI DOI 10.1016/S0079-7421(08)60452-1
BADDELEY AD, 1975, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V14, P575, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(75)80045-4
Baddeley AD, 2009, J MEM LANG, V61, P438, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2009.05.004
BALOTA DA, 1983, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V22, P88, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(83)80008-5
Bower G. H., 1981, THEORIES LEARNING, V5th
Broadbent D. E., 1975, STUDIES LONG TERM ME, P3
Broadbent D.E., 1958, PERCEPTION COMMUNICA
BROWN J, 1958, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V10, P12, DOI 10.1080/17470215808416249
Burgio F, 1997, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V35, P759, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(97)00014-6
Butler KM, 1999, MEM COGNITION, V27, P584, DOI 10.3758/BF03211552
Camos V, 2009, J MEM LANG, V61, P457, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2009.06.002
Campbell KL, 2010, EXP BRAIN RES, V201, P385, DOI 10.1007/s00221-009-2045-5
Caplan D, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P77
Caplan D, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P114, DOI 10.1017/S0140525X99441780
CARLSON MC, 1995, PSYCHOL AGING, V10, P427, DOI 10.1037//0882-7974.10.3.427
Caspari I, 1998, BRAIN COGNITION, V37, P205, DOI 10.1006/brcg.1997.0970
Christensen SC, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P752, DOI 10.1080/02687030903437690
CONNELLY SL, 1991, PSYCHOL AGING, V6, P533, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.6.4.533
CONRAD R, 1964, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V55, P429
CONRAD R, 1964, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V55, P75
Conway ARA, 2002, INTELLIGENCE, V30, P163, DOI 10.1016/S0160-2896(01)00096-4
Conway ARA, 2005, PSYCHON B REV, V12, P769, DOI 10.3758/BF03196772
Conway ARA, 2001, PSYCHON B REV, V8, P331, DOI 10.3758/BF03196169
Cowan N, 2008, PROG BRAIN RES, V169, P323, DOI 10.1016/S0079-6123(07)00020-9
COWAN N, 1988, PSYCHOL BULL, V104, P163, DOI 10.1037/0033-2909.104.2.163
Cowan N., 1999, MODELS WORKING MEMOR, P62, DOI DOI 10.1017/CB09781139174909.006
Cowan N, 1995, ATTENTION MEMORY INT
Cowan N., 2005, WORKING MEMORY CAPAC
Cowan N, 2001, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V24, P87, DOI 10.1017/S0140525X01003922
CROWDER RG, 1969, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V5, P365, DOI 10.3758/BF03210660
DANEMAN M, 1980, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V19, P450, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(80)90312-6
DANEMAN M, 1983, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V9, P561, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.9.4.561
Daneman M, 1996, PSYCHON B REV, V3, P422, DOI 10.3758/BF03214546
Downey R. A., 2004, CLIN APH C PARK CIT
Engle RW, 1999, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V128, P309, DOI 10.1037/0096-3445.128.3.309
Erickson RJ, 1996, BRAIN COGNITION, V30, P244, DOI 10.1006/brcg.1996.0016
ERICKSON TD, 1981, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V20, P540, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(81)90165-1
Friedmann N, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V86, P23, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00530-8
Gazzaley A, 2005, NAT NEUROSCI, V8, P1298, DOI 10.1038/nn1543
HAMM VP, 1992, PSYCHOL AGING, V7, P56, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.7.1.56
Hasher L., 2001, PERSPECTIVES HUMAN M, P286
Hasher L, 1999, ATTENTION PERFORM, V17, P653
Hasher L., 1988, PSYCHOL LEARN MOTIV, V22, P193, DOI DOI 10.1016/S0079-7421(08)60041-9
Hebb D.O., 1949, ORG BEHAV NEUROPSYCH
Hitch GJ, 2001, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V130, P184, DOI 10.1037//0096-3445.130.2.184
Hockey A, 2004, INTELLIGENCE, V32, P591, DOI 10.1016/j.intell.2004.07.009
Hula William D., 2008, Seminars in Speech and Language, V29, P169, DOI 10.1055/s-0028-1082882
Hull R, 2008, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V22, P508, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.22.4.508
Jaeggi SM, 2010, MEMORY, V18, P394, DOI 10.1080/09658211003702171
Jaeggi SM, 2010, INTELLIGENCE, V38, P625, DOI 10.1016/j.intell.2010.09.001
Jonides J, 1997, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V9, P462, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1997.9.4.462
JUST MA, 1992, PSYCHOL REV, V99, P122, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.99.1.122
Kane MJ, 2004, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V133, P189, DOI 10.1037/0096-3445.133.2.189
Kane MJ, 2007, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V33, P615, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.33.3.615
Kertesz A., 2007, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
Kim S, 2007, PSYCHON B REV, V14, P301, DOI 10.3758/BF03194068
KING J, 1991, J MEM LANG, V30, P580, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(91)90027-H
KIRCHNER WK, 1958, J EXP PSYCHOL, V55, P352, DOI 10.1037/h0043688
Kramer A. F., 2008, HDB AGING COGNITION, V3rd, P189
LaPointe L. L., 1998, READING COMPREHENSIO
LaPointe L. L., 1979, READING COMPREHENSIO
LAPOINTE LL, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P511, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248556
Laures-Gore J., 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P43
LEATHER CV, 1994, J EXP CHILD PSYCHOL, V58, P88, DOI 10.1006/jecp.1994.1027
Love T, 2002, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V31, P503, DOI 10.1023/A:1021208903394
MACDONALD MC, 1992, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V24, P56, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(92)90003-K
Martin N., 2008, INTERACTIONS SHORT T, P220
Martin N, 1997, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V14, P641
May C. P., 1994, COGN AG C ATL GA
May CP, 1999, MEM COGNITION, V27, P759, DOI 10.3758/BF03198529
May CP, 1998, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V24, P363, DOI 10.1037/0096-1523.24.2.363
McDonald RP, 1999, TEST THEORY UNIFIED
McDowd JM, 2000, HDB AGING COGNITION, V2nd, P221
McNeil M. R., 2008, CLIN APH C TET VILL
MEIER E, 1990, BRAIN COGNITION, V12, P161, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(90)90013-E
MIYAKE A, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V11, P671, DOI 10.1080/02643299408251989
Monetta L, 2008, J NEUROLINGUIST, V21, P400, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2007.11.002
MORAY N, 1959, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V11, P56, DOI 10.1080/17470215908416289
MURRAY DJ, 1968, J EXP PSYCHOL, V78, P679, DOI 10.1037/h0026641
MURRAY DJ, 1967, CAN J PSYCHOLOGY, V21, P263, DOI 10.1037/h0082978
Murray LL, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P91, DOI 10.1080/026870399402226
Norman D. A., 1980, COGNITIVE NEUROSCIEN, P376
Norman D. A, 1986, CONSCIOUSNESS SELF R, P1
Oberauer K, 2005, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V134, P368, DOI 10.1037/0096-3445.134.3.368
PETERSON LR, 1959, J EXP PSYCHOL, V58, P193, DOI 10.1037/h0049234
Pillsbury WB, 1940, J EXP PSYCHOL, V27, P532, DOI 10.1037/h0057238
Plude DJ, 1986, PSYCHOL AGING, V1, P4, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.1.1.4
Porch B. E., 2001, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC
RABBITT P, 1965, J GERONTOL, V20, P233
Raven J. C., 1998, PROGR MATRICES
REDER LM, 1991, J MEM LANG, V30, P385, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(91)90013-A
Repovs G, 2006, NEUROSCIENCE, V139, P5, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroscience.2005.12.061
Roberts R, 2002, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V31, P573, DOI 10.1023/A:1021213004302
Ronnberg J, 1996, SCAND J PSYCHOL, V37, P46, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9450.1996.tb00638.x
Rowe G, 2006, PSYCHOL AGING, V21, P826, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.21.4.826
Schmiedek F, 2009, PSYCHOL AGING, V24, P203, DOI 10.1037/a0014685
SHALLICE T, 1970, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V22, P261, DOI 10.1080/00335557043000203
Shamosh NA, 2008, PSYCHOL SCI, V19, P904, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9280.2008.02175.x
Shuster LI, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P811, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000309
Simons DJ, 1999, PERCEPTION, V28, P1059, DOI 10.1068/p2952
Sokolov E. N., 1963, PERCEPTION CONDITION
Spence K. W., 1968, ADV RES THEOR, P89
SPERLING G, 1960, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V74, P1
Spieler DH, 1996, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V22, P461, DOI 10.1037/0096-1523.22.2.461
Sung JE, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P1040, DOI 10.1080/02687030802592884
TOMPKINS CA, 1994, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V37, P896
WARRINGT.EK, 1969, BRAIN, V92, P885, DOI 10.1093/brain/92.4.885
WATERS G, 1991, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V8, P81, DOI 10.1080/02643299108253368
WATKINS MJ, 1974, PSYCHOL BULL, V81, P695, DOI 10.1037/h0036952
Wechsler D, 1981, WECHSLER ADULT INTEL
Wechsler D, 2003, WECHSLER MEMORY SCAL
Ween JE, 1996, NEUROLOGY, V47, P795
Wilde NJ, 2004, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V26, P539, DOI 10.1080/13803390490496605
Wright H. H., 2003, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V9, P302
Wright HH, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P802, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192414
Wright HH, 2005, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V14, P107, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2005/012)
Wright HH, 2011, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V54, P900, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2010/09-0253)
Yasuda K, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V75, P399, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2377
NR 131
TC 10
Z9 10
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 3-4
SI SI
BP 258
EP 278
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.604304
PG 21
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 910OT
UT WOS:000301649800002
ER
PT J
AU Caplan, D
Waters, G
Howard, D
AF Caplan, David
Waters, Gloria
Howard, David
TI Slave systems in verbal short-term memory
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Aphasiology; Neuropsychology; Psychosocial; Language; Brain
ID IMMEDIATE SERIAL-RECALL; STIMULUS SET SPECIFICITY; WORD-LENGTH;
IRRELEVANT SPEECH; WORKING-MEMORY; PHONOLOGICAL SIMILARITY; ARTICULATORY
SUPPRESSION; LEXICAL ACCESS; CONDUCTION APHASIA; UNATTENDED SPEECH
AB Background: The model of performance in short-termmemory (STM) tasks that has been most influential in cognitive neuropsychological work on deficits of STM is the "working memory" model mainly associated with the work of Alan Baddeley and his colleagues.
Aim: This paper reviews the model. We examine the development of this theory in studies that account for STM performances in normal (non-brain-damaged) individuals, and then review the application of this theory to neuropsychological cases and specifications, modifications, and extensions of the theory that have been suggested on the basis of these cases. Our approach is to identify the major phenomena that have been discussed and to examine selected papers dealing with those phenomena in some detail.
Main Contribution: The main contribution is a review of the WM model that includes both normative and neuropsychological data.
Conclusions: We conclude that the WM model has many inconsistencies and empirical inadequacies, and that cognitive neuropsychologists might benefit from considering other models when they attempt to describe and explain patients' performances on STM tasks.
C1 [Caplan, David] Massachusetts Gen Hosp, Dept Neurol, Neuropsychol Lab, Boston, MA 02114 USA.
[Waters, Gloria] Boston Univ, Sargent Coll, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, Boston, MA 02215 USA.
[Howard, David] Newcastle Univ, Sch Educ Commun & Language Sci, Newcastle Upon Tyne NE1 7RU, Tyne & Wear, England.
RP Caplan, D (reprint author), Massachusetts Gen Hosp, Dept Neurol, Neuropsychol Lab, 175 Cambridge St,Suite 340, Boston, MA 02114 USA.
EM dcaplan@partners.org
CR Allen R, 2006, J MEM LANG, V55, P64, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2006.02.002
Baddeley A, 2000, TRENDS COGN SCI, V4, P417, DOI 10.1016/S1364-6613(00)01538-2
BADDELEY A, 1994, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V47, P1047
BADDELEY A, 1984, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V36, P233
Baddeley A., 1998, Q J EXPT PSYCHOL A, V44A, P1
BADDELEY A, 1985, J MEM LANG, V24, P490, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(85)90041-5
Baddeley A, 1998, PSYCHOL REV, V105, P158, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.105.1.158
BADDELEY AD, 1966, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V18, P362, DOI 10.1080/14640746608400055
Baddeley A. D., 1977, ATTENTION PERFORM, VVI, P647
Baddeley A. D., 1966, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V5, P217
Baddeley AD, 2001, AM PSYCHOL, V56, P851, DOI 10.1037/0003-066X.56.11.851
Baddeley A. D., 1974, ADV RES THEOR, V8, P47
BADDELEY AD, 1975, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V14, P575, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(75)80045-4
BADDELEY AD, 1968, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V20, P249, DOI 10.1080/14640746808400159
BADDELEY AD, 1993, MEM COGNITION, V21, P146, DOI 10.3758/BF03202726
Baddeley AD, 2000, PSYCHON B REV, V7, P544, DOI 10.3758/BF03214369
BASSO A, 1982, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V20, P263, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(82)90101-4
Beaman C. P., 2007, P 29 ANN C COGN SCI, P89
BESNER D, 1987, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V39, P467
Bireta TJ, 2006, PSYCHON B REV, V13, P434, DOI 10.3758/BF03193866
BJORK RA, 1974, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V6, P173, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(74)90009-7
BOURASSA DC, 1994, PSYCHON B REV, V1, P122, DOI 10.3758/BF03200768
Bregman AS., 1990, AUDITORY SCENE ANAL
Brown GDA, 2007, PSYCHOL REV, V114, P539, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.114.3.539
BROWN J, 1958, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V10, P12, DOI 10.1080/17470215808416249
BURGESS N, 1992, J MEM LANG, V31, P429, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(92)90022-P
Burgess N, 1999, PSYCHOL REV, V106, P551, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.106.3.551
CAPLAN D, 1994, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V47, P1055
Caplan D., 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL I, P337, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511665547.019
CAPLAN D, 1992, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V45, P177
CAPLAN D, 1986, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V3, P99, DOI 10.1080/02643298608252671
CARAMAZZA A, 1986, BRAIN COGNITION, V5, P41, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(86)90061-8
COLLE HA, 1980, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V19, P722, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(80)90403-X
COLLE HA, 1976, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V15, P17, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(76)90003-7
CONRAD R, 1964, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V55, P429
CONRAD R, 1963, NATURE, V197, P1029, DOI 10.1038/1971029a0
CONRAD R, 1964, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V55, P75
Cowan N, 2006, PSYCHOL SCI, V17, P67, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9280.2005.01666.x
Cowan N, 1995, OXFORD PSYCHOL SERIE, V26
Cowan N, 2000, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V53, P647, DOI 10.1080/027249800410472
Cowan N., 1996, MODELS SHORT TERM ME
COWAN N, 1993, MEM COGNITION, V21, P162, DOI 10.3758/BF03202728
Cowan N, 2003, PSYCHON B REV, V10, P74, DOI 10.3758/BF03196469
COWAN N, 1992, J MEM LANG, V31, P1, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(92)90002-F
CRAIK FIM, 1970, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V9, P143, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(70)80042-1
CRAIK FIM, 1970, J EXP PSYCHOL, V86, P77, DOI 10.1037/h0029799
CRAIK FIM, 1968, PSYCHON SCI, V10, P353
CRAIK FIM, 1968, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V7, P996, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(68)80058-1
Crossman E. R. F. W., 1959, INFORM THEORY
DAMASIO H, 1980, BRAIN, V103, P337, DOI 10.1093/brain/103.2.337
DELL GS, 1991, PSYCHOL REV, V98, P604, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.98.4.604
DELL GS, 1986, PSYCHOL REV, V93, P283, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.93.3.283
Dell GS, 1997, PSYCHOL REV, V104, P801, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.104.4.801
Dell GS, 2007, J MEM LANG, V56, P490, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2006.05.007
Della Sala S, 1998, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V12, P533, DOI 10.1037//0894-4105.12.4.533
DellaSala S, 1997, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V7, P367
Farley LA, 2007, MEM COGNITION, V35, P156, DOI 10.3758/BF03195951
GLANZER M, 1974, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V13, P114, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(74)80036-8
GLANZER M, 1972, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V11, P403, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(72)80021-5
GLANZER M, 1966, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V5, P351, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(66)80044-0
Glenberg A. M., 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL HUM LE, V6, P335
Goodglass H, 1997, J Int Neuropsychol Soc, V3, P128
GREENE RL, 1986, PSYCHOL BULL, V99, P221, DOI 10.1037/0033-2909.99.2.221
Guerard K, 2009, EXP PSYCHOL, V56, P367, DOI 10.1027/1618-3169.56.5.367
Hall L. W., 1983, MEM COGNITION, V11, P520
HANLEY JR, 1987, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V78, P287
Hanten G, 2000, J MEM LANG, V43, P335, DOI 10.1006/jmla.2000.2731
Henson R. N., 2001, WORKING MEMORY PERSP, P177
Henson RNA, 1998, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V36, P73, DOI 10.1006/cogp.1998.0685
Henson RNA, 1996, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V49, P80, DOI 10.1080/027249896392810
Hinton G. E., 1987, P 9 ANN C COGN SCI S, P177
Howard D., 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL I
Howard D, 2005, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V22, P42, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000582
Howard D., 1988, MISSING MEANING COGN
Hulme C, 1999, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V25, P447, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.25.2.447
Hulme C, 2004, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V30, P98, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.30.1.98
HULME C, 1991, J MEM LANG, V30, P685, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(91)90032-F
Jalbert A, 2011, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V37, P338, DOI 10.1037/a0021804
Jalbert A, 2011, MEM COGNITION, V39, P1198, DOI 10.3758/s13421-011-0094-z
JOHNSTON RS, 1987, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V78, P205
JOHNSTON RS, 1982, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V73, P455
Jones D, 1999, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V25, P464, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.25.2.464
Jones D. M., 1993, ATTENTION SELECTION, P87
JONES DM, 1995, MEM COGNITION, V23, P192, DOI 10.3758/BF03197221
Jones DM, 2010, NOISE HEALTH, V12, P201, DOI 10.4103/1463-1741.70497
Jones DM, 2007, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V60, P505, DOI 10.1080/17470210601147598
Jones DM, 2006, J MEM LANG, V54, P265, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2005.10.006
JONES DM, 1995, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V21, P103, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.21.1.103
JONES DM, 1993, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V19, P369, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.19.2.369
JONES DM, 1993, MEM COGNITION, V21, P318, DOI 10.3758/BF03208264
Knott R, 1997, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V14, P1165, DOI 10.1080/026432997381303
KOHN SE, 1987, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V8, P245, DOI 10.1017/S0142716400000291
Larsen JD, 2003, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V56, P1249, DOI 10.1080/02724980244000765
Levelt W. J., 1989, SPEAKING INTENTION A
Lewandowsky S, 2008, PSYCHON B REV, V15, P875, DOI 10.3758/PBR.15.5.875
Logie RH, 1996, MEM COGNITION, V24, P305, DOI 10.3758/BF03213295
Lovatt P, 2002, J MEM LANG, V46, P227, DOI 10.1006/jmla.2001.2806
Lovatt P, 2000, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V53, P1, DOI 10.1080/027249800390646
Luce R. D., 1963, HDB MATH PSYCHOL, P103
Luce RD, 1959, INDIVIDUAL CHOICE BE
MACKEN WJ, 1995, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V21, P436, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.21.2.436
Macken WJ, 2009, PSYCHON B REV, V16, P139, DOI 10.3758/PBR.16.1.139
Macken WJ, 2003, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V56, P1279, DOI 10.1080/02724980245000052
MANN VA, 1980, MEM COGNITION, V8, P329, DOI 10.3758/BF03198272
Martin N, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P83, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0005
Martin N, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P464, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2003.12.004
Martin N, 1997, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V14, P641
MARTIN N, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V47, P609, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1061
Martin N, 2004, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P213, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000447
MARTIN RC, 1994, J MEM LANG, V33, P83, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1994.1005
Martin RC, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V70, P437, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2184
Martin RC, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P76, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00300-6
Martin RC, 1999, J MEM LANG, V41, P3, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1999.2637
MCCLELLAND JL, 1981, PSYCHOL REV, V88, P375, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.88.5.375
Miceli G., 1986, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, P235
MILLER GA, 1956, PSYCHOL REV, V63, P81, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.101.2.343
Mueller ST, 2003, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V29, P1353, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.29.6.1353
MURDOCK BB, 1995, MEM COGNITION, V23, P631, DOI 10.3758/BF03197264
MURDOCK BB, 1993, PSYCHOL REV, V100, P183, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.100.2.183
Neath I, 2003, PSYCHON B REV, V10, P430, DOI 10.3758/BF03196502
Neath I, 2009, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V62, P1551, DOI 10.1080/17470210902795640
NICKELS L, 1995, CORTEX, V31, P209
OCONNOR N, 1972, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V11, P46, DOI 10.3758/BF03212682
Page MPA, 2003, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V56, P1289, DOI 10.1080/02724980343000233
Page MPA, 1998, PSYCHOL REV, V105, P761, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.105.4.761-781
PETERSON LR, 1959, J EXP PSYCHOL, V58, P193, DOI 10.1037/h0049234
RICHARDSON JTE, 1975, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V14, P623, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(75)80049-1
Ricker TJ, 2010, WIRES COGN SCI, V1, P573, DOI 10.1002/wcs.50
Rochon E., 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V5, P231
Roodenrys S, 2002, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V28, P1019, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.28.6.1019
SAFFRAN E. M., 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL I, P145, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511665547.009
Saffran JR, 1996, SCIENCE, V274, P1926, DOI 10.1126/science.274.5294.1926
SAITO S, 1993, JPN J PSYCHOL, V64, P289
SAITO S, 1994, MEM COGNITION, V22, P181
SALAME P, 1986, B PSYCHONOMIC SOC, V24, P263
SALAME P, 1982, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V21, P150, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(82)90521-7
Service E, 1998, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V51, P283, DOI 10.1080/027249898391639
Shah P, 1996, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V125, P4, DOI 10.1037/0096-3445.125.1.4
Shallice T., 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY MENT
Shallice T., 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL I, P11, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511665547.003
SHALLICE T, 1977, BRAIN LANG, V4, P479, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(77)90040-2
SHALLICE T, 1970, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V22, P261, DOI 10.1080/00335557043000203
SHALLICE T, 1977, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V15, P729, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(77)90002-1
Shallice T., 1975, ATTENTION PERFORM, V5, P269
SHANKWEILER D, 1979, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V5, P531, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.5.6.531
SPERLING G, 1967, ACTA PSYCHOL, V27, P285, DOI 10.1016/0001-6918(67)90070-4
Sperling G., 1970, MODELS HUM MEMORY, P151
Surprenant AM, 2008, CAN J EXP PSYCHOL, V62, P141, DOI 10.1037/1196-1961.62.3.141
Thorn ASC, 2005, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V31, P729, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.31.4.729
Tolan GA, 2005, MEMORY, V13, P372, DOI 10.1080/09658210344000305
Tree JJ, 2011, ACTA PSYCHOL, V136, P11, DOI 10.1016/j.actpsy.2010.08.009
Turk-Browne NB, 2005, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V134, P552, DOI 10.1037/0096-3445.134.4.552
TZENG OJL, 1973, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V12, P436, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(73)80023-4
VALLAR G, 1987, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V4, P55, DOI 10.1080/02643298708252035
VALLAR G, 1986, BRAIN COGNITION, V5, P428, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(86)90044-8
VALLAR G, 1987, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V4, P417, DOI 10.1080/02643298708252046
Vallar G, 1997, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V35, P795, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(96)00127-3
Vallar G., 1995, HDB MEMORY DISORDERS, P135
Vallar G., 2002, HDB MEMORY DISORDERS, P249
Walker I, 1999, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V25, P1256, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.25.5.1256
Ward G., 2001, WORKING MEMORY PERSP, P219
WARRINGT.EK, 1971, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V9, P377, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(71)90002-9
WATERS GS, 1992, J MEM LANG, V31, P54, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(92)90005-I
WATKINS MJ, 1972, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V11, P644, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(72)80048-3
WATKINS MJ, 1973, J EXP PSYCHOL, V99, P226, DOI 10.1037/h0034651
WATKINS MJ, 1974, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V13, P430, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(74)80021-6
WICKELGREN WA, 1965, AM J PSYCHOL, V78, P567, DOI 10.2307/1420917
WICKELGR.WA, 1966, J EXP PSYCHOL, V72, P853, DOI 10.1037/h0023884
张武田, 1990, [心理学报, Acta Psychological Sinica], V22, P383
NR 169
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 3-4
SI SI
BP 279
EP 316
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.642795
PG 38
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 910OT
UT WOS:000301649800003
ER
PT J
AU Murray, LL
AF Murray, Laura L.
TI Direct and indirect treatment approaches for addressing short-term or
working memory deficits in aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Working memory; Short-term memory; Treatment; Memory training
ID TRAUMATIC BRAIN-INJURY; DIRECT-CURRENT STIMULATION; MILD APHASIA;
LANGUAGE PRODUCTION; EXECUTIVE FUNCTION; SENTENCE COMPREHENSION;
PROCESSING SUPPORT; READING IMPAIRMENT; COGNITIVE FUNCTION; OLDER-ADULTS
AB Background: A growing literature has documented that aphasia is frequently accompanied by deficits of short-term memory (STM) and working memory (WM), and that such memory impairments may negatively influence language abilities and aphasia treatment outcomes. Consequently, treating STM and WM impairments in individuals with aphasia should not only remediate these memory impairments but also positively affect their response to language therapy programmes.
Aims: This paper critically reviews the aphasia literature pertaining to remediating, directly or indirectly, STM and WM deficits. Memory treatment protocols developed for other disordered as well as healthy populations are also discussed as possible therapy approaches to consider in future aphasia research.
Main Contribution: Findings from a limited set of studies suggest that STM and WM impairments in individuals with aphasia do respond to treatment, and further that these treatments may also positively affect the language abilities of individuals with aphasia.
Conclusions: Further research is warranted to establish the reliability and validity of these preliminary findings and to explore application of these treatments as well as those developed for nonaphasic populations to individuals representing a broader spectrum of aphasia types and severities.
C1 Indiana Univ, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, Bloomington, IN 47405 USA.
RP Murray, LL (reprint author), Indiana Univ, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, 200 S Jordan, Bloomington, IN 47405 USA.
EM lmurray@indiana.edu
CR Aben L, 2008, J REHABIL MED, V40, P681, DOI 10.2340/16501977-0227
Adcock RA, 2009, SCHIZOPHRENIA BULL, V35, P1132, DOI 10.1093/schbul/sbp068
Alexander MP, 2006, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V12, P236, DOI 10.1017/S1355617706060309
Baddeley A, 2003, J COMMUN DISORD, V36, P189, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(03)00019-4
Baker JM, 2010, STROKE, V41, P1229, DOI 10.1161/STROKEAHA.109.576785
Baldo JV, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V92, P240, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.06.103
Bartha L, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V85, P93, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00502-3
Berry AS, 2010, PLOS ONE, V5, DOI 10.1371/journal.pone.0011537
Boggio PS, 2006, J NEUROL SCI, V249, P31, DOI 10.1016/j.jns.2006.05.062
Cahn BR, 2006, PSYCHOL BULL, V132, P180, DOI 10.1037/0033-2909.132.2.180
Caspari I, 1998, BRAIN COGNITION, V37, P205, DOI 10.1006/brcg.1997.0970
Catroppa C, 2006, Pediatr Rehabil, V9, P89, DOI 10.1080/13638490500155458
Chein JM, 2010, PSYCHON B REV, V17, P193, DOI 10.3758/PBR.17.2.193
Ciancarelli I, 2010, FUNCT NEUROL, V25, P81
Cicerone KD, 2002, BRAIN INJURY, V16, P185, DOI 10.1080/02699050110103959
Coelho CA, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P275, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000741
Colcombe S, 2003, PSYCHOL SCI, V14, P125, DOI 10.1111/1467-9280.t01-1-01430
Cornelissen K, 2003, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V15, P444, DOI 10.1162/089892903321593153
Cowan N, 2008, PROG BRAIN RES, V169, P323, DOI 10.1016/S0079-6123(07)00020-9
Crosson B, 1999, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V13, P171, DOI 10.1037//0894-4105.13.2.171
Crosson B, 2007, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V13, P582, DOI 10.1017/S1355617707070737
Dahlin E, 2009, RESTOR NEUROL NEUROS, V27, P405, DOI 10.3233/RNN-2009-0492
Deplanque D, 2009, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V80, P942, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.2009.174490
Duval J, 2008, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V18, P430, DOI 10.1080/09602010701573950
Fabre C, 2002, INT J SPORTS MED, V23, P415, DOI 10.1055/s-2002-33735
Fillingham JK, 2005, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V40, P505, DOI 10.1080/13682820500138572
Francis DR, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P723, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000201
Frankel T, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P814, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192448
Fridriksson J, 2010, J NEUROSCI, V30, P11558, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.2227-10.2010
Friedmann N, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V86, P23, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00530-8
GORDON WP, 1983, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V21, P325, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(83)90019-2
Holmes J., 2009, APPL COGNITIVE PSYCH, V24, P827
Horowitz-Kraus T, 2009, PLOS ONE, V4, DOI 10.1371/journal.pone.0007141
Howard D., 2011, APHASIOLOGY
Jaeggi SM, 2008, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V105, P6829, DOI 10.1073/pnas.0801268105
Jean L, 2010, AM J GERIAT PSYCHIAT, V18, P281, DOI 10.1097/JGP.0b013e3181c37ce9
Jee E. S., 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P1040
Jha AP, 2010, EMOTION, V10, P54, DOI 10.1037/a0018438
Jo JM, 2009, AM J PHYS MED REHAB, V88, P404, DOI 10.1097/PHM.0b013e3181a0e4cb
Jolles D., 2010, NEUROIMAGE, V52, P858
Jonides J, 1998, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V95, P8410, DOI 10.1073/pnas.95.14.8410
Kalinyak-Fliszar M., APHASIOLOGY IN PRESS
Kesner RP, 2009, BEHAV NEUROSCI, V123, P1, DOI 10.1037/a0014004
Kirschen MP, 2006, BEHAV NEUROL, V17, P187
Klingberg T, 2010, TRENDS COGN SCI, V14, P317, DOI 10.1016/j.tics.2010.05.002
Klusmann V, 2010, J GERONTOL A-BIOL, V65, P680, DOI 10.1093/gerona/glq053
Koenig-Bruhin M, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P448, DOI 10.1080/02687030600670593
Kolk H. H. J., 2006, SYNTAX NONSENTENTIAL
Levaux MN, 2009, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V19, P244, DOI 10.1080/09602010802091829
Linebarger M, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V100, P53, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.09.001
Linebarger MC, 2001, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V11, P57
Linebarger MC, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V75, P416, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2378
Linebarger MC, 2004, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P267, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000537
Lorenzen B., 2008, PERSPECT NEUROPHYS N, V18, P99, DOI DOI 10.1044/NNSLD18.3.99
Loukavenko EA, 2007, EUR J NEUROSCI, V26, P3267, DOI 10.1111/j.1460-9568.2007.05879.x
Lundqvist A, 2010, BRAIN INJURY, V24, P1173, DOI 10.3109/02699052.2010.498007
Mahncke HW, 2006, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V103, P12523, DOI 10.1073/pnas.0605194103
Majerus S, 2009, INTERACTIONS BETWEEN SHORT-TERM AND LONG-TERM MEMORY IN THE VERBAL DOMAIN, P244
Malouin F, 2004, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V85, P177, DOI 10.1016/S0003-9993(03)00771-8
Martin N., 2011, APHASIOLOGY
Martin Randi C., 2008, Seminars in Speech and Language, V29, P201, DOI 10.1055/s-0028-1082884
Mayer JF, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P727, DOI 10.1080/02687030143000870
Mcallister TW, 2004, BRAIN INJURY, V18, P331, DOI 10.1080/02699050310001617370
McDonald-Miszczak L, 1992, J GEN PSYCHOL, V47, P293
McDowell S, 1998, BRAIN, V121, P1155, DOI 10.1093/brain/121.6.1155
McGurk SR, 2007, AM J PSYCHIAT, V164, P1791, DOI 10.1176/appi.ajp.2007.07060906
Meinzer M, 2008, NEUROIMAGE, V39, P2038, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2007.10.008
Miniussi C, 2008, BRAIN STIMUL, V1, P326, DOI 10.1016/j.brs.2008.07.002
Miyake A, 2000, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V41, P49, DOI 10.1006/cogp.1999.0734
Muller U, 1998, J NEUROSCI, V18, P2720
Murray L, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P785, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000273
Murray L. L, 2004, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V12, pxxi
Murray LL, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V72, P40, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2281
Murray LL, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P993, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249423
Murray LL, 2006, J COMMUN DISORD, V39, P37, DOI 10.1016/j.jcomdis.2005.06.001
Ni W, 2000, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V12, P120, DOI 10.1162/08989290051137648
Nicholas M, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P1052, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000245
Ohn SH, 2008, NEUROREPORT, V19, P43, DOI 10.1097/WNR.0b013e3282f2adfd
Olesen PJ, 2004, NAT NEUROSCI, V7, P75, DOI 10.1038/nn1165
Osaka N, 2004, NEUROIMAGE, V21, P623, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimaging.2003.09.069
Oswald W.D., 2006, EUR J AGEING, V3, P179, DOI [10.1007/s10433-006-0035-z, DOI 10.1007/S10433-006-0035-Z]
Plenger PM, 1996, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V77, P536, DOI 10.1016/S0003-9993(96)90291-9
Redick TS, 2006, APPL COGNITIVE PSYCH, V20, P713, DOI 10.1002/acp.1224
Ronnberg J, 1996, SCAND J PSYCHOL, V37, P46, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9450.1996.tb00638.x
Rudner M, 2008, COGN PROCESS, V9, P19, DOI 10.1007/s10339-007-0183-x
Sander AM, 2007, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V16, P316, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2007/036)
Schmiedek F, 2010, FRONT AGING NEUROSCI, V2, DOI 10.3389/fnagi.2010.00027
Seniow J, 2009, J NEUROL SCI, V283, P91, DOI 10.1016/j.jns.2009.02.315
Serino A, 2007, BRAIN INJURY, V21, P11, DOI 10.1080/02699050601151811
Shipstead Z, 2010, PSYCHOL BELG, V50, P245
Sinotte MP, 2007, NEUROREHABILITATION, V22, P303
Smith PJ, 2010, PSYCHOSOM MED, V72, P239, DOI 10.1097/PSY.0b013e3181d14633
Sohlberg M. M, 2001, ATTENTION PROCESS TR
Swanson HL, 2010, J LEARN DISABIL-US, V43, P24, DOI 10.1177/0022219409338743
Takeuchi H, 2010, J NEUROSCI, V30, P3297, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.4611-09.2010
TOMPKINS CA, 1994, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V37, P896
Vallat C, 2005, BRAIN INJURY, V19, P1157, DOI 10.1080/02699050500110595
Vallat-Azouvi C, 2009, BRAIN INJURY, V23, P585, DOI 10.1080/02699050902970711
Vogt A, 2009, RESTOR NEUROL NEUROS, V27, P225, DOI 10.3233/RNN-2009-0473
Vukovic M, 2008, J COMMUN DISORD, V41, P531, DOI 10.1016/j.jcomdis.2008.04.001
Walker-Batson D, 2001, STROKE, V32, P2093, DOI 10.1161/hs0901.095720
Ween JE, 1996, NEUROLOGY, V47, P795
Westerberg H, 2007, BRAIN INJURY, V21, P21, DOI 10.1080/02699050601148726
Westerberg H, 2007, PHYSIOL BEHAV, V92, P186, DOI 10.1016/j.physbeh.2007.05.041
Whiting E, 2007, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V13, P972, DOI 10.1017/S1355617707071317
Zeidan F, 2010, CONSCIOUS COGN, V19, P597, DOI 10.1016/j.concog.2010.03.014
NR 106
TC 8
Z9 8
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 3-4
SI SI
BP 317
EP 337
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.589894
PG 21
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 910OT
UT WOS:000301649800004
ER
PT J
AU Baldo, JV
Katseff, S
Dronkers, NF
AF Baldo, Juliana V.
Katseff, Shira
Dronkers, Nina F.
TI Brain regions underlying repetition and auditory-verbal short-term
memory deficits in aphasia: Evidence from voxel-based lesion symptom
mapping
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Repetition; Short-term memory; Aphasia; Conduction aphasia; Temporal
cortex; Parietal cortex
ID SUPERIOR TEMPORAL GYRUS; WORKING-MEMORY; CONDUCTION APHASIA; ARCUATE
FASCICULUS; FRONTAL-CORTEX; NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL EVIDENCE; SELECTIVE
IMPAIRMENT; INFERIOR PARIETAL; PREFRONTAL CORTEX; WHITE-MATTER
AB Background: A deficit in the ability to repeat auditory-verbal information is common among individuals with aphasia. The neural basis of this deficit has traditionally been attributed to the disconnection of left posterior and anterior language regions via damage to a white matter pathway, the arcuate fasciculus. However, a number of lesion and imaging studies have called this notion into question.
Aims: The goal of this study was to identify the neural correlates of repetition and a related process, auditory-verbal short-term memory (AVSTM). Both repetition and AVSTM involve common elements such as auditory and phonological analysis and translation to speech output processes. Based on previous studies, we predicted that both repetition and AVSTM would be most dependent on posterior language regions in left temporo-parietal cortex.
Methods & Procedures: We tested 84 individuals with left hemisphere lesions due to stroke on an experimental battery of repetition and AVSTM tasks. Participants were tested on word, pseudoword, and number-word repetition, as well as digit and word span tasks. Brain correlates of these processes were identified using a statistical, lesion analysis approach known as voxel-based lesion symptom mapping (VLSM). VLSM allows for a voxel-by-voxel analysis of brain areas most critical to performance on a given task, including both grey and white matter regions.
Outcomes & Results: The VLSM analyses showed that left posterior temporo-parietal cortex, not the arcuate fasciculus, was most critical for repetition as well as for AVSTM. The location of maximal foci, defined as the voxels with the highest t values, varied somewhat among measures: Word and pseudoword repetition had maximal foci in the left posterior superior temporal gyrus, on the border with inferior parietal cortex, while word and digit span, as well as number-word repetition, were centred on the border between the middle temporal and superior temporal gyri and the underlying white matter.
Conclusions: Findings from the current study show that (1) repetition is most critically mediated by cortical regions in left posterior temporo-parietal cortex; (2) repetition and AVSTM are mediated by partially overlapping networks; and (3) repetition and AVSTM deficits can be observed in different types of aphasia, depending on the site and extent of the brain injury. These data have implications for the prognosis of chronic repetition and AVSTM deficits in individuals with aphasia when lesions involve critical regions in left temporo-parietal cortex.
C1 [Baldo, Juliana V.; Katseff, Shira; Dronkers, Nina F.] VA No Calif Hlth Care Syst, Martinez, CA USA.
[Katseff, Shira] Univ Calif Berkeley, Berkeley, CA 94720 USA.
[Dronkers, Nina F.] Univ Calif Davis, Davis, CA 95616 USA.
[Dronkers, Nina F.] Univ Calif San Diego, San Diego, CA 92103 USA.
RP Baldo, JV (reprint author), 150 Muir Rd,126R, Martinez, CA 94553 USA.
EM juliana@ebire.org
FU Department of Veterans Affairs Research Development; NIH/NINDS [5 P01
NS040813]; NIH/NIDCD [5 R01 DC00216]
FX This research was supported in part by the Department of Veterans
Affairs Research & Development, NIH/NINDS 5 P01 NS040813, and NIH/NIDCD
5 R01 DC00216. We would like to thank Brenda Redfern and Johnna Shapiro
for their assistance in the design of the stimuli. We are also very
thankful to the research volunteers who took part in this study.
CR Acheson DJ, 2011, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V23, P1358, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2010.21519
Anderson JM, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V70, P1, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2135
Awh E, 1995, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V769, P97, DOI 10.1111/j.1749-6632.1995.tb38134.x
Axer H, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V76, P317, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2425
Baddeley A, 2003, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V4, P829, DOI 10.1038/nrn1201
Baddeley A, 2000, TRENDS COGN SCI, V4, P417, DOI 10.1016/S1364-6613(00)01538-2
Baddeley A. D., 1994, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V8, P485, DOI [10.1037/0894-4105.8.4.485, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.8.4.485]
VALLAR G, 1984, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V23, P151, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(84)90104-X
Baldo J., ADV NEURAL SUBSTRATE
Baldo JV, 2008, BRAIN LANG, V105, P134, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.12.007
Baldo JV, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V20, P529, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.20.5.529
Baldo JV, 2000, PSYCHOBIOLOGY, V28, P156
Baldo JV, 2009, CTR RES LANGUAGE TEC, V21, P1
Bartha L, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V85, P93, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00502-3
Bates E, 2003, NAT NEUROSCI, V6, P448, DOI 10.1038/nn1050
BELLEVILLE S, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V43, P713, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90092-S
BENSON DF, 1973, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V28, P339
Bernal B, 2009, BRAIN, V132, P2309, DOI 10.1093/brain/awp206
Breier JI, 2008, AM J NEURORADIOL, V29, P483, DOI 10.3174/ajnr.A0846
Brett M, 2001, NEUROIMAGE, V14, P486, DOI 10.1006/nimg.2001.0845
BROWN J W, 1975, Cortex, V11, P37
Buchsbaum BR, 2011, BRAIN LANG, V119, P119, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2010.12.001
Buchsbaum BR, 2005, NEURON, V48, P687, DOI 10.1016/j.neuron.2005.09.029
BUTTERWORTH B, 1986, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V38, P705
CARAMAZZA A, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V14, P235, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90078-X
Catani M, 2005, ANN NEUROL, V57, P8, DOI 10.1002/ana.20319
Catani M, 2008, CORTEX, V44, P953, DOI 10.1016/j.cortex.2008.04.002
Chein JM, 2001, CEREB CORTEX, V11, P1003, DOI 10.1093/cercor/11.11.1003
Cohen J., 1988, STAT POWER ANAL BEHA, V2nd
COHEN J, 1992, PSYCHOL BULL, V112, P155, DOI 10.1037/0033-2909.112.1.155
Cohen JD, 1997, NATURE, V386, P604, DOI 10.1038/386604a0
DAMASIO H, 1980, BRAIN, V103, P337, DOI 10.1093/brain/103.2.337
D'Esposito M, 1999, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V37, P1303, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(99)00021-4
DESPOSITO M, 1995, NATURE, V378, P279, DOI 10.1038/378279a0
Dronkers N. F., 2009, NEW ENCY NEUROSCIENC, P343
Dronkers NF, 2004, COGNITION, V92, P145, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2003.11.002
Duffau H, 2002, BRAIN, V125, P199, DOI 10.1093/brain/awf016
Fridriksson J, 2010, J NEUROSCI, V30, P11057, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.1120-10.2010
GESCHWIN.N, 1972, SCI AM, V226, P76
Goodglass H., 1992, CONDUCTION APHASIA
Green E., 1977, STUDIES NEUROLINGUIS
Gruber O, 2001, CEREB CORTEX, V11, P1047, DOI 10.1093/cercor/11.11.1047
Henson RNA, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V38, P426, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(99)00098-6
Hickok G, 2003, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V15, P673, DOI 10.1162/089892903322307393
Hickok G, 2004, COGNITION, V92, P67, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2003.10.011
Honey GD, 2000, NEUROIMAGE, V12, P495, DOI 10.1006/nimg.2000.0624
Jonides J, 1998, J NEUROSCI, V18, P5026
KEMPLER D, 1988, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V45, P275
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Kimberg DY, 2007, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V19, P1067, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2007.19.7.1067
Kohler K, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P865, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249456
Leff AP, 2009, BRAIN, V132, P3401, DOI 10.1093/brain/awp273
Martin N, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P464, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2003.12.004
MARTIN RC, 1994, J MEM LANG, V33, P83, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1994.1005
MENDEZ MF, 1985, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V42, P886
Oishi K, 2008, NEUROIMAGE, V43, P447, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2008.07.009
Owen AM, 2005, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V25, P46, DOI 10.1002/hbm.20131
PAULESU E, 1993, NATURE, V362, P342, DOI 10.1038/362342a0
PETRIDES M, 1993, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V90, P878, DOI 10.1073/pnas.90.3.878
PETRIDES M, 1988, J COMP NEUROL, V273, P52, DOI 10.1002/cne.902730106
Postle BR, 1999, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V96, P12959, DOI 10.1073/pnas.96.22.12959
Quigg M, 2006, J NEUROSURG, V104, P845, DOI 10.3171/jns.2006.104.5.845
Quigg M, 1999, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V66, P393, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.66.3.393
Raven J. C., 1962, COLOURED PROGR MATRI
Ravizza SM, 2004, NEUROIMAGE, V22, P562, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2004.01.039
Ravizza SM, 2005, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V43, P2057, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2005.03.014
Rorden C, 2000, BEHAV NEUROL, V12, P191
SAFFRAN EM, 1975, BRAIN LANG, V2, P420, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(75)80081-2
Salmon E, 1996, BRAIN, V119, P1617, DOI 10.1093/brain/119.5.1617
Selnes OA, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P897, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000374
SHALLICE T, 1977, BRAIN LANG, V4, P479, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(77)90040-2
SHALLICE T, 1977, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V15, P729, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(77)90002-1
SHUREN JE, 1995, J NEUROL, V242, P596, DOI 10.1007/BF00868813
SMITH EE, 1995, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V7, P337, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1995.7.3.337
Turken And U, 2011, Front Syst Neurosci, V5, P1, DOI 10.3389/fnsys.2011.00001
Vallar G, 1997, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V35, P795, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(96)00127-3
WARRINGT.EK, 1969, BRAIN, V92, P885, DOI 10.1093/brain/92.4.885
WARRINGT.EK, 1971, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V9, P377, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(71)90002-9
Wernicke K., 1906, APHASIA SYMPTOM COMP
NR 79
TC 9
Z9 9
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 3-4
SI SI
BP 338
EP 354
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.602391
PG 17
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 910OT
UT WOS:000301649800005
ER
PT J
AU Attout, L
Van der Kaa, MA
George, M
Majerus, S
AF Attout, Lucie
Van der Kaa, Marie-Anne
George, Mercedes
Majerus, Steve
TI Dissociating short-term memory and language impairment: The importance
of item and serial order information
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Short-term memory
ID SELECTIVE IMPAIRMENT; DEEP DYSPHASIA; NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL EVIDENCE;
RELATIVE IMPORTANCE; PHONOLOGICAL LOOP; LEXICAL DATABASE;
WORKING-MEMORY; WORD-FREQUENCY; RECALL; FRENCH
AB Background: Selective verbal short-term memory (STM) deficits are rare, and when they appear, they are often associated with a history of aphasia, raising doubts about the selectivity of these deficits. Recent models of STM consider that STM for item information depends on activation of the language system, and hence item STM deficits should be associated with language impairment. By contrast, STM for order information is considered to recruit a specific system, distinct from the language system: this system could be impaired in patients with language-independent STM deficits.
Aims: We demonstrate here the power of the item-order distinction to separate STM and language impairments in two brain-damaged cases with STM impairment and a history of aphasia.
Methods & Procedures: Recognition and recall STM tasks, maximising STM for either item or order information were administered to patients MB and CG.
Outcomes & Results: Patient MB showed mild phonological impairment. As predicted, associated STM deficits were characterised by poor item STM but preserved order STM. On the other hand, patient CG showed no residual language deficits. His STM deficit was characterised by poor order STM but perfectly preserved item STM.
Conclusions: This study presents the first double dissociation between item and order STM deficits, and demonstrates the necessity of this distinction for understanding and assessing STM impairment in patients with and without aphasia.
C1 [Attout, Lucie; Majerus, Steve] Univ Liege, Dept Psychol Cognit & Behav, B-4000 Liege, Belgium.
[Van der Kaa, Marie-Anne; George, Mercedes] Univ Liege, Ctr Hosp, B-4000 Liege, Belgium.
[Majerus, Steve] Fund Sci Res FNRS, Brussels, Belgium.
RP Majerus, S (reprint author), Univ Liege, Dept Psychol Cognit & Behav, Blvd Rectorat,B33, B-4000 Liege, Belgium.
EM smajerus@ulg.ac.be
RI Majerus, Steve/D-4678-2009
FU Fonds de la Recherche Scientifique FNRS, Belgium
FX Steve Majerus is a Research Associate funded by the Fonds de la
Recherche Scientifique FNRS, Belgium. We thank all of the patients and
participants for their collaboration and their time devoted to this
study.
CR Bachy N., 1987, THESIS U LOUVAIN BEL
Baddeley A, 1998, PSYCHOL REV, V105, P158, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.105.1.158
Baddeley A. D., 1986, WORKING MEMORY
Baddeley A. D., 1974, PSYCHOL LEARN MOTIV, V8, P47, DOI DOI 10.1016/S0079-7421(08)60452-1
VALLAR G, 1984, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V23, P151, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(84)90104-X
BASSO A, 1982, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V20, P263, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(82)90101-4
Belleville S., 2003, J MEM LANG, V48, P685
Brown GDA, 2000, PSYCHOL REV, V107, P127, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.107.1.127
Burgess N, 2006, J MEM LANG, V55, P627, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2006.08.005
Burgess N, 1999, PSYCHOL REV, V106, P551, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.106.3.551
CONTENT A, 1990, ANN PSYCHOL, V90, P551
Crawford JR, 2003, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V9, P989, DOI 10.1017/S1355617703970032
Croot K, 1999, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V16, P705, DOI 10.1080/026432999380627
Gathercole SE, 1999, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V25, P84, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.25.1.84
Gupta P, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V59, P267, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1819
Gupta P, 2003, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V56, P1213, DOI 10.1080/02724980343000071
Hamilton AC, 2007, CORTEX, V43, P112, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70449-0
Henson R, 2003, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V56, P1307, DOI 10.1080/02724980244000747
Henson RNA, 1998, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V36, P73, DOI 10.1006/cogp.1998.0685
HOGENRAAD R, 1981, PSYCHOL BELG, V21, P21
HULME C, 1991, J MEM LANG, V30, P685, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(91)90032-F
Majerus S, 2006, NEUROIMAGE, V32, P880, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2006.03.048
Majerus S, 2009, INTERACTIONS BETWEEN SHORT-TERM AND LONG-TERM MEMORY IN THE VERBAL DOMAIN, P244
Majerus S, 2011, J MEM LANG, V64, P181, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2010.10.003
Majerus S, 2007, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V24, P131, DOI 10.1080/02643290600989376
Majerus S, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V95, P174, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.07.094
Majerus S, 2003, BRIT J DEV PSYCHOL, V21, P303, DOI 10.1348/026151003765264101
Majerus S, 2007, AM J MENT RETARD, V112, P79, DOI 10.1352/0895-8017(2007)112[79:VSMIIW]2.0.CO;2
Majerus S, 2008, COGNITION, V107, P395, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2007.10.003
Majerus S, 2004, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P491, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000104
Majerus S, 2006, J EXP CHILD PSYCHOL, V93, P95, DOI 10.1016/j.jecp.2005.07.005
Majerus S, 2001, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V18, P385, DOI 10.1080/02643290126060
Majerus S, 2010, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V22, P2570, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2009.21378
Majerus S, 2006, EUR J COGN PSYCHOL, V18, P848, DOI 10.1080/09541440500446476
Martin N, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P83, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0005
Martin N, 1997, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V14, P641
MARTIN N, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V43, P240, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90130-7
MARTIN RC, 1994, J MEM LANG, V33, P83, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1994.1005
Martin RC, 1999, J MEM LANG, V41, P3, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1999.2637
Mosse EK, 2010, J INTELL DISABIL RES, V54, P295, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2788.2010.01257.x
Nairne JS, 2004, J MEM LANG, V50, P113, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2003.09.005
Nespoulous J, 1992, PROTOCOLE MONTREAL T
New B, 2004, BEHAV RES METH INS C, V36, P516, DOI 10.3758/BF03195598
New B, 2001, ANN PSYCHOL, V101, P447
Page MPA, 1998, PSYCHOL REV, V105, P761, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.105.4.761-781
Poirier M, 1996, CAN J EXP PSYCHOL, V50, P408, DOI 10.1037/1196-1961.50.4.408
POIRIER M, 1995, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V48, P384
Romani C, 2008, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V61, P292, DOI 10.1080/17470210601147747
SAFFRAN EM, 1975, BRAIN LANG, V2, P420, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(75)80081-2
Soukup V M, 1998, Appl Neuropsychol, V5, P65, DOI 10.1207/s15324826an0502_2
Tan L, 2008, PSYCHON B REV, V15, P535, DOI 10.3758/PBR.15.3.535
Tubach J., 1990, CORPUS TRANSCRIPTION
Walker I, 1999, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V25, P1256, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.25.5.1256
WARRINGT.EK, 1969, BRAIN, V92, P885, DOI 10.1093/brain/92.4.885
WARRINGT.EK, 1971, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V9, P377, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(71)90002-9
WATKINS OC, 1977, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V3, P712, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.3.6.712
NR 56
TC 11
Z9 11
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 3-4
SI SI
BP 355
EP 382
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.604303
PG 28
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 910OT
UT WOS:000301649800006
ER
PT J
AU Hoffman, P
Jefferies, E
Ehsan, S
Jones, RW
Ralph, MAL
AF Hoffman, Paul
Jefferies, Elizabeth
Ehsan, Sheeba
Jones, Roy W.
Ralph, Matthew A. Lambon
TI How does linguistic knowledge contribute to short-term memory?
Contrasting effects of impaired semantic knowledge and executive control
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Short-term memory; Semantic knowledge; Syntax; Executive control;
Sentence repetition
ID IMMEDIATE SERIAL-RECALL; WORKING-MEMORY; SENTENCE COMPREHENSION;
LANGUAGE PRODUCTION; APHASIA EVIDENCE; STROKE APHASIA; LONG-TERM;
DEMENTIA; ORDER; COGNITION
AB Background: Linguistic knowledge makes an important contribution to verbal STM. Some theories, including Baddeley's original conception of the episodic buffer, hold that harnessing linguistic knowledge to support STM is executively demanding. However, some recent evidence suggests that the linguistic contribution does not depend on executive resources.
Aims: In this study we tested the hypothesis that activation of language representations is automatic and that executive control is most important when the material to be remembered is incompatible with this automatic activation.
Methods & Procedures: Word list recall was tested in three patients with transcortical sensory aphasia (TSA) following stroke. All had preserved word repetition and digit span but poor comprehension associated with impaired executive control. They were compared with two semantic dementia (SD) patients with degraded semantic representations but intact executive control. Patients repeated word lists that varied in their semantic and syntactic resemblance to meaningful sentences.
Outcomes & Results: The executively impaired TSA patients showed large benefits of semantic and syntactic structure, indicating that their executive deficits did not interfere with the normal linguistic contribution to STM. Instead they showed severe deficits in repetition of scrambled word lists that did not follow usual syntactic rules. On these, the patients changed the word order to better fit their existing knowledge of syntactic structure. In contrast, the SD patients had no problems repeating words in unusual sequences but their semantic knowledge degradation led to frequent phonological errors due to a loss of "semantic binding", the process by which semantic knowledge of words helps to constrain their phonological representation.
Conclusions: These findings suggest that linguistic support for STM consists of (a) automatic activation of semantic and syntactic knowledge and (b) executive processes that inhibit this activation when it is incompatible with the material to be remembered.
C1 [Hoffman, Paul; Ehsan, Sheeba; Ralph, Matthew A. Lambon] Univ Manchester, Sch Psychol Sci, Neurosci & Aphasia Res Unit, Manchester M13 9PL, Lancs, England.
[Jefferies, Elizabeth] Univ York, Dept Psychol, York YO10 5DD, N Yorkshire, England.
[Jones, Roy W.] Res Inst Care Older People RICE, Bath, Avon, England.
RP Hoffman, P (reprint author), Univ Manchester, Sch Psychol Sci, Neurosci & Aphasia Res Unit, Zochonis Bldg,Oxford Rd, Manchester M13 9PL, Lancs, England.
EM paul.hoffman@manchester.ac.uk
RI Hoffman, Paul/F-2730-2011; Lambon Ralph, Matthew/A-1695-2009; Jefferies,
Elizabeth/A-7981-2011
FU University of Manchester; MRC [G0501632]; NIMH [MH64445]
FX We are indebted to the patients and their carers for their generous
assistance with this study. PH was supported by a studentship from the
University of Manchester and the research was supported by grants from
the MRC (G0501632) and NIMH (MH64445).
CR Acheson DJ, 2009, PSYCHOL BULL, V135, P50, DOI 10.1037/a0014411
Albert M. L., 1981, CLIN ASPECTS DYSPHAS
Baddeley A, 2000, TRENDS COGN SCI, V4, P417, DOI 10.1016/S1364-6613(00)01538-2
Baddeley A. D., 1974, PSYCHOL LEARN MOTIV, V8, P47, DOI DOI 10.1016/S0079-7421(08)60452-1
Baddeley AD, 2009, J MEM LANG, V61, P438, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2009.05.004
Badre David, 2002, Behav Cogn Neurosci Rev, V1, P206, DOI 10.1177/1534582302001003002
BOURASSA DC, 1994, PSYCHON B REV, V1, P122, DOI 10.3758/BF03200768
Bozeat S, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V38, P1207, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(00)00034-8
Brener R, 1940, J EXP PSYCHOL, V26, P467, DOI 10.1037/h0061096
Burgess N, 1999, PSYCHOL REV, V106, P551, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.106.3.551
Burgess PW, 1997, HAYLING BRIXTON TEST
Campoy G, 2008, MEMORY, V16, P329, DOI 10.1080/09658210701867302
Corbett F, 2009, BRAIN, V132, P2593, DOI 10.1093/brain/awp146
Cowan N, 1995, ATTENTION MEMORY INT
Crawford JR, 1998, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V12, P482, DOI 10.1076/clin.12.4.482.7241
Dilkina K, 2010, BRAIN RES, V1365, P66, DOI 10.1016/j.brainres.2010.09.057
Engle RW, 1999, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V128, P309, DOI 10.1037/0096-3445.128.3.309
Friederici AD, 2003, CEREB CORTEX, V13, P170, DOI 10.1093/cercor/13.2.170
Garrard P, 2006, BRAIN, V129, P1152, DOI 10.1093/brain/awl069
GATHERCOLE SE, 1991, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V12, P349, DOI 10.1017/S0142716400009267
Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd
Hamilton AC, 2005, COGN AFFECT BEHAV NE, V5, P1
Hodges JR, 2007, LANCET NEUROL, V6, P1004, DOI 10.1016/S1474-4422(07)70266-1
HODGES JR, 1992, BRAIN, V115, P1783, DOI 10.1093/brain/115.6.1783
Hoffman P, 2009, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V47, P747, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2008.12.001
Hoffman P., J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI
Hoffman P, 2011, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V49, P580, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2010.12.036
Hoffman P, 2010, J NEUROSCI, V46, P15450
Hulme C, 1997, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V23, P1217, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.23.5.1217
Humphries C, 2006, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V18, P665, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2006.18.4.665
Jefferies E, 2005, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V22, P183, DOI 10.1080/02643290442000068
Jefferies E, 2004, COGN AFFECT BEHAV NE, V4, P20, DOI 10.3758/CABN.4.1.20
Jefferies E, 2008, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V46, P649, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2007.09.007
Jefferies E, 2008, J MEM LANG, V58, P66, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2007.06.004
Jefferies E, 2006, BRAIN, V129, P2132, DOI 10.1093/brain/awl153
Jefferies E, 2011, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V49, P1208, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2011.01.036
Jefferies E, 2004, J MEM LANG, V51, P623, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2004.07.005
Jefferies E, 2004, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V42, P639, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2003.10.002
Jefferies E, 2006, J MEM LANG, V54, P81, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2005.08.001
Majerus S, 2009, INTERACTIONS BETWEEN SHORT-TERM AND LONG-TERM MEMORY IN THE VERBAL DOMAIN, P244
Majerus S, 2007, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V24, P131, DOI 10.1080/02643290600989376
Martin N, 1997, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V14, P641
Martin N, 2004, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P213, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000447
Meteyard L, 2009, BRAIN LANG, V110, P121, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2009.03.007
MILLER GA, 1950, AM J PSYCHOL, V63, P176, DOI 10.2307/1418920
Noonan KA, 2010, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V22, P1597, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2009.21289
Patterson K, 1999, CURR OPIN NEUROBIOL, V9, P235, DOI 10.1016/S0959-4388(99)80033-6
Patterson K, 2007, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V8, P976, DOI 10.1038/nrn2277
PATTERSON K, 1994, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V6, P57, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1994.6.1.57
Patterson K, 2006, FROM INKMARKS TO IDEAS: CURRENT ISSUES IN LEXICAL PROCESSING, P299
Plaut David C., 1999, EMERGENCE LANGUAGE
Rodd JM, 2005, CEREB CORTEX, V15, P1261, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhi009
Rogers TT, 2004, PSYCHOL REV, V111, P205, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.111.1.205
Romani C, 2008, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V61, P292, DOI 10.1080/17470210601147747
Ruchkin DS, 2003, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V26, P709
Saint-Aubin J, 1999, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V52, P367, DOI 10.1080/027249899391115
SCHWEICKERT R, 1993, MEM COGNITION, V21, P168, DOI 10.3758/BF03202729
Smith EE, 1999, SCIENCE, V283, P1657, DOI 10.1126/science.283.5408.1657
Snowden J. S, 1989, BEHAV NEUROL, V2, P167
Soni M, 2009, J NEUROLINGUIST, V22, P538, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2009.06.002
Thompson-Schill SL, 1997, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V94, P14792, DOI 10.1073/pnas.94.26.14792
TREIMAN R, 1988, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V14, P145, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.14.1.145
Wechsler D., 1987, WECHSLER MEMORY SCAL
NR 63
TC 2
Z9 2
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 3-4
SI SI
BP 383
EP 403
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.581798
PG 21
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 910OT
UT WOS:000301649800007
ER
PT J
AU Reilly, J
Troche, J
Paris, A
Park, H
Kalinyak-Fliszar, M
Antonucci, SM
Martin, N
AF Reilly, Jamie
Troche, Joshua
Paris, Alison
Park, Hyejin
Kalinyak-Fliszar, Michelene
Antonucci, Sharon M.
Martin, Nadine
TI Lexicality effects in word and nonword recall of semantic dementia and
progressive nonfluent aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Working memory; Recall; Semantic dementia; Aphasia; Progressive
nonfluent aphasia
ID SHORT-TERM-MEMORY; VERBAL WORKING-MEMORY; FRONTOTEMPORAL LOBAR
DEGENERATION; ALZHEIMERS-DISEASE; SENTENCE COMPREHENSION; SERIAL-RECALL;
DEEP DYSPHASIA; CLINICOPATHOLOGICAL CORRELATIONS; PHONOLOGICAL
SIMILARITY; ACTIVATION MODEL
AB Background: Verbal working memory is an essential component of many language functions, including sentence comprehension and word learning. As such, working memory has emerged as a domain of intense research interest both in aphasiology and in the broader field of cognitive neuroscience. The integrity of verbal working memory encoding relies on a fluid interaction between semantic and phonological processes. That is, we encode verbal detail using many cues related to both the sound and meaning of words. Lesion models can provide an effective means of parsing the contributions of phonological or semantic impairment to recall performance.
Methods & Procedures: We employed the lesion model approach here by contrasting the nature of lexicality errors incurred during recall of word and nonword sequences by three individuals with progressive nonfluent aphasia (a phonological dominant impairment) compared to that of two individuals with semantic dementia (a semantic dominant impairment). We focused on psycholinguistic attributes of correctly recalled stimuli relative to those that elicited a lexicality error (i.e., nonword -> word OR word -> nonword).
Outcomes & Results: Patients with semantic dementia showed greater sensitivity to phonological attributes (e.g., phoneme length, wordlikeness) of the target items relative to semantic attributes (e.g., familiarity). Patients with PNFA showed the opposite pattern, marked by sensitivity to word frequency, age of acquisition, familiarity, and imageability.
Conclusions: We interpret these results in favour of a processing strategy such that in the context of a focal phonological impairment patients revert to an over-reliance on preserved semantic processing abilities. In contrast, a focal semantic impairment forces both reliance on and hypersensitivity to phonological attributes of target words. We relate this interpretation to previous hypotheses about the nature of verbal short-term memory in progressive aphasia.
C1 [Reilly, Jamie; Troche, Joshua; Paris, Alison; Park, Hyejin] Univ Florida, Dept Speech Language & Hearing Sci, Gainesville, FL 32610 USA.
[Kalinyak-Fliszar, Michelene; Martin, Nadine] Temple Univ, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Philadelphia, PA 19122 USA.
[Antonucci, Sharon M.] NYU, Dept Communicat Sci & Disorders, New York, NY USA.
RP Reilly, J (reprint author), Univ Florida, Dept Speech Language & Hearing Sci, POB 100174, Gainesville, FL 32610 USA.
EM jjreilly@phhp.ufl.edu
FU US Public Health Service [R01 DC0101977, K23 DC010197]
FX Research support: US Public Health Service grants R01 DC0101977 (NM) and
K23 DC010197 (JR).
CR Acheson DJ, 2010, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V36, P17, DOI 10.1037/a0017679
Almor A, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V67, P202, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2055
Ash S, 2010, BRAIN LANG, V113, P13, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2009.12.001
Baddeley A, 2003, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V4, P829, DOI 10.1038/nrn1201
GATHERCOLE SE, 1990, J MEM LANG, V29, P336, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(90)90004-J
BADDELEY AD, 1975, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V14, P575, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(75)80045-4
Baddeley A.D., 1974, RECENT ADV LEARNING
BELLEZZA FS, 1984, J PERS SOC PSYCHOL, V47, P506, DOI 10.1037/0022-3514.47.3.506
Berthier M., 1999, TRANSCORTICAL APHASI
Brambati SM, 2009, NEUROBIOL AGING, V30, P103, DOI 10.1016/j.neurobiolaging.2007.05.014
BROOKS JO, 1990, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V16, P1134, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.16.6.1134
Brysbaert M, 2009, BEHAV RES METHODS, V41, P977, DOI 10.3758/BRM.41.4.977
Caplan D, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P77
CASELLI RJ, 1992, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V49, P770
Collette F, 1998, BRAIN COGNITION, V37, P147
Coltheart M., 1981, Q J EXPT PSYCHOL A, V33A, P497, DOI DOI 10.1080/14640748108400805
Coltheart M., 1987, DEEP DYSLEXIA
CONRAD R, 1964, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V55, P429
COWAN N, 1988, PSYCHOL BULL, V104, P163, DOI 10.1037/0033-2909.104.2.163
Cowan N., 1999, MODELS WORKING MEMOR, P62, DOI DOI 10.1017/CB09781139174909.006
Cowan N, 1995, ATTENTION MEMORY INT
COWAN N, 1987, MEM COGNITION, V15, P511, DOI 10.3758/BF03198385
Croot K, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V61, P226, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1852
Forman MS, 2006, ANN NEUROL, V59, P952, DOI 10.1002/ana.20873
Galton CJ, 2001, NEUROLOGY, V57, P216
GATHERCOLE SE, 1995, MEM COGNITION, V23, P83, DOI 10.3758/BF03210559
Gathercole SE, 1997, DEV PSYCHOL, V33, P966, DOI 10.1037/0012-1649.33.6.966
Gathercole SE, 1999, APPL COGNITIVE PSYCH, V13, P65, DOI 10.1002/(SICI)1099-0720(199902)13:1<65::AID-ACP548>3.0.CO;2-O
Gathercole SE, 2001, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V54, P1, DOI 10.1080/02724980042000002
Gathercole SE, 2006, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V27, P513, DOI 10.1017/S0142716406060383
GLOSSER G, 1990, CORTEX, V26, P343
Rothi LJG, 2009, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V15, P311, DOI 10.1017/S1355617709090201
Gorno-Tempini ML, 2006, NEUROLOGY, V67, P1849, DOI 10.1212/01.wnl.0000237038.55627.5b
Green HAC, 2009, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V47, P569, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2008.10.015
Grossman M, 1996, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V8, P135, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1996.8.2.135
Grossman M, 2004, NEUROCASE, V10, P3, DOI 10.1080/13554790490960440
Grossman M, 2010, NAT REV NEUROL, V6, P88, DOI 10.1038/nrneurol.2009.216
Gupta P, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V59, P267, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1819
Haarmann HJ, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V59, P76, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1814
HODGES JR, 1992, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V30, P301, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(92)90104-T
Hodges JR, 2010, BRAIN, V133, P300, DOI 10.1093/brain/awp248
HODGES JR, 1995, MEMORY, V3, P463, DOI 10.1080/09658219508253161
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Howard D., 1988, MISSING MEANING COGN
HULME C, 1991, J MEM LANG, V30, P685, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(91)90032-F
Jefferies E, 2005, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V22, P183, DOI 10.1080/02643290442000068
Jefferies E, 2006, NEUROCASE, V12, P1, DOI 10.1080/13554790500428445
Jefferies E, 2008, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V46, P649, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2007.09.007
Jefferies E, 2006, BRAIN, V129, P2132, DOI 10.1093/brain/awl153
Jefferies E, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P963, DOI 10.1080/02687030600739398
Jefferies E, 2004, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V42, P639, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2003.10.002
Jokel R, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V16, P241, DOI 10.1080/09602010500176757
Jonides J, 1998, J NEUROSCI, V18, P5026
Jonides J, 2005, CURR DIR PSYCHOL SCI, V14, P2, DOI 10.1111/j.0963-7214.2005.00323.x
Josephs KA, 2006, BRAIN, V129, P1385, DOI 10.1093/brain/awl078
Kalinyak-Fliszar M, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P1095, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.577284
Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kempler D, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V64, P297, DOI 10.1006/brln.1998.1980
Kwok S, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V99, P145, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.082
Luce PA, 1998, EAR HEARING, V19, P1, DOI 10.1097/00003446-199802000-00001
MacDonald MC, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V78, P17, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2436
Martin N, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P83, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0005
Martin N, 1997, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V14, P641
MARTIN N, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P254, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90014-8
MARTIN N, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V47, P609, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1061
Martin N., 2010, CLIN APH C CHARL SC
MARTIN RC, 1994, J MEM LANG, V33, P83, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1994.1005
Martin RC, 1999, J MEM LANG, V41, P3, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1999.2637
Mendez MF, 2003, NEUROLOGY, V61, P1108
MICHEL F, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V18, P212, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90016-0
Miller KM, 2010, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V24, P103, DOI 10.1080/13854040903045074
MIYAKE A, 1995, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V12, P651, DOI 10.1080/02643299508252012
MIYAKE A, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V11, P671, DOI 10.1080/02643299408251989
Monetta L, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V101, P80, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.007
Mummery CJ, 2000, ANN NEUROL, V47, P36
Nasreddine ZS, 2005, J AM GERIATR SOC, V53, P695, DOI 10.1111/j.1532-5415.2005.53221.x
Neary D, 1998, NEUROLOGY, V51, P1546
Nestor PJ, 2003, BRAIN, V126, P2406, DOI 10.1093/brain/awg240
Patterson K, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P1018, DOI 10.1080/02687030600739463
Pereira JMS, 2009, NEUROLOGY, V72, P1653, DOI 10.1212/WNL.0b013e3181a55fa2
POIRIER M, 1995, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V48, P384
Ralph MAL, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V70, P309
Reilly J, 2011, CORTEX, V47, P645, DOI 10.1016/j.cortex.2010.05.005
Reilly J, 2011, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V25, P413, DOI 10.1037/a0022738
Reilly J, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P329, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000787
Reilly Jamie, 2008, Seminars in Speech and Language, V29, P32, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1061623
Reilly J, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P558, DOI 10.1080/02687030701191986
Rochon E, 2000, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V43, P395
Rogers TT, 2004, PSYCHOL REV, V111, P205, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.111.1.205
Rogers TT, 2004, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P331, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000366
Rohrer JD, 2008, NEUROLOGY, V71, P1445, DOI 10.1212/01.wnl.0000327889.13734.cd
SAFFRAN EM, 1975, BRAIN LANG, V2, P420, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(75)80081-2
Saito A, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V85, P222, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00589-8
SHALLICE T, 1983, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V35, P111
Shallice T., 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY MENT
SHULMAN HG, 1971, PSYCHOL BULL, V75, P399, DOI 10.1037/h0031257
Snowden J. S, 1989, BEHAV NEUROL, V2, P167
Snowden JS, 2002, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V180, P140, DOI 10.1192/bjp.180.2.140
Sommers M, 2011, WASHINGTON U SPEECH
Stuss D. T., 2002, PRINCIPLES FRONTAL L
Symons CS, 1997, PSYCHOL BULL, V121, P371, DOI 10.1037/0033-2909.121.3.371
Tehan G, 2001, MEMORY, V9, P333
TROJANO L, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V51, P336, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1064
Vallar G, 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL I
Walker I, 1999, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V25, P1256, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.25.5.1256
WARRINGTON EK, 1975, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V27, P635, DOI 10.1080/14640747508400525
Wechsler D, 1997, WECHSLER ADULT INTEL, V3rd
Woollams AM, 2007, PSYCHOL REV, V114, P316, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.114.2.316
Wright HH, 2005, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V14, P107, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2005/012)
NR 109
TC 3
Z9 4
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 3-4
SI SI
BP 404
EP 427
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.616926
PG 24
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 910OT
UT WOS:000301649800008
ER
PT J
AU Allen, CM
Martin, RC
Martin, N
AF Allen, Corinne M.
Martin, Randi C.
Martin, Nadine
TI Relations between short-term memory deficits, semantic processing, and
executive function
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Short-term memory; Semantics; Executive function
ID PICTURE-WORD INTERFERENCE; VERBAL WORKING-MEMORY; CARD SORTING TEST;
SENTENCE COMPREHENSION; COGNITIVE-PROCESSES; APHASIA; LANGUAGE; TASKS;
REPRESENTATIONS; PERFORMANCE
AB Background: Previous research has suggested separable short-term memory (STM) buffers for the maintenance of phonological and lexical-semantic information, as some patients with aphasia show better ability to retain semantic than phonological information and others show the reverse. Recently researchers have proposed that deficits to the maintenance of semantic information in STM are related to executive control abilities.
Aims: The present study investigated the relationship of executive function abilities with semantic and phonological short-term memory (STM) and semantic processing in such patients, as some previous research has suggested that semantic STM deficits and semantic processing abilities are critically related to specific or general executive function deficits.
Method & Procedures: A total of 20 patients with aphasia and STM deficits were tested on measures of short-term retention, semantic processing, and both complex and simple executive function tasks.
Outcome & Results: In correlational analyses we found no relation between semantic STM and performance on simple or complex executive function tasks. In contrast, phonological STM was related to executive function performance in tasks that had a verbal component, suggesting that performance in some executive function tasks depends on maintaining or rehearsing phonological codes. Although semantic STM was not related to executive function ability, performance on semantic processing tasks was related to executive function, perhaps due to similar executive task requirements in both semantic processing and executive function tasks.
Conclusions: Implications for treatment and interpretations of executive deficits are discussed.
C1 [Allen, Corinne M.; Martin, Randi C.] Rice Univ, Dept Psychol, Houston, TX 77251 USA.
[Martin, Nadine] Temple Univ, Philadelphia, PA 19122 USA.
RP Martin, RC (reprint author), Rice Univ, Dept Psychol, MS-25,POB 1892, Houston, TX 77251 USA.
EM rmartin@rice.edu
FU NIH National Institute on Deafness and Other Communication Disorders
(NIDCD) [R01DC-00218, R21DC008782-02, R01DC001927-14]
FX The research reported here was supported by the following NIH National
Institute on Deafness and Other Communication Disorders (NIDCD) grants:
R01DC-00218, awarded to Rice University (PI: Randi Martin), and
R21DC008782-02 and R01DC001927-14, awarded to Temple University (PI:
Nadine Martin). The authors would like to thank Francine Kohen, Melissa
Correa, and Amanda Concha for their assistance in organising research
participants and data from Temple University.
CR Anderisson U, 2007, APPL COGNITIVE PSYCH, V21, P1201, DOI 10.1002/acp.1317
Baddeley A, 2003, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V4, P829, DOI 10.1038/nrn1201
Baddeley A, 2001, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V130, P641, DOI 10.1037//0096-3445.130.4.641
Baddeley Alan, 1996, Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology Section A Human Experimental Psychology, V49, P5, DOI 10.1080/027249896392784
BADDELEY A, 1988, BRAIN COGNITION, V7, P212, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(88)90031-0
Baddeley A. D., 1986, WORKING MEMORY
Baddeley A. D., 1974, RECENT ADV LEARNING, V8, P47
Baldo JV, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V92, P240, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.06.103
Baldo JV, 2010, BRAIN LANG, V113, P59, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2010.01.004
Barde LHF, 2010, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V48, P909, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2009.11.010
Barde LHF, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V99, P82, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.050
BERMAN KF, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V33, P1027, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(95)00035-2
Bull R, 2004, J CHILD PSYCHOL PSYC, V45, P743, DOI 10.1111/j.1469-7610.2004.00268.x
Burgess PW, 1996, CORTEX, V32, P241
CHAPMAN SB, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P651, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90092-8
CLARK HH, 1975, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V1, P339, DOI 10.1037/0096-1523.1.4.339
COELHO CA, 1995, BRAIN INJURY, V9, P471, DOI 10.3109/02699059509008206
Coelho CA, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P133
D'Esposito M, 1999, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V96, P7514, DOI 10.1073/pnas.96.13.7514
Dunbar K, 1995, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V769, P289, DOI 10.1111/j.1749-6632.1995.tb38146.x
Dunn L. M., 1981, PEABODY PICTURE VOCA
Edmonds LA, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P402, DOI 10.1080/02687030802291339
Emerson MJ, 2003, J MEM LANG, V48, P148, DOI 10.1016/S0749-596X(02)00511-9
Francis DR, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P723, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000201
Frankel T, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P814, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192448
Freedman ML, 2004, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P245, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000528
Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R
Hamilton AC, 2005, COGN AFFECT BEHAV NE, V5, P1
Hamilton AC, 2007, CORTEX, V43, P112, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70449-0
Handley SJ, 2002, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V93, P501, DOI 10.1348/000712602761381376
Heaton RK, 1993, WISCONSIN CARD SORTI
Hoffman P, 2009, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V35, P137, DOI 10.1037/a0013985
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Hull R, 2008, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V22, P508, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.22.4.508
Jefferies E, 2006, BRAIN, V129, P2132, DOI 10.1093/brain/awl153
Jersild A. T., 1927, ARCH PSYCHOL, V89
Jonides J, 1998, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V95, P8410, DOI 10.1073/pnas.95.14.8410
Jonides J., 2007, ANNU REV PSYCHOL, V59, P1
Kalinyak-Fliszar M, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P1095, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.577284
Keil K, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P305, DOI 10.1080/02687030143000654
Kertesz A., 2006, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
Koenig-Bruhin M, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P448, DOI 10.1080/02687030600670593
Lee KM, 2002, COGNITION, V83, pB63, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(02)00010-0
Lehto JH, 1996, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V49, P29, DOI 10.1080/027249896392793
LUPKER SJ, 1979, MEM COGNITION, V7, P485, DOI 10.3758/BF03198265
Majerus S, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V95, P174, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.07.094
Marshall RC, 2007, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V16, P295, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2007/035)
Martin N, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P83, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0005
Martin N, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P464, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2003.12.004
Martin Nadine, 2008, Seminars in Speech and Language, V29, P167, DOI 10.1055/s-0028-1082881
Martin N, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P154, DOI 10.1080/02687030500472520
Martin N, 1997, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V14, P641
Martin N, 2004, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P213, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000447
Martin N., 2010, CLIN APH C CHARL SC
Martin R., 1994, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V8, P506, DOI [10.1037/0894-4105.8.4.506, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.8.4.506]
MARTIN RC, 1994, J MEM LANG, V33, P83, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1994.1005
Martin R. C., 1996, MODELS SHORT TERM ME, P149
Martin R. C., 2008, ANN M AC APH TURK FI
Martin RC, 2003, J NEUROLINGUIST, V16, P341, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(03)00025-3
Martin RC, 2001, MEMORY, V9, P261
Martin RC, 2007, ADV BEHAV BRAIN SCI, P161
Martin RC, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P76, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00300-6
Martin RC, 1999, J MEM LANG, V41, P3, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1999.2637
McGeoch JA, 1932, PSYCHOL REV, V39, P352, DOI 10.1037/h0069819
Milner B., 1963, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V9, P100, DOI DOI 10.1001/ARCHNEUR.1963.00460070100010
Miyake A, 2000, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V41, P49, DOI 10.1006/cogp.1999.0734
MONSELL S, 1978, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V10, P465, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(78)90008-7
Novick JM, 2005, COGN AFFECT BEHAV NE, V5, P263, DOI 10.3758/CABN.5.3.263
Nunnally J. C., 1994, PSYCHOMETRIC THEORY
Oberauer K, 2008, INTELLIGENCE, V36, P641, DOI 10.1016/j.intell.2008.01.007
Purdy M., 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P549, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000176
Raven J. C., 1962, COLOURED PROGR MATRI
Roach A., 1996, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V24, P121
Robertson IH, 1994, TEST EVERYDAY ATTENT
ROGERS RD, 1995, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V124, P207, DOI 10.1037//0096-3445.124.2.207
Romero L, 2006, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V18, P1147, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2006.18.7.1147
SCHRIEFERS H, 1990, J MEM LANG, V29, P86, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(90)90011-N
Shallice T., 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY MENT
SIMON HA, 1975, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V7, P268, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(75)90012-2
Sorel O, 2008, BRAIN COGNITION, V66, P196, DOI 10.1016/j.bandc.2007.07.006
Stroop JR, 1935, J EXP PSYCHOL, V18, P643, DOI 10.1037/0096-3445.121.1.15
Stuss DT, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V38, P388, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(99)00093-7
Thompson CK, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P1021, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000227
Vuong LC, 2011, BRAIN LANG, V116, P22, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2010.09.012
WAINER H, 1976, PSYCHOL BULL, V83, P213, DOI 10.1037/0033-2909.83.2.213
Walker G. M., 2008, 46 ANN M AC APH TURK
Waltz JA, 1999, PSYCHOL SCI, V10, P119, DOI 10.1111/1467-9280.00118
WARRINGT.EK, 1969, BRAIN, V92, P885, DOI 10.1093/brain/92.4.885
Wechsler D, 1981, WECHSLER MEMORY SCAL
Winer B.J., 1971, STAT PRINCIPLES EXPT
Wong W, 2008, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V34, P900, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.34.4.900
Yeung O, 2010, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V12, P529, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2011.516840
NR 92
TC 7
Z9 7
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 3-4
SI SI
BP 428
EP 461
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.617436
PG 34
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 910OT
UT WOS:000301649800009
ER
PT J
AU Martin, N
Kohen, F
Kalinyak-Fliszar, M
Soveri, A
Laine, M
AF Martin, Nadine
Kohen, Francine
Kalinyak-Fliszar, Michelene
Soveri, Anna
Laine, Matti
TI Effects of working memory load on processing of sounds and meanings of
words in aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Short-term memory; Working memory; Executive processing;
Diagnosis of aphasia; Treatment of aphasia
ID SHORT-TERM-MEMORY; IMMEDIATE SERIAL-RECALL; DUAL-TASK CONDITIONS;
AGE-OF-ACQUISITION; N-BACK TASKS; EXECUTIVE FUNCTIONS; SEMANTIC
KNOWLEDGE; LEXICAL RETRIEVAL; FLUENT APHASIA; LANGUAGE
AB Background: Language performance in aphasia can vary depending on several variables such as stimulus characteristics and task demands. This study focuses on the degree of verbal working memory (WM) load inherent in the language task and how this variable affects language performance by individuals with aphasia.
Aims: The first aim was to identify the effects of increased verbal WM load on the performance of judgements of semantic similarity (synonymy) and phonological similarity (rhyming). The second aim was to determine if any of the following abilities could modulate the verbal WM load effect: semantic or phonological access, semantic or phonological short-term memory (STM), and any of the following executive processing abilities: inhibition, verbal WM updating, and set shifting.
Method & Procedures: A total of 31 individuals with aphasia and 11 controls participated in this study. They were administered a synonymy judgement task and a rhyming judgement task under high and low verbal WM load conditions that were compared to each other. In a second set of analyses multiple regression was used to identify which factors (as noted above) modulated the verbal WM load effect.
Outcomes & Results: For participants with aphasia, increased verbal WM load significantly reduced accuracy of performance on synonymy and rhyming judgements. Better performance in the low verbal WM load conditions was evident even after correcting for chance. The synonymy task included concrete and abstract word triplets. When these were examined separately the verbal WM load effect was significant for the abstract words, but not the concrete words. The same pattern was observed in the performance of the control participants. Additionally, the second set of analyses revealed that semantic STM and one executive function, inhibition ability, emerged as the strongest predictors of the verbal WM load effect in these judgement tasks for individuals with aphasia.
Conclusions: The results of this study have important implications for diagnosis and treatment of aphasia. As the roles of verbal STM capacity, executive functions and verbal WM load in language processing are better understood, measurements of these variables can be incorporated into our diagnostic protocols. Moreover, if cognitive abilities such as STM and executive functions support language processing and their impairment adversely affects language function, treating them directly in the context of language tasks should translate into improved language function.
C1 [Martin, Nadine] Temple Univ, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Eleanor M Saffran Ctr Cognit Neurosci, Philadelphia, PA 19122 USA.
[Soveri, Anna; Laine, Matti] Abo Akad Univ, Dept Psychol & Logoped, Turku, Finland.
RP Martin, N (reprint author), Temple Univ, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Eleanor M Saffran Ctr Cognit Neurosci, Weiss Hall,Room 110,1701 N 13th St, Philadelphia, PA 19122 USA.
EM nmartin@temple.edu
FU NIDCD [R01 DC01924-15, R21 DC008782]; Academy of Finland; Finnish
National Doctoral Programme of Psychology
FX This study was supported by NIDCD grants R01 DC01924-15 and R21 DC008782
awarded to Temple University (PI: N. Martin). Matti Laine was
financially supported by the Academy of Finland. Anna Soveri was funded
by the Finnish National Doctoral Programme of Psychology. We would like
to thank Melissa Correa, Amanda Concha, Samantha Waldman, Meghan
McCluskey, Dana Roberts Shannon Scheurer, Rebecca Berkowitz, Kate
Schmitt, and Rachel Kamen for assistance in collection, organisation,
and analyses of the data reported here.
CR Arvedson J. C., 1986, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V17, P188
Atkinson R., 1968, PSYCHOL LEARN MOTIV, V2, P89, DOI DOI 10.1016/S0079-7421(08)60422-3
Baddeley Alan, 1996, Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology Section A Human Experimental Psychology, V49, P5, DOI 10.1080/027249896392784
Baddeley A. D., 2007, WORKING MEMORY THOUG
Baddeley A. D., 1974, RECENT ADV LEARNING, V8, P47
Barde LHF, 2010, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V48, P909, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2009.11.010
Berndt R. S, 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL I
Brener R, 1940, J EXP PSYCHOL, V26, P467, DOI 10.1037/h0061096
BROOKS JO, 1990, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V16, P1134, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.16.6.1134
Carlson S, 1998, CEREB CORTEX, V8, P743, DOI 10.1093/cercor/8.8.743
Christensen SC, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P752, DOI 10.1080/02687030903437690
COELHO CA, 1995, BRAIN INJURY, V9, P471, DOI 10.3109/02699059509008206
CONRAD R, 1964, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V55, P429
CRAIK FIM, 1972, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V11, P671, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(72)80001-X
Crawford JR, 1998, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V8, P209, DOI 10.1080/713755574
Crowder R. G., 1979, ADV RES THEOR, V13, P319
Ellis AW, 1998, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V24, P515, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.24.2.515
Field A., 2005, DISCOVERING STAT USI, V2nd
Frankel T, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P814, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192448
Frary R. B., 2005, ED MEASUREMENT ISSUE, V7, P33
Goodglass H, 1969, Cortex, V5, P104
Guldi DM, 2011, COMPREHENSIVE NANOSCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY, VOL 5: SELF-ASSEMBLY AND NANOCHEMISTRY, P379
Hamilton AC, 2005, COGN AFFECT BEHAV NE, V5, P1
Hamilton AC, 2007, CORTEX, V43, P112, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70449-0
Hanley JR, 1997, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V14, P1065
Helm-Estabrooks N, 2002, J COMMUN DISORD, V35, P171, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(02)00063-1
Helm-Estabrooks N, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V74, P469
Hoffman P, 2009, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V35, P137, DOI 10.1037/a0013985
Hulme C, 1997, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V23, P1217, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.23.5.1217
HULME C, 1991, J MEM LANG, V30, P685, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(91)90032-F
Kalbe E., 2005, J CLIN EXPT NEUROPSY, V7, P779
Kalinyak-Fliszar M, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P1095, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.577284
Kertesz A., 2006, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
Kittredge AK, 2008, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V25, P463, DOI 10.1080/02643290701674851
Koenig-Bruhin M, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P448, DOI 10.1080/02687030600670593
Kohen F, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V103, P187, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.07.108
Kremin H, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V87, P33, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00183-4
KROLL JF, 1986, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V12, P92, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.12.1.92
Lehto JH, 1996, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V49, P29, DOI 10.1080/027249896392793
Linebaugh C. W., 1977, CLIN APH P
Majerus S, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V95, P174, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.07.094
Marshall RC, 2007, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V16, P295, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2007/035)
Martin N, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P867, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000390
Martin N., 2008, AC APH TURK FINL OCT
Martin N, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P83, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0005
Martin N, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P464, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2003.12.004
Martin N., 2008, INTERACTIONS SHORT T, P220
Martin N, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P154, DOI 10.1080/02687030500472520
Martin N, 1997, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V14, P641
Martin N, 2004, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P213, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000447
Martin N., 2010, CLIN APH C CHARL SC
MARTIN RC, 1994, J MEM LANG, V33, P83, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1994.1005
Martin R., 1993, MEM COGNITION, V21, P76, DOI 10.3758/BF03202730
Martin R. C., 1996, MODELS SHORT TERM ME, P149
Martin RC, 2007, ADV BEHAV BRAIN SCI, P161
Martin RC, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P76, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00300-6
McNeil M. R, 1982, SPEECH LANGUAGE HEAR, VIII, P692
McNeil MR, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P901
McNeil MR, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P167, DOI 10.1080/02687030500472660
Miyake A, 2000, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V41, P49, DOI 10.1006/cogp.1999.0734
Morrow KL, 2006, J COMMUN DISORD, V39, P2, DOI 10.1016/j.jcomdis.2005.05.001
Murray Laura L., 2000, Seminars in Speech and Language, V21, P153, DOI 10.1055/s-2000-7562
Murray L. L., 2004, MED J SPEECH LANGUAG, V12, pxxi
Murray LL, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V72, P40, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2281
Murray LL, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P993, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249423
Murray LL, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V41, P213
Murray LL, 1997, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V40, P792
Nicholas M, 2011, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V21, P322, DOI 10.1080/09602011.2011.559051
NICKELS L, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V33, P1281, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(95)00102-9
NICKELS L, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V11, P289, DOI 10.1080/02643299408251977
NICKELS L, 1995, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V10, P13, DOI 10.1080/01690969508407086
POIRIER M, 1995, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V48, P384
Purdy M., 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P549, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000176
Ramsberger Gail, 1994, Seminars in Speech and Language, V15, P1, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1064130
ROGERS RD, 1995, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V124, P207, DOI 10.1037//0096-3445.124.2.207
SAFFRAN EM, 1975, BRAIN LANG, V2, P420, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(75)80081-2
Saffran E. M., 1988, PHILADELPHIA C UNPUB
Saffran E. M., 1990, ADV COGNITIVE NEUROP
Saffran E. M., 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL I
Schuell H. M., 1964, APHASIA ADULTS DIAGN
Shallice T., 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY MENT
SHALLICE T, 1970, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V22, P261, DOI 10.1080/00335557043000203
SHULMAN HG, 1971, PSYCHOL BULL, V75, P399, DOI 10.1037/h0031257
SIMON JR, 1963, ERGONOMICS, V6, P99, DOI 10.1080/00140136308930679
SIMON JR, 1967, J APPL PSYCHOL, V51, P300, DOI 10.1037/h0020586
Soveri A, 2011, FRONT PSYCHOL, V2, DOI 10.3389/fpsyg.2011.00183
Stark JA, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P1074, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000263
TSENG CH, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P276, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1046
Wambaugh JL, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P933
WARRINGT.EK, 1969, BRAIN, V92, P885, DOI 10.1093/brain/92.4.885
WATKINS OC, 1977, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V3, P712, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.3.6.712
Wright HH, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P802, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192414
NR 92
TC 6
Z9 6
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 3-4
SI SI
BP 462
EP 493
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.619516
PG 32
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 910OT
UT WOS:000301649800010
ER
PT J
AU Gvion, A
Friedmann, N
AF Gvion, Aviah
Friedmann, Naama
TI Does phonological working memory impairment affect sentence
comprehension? A study of conduction aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Conduction aphasia; Working memory; Syntax; Sentence
comprehension; Hebrew
ID SHORT-TERM-MEMORY; INDIVIDUAL-DIFFERENCES; SYNTACTIC TREE; AGRAMMATIC
COMPREHENSION; RELATIVE CLAUSES; ALZHEIMERS-DISEASE; CAPACITY THEORY;
GARDEN PATH; LANGUAGE; CHILDREN
AB Background: The nature of the relation between phonological working memory and sentence comprehension is still an open question. This question has theoretical implications with respect to the existence of various working memory resources and their involvement in sentence processing. It also bears clinical implications for the language impairment of patients with phonological working memory limitation, such as individuals with conduction aphasia.
Aims: This study explored whether limited phonological working memory impairs sentence comprehension in conduction aphasia.
Methods & Procedures: The participants were 12 Hebrew-speaking individuals with conduction aphasia who, according to 10 recall and recognition span tasks, had limited phonological short-term memory in comparison to 296 control participants. Experiments 1 and 2 tested their comprehension of relative clauses, which require semantic-syntactic reactivation, using sentence-picture matching and plausibility judgement tasks. Experiments 3 and 4 tested phonological reactivation, using two tasks: a paraphrasing task for sentences containing an ambiguous word in which disambiguation requires re-accessing the word form of the ambiguous word, and rhyme judgement within sentences. In each task the distance between a word and its reactivation was manipulated by adding words/syllables, intervening arguments, or intervening embeddings.
Outcomes & Results: Although their phonological short-term memory, and hence their phonological working memory, was very impaired, the individuals with conduction aphasia comprehended relative clauses well, even in sentences with a long distance between the antecedent and the gap. They failed to understand sentences that required phonological reactivation when the phonological distance was long.
Conclusions: The theoretical implication of this study is that phonological working memory is not involved when only semantic-syntactic reactivation is required. Phonological working memory does support comprehension in very specific conditions: when phonological reactivation is required after a long phonological distance. The clinical implication of these results is that because most of the sentences in daily language input can be understood without phonological reactivation, individuals with phonological working memory impairment, such as individuals with conduction aphasia, are expected to understand sentences well, as long as they understand the meaning of the sentences and do not attempt to repeat them or encode them phonologically.
C1 [Gvion, Aviah; Friedmann, Naama] Tel Aviv Univ, Sch Educ, Language & Brain Lab, IL-69978 Tel Aviv, Israel.
[Gvion, Aviah] Reuth Med Ctr, Tel Aviv, Israel.
[Gvion, Aviah] Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Kiryat Ono, Israel.
RP Friedmann, N (reprint author), Tel Aviv Univ, Sch Educ, Language & Brain Lab, IL-69978 Tel Aviv, Israel.
EM naamafr@post.tau.ac.il
RI Friedmann, Naama/M-2688-2013
FU National Institute for Psychobiology in Israel [2004-5-2b]; Israel
Science Foundation [1296/06]
FX This research was supported by a research grant from the National
Institute for Psychobiology in Israel (Friedmann 2004-5-2b), and by the
Israel Science Foundation (grant no. 1296/06, Friedmann).
CR Almor A, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V67, P202, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2055
Almor A, 2001, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V16, P35
Baddeley A., 1987, ATTENTION PERFORM, VXII, P509
Baddeley Alan D, 1997, HUMAN MEMORY THEORY
Bartha L, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V85, P93, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00502-3
BIRAN M, 2004, SHEMESH NAMING 100 O
BUTTERWORTH B, 1986, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V38, P705
Butterworth B., 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL I, P187, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511665547.011
Caplan D, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P77
Caplan D., 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL I, P337, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511665547.019
Carpenter P. A., 1994, HDB PSYCHOLINGUISTIC, P1705
Caspari I, 1998, BRAIN COGNITION, V37, P205, DOI 10.1006/brcg.1997.0970
Chomsky N., 1986, KNOWLEDGE LANGUAGE I
Chomsky N., 1995, MINIMALIST PROGRAM
COLLE HA, 1976, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V15, P17, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(76)90003-7
Crawford JR, 1998, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V20, P755, DOI 10.1076/jcen.20.5.755.1132
DeDe G, 2004, PSYCHOL AGING, V19, P601, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.19.4.601
Ebbels S, 2001, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V36, P345
Fox D., 2000, EC SEMANTIC INTERPRE, V35
Fox D., 1995, NAT LANG SEMANT, V3, P283, DOI 10.1007/BF01248820
Friedmann N, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V83, P117
Friedmann N, 2009, LINGUA, V119, P67, DOI 10.1016/j.lingua.2008.09.002
Friedmann N., 2006, BROCAS REGION, P63
Friedmann N, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P288, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/023)
Friedmann N, 2004, J CHILD LANG, V31, P661, DOI 10.1017/S0305000904006269
Friedmann N, 2008, J NEUROLINGUIST, V21, P138, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2006.10.005
Friedmann N., 2006, LANG ACQUIS, P205
Friedmann N, 2011, LINGUA, V121, P367, DOI 10.1016/j.lingua.2010.10.004
Friedmann N, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P570, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192000
Friedmann N, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V86, P23, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00530-8
Friedmann N, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P1037, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000236
Friedmann N., 2003, BLIP BATTERY ASSESSM
Friedmann N, 2001, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V30, P71, DOI 10.1023/A:1005256224207
Friedmann N., 2000, LONGMAN LINGUISTICS, P84
Friedmann N, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V101, P50, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.09.006
Friedmann N., 2002, FRIGVI FRIEDMANN GVI
Friedmann N, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P397, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1795
Friedmann N, 2010, LINGUA, V120, P1502, DOI 10.1016/j.lingua.2009.10.006
Gibson E, 1999, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V14, P225
Gibson E, 1998, COGNITION, V68, P1, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(98)00034-1
Gil M., 1999, HEBREW VERSION PALPA
Grillo N., 2005, P CONSOLE, VXIII, P107
GRODZINSKY Y, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P480, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90031-X
Grodzinsky Y, 2005, CAN J LING/REV CAN L, V50, P241, DOI 10.1353/cjl.2007.0008
Grodzinsky Y, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V67, P134, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2050
Grodzinsky Y, 2000, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V23, P1, DOI 10.1017/S0140525X00002399
GRODZINSKY Y, 1993, LINGUIST INQ, V24, P69
Grodzinsky Y., 2006, BROCAS REGION, P83
Grodzinslcy Y., 1990, THEORETICAL PERSPECT
Gvion A., LANGUAGE BR IN PRESS
Gvion A., 2007, THESIS TEL AVIV U IS
Haarmann HJ, 2003, J MEM LANG, V48, P320, DOI 10.1016/S0749-596X(02)00506-5
Hanten G, 2000, J MEM LANG, V43, P335, DOI 10.1006/jmla.2000.2731
Hanten G, 2001, BRAIN COGNITION, V45, P164, DOI 10.1006/brcg.2000.1236
JUST MA, 1992, PSYCHOL REV, V99, P122, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.99.1.122
Kay J., 1992, PALPA PSYCHOLINGUIST
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
KIMBALL J, 1973, COGNITION, V2, P15, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(72)90028-5
KING J, 1991, J MEM LANG, V30, P580, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(91)90027-H
Koenig-Bruhin M, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P448, DOI 10.1080/02687030600670593
Levy H., 2009, FIRST LANG, V29, P15, DOI DOI 10.1177/0142723708097815
Love T, 1996, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V25, P5, DOI 10.1007/BF01708418
MACDONALD MC, 1992, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V24, P56, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(92)90003-K
Martin N, 2009, INTERACTIONS BETWEEN SHORT-TERM AND LONG-TERM MEMORY IN THE VERBAL DOMAIN, P220
Martin N, 1997, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V14, P641
Martin N., 2010, 40 CLIN APH C ISL PA
MARTIN N, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P254, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90014-8
Martin R., 1994, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V8, P506, DOI [10.1037/0894-4105.8.4.506, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.8.4.506]
MARTIN RC, 1994, J MEM LANG, V33, P83, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1994.1005
Martin R., 1993, MEM COGNITION, V21, P76, DOI 10.3758/BF03202730
MARTIN RC, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P1, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90099-3
MARTIN RC, 1995, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V12, P623, DOI 10.1080/02643299508252010
MARTIN RC, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V32, P159, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90122-2
Martin R. C., 1995, BRAIN LANG, V51, P220
Martin RC, 2003, ANNU REV PSYCHOL, V54, P55, DOI 10.1146/annurev.psych.54.101601.145201
Martin RC, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P76, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00300-6
MCCARTHY RA, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P1565, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.6.1565
McElree B, 2003, J MEM LANG, V48, P67, DOI 10.1016/S0749-596X(02)00515-6
McElree B, 2000, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V29, P111, DOI 10.1023/A:1005184709695
Miera G, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V64, P328, DOI 10.1006/brln.1998.1978
MIYAKE A, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V11, P671, DOI 10.1080/02643299408251989
Neeleman A., 2002, STORAGE COMPUTATION, P219
NICOL J, 1989, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V18, P5, DOI 10.1007/BF01069043
ONIFER W, 1981, MEM COGNITION, V9, P225, DOI 10.3758/BF03196957
Papagno C, 2007, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V24, P292, DOI 10.1080/02643290701211928
Papagno C., 2006, BRAIN LANG, V99, P171
PEARLMUTTER NJ, 1995, J MEM LANG, V34, P521, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1995.1024
Pritchett B. L., 1992, GRAMMATICAL COMPETEN
Ravid D, 1998, COGN LINGUIST, V9, P79, DOI 10.1515/cogl.1998.9.1.79
Reinhart Tanya, 2004, LANG ACQUIS, V12, P109, DOI DOI 10.1207/S153278171A1202_1
Rizzi Luigi, 1997, ELEMENTS GRAMMAR, P281
Romani C, 1999, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V128, P56, DOI 10.1037/0096-3445.128.1.56
Saffran E., 1990, ADV COGNITIVE NEUROP, P137
Saffran E. M., 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL I
SALAME P, 1987, ERGONOMICS, V30, P1185, DOI 10.1080/00140138708966007
SALAME P, 1989, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V41, P107
Shallice T., 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY MENT
SHALLICE T, 1977, BRAIN LANG, V4, P479, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(77)90040-2
Shetreet E, 2009, NEUROIMAGE, V48, P707, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2009.07.001
Smith E. E., 2000, LANGUAGE BRAIN REPRE, P123, DOI 10.1016/B978-012304260-6/50008-6
Soroker N., 1997, HEBREW W APHASIA BAT
Stavrakaki S, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V77, P419, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2412
Swinney D., 1988, TEMPORAL COURS UNPUB
Swinney D., 2000, REAL TIME EXAM UNPUB
SWINNEY DA, 1979, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V18, P645, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(79)90355-4
TARTAGLIONE A, 1986, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V24, P649, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(86)90004-7
Thompson-Schill SL, 2005, TWENTY-FIRST CENTURY PSYCHOLINGUISTICS: FOUR CORNERSTONES, P173
Thompson-Schill SL, 1997, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V94, P14792, DOI 10.1073/pnas.94.26.14792
VALLAR G, 1984, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V1, P121, DOI 10.1080/02643298408252018
VANDERLELY HKJ, 1990, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V55, P101
Vosse T, 2000, COGNITION, V75, P105, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(00)00063-9
WATERS G, 1991, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V8, P81, DOI 10.1080/02643299108253368
Waters G, 2002, J GERONTOL B-PSYCHOL, V57B, P298
Waters GS, 1996, MEM COGNITION, V24, P342, DOI 10.3758/BF03213298
Willis CS, 2001, MEMORY, V9, P349
WILSON BA, 1993, CORTEX, V29, P153
Withaar R. G., 1999, AMLAP ED SCOTL
Wright HH, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P802, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192414
Zandman N., 2004, LANGUAGE BRAIN, V3, P23
Zurif E., 1976, STUDIES NEUROLINGUIS, V1
ZURIF E, 1995, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V24, P165, DOI 10.1007/BF02145354
NR 121
TC 5
Z9 5
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 3-4
SI SI
BP 494
EP 535
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.647893
PG 42
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 910OT
UT WOS:000301649800011
ER
PT J
AU Papagno, C
Bricolo, E
Mussi, D
Daini, R
Cecchetto, C
AF Papagno, C.
Bricolo, E.
Mussi, D.
Daini, R.
Cecchetto, C.
TI (Eye) tracking short-term memory over time
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Short-term memory; Syntactic comprehension; Eye tracking
ID VERBAL WORKING-MEMORY; SENTENCE COMPREHENSION; ALZHEIMERS-DISEASE;
BROCAS AREA; WRAP-UP; MOVEMENTS; NEUROPSYCHOLOGY; INVOLVEMENT; APHASIA;
DEFICIT
AB Background: Previous studies have produced conflicting findings concerning the role of short-term memory in syntactic comprehension.
Aims: The study aimed to investigate whether eye-movement monitoring shows significant differences in critical sentences and in sentence-critical areas for patients with an impaired short-term memory compared to controls.
Methods & Procedures: We monitored a short-term memory patient during a 4-year period with on-line and off-line tasks. On the last examination her eye movements were tested while she was reading four different types of sentence that she had to judge for plausibility. Response times, accuracy, and eye movements were recorded. Her performance was compared to that of seven matched controls.
Outcomes & Results: Accuracy improved along with span increase. However, the patient's response times were slower than controls' even after partial span recovery. Fixations and regressions in relative clauses were significantly more frequent than in sentences with simple coordination. In addition the patient differed from controls in fixations and regressions on the critical region, namely the relative clause.
Conclusions: Taken together, our results suggest that verbal short-term memory is involved in the comprehension of syntactically complex sentences and not only in post-interpretive stages. This result must be taken into account when programming an aphasia treatment concerning sentence comprehension.
C1 [Papagno, C.; Bricolo, E.; Mussi, D.; Daini, R.; Cecchetto, C.] Univ Milano Bicocca, Dipartimento Psicol, I-20126 Milan, Italy.
RP Papagno, C (reprint author), Univ Milano Bicocca, Dipartimento Psicol, Piazza Ateneo Nuovo 1,Edificio U6, I-20126 Milan, Italy.
EM costanza.papagno@unimib.it
CR Adank P, 2012, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V33, P360, DOI 10.1002/hbm.21218
Baddeley A. D., 1974, RECENT ADV LEARNING, V8, P47
Caplan D, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P77
CARAMAZZA A, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V14, P235, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90078-X
Cecchetto C., 2011, BIOLINGUISTIC ENTREP
Chierchia Gennaro, 2000, MEANING GRAMMAR INTR, V2nd
Crawford JR, 2005, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V19, P318, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.19.3.318
Francis DR, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P723, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000201
Friederici AD, 2002, TRENDS COGN SCI, V6, P78, DOI 10.1016/S1364-6613(00)01839-8
FRIEDRICH FJ, 1985, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V2, P385, DOI 10.1080/02643298508252667
Gibson E, 1998, COGNITION, V68, P1, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(98)00034-1
Grodzinsky Y, 2000, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V23, P1, DOI 10.1017/S0140525X00002399
January D, 2008, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V21, P2434, DOI DOI 10.1162/JOCN.2008.21179
JUST MA, 1980, PSYCHOL REV, V87, P329, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.87.4.329
Kemper S, 2007, PSYCHOL AGING, V22, P84, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.22.1.84
Lauro LJR, 2010, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V48, P4003, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2010.10.019
Majerus S, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V95, P174, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.07.094
Martin N., 2009, CLIN APH C 39 KEYST
Martin R., 1994, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V8, P506, DOI [10.1037/0894-4105.8.4.506, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.8.4.506]
Martin R. C., 1987, BRAIN LANG, V32, P137
Martin RC, 2006, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V23, P74, DOI 10.1080/02643290500179987
MCCARTHY RA, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P1565, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.6.1565
Miceli G., 1994, BATTERIA ANALISI DEF
Milham MP, 2001, COGNITIVE BRAIN RES, V12, P467, DOI 10.1016/S0926-6410(01)00076-3
Miller GA, 1963, HDB MATH PSYCHOL, V2, P419
Novick JM, 2005, COGN AFFECT BEHAV NE, V5, P263, DOI 10.3758/CABN.5.3.263
Papagno C, 2007, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V24, P292, DOI 10.1080/02643290701211928
Parisi D, 1970, Cortex, V6, P204
Rayner K, 1998, PSYCHOL BULL, V124, P372, DOI 10.1037/0033-2909.124.3.372
Rayner K, 2000, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V53, P1061, DOI 10.1080/02724980050156290
ROCHON E, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V46, P329, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1018
Rochon E, 2000, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V43, P395
Romero L, 2006, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V18, P1147, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2006.18.7.1147
Traxler MJ, 2002, J MEM LANG, V47, P69, DOI 10.1006/jmla.2001.2836
VALLAR G, 1984, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V1, P121, DOI 10.1080/02643298408252018
VALLAR G, 1987, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V4, P417, DOI 10.1080/02643298708252046
Vallar G., 2002, HDB MEMORY DISORDERS, P249
Vallat C, 2005, BRAIN INJURY, V19, P1157, DOI 10.1080/02699050500110595
Warren T, 2009, COGNITION, V111, P132, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2008.12.011
WATERS G, 1991, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V8, P81, DOI 10.1080/02643299108253368
WILSON BA, 1993, CORTEX, V29, P153
NR 41
TC 0
Z9 0
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 3-4
SI SI
BP 536
EP 555
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.587179
PG 20
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 910OT
UT WOS:000301649800012
ER
PT J
AU Ivanova, MV
Hallowell, B
AF Ivanova, Maria V.
Hallowell, Brooke
TI Validity of an eye-tracking method to index working memory in people
with and without aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Working memory; Working memory assessment; Eye-tracking; Aphasia;
Cognitive processing; Complex span tasks
ID SENTENCE COMPREHENSION; INDIVIDUAL-DIFFERENCES; CLINICAL-IMPLICATIONS;
SPOKEN-LANGUAGE; SPAN TASKS; TIME; ATTENTION; CAPACITY; PERFORMANCE;
EYETRACKING
AB Background: Working memory (WM) is essential to auditory comprehension; thus understanding of the nature of WM is vital to research and clinical practice to support people with aphasia. A key challenge in assessing WM in people with aphasia is related to the myriad deficits prevalent in aphasia, including deficits in attention, hearing, vision, speech, and motor control of the limbs. Eye-tracking methods augur well for developing alternative WM tasks and measures in that they enable researchers to address many of the potential confounds inherent in tasks traditionally used to study WM. Additionally, eye-tracking tasks allow investigation of trade-off patterns between storage and processing in complex span tasks, and provide on-line response measures.
Aims: The goal of the study was to establish concurrent and discriminative validity of a novel eye movement WM task in individuals with and without aphasia. Additionally we aimed to explore the relationship between WM and general language measures, and determine whether trade-off between storage and processing is captured via eye-tracking measures.
Methods & Procedures: Participants with (n = 28) and without (n = 32) aphasia completed a novel eye movement WM task. This task, incorporating natural response requirements, was designed to circumvent potential confounds due to concomitant speech, motor, and attention deficits. The task consisted of a verbal processing component intermixed with presentation of colours and symbols for later recall. Performance on this task was indexed solely via eye movements. Additionally, participants completed a modified listening span task that served to establish concurrent validity of the eye-tracking WM task.
Outcomes & Results: Performance measures of the novel eye movement WM task demonstrated concurrent validity with another established measure of WM capacity: the modified listening span task. Performance on the eye-tracking task discriminated effectively between participants with and without aphasia. No consistent relationship was observed between WM scores and Western Aphasia Battery aphasia quotient and subtest scores for people with aphasia. Additionally, eye-tracking measures yielded no trade-off between processing and storage for either group of participants.
Conclusions: Results support the feasibility and validity of employing a novel eye-tracking method to index WM capacity in participants with and without aphasia. Further research is required to determine the nature of the relationship between WM, as indexed through this method, and specific aspects of language impairments in aphasia.
C1 [Ivanova, Maria V.] Ctr Speech Pathol & Neurorehabil, Moscow 109240, Russia.
[Ivanova, Maria V.] Natl Res Univ Higher Sch Econ, Ctr Fundamental Res, Neuropsychol Lab, Moscow, Russia.
[Hallowell, Brooke] Ohio Univ, Athens, OH 45701 USA.
RP Ivanova, MV (reprint author), Ctr Speech Pathol & Neurorehabil, Ul Nikoloyamskaya,20 K 1, Moscow 109240, Russia.
EM mvimaria@gmail.com
FU Ohio University; American Speech-Language and Hearing Foundation;
Graduate Student Senate at Ohio University; National Institutes of
Health/National Institute on Deafness and Other Communication Disorders;
National Science Foundation
FX This work was supported in part by an Ohio University Graduate
Fellowship in the Communication Sciences and Disorders, International
Graduate Student Award from the American Speech-Language and Hearing
Foundation, Original Work Grant from the Graduate Student Senate at Ohio
University, and funding from the National Institutes of Health/National
Institute on Deafness and Other Communication Disorders and the National
Science Foundation Biomedical Engineering Research to Aid Persons with
Disabilities Program.
CR Allopenna PD, 1998, J MEM LANG, V38, P419, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1997.2558
Baddeley A, 2000, TRENDS COGN SCI, V4, P417, DOI 10.1016/S1364-6613(00)01538-2
Barrouillet P, 2007, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V33, P570, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.33.3.570
Caplan D, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P77
Case R., 1985, INTELLECTUAL DEV BIR
CASE R, 1982, J EXP CHILD PSYCHOL, V33, P386, DOI 10.1016/0022-0965(82)90054-6
Caspari I, 1998, BRAIN COGNITION, V37, P205, DOI 10.1006/brcg.1997.0970
Choy JJ, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V95, P119, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.07.064
Conway ARA, 2005, PSYCHON B REV, V12, P769, DOI 10.3758/BF03196772
COOPER RM, 1974, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V6, P84, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(74)90005-X
Cowan N., 1999, MODELS WORKING MEMOR, P62, DOI DOI 10.1017/CB09781139174909.006
DANEMAN M, 1980, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V19, P450, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(80)90312-6
Dickey MW, 2009, J NEUROLINGUIST, V22, P563, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2009.06.004
Dickey MW, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V100, P1, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.004
Engle RW, 1999, MODELS WORKING MEMOR, P102, DOI DOI 10.1016/S0079-7421(03)44005-X
FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6
Friedmann N, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V86, P23, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00530-8
Griffin Z. M., 2004, INTERFACE LANGUAGE V, P213
Hallowell B., 2011, USING EYE TRAC UNPUB
Hallowell B, 1999, CURRENT OCULOMOTOR R, P292
Hallowell B., 2008, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P3
Hallowell B., 2006, AM SPEECH LANG HEAR
Hallowell B., 2004, ASHA LEADER, V9, P22
Hallowell B., 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P587, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000121
Hallowell B., 2004, ASHA LEADER, V9, P1
Hallowell B., 2004, ASHA LEADER, V9, P4
Hallowell B, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P600, DOI 10.1080/02687030701429113
Henderson J., 2004, INTERFACE LANGUAGE V
Heuer S., 2009, CLIN APH C KEYST CO
Heuer S, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P883, DOI 10.1080/02687030600695194
Heuer S, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P351, DOI 10.1080/02687030701770474
Hula William D., 2008, Seminars in Speech and Language, V29, P169, DOI 10.1055/s-0028-1082882
HYVARINEN L, 1980, ACTA OPHTHALMOL, V58, P507
Ivanova M.V., 2011, CONTROLLING LI UNPUB
JUST MA, 1992, PSYCHOL REV, V99, P122, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.99.1.122
Kane MJ, 2004, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V133, P189, DOI 10.1037/0096-3445.133.2.189
Kertesz A., 2007, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
Laures-Gore J, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P43, DOI 10.1080/02687031003714426
MacDonald MC, 2002, PSYCHOL REV, V109, P35, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.109.1.35
Manor BR, 2003, J NEUROSCI METH, V128, P85, DOI 10.1016/S0165-0270(03)00151-1
Martin N, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P464, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2003.12.004
MCNEIL MR, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V20, P21
McNeil R. M., 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P901
Meyer A. S., 2004, INTERFACE LANGUAGE V, P191
Murray L. L., 2006, NEUROGENIC DISORDERS
Murray Laura L., 2001, Seminars in Speech and Language, V22, P127
Murray L. L, 2004, J MED SPEECH LANGUAG, V12, pxxv
Murray LL, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P91, DOI 10.1080/026870399402226
Murray LL, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P401, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248480
Odekar A, 2009, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V52, P31, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2008/07-0100)
Sung JE, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P1040, DOI 10.1080/02687030802592884
Tanenhaus MK, 2000, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V29, P557, DOI 10.1023/A:1026464108329
Tanenhaus MK, 1996, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V11, P583
TOMPKINS CA, 1994, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V37, P896
Towse JN, 2000, MEM COGNITION, V28, P341, DOI 10.3758/BF03198549
TSENG CH, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P276, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1046
TURNER ML, 1989, J MEM LANG, V28, P127, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(89)90040-5
Van Gompel Roger P. G., 2007, P1, DOI 10.1016/B978-008044980-7/50003-3
Waters GS, 2003, BEHAV RES METH INS C, V35, P550, DOI 10.3758/BF03195534
Wright HH, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P802, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192414
Wright HH, 2005, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V14, P107, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2005/012)
Zacks R. T, 1993, LANGUAGE MEMORY AGIN, P154
NR 62
TC 7
Z9 7
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 3-4
SI SI
BP 556
EP 578
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.618219
PG 23
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 910OT
UT WOS:000301649800013
ER
PT J
AU Gvion, A
Friedmann, N
AF Gvion, Aviah
Friedmann, Naama
TI Phonological short-term memory in conduction aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Conduction aphasia; Working memory; Phonological buffer;
Short-term memory; STM; Hebrew
ID WORKING-MEMORY; NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL EVIDENCE; SENTENCE COMPREHENSION;
UNDERLYING PROCESSES; AGE-DIFFERENCES; OUTPUT BUFFER; IMPAIRMENT;
LANGUAGE; IMMEDIATE; DEFICIT
AB Background: Within cognitive neuropsychological models conduction aphasia has been conceptualised as a phonological buffer deficit. It may affect the output buffer, the input buffer, or both. The phonological output buffer is a short-term storage, responsible for the short-term maintenance of phonological units until their articulation, as well as for phonological and morphological composition. The phonological input buffer holds input strings until they are identified in the input lexicon. Thus the phonological buffers are closely related to phonological short-term memory (pSTM), and hence it is important to assess pSTM in conduction aphasia. Because the input and output buffers play different roles, impairment in each of them predicts different impairments in the patient's ability to understand certain sentences, to learn new words and names, and to remember and recall lists of words and numbers for short time periods.
Aims: This study explored in detail pSTM in individuals with conduction aphasia, comparing individuals with input and output deficits, recall and recognition tasks, and stimuli of various types. It also tested pSTM in six age groups of healthy individuals, assessing the effect of age on various types of stimuli. This paper presents a new battery of 10 recall and recognition span tests, designed to assess pSTM in aphasia and to measure spans and effects on spans.
Methods & Procedures: The participants were 14 Hebrew-speaking individuals with conduction aphasia, 12 with input or input-output phonological buffer deficit, and 2 with only output deficit, and 296 healthy individuals.
Outcomes & Results: The analyses of the spans and effects on pSTM in the 10 tests indicated that all the participants with conduction aphasia had limited pSTM, significantly poorer than that of the control participants, and no semantic STM impairment. They had shorter spans, smaller length and similarity effects, and larger sentential effect than the controls. The individuals with conduction aphasia who had an impairment in the phonological input buffer showed deficit in both the recall and recognition span tasks. The individuals with the output conduction aphasia showed impairment only in the recall tasks. The healthy individuals showed age effect on span tasks involving words, but no effect of age on span tasks of nonwords.
Conclusions: pSTM is impaired in conduction aphasia, and different pSTM impairments characterise different types of conduction aphasia. Output conduction aphasia causes difficulties only when verbal output is required, whereas input conduction aphasia also causes a deficit when only recognition is required. This suggests that rehearsal can take place without the phonological output buffer. Age differentially affects pSTM for words and nonwords in healthy adults: whereas the encoding of words changes, the ability to remember nonwords is unchanged.
C1 [Gvion, Aviah; Friedmann, Naama] Tel Aviv Univ, Sch Educ, Language & Brain Lab, IL-69978 Tel Aviv, Israel.
[Gvion, Aviah] Reuth Med Ctr, Tel Aviv, Israel.
[Gvion, Aviah] Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Kiryat Ono, Israel.
RP Friedmann, N (reprint author), Tel Aviv Univ, Sch Educ, Language & Brain Lab, IL-69978 Tel Aviv, Israel.
EM naamafr@post.tau.ac.il
RI Friedmann, Naama/M-2688-2013
FU National Institute for Psychobiology in Israel [2004-5-2b]; Israel
Science Foundation [1296/06]; ARC Centre of Excellence in Cognition and
its Disorders (CCD), Macquarie University
FX This research was supported by a research grant from the National
Institute for Psychobiology in Israel (Friedmann 2004-5-2b), by the
Israel Science Foundation (grant no. 1296/06, Friedmann), and by the ARC
Centre of Excellence in Cognition and its Disorders (CCD), Macquarie
University.
CR BADDELEY A, 1984, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V36, P233
Baddeley A, 2003, J COMMUN DISORD, V36, P189, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(03)00019-4
Baddeley A, 1998, PSYCHOL REV, V105, P158, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.105.1.158
Baddeley A., 1987, ATTENTION PERFORMANC, VXII
BADDELEY AD, 1966, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V18, P362, DOI 10.1080/14640746608400055
Baddeley A. D., 1986, WORKING MEMORY
BADDELEY AD, 1975, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V14, P575, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(75)80045-4
Baddeley Alan D, 1997, HUMAN MEMORY THEORY
VALLAR G, 1984, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V23, P151, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(84)90104-X
Baldo JV, 2008, BRAIN LANG, V105, P134, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.12.007
Barresi BA, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V74, P491
Bartha L, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V85, P93, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00502-3
BIRAN M, 2004, SHEMESH NAMING 100 O
BURKE DM, 1981, PSYCHOL BULL, V90, P513, DOI 10.1037/0033-2909.90.3.513
Butterworth B., 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL I, P187, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511665547.011
BUTTERWORTH B, 1992, COGNITION, V42, P261, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90045-J
Carpenter P. A., 1994, HDB PSYCHOLINGUISTIC, P1705
Caspari I, 1998, BRAIN COGNITION, V37, P205, DOI 10.1006/brcg.1997.0970
Cohen L, 1997, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V14, P1029, DOI 10.1080/026432997381349
CONRAD R, 1964, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V55, P429
CONRAD R, 1964, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V55, P75
Craik F. I. M., 1980, P GEORG TALL MEM C N
CRAIK FIM, 1972, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V11, P671, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(72)80001-X
Crawford JR, 1998, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V20, P755, DOI 10.1076/jcen.20.5.755.1132
CROWDER RG, 1978, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V17, P73, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(78)90540-6
DALEZMAN JJ, 1976, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V2, P597, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.2.5.597
DANEMAN M, 1980, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V19, P450, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(80)90312-6
Daselaar SM, 2003, NEUROBIOL AGING, V24, P1005, DOI 10.1016/S0197-4580(03)00032-0
DERENZI E, 1962, BRAIN, V85, P665, DOI 10.1093/brain/85.4.665
DOTAN D, 2007, LANGUAGE BRAIN, V6, P3
Dotan D, 2010, PROCD SOC BEHV, V6, P82, DOI 10.1016/j.sbspro.2010.08.042
ERBER JT, 1974, J GERONTOL, V29, P177
EYSENCK MW, 1974, DEV PSYCHOL, V10, P936, DOI 10.1037/h0037263
Franklin S, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1087, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000491
Freedman ML, 2001, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V18, P193, DOI 10.1080/02643290126002
Friedmann N, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P570, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192000
Friedmann N, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V86, P23, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00530-8
Friedmann N., 2002, FRIGVI FRIEDMANN GVI
Friedmann N., CAMBRIDGE H IN PRESS
Gathercole S. E., 1993, WORKING MEMORY LANGU
Gil M., 1999, HEBREW VERSION PALPA
Gvion A, 2007, THESIS TEL AVIV U
Hanten G, 2000, J MEM LANG, V43, P335, DOI 10.1006/jmla.2000.2731
Hanten G, 2001, BRAIN COGNITION, V45, P164, DOI 10.1006/brcg.2000.1236
HOUGH MS, 1994, J NEUROLINGUIST, V8, P235, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(94)90010-8
Howard D., 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL I, P287, DOI DOI 10.1017/CB09780511665547.016
Howard D, 2005, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V22, P42, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000582
HULME C, 1991, J MEM LANG, V30, P685, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(91)90032-F
Kay J., 1992, PALPA PSYCHOLINGUIST
Kertesz A, 1982, CONDUCTION APHASIA
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
KOHN SE, 1994, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V15, P75, DOI 10.1017/S0142716400006986
Laganaro M, 2010, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V25, P1, DOI 10.1080/01690960902719259
Lichtheim L., 1885, DTSCH ARCH KLINISCHE, V36, P204, DOI DOI 10.1080/01690960902719259
Martin N, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P107, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000447
Martin N, 1997, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V14, P641
Martin N, 2004, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P213, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000447
Martin R., 1994, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V8, P506, DOI [10.1037/0894-4105.8.4.506, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.8.4.506]
MARTIN RC, 1994, J MEM LANG, V33, P83, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1994.1005
Martin R. C., 1995, BRAIN LANG, V51, P220
MARTIN RC, 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V9, P509, DOI 10.1080/02643299208252070
Monsell S., 1987, LANGUAGE PERCEPTION, P273
Nickels L., 1997, SPOKEN WORD PRODUCTI
Nickels L, 2004, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P57, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000122
NICKELS N, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P161, DOI DOI 10.1080/02643290342000122
PAPAGNO C, 1991, J MEM LANG, V30, P331, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(91)90040-Q
Romani C, 1999, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V128, P56, DOI 10.1037/0096-3445.128.1.56
ROMANI C, 1992, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V7, P131, DOI 10.1080/01690969208409382
SCHWEICKERT R, 1993, MEM COGNITION, V21, P168, DOI 10.3758/BF03202729
Schweikert R, 1993, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V21, P168
Semenza C, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V45, P425, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2006.07.006
SHALLICE T, 1977, BRAIN LANG, V4, P479, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(77)90040-2
SIMON E, 1979, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V5, P115, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.5.2.115
Smith E. E., 2000, LANGUAGE BRAIN REPRE, P123, DOI 10.1016/B978-012304260-6/50008-6
Soroker N., 1997, J SPEECH HEAR RES
Soroker N., 1997, HEBREW W APHASIA BAT
Vallar G., 1999, HDB CLIN EXPT NEUROP, P321
Vallar G, 1997, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V35, P795, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(96)00127-3
VALLAR G, 2006, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V23, P1
Vallar G, 2004, CORTEX, V40, P223, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70959-6
WATERS G, 1991, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V8, P81, DOI 10.1080/02643299108253368
WERNICKE C, 1906, DTSCH KLIN EINGANGE, V6
Willis CS, 2001, MEMORY, V9, P349
Wilshire CE, 1996, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V13, P1059
WILSON BA, 1993, CORTEX, V29, P153
NR 85
TC 6
Z9 6
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 3-4
SI SI
BP 579
EP 614
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.643759
PG 36
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 910OT
UT WOS:000301649800014
ER
PT J
AU Thompson, CK
Cho, S
Hsu, CJ
Wieneke, C
Rademaker, A
Weitner, BB
Mesulam, MM
Weintraub, S
AF Thompson, Cynthia K.
Cho, Soojin
Hsu, Chien-Ju
Wieneke, Christina
Rademaker, Alfred
Weitner, Bing Bing
Mesulam, M. Marsel
Weintraub, Sandra
TI Dissociations between fluency and agrammatism in primary progressive
aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Agrammatism; Frontotemporal lobar degeneration; Fluency; Dementia;
Narrative speech
ID UNIFORM DATA SET; NONFLUENT APHASIA; FRONTOTEMPORAL DEMENTIA;
SPONTANEOUS SPEECH; SEMANTIC DEMENTIA; SENTENCE COMPREHENSION;
GENERALIZED DEMENTIA; ALZHEIMERS-DISEASE; ANEMIC APHASIA; WORD-ORDER
AB Background: Classical aphasiology, based on the study of stroke sequelae, fuses speech fluency and grammatical ability. Nonfluent (Broca's) aphasia often is accompanied by agrammatism; whereas in the fluent aphasias grammatical deficits are not typical. The assumption that a similar relationship exists in primary progressive aphasia (PPA) has led to the dichotomisation of this syndrome into fluent and nonfluent subtypes.
Aims: This study compared elements of fluency and grammatical production in the narrative speech of individuals with PPA to determine if they can be dissociated from one another.
Methods & Procedures: Speech samples from 37 individuals with PPA, clinically assigned to agrammatic (N = 11), logopaenic (N = 20), and semantic (N = 6) subtypes, and 13 cognitively healthy control participants telling the "Cinderella Story" were analysed for fluency-i.e., words per minute (WPM) and mean length of utterance in words (MLU-W)-and grammaticality, i.e., the proportion of grammatically correct sentences, open-to-closed-class word ratio, noun-to-verb ratio, and correct production of verb inflection, noun morphology, and verb argument structure. Between-group differences were analysed for each variable. Correlational analyses examined the relation between WPM and each grammatical variable, and an off-line measure of sentence production.
Outcomes & Results: Agrammatic and logopaenic groups both had lower scores on the fluency measures and produced significantly fewer grammatical sentences than did semantic and control groups. However, only the agrammatic group evinced significantly impaired production of verb inflection and verb argument structure. In addition some semantic participants showed abnormal open-to-closed and noun-to-verb ratios in narrative speech. When the sample was divided on the basis of fluency, all the agrammatic participants fell in the nonfluent category. The logopaenic participants varied in fluency but those with low fluency showed variable performance on measures of grammaticality. Correlational analyses and scatter plots comparing fluency and each grammatical variable revealed dissociations within PPA participants, with some nonfluent participants showing normal grammatical skill.
Conclusions: Grammatical production is a complex construct comprising correct usage of several language components, each of which can be selectively affected by disease. This study demonstrates that individuals with PPA show dissociations between fluency and grammatical production in narrative speech. Grammatical ability, and its relationship to fluency, varies from individual to individual, and from one variant of PPA to another, and can even be found in individuals with semantic PPA in whom a fluent aphasia is usually thought to accompany preserved ability to produce grammatical utterances.
C1 [Thompson, Cynthia K.; Cho, Soojin; Hsu, Chien-Ju] Northwestern Univ, Aphasia & Neurolinguist Lab, Evanston, IL USA.
[Thompson, Cynthia K.; Wieneke, Christina; Mesulam, M. Marsel; Weintraub, Sandra] NW Feinberg Sch Med, Cognit Neurol & Alzheimers Dis Ctr, Chicago, IL USA.
[Rademaker, Alfred; Weitner, Bing Bing] NW Feinberg Sch Med, Dept Prevent Med, Chicago, IL USA.
[Thompson, Cynthia K.; Mesulam, M. Marsel; Weintraub, Sandra] NW Feinberg Sch Med, Dept Neurol, Chicago, IL USA.
[Weintraub, Sandra] NW Feinberg Sch Med, Dept Psychiat & Behav Sci, Chicago, IL USA.
RP Weintraub, S (reprint author), 320 E Super,Searle 11-467, Chicago, IL 60611 USA.
EM sweintraub@northwestern.edu
FU National Institute on Deafness and other Communication Disorders
[R01DC008552, R01DC01948]; National Institute on Aging [AG13854]
FX This study was supported by grants R01DC008552 and R01DC01948 from the
National Institute on Deafness and other Communication Disorders and by
grant AG13854 (Alzheimer's Disease Core Center) from the National
Institute on Aging. We wish to thank Tamar Gefen, BA, for her assistance
with data presentation.
CR BRUN A, 1994, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V57, P416
Armstrong E, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P875, DOI 10.1080/02687030050127685
Ash S, 2006, NEUROLOGY, V66, P1405, DOI 10.1212/01.wnl.0000210435.72614.38
Ash S, 2009, J NEUROLINGUIST, V22, P370, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2008.12.001
Bastiaanse R, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P951, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249463
Bastiaanse R, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P91, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00306-7
Beekly DL, 2007, ALZ DIS ASSOC DIS, V21, P249, DOI 10.1097/WAD.0b013e318142774e
Benton AL, 1998, CONTRIBUTIONS NEUROP
Caplan D, 1996, BRAIN, V119, P933, DOI 10.1093/brain/119.3.933
Cappa SF, 1996, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V777, P243, DOI 10.1111/j.1749-6632.1996.tb34426.x
CARAMAZZA A, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P572, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90048-1
Cardebat D, 1996, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V34, P1175, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(96)00040-1
Chapman R., 2000, SYSTEMATIC ANAL LANG
CHAWLUK JB, 1986, ANN NEUROL, V19, P68, DOI 10.1002/ana.410190112
Dabul B, 2000, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL, V2nd
De Bleser R, 2003, J NEUROLINGUIST, V16, P213, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(02)00015-5
DOLLAGHAN CA, 1990, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V55, P582
Dragoy O, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P28, DOI 10.1080/02687030802586902
Dunn L. M., 2007, PEABODY PICTURE VOCA
Folstein MF, 2004, MINIMENTAL STATE EXA
GOODGLASS H, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V7, P201, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90017-8
Goodglass H, 1997, CLIN NEUROSCI, V4, P51
Goodglass H., 1983, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V2nd
Gorno-Tempini ML, 2004, ANN NEUROL, V55, P335, DOI 10.1002/ana.10825
Gorno-Tempini ML, 2011, NEUROLOGY, V76, P1006, DOI 10.1212/WNL.0b013e31821103e6
Gorno-Tempini ML, 2008, NEUROLOGY, V71, P1227, DOI 10.1212/01.wnl.0000320506.79811.da
Graham NL, 2004, NEUROCASE, V10, P141, DOI 10.1080/13554790490497256
HODGES JR, 1992, BRAIN, V115, P1783, DOI 10.1093/brain/115.6.1783
Edwards S, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P99, DOI 10.1080/02687039808250466
Jonkers R, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V55, P37
Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kertesz A, 2003, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V9, P710, DOI 10.1017/S1355617703950041
Kertesz A., 2006, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
Kim M, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V74, P1, DOI 10.1006/brin.2000.2315
Kiss K., 2000, GRAMMATICAL DISORDER
Knibb JA, 2009, BRAIN, V132, P2734, DOI 10.1093/brain/awp207
Knibb JA, 2006, ANN NEUROL, V59, P156, DOI 10.1002/ana.20700
Mesulam M, 2008, ANN NEUROL, V63, P709, DOI 10.1002/ana.21388
Mesulam M, 2009, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V66, P1545, DOI 10.1001/archneurol.2009.288
Mesulam Marsel, 2008, Handb Clin Neurol, V89, P573, DOI 10.1016/S0072-9752(07)01254-7
Mesulam MM, 2003, NEW ENGL J MED, V349, P1535, DOI 10.1056/NEJMra022435
Mesulam M M, 1992, Baillieres Clin Neurol, V1, P583
Mesulam MM, 2001, ANN NEUROL, V49, P425, DOI 10.1002/ana.91
MESULAM MM, 1982, ANN NEUROL, V11, P592, DOI 10.1002/ana.410110607
Mesulam MM, 2007, ALZ DIS ASSOC DIS, V21, pS8
Meteyard L, 2009, BRAIN LANG, V110, P121, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2009.03.007
Morris JC, 2006, ALZ DIS ASSOC DIS, V20, P210, DOI 10.1097/01.wad.0000213865.09806.92
Neary D, 1998, NEUROLOGY, V51, P1546
OLDFIELD RC, 1971, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V9, P97, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(71)90067-4
Orange JB, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V71, P172, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2243
Orange JB, 1998, J NEUROLINGUIST, V11, P153, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(98)00011-6
Osher Jason E, 2007, Am J Alzheimers Dis Other Demen, V22, P468, DOI 10.1177/1533317507307173
Patterson K, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P1018, DOI 10.1080/02687030600739463
Patterson K, 2006, FROM INKMARKS TO IDEAS: CURRENT ISSUES IN LEXICAL PROCESSING, P299
Prins R, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P1075, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000534
REITAN R. M., 1958, PERCEPT MOT SKILLS, V8, P271
Rogalski E, 2011, J NEUROSCI, V31, P3344, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.5544-10.2011
Rogers MA, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P635, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249563
Rosen HJ, 2002, AM J GERIAT PSYCHIAT, V10, P89, DOI 10.1176/appi.ajgp.10.1.89
Sapolsky D, 2010, NEUROLOGY, V75, P358, DOI 10.1212/WNL.0b013e3181ea15e8
Sealey L. R., 2007, J COMMUN DISORD, V41, P223
Seeley WW, 2009, NEURON, V62, P42, DOI 10.1016/j.neuron.2009.03.024
Sonty S. P., 2007, OHBM ANN C JUN, pS110/239
Sonty SP, 2003, ANN NEUROL, V53, P35, DOI 10.1002/ana.10390
Thompson C. K., 1995, BRAIN LANG, V51, P124
Thompson C. K., PERSPECTIVE IN PRESS
Thompson CK, 2010, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V48, P3211, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2010.06.036
Thompson CK, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P297, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248473
Turner RS, 1996, ANN NEUROL, V39, P166, DOI 10.1002/ana.410390205
TYRRELL PJ, 1990, BRAIN, V113, P1321, DOI 10.1093/brain/113.5.1321
WAGENAAR E, 1975, BRAIN LANG, V2, P281, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(75)80071-X
Wechsler D., 1998, WECHSLER MEMEORY SCA
Weintraub S, 2009, ALZ DIS ASSOC DIS, V23, P91, DOI 10.1097/WAD.0b013e318191c7dd
Weintraub S, 1996, DEMENCE POURQUOI, P75
Weintraub S., 1993, HDB NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V8
Weintraub S, 2009, AM J ALZHEIMERS DIS, V24, P408, DOI 10.1177/1533317509343104
Westerveld M. F., 2004, ADV SPEECH LANGUAGE, V6, P195, DOI 10.1080/14417040400010140
Wicklund A. K., 2005, TURKISH J NEUROLOGY, V11, P566
Wicklund AH, 2004, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V26, P347, DOI 10.1080/13803390490510077
Wilson SM, 2010, BRAIN, V133, P2069, DOI 10.1093/brain/awq129
ZURIF EB, 1976, CORTEX, V12, P183
NR 81
TC 27
Z9 27
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 1
BP 20
EP 43
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.584691
PG 24
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 910OI
UT WOS:000301648700002
ER
PT J
AU Soni, M
Ralph, MAL
Woollams, AM
AF Soni, Maya
Ralph, Matthew A. Lambon
Woollams, Anna M.
TI Repetition priming of picture naming in semantic aphasia: The impact of
intervening items
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Repetition priming; Picture naming; Stroke aphasia; Semantic memory;
Executive control; Speech production
ID REFRACTORY ACCESS; WORD PRODUCTION; STROKE APHASIA; DEMENTIA; RETRIEVAL;
RECOGNITION; IMPAIRMENT; MEMORY; NORMS; COMPREHENSION
AB Background: We present an experiment that explores the nature of repetition priming of picture naming in a group of semantic stroke aphasic patients. The study was designed to extend previous investigations of repetition priming effects among other stroke aphasic patients and patients with semantic dementia. This work builds on previous work with semantic aphasic patients that shows enhanced picture-naming performance due to correct phonemic cues.
Aims: To assess the extent to which semantic control deficits observed during semantic aphasic patients' picture naming are resolved by prior exposure to an identical stimulus, and to determine the optimal lag between prime and target to maximise naming success.
Methods & Procedures: The procedure was carried out with five stroke patients who had all failed verbal and picture versions of tests of semantic association, revealing difficulties with manipulation of semantic information, and their performance was compared to five age-and education-matched controls. A total of 180 pictures to be named were presented individually on a computer screen in two sessions at least a week apart, with half preceded by an identical item in session one and the other half preceded by an identical item in session two. Three lags (0, 1, and 7 items intervening) were embedded in the pseudo-random structure such that it was unpredictable whether the next trial would be a repeat or not.
Outcomes & Results: Considerable repetition priming was observed in this semantic aphasic patient group, bringing their performance up to control level at lag 0. Priming with a very short lag between prime and target (0-1 item) significantly reduced latency. Accuracy was significantly increased and semantic errors decreased with up to seven intervening items. Controls also benefited from repetition priming, but showed little variation in latency, accuracy or errors over this range of short lags.
Conclusions: For patients with problems manipulating semantic information, repetition priming was an effective way to boost naming performance, although increasing the number of intervening items had a progressively detrimental effect. The observed repetition priming effects are interpreted within a connectionist model of speech production.
C1 [Woollams, Anna M.] Univ Manchester, Sch Psychol Sci, Neurosci & Aphasia Res Unit, Manchester M13 9PL, Lancs, England.
RP Woollams, AM (reprint author), Univ Manchester, Sch Psychol Sci, Neurosci & Aphasia Res Unit, Zochonis Bldg,Brunswick St, Manchester M13 9PL, Lancs, England.
EM anna.woollams@manchester.ac.uk
RI Lambon Ralph, Matthew/A-1695-2009
CR Baayen R. H., 1995, CELEX LEXICAL DATABA
Bird H, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V73, P17, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2293
Bozeat S, 2003, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V20, P27, DOI 10.1080/02643290244000176
Bozeat S, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V38, P1207, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(00)00034-8
Burgess PW, 1997, HAYLING BRIXTON TEST
Corbett F, 2009, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V47, P2721, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2009.05.020
Crutch SJ, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V87, P81, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00208-6
Crutch SJ, 2005, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V22, P851, DOI 10.1080/02643290442000374
Cumming TB, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V98, P221, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.05.002
de Zubicaray G, 2006, NEUROIMAGE, V33, P383, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2006.06.024
Fenson Larry, 1994, Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development, V59, P1
Fillingham JK, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P597, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000272
Foygel D, 2000, J MEM LANG, V43, P182, DOI 10.1006/jmla.2000.2716
Francis WS, 2008, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V137, P566, DOI 10.1037/0096-3445.137.3.566
GLASER WR, 1992, COGNITION, V42, P61, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90040-O
HELMICK JW, 1975, J COMMUN DISORD, V8, P23, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(75)90023-4
Hengst JA, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P887, DOI 10.1080/02687030903478330
HINTON GE, 1991, PSYCHOL REV, V98, P74, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.98.1.74
Howard D, 2006, CORTEX, V42, P946, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70439-8
HOWARD D, 1985, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V2, P49, DOI 10.1080/02643298508252861
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
HUMPHREYS GW, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P67, DOI 10.1080/02643298808252927
Jefferies E, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V45, P1065, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2006.09.009
Jefferies E, 2009, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V23, P492, DOI 10.1037/a0015452
Jefferies E, 2006, NEUROCASE, V12, P1, DOI 10.1080/13554790500428445
Jefferies E, 2008, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V46, P649, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2007.09.007
Jefferies E, 2006, BRAIN, V129, P2132, DOI 10.1093/brain/awl153
Lachman R., 1980, PICTURE NAMING RETRI
Laine M, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V53, P283, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0050
Martin N, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P53
McClelland J., 1987, DISTRIBUTED MODEL HU, V2
MILNER B, 1963, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V9, P90
MITCHELL DB, 1988, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V14, P213, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.14.2.213
MORRISON CM, 1992, MEM COGNITION, V20, P705, DOI 10.3758/BF03202720
Nickels L, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1047, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000618
Noonan KA, 2010, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V22, P1597, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2009.21289
Raven J. C., 1962, COLOURED PROGR MATRI
Raymer AM, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1031, DOI 10.1080/026870401430000609
Renvall K, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P499, DOI 10.1080/02687030701254248
Renvall K, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P305, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000671
ROBERTSON IH, 1993, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V15, P413
Rogers TT, 2004, PSYCHOL REV, V111, P205, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.111.1.205
Schneider W., 2002, E PRIME USERS GUIDE
SEIDENBERG MS, 1989, PSYCHOL REV, V96, P523, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.96.4.523
SNODGRASS JG, 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V6, P174, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.6.2.174
Soni M, 2009, J NEUROLINGUIST, V22, P538, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2009.06.002
Soni M, 2011, J NEUROLINGUIST, V24, P445, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2011.01.005
Stark CEL, 2000, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V26, P945, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.26.4.945
Stuss DT, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V38, P388, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(99)00093-7
Szekely A, 2003, BEHAV RES METH INS C, V35, P621, DOI 10.3758/BF03195542
Vitkovitch M, 2001, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V92, P483, DOI 10.1348/000712601162301
Warrington EK, 1991, VISUAL OBJECT SPACE
Warrington EK, 2004, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P299, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000546
Warrington EK, 1996, BRAIN, V119, P611, DOI 10.1093/brain/119.2.611
Wechsler D, 1997, WECHSLER ADULT INTEL, V3rd
WHEELDON LR, 1992, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V44, P723
NR 56
TC 0
Z9 0
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 1
BP 44
EP 63
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.602302
PG 20
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 910OI
UT WOS:000301648700003
ER
PT J
AU Falconer, C
Antonucci, SM
AF Falconer, Carolyn
Antonucci, Sharon M.
TI Use of semantic feature analysis in group discourse treatment for
aphasia: Extension and expansion
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Stroke rehabilitation; Lexical retrieval; Connected speech; Discourse;
Therapy
ID CONNECTED SPEECH; WORD RETRIEVAL; ADULTS; THERAPY; STABILITY; SAMPLE
AB Background: Semantic feature analysis (SFA) is a treatment for lexical retrieval impairment in which participants are cued to provide semantic information about concepts they have difficulty naming, in an effort to facilitate accurate lexical retrieval (Boyle, 2004a). Previous work has provided preliminary evidence that persons with aphasia who participated in SFA-focused group aphasia treatment demonstrate improved lexical retrieval in discourse, with additional improvements observed in either general communication informativeness or efficiency (Antonucci, 2009). Furthermore, results suggested that individuals with differing mechanisms of anomia could derive benefits from participation in SFA-focused group treatment.
Aims: The aim of the current study was to investigate further training of SFA in connected speech during group aphasia treatment. This study expanded and extended previous work (Antonucci, 2009), through the addition of participants with more varied aetiologies and severities of aphasia, and through the introduction of home practice. It was hypothesised that lexical retrieval during discourse would improve, as would overall communicative informativeness and/or efficiency.
Methods & Procedures: Four individuals with aphasia participated in biweekly group treatment during which SFA was trained through connected speech tasks. Three participants presented with stroke aphasia, while one demonstrated aphasia consequent to traumatic brain injury. Discourse measures included those for overall communicative informativeness and efficiency (Nicholas & Brookshire, 1993) and for word-class-specific lexical retrieval (Mayer & Murray, 2003). Effect sizes were calculated for all discourse measures. Pre-and post-treatment performance on the spontaneous speech portion of theWestern Aphasia Battery-Revised was also analysed relative to discourse measures, to corroborate findings from more frequently repeated probes.
Outcomes & Results: All four participants demonstrated improvement to communicative informativeness and/or efficiency in connected speech tasks.
Conclusions: Results provide additional support for the hypothesis that SFA administered during group aphasia treatment can be used successfully to facilitate improvement of communicative effectiveness. These results also support previous findings that individuals with differing aetiologies and natures of word retrieval impairment may benefit from participation in the same SFA-focused group aphasia treatment. Future work proceeding from this study may be directed towards differentiating which aspects of the treatment are most effective across participants with varied naming impairment, what is the optimal group composition and size, and towards discerning the most effective methods for facilitating and monitoring home practice.
C1 [Falconer, Carolyn; Antonucci, Sharon M.] NYU, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, New York, NY 10012 USA.
RP Antonucci, SM (reprint author), NYU, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, 665 Broadway,9th Floor, New York, NY 10012 USA.
EM sma208@nyu.edu
CR Adair-Ewing S. E., 2007, GROUP TREATMENT NEUR, P11
Antonucci SM, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P854, DOI 10.1080/02687030802634405
Beeson P. M., 2007, GROUP TREATMENT NEUR, P148
Beeson P. M., 2008, METAANALYSES APHASIA
Bernstein-Ellis E., 2007, GROUP TREATMENT NEUR, V2nd, P71
Boyle M, 2004, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V13, P236, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2004/025)
Boyle M., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P94
Boyle M., 2004, DISCOURSE TREATMENT
Boyle M., 2001, NEUROPHYSIOLOGY NEUR, V11, P23
BROOKSHIRE RH, 1994, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V37, P399
Busk P. L., 1992, SINGLE CASE RES DESI
Clausen NS, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P625, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000003
Coelho CA, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P133
Davis GA, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P21, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000598
Helm-Estabrooks N., 1989, MELODIC INTONATION T
Helm-Estabrooks N., 2003, NARRATIVE STORY CARD
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Katz RC, 1997, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V40, P493
Kertesz A., 2006, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
Larfeuil C, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P783, DOI 10.1080/02687039708250456
Lowell S., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P109
Mason C, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P245, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.489258
Mayer JF, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P481, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000148
MEASSO G, 1993, ACTA NEUROL SCAND, V88, P70
Meinzer M, 2005, STROKE, V36, P1462, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000169941.29831.2a
Miller J. F., 1985, SYSTEMATIC ANAL LANG
NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338
Peach RK, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P971, DOI 10.1080/02687030903058629
Pulvermuller F, 2001, STROKE, V32, P1621
Raven J., 1998, COLOURED PROGRESSIVE
Rider JD, 2008, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V17, P161, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2008/016)
Simmons-Mackie N, 2007, TOP LANG DISORD, V27, P5
MASSARO M, 1994, CLIN APHASIOL, V22, P245
Wambaugh JL, 2007, J REHABIL RES DEV, V44, P381, DOI 10.1682/JRRD.2006.05.0038
NR 35
TC 10
Z9 10
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 1
BP 64
EP 82
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.602390
PG 19
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 910OI
UT WOS:000301648700004
ER
PT J
AU Hessler, D
Jonkers, R
Bastiaanse, R
AF Hessler, Dorte
Jonkers, Roel
Bastiaanse, Roelien
TI Processing of audiovisual stimuli in aphasic and non-brain-damaged
listeners
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Auditory perception; Speechreading; Aphasia; McGurk effect
ID SPEECH-PERCEPTION; WORD DEAFNESS; AUDITORY COMPREHENSION; WERNICKES
APHASIA; INTEGRATION; INFORMATION; MOVEMENTS; ILLUSION; PATIENT; FUSION
AB Background: During speech perception not only auditory but also visual information (seen speech) is processed. This was shown by, for example, McGurk and MacDonald (1976). In their study participants watched videos showing a speaker articulating the syllable /ka/, while the sound of /pa/ was dubbed onto the video. The most commonly reported perception was neither of the two syllables, but a fusion of both (/ta/). This effect of audiovisual integration has been called the "McGurk effect". Klitsch (2008) showed that the McGurk effect was also found for participants with aphasia and its strength was comparable to an age-matched control group. However her task was an offline measure and therefore provided limited information about the processing itself.
Aims: In this study reaction time data will be analysed in addition to answer types. By this we aim to find out whether there are qualitative differences between healthy and aphasic processing, shown by different patterns in the reaction times.
Methods & Procedures: Three aphasic participants and a group of fourteen non-brain-damaged control participants took part in a nonword identification task in which they were presented with a speaker pronouncing a syllable. Afterwards they had to choose the matching syllable from three written options. This task was carried out in four conditions: "auditory only", "visual only" (articulatory movements), " audiovisual", and " McGurk" (incongruent auditory and audiovisual information). Along with the answer types, the reaction times were also recorded for all participants.
Outcomes & Results: The aphasic participants made more errors and were slower than the non-brain-damaged control participants across conditions. Within the McGurk condition we found different patterns for the non-brain-damaged and the aphasic participants: reaction times were increased for the control group whenever a McGurk-type answer was chosen (compared with answers representing the auditory or visual part of the stimulus), while there were no influences of the chosen answer type on the reaction times for the aphasic participants.
Conclusions: Processing of audiovisual information was not only slower in three aphasic participants but also differed qualitatively from the non-brain-damaged control group. For the control participants reaction times differed depending on what answer type was chosen in the McGurk condition. This was not the case for either of the aphasic participants. We argue that the slow-down in undisturbed processing is caused by conscious access to the unimodal information, which might be lacking for the aphasic participants.
C1 [Hessler, Dorte] Univ Groningen, Dept Linguist, CLCG, NL-9700 AS Groningen, Netherlands.
RP Hessler, D (reprint author), Univ Groningen, Dept Linguist, CLCG, POB 716, NL-9700 AS Groningen, Netherlands.
EM d.a.hessler@rug.nl
FU University of Groningen
FX This project was funded by an Ubbo Emmius Scholarship of the University
of Groningen to the first author. Research of the second and third
author was funded by the University of Groningen.
CR Bastiaanse R., 1995, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
BLUMSTEIN SE, 1977, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V15, P19, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(77)90111-7
BUCHMAN AS, 1986, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V49, P489, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.49.5.489
CAMPBELL R, 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V28, P787, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(90)90003-7
Campbell R., 1988, VISIBLE LANG, V22, P32
Campbell R., 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL I, P268, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511665547.015
CAPLAN D, 1994, J ACOUST SOC AM, V95, P512, DOI 10.1121/1.408345
Colin C, 2002, CLIN NEUROPHYSIOL, V113, P495, DOI 10.1016/S1388-2457(02)00024-X
Csepe V, 2001, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V39, P1194, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(01)00052-5
De Gelder B., 1995, EUROSPEECH 1995, P1699
FRANKLIN S, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P189, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248991
Graetz P., 1992, AKENSE AFASIETEST AA
Grauwinkel K., 2006, P INT C SPEECH COMP
Hessler D, 2010, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V24, P980, DOI 10.3109/02699206.2010.507297
Hessler D., 2008, SPEKTRUM PATHOLINGUI, P131
Jakobson Roman, 1952, PRELIMINARIES SPEECH
Janse E, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V97, P1, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.06.011
Klitsch J., 2008, THESIS U GRONINGEN, V67
Loh M, 2010, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V22, P240, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2009.21202
MACDONALD J, 1978, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V24, P253, DOI 10.3758/BF03206096
MASSARO DW, 1995, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V21, P1053, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.21.4.1053
MASSARO DW, 1993, J PHONETICS, V21, P445
MCCLELLAND JL, 1986, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V18, P1, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(86)90015-0
MCGURK H, 1976, NATURE, V264, P746, DOI 10.1038/264746a0
Morris J, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P137, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248402
Norrix LW, 2006, J COMMUN DISORD, V39, P22, DOI 10.1016/j.jcomdis.2005.05.003
ODEN GC, 1978, PSYCHOL REV, V85, P172, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.85.3.172
Reisberg D., 1987, HEARING EYE PSYCHOL, P97
SAFFRAN EM, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P209, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90018-3
Schmid G, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V44, P546, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2005.07.002
Schmid G, 2009, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V23, P208, DOI 10.1080/02699200802399913
Schwartz JL, 2010, J ACOUST SOC AM, V127, P1584, DOI 10.1121/1.3293001
SHINDO M, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V40, P153, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90122-H
Soto-Faraco S, 2009, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V35, P580, DOI 10.1037/a0013483
Soto-Faraco S, 2004, COGNITION, V92, pB13, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2003.10.005
Soto-Faraco S, 2007, NEUROREPORT, V18, P347, DOI 10.1097/WNR.0b013e32801776f9
Wiener DA, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P599, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000228
Yee E, 2008, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V20, P592, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2008.20056
Youse KM, 2004, BRAIN INJURY, V18, P825, DOI 10.1080/02699000410001671784
NR 39
TC 1
Z9 1
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 1
BP 83
EP 102
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.608840
PG 20
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 910OI
UT WOS:000301648700005
ER
PT J
AU Barwood, CHS
Murdoch, BE
Whelan, BM
O'Sullivan, JD
Wong, A
Lloyd, D
Riek, S
Coulthard, A
AF Barwood, Caroline H. S.
Murdoch, Bruce E.
Whelan, Brooke-Mai
O'Sullivan, John D.
Wong, Andrew
Lloyd, David
Riek, Stephan
Coulthard, Alan
TI Longitudinal modulation of N400 in chronic non-fluent aphasia using
low-frequency rTMS: A randomised placebo controlled trial
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Event-related brain potentials; Aphasia; Language; Rehabilitation;
Transcranial magnetic stimulation; Stroke; Neurology; Transcallosal
disinhibition
ID EVENT-RELATED POTENTIALS; MAGNETIC STIMULATION RTMS; BRAIN POTENTIALS;
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGICAL EVIDENCE; LANGUAGE; COMPREHENSION; ASSOCIATION;
POSTSTROKE; DECISION; STROKE
AB Background: Measurements of the lexical-semantic ERP component N400 have been used to monitor neurophysiological change associated with repetitive transcranial magnetic simulation (rTMS) in persons with chronic non-fluent aphasia. Combined with reported favourable behavioural language changes, research evidence has informed the potential of rTMS to assist brain reorganisation patterns in persons with chronic language impairment.
Aims: The present study aimed to provide evidence regarding the longitudinal effects of rTMS on N400, an ERP measure of lexical-semantic performance in persons with non-fluent aphasia. Further, it aimed to provide a comparison of N400 responses between the active and placebo group across semantically congruent and incongruent ERP conditions.
Methods & Procedures: A total of 12 persons with aphasia were randomly assigned to receive active stimulation (n = 6) or placebo stimulation (n = 6). ERP measures from four centro-parietal electrodes were taken at baseline, 1 week, 2 months, 8 months, and 12 months post stimulation.
Outcomes & Results: Significant interactions of group x time were identified for task performance between the active and placebo groups, where active performance was higher. Significant interaction effects of group x time x condition, for some electrodes across ERP measures of mean amplitude, peak amplitude, and area were found. Active group N400 responses improved (increased negativity) over 12 months, compared to the placebo group responses.
Conclusions: The results demonstrated that modulation of N400 measures up to 12 months post rTMS for the active stimulation group was present. Electrophysiological changes were accompanied by improvements in anomaly detection over time. Overall, these findings highlight that low-frequency rTMS has the capacity to modulate lexical-semantic processing over time as evidenced via ERP measures.
C1 [Barwood, Caroline H. S.] Univ Queensland, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, Ctr Neurogen Commun Disorders Res, Brisbane, Qld 4072, Australia.
[Lloyd, David; Riek, Stephan] Univ Queensland, Sch Human Movement Studies, Brisbane, Qld 4072, Australia.
[O'Sullivan, John D.; Wong, Andrew] Royal Brisbane & Womens Hosp, Dept Neurol & Neurosurg, Brisbane, Qld, Australia.
[Coulthard, Alan] Royal Brisbane & Womens Hosp, Dept Med Imaging, Brisbane, Qld, Australia.
RP Barwood, CHS (reprint author), Univ Queensland, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, Ctr Neurogen Commun Disorders Res, Brisbane, Qld 4072, Australia.
EM c.barwood@uq.edu.au
RI Barwood, Caroline/E-6627-2012; O'Sullivan, John/C-6119-2013; Murdoch,
Bruce/C-1397-2012; Riek, Stephan/A-1506-2010; Coulthard,
Alan/C-3649-2011; Wong, Andrew/C-1569-2011
OI Coulthard, Alan/0000-0003-1110-9207; Wong, Andrew/0000-0002-7272-8944
FU Graduate School Research Travel Grant
FX This research was assisted by receipt of a Graduate School Research
Travel Grant, administered by the Graduate School, University of
Queensland, Australia.
CR BARRETT SE, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P424, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90125-Z
Barwood CHS, 2011, BRAIN LANG, V116, P125, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2010.07.004
Barwood CHS, 2011, NEUROREHABILITATION, V28, P113, DOI 10.3233/NRE-2011-0640
Barwood CHS, 2011, EUR J NEUROL, V18, P935, DOI 10.1111/j.1468-1331.2010.03284.x
BENTIN S, 1985, ELECTROEN CLIN NEURO, V60, P343, DOI 10.1016/0013-4694(85)90008-2
D'Arcy RCN, 2003, CLIN NEUROPHYSIOL, V114, P662, DOI 10.1016/S1388-2457(03)00007-5
Dobel C, 2002, PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY, V39, P747, DOI 10.1017/S0048577202011393
Dobel C, 2001, EXP BRAIN RES, V140, P77, DOI 10.1007/s002210100794
Federmeier KD, 2001, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V27, P202, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.27.1.202
Federmeier KD, 1999, COGNITIVE BRAIN RES, V8, P373, DOI 10.1016/S0926-6410(99)00036-1
Friederici AD, 1997, CLIN NEUROSCI, V4, P64
Goodglass H., 2001, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V3rd
Hamm JP, 2002, CLIN NEUROPHYSIOL, V113, P1339, DOI 10.1016/S1388-2457(02)00161-X
Heiss WD, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V98, P118, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.02.002
HOLCOMB PJ, 1994, BRAIN COGNITION, V24, P259, DOI 10.1006/brcg.1994.1014
Jasper H. H., 1958, ELECTROENCEPHALOGRAP, V10, P371, DOI DOI 10.1016/0013-4694(58)90053-1
Kakuda W, 2010, INT J NEUROSCI, V120, P60, DOI 10.3109/00207450903445628
Kaplan E., 2001, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kiefer M, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V64, P377, DOI 10.1006/brln.1998.1979
Kitade Shuko, 1999, Journal of Medical Investigation, V46, P87
KOUNIOS J, 1994, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V20, P804, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.20.4.804
KUTAS M, 1980, SCIENCE, V207, P203, DOI 10.1126/science.7350657
KUTAS M, 1984, NATURE, V307, P161, DOI 10.1038/307161a0
KUTAS M, 1983, MEM COGNITION, V11, P539, DOI 10.3758/BF03196991
Kutas M., 1994, HDB PSYCHOLINGUISTIC
Lau EF, 2008, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V9, P920, DOI 10.1038/nrn2532
Martin PI, 2009, BRAIN LANG, V111, P20, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2009.07.007
MILLS KR, 1992, ELECTROEN CLIN NEURO, V85, P17, DOI 10.1016/0168-5597(92)90096-T
Naeser MA, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V93, P95, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.08.004
Naeser MA, 2004, NEUROIMAGE, V22, P29, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2003.11.016
OLDFIELD RC, 1971, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V9, P97, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(71)90067-4
OSTERHOUT L, 1992, J MEM LANG, V31, P785, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(92)90039-Z
Rhodes SM, 2008, PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY, V45, P50, DOI 10.1111/j.1469-8986.2007.00598.x
ROSSINI PM, 1994, ELECTROEN CLIN NEURO, V91, P79, DOI 10.1016/0013-4694(94)90029-9
RUGG MD, 1985, PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY, V22, P642, DOI 10.1111/j.1469-8986.1985.tb01661.x
SNODGRASS JG, 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V6, P174, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.6.2.174
Willems RM, 2008, BRAIN RES, V1219, P78, DOI 10.1016/j.brainres.2008.04.065
NR 37
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 1
BP 103
EP 124
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.617812
PG 22
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 910OI
UT WOS:000301648700006
ER
PT J
AU Page, SJ
Harnish, S
AF Page, Stephen J.
Harnish, Stacy
TI Thinking about better speech: Mental practice for stroke-induced motor
speech impairments
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Motor; Aphasia; Occupational therapy; Speech therapy; Stroke
ID APHASIA THERAPY; SOMATOSENSORY CORTEX; HAND MOVEMENTS; FUNCTIONAL MRI;
OLDER-PEOPLE; IMAGERY; PLASTICITY; REHABILITATION; REORGANIZATION;
RECOVERY
AB Background: Mental practice (MP) is a mind-body technique in which physical movements are cognitively rehearsed. It has shown efficacy in reducing the severity of a number of neurological impairments.
Aims: In the present review we highlight recent developments in MP research, and the basis for MP use after stroke-induced motor speech disorders.
Main Contribution: In this review we (a) propose a novel conceptual model regarding the development of learned non-use in people with motor speech impairments; (b) review the rationale and efficacy of MP for reducing the severity of stroke-induced impairments; (c) review evidence demonstrating muscular and neural activations during and following MP use; (d) review evidence showing that MP increases skill acquisition, use, and function in stroke; (e) review literature regarding neuroplasticity after stroke, including MP-induced neuroplasticity and the neural substrates underlying motor and language reacquisition; and (f) based on the above, review the rationale and clinical application of MP for stroke-induced motor speech impairments.
Conclusions: Support for MP use includes decades of MP neurobiological and behavioural efficacy data in a number of populations. Most recently these data have expanded to the application of MP in neurological populations. Given increasingly demanding managed care environments, efficacious strategies that can be easily administered are needed. We also encounter clinicians who aspire to use MP, but their protocols do not contain several of the elements shown to be fundamental to effective MP implementation. Given shortfalls of some conventional aphasia and motor speech rehabilitative techniques, and uncertainty regarding optimal MP implementation, this paper introduces the neurophysiological bases for MP, the evidence for MP use in stroke rehabilitation, and discusses its applications and considerations in patients with stroke-induced motor speech impairments.
C1 [Page, Stephen J.] Ohio State Univ, Med Ctr, Div Occupat Therapy, Columbus, OH 43210 USA.
[Page, Stephen J.] Ohio State Univ, Med Ctr, Neuromotor Recovery & Rehabil Lab, Columbus, OH 43210 USA.
[Harnish, Stacy] Malcolm Randall VAMC Brain Rehabil Res Ctr, Gainesville, FL USA.
RP Page, SJ (reprint author), Ohio State Univ, Med Ctr, Div Occupat Therapy, Columbus, OH 43210 USA.
EM stephen.page@osumc.edu
FU National Institutes of Health [R01AT004454-01]
FX This study was supported by a grant from the National Institutes of
Health (R01AT004454-01).
CR [Anonymous], 2011, HEART DIS STROK STAT
Bach y Rita P., 1964, EXPT NEUROLOGY, V9, P327
Bakheit AMO, 2007, CLIN REHABIL, V21, P885, DOI 10.1177/0269215507078486
Bakker FC, 1996, J SPORT EXERCISE PSY, V18, P313
Bernhardt J, 2004, STROKE, V35, P1005, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000120727.40792.40
Bersano A, 2009, INT J STROKE, V4, P443, DOI 10.1111/j.1747-4949.2009.00349.x
Bhogal SK, 2003, STROKE, V34, P987, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000062343.64383.D0
Bookheimer S, 2002, ANNU REV NEUROSCI, V25, P151, DOI 10.1146/annurev.neuro.25.112701.142946
Brass M, 2001, ACTA PSYCHOL, V106, P3, DOI 10.1016/S0001-6918(00)00024-X
Broca P., 1861, B SOC ANAT PARIS, V36, P330
Buccino G, 2004, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V16, P114, DOI 10.1162/089892904322755601
Butefisch CM, 2000, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V97, P3661, DOI 10.1073/pnas.050350297
Celnik P, 2006, NEUROIMAGE, V29, P677, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2005.07.039
Cicinelli P, 1997, ELECTROMYOGR MOTOR C, V105, P438, DOI 10.1016/S0924-980X(97)00052-0
Classen J, 1998, J NEUROPHYSIOL, V79, P1117
Code C, 2011, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V13, P3, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2010.520090
Code C, 2003, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V13, P109, DOI 10.1080/09602010244000291
CORBALLIS MC, 1989, CORTEX, V25, P15
Davidson B, 2008, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V15, P325, DOI 10.1310/tsr1504-325
Davis GA, 1981, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO
DECETY J, 1989, BEHAV BRAIN RES, V34, P35, DOI 10.1016/S0166-4328(89)80088-9
DECETY J, 1991, BEHAV BRAIN RES, V42, P1, DOI 10.1016/S0166-4328(05)80033-6
Decety J, 1996, COGNITIVE BRAIN RES, V3, P87, DOI 10.1016/0926-6410(95)00033-X
Delaney G., 1993, LONG TERM CONSEQUENC, V7, P27
Dickey L, 2010, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V91, P196, DOI 10.1016/j.apmr.2009.09.020
Doesborgh S, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P213, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000580
Dunsky A., 2008, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V89, P1590
ELBERT T, 1995, SCIENCE, V270, P305, DOI 10.1126/science.270.5234.305
ELBERT T, 1994, NEUROREPORT, V5, P2593, DOI 10.1097/00001756-199412000-00047
Ferrari PF, 2003, EUR J NEUROSCI, V17, P1703, DOI 10.1046/j.1460-9568.2003.02601.x
Ferri CP, 2011, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V82, P1074, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.2010.234153
Ferro JM, 1999, CEREBROVASC DIS, V9, P6, DOI 10.1159/000047571
Gowers W., 1895, MALATTIE SISTEMA NER
Grezes J, 2003, NEUROIMAGE, V18, P928, DOI 10.1016/S1053-8119(03)00042-9
Guillot A, 2005, BRAIN RES REV, V50, P387, DOI 10.1016/j.brainresrev.2005.09.004
Hall C. R., 1983, MOVEMENT IMAGERY QUE
Hamel MF, 2005, AGING CLIN EXP RES, V17, P223
Hebb D, 1949, ORG BEHAV
Heddings AA, 2000, NEUROREHAB NEURAL RE, V14, P301
Henschen S. E., 1920, KLINTSCHE ANATOMISCH
Hinckley JJ, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P965, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000173
Hird J, 1991, J SPORT EXERCISE PSY, V8, P281
Holland A. L., 1989, HDB NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, P83
Iacoboni R. P., 1999, SCIENCE, V286, P2526
ISAAC AR, 1994, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V85, P479
Jacobson E, 1931, AM J PHYSIOL, V43, P122
JENKINS WM, 1990, J NEUROPHYSIOL, V63, P82
KARNI A, 1995, NATURE, V377, P155
Kendall DL, 2008, BRAIN LANG, V105, P1, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.11.007
Kleindorfer D, 2006, STROKE, V37, P2473, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000242766.65550.92
Koechlin E, 2006, NEURON, V50, P963, DOI 10.1016/j.neuron.2006.05.017
Kosslyn SM, 2001, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V2, P635, DOI 10.1038/35090055
Lacourse MG, 2005, NEUROIMAGE, V27, P505, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2005.04.025
Lequerica A, 2002, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V24, P1103, DOI 10.1076/jcen.24.8.1103.8370
Leyton ASF, 1917, Q J EXP PHYSIOL, V11, P135
Liepert J, 1999, EXP BRAIN RES, V125, P435, DOI 10.1007/s002210050700
Liepert J, 1998, NEUROSCI LETT, V250, P5, DOI 10.1016/S0304-3940(98)00386-3
Lord SE, 2004, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V85, P234, DOI 10.1016/j.apmr.2003.05.002
Nielson JM, 1946, AGNOSIA APRAXIA APHA
Nudo Randolph J, 2006, NeuroRx, V3, P420, DOI 10.1016/j.nurx.2006.07.006
Page SJ, 2000, OCCUP THER J RES, V20, P200
Page SJ, 2009, NEUROREHAB NEURAL RE, V23, P382, DOI 10.1177/1545968308326427
Page SJ, 2005, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V86, P399, DOI 10.1016/j.apmr.2004.10.002
Page SJ, 2007, STROKE, V38, P1293, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000260205.67348.2b
Pan CX, 2000, J PAIN SYMPTOM MANAG, V20, P374, DOI 10.1016/S0885-3924(00)00190-1
Paolucci S, 2005, CEREBROVASC DIS, V20, P400, DOI 10.1159/000088671
Peran O., 2003, MOVEMENT DISORD, V18, P150
Pulvermuller F, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P563, DOI 10.1080/02687030701612213
Pulvermuller F, 2005, NEUROIMAGE, V28, P481, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2005.06.038
Pulvermuller F, 2001, STROKE, V32, P1621
Rundek T, 2008, NEUROL CLIN, V26, P1007, DOI 10.1016/j.ncl.2008.09.001
Silveri MC, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V45, P2570, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2007.03.014
Simmons-Mackie N, 2010, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V91, P1814, DOI 10.1016/j.apmr.2010.08.026
Sirigu A, 1996, SCIENCE, V273, P1564, DOI 10.1126/science.273.5281.1564
Springer L, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V10, P279
Tomasino B, 2004, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V16, P878, DOI 10.1162/089892904970753
NR 76
TC 4
Z9 4
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 2
BP 127
EP 142
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.636027
PG 16
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 910OP
UT WOS:000301649400001
ER
PT J
AU Harris, L
Olson, A
Humphreys, G
AF Harris, Lara
Olson, Andrew
Humphreys, Glyn
TI Rehabilitation of past tense verb production and non-canonical sentence
production in left inferior frontal non-fluent aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Past tense verb; Single mechanism; Dual mechanism; Aphasia;
rehabilitation
ID LANGUAGE DEFICITS; MAPPING THERAPY; MORPHOLOGY; COMPREHENSION;
RETRIEVAL; PHONOLOGY; RULES; BRAIN
AB Background: Studies devoted to improving past tense verb production in Broca's aphasic patients are sparse. Of the existing studies few have produced generalised improvement on untreated verbs, although one study has shown improvement on untreated regular, but not irregular, verbs (Weinrich, Boser, & McCall, 1999). Within a single mechanism account of past tense verb production (McClelland & Patterson, 2002a, 2002b), irregular verbs fall into clusters that share similar transformations from their stem to past tense. No studies to our knowledge have explored whether strengthening irregular verb representations during rehabilitation can support production on untreated irregulars from the same irregular clusters.
Aims: The aim of the current paper was to test the single mechanism claim that generalised improvement can be directed via irregular verb clusters in a Broca's aphasic participant (DS). We treated past tense verb production in sentences by using a mapping therapy, with the aim of maximising improved production of past tense verbs at both the single word and sentence level.
Methods & Procedures: The study used a thematic mapping procedure requiring DS first to describe what was happening in a picture with two characters twice, beginning with different characters each time. Two thematic questions followed and DS was asked to produce the canonical and non-canonical sentences again. Non-canonical sentences required past tense verb production. Pre- and post-treatment baselines were administered to test gains in sentence production, sentence comprehension, and verb production. Generalised verb production was assessed using three untreated sets: regular verbs, irregular verbs from the same "clusters" as treated items, and irregulars from other verb clusters.
Outcomes & Results: Generalised improvements were seen in the production of non-canonical sentences. Regular and irregular past tense verb production also improved, in both single word and sentence production modalities. There was significant generalised improvement to the untreated regular verb set. Interestingly, the improvement on treated irregular verbs generalised only to untreated irregulars from the same clusters as treated verbs.
Conclusions: The findings suggest that past tense verb production can be improved by promoting mapping between semantic and syntactic levels of sentence processing. The generalisation to untreated verbs with similar transformations from their stem to their past tense is promising from a clinical standpoint, suggesting that generalisation may be directed in this way. Our findings also demonstrate how rehabilitation studies can contribute to the current theoretical debate between competing models of past tense verb production. Here, the findings support an account positing generalisation across clusters of irregular verbs.
C1 [Harris, Lara; Olson, Andrew; Humphreys, Glyn] Univ Birmingham, Sch Psychol, Birmingham B15 2TT, W Midlands, England.
RP Harris, L (reprint author), Univ Birmingham, Sch Psychol, Birmingham B15 2TT, W Midlands, England.
EM lara.harris@mrc-cbu.cam.ac.uk
FU School of Psychology
FX This work was completed by the first author, LH, in partial fulfilment
of a PhD at the University of Birmingham. Many thanks to the School of
Psychology for funding the PhD project. We are extremely grateful to DS
for his patience and constant enthusiasm throughout the testing
sessions.
CR Albright A., 2001, RULES VS ANALO UNPUB
Baayen RH, 1997, J MEM LANG, V37, P94, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1997.2509
Bird H, 2003, J MEM LANG, V48, P502, DOI 10.1016/S0749-596X(02)00538-7
Caplan D., 1988, DISORDERS SYNTACTIC
Caplan D, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V63, P184, DOI 10.1006/brln.1998.1930
Crisp J, 2006, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V18, P348, DOI 10.1162/089892906775990543
GRODZINSKY Y, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P135, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90009-X
Grodzinsky Y., 1995, BRAIN LANG, V51, P467
Jacobs BJ, 2000, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V43, P5
JONES EV, 1986, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V21, P63
Kay J., 1992, PALPA PSYCHOLINGUIST
Lambon Ralph M. A., 2005, BRAIN LANG, V93, P109
Linebaugh CW, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P519, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249555
Longworth CE, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V87, P7, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00170-6
Marcus G. F., 1992, MONOGRAPHS SOC RES C, V57, P228
Marshall J, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P855, DOI 10.1080/02687039708250461
MARSHALL J, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P517, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248712
Marslen-Wilson WD, 2007, PHILOS T R SOC B, V362, P823, DOI 10.1098/rstb.2007.2091
McClelland JL, 2002, TRENDS COGN SCI, V6, P465, DOI 10.1016/S1364-6613(02)01993-9
McClelland JL, 2002, TRENDS COGN SCI, V6, P464, DOI 10.1016/S1364-6613(02)02012-0
Menn L., 1999, 8 INT C STUD CHILD L
Patterson K, 2001, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V39, P709, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(01)00008-2
Pinker S, 2002, TRENDS COGN SCI, V6, P456, DOI 10.1016/S1364-6613(02)01990-3
Pinker S., 1999, WORDS RULES
Raymer AM, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1031, DOI 10.1080/026870401430000609
Rochon E, 2003, J SPEECH LANGUAGE PA, V27, P202
Rochon E, 2005, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V15, P1, DOI 10.1080/09602010343000327
SCHWARTZ MF, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P19, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248639
Tyler LK, 2005, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V43, P1963, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2005.03.008
Tyler LK, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V95, P172, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.07.093
Tyler LK, 2002, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V40, P1154, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(01)00232-9
Wambaugh JL, 2002, J REHABIL RES DEV, V39, P455
Weinrich M, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V58, P23, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1757
Weinrich M, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V70, P144, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2141
NR 34
TC 1
Z9 1
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 2
BP 143
EP 161
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.624166
PG 19
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 910OP
UT WOS:000301649400002
ER
PT J
AU Wallace, SE
Dietz, A
Hux, K
Weissling, K
AF Wallace, Sarah E.
Dietz, Aimee
Hux, Karen
Weissling, Kristy
TI Augmented input: The effect of visuographic supports on the auditory
comprehension of people with chronic aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Augmented input; Auditory comprehension; Resource allocation
theory
ID CONTEXTUAL INFLUENCES; INFORMATION; IMPACT
AB Background: Augmented input (AI), or the use of visuographic images and linguistic supports, is a strategy for facilitating the auditory comprehension of people with chronic aphasia. To date, researchers have not systematically evaluated the effects of various types of AI strategies on auditory comprehension.
Aims: The purpose of the study was to perform an initial evaluation of the changes in auditory comprehension accuracy experienced by people with aphasia when they received one type of AI. Specifically, the authors examined the effect four types of non-personalised visuographic image conditions on the comprehension of people with aphasia when listening to narratives.
Methods & Procedures: A total of 21 people with chronic aphasia listened to four stories, one in each of four conditions (i.e., no-context photographs, low-context drawings with embedded no-context photographs, high-context photographs, and no visuographic support). Auditory comprehension was measured by assessing participants' accuracy in responding to 15 multiple-choice sentence completion statements related to each story. Outcomes & Results: Results showed no significant differences in response accuracy across the four visuographic conditions.
Conclusions: The type of visuographic image provided as AI in this study did not influence participants' response accuracy for sentence completion comprehension tasks. However, the authors only examined non-personalised visuographic images as a type of AI support. Future researchers should systematically examine the benefits provided to people with aphasia by other types of visuographic and linguistic AI supports.
C1 [Wallace, Sarah E.] Duquesne Univ, Dept Speech Language Pathol, Pittsburgh, PA 15282 USA.
[Dietz, Aimee] Univ Cincinnati, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Cincinnati, OH USA.
[Hux, Karen; Weissling, Kristy] Univ Nebraska Lincoln, Dept Special Educ & Communicat Disorders, Lincoln, NE USA.
RP Wallace, SE (reprint author), Duquesne Univ, Dept Speech Language Pathol, 600 Forbes Ave, Pittsburgh, PA 15282 USA.
EM wallaces@duq.edu
CR Boyle M., 1986, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P38
Cherney LR, 2008, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V17, P19, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2008/003)
Dietz A., 2006, PERSPECTIVES AUGMENT, V15, P13, DOI 10.1044/aac15.1.13
Dietz A, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P1053, DOI 10.1080/02687030802635832
Flesch R, 1948, J APPL PSYCHOL, V32, P221, DOI 10.1037/h0057532
Francis WN, 1982, FREQUENCY ANAL ENGLI
Garrett K., 2007, AM SPEECH LANG HEAR
Garrett K. L., 2005, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, P467
Garrett K. L., 1989, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V5, P55, DOI 10.1080/07434618912331274976
Garrett KL, 1995, CLIN APHASIOL, V23, P237
Garrett KL, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P523, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000149
HAVILAND SE, 1974, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V13, P512, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(74)80003-4
HOUGH MS, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P325, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90069-2
Hux K., 2008, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P814
Kagan A, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P624, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2001/051)
Kertesz A., 2006, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
McKelvey ML, 2010, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V19, P22, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2009/08-0021)
McNeil M. R., 1983, TOP LANG DISORD, V3, P1
MCNEIL MR, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V20, P21
Merriam-Webster Inc, 2011, MERR WEBST ON LIN DI
Mishra RK, 2010, COGN PROCESS, V11, P295, DOI [10.1007/s10339-010-0363-y, 10.1007/s10339.010.0363.y]
Murray LL, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P91, DOI 10.1080/026870399402226
Paolucci S, 2005, CEREBROVASC DIS, V20, P400, DOI 10.1159/000088671
PIERCE RS, 1987, J COMMUN DISORD, V20, P15, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(87)90040-2
PIERCE RS, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P379, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248539
PIERCE RS, 1985, J COMMUN DISORD, V18, P203, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(85)90021-8
PIERCE RS, 1985, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V28, P250
Purdy M., 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P549, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000176
Purdy M., 2010, PERSPECTIVES AUGMENT, V19, P70
Purdy M, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P377, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000822
Purdy M., 1990, THESIS U CONNECTICUT, V53, P5164
Purdy M., 1994, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P345
Smith C., 2005, THESIS DUQUESNE U PI
TUINMAN JJ, 1973, READ RES QUART, V9, P206, DOI 10.2307/747135
Wallace SE, 2010, AUGMENT ALTERN COMM, V26, P242, DOI 10.3109/07434618.2010.521895
WALLER MR, 1978, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V21, P732
Wood LA, 1998, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V14, P261, DOI 10.1080/07434619812331278436
Wright HH, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P555, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000192
NR 38
TC 4
Z9 4
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 2
BP 162
EP 176
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.628004
PG 15
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 910OP
UT WOS:000301649400003
ER
PT J
AU Robson, H
Davies, S
Ralph, MAL
Sage, K
AF Robson, Holly
Davies, Sian
Ralph, Matthew A. Lambon
Sage, Karen
TI Facilitating and disrupting speech perception in word deafness
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Word deafness; Facilitation; Disruption; TRACE; Shortlist; Interactivity
ID RECOGNITION; INFORMATION; THERAPY; ANOMIA; MODEL
AB Background: Word deafness is a rare condition where pathologically degraded speech perception results in impaired repetition and comprehension but otherwise intact linguistic skills. Although impaired linguistic systems in aphasia resulting from damage to the neural language system (here termed central impairments) have consistently been shown to be amenable to external influences such as linguistic or contextual information (e. g., cueing effects in naming), it is not known whether similar influences can be shown for aphasia arising from damage to a perceptual system (here termed peripheral impairments).
Aims: This study aimed to investigate the extent to which pathologically degraded speech perception could be facilitated or disrupted by providing visual as well as auditory information.
Methods & Procedures: In three word repetition tasks, the participant with word deafness (AB) repeated words under different conditions: words were repeated in the context of a pictorial or written target, a distractor (semantic, unrelated, rhyme, or phonological neighbour) or a blank page (nothing). Accuracy and error types were analysed.
Outcomes & Results: AB was impaired at repetition in the blank condition, confirming her degraded speech perception. Repetition was significantly facilitated when accompanied by a picture or written example of the word and significantly impaired by the presence of a written rhyme. Errors in the blank condition were primarily formal, whereas errors in the rhyme condition were primarily miscues (saying the distractor word rather than the target).
Conclusions: Cross-modal input can both facilitate and further disrupt repetition in word deafness. The cognitive mechanisms behind these findings are discussed. Both top-down influence from the lexical layer on perceptual processes and intra-lexical competition within the lexical layer may play a role.
C1 [Robson, Holly; Ralph, Matthew A. Lambon; Sage, Karen] Univ Manchester, Neurosci & Aphasia Res Unit, Sch Psychol Sci, Manchester M13 9PL, Lancs, England.
RP Robson, H (reprint author), Univ Manchester, Neurosci & Aphasia Res Unit, Sch Psychol Sci, Zochonis Bldg,Oxford Rd, Manchester M13 9PL, Lancs, England.
EM holly.robson@postgrad.manchester.ac.uk
RI Lambon Ralph, Matthew/A-1695-2009
FU Stroke Association [TSAB2008/01]
FX We would like to thank AB and her family for their participation in this
study. We would also like to thank Dr Diana Caine for helpful
suggestions and discussions. The preparation of this manuscript was
supported by The Stroke Association Allied Health Professional Research
Bursary (TSAB2008/01) awarded to Holly Robson, Karen Sage, Matthew A.
Lambon Ralph, and Roland Zahn.
CR ALBERT ML, 1974, BRAIN, V97, P373, DOI 10.1093/brain/97.1.373
Best W, 2011, DISABIL REHABIL, V33, P229, DOI 10.3109/09638288.2010.534230
Binder L. M., 1982, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY DEV, V4, P51
Bishop D. V. M., 1989, TEST RECEPTION GRAMM
Bozeat S, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V38, P1207, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(00)00034-8
BURTON MW, 1989, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V15, P567, DOI 10.1037//0096-1523.15.3.567
Conroy P, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P707, DOI 10.1080/02687030802165574
Davis CJ, 2005, BEHAV RES METHODS, V37, P65, DOI 10.3758/BF03206399
Dell GS, 1997, PSYCHOL REV, V104, P801, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.104.4.801
Dumay N, 2001, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V13, P121, DOI 10.1162/089892901564117
Ertem M., 1998, T J MED SCI, V28, P561
Harley T, 2001, PSYCHOL LANGUAGE DAT
HOWARD D, 1984, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V1, P163, DOI 10.1080/02643298408252021
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
Kessels RPC, 2008, ASSESSMENT, V15, P426, DOI 10.1177/1073191108315611
MCCLELLAND JL, 1986, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V18, P1, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(86)90015-0
McClelland JL, 2006, TRENDS COGN SCI, V10, P363, DOI 10.1016/j.tics.2006.06.007
MCGURK H, 1976, NATURE, V264, P746, DOI 10.1038/264746a0
McQueen JM, 2003, SPEECH COMMUN, V41, P257, DOI 10.1016/S0167-6393(02)00108-5
Mirman D., 2008, RES LANGUAGE COMPUTA, V6, P293, DOI 10.1007/s11168-008-9055-5
Morris J, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P137, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248402
Myers J. E., 1995, REY COMPLEX FIGURE T
Norris D, 2000, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V23, P299, DOI 10.1017/S0140525X00003241
NORRIS D, 1994, COGNITION, V52, P189, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(94)90043-4
PHILLIPS DP, 1990, BEHAV BRAIN RES, V40, P85, DOI 10.1016/0166-4328(90)90001-U
Pinard M, 2002, NEUROCASE, V8, P40, DOI 10.1093/neucas/8.1.40
Ralph MAL, 1998, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V15, P389
Raven JC, 1976, COLOURED PROGR MATRI
Robson H., 2011, REVEALING QUAN UNPUB
SAFFRAN EM, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P209, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90018-3
SHINDO M, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V40, P153, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90122-H
Shivashankar N, 2001, CLIN NEUROL NEUROSUR, V103, P201, DOI 10.1016/S0303-8467(01)00136-6
Soni M, 2009, J NEUROLINGUIST, V22, P538, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2009.06.002
Soni M, 2011, J NEUROLINGUIST, V24, P445, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2011.01.005
Stefanatos GA, 2005, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V11, P456, DOI 10.1017/S1355617705050538
Yeung O, 2010, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V12, P529, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2011.516840
NR 37
TC 1
Z9 1
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 2
BP 177
EP 198
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.629360
PG 22
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 910OP
UT WOS:000301649400004
ER
PT J
AU Hernandez-Sacristan, C
Rosell-Clari, V
Serra-Alegre, E
Quiles-Climent, J
AF Hernandez-Sacristan, Carlos
Rosell-Clari, Vicent
Serra-Alegre, Enrique
Quiles-Climent, Josep
TI On natural metalinguistic abilities in aphasia: A preliminary study
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia assessment; Metalinguistic abilities; Reflexivity; Executive
function; Metacognitive processing; Language impairment
ID EXECUTIVE FUNCTIONS; REPORTED SPEECH; LANGUAGE; COMMUNICATION;
INTERVENTION; STRATEGIES; DISORDERS; DISCOURSE; SPEAKERS; PARTNER
AB Background: Natural metalinguistic abilities, which are put into play without explicit instructions, constitute the cognitive basis for a "reflexive" use of language, a particular manifestation of the executive function when applied to language and verbal behaviour. This reflexive use entails a specific attentional activity by speakers and hearers with regard to linguistic outputs, and an intentional experience-based control over the language use. Putting into play natural metalinguistic abilities can be considered a significant factor for explaining different kinds of adaptive processes.
Aims: Preliminary research on natural metalinguistic abilities as manifested in people with aphasia will be described in this paper. Our research has been conceived to provide an integrated protocol exploring techniques and skills that reveal a reflexive use of language. Some of these techniques and skills have recently been studied in aphasiology using different methods and from different theoretical perspectives.
Methods & Procedures: The natural metalinguistic abilities of 21 aphasic individuals with different aetiology and severity were examined by means of a protocol including a test and two questionnaires. Scores were statistically analysed to determine the reliability and validity of these instruments as a measure of the metalinguistic abilities available.
Outcomes & Results: Cronbach's alpha coefficient enables us to prove the consistency of the test and questionnaires. There were high correlations between the Boston Diagnostic Aphasia Examination (BDAE) global scores and scores from the test and questionnaires. The severity of aphasia and the aphasia type (as determined through BDAE) contribute significantly to explaining differences observed in the scores from the test and questionnaires.
Conclusions: The results of this preliminary study permit us to conclude that a combined exploration of metalinguistic abilities can be justified for the assessment of aphasia. Moreover, the examination of preserved metalinguistic abilities provides an alternative way for assessing the degree of severity of impaired communicative behaviour by people with aphasia. Our procedure, presumably, will also be useful for suggesting new factors when designing therapeutic programmes.
C1 [Hernandez-Sacristan, Carlos; Serra-Alegre, Enrique] Univ Valencia, Dept Language & Commun, Valencia 46010, Spain.
[Rosell-Clari, Vicent] Univ Valencia, Dept Basic Psychol, Valencia 46010, Spain.
[Quiles-Climent, Josep] Valencian Autonomous Govt, Valencian Inst Stat, Valencia, Spain.
RP Hernandez-Sacristan, C (reprint author), Univ Valencia, Dept Language & Commun, 32 Blasco Ibanez Ave, Valencia 46010, Spain.
EM carlos.hernandez-sacristan@uv.es
FU Spanish Ministry of Science and Innovation [HUM2007-66074-C02-02,
FFI2008-02592FILO, FFI2011-25947]
FX The present study includes results from the Research Projects
HUM2007-66074-C02-02, FFI2008-02592FILO and FFI2011-25947 financially
supported by the Spanish Ministry of Science and Innovation. We would
like to express special gratitude to Silvia Hille, Ray Foster, and Gary
Smith for their observations and their revision of an initial version of
this paper.
CR Ardila A, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P363, DOI 10.1080/02687030802553704
Barkley RA, 2001, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V11, P1, DOI 10.1023/A:1009085417776
Barkley RA, 1997, PSYCHOL BULL, V121, P65, DOI 10.1037//0033-2909.121.1.65
Baron-Cohen Simon, 2000, UNDERSTANDING OTHER
BIALYSTOK E, 1985, MERRILL PALMER QUART, V31, P229
Bruner J., 1991, ACTS MEANING
Damico JS, 2006, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V20, P599, DOI 10.1080/02699200500266653
Doherty M, 1998, COGNITIVE DEV, V13, P279, DOI 10.1016/S0885-2014(98)90012-0
Duncan S., 2000, LANGUAGE GESTURE, P141, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511620850.010
Francis D. R., 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P234
Frankel T, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P1039, DOI 10.1080/02687030701198395
Fridriksson J, 2006, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V20, P401, DOI 10.1080/02699200500075781
Gallardo-Pauls B., 2005, AFASIA CONVERSACION
Gallardo-Pauls B., 2005, REV INVESTIGACION LI, V8, P53
Geva S, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P323, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.511236
GLOSSER G, 1990, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V12, P485, DOI 10.1080/01688639008400995
Gombert J. E., 1992, METALINGUISTIC DEV
Goodglass H., 1998, EVALUACION AFASIA TR
Goodglass H., 1983, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V2nd
GROSJEAN F, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V26, P349, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90048-3
Harley TA, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P321, DOI 10.1080/02687030701391065
Helasvuo ML, 2004, J PRAGMATICS, V36, P1315, DOI 10.1016/j.pragma.2004.05.007
Helm-Estabrooks N, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V51, P139
Hengst JA, 2005, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V48, P137, DOI 10.1044/1092-43888(2005/011)
Hernandez-Sacristan C., 2006, INHIBICION LENGUAJE
Hernandez-Sacristan C, 2011, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V25, P37, DOI 10.3109/02699206.2010.511758
Hernandez-Sacristan C., 2008, PRAGMALINGUISTICA, V15-16, P112
HOCKETT CF, 1960, SCI AM, V203, P88
Hurford JR, 2004, VIENNA S THEOR BIOL, P297
KARMILOFFSMITH A, 1986, COGNITION, V23, P95, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(86)90040-5
Laakso M., 1997, SELF INITIATED REPAI
Lopez-Garcia A., 1994, GRAMATICA ESPANOL
Lucy J., 1993, REFLEXIVE LANGUAGE R
Marshall J, 2006, ADV SPEECH LANGUAGE, V8, P1
MCDONALD S, 1993, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V10, P297, DOI 10.1080/02643299308253466
MILROY L, 1992, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V6, P27, DOI 10.3109/02699209208985517
Munoz ML, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V66, P249, DOI 10.1006/brln.1998.2021
Ochs E., 1996, INTERACTION GRAMMAR
Oelschlaeger ML, 1998, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V12, P459, DOI 10.3109/02699209808985238
Penn C, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P288, DOI 10.1080/02687030902958399
PERECMAN E, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V23, P43, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90005-1
Pietrosemoli L., 2005, B LINGUISTICA, V17, P25
Power E., 2006, INT J SPEECH LANGUAG, V8, P115
Prigatano GP, 1991, AWARENESS DEFICIT BR
Purdy M., 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P549, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000176
Rose M, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P20, DOI 10.1080/02687030600742020
Rose M, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P453, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000157
Sigel IE, 2002, CULT PSYCHOL, V8, P189
Simmons-Mackie N, 2010, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V91, P1814, DOI 10.1016/j.apmr.2010.08.026
Simmons-Mackie N, 2007, TOP LANG DISORD, V27, P5
Ulatowska HK, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P93, DOI 10.1080/02687031003714418
Werner H., 1978, DEV PROCESSES H WERN, V2, P471
Wilkinson R, 2007, J PRAGMATICS, V39, P542, DOI 10.1016/j.pragma.2006.07.010
Wilkinson R, 2011, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V13, P74, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2011.551140
YLVISAKER M, 1989, TOP LANG DISORD, V9, P34
NR 55
TC 2
Z9 2
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 2
BP 199
EP 219
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.630456
PG 21
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 910OP
UT WOS:000301649400005
ER
PT J
AU Hersh, D
Worrall, L
Howe, T
Sherratt, S
Davidson, B
AF Hersh, Deborah
Worrall, Linda
Howe, Tami
Sherratt, Sue
Davidson, Bronwyn
TI SMARTER goal setting in aphasia rehabilitation
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Goal setting; Aphasia rehabilitation; Qualitative research;
Collaborative
ID DECISION-MAKING; BRAIN-INJURY; CLINICIAN TALK; PATIENT; STROKE; PEOPLE;
MODEL; PERSPECTIVES; STRATEGIES; ENCOUNTER
AB Background: There have been numerous calls for rehabilitation professionals to involve patients or clients in decisions about the goals of therapy. And yet collaborative goal setting in rehabilitation remains uncommon and is particularly difficult to achieve for people with aphasia.
Aims: This discussion paper describes a new framework for conceptualising and structuring collaborative goal setting in aphasia rehabilitation. The framework has been developed based on the results of a large, multi-centred Australian study, the Goals in Aphasia Project, which explored client, family, and speech pathology experiences of rehabilitation goal setting. This framework, called SMARTER Goal Setting, describes a process of goal setting that is Shared, Monitored, Accessible, Relevant, Transparent, Evolving and Relationship-centred.
Methods & Procedures: The methods and results from the Goals in Aphasia Project have already been published elsewhere but involved in-depth interviews with 50 people with aphasia, 48 family members, and 34 treating speech pathologists. This paper reviews the broader literature and summarises relevant findings from the Goals in Aphasia Project as a basis for discussion of each category of SMARTER.
Outcomes & Results: Our new SMARTER framework both challenges and complements elements of the pervasive SMART goal paradigm (that goals should be Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Realistic and Time-bound), which currently dominates rehabilitation goal setting. SMARTER offers an easy way to summarise much of the collaborative work that already takes place in clinical practice but also emphasises aspects that could be improved. SMARTER does not replace SMART, but we suggest that SMART goals can be negotiated in a SMARTER way.
Conclusions: While this paper discusses SMARTER goal setting within aphasia rehabilitation, a particularly challenging context for the implementation of collaborative practice, it may be applicable to rehabilitation more broadly. Given that person-centred goal setting within stroke rehabilitation remains infrequent, we suggest that there is an urgent need to raise awareness of its importance and challenge current practice. The SMARTER framework provides a useful structure to support collaborative goal setting.
C1 [Hersh, Deborah] Edith Cowan Univ, Perth, WA, Australia.
[Hersh, Deborah] Flinders Univ S Australia, Adelaide, SA 5001, Australia.
[Worrall, Linda; Sherratt, Sue; Davidson, Bronwyn] Univ Queensland, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, St Lucia, Qld, Australia.
[Worrall, Linda; Sherratt, Sue; Davidson, Bronwyn] Univ Queensland, Commun Disabil Ctr, St Lucia, Qld, Australia.
[Howe, Tami] Univ Canterbury, Dept Commun Disorders, Christchurch 1, New Zealand.
[Sherratt, Sue] Univ Newcastle, Commun Disabil Ageing Res Ctr, Callaghan, NSW 2308, Australia.
[Davidson, Bronwyn] Univ Melbourne, Melbourne, Vic 3010, Australia.
RP Hersh, D (reprint author), Edith Cowan Univ, Sch Psychol & Social Sci, 270 Joondalup Dr, Joondalup, WA 6027, Australia.
EM d.hersh@ecu.edu.au
FU NHMRC [401532]; Aphasia Registry
FX The research for this paper was funded by an NHMRC project grant
[401532] and supported by the Aphasia Registry. Thanks to both Erin
Godecke and Mark Israel for their comments on earlier drafts of this
paper.
CR Baird T, 2010, BRIT J OCCUP THER, V73, P373, DOI 10.4276/030802210X12813483277189
Barnard RA, 2010, QUAL HEALTH RES, V20, P239, DOI 10.1177/1049732309358327
Beach MC, 2006, J GEN INTERN MED, V21, pS3, DOI 10.1111/j.1525-1497.2006.00302.x
BECKER G, 1995, MED ANTHROPOL Q, V9, P165, DOI 10.1525/maq.1995.9.2.02a00040
Bendz M, 2000, SOC SCI MED, V51, P713, DOI 10.1016/S0277-9536(99)00486-4
Bornman Juan, 2006, Disabil Rehabil Assist Technol, V1, P145, DOI 10.1080/17483100612331392745
Byng S, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P906, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000128
Chapey R, 2008, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, V5th, P279
Charles C, 1997, SOC SCI MED, V44, P681, DOI 10.1016/S0277-9536(96)00221-3
Charles C, 1999, SOC SCI MED, V49, P651, DOI 10.1016/S0277-9536(99)00145-8
Cott CA, 2004, DISABIL REHABIL, V26, P1411, DOI 10.1080/09638280400000237
Coulter, 2002, HLTH EXPECTATIONS, V5, P185
Davidson B., 2011, APHASIA RELATED NEUR
Duchan J. F., 2001, TOP LANG DISORD, V21, P37
Edwards A, 2009, SHARED DECISION MAKI, VSecond
Ferguson A., 2010, J INTERACTIONAL RES, V1, P95
Gustafsson L., 2009, INT J THERAPY REHABI, V16, P324
Hersh D, 2004, AUSTR COMMUNICATION, V6, P102
Hersh D, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P331, DOI 10.1080/02687030701764220
Hersh D., 2011, CRITICAL ANAL UNPUB
Hersh D, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P1007, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000364
Holland A., 2007, COUNSELING COMMUNICA
Holliday RC, 2007, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V78, P576, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.2006.102509
Holliday RC, 2005, NEUROREHAB NEURAL RE, V19, P227, DOI 10.1177/1545968305279206
Howe T., 2011, YOU NEEDED REH UNPUB
Hughes JC, 2008, MED HEALTH CARE PHIL, V11, P455, DOI 10.1007/s11019-008-9131-5
Kuipers P, 2004, BRAIN IMPAIR, V5, P30, DOI DOI 10.1375/BRIM.5.1.30.35404
Leach E, 2010, DISABIL REHABIL, V32, P159, DOI 10.3109/09638280903036605
Levack WMM, 2009, BRAIN INJURY, V23, P192, DOI 10.1080/02699050802695582
Levack WMM, 2006, BRAIN INJURY, V20, P1439, DOI 10.1080/02699050601118422
Locke EA, 2002, AM PSYCHOL, V57, P705, DOI 10.1037//0003-066X.57.9.705
Martin N., 2008, APHASIA REHABILITATI
McClain Colleen, 2005, Top Stroke Rehabil, V12, P56, DOI 10.1310/ELB1-EGKF-QUQC-VFE9
McLellan D. L., 1997, REHABILITATION STUDI
McPherson KM, 2009, CLIN REHABIL, V23, P296, DOI 10.1177/0269215509102980
National Stroke Foundation, 2010, CLIN GUID STROK MAN
Parr S., 1997, TALKING APHASIA LIVI
Parry RH, 2004, CLIN REHABIL, V18, P668, DOI 10.1191/0269215504cr745oa
Patterson J. P., 2008, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P64
Playford ED, 2009, CLIN REHABIL, V23, P334, DOI 10.1177/0269215509103506
Playford ED, 2000, CLIN REHABIL, V14, P491, DOI 10.1191/0269215500cr343oa
Rose TA, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P364, DOI 10.1080/02687030802568108
Rose TA, 2011, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V13, P335, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2011.560396
Rosewilliam S, 2011, CLIN REHABIL, V25, P501, DOI 10.1177/0269215510394467
SCHUT HA, 1994, DISABIL REHABIL, V16, P223
Scobbie L, 2011, CLIN REHABIL, V25, P468, DOI 10.1177/0269215510389198
Sherratt S, 2011, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V13, P317, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2011.584632
Siegert RJ, 2004, DISABIL REHABIL, V26, P1175, DOI 10.1080/09638280410001724834
Simmons-Mackie N., 2000, NEUROGENIC COMMUNICA, P162
Trede F, 2003, LEARNING HLTH SOCIAL, V2, P66, DOI 10.1046/j.1473-6861.2003.00040.x
Van De Weyer RC, 2010, DISABIL REHABIL, V32, P1419, DOI 10.3109/09638280903574345
Wade DT, 2009, CLIN REHABIL, V23, P291, DOI 10.1177/0269215509103551
World Health Organisation, 2001, INT CLASS FUNCT DIS
Worrall L, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P309, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.508530
Worrall L., 2010, J INTERACTIONAL RES, V1, P277
Wressle E, 1999, DISABIL REHABIL, V21, P80, DOI 10.1080/096382899298016
NR 56
TC 11
Z9 11
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 2
BP 220
EP 233
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.640392
PG 14
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 910OP
UT WOS:000301649400006
ER
PT J
AU Fitzgerald-DeJean, DM
Rubin, SS
Carson, RL
AF Fitzgerald-DeJean, Donna M.
Rubin, Scott S.
Carson, Russell L.
TI An application of the experience sampling method to the study of
aphasia: A case report
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Chronic brain injury; Experience sampling method (ESM); Quality
of life; Social approach to aphasia; Psychoemotional status;
Self-assessment
ID QUALITY-OF-LIFE; STROKE SCALE BOSS; COMMUNICATION DISORDERS; THERAPY;
HEALTH; SURVIVORS; BURDEN; REHABILITATION; SAQOL-39; RECOVERY
AB Background: Researchers stress that functional health and psychological well-being are important aspects of quality of life in the investigation of individuals with aphasia. Employed in the social sciences, the experience sampling method (ESM) has begun to shed light on deviations in participants' momentary responses to behavioural contingencies in naturalistic environments. Applications of ESM have demonstrated value in monitoring within-participant variations in mood, psychopathology, and treatment outcomes while minimising the effect of memory bias. Additionally, the application of ESM in psychological cognitive-behavioural therapy and occupational therapy (OT) research reportedly appeared to contribute to treatment success. A time-based, fixed-schedule sampling application of ESM was used in this study to attain self-reports throughout an aphasia treatment programme.
Aims: The current investigation introduced the ESM paradigm to the study of aphasia and piloted its use in measuring psychoemotional variables in an individual with chronic aphasia participating in an intensive treatment regime.
Methods & Procedures: Repeated ESM probes were administered during a university-based treatment programme to measure the daily responses of a 75-year-old participant with a moderate-to-severe communicative impairment secondary to a cerebral vascular accident (CVA). A total of 20 brief ESM probes were cued by clinicians at four fixed times per day, 5 days a week during a 35-hour a week, 6-week programme. Probes conducted throughout each day used a 5-point Likert scale to query participant response to psychoemotional variables perceived happiness, perceived tiredness, perceived stress, and perceived communication satisfaction.
Outcomes & Results: Findings revealed that the participant with aphasia was able to respond to a 5-point Likert scale administered with a personal data assistant (PDA) with 100% compliance when cued by clinicians that it was time to complete the ESM probe (464 responses across 29 days). The internal validity of internal states used in this study is supported by the strong negative correlation found with perceived happiness between both perceived tiredness (p < .01) and perceived stress (p < .01), as well as the positive correlation found between the negative states of perceived tiredness and perceived stress (p < .01).
Conclusions: This initial success of ESM implementation in this case study of aphasia treatment suggests that further explorations are needed in the application of ESM in aphasia research.
C1 [Fitzgerald-DeJean, Donna M.] Nicholls State Univ, Dept Allied Hlth Serv, Thibodaux, LA 70301 USA.
[Rubin, Scott S.] Louisiana State Univ, Hlth Sci Ctr, Dept Commun Disorders, New Orleans, LA USA.
[Carson, Russell L.] Louisiana State Univ, Dept Kinesiol, New Orleans, LA USA.
RP Fitzgerald-DeJean, DM (reprint author), Nicholls State Univ, Dept Allied Hlth Sci Communicat Disorders, POB 2090,111 Talbot Hall, Thibodaux, LA 70301 USA.
EM dfitzgeralddejean@cox.net
CR Bolger N, 2003, ANNU REV PSYCHOL, V54, P579, DOI 10.1146/annurev.psych.54.101601.145030
Carson R.L., 2010, INT J RES METHOD ED, V33, P165, DOI [10.1080/1743727X.2010.484548, DOI 10.1080/1743727X.2010.484548]
Code Chris, 2010, Seminars in Speech and Language, V31, P21, DOI 10.1055/s-0029-1244950
Code C, 2003, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V13, P109, DOI 10.1080/09602010244000291
Coelho C. A., 2008, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P408
Cruice M, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P333, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000707
Cruice M, 2008, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V10, P38, DOI 10.1080/17549500701790520
CSIKSZENTMIHALYI M, 1977, J YOUTH ADOLESCENCE, V6, P281, DOI 10.1007/BF02138940
Csikszentmihalyi M., 2003, J HAPPINESS STUD, V4, P185, DOI DOI 10.1023/A:1024409732742
Csikszentmihalyi M., 1983, NATURALISTIC APPROAC, P41
Delespaul P, 2002, SOC PSYCH PSYCH EPID, V37, P97, DOI 10.1007/s001270200000
Doyle P. J., 2005, PERSPECTIVES NEUROPH, V15, P7, DOI 10.1044/nnsld15.4.7
Doyle PJ, 2007, QUAL LIFE RES, V16, P1389, DOI 10.1007/s11136-007-9247-8
Doyle PJ, 2002, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V83, pS39, DOI 10.1053/apmr.2002.36838
Doyle PJ, 2004, J CLIN EPIDEMIOL, V57, P997, DOI 10.1016/j.jclinepi.2003.11.016
Doyle PJ, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P291, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000680
Hallowell B., 2008, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P208
Hart J, 2004, INT J REHABIL RES, V27, P303, DOI 10.1097/00004356-200412000-00008
Hektner J.M., 2007, EXPERIENCE SAMPLING
HELMESTABROOKS N, 1992, APHASIA DIAGNOSTIC P
Helm-Estabrooks N., 2001, COGNITIVE LINGUISTIC
Hilari K, 2003, STROKE, V34, P1944, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000081987.46660.ED
Hilari K, 2009, CLIN REHABIL, V23, P544, DOI 10.1177/0269215508101729
Hilari K, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P365, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000725
Hinckley JJ, 2002, J COMMUN DISORD, V35, P543, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(02)00119-3
Hinckley JJ, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P989, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249465
Hinkley J. J., 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P465
Holland A., 1999, COMMUNICATIVE ABILIT
Holsti L, 2006, OTJR-OCCUP PART HEAL, V26, P80
Kimhy D, 2008, EARLY INTERV PSYCHIA, V2, P234, DOI 10.1111/j.1751-7893.2008.00083.x
Kimhy D, 2006, J PSYCHIAT RES, V40, P221, DOI 10.1016/j.jpsychires.2005.09.007
Kressig R., 2001, NEUROLOGY REPORT, V25
MACKENZIE C, 1991, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V26, P275
Maher LM, 2006, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V12, P843, DOI 10.1017/S1355617706061029
Meinzer M, 2005, STROKE, V36, P1462, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000169941.29831.2a
Myin-Germeys I, 2009, PSYCHOL MED, V39, P1533, DOI 10.1017/S0033291708004947
Patterson J. P., 2008, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P89
Paul D., 2004, QUALITY COMMUNICATIO
Peeters F, 2006, EMOTION, V6, P383, DOI 10.1037/1528-3542.6.3.383
Pulvermuller F, 2001, STROKE, V32, P1621
Ross A, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P427, DOI 10.1080/02687030500532786
Scollon C. N., 2003, J HAPPINESS STUD, V4, P5, DOI DOI 10.1023/A:1023605205115
Simmons-Mackie N., 2008, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO
Toth-Fejel GE, 1998, AM J OCCUP THER, V52, P381
Weiss H., 2004, CONSTRUCTING EMA STU
NR 45
TC 0
Z9 1
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2012
VL 26
IS 2
BP 234
EP 251
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.621208
PG 18
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 910OP
UT WOS:000301649400007
ER
PT J
AU Choe, YK
Stanton, K
AF Choe, Yu-kyong
Stanton, Kristine
TI The effect of visual cues provided by computerised aphasia treatment
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Naming; Visual cues; Computerised treatment
ID LEXICAL ACCESS; SPEECH; PERCEPTION; THERAPY
AB Background: In the current healthcare system that often does not allow intensive and long-term rehabilitation services, computerised aphasia treatment is considered a promising alternative. Despite the increasing interest, it is largely unknown which components of computer programs are crucial in enhancing speech-language functions of individuals with aphasia.
Aims: The current study compared auditory-visual cues (i.e., listening to speech while looking at the speaker's face) and auditory-only cues (i.e., listening to speech without the speaker's face shown) that were presented by a computerised practice program for verbal naming. It was predicted that greater gains would be observed in the auditory-visual condition than in the auditory-only condition regardless of the severity in perceptual deficits.
Methods & Procedures: Two individuals (TV & ML) with chronic aphasia and verbal apraxia practised naming 10 items with video clips (auditory-visual condition) and 10 items with sound files (auditory-only condition). The practice programs provided an increasing level of support (e. g., cues and models) to facilitate word retrieval and verbal production.
Outcomes & Results: TV made more rapid and consistent improvements in the auditory-visual condition than in the auditory-only condition. His performance in the two practice conditions did not differ significantly. ML demonstrated significant improvements in both conditions. A qualitative analysis on the number of words ML spontaneously produced without a clinician's support suggested the advantage of the auditory-visual practice.
Conclusions: Data from the current study suggest the advantage of including auditory-visual stimuli in computerised aphasia treatment.
C1 [Choe, Yu-kyong] Univ Massachusetts, Dept Commun Disorders, CCC SLP, Amherst, MA 01003 USA.
RP Choe, YK (reprint author), Univ Massachusetts, Dept Commun Disorders, CCC SLP, 358 N Pleasant St, Amherst, MA 01003 USA.
EM ychoe@comdis.umass.edu
FU University of Massachusetts Amherst
FX This study was supported by the Faculty Research Grant - University of
Massachusetts Amherst. The authors are very grateful to the three
anonymous reviewers for their helpful suggestions.
CR Choe YK, 2010, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V18, P12
Choe YK, 2007, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V15, P407
Dabul B, 2000, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL, V2nd
Dell GS, 1997, PSYCHOL REV, V104, P801, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.104.4.801
DESA V, 1998, PSYCHOL LEARNING MOT, V36
Fridriksson J, 2009, STROKE, V40, P853, DOI 10.1161/STROKEAHA.108.532499
Helm-Estabrooks N., 2001, COGNITIVE LINGUISTIC
Hickok G, 2010, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V25, P749, DOI 10.1080/01690961003595572
KATZ R, 1984, P CLIN APH C, P159
Katz RC, 1997, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V40, P493
KATZ RC, 1989, P CLIN APH C, P321
Kertesz A., 2007, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
Kotz SA, 2010, BRAIN LANG, V112, P3, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2009.07.008
Levelt WJM, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P1
LOVERSO FL, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P155, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248587
Massaro D. W., 2004, HDB MULTISENSORY PRO, P153
*MAYERJ LLC, 2007, COL BOARDM
MILLS RH, 1982, CLIN APH C P
Petheram B, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P267, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248412
Porch B. E., 1981, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC
Rorden C, 2008, BRAIN STIMUL, V1, P383, DOI 10.1016/j.brs.2008.08.002
SERON X, 1980, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V45, P45
Stefanatos GA, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P955, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000164
van Wassenhove V, 2005, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V102, P1181, DOI 10.1073/pnas.0408949102
WOODWARD MF, 1960, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V3, P212
NR 25
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 9
BP 983
EP 997
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.569893
PG 15
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 837JM
UT WOS:000296194900001
ER
PT J
AU Park, H
Rogalski, Y
Rodriguez, AD
Zlatar, Z
Benjamin, M
Harnish, S
Bennett, J
Rosenbek, JC
Crosson, B
Reilly, J
AF Park, Hyejin
Rogalski, Yvonne
Rodriguez, Amy D.
Zlatar, Zvinka
Benjamin, Michelle
Harnish, Stacy
Bennett, Jeffrey
Rosenbek, John C.
Crosson, Bruce
Reilly, Jamie
TI Perceptual cues used by listeners to discriminate fluent from nonfluent
narrative discourse
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Fluency; Perception; Listener judgement; Nonfluent aphasia
ID CONVERSATIONAL SPEECH; PROGRESSIVE APHASIA; SEMANTIC DEMENTIA;
SELF-CORRECTION
AB Background: Language fluency is a common diagnostic marker for discriminating among aphasia subtypes and improving clinical inference about site of lesion. Nevertheless, fluency remains a subjective construct that is vulnerable to a number of potential sources of variability, both between and within raters. Moreover, this variability is compounded by distinct neurological aetiologies that shape the characteristics of a narrative speech sample. Previous research on fluency has focused on characteristics of a particular patient population. Less is known about the ways that raters spontaneously weigh different perceptual cues when listening to narrative speech samples derived from a heterogeneous sample of brain-damaged adults.
Aim: We examined the weighted contribution of a series of perceptual predictors that influence listeners' judgements of language fluency among a diverse sample of speakers. Our goal was to sample a range of narrative speech representing most fluent (i.e., healthy controls) to potentially least nonfluent (i.e., left inferior frontal lobe stroke).
Methods & Procedures: Three raters blind to patient diagnosis made forced choice judgements of fluency (i.e., fluent or nonfluent) for 61 pseudorandomly presented narrative speech samples elicited by the BDAE Cookie Theft picture. Samples were collected from a range of clinical populations, including patients with frontal and temporal lobe pathologies and non-brain-damaged speakers. We conducted a logistic regression analysis in which the dependent measure was the majority judgement of fluency for each speech sample (i.e., fluent or non-fluent). The statistical model contained five predictors: speech rate, syllable type token ratio, speech productivity, audible struggle, and filler ratio.
Outcomes & Results: This statistical model fit the data well, discriminating group membership (i.e., fluent or nonfluent) with 95.1% accuracy. The best step of the regression model included the following predictors: speech rate, speech productivity, and audible struggle. Listeners were sensitive to different weightings of these predictors.
Conclusions: A small combination of perceptual variables can strongly discriminate whether a listener will assign a judgement of fluent versus nonfluent. We discuss implications for these findings and identify areas of potential future research towards further specifying the construct of fluency among adults with acquired speech and language disorders.
C1 [Rogalski, Yvonne] Ithaca Coll, Dept Speech Language Pathol & Audiol, Ithaca, NY 14850 USA.
[Rodriguez, Amy D.] Univ Florida, Dept Neurol, Gainesville, FL 32610 USA.
[Rodriguez, Amy D.; Zlatar, Zvinka; Benjamin, Michelle; Crosson, Bruce] Univ Florida, Dept Clin & Hlth Psychol, Gainesville, FL 32610 USA.
[Harnish, Stacy; Rosenbek, John C.; Crosson, Bruce] Malcom Randall Vet Affairs Mem Hosp, Brain Rehabil Res Ctr, Gainesville, FL USA.
[Park, Hyejin; Harnish, Stacy; Rosenbek, John C.; Reilly, Jamie] Univ Florida, Dept Speech Language & Hearing Sci, Gainesville, FL 32610 USA.
[Bennett, Jeffrey] Univ Florida, Coll Med, Dept Radiol, Gainesville, FL 32610 USA.
RP Park, H (reprint author), Univ Florida, Dept Speech Language & Hearing Sci, 336 Dauer Hall,POB 117420, Gainesville, FL 32610 USA.
EM hj.park@ufl.edu
RI Rodriguez, Amy/F-8332-2011; Crosson, Bruce/L-3128-2013
FU National Institute on Deafness and Other Communication Disorders [K23
DC010197, R01 DC007387]; VA Rehabilitation Research and Development
Service [B6364S]
FX Grants acknowledgement: K23 DC010197 (JR) and R01 DC007387 (BC) from the
National Institute on Deafness and Other Communication Disorders; B6364S
Senior Research Career Scientist Award (BC) from the VA Rehabilitation
Research and Development Service.
CR Adlam ALR, 2006, BRAIN, V129, P3066, DOI 10.1093/brain/awl285
BASSO A, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V26, P201, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90039-2
Bates E, 2003, NAT NEUROSCI, V6, P448, DOI 10.1038/nn1050
BENSON DF, 1967, CORTEX MILANO, V3, P373
Borovsky A, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V45, P2525, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2007.03.023
Broca P, 1863, B SOC ANTHR, V4, P200
Caspari I., 2005, APHASIA RELATED NEUR, P142
Clark HH, 2002, COGNITION, V84, P73, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(02)00017-3
Croot K, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V61, P226, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1852
Crosson B, 2007, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V13, P582, DOI 10.1017/S1355617707070737
Dronkers NF, 2007, BRAIN, V130, P1432, DOI 10.1093/brain/awm042
Dronkers NF, 2004, COGNITION, V92, P145, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2003.11.002
Dronkers NF, 1996, NATURE, V384, P159, DOI 10.1038/384159a0
Eggert G. H., 1977, WERNICKES WORKS APHA
FARMER A, 1978, FOLIA PHONIATR, V30, P293
FARMER A, 1977, CORTEX, V13, P327
FEYEREISEN P, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P1, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248516
FEYEREISEN P, 1986, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V8, P393, DOI 10.1080/01688638608401329
Field A., 2009, DISCOVERING STAT USI
FILLMORE C, 1979, FLUENCY
GOLDMANEISLER F, 1963, CIBA F SYMP, P96
Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd
Goodglass H., 1993, UNDERSTANDING APHASI
Goodglass H., 1964, CORTEX, V1, P133, DOI [10.1016/S0010-9452(64)80018-6, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(64)80018-6]
GOODGLASS H, 1993, CORTEX, V29, P377
Gordon JK, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P673, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249565
Gordon JK, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P188, DOI 10.1080/02687030500472777
HOLLAND AL, 1986, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V51, P176
Kent RD, 1996, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V5, P7, DOI DOI 10.1044/1058-0360.0503.07
Kerschensteiner M, 1972, Cortex, V8, P233
Kertesz A., 1979, APHASIA ASS DISORDER
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
KREINDLER A, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V9, P199, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90140-6
LaPointe L. L., 2005, APHASIA RELATED NEUR
MARSHALL RC, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V15, P292, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90061-X
Mesulam MM, 2003, NEW ENGL J MED, V349, P1535, DOI 10.1056/NEJMra022435
Miller J., 2008, SYSTEMATIC ANAL LANG
Neary D, 1998, NEUROLOGY, V51, P1546
Osberger M. J., 1992, INTELLIGIBILITY SPEE, P233
REILLY J, 2011, BROCA DECOMPOSING LE
Reilly Jamie, 2008, Seminars in Speech and Language, V29, P32, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1061623
TRUPE EH, 1984, 14 ANN CLIN APH C SE
VERMEULEN J, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P252, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90064-3
WAGENAAR E, 1975, BRAIN LANG, V2, P281, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(75)80071-X
Wernicke C., 1874, APHASISCHE SYMPTOMEN
NR 45
TC 1
Z9 1
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 9
BP 998
EP 1015
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.570770
PG 18
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 837JM
UT WOS:000296194900002
ER
PT J
AU DuBay, MF
Laures-Gore, JS
Matheny, K
Romski, MA
AF DuBay, Michaela F.
Laures-Gore, Jacqueline S.
Matheny, Ken
Romski, Mary Ann
TI Coping resources in individuals with aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Stress; Coping resources
ID QUALITY-OF-LIFE; SELF-ESTEEM; PERCEIVED STRESS; CHRONIC DISEASES; ACUTE
STROKE; PSYCHOLOGICAL DISTRESS; CATASTROPHIC REACTION; CHRONIC ILLNESS;
SOCIAL SUPPORT; PEOPLE
AB Background: Individuals with aphasia (IWA) may be under considerable stress due to the nature of language impairments and other stroke sequelae. IWA have reported a greater perception of stress compared to neurologically intact individuals, including fewer perceived coping resources to assuage the effects of this stress.
Aims: This study sought to identify which areas of coping resources are perceived to be available or unavailable to IWA in comparison with those with right brain damage (RBD) and neurologically intact individuals.
Methods & Procedures: A total of 31 IWA, 12 individuals with RBD, and 14 neurologically intact individuals completed the Coping Resources Inventory for Stress with a caregiver, spouse, or friend to facilitate comprehension of test items. Subtest scores were compared for group differences.
Outcomes & Results: All three groups perceived similar coping resources in the areas of social support and financial freedom. IWA perceived fewer resources than those with RBD and neurologically intact individuals in the areas of stress monitoring and tension control. Both IWA and those with RBD perceived fewer resources in the area of acceptance.
Conclusions: IWA have retained coping resources in some areas, specifically confidence, social support and financial freedom. Helping IWA use these resources may be an effective way to reduce stress in this population. IWA may also benefit from counselling in coping resources, specifically in the areas of stress monitoring and tension control. Counselling programmes should educate IWA on the chronic nature of aphasia and how acceptance may be a useful coping resource in later stages of recovery.
C1 [Laures-Gore, Jacqueline S.] Georgia State Univ, Commun Disorders Program, Dept Educ Psychol & Special Educ, Atlanta, GA 30302 USA.
[Matheny, Ken] Georgia State Univ, Dept Counselling & Psychol Serv, Atlanta, GA 30302 USA.
[Romski, Mary Ann] Georgia State Univ, Dept Commun, Atlanta, GA 30302 USA.
RP Laures-Gore, JS (reprint author), Georgia State Univ, Commun Disorders Program, Dept Educ Psychol & Special Educ, POB 3979, Atlanta, GA 30302 USA.
EM spejsl@langate.gsu.edu
FU NIH [R03 DC006177]
FX This project was funded by NIH R03 DC006177 held by the second author.
We would also like to thank the participants for their time.
CR Angelelli P, 2004, ACTA PSYCHIAT SCAND, V110, P55, DOI 10.1111/j.1600-0447.2004.00297.x
ASTROM M, 1992, CEREBROVASC DIS, V2, P28, DOI 10.1159/000108984
Bakheit AMO, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P759, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000372
BANDURA A, 1977, PSYCHOL REV, V84, P191, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.84.2.191
Baune B T, 2006, Ann Gen Psychiatry, V5, P6, DOI 10.1186/1744-859X-5-6
Brown K, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P1267, DOI 10.1080/02687031003755429
BURY M, 1991, SOCIOL HEALTH ILL, V13, P451, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9566.1991.tb00522.x
Caporali A, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P815, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000247
Carota A, 2001, NEUROLOGY, V57, P1902
CARVER CS, 1989, J PERS SOC PSYCHOL, V56, P267, DOI 10.1037//0022-3514.56.2.267
Christensen H, 2004, J NEUROL SCI, V217, P175, DOI 10.1016/j.jns.2003.09.013
Code C, 2003, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V13, P379, DOI 10.1080/09602010244000255
Cohen F, 1979, HLTH PSYCHOL HDB, P217
Cooper-Evans S, 2008, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V18, P607, DOI 10.1080/09602010801948516
Cruice M, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P333, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000707
Cruice M, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P111, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000651
Cruice M, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P327, DOI 10.1080/02687030802565849
Cruice M, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P1210, DOI 10.1080/02687030600790136
Curlette W., 1992, COPING RESOURCES INV
Dabul B., 2000, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL
Delmar C, 2005, SCAND J CARING SCI, V19, P204, DOI 10.1111/j.1471-6712.2005.00334.x
Dennis M, 2000, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V68, P47, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.68.1.47
Enderby P. M., 1983, FRENCHAY DYSARTHRIA
Evers AWM, 2001, J CONSULT CLIN PSYCH, V69, P1026, DOI 10.1037//0022-006X.69.6.1026
Gainotti G, 1972, Cortex, V8, P41
Gallagher S, 2009, BRAIN BEHAV IMMUN, V23, P338, DOI 10.1016/j.bbi.2008.05.006
GOTTLIEB BH, 1997, PL S STRESS, P3
Hama S, 2008, PSYCHIAT CLIN NEUROS, V62, P386, DOI 10.1111/j.1440-1819.2008.01816.x
Hammen C, 2005, ANNU REV CLIN PSYCHO, V1, P293, DOI 10.1146/annurev.clinpsy.1.102803.143938
HEESCHEN C, 1988, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V2, P309, DOI 10.3109/02699208808985262
Hilari K, 2010, CLIN REHABIL, V24, P181, DOI 10.1177/0269215509346090
Hilari K, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P17, DOI 10.1080/02687030500279982
Hilari K, 2001, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V36, P86
Hofgren C, 2007, ACTA NEUROL SCAND, V115, P73, DOI 10.1111/j.1600-0404.2006.00768.x
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Kim JS, 2002, NEUROLOGY, V58, P1106
Knapp P, 1998, PSYCHOL HEALTH MED, V3, P275, DOI 10.1080/13548509808400602
Laures-Gore J, 2007, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V15, P423
Laures-Gore J, 2007, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V50, P493, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2007/034)
Lazarus R S, 1985, Issues Ment Health Nurs, V7, P399, DOI 10.3109/01612848509009463
LEDORZE G, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P239
Leppavuori A, 2003, CEREBROVASC DIS, V16, P257, DOI 10.1159/000071125
Macinnes DL, 2006, J PSYCHIATR MENT HLT, V13, P483
Malhotra SK, 2008, INDIAN J DERMATOL VE, V74, P594
Matheny K. B., 1987, COPING RESOURCES INV
Matheny KB, 2008, AN PSICOL, V24, P49
MATHENY KB, 1993, J CLIN PSYCHOL, V49, P815
Matheny KB, 2002, INT J STRESS MANAGE, V9, P81, DOI 10.1023/A:1014902719664
McCracken LM, 1998, PAIN, V74, P21, DOI 10.1016/S0304-3959(97)00146-2
McEwen BS, 1998, NEW ENGL J MED, V338, P171
Michallet B, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P835, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000238
Murray LL, 2001, J COMMUN DISORD, V34, P87, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(00)00043-5
Merriman Charlotte, 2007, Psychol Health Med, V12, P592, DOI 10.1080/13548500601162747
Parr S., 1997, TALKING APHASIA LIVI
PARR S, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P457, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248670
Penninx BWJH, 1998, HEALTH PSYCHOL, V17, P551, DOI 10.1037/0278-6133.17.6.551
PIMENTAL P, 1989, MINIINVENTORY RIGHT
Reibel DK, 2001, GEN HOSP PSYCHIAT, V23, P183, DOI 10.1016/S0163-8343(01)00149-9
RYFF CD, 1989, J PERS SOC PSYCHOL, V57, P1069, DOI 10.1037/0022-3514.57.6.1069
Sarkar S, 2008, STRESS HEALTH, V24, P23, DOI 10.1002/smi.1159
Sarno MT, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P665, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249414
Seeman TE, 2002, PSYCHOSOM MED, V64, P395
STARKSTEIN SE, 1993, J NEUROPSYCH CLIN N, V5, P189
Stone J, 2004, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V75, P1708, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.2004.037887
Thomas P, 2007, BEHAVIORAL AND COGNITIVE NEUROLOGY OF STROKE, P529, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511544880.028
Van Damme S, 2006, J PSYCHOSOM RES, V61, P595, DOI 10.1016/j.jpsychores.2006.04.015
van der Gaag A, 2005, CLIN REHABIL, V19, P372, DOI 10.1191/0269215505cr785oa
Vickery CD, 2008, CLIN REHABIL, V22, P179, DOI 10.1177/0269215507080142
Vilkki JS, 2004, NEUROSURGERY, V55, P790, DOI 10.1227/01.NEU.0000137629.17424.6D
WANG L, 2006, SOCIAL PSYCHIAT PSYC, V41, P541
WHEATON B, 1983, J HEALTH SOC BEHAV, V24, P208, DOI 10.2307/2136572
ZAUTRA AJ, 1997, COPING CHRONIC STRES, P269
NR 72
TC 2
Z9 2
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 9
BP 1016
EP 1029
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.570933
PG 14
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 837JM
UT WOS:000296194900003
ER
PT J
AU Tuomiranta, L
Gronholm-Nyman, P
Kohen, F
Rautakoski, P
Laine, M
Martin, N
AF Tuomiranta, Leena
Gronholm-Nyman, Petra
Kohen, Francine
Rautakoski, Pirkko
Laine, Matti
Martin, Nadine
TI Learning and maintaining new vocabulary in persons with aphasia: Two
controlled case studies
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; New word learning; Naming
ID SHORT-TERM-MEMORY; NONWORD REPETITION; LANGUAGE; DEFICITS; NAMES;
COMPONENTS; DISORDERS; ERRORLESS; FEEDBACK; STIMULI
AB Background: Novel word learning of persons with aphasia is little studied, even though a better understanding of learning processes would inform development of effective treatment strategies. Recent evidence suggests some remaining verbal learning capacity in persons with aphasia. Long-term maintenance of newly learned active vocabulary has not been reported previously in persons with aphasia.
Aims: To explore learning and long-term maintenance of novel words in persons with aphasia.
Methods & Procedures: Two English-speaking males with chronic anomic aphasia and two age-matched controls were taught novel names of 20 unfamiliar objects. Half of the words were taught with semantic information (definition) and half without. Participants were instructed to learn the names. The experiment included four training sessions, one post-training test and four follow-up tests administered 1 week, 4 weeks, 8 weeks, and 6 months post-training. We tested explicit learning of the new names through visual confrontation naming. In addition, incidental learning of semantic information was probed over the follow-up period.
Outcomes & Results: The two participants with aphasia learned 6-8 of the 20 novel names during the training. However, this new vocabulary dissipated during the 6-month follow-up. As expected, the controls showed better performance both in acquisition and in maintenance of the new vocabulary over the follow-up period. As regards the accuracy of semantic information, the aphasic participant with semantic impairment demonstrated worse incidental learning of semantic information than controls and the participant with intact lexical semantics.
Conclusions: Some new vocabulary can be acquired even in chronic aphasia but the ability to spontaneously retrieve the newly learned words gradually dissipates over the weeks following learning. Our results also indicate an interaction between the level of lexical-semantic processing skills and incidental learning of new lexical-semantic knowledge in aphasia.
C1 [Tuomiranta, Leena; Gronholm-Nyman, Petra; Rautakoski, Pirkko; Laine, Matti] Abo Akad Univ, Dept Psychol & Logoped, FI-20500 Turku, Finland.
[Kohen, Francine; Martin, Nadine] Temple Univ, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Eleanor M Saffran Ctr Cognit Neurosci, Philadelphia, PA 19122 USA.
RP Tuomiranta, L (reprint author), Abo Akad Univ, Dept Psychol & Logoped, Fabriksgatan 2, FI-20500 Turku, Finland.
EM ltuomira@abo.fi
FU NIDCD [R01 DC01924]; Finnish Graduate School in Language Studies
Langnet; Research Institute of the Abo Akademi University Foundation;
Oskar Oflund Foundation; TOP Foundation; Academy of Finland
FX This work was financially supported by NIDCD R01 DC01924 granted to
Temple University (PI: Nadine Martin), the Finnish Graduate School in
Language Studies Langnet, and grants from the Research Institute of the
Abo Akademi University Foundation, the Oskar Oflund Foundation and the
TOP Foundation. ML was supported by a personal grant from the Academy of
Finland. We are thankful to Samantha Rosenberg MA for conducting some of
the follow-up measurements of this study.
CR BACKMAN L, 1992, PSYCHOL BULL, V112, P259, DOI 10.1037//0033-2909.112.2.259
Baddeley A, 1998, PSYCHOL REV, V105, P158, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.105.1.158
Basso A., 2003, APHASIA ITS THERAPY
Breitenstein C, 2004, RESTOR NEUROL NEUROS, V22, P445
Cornelissen K, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P617, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2003.12.007
Davis M. H., 2008, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V21, P803
Dunn L. M., 1997, PEABODY PICTURE VOCA, V3rd
Fillingham JK, 2003, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V13, P337, DOI 10.1080/09602010343000020
Fillingham JK, 2005, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V40, P505, DOI 10.1080/13682820500138572
Freedman ML, 2001, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V18, P193, DOI 10.1080/02643290126002
Friedman RB, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V87, P181, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00260-8
Gathercole SE, 2006, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V27, P513, DOI 10.1017/S0142716406060383
Gronholm-Nyman P, 2010, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V48, P1079, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2009.12.008
GROSSMAN M, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V32, P306, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90130-1
Gupta P, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V99, P8, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.015
Gupta P, 2004, BEHAV RES METH INS C, V36, P599, DOI 10.3758/BF03206540
Gupta P, 2003, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V56, P1213, DOI 10.1080/02724980343000071
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Howard D, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P140
Hulten A, 2009, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V30, P976, DOI 10.1002/hbm.20561
Hulten A, 2010, J NEUROSCI, V30, P15160, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.1278-10.2010
Kaplan E., 2001, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kelly H., 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P1398
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Laine M, 2010, LANG LEARN, V60, P25, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9922.2010.00599.x
MARSHALL RC, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P567, DOI 10.1080/02687039208249492
Martin N, 2006, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V12, P853, DOI 10.1017/S1355617706061030
Martin N, 1999, INT J PSYCHOL, V34, P339
Martin N, 2009, INTERACTIONS BETWEEN SHORT-TERM AND LONG-TERM MEMORY IN THE VERBAL DOMAIN, P220
Martin N., 2010, CLIN APH C CHARL SC
McGrane H., 2006, THESIS
Medler DA, 2005, MCWORD ONLINE ORTHOG
Nickels L, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P935, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000563
PAPAGNO C, 1991, J MEM LANG, V30, P331, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(91)90040-Q
Reynolds CR, 2002, COMPREHENSIVE TRAIL
Roach A., 1996, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V24, P121
Saffran JR, 1997, PSYCHOL SCI, V8, P101, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9280.1997.tb00690.x
Shapiro A. M., 2005, LANG TEACH RES, V9, P129, DOI DOI 10.1191/1362168805LR151OA
Siegel S., 1988, NONPARAMETRIC STAT B
Swanborn MSL, 1999, REV EDUC RES, V69, P261, DOI 10.3102/00346543069003261
Tikofsky R S, 1971, Cortex, V7, P106
TROJANO L, 1992, BRAIN COGNITION, V18, P12, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(92)90108-X
TROJANO L, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V51, P336, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1064
Vitevitch MS, 2004, BEHAV RES METH INS C, V36, P481, DOI 10.3758/BF03195594
Wilson BA, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V10, P233, DOI 10.1023/A:1026464827874
NR 45
TC 10
Z9 10
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 9
BP 1030
EP 1052
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.571384
PG 23
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 837JM
UT WOS:000296194900004
ER
PT J
AU Miller, N
Taylor, J
Howe, C
Read, J
AF Miller, Nick
Taylor, Jill
Howe, Chloe
Read, Jennifer
TI Living with foreign accent syndrome: Insider perspectives
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Foreign accent syndrome; Speech disorder; Apraxia; Dysarthria; Aphasia;
Qualitative
ID NEUROLOGICAL ILLNESS; PARKINSONS-DISEASE; ENGLISH SPEAKERS; STROKE;
COMMUNICATION; IDENTITY; APHASIA; PERCEPTIONS; LANGUAGE; SPEECH
AB Background: Foreign accent syndrome (FAS) represents an acquired neurological speech disorder where an individual suddenly appears to be involuntarily speaking with an accent they have never used before. Numerous studies have sought to uncover the underlying neurological, psycholinguistic, and acoustic correlates of this. No studies have examined FAS from the perspective of the speaker.
Aims: We aimed to investigate and characterise the experience of living with FAS.
Methods & Procedures: We conducted in-depth semi-structured interviews with 13 people with neurogenic FAS in their own homes. Interviews were transcribed verbatim. We employed Framework Analysis (Ritchie & Lewis 2003) and iterative feedback to participants to identify and confirm common emerging themes.
Results & Outcomes: Four main themes emerged linked to (i) factors associated with the underlying neurological condition that could have a bearing on experiences and reactions independent of the FAS; (ii) altered accent: sense of self; (iii) altered accent: reactions of others. A fourth theme, coping strategies and adaptation, contained elements spanning the three others. Accounts highlighted negative aspects of FAS that individuals had to struggle to overcome. Positive outcomes were also identified. All participants stressed that the experience of FAS entailed a journey into unknown territory. Even if the journey's end was a return of the former accent, a new sense of self persisted as a result of the FAS experience.
Conclusions: People with FAS are exposed to issues and adjustments shared with people with neurological conditions in general and speech disorders in particular. They experience the personal and interactional issues associated with being a stranger within a community with a different accent. An understanding of FAS requires attention to all these planes. We argue that the true essence of the experience of FAS lies in the unique intersection of these dimensions, and this determines the personal journeys of people with FAS.
C1 [Miller, Nick] Newcastle Univ, Inst Hlth & Soc, Newcastle Upon Tyne NE1 7RU, Tyne & Wear, England.
[Taylor, Jill] Newcastle Gen Hosp, Newcastle Upon Tyne, Tyne & Wear, England.
[Howe, Chloe] City Care Ctr, Peterborough, Cambs, England.
[Read, Jennifer] Manchester Metropolitan Univ, Dept Hlth Profess, Manchester M15 6BH, Lancs, England.
RP Miller, N (reprint author), Newcastle Univ, Inst Hlth & Soc, George VI Bldg, Newcastle Upon Tyne NE1 7RU, Tyne & Wear, England.
EM Nicholas.Miller@ncl.ac.uk
CR Allard ER, 2008, J COMMUN DISORD, V41, P108, DOI 10.1016/j.jcomdis.2007.05.002
Baylor C, 2010, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V19, P143, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2009/08-0087)
Blumstein SE, 2006, J NEUROLINGUIST, V19, P346, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2006.03.003
Bresnahan MJ, 2002, LANG COMMUN, V22, P171, DOI 10.1016/S0271-5309(01)00025-8
Bucholtz M, 2005, DISCOURSE STUD, V7, P585, DOI 10.1177/1461445605054407
Carlson HK, 2006, J EMPLOYMENT COUNS, V43, P70
Charmaz K, 1995, SOCIOL QUART, V36, P657, DOI 10.1111/j.1533-8525.1995.tb00459.x
Dankovicova J, 2011, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V25, P85, DOI 10.3109/02699206.2010.513027
Di Dio C, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P951, DOI 10.1080/02687030600739356
Frumkin L, 2007, PSYCHOL CRIME LAW, V13, P317, DOI 10.1080/10683160600822246
Gurd JM, 2001, CORTEX, V37, P715, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70622-1
Hartelius L, 2008, FOLIA PHONIATR LOGO, V60, P11, DOI 10.1159/000111799
Hartelius L, 2010, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V45, P381, DOI 10.3109/13682820903105145
Hilari K, 2010, CLIN REHABIL, V24, P181, DOI 10.1177/0269215509346090
Hosoda M, 2007, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V104, P307, DOI 10.2466/PMS.104.1.307-326
Kinzler KD, 2007, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V104, P12577, DOI 10.1073/pnas.0705345104
Lindemann S, 2003, J SOCIOLING, V7, P348, DOI 10.1111/1467-9481.00228
Mason J., 2002, QUALITATIVE RES
Mccabe MP, 2008, DISABIL REHABIL, V30, P600, DOI 10.1080/09638280701400276
Miller N, 2006, AGE AGEING, V35, P235, DOI 10.1093/ageing/afj053
Miller N, 2006, J NEUROLINGUIST, V19, P385, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2006.03.005
Miller N, 2008, CLIN REHABIL, V22, P14, DOI 10.1177/0269215507079096
Miller N., 2010, LANGUAGE IDENTITIES, P67
Moen I, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P5, DOI 10.1080/026870300401577
MONRADKROHN GH, 1947, BRAIN, V70, P405, DOI 10.1093/brain/70.4.405
Murray CD, 2004, DISABIL REHABIL, V26, P808, DOI 10.1080/09638280410001696746
O'Doherty LJ, 2010, AMYOTROPH LATERAL SC, V11, P461, DOI 10.3109/17482960903552488
Perkins RA, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P1132, DOI 10.1080/02687030903022211
Reeves RR, 2007, J NEUROPSYCH CLIN N, V19, P70, DOI 10.1176/appi.neuropsych.19.1.70
Ritchie J, 2003, QUALITATIVE RES PRAC, P219
Ritchie J., 2003, QUALITATIVE RES PRAC
Rochette A, 2006, INT J REHABIL RES, V29, P247, DOI 10.1097/01.mrr.0000230051.24228.c8
Roth EJ, 1997, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V78, P550, DOI 10.1016/S0003-9993(97)90176-3
Ryalls J, 2006, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V20, P157, DOI 10.1080/02699200400026900
SELIGER GM, 1992, STROKE, V23, P1655
Shadden BB, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P211, DOI 10.1080/02687930444000697
Simmons-Mackie NN, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P81, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798311
Walker JG, 2004, CLIN PSYCHOL REV, V24, P461, DOI 10.1016/j.cpr.2004.03.001
NR 38
TC 4
Z9 4
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 9
BP 1053
EP 1068
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.573857
PG 16
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 837JM
UT WOS:000296194900005
ER
PT J
AU Youmans, SR
Youmans, GL
Hancock, AB
AF Youmans, Scott R.
Youmans, Gina L.
Hancock, Adrienne B.
TI The social validity of script training related to the treatment of
apraxia of speech
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Script training; Treatment efficacy; Social validity; Motor speech
disorders; Apraxia
ID APPLIED BEHAVIOR ANALYSIS; TREATMENT EFFICACY; TREATMENT OUTCOMES;
APHASIA; VALIDATION; INDIVIDUALS
AB Background: Social validity is an important yet under-examined aspect of treatment efficacy that determines how the effects of treatment are perceived by people other than the clinician/researcher. This is particularly true of treatments to improve the speech of adults with acquired neurogenic disorders.
Aims: The purposes of this investigation were to evaluate the social validity of a modified script training treatment protocol, to explore how aspects of a client's speech correspond to varying rater judgements, and to determine which of the listener ratings were most predictive of ratings of overall quality.
Methods & Procedures: A total of 124 young, naive listeners were asked to rate the quality of speech of an 81-year-old woman with moderate-severe apraxia of speech during utterances with varying levels of script correctness (low, medium, high), number of errors (low, high), and rate (slow, faster). Judgements were made on the understandability, ease of production, naturalness, and overall quality of speech.
Outcomes & Results: All main effects and interactions were statistically significant. As script correctness, speaking rate, and number of errors increased, listener ratings were significantly more favourable. Interactions demonstrated increasing correctness, error, and rate with significantly more favourable listener ratings. The listener ratings that predicted improved perceptions of overall quality, weighted highest to lowest, were: understandability, naturalness, and ease of production. Error types were analysed and revealed that phrase repetitions appeared to be perceived positively and that unintelligible words and interjections appeared to be perceived negatively.
Conclusions: The modified script training protocol applied to a woman with marked apraxia of speech appeared to be socially valid with these naive raters. Listeners appeared to be sensitive to the amount and the quality of speech output generated by the speaker. Listeners appeared to perceive struggle behaviours as negative, increased speech output (including repetitions and empty speech) as positive, faster speech (closer to a normal speaker's average word per minute) as preferable to slow speech, and more understandable speech and more natural speech as better quality speech. Based on these data, the accuracy and fluency of script production are important treatment goals.
C1 [Youmans, Scott R.; Youmans, Gina L.] Long Isl Univ, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, New York, NY 11201 USA.
[Hancock, Adrienne B.] George Washington Univ, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, Washington, DC USA.
RP Youmans, SR (reprint author), Long Isl Univ, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Brooklyn Campus,1 Univ Plaza, New York, NY 11201 USA.
EM scott.youmans@liu.edu
CR BOURGEOIS MS, 1993, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V26, P77, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1993.26-77
Carr JE, 1999, BEHAV INTERVENT, V14, P223, DOI 10.1002/(SICI)1099-078X(199910/12)14:4<223::AID-BIN37>3.0.CO;2-Y
CHERNEY R, 2008, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V17, P19
Cohen J., 1988, STAT POWER ANAL BEHA, V2nd
Dabul B. L., 1979, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL
Goldstein H, 2002, J AUTISM DEV DISORD, V32, P373, DOI 10.1023/A:1020589821992
GOLDSTEIN H, 1990, TREATMENT EFFICACY R, P91
HASSE RF, 1972, J COUNS PSYCHOL, V19, P417
Hickey EM, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P625, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000093
Hickey EM, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P389, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000831
Holland AL, 1996, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V39, pS27
Hopper T, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P745, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000059
Lapointe LL, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P787
Lustig AP, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P507, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000211
McNeil MR, 1997, CLIN MANAGEMENT SENS, P311
MINKIN N, 1976, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V9, P127, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1976.9-127
Schiavetti N., 2006, EVALUATING RES COMMU
SCHWARTZ IS, 1991, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V24, P189, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1991.24-189
WOLF MM, 1978, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V11, P203, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1978.11-203
Youmans G, 2011, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V20, P23, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2010/09-0085)
Youmans G, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P435, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000877
NR 21
TC 0
Z9 0
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 9
BP 1078
EP 1089
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.577205
PG 12
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 837JM
UT WOS:000296194900007
ER
PT J
AU Kalinyak-Fliszar, M
Kohen, F
Martin, N
AF Kalinyak-Fliszar, Michelene
Kohen, Francine
Martin, Nadine
TI Remediation of language processing in aphasia: Improving activation and
maintenance of linguistic representations in (verbal) short-term memory
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Verbal short-term memory; Language processing; Treatment; Aphasia
ID IMMEDIATE SERIAL-RECALL; WORD-FREQUENCY; CONNECTIONIST MODEL;
WORKING-MEMORY; FLUENT APHASIA; RETRIEVAL; ATTENTION; DEFICITS; SPAN;
THERAPY
AB Background: Verbal short-term memory (STM) impairments are invariably present in aphasia. Word processing involves a minimal form of verbal STM, i.e., the time course over which semantic and phonological representations are activated and maintained until they are comprehended, produced, or repeated. Thus it is reasonable that impairments of word processing and verbal STM may co-occur. The co-occurrence of language and STM impairments in aphasia has motivated an active area of research that has revealed much about the relationship of these two systems and the effect of their impairment on language function and verbal learning (Freedman & Martin, 2001; Martin & Saffran, 1999; Trojano & Grossi, 1995). In keeping with this view a number of researchers have developed treatment protocols to improve verbal STM in order to improve language function (e.g., Koenig-Bruhin & Studer-Eichenberger, 2007). This account of aphasia predicts that treatment of a fundamental ability, such as STM, which supports language function, should lead to improvements that generalise to content and tasks beyond those implemented in treatment.
Aims: We investigated the efficacy of a treatment for language impairment that targets two language support processes: verbal short-term memory (STM) and executive processing, in the context of a language task (repetition). We hypothesised that treatment of these abilities would improve repetition abilities and performance on other language tasks that require STM.
Method: A single-participant, multiple-baseline, multiple-probe design across behaviours was used with a participant with conduction aphasia. The treatment involved repetition of words and nonwords under three "interval" conditions, which varied the time between hearing and repeating the stimulus. Measures of treatment effects included acquisition, maintenance, and follow-up data, effect sizes, and pre- and post-treatment performance on a test battery that varies the STM and executive function demands of language tasks.
Outcomes & Results: Improvement of repetition was mostly specific to treated stimuli. Post-treatment measures of language ability indicated improvements in single and multiple word processing tasks, verbal working memory tasks, and verbal span. Conclusions: Treatment of STM and executive processes in the context of a word repetition task resulted in improvements in other non-treated language tasks. The approach used in this study can be incorporated into other language-processing tasks typically used in treatment of language disorders (e.g., sentence processing).
C1 [Kalinyak-Fliszar, Michelene; Kohen, Francine; Martin, Nadine] Temple Univ, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Philadelphia, PA 19122 USA.
RP Kalinyak-Fliszar, M (reprint author), Temple Univ, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Weiss Hall,Room 110,1701 N 13th St, Philadelphia, PA 19122 USA.
EM kalinyak@temple.edu
FU National Institute on Deafness and Other Communication Disorders (NIDCD)
[R21DC008782-02, R01DC001927-14]
FX The authors wish to thank FS for her cheerful and diligent participation
in this study. We also thank Rebecca Berkowitz, Melissa, Correa, Andrew
DeMarco, Ariel Hegedus, Rachel Kamen, Anicha Malloy, Meghan McCluskey,
Dana Roberts, Samantha Rosenberg, Shannon Scheurer, and Kate Schmitt for
their assistance with data collection and analyses. We especially thank
Mary Guerrero for her help with the preparation of this manuscript. This
work was supported by the National Institute on Deafness and Other
Communication Disorders (NIDCD): Grant R21DC008782-02 and Grant
R01DC001927-14 awarded to Temple University (PI Nadine Martin).
CR Abel S, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P411, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192687
Abel S, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V95, P102, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.07.056
Abel S, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P1, DOI 10.1080/02687030903022203
Baddeley A. D., 1986, WORKING MEMORY
Baddeley A. D., 1974, PSYCHOL LEARN MOTIV, V8, P47, DOI DOI 10.1016/S0079-7421(08)60452-1
Beeson PM, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V16, P161, DOI 10.1007/s11065-006-9013-7
Berndt R. S., 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL I, P115, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511665547.008
Brener R, 1940, J EXP PSYCHOL, V26, P467, DOI 10.1037/h0061096
BROOKS JO, 1990, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V16, P1134, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.16.6.1134
Busk PL, 1992, SINGLE CASE RES DESI, P187
Coelho CA, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P133
CONRAD R, 1964, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V55, P429
CRAIK FIM, 1972, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V11, P671, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(72)80001-X
Crawford JR, 1998, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V8, P209, DOI 10.1080/713755574
Crowder R. G., 1979, PSYCHOL LEARN MOTIV, V13, P319, DOI 10.1016/S0079-7421(08)60086-9
Davis CH, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P59, DOI 10.1080/02687030500331841
DELL GS, 1992, COGNITION, V42, P287, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90046-K
DELL GS, 1986, PSYCHOL REV, V93, P283, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.93.3.283
Dunn L. M., 1997, PEABODY PICTURE VOCA, V3rd
Faroqi-Shah Y, 2008, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V46, P3088, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2008.06.018
Fink RB, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V60, P41
Francis DR, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P723, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000201
Freedman ML, 2001, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V18, P193, DOI 10.1080/02643290126002
Fridriksson J, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P99, DOI 10.1080/02687003444000660
Hanley JR, 1997, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V14, P1065
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Hula William D., 2008, Seminars in Speech and Language, V29, P169, DOI 10.1055/s-0028-1082882
Hulme C, 1997, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V23, P1217, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.23.5.1217
HULME C, 1991, J MEM LANG, V30, P685, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(91)90032-F
Kaplan E., 2001, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Kiran S, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P855, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000258
Koenig-Bruhin M, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P448, DOI 10.1080/02687030600670593
Kohen F., 2007, ANN AC APH M WASH DC
LEVELT WJM, 1992, COGNITION, V42, P1, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90038-J
Linebaugh C. W., 1977, CLIN APHASIOLOGY P
Linebaugh CW, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P519, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249555
Majerus S, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V95, P174, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.07.094
Martin N, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P867, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000390
Martin N, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P107, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000447
Martin N., 2010, ANN CLIN APH C CHARL
Martin N., 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P1
Martin N., 2008, INTERACTIONS SHORT T, P220
Martin N., 2009, CLIN APH C KEYST CO
Martin N., 2007, ANN AC APH M WASH DC
Martin N, 1997, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V14, P641
Martin N., 1999, INT J PSYCHOL, V34, P330
Martin N., 2006, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V12, P1
MARTIN N, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V43, P240, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90130-7
Martin N., 2009, ANN AC APH M BOST MA
MARTIN RC, 1994, J MEM LANG, V33, P83, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1994.1005
Martin Randi C., 2008, Seminars in Speech and Language, V29, P201, DOI 10.1055/s-0028-1082884
Mayer JF, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P727, DOI 10.1080/02687030143000870
Miyake A, 2000, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V41, P49, DOI 10.1006/cogp.1999.0734
Miyake Akira, 2000, Seminars in Speech and Language, V21, P169, DOI 10.1055/s-2000-7563
Nickels L, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1047, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000618
Paivio A, 2004, BEHAV RES METHODS CO, V36, P371
Pastizzo MJ, 2007, BEHAV RES METHODS, V39, P1025, DOI 10.3758/BF03193000
POIRIER M, 1995, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V48, P384
Purdy M., 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P549, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000176
Ramsberger Gail, 1994, Seminars in Speech and Language, V15, P1, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1064130
Renvall K, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P499, DOI 10.1080/02687030701254248
Roach A., 1996, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V24, P121
Robey RR, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P445
Saffran E., 1990, ADV COGNITIVE NEUROP, P137
SAFFRAN E. M., 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL I, P145, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511665547.009
SHULMAN HG, 1971, PSYCHOL BULL, V75, P399, DOI 10.1037/h0031257
Sinotte MP, 2007, NEUROREHABILITATION, V22, P303
TROJANO L, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V51, P336, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1064
TSENG CH, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P276, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1046
TUOMIRANTA L, 2010, 14 INT APH REH C MON
Wambaugh J, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P979, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000471
Wambaugh J. L., 2007, J REHABILITATION RES, V44, P1, DOI DOI 10.1080/02687030444000471
WARRINGT.EK, 1969, BRAIN, V92, P885, DOI 10.1093/brain/92.4.885
WATKINS OC, 1977, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V3, P712, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.3.6.712
NR 75
TC 8
Z9 8
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 10
BP 1095
EP 1131
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.577284
PG 37
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 837JN
UT WOS:000296195200001
ER
PT J
AU Sherratt, S
AF Sherratt, Sue
TI Written media coverage of aphasia: A review
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Public awareness; Written media; Advocacy
ID OF-THE-LITERATURE; INTERNATIONAL SURVEY; STROKE SURVIVORS; HEALTH;
CAREGIVERS; AWARENESS; FOCUS; LIFE
AB Background: Public knowledge of aphasia and its effects is consistently low, and significantly lower than other disorders with a similar prevalence. Knowledge of aphasia among the general public is critical, not just for its effect on funding and policy, but most importantly for the person with aphasia and their reintegration into the community.
Aims: As the public hear about health issues from the media, this study investigates the quantity of aphasia-related news in the written media in 1999 and 2009, compared to Parkinson's disease (PD); it also describes the content of aphasia news for both years.
Methods & Procedures: A number of written news databases (covering international English-only national and regional newspapers accessible to the public) were searched for the term "aphasia" and "Parkinson's disease". The nature and extent of information on aphasia was also determined.
Outcomes & Results: Although the frequency of aphasia-related items increased four-fold across this decade, it is still mentioned only once for every 27 PD-related articles. In both years the information on aphasia imparted to the public is limited; it lacks detail regarding aphasia's complex nature, the effects on the person and their family, recovery, and rehabilitation. The depiction of aphasia is often confusing and inaccurate, with media focusing on dramatic aspects or medical opinion. Aphasia is also used colloquially to indicate silenced or tongue-tied, or for a naming difficulty in non-medical sources.
Conclusions: Considering the limited coverage of, lack of information on, and bewildering interpretations of aphasia in the media, it is not surprising that public knowledge of aphasia is sparse and confused. These findings intensify the urgent need to enhance and extend aphasia's representation in all forms of media, and can provide professionals, those affected by aphasia, and the public with a focus for education and awareness raising.
C1 [Sherratt, Sue] Univ Queensland, Brisbane, Qld, Australia.
[Sherratt, Sue] Univ Newcastle, Callaghan, NSW 2308, Australia.
RP Sherratt, S (reprint author), Univ Queensland, Brisbane, Qld, Australia.
EM Sue.Sherratt@newcastle.edu.au
CR Anhang R, 2004, CANCER-AM CANCER SOC, V100, P308, DOI 10.1002/cncr.20006
Aujoulat I, 2007, QUAL HEALTH RES, V17, P772, DOI 10.1177/1049732307302665
*AUSTR APH ASS INC, 2006, APH FACTS FIG
*AUSTR I HLTH WELF, 2010, CHRON DIS IND DAT
Bakas T, 2006, REHABIL NURS, V31, P33
Bennett William L., 2009, NEWS POLITICS ILLUSI
Brower V, 2005, EMBO REP, V6, P1014, DOI 10.1038/sj.embor.7400564
Code C, 2001, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V36, P1
Collins PA, 2006, SOC SCI MED, V63, P89, DOI 10.1016/j.socscimed.2005.12.012
Cruice M, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P333, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000707
Dalemans RJP, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1071, DOI 10.1080/02687030701632179
Elman RJ, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P455
Flynn L, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P393, DOI 10.1080/02687030701828942
Fraas M, 2007, BRAIN INJURY, V21, P1267, DOI 10.1080/02699050701721794
Frank AW, 1995, WOUNDED STORYTELLER
Gollust SE, 2009, SOC SCI MED, V69, P1091, DOI 10.1016/j.socscimed.2009.07.009
*GOOGL, 2009, NEWS ARCH SEARCH
Graneheim UH, 2004, NURS EDUC TODAY, V24, P105, DOI 10.1016/j.nedt.2003.10.001
Harrington Stephen, 2008, JOURNALISM THEORY PR, V9, P266, DOI 10.1177/1464884907089008
Jensen JD, 2010, J HEALTH COMMUN, V15, P136, DOI 10.1080/10810730903528025
Kline KN, 2006, J HEALTH COMMUN, V11, P43, DOI 10.1080/10810730500461067
Melander Wikman A, 2006, ADV PHYSIOTHER, V8, P23
MOSS A, 2006, STROKE, V12, P3043
*NAT I NEUR DIS ST, 2010, DIS A Z
Natterlund BS, 2010, SCAND J OCCUP THER, V17, P18, DOI 10.3109/11038120902833218
Parr S., 1997, TALKING APHASIA LIVI
Parr S, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P98, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798337
QSR International, 2008, NVIVO QUAL DAT AN SO
Rombough RE, 2007, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V14, P69, DOI 10.1310/tsr1403-69
Servaes P, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P889
Shadden BB, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P211, DOI 10.1080/02687930444000697
Simmons-Mackie N, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P837, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000185
Whitehead LC, 2006, SOC SCI MED, V62, P2236, DOI 10.1016/j.socscimed.2005.09.008
Worrall L, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P309, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.508530
Worrall L, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P497, DOI 10.1080/02687030802698152
NR 35
TC 4
Z9 4
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 10
BP 1132
EP 1152
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.577285
PG 21
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 837JN
UT WOS:000296195200002
ER
PT J
AU Waldron, H
Whitworth, A
Howard, D
AF Waldron, Heather
Whitworth, Anne
Howard, David
TI Comparing monitoring and production based approaches to the treatment of
phonological assembly difficulties in aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia therapy; Phonological assembly; Generalisation; Apraxia of
speech
ID CONDUCTION APHASIA; SPEECH PRODUCTION; THERAPY; APRAXIA; REHABILITATION;
ERRORS; ADULTS
AB Background: Waldron, Whitworth, and Howard (2011) replicated the auditory and monitoring therapy reported in a single case by Franklin, Buerk, and Howard (2002) with four participants with phonological assembly difficulties. No participant responded in the same way as Franklin et al.'s client MB and, notably, all improvements seen were item-specific, in contrast to MB who had shown generalised improvements in naming, repetition, and reading aloud. Waldron et al. attributed this difference to the combination of underlying impairments in their participants, in particular additional lexical deficits; it remains unknown whether Franklin et al.'s results would be replicated in someone with a more pure phonological assembly difficulty. It is also unknown whether a more direct therapy approach, targeting a reduction in the production of phonological errors, rather than improving monitoring, might also be effective with this client group.
Aims: The current study aimed to compare the effectiveness of the auditory and monitoring therapy reported by Franklin et al. (2002) with a production-focused therapy based on the articulatory kinematic treatment of apraxia of speech (AOS), in a single participant with phonological assembly difficulties.
Methods & Procedures: Participant RE received three consecutive therapy phases: Franklin et al.'s auditory therapy, followed by a new production therapy involving a hierarchy of articulatory kinematic cues and the production of minimal contrast pairs, and finally Franklin et al.'s monitoring therapy. As RE's linguistic profile was similar to that of Franklin et al.'s client, it was predicted that he would make similar gains, i.e., generalised improvement in the production of treated and untreated words, following all three therapy types.
Outcomes & Results: RE's naming of treated items improved significantly after both the production therapy and the monitoring therapy, but naming of untreated items did not improve and there were no naming improvements following the auditory therapy.
Conclusions: Two possible reasons why RE did not respond as predicted are discussed. First, that RE may have had additional lexical retrieval difficulties, in which case therapy could have improved the link between semantics and lexical phonology; and second, that RE may have had additional mild AOS, in which case therapy may have resulted in improved motor planning abilities. Neither of these hypotheses could fully account for all of RE's results. Nonetheless, the production therapy was shown to be an effective alternative approach for clients with phonological assembly difficulties, when a direct focus on speech production is needed.
C1 [Waldron, Heather; Whitworth, Anne; Howard, David] Newcastle Univ, Newcastle Upon Tyne NE1 7RU, Tyne & Wear, England.
[Waldron, Heather] City Hosp Sunderland NHS Fdn Trust, Speech & Language Therapy Dept, Sunderland, Durham, England.
RP Waldron, H (reprint author), Newcastle Univ, King George VI Bldg,Queen Victoria Rd, Newcastle Upon Tyne NE1 7RU, Tyne & Wear, England.
EM Heather.Waldron@ncl.ac.uk
FU Stroke Association [TSAB 2006/02]
FX This research was funded by a bursary from The Stroke Association (ref
TSAB 2006/02).
CR Ballard KJ, 2001, J COMMUN DISORD, V34, P3, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(00)00038-1
Best W, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V10, P231
Bishop D. V., 1982, TROG TEST RECEPTION
BROIDA H, 1977, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V58, P248
Cruickshanks KJ, 1998, AM J EPIDEMIOL, V148, P879
Dabul B. L., 1979, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL
Davis C, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P503, DOI 10.1080/02687030802368913
Duffy J.R, 2005, MOTOR SPEECH DISORDE
Franklin S, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1087, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000491
Grant DA, 1993, WISCONSIN CARD SORTI
Hickin J, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P981, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000509
Howard D., 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL I
Howard D., 2000, ACQUIRED NEUROGENIC
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Kay J., 1992, PALPA PSYCHOLINGUIST
Kendall DL, 2008, BRAIN LANG, V105, P1, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.11.007
KOHN SE, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P209, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248992
Levelt WJM, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P1
Maas E., 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P609, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000266
Monsell S., 1987, LANGUAGE PERCEPTION
MORRIS J, 2009, BRIT APH SOC BIENN I
Nickels L, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P103, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000517
NICKELS L, 1992, THESIS U LONDON UK
NICKELS L, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V11, P289, DOI 10.1080/02643299408251977
Robertson IH, 1999, PSYCHOL BULL, V125, P544, DOI 10.1037/0033-2909.125.5.544
ROSENBEK JC, 1973, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V38, P462
Van der Merwe A., 1997, CLIN MANAGEMENT SENS
Waldron H, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P434, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.494830
Wambaugh JL, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V41, P725
WAMBAUGH JL, 2006, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V14, pR25
Warrington EK, 1996, CAMDEN MEMORY TESTS
NR 31
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 10
BP 1153
EP 1173
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.577286
PG 21
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 837JN
UT WOS:000296195200003
ER
PT J
AU van der Merwe, A
AF van der Merwe, Anita
TI A speech motor learning approach to treating apraxia of speech:
Rationale and effects of intervention with an adult with acquired
apraxia of speech
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Apraxia of speech; Treatment; Speech motor planning
ID SOUND PRODUCTION TREATMENT; TREATMENT GUIDELINES; SCHEMA THEORY;
ACQUISITION; PRINCIPLES; DISORDERS; MOVEMENTS; FEEDBACK; MODELS; CORTEX
AB Background: In this paper the rationale for a treatment of apraxia of speech, the speech motor learning (SML) approach, is described and the effects of its application explored. The SML approach endeavours to address the underlying inability to plan and program the production of different speech motor targets (SMTs) in changing phonetic contexts and in utterances exceeding a single word/nonword in length.
Aims: The aims of the study were to determine (1) if treatment effects generalised to untreated nonwords and untreated real words with trained vowels and consonants, (2) if a learning effect was maintained, (3) if the treatment task hierarchy of the SML approach could be confirmed, and (4) if the number of speech errors judged perceptually declined across the treatment period on treated and untreated stages.
Methods & Procedures: A multiple baseline single-participant design across behaviours and contexts was used to assess the effects of treatment with a speaker with chronic pure AOS. The first six stages of an eleven-stage treatment hierarchy were consecutively treated. The last five remained untreated.
Outcomes & Results: During treatment, production of untrained nonwords and words containing trained and untrained SMTs improved. For three treated stages the improvement was greater during the treatment phase than during baseline, for words, nonwords, or both. Stage 4 vowels only improved once treatment commenced. Untreated consonant clusters of Stage 10 improved negligibly. Improvement was maintained 2 years post-treatment. The number of speech errors decreased across the treatment period.
Conclusions: Preliminary evidence is provided supporting a general improvement in speech motor planning and programming ability for this participant. The relative value of components of the SML approach needs to be verified in future.
C1 Univ Pretoria, Dept Commun Pathol, ZA-0002 Pretoria, South Africa.
RP van der Merwe, A (reprint author), Univ Pretoria, Dept Commun Pathol, ZA-0002 Pretoria, South Africa.
EM anita.vandermerwe@up.ac.za
CR Aichert I, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1216, DOI 10.1080/02687030701820303
Ballard KJ, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P1195, DOI 10.1080/02687030601047858
Ballard KJ, 2001, J COMMUN DISORD, V34, P3, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(00)00038-1
Cleeremans A, 1998, TRENDS COGN SCI, V2, P406, DOI 10.1016/S1364-6613(98)01232-7
Duffy J.R, 2005, MOTOR SPEECH DISORDE
Edmonds LA, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P1121, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000561
Edwards M., 1983, PHONOLOGY APPL COMMU
Freedman SE, 2007, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V50, P131, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2007/011|)
Gierut JA, 2001, LANG SPEECH HEAR SER, V32, P229, DOI 10.1044/0161-1461(2001/021)
Gierut JA, 2010, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V19, P167, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2009/09-0020)
KAWATO M, 1992, TRENDS NEUROSCI, V15, P445, DOI 10.1016/0166-2236(92)90008-V
Goodglas H., 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R
Guadagnoli MA, 2004, J MOTOR BEHAV, V36, P212, DOI 10.3200/JMBR.36.2.212-224
Hula SNA, 2008, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V51, P1088, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2008/06-0042)
JARIC S, 1993, EXP BRAIN RES, V94, P514
Karni A, 1996, COGNITIVE BRAIN RES, V5, P39, DOI 10.1016/S0926-6410(96)00039-0
Katz WF, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P826, DOI 10.1080/02687030903518176
Kawato M, 1999, CURR OPIN NEUROBIOL, V9, P718, DOI 10.1016/S0959-4388(99)00028-8
KEARNS KP, 1986, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V51, P204
Keller E., 1987, MOTOR SENSORY PROCES
Kendall DL, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P39, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000606
KENT R, 2004, ARTICULATION PHONOLO, P1
KENT RD, 2005, SPEECH MOTOR CONTROL
Knock TR, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P653
Kratochwill T. R., 1978, SINGLE SUBJECT RES S
Levelt WJM, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P1
Lin CH, 2009, J MOTOR BEHAV, V41, P232, DOI 10.3200/JMBR.41.3.232-242
Lotze M, 2003, BRAIN, V126, P866, DOI 10.1093/brain/awg079
Maas E, 2008, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V17, P277, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2008/025)
Magill R. A., 2007, MOTOR LEARNING CONTR
McNeil M. R., 2009, CLIN MANAGEMENT SENS
MCNEIL MR, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V20, P21
POWELL TW, 1984, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V49, P211
PRUTTING CA, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V52, P105
Robey RR, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P787, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249573
ROMO R, 1992, EXP BRAIN RES, V91, P396, DOI 10.1007/BF00227836
ROSENBEK JC, 1973, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V38, P462
ROSENBEK JC, 2009, CLIN MANAGEMENT SENS
Rvachew S, 2010, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V19, P34, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2009/08-0047)
Schmidt R, 2005, MOTOR CONTROL LEARNI
Schmidt RA, 2003, RES Q EXERCISE SPORT, V74, P366
SCHMIDT RA, 1975, PSYCHOL REV, V82, P225, DOI 10.1037/h0076770
SHRIBERG LD, 1984, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V27, P456
SMITH A, 1995, EXP BRAIN RES, V104, P493
STOKES TF, 1977, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V10, P349, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1977.10-349
Van der Merwe A., 2000, S AFRICAN J COMMUNIC, V47, P79
VAN DER MERWE A., 1985, TREATMENT PROGRAM DE
van der Merwe A, 1987, S Afr J Commun Disord, V34, P10
VANDERMERWE A, 2009, CLIN MANAGEMENT SENS
van der Merwe A, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P658, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192174
VARLEY R, 2005, WHOLE WORD THERAPY A
Vihman M. M., 2004, ARTICULATION PHONOLO, P63
Wambaugh J, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P407, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000165
Wambaugh JL, 2006, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V14, pXXXV
Wambaugh JL, 2006, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V14, pXV
Wambaugh JL, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V41, P725
Wambaugh JL, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P821
WERTZ RT, 2002, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V10, P11
WHALEN DH, 1990, J PHONETICS, V18, P3
Whiteside SP, 1998, CORTEX, V34, P221, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70749-4
Wolpert DM, 2001, TRENDS COGN SCI, V5, P487, DOI 10.1016/S1364-6613(00)01773-3
Wulf G, 2001, PSYCHON B REV, V8, P648, DOI 10.3758/BF03196201
Wulf G, 1997, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V23, P987, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.23.4.987
NR 63
TC 6
Z9 6
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 10
BP 1174
EP 1206
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.582246
PG 33
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 837JN
UT WOS:000296195200004
ER
PT J
AU Kirmess, M
Lind, M
AF Kirmess, Melanie
Lind, Marianne
TI Spoken language production as outcome measurement following constraint
induced language therapy
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Spoken language production; Constraint induced language
therapy; CILT; Treatment outcome
ID CHRONIC APHASIA; SPONTANEOUS SPEECH; FUNCTIONAL COMMUNICATION; CONTEXT;
STORY; DISCOURSE; STROKE; ADULTS
AB Background: Spoken language production reflects a more natural communication aspect of language than most standardised aphasia tests. Several methods for text analysis have been developed; however, clinical application in speech-language therapy has so far been limited. Further exploration of the generalisation effect of specific impairment-based treatment forms to spontaneous speech and everyday communication is warranted.
Aims: The present study explores the relevance of spoken language production for measurement of aphasia treatment outcome with constraint induced language therapy (CILT). The study investigates if improvement on standardised tests generalises to spoken language production with a focus on vocabulary and content.
Methods & Procedures: Analyses are based on the pre- and post-intervention transcriptions of dialogical interviews with three speakers with aphasia participating in a clinical CILT treatment study in early aphasia rehabilitation. The analyses include quantitative measurements of the speech production (number of words, number of utterances, and mean length of utterance), of the lexical production of nouns and verbs (proportion, variation, frequency, and specificity), and of the content (proportion of informative utterances and meta-communicative utterances). In addition, the analyses include a qualitative evaluation of the content.
Outcomes & Results: Results indicate an overall increase in noun production for all three cases post-CILT with individual differences in improvement of noun diversity and specificity. There is a slight decrease in the amount of verbs produced post-intervention, but more specific verbs are produced after the treatment. Content evaluation and the quantitative measures of content demonstrate increased informativeness on the individual level.
Conclusions: The applied measures provide a helpful structure for interpreting outcome changes in the use of nouns and verbs. Analysis of spoken language production supports a generalisation effect of increased word production to a more demanding speech context (connected speech production).
C1 [Kirmess, Melanie] Univ Oslo, Dept Special Needs Educ, N-0318 Oslo, Norway.
[Lind, Marianne] Univ Oslo, Dept Linguist & Scandinavian Studies, N-0318 Oslo, Norway.
RP Kirmess, M (reprint author), Univ Oslo, Dept Special Needs Educ, POB 1140, N-0318 Oslo, Norway.
EM melanie.kirmess@uv.uio.no
CR Armstrong E, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P875, DOI 10.1080/02687030050127685
Armstrong E, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P480, DOI 10.1080/02687030902775157
Barthel G, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P408, DOI 10.1080/02687030701415880
Bastiaanse R., 2006, VERB OG SETNINGSTEST
Bastiaanse R., 2000, WERKWOORDEN EN ZINNE
Bauer A., 2009, APHASIE ALLTAG
Beeson PM, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V16, P161, DOI 10.1007/s11065-006-9013-7
Berndt R. S., 2000, QUANTITATIVE PRODUCT
Berthier ML, 2009, ANN NEUROL, V65, P577, DOI 10.1002/ana.21597
Bishop D, 2009, TEST RECEPTION GRAMM
Breier JI, 2009, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V90, P2026, DOI 10.1016/j.apmr.2009.08.144
Butt Miriam, 2010, COMPLEX PREDICATES C, P48
Bybee Joan, 2010, LANGUAGE USAGE COGNI
Bybee Joan, 2007, FREQUENCY USE ORG LA
Code Chris, 2010, Seminars in Speech and Language, V31, P21, DOI 10.1055/s-0029-1244950
Conroy P, 2009, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V44, P1036, DOI [10.1080/13682820802585975, 10.3109/13682820802585975]
Domholdt E, 2005, REHABILITATION RES P
Doyle P. J., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P130
Doyle PJ, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P561, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249558
EDWARDS S, 1995, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V30, P333
Edwards S., 2005, FLUENT APHASIA
Faroqi-Shah Y, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P977, DOI 10.1080/02687030802642036
Fromkin V., 1998, INTRO LANGUAGE
Goodglass H., 1972, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP
Goral M, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P1383, DOI 10.1080/02687030802235203
Gordon JK, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P839, DOI 10.1080/02687030701820063
Grande M, 2008, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V43, P408, DOI 10.1080/13682820701685991
Hickin J., 2007, APHASIA THERAPY FILE, VII, P69
HOLLAND AL, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V24, P156, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90101-4
HOLLAND AL, 1989, HDB NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V2, P83
Huber W., 1983, AACHENER APHASIE TES
HUSSMANN K, 2006, SPRACHE STIMME GEHOR, V0030
Johannessen J. B., 2009, P 17 NORD C COMP LIN
Katz RC, 2000, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V35, P303
Kay J., 2009, PALPA PSYKOLINGVISTI
Kay J., 1992, PALPA PSYCHOLINGUIST
Kelly H, 2010, COCHRANE DB SYST REV, DOI 10.1002/14651858.CD000425.pub2
Kirmess M, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P725, DOI 10.1080/02687030903437682
Laine M., 2006, ANOMIA THEORETICAL C
Lind M, 2009, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V23, P872, DOI 10.3109/02699200903040051
Lind M., 2010, ICPLA 13 OSL NORW
LOMAS J, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P113
MacWhinney B, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P856, DOI 10.1080/02687030903452632
Maher LM, 2006, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V12, P843, DOI 10.1017/S1355617706061029
Malvern D, 2004, LEXICAL DIVERSITY AND LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT: QUANTIFICATION AND ASSESSMENT, P1, DOI 10.1057/9780230511804
McNeil MR, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P991
Meinzer Marcus, 2004, BMC Biol, V2, P20, DOI 10.1186/1741-7007-2-20
Meinzer M, 2005, STROKE, V36, P1462, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000169941.29831.2a
Muller N., 2006, MULTILAYERED TRANSCR
Murray L. L., 2006, NEUROGENIC DISORDERS
Nadeau S., 2008, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P689
Naeser MA, 2010, RESTOR NEUROL NEUROS, V28, P511, DOI 10.3233/RNN-2010-0559
Oelschlaeger ML, 1999, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V42, P636
Pedersen PM, 2004, CEREBROVASC DIS, V17, P35, DOI 10.1159/000073896
Prins R, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P1075, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000534
Pulvermuller F, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P563, DOI 10.1080/02687030701612213
Pulvermuller F, 2001, STROKE, V32, P1621
Reinvang I., 1985, APHASIA BRAIN ORG
Reinvang I., 1980, NORSK GRUNNTEST AFAS
Rider JD, 2008, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V17, P161, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2008/016)
Robey RR, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V41, P172
SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8
Semenza Carlo, 2006, REPRESENTATION PROCE, P71
Simmons-Mackie N, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P807
Simonsen HG, 2002, INVESTIGATIONS IN CLINICAL PHONETICS AND LINGUISTICS, P45
Wambaugh JL, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P1127, DOI 10.1080/02687030701855739
NR 66
TC 1
Z9 1
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 10
BP 1207
EP 1238
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.589986
PG 32
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 837JN
UT WOS:000296195200005
ER
PT J
AU Kadyamusuma, MR
De Bleser, R
Mayer, J
AF Kadyamusuma, McLoddy R.
De Bleser, Ria
Mayer, Joerg
TI Lexical tone disruption in Shona after brain damage
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Brain-damaged patients; Lexical tone; Shona; Aphasia; Production;
Identification
ID HEMISPHERIC-SPECIALIZATION; FUNCTIONAL LATERALIZATION; BROCAS APHASIA;
WORD TONES; PERCEPTION; CHINESE; SPEECH; DEFICITS; PITCH; PROSODY
AB Background: The issue of production and perception of lexical tone in patients with brain lesions has been investigated mainly through East Asian languages and Norwegian. The present study investigated the lateralisation of lexical tone in Shona, a Bantu language. Van Lancker (1980) proposed a continuum scale of the levels of functional pitch in the speech signal. According to the functional lateralisation account (FLH), the left hemisphere (LH) is associated with highly structured pitch contrasts, such as phonological tone, whereas the right hemisphere (RH) is specialised for the least structured pitch functions cueing emotional and personal information. The extant data show that the ability to produce and identify lexical tone is frequently more impaired as a result of lesions to the LH than RH lesions.
Aims: The present investigation focused on the lateralisation of lexical tone in Shona speakers. The study sought to validate if the scale of hemispheric lateralisation as proposed by Van Lancker (1980) is also valid for Shona, a Bantu language.
Methods & Procedures: We examined five LH damaged (LHD) patients and five RH (RHD) damaged patients using a confrontational picture-naming task and a lexical tone identification task of Shona lexical tone. The first experiment investigated the ability of LHD patients and RHD patients to identify Shona lexical tone in 60 disyllabic minimal pairs. The second experiment examined the ability of Shona brain-damaged patients to produce lexical tone using a confrontational picture-naming task with 120 lexical items.
Outcomes & Results: We observed a dissociation in the performance of both the LHD and RHD patients in the two tasks. Both groups were impaired in the tone identification task relative to the non-brain-damaged controls. However, RHD patients performed significantly better than the LHD patients in the tone identification task. On the other hand, both LHD and RHD groups were equally impaired in the tone production task in comparison to the controls.
Conclusions: The discrepancy in the production and perception of Shona lexical tone for this group of brain-damaged patients shows that, although the two modes are related, they do not always get disrupted at the same level after brain damage. The results from the tone identification task suggest to a certain extent that the FLH is also valid for Shona. In order to account for all the data there is need to carefully consider alternative accounts like the acoustic cue hypothesis (Van Lancker & Sidtis, 1992).
C1 [Kadyamusuma, McLoddy R.; De Bleser, Ria] Univ Potsdam, Dept Linguist, D-14476 Potsdam, Germany.
[Mayer, Joerg] Univ Stuttgart, Stuttgart, Germany.
RP Kadyamusuma, MR (reprint author), Univ Potsdam, Dept Linguist, Karl Liebknecht Str 24-25, D-14476 Potsdam, Germany.
EM kadyamus@rz.uni-potsdam.de
FU University of Potsdam
FX This work benefited from a grant awarded to the first author from the
University of Potsdam. We are indebted to our colleagues for reading and
commenting on earlier drafts of this manuscript, although of course the
remaining mistakes are ours. Preliminary results from this study were
presented at the II Clinical Linguistics Conference 9-11 November 2009,
Madrid.
CR Baum SR, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P581
Brunelle M, 2009, J PHONETICS, V37, P79, DOI 10.1016/j.wocn.2008.09.003
CANCELLIERE AEB, 1990, BRAIN COGNITION, V13, P133, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(90)90046-Q
CASSERLY ED, 2010, COGNITIVE SCI, V1, P629
DANLY M, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V16, P171, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90082-7
Eng N, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P649, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248441
GANDOUR JT, 1978, LANG SPEECH, V21, P1
GANDOUR J, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V43, P275, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90131-W
GANDOUR J, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P232, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90017-5
GANDOUR J, 1992, J NEUROLINGUIST, V7, P133, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(92)90015-O
GANDOUR J, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V18, P98, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90009-3
GANDOUR J, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V35, P201, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90109-5
Gandour J. T., 1987, PHONETIC APPROACHES, P45
Gandour J, 1998, APHASIA IN ATYPICAL POPULATIONS, P117
Gandour J. T, 2006, ENCY LANGUAGE LINGUI, V12, P751
Garrett MF., 1980, LANGUAGE PRODUCTION
Gordon R. G., 2005, ETHNOLOGUE LANGUAGES
HALPERIN Y, 1973, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V50, P553
HANNAN SJ, 2000, STANDARD SHONA DICT
HUGHES CP, 1983, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V40, P732
Kadyamusuma MR, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P576, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.540336
Levelt W. J., 1989, SPEAKING INTENTION A
Liang J, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V91, P282, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.03.006
MICHEL P, 1987, ASSESSMENT BILINGUAL
Moen I, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V53, P267, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0048
MOEN I, 2009, INT J SPEECH LANGUAG, V11, P272
MOEN I, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V44, P400, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1024
MYERS S, 1990, THESIS U MASSACHUSET
NAESER MA, 1980, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V18, P389, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(80)90143-8
OHALA Johni, 1978, TONE LINGUISTIC SURV, P5
OLDFIELD RC, 1971, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V9, P97, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(71)90067-4
PACKARD J, 2005, HDB E ASIAN PSYCHOLI, V1
PACKARD JL, 1985, DISS ABSTR INT A, V45, P2860
PACKARD JL, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V29, P212, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90045-3
Pell MD, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V57, P195, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1736
Poeppel D, 2001, COGNITIVE SCI, V25, P679, DOI 10.1016/S0364-0213(01)00050-7
ROBIN DA, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P539, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90161-9
RYALLS J, 1986, LANG SPEECH, V29, P389
SCHWARTZ J, 1980, SCIENCE, V207, P1380
Sidtis John J., 2003, Seminars in Speech and Language, V24, P93, DOI 10.1055/s-2003-38901
SIDTIS JJ, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V34, P235, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90135-6
SIDTIS JJ, 1984, HDB COGNITIVE NEUROS, P91
Van Lancker D., 1973, J PHONETICS, V1, P101
Van Lancker D., 1980, PAP LINGUIST, V13, P201, DOI 10.1080/08351818009370498
VANLANCKER D, 1992, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V35, P963
Wang Y, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V78, P332, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2474
Wang Y, 2004, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V25, P449, DOI 10.1017/S0142716404001213
Wong PCM, 2002, BRAIN RES BULL, V59, P83, DOI 10.1016/S0361-9230(02)00860-2
Yip M., 2002, TONE
YIU EML, 1995, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V9, P79, DOI 10.3109/02699209508985326
ZATORRE RJ, 1988, J ACOUST SOC AM, V84, P566, DOI 10.1121/1.396834
ZATORRE RJ, 2009, PERCEPTION SPEECH SO, P275
NR 52
TC 2
Z9 2
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 10
BP 1239
EP 1260
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.590966
PG 22
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 837JN
UT WOS:000296195200006
ER
PT J
AU Morris, J
Franklin, S
Menger, F
GD
AF Morris, Julie
Franklin, Sue
Menger, Fiona
GD
TI Returning to work with aphasia: A case study
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Vocational; Work; Aphasia; Treatment
ID TRAUMATIC BRAIN-INJURY; STROKE; SATISFACTION; PERCEPTIONS; EMPLOYMENT;
BARRIERS; OUTCOMES; ADULTS
AB Background: For some people with aphasia, returning to work will be their eventual goal. While there are reports in the literature of incidence of return to work, and general discussion of success, there are few documented in depth studies of what this might entail for the individual with aphasia.
Aims: This paper explores returning to work with aphasia, and examines the complex relationship between the person, the aphasia and the demands of employment.
Methods & Procedures: This is a detailed case report, describing and reflecting on the experiences of GD, who returned to work following his stroke and aphasia. Therapy focused specifically on work requirements is described and the factors affecting GD's return to work explored. An interview was used to elicit GD's reflections on his experiences.
Outcome & Results: GD's language skills improved over time and with therapy, and he developed several strategies that facilitated his communication. He was able to return to work (part-time) in a modified role and this was successful initially. After an extended period (similar to 19 months) his employment was terminated and GD explored other options. He moved on to a volunteering and charity trustee role.
Conclusions: The success (or not) of returning to work with aphasia is multi-faceted and does not rest solely with the person with aphasia. The nature of the work may have a strong bearing on success, as will the ability and willingness of the employer to engage in the process. Partnership with the person and constant review of goals and management is of overwhelming importance. We need to consider what "success" may mean in this context and the need to consider therapeutic and rehabilitation needs over a longer time frame.
C1 [Morris, Julie; GD] Univ Newcastle, Newcastle Upon Tyne NE1 7RU, Tyne & Wear, England.
[Franklin, Sue] Univ Limerick, Limerick, Ireland.
RP Morris, J (reprint author), Univ Newcastle, Newcastle Upon Tyne NE1 7RU, Tyne & Wear, England.
EM Julie.morris@ncl.ac.uk
FU Tavistock Trust for Aphasia
FX We would like to thank students and staff at the North East Aphasia
Centre who contributed to this work and the Tavistock Trust for Aphasia
who funded the Centre during this study and continue to support its
work.
CR Alaszewski A, 2007, DISABIL REHABIL, V29, P1858, DOI 10.1080/09638280601143356
BIRD H, 2003, J NEUROLINGUIST, V16, P115
Bird H, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V72, P246, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2292
Bishop DVM, 1983, TEST RECEPTION GRAMM
Bryan K., 1995, RIGHT HEMISPHERE LAN
Caporali A, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P815, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000247
Department of Health, 2007, NAT STROK STRAT
Franklin S., 1992, ADA COMPREHENSION BA
Garcia LJ, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P269
Gil M, 1996, BRAIN INJURY, V10, P39, DOI 10.1080/026990596124700
GRAHAM F, 2002, BRIT APH SOC THER S
Hinckley JJ, 2002, J COMMUN DISORD, V35, P543, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(02)00119-3
Hinckley JJ, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P509, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249554
Kagan A, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P258, DOI 10.1080/02687030701282595
LaPointe L., 1998, READING COMPREHENSIO
Lasker JP, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P399, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000840
Levack W, 2004, DISABIL REHABIL, V26, P290, DOI 10.1080/09638280310001647615
Lock S, 2005, DISABIL SOC, V20, P33, DOI 10.1080/0968759042000283629
LUM C, 1996, THESIS U YORK YORK
McKenna P., 1983, GRADED NAMING TEST
MORRIS J, 1997, WORD DEAFNESS UNPUB
Nelson H. E., 1982, NATL ADULT READING T
NICKELS L, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V11, P289, DOI 10.1080/02643299408251977
Parr S., 1997, TALKING APHASIA LIVI
Radford KA, 2008, BRAIN IMPAIR, V9, P161, DOI 10.1375/brim.9.2.161
ROLLAND J, 1993, LIVING APHASIA PSYCH, P224
Swinburn K., 2004, COMPREHENSIVE APHASI
Treger I, 2007, DISABIL REHABIL, V29, P1397, DOI 10.1080/09638280701314923
Vestling M, 2003, J REHABIL MED, V35, P127, DOI 10.1080/16501970310010475
NR 29
TC 5
Z9 5
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 8
BP 890
EP 907
DI 10.1080/02687038.2010.549568
PG 18
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 837IV
UT WOS:000296190500003
ER
PT J
AU Sebastian, R
Kiran, S
AF Sebastian, Rajani
Kiran, Swathi
TI Task-modulated neural activation patterns in chronic stroke patients
with aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE fMRI; Aphasia; Language recovery
ID INFERIOR PREFRONTAL CORTEX; ANTERIOR CINGULATE CORTEX; CORTICAL LANGUAGE
ACTIVATION; POSITRON-EMISSION-TOMOGRAPHY; FUNCTIONAL MRI; POSTSTROKE
APHASIA; WORD RETRIEVAL; VERBAL FLUENCY; FRONTAL GYRUS; BRAIN IMAGES
AB Background: Neuroimaging research on language recovery in patients with aphasia due to left hemisphere damage has generated some intriguing results. However, it is still not clear what role the right hemisphere plays in supporting recovered language functions in the chronic phase for patients with different site and size of lesion when different tasks are used.
Aims: The present study aimed at exploring the role of perilesional, ipsilesional, and contralesional activation in participants with aphasia with different site and size of lesion using two different language tasks. All participants were in the chronic stage with well-recovered or significant improvements in language functions.
Methods & Procedures: Functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) was used to characterise brain activations in eight stroke patients and eight age/gender-matched controls during semantic judgement and oral picture naming. An event-related design using jittered interstimulus intervals (ISIs) was employed to present the stimuli.
Outcomes & Results: The fMRI scans of both language tasks in patients revealed differences in activation pattern relative to the normal control participants. The nature of this difference was task specific. During the semantic judgement task patients without lesions involving the left frontal region activated the left inferior frontal gyrus similar to observations in the normal control participants. Participants with left frontal lesions activated contralesional regions in addition to perilesional left frontal regions. During the picture-naming task all participants activated bilateral brain regions irrespective of the site or size of lesion, consistent with other published studies utilising this task. Subsequent regions of interest analysis and laterality index analysis revealed that patients with large lesions produced greater right hemisphere activation than patients with small lesions.
Conclusions: The results of this study demonstrate that recovery is task, lesion site, and size specific. Further, the results also indicate a role for both activation of homologous contralesional cortex and activity of left hemisphere regions (perilesional and ipsilesional) as efficient mechanisms for supporting language functions in chronic stroke patients.
C1 [Sebastian, Rajani] Univ Texas Austin, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Austin, TX 78712 USA.
[Kiran, Swathi] Boston Univ, Dept Speech Language & Hearing, Sargent Coll, Boston, MA 02215 USA.
RP Sebastian, R (reprint author), Univ Texas Austin, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Austin, TX 78712 USA.
EM sebastianr@mail.utexas.edu
RI Kiran, S/B-1892-2013
FU Imaging Research Center, University of Texas at Austin
FX This research was submitted by R. Sebastian in partial fulfilment of
requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy in Communication
Sciences and Disorders at the University of Texas at Austin. This
research was supported in part by an educational grant from the Imaging
Research Center, University of Texas at Austin. The authors acknowledge
Dr Neal Rutledge, Padmadevan Chettiar, and the staff at the Imaging
Research Center for support during data collection and analysis. The
authors also thank the participants in the experiment for their patience
and cooperation.
CR Abo M, 2004, NEUROREPORT, V15, P1891, DOI 10.1097/00001756-200408260-00011
Abrahams S, 2003, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V20, P29, DOI 10.1002/hbm.10126
Badre David, 2002, Behav Cogn Neurosci Rev, V1, P206, DOI 10.1177/1534582302001003002
Barch DM, 2000, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V12, P298, DOI 10.1162/089892900562110
Bates E, 2003, PSYCHON B REV, V10, P344, DOI 10.3758/BF03196494
Beckmann CF, 2003, NEUROIMAGE, V20, P1052, DOI 10.1016/S1053-8119(03)00435-X
Binder J. R., 2001, HDB FUNCTIONAL NEURO, P187
Binder JR, 1997, J NEUROSCI, V17, P353
BINDER JR, 1995, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V52, P593
Binder JR, 2009, CEREB CORTEX, V19, P2767, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhp055
Blank SC, 2003, ANN NEUROL, V54, P310, DOI 10.1002/ana.10656
Blasi V, 2002, NEURON, V36, P159, DOI 10.1016/S0896-6273(02)00936-4
Bonakdarpour B, 2007, NEUROIMAGE, V36, P322, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2007.02.035
Bookheimer S, 2002, ANNU REV NEUROSCI, V25, P151, DOI 10.1146/annurev.neuro.25.112701.142946
Botvinick M, 1999, NATURE, V402, P179, DOI 10.1038/46035
Brett M, 2001, NEUROIMAGE, V14, P486, DOI 10.1006/nimg.2001.0845
Cai C, 2007, NEUROREPORT, V18, P1147, DOI 10.1097/WNR.0b013e32810f2de7
Cao Y, 1999, STROKE, V30, P2331
Carter CS, 1998, SCIENCE, V280, P747, DOI 10.1126/science.280.5364.747
Chee MWL, 2000, NEUROIMAGE, V12, P392, DOI 10.1006/nimg.2000.0631
Crosson B., 2007, FUNCTIONAL NEUROIMAG, P219
DeLeon J, 2007, BRAIN, V130, P1408, DOI 10.1093/brain/awm011
Desmond JE, 1995, BRAIN, V118, P1411, DOI 10.1093/brain/118.6.1411
Dombovy ML, 2009, CURR NEUROL NEUROSCI, V9, P41, DOI 10.1007/s11910-009-0007-8
Fernandez B, 2004, STROKE, V35, P2171, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000139323.76769.b0
Fiez JA, 1997, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V5, P79, DOI 10.1002/(SICI)1097-0193(1997)5:2<79::AID-HBM1>3.0.CO;2-J
FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6
Frances N., 1982, FREQUENCY ANAL ENGLI
Fridriksson J, 2010, CEREB CORTEX, V20, P1013, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhp160
Fu CHY, 2002, NEUROIMAGE, V17, P871, DOI 10.1006/nimg.2002.1189
GILHOOLY KJ, 1980, BEHAV RES METH INSTR, V12, P395, DOI 10.3758/BF03201693
Grabowski TJ, 2003, NEUROIMAGE, V20, P940, DOI 10.1016/S1053-8119(03)00284-2
GREVE DN, 2002, OPTSEQ2
Hagoort P, 2005, TRENDS COGN SCI, V9, P416, DOI 10.1016/j.tics.2006.07.004
Harrington GS, 2006, AM J NEURORADIOL, V27, P938
Heiss WD, 1997, J NEUROL SCI, V145, P213, DOI 10.1016/S0022-510X(96)00252-3
Heiss WD, 1999, ANN NEUROL, V45, P430, DOI 10.1002/1531-8249(199904)45:4<430::AID-ANA3>3.0.CO;2-P
Heiss WD, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V98, P118, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.02.002
Helm-Estabrooks N., 2001, COGNITIVE LINGUISTIC
Hillis AE, 2005, JAPANESE J NEUROPSYC, V21, P35
Hirshorn EA, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V44, P2547, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2006.03.035
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Indefrey P, 2004, COGNITION, V92, P101, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2002.06.001
Jenkinson M, 2002, NEUROIMAGE, V17, P825, DOI 10.1006/nimg.2002.1132
Jenkinson M, 2001, MED IMAGE ANAL, V5, P143, DOI 10.1016/S1361-8415(01)00036-6
Kaplan E., 2001, BOSTON NAMING TEST
KAPUR S, 1994, NEUROREPORT, V5, P2193, DOI 10.1097/00001756-199410270-00051
Karbe H, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V64, P215, DOI 10.1006/brln.1998.1961
Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Kiehl KA, 2000, PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY, V37, P216, DOI 10.1017/S0048577200990231
Koechlin E, 2006, NEURON, V50, P963, DOI 10.1016/j.neuron.2006.05.017
Kurland J, 2004, BEHAV NEUROL, V15, P87
Levelt WJM, 2001, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V98, P13464, DOI 10.1073/pnas.231459498
MacDonald AW, 2000, SCIENCE, V288, P1835, DOI 10.1126/science.288.5472.1835
MARTIN N, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P54
Meltzer JA, 2009, NEUROIMAGE, V47, P745, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2009.04.089
Miura K, 1999, J NEUROL, V246, P939, DOI 10.1007/s004150050486
Naeser MA, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V93, P95, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.08.004
Nair DG, 2007, NEUROIMAGE, V34, P253, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2006.09.010
Noppeney U, 2004, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V42, P1269, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2003.12.014
Ohyama M, 1996, STROKE, V27, P897
OLDFIELD RC, 1971, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V9, P97, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(71)90067-4
Perani D, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V85, P357, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00561-8
Poldrack RA, 1999, NEUROIMAGE, V10, P15, DOI 10.1006/nimg.1999.0441
Postman-Caucheteux WA, 2010, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V22, P1299, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2009.21261
Price CJ, 2005, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V25, P70, DOI 10.1002/hbm.20132
Rosen HJ, 2000, NEUROLOGY, V55, P1883
Saccuman MC, 2006, NEUROIMAGE, V32, P1865, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2006.04.179
Saur D, 2006, BRAIN, V129, P1371, DOI 10.1093/brain/awl090
Smith SM, 2002, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V17, P143, DOI 10.1002/hbm.10062
Smith SM, 2004, NEUROIMAGE, V23, P208, DOI DOI 10.1016/J.NEUROIMAGE.2004.07.051
Sonty SP, 2007, J NEUROSCI, V27, P1334, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.4127-06.2007
Thompson-Schill SL, 1997, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V94, P14792, DOI 10.1073/pnas.94.26.14792
Thompson-Schill SL, 2003, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V41, P280, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(02)00161-6
Thulborn KR, 1999, STROKE, V30, P749
Toglia M. P., 1978, HDB SEMANTIC WORD NO
van Oers CAMM, 2010, NEUROIMAGE, V49, P885, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2009.08.057
Wagner AD, 2001, NEURON, V31, P329, DOI 10.1016/S0896-6273(01)00359-2
Warburton E, 1999, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V66, P155, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.66.2.155
WEILLER C, 1995, ANN NEUROL, V37, P723, DOI 10.1002/ana.410370605
Wierenga CE, 2008, NEUROBIOL AGING, V29, P436, DOI 10.1016/j.neurobiolaging.2006.10.024
Winhuisen L, 2007, STROKE, V38, P1286, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000259632.04324.6c
Woolrich MW, 2004, NEUROIMAGE, V21, P1732, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2003.12.023
Woolrich Mark W, 2009, Neuroimage, V45, pS173, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2008.10.055
Woolrich MW, 2001, NEUROIMAGE, V14, P1370, DOI 10.1006/nimg.2001.0931
Worsley K. J., 2001, FUNCTIONAL MRI INTRO, P251
Xiong JH, 1998, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V6, P42, DOI 10.1002/(SICI)1097-0193(1998)6:1<42::AID-HBM4>3.0.CO;2-L
Xu XJ, 2004, CHINESE MED J-PEKING, V117, P1011
ZAHN R, 2004, COGNITIVE BRAIN RES, V18, P322, DOI DOI 10.1016/j.cogbrainres.2003.10.021
NR 90
TC 8
Z9 8
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 8
BP 927
EP 951
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.557436
PG 25
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 837IV
UT WOS:000296190500005
ER
PT J
AU Graham, JR
Pereira, S
Teasell, R
AF Graham, J. Ross
Pereira, Shelialah
Teasell, Robert
TI Aphasia and return to work in younger stroke survivors
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Work; Rehabilitation; Young; Employment
ID ISCHEMIC-STROKE; OUTCOMES; ADULTS; REHABILITATION; PERCEPTIONS;
DISABILITY; RECOVERY; PEOPLE; ISSUES
AB Background: Younger stroke patients (i.e., typically those between 18 and 65 years of age) experience fewer stokes than older patients. However, younger stroke survivors are more likely to live longer with disability, have dependants, and be engaged in full-or part-time employment. Aphasia post stroke occurs in 10% of younger survivors, and can significantly impact the ability to resume previous activities of daily living. Unfortunately traditional rehabilitation often does not account for language impairments that impact vocational status.
Aims: This review reports the rate of successful return to work (RTW) for younger stroke survivors with aphasia. Aphasia is consistently regarded as a barrier to an individual's ability to RTW post stroke. However, the degree to which working-age stroke survivors with aphasia successfully RTW remains unknown. In addition, conflicting evidence has been found as to the predictive nature of communication impairments on RTW.
Main Contribution: The primary outcome in which we were interested was the degree to which younger survivors with aphasia return to work. Secondary outcomes were the type of assessment used, the definition of work, and the age of the study sample. Nine studies were identified (aphasia N = 415, total N = 1612). The average rate of successful RTW for young survivors with aphasia was 28.4% compared to 44.7% for all young stroke survivors.
Conclusions: Younger survivors with aphasia were less likely to RTW post stroke than those without aphasia. Strategies to reduce this disparity, such as specialised vocational rehabilitation, should be made available to this population.
C1 [Graham, J. Ross] St Michaels Hosp, Toronto, ON M5B 1W8, Canada.
[Pereira, Shelialah; Teasell, Robert] Lawson Hlth Res Inst, London, ON, Canada.
RP Graham, JR (reprint author), St Michaels Hosp, 30 Bond St, Toronto, ON M5B 1W8, Canada.
EM jrossgraham@gmail.com
FU London Stroke Recovery Association; St. Joseph's Hospital Foundation
FX This work is funded by a studentship from the London Stroke Recovery
Association and the St. Joseph's Hospital Foundation.
CR ADUNSKY A, 1992, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V73, P859
ANGELERI F, 1993, STROKE, V24, P1478
Black-Schaffer R. M., 2009, STROKE RECOVERY REHA, P635
BLACKSCHAFFER RM, 1990, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V71, P285
Conroy B. E., 2009, STROKE RECOVERY REHA, P735
Dalemans R, 2008, CLIN REHABIL, V22, P542, DOI 10.1177/0269215507087462
Daniel K, 2009, STROKE, V40, pE431, DOI 10.1161/STROKEAHA.108.534487
Dixon G, 2007, CLIN REHABIL, V21, P230, DOI 10.1177/0269215506071784
Garcia LJ, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P269
Garcia LJ, 2002, J COMMUN DISORD, V35, P187, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(02)00064-3
Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd
GRESHAM GE, 1975, NEW ENGL J MED, V293, P954, DOI 10.1056/NEJM197511062931903
Hackett ML, 2009, BMC NEUROL, V9, DOI 10.1186/1471-2377-9-24
Hinckley JJ, 2002, J COMMUN DISORD, V35, P543, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(02)00119-3
Hofgren C, 2007, ACTA NEUROL SCAND, V115, P73, DOI 10.1111/j.1600-0404.2006.00768.x
Hommel M, 2009, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V80, P876, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.2008.169672
HOWARD G, 1985, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V253, P226, DOI 10.1001/jama.253.2.226
Hsieh CL, 1997, SCAND J REHABIL MED, V29, P113
Isaki E, 2000, BRAIN INJURY, V14, P441
Kersten P, 2002, DISABIL REHABIL, V24, P860, DOI 10.1080/09638280210142167
MATSUMOTO N, 1973, Stroke, V4, P20
Naess H, 2009, J STROKE CEREBROVASC, V18, P247, DOI 10.1016/j.jstrokecerebrovasdis.2008.10.005
Ostfeld A M, 1980, Epidemiol Rev, V2, P136
Parr S, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P98, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798337
RAMSING S, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P583, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248567
SAEKI S, 1993, STROKE, V24, P1182
Saeki S, 2000, DISABIL REHABIL, V22, P578, DOI 10.1080/09638280050138241
Salter K., 2009, EVIDENCE BASED REV S
Teasell RW, 2000, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V81, P205
Treger I, 2007, DISABIL REHABIL, V29, P1397, DOI 10.1080/09638280701314923
Weinfeld F. D., 1981, STROKE S, V12, pI59
Wolfenden B, 2009, INT J REHABIL RES, V32, P93, DOI 10.1097/MRR.0b013e328325a358
Wozniak MA, 2002, NEUROEPIDEMIOLOGY, V21, P159, DOI 10.1159/000059516
NR 33
TC 4
Z9 4
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 8
BP 952
EP 960
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.563861
PG 9
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 837IV
UT WOS:000296190500006
ER
PT J
AU Ruiter, MB
Kolk, HHJ
Rietveld, TCM
Dijkstra, N
Lotgering, E
AF Ruiter, Marina B.
Kolk, Herman H. J.
Rietveld, Toni C. M.
Dijkstra, Nienke
Lotgering, Erica
TI Towards a quantitative measure of verbal effectiveness and efficiency in
the Amsterdam-Nijmegen Everyday Language Test (ANELT)
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Functional communication; Quantitative measure; Verbal effectiveness;
Verbal efficiency; ANELT
ID FUNCTIONAL ASSESSMENT; SPONTANEOUS SPEECH; APHASIA; COMMUNICATION;
RELIABILITY; IMPROVEMENT; IMPAIRMENT; SPEAKERS; STROKE
AB Background: A well-known test for measuring verbal adequacy (i.e., verbal effectiveness) in mildly impaired aphasic speakers is the Amsterdam-Nijmegen Everyday Language Test (ANELT; Blomert, Koster, & Kean, 1995). Aphasia therapy practitioners score verbal adequacy qualitatively when they administer the ANELT to their aphasic clients in clinical practice.
Aims: The current study investigated whether the construct validity of the ANELT could be further improved by substituting the qualitative score by a quantitative one, which takes the number of essential information units into account. The new quantitative measure could have the following advantages: the ability to derive a quantitative score of verbal efficiency, as well as improved sensitivity to detect changes in functional communication over time.
Methods & Procedures: The current study systematically compared a new quantitative measure of verbal effectiveness with the current ANELT Comprehensibility scale, which is based on qualitative judgements. A total of 30 speakers of Dutch participated: 20 non-aphasic speakers and 10 aphasic patients with predominantly expressive disturbances.
Outcomes & Results: Although our findings need to be replicated in a larger group of aphasic speakers, the main results suggest that the new quantitative measure of verbal effectiveness is more sensitive to detect change in verbal effectiveness over time. What is more, it can be used to derive a measure of verbal efficiency.
Conclusions: The fact that both verbal effectiveness and verbal efficiency can be reliably as well as validly measured in the ANELT is of relevance to clinicians. It allows them to obtain a more complete picture of aphasic speakers' functional communication skills.
C1 [Ruiter, Marina B.] Sint Maartenskliniek Res Dev & Educ, Nijmegen, Netherlands.
[Kolk, Herman H. J.] Radboud Univ Nijmegen, Donders Inst Brain Cognit & Behav, Ctr Cognit, NL-6525 ED Nijmegen, Netherlands.
[Rietveld, Toni C. M.; Dijkstra, Nienke; Lotgering, Erica] Radboud Univ Nijmegen, Dept Linguist, NL-6525 ED Nijmegen, Netherlands.
RP Ruiter, MB (reprint author), Sint Maartenskliniek Res, POB 9011, NL-6500 GM Nijmegen, Netherlands.
EM m.ruiter@maartenskliniek.nl
RI Dijkstra, Nienke/I-8004-2012
FU rehabilitation centre of the Sint Maartenskliniek in Nijmegen; Donders
Centre for Cognition; Department of Linguistics of the Radboud
University Nijmegen
FX The study described in this article was supported by the rehabilitation
centre of the Sint Maartenskliniek in Nijmegen and conducted in
collaboration with the Donders Centre for Cognition as well as the
Department of Linguistics of the Radboud University Nijmegen. We would
like to thank Marjolein Bruijstens, Lea Maessen, and Berber Spliethoff
for their help in collecting the data. We would also like to thank the
two anonymous reviewers for their valuable and constructive comments on
an earlier version of this paper.
CR Bastiaanse R, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P298, DOI 10.1080/02687030500474922
BLOMERT L, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P381, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248666
Blomert L, 1995, AMSTERDAM NIJMEGEN T
BLOMERT L, 1994, THESIS RADBOUD U NIJ
BLOMERT L, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P307, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249085
Boos DD, 2003, STAT SCI, V18, P168, DOI 10.1214/ss/1063994971
CHRISTIANSEN JA, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V51, P291, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1062
Doesborgh SJC, 2004, STROKE, V35, P141, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000105460.52928.A6
FRATTALI CM, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P63, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248577
Goodglass H., 1972, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP
Graetz P., 1992, AKENSE AFASIETEST
Grande M, 2008, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V43, P408, DOI 10.1080/13682820701685991
GUNTHER T, 2009, LOGOPEDIE FONIATRIE, V5, P148
HOLM S, 1979, SCAND J STAT, V6, P65
Huber W., 1990, DISCOURSE ABILITY BR, P154
Irwin WH, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P823, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000086
KAY J, 1995, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
Kolk H., 2006, SYNTAX NONSENTENTIAL, P229
KRIPPEND.K, 1970, EDUC PSYCHOL MEAS, V30, P61, DOI 10.1177/001316447003000105
Laska AC, 2001, J INTERN MED, V249, P413, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2796.2001.00812.x
Marini A, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P164, DOI 10.1080/02687030600633799
Oelschlaeger ML, 1999, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V42, P636
Prins R, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P1075, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000534
Progovac Ljiljana, 2006, SYNTAX NONSENTENTIAL, P33
Ramsberger G, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P1066, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000254
RIETVELD T, 2005, STAT TECHNIQUES STUD
Robertson IH, 1999, PSYCHOL BULL, V125, P544, DOI 10.1037/0033-2909.125.5.544
Ross KB, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P113, DOI 10.1080/026870399402235
Ruiter M. B., 2008, THESIS RADBOUD U NIJ
Ruiter MB, 2010, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V20, P423, DOI 10.1080/09602010903399287
Ruxton GD, 2006, BEHAV ECOL, V17, P688, DOI 10.1093/beheco/ark016
Schlenck C, 1995, BEHANDLUNG SCHWEREN
Tompkins CA, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P684, DOI 10.1080/02687030500334076
Verhage F., 1964, INTELLIGENTIE LEEFTI
Weisenburg T. H., 1935, APHASIA CLIN PSYCHOL
WORRALL L, 1995, TREATMENT APHASIA
YORKSTON KM, 1980, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V45, P27
NR 37
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 8
BP 961
EP 975
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.569892
PG 15
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 837IV
UT WOS:000296190500007
ER
PT J
AU Purves, BA
Logan, H
Marcella, S
AF Purves, Barbara A.
Logan, Heidi
Marcella, Skip
TI Intersections of literal and metaphorical voices in aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Identity; Social model; Metaphorical voice; Literal voice; Tools;
Sentence Shaper (R)
ID SOCIAL CONSTRUCTION; IDENTITY; THERAPY
AB Background: oVoiceo in the aphasia literature has come to include metaphorical meanings associated with social identity and inclusion. Concepts of metaphorical voice acknowledge communication as a primarily social act through which we construct our identities, prompting attention to how social practices can impact those identities, either supporting or silencing metaphorical voice. The impact of aphasia on literal voice, (i.e., the physical production of spoken language) is also acknowledged in the research literature, but the intersections of metaphorical and literal voice in aphasia have rarely been explicitly addressed. Aims: The aim of this paper is to foreground these intersections through a case study involving a novel application of the software program SentenceShaper (R), which can be used to facilitate construction of messages recorded in one's own voice. Methods Procedures: This qualitative case study describes a project involving a man with nonfluent aphasia and apraxia who worked with a graduate student clinician over several months using SentenceShaper (R) to record a specific text for a specific purpose. Interpretative description is used to analyse the process and product of their interactions, set within the philosophical framework of a social intervention model. Data sources include the recording itself, field notes, and written reflections on interaction. Outcomes Results: Findings show how literal voice is linked to identity, creating an authentic link between person and message. They also highlight ways in which a social approach to therapeutic interaction can support both literal and metaphorical voice. Finally, they illustrate the creativity with which a person with aphasia integrates components of a therapeutic process into a repertoire of tools to support communication. Conclusions: Literal and metaphorical voice are inextricably linked. Considering voice in both senses has the potential for identifying goals that might otherwise be overlooked.
C1 [Purves, Barbara A.; Logan, Heidi] Univ British Columbia, Sch Audiol & Speech Sci, Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z3, Canada.
RP Purves, BA (reprint author), Univ British Columbia, Sch Audiol & Speech Sci, 2177 Wesbrook Mall, Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z3, Canada.
EM purves@audiospeech.ubc.ca
CR Albright E, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P741, DOI 10.1080/02687030701803770
BARROW A, 2008, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V43, P30, DOI DOI 10.1080/13682820701697947
BRUNER J, 1987, SOC RES, V54, P11
Bruner J., 1989, NARRATIVES CRIB, P73
Byng S, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P906, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000128
Davies R, 2004, P ASSETS 04, P153, DOI 10.1145/1028630.1028658
Duchan JF, 2008, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V43, P1, DOI 10.1080/13682820801887570
Emerson R. M., 1995, WRITING ETHNOGRAPHIC
FRIED S, 2002, NEW RABBI
HAIRER M, 2009, AMADEUS PRO COMPUTER
Hengst JA, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P312, DOI 10.1080/02687030500475010
Hengst JA, 2008, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V43, P58, DOI 10.1080/13682820701698093
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Lasker J, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P857
LINEBARGER M, 2000, SENTENCESHAPER COMPU
Linebarger MC, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V75, P416, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2378
Mackay R, 2003, DISABIL SOC, V18, P811, DOI 10.1080/0968759032000119532
McNeil MR, 1997, CLIN MANAGEMENT SENS, P311
Miller P. J., 2000, IMAGINING IMPOSSIBLE, P212, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511571381.009
Prior P., 2001, J SECOND LANG WRIT, V10, P55, DOI DOI 10.1016/S1060-3743(00)0037-0
Ree Jonathan, 1999, I SEE VOICE DEAFNESS
Sandelowski M, 2000, RES NURS HEALTH, V23, P334, DOI 10.1002/1098-240X(200008)23:4<334::AID-NUR9>3.0.CO;2-G
Shadden BB, 2007, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V15, P99
Shadden BB, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P211, DOI 10.1080/02687930444000697
Simmons-Mackie N., 2008, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, V5th, P290
Simmons-Mackie N, 2008, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V43, P5, DOI 10.1080/13682820701697889
Simmons-Mackie N, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P751, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000229
Stake R. E., 2000, HDB QUALITATIVE RES, V2nd, P435
NR 28
TC 1
Z9 1
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 6-7
BP 688
EP 699
DI 10.1080/02687038.2010.536842
PG 12
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 775XO
UT WOS:000291497000003
ER
PT J
AU Kurczek, J
Duff, MC
AF Kurczek, Jake
Duff, Melissa C.
TI Cohesion, coherence, and declarative memory: Discourse patterns in
individuals with hippocampal amnesia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Cohesion; Coherence; Declarative memory; Hippocampus; Discourse
ID CLOSED-HEAD INJURY; RELATIONAL MEMORY; ELICITATION TASK; WORKING-MEMORY;
ADULTS; COMMUNICATION; NARRATIVES; LANGUAGE; DEMENTIA
AB Background: Discourse cohesion and coherence gives our communication continuity. Deficits in cohesion and coherence have been reported in patients with cognitive-communication disorders (e.g., TBI, dementia). However, the diffuse nature of pathology and widespread cognitive deficits of these disorders have made identification of specific neural substrates and cognitive systems critical for cohesion and coherence challenging. Aims: Taking advantage of a rare patient group with selective and severe declarative memory impairments, the current study attempts to isolate the contribution of declarative memory to the successful use of cohesion and coherence in discourse. Methods Procedures: Cohesion and coherence were examined in the discourse of six participants with hippocampal amnesia and six demographically matched comparison participants. Specifically, this study (1) documents the frequency, type, and completeness of cohesive ties; (2) evaluates discourse for local and global coherence; and (3) compares use of cohesive ties and coherence ratings in amnesia and healthy participants. Outcomes Results: Overall, amnesia participants produced fewer cohesive ties per T-unit, the adequacy of their ties were more often judged to be incomplete, and the ratings of their local coherence were consistently lower than comparison participants. Conclusions: These findings suggest that declarative memory may contribute to the discursive use of cohesion and coherence. Broader notions of cohesion, or interactional cohesion, i.e., cohesion across speakers (two or more people), time (days, weeks), and communicative resources (gesture), warrant further study as the experimental tasks used in the literature, and here, may actually underestimate or overestimate the extent of impairment.
C1 [Duff, Melissa C.] Univ Iowa, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Iowa City, IA 52242 USA.
[Kurczek, Jake; Duff, Melissa C.] Univ Iowa, Div Cognit Neurosci, Dept Neurol, Iowa City, IA USA.
[Kurczek, Jake; Duff, Melissa C.] Univ Iowa, Neurosci Grad Programme, Iowa City, IA USA.
RP Duff, MC (reprint author), Univ Iowa, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, 250 Hawkins Dr, Iowa City, IA 52242 USA.
EM melissa-duff@uiowa.edu
FU NIDCD [1F32DC008825]; [NINDS NS 19632]
FX We thank S. Shune for assistance in data coding and analysis and S.
Shune, R. Gupta, and the Communication and Memory Laboratory for helpful
comments on earlier versions of this manuscript. Funding from NIDCD
grant 1F32DC008825, and Program Project Grant NINDS NS 19632 supported
the study and manuscript preparation.
CR AGAR M, 1982, DISCOURSE PROCESS, V5, P1
Arbuckle T. Y., 1993, J GERONTOL B-PSYCHOL, V48, pP225
Bourgeois M. S., 2009, DEMENTIA DIAGNOSIS M
Coelho CA, 2002, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V45, P1232, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2002/099)
COELHO CA, 1991, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V72, P465
Cohen N. J., 2003, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY NEUR, P322
COHEN NJ, 1980, SCIENCE, V210, P207, DOI 10.1126/science.7414331
Davis GA, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P508, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.01.003
Dijkstra K, 2002, DISCOURSE PROCESS, V33, P53, DOI 10.1207/S15326950DP3301_03
Dijkstra K, 2004, J NEUROLINGUIST, V17, P263, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(03)00048-4
Duff M. C., 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P1
Duff M. C., 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1
Duff MC, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P926, DOI 10.1080/02687030802533748
Duff MC, 2006, NAT NEUROSCI, V9, P140, DOI 10.1038/nn1601
DUFF MC, 2005, LANGUAGE MEMORY ANAL
Duff MC, 2008, BRAIN LANG, V106, P41, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.10.004
Eichenbaum H, 2001, CONDITIONING CONSCIO
GLOSSER G, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V40, P67, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90117-J
Glosser G., 1992, J CLIN EXPT NEUROPSY, V14, P40
Halliday Michael, 1976, COHESION ENGLISH
Hannula DE, 2006, J NEUROSCI, V26, P8352, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.5222-05.2006
Hengst JA, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P887, DOI 10.1080/02687030903478330
Hengst JA, 2007, TOP LANG DISORD, V27, P37
Hunt K. W., 1970, MONOGRAPHS SOC RES C, V35
HARTLEY L L, 1991, Brain Injury, V5, P267, DOI 10.3109/02699059109008097
Konkel A, 2008, FRONT HUM NEUROSCI, V2, DOI 10.3389/neuro.09.015.2008
LILES BZ, 1985, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V28, P123
Liles Betty Z., 1998, ANAL DISCOURSE COMMU, P65
LILES BZ, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P356
Louwerse M. M., 2005, ENCY LINGUISTICS, P216
Murray Laura L., 2001, Seminars in Speech and Language, V22, P127
Ogden J.A., 1991, MEMORY MECH TRIBUTE
Olson IR, 2006, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V18, P1087, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2006.18.7.1087
Richardson JTE, 2000, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOLOGI
Ripich D. N., 2000, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V35, P45
Rogalski Y, 2010, J COMMUN DISORD, V43, P212, DOI 10.1016/j.jcomdis.2010.02.001
Ryan JD, 2004, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V30, P988, DOI 10.1037/0096-1523.30.5.988
SCOVILLE WB, 1957, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V20, P11, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.20.1.11
SHADDEN BB, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V20, P327
Tannen D., 1989, TALKING VOICES REPET
Van Leer E, 1999, J COMMUN DISORD, V32, P327, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(99)00008-8
Warren D. E., 2010, FRONT HUM NEUROSCI, V4, P35, DOI DOI 10.3389/fnhum.2010.00035
WINTER P, 1976, BEAR FLY
Youse KM, 2005, BRAIN INJURY, V19, P1001, DOI 10.1080/02699050500109951
NR 44
TC 10
Z9 10
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 6-7
BP 700
EP 712
DI 10.1080/02687038.2010.537345
PG 13
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 775XO
UT WOS:000291497000004
ER
PT J
AU Babbitt, EM
Heinemann, AW
Semik, P
Cherney, LR
AF Babbitt, Edna M.
Heinemann, Allen W.
Semik, Patrick
Cherney, Leora R.
TI Psychometric properties of the Communication Confidence Rating Scale for
Aphasia (CCRSA): Phase 2
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Communication confidence; Aphasia; Rating scale
ID QUALITY-OF-LIFE; PATIENT-REPORTED OUTCOMES; SELF-EFFICACY; PSYCHOLOGICAL
DISTRESS; STROKE; PEOPLE; RELATIVES; SAQOL-39
AB Background: The construct of communication confidence was introduced by participants and family members during qualitative post-treatment interviews as part of a research study using a computer programme to deliver language therapy. However, there was no standardised method of evaluating communication confidence. Therefore the Communication Confidence Rating Scale for Aphasia (CCRSA) was developed, asking persons to self-rate communication confidence. Aims: This study reports data from the second phase of the project in which the CCRSA was revised to include 10 items. This revised 10-item self-rating scale of communication confidence (CCRSA) was evaluated psychometrically. Methods Procedures: The revised 10-item questionnaire was administered 94 times to 47 participants with aphasia from a variety of settings. Psychometric properties of the 10-item CCRSA were investigated using rating scale (Rasch) analysis. Outcomes Results: Person reliability of the 10-item CCRSA was .81. The four-category rating scale demonstrated monotonic increases in average measures from low to high ratings. However, one item (oHow confident are you that you can participate in discussions about your finances?o) slightly misfitted the construct defined by the other items (mean square infit = 1.54, item-measure correlation = .48). Conclusions: Our findings suggest that the CCRSA is a psychometrically sound tool for assessing participants' self-report of communication confidence. Further evaluation of the CCRSA is warranted to examine sensitivity to change and inter- and intra-rater reliability.
C1 [Cherney, Leora R.] RIC, ANCDS, Board Certified, Ctr Aphasia Res & Treatment,CCC SLP, Chicago, IL 60611 USA.
[Heinemann, Allen W.; Cherney, Leora R.] Northwestern Univ, Feinberg Sch Med, Chicago, IL 60611 USA.
RP Cherney, LR (reprint author), RIC, ANCDS, Board Certified, Ctr Aphasia Res & Treatment,CCC SLP, 345 Super St 1353, Chicago, IL 60611 USA.
EM lcherney@ric.org
RI Heinemann, Allen /K-6283-2012
OI Heinemann, Allen /0000-0003-2782-7326
FU National Institute on Disability and Rehabilitation Research, U.S.
Department of Education [H133B031127]
FX This study was supported by Grant H133B031127 from the National
Institute on Disability and Rehabilitation Research, U.S. Department of
Education. We want to thank Rosalind Hurwitz, speech-language
pathologist, and Roz Kaye, psychologist in the Center for Aphasia
Research and Treatment at the Rehabilitation Institute of Chicago for
assistance with testing participants and reviewing this manuscript. We
would also like to thank Audrey Holland and Anita Halper for their input
during the initial development of the CCRSA.
CR BABBITT EM, 2010, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V17, P197
BABBITT EM, 2008, CLIN APH C JACKS HOL
Bandura A, 1997, SELF EFFICACY EXERCI
Bose A, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P797, DOI 10.1080/02687030802593189
Bottomley A, 2009, EUR J CANCER, V45, P347, DOI 10.1016/j.ejca.2008.09.032
Cherney LR, 2008, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V17, P19, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2008/003)
Doyle P. J., 2005, PERSPECTIVES NEUROPH, V15, P7, DOI 10.1044/nnsld15.4.7
Doyle PJ, 2005, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V48, P1412, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2005/098)
Doyle PJ, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P291, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000680
Erickson P., 2004, CONTROL CLIN TRIALS, V25, P535
Hilari K, 2003, STROKE, V34, P1944, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000081987.46660.ED
Hilari K, 2010, CLIN REHABIL, V24, P181, DOI 10.1177/0269215509346090
Hilari K, 2007, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V78, P1072, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.2006.111476
Kagan A, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P258, DOI 10.1080/02687030701282595
Kertesz A, 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY WA
LEDORZE G, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P239
LINACRE JM, 2008, WINSTEPS VERSION 3 6
LORIG K, 1989, ARTHRITIS RHEUM, V32, P37, DOI 10.1002/anr.1780320107
LPAA Project Group, 2000, ASHA LEADER, V5, P4
Lynch EB, 2008, J REHABIL MED, V40, P518, DOI 10.2340/16501977-0203
Manders E, 2010, DISABIL REHABIL, V32, P173, DOI 10.3109/09638280903071867
ORNSTEIN AF, 1985, J COMMUN DISORD, V18, P313, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(85)90008-5
Pang MYC, 2007, PHYS THER, V87, P282, DOI 10.2522/ptj.20060142
Parr S., 1997, TALKING APHASIA
Paul D., 2004, QUALITY COMMUNICATIO
POWELL LE, 1995, J GERONTOL A-BIOL, V50, pM28
Rasch G., 1960, PROBABILISTIC MODELS
Robinson-Smith G., 2002, J NEUROSCIENCE NURSI, V34, P91
ROSS K, 2006, J MED SPEECH LA 0719
ROSS KB, 2008, J MED SPEECH LA 0719
Simpson JM, 2009, PHYSIOTHERAPY, V95, P103, DOI 10.1016/j.physio.2008.12.004
SWINBOURNE K, 2006, COMMUNICATION DISABI
Tubach F, 2005, ANN RHEUM DIS, V64, P29, DOI 10.1136/ard.2004.022905
van der Gaag A, 2005, CLIN REHABIL, V19, P372, DOI 10.1191/0269215505cr785oa
Wiklund I, 2003, CLIN THER, V25, pD47, DOI 10.1016/S0149-2918(03)80277-1
World Health Organisation, 2001, INT CLASS FUNCT DIS
Wright B. D., 1982, RATING SCALE ANAL RA
NR 37
TC 4
Z9 5
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 6-7
BP 727
EP 735
DI 10.1080/02687038.2010.537347
PG 9
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 775XO
UT WOS:000291497000006
ER
PT J
AU Kohen, F
Milsark, G
Martin, N
AF Kohen, Francine
Milsark, Gary
Martin, Nadine
TI Effects of syntactic and semantic argument structure on sentence
repetition in agrammatism: Things we can learn from particles and
prepositions
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Agrammatism; Syntactic semantic argument structure; Verb particles and
propositions
ID BROCAS APHASICS; VERB; COMPLEXITY; DEFICITS; ENGLISH; MEMORY; NOUNS
AB Background: Sentence production impairment in aphasia has been attributed to several possible sources that are not mutually exclusive. Linguistic accounts often attribute the difficulty to the complexity of a verb's syntactic and/or semantic argument structure. Cognitive processing accounts emphasise the reduced processing capacity observed in agrammatic aphasia, which in turn has been attributed to reduced semantic short-term memory (STM) or slowed processing. Aims: In this study we used verb particles and prepositions to investigate effects of differences in syntactic and semantic argument structure on sentence repetition in aphasia. We predicted that verb particles and sentences containing verb-particle constructions would be easier to repeat than prepositions and prepositional transitive sentences, as the former have a less-complex semantic and syntactic argument structure than the latter. Also, semantic and phonological spans were assessed to determine if a reduction in either capacity correlates with repetition ability. Methods Procedures: Participants were eight individuals with chronic aphasia. The experimental task was repetition of transitive sentences balanced for length and lexical content containing either verb particles or prepositional object structures. Accuracy of sentence repetition and repetition of verb particles and prepositions within sentences was examined. We calculated the effect of structural complexity on the sentence repetition task as the difference between proportion correct of verb-particle constructions and prepositional transitives. Semantic and phonological STM spans and word spans were also assessed and correlated with this measure of the structural complexity effect on sentence repetition. Outcomes Results: Verb-particle sentences were repeated correctly significantly more often than prepositional transitive sentences, and within those sentences verbal particles were repeated correctly significantly more often than prepositions. The effect was strongly associated with fluency scores: it was present in participants with low fluency scores, but not in those with high fluency scores. The phonological, but not the semantic, STM probe span measure correlated with both the difference in accurate repetition of verb-particle and prepositional transitive sentences and the particles and prepositions within those sentences. Conclusions: Results indicate that differences in argument structure of particle and preposition constructions influence sentence repetition in agrammatic aphasia. The finding that lower fluency scores are associated with poorer performance on more complex structures suggests that this effect is associated with agrammatism. The impact of these structural distinctions between particles and prepositions should be taken into account during development of treatment stimuli for those with agrammatism.
C1 [Kohen, Francine; Milsark, Gary; Martin, Nadine] Temple Univ, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Philadelphia, PA 19122 USA.
RP Martin, N (reprint author), Temple Univ, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, 110 Weiss Hall, Philadelphia, PA 19122 USA.
EM nmartin@temple.edu
FU National Institutes of Health [NIDCD R01 DC001924-15]
FX This research was supported by a grant from the National Institutes of
Health awarded to Temple University, Grant NIDCD R01 DC001924-15 (N.
Martin, PI). We are very grateful to all the participants for their
time. Many thanks to Rebecca Berkowitz, Amanda Concha, Melissa Correa,
Michelene Kalinyak-Fliszar, Anicha Malloy, Samantha Rosenberg, Kate
Schmitt, and Alexis Wheeler, for collection and transcription of data,
clerical assistance, and helpful comments.
CR Bastiaanse R, 2005, J NEUROLINGUIST, V18, P57, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2004.11.006
BATES E, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P123, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90149-U
BENNIS H, 1983, PUBLIKATIES I ALGEME, V40
BOCK JK, 1986, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V18, P355, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(86)90004-6
Bradley D. C., 1980, BIOL STUDIES MENTAL
Collina S, 2001, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V39, P1125, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(01)00058-6
DEROO E, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V87, P99
Francis WN, 1982, FREQUENCY ANAL ENGLI
FRIEDERICI A, 1982, CORTEX, V19, P133
FRIEDERICI AD, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V15, P249, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90059-1
Friederici AD, 2000, J MEM LANG, V43, P476, DOI 10.1006/jmla.2000.2709
GRODZINSKY Y, 1988, LANG SPEECH, V31, P115
HAARMANN HJ, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P247, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248527
HAARMANN HJ, 1992, CORTEX, V28, P97
HAARMANN HJ, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V46, P493, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1028
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Kolk H., 1998, HDB NEUROLINGUISTICS, P249, DOI 10.1016/B978-012666055-5/50020-4
KOLK HHJ, 1992, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V7, P82
Lee M, 2004, J NEUROLINGUIST, V17, P315, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(03)00062-9
LUST B, 1996, LANG SPEECH & COMMUN, P55
Martin N, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P464, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2003.12.004
Martin N., 2008, INTERACTIONS SHORT T, P220
Martin N., 2010, CLIN APH C ISL PALMS
MARTIN RC, 1994, J MEM LANG, V33, P83, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1994.1005
Martin RC, 2004, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P625, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000302
Martin RC, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P76, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00300-6
PAIVIO A, 1968, J EXP PSYCHOL, V76, P1, DOI 10.1037/h0025327
Pastizzo MJ, 2007, BEHAV RES METHODS, V39, P1025, DOI 10.3758/BF03193000
Potter MC, 1998, J MEM LANG, V38, P265, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1997.2546
Saffran EM, 1997, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V12, P877
Salis C, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P1103, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000552
SHAPIRO L, 2003, ENCY COMMUNICATION D, V1, P269
SHAPIRO LP, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P423, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1053
Shelton J., 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH
TESAK J, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V46, P463, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1025
Thompson CK, 2009, J NEUROLINGUIST, V22, P354, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2008.11.003
Thompson CK, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P591, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/047)
Thompson CK, 2003, J NEUROLINGUIST, V16, P151, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(02)00014-3
Thompson CK, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P473, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248485
NR 39
TC 1
Z9 1
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 6-7
BP 736
EP 747
DI 10.1080/02687038.2010.537348
PG 12
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 775XO
UT WOS:000291497000007
ER
PT J
AU Le, K
Coelho, C
Mozeiko, J
Krueger, F
Grafman, J
AF Le, Karen
Coelho, Carl
Mozeiko, Jennifer
Krueger, Frank
Grafman, Jordan
TI Measuring goodness of story narratives: Implications for traumatic brain
injury
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Discourse production; Narrative discourse; Traumatic brain injury;
Discourse analysis; Penetrating head injury; Story narratives
ID CLOSED-HEAD-INJURY; PRAGMATIC LANGUAGE-SKILLS; DISCOURSE PRODUCTION;
WORKING-MEMORY; CHILDREN; ADULTS; COMPREHENSION; ABILITY; NEEDS
AB Background: This study examined the utility of story ogoodnesso, a measure of organisation and completeness, in quantifying narrative discourse deficits following traumatic brain injury (TBI). In an initial study, the story goodness measure demonstrated sensitivity and reliability in distinguishing individuals who had TBI from those who were non-brain-injured. Aims: The purpose of the current study was to validate previous findings of the story goodness index, specifically in discriminating performance between groups and identifying performance subgroups, in a larger sample of participants with TBI. Methods Procedures: A total of 46 non-brain-injured adults and 171 adults with TBI participated. Story retellings were analysed for story grammar and story completeness. The two discourse scores were then plotted as coordinates, which allowed for quantification of story goodness. Statistical analyses included a multivariate analysis of variance and calculation of Pearson correlation coefficients for the discourse measures. Outcomes Results: Results indicated that participants' scores clustered differentially across quadrants between groups and discriminated groups into four distinct categories of story ogoodnesso. Conclusions: Findings paralleled those found in the initial study, suggesting that story goodness is a sensitive measure for examining the discourse of individuals with TBI. The story goodness has potential clinical utility and may have implications for investigation of discourse impairments in other clinical populations and treatment of discourse deficits.
C1 [Grafman, Jordan] NINDS, Cognit Neurosci Sect, Magnuson Clin Ctr, Bethesda, MD 20892 USA.
[Le, Karen; Coelho, Carl; Mozeiko, Jennifer] Univ Connecticut, Dept Commun Sci, Storrs, CT 06268 USA.
RP Grafman, J (reprint author), NINDS, Cognit Neurosci Sect, Magnuson Clin Ctr, Bldg 10,7D43,MSC 1440,10 Ctr Dr, Bethesda, MD 20892 USA.
EM GrafmanJ@ninds.nih.gov
CR Barrett J., 1998, OLD MCDONALD HAD APA
Biddle K. R., 1996, J COMMUN DISORD, V29, P446, DOI DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(95)00038-0
Body R, 2004, BRAIN INJURY, V18, P707, DOI 10.1080/02699050310001596914
Brookshire BL, 2000, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V6, P741, DOI 10.1017/S1355617700677019
Chapman SB, 2001, J HEAD TRAUMA REHAB, V16, P441, DOI 10.1097/00001199-200110000-00004
Chapman SB, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V97, P178, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.10.002
CHAPMAN SB, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V43, P42, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90020-F
Coelho CA, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P499, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000111
Coelho Carl A., 2007, Seminars in Speech and Language, V28, P122, DOI 10.1055/s-2007-970570
Coelho CA, 2002, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V45, P1232, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2002/099)
DERENZI E, 1962, BRAIN, V85, P665, DOI 10.1093/brain/85.4.665
Deser T., 1990, BRAIN LANG, V40, P67
Ewing-Cobbs L, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V61, P395, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1884
HARTLEY L L, 1992, Brain Injury, V6, P271, DOI 10.3109/02699059209029669
Hay E, 2005, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V14, P324, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2005/031)
HEILMAN KM, 1971, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V34, P265, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.34.3.265
Hunt K. W., 1965, 3 NCTE
Jorgensen M, 2009, BRAIN INJURY, V23, P727, DOI 10.1080/02699050903133954
Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Le K, 2011, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V54, P118, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2010/09-0022)
LILES BZ, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P356
Mar RA, 2004, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V42, P1414, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropyschologia.2003.12.016
MCDONALD S, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V44, P28, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1003
MCDONALD S, 1995, BRAIN INJURY, V9, P255, DOI 10.3109/02699059509008197
MERRITT DD, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V30, P539
PLAG JA, 1967, PERS PSYCHOL, V20, P323, DOI 10.1111/j.1744-6570.1967.tb01527.x
Snow P, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P947, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249421
Tucker FM, 1998, BRAIN INJURY, V12, P783
U.S. Department of Defense, 1984, TEST MAN ARM SERV VO
Youse KM, 2005, BRAIN INJURY, V19, P1001, DOI 10.1080/02699050500109951
NR 30
TC 6
Z9 6
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 6-7
BP 748
EP 760
DI 10.1080/02687038.2010.539696
PG 13
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 775XO
UT WOS:000291497000008
ER
PT J
AU Carter, MD
Hough, MS
Stuart, A
Rastatter, MP
AF Carter, Matthew D.
Hough, Monica S.
Stuart, Andrew
Rastatter, Michael P.
TI The effects of inter-stimulus interval and prime modality in a semantic
priming task
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Inter-stimulus interval; ISI; Semantic priming; Modality; Amodal
semantic representation
ID LEXICAL-DECISION TASK; AUTOMATIC ACCESS; WORD-RECOGNITION; ONSET
ASYNCHRONY; BROCAS APHASICS; FACILITATION; RETRIEVAL; INFORMATION;
ACTIVATION; ATTENTION
AB Background: Semantic priming studies are employed in order to examine how various semantic contexts can influence visual word recognition processes. Although research has shown numerous factors can have an influence on the magnitude of the semantic priming effects found in lexical decision tasks, the majority of these factors have been related to the prime-target relationship itself. However, other factors have also been shown to alter the priming effect. Two such factors are the inter-stimulus interval (ISI) and presentation modality. The inter-stimulus interval may be used to independently assess automatic and strategic processes, whereas presentation modality is typically used to assess the different processing time courses that occur with spoken or written words. These factors have not been adequately investigated in the normal population. A more in-depth understanding of the relationships between prime modality, inter-stimulus interval, and word recognition processes in a sample of individuals with typical language abilities may provide valuable when examining lexical access and storage in language disordered populations such as those with aphasia. Aims: The focus of the present study was to examine the impact of relatively short and long inter-stimulus intervals on processing time in a visual and cross-modal lexical decision task. Previous research has not fully addressed whether convergent processes occur during cross-modal tasks or if an amodal semantic system exists. The utilisation of slow and fast inter-stimulus intervals should allow for a clearer distinction relative to processing. Methods Procedures: A series of four lexical decision tasks was used to investigate reaction time and accuracy. The four tasks resulted from the combination of the independent variables ISI (0 ms or 400 ms) and prime modality (auditory or visual). Outcomes Results: Results indicated that participants exhibited a larger priming effect when stimuli were presented in the 0 ms condition. Results also indicated that participants responded more accurately when the target word was presented auditorily. Conclusions: It was concluded that automatic spreading activation occurred in both the visual and auditory modalities, providing further evidence of an amodal semantic system. These observations are helpful in developing a clearer understanding of lexical storage and access in language impairments such as aphasia.
C1 [Carter, Matthew D.] E Carolina Univ, Coll Allied Hlth Sci, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Greenville, NC 27834 USA.
RP Carter, MD (reprint author), E Carolina Univ, Coll Allied Hlth Sci, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Hlth Sci Bldg, Greenville, NC 27834 USA.
EM carterm03@students.ecu.edu
CR American Speech-Language-Hearing Association, 1997, GUID AUD SCREEN
ANDERSON JE, 1995, PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY, V32, P177, DOI 10.1111/j.1469-8986.1995.tb03310.x
ANTOS SJ, 1979, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V5, P527, DOI 10.1037//0096-1523.5.3.527
BECKER CA, 1980, MEM COGNITION, V8, P493, DOI 10.3758/BF03213769
*BIAS, 2003, PEAK VERS 4 13 US GU
BLUMSTEIN SE, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V17, P301, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90023-2
*CEDR CORP, 2006, STIM PRES SOFTW SUP
Coltheart M., 1978, STRATEGIES INFORM PR
DEGROOT AMB, 1984, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V36, P253
DEGROOT AMB, 1986, ACTA PSYCHOL, V61, P17, DOI 10.1016/0001-6918(86)90019-3
Del Toro JF, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P925
DENHEYER K, 1983, MEM COGNITION, V11, P374
Dunn L. M., 2007, PEABODY PICTURE VOCA
Hagoort P, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P287, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1849
Hofland K., 1982, WORD FREQUENCIES BRI
HOLCOMB PJ, 1993, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V8, P379, DOI 10.1080/01690969308407583
MCNAMARA TP, 1992, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V18, P1173, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.18.6.1173
MCNAMARA TP, 1992, PSYCHOL REV, V99, P650, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.99.4.650
MEYER DE, 1971, J EXP PSYCHOL, V90, P227, DOI 10.1037/h0031564
MILBERG W, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V31, P138, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90065-4
MILBERG W, 1995, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V7, P33, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1995.7.1.33
MILBERG W, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V14, P371, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90086-9
MOSS HE, 1995, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V21, P863, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.21.4.863
MOSS HE, 1997, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V12, P699
Neely J. H., 1991, BASIC PROCESSES READ, P264
NEELY JH, 1977, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V106, P226, DOI 10.1037//0096-3445.106.3.226
Neely JH, 2010, ACTA PSYCHOL, V133, P127, DOI 10.1016/j.actpsy.2009.11.001
OSTRIN RK, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P147, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1040
Posner M. I., 1975, ATTENTION PERFORM, V5, P669
Posner M. I., 1975, INFORMATION PROCESSI, P55
PRATHER P, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V43, P336, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90134-Z
Prather PA, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V59, P391, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1751
RADEAU M, 1992, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V18, P861, DOI 10.1037//0096-1523.18.3.861
RUGG MD, 1993, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V8, P357, DOI 10.1080/01690969308407582
SEIDENBERG MS, 1984, MEM COGNITION, V12, P315, DOI 10.3758/BF03198291
Swinney D, 1989, J Cogn Neurosci, V1, P25, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1989.1.1.25
Torgesen J., 1999, TEST WORD READING EF
TYLER LK, 1983, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V34, P409, DOI 10.3758/BF03203056
TYLER LK, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V48, P131, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1007
WALKER MM, 2005, AM SPEECH LANG HEAR
Winer B.J., 1971, STAT PRINCIPLES EXPT
NR 41
TC 4
Z9 4
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 6-7
BP 761
EP 773
DI 10.1080/02687038.2010.539697
PG 13
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 775XO
UT WOS:000291497000009
ER
PT J
AU Gordon, JK
Kindred, NK
AF Gordon, Jean K.
Kindred, Nicole K.
TI Word retrieval in ageing: An exploration of the task constraint
hypothesis
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Ageing; Lexical access; Task factors
ID ADULT LIFE-SPAN; OLDER-ADULTS; LEXICAL RETRIEVAL; SPEECH PRODUCTION;
PHONEMIC FLUENCY; VERBAL FLUENCY; NAMING ABILITY; NORMATIVE DATA; AGE;
FREQUENCY
AB Background: Among the factors that influence word retrieval are characteristics of the stimulus (e.g., length, frequency), characteristics of the individual (e.g., age, education), and characteristics of the task itself. Task factors have not been studied as thoroughly as stimulus and individual factors; in fact, it is often implicitly assumed that groups should be expected to perform similarly in any task involving lexical retrieval. Aims: This assumption was explicitly investigated in the current study by comparing word retrieval in healthy younger, middle-aged and older adults using three tasks with different stimulus and response characteristics. We hypothesised that the degree of constraint of the task would negatively affect word-retrieval performance in normally ageing participants. Methods Procedures: Word retrieval was examined in three tasks: picture naming, vocabulary definition, and verbal fluency. The relationship of performance to age and education within each task, and the relationships of performance across tasks, were examined in order to clarify the nature of age-related word-retrieval decline. Outcomes Results: Age-related declines in word retrieval were found in picture naming and verbal fluency tasks, whereas an age advantage was found for vocabulary definition. Conclusions: The task constraint hypothesis was partly supported. Unanticipated results require a revision of the hypothesis to take into account the nature of the constraints in each task, relative to the mechanisms underlying age-related declines in lexical retrieval.
C1 [Gordon, Jean K.] Univ Iowa, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Iowa City, IA 52242 USA.
[Gordon, Jean K.] Univ Iowa, DeLTA Ctr, Iowa City, IA USA.
RP Gordon, JK (reprint author), Univ Iowa, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, 305 WJSHC, Iowa City, IA 52242 USA.
EM jean-k-gordon@uiowa.edu
FU University of Chicago; John Templeton Foundation
FX Funding for this project was provided by a grant from the University of
Chicago's Defining Wisdom Project and the John Templeton Foundation. I
would also like to acknowledge the help of several students and research
assistants on this project, particularly Nichole Eden, Stephanie Leeper,
Allison Otto, and Kelly Smith.
CR Au R, 1995, AGING COGNITION, V2, P300, DOI 10.1080/13825589508256605
BALTES PB, 1987, DEV PSYCHOL, V23, P611, DOI 10.1037/0012-1649.23.5.611
Benton AL, 1994, MULTILINGUAL APHASIA
BOCK JK, 1985, COGNITION, V21, P47
Bowles RP, 2008, PSYCHOL AGING, V23, P366, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.23.2.366
Brickman AM, 2005, ARCH CLIN NEUROPSYCH, V20, P561, DOI 10.1016/j.acn.2004.12.006
BURKE DM, 1991, J MEM LANG, V30, P542, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(91)90026-G
Connor LT, 2004, J GERONTOL B-PSYCHOL, V59, pP203
DAHLGREN DJ, 1998, EXPT AGEING RES, V24, P149
Druks J., 2000, OBJECT ACTION NAMING
Feyereisen P, 1997, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V40, P1328
Feyereisen P, 1998, EXP AGING RES, V24, P21
FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6
Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd
Goral M., 2007, MENTAL LEXICON, V2, P215, DOI DOI 10.1075/ML.2.2.05GOR
GOULET P, 1994, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V37, P629
HELLER RB, 1993, PSYCHOL AGING, V8, P443, DOI 10.1037//0882-7974.8.3.443
HORN JL, 1966, J EDUC PSYCHOL, V57, P253, DOI 10.1037/h0023816
James LE, 2000, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V26, P1378, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.26.6.1378
Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kave G, 2005, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V27, P690, DOI 10.1080/13803390490918499
Kave G, 2009, PSYCHOL AGING, V24, P17, DOI 10.1037/a0014579
Meinzer M, 2009, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V21, P2007, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2009.21219
Morrison CM, 2002, EUR J COGN PSYCHOL, V14, P435, DOI 10.1080/09541440143000159
Mortensen L, 2006, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V21, P238, DOI 10.1080/01690960444000278
NICHOLAS M, 1985, CORTEX, V21, P595
Park DC, 2000, COGNITIVE AGING PRIM, P3
Pashek GV, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P261, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000573
POON LW, 1978, J GERONTOL, V33, P711
Roach A., 1996, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V24, P121
Rossion B, 2004, PERCEPTION, V33, P217, DOI 10.1068/p5117
Schmitter-Edgecombe M, 2000, ARCH CLIN NEUROPSYCH, V15, P479, DOI 10.1016/S0887-6177(99)00039-6
Schneider W., 2002, E PRIME REFERENCE GU
Tombaugh TN, 1999, ARCH CLIN NEUROPSYCH, V14, P167, DOI 10.1016/S0887-6177(97)00095-4
Verhaeghen P, 2003, PSYCHOL AGING, V18, P332, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.18.2.332
Vitevitch MS, 2003, MEM COGNITION, V31, P491, DOI 10.3758/BF03196091
Wechsler D., 2008, WECHSLER ADULT INTEL
NR 37
TC 4
Z9 4
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 6-7
BP 774
EP 788
DI 10.1080/02687038.2010.539699
PG 15
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 775XO
UT WOS:000291497000010
ER
PT J
AU Hunting-Pompon, R
Kendall, D
Moore, AB
AF Hunting-Pompon, Rebecca
Kendall, Diane
Moore, Anna Bacon
TI Examining attention and cognitive processing in participants with
self-reported mild anomia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Anomia; Cognitive processing; Attention
ID LEXICAL AMBIGUITIES; APHASIA; INDIVIDUALS; LANGUAGE; ADULTS
AB Background: People who report mild anomia following stroke often score near or within normal limits on traditional assessments of language. Based on evidence of cognitive influences on linguistic production in people with aphasia, this study examined non-linguistic, cognitive function and its potential influence on word retrieval in individuals with mild anomia. Aims: This study explored the following research questions: Do people with mild anomia have impaired performance on tasks which require (a) automatic vs controlled processing and/or (b) selective attention relative to neurologically typical controls? Methods Procedures: A total of 14 participants with mild anomia and 9 neurologically typical controls were tested using Covert Orienting of Visuospatial Attention Test (COVAT), alone and with linguistic interference, at two interstimulus intervals (ISI) representing automatic and controlled processing. Outcomes Results: Participants with anomia showed significantly slower responses on COVAT alone at 100 ms ISI (automatic processing) compared with controls. The groups did not differ significantly during COVAT alone at 800 ms ISI (controlled processing). Additionally, similar priming patterns were exhibited by both groups on COVAT alone during both interstimulus intervals, indicating an intact validity effect. However, participants with anomia demonstrated significantly delayed response times during the COVAT with linguistic interference, regardless of ISI. Conclusions: Overall, participants with mild anomia demonstrated impairments most notably when interfering stimuli were present, indicating deficits in automatic processing and selective attention. Study results support clinical evaluation of non-linguistic cognitive abilities in individuals reporting anomia who score near or within normal limits on language assessments.
C1 [Hunting-Pompon, Rebecca; Kendall, Diane] Univ Washington, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, Seattle, WA 98195 USA.
[Kendall, Diane] VA Med Ctr Puget Sound, Seattle, WA USA.
[Moore, Anna Bacon] Atlanta VA Med Ctr, VA RR&D Ctr Aging Vet Vis Loss, Decatur, GA USA.
[Moore, Anna Bacon] Emory Univ, Dept Rehabil Med, Atlanta, GA 30322 USA.
RP Hunting-Pompon, R (reprint author), Univ Washington, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, 1417 NE 42nd St,Box 354875, Seattle, WA 98195 USA.
EM rhpompon@uw.edu
FU Veterans Administration; NIH
FX This study was supported by a Veterans Administration RR&D Advanced
Career Development Grant and by a NIH Research Training Grant. The
authors wish to thank Christina del Toro, Megan Sherod, Karen Klenberg
(posthumously), and all study participants for their contributions to
this study.
CR Birnboim S, 2003, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V13, P19, DOI 10.1023/A:1022348506064
COHEN JD, 1990, PSYCHOL REV, V97, P332, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.97.3.332
Copland DA, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V81, P131, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2512
CROSSON B, 2000, APHASIA LANGUAGE THE, P372
DELL GS, 1986, PSYCHOL REV, V93, P293
HAGOORT P, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P189, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1043
KAHNEMAN D, 1973, ATTENTION EFFORT, P1
Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
LAPOINTE LL, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P511, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248556
Levelt WJM, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P1
MCNEIL MR, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V20, P21
MILBERG W, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V31, P138, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90065-4
MOORE AB, 2003, VA RR D ADV CAREER D
Murray Laura L., 2002, Seminars in Speech and Language, V23, P107, DOI 10.1055/s-2002-24987
Murray LL, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V72, P40, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2281
Murray LL, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P91, DOI 10.1080/026870399402226
Murray LL, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V41, P213
*NAT APH ASS, 2009, MOR APH
PEACH RK, 1994, CLIN APHASIOL, V22, P81
PETRY MC, 1994, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V32, P1397, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(94)00072-7
Posner M. I., 1975, INFORMATION PROCESSI, P55
Posner MI, 1980, TUTORIALS MOTOR BEHA, P243
ROBIN D. A., 1989, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V18, P61
SCHNEIDER W, 1977, PSYCHOL REV, V84, P1, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.84.1.1
SCHUSTER L, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P811
TSENG CH, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P276, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1046
NR 27
TC 2
Z9 2
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 6-7
BP 800
EP 812
DI 10.1080/02687038.2010.542562
PG 13
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 775XO
UT WOS:000291497000012
ER
PT J
AU Lee, J
Thompson, CK
AF Lee, Jiyeon
Thompson, Cynthia K.
TI Real-time production of unergative and unaccusative sentences in normal
and agrammatic speakers: An eyetracking study
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Agrammatism; Unaccusative verbs; Eyetracking; Sentence production
ID APHASIA; VERBS; COMPREHENSION; UTTERANCES; ACCESS
AB Background: Speakers with agrammatic aphasia have greater difficulty producing unaccusative (float) compared to unergative (bark) verbs (Kegl, 1995; Lee Thompson, 2004; Thompson, 2003), putatively because the former involve movement of the theme to the subject position from the post-verbal position, and are therefore more complex than the latter (Burzio, 1986; Perlmutter, 1978). However, it is unclear if and how sentence production processes are affected by the linguistic distinction between these two types of verbs in normal and impaired speakers. Aims: This study examined real-time production of sentences with unergative (the black dog is barking) vs unaccusative (the black tube is floating) verbs in healthy young speakers and individuals with agrammatic aphasia, using eyetracking. Methods Procedures: Participants' eye movements and speech were recorded while they produced a sentence using computer displayed written stimuli (e.g., black, dog, is barking). Outcomes Results: Both groups of speakers produced numerically fewer unaccusative sentences than unergative sentences. However, the eye movement data revealed significant differences in fixations between the adjective (black) vs the noun (tube) when producing unaccusatives, but not when producing unergatives for both groups. Interestingly, whereas healthy speakers showed this difference during speech, speakers with agrammatism showed this difference prior to speech onset. Conclusions: These findings suggest that the human sentence production system differentially processes unaccusatives vs unergatives. This distinction is preserved in individuals with agrammatism; however, the time course of sentence planning appears to differ from healthy speakers (Lee Thompson, 2010).
C1 [Lee, Jiyeon; Thompson, Cynthia K.] Northwestern Univ, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Evanston, IL 60208 USA.
[Thompson, Cynthia K.] Northwestern Univ, Dept Neurol, Evanston, IL 60208 USA.
[Thompson, Cynthia K.] Northwestern Univ, Cognit Neurol & Alzheimers Dis Ctr, Evanston, IL 60208 USA.
RP Lee, J (reprint author), Northwestern Univ, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, 2240 Campus Dr, Evanston, IL 60208 USA.
EM jiyeonlee@u.northwestern.edu
FU NIH [ROI-DC01948-16]
FX The authors acknowledge two anonymous reviewers for their comments.
Special thanks go to the individuals with aphasia who participated in
this study. This research was supported by NIH ROI-DC01948-16 (C. K.
Thompson).
CR BAAYEN RH, 1993, CELEX LEXICAL DATABA, P1
Bastiaanse R, 2005, J NEUROLINGUIST, V18, P57, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2004.11.006
Bock J. K., 1994, HDB PSYCHOLINGUISTIC, P945
Burzio L., 1986, ITALIAN SYNTAX
CHUN CL, NU ALIGNER UNPUB
DESMEDT K, 1996, COMPUTATIONAL MODELS
Friedmann N, 2008, LINGUIST INQ, V39, P355, DOI 10.1162/ling.2008.39.3.355
Griffin ZM, 2001, COGNITION, V82, pB1, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(01)00138-X
KEGL J, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V50, P151, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1044
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Kim K. -Y., 2005, THESIS YONSEI U SEOU
LEE J, 2010, LANGUAGE COGNIT 0716
Lee M, 2004, J NEUROLINGUIST, V17, P315, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(03)00062-9
Levin B., 1995, UNACCUSATIVITY SYNTA
LINDSLEY JR, 1975, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V7, P1, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(75)90002-X
Luzzatti C, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V81, P432, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2536
Manor BR, 2003, J NEUROSCI METH, V128, P85, DOI 10.1016/S0165-0270(03)00151-1
McAllister T, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P989, DOI 10.1080/02687030802669518
MELTZERASSCHER A, 2010, PROCESSING COM UNPUB
Meyer AS, 1996, J MEM LANG, V35, P477, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1996.0026
MONTRUL S, 1999, SECOND LANG RES, V15, P191
PERLMUTTER D, 1978, 5 ANN M BERK LING SO, P157
SCHRIFERS H, 1999, J MEM LANG, V39, P609
Shetreet E, 2010, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V22, P2306, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2009.21371
Spieler DH, 2006, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V21, P291, DOI 10.1080/01690960400002133
Thompson CK, 2007, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V19, P1753, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2007.19.11.1753
Thompson CK, 2003, J NEUROLINGUIST, V16, P151, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(02)00014-3
Thompson CK, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V103, P24, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.07.012
THOMPSON CK, NW ASSESSMENT VERBS
THOMPSON CK, 2008, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO
NR 30
TC 6
Z9 6
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 6-7
BP 813
EP 825
DI 10.1080/02687038.2010.542563
PG 13
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 775XO
UT WOS:000291497000013
ER
PT J
AU Mozeiko, J
Le, K
Coelho, C
Krueger, F
Grafman, J
AF Mozeiko, Jennifer
Le, Karen
Coelho, Carl
Krueger, Frank
Grafman, Jordan
TI The relationship of story grammar and executive function following TBI
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Traumatic brain injury; penetrating head injury; Discourse analysis;
narrative discourse; Story grammar; Executive function
ID TRAUMATIC BRAIN-INJURY; DEFICITS; ADULTS
AB Background: Story grammar is a super-structural measure of discourse performance that has shown to be sensitive to the deficits seen following traumatic brain injury (TBI). Narrative organisation and identification of logical relationships between events and characters are key components of story grammar. Reports of significant correlations for measures of story grammar and scores from various tests of executive functioning for individuals with TBI are thought to reflect executive control of cognitive and linguistic organisational processes. Aims: The purpose of the present study was to re-examine the relationship between story grammar and executive functions (EF) in a large group of participants with severe TBI secondary to diverse penetrating head wounds. It was hypothesised that participants with TBI would have significantly lower story grammar scores than a comparison group without TBI, and that story grammar performance of the group with TBI would be significantly correlated with their EF scores. Methods Procedures: A total of 167 participants with TBI and a comparison group of 46 adults without TBI were asked to retell a 16-frame story. Transcripts of each story retelling were broken into T-units and were analysed for story grammar. Outcomes Results: Results of MANOVA showed significant effect of group on the discourse measures. Univariate tests showed significant differences between the group with TBI and the comparison group for each of the story grammar measures. Story grammar measures were significantly correlated with executive function (EF) scores. Conclusions: Results indicated that the participants with TBI demonstrated significantly poorer performance on measures of story grammar abilities, lending support to earlier reports of story grammar impairments resulting from closed head injury (CHI). The present study also found significant correlations for measures of story grammar and the Sorting Test. Cognitive skills such as mental flexibility, required for successful performance on this card sorting task are likely the same as those required for episode generation. These findings have clinical implications for the management of cognitive-communication disorders in individuals with TBI. First, story grammar warrants inclusion in analyses of discourse. Second, discourse deficits following brain injury do not resolve spontaneously and persist as social barriers.
C1 [Mozeiko, Jennifer; Le, Karen; Coelho, Carl] Univ Connecticut, Dept Commun Disorders, Storrs, CT USA.
[Krueger, Frank; Grafman, Jordan] NINDS, Cognit Neurosci Sect, Bethesda, MD 20892 USA.
RP Grafman, J (reprint author), Kessler Fdn Res Ctr, Traumat Brain Injury Res Lab, 1199 Pleasant Valley Way, W Orange, NJ 07052 USA.
EM jgrafman@kesslerfoundation.org
CR Barrett J., 1998, OLD MCDONALD HAD APA
Coelho Carl, 2005, Seminars in Speech and Language, V26, P223, DOI 10.1055/s-2005-922102
Coelho C. A., 1998, ANAL DISCOURSE COMMU, P115
Coelho CA, 2002, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V45, P1232, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2002/099)
COELHO CA, 1995, BRAIN INJURY, V9, P471, DOI 10.3109/02699059509008206
Delis D. C., 2001, DELISKAPLAN EXECUTIV
DERENZI E, 1962, BRAIN, V85, P665, DOI 10.1093/brain/85.4.665
Dunbar K, 1995, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V769, P289, DOI 10.1111/j.1749-6632.1995.tb38146.x
Fortin S, 2003, CORTEX, V39, P273, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70109-6
Grafman J, 1999, LANCET, V354, P1921, DOI 10.1016/S0140-6736(99)90438-5
Grafman J, 1995, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V769, P337, DOI 10.1111/j.1749-6632.1995.tb38149.x
GRANT DA, 1948, J EXP PSYCHOL, V38, P404, DOI 10.1037/h0059831
Gupta R, 2009, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V47, P1686, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2009.02.007
Hunt K. W., 1965, 3 NCTE
Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kennedy MRT, 2009, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V15, P130, DOI 10.1017/S1355617708090024
Latzman RD, 2010, ASSESSMENT, V17, P172, DOI 10.1177/1073191109356254
Lezak M, 2004, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL A, P611
MERRITT DD, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V30, P539
Miyake Akira, 2000, Seminars in Speech and Language, V21, P169, DOI 10.1055/s-2000-7563
PLAG JA, 1967, PERS PSYCHOL, V20, P323, DOI 10.1111/j.1744-6570.1967.tb01527.x
ROBBINS TW, 1997, METHODOLOGY FRONTAL, P215
Stein N., 1979, ADV DISCOURSE PROCES, V2, P53
Tucker FM, 1998, BRAIN INJURY, V12, P783
Turkstra Lyn S., 2005, Seminars in Speech and Language, V26, P215, DOI 10.1055/s-2005-922101
U.S. Department of Defense, 1984, TEST MAN ARM SERV VO
Ylvisaker M., 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P745
Zasler ND, 2007, BRAIN INJURY MED PRI, P779
NR 28
TC 6
Z9 6
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 6-7
BP 826
EP 835
DI 10.1080/02687038.2010.543983
PG 10
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 775XO
UT WOS:000291497000014
ER
PT J
AU Ball, AL
de Riesthal, M
Breeding, VE
Mendoza, DE
AF Ball, Angel L.
de Riesthal, Michael
Breeding, Victoria E.
Mendoza, Diana E.
TI Modified ACT and CART in severe aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Spoken repetition; Written naming; Spoken naming; Anagram and Copy
Treatment (ACT) and Copy and Recall Treatment (CART); Video technology;
Severe aphasia
ID SOUND PRODUCTION TREATMENT; WRITING TREATMENT; APRAXIA; SPEECH; WRITTEN
AB Background: Anagram and Copy Treatment (ACT) and Copy and Recall Treatment (CART) have been shown to improve written communication for those with severe aphasia (Beeson, 1999; Beeson, Hirsch, Rewega, 2002; Beeson, Rising, Volk, 2003). More recently, the addition of a spoken repetition component to the CART programme has been suggested to enhance oral naming in moderate aphasia (Beeson Egnor, 2006; Wright, Marshall, Wilson, Page, 2008) and in cases with co-existing apraxia of speech (AOS) (de Riesthal, 2007). No studies have investigated the use of a modified ACT and CART with spoken repetition in individuals with severe aphasia and AOS. Aims: The purpose of the study was to examine ACT and CART modified with spoken naming repetition, using visual and auditory stimuli in the ACT sessions and home practice videos in the CART sessions, for individuals with severe aphasia. Methods Procedures: Three individuals, RC, AC, and MJ, with severe aphasia and coexisting AOS post left middle cerebral artery strokes participated in a 3-month programme. Participants were enrolled in modified ACT and CART with spoken repetition of the target word. For the CART programme a video was created for each word in a treatment set to facilitate repetition in the home practice programme. Probes of spoken and written performance were obtained at the onset of each session, and during baseline, treatment, and follow-up maintenance Outcomes Results: All participants improved in their ability to write the treatment stimuli. A 5-point scoring system (Helm-Estabrooks Albert, 2003) was a more sensitive tool than the traditional binary scoring. None of the participants improved in the spoken naming condition with task stimuli. Mild improvement was noted in comparing pre- and post-test naming for MJ. Conclusions: Our study supports evidence that ACT and CART may improve written naming skills in persons with severe aphasia. The inclusion of spoken repetition in the home practice CART programme may not be appropriate for cases with severe aphasia with AOS. However, further research using the technique with moderate aphasia with AOS may reveal that the technique of practice with auditory and visual stimuli is beneficial. The ease of using digital video tools with computer or augmentative devices has exciting and practical clinical application.
C1 [Ball, Angel L.] Texas A&M Univ, Dept Biol & Hlth Sci, Programme Commun Sci & Disorders, Kingsville, TX 78363 USA.
[de Riesthal, Michael] Vanderbilt Univ, Sch Med, Dept Hearing & Speech Sci, Nashville, TN 37212 USA.
RP Ball, AL (reprint author), Texas A&M Univ, Dept Biol & Hlth Sci, Programme Commun Sci & Disorders, MSC 177A,700 Univ Blvd, Kingsville, TX 78363 USA.
EM angel.ball@tamuk.edu
CR Beeson PM, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P1038, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/083)
Beeson PM, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P473, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000167
Beeson PM, 2006, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V12, P816, DOI 10.1017/S1355617706061005
Beeson PM, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P767, DOI 10.1080/026870399401867
Davis A. G., 1985, ADULT APHASIA REHABI
DERIESTHAL M, 2007, AM SPEECH HEAR ASS B
Duffy J.R, 2005, MOTOR SPEECH DISORDE
Fridriksson J, 2009, STROKE, V40, P853, DOI 10.1161/STROKEAHA.108.532499
Goodman R. A., 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P596
HELMESTABROOKS N, 2003, MANUAL APHASIA APHAS
Helm-Estabrooks N., 2001, COGNITIVE LINGUISTIC
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Kertesz A., 2007, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
Sacchett C, 1999, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V34, P265, DOI 10.1080/136828299247414
SNODGRASS JG, 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V6, P174, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.6.2.174
Wambaugh J, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P407, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000165
Wambaugh JL, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P731, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249569
Wambaugh JL, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V41, P725
Wambaugh JL, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P821
Wright HH, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P522, DOI 10.1080/02687030701487905
NR 20
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 6-7
BP 836
EP 848
DI 10.1080/02687038.2010.544320
PG 13
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 775XO
UT WOS:000291497000015
ER
PT J
AU Abuom, TO
Obler, LK
Bastiaanse, R
AF Abuom, Tom O.
Obler, Loraine K.
Bastiaanse, Roelien
TI Using Swahili and English to test explanations of agrammatism
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Agrammatism; Syntactic deficit; Morphological deficit; Discourse linking
ID GERMAN AGRAMMATISM; APHASIA; TENSE; AGREEMENT; COMPREHENSION;
FINITENESS; INFLECTION; SPEAKERS; GREEK
AB Background: This study is on time reference through verbs in two Swahili-English bilingual agrammatic speakers. Recent studies in several languages have shown that time reference through verb inflection, and more specifically through tense, is impaired in agrammatic speakers. Consequently, several theories have been proposed to account for this phenomenon. We explore three kinds of theories of agrammatism that are eligible to account for these data: (1) a deficit in Tense; (2) a deficit in Discourse Linking; (3) a Morphological-System deficit. Aims: The study investigated the patterns and degree of severity of time reference impairments in bilingual agrammatic speakers of Swahili and English. Production of past and future verb forms was examined in both languages to determine which of the explanations for verb inflection errors holds in bilingual agrammatic speakers. Methods Procedures: A sentence completion test was developed in two languages to elicit sentence constructions that refer to the past and the future. This test was administered to two bilingual agrammatic speakers of Swahili and English and three age- and education-matched control participants. Outcomes Results: The performance of the control participants on the two tests was perfect in both languages. Similarly, the two agrammatic speakers' performance in Swahili as well as future tense in English was at ceiling. However, both agrammatic speakers had selective deficits in the production of English past tense. Conclusions: The discrepancy between the English and Swahili data cannot be explained by a syntactic or discourse linking theory. Only a morphological deficit in terms of number of possible candidates for a particular inflectional form fits with the data.
C1 [Abuom, Tom O.; Bastiaanse, Roelien] Univ Groningen, Ctr Language & Cognit Groningen CLCG, NL-9700 AS Groningen, Netherlands.
[Obler, Loraine K.] CUNY, Grad Ctr, New York, NY 10021 USA.
[Bastiaanse, Roelien] Univ Med Ctr Groningen, NL-9713 AV Groningen, Netherlands.
RP Abuom, TO (reprint author), Univ Groningen, Ctr Language & Cognit Groningen CLCG, POB 716, NL-9700 AS Groningen, Netherlands.
EM T.O.Abuom@rug.nl
CR Albert M., 1978, BILINGUAL BRAIN NEUR
Arabatzi M, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V80, P314, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2591
Avrutin S., 1999, DEV SYNTAX DISCOURSE
Avrutin S., 2000, LANGUAGE BRAIN REPRE, P205, DOI 10.1016/B978-012304260-6/50017-7
BASTIAANSE R, 2009, SCI APH C 10 ANT TUR
BASTIAANSE R, 2009, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C
Bastiaanse R, 2008, J NEUROLINGUIST, V21, P104, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2006.10.006
BATES E, 1987, CORTEX, V23, P545
Burchert F, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V94, P188, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.12.006
CHARLTON MH, 1964, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V29, P307
Dimmendaal G., 2001, SPRACHE GESCH AFRIKA, V16, P83
DRAGOY O, 2010, TIME REFERENCE UNPUB
Duman TY, 2009, BRAIN LANG, V108, P30, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2008.09.009
Edwards S, 2007, J NEUROLINGUIST, V20, P423, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2007.03.003
Fabbro F, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V79, P201, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2480
Fabbro F., 1999, NEUROLINGUISTICS BIL
Friedmann N, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P397, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1795
Goodglass H., 1968, DEV APPL PSYCHOLINGU, P177
GRODZINKSY Y, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V23, P47
GRODZINSKY Y, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P396, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1052
GRODZINSKY Y, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P555, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90174-Y
HICKOK G, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V50, P10, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1038
JAREMA G, 1998, HDB NEUROLINGUISTICS
JONES J, 2002, THESIS CITY U
Jonkers R, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P1252, DOI 10.1080/02687030802289192
KARANTH P, 1991, MODERN TRENDS NEUROL
Lee J, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P893, DOI 10.1080/02687030701865670
MARSHALL JC, 1986, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V24, P5, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(86)90040-0
Menn L, 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C, VII, P1369
Nanousi V., 2006, J NEUROLINGUIST, V19, P209, DOI [10.1016/j.jneuroling.2005.11.003, DOI 10.1016/J.JNEUROLING.2005.11.003]
Obler L., 1991, 1 LANGUAGE ATTRITION, P53, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511620720.004
OBLER LK, 1996, ENCY GERONTOLOGY, V2, P1
Penke M, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V87, P50, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00192-5
PENKE M, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V77, P352
Shapiro L. P, 2000, GRAMMATICAL DISORDER, P35
Stavrakaki S, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V86, P129, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00541-2
Thompson CK, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V67, P169, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2052
Traill A, 1970, J S Afr Speech Hear Assoc, V17, P48
Tsapkini K, 2001, J NEUROLINGUIST, V14, P281, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(01)00018-5
WELLS BO, 2009, 47 ANN M AC APH BOST
Wenzlaff M, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P57, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00298-0
Wenzlaff M, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V92, P33, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.05.006
Zagona Karen, 2003, ANAPHORA REFERENCE G, P140, DOI 10.1002/9780470755594.ch6
NR 43
TC 11
Z9 11
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 5
BP 559
EP 575
DI 10.1080/02687038.2010.538417
PG 17
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 753SZ
UT WOS:000289801300002
ER
PT J
AU Kadyamusuma, MR
De Bleser, R
Mayer, J
AF Kadyamusuma, McLoddy R.
De Bleser, Ria
Mayer, Joerg
TI Perceptual discrimination of Shona lexical tones and low-pass filtered
speech by left and right hemisphere damaged patients
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Brain damage; Shona; Lexical tones; Perception; Low-pass filtered
stimuli; Pitch discrimination
ID CROSS-LINGUISTIC PET; CHINESE; PROSODY; BRAIN; PITCH; LATERALIZATION;
EXPERIENCE; DEFICITS; SPEAKERS; APHASIA
AB Background: While the role of the right hemisphere (RH) in prosodic processing is prominent, research on the perception of lexical tones has shown that left hemisphere damaged (LHD) patients are more impaired than right hemisphere damaged (RHD) patients. Dichotic listening and imaging studies with healthy speakers of tone languages demonstrate that at least at the phonemic and lexical level, prosody is processed in the left hemisphere (LH) when the variations in pitch are phonemically distinctive. There is no report available yet on the perceptual discrimination of a Bantu language in patients after unilateral brain damage. Aims: We addressed the question of how well Shona aphasic patients and right hemisphere damaged patients perceive pitch contrasts in Shona lexical words and also in their homologous low-pass filtered counterparts. We also sought to discover the validity of the current hypotheses on hemispheric lateralisation particularly the hypothesis on hemispheric lateralisation based on language function to account for the Shona data. Methods Procedures: A total of 7 LHD and 7 RHD patients and 14 healthy controls participated in two discrimination tasks that examined perception of lexical tone in (a) bisyllabic Shona words and (b) low-pass filtered stimuli. In both tasks the participants were tasked with judging the pitch as the same or different in 120 bisyllabic words and 120 low-pass filtered stimuli. Outcomes Results: The results demonstrated that the tonal discrimination of the LHD group was more reduced in comparison to the RHD group and control participants. However, the performance of the RHD patients was not error free relative to the control participants, although significantly better than the LHD patients in both tasks. Conclusions: At least for the phonemic and lexical levels, brain damage to the dominant hemisphere results in lexical tone impairment for LHD patients, and cognitive load processing results in a subdued but good performance for RHD patients. The LH is therefore dominant for processing tone when it is lexically distinctive.
C1 [Kadyamusuma, McLoddy R.; De Bleser, Ria] Univ Potsdam, Dept Linguist, D-14476 Potsdam, Germany.
[Mayer, Joerg] Univ Stuttgart, Stuttgart, Germany.
RP Kadyamusuma, MR (reprint author), Univ Potsdam, Dept Linguist, Karl Liebknecht Str 24-25, D-14476 Potsdam, Germany.
EM kadyamus@rz.uni-potsdam.de
FU University of Potsdam
FX This work benefited from a grant awarded to the first author from the
University of Potsdam. We are indebted to two anonymous reviewers and
our colleagues for reading and commenting on earlier drafts of this
manuscript, although of course the remaining mistakes are ours. We also
thank Shravan Vasishth, PhD, for statistical advice.
CR Bates D., 2005, R NEWS, V5, P27, DOI DOI 10.1111/J.1523-1739.2005.00280.X
Baum SR, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P581
BEHRENS SJ, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V26, P332, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90047-1
Boersma P., 2008, PRAAT DOING PHONETIC
Brunelle M, 2009, J PHONETICS, V37, P79, DOI 10.1016/j.wocn.2008.09.003
EMMOREY KD, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V30, P305, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90105-2
Eng N, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P649, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248441
GANDOUR JT, 1978, LANG SPEECH, V21, P1
GANDOUR J, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V43, P275, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90131-W
Gandour J, 1998, NEUROREPORT, V9, P2115
Gandour J, 2000, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V12, P207, DOI 10.1162/089892900561841
GANDOUR J, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V18, P94
Gandour J, 2004, NEUROIMAGE, V23, P344, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2004.06.004
GANDOUR J, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V35, P201, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90109-5
Gandour J. T, 2006, ENCY LANGUAGE LINGUI, V12, P751
Gordon R. G., 2005, ETHNOLOGUE LANGUAGES
HANNAN SJ, 2000, STANDARD SHONA DICT
Howie John M., 1976, ACOUSTICAL STUDIES M
HUGHES CP, 1983, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V40, P732
JACKSON JH, 1915, BRAIN, V38, P101
Klein D, 2001, NEUROIMAGE, V13, P646, DOI 10.1006/nimg.2000.0738
Lehiste I., 1996, PRINCIPLES EXPT PHON, P226
Liberman A. M., 1996, SPEECH SPECIAL CODE
MICHEL P, 1987, ASSESSMENT BILINGUAL
Miller EK, 2001, ANNU REV NEUROSCI, V24, P167, DOI 10.1146/annurev.neuro.24.1.167
Moen I, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V53, P267, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0048
MOEN I, 2009, INT J SPEECH LANGUAG, V11, P272
Moore BCJ, 1997, INTRO PSYCHOL HEARIN
NAESER MA, 1980, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V18, P389, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(80)90143-8
OLDFIELD RC, 1971, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V9, P97, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(71)90067-4
PACKARD J, 2005, HDB E ASIAN PSYCHOLI, P308
PACKARD JL, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V29, P212, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90045-3
R Development Core Team, 2007, R LANG ENV STAT COMP
RYALLS J, 1986, LANG SPEECH, V29, P389
TOMPKING CA, 1985, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V28, P527
Van Lancker D., 1973, J PHONETICS, V1, P101
van Lancker D, 1980, RES LANG SOC INTERAC, V13, P201
Wang Y, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V78, P332, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2474
Wang Y, 2004, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V25, P449, DOI 10.1017/S0142716404001213
Yip M., 2002, TONE
YIU EML, 1995, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V9, P79, DOI 10.3109/02699209508985326
Zatorre RJ, 2008, PHILOS T R SOC B, V363, P1087, DOI 10.1098/rstb.2007.2161
Zattore R. J., 1992, SCIENCE, V256, P846
Zattore R.J., 1994, J NEUROSCI, V14, P1908
NR 44
TC 1
Z9 1
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 5
BP 576
EP 592
DI 10.1080/02687038.2010.540336
PG 17
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 753SZ
UT WOS:000289801300003
ER
PT J
AU Cahana-Amitay, D
Albert, ML
Pyun, SB
Westwood, A
Jenkins, T
Wolford, S
Finley, M
AF Cahana-Amitay, Dalia
Albert, Martin L.
Pyun, Sung-Bom
Westwood, Andrew
Jenkins, Theodore
Wolford, Sarah
Finley, Mallory
TI Language as a stressor in aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Anxiety; Language; Stress
ID GENERALIZED ANXIETY DISORDER; DUAL-TASK CONDITIONS; 1ST 6 MONTHS;
POSTSTROKE DEPRESSION; ISCHEMIC-STROKE; MAJOR DEPRESSION; MOOD
DISORDERS; PSYCHOSOCIAL PROBLEMS; CATASTROPHIC REACTION; AUDITORY
VIGILANCE
AB Background: Persons with aphasia often report feeling anxious when using language while communicating. While many patients, caregivers, clinicians, and researchers would agree that language might be a stressor for persons with aphasia, systematic empirical studies of stress and/or anxiety in aphasia remain scarce. Aim: The aim of this paper is to review the existing literature discussing language as a stressor in aphasia, identify key issues, highlight important gaps, and propose a programme for future study. In doing so we hope to underscore the importance of understanding aspects of the emotional aftermath of aphasia, which plays a critical role in the process of recovery and rehabilitation. Main Contribution: Post stroke emotional changes in persons with chronic aphasia clearly has adverse effects for language performance and prospects of recovery. However, the specific role anxiety might play in aphasia has yet to be determined. As a starting point, we propose to view language in aphasia as a stressor, linked to an emotional state we term olinguistic anxietyo. Specifically, a person with linguistic anxiety is one in whom the deliberate, effortful production of language involves anticipation of an error, with the imminence of linguistic failure serving as the threat. Since anticipation is psychologically linked to anxiety and also plays an important role in the allostatic system, we suggest that examining physiologic stress responses in persons with aphasia when they are asked to perform a linguistic task would be a productive tool for assessing the potential relation of stress to olinguistic anxietyo. Conclusions: Exploring the putative relationship between anxiety and language in aphasia, through the study of physiologic stress responses, could establish a platform for investigating language changes in the brain in other clinical populations, such as in individuals with Alzheimer's disease or persons with post-traumatic stress disorder, or even with healthy ageing persons, in whom olinguistic anxietyo might be at work when they have trouble finding words.
C1 [Cahana-Amitay, Dalia; Albert, Martin L.; Westwood, Andrew; Finley, Mallory] Boston Univ, Dept Neurol, Harold Goodglass Aphasia Res Ctr, VA Healthcare Syst, Boston, MA 02130 USA.
[Pyun, Sung-Bom] Korea Univ, Coll Med, Dept Phys Med & Rehabil, Seoul 136705, South Korea.
[Jenkins, Theodore] Boston Coll, Dept Slav & Eastern Languages, Chestnut Hill, MA 02167 USA.
[Wolford, Sarah] Emerson Coll, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Boston, MA 02116 USA.
RP Cahana-Amitay, D (reprint author), Boston Univ, Dept Neurol, Harold Goodglass Aphasia Res Ctr, VA Healthcare Syst, 150 S Huntington Ave, Boston, MA 02130 USA.
EM dcamitay@bu.edu
FU National Institutes of Health, NIDCD [5P30DC005207]; Boston University,
Department of Neurology, Harold Goodglass Aphasia Research Center; VA
Healthcare System, 150 South Huntington Avenue, Boston [MA 02130];
Boston University, Department of Neurology, Language in the Ageing
Brain, VA Healthcare System, 150 South Huntington Avenue, Boston [MA
02130, 2R01AG14345]
FX Our thanks to Mira Goral, Jacqueline Laures-Gore, Kristine Lundgren,
Loraine Obler, and Carole Palumbo for their insightful comments on this
manuscript. We would also like to thank Danny Kaloupek and our anonymous
reviewers for their extremely valuable comments. Support for this
research was provided by the National Institutes of Health, NIDCD grant
5P30DC005207, Boston University, Department of Neurology, Harold
Goodglass Aphasia Research Center and VA Healthcare System, 150 South
Huntington Avenue, Boston, MA 02130, and NIA grant 2R01AG14345 Boston
University, Department of Neurology, Language in the Ageing Brain, VA
Healthcare System, 150 South Huntington Avenue, Boston, MA 02130.
CR Abreu B., 2009, LIFE BALANCE MULTIDI, P223
Alm PA, 2004, J FLUENCY DISORD, V29, P123, DOI 10.1016/j.jfludis.2004.02.001
American Psychiatric Association, 2000, DIAGN STAT MAN MENT
Aronson A. E., 1985, CLIN VOICE DISORDERS
Astrom M, 1996, STROKE, V27, P270
ASTROM M, 1993, STROKE, V24, P976
Barker-Collo SL, 2007, ARCH CLIN NEUROPSYCH, V22, P519, DOI 10.1016/j.acn.2007.03.002
Barlow D. H., 2004, ANXIETY ITS DISORDER, P64
BEBLO T, 1999, NEUROPSY NEUROPSY BE, V12, P234
Berg A, 2001, CEREBROVASC DIS, V12, P14, DOI 10.1159/000047675
Berman RA, 2008, J CHILD LANG, V35, P735, DOI 10.1017/S0305000908008787
Beversdorf DQ, 2007, NEUROCASE, V13, P256, DOI 10.1080/13554790701595471
BLACKWELL A, 1995, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V7, P228, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1995.7.2.228
Bogousslavsky J, 2003, STROKE, V34, P1046, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000061887.33505.B9
Burvill P. W., 1995, EUROPEAN J DISORDERS, V30, P303
BURVILL PW, 1995, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V166, P320, DOI 10.1192/bjp.166.3.320
Caramazza A, 1997, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V14, P177, DOI 10.1080/026432997381664
Carota A, 2001, NEUROLOGY, V57, P1902
CARUSO AJ, 1994, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V37, P746
Castillo C. S., 1993, J NERV MENT DIS, V181, P2
Chemerinski E, 2006, MT SINAI J MED, V73, P1006
Chemerinski E, 2001, STROKE, V32, P113
Cherney L. R., 1998, ANAL DISCOURSE COMMU
Christenfeld N, 1996, J PERS SOC PSYCHOL, V70, P451
Christensen H, 2004, J NEUROL SCI, V217, P175, DOI 10.1016/j.jns.2003.09.013
Chrousos GP, 2009, NAT REV ENDOCRINOL, V5, P374, DOI 10.1038/nrendo.2009.106
Clarke DM, 2009, MED J AUSTRALIA, V190, pS54
Code Chris, 1999, Seminars in Speech and Language, V20, P19, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1064006
Code C., 2003, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V13, P365
Code C., 1992, CODE MULLER PROTOCOL
Code C., 2010, HDB LANGUAGE SPEECH, P317, DOI 10.1002/9781444318975.ch14
Code C, 2003, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V13, P109, DOI 10.1080/09602010244000291
Coelho Carl A., 2007, Seminars in Speech and Language, V28, P122, DOI 10.1055/s-2007-970570
Cohen MR, 1998, NEUROREHABILITATION, V11, P255, DOI 10.3233/NRE-1998-11309
Coplan J. D., 1990, J CLIN PSYCHIAT S, V51
COPLAN JD, 1990, J CLIN PSYCHIAT, V51, P9
CORYELL W, 1985, J AFFECT DISORDERS, V9, P265, DOI 10.1016/0165-0327(85)90057-6
Cox M., 1986, ATYPICAL STUTTERER P, P93
Cyr R., 2010, THESIS U ALBERTA
Dalemans RJP, 2010, DISABIL REHABIL, V32, P1678, DOI 10.3109/09638281003649938
Darley F. L., 1975, ADV NEUROLOGY, V7
DARLEY FL, 1972, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V37, P3
Dembowski J. S., 2006, DISABILITY REHABILIT, V28, P523
De Wit L, 2008, DISABIL REHABIL, V30, P1858, DOI 10.1080/09638280701708736
Dick F, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V85, P535, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00093-2
Docherty NM, 1996, ARCH GEN PSYCHIAT, V53, P358
Doruk A, 2008, KLIN PSIKOFARMAKOL B, V18, P274
Eldar S, 2010, PSYCHOL MED, V40, P667, DOI 10.1017/S0033291709990766
Elman RJ, 1999, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V42, P411
Elman RJ, 2007, TOP LANG DISORD, V27, P300
Ezrati-Vinacour R, 2004, J FLUENCY DISORD, V29, P135, DOI 10.1016/j.jfludis.2004.02.003
Franceschini R, 2001, BIOMED PHARMACOTHER, V55, P458, DOI 10.1016/S0753-3322(01)00086-5
Frankel T., 2008, THESIS U WITWATERSRA
Fries E, 2005, PSYCHONEUROENDOCRINO, V30, P1010, DOI 10.1016/j.psyneuen.2005.04.006
Fure B, 2006, INT J GERIATR PSYCH, V21, P382, DOI 10.1002/gps.1482
Gainotti G, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P635, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249412
Gainotti G, 1972, Cortex, V8, P41
Gainotti G, 1999, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V175, P163, DOI 10.1192/bjp.175.2.163
Goldstein K., 1959, AM HDB PSYCHIAT, P770
Goldstein K., 1942, EFFECTS BRAIN INJURI
Goldstein K., 1948, LANGUAGE LANGUAGE DI
Goral M., 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P707
Greenop KR, 2009, INT PSYCHOGERIATR, V21, P1063, DOI 10.1017/S1041610209990457
Gusev E I, 2009, Neurosci Behav Physiol, V39, P639, DOI 10.1007/s11055-009-9185-8
Hackett M.L., 2005, STROKE, V36, P1340
Hasselmo ME, 1997, J NEUROPHYSIOL, V77, P3326
HEESCHEN C, 1988, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V2, P309, DOI 10.3109/02699208808985262
HEILMAN KM, 1978, NEUROLOGY, V28, P229
Heilman KM, 2003, NEUROCASE, V9, P369, DOI 10.1076/neur.9.5.369.16553
Heim C, 2000, PSYCHONEUROENDOCRINO, V25, P1, DOI 10.1016/S0306-4530(99)00035-9
Hemsley G, 1996, DISABIL REHABIL, V18, P567
HERMANN M, 1993, DISABILITY REHABILIT, V15, P55
HERRMANN M, 1993, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V56, P672, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.56.6.672
Herrmann M, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P717, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249418
HERRMANN M, 1995, STROKE, V26, P850
Herrmann N, 1998, STROKE, V29, P618
Hilari K, 2010, CLIN REHABIL, V24, P181, DOI 10.1177/0269215509346090
Horton S, 2000, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V35, P355
HOUSE A, 1990, BRAIN, V113, P1113, DOI 10.1093/brain/113.4.1113
Hula WD, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V103, P240, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.07.023
Hula William D., 2008, Seminars in Speech and Language, V29, P169, DOI 10.1055/s-0028-1082882
INCE LP, 1968, BEHAV RES THER, V6, P235, DOI 10.1016/0005-7967(68)90014-4
Jianfei C., 1988, J TRADITIONAL CHINES, V8, P167
Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Katz WF, 1999, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V42, P1355
Kauhanen ML, 1999, STROKE, V30, P1875
KILBORN K, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P275, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90156-U
Kotila M, 1998, STROKE, V29, P368
Kovarsky Dana, 2009, Seminars in Speech and Language, V30, P27, DOI 10.1055/s-0028-1104532
Kreibig SD, 2010, BIOL PSYCHOL, V84, P394, DOI 10.1016/j.biopsycho.2010.03.010
Laures J, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P1133, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000436
Laures JS, 2004, DISABIL REHABIL, V26, P315, DOI 10.1080/0963828032000174106
Laures JS, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V95, P353, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.01.011
Laures-Gore J, 2007, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V15, P423
Laures-Gore J, 2007, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V50, P493, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2007/034)
Laures-Gore JS, 2010, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V53, P1394, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2010/09-0236)
Lauterbach EC, 1997, NEUROPSY NEUROPSY BE, V10, P9
Leppavuori A, 2003, CEREBROVASC DIS, V16, P257, DOI 10.1159/000071125
LEVELT WJM, 1992, COGNITION, V42, P1, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90038-J
Levelt WJM, 2001, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V98, P13464, DOI 10.1073/pnas.231459498
LIEBOWITZ M R, 1990, Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology, V10, p61S
Linden T, 2007, STROKE, V38, P1860, DOI 10.1161/STROKEAHA.106.471805
LIPSEY JR, 1985, AM J PSYCHIAT, V142, P318
Luchsinger R., 1965, VOICE SPEECH LANGUAG
Lundgren K, 2010, J NEUROLINGUIST, V23, P447, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2009.08.008
Lundgren K., 2006, CAN ASS SPEECH LANG
Lundgren Kristine, 2004, Seminars in Speech and Language, V25, P121
Luria A., 1970, TRAUMATIC APHASIA IT
Luria AR, 1963, RESTORATION FUNCTION
Magnaniello A., 1986, AM J CLIN HYPN, V29, P64
Marklund N, 2004, J INTERN MED, V256, P15, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2796.2004.01334.x
Marshall R. J. S., 2008, SINGLE SUBJECT STUDY
MARSHALL RC, 1976, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V57, P464
MASDEU JC, 1978, NEUROLOGY, V28, P1220
Masskulpan Pornpimon, 2008, Journal of the Medical Association of Thailand, V91, P1595
McEwen BS, 2007, PHYSIOL REV, V87, P873, DOI 10.1152/physrev.00041.2006
MCEWEN BS, 1993, ARCH INTERN MED, V153, P2093, DOI 10.1001/archinte.153.18.2093
McEwen BS, 2010, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V1186, P190, DOI 10.1111/j.1749-6632.2009.05331.x
McNeil M., 1976, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P151
McNeil MR, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P901
MCNEIL MR, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V20, P21
McNeil MR, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P167, DOI 10.1080/02687030500472660
MENN L, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P343, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248664
MIYAKE A, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V11, P671, DOI 10.1080/02643299408251989
MORRIS PLP, 1993, AM J PSYCHIAT, V150, P124
Mukherjee D, 2006, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V13, P26, DOI 10.1310/tsr1304-26
Murray Laura L., 2004, Seminars in Speech and Language, V25, P133
Murray Laura L., 2002, Seminars in Speech and Language, V23, P107, DOI 10.1055/s-2002-24987
Murray LL, 2004, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V12, pXXV
Murray L. L., 2008, PERSPECTIVES NEUROPH, V18, P90, DOI 10.1044/nnsld18.3.90
Murray LL, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P993, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249423
Murray LL, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V41, P213
Murray LL, 2006, J COMMUN DISORD, V39, P37, DOI 10.1016/j.jcomdis.2005.06.001
Murray LL, 2001, J COMMUN DISORD, V34, P87, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(00)00043-5
Murray LL, 1997, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V40, P792
Myers LB, 2010, ANXIETY STRESS COPIN, V23, P3, DOI 10.1080/10615800903366945
Neau JP, 1998, CEREBROVASC DIS, V8, P296, DOI 10.1159/000015869
Newborn B., 1998, STROKE ENHANCING QUA, V8
Ozdemir B., 2010, B CLIN PSYCHOPHARMAC, V20, P45
Pachalska M., 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P283, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248847
Palasik S., 2009, PERSPECTIVES FLUENCY, V19, P99
Paolucci Stefano, 2008, Neuropsychiatr Dis Treat, V4, P145
PARIKH RM, 1987, STROKE, V18, P579
Penard N., 2009, AC APH BOST OCT
PETERS HFM, 1984, J FLUENCY DISORD, V9, P67, DOI 10.1016/0094-730X(84)90008-1
Pohjasvaara T, 2001, EUR J NEUROL, V8, P315, DOI 10.1046/j.1468-1331.2001.00182.x
Pohjasvaara T, 1998, CEREBROVASC DIS, V8, P259, DOI 10.1159/000015863
PRIMEAU F, 1988, CAN J PSYCHIAT, V33, P757
Robinson RG, 2003, BIOL PSYCHIAT, V54, P376, DOI 10.1016/S0006-3223(03)00423-2
Robinson RG, 2006, CLIN NEUROPSYCHIATRY
Ross A, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P427, DOI 10.1080/02687030500532786
RYALLS JH, 1984, PHONETICA, V41, P103
Sagen U, 2009, J PSYCHOSOM RES, V67, P325, DOI 10.1016/j.jpsychores.2009.03.007
Sagen U, 2010, GEN HOSP PSYCHIAT, V32, P80, DOI 10.1016/j.genhosppsych.2009.10.001
Sakamoto H, 2002, AM J PHYS MED REHAB, V81, P929, DOI 10.1097/01.PHM.0000030728.98603.B7
Santos CO, 2006, EUR J NEUROL, V13, P351, DOI 10.1111/j.1468-1331.2006.01242.x
SAPIR S, 1990, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V55, P503
Seeman T, 2010, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V1186, P223, DOI 10.1111/j.1749-6632.2009.05341.x
Seniow J, 2009, J NEUROL SCI, V283, P214, DOI 10.1016/j.jns.2009.02.336
SHARPE M, 1994, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V164, P380, DOI 10.1192/bjp.164.3.380
Sherratt S, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P375, DOI 10.1080/02687030600911435
SHILL MA, 1979, J COMMUN DISORD, V12, P503, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(79)90013-3
Shimoda K, 1998, J NEUROPSYCH CLIN N, V10, P34
SHORES MM, 1992, COMPR PSYCHIAT, V33, P237, DOI 10.1016/0010-440X(92)90047-T
Silkes JP, 2004, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V47, P610, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2004/047)
Simmons-Mackie Nina, 2009, Seminars in Speech and Language, V30, P18, DOI 10.1055/s-0028-1104531
Simmons-Mackie N, 2007, TOP LANG DISORD, V27, P5
Singh A, 2000, STROKE, V31, P637
SINYOR D, 1986, STROKE, V17, P1102
Sivan M, 2010, CLIN REHABIL, V24, P110, DOI 10.1177/0269215509343234
Skelly M, 1975, Am J Nurs, V75, P1140, DOI 10.2307/3423493
Small SL, 2009, CURR NEUROL NEUROSCI, V9, P443
Starkstein S. E., 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P1, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248883
STARKSTEIN SE, 1993, J NEUROPSYCH CLIN N, V5, P189
STARKSTEIN SE, 1990, ARCH GEN PSYCHIAT, V47, P246
Staub F., 2001, CEREBROVASC DIS, V11, P9
STEELE CM, 1995, J PERS SOC PSYCHOL, V69, P797, DOI 10.1037/0022-3514.69.5.797
Steele CM, 1997, AM PSYCHOL, V52, P613, DOI 10.1037//0003-066X.52.6.613
Stern Robert A., 1999, Seminars in Speech and Language, V20, P33, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1064007
Tanaka Y., 2006, AM NEUR ASS 131 ANN
Tanaka Y., 2009, NEUR LANG C CHIC OCT
Tanner Dennis C, 2003, J Allied Health, V32, P256
Thomas SA, 2008, STROKE, V39, P1240, DOI 10.1161/STROKEAHA.107.498279
THOMPSON CK, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V28, P141, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90097-0
Townend BS, 2007, J CLIN NEUROSCI, V14, P429, DOI 10.1016/j.jocn.2006.01.025
Townend E, 2007, STROKE, V38, P3076, DOI 10.1161/STROKEAHA.107.484238
TSENG CH, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P276, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1046
Ulatowska Hanna K., 2007, Seminars in Speech and Language, V28, P148, DOI 10.1055/s-2007-970572
Ursin H, 2004, PSYCHONEUROENDOCRINO, V29, P567, DOI 10.1016/S0306-4530(03)00091-X
WEBER CM, 1990, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V33, P690
Wepman J. M., 1951, RECOVERY APHASIA
Wepman JA, 1953, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V18, P4
Yerkes RM, 1908, J COMP NEUROL PSYCHO, V18, P459, DOI 10.1002/cne.920180503
YESAVAGE JA, 1984, EXP AGING RES, V10, P211
ZHANG Z, 1989, Journal of Traditional Chinese Medicine, V9, P87
NR 195
TC 5
Z9 5
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 5
BP 593
EP 614
DI 10.1080/02687038.2010.541469
PG 22
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 753SZ
UT WOS:000289801300004
ER
PT J
AU Stavrakaki, S
Alexiadou, A
Kambanaros, M
Bostantjopoulou, S
Katsarou, Z
AF Stavrakaki, Stavroula
Alexiadou, Artemis
Kambanaros, Maria
Bostantjopoulou, Sevasti
Katsarou, Zoe
TI The production and comprehension of verbs with alternating transitivity
by patients with non-fluent aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Transitive verbs; Unaccusative verbs; Syntax; Morphology
ID AGRAMMATIC SPEAKERS; BROCAS-APHASIA; WORD-ORDER; UNACCUSATIVES;
INFLECTION
AB Background: Recent studies revealed that aphasic speakers have difficulties with the production of the intransitive (unaccusative) variant of verbs entering transitivity alternations. A key point of the current interpretations of these difficulties concerns the movement operations taking place at surface syntax, namely, the A-movement operation (Bastiaanse van Zonneveld, 2005; Bastiaanse, 2008; Thompson, 2003). Aim: The present study revisits the issue of processing verbs with alternating transitivity in non-fluent aphasia in Greek, a language with rich morphology and relatively free word order, which lacks A-movement. In addition, in Greek, unaccusative verbs appear with different voice morphology: One class of intransitive variants of alternating verbs bears active morphology, another one non-active morphology and a third one can surface with both. The presence of non-active voice has been argued to correspond to the presence of a voice projection in syntax of these variants, while the variants that bear active morphology are not associated with a voice projection at the level of syntax. This study investigates the ability of non-fluent aphasic speakers to produce and comprehend verbs entering transitivity alterations and explores the role of active vs. non-active morphology and word order in the performance of aphasic speakers. Methods Procedures: We tested five non-fluent patients and fifteen control participants. We used two tasks supported by pictures: an elicited production task and a comprehension task. The experimental material consisted of fifteen transitive and fifteen unaccusative verbs (marked for active, and/or non-active voice morphology) in sentence contexts. Outcomes Results: The results indicated that (i) the aphasic speakers performed better on the production and comprehension of transitives than of unaccusatives, (ii) they showed significantly lower performance on the comprehension of unaccusatives with active morphology than on unaccusatives with non-active morphology, and finally (iii) they produced transitive (S)VO structures instead of the unaccusative ones. Conclusion: We suggest, in agreement with other researchers (for example, Schwartz, Linebarger, Saffran, Pate, 1987) that aphasic individuals overuse a mapping strategy that associates the theta roles of agent and theme with syntactic subject and object respectively, as they produce transitive (S)VO structures, to a large extent, instead of unaccusatives. In addition, as they had difficulties with unaccusative verbs marked for active voice, we suggest that they could not successfully interpret unaccusative verbs with active voice morphology as non-agentive structures.
C1 [Stavrakaki, Stavroula; Bostantjopoulou, Sevasti] Univ Thessaloniki, GR-54006 Thessaloniki, Greece.
[Alexiadou, Artemis] Univ Stuttgart, Stuttgart, Germany.
[Kambanaros, Maria] Univ Cyprus, Nicosia, Cyprus.
[Katsarou, Zoe] Hippokrat Hosp Thessaloniki, Thessaloniki, Greece.
RP Stavrakaki, S (reprint author), Univ Thessaloniki, GR-54006 Thessaloniki, Greece.
EM svoula@itl.auth.gr
CR Alexiadou A, 1998, NAT LANG LINGUIST TH, V16, P491, DOI 10.1023/A:1006090432389
Alexiadou A., 2006, PHASES INTERPRETATIO, P187
Alexiadou A., 2000, J GREEK LINGUISTICS, V1, P169
ALEXIADOU A, 2008, P WCCFL, V26, P33
Anagnostopoulou E, 2004, UNACCUSATIVITY PUZZL, P114
Bastiaanse R, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V90, P198, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00432-2
Bastiaanse R, 2005, J NEUROLINGUIST, V18, P57, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2004.11.006
Bastiaanse R, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V83, P76
Bastiaanse R, 2008, J NEUROLINGUIST, V21, P104, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2006.10.006
BELLETTI A, 1988, LINGUIST INQ, V19, P1
Borer Hagit, 2005, STRUCTURING SENSE 2
Cardinaletti Anna, 1997, NEW COMP SYNTAX, P33
Catsimali G., 1996, ISSUES MODERN GREEK, P121
Chomsky N., 1981, LECT GOVT BINDING
Dragoy O, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P28, DOI 10.1080/02687030802586902
Embick D., 2004, UNACCUSATIVITY PUZZL, P137
GOODGLASS H, 1982, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R
Grodzinsky J., 1995, BRAIN LANG, V51, P469
Kim M, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V74, P1, DOI 10.1006/brin.2000.2315
Koukoulioti V, 2010, PROCD SOC BEHV, V6, P193, DOI 10.1016/j.sbspro.2010.08.096
Koukoulioti V., 2011, THESIS U THESSALONIK
Lee M, 2004, J NEUROLINGUIST, V17, P315, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(03)00062-9
Levelt W. J., 1989, SPEAKING INTENTION A
Levin B., 1995, UNACCUSATIVITY SYNTA
Luzzatti C., 2002, RIV LINGUISTICA, V14, P43
Mackridge Peter, 1997, GREEK COMPREHENSIVE
McAllister T, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P989, DOI 10.1080/02687030802669518
Menn L, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V71, P157, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2239
RADFORD A, 1997, SYNTAX MINIMALIST IN
Schwartz M. F., 1987, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V2, P85, DOI 10.1080/01690968708406352
SHAPIRO LP, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P423, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1053
Stavrakaki S., 2005, J GREEK LINGUISTICS, V6, P187, DOI 10.1075/jgl.6.10sta
Thompson CK, 2003, J NEUROLINGUIST, V16, P151, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(02)00014-3
Tsimpli I.-M., 1995, DISCOURSE CONFIGURAT, P176
NR 34
TC 2
Z9 2
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 5
BP 642
EP 668
DI 10.1080/02687038.2010.542248
PG 27
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 753SZ
UT WOS:000289801300006
ER
PT J
AU Jalil, SB
Liow, SJR
Keng, TS
AF Jalil, Sajlia Binte
Liow, Susan J. Rickard
Keng, Tng Siok
TI Semantic assessment battery for Malay-speaking adults with aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Dysphasia; Semantic processing; Language problems; Bilingual aphasia
ID COMPOUND WORDS; LEXICON PROJECT; WORKING-MEMORY; LANGUAGE;
REPRESENTATION; COMPLEXITY; DYSLEXIA
AB Background: There are no language assessment tools designed specifically for the 200 million Malay-speaking people in SE Asia so practitioners use translations or informal tests. This paper describes the development of a semantic battery in Malay, a language that differs substantially from English. Methods Procedures: The battery was developed in Singapore using a cognitive neuropsychological model of language representation and administered to three cohorts of neurologically intact adults with Malay as their first-language (N = 63, age ranges 20-40, 40-60, 60 years). The 12 subtests (6 each for nouns and verbs) cover input and output modalities (listening, reading, speaking, and spelling) and all the picture referents were standardised locally. Outcomes Results: From an initial pool of 130 items, an item analysis revealed that 52 nouns and 45 verbs (97 words) achieved 80% accuracy across subtests for first-language speakers of Malay. The normative profiles developed for each cohort suggest that educational background influenced processing abilities, especially reading and spelling skills. Conclusions: The Malay Semantic Battery provides an example of how culturally and linguistically appropriate assessment tools can be developed from first principles at minimal cost. Details of the battery will be made available to clinicians online, or through e-mail, to support their planning of targeted intervention programmes.
C1 [Jalil, Sajlia Binte; Liow, Susan J. Rickard; Keng, Tng Siok] Natl Univ Singapore, Singapore 117598, Singapore.
[Jalil, Sajlia Binte] Changi Gen Hosp, Singapore, Singapore.
RP Jalil, SB (reprint author), Natl Univ Singapore, 12 Med Dr, Singapore 117598, Singapore.
EM sajlia@gmail.com
FU Division of Graduate Medical Studies, Yong Loo Lin School of Medicine,
National University of Singapore
FX This study was supported by the Master of Science (Speech and Language
Pathology) Programme, Division of Graduate Medical Studies, Yong Loo Lin
School of Medicine, National University of Singapore
(http://www.med.nus.edu.sg/dgms/SLP.shtml). The authors are grateful to
Melvin Yap, Sara Da Silva Ramos, and two anonymous referees, for their
insightful comments on earlier drafts.
CR Andrews S, 2004, EUR J COGN PSYCHOL, V16, P285, DOI 10.1080/09541440340000123
Arevalo A, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V100, P79, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.012
AWANG S, 2004, TERAS PENDIDIKAN BAH
Baddeley A, 2003, J COMMUN DISORD, V36, P189, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(03)00019-4
Balota DA, 2007, BEHAV RES METHODS, V39, P445, DOI 10.3758/BF03193014
Bates E, 2003, PSYCHON B REV, V10, P344, DOI 10.3758/BF03196494
Behrmann M., 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH
CARAMAZZA A, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P517, DOI 10.1080/02643298808253271
CHOONG YJ, 2007, ASSESSING RECP UNPUB
Coelho CA, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P133
COLTHEART M, 2001, HDN COGNITIVE NEUROP
Coulmas F., 1996, BLACKWELL ENCY WRITI
Cuetos Fernando, 2009, Seminars in Speech and Language, V30, P187, DOI 10.1055/s-0029-1225955
Delazer M, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V61, P54, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1878
DRONKERS N, 1995, ASPECTS BILINGUAL AP
Fabbro F, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V79, P201, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2480
Field A., 2009, DISCOVERING STAT USI
FOWLER CA, 1985, MEM COGNITION, V13, P241, DOI 10.3758/BF03197687
FRANKLIN S, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P189, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248991
Gerlach C, 2002, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V14, P1230, DOI 10.1162/089892902760807221
Hillis AE, 2002, HDB ADULT LANGUAGE D
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Ivanova MV, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P544, DOI 10.1080/02687030701800784
Jalil SB, 2008, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V29, P535, DOI 10.1017/S0142716408080235
Johnston RA, 2006, VIS COGN, V13, P789, DOI 10.1080/13506280544000066
Karim N.S., 2008, TATABAHASA DEWAN EDI
Kay J, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P127, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000490
Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
Laine M., 1993, LOGOP PHONIATR VOCO, V18, P83, DOI 10.3109/14015439309101353
LEDORZE G, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V5, P1
Lee LW, 2008, ANN DYSLEXIA, V58, P37, DOI 10.1007/s11881-007-0011-0
Libben G, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V61, P30, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1876
Lim VPC, 2008, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V29, P389, DOI 10.1017/S0142716408080181
Lorenz A, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P670, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192182
Mazaux J. M., 1981, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP
Nickels L, 2008, HANDBOOK OF THE NEUROSCIENCE OF LANGUAGE, P13, DOI 10.1016/B978-0-08-045352-1.00002-1
Nickels L, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P935, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000563
Nickels L., 2000, SEMANTIC PROCESSING
Nickels L, 2004, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P57, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000122
PAYNE KT, 2006, HUMAN COMMUNICATION, P93
Rapp B., 2001, HDB COGNITIVE NEUROP
Rickard Liow S. R. J., 2004, READ WRIT, V17, P7, DOI DOI 10.1023/B:READ.0000013833.79570.DE
SANDRA D, 1990, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V42, P529
SNODGRASS JG, 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V6, P174, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.6.2.174
Swinburn K., 2004, COMPREHENSIVE APHASI
Tadmor U., 2009, WORLDS MAJOR LANGUAG, P791
TAFT M, 1975, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V14, P638, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(75)80051-X
TYE WP, 2002, THESIS NUS SINGAPORE
Whitworth A, 2005, COGNIITIVE NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL APPROACH TO ASSESSMENT AND INTERVENTION IN APHASIA: A CLINICIANS GUIDE, P1
Wright HH, 2005, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V14, P107, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2005/012)
Yap MJ, 2010, BEHAV RES METHODS, V42, P992, DOI 10.3758/BRM.42.4.992
NR 51
TC 2
Z9 2
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 4
BP 415
EP 433
DI 10.1080/02687038.2010.489259
PG 19
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 733LB
UT WOS:000288263100001
ER
PT J
AU Simos, PG
Kasselimis, D
Mouzaki, A
AF Simos, Panagiotis G.
Kasselimis, Dimitrios
Mouzaki, Angeliki
TI Age, gender, and education effects on vocabulary measures in Greek
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Boston Naming Test; Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test; WASI; Age; Gender;
Education effects
ID BOSTON NAMING TEST; NORMATIVE DATA; OLDER-ADULTS; TEST-PERFORMANCE;
INTELLIGENCE SCALE; LINE ORIENTATION; SHORT FORMS; TOKEN TEST; WAIS-R;
NORMS
AB Background: Assessment of lexical/semantic knowledgethe ability to retrieve phonological, lexical, and general (semantic) information from long term memorycan be performed with a variety of tests varying in response requirements. Aims: The present study explores the impact of demographic variables on three such tests. Methods Procedures: The Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test-Revised (PPVT-R), the Vocabulary subtest from the Wechsler Abbreviated Scale of Intelligence (WASI), and the Boston Naming Test (BNT) were used in a representative sample of 500 Greek community-dwelling adults aged 50-84 years. Outcomes Results: Education effects were generally stronger than age effects, and were strongest on the WASI. Age effects (independent of educational level) were highest for the BNT and lowest for the WASI Vocabulary. Relationships among tests and also between each vocabulary test and an index of non-verbal intelligence are also discussed.
C1 [Simos, Panagiotis G.] Univ Crete, Dept Psychol, Rethimnon 74100, Greece.
RP Simos, PG (reprint author), Univ Crete, Dept Psychol, Gallos Campus, Rethimnon 74100, Greece.
EM akis.simo@gmail.com
CR Allegri RF, 1997, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V11, P416, DOI 10.1080/13854049708400471
Altepeter T. S., 1989, J PSYCHOEDUCATIONAL, V7, P39, DOI 10.1177/073428298900700104
Au R, 1995, AGING COGNITION, V2, P300, DOI 10.1080/13825589508256605
Bell NL, 2001, J CLIN PSYCHOL, V57, P417, DOI 10.1002/jclp.1024
BOROD J C, 1980, Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology, V2, P209, DOI 10.1080/01688638008403793
Braak H, 1997, NEUROBIOL AGING, V18, P351, DOI 10.1016/S0197-4580(97)00056-0
Buckner RL, 2004, NEURON, V44, P195, DOI 10.1016/j.neuron.2004.09.006
BURKE DM, 1991, J MEM LANG, V30, P542, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(91)90026-G
Cattell R. B., 1987, INTELLIGENCE ITS STR
Cheung RW, 2004, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V10, P46, DOI 10.1017/S1355617704101069
Cruice MN, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P143
CULBERT JP, 1989, PSYCHOL SCHOOLS, V26, P331, DOI 10.1002/1520-6807(198910)26:4<331::AID-PITS2310260402>3.0.CO;2-U
Dunn L. M., 1981, PEABODY PICTURE VOCA
Dunn LM, 1997, PEABODY PICTURE VOCA
Fastenau PS, 1998, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V20, P828, DOI 10.1076/jcen.20.6.828.1105
GLENN ND, 1994, SOCIOL EDUC, V67, P216, DOI 10.2307/2112792
GRANIER JP, 2003, DISS ABSTR INT B, V63, pB3267
Hawkins KA, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1143, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000031
Heaton Robert K., 1999, Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology, V21, P572, DOI 10.1076/jcen.21.4.572.882
Hough MS, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P589, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000110
HOWIESON DB, 1993, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V10, P262
IVNIK RJ, 1992, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V6, P1, DOI DOI 10.1080/13854049208401877
IVNIK RJ, 1996, NEUROLOGY, V43, P1882
Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kent PS, 2002, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V16, P555, DOI 10.1076/clin.16.4.555.13916
Killgore WDS, 1999, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V89, P327, DOI 10.2466/PMS.89.5.327-337
Kim HH, 1999, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V21, P127, DOI 10.1076/jcen.21.1.127.942
Lansing AE, 1999, ARCH CLIN NEUROPSYCH, V14, P481, DOI 10.1016/S0887-6177(98)00022-5
Lucas JA, 2005, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V19, P243, DOI 10.1080/13854040590945337
MALEC JF, 1992, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V6, P31, DOI 10.1080/13854049208401878
Marcopulos BA, 1997, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V11, P111, DOI 10.1080/13854049708407040
Marcopulos BA, 2003, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V17, P19, DOI 10.1076/clin.17.1.19.15630
Marien P, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V65, P447, DOI 10.1006/brln.1998.2000
Messinis L, 2009, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V23, P962, DOI 10.1080/13854040902740691
NEILS J, 1995, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V38, P1143
NICHOLAS LE, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P569, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249023
NICHOLAS M, 1985, CORTEX, V21, P595
Ostrosky-Solis F, 1998, ARCH CLIN NEUROPSYCH, V13, P645, DOI 10.1016/S0887-6177(97)00094-2
Patricacou A, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P1157, DOI 10.1080/02687030600670643
Piguet O, 2001, BRAIN IMPAIRMENT, V2, P131, DOI 10.1375/brim.2.2.131
Randolph C, 1999, ARCH CLIN NEUROPSYCH, V14, P489, DOI 10.1016/S0887-6177(98)00023-7
Roberts P. M., 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P635, DOI DOI 10.1080/02687030244000220
ROSS TP, 1995, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V9, P321, DOI 10.1080/13854049508400496
ROTH D, 2004, DISS ABSTR INT B, V64, P3540
Saxton J, 2000, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V14, P526, DOI 10.1076/clin.14.4.526.7204
Schaie K W, 1980, Z Gerontol, V15, P373
Schmitt FA, 2000, NEUROLOGY, V55, P370
Schooler C., 1990, HDB PSYCHOL AGING, P347, DOI 10.1016/B978-0-12-101280-9.50027-9
Snitz BE, 2000, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V14, P181, DOI 10.1076/1385-4046(200005)14:2;1-Z;FT181
Steinberg BA, 2005, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V19, P280, DOI 10.1080/13854040590945229
TALBEIG IM, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V94, P19
Thompson L., 1989, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V3, P184, DOI 10.1080/13854048908403291
Tombaugh TN, 1997, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V19, P922, DOI 10.1080/01688639708403773
Wechsler D, 1981, WECHSLER ADULT INTEL
Wechsler D., 1997, WECHSLER ADULT INTEL, VIII
Wechsler D., 1958, MEASUREMENT APPRAISA
Wechsler D, 1999, WECHSLER ABBREVIATED
Welch LW, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V53, P260, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0047
Williams K. T., 1997, TECHNICAL REFERENCES
WORRALL LE, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P541, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248713
Zec RF, 2007, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P587, DOI 10.1080/13854040701220028
ZEC RF, 1995, EXP GERONTOL, V30, P431, DOI 10.1016/0531-5565(94)00066-C
NR 62
TC 6
Z9 6
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 4
BP 475
EP 491
DI 10.1080/02687038.2010.512118
PG 17
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 733LB
UT WOS:000288263100004
ER
PT J
AU Simos, PG
Kasselimis, D
Mouzaki, A
AF Simos, Panagiotis G.
Kasselimis, Dimitrios
Mouzaki, Angeliki
TI Effects of demographic variables and health status on brief vocabulary
measures in Greek
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Boston Naming Test; Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test; WASI; Lexical
ability; Ageing; Health
ID BOSTON NAMING TEST; NORMATIVE DATA; OLDER-ADULTS; COGNITIVE IMPAIRMENT;
ALZHEIMERS-DISEASE; TEST-PERFORMANCE; ALTERNATE FORMS; NORMS; EDUCATION;
GENDER
AB Background: Assessment of lexical/semantic knowledge is essential on a number of diagnostic situations. Since more than one test is typically required, brief assessments would be useful as part of an extensive neuropsychological battery. Aims: The present study reports the effects of demographic variables and reported health status on performance on the short forms of three such tests adapted into Greek. Methods Procedures: Tests used were PPVT-R, WASI Vocabulary subtest, and BNT. The sample consisted of 468 community-dwelling adults aged 50-84 years. Outcomes Results: Short forms consisted of 32 items for the PPVT-R, 15 items for WASI Vocabulary, and 20 items for BNT. Correlation coefficients between full and short forms ranged between .95 and .97. Total rate of inconsistent classification of persons with very low scores (lower than 2 SD below the population mean) based on the short forms was less than 3%, highlighting adequate potential sensitivity for clinical purposes. The equivalence of the two versions of each test was further attested by similar patterns of relationships with demographic variables. Indices of internal consistency and test-retest reliability were very good for each of the three tests. Finally, the sensitivity of the short forms of each test for detecting lexical/semantic deterioration as a function of systemic diseases is discussed.
C1 [Simos, Panagiotis G.] Univ Crete, Dept Psychol, Rethimnon 74100, Greece.
RP Simos, PG (reprint author), Univ Crete, Dept Psychol, Gallos Campus, Rethimnon 74100, Greece.
EM akis.simos@gmail.com
CR Allard J, 2003, INT J GERIATR PSYCH, V18, P874, DOI 10.1002/gps.891
Asimakopoulou KG, 2002, DIABETIC MED, V19, P311, DOI 10.1046/j.1464-5491.2002.00680.x
Au R, 1995, AGING COGNITION, V2, P300, DOI 10.1080/13825589508256605
BOROD J C, 1980, Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology, V2, P209, DOI 10.1080/01688638008403793
Braak H, 1997, NEUROBIOL AGING, V18, P351, DOI 10.1016/S0197-4580(97)00056-0
BRETELER MMB, 1994, BRIT MED J, V308, P1604
Buckner RL, 2004, NEURON, V44, P195, DOI 10.1016/j.neuron.2004.09.006
Cosway R, 2001, DIABETIC MED, V18, P803, DOI 10.1046/j.1464-5491.2001.00577.x
Cox DJ, 2005, DIABETES CARE, V28, P71, DOI 10.2337/diacare.28.1.71
Dunn L. M., 1981, PEABODY PICTURE VOCA
Fastenau PS, 1998, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V20, P828, DOI 10.1076/jcen.20.6.828.1105
Fontbonne A, 2001, DIABETES CARE, V24, P366, DOI 10.2337/diacare.24.2.366
FRANZEN MD, 1995, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V9, P225, DOI 10.1080/13854049508400484
GOURNAS G, 1992, EUR ARCH PSY CLIN N, V242, P127, DOI 10.1007/BF02191560
Hawkins KA, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1143, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000031
Heaton Robert K., 1999, Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology, V21, P572, DOI 10.1076/jcen.21.4.572.882
IVNIK RJ, 1996, NEUROLOGY, V43, P1882
Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kent PS, 2002, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V16, P555, DOI 10.1076/clin.16.4.555.13916
Lansing AE, 1999, ARCH CLIN NEUROPSYCH, V14, P481, DOI 10.1016/S0887-6177(98)00022-5
Larrain CM, 1998, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V12, P525, DOI 10.1076/clin.12.4.525.7243
Lucas JA, 2005, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V19, P243, DOI 10.1080/13854040590945337
MACK WJ, 1992, J GERONTOL, V47, pP154
MALEC JF, 1992, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V6, P31, DOI 10.1080/13854049208401878
Marcopulos BA, 1997, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V11, P111, DOI 10.1080/13854049708407040
Messinis L, 2009, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V23, P962, DOI 10.1080/13854040902740691
Papadopoulos FC, 2005, INT J GERIATR PSYCH, V20, P350, DOI 10.1002/gps.1288
Paterniti S, 2002, J CLIN PSYCHOPHARM, V22, P285, DOI 10.1097/00004714-200206000-00009
Paterniti S, 1999, PSYCHOL MED, V29, P421, DOI 10.1017/S0033291798008010
Piguet O, 2001, BRAIN IMPAIRMENT, V2, P131, DOI 10.1375/brim.2.2.131
Radanovic M, 2004, ARQ NEURO-PSIQUIAT, V62, P51, DOI 10.1590/S0004-282X2004000100009
Randolph C, 1999, ARCH CLIN NEUROPSYCH, V14, P489, DOI 10.1016/S0887-6177(98)00023-7
RIPICH DN, 1995, NEUROLOGY, V45, P299
ROSS TP, 1995, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V9, P321, DOI 10.1080/13854049508400496
Saxton J, 2000, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V14, P526, DOI 10.1076/clin.14.4.526.7204
Schaie K W, 1980, Z Gerontol, V15, P373
Schmitt FA, 2000, NEUROLOGY, V55, P370
Schooler C., 1990, HDB PSYCHOL AGING, P347, DOI 10.1016/B978-0-12-101280-9.50027-9
SIMOS PG, 2010, APHASIOLOGY
Stewart R, 1999, DIABETIC MED, V16, P93, DOI 10.1046/j.1464-5491.1999.00027.x
Tombaugh TN, 1997, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V19, P922, DOI 10.1080/01688639708403773
Wechsler D, 1981, WECHSLER ADULT INTEL
Wechsler D., 1997, WECHSLER ADULT INTEL, VIII
Wechsler D., 1958, MEASUREMENT APPRAISA
Wechsler D, 1999, WECHSLER ABBREVIATED
Welch LW, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V53, P260, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0047
WORRALL LE, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P541, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248713
Zec RF, 2007, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P587, DOI 10.1080/13854040701220028
ZEC RF, 1995, EXP GERONTOL, V30, P431, DOI 10.1016/0531-5565(94)00066-C
NR 49
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 4
BP 492
EP 504
DI 10.1080/02687038.2010.512120
PG 13
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 733LB
UT WOS:000288263100005
ER
PT J
AU Salis, C
AF Salis, Christos
TI Understanding of auditory discourse in older adults: The effects of
syntax and working memory
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Discourse; Comprehension; Syntax; Ageing; Working memory
ID SENTENCE COMPREHENSION; LANGUAGE COMPREHENSION; PROSE RECALL;
AGE-DIFFERENCES; ELDERLY ADULTS; INFORMATION; CAPACITY; COMPLEXITY;
SPEED
AB Background: As people age, language-processing ability changes. While several factors modify discourse comprehension ability in older adults, syntactic complexity of auditory discourse has received scant attention. This is despite the widely researched domain of syntactic processing of single sentences in older adults. Aims: The aims of this study were to investigate the ability of healthy older adults to understand stories that differed in syntactic complexity, and its relation to working memory. Methods Procedures: A total of 51 healthy adults (divided into three age groups) took part. They listened to brief stories (syntactically simple and syntactically complex) and had to respond to false/true comprehension probes following each story. Working memory capacity (digit span, forward and backward) was also measured. Outcomes Results: Differences were found in the ability of healthy older adults to understand simple and complex discourse. The complex discourse in particular was more sensitive in discerning age-related language patterns. Only the complex discourse task correlated moderately with age. There was no correlation between age and simple discourse. As far as working memory is concerned, moderate correlations were found between working memory and complex discourse. Education did not correlate with discourse, neither simple, nor complex. Conclusions: Older adults may be less efficient in forming syntactically complex representations and this may be influenced by limitations in working memory.
C1 Univ Reading, Sch Psychol & Clin Language Sci, Reading RG6 6AL, Berks, England.
RP Salis, C (reprint author), Univ Reading, Sch Psychol & Clin Language Sci, Reading RG6 6AL, Berks, England.
EM c.salis@reading.ac.uk
CR Baddeley A, 2003, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V4, P829, DOI 10.1038/nrn1201
Beaman CP, 2010, CURR ANTHROPOL, V51, pS27, DOI 10.1086/650297
Bryan J, 1999, AUST PSYCHOL, V34, P132, DOI 10.1080/00050069908257442
Burke DM, 1997, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V352, P1845
BUTTERWORTH B, 1989, A J EXPT PSYCHOL A, V38, P705
CAPLAN D, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P206, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90012-6
Caplan D, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P77
CARAMAZZA A, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P572, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90048-1
Christianson K, 2006, DISCOURSE PROCESS, V42, P205, DOI 10.1207/s15326950dp4202_6
COHEN G, 1981, COGNITION, V9, P59, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(81)90014-7
COHEN G, 1981, DISCOURSE PROCESS, V4, P253
COHEN G, 1979, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V11, P412, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(79)90019-7
Craik Fergus I. M., 2008, HDB AGING COGNITION
DAVIS GA, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V32, P143
EDWARDS S, 2008, AC APH M TURK FINL
Engle R. W., 2005, COGNITIVE LIMITATION
ERICSSON KA, 1995, PSYCHOL REV, V102, P211, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.102.2.211
Ferreira F, 2003, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V47, P164, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0285(03)00005-7
FERREIRA F, 1986, J MEM LANG, V25, P348, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(86)90006-9
Ferreira F, 2007, LANGUAGE LINGUISTICS, V1, P71, DOI DOI 10.1111/J.1749-818X.2007.00007.X
FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6
HOLLAND A, 1990, P RES S COMM SCI DIS, P35
HOWARD D, 1995, BROKEN MEMORIES CASE, P285
JURDEN FH, 1992, J GENET PSYCHOL, V153, P275
JUST MA, 1992, PSYCHOL REV, V99, P122, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.99.1.122
Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
KEMPER S, 1999, CONSTRAINTS LANGUAGE
KEMPER S, 1987, EXP AGING RES, V13, P47
KEMPER S, 1986, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V7, P277, DOI 10.1017/S0142716400007578
LIGHT LL, 1985, J GERONTOL, V40, P737
MACDONALD C, 1992, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V24, P56
Mackenzie C, 2000, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V14, P151, DOI 10.1080/026992000298887
Martin R., 1994, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V8, P506, DOI [10.1037/0894-4105.8.4.506, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.8.4.506]
MARTIN RC, 1994, J MEM LANG, V33, P83, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1994.1005
MIYAKE A, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V11, P671, DOI 10.1080/02643299408251989
Murphy DR, 2006, PSYCHOL AGING, V21, P49, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.21.1.49
NORMAN S, 1992, J GERONTOL, V47, pP258
NORMAN S, 1991, J GERONTOL, V46, pP346
OBLER LK, 1991, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V12, P433, DOI 10.1017/S0142716400005865
Radvansky GA, 2003, PSYCHOL AGING, V18, P161, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.18.1.161
Rochon E, 2000, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V43, P395
Romani C, 1999, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V128, P56, DOI 10.1037/0096-3445.128.1.56
Salis C, 2009, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V11, P461, DOI 10.3109/17549500903089952
SLOBIN DI, 1966, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V5, P219, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(66)80023-3
Stine E. A., 1990, EUROPEAN J COGNITIVE, V2, P289, DOI 10.1080/09541449008406209
Stine E L, 1986, Psychol Aging, V1, P303, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.1.4.303
STINE EAL, 1990, J GERONTOL, V45, pP1
Townsend David J., 2001, SENTENCE COMPREHENSI
ULATOWSKA HK, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V28, P24, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90088-X
Waldstein R., 1992, J SPEECH LANGUAGE PA, V6, P217
Waters G, 2005, MEMORY, V13, P403, DOI 10.1080/09658210344000459
Waters GS, 2003, BEHAV RES METH INS C, V35, P550, DOI 10.3758/BF03195534
Waters GS, 2001, PSYCHOL AGING, V16, P128, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.16.1.128
Zacks R, 1997, J GERONTOL B-PSYCHOL, V52, pP274
ZACKS RT, 1987, J GERONTOL, V42, P418
NR 55
TC 0
Z9 0
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 4
BP 529
EP 539
DI 10.1080/02687038.2010.527998
PG 11
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 733LB
UT WOS:000288263100007
ER
PT J
AU Sacchett, C
Black, M
AF Sacchett, Carol
Black, Maria
TI Drawing as a window to event conceptualisation: Evidence from two people
with aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Drawing; Event conceptualisation; Severe aphasia
ID VERB RETRIEVAL; THERAPY; IMPAIRMENTS; THINKING; LANGUAGE; SPEAKING;
WORKING
AB Background: There is growing interest in how problems with othinking for speakingo (Slobin, 1996) interact with language impairment in aphasia (Marshall, 2009). Evidence to date has come from language production tasks, or from non-linguistic input-focused tasks that bear little relation to the processes involved in event communication. The current study describes a novel approach using a non-linguistic communication task, the Event Drawing Task, to investigate event conceptualisation in two people with aphasia, only one of whom is hypothesised to have problems at this level. Aims: The study aims to identify similarities and differences between the event drawing performance of the two aphasic participants and a group of 12 non-brain-damaged controls. Intact event conceptualisation (participant oBobo) would predict a similar performance to controls, while event conceptualisation problems (participant oJacko) would predict differences from control performance. Methods Procedures: oBobo and oJacko both had severe nonfluent aphasia resulting from a single stroke. A number of background language and event-processing assessments were carried out to gain a profile of their abilities. The Event Drawing Task required participants to communicate 32 short video clips of events using only drawing. Five theoretically motivated analyses were performed on the data from the Event Drawing Task, which targeted specific aspects of event conceptualisation. Patterns within control performance were identified, which formed the basis for detailed comparison with the performance of the two people with aphasia. Outcomes Results: As predicted, Bob's performance on the Event Drawing Task mirrored that of controls in all analyses, while Jack's performance differed widely from the controls' on a number of parameters. Importantly, characteristics of Jack's event drawing performance provide further evidence for an event conceptualisation impairment. Conclusions: The findings confirm that event conceptualisation problems may be an additional source of deficit in aphasia. Furthermore, they suggest that these problems are likely to affect non-linguistic, as well as linguistic, forms of communication. This has both theoretical and clinical implications. It suggests that we need to consider othinking for communicationo more generally, in both the assessment and remediation of severe aphasia.
C1 [Sacchett, Carol] UCL, Dept Language & Commun, Div Psychol & Language Sci, London WC1N 1PF, England.
RP Sacchett, C (reprint author), UCL, Dept Language & Commun, Div Psychol & Language Sci, Chandler House,2 Wakefield St, London WC1N 1PF, England.
EM c.sacchett@ucl.ac.uk
FU Tavistock Trust for Aphasia
FX This study was undertaken whilst the first author was in receipt of a
research fellowship from The Tavistock Trust for Aphasia. We are
grateful to Mike Coleman, Division of Psychology and Language Science,
University College London, for his help with the preparation of the
Event Drawing Task. We also thank the 12 control participants and "Bob"
and "Jack", who gave up their time to take part in the study.
CR BEESON PM, 2000, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V7, P10
Berndt RS, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P107
Berndt RS, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P68
Black M, 2003, LINGUISTICS CLIN
BLACK M, 2000, SEMANTIC PROCESSING, P52
BROOKS J, 2008, STUDY EVALUATE CONTR
BYNG S, 1999, SENTENCE PROCESSING
BYNG S, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P315, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248663
Cairns D, 2007, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V22, P201, DOI 10.1080/01690960500489644
CAIRNS D, 2006, THESIS CITY U LONDON
Chatterjee A, 1999, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V37, P395, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(98)00108-0
Conroy P, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P1159, DOI 10.1080/02687030600792009
Dean MP, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P521, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000001
DIPPER L, 1999, THESIS U COLL LONDON
Dipper LT, 2005, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V20, P417, DOI 10.1080/01690960444000089
Druks J., 2000, OBJECT ACTION NAMING
Druks J, 2002, J NEUROLINGUIST, V15, P289, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(01)00029-X
GARRETT M, 1992, COGNITION, V42, P143, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90042-G
Garrett M. F., 1980, LANGUAGE PRODUCTION, V1
Gershkoff-Stowe L, 2002, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V45, P375, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0285(02)00502-9
Edwards S, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P99, DOI 10.1080/02687039808250466
KAY J, 1991, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
Kemmerer D, 2003, NEUROCASE, V9, P421, DOI 10.1076/neur.9.5.421.16551
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
LAWSON R, 1999, APHASIA THERAPY FILE, V1
Levelt W. J., 1989, SPEAKING INTENTION A
Levelt W. J. M., 1999, NEUROCOGNITION LANGU
LYON JG, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P33, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248687
Maass A, 2003, PSYCHOL SCI, V14, P296, DOI 10.1111/1467-9280.14421
Marshall J, 2003, J NEUROLINGUIST, V16, P67, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(02)00009-X
Marshall J, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P1009, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000218
MARSHALL J, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P177, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249505
MARSHALL J, 1999, SENTENCE PROCESSING
Marshall J, 2009, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V44, P1, DOI 10.1080/13682820802683507
Rumble E, 1998, Int J Lang Commun Disord, V33 Suppl, P218
SACCHETT C, 2007, APHASIA THERAPY FILE, V2
SACCHETT C, 2005, THESIS U COLL LONDON
Sacchett C, 1999, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V34, P265, DOI 10.1080/136828299247414
Slobin Dan Isaac, 1996, RETHINKING LINGUISTI, P70
Sutton A., 2002, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V18, P192, DOI DOI 10.1080/0743461
TVERSKY B, 1997, REAS DIAGR REPR 1997, P116
Van Sommers P., 1984, DRAWING COGNITION
VANSOMMERS P, 1989, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V6, P117, DOI 10.1080/02643298908253416
VARLEY R, 2000, SEMANTIC PROCESSING
Vigliocco G, 2005, P ROY SOC B-BIOL SCI, V272, P1859, DOI 10.1098/rspb.2005.3169
Webster J, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P47, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000481
NR 46
TC 2
Z9 2
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 1
BP 3
EP 26
DI 10.1080/02687031003714459
PG 24
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 714TK
UT WOS:000286831700001
ER
PT J
AU Bhatnagar, SC
Buckingham, HW
Puglisi-Creegan, S
Hacein-Bey, L
AF Bhatnagar, Subhash C.
Buckingham, Hugh W.
Puglisi-Creegan, Santina
Hacein-Bey, Lotfi
TI Crossed aphasia in a patient with congenital lesion in the right
hemisphere
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Atypical lateralisation; Crossed aphasia; Congenital lesion; Language
lateralisation; AVM rupture; Handedness
ID CEREBRAL ORGANIZATION; LEFT-HANDERS; SPEECH; LATERALIZATION; HYPOTHESIS;
DOMINANCE; DEXTRALS; REPRESENTATION; MECHANISMS; HEMORRHAGE
AB Background: Described over 100 years ago by Bramwell (1899) as an example of atypical cerebral dominance, crossed aphasia is a clinical condition where a lesion in the right hemisphere in a right-handed person leads to aphasia. Occurring worldwide only in a few cases, it is not known what initially leads to the ontogenetic lateralisation of language to the right brain. However, we know that certain kinds of pre-existing congenital lesions in the brain, in utero or post-partum, can usually impact the language lateralisation such that it develops in the opposite hemisphere. Aims: We present neurolinguistic data from a right-handed patient with crossed aphasia, who had an atypical subcortical crossed aphasia marked with a fractionated lateralisation of functions. Early in her life she had an unsuspected, pre-existing congenital (subcortical AVM) abnormality in the right hemisphere. Methods Procedures: Clinical data in this single-participant study was obtained from a 20-year-old female who was seen for an evaluation of her residual language functions at a university speech and hearing clinic after her ruptured right subcortical AVM. The participant was reassessed 5 years after the first examination and also received treatment for impaired verbal output. Data taken from two diagnostic evaluations are compared and discussed. Outcomes Results: The patient's language nonetheless lateralised to the right hemisphere without any obvious consequence of the subcortical AVM. This would not be puzzling since a silently sitting AVM itself may not generally interfere with lateralisation. However our participant exhibited an atypical allocation of functions. The left hemisphere appeared to have lost its dominance for speech to the right hemisphere, while it nevertheless maintained the limb praxis control, since the participant was right-handed from the outset. Interestingly the right hemispheric inherent visuospatial functions remained unimpaired, while its paralinguistic functions were impaired to a certain extent. Conclusions: We present evidence of an atypical language-cognitive lateralisation in crossed aphasia in a participant with a congenital (subcortical AVM) abnormality in the right hemisphere. We discuss the mechanisms that might have contributed to the atypical allocation of the functions.
C1 [Bhatnagar, Subhash C.; Puglisi-Creegan, Santina] Marquette Univ, Milwaukee, WI 53201 USA.
[Buckingham, Hugh W.] Louisiana State Univ, Baton Rouge, LA 70803 USA.
[Hacein-Bey, Lotfi] Sutter Neurosci Inst, Sacramento, CA USA.
RP Bhatnagar, SC (reprint author), Marquette Univ, 223 Cramer Hall, Milwaukee, WI 53201 USA.
EM subhash.bhatnagar@marquette.edu
CR ALEXANDER MP, 1989, HDB NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V2, P47
Alexander MP, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V55, P213, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0102
ALEXANDER MP, 1980, NEUROLOGY, V30, P1193
ALEXANDER MP, 1989, BRAIN, V112, P953, DOI 10.1093/brain/112.4.953
Annett M., 1985, LEFT RIGHT HAND BRAI
BHATNAGAR S, 2006, ANN M AC APH VICT BC
BOLLER F, 1973, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V11, P243, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(73)90015-8
BRAMWELL B, 1899, LANCET 0603, P803
Broca Paul, 1865, B SOC ANTHROPOL PAR, V6, P337
BROWN JW, 1976, NEUROLOGY, V26, P183
BROWN JW, 1973, NEUROLOGY, V32, P492
BROWNELL HH, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V18, P20, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90002-0
CARR MS, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V14, P190, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90075-4
Coppens P, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V83, P425, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00510-2
COPPENS P, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P585, DOI 10.1080/02687039208249493
CROVITZ HF, 1962, AM J PSYCHOL, V75, P271, DOI 10.2307/1419611
De Renzi E, 1982, DISORDERS SPACE EXPL
Duchowny M, 1996, ANN NEUROL, V40, P31, DOI 10.1002/ana.410400108
FISCHER S, 1971, BRAIN, V114, P245
GESCHWIND N, 1985, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V42, P428
GESCHWIND N, 1975, AM SCI, V63, P188
HABIB M, 1983, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V21, P413, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(83)90029-5
Harrington Anne, 1987, MED MIND DOUBLE BRAI
HARRIS LJ, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V40, P1, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90115-H
Hécaen H, 1971, Cortex, V7, P19
HECAEN H, 1971, REV NEUROL, V124, P319
HECAEN H, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V12, P261, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90018-3
HEILMAN KM, 1973, BRAIN, V96, P21, DOI 10.1093/brain/96.1.21
HEILMAN KM, 1980, NEUROLOGY, V30, P327
Hickok G, 2000, TRENDS COGN SCI, V4, P131, DOI 10.1016/S1364-6613(00)01463-7
JOANETTE Y, 1982, REV NEUROL-FRANCE, V138, P575
Lenneberg E., 1967, BIOL FDN LANGUAGE
Maeshima S, 2001, BRAIN INJURY, V15, P927
Marien P, 2001, EUR J NEUROL, V8, P643, DOI 10.1046/j.1468-1331.2001.00319.x
Osmon DC, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V63, P426, DOI 10.1006/brln.1998.1962
Ozeren A, 1998, ACTA NEUROL BELG, V98, P204
Penfield W, 1959, SPEECH BRAIN MECH
Rasmussen T, 1977, Ann N Y Acad Sci, V299, P355, DOI 10.1111/j.1749-6632.1977.tb41921.x
Ross E. D, 1985, PRINCIPLES BEHAV NEU, P239
SAPIR S, 1986, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V51, P172
SATZ P, 1979, SCIENCE, V203, P1131, DOI 10.1126/science.424744
SCHWEIGER A, 1996, BRAIN DAM B, P263
SEDDOH A, 2010, INTONATION DIS UNPUB
SEDDOH A, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P683
SELNES OA, 1991, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V54, P734, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.54.8.734
SHEEHY L, 2006, NEUROPHYSIOLOGY APR, P11
SHINICHIRO M, 2001, BRAIN INJURY, V15, P927
Staudt M, 2001, NEUROLOGY, V57, P122
WADA J, 1960, J NEUROSURG, V17, P266, DOI 10.3171/jns.1960.17.2.0266
WAPNER W, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V14, P15, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90061-4
YAMADORI A, 1992, J NEUROLINGUIST, V7, P187, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(92)90002-E
YAMANAGA H, 1982, NEUROLOGICAL MED, V17, P500
YARNELL PR, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V12, P128, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90009-2
NR 53
TC 0
Z9 0
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 1
BP 27
EP 42
DI 10.1080/02687031003615243
PG 16
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 714TK
UT WOS:000286831700002
ER
PT J
AU Laures-Gore, J
Marshall, RS
Verner, E
AF Laures-Gore, Jacqueline
Marshall, Rebecca Shisler
Verner, Erin
TI Performance of individuals with left hemisphere stroke and aphasia and
individuals with right brain damage on forward and backward digit span
tasks
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Working memory; Aphasia; Right brain damage; Digits forward span; Digits
backward span
ID SHORT-TERM-MEMORY; DISCOURSE COMPREHENSION IMPAIRMENT; SPATIAL
WORKING-MEMORY; CONDUCTION APHASIA; SENTENCE COMPREHENSION; INFERENCING
PROCESSES; AMBIGUITY RESOLUTION; RESOURCE-ALLOCATION; PROCESSING
DEMANDS; EXECUTIVE CONTROL
AB Background: Working memory (WM) limitations have been suggested as a significant source of the linguistic processing deficits observed in individuals with aphasia (IWA). Digits forward (DF) and digits backward (DB) span tasks are frequently used to study WM in both healthy and clinical populations. Unfortunately only a handful of studies have explored digit span in IWA. Aims: The purpose of the current study is to measure the DF and DB spans of IWA and compare their digit spans to a group with right brain damage, but no aphasia (RBD). Additionally, DF and DB span is compared within each group to determine if there is indeed a performance differential that may support the idea that DB is a more difficult WM task in these populations. Methods Procedures: A total of 17 IWA and 14 individuals with RBD participated in a DF and DB span task. Modifications to the span tasks were implemented to accommodate language deficits. A series of two digits were orally presented to each participant continuing to a maximum of eight digits. There were seven trials per digit series. Participants were asked to point to the correct order of digits on a written one- to nine-digit list provided on individual note cards or to verbally repeat the numbers if the participant was able to do so. Outcomes Results: IWA demonstrated shorter digit spans than the RBD group. Both groups performed worse on the DB span tasks than the DF span tasks. Conclusions: The results are consistent with previous studies suggesting that DB span is shorter than DF span in other populations and that there are differences in performance on digit span tasks between the two groups. The differences between RBD group and IWA may be explained by decreased attentional capacity or inefficient resource allocation in IWA, or alternatively, a deficient phonological loop. Future studies should explore these possibilities.
C1 [Laures-Gore, Jacqueline] Georgia State Univ, Dept Educ Psychol & Special Educ, Commun Disorders Program, Atlanta, GA 30303 USA.
[Marshall, Rebecca Shisler] Univ Georgia, Athens, GA 30602 USA.
RP Laures-Gore, J (reprint author), Georgia State Univ, Dept Educ Psychol & Special Educ, Commun Disorders Program, POB 3979, Atlanta, GA 30303 USA.
EM jlaures@gsu.edu
FU NIH [R03 DC006177]
FX This study was supported by NIH R03 DC006177. The authors would like to
thank the following speech-language pathologists for their aid in
participant recruitment: Winn Hill, Scott Russell, Julie Bonner,
Michelle Cooper, Amy Dryver, Amy Samuelson, Cheryl Stewart, and Tracey
Wallace. Additional gratitude is extended to the participants. We are
also appreciative of the time and work of the reviewers and Alexandra
Basilakos in the revision process.
CR ARCHIBALD TM, 1968, BRAIN, V91, P117
BABCOCK RL, 1990, PSYCHOL AGING, V5, P421, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.5.3.421
Baddeley A, 2000, TRENDS COGN SCI, V4, P417, DOI 10.1016/S1364-6613(00)01538-2
BADDELEY A, 1992, SCIENCE, V255, P556, DOI 10.1126/science.1736359
Baddeley Alan, 1996, Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology Section A Human Experimental Psychology, V49, P5, DOI 10.1080/027249896392784
Baddeley A, 2003, J COMMUN DISORD, V36, P189, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(03)00019-4
Baddeley A. D., 1986, WORKING MEMORY
Baddeley AD, 1974, PSYCHOL LEARN MOTIV, P647
Beeman M, 1998, RIGHT HEMISPHERE LANGUAGE COMPREHENSION, P255
BEESON PM, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P253, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1045
BLACK FW, 1978, CORTEX, V14, P12
BLACK FW, 1986, J CLIN PSYCHOL, V42, P770, DOI 10.1002/1097-4679(198609)42:5<770::AID-JCLP2270420516>3.0.CO;2-P
Blake ML, 2009, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V52, P373, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2009/07-0172)
Blake ML, 2009, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V52, P359, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2009/07-0012)
BROWNELL H, 1998, RIGHT HEMISPHERE LAN, P255
Caplan D, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P114, DOI 10.1017/S0140525X99441780
CARAMAZZA A, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V14, P235, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90078-X
Caspari I, 1998, BRAIN COGNITION, V37, P205, DOI 10.1006/brcg.1997.0970
Collette F, 2002, NEUROSCI BIOBEHAV R, V26, P105, DOI 10.1016/S0149-7634(01)00063-X
Connor Lisa Tabor, 2000, Seminars in Speech and Language, V21, P109
COSTA L D, 1975, Cortex, V11, P31
DEAL JL, 1979, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P30
D'Esposito M, 1998, COGNITIVE BRAIN RES, V7, P1, DOI 10.1016/S0926-6410(98)00004-4
Dick F, 2001, PSYCHOL REV, V108, P759, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.108.4.759
EISENSON J, 1962, LANG SPEECH, V5, P49
Engle RW, 1999, MODELS WORKING MEMOR, P102, DOI DOI 10.1016/S0079-7421(03)44005-X
Heilbronner R L, 1991, Arch Clin Neuropsychol, V6, P251, DOI 10.1016/0887-6177(91)90002-Q
FLEXSER AJ, 1978, PSYCHOL REV, V85, P153, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.85.3.153
Friedmann N, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V86, P23, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00530-8
Gainotti G, 1994, Int J Neurosci, V78, P9
HANLEY JR, 1991, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V43, P101
HEILMAN KM, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P201, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90017-1
Hester RL, 2004, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V10, P475, DOI 10.1017/S1355617704104037
JONIDES J, 1993, NATURE, V363, P623, DOI 10.1038/363623a0
JUST M, 1992, PSYCHOL REV, V99, P1
Kahneman D., 1973, ATTENTION EFFORT
KAPUR S, 1994, NEUROREPORT, V5, P2193, DOI 10.1097/00001756-199410270-00051
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Lehman MT, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P771, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249572
Lehman-Blake MT, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P639, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2001/052)
Lezak M. D., 1995, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL A, V3rd
Martin N, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P464, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2003.12.004
Martin N, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V71, P149, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2237
MARTIN RC, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V32, P159, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90122-2
MCFIE L, 1969, HDB CLIN NEUROLOGY, V4, P1
MCNEIL MR, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V20, P21
Mecklinger A, 1999, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V21, P606
MIYAKE A, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V11, P671, DOI 10.1080/02643299408251989
Murray LL, 2004, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V12, pXXV
Murray LL, 1997, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V40, P792
MYERS PS, 2008, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P963
Myerson J, 2003, AGING NEUROPSYCHOL C, V10, P20, DOI 10.1076/anec.10.1.20.13454
Newcombe F., 1969, MISSILE WOUNDS BRAIN
Norman D. A, 1986, CONSCIOUSNESS SELF R, P1
OSTRIN RK, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V28, P328, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90109-4
OSTROSKYSOLIS F, 2006, INT J PSYCHOL, V41, P331
PAULESU E, 1993, NATURE, V362, P342, DOI 10.1038/362342a0
Philipose LE, 2007, BEHAV NEUROL, V18, P37
PIMENTAL PA, 2000, MINIINVENTORY RIGHT, V2
PLUTH S, 2003, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V9, P135
Prabhakaran V, 2000, NAT NEUROSCI, V3, P85, DOI 10.1038/71156
Ronnberg J, 1996, SCAND J PSYCHOL, V37, P46, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9450.1996.tb00638.x
ROTHI LJ, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V12, P347, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90024-9
Rypma B, 2000, NAT NEUROSCI, V3, P509, DOI 10.1038/74889
Rypma B, 1999, NEUROIMAGE, V9, P216, DOI 10.1006/nimg.1998.0404
SAFFRAN EM, 1975, BRAIN LANG, V2, P420, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(75)80081-2
Sakurai Y, 1998, J NEUROL SCI, V154, P182, DOI 10.1016/S0022-510X(97)00227-X
Slansky BL, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P461, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248484
Smith EE, 1996, CEREB CORTEX, V6, P11, DOI 10.1093/cercor/6.1.11
The Psychological Corporation, 2002, WAIS 3 WMS 3 TECHN M
Tompkins C. A., 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P559, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000202
Tompkins CA, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P119, DOI 10.1080/02687030601040861
Tompkins CA, 2000, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V43, P62
Tompkins CA, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P400, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2001/033)
Tompkins CA, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P1016, DOI 10.1080/02687030802588858
TOMPKINS CA, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1
Tompkins CA, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P204, DOI 10.1080/02687030601125019
Tompkins CA, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P725
TOMPKINS CA, 1994, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V37, P896
TSENG CH, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P276, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1046
TURNER ML, 1989, J MEM LANG, V28, P127, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(89)90040-5
VALLAR G, 1984, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V1, P121, DOI 10.1080/02643298408252018
Ween JE, 1996, NEUROLOGY, V47, P795
WEINBERG J, 1972, J CLIN PSYCHOL, V28, P361, DOI 10.1002/1097-4679(197207)28:3+<361::AID-JCLP2270280315>3.0.CO;2-5
Wilde NJ, 2004, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V26, P539, DOI 10.1080/13803390490496605
Wright H. H., 2003, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V9, P302
Wright HH, 2005, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V14, P107, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2005/012)
Yasuda K, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V75, P399, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2377
NR 88
TC 8
Z9 8
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 1
BP 43
EP 56
DI 10.1080/02687031003714426
PG 14
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 714TK
UT WOS:000286831700003
ER
PT J
AU Sung, JE
McNeil, MR
Pratt, SR
Dickey, MW
Fassbinder, W
Szuminsky, NJ
Kim, A
Doyle, PJ
AF Sung, Jee Eun
McNeil, Malcolm R.
Pratt, Sheila R.
Dickey, Michael Walsh
Fassbinder, Wiltrud
Szuminsky, Neil J.
Kim, Aelee
Doyle, Patrick J.
TI Real-time processing in reading sentence comprehension for normal adult
individuals and persons with aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Online processing in reading sentence comprehension; Linguistic
integration; Adjective padding
ID WORKING-MEMORY; COMPLEXITY; CAPACITY; DISSOCIATION; PERFORMANCE; LOAD
AB Background: Persons with aphasia (PWA) have shown difficulties in integrating linguistic materials over time and distance in sentence processing. However, few studies have investigated sentence-processing difficulties among PWA as reflected in online processing measures. Furthermore, relatively few studies have examined the online processing of syntactically simple but computationally demanding sentences among PWA. Such sentences are important from the perspective of resource-related theories of aphasic language deficits, which predict that such sentences should be challenging for PWA even if the syntactic structures involved are not. Aims: The purpose of the study was to investigate the sentence-level online reading times of normal adult individuals (NAI) and PWA by word category and as a function of adjective padding. It was assumed that head nouns entail greater processing costs than determiners because they represent the point at which integration of material within a noun phrase must take place. It was also assumed that increasing adjectival padding within a noun phrase requires more integration and creates greater processing costs. Methods Procedures: A total of 30 NAI and 30 PWA participated in the current study. Sentence stimuli were obtained from the Computerised Revised Token Test (CRTT) (McNeil et al., 2008). Sentences were presented using a non-cumulative (Word Fade = WF) self-paced word-by-word reading method (CRTT-R-WF). Reading times for the determiners and the correct nouns were analysed. Outcomes Results: Both groups showed significantly longer reading times for the nouns than for determiners and in two-adjective than in one-adjective conditions. Furthermore, the reading times for the two-adjective condition were significantly longer than the one-adjective condition for nouns but not determiners across the groups. The PWA exhibited significantly longer overall reading times, as well as significantly longer reading times on the nouns than the NAI. Conclusions: Increased linguistic integration costsimposed by greater amounts of material to be integrated, and appearing at the point where integration must take placedifferentiated reading-time performance between the NAI and PWA participant groups. The PWA showed differentially longer online processing times for elements that imposed high integration costs. This difference appeared most dramatically when two adjectives intervened between the determiner and the head noun. The current results are consistent with resource-related hypotheses regarding aphasic language deficits, which suggest that PWA with limited control of processing resources should show differentially greater impairments in sentence processing as compared to NAI.
C1 [Sung, Jee Eun] Ewha Womans Univ, Dept Commun Disorders, Seoul 120750, South Korea.
[Sung, Jee Eun; McNeil, Malcolm R.; Pratt, Sheila R.; Dickey, Michael Walsh; Fassbinder, Wiltrud; Szuminsky, Neil J.; Kim, Aelee; Doyle, Patrick J.] VA Pittsburgh Healthcare Syst, Pittsburgh, PA USA.
[Sung, Jee Eun; McNeil, Malcolm R.; Pratt, Sheila R.; Dickey, Michael Walsh; Fassbinder, Wiltrud; Szuminsky, Neil J.; Kim, Aelee; Doyle, Patrick J.] Univ Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, PA USA.
RP Sung, JE (reprint author), Ewha Womans Univ, Dept Commun Disorders, Case Hall,Grad Sch Bldg,Room 121, Seoul 120750, South Korea.
EM jeesung@ewha.ac.kr
RI Pratt, Sheila/H-7139-2013
FU VAPHS; University of Pittsburgh; Department of Veterans Affairs,
Veterans Health Administration, Office of Research and Development,
Rehabilitation Research and Development Service [C47074X, C3118R]
FX The current academic affiliation of the first author is Ewha Womans
University, but the work was accomplished with support of the VAPHS and
the University of Pittsburgh.This material is based on work supported by
the Department of Veterans Affairs, Veterans Health Administration,
Office of Research and Development, Rehabilitation Research and
Development Service (award #C47074X to Malcolm R. McNeil and award
#C3118R to Patrick J. Doyle and Sheila R. Pratt), and resources and
facilities provided by the Geriatric Research Education and Clinical
Center in the VA Pittsburgh Healthcare System.
CR Bayles K. A., 1993, ARIZONA BATTERY COMM
Berndt RS, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V60, P197, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1799
Caplan D, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V84, P222, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00514-X
CAPLAN D, 1985, COGNITION, V21, P117, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(85)90048-4
CARAMAZZA A, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P572, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90048-1
Chen E, 2005, J MEM LANG, V52, P144, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2004.10.001
Dick F, 2001, PSYCHOL REV, V108, P759, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.108.4.759
DUFFY JR, 1980, APHASIA APRAXIA AGNO, V2, P1
Fedorenko E, 2006, J MEM LANG, V54, P541, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2005.12.006
Friedmann N, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V86, P23, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00530-8
Gibson E, 2000, IMAGE, LANGUAGE, BRAIN, P95
Gibson E, 1998, COGNITION, V68, P1, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(98)00034-1
Gordon PC, 2002, PSYCHOL SCI, V13, P425, DOI 10.1111/1467-9280.00475
Grodner D, 2005, COGNITIVE SCI, V29, P261, DOI 10.1207/s15516709cog0000_7
Haarmann HJ, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V59, P76, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1814
JUST MA, 1992, PSYCHOL REV, V99, P122, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.99.1.122
JUST MA, 1982, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V111, P228, DOI 10.1037/0096-3445.111.2.228
KILBORN K, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P275, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90156-U
KING J, 1991, J MEM LANG, V30, P580, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(91)90027-H
Kolk H, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V54, P86, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0062
LaPointe L. L., 1998, READING COMPREHENSIO
McNeil M. R., 2008, CLIN APH C TET VILL
MCNEIL MR, 1982, SPEECH LANGUAGE HEAR, V2
McNeil MR, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P901
MIYAKE A, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V11, P671, DOI 10.1080/02643299408251989
Porch B. E., 2001, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC
Schwartz M. F., 1987, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V2, P85, DOI 10.1080/01690968708406352
Silkes JP, 2004, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V47, P610, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2004/047)
Warren T, 2005, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V20, P751, DOI 10.1080/01690960500051055
Warren T, 2002, COGNITION, V85, P79, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(02)00087-2
Waters G, 2003, PSYCHON B REV, V10, P88, DOI 10.3758/BF03196471
WILSON RH, 1980, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V45, P223
NR 32
TC 2
Z9 2
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 1
BP 57
EP 70
DI 10.1080/02687031003714434
PG 14
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 714TK
UT WOS:000286831700004
ER
PT J
AU Youse, KM
Gathof, M
Fields, RD
Lobianco, TF
Bush, HM
Noffsinger, JT
AF Youse, Kathleen M.
Gathof, Mackenzie
Fields, Rachel D.
Lobianco, Tony F.
Bush, Heather M.
Noffsinger, Jennifer T.
TI Conversational discourse analysis procedures: A comparison of two
paradigms
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Closed head injury; Conversational discourse; Assessment
ID TRAUMATIC BRAIN-INJURY; ADULTS
AB Background: Previous research has suggested that individuals with closed head injury (CHI) have difficulty with the communication skills required for a successful conversational exchange. A variety of analysis paradigms have been used with this population and provide evidence to support that conversational discourse deficits do exist in individuals with CHI. However, the use of various analytical procedures renders it difficult for researchers to draw consistent conclusions and hinders the development of evidence-based practice guidelines for conversational discourse evaluation or treatment for individuals with CHI. Aims: The purpose of this study was to evaluate two conversational discourse analysis procedures. It was hypothesised that modifying a Conversational Appropriateness paradigm used successfully in previous research would provide additional information about conversational ability ultimately leading to more conclusive results. Methods Procedures: A series of conversations elicited from one individual with CHI were analysed using two analysis schemes: Conversational Appropriateness (e.g., Blank Franklin, 1980; Coelho, Youse, Le, 2002) and a Modified Conversational Appropriateness paradigm designed for this study. Outcomes Results: The results supported the hypothesis suggesting the original Conversational Appropriateness paradigm may not be completely representational of conversation ability of individuals with CHI. A Modified Conversational Appropriateness procedure may be more appropriate for the CHI population, as it appears to capture the nuances that are known to affect conversational performance in individuals with CHI revealing greater detail regarding deficits in conversational participation. Conclusions: Comparing two conversational discourse analysis paradigms provided valuable insight into measures that may more adequately define the conversation ability of individuals with CHI. Modifying a discourse analysis procedure that has been shown to be successful in the past can provide additional detail for therapists to utilise when assessing and designing therapy goals for an individual with CHI. Although further research is needed, if a reliable, valid procedure can be developed for clinical use the possibility of developing evidence-based practice guidelines for discourse assessment and treatment may be more attainable.
C1 [Youse, Kathleen M.] Univ Kentucky, Coll Hlth Sci, Div Commun Sci & Disorders, Lexington, KY 40536 USA.
[Noffsinger, Jennifer T.] Cardinal Hill Rehabil Hosp, Lexington, KY USA.
RP Youse, KM (reprint author), Univ Kentucky, Coll Hlth Sci, Div Commun Sci & Disorders, 900 S Limestone St,Rm 120J, Lexington, KY 40536 USA.
EM kathleen.youse@uky.edu
FU University of Kentucky [1012118180]; Cardinal Hill Rehabilitation
Hospital
FX This research was funded by Research Support Grant #1012118180 from the
University of Kentucky. The authors wish to thank A.J. for participating
in this study, and Cardinal Hill Rehabilitation Hospital for their
support of this research.
CR BLANK M, 1980, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V1, P127, DOI 10.1017/S0142716400000801
BOLES L, 1993, ANN M AM SPEECH LANG
Bond F, 1997, BRAIN INJURY, V11, P319, DOI 10.1080/026990597123476
Coelho Carl, 2005, Seminars in Speech and Language, V26, P223, DOI 10.1055/s-2005-922102
Coelho C. A., 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P659, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000275
Coelho CA, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P499, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000111
COELHO CA, 1993, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V21, P183
Coelho Carl A., 2007, Seminars in Speech and Language, V28, P122, DOI 10.1055/s-2007-970570
COELHO CA, 2007, MED SPEECH LANGUAGE, P71
Galski T, 1998, BRAIN INJURY, V12, P769, DOI 10.1080/026990598122160
Hagen C, 1979, REHABILITATION HEAD
MCDONALD S, 1999, BRAIN DAM B, P19
Snow P, 1997, BRAIN INJURY, V11, P409
Struchen M. A., 2005, REHABILITATION TRAUM, P88
Turkstra LS, 2001, J COMMUN DISORD, V34, P151, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(00)00046-0
World Health Organisation, 2001, INT CLASS FUNCT DIS
YLVISAKER M, 2008, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P745
Youse KM, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P297, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000769
NR 18
TC 1
Z9 1
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 1
BP 106
EP 118
DI 10.1080/02687031003714467
PG 13
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 714TK
UT WOS:000286831700007
ER
PT J
AU Harley, TA
Jessiman, LJ
MacAndrew, SBG
AF Harley, Trevor A.
Jessiman, Lesley J.
MacAndrew, Siobhan B. G.
TI Decline and fall: A biological, developmental, and psycholinguistic
account of deliberative language processes and ageing
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Control of language; Central executive; Fronto-striate loop; Language
across the lifespan; Deliberative language; Metalinguistic processing;
Ageing; Parkinson's disease; Alzheimer's disease; Speech therapy
ID SHORT-TERM-MEMORY; ATTENTION-DEFICIT/HYPERACTIVITY DISORDER;
DORSOLATERAL PREFRONTAL CORTEX; ANTERIOR CINGULATE CORTEX; FETAL ALCOHOL
SYNDROME; ADULT LIFE-SPAN; PARKINSONS-DISEASE; WORKING-MEMORY;
ALZHEIMERS-DISEASE; RIGHT-HEMISPHERE
AB Background: This paper reviews the role of deliberative processes in language: those language processes that require central resources, in contrast to the automatic processes of lexicalisation, word retrieval, and parsing. Aims: We describe types of deliberative processing, and show how these processes underpin high-level processes that feature strongly in language. We focus on metalinguistic processing, strategic processing, inhibition, and planning. We relate them to frontal-lobe function and the development of the fronto-striate loop. We then focus on the role of deliberative processes in normal and pathological development and ageing, and show how these processes are particularly susceptible to deterioration with age. In particular, many of the commonly observed language impairments encountered in ageing result from a decline in deliberative processing skills rather than in automatic language processes. Main Contribution: We argue that central processing plays a larger and more important role in language processing and acquisition than is often credited. Conclusions: Deliberative language processes permeate language use across the lifespan. They are particularly prone to age-related loss. We conclude by discussing implications for therapy.
C1 [Harley, Trevor A.] Univ Dundee, Dept Psychol, Dundee DD1 4HN, Scotland.
[MacAndrew, Siobhan B. G.] Univ Abertay, Dundee, Scotland.
RP Harley, TA (reprint author), Univ Dundee, Dept Psychol, Dundee DD1 4HN, Scotland.
EM t.a.harley@dundee.ac.uk
FU Royal Society of Edinburgh/Lloyds Bank Trust; Parkinson's Disease
Society of the United Kingdom; Carnegie Trust for the Universities of
Scotland; NSF
FX Lesley Jessiman is now at the University of the West of Scotland. We
would like to thank our research volunteers for their efforts in
providing these data. Some of the material in this paper formed part of
the PhD research of the second author who was funded by the Royal
Society of Edinburgh/Lloyds Bank Trust. We also gratefully acknowledge
the financial assistance of the Parkinson's Disease Society of the
United Kingdom and the Carnegie Trust for the Universities of Scotland.
We are also most grateful to Merrill Garrett and the NSF who provided
funds for a visit to Tucson partly to discuss the ideas in this paper.
We would like to thank three
CR Abell F, 1999, NEUROREPORT, V10, P1647, DOI 10.1097/00001756-199906030-00005
ANONOPOULOUS J, 2001, NEUROSCIENCE, V110, P245
ARBUCKLE TY, 1993, J GERONTOL, V48, pP225
Archibald SL, 2001, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V43, P148, DOI 10.1017/S0012162201000299
Arnott WL, 2005, J NEUROLINGUIST, V18, P1, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2004.02.002
Astell AJ, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V82, P312, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00021-4
Astell AJ, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P357, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249538
ASTINGTON JW, 2008, ENCY INFANT EARLY CH, P343
BADDELEY A, 2002, FRONTAL LOBE FUNCTIO, P246
Baddeley Alan, 1996, Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology Section A Human Experimental Psychology, V49, P5, DOI 10.1080/027249896392784
Baddeley A, 2003, J COMMUN DISORD, V36, P189, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(03)00019-4
Baddeley A. D., 2007, WORKING MEMORY THOUG
Baddeley A. D., 1986, WORKING MEMORY
BADDELEY AD, 1991, BRAIN, V114, P2521, DOI 10.1093/brain/114.6.2521
Band GPH, 2002, BRAIN COGNITION, V49, P259, DOI 10.1006/breg.2001.1499
Banich M. T., 2004, COGNITIVE NEUROSCIEN, V2nd
Barkley R. A., 1998, ATTENTION DEFICIT HY, V2nd
BARKLEY RA, 1983, J LEARN DISABIL, V16, P105
BARKLEY RA, 1990, J CONSULT CLIN PSYCH, V58, P775, DOI 10.1037//0022-006X.58.6.775
Barkley RA, 1997, PSYCHOL BULL, V121, P65, DOI 10.1037//0033-2909.121.1.65
Barr DJ, 2008, COGNITION, V109, P18, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2008.07.005
Bastiaanse R, 2009, CORTEX, V45, P912, DOI 10.1016/j.cortex.2009.03.011
Baudic S, 2006, ARCH CLIN NEUROPSYCH, V21, P15, DOI 10.1016/j.acn.2005.07.002
BEEMAN M, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V44, P80, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1006
Belleville S, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V21, P458, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.21.4.458
BLACKWELL A, 1995, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V7, P228, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1995.7.2.228
Bonnefon JF, 2009, COGNITION, V112, P249, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2009.05.005
Borella E, 2008, ACTA PSYCHOL, V128, P33, DOI 10.1016/j.actpsy.2007.09.008
BOTEZ M I, 1971, International Journal of Neurology, V8, P300
Bott L, 2004, J MEM LANG, V51, P437, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2004.05.006
BRAAK H, 1993, EUR NEUROL, V33, P403, DOI 10.1159/000116984
Breheny R, 2006, COGNITION, V100, P434, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2005.07.003
Brigman S, 2002, BRAIN COGNITION, V50, P242, DOI 10.1016/S0278-2626(02)00510-9
Brown GDA, 2000, PSYCHOL REV, V107, P127, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.107.1.127
Brown RG, 1998, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V36, P1355, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(98)00015-3
Brown WS, 2005, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V43, P906, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2004.09.008
BROWNELL HH, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P310, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90022-2
BROWNELL HH, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V18, P20, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90002-0
Burgess PW, 1996, CORTEX, V32, P241
Burke DM, 2004, CURR DIR PSYCHOL SCI, V13, P21, DOI 10.1111/j.0963-7214.2004.01301006.x
Burke DM, 1997, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V352, P1845
BUTTERWORTH B, 1986, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V38, P705
CACCIARI C, 1988, J MEM LANG, V27, P668, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(88)90014-9
Caplan D, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P77
CAPPA SF, 1979, CORTEX, V15, P121
Carper RA, 2005, BIOL PSYCHIAT, V57, P126, DOI 10.1016/j.biopsych.2004.11.005
Casey BJ, 1997, DEV PSYCHOBIOL, V30, P61, DOI 10.1002/(SICI)1098-2302(199701)30:1<61::AID-DEV6>3.0.CO;2-T
Champagne-Lavau M, 2009, J NEUROLINGUIST, V22, P413, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2009.02.002
Chang L, 2004, PSYCHIAT RES-NEUROIM, V132, P95, DOI 10.1016/j.pscychresns.2004.06.004
Charman T, 2000, COGNITIVE DEV, V15, P481, DOI 10.1016/S0885-2014(01)00037-5
CHERRY EC, 1953, J ACOUST SOC AM, V25, P975, DOI 10.1121/1.1907229
Chudasama Y, 2003, BEHAV BRAIN RES, V146, P105, DOI 10.1016/j.bbr.2003.09.020
CHUGANI HT, 1994, BRAIN DEV COGNITION, P125
Clark H. H., 1977, DISCOURSE PRODUCTION, P1
Clark H. H., 1996, USING LANGUAGE
Coelho CA, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P275, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000741
Cohen NJ, 2000, J CHILD PSYCHOL PSYC, V41, P353, DOI 10.1017/S0021963099005442
Collette F, 2002, NEUROSCI BIOBEHAV R, V26, P105, DOI 10.1016/S0149-7634(01)00063-X
Copland DA, 2009, CORTEX, V45, P943, DOI 10.1016/j.cortex.2009.02.023
Corbetta M, 2002, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V3, P201, DOI 10.1038/nrn755
Cortese BM, 2006, NEUROTOXICOL TERATOL, V28, P597, DOI 10.1016/j.ntt.2006.08.002
Cote L., 1991, PRINCIPLES NEURAL SC, P647
Coulson S, 2005, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V43, P128, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2004.03.015
Coulson S, 2001, NEUROSCI LETT, V316, P71, DOI 10.1016/S0304-3940(01)02387-4
Courchesne E, 1997, CURR OPIN NEUROBIOL, V7, P269, DOI 10.1016/S0959-4388(97)80016-5
CRAIK FIM, 1977, THEORETICAL PERSPECT, P301
CROSSON B, 1984, PSYCHOL BULL, V96, P491, DOI 10.1037/0033-2909.96.3.491
Cummings J. L., 1983, DEMENTIA CLIN APPROA
DAMASIO AR, 1978, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V35, P777
DEBARYSHE BD, 1986, J EXP CHILD PSYCHOL, V42, P169, DOI 10.1016/0022-0965(86)90021-4
DESPOSITO M, 1995, NATURE, V378, P279, DOI 10.1038/378279a0
DIAMOND A, 2000, PREFRONTAL CORTEX, P144
Diamond A., 2002, PRINCIPLES FRONTAL L, P466, DOI [10.1093/acprof:oso/9780195134971.003.0029, DOI 10.1093/ACPROF:OSO/9780195134971.003.0029]
di Michele F, 2005, INT J PSYCHOPHYSIOL, V58, P81, DOI 10.1016/j.ijphyscho.2005.03.011
DIXON SD, 1989, J PEDIATR-US, V115, P770, DOI 10.1016/S0022-3476(89)80661-4
DOOLING DJ, 1977, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V3, P428, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.3.4.428
DUBOIS B, 1991, HDB NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V5, P195
Ehri LC, 2005, BL HBK DEV PSYCHOL, P135, DOI 10.1002/9780470757642.ch8
Emery L, 2008, PSYCHOL AGING, V23, P634, DOI [10.1037/a0012577, 10.1037/a0012570]
EMERY VOB, 1986, LANG COMMUN, V6, P47
Eysenck M. W., 2010, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL ST, V6th
Fernandez-Duque D, 2008, BRAIN COGNITION, V66, P221, DOI 10.1016/j.bandc.2007.08.003
Fodor Jerry A., 1983, MODULARITY MIND
FRANK DA, 1994, PEDIATR RES, V35, pA269
Friederici AD, 2003, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V17, P133, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.17.1.133
Fuster J. M., 2002, PRINCIPLES FRONTAL L, P96
GABRIELI J, 1998, MODELS INFORM PROCES, P277
Garrod S, 2000, J MEM LANG, V42, P526, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1999.2694
Gazzaniga MS, 2009, COGNITIVE NEUROSCIEN, V3rd
GERNSBACHER MA, 1991, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V17, P245, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.17.2.245
Gernsbacher MA, 1997, AGING NEUROPSYCHOL C, V4, P175, DOI 10.1080/13825589708256646
GIBBS RW, 1989, COGNITIVE SCI, V13, P243, DOI 10.1207/s15516709cog1302_5
GIBBS RW, 1986, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V115, P3, DOI 10.1037/0096-3445.115.1.3
Gibbs RW, 1999, COGNITION, V69, P355
GOLDMANRAKIC PS, 1987, CHILD DEV, V58, P601, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-8624.1987.tb01404.x
Gomez J, 2005, JOINT ATTENTION COMM, P65
GOPNIK M, 1991, COGNITION, V29, P1
Goswami U., 2008, COGNITIVE DEV LEARNI
Graham S, 2009, NEUROIMAGE, V45, P1359, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2008.12.040
Grice H. P., 1975, SYNTAX SEMANTICS, P41, DOI DOI 10.1017/S0022226700005296
Grossman Murray, 1992, Cerebral Cortex, V2, P513, DOI 10.1093/cercor/2.6.513
Groszer M, 2008, CURR BIOL, V18, P354, DOI 10.1016/j.cub.2008.01.060
Guo XJ, 2010, NEUROSCI LETT, V468, P146, DOI 10.1016/j.neulet.2009.10.086
Gurd JM, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V54, P414, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0083
Gurd JM, 1996, J NEUROLINGUIST, V9, P207, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(96)00005-X
Gurd JM, 2000, J NEUROLINGUIST, V13, P47, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(99)00011-1
Haesler S, 2007, PLOS BIOL, V5, P2885, DOI 10.1371/journal.pbio.0050321
HAPPE FGE, 1993, COGNITION, V48, P101, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(93)90026-R
HARLEY T. A., 2008, PSYCHOL LANGUAGE DAT
HARLEY TA, 2009, INTACT IMPAIRE UNPUB
HARLEY TA, 1984, COGNITIVE SCI, V8, P191
Harley TA, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P321, DOI 10.1080/02687030701391065
Hasher L., 1988, PSYCHOL LEARNING MOT, V22
Heath RL, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V93, P267, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.10.006
Hedden T, 2004, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V5, P87, DOI 10.1038/nrn1323
Helm-Estabrooks N., 1998, APPROACHES TREATMENT
Herschkowitz N, 2000, BRAIN DEV-JPN, V22, P411, DOI 10.1016/S0387-7604(00)00185-6
Hill EL, 2004, DEV REV, V24, P189, DOI 10.1016/j.dr.2004.01.001
Hirshorn EA, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V44, P2547, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2006.03.035
HORNSTEIN S, 1978, ANN NEUROL, V4, P177
HUGHES C, 1993, DEV PSYCHOL, V29, P498, DOI 10.1037/0012-1649.29.3.498
Hughes C, 1996, J AUTISM DEV DISORD, V26, P99, DOI 10.1007/BF02276237
Hurks PPM, 2004, BRAIN COGNITION, V55, P535, DOI 10.1016/j.bandc.2004.03.003
IOSUB S, 1981, PEDIATRICS, V68, P475
Ivory SJ, 1999, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V37, P817, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(98)00131-6
JACOBSON SW, 1993, CHILD DEV, V641, P706
Jahanshahi M, 1999, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V37, P181
James LE, 1998, PSYCHOL AGING, V13, P355, DOI 10.1037//0882-7974.13.3.355
JAOVOYAGID F, 1980, NEUROLOGY, V30, P1326
JESSIMAN LJ, 2007, NEURODEGENERATIVE S1, V4, P305
Johannsen P, 1999, NEUROIMAGE, V10, P269, DOI 10.1006/nimg.1999.0475
Jonsdottir S, 2005, ARCH CLIN NEUROPSYCH, V20, P443, DOI 10.1016/j.acn.2004.10.004
JUST MA, 1992, PSYCHOL REV, V99, P122, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.99.1.122
KarmiloffSmith A, 1996, COGNITION, V58, P197, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(95)00680-X
Kemmerer D, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V66, P311, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2022
KEMPER S, 1989, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V10, P49, DOI 10.1017/S0142716400008419
Kemper S., 1992, HDB AGING COGNITION, P213
Kemper S., 1990, EUROPEAN J COGNITIVE, V2, P205, DOI 10.1080/09541449008406205
Kemper S, 2007, PSYCHOL AGING, V22, P84, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.22.1.84
KEMPER S, 1990, DISCOURSE PROCESS, V13, P207
KEMPER S, 1986, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V7, P277, DOI 10.1017/S0142716400007578
Kemper S, 1997, J GERONTOL B-PSYCHOL, V52, pP147
Kemper S, 2001, PSYCHOL AGING, V16, P600, DOI 10.1037//0882-7974.16.4.600
Kim J, 2005, NEUROBIOL LEARN MEM, V83, P125, DOI 10.1016/j.nlm.2004.10.003
Kinosmta S, 2007, PSYCHON B REV, V14, P449, DOI 10.3758/BF03194087
Ko JH, 2009, NEUROIMAGE, V46, P516, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2009.02.031
Lai CSL, 2001, NATURE, V413, P519, DOI 10.1038/35097076
Leeson VC, 2009, BIOL PSYCHIAT, V66, P586, DOI 10.1016/j.biopsych.2009.05.016
LIEBERMAN P, 2006, INT C SERIES, V1296, P115, DOI 10.1016/j.ics.2006.03.039
MacDermot KD, 2005, AM J HUM GENET, V76, P1074, DOI 10.1086/430841
MACDONALD S, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V68, P486
Marazita JM, 2004, J MEM LANG, V51, P458, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2004.06.008
Mari-Beffa P, 2005, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V43, P638, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2004.07.006
Martin N, 1997, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V14, P641
MARTIN N, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P254, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90014-8
Martin RC, 1999, J MEM LANG, V41, P3, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1999.2637
Mason RA, 2008, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V46, P269, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2007.07.018
MATISON R, 1982, NEUROLOGY, V32, P567
Mattson SN, 1998, ALCOHOL CLIN EXP RES, V22, P279, DOI 10.1111/j.1530-0277.1998.tb03651.x
Mayer JF, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P727, DOI 10.1080/02687030143000870
McClelland JL, 2000, SCIENCE, V287, P47, DOI 10.1126/science.287.5450.47
McGee CL, 2009, NEUROTOXICOL TERATOL, V31, P71, DOI 10.1016/j.ntt.2008.09.004
MCKOON G, 1992, PSYCHOL REV, V99, P440, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.99.3.440
McNamara P., 2000, NEUROBEHAVIOR LANGUA, P201
McNamara P, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V84, P414, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00558-8
MEGA MS, 2000, FRONTAL LOBE FUNCTIO, P159
MELTZOFF AN, 1999, J COMMUN DISORD, V32, P252
MINSHEW NJ, 1992, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V14, P749, DOI 10.1080/01688639208402860
Miyake A, 2000, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V41, P49, DOI 10.1006/cogp.1999.0734
MIYAKE A, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V11, P671, DOI 10.1080/02643299408251989
Mochizuki-Kawai H, 2004, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V42, P1858, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2004.03.012
MONSELL S, 1992, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V18, P452, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.18.3.452
Morris R. G., 1996, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, P223
Neely J. H., 1991, BASIC PROCESSES READ
Nicholas M, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P1052, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000245
Norman D., 1986, ADV RES THEOR, V4, P1
Nosarti C, 2005, BIOL PSYCHIAT, V57, P661, DOI 10.1016/j.biopsych.2004.12.003
OLIVER TM, 2009, IMPAIRED PROPE UNPUB
Orzhekhovskaya N S, 1981, Neurosci Behav Physiol, V11, P379, DOI 10.1007/BF01184205
OWEN AM, 1993, BRAIN, V116, P1159, DOI 10.1093/brain/116.5.1159
Owen AM, 1998, BRAIN, V121, P949, DOI 10.1093/brain/121.5.949
Owen AM, 2004, NEUROSCIENTIST, V10, P525, DOI 10.1177/1073858404266776
Ozonoff S, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P411, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0022
OZONOFF S, 1994, DEV PSYCHOPATHOL, V6, P415, DOI 10.1017/S0954579400006027
Ozonoff S, 1999, J AUTISM DEV DISORD, V29, P171, DOI 10.1023/A:1023052913110
Pashler H., 1998, ATTENTION
PASSINGHAM RE, 2004, NEUROBIOLOGY, V14, P163
Paul R, 2009, NEUROBIOL AGING, V30, P457, DOI 10.1016/j.neurobiolaging.2007.07.017
Pennington BF, 1996, J CHILD PSYCHOL PSYC, V37, P51, DOI 10.1111/j.1469-7610.1996.tb01380.x
PETERSON BS, 1995, J AM ACAD CHILD PSY, V34, P1560, DOI 10.1097/00004583-199512000-00006
Petrides M, 2000, EXP BRAIN RES, V133, P44, DOI 10.1007/s002210000399
PETRIDES M, 1982, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V20, P249, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(82)90100-2
Pfefferbaum A, 1999, MAGNET RESON MED, V41, P276, DOI 10.1002/(SICI)1522-2594(199902)41:2<276::AID-MRM10>3.0.CO;2-8
Pfefferbaum A, 1999, ARCH GEN PSYCHIAT, V56, P185, DOI 10.1001/archpsyc.56.2.185
PILLON B, 1993, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V50, P374
POSNER MI, 1988, SCIENCE, V240, P1627, DOI 10.1126/science.3289116
POSNER MI, 1990, ANNU REV NEUROSCI, V13, P25, DOI 10.1146/annurev.neuro.13.1.25
POSNER MI, 1980, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V32, P3, DOI 10.1080/00335558008248231
Preissler MA, 2005, COGNITION, V97, pB13, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2005.01.008
Price CJ, 2005, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V22, P262, DOI 10.1080/02643290442000095
PRICE JL, 1991, NEUROBIOL AGING, V12, P295, DOI 10.1016/0197-4580(91)90006-6
Radanovic M, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V84, P337, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00554-0
Ramsberger G, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P1066, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000254
Rapin I, 2003, BRAIN DEV-JPN, V25, P166, DOI 10.1016/S0387-7604(02)00191-2
Rasmussen C, 2005, ALCOHOL CLIN EXP RES, V29, P1359, DOI 10.1097/01.alc.0000175040.91007.d0
Ridderinkhof KR, 2004, BRAIN COGNITION, V56, P129, DOI 10.1016/j.bandc.2004.09.016
Rolls ET, 2004, BRAIN COGNITION, V55, P11, DOI 10.1016/s0278-2626(03)00277-x
RUMSEY JM, 1985, J AUTISM DEV DISORD, V15, P23, DOI 10.1007/BF01837896
RUMSEY JM, 1990, J AUTISM DEV DISORD, V20, P155, DOI 10.1007/BF02284715
Russell J, 1999, Cogn Neuropsychiatry, V4, P303
Russell J, 2001, J CHILD PSYCHOL PSYC, V42, P317, DOI 10.1017/S0021963001006874
RYMPA B, 1999, NEUROIMAGE, V9, P216
Salat DH, 2009, NEUROIMAGE, V44, P1247, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2008.10.030
Salthouse T. A., 1991, THEORETICAL PERSPECT
Salthouse T. A., 1995, J GERONTOL B-PSYCHOL, V50, P297, DOI 10.1093/geronb/50B.6.P297
Salthouse TA, 1996, PSYCHOL REV, V103, P403, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.103.3.403
Schmitz N, 2006, BIOL PSYCHIAT, V59, P7, DOI 10.1016/j.biopsych.2005.06.007
SCHNEIDER W, 1977, PSYCHOL REV, V84, P1, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.84.1.1
Searle John R., 1969, SPEECH ACTS
Sears LL, 1999, PROG NEURO-PSYCHOPH, V23, P613, DOI 10.1016/S0278-5846(99)00020-2
SEBANZ N, 2005, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V22, P3
Shallice T, 1996, PHILOS T R SOC B, V351, P1405, DOI 10.1098/rstb.1996.0124
SHALLICE T, 2002, FRONTAL LOBE FUNCTIO, P246
Shamay-Tsoory SG, 2005, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V19, P288, DOI 10.1037/08947-4105.19.3.288
Shammi P, 1999, BRAIN, V122, P657, DOI 10.1093/brain/122.4.657
Sharpe NA, 1998, NEUROSCIENCE, V84, P1163, DOI 10.1016/S0306-4522(97)00583-6
SHIFFRIN RM, 1977, PSYCHOL REV, V84, P127, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.84.2.127
Smith EE, 1999, SCIENCE, V283, P1657, DOI 10.1126/science.283.5408.1657
Spadoni AD, 2007, NEUROSCI BIOBEHAV R, V31, P239, DOI 10.1016/j.neubiorev.2006.09.006
STEINHAUSEN HC, 1982, J DEV BEHAV PEDIATR, V3, P49, DOI 10.1097/00004703-198206000-00001
Stroop JR, 1935, J EXP PSYCHOL, V18, P643, DOI 10.1037/0096-3445.121.1.15
STUSS DT, 1992, BRAIN COGNITION, V20, P8, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(92)90059-U
Stuss DT, 1986, FRONTAL LOBES
SULIN RA, 1974, J EXP PSYCHOL, V103, P255, DOI 10.1037/h0036846
TAGERFLUSBERG H, 1981, J AUTISM DEV DISORD, V11, P45, DOI 10.1007/BF01531340
TAYLOR GH, 2004, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V10, P987
Thompson-Schill SL, 1997, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V94, P14792, DOI 10.1073/pnas.94.26.14792
Toft PB, 1999, PEDIATR NEUROL, V21, P602, DOI 10.1016/S0887-8994(99)00046-6
Tsuchiya E, 2005, BRAIN DEV-JPN, V27, P233, DOI 10.1016/j.braindev.2004.06.008
TWEEDY JR, 1977, MEM COGNITION, V5, P84, DOI 10.3758/BF03209197
Ullman MT, 2004, COGNITION, V92, P231, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2003.10.008
Ullman MT, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V69, P316
Ullman MT, 1997, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V9, P266, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1997.9.2.266
Vargha-Khadem F, 2005, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V6, P131, DOI 10.1038/nrn1605
VARGHAKHADEM F, 1995, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V92, P930, DOI 10.1073/pnas.92.3.930
VOORN P, 1988, NEUROSCIENCE, V25, P857, DOI 10.1016/0306-4522(88)90041-3
Vousden JI, 2000, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V41, P101, DOI 10.1006/cogp.2000.0739
Vygotsky L. S., 1934, THOUGHT LANGUAGE
Waters G, 2005, MEMORY, V13, P403, DOI 10.1080/09658210344000459
Watkins KE, 2002, BRAIN, V125, P452, DOI 10.1093/brain/awf058
Weltens B., 1991, 1 LANGUAGE ATTRITION, P31
West RL, 1996, PSYCHOL BULL, V120, P272, DOI 10.1037/0033-2909.120.2.272
Woodward LJ, 2006, NEW ENGL J MED, V355, P685, DOI 10.1056/NEJMoa053792
Zanto TP, 2010, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V48, P13, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2009.08.003
ZILBOVICIUS M, 1995, AM J PSYCHIAT, V152, P248
Zimmerman ME, 2006, AM J GERIAT PSYCHIAT, V14, P823, DOI 10.1097/01.JGP.0000238502.40963.ac
NR 256
TC 4
Z9 4
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 2
BP 123
EP 153
DI 10.1080/02687031003798262
PG 31
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 714TM
UT WOS:000286831900001
ER
PT J
AU Boo, M
Rose, ML
AF Boo, Michelle
Rose, Miranda L.
TI The efficacy of repetition, semantic, and gesture treatments for verb
retrieval and use in Broca's aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Broca's aphasia; Verb retrieval; Gesture; Semantic; Repetition;
Treatment
ID AGRAMMATIC PRODUCTION; SENTENCE PRODUCTION; NAMING DISORDERS; SPEECH;
NOUN; THERAPY; ADULTS; TIME; WORD
AB Background: Verb production difficulties are well documented in individuals with aphasia. Yet there remains limited evidence regarding the efficacy of treatments for verb retrieval in these individuals. While previous studies have generally demonstrated positive treatment outcomes in improving single-verb production on confrontation naming tasks, few studies have attempted to examine therapy outcomes in more natural communicative contexts. Aims: This study aimed to evaluate and compare the effects of repetition, semantic, and combined semantic and gesture treatments for verb retrieval and use in individuals with chronic Broca's aphasia. Methods Procedures: Two individuals with severe and moderate Broca's aphasia participated in this single-participant, multiple-baseline across conditions design. Participant GF presented with mixed levels of verb retrieval deficits and significant apraxia of speech. Participant PF evidenced verb retrieval impairment arising primarily from the output phonological level. A total of 100 action pictures drawn from various sources were balanced for relevant linguistic factors and individual error rates during baseline naming. Treatments were carried out sequentially. Each treatment condition lasted for ten sessions. Semantic treatments involved the production of various features that were semantically associated with the target verb, including associated nouns, and the movement and location characteristics of the target verb. Gesture treatments involved the production of hand and arm movements representative of the target verb. Outcomes Results: Both participants differed in their response to treatments. GF exhibited increased verb-naming accuracy following repetition-orthographic and combined semantic and gesture treatments; while PF displayed significant increase in naming accuracy following repetition-only and semantic treatment conditions. For both participants, treatments that resulted in significant increase in naming accuracy were shown to be equally efficacious. Both GF and PF also demonstrated increased verb production in narrative and conversation tasks. PF further evidenced improvements in sentence production on a picture description task post-treatment. Conclusions: These findings highlighted the responsiveness to therapy in two individuals with severe and moderate aphasia in the chronic stages. However, there was no significant change in specific lexical, syntactical and morphological linguistic production in conversation. Future research could explore the incorporation of single verb therapy in sentences and/or more natural communicative environments, to further enhance changes at the discourse level.
C1 [Rose, Miranda L.] La Trobe Univ, Sch Human Commun Sci, Bundoora, Vic 3086, Australia.
RP Rose, ML (reprint author), La Trobe Univ, Sch Human Commun Sci, Bundoora, Vic 3086, Australia.
EM M.Rose@latrobe.edu.au
CR Bastiaanse R., 2002, VERB SENTENCE TEST
Bastiaanse R, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P951, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249463
Bates E., 2000, CTR RES LANGUAGE NEW, V12
Boyle M, 2004, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V13, P236, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2004/025)
Boyle M., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P135
Busk P., 1992, SINGLE CASE RES DESI, P197
Cappa SF, 2003, J NEUROLINGUIST, V16, P183, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(02)00013-1
Coelho CA, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P133
Cohen L, 1998, BRAIN, V121, P1641, DOI 10.1093/brain/121.9.1641
Conroy P, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P1159, DOI 10.1080/02687030600792009
CORBETT F, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P363
De Ruiter J. P., 2000, LANGUAGE GESTURE, P284, DOI DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511620850.018
Dell GS, 2008, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V23, P583, DOI 10.1080/01690960801920735
Douglas JM, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P251
Druks J., 2000, OBJECT ACTION NAMING
Druks J, 2002, J NEUROLINGUIST, V15, P289, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(01)00029-X
Gordon JK, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P839, DOI 10.1080/02687030701820063
Gotts Stephen J., 2004, Seminars in Speech and Language, V25, P323, DOI 10.1055/s-2004-837245
Helm-Estabrooks N., 1992, TEST ORAL LIMB APRAX
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Katz RC, 1997, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V40, P493
Kertesz A., 2007, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
KOLK H, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V50, P282, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1049
LI EC, 1996, J SPEECH LANGUAGE PA, V20, P180
Lowell S., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P109
Marshall J., 2002, HDB ADULT LANGUAGE D
Marshall J, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V63, P159, DOI 10.1006/brln.1998.1949
Martin N., 2006, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V12, P1
McNeill D., 2005, GESTURE AND THOUGHT
Mitchum C., 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, P317
Morsella E, 2004, AM J PSYCHOL, V117, P411, DOI 10.2307/4149008
NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338
Nickels L, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P109, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248401
Nickels L, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P935, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000563
Rauscher FH, 1996, PSYCHOL SCI, V7, P226, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9280.1996.tb00364.x
Raymer AM, 2006, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V12, P867, DOI 10.1017/S1355617706061042
Raymer AM, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1031, DOI 10.1080/026870401430000609
Robey R. R., 2005, AM SPEECH LANG HEAR
Rodriguez AD, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P286, DOI 10.1080/02687030500474898
Rose M., 2006, ADV SPEECH LANGUAGE, V8, P92, DOI 10.1080/14417040600657948
Rose M, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P691, DOI 10.1080/02687030701800800
Rose M, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P977
Rose M, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P1186, DOI 10.1080/02687030600757325
Rose M. L., 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1
SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8
Schneider SL, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P213, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000635
Shapiro KA, 2006, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V103, P1644, DOI 10.1073/pnas.0504142103
Wambaugh JL, 2007, J REHABIL RES DEV, V44, P381, DOI 10.1682/JRRD.2006.05.0038
NR 48
TC 21
Z9 21
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 2
BP 154
EP 175
DI 10.1080/02687031003743789
PG 22
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 714TM
UT WOS:000286831900002
ER
PT J
AU Lallini, N
Miller, N
AF Lallini, Nicole
Miller, Nick
TI Do phonological neighbourhood density and phonotactic probability
influence speech output accuracy in acquired speech impairment?
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Phonological neighbourhood density; Phonotactic probability; Acquired
speech output impairment
ID SPOKEN WORD RECOGNITION; WORDLIKENESS; PERCEPTION; SPEAKERS; APHASIA;
ACCESS
AB Background: Among the many factors that may affect speech production, phonological neighbourhood density (ND) and phonotactic probability (PROB) have displayed effects on speech and language performance in healthy speakers. It is not clear if they show an effect in impaired speech output after stroke and if they do whether this is facilitatory or inhibitory. Aims: To determine whether ND and/or PROB play a role in speech production accuracy in acquired output impairment after stroke. Methods Procedures: A total of 20 English native speakers with acquired spoken output impairment after stroke repeated 906 single-word stimuli. They included real and nonsense words varying in syllable structure, length, and complexity, as well as syllable and word frequency, ND, and PROB. Responses were transcribed phonetically and scored as either correct or incorrect. Logistic regression analyses were completed for each speaker separately to determine the effects of ND and PROB on repetition accuracy in relation to controlled variables. Outcomes Results: A total of 14 speakers showed a positive effect of PROB on repetition accuracy. Only two individuals displayed a positive effect of ND. No double dissociations regarding the effect of ND and PROB were noted. Conclusions: ND does not appear to have a significant independent effect on repetition accuracy in speakers with acquired output impairment after stroke. By contrast PROB has a positive effect on repetition accuracy in impaired speakers, but does not appear to be a major determinant of output accuracy. Results are discussed in relation to study design and future work to further examine issues around ND and PROB and their possible role in clinical differential diagnosis of output disorders.
C1 [Lallini, Nicole; Miller, Nick] Newcastle Univ, Newcastle Upon Tyne NE1 7RU, Tyne & Wear, England.
RP Lallini, N (reprint author), Newcastle Univ, King George VI Bldg, Newcastle Upon Tyne NE1 7RU, Tyne & Wear, England.
EM Nicole.Lallini@ncl.ac.uk
CR Baayen R. H., 1995, CELEX LEXICAL DATABA
Bailey TM, 2001, J MEM LANG, V44, P568, DOI 10.1006/jmla.2000.2756
Bizzozero I, 2000, BRAIN, V123, P2213, DOI 10.1093/brain/123.11.2213
Blumstein S.E., 1973, PHONOLOGICAL INVESTI
Dell GS, 1997, PSYCHOL REV, V104, P801, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.104.4.801
Field A., 2005, DISCOVERING STAT USI, V2nd
Franklin S., 1992, ADA COMPREHENSION BA
Frisch SA, 2000, J MEM LANG, V42, P481, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1999.2692
Gordon JK, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V82, P113, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00001-9
Janse E, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V95, P24, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.07.027
Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
Kent RD, 1996, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V5, P7, DOI DOI 10.1044/1058-0360.0503.07
LEVELT WJM, 1994, COGNITION, V50, P239, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(94)90030-2
LUCE AL, 1998, EAR HEARING, V19, P1
Luce PA, 2001, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V16, P565
McNeil M., 2008, CLIN MANAGEMENT SENS, V2nd, P311
Miller N, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P683
Munson B, 2004, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V47, P1048, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2004/078)
Square P. A., 1997, APRAXIA NEUROPSYCHOL, P173
Stemberger JP, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V90, P413, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00452-8
Vitevitch MS, 1999, J MEM LANG, V40, P374, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1998.2618
Vitevitch MS, 1998, PSYCHOL SCI, V9, P325, DOI 10.1111/1467-9280.00064
NR 22
TC 4
Z9 4
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 2
BP 176
EP 190
DI 10.1080/02687031003798247
PG 15
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 714TM
UT WOS:000286831900003
ER
PT J
AU Bilda, K
AF Bilda, Kerstin
TI Video-based conversational script training for aphasia: A therapy study
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Computer treatment; Script training; Rehabilitation
ID LANGUAGE; RELIABILITY; KNOWLEDGE; VALIDITY; STROKE; ADULTS
AB Background: Chronic aphasia is a lifelong handicap that often leads to social isolation, loss of autonomy, and restricted social activities. Hence it is essential to develop cost-effective therapeutic approaches that enable people with aphasia to practise language skills in real-life contexts. Over the last several years there has been a shift from impairment-oriented language therapy to functional approaches that train language skills in more realistic contexts. Studies performed in the cognitive neurosciences have produced evidence that massed practice and forced use are essential for achieving sustained learning success in patients with aphasia. Conversational script training is based on the theory that massed practice of a whole task is likely to result in automatic and effortless language output that may facilitate participation in everyday life activities. To enhance automatisation of script use cue-based massed drilling is required. Computers are an ideal and cost-effective medium for the implementation of this massed practice and drill. Several studies have documented the positive effects of computer treatment for people grappling with the effects of long-lasting aphasia. Aims: The study involved the development of a video-based script training programme. The objective was to show the positive effects and usefulness of the programme. Methods Procedures: The study is a case series consisting of a pre-test, 10 days of computer-based therapy with 3 hours of daily training, and two follow-up evaluations at 4 weeks and 6 months respectively. The material included 50 conversational scripts that were presented in video scenes filmed at original locations. The baseline and post-treatment scripts were audio taped, transcribed, and compared with the target scripts on the point scale of the subtest oclassification of sentenceso of the Aachener Aphasia Test (AAT). Additionally, language skills were tested with the AAT and various questionnaires were filled out together with the participants and their partners to evaluate the effects of the training in the patients' everyday lives. Five participants with chronic aphasia took part in the study. All were German speakers aged 45 and upwards. They exhibited a variety of types and degrees of severity of aphasia. Word-finding difficulties accounted for a significant part of their aphasia. Outcomes Results: The quality and quantity of production of script-related words improved in every patient. Three positive themes were identified from the questionnaires and interviews: increased verbal communication skills, improvement in communication skills evident in various everyday situations, and increased confidence. Conclusions: Video-based script training was found to be an effective treatment for chronic aphasia.
C1 Hsch Gesundheit, D-44789 Bochum, Germany.
RP Bilda, K (reprint author), Hsch Gesundheit, Univ Str 105, D-44789 Bochum, Germany.
EM kerstin.bilda@fh-gesundheit.de
FU Ministry of Science and Culture of Lower Saxony
FX The study was funded by the Ministry of Science and Culture of Lower
Saxony. I want to thank Kathrin Matzner and Hanna Jochims, speech and
language therapists, for their assistance with testing, script
development, and computer training of the participants with aphasia.
CR ARMUS SR, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P518, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90082-5
BEST W, 2008, INT J LANG COMM DIS, P1
BLOMERT L, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P381, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248666
BOGHAL SK, 2003, STROKE, V34, P987
Cherney LR, 2008, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V17, P19, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2008/003)
Hilari K, 2003, STROKE, V34, P1944, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000081987.46660.ED
Holland AL, 2008, BRAIN IMPAIR, V9, P179, DOI 10.1375/brim.9.2.179
Huber W., 1983, AACHENER APHASIE TES
KATZ RC, 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P718
Kleim JA, 2008, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V51, P225
Lee JB, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P885, DOI 10.1080/02687030802669534
Lewandowski T., 1994, LINGUISTISCHES WORTE
LOGAN GD, 1988, PSYCHOL REV, V95, P492, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.95.4.492
LojekOsiejuk E, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V53, P58, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0037
Mannheim L, 2009, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V90, P623
Meinzer M, 2005, STROKE, V36, P1462, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000169941.29831.2a
Parr S., 1997, TALKING APHASIA
PETHERAM D, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P187
Pulvermuller F, 2005, NEUROIMAGE, V28, P481, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2005.06.038
Pulvermuller F, 2001, STROKE, V32, P1621
SCHLENCK KJ, 1994, LOGOS INTERDISZIPLIN, V2, P90
Taub E, 2002, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V3, P228, DOI 10.1038/nrn754
TAUB E, 1994, J EXP ANAL BEHAV, V61, P281, DOI 10.1901/jeab.1994.61-281
NR 23
TC 4
Z9 4
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 2
BP 191
EP 201
DI 10.1080/02687031003798254
PG 11
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 714TM
UT WOS:000286831900004
ER
PT J
AU Wunderlich, A
Ziegler, W
AF Wunderlich, Anja
Ziegler, Wolfram
TI Facilitation of picture-naming in anomic subjects: Sound vs mouth shape
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Anomia; Spoken naming; Auditory phonological cues; Visual phonological
cues
ID CLASSICAL ANEMIA; WORD-RETRIEVAL; APHASIA; SPEECH; HEARING;
REPRESENTATIONS; DIFFICULTIES; RECOGNITION; INFORMATION; CONSONANTS
AB Background: Phonological cueing is often applied to assist spoken word retrieval in anomia. Phonological cues usually comprise auditory and visual information. Yet while the auditory channel provides full information about a cued phoneme, the mouth shape only contains information about certain features of a segment, e.g., place of articulation. Aims: This study aimed to investigate the immediate effectiveness of visual phonological information in anomic participants, as compared with auditory cueing, in assisting spoken word retrieval. Methods Procedures: In a group of 16 anomic participants, spoken picture-naming tasks were administered using mouth shapes of initial segments of target words as visual cues, and initial phonemes as auditory cues. Outcomes Results: Reaction time analyses revealed significant facilitation effects for both the visual and the auditory cues. Single-case analyses revealed selective effects: participants benefited either from auditory or from visual phonological information. Conclusions: Visually based phonetic feature information specifying the initial phoneme of a word can be sufficient to facilitate word retrieval. The cognitive neurolinguistic factors predicting the effectiveness of visual vs auditory-segmental cueing remain unresolved.
C1 [Wunderlich, Anja; Ziegler, Wolfram] City Hosp Munich, Munich, Germany.
RP Wunderlich, A (reprint author), Neurol Klin Bad Aibling, Kolbermoorerstr 72, D-83043 Bad Aibling, Germany.
EM wunderlich.mail@web.de
FU German Research Foundation [Zi 469 / 5-1, Zi 469 / 5-2]
FX This study was supported by a grant from the German Research Foundation
(Zi 469 / 5-1, 5-2). Thanks to Anita Perz for her contribution to
assessing between-rater agreement. Stefanie von Poser and Ingrid Aichert
are acknowledged for assistance in preparing the video and audio
materials. We also thank two anonymous reviewers for their helpful
comments on an earlier version of the manuscript.
CR Auer ET, 2002, PSYCHON B REV, V9, P341, DOI 10.3758/BF03196291
Baayen R. H., 1995, CELEX LEXICAL DATABA
Best W, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P151
Brendel B., 2003, HIERARCHISCHE WORTLI
BRUCE C, 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V26, P253, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(88)90078-4
Campbell R., 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL I, P268, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511665547.015
De Bleser B., 2004, LEMO LEXIKON MODELLO
ERBER NP, 1972, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V15, P413
FISHER CG, 1968, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V11, P796
GARTNER V, 2005, THESIS L MAXIMILIANS
Goldrick M, 2007, COGNITION, V102, P219, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2005.12.010
Goodglass H, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P287, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249534
Green K. P., 1996, SPEECHREADING HUMANS, P55
Hickin J, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P981, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000509
HIRSH KW, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V11, P435, DOI 10.1080/02643299408251981
HOWARD D, 1995, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V48, P999
Howard D, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P399, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249540
Huber W., 1983, AACHENER APHASIE TES
Kim J, 2004, COGNITION, V93, pB39, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2003.11.003
KREMIN H, 1988, HDB NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V1, P307
LAINE M, 1992, CORTEX, V28, P537
LI EC, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P48, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90101-L
LORENZ A, 2004, THESIS U POTSDAM
Lorenz A, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P670, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192182
Lorenz A, 2009, J NEUROLINGUIST, V22, P515, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2009.05.003
Marshall RC, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P585, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000050
MCGURK H, 1976, NATURE, V264, P746, DOI 10.1038/264746a0
Nickels L, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P935, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000563
NICKELS L, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V33, P1281, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(95)00102-9
NICKELS LA, 2001, HDB NEUROPSYCHOLOGY
OWENS E, 1985, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V28, P381
PEASE D M, 1978, Cortex, V14, P178
PODRAZA BL, 1977, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V20, P669
Ralph MAL, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V64, P339
Ralph MAL, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V38, P186
Rapp B, 1997, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V14, P71
Schmid G, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V44, P546, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2005.07.002
Schmid G, 2009, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V23, P208, DOI 10.1080/02699200802399913
STIMLEY MA, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P496, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90170-6
WUNDERLICH A, 2008, FAZILITIERUNG MUNDLI
Ziegler W, 2005, NEUROLINGUISTIK, V19, P55
Ziegler W., 2008, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY BEHA, P269
ZIERDT A, 2006, UNIVERSAL DATA ACQUI
NR 43
TC 2
Z9 2
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 2
BP 202
EP 220
DI 10.1080/02687038.2010.489255
PG 19
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 714TM
UT WOS:000286831900005
ER
PT J
AU Hesketh, A
Long, A
Bowen, A
AF Hesketh, Anne
Long, Andrew
Bowen, Audrey
CA ACTNoW Res Study
TI Agreement on outcome: Speaker, carer, and therapist perspectives on
functional communication after stroke
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Communication; Stroke; Agreement; Outcome
ID QUALITY-OF-LIFE; SOCIAL VALIDATION; APHASIA; PEOPLE; CONSEQUENCES;
RELIABILITY; PARTNERS; SCALE-39; SPOUSES; FRIENDS
AB Background: Assessment of communication for people with communication problems following stroke should be socially valid; it should encompass activities relevant to the speaker's environment and the opinion of people within that environment. Potentially relevant opinions include those of the person with the communication problem and their close carers/companions. When compared to the evaluations of healthcare providers (here speech and language therapists) there may be differences between the professional and onon-professionalo opinions, and also between the carers and service users. Differences may be due to levels of familiarity with the speaker, experience of their communication in different situations, differing perceptions of the impact of the problem, or potentially the ability of people with communication problems to engage with the assessment materials. Aims: The study aimed to compare speakers', carers', and speech and language therapists' perspectives of stroke survivors' functional communication; to examine the effect of severity of aphasia on levels of agreement. Methods Procedures: Participants were (a) 98 people who had communication problems (aphasia and/or dysarthria) following a stroke; (b) 56 of their carers; (c) speech and language therapists who were specialists in this field. Stroke survivors and carers rated communication on the parallel COAST and Carer COAST scales; SLTs rated a 10-minute videoed sample of conversation between the person with communication problems and an unfamiliar facilitative partner, using the aphasia/dysarthria activity scale of the Therapy Outcome Measure (TOM). Analysis included correlation, percent total and close agreement, and exploration of individual scale items. Outcomes Results: Good agreement was shown between speakers and carers using the COAST and Carer COAST. Moderate agreement was shown between both these and the SLT TOM ratings. Severity affected level of agreement to some extent; there was a moderate negative correlation between stroke survivor-carer difference in ratings and the stroke survivor's score on the Frenchay Aphasia Screening Test. Conclusions: Similarity in the stroke survivor and carer views was revealed by COAST and Carer COAST. However, both may differ from the opinion of the SLT. It is possible for assessment of functional communication to capture different perspectives that are each important and should not be expected to be identical. Therapists should focus on exploring the reasons for the different perceptions and working through the implications for their intervention.
C1 [Hesketh, Anne] Univ Manchester, Sch Psychol Sci, HCD, Manchester M13 9PL, Lancs, England.
[Long, Andrew] Univ Leeds, Leeds LS2 9JT, W Yorkshire, England.
RP Hesketh, A (reprint author), Univ Manchester, Sch Psychol Sci, HCD, Ellen Wilkinson Bldg,Oxford Rd, Manchester M13 9PL, Lancs, England.
EM anne.hesketh@manchester.ac.uk
RI Bowen, Audrey/K-5544-2012
FU UK Health Technology Assessment (HTA) programme [02/11/04]
FX This study was funded from the UK Health Technology Assessment (HTA)
programme (02/11/04) for the Feasibility Study of the Assessing the
effectiveness of Communication Therapy in the North West (ACTNoW) study.
The views expressed in the paper are those of the authors and not of the
HTA. Grateful acknowledgement is made to all the study participants, the
speech and language therapists who were involved in recruitment, the
expert SLT raters, and members of the Research User Group. Also to the
ACTNoW Trial Management Group: A. Bowen (Principal Investigator), S.
Davies, L. Davies, A. Hesketh, M. Lambon-Ralph, A. F. Long, G. Pearl, K.
Sage, P. Tyrrell, A. Vail, C. Watkins, M. Wilkinson, and A. Young.
Particular thanks to Aneela Azfal, Gemma Paszek, Melanie Booth, Emma
Patchick, Jenny Lee, and Jane Tyler (involvement in data acquisition)
and to Svet Mihaylov (trial management).
CR Alexandra J., 2006, THERAPY OUTCOME MEAS
Brennan AD, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P693, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000958
Cruice M, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P111, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000651
Curran D, 1998, OX MED PUBL, P249
Dalemans R, 2009, CLIN REHABIL, V23, P948, DOI 10.1177/0269215509337197
Duncan PW, 2002, STROKE, V33, P2593, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000034395.06874.3E
Enderby P, 2006, FRENCHAY APHASIA SCR
Engell B, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P383, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000734
HELMICK JW, 1976, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V41, P238
Hesketh A, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P970, DOI 10.1080/02687030801952709
Hickey EM, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P389, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000831
Hilari K, 2003, STROKE, V34, P1944, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000081987.46660.ED
Hilari K, 2007, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V78, P1072, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.2006.111476
JUNIPER EF, 1994, J CLIN EPIDEMIOL, V47, P81, DOI 10.1016/0895-4356(94)90036-1
KAZDIN AE, 1977, BEHAV MODIF, V1, P427, DOI 10.1177/014544557714001
Knapp P, 1999, STROKE, V30, P934
LEDORZE G, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P239
Long A, 2009, CLIN REHABIL, V23, P846, DOI 10.1177/0269215509336055
Long AF, 2008, CLIN REHABIL, V22, P1083, DOI 10.1177/0269215508090091
BLAND JM, 1986, LANCET, V1, P307
Michallet B, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P835, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000238
Norman GR, 2003, MED CARE, V41, P582, DOI 10.1097/00005650-200305000-00004
OXENHAM D, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P477, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248710
Rautakoski P, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1269, DOI 10.1080/02687030802374788
Rose TA, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P947, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000319
WADE DT, 1988, INT DISABIL STUD, V10, P89
NR 26
TC 4
Z9 4
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 3
BP 291
EP 308
DI 10.1080/02687038.2010.507818
PG 18
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 717FJ
UT WOS:000287028600002
ER
PT J
AU Worrall, L
Sherratt, S
Rogers, P
Howe, T
Hersh, D
Ferguson, A
Davidson, B
AF Worrall, Linda
Sherratt, Sue
Rogers, Penny
Howe, Tami
Hersh, Deborah
Ferguson, Alison
Davidson, Bronwyn
TI What people with aphasia want: Their goals according to the ICF
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Goals; Qualitative research; ICF; Health services needs and
demand; Rehabilitation
ID REHABILITATION PROCESS; STROKE; PATIENT; HEALTH; MOTIVATION; ADULTS;
RULES
AB Background: The goals of people with aphasia should guide service delivery. Services are increasingly influenced by the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF) (WHO, 2001), but little is yet known about whether the goals of people with aphasia span the full spectrum of the ICF. Aims: The purpose of this study was to describe the goals of people with aphasia and to code the goals according to the ICF. Methods Procedures: A qualitative descriptive research approach was used involving semi-structured in-depth interviews with 50 participants with aphasia post-stroke. Interviews were videotaped and transcribed verbatim and then analysed using qualitative content analysis. The goals of a 30% consecutive subsample were then coded using the ICF. Outcomes Results: Nine broad categories of goals were identified. Participants with aphasia wanted to return to their pre-stroke life and to communicate not only their basic needs but also their opinions. They also wanted information about aphasia, stroke, and available services; more speech therapy; greater autonomy; and dignity and respect. They identified the importance of engagement in social, leisure, and work activities as well as regaining their physical health. Interestingly, their goals included wanting to help others. Goals could be linked to all ICF components within the ICF, with the majority linked to Activities and Participation, followed by Environmental Factors, Body Functions and Structures, and Personal Factors. Conclusions: People with aphasia in this study were able to articulate a wide range of goals post-stroke that encompassed all of the ICF components but had a particular focus on the Activity and Participation components.
C1 [Worrall, Linda] Univ Queensland, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, Brisbane, Qld 4072, Australia.
[Sherratt, Sue] Univ Newcastle, Callaghan, NSW 2308, Australia.
[Howe, Tami] Univ Canterbury, Christchurch 1, New Zealand.
[Hersh, Deborah] Edith Cowan Univ, Perth, WA, Australia.
[Ferguson, Alison] Univ Newcastle, Christchurch, New Zealand.
RP Worrall, L (reprint author), Univ Queensland, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, Brisbane, Qld 4072, Australia.
EM l.worrall@uq.edu.au
FU National Health & Medical Research Council [401532]
FX We acknowledge funding from National Health & Medical Research Council
(Project Grant #401532), the contribution of all participants in this
study, and the UQ Aphasia Registry.
CR Aleligay A, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P383, DOI 10.1080/02687030701415872
Barclay L, 2002, AUSTR OCCUPATIONAL T, V49, P3, DOI 10.1046/j.1440-1630.2002.00263.x
Bendz M, 2000, SOC SCI MED, V51, P713, DOI 10.1016/S0277-9536(99)00486-4
Bradley EH, 1999, SOC SCI MED, V49, P267, DOI 10.1016/S0277-9536(99)00107-0
Byng S, 2002, J COMMUN DISORD, V35, P89, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(02)00059-X
BYNG S, 2004, LIVING SEVERE APHASI
Cameron JI, 2008, STROKE, V39, P2637, DOI 10.1161/STROKEAHA.107.501064
Cieza A, 2005, J REHABIL MED, V37, P212, DOI 10.1080/16501970510040263
Cieza A, 2002, J REHABIL MED, V34, P205, DOI 10.1080/165019702760279189
Cruice M, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P333, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000707
DiCicco-Bloom B, 2006, MED EDUC, V40, P314, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2929.2006.02418.x
Dixon G, 2007, CLIN REHABIL, V21, P230, DOI 10.1177/0269215506071784
Flynn L, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P393, DOI 10.1080/02687030701828942
GEYH S, 2004, J REHABIL MED S, V44, P135, DOI DOI 10.1080/16501960410016776
Gibbon B, 2004, J AUSTRALASIAN REHAB, V7, P8
Graneheim UH, 2004, NURS EDUC TODAY, V24, P105, DOI 10.1016/j.nedt.2003.10.001
Hillis A., 2008, APHASIA REHABILITATI, P261
HOWE TJ, 2005, ACCESSIBILITY COMMUN
Kagan A, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P816, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249575
Kazdin A. E., 2003, RES DESIGN CLIN PSYC
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Leach E, 2010, DISABIL REHABIL, V32, P159, DOI 10.3109/09638280903036605
Maclean N, 2002, STROKE, V33, P444, DOI 10.1161/hs0202.102367
Mangset M, 2008, CLIN REHABIL, V22, P825, DOI 10.1177/0269215508091872
Martin N., 2008, APHASIA REHABILITATI
McKevitt C, 2004, STROKE, V35, P1499, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000127532.64840.36
Mcpherson KM, 2007, DISABIL REHABIL, V29, P1551, DOI 10.1080/09638280701618752
Mertens D. M., 2004, RES EVALUATION METHO
Parr S., 1997, TALKING APHASIA LIVI
Parry RH, 2004, CLIN REHABIL, V18, P668, DOI 10.1191/0269215504cr745oa
Patton M. Q, 2002, QUALITATIVE RES EVAL
Poland B., 2001, HDB INTERVIEW RES CO, P629
Pound P, 1998, CLIN REHABIL, V12, P255, DOI 10.1191/026921598666856867
QSR, 2006, NVIVO QUAL DAT AN SO
Roding J, 2003, DISABIL REHABIL, V25, P867, DOI 10.1080/0963828031000122276
Sandelowski M, 2000, RES NURS HEALTH, V23, P334, DOI 10.1002/1098-240X(200008)23:4<334::AID-NUR9>3.0.CO;2-G
Scobbie L, 2009, CLIN REHABIL, V23, P321, DOI 10.1177/0269215509102981
Siegert R, 2004, DISABIL REHABIL, V26, P1, DOI 10.1080/09638280410001644932
Simmons-Mackie N, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P837, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000185
Simmons-Mackie N, 1999, CONSTRUCTING (IN) COMPETENCE, P313
Thomas SA, 2008, STROKE, V39, P1240, DOI 10.1161/STROKEAHA.107.498279
Threats TT, 2008, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V10, P50, DOI 10.1080/14417040701768693
Turner-Stokes L, 2009, CLIN REHABIL, V23, P362, DOI 10.1177/0269215508101742
Wade DT, 2009, CLIN REHABIL, V23, P291, DOI 10.1177/0269215509103551
World Health Organisation, 2001, INT CLASS FUNCT DIS
Wressle E, 1999, DISABIL REHABIL, V21, P80, DOI 10.1080/096382899298016
NR 46
TC 43
Z9 43
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 3
BP 309
EP 322
DI 10.1080/02687038.2010.508530
PG 14
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 717FJ
UT WOS:000287028600003
ER
PT J
AU Geva, S
Bennett, S
Warburton, EA
Patterson, K
AF Geva, Sharon
Bennett, Sophie
Warburton, Elizabeth A.
Patterson, Karalyn
TI Discrepancy between inner and overt speech: Implications for post-stroke
aphasia and normal language processing
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Inner speech; Overt speech
ID SHORT-TERM-MEMORY; CONDUCTION APHASIA; WORKING-MEMORY; SENTENCE
PRODUCTION; IMMEDIATE MEMORY; INTERNAL SPEECH; WORD PRODUCTION; LEXICAL
ACCESS; DEEP DYSPHASIA; DUAL-ROUTE
AB Background: Patients with aphasia often complain that there is a poor correlation between the words they think (inner speech) and the words they say (overt speech). Aims: This study tried to characterise the relation between inner speech and overt speech in post-stroke aphasia. Methods Procedures: We tested language abilities, speech apraxia, and performance on inner speech tasks, including homophone and rhyme judgements, of 27 patients with chronic post-stroke aphasia. Outcomes Results: The patients with aphasia were distributed across the entire spectrum of abilities related to both inner and overt speech. For most patients, performance levels of inner and overt speech were similar. However, some patients had relatively better-preserved inner speech with a marked deficit in overt speech, while in others the opposite pattern was observed. Conclusions: The results are discussed within the framework of current models of language, and their implications for language therapy and aphasia diagnosis are outlined.
C1 [Geva, Sharon; Warburton, Elizabeth A.] Univ Cambridge, Dept Clin Neurosci, Cambridge CB2 0QQ, England.
[Bennett, Sophie] Lime Trees Child Adolescent & Family Unit, York, N Yorkshire, England.
[Patterson, Karalyn] MRC Cognit & Brain Sci Unit, Cambridge, England.
RP Geva, S (reprint author), Univ Cambridge, Dept Clin Neurosci, Addenbrookes Hosp, R3 Neurosci Box 83, Cambridge CB2 0QQ, England.
EM eaw23@medschl.cam.ac.uk
FU Pinsent-Darwin Fellowship; Wingate scholarship; Cambridge Overseas
Trust; B'nai Brith Scholarship; UK National Institute of Health Research
(NIHR)
FX We thank the patients and their families for participating in this
research, Nicola Lambert, Helen Walker, Sinead Stringwell, and Helen
Palmer for helping with recruitment and testing of patients, as well as
devising research material, and Jean-Claude Baron for help with patient
recruitment. SG was supported by the Pinsent-Darwin Fellowship, Wingate
scholarship, The Cambridge Overseas Trust, and B'nai Brith Scholarship.
EAW received support from the Biomedical Centre Grant (BMC) to Cambridge
from the UK National Institute of Health Research (NIHR). We would also
like to thank our anonymous reviewers for their helpful comments on this
manuscript.
CR Acheson DJ, 2009, PSYCHOL BULL, V135, P50, DOI 10.1037/a0014411
BADDELEY A, 1985, J MEM LANG, V24, P490, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(85)90041-5
BADDELEY AD, 1966, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V18, P302, DOI 10.1080/14640746608400047
Baddeley A. D., 1974, PSYCHOL LEARN MOTIV, V8, P47, DOI DOI 10.1016/S0079-7421(08)60452-1
BADDELEY AD, 1975, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V14, P575, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(75)80045-4
Baldo JV, 2008, BRAIN LANG, V105, P134, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.12.007
Benson D. F., 1996, APHASIA CLIN PERSPEC
Brown JW, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P531, DOI 10.1080/02687030801991160
Buchsbaum BR, 2008, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V20, P762, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2008.20501
Burgess PW, 1997, HAYLING BRIXTON TEST
CARAMAZZA A, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V14, P235, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90078-X
Caspari I, 1998, BRAIN COGNITION, V37, P205, DOI 10.1006/brcg.1997.0970
COLTHEART M, 1993, PSYCHOL REV, V100, P589, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.100.4.589
CONRAD R, 1964, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V55, P75
CORCORAN DW, 1966, NATURE, V210, P658, DOI 10.1038/210658a0
Dabul B. L., 1979, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL
DELL GS, 1986, PSYCHOL REV, V93, P283, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.93.3.283
Dell GS, 1997, PSYCHOL REV, V104, P801, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.104.4.801
FEINBERG TE, 1986, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V43, P591
GUENTHER FH, 2005, ANN M AM SPEECH LANG
HARDYCK CD, 1970, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V9, P647, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(70)80027-5
Hickok G, 2007, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V8, P393, DOI 10.1038/nrn2113
Howard D., 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL I, P287, DOI DOI 10.1017/CB09780511665547.016
Huettig F, 2010, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V25, P347, DOI 10.1080/01690960903046926
Hulme C, 1997, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V23, P1217, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.23.5.1217
Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
Levelt W. J., 1993, SPEAKING INTENTION A
Levelt W. J., 1989, SPEAKING INTENTION A
Levelt WJM, 1999, TRENDS COGN SCI, V3, P223, DOI 10.1016/S1364-6613(99)01319-4
Levelt WJM, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P1
LEVELT WJM, 1983, COGNITION, V14, P41, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90026-4
LEVINE DN, 1982, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V20, P391, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(82)90039-2
Marshall J, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V63, P79, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1936
MARSHALL RC, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P535, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248680
MARSHALL RC, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V24, P297, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90137-3
Martin N, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P83, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0005
Martin N, 1997, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V14, P641
MARTIN N, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V47, P609, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1061
Martin R C, 1982, Brain Cogn, V1, P50, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(82)90006-9
Martin RC, 2003, ANNU REV PSYCHOL, V54, P55, DOI 10.1146/annurev.psych.54.101601.145201
Martin RC, 1999, J MEM LANG, V41, P3, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1999.2637
Mathuranath PS, 2000, NEUROLOGY, V55, P1613
Meyers JE, 1995, REY COMPLEX FIGURE T
MIYAKE A, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V11, P671, DOI 10.1080/02643299408251989
Monsell S., 1987, LANGUAGE PERCEPTION, P273
NEBES RD, 1975, BRAIN LANG, V2, P489, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(75)80086-1
NICKELS L, 1995, CORTEX, V31, P209
Oomen CCE, 2001, CORTEX, V37, P627, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70610-5
Oppenheim GM, 2008, COGNITION, V106, P528, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2007.02.006
Ozdemir R, 2007, COGNITION, V105, P457, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2006.10.006
PAAP KR, 1991, PSYCHOL RES-PSYCH FO, V53, P13, DOI 10.1007/BF00867328
Page MPA, 2007, J MEM LANG, V56, P49, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2006.09.002
Plaut DC, 1996, PSYCHOL REV, V103, P56, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.103.1.56
Postma A, 2000, COGNITION, V77, P97, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(00)00090-1
Postma A, 1996, LANG SPEECH, V39, P375
PRATAP RC, 1987, CLIN NEUROL NEUROSUR, V89, P237, DOI 10.1016/S0303-8467(87)80022-7
Raven J. C., 1938, RAVENS PROGR MATRICE
SAFFRAN EM, 1975, BRAIN LANG, V2, P420, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(75)80081-2
SALAME P, 1982, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V21, P150, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(82)90521-7
SCHLENCK KJ, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V30, P226, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90100-3
Snowden JS, 2003, NEUROCASE, V9, P27, DOI 10.1076/neur.9.1.27.14368
Sokolov A. N., 1972, INNER SPEECH THOUGHT
Swinburn K., 2004, COMPREHENSIVE APHASI
VALLAR G, 1984, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V1, P121, DOI 10.1080/02643298408252018
Vigliocco G, 2002, PSYCHOL BULL, V128, P442, DOI 10.1037//0033-2909.128.3.442
Vygotsky L. S., 1962, THOUGHT LANGUAGE
Wilshire CE, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1019, DOI 10.1080/02687030701536016
WRIGHT HH, 2007, 36 CLIN APH C GHENT
NR 68
TC 9
Z9 9
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 3
BP 323
EP 343
DI 10.1080/02687038.2010.511236
PG 21
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 717FJ
UT WOS:000287028600004
ER
PT J
AU Estes, C
Bloom, RL
AF Estes, Christine
Bloom, Ronald L.
TI Using voice recognition software to treat dysgraphia in a patient with
conduction aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Assistive technology; Dysgraphia; Conduction aphasia; Voice recognition
software
ID ALTERNATIVE COMMUNICATION; SPEECH RECOGNITION; WRITING AID; LANGUAGE;
WRITTEN; COMPUTERS; SPEAKING
AB Background: Augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) has primarily been utilised for motor speech deficits or as an aid for communicating basic needs in the acute stages of aphasia rehabilitation. However, AAC strategies can be employed for individuals with aphasia across a wide range of severity levels and at different stages of recovery. For individuals with chronic impairments in language, voice recognition software can further enhance communication by providing an alternative means for written expression. Aims: To investigate the functional and linguistic effects of a treatment program that used voice recognition software to improve written communication in an individual with chronic aphasia. Methods Procedures: A 65-year-old woman with conduction aphasia participated in a prospective case study. During baseline testing the individual was evaluated on measures of language (i.e., Boston Diagnostic Aphasia Examination, 3rd edition, Goodglass, Kaplan, Baressi, 2001; Boston Naming Test, Kaplan, Goodglass, Weintraub, 2001), computer skills, and functional communication (i.e., ASHA FACs, Frattali et al., 1995; Quality of Communication Life Scales, Paul et al., 2004). A cursory examination of the oral peripheral structure was administered. Treatment consisted of 10 one-hour sessions of training on the Dragon NaturallySpeaking (c) Program. Following treatment, measures of language, computer skills, quality of life, and functional communication were re-administered. Further, to evaluate if skills in written expression could be utilised to communicate via e-mail, a distance-learning program was implemented. Outcomes Results: Findings revealed that, with intensive instruction, the participant was able to independently access the computer and the Dragon NaturallySpeaking (c) Program. At the conclusion of the treatment phase, functional writing abilities approximated spoken communication. Some minor changes in reading, repetition, and conversation were suggested on formal and informal assessment measures. The participant made substantial gains in using the program in her activities of daily living, but only achieved minor success in demonstrating her skills during distance learning. Conclusions: The potential benefits of AAC devices may change throughout the course of recovery from aphasia. New technologies may facilitate gains in communication in individuals with aphasia throughout their lifespan. This study demonstrated that intensive training in the use of voice recognition software can enhance functional writing in an individual with chronic aphasia. Although marked progress in written expression was achieved, transfer of skills for use on the Internet was limited. Clinical management should include assessment of various assistive technologies across different modalities of communication for people at different stages of recovery from aphasia.
C1 [Bloom, Ronald L.] Hofstra Univ, Dept Speech Language Hearing Sci, Hempstead, NY 11554 USA.
RP Bloom, RL (reprint author), Hofstra Univ, Dept Speech Language Hearing Sci, Davison Hall, Hempstead, NY 11554 USA.
EM sphrlb@hofstra.edu
CR Aftonomos LB, 1999, STROKE, V30, P1370
BASSO A, 1978, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V41, P556, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.41.6.556
Behrns I, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P1276, DOI 10.1080/02687030802436892
Behrns I, 2008, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V22, P95, DOI 10.1080/02699200701699603
Bruce C, 2003, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V38, P131, DOI 10.1080/1368282021000048258
BUB D, 1982, BRAIN, V105, P697, DOI 10.1093/brain/105.4.697
Chapey R, 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO
DUFFY RJ, 1976, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V41, P110
ELLIS AW, 1983, COGNITION, V15, P111, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90036-7
Ferrier L., 1995, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V11, P165, DOI 10.1080/07434619512331277289
Frattali C, 1995, AM SPEECH LANGUAGE H
Goodglass H, 2001, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V3rd
Hartley J, 2003, BRIT J EDUC TECHNOL, V34, P5, DOI 10.1111/1467-8535.00300
HIGGINS EL, 1995, LEARN DISABILITY Q, V18, P159, DOI 10.2307/1511202
Jacobs B, 2004, DISABIL REHABIL, V26, P1231, DOI 10.1080/09638280412331280244
Kaplan E., 2001, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kent R.D., 1994, REFERENCE MANUAL COM
KRAAT AW, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P321, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249086
LEVINE DN, 1982, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V20, P391, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(82)90039-2
Manasse NJ, 2000, BRAIN INJURY, V14, P1015
Mcgurk S, 2008, BRIT J RADIOL, V81, P767, DOI 10.1259/bjr/20698753
MCNEIL MR, 2005, APHASIA RELATED NEUR, P97
Mortley J, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P443, DOI 10.1080/02687040042000188
*NUANC COMM INC, 2008, DRAG NAT SPEAK 10 PR
Paul D., 2004, QUALITY COMMUNICATIO
Petheram B, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P187, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000020
SCUDERI J, 2007, AM SPEECH LANG HEAR
VANDESANDTKOEND.E, 2007, REHABILITATION, V29, P1701
VANDESANDTKOEND.E, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P459
Wade J, 2001, DISABIL REHABIL, V23, P604
Zimmer C A, 1991, J Burn Care Rehabil, V12, P354
Zumalt JR, 2005, INFORM TECHNOL LIBR, V24, P180
NR 32
TC 2
Z9 2
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 3
BP 366
EP 385
DI 10.1080/02687038.2010.493294
PG 20
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 717FJ
UT WOS:000287028600006
ER
PT J
AU Baauw, S
Ruigendijk, E
Cuetos, F
Avrutin, S
AF Baauw, Sergio
Ruigendijk, Esther
Cuetos, Fernando
Avrutin, Sergey
TI The interpretation of stressed and non-stressed pronouns in Spanish
language breakdown
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Pronouns; Contrastive stress; Topic; Syntax; Working memory
ID SENTENCE COMPREHENSION; DISCOURSE COHERENCE; CONTRASTIVE STRESS;
WORKING-MEMORY; BROCAS APHASIA; RESOLUTION; SYNTAX; PRONOMINALS;
CHILDREN; ROMANCE
AB Background: Earlier research has indicated that patients with agrammatic Broca's aphasia have problems with constraints on the intra-sentential interpretation of object pronouns, incorrectly allowing them to refer to the subject of the same sentence. However, these studies do not show how agrammatic patients deal with constraints on the extra-sentential interpretation of pronouns. Also, studies that did investigate patients' extra-sentential interpretation of pronouns were on English and Dutch, languages with a pronominal system that differs substantially from the pronominal system of Romance languages, such as Spanish. Aims: To test Spanish agrammatic patients on the interpretation of stressed and non-stressed subject and object pronouns in coordinated structures (the Spanish counterparts of sentences such as oFirst the girl pushed the mother, and than she / SHE pushed the boyo), in order to investigate whether they exhibit the same referential preferences as non-brain-damaged individuals and English- and Dutch-speaking patients. Methods Procedures: In the present study seven Spanish patients with agrammatic Broca's aphasia and six non-brain-damaged adults were tested with a picture selection task on their interpretation of non-stressed and stressed pronouns in coordinated sentences. Patients were presented coordinated sentences and were shown four pictures, one on the left page, three on the right page. The left page picture represents the first conjunct of the test sentence, the right page represent the two theoretically possible referents of the pronoun (subject of the first conjunct, or object of the first conjunct) and a non-related picture. The patient's task was to indicate out of the three pictures the one that correctly represented the meaning of the second conjunct of the test sentence. Outcomes Results: Agrammatic individuals exhibit difficulties with the interpretation of non-stressed object pronouns, and even more difficulties with the interpretation of contrastively stressed pronouns. An additional finding is that they tend to prefer subjects as the antecedents of pronouns. Conclusions: We claim that patients' problems with the interpretation of pronouns are not the result of missing syntactic knowledge, but are due to patients' limited ability to keep syntactic configurations in their syntactic working memory. We argue that their preference for subjects as antecedents for pronouns reflects a fall-back strategy in agrammatic patients when, as a result of limited processing resources, syntax-based interpretative operations fail.
C1 [Baauw, Sergio] Univ Utrecht, Utrecht Inst Linguist OTS UiL OTS, NL-3512 BL Utrecht, Netherlands.
[Ruigendijk, Esther] Carl von Ossietzky Univ Oldenburg, D-2900 Oldenburg, Germany.
[Cuetos, Fernando] Univ Oviedo, Oviedo, Spain.
RP Baauw, S (reprint author), Univ Utrecht, Utrecht Inst Linguist OTS UiL OTS, Janskerkhof 13, NL-3512 BL Utrecht, Netherlands.
EM s.baauw@uu.nl
RI Cuetos, Fernando/B-4337-2011
FU Netherlands organisation for Scientific Research (NWO)
FX This publication was supported by the project Comparative
Psycholinguistics, which is funded by the Netherlands organisation for
Scientific Research (NWO). We are indebted to the patients and staff of
the Ubarmin clinic in Elcano, Navarra and the Centro de Investigaciones
Medico-Sanitarias (CIMES) of the University of Malaga, Andalucia.
Special thanks go out to Gerardo Aguado (University of Pamplona) and
Alicia Perez (Ubarmin), for their help in organising the study in
Navarra, and to Marcelo Berthier (CIMES), Christina Green (CIMES) and
Julian Hinojosa for their help at the study in Malaga. We thank Joke de
Lange, Nada Vasic. Shalom Zuckerman and two reviewers for their useful
comments.
CR AKMAJIAN A, 1970, LINGUIST INQ, V1, P124
Ardila A, 2001, J NEUROLINGUIST, V14, P337, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(01)00022-7
Ariel Mira, 1990, ACCESSING NOUN PHRAS
Arnold JE, 2000, COGNITION, V76, pB13, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(00)00073-1
Avrutin S., 1999, DEV SYNTAX DISCOURSE
Avrutin S., 2004, LINGUE LINGUAGGIO, V1, P67
Avrutin S, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V70, P163, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2154
Avrutin S, 2006, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V27, P43, DOI 10.1017/S0142716406060036
Avrutin Sergey, 1994, THESIS MIT CAMBRIDGE
BAAUW S, 2004, OCCASIONAL SERIES, V2
BAAUW S, COMPREHENSI IN PRESS
BOKBENNEMA R, 2001, PROGR GRAMMAR ARTICL
Caplan D, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P77
Carminati M. N., 2002, THESIS U MASSACHUSET
CASANOVA JP, 1991, NORMALIDAD SEMIOLOGA
Chambers CG, 1998, J MEM LANG, V39, P593, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1998.2575
Crawley R., 1990, J PSYCHOLINGUISTIC R, V4, P245
Cuetos F., 2003, LANG ACQUIS, V11, P219, DOI 10.1207/s15327817la1104_2
ESCOBAR L, 1995, THESIS UTRECHT U UTR
EZEIZABARRENA MJ, 1996, THESIS U HAMBURG GER
Friedmann N, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V86, P23, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00530-8
GRODZINSKY J, 1993, LINGUIST INQ, V24, P69
GRODZINSKY Y, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P396, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1052
Grodzinsky Y, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V67, P134, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2050
GRODZINSKY Y, 1991, NAT LANG LINGUIST TH, V9, P431, DOI 10.1007/BF00135354
GROSZ BJ, 1993, CENTERING FRAM UNPUB
GVION A, 2007, P 23 IATL C
HICKOK G, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V50, P10, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1038
KAYNE RS, 1991, LINGUIST INQ, V22, P647
KEHLER Andrew, 2002, COHERENCE REFERENCE
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Kolk H, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V77, P340, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2406
KOLK H, 1987, NATURAL LANGUAGE GEN
LI C, 1975, SUBJECT TOPIC, P457
MENDIKOETXEA A, 1993, PRONOMBRES ATONOS
Pinango MM, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V79, P167
Prince Ellen, 1992, DISCOURSE DESCRIPTIO, P295, DOI 10.1075/pbns.16.12pri
Ruigendijk E, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V83, P182
Ruigendijk E, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V96, P302, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.06.005
Sekerina IA, 2004, J CHILD LANG, V31, P123, DOI 10.1017/S0305000903005890
SMYTH R, 1994, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V23, P197, DOI 10.1007/BF02139085
Sportiche Dominique, 1992, CLITIC CONSTRUCTIONS
URIAGEREKA J, 1995, LINGUIST INQ, V26, P79
VASIC N, 2006, THESIS UTRECHT U UTR
VENDITTI JJ, 2002, SPEECH PROSODY
Wexler Kenneth, 1990, LANG ACQUIS, V1, P225, DOI DOI 10.1207/S15327817LA0103_2
Wolf F, 2004, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V19, P665, DOI 10.1080/01690960444000034
ZUBIZARRETA ML, 1998, LINGUISTIC INQUIRY, V33
ZUCKERMAN S, 2002, P IATL 18
Zuckerman S, 2002, PROC ANN BUCLD, P781
NR 50
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 3
BP 386
EP 408
DI 10.1080/02687038.2010.493295
PG 23
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 717FJ
UT WOS:000287028600007
ER
PT J
AU Crepaldi, D
Ingignoli, C
Verga, R
Contardi, A
Semenza, C
Luzzatti, C
AF Crepaldi, Davide
Ingignoli, Chiara
Verga, Ruggero
Contardi, Antonella
Semenza, Carlo
Luzzatti, Claudio
TI On nouns, verbs, lexemes, and lemmas: Evidence from the spontaneous
speech of seven aphasic patients
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Grammatical class; Noun-verb dissociation; Spontaneous speech; Lexical
diversity; Type; Token; Stem; Lemma; Lexeme
ID LANGUAGE PRODUCTION; LEXICAL ACCESS; DISSOCIATION; FREQUENCY; RETRIEVAL;
IMAGEABILITY; IMPAIRMENT; CATEGORY; SPEAKERS; JARGON
AB Background: Although disproportionate impairment of noun or verb retrieval has been described on the basis of the evidence from several aphasic cases since the mid 1980s, with different theoretical frames being proposed to account for noun-verb dissociation, very few studies have dealt with this dissociation in spontaneous speech. Aims: The objectives of this study were to investigate (i) whether the dissociation also emerged in connected speech, and (ii) whether the analysis of patients' narratives could shed light on the functional damage underlying their grammatical-class-specific impairment. Methods Procedures: Two non-fluent verb-impaired patients, two fluent verb-impaired patients, and three fluent noun-impaired patients participated in this study. Their noun-verb dissociation was preliminarily assessed through a picture-naming task, following which their spontaneous speech was collected and analysed using a single-case approach, taking into consideration both lexical productivity (as indicated by the number of different tokens produced by the patients) and lexical diversity (as indicated by the number of different types and stems used by the patients). Outcomes Results: Non-fluent verb-impaired patients tended to produce a lower proportion of verb types than unimpaired control participants, as opposed to fluent verb-impaired patients, who produced a normal verb rate in their spontaneous speech on all counting procedures. One out of three fluent noun-impaired patients produced a lower proportion of noun tokens, types, and stems compared to normal speakers. Conclusions: The data presented in this paper indicate that noun-verb dissociation as assessed in picture-naming tasks might not emerge in spontaneous speech and indicates the need for the inclusion of a lemma level in models of word production that aims at explaining grammatical-class-specific impairments in people with aphasia.
C1 [Crepaldi, Davide] Univ Milano Bicocca, Dept Psychol, I-20126 Milan, Italy.
[Verga, Ruggero] Salvini Gen Hosp, Passirana Di Rho, Italy.
[Contardi, Antonella; Luzzatti, Claudio] Montescano Sci Inst, Montescano, Italy.
[Semenza, Carlo] Univ Padua, Padua, Italy.
[Semenza, Carlo] San Camillo Hosp, Lido Di Venezia, Italy.
RP Crepaldi, D (reprint author), Univ Milano Bicocca, Dept Psychol, Piazza Ateneo Nuovo 1, I-20126 Milan, Italy.
EM davide.crepaldi1@unimib.it
FU Ministero dell'Universita e della Ricerca Scientifica (MIUR)
[2003107555/001]
FX The study was supported by research grant no. 2003107555/001 from the
Ministero dell'Universita e della Ricerca Scientifica (MIUR; Italian
Ministry of Education, University and Scientific Research). Preliminary
results of this study were presented at the 7th Science of Aphasia
Conference, Alghero (Italy), 7-12 September 2006, and at the 44th Annual
Meeting of the Academy of Aphasia, Victoria (Canada), 15-17 October
2006. We thank Mirella Frustaci, Graziella Ghirardi and Paola Saletta
for their help in collecting the spontaneous speech samples.
CR ANDREWS S, 1992, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V18, P234, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.18.2.234
Bastiaanse R, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P951, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249463
Bates E, 2001, MEM COGNITION, V29, P986, DOI 10.3758/BF03195761
Berndt RS, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P107
Bird H, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V72, P246, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2292
Breedin SD, 1996, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V13, P51, DOI 10.1080/026432996382060
BUTTERWORTH B, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V8, P133, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90046-4
Chomsky N., 1981, LECT GOV BINDING
CLINICAL N, 1998, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V12, P482
Colombo L, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V81, P398, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2533
COLTHEART M, 1987, ROUTLEDGE KEGAN PAUL
Crepaldi D, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V44, P73, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2005.04.006
De Mauro T., 1993, LESSICO FREQUENZA IT
Druks J, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V94, P1, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.11.003
Friedmann N, 2000, GRAMMATICAL DISORDER
Gnmshaw Jane, 1990, ARGUMENT STRUCTURE
Guasti MT, 2002, BRAIN COGNITION, V48, P385, DOI 10.1006/brcg.2001.1383
Hillis A., 1995, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V7, P369, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1995.7.3.396
Laiacona M, 2004, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P103, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000311
LEVELT WJM, 1994, COGNITION, V50, P239, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(94)90030-2
LEVELT WJM, 1993, THEORIE PRAXIS LEXIK
Levelt WJM, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P1
Luzzatti C, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V81, P432, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2536
Luzzatti C., 1996, AACHENER APHASIE TES, V2nd
Luzzatti C, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V54, P26, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0060
LUZZATTI C, 2002, ITALIAN J LINGUISTIC, V14, P43
MacWhinney B., 2000, CHILDES PROJECT TOOL
Marshall J, 1996, J NEUROLINGUIST, V9, P237, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(97)82796-0
MarslenWilson WD, 1997, NATURE, V387, P592, DOI 10.1038/42456
MCCARTHY R, 1985, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V23, P709, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(85)90079-X
McCullagh P, 1983, GEN LINEAR MODELS
MONSELL S, 1989, J EXPT PSYCHOL GEN, V118, P335
Pickering MJ, 1998, J MEM LANG, V39, P633, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1998.2592
Rapp B, 2002, J NEUROLINGUIST, V15, P373, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(01)00040-9
SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8
Semenza C., 1989, ACTA PHONIATRICA LAT, V11, P329
SEMENZA C, 1999, HDB NEUROPSYCHOLOGY
Shallice T, 1989, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY MENT
Sokal R, 1995, BIOMETRY, V3rd
Templin M., 1957, CERTAIN LANGUAGE SKI
Thompson CK, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P473, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248485
VERMEULEN J, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P252, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90064-3
Wright HH, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P443, DOI 10.1080/0268703044000166
ZINGESER LB, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P473, DOI 10.1080/02643298808253270
NR 44
TC 7
Z9 7
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 1
BP 71
EP 92
DI 10.1080/02687031003637114
PG 22
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 714TK
UT WOS:000286831700005
ER
PT J
AU Ulatowska, HK
Reyes, BA
Santos, TO
Worle, C
AF Ulatowska, Hanna K.
Reyes, Belinda A.
Santos, Tricia Olea
Worle, Christina
TI Stroke narratives in aphasia: The role of reported speech
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Reported speech; Narratives
ID AFRICAN-AMERICANS; DISCOURSE; KNOWLEDGE; SCRIPTS
AB Background: Reported speech has been examined extensively in linguistics and discourse research; however, very few studies on reported speech in narratives of individuals with aphasia have been undertaken. Previous research on stroke narratives focused on African American and Caucasian American populations and cultural variations in narrative style (Olness Ulatowska, 2002). Aims: The purpose of this study was to analyze the structural roles of reported speech in narratives of persons with aphasia. The following research questions were addressed: 1) Do individuals with aphasia use reported speech in illness narratives?, 2) Do they use direct and indirect forms of reported speech?, 3) What is the distribution of reported speech in the narratives?, 4) What function does reported speech perform?, 5) Who is quoted in the reported speech?, 6) Does the structure of reported speech differ across cultural groups? Methods Procedures: Stroke narratives were elicited from 18 Caucasian American and 15 African American individuals with aphasia. The structural and thematic roles of reported speech were analyzed, and comparisons across cultural groups were made. Outcomes Results: Participants used direct speech more frequently than indirect. Reported speech occurred primarily in complicating action of the narrative and served a narrative function. Themes pertaining to illness scripts were also conveyed. Conclusions: The use of reported speech revealed a high level of narrative achievement and preserved pragmatic abilities in the individuals with aphasia. This achievement is invaluable in strengthening relationships and reinforcing community integration.
C1 [Ulatowska, Hanna K.] Univ Texas Dallas, Callier Ctr Commun Disorders, Dallas, TX 75235 USA.
RP Ulatowska, HK (reprint author), Univ Texas Dallas, Callier Ctr Commun Disorders, 1966 Inwood Rd, Dallas, TX 75235 USA.
EM hanna@utdallas.edu
FU University of Texas at Dallas Faculty Research Initiative; NIH/NIDCD
[1R03DC005151]
FX The authors thank the anonymous reviewers for their insightful comments
on this manuscript. The authors also thank Elizabeth Jackson, Molly
Keebler, Sara Haynes, Kara Anderson, and the participants for assisting
in this study. This research was supported in part by the University of
Texas at Dallas Faculty Research Initiative Grant (2007-2008) to the
first author. Some of the data were collected on NIH/NIDCD grant
#1R03DC005151 awarded to Gloria Olness.
CR Armstrong E, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P763, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192364
ARMSTRONG E, 2006, CLIN APHASIOLOGY FUT
ARMUS SR, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P518, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90082-5
Charon R, 2006, NARRATIVE MED HONORI
Coelho C, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P173, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000590
Coulmas F, 1986, DIRECT INDIRECT SPEE
Hengst JA, 2005, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V48, P137, DOI 10.1044/1092-43888(2005/011)
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Labov W., 1966, ESSAYS VERBAL VISUAL, P12
Labov William, 1972, SOCIOLINGUISTIC PATT
LojekOsiejuk E, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V53, P58, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0037
Ochs Elinor, 2001, LIVING NARRATIVE CRE
ROTH FP, 1994, DISCOURSE ANAL APPL
SACKS H, 1974, LANGUAGE, V50, P696, DOI 10.2307/412243
SACKS O, 1993, MT SINAI J MED, V60, P127
Shadden BB, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P211, DOI 10.1080/02687930444000697
SHIFFRIN D, 1996, LANGUAGE SOC, V25, P167
Tannen D., 1989, TALKING VOICES REPET
Ulatowska Hanna K., 2007, Seminars in Speech and Language, V28, P148, DOI 10.1055/s-2007-970572
Ulatowska HK, 2004, ADV SPEECH LANGUAGE, V6, P3
Ulatowska HK, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V87, P69, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00202-5
ULATOWSKA HK, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V18, P315, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90023-8
Ulatowska HK, 2009, P 3 INT S COMM DIS M
Ulatowska HK, 2001, J NEUROLINGUIST, V14, P93, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(01)00010-0
NR 24
TC 10
Z9 10
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 1
BP 93
EP 105
DI 10.1080/02687031003714418
PG 13
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 714TK
UT WOS:000286831700006
ER
PT J
AU Hanne, S
Sekerina, IA
Vasishth, S
Burchert, F
De Bleser, R
AF Hanne, Sandra
Sekerina, Irina A.
Vasishth, Shravan
Burchert, Frank
De Bleser, Ria
TI Chance in agrammatic sentence comprehension: What does it really mean?
Evidence from eye movements of German agrammatic aphasic patients
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Eye movements; Non-canonical sentences; Agrammatic aphasia; Broca's
aphasia; Chance performance; Online and offline processing; Sentence
comprehension disorders; German syntax
ID THEMATIC ROLE-ASSIGNMENT; FIXED-EFFECT FALLACY; BROCAS APHASIA; RELATIVE
CLAUSES; LANGUAGE; PERFORMANCE; SYNTAX; WORD
AB Background: In addition to the canonical subject-verb-object (SVO) word order, German also allows for non-canonical order (OVS), and the case-marking system supports thematic role interpretation. Previous eye-tracking studies (Kamide et al., 2003; Knoeferle, 2007) have shown that unambiguous case information in non-canonical sentences is processed incrementally. For individuals with agrammatic aphasia, comprehension of non-canonical sentences is at chance level (Burchert et al., 2003). The trace deletion hypothesis (Grodzinsky 1995, 2000) claims that this is due to structural impairments in syntactic representations, which force the individual with aphasia (IWA) to apply a guessing strategy. However, recent studies investigating online sentence processing in aphasia (Caplan et al., 2007; Dickey et al., 2007) found that divergences exist in IWAs' sentence-processing routines depending on whether they comprehended non-canonical sentences correctly or not, pointing rather to a processing deficit explanation. Aims: The aim of the current study was to investigate agrammatic IWAs' online and offline sentence comprehension simultaneously in order to reveal what online sentence-processing strategies they rely on and how these differ from controls' processing routines. We further asked whether IWAs' offline chance performance for non-canonical sentences does indeed result from guessing. Methods Procedures: We used the visual-world paradigm and measured eye movements (as an index of online sentence processing) of controls (N = 8) and individuals with aphasia (N = 7) during a sentence-picture matching task. Additional offline measures were accuracy and reaction times. Outcomes Results: While the offline accuracy results corresponded to the pattern predicted by the TDH, IWAs' eye movements revealed systematic differences depending on the response accuracy. Conclusions: These findings constitute evidence against attributing IWAs' chance performance for non-canonical structures to mere guessing. Instead, our results support processing deficit explanations and characterise the agrammatic parser as deterministic and inefficient: it is slowed down, affected by intermittent deficiencies in performing syntactic operations, and fails to compute reanalysis even when one is detected.
C1 [Hanne, Sandra] Univ Potsdam, Dept Linguist, D-14476 Potsdam, Germany.
[Sekerina, Irina A.] CUNY Coll Staten Isl, Staten Isl, NY 10314 USA.
[Sekerina, Irina A.] CUNY, Grad Ctr, New York, NY 10021 USA.
RP Hanne, S (reprint author), Univ Potsdam, Dept Linguist, Karl Liebknecht Str 24-25, D-14476 Potsdam, Germany.
EM hanne@uni-potsdam.de
FU National Science Foundation [0137851]
FX This research was partially supported by the National Science Foundation
under ADVANCE Grant #0137851 to the second author. Any opinions,
findings, conclusions, or recommendations expressed in this article are
those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect the views of the
National Science Foundation. We wish to thank Titus von der Malsburg for
substantial help in data preparation and with the data analysis. Special
thanks go to all individuals who enthusiastically participated in the
study. We also thank the anonymous reviewers for their comments.
CR Altmann G. T. M., 2004, INTERFACE LANGUAGE V, P347, DOI DOI 10.1016/J.JML.2006.12.004
Altmann GTM, 1999, COGNITION, V73, P247, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(99)00059-1
Avrutin Sergey, 2006, BROCAS REGION, P49
Baayen R. H., 1995, CELEX LEXICAL DATABA
Baayen R. Harald, 2008, ANAL LINGUISTIC DATA
Berndt RS, 1996, COGNITION, V58, P289, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(95)00682-6
Berndt RS, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V67, P242, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2130
Burchert F, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V87, P323, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00132-9
BURCHERT F, 2010, SATZE VERSTEHE UNPUB
Burkhardt P, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V86, P9, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00526-6
Caplan D, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V101, P103, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.225
Caplan D, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V84, P222, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00514-X
Caplan D, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V76, P193, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2354
Caramazza A, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V76, P158, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2275
Caramazza A, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V94, P43, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.11.006
CARAMAZZA A, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P572, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90048-1
CLARK HH, 1973, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V12, P335, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(73)80014-3
COOPER RM, 1974, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V6, P84, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(74)90005-X
De Bleser R, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V96, P143, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.06.010
Dickey MW, 2009, J NEUROLINGUIST, V22, P563, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2009.06.004
Dickey MW, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V100, P1, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.004
Forster KI, 2003, BEHAV RES METH INS C, V35, P116, DOI 10.3758/BF03195503
Gelman A, 2007, DATA ANAL USING REGR
Gorrell P., 2000, GERMAN SENTENCE PROC, P25
GRODZINSKY Y, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P135, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90009-X
Grodzinsky Y, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V67, P134, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2050
GRODZINSKY Y, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V50, P27, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1039
Grodzinsky Y, 2000, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V23, P1, DOI 10.1017/S0140525X00002399
Grodzinslcy Y., 1990, THEORETICAL PERSPECT
HAARMANN HJ, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P247, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248527
Hallowell B, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P600, DOI 10.1080/02687030701429113
Hemforth B, 1993, KOGNITIVES PARSING R
Henderson J. M., 2004, INTERFACE LANGUAGE V, P1
Huber W., 1983, AACHENER APHASIE TES
Kamide Y, 2003, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V32, P37, DOI 10.1023/A:1021933015362
Knoeferle P, 2005, COGNITION, V95, P95, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2004.03.002
Knoeferle Pia, 2007, P517, DOI 10.1016/B978-008044980-7/50026-4
KONIECZNY L, 1996, HUMAN SENTENCE PROCE
Levelt WJM, 2001, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V98, P13464, DOI 10.1073/pnas.231459498
MAUNER G, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P340, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1050
MECKLINGER A, 1995, MEM COGNITION, V23, P477, DOI 10.3758/BF03197249
Pinango M. M., 2000, LANGUAGE BRAIN REPRE, P327, DOI 10.1016/B978-012304260-6/50019-0
PINANGO MM, 2000, GRAMMATICAL DISORDER, P75
Raaijmakers JGW, 1999, J MEM LANG, V41, P416, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1999.2650
Scheepers C, 2004, ON-LINE STUDY OF SENTENCE COMPREHENSION, P167
SCHRIEFERS H, 1995, J MEM LANG, V34, P499, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1995.1023
*STEINB MED TECHN, 2002, WAV 4 0 WIND
SWINNEY D, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V50, P225, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1046
Thompson CK, 2009, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V38, P255, DOI 10.1007/s10936-009-9105-7
Trueswell JC, 1999, COGNITION, V73, P89, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(99)00032-3
Trueswell JC, 2004, APPROACHES STUDYING
Wassenaar M, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V45, P716, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2006.08.016
Yorkston K. M., 1999, MANAGEMENT MOTOR SPE
NR 53
TC 11
Z9 11
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 2
BP 221
EP 244
DI 10.1080/02687038.2010.489256
PG 24
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 714TM
UT WOS:000286831900006
ER
PT J
AU Mason, C
Nickels, L
McDonald, B
Moses, M
Makin, K
Taylor, C
AF Mason, Catherine
Nickels, Lyndsey
McDonald, Belinda
Moses, Melanie
Makin, Kate
Taylor, Christine
TI Treatment of word retrieval impairments in aphasia: Evaluation of a
self-administered home programme using personally chosen words
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Word retrieval; Home programme
ID THERAPY; ANOMIA; ERRORLESS; DEFICITS
AB Background: While previous research has shown that a number of tasks can be successful in improving word retrieval following aphasia, the majority of studies result in improvement restricted to treated items. This has two major implications: first it is essential that personally relevant items of communicative value are treated. Second, treatment is likely to be required long term. Therapy provided as a self-administered home programme has the potential to improve the long-term accessibility of therapy and to be more cost effective. This research was part of a larger investigation into treatment for lexical retrieval difficulties in adults with aphasia. Our earlier research found that treatment using repetition in the presence of a picture conducted by a clinician was effective in improving the later retrieval of treated words. In this study we modified the treatment programme such that it could be carried out independently by the participants as a home programme using personally chosen words. Aims: The aims of our study were first, to determine if a home treatment programme for word retrieval with personally chosen words could result in significant improvements in lexical retrieval, and second, to observe if there would be carry over to improved word retrieval in conversation. Methods Procedures: Three people with aphasia participated, and selected 60 personally relevant words for treatment. These stimuli were treated in two sets, each for eight sessions over 2 weeks. Outcomes of treatment were evaluated by comparing naming of these items on three pre-treatment baselines, with naming following the completion of the programme. Semi-structured conversations based around topics relating to the target words were sampled prior to treatment and following treatment to observe generalisation to conversation. Outcomes Results: Two participants showed evidence of increased accuracy for naming of treated items following the home programme with no change in naming of unseen controls. The conversation outcomes were less clear, with only one participant showing any evidence of greater production of treated items in conversation. Conclusions: This study found that the home treatment programme using personally chosen words improved word retrieval for some participants. However, the outcomes were less robust than those of a clinician-directed therapy study previously conducted by the researchers. There were limitations in the sensitivity of the measures of transfer to conversation and further investigation is required into the extent to which benefits in single word retrieval carry over into word retrieval in conversation.
C1 [Nickels, Lyndsey] Macquarie Univ, Macquarie Ctr Cognit Sci MACCS, Sydney, NSW 2109, Australia.
[Makin, Kate; Taylor, Christine] Royal Rehabil Ctr, Sydney, NSW, Australia.
RP Nickels, L (reprint author), Macquarie Univ, Macquarie Ctr Cognit Sci MACCS, Sydney, NSW 2109, Australia.
EM lyndsey.nickels@mq.edu.au
FU Australian National Health and Medical Research Council; Macquarie
University; NHMRC
FX The study was funded by grants from the Australian National Health and
Medical Research Council and the Macquarie University Research
Development Scheme. Professor Lyndsey Nickels was funded by a NHMRC
senior research fellowship. The authors would like to thank David Howard
for his valuable help with the statistical analyses, and Wendy Best,
Ruth Herbert, and Julie Hickin for allowing us access to the POWERS
prior to publication. We would also like to express our gratitude to all
of the participants for giving up their time to take part in the study.
CR Adrian JA, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P981, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000256
Balandin S., 1998, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V14, P147, DOI [10.1080/07434619812331278326, DOI 10.1080/07434619812331278326]
Best W, 2008, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V43, P390, DOI 10.1080/13682820701608001
Best W, 1997, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V7, P105
Beukelman D. R., 1993, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V9, P95, DOI 10.1080/07434619312331276481
Bhogal Sanjit K, 2003, Top Stroke Rehabil, V10, P66
Cherney LR, 2008, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V17, P19, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2008/003)
Conroy P, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P1159, DOI 10.1080/02687030600792009
CROCKFORD C, 1994, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V29, P165, DOI 10.3109/13682829409041490
Crofts B, 2004, 26 WORLD C INT ASS L
Edwards S, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V91, P78, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.06.042
Fillingham JK, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V16, P129, DOI 10.1080/09602010443000254
Fillingham JK, 2005, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V40, P505, DOI 10.1080/13682820500138572
Fink RB, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P943, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000155
FRANKLIN S, 1992, ADA ACTION DYSPHASIC
Herbert R, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P184, DOI 10.1080/02687030701262613
Herbert R, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P1163, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000454
HICKIN J, 2007, APHASIA THERAPY FILE, V2
Howard D., 2000, ACQUIRED NEUROGENIC
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Jokel R, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P175, DOI 10.1080/02687030801943005
KAY J, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P613, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.3.613
Kay J., 1992, PALPA PSYCHOLINGUIST
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Larfeuil C, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P783, DOI 10.1080/02687039708250456
LOVERSO FL, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P155, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248587
MAKIN K, 2004, P 26 WORLD C INT ASS
Mayer JF, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P481, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000148
MCDONALD B, 2006, 12 APH S AUSTR MACQ
MCDONALD B, 2009, FACILITATING W UNPUB
MOSES M, 2005, ROYAL REH CTR ANN SC
Nickels L, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P935, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000563
NICKELS L, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V33, P1281, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(95)00102-9
Nickels L, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1047, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000618
NICKELS LA, 2001, HDB NEUROPSYCHOLOGY
Parr S., 1997, TALKING APHASIA
Pate D. S., 1987, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V2, P43, DOI 10.1080/01690968708406351
PEDERSON MA, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P151
Petheram B, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P267, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248412
RAMSBERGER M, 2007, PATHOLOGY, V16, P343
Swinburn K., 2004, COMPREHENSIVE APHASI
NR 41
TC 7
Z9 7
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 2
BP 245
EP 268
DI 10.1080/02687038.2010.489258
PG 24
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 714TM
UT WOS:000286831900007
ER
PT J
AU Meinzer, M
Harnish, S
Conway, T
Crosson, B
AF Meinzer, Marcus
Harnish, Stacy
Conway, Tim
Crosson, Bruce
TI Recent developments in functional and structural imaging of aphasia
recovery after stroke
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Functional imaging; Structural imaging; Brain stimulation;
Recovery; Rehabilitation
ID DIRECT-CURRENT STIMULATION; EPIDURAL CORTICAL STIMULATION; NONINVASIVE
BRAIN-STIMULATION; CONSTRAINT-INDUCED APHASIA; LEFT-HEMISPHERE REGIONS;
NONFLUENT APHASIA; LANGUAGE THERAPY; MOTOR FUNCTION; WHITE-MATTER;
BROCAS AREA
AB Background: Functional and structural neuroimaging techniques can increase our knowledge about the neural processes underlying recovery from post-stroke language impairments (aphasia). Aims: In the present review we highlight recent developments in neuroimaging research of aphasia recovery. Main Contribution: We review (a) cross-sectional findings in aphasia with regard to local brain functions and functional connectivity, (b) structural and functional imaging findings using longitudinal (intervention) paradigms, (c) new adjunct treatments that are guided by functional imaging techniques (e.g., electrical brain stimulation) and (d) studies related to the prognosis of language recovery and treatment responsiveness after stroke. Conclusions: More recent developments in data acquisition and analysis foster better understanding and more realistic modelling of the neural substrates of language recovery after stroke. Moreover, the combination of different neuroimaging protocols can provide converging evidence for neuroplastic brain remodelling during spontaneous and treatment-induced recovery. Researchers are also beginning to use sophisticated imaging analyses to improve accuracy of prognosis, which may eventually improve patient care by allowing for more efficient treatment planning. Brain stimulation techniques offer a new and exciting way to improve the recovery potential after stroke.
C1 [Meinzer, Marcus] Charite, CCM, Dept Neurol, Ctr Stroke Res Berlin, D-10117 Berlin, Germany.
[Meinzer, Marcus; Conway, Tim; Crosson, Bruce] Univ Florida, Dept Clin & Hlth Psychol, Gainesville, FL USA.
[Harnish, Stacy; Conway, Tim; Crosson, Bruce] Malcom Randall VA Med Ctr, Brain Rehabil Res Ctr, Gainesville, FL USA.
[Harnish, Stacy] Univ Florida, Dept Neurol, Gainesville, FL USA.
RP Meinzer, M (reprint author), Charite, CCM, Dept Neurol, Ctr Stroke Res Berlin, Charitepl 1, D-10117 Berlin, Germany.
EM marcus.meinzer@charite.de
RI Crosson, Bruce/L-3128-2013; Meinzer, Marcus/I-3943-2013
FU Bundesministerium fur Bildung und Forschung (BMBF) [01EO0801]; US
Department of Veterans Affairs Rehabilitation Research and Development
service [B3470S, B6699W, C7175M]; National Institute on Deafness and
other Communication Disorders [R01 DC007387]
FX This work was supported by the Bundesministerium fur Bildung und
Forschung (BMBF: 01EO0801); the US Department of Veterans Affairs
Rehabilitation Research and Development service to BC (Research Career
Scientist Award B3470S), TC (Career Development Award B6699W), SH
(Career Development Award C7175M); the National Institute on Deafness
and other Communication Disorders to BC (R01 DC007387).
CR Abutalebi J, 2009, BRAIN LANG, V109, P141, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2009.03.003
Adkins DL, 2006, EXP NEUROL, V200, P356, DOI 10.1016/j.expneurol.2006.02.131
Baker JM, 2010, STROKE, V41, P1229, DOI 10.1161/STROKEAHA.109.576785
Barthel G, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P408, DOI 10.1080/02687030701415880
Bates E, 2003, NAT NEUROSCI, V6, P448, DOI 10.1038/nn1050
Beeson PM, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V16, P161, DOI 10.1007/s11065-006-9013-7
Belin P, 1996, NEUROLOGY, V47, P1504
Bonakdarpour B, 2007, NEUROIMAGE, V36, P322, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2007.02.035
Breier JI, 2009, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V90, P2026, DOI 10.1016/j.apmr.2009.08.144
Breitenstein C, 2005, NEUROIMAGE, V25, P958, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2004.12.019
BURTON A, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P41, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248810
Cherney LR, 2010, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V81, P1014, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.2009.184036
CODE C, 1983, APHASIA THERAPY
Crinion J, 2005, BRAIN, V128, P2858, DOI 10.1093/brain/awh659
Crosson B, 2009, BRAIN LANG, V111, P73, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2009.08.001
Crosson B, 2007, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V13, P582, DOI 10.1017/S1355617707070737
Crosson B, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V17, P157, DOI 10.1007/s11065-007-9024-z
Crosson B, 2010, J REHABIL RES DEV, V47, pVII, DOI 10.1682/JRRD.2010.02.0017
Eliassen JC, 2008, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V15, P427, DOI 10.1310/tsr1505-427
Floel A, 2010, NEUROBIOL DIS, V37, P243, DOI 10.1016/j.nbd.2009.05.027
Floel A, 2008, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V20, P1415, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2008.20098
Fridriksson J, 2010, J NEUROSCI, V30, P11558, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.2227-10.2010
Fridriksson J, 2010, J NEUROSCI, V30, P11057, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.1120-10.2010
Fridriksson J, 2010, CEREB CORTEX, V20, P1013, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhp160
Fridriksson J, 2009, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V30, P2487, DOI 10.1002/hbm.20683
Gauthier LV, 2008, STROKE, V39, P1520, DOI 10.1161/STROKEAHA.107.502229
GOLDENBERG G, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V47, P684, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1063
Heiss WD, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V98, P118, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.02.002
Hickok G, 2007, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V8, P393, DOI 10.1038/nrn2113
Hosomi A, 2009, NEURORADIOLOGY, V51, P549, DOI 10.1007/s00234-009-0534-7
Hummel F, 2005, BRAIN, V128, P490, DOI 10.1093/brain/awh369
Kelly H, 2010, COCHRANE DB SYST REV, V5
Kendall DL, 2008, BRAIN LANG, V105, P1, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.11.007
Kloppel S, 2008, BRAIN, V131, P681, DOI 10.1093/brain/awm319
Le Bihan D, 2003, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V4, P469, DOI 10.1038/nrn1119
Martin PI, 2009, BRAIN LANG, V111, P20, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2009.07.007
Meinzer M, 2009, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V21, P2007, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2009.21219
Meinzer M, 2010, NEUROIMAGE, V53, P283, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2010.06.004
Meinzer M, 2005, STROKE, V36, P1462, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000169941.29831.2a
Meinzer M, 2006, BMC NEUROL, V6, DOI 10.1186/1471-2377-6-28
Meinzer M, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1251, DOI 10.1080/02687030802367998
Meinzer M, 2007, NEUROREHABILITATION, V22, P311
MEINZER M, NEUROBIOLOG IN PRESS
Meinzer M, 2008, NEUROIMAGE, V39, P2038, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2007.10.008
Menke R, 2009, BMC NEUROSCI, V10, DOI 10.1186/1471-2202-10-118
Monti A, 2008, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V79, P451, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.2007.135277
Naeser MA, 2010, RESTOR NEUROL NEUROS, V28, P511, DOI 10.3233/RNN-2010-0559
Naeser MA, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V93, P95, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.08.004
Nitsche MA, 2003, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V15, P619, DOI 10.1162/089892903321662994
Ochfeld E, 2010, STROKE, V41, P325, DOI 10.1161/STROKEAHA.109.570374
Parkinson Bruce R, 2009, Brain Lang, V110, P61, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2009.05.005
Pascual-Leone A, 2000, CURR OPIN NEUROBIOL, V10, P232, DOI 10.1016/S0959-4388(00)00081-7
Postman-Caucheteux WA, 2010, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V22, P1299, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2009.21261
Price CJ, 2006, J MAGN RESON IMAGING, V23, P816, DOI 10.1002/jmri.20580
Price CJ, 2010, NAT REV NEUROL, V6, P202, DOI 10.1038/nrneurol.2010.15
Pulvermuller F, 2001, STROKE, V32, P1621
Raboyeau G, 2008, NEUROLOGY, V70, P290, DOI 10.1212/01.wnl.0000287115.85956.87
Richter M, 2008, BRAIN, V131, P1391, DOI 10.1093/brain/awn043
Saur D, 2010, BRAIN, V133, P1252, DOI 10.1093/brain/awq021
Saur D, 2006, BRAIN, V129, P1371, DOI 10.1093/brain/awl090
Schlaug G, 2008, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V65, P1571, DOI 10.1001/archneur.65.12.1571
Schlaug G, 2009, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V1169, P385, DOI 10.1111/j.1749-6632.2009.04587.x
Sparing R, 2008, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V46, P261, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2007.07.009
Thompson CK, 2007, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V19, P1753, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2007.19.11.1753
Thompson CK, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P591, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/047)
Thompson CK, 2010, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V48, P3211, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2010.06.036
Thompson CK, 2010, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V22, P1993, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2009.21334
Thompson-Schill SL, 1997, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V94, P14792, DOI 10.1073/pnas.94.26.14792
Vitali P, 2010, NEUROCASE, V16, P93, DOI 10.1080/13554790903329117
de Vries MH, 2010, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V22, P2427, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2009.21385
Warren JE, 2009, BRAIN, V132, P3428, DOI 10.1093/brain/awp270
NR 71
TC 26
Z9 27
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 3
BP 271
EP 290
DI 10.1080/02687038.2010.530672
PG 20
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 717FJ
UT WOS:000287028600001
ER
PT J
AU Rautakoski, P
AF Rautakoski, Pirkko
TI Training total communication
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Nonverbal communication; Total communication; Group
intervention; Self-assessment
ID WORD PRODUCTION DEFICIT; QUALITY-OF-LIFE; FUNCTIONAL COMMUNICATION;
SUPPORTED CONVERSATION; SEVERE APHASIA; ALTERNATIVE COMMUNICATION;
GESTURE TREATMENTS; NONFLUENT APHASIA; VERB RETRIEVAL; ADULTS
AB Background: Many people with severe or moderate aphasia begin to use nonverbal methods of communication spontaneously, but some need special training to do so. Use of total communication, including different nonverbal techniques, is often recommended to enable communication and participation in social interaction. Emphasis has also been placed on the importance of a communication partner in facilitating interaction and co-constructing the meaning in a discussion. Aims: The aim of the present study was to examine the way people with severe or moderate aphasia perceive they communicate, and if they and their partners perceive changes in the use of different means of communication during an intervention where the aphasic participants are stimulated to use total communication and the communication partners are guided to support the interaction and to facilitate the use of different means of communication. Methods Procedures: The data were collected during a regular rehabilitation course. The course was carried out in two parts (8 + 4 days) with a 3-month interval. A total of 38 aphasic respondents, mainly with severe or moderate aphasia, aged 26 to 65 years, and 38 of their partners aged 29 to 71 years participated in the study. The research involved an initial, interim, and delayed post-test questionnaire design stretched over a 9-month period. An investigator-constructed, self-assessment questionnaire called Use of Different Communication Methods (UDCM) was used. With the aphasic participants a pictorial version of the questionnaire was administered in the form of an interview. The partners completed the questionnaire independently. Outcomes Results: The results indicate that persons with aphasia and their partners perceive the use of different communication methods quite similarly. The participants with aphasia perceive they use mostly the remaining ability of speech they possess and spontaneous nonverbal communicative methods and in lesser degree low-tech and high-tech devices. Both parties perceived that the use of spontaneous nonverbal means of communication and low-tech devices increased during and after the intervention. Conclusions: The results indicate that people with severe and moderate aphasia and their partners perceive that total communication, i.e., all available means of communication as for instance, limited speech, spontaneous nonverbal means of communication and low-tech devices is often in use. They also perceive that the use of these different communication methods can further be increased by training and by guiding the communication partner to facilitate and support the use of them.
C1 Abo Akad Univ, Dept Psychol & Logoped, FI-20500 Turku, Finland.
RP Rautakoski, P (reprint author), Abo Akad Univ, Dept Psychol & Logoped, FI-20500 Turku, Finland.
EM pirkko.rautakoski@abo.fi
FU Finnish Cultural Foundation
FX This study was supported by grants from the Finnish Cultural Foundation.
The author would like to offer her sincere thanks to the participants
who contributed their time to the project, and to the Finnish Stroke and
Dysphasia Association.
CR AHLSEN E, 1985, GOTHENBURGH MONOGRAP, V5
ALSTON M, 2004, 26 WORLD C INT ASS L
Armstrong E. M, 1993, APHASIA TREATMENT WO, P263
BEHRMANN M, 1984, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V19, P155
BOLLINGER RL, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P301, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249512
Booth S, 1999, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V34, P291, DOI 10.1080/136828299247423
Booth S, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P283
Byng S., 2000, ACQUIRED NEUROGENIC, P56
Cattell R. B., 1978, SCI USE FACTOR ANAL
Christensen R., 1996, ANAL VARIANCE DESIGN
CICONE M, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V8, P324, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90060-9
COELHO CA, 1985, P CLIN APH C, P222
COELHO CA, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P1, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249050
COELHO CA, 1990, J COMMUN DISORD, V23, P383, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(90)90026-U
CROCKFORD C, 1994, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V29, P165
Cunningham R, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P687, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000184
Davis G, 1985, ADULT APHASIA REHABI
Elman RJ, 1999, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V42, P411
Farias D, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V97, P53, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.07.074
Fex B, 1998, J NEUROLINGUIST, V11, P191, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(98)00013-X
Feyereisen P., 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P21, DOI 10. 1080/02687038808248884
Field A., 2003, DISCOVERING STAT USI
Fox LE, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P171, DOI 10.1080/02687040042000133
Garrett K. L., 1989, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V5, P55, DOI 10.1080/07434618912331274976
GOLDENBERG G, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V47, P684, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1063
GOODGLASS H, 1963, BRAIN, V86, P703, DOI 10.1093/brain/86.4.703
Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R
GOODWIN C, 1995, RES LANG SOC INTERAC, V28, P233, DOI 10.1207/s15327973rlsi2803_4
GUILFORD AM, 1982, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V63, P601
HADAR U, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P339, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90160-3
HANLON RE, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P298, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90116-X
HERRMANN M, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P339, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90022-9
Hilari K, 2001, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V36, P86
HOLLAND AL, 1982, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V47, P50
Holland A. L., 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V6, P197, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90007-6
Holland AL, 1996, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V39, pS27
Hopper T, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P745, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000059
Jacobs B, 2004, DISABIL REHABIL, V26, P1231, DOI 10.1080/09638280412331280244
Kagan A, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P624, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2001/051)
Kagan A, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P816, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249575
KARMA K, 1984, KAYTTAYTYMISTIETEIDE
Klippi A., 1996, STUDIA FENNICA LINGU, V6
KRAAT AW, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P321, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249086
Lanyon L, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P809, DOI 10.1080/02687030802642044
Lawson R., 2001, APHASIA THERAPY FILE, P61
LYON JG, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P33, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248687
Lyon JG, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P693, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249416
McNaughton D., 1989, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V5, P35, DOI 10.1080/07434618912331274946
Nummenmaa T., 1997, TUTKIMUSAINEISTON AN
Parr S., 2000, NEUROGENIC COMMUNICA, P55
Pound C., 2002, APHASIA THERAPIES LI
RAO PR, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P59, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248690
Rautakoski P, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1269, DOI 10.1080/02687030802374788
Robey RR, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V41, P172
Rodriguez AD, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P286, DOI 10.1080/02687030500474898
Rose M, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P20, DOI 10.1080/02687030600742020
Rose M, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1001, DOI 10.1080/02687030143000825
Rose M, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P691, DOI 10.1080/02687030701800800
Rose M, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P977
Rose M, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P1186, DOI 10.1080/02687030600757325
Sacchett C, 2002, INT J HUM-COMPUT ST, V57, P263, DOI 10.1006/ijhc.1018
Sacchett C, 1999, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V34, P265, DOI 10.1080/136828299247414
Sarno MT, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P665, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249414
Simmons-Mackie N, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P831, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249576
Simmons-Mackie N., 2000, NEUROGENIC COMMUNICA, P162
SimmonsMackie NN, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P761, DOI 10.1080/02687039708250455
Tompkins CA, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P684, DOI 10.1080/02687030500334076
van der Gaag A, 2005, CLIN REHABIL, V19, P372, DOI 10.1191/0269215505cr785oa
WardLonergan JM, 1995, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V30, P475
WENIGER D, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P301, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249084
Wilkinson R, 1998, Int J Lang Commun Disord, V33 Suppl, P144
Worrall L, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P911
NR 72
TC 8
Z9 8
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 3
BP 344
EP 365
DI 10.1080/02687038.2010.530671
PG 22
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 717FJ
UT WOS:000287028600005
ER
PT J
AU Waldron, H
Whitworth, A
Howard, D
AF Waldron, Heather
Whitworth, Anne
Howard, David
TI Therapy for phonological assembly difficulties: A case series
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Phonological assembly; Therapy; Case series; Monitoring
ID CONDUCTION APHASIA; SPEECH PRODUCTION; LEXICAL ACCESS; ERRORS; DISORDERS
AB Background: One of the few studies to describe therapy specifically for phonological assembly difficulties in aphasia is a single-case study by Franklin, Buerk, and Howard (2002). Their client made a significant improvement in picture naming for both treated and untreated words after therapy comprising two phases, the first aimed at improving auditory awareness and the second aimed at improving self-monitoring. Aims: This study aimed to determine whether the treatment programme used by Franklin et al. (2002) is replicable with other people with impaired phonological assembly as the main part of their aphasia, and to explore any differences in the outcomes for participants. Methods Procedures: A case series of four participants with aphasia with mixed impairments including phonological assembly difficulties received a replication of the treatment protocol described by Franklin et al. (2002). Outcomes Results: None of the participants responded to therapy in the same way as Franklin et al.'s (2002) original client. Three participants improved on naming after the first, auditory discrimination, phase of therapy, but only one participant made further gains in naming following the second, monitoring, phase of therapy, and all improvements seen were for treated items only. One participant did not show any significant improvement on naming of treated or untreated items after either phase of therapy. Conclusions: Whereas Franklin et al.'s (2002) original client had a relatively pure post-lexical phonological assembly impairment, the three participants in the current study whose speech improved after therapy had a combination of lexical and post-lexical phonological impairments, and it is proposed that their item-specific improvements in picture naming occurred as a result of improved mapping between semantics and the phonological output lexicon. The participant in this study whose speech did not improve following therapy had a combination of phonological assembly difficulties and apraxia of speech. This study demonstrates that the same therapy can work at different levels for different individuals, depending on many factors, including their profile of linguistic and cognitive impairments.
C1 [Waldron, Heather] City Hosp Sunderland NHS Fdn Trust, Sunderland, Tyne & Wear, England.
[Waldron, Heather] Newcastle Univ, Speech & Language Sci Sect, Newcastle Upon Tyne NE1 7RU, Tyne & Wear, England.
RP Waldron, H (reprint author), Newcastle Univ, Speech & Language Sci Sect, King George VI Bldg,Queen Victoria Rd, Newcastle Upon Tyne NE1 7RU, Tyne & Wear, England.
EM heather.waldron@ncl.ac.uk
FU Stroke Association [TSAB 2006/02]
FX This research was funded by a bursary from The Stroke Association (ref
TSAB 2006/02).
CR BEST W, 2006, 12 INT APH REH C SHE
Bishop D. V., 1982, TROG TEST RECEPTION
BOGHAL SK, 2003, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V10, P66
BUTTERWORTH B, 1992, COGNITION, V42, P261, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90045-J
Dabul B. L., 1979, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL
Dell GS, 1997, PSYCHOL REV, V104, P801, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.104.4.801
Fillingham JK, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V16, P129, DOI 10.1080/09602010443000254
Franklin S, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1087, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000491
Goldrick M, 2007, COGNITION, V102, P219, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2005.12.010
Grant DA, 1993, WISCONSIN CARD SORTI
Hickin J, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P981, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000509
Howard D., 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL I
Howard D., 2000, ACQUIRED NEUROGENIC
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Kay J., 1992, PALPA PSYCHOLINGUIST
KOHN SE, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V23, P97, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90009-9
Levelt WJM, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P1
Marshall J, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P387, DOI 10.1080/02687030500489946
McNeil MR, 2004, SPEECH MOTOR CONTROL, P389
McNeil MR, 2000, SCI PRACT NEUROPSYCH, P221
Miceli G, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P150, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0008
MILLER D, 1987, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, P253
Nickels L, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P161, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1732
Nickels L, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P935, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000563
Nickels L, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P103, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000517
NICKELS L, 1992, THESIS U LONDON UK
NICKELS L, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V11, P289, DOI 10.1080/02643299408251977
NICKELS L, 1995, CORTEX, V31, P209
RAYMER AM, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P27, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249498
Robertson S. J., 1982, DYSARTHRIA PROFILE
Schwartz MF, 2004, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P159, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000519
Warrington EK, 1996, CAMDEN MEMORY TESTS
Whitworth A, 2005, COGNIITIVE NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL APPROACH TO ASSESSMENT AND INTERVENTION IN APHASIA: A CLINICIANS GUIDE, P1
Ziegler Wolfram, 2002, Seminars in Speech and Language, V23, P231, DOI 10.1055/s-2002-35798
NR 34
TC 4
Z9 4
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 4
BP 434
EP 455
DI 10.1080/02687038.2010.494830
PG 22
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 733LB
UT WOS:000288263100002
ER
PT J
AU Lundgren, K
Brownell, H
Cayer-Meade, C
Milione, J
Kearns, K
AF Lundgren, Kristine
Brownell, Hiram
Cayer-Meade, Carol
Milione, Janet
Kearns, Kevin
TI Treating metaphor interpretation deficits subsequent to right hemisphere
brain damage: Preliminary results
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Right hemisphere disorder; Stroke; Treatment; Metaphor;
Cognitive-linguistic deficits
ID NORMALLY AGING ADULTS; VERBAL WORKING-MEMORY; TIME-SERIES ANALYSIS;
SENTENCE COMPREHENSION; NEURAL MECHANISMS; WORD MEANINGS; APPRECIATION;
LANGUAGE; REQUESTS; APHASIA
AB Aims: This investigation sought to determine whether a structured intervention focused on improving use of semantic associations could improve patients' ability to provide oral interpretations of metaphors following right hemisphere damage (RHD). Methods Procedures: Principles of single participant experimental design provided the basis for the study. Five patients received either 10 or 20 baseline assessments of oral metaphor interpretation and, as a control, assessments of line orientation skill. They then received approximately 10 one-hour sessions of structured intervention to improve oral metaphor interpretation followed by post-training assessments and a 3-month follow up. Outcomes Results: Patients' performances revealed evidence of good response to training as shown by patients' ability to reach criterion on all intervention tasks and by their significant improvement on oral metaphor interpretation. There was relatively little improvement on the line orientation task. Conclusions: The results of this study support the clinical usefulness of this new approach to treating communication deficits associated with RHD due to stroke, even years post-onset. There are, however, questions that remain unanswered. For example, additional data will be needed to gauge how a patient's severity of impairment relates to the potential for improvement, to chart the durability and scope of improvement associated with the training, and to determine the type of visuospatial ability needed for using this type of pictorial material.
C1 [Lundgren, Kristine] Univ N Carolina, Greensboro, NC 27402 USA.
[Lundgren, Kristine; Brownell, Hiram; Cayer-Meade, Carol; Milione, Janet] VA Boston Healthcare Syst, W Roxbury, MA USA.
[Lundgren, Kristine; Brownell, Hiram; Cayer-Meade, Carol; Milione, Janet] Boston Univ, Sch Med, Boston, MA 02215 USA.
[Brownell, Hiram] Boston Coll, Chestnut Hill, MA 02167 USA.
[Kearns, Kevin] SUNY Coll Fredonia, Fredonia, NY 14063 USA.
RP Lundgren, K (reprint author), Univ N Carolina, 323 Ferguson Bldg, Greensboro, NC 27402 USA.
EM k_lundgr@uncg.edu
FU NIH:NIDCD [R21 DC007165, P30 DC05432, RO1 DC0520702]; Research Service
of the Boston VA Healthcare System
FX This work was supported by NIH:NIDCD grants R21 DC007165, P30 DC05432,
and RO1 DC0520702 as well as the Research Service of the Boston VA
Healthcare System. We wish to acknowledge Douglas Katz MD and T. Joy
DePiero MD at Braintree Rehabilitation Hospital, Carol Abbott MS,
CCC-SLP at New England Rehabilitation Hospital, and William Milberg PhD
at the VA Boston Healthcare System for referring these patients, and
Marissa Fond, Soma Roy, Michelle Nichols, Jacque Spitzer, Kate Caddick,
and Andy Stringfellow for their contributions to this project. We thank
the anonymous reviewers for their many useful comments that improved the
paper substantially, and finally the participants and their families for
their time and willingness to participate.
CR Aitchison Jean, 1987, WORDS MIND
Baddeley A. D., 1986, WORKING MEMORY
Baddeley A. D., 1994, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V8, P485, DOI [10.1037/0894-4105.8.4.485, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.8.4.485]
Baum SR, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V87, P278, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00109-3
Beeman M, 1998, RIGHT HEMISPHERE LANGUAGE COMPREHENSION, P255
Borckardt JJ, 2008, AM PSYCHOL, V63, P77, DOI 10.1037/0003-066X.63.2.77
Brown R., 1958, WORDS THINGS
Brownell H, 2007, ANN CONV AM SPEECH L
Brownell H, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V68, P442, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2122
BROWNELL HH, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V22, P253, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90093-2
BROWNELL HH, 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V28, P375, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(90)90063-T
BURGESS C, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P86, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90056-9
Caplan D, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P77
Chiappe DL, 2007, J MEM LANG, V56, P172, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2006.11.006
Chiarello C, 1998, RIGHT HEMISPHERE LANGUAGE COMPREHENSION, P141
CROSBIE J, 1993, J CONSULT CLIN PSYCH, V61, P966, DOI 10.1037/0022-006X.61.6.966
Crosson B, 1999, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V13, P171, DOI 10.1037//0894-4105.13.2.171
DANEMAN M, 1980, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V19, P450, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(80)90312-6
Faust ME, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V53, P234, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0046
Fisher WW, 2003, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V36, P387, DOI 10.1901/jaba.2003.36-387
Fletcher PC, 1996, BRAIN, V119, P1587, DOI 10.1093/brain/119.5.1587
GARDNER H, 1973, Cortex, V9, P183
GARDNER H, 1974, CHILD DEV, V45, P84, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-8624.1974.tb00562.x
GLUCKSBERG S, 1982, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V21, P85, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(82)90467-4
Happe F, 1999, COGNITION, V70, P211, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(99)00005-0
Helm-Estabrooks N., 2001, CLQT COGNITIVE LINGU
Hilari K, 2003, STROKE, V34, P1944, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000081987.46660.ED
HILLSON TR, 1994, MOTIV EMOTION, V18, P1, DOI 10.1007/BF02252473
HYERLE D, 1993, THESIS U CALIFORNIA
Hyerle D., 1995, THINKING MAPS TOOLS
Joanette Y., 1990, RIGHT HEMISPHERE VER
Jung-Beeman M, 2005, TRENDS COGN SCI, V9, P512, DOI 10.1016/j.tics.2005.09.009
Just MA, 1996, PSYCHOL REV, V103, P773, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.103.4.773
Kearns KP, 2000, SCI PRACT NEUROPSYCH, P421
Kempler D., 2005, NEUROCOGNITIVE DISOR
Kempler D, 1996, FORMULAIC NOVEL LANG
LAKOFF G, 1994, CONCEPTUAL METAPHOR
LUNDGREN K, 1984, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, V282
Lundgren K, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V99, P69, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.044
Lyons John, 1968, INTRO THEORETICAL LI
McDonald S, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V68, P486, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2124
MCDONALD S, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P535, DOI 10.1080/02687039308248629
Minghetti NJ, 1990, TREATMENT EFFICACY R
Myers P. S., 1981, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P254
Myers P. S., 1999, RIGHT HEMISPHERE DAM
Osgood Charles E., 1957, MEASUREMENT MEANING
Palermo D. S., 1964, WORD ASS NORMS
Porch BE, 2007, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V16, P84, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2007/011)
Postman L. J., 1970, NORMS WORD ASS
Qualls CE, 2000, ARCH CLIN NEUROPSYCH, V15, P159, DOI 10.1016/S0887-6177(98)00043-2
Robey RR, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P445
Shammi P, 1999, BRAIN, V122, P657, DOI 10.1093/brain/122.4.657
Shibata M, 2007, BRAIN RES, V1166, P92, DOI 10.1016/j.brainres.2007.06.040
STEMMER B, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V47, P1, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1040
Stringaris AK, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V100, P150, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.08.001
TOMPKINS CA, 1990, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V33, P307
Tompkins CA, 2000, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V43, P62
Tompkins CA, 1995, RIGHT HEMISPHERE COM
TOMPKINS CA, 1992, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V35, P626
TOMPKINS CA, 1994, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V37, P896
TOURANGEAU R, 1981, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V13, P27, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(81)90003-7
Van Lancker D, 1990, Behav Neurol, V3, P169, DOI 10.3233/BEN-1990-3304
VANLANCKER DR, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V32, P265, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90128-3
Wellman HM, 2002, AUTISM, V6, P343, DOI 10.1177/1362361302006004003
WEYLMAN ST, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P580, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90087-4
WINNER E, 1977, BRAIN, V100, P717, DOI 10.1093/brain/100.4.717
Winner E, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V62, P89, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1889
NR 67
TC 9
Z9 9
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 4
BP 456
EP 474
DI 10.1080/02687038.2010.500809
PG 19
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 733LB
UT WOS:000288263100003
ER
PT J
AU Sampson, M
Faroqi-Shah, Y
AF Sampson, Monica
Faroqi-Shah, Yasmeen
TI Investigation of self-monitoring in fluent aphasia with jargon
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Jargon; Aphasia; Self-monitoring; Feedback; Comprehension;
Lexical-phonological encoding
ID SPEECH PRODUCTION; ERRORS; COMPREHENSION; REPAIRS; IMPROVEMENT; THERAPY;
PATIENT
AB Background: Some individuals with fluent aphasia produce jargon errors in speech production. Jargon likely results from derailed encoding operations required for language production, although the exact mechanism remains debated. It is also unclear if persons who produce jargon are able to self-monitor; that is, detect the non-word status of their imminent utterance and self-correct the error. Aims: This study investigated the characteristics of speech monitoring in individuals with fluent aphasia who produce jargon. The association of speech monitoring with amount of jargon produced and success in auditory comprehension was examined. Further, the role of post-articulatory auditory feedback on speech-monitoring success was examined by introducing an auditory masker (white noise). Finally, the influence of task demands on amount of jargon and speech monitoring was examined. Methods Procedures: Five individuals with fluent aphasia with jargon participated in the study. Speech monitoring was tested using three production tasks (picture naming, non-word repetition, and word repetition) under two listening conditions (normal listening and masking noise). Speech-monitoring score was derived from self-judgements of production accuracy. Auditory processing was examined in speech discrimination, lexical decision, and single-word identification tasks. Outcomes Results: Results indicated that severity of self-monitoring impairment is: (1) strongly correlated with severity of jargon production, (2) poorly correlated with auditory processing abilities, (3) worse under masking noise, and (4) worse for naming compared to repetition. Conclusions: Overall, all five participants with jargon demonstrated severely impaired speech monitoring under both listening conditions across all three production tasks, suggesting that the role of speech-monitoring impairment in jargon cannot be disregarded. The increase in amount of jargon and severity of speech-monitoring failure with increased linguistic demands of the production task (as in picture naming and non-word repetition) raises the possibility of a post-semantic deficit in accessing phonological codes. This possible locus of deficit, and implications for understanding production of jargon, are discussed.
C1 [Sampson, Monica] Univ Maryland, Dept Hearing & Speech Sci, College Pk, MD 20742 USA.
RP Sampson, M (reprint author), Univ Maryland, Dept Hearing & Speech Sci, 0133 Lefrak Hall, College Pk, MD 20742 USA.
EM msampson@hesp.umd.edu
FU Department of Hearing and Speech Sciences, University of Maryland,
College Park
FX This work was supported by the MCM Fund for Student Research Excellence
to the first author from the Department of Hearing and Speech Sciences,
University of Maryland, College Park. The authors wish to thank all the
participants and their families for their participation and support for
this research. We also acknowledge the assistance of Lauren Graham and
Lisa Pyun in transcription and data analysis. We are grateful to two
anonymous reviewers for their helpful comments on earlier versions of
the manuscript.
CR Baayen R. H., 1993, CELEX LEXICAL DATABA
BLACKMER ER, 1991, COGNITION, V39, P173, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(91)90052-6
Brown L., 1997, TONI 3 TEST NONVERBA
BUTTERWORTH B, 1985, CURRENT PERSPECTIVES
BUTTERWORTH B, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V8, P133, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90046-4
DESMEDT K, 1987, NATURAL LANGUAGE GEN
ELLIS A, 1983, COGNITION, V15, P110
Franklin S, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1087, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000491
Goodglass H, 2001, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V3rd
Hanlon RE, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V55, P199, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0101
Hartsuiker R. J., 2005, PHONOLOGICAL ENCODIN
Hartsuiker R. J., 2005, PHONOLOGICAL ENCODIN, P187
Hartsuiker RJ, 2001, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V42, P113, DOI 10.1006/cogp.2000.0744
Hillis AE, 1999, NEUROLOGY, V53, P1813
Kay J., 1992, PALPA PSYCHOLINGUIST
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Kohn SE, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P129, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0007
KOLK H, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V50, P282, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1049
LAVER JDM, 1973, SPEECH ERRORS LINGUI
LAVER JDM, 1980, ERRORS LINGUISTIC PE
Lazar RM, 2000, NEUROLOGY, V55, P1222
Levelt W. J., 1989, SPEAKING INTENTION A
LEVELT WJM, 1983, COGNITION, V14, P41, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90026-4
MAHER LM, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V46, P402, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1022
MANETA N, 2001, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V36, P91
Marshall J, 1996, J NEUROLINGUIST, V9, P237, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(97)82796-0
Marshall J, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V63, P79, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1936
Marshall J, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P387, DOI 10.1080/02687030500489946
MARSHALL RC, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P535, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248680
MARSHALL RC, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V24, P297, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90137-3
Moses MS, 2004, NEUROCASE, V10, P452, DOI 10.1080/13554790490894057
NICKELS L, 1995, CORTEX, V31, P209
Oomen C. E., 2005, PHONOLOGICAL ENCODIN, P157
Oomen CCE, 2001, CORTEX, V37, P627, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70610-5
Oomen CCE, 2001, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V30, P163, DOI 10.1023/A:1010377828778
PEUSER G, 1981, JARGON APHASIA
POSTMA A, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P472
Postma A, 2000, COGNITION, V77, P97, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(00)00090-1
Robson J, 1998, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V4, P675
Robson J, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V85, P109, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00503-5
Roelofs A., 2005, PHONOLOGICAL ENCODIN, P42
SAMPSON M, 2009, TOMATO BARITOOD SOUR
SCHILLER NO, 2005, 21 CENTURY PSYCHOLIN
SCHLENCK KJ, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V30, P226, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90100-3
SHUREN JE, 1995, NEUROLOGY, V45, P376
Szekely A, 2004, J MEM LANG, V51, P247, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2004.03.002
VANWIJK C, 1987, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V19, P403, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(87)90014-4
WHEELDON LR, 1995, J MEM LANG, V34, P311, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1995.1014
NR 48
TC 1
Z9 1
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 4
BP 505
EP 528
DI 10.1080/02687038.2010.523471
PG 24
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 733LB
UT WOS:000288263100006
ER
PT J
AU Crisp, J
Howard, D
Ralph, MAL
AF Crisp, Jenni
Howard, David
Ralph, Matthew A. Lambon
TI More evidence for a continuum between phonological and deep dyslexia:
Novel data from three measures of direct orthography-to-phonology
translation
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Phonological dyslexia; Deep dyslexia; Nonword reading; Semantics;
Orthographic-to-phonological conversion
ID SEMANTIC INFORMATION; ALEXIA; WORD; IMPAIRMENTS; RECOVERY; JAPANESE;
NONWORDS; MODELS; ERRORS; KEY
AB Background: Over recent years a number of studies have suggested that phonological and deep dyslexia are not separate acquired dyslexias but actually reflect different points along a single continuum. Behaviourally this continuum was originally defined in terms of the graded presence/absence of the osymptomso of deep dyslexia. Aims: Given that orthography phonology translation is core to phonological-deep dyslexia, it becomes critical to measure the degree and nature of any such direct phonological activation in these patients. Nonword reading accuracy has been the most commonly used measure of the status of direct orthographic phonological activation but this measure can floor out in many phonological-deep dyslexic patients. In such circumstances, however, researchers have found evidence for some residual OP function using reading tasks that do not require overt productionand these tasks might provide an important set of additional measures to test for a gradation of performance at the severer end of the phonological-deep dyslexic continuum. Methods Procedures: In the present study three tasks of this type (spoken-to-written nonword-matching, a novel word-matching task, and pseudohomophone reading) were developed and tested in a case-series of phonological-deep dyslexia (and made available in the appendices to this paper). Outcomes Results: As suggested from past studies, even patients with severely impaired overt nonword reading exhibited above-chance performance on the matching task and a pseudohomophone effect. The accuracy on these tasks varied in a graded manner across the case-series. Conclusions: Two factors are key to this dyslexia continuum: the severity of phonological impairment and also the degree of interaction between semantic and impaired phonological representations, indicating that semantic representations become more central to reading in the face of phonological impairment.
C1 [Ralph, Matthew A. Lambon] Univ Manchester, Sch Psychol Sci, Neurosci & Aphasia Res Unit NARU, Manchester M13 9PL, Lancs, England.
[Crisp, Jenni; Howard, David] Univ Newcastle, Newcastle, NSW 2308, Australia.
RP Ralph, MAL (reprint author), Univ Manchester, Sch Psychol Sci, Neurosci & Aphasia Res Unit NARU, Zochonis Bldg,Oxford Rd, Manchester M13 9PL, Lancs, England.
EM matt.lambon-ralph@manchester.ac.uk
RI Lambon Ralph, Matthew/A-1695-2009
FU The Health Foundation [2795/767]
FX We thank all the participants who contributed their time and energy to
this case series. We are grateful to Prof. Karalyn Patterson for
suggesting the "true synonym task". The study was conducted while JC was
supported by a mid-career award from The Health Foundation (2795/767).
CR BEAUVOIS MF, 1979, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V42, P1115, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.42.12.1115
Berndt RS, 1996, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V13, P763, DOI 10.1080/026432996381809
Bozeat S, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V38, P1207, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(00)00034-8
BUCHANAN L, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V47, P435
Buchanan L, 2000, BRAIN COGNITION, V43, P65
Buchanan L, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V84, P65, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00521-7
Buchanan L, 1996, J NEUROLINGUIST, V9, P113, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(96)00001-2
Coltheart M., 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA
Crisp J, 2006, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V18, P348, DOI 10.1162/089892906775990543
Franklin S., 1992, ADA COMPREHENSION BA
Friedman RB, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P114, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0006
FUNNELL E, 1989, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V41, P471
Harm MW, 2001, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V18, P71, DOI 10.1080/02643290125986
HILLIS AE, 1995, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V12, P187, DOI 10.1080/02643299508251996
Howard D, 1996, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V13, P887, DOI 10.1080/026432996381854
Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
MARSHALL JC, 1973, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V2, P175, DOI 10.1007/BF01067101
MONSELL S, 1992, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V18, P452, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.18.3.452
Morton J, 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA, P91
Patterson K, 1996, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V13, P803, DOI 10.1080/026432996381818
Patterson K., 1992, ANAL APPROACHES HUMA
Patterson K. E., 1982, NORMALITY PATHOLOGY
PATTERSON KE, 1978, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V30, P587, DOI 10.1080/14640747808400688
Sasanuma S, 1996, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V13, P823, DOI 10.1080/026432996381827
Seidenberg MS, 1996, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V22, P48, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.22.1.48
STRAIN E, 1995, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V21, P1140, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.21.5.1140
Welbourne SR, 2007, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V19, P1125, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2007.19.7.1125
WILDING J, 1983, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V74
NR 28
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 5
BP 615
EP 641
DI 10.1080/02687038.2010.541470
PG 27
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 753SZ
UT WOS:000289801300005
ER
PT J
AU Duff, MC
Hengst, JA
Gupta, R
Tranel, D
Cohen, NJ
AF Duff, Melissa C.
Hengst, Julie A.
Gupta, Rupa
Tranel, Daniel
Cohen, Neal J.
TI Distributed impact of cognitive-communication impairment: Disruptions in
the use of definite references when speaking to individuals with amnesia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Definite reference; Declarative memory; Hippocampus; Discourse;
Communication partners
ID HIPPOCAMPAL AMNESIA; APHASIA
AB Background: Definite references signal a speaker's belief that a listener can uniquely identify the referent (e.g., the dog, as the only dog among a group of animals). Clark's (1992) collaborative referencing model provides a way to examine the speaker's display of confidence that his/her reference will be understood by the listener without further clarification. We previously found that amnesia participants, as directors in a barrier task with a familiar partner, used referencing forms that displayed less confidence than forms used by comparison participants. If this is an interactional consequence of managing the memory impairment (as opposed to a language deficit), we should also expect a decrease in definite referencing by their partners. Aims: To examine the use of definite references by healthy non-brain-damaged participants when speaking to their memory-impaired partner during repeated trials of a barrier task. Methods Procedures: We replicated our previous work with 11 of the same participant pairs6 individuals with hippocampal amnesia and 5 comparison participantseach of whom was paired with a familiar partner of their choosing. Focusing on the productions of the partners (i.e., partners became directors) we (1) coded referential expressions as definite or indefinite; (2) tracked changes in the use of indefinite and definite references across trials; and (3) compared data to previous analyses (when amnesia participants were directors). Outcomes Results: The productions of comparison pairs were overwhelming definite (95%, 1359). In sharp contrast, partners of the amnesia participants used a definite initiating reference less than half the time (48%, 825), when speaking to their memory-impaired partner and used definite references that signalled a lack of confidence more often and across more trials. Conclusions: These findings support the assumption that disruptions in language-and-memory-in-use are not limited to the productions of the individuals with amnesia, but rather extend to the discourse of their communication partners. Observing disruptions in the use of definite references of individuals with intact language and declarative memory, when communicating with their partner with amnesia, points to the complex interaction of memory and language. Even when attention is paid to grammatical forms, the decisions are never linguistic alone.
C1 [Duff, Melissa C.] Univ Iowa, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Iowa City, IA 52242 USA.
[Duff, Melissa C.; Gupta, Rupa; Tranel, Daniel] Univ Iowa, Dept Neurol, Div Behav Neurol & Cognit Neurosci, Iowa City, IA 52242 USA.
[Hengst, Julie A.] Univ Illinois, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, Urbana, IL 61801 USA.
[Cohen, Neal J.] Univ Illinois, Beckman Inst, Urbana, IL 61801 USA.
RP Duff, MC (reprint author), Univ Iowa, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, 250 Hawkins Dr, Iowa City, IA 52242 USA.
EM melissa-duff@uiowa.edu
FU NIDCD [1F32DC008825]; NINDS [P50 NS 19632]; NIMH [R01 MH062500]
FX Support from NIDCD 1F32DC008825, NINDS P50 NS 19632, and NIMH R01
MH062500.
CR Agha A, 2007, STUD SOC CULT FOUND, V24, P1, DOI 10.2277/ 0521576857
Arnold JE, 2008, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V23, P495, DOI 10.1080/01690960801920099
BATES E, 1987, CORTEX, V23, P545
Clark H. H., 1992, ARENAS LANGUAGE, P107
CLARK HH, 1986, COGNITION, V22, P1, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(86)90010-7
Clark Herbert H., 1992, ARENAS LANGUAGE USE
Cohen NJ, 1993, MEMORY AMNESIA HIPPO
*COL STAT U, 1999, CLIV WEAR 2
Duff M. C., 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P1
Duff M. C., 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1
Duff MC, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P926, DOI 10.1080/02687030802533748
Duff MC, 2006, NAT NEUROSCI, V9, P140, DOI 10.1038/nn1601
DUFF MC, 2007, SOC NEUR C SAN DIEG
DUFF MC, PSYCHOL SCI IN PRESS
DUFF MC, 2005, THESIS U ILLINOIS UR
Duff MC, 2008, BRAIN LANG, V106, P41, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.10.004
Eichenbaum H, 2001, CONDITIONING CONSCIO
Hanks W., 1990, REFERENTIAL PRACTICE
Hengst JA, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P831, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/065)
KRAUSS RM, 1969, CHILD DEV, V40, P255, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-8624.1969.tb06044.x
Yule G., 1997, REFERENTIAL COMMUNIC
NR 21
TC 4
Z9 4
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 6-7
BP 675
EP 687
DI 10.1080/02687038.2010.536841
PG 13
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 775XO
UT WOS:000291497000002
ER
PT J
AU Olness, GS
Englebretson, EF
AF Olness, Gloria Streit
Englebretson, Elise F.
TI On the coherence of information highlighted by narrators with aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Discourse; Narrative; Evaluative devices; Modalising; Semantics
ID AFRICAN-AMERICANS; NARRATIVES; HYPOTHESES; ADULTS; SPEECH
AB Background: A central purpose of narration is to convey one's point of view about a narrated event. One's expressed evaluation of a narrated event (modalising language) is often differentiated from one's expression of the time, place, person, and event proper (referential language). Use of narrative evaluative devices highlights information in narratives. Previous findings provide evidence that the frequency of use, co-occurrence and distribution of evaluative devices are similar for narratives of speakers with and without aphasia, suggesting a preservation of evaluative or modalising language in aphasia. Aims: This study complements prior research on structural aspects of evaluative devices by examining the distribution and overall coherence of the content emphasised by evaluative devices in the personal narratives of speakers with aphasia, as compared to that of narratives produced by demographically similar speakers without aphasia. Methods Procedures: Participants were 33 demographically matched, English-speaking, middle-aged adults. Of these, 17 had aphasia, and 16 had no neurological disorder. Each group included similar proportions of three demographic subgroups: African-American males, African-American females, and Caucasian females. Each participant told a personal narrative of a frightening experience. Narrative evaluative content was analysed for its proportion of use on and off the main event line, and for its overall coherence. Outcomes Results: The distribution and coherence of highlighted/evaluated semantic content were similar for narratives of individuals with and without aphasia. Notably, some aphasic participants produced coherent evaluative/modalising content with incoherent referential content. Conclusions: The relatively intact ability of individuals with aphasia to assign prominence to information in narratives sheds light on the neurological underpinnings of modalising language, and suggests possible skills associated with the ability of aphasic persons to ocommunicate better than they talko (Holland, 1977). The clinical potential for assessment and treatment that incorporates narrative evaluative devices and modalising language needs to be further explored.
C1 [Olness, Gloria Streit; Englebretson, Elise F.] Univ N Texas, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, Denton, TX 76203 USA.
RP Olness, GS (reprint author), Univ N Texas, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, 1155 Union Circle 305010, Denton, TX 76203 USA.
EM golness@unt.edu
FU University of North Texas; NIH/NIDCD [1R03DC005151-01]; University of
Texas at Dallas (Callier Center for Communication Disorders, and Dean of
the School of Behavioral and Brain Sciences)
FX This research was supported by grants from the University of North Texas
Faculty Research Grant Fund; the NIH/NIDCD (1R03DC005151-01); and the
University of Texas at Dallas (Callier Center for Communication
Disorders, and Dean of the School of Behavioral and Brain Sciences). Our
thanks to two anonymous reviewers for their helpful suggestions and
insightful comments.
CR Armstrong E, 2007, CLINICAL APHASIOLOGY: FUTURE DIRECTIONS, P195
Armstrong E, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P480, DOI 10.1080/02687030902775157
Austin J., 1962, DO THINGS WORDS
Berman RA, 1997, J NARRAT LIFE HIST, V7, P235
Bruner J. S., 1990, ACTS MEANING
Ervin-Tripp S., 1996, CONVERSATION COGNITI, P133
Fisher W. R., 1987, HUMAN COMMUNICATION
Grimes J. E., 1975, THREAD DISCOURSE
SPARKS R, 1974, Cortex, V10, P303
HOLLAND A. L., 1977, RATIONALE ADULT APHA, P167
Johnstone B, 1990, STORIES COMMUNITY PL
Labov W, 1997, J NARRAT LIFE HIST, V7, P395
Labov W., 1972, LANGUAGE INNER CITY
Labov William, 1967, ESSAYS VERBAL VISUAL, P12
LONGACRE RE, 1989, DISCOURSE PROCESS, V12, P413
Longacre R. E., 1996, GRAMMAR DISCOURSE, V2nd
MROSS EF, 1990, DISCOURSE ABILITY BR, P50
Nespoulous JL, 1998, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V19, P311, DOI 10.1017/S0142716400010080
NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338
Olness GS, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P697, DOI 10.1080/02687030903438524
Olness GS, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P175, DOI 10.1080/02687030500472710
PATRY R, 1990, DISCOURSE ABILITY BR, P3
Polanyi L., 1989, TELLING AM STORY STR
Sacks H., 1992, LECT CONVERSATION, VII
Ulatowska H. K., 1990, DISCOURSE ABILITY BR, P180
Ulatowska H. K., 2004, MIT ENCY COMMUNICATI, P300
Ulatowska HK, 2000, DISCOURSE PROCESS, V30, P265, DOI 10.1207/S15326950dp3003_3
Ulatowska HK, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V87, P69, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00202-5
Wennerstrom A, 2001, MUSIC EVERYDAY SPEEC
Wennerstrom A, 2001, J PRAGMATICS, V33, P1183, DOI 10.1016/S0378-2166(00)00061-8
NR 30
TC 5
Z9 5
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 6-7
BP 713
EP 726
DI 10.1080/02687038.2010.537346
PG 14
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 775XO
UT WOS:000291497000005
ER
PT J
AU Tompkins, CA
Blake, MT
Wambaugh, J
Meigh, K
AF Tompkins, Connie A.
Blake, Margaret T.
Wambaugh, Julie
Meigh, Kimberly
TI A novel, implicit treatment for language comprehension processes in
right hemisphere brain damage: Phase I data
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Right brain damage; Discourse comprehension; language treatment;
Suppression; Coarse coding
ID DISCOURSE COMPREHENSION; AMBIGUITY RESOLUTION; SUPPRESSION; ADULTS;
IMPAIRMENT; MECHANISMS; MODEL
AB Background: This manuscript reports the initial phase of testing for a novel, oContextual constrainto treatment, designed to stimulate inefficient language comprehension processes in adults with right hemisphere brain damage (RHD). Two versions of treatment were developed to target two normal comprehension processes that have broad relevance for discourse comprehension and that are often disrupted by RHD: coarse semantic coding and suppression. The development of the treatment was informed by two well-documented strengths of the RHD population. The first is consistently better performance on assessments that are implicit, or nearly so, than on explicit, metalinguistic measures of language and cognitive processing. The second is improved performance when given linguistic context that moderately-to-strongly biases an intended meaning. Treatment consisted of providing brief context sentences to prestimulate, or constrain, intended interpretations. Participants made no explicit associations or judgments about the constraint sentences; rather, these contexts served only as implicit primes. Aims: This Phase I treatment study aimed to determine the effects of a novel, implicit, Contextual Constraint treatment in adults with RHD whose coarse coding or suppression processes were inefficient. Treatment was hypothesized to speed coarse coding or suppression function in these individuals. Methods Procedures: Three adults with RHD participated in this study, one (P1) with a coarse coding deficit and two (P2, P3) with suppression deficits. Probe tasks were adapted from prior studies of coarse coding and suppression in RHD. The dependent measure was the percentage of responses that met predetermined response time criteria. When pre-treatment baseline performance was stable, treatment was initiated. There were two levels of contextual constraint, Strong and Moderate, and treatment for each item began with the provision of the Strong constraint context. Outcomes Results: Treatment-contingent gains were evident after brief periods of treatment, for P1 on two treatment lists, and for P2. P3 made slower but still substantial gains. Maintenance of gains was evident for P1, the only participant for whom it was measured. Conclusions: This Phase I treatment study documents the potential for considerable gains from an implicit, Contextual constraint treatment. If replicated, this approach to treatment may hold promise for individuals who do poorly with effortful, metalinguistic treatment tasks, or for whom it is desirable to minimize errors during treatment. The real test of this treatment's benefit will come from later phase studies of study, which will test broad-based generalization to various aspects of discourse comprehension.
C1 [Tompkins, Connie A.; Meigh, Kimberly] Univ Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, PA 15260 USA.
[Blake, Margaret T.] Univ Houston, Houston, TX USA.
[Wambaugh, Julie] Univ Utah, Salt Lake City, UT USA.
[Wambaugh, Julie] VA Salt Lake City Healthcare Syst, Salt Lake City, UT USA.
RP Tompkins, CA (reprint author), Univ Pittsburgh, 4033 Forbes Tower, Pittsburgh, PA 15260 USA.
EM tompkins@pitt.edu
CR Beeman M, 1998, RIGHT HEMISPHERE LANGUAGE COMPREHENSION, P255
Blake ML, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P423, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000868
Bloom M., 2003, EVALUATING PRACTICE
Fassbinder W., 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P559, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000202
Fisher WW, 2003, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V36, P387, DOI 10.1901/jaba.2003.36-387
Gernsbacher M. A., 1990, LANGUAGE COMPREHENSI
GERNSBACHER MA, 1991, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V17, P245, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.17.2.245
Hillis A., 2002, HDB ADULT LANGUAGE D, P429
Kintsch W., 1998, COMPREHENSION PARADI
KINTSCH W, 1988, PSYCHOL REV, V95, P163, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.95.2.163
Robey RR, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P787, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249573
Tompkins C. A., 2008, PERSPECTIVES NEUROPH, V18, P45
Tompkins CA, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P119, DOI 10.1080/02687030601040861
Tompkins CA, 2000, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V43, P62
Tompkins CA, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P400, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2001/033)
TOMPKINS CA, APHASIA REL IN PRESS
Tompkins CA, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P204, DOI 10.1080/02687030601125019
NR 17
TC 5
Z9 5
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 6-7
BP 789
EP 799
DI 10.1080/02687038.2010.539784
PG 11
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 775XO
UT WOS:000291497000011
ER
PT J
AU Wieczorek, R
Huber, W
Darkow, R
AF Wieczorek, Roma
Huber, Walter
Darkow, Robert
TI Tense/aspect category in fluent and nonfluent German aphasia: An
experimental training programme for verb production
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aspect; Tense; German aphasia; Aphasia treatment
ID FUNCTIONAL CATEGORIES; AGRAMMATIC APHASIA; WERNICKE APHASIA; TENSE;
INFLECTIONS; AGREEMENT; BROCA; GREEK
AB Background: Results from previous studies on tense production in aphasia have not provided a homogeneous picture of which temporo-aspectual structures are most affected. It is postulated that the aphasic individuals have problems with encoding the [+ past] feature into inflectional morphology, and then they are unable to generate the past forms of the verbs. In addition, typically agrammatic data have been analysed, with scarce information on fluent aphasia. Finally, the category of aspect has rarely been considered in verb production therapy.
Aims: We present data regarding the experimental training of aspect in fluent and nonfluent German aphasia. On the basis of the results, some linguistic theories are discussed in terms of the semantic character of aspect processing.
Methods & Procedures: Four aphasic German speakers (two fluent and two nonfluent) took part in the treatment. The participants were diagnosed as moderate Broca's or Wernicke's aphasic by means of the Aachener Aphasie Test (Huber, Poeck, Weniger, & Willmes, 1983). The training focused on the inflected verb elicitation and was carried out by means of a specially designed computer program. Altogether, 38 triplets of depictable verbs were used. The patients were exposed to three drawings depicting the prospective, ongoing, and completed action, and asked to fill in the gaps with appropriate verb forms. In addition, the comprehension task including three drawings and a distractor was also conducted to check the potential training influence on receptive skills.
Outcomes & Results: We demonstrated that the experimental training on tense/aspect production proved to be effective. The significant improvement was noted in the case of three patients, for whom the overall frequency of errors and the sum of aspect substitutions were significantly reduced. Moreover, the data collected showed that German aphasic speakers had problems not only with the past/perfective aspect, but also with the future/prospective condition. However, no influence on the receptive performance was noted.
Conclusions: The study showed that combinations of tense/aspect errors are not typical exclusively of agrammatism, but might also be observed in the verbal output of participants with fluent aphasia. The initial results from our experimental treatment showed that the reduction of tense/aspect errors is possible, regardless of aphasia type. We concluded that the complexity of verbal morphology (especially in the past tense) cannot explain the tense/aspect substitutions that were noted in the present and future conditions. Therefore a morpho-semantic deficit related to tense/aspect production in German aphasia is suggested.
C1 [Wieczorek, Roma] Rhein Westfal TH Aachen, Sect Neurolinguist, Dept Neurol, Univ Hosp, D-52074 Aachen, Germany.
RP Wieczorek, R (reprint author), Rhein Westfal TH Aachen, Sect Neurolinguist, Dept Neurol, Univ Hosp, Pauwelsstr 30, D-52074 Aachen, Germany.
EM Roma.Wieczorek@rwth-aachen.de
CR Arabatzi M, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V80, P314, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2591
Bastiaanse R, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P298, DOI 10.1080/02687030500474922
Bastiaanse R, 2008, J NEUROLINGUIST, V21, P104, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2006.10.006
Comrie B, 1976, ASPECT
DUMAN TY, 2009, BRAIN LANG, V108, P97
Faroqi-Shah Y, 2009, BRAIN LANG, V108, P97, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2008.10.003
Faroqi-Shah Y, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P484, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2003.12.006
Faroqi-Shah Y, 2007, J MEM LANG, V56, P129, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2006.09.005
FLAMIG W, 1991, GRAMMATIK DTSCH
Herweg Michael, 1990, ZEITASPEKTE BEDEUTUN
Huber W., 1983, AACHENER APHASIE TES
JONKERS R, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1
Murray LL, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P585
Musan R, 2001, NAT LANG LINGUIST TH, V19, P355, DOI 10.1023/A:1010698022098
Nanousi V., 2006, J NEUROLINGUIST, V19, P209, DOI [10.1016/j.jneuroling.2005.11.003, DOI 10.1016/J.JNEUROLING.2005.11.003]
OLBISHEVSKA O, 2004, CAHIERS LINGUISTIQUE, V32, P66
OLDFIELD RC, 1971, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V9, P97, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(71)90067-4
SHAPIRO LP, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P423, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1053
Stavrakaki S, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V86, P129, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00541-2
VANGEENHOVEN V, 2005, PERSPECTIVES ASPECT
VANHOUT A, 2006, CROSSLINGUISTIC PERS
Varlokosta S, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P723, DOI 10.1080/0267030500513703
Weinrich M, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V70, P144, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2141
Wenzlaff M, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P57, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00298-0
WILLMES K, 1985, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V7, P331, DOI 10.1080/01688638508401268
Wischer I, 2004, Z GER LINGUISTIK, V32, P262, DOI 10.1515/zfgl.2004.32.2.262
ZURIF E, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P448, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1054
NR 27
TC 4
Z9 4
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 8
BP 851
EP 871
DI 10.1080/02687038.2010.534802
PG 21
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 837IV
UT WOS:000296190500001
ER
PT J
AU Duman, TY
Altinok, N
Ozgirgin, N
Bastiaanse, R
AF Duman, Tuba Yarbay
Altinok, Nermin
Ozgirgin, Nese
Bastiaanse, Roelien
TI Sentence comprehension in Turkish Broca's aphasia: An integration
problem
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Broca's aphasia; Auditory sentence comprehension; Case, Word order;
Integration
ID AGRAMMATIC APHASIA; RELATIVE CLAUSES; VERB INFLECTION; LANGUAGE;
PASSIVES; SPEAKERS; GERMAN; ORDER
AB Background: Comprehension of semantically reversible sentences is often impaired in Broca's aphasia. When the arguments in such sentences are in derived order, they are more difficult to comprehend than when they are not. Most studies on this topic are of English, a morphologically poor language; only a few experiments have examined sentence comprehension in case-marking languages. These studies tested sentences in which word order was varied while case was kept constant. Their results suggest that case does not improve comprehension of derived order sentences. The present study is on the comprehension of semantically reversible sentences in Turkish Broca's aphasia. Turkish, with its flexible word order and rich case morphology, is well suited to this investigation because there is an interaction between word order and case, which is known to influence sentence production in this aphasia type (Yarbay Duman, Aygen, & Bastiaanse, 2008).
Aims: The purpose of this study was to investigate the influence of word order and case information on the auditory comprehension of semantically reversible sentences in Turkish Broca's aphasia to find out whether an interaction between word order and case, similar to the one found in production, can be observed in sentence comprehension.
Methods & Procedures: A comprehension test with five reversible sentence types (base order active sentences, sentences with object scrambling, subject relatives, object relatives, and passives) was developed. Sentences in base and derived word order varied in their use of case. Sentences with base case (subject = nominative; object = accusative) and non-base case were included to evaluate the interplay between word order and case separately.
Outcomes & Results: The results showed that both word order and case influenced sentence comprehension. Clauses were comprehended best when there was both base (unambiguous) case and base word order information (base order active sentences). Performance dropped if there was base case information but derived word order (object scrambling and subject relatives). When there was neither base case information nor base word order (object relatives and passives), clauses were comprehended least well.
Conclusions: The sentence comprehension deficit in Turkish Broca's aphasia is due to a problem in assigning thematic roles to the noun phrases by integrating syntactic word order and case information. Such an integration problem is in line with previous findings on sentence production in Turkish and the Integration Problem Hypothesis (IPH: Yarbay Duman, 2009).
C1 [Duman, Tuba Yarbay; Bastiaanse, Roelien] Univ Groningen, Dept Linguist, Grad Sch Behav & Cognit Neurosci BCN, NL-9700 AS Groningen, Netherlands.
[Altinok, Nermin; Ozgirgin, Nese] Ankara Phys Med & Rehabil Ctr, Ankara, Turkey.
RP Duman, TY (reprint author), Univ Groningen, Dept Linguist, Grad Sch Behav & Cognit Neurosci BCN, POB 716, NL-9700 AS Groningen, Netherlands.
EM t.yarbay.duman@rug.nl
FU Netherlands Organisation for Scientific Research (NWO) [017.001.164]
FX This work was supported by the Netherlands Organisation for Scientific
Research (NWO) under Grant No. 017.001.164 to Tuba Yarbay Duman. The
authors wish to thank John Hoeks and Xiaoyan Xu for their help in the
statistical analysis. We also thank the audience at the Workshop on
Comprehension and Production Disorders (Potsdam, Germany, 6-7 July 2007)
for discussions on the present data.
CR Aydin O, 2007, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V28, P295, DOI 10.1017/S0142716407070154
AYGEN G, 2002, P ICTL 2000 INT C TU
Bastiaanse R, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V96, P135, DOI 10.1016/j.bandi.2005.06.012
Bastiaanse R, 2009, BRAIN LANG, V109, P18, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2008.12.004
Bastiaanse R, 2005, J NEUROLINGUIST, V18, P57, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2004.11.006
BOECKX C, 1998, UCONN OCCASIONAL PAP, V2
Burchert F, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V87, P323, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00132-9
Burchert F, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P29, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000409
Caramazza A., 1985, AGRAMMATISM
CARAMAZZA A, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P572, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90048-1
Chomsky N., 1995, MINIMALIST PROGRAM
Drai D, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V96, P117, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.10.016
Duman TY, 2009, BRAIN LANG, V108, P30, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2008.09.009
DUMAN TY, 2009, THESIS
Duman TY, 2007, J NEUROLINGUIST, V20, P306, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2007.01.001
Erguvanli Emme Eser, 1984, FUNCTION WORD ORDER
Friedmann N, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P288, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/023)
Friedmann N, 2010, J NEUROLINGUIST, V23, P44, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2009.08.002
Goodglass H., 1968, DEV APPL PSYCHOLINGU, P177
Grodzinsky Y, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V67, P134, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2050
GRODZINSKY Y, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V50, P27, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1039
Hornstein N., 2001, MOVE MINIMALIST THEO
LUKATELA K, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V49, P50, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1021
Luzzatti C, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P419, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000005
MacWhinney B., 1989, CROSSLINGUISTIC STUD
MACWHINNEY B, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P234, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90154-S
MARSHALL JC, 1986, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V24, P5, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(86)90040-0
Ruigendijk E, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P383, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000310
Schwartz M. F., 1987, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V2, P85, DOI 10.1080/01690968708406352
SCHWARTZ MF, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V10, P249, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90055-3
SMITH S, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V13, P274
Tanridag O., 1993, AFAZI
Taylan E.E., 1998, P 7 INT C TURK LING, P271
Duman TY, 2008, BRAIN LANG, V105, P149, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.11.001
NR 34
TC 9
Z9 9
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 8
BP 908
EP 926
DI 10.1080/02687038.2010.550629
PG 19
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 837IV
UT WOS:000296190500004
ER
PT J
AU Mayberry, EJ
Sage, K
Ehsan, S
Ralph, MAL
AF Mayberry, Emily J.
Sage, Karen
Ehsan, Sheeba
Ralph, Matthew A. Lambon
TI An emergent effect of phonemic cueing following relearning in semantic
dementia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Semantic dementia; Relearning; Cueing
ID TEMPORAL-LOBE ATROPHY; ALZHEIMERS-DISEASE; VERBAL LABELS; MEMORY;
APHASIA; IMPAIRMENT; INSIGHTS; RETRIEVAL; KNOWLEDGE; DEFICITS
AB Background: Semantic dementia (SD) is a disorder that leads to a gradual but profound breakdown of conceptual knowledge and, as a result, severe anomia that is not alleviated by phonemic cueing. Several studies have shown that practising to name a set of objects can help people with SD to relearn the names of those objects. However, it is not clear whether the factors that impact on spontaneous naming in SD would remain the same or whether they would change as a result of relearning.
Aims: The current relearning study examined phonemic cueing before and after relearning, to determine whether this factor's impact on naming changed during the course of the relearning.
Methods & Procedures: Two people with SD participated in the study. A baseline naming test was performed prior to the start of the relearning. The relearning took place over 3 weeks (15 sessions), followed immediately by a retest the following day. Relearning and the influence of phonemic cueing were measured at baseline and retest.
Outcomes & Results: The impact of phonemic cueing was greater at retest than at baseline.
Conclusions: Although phonemic cueing did not impact on spontaneous naming in SD, it did have a facilitative effect after relearning. This change may signal a shift in the relative contributions of the underlying learning systems.
C1 [Sage, Karen] Univ Manchester, NARU, Sch Psychol Sci, Manchester M13 9PL, Lancs, England.
RP Sage, K (reprint author), Univ Manchester, NARU, Sch Psychol Sci, Zochonis Bldg,Oxford Rd, Manchester M13 9PL, Lancs, England.
EM karen.sage@manchester.ac.uk
RI Lambon Ralph, Matthew/A-1695-2009
FU Overseas Research Student (ORS) Award; University of Manchester; MRC
[G0501632]
FX We would like to thank the people with semantic dementia for taking part
in this study, and their families for their support. EJM was supported
by an Overseas Research Student (ORS) Award and the University of
Manchester. This project was supported by an MRC programme grant to MALR
(G0501632).
CR Baayen R. H., 1993, CELEX LEXICAL DATABA
Bier N, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P210, DOI 10.1080/00207590801942906
Bozeat S, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V38, P1207, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(00)00034-8
Corbett F, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P363, DOI 10.1080/02687030701415245
Dewar BK, 2009, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V19, P383, DOI 10.1080/09602010802278152
Frattali C, 2004, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V12, pXI
Funnel E., 1995, BROKEN MEMORIES, P225
Galton CJ, 2001, NEUROLOGY, V57, P216
Graham KS, 1999, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V13, P359, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.13.3.359
Graham KS, 2001, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V11, P429
Graham KS, 1999, CURR OPIN NEUROBIOL, V9, P245, DOI 10.1016/S0959-4388(99)80035-X
Henry ML, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P826, DOI 10.1080/02687030701820055
Heredia CG, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P192, DOI 10.1080/02687030801942999
HODGES JR, 1992, BRAIN, V115, P1783, DOI 10.1093/brain/115.6.1783
HODGES JR, 1995, MEMORY, V3, P463, DOI 10.1080/09658219508253161
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Jefferies E, 2008, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V46, P649, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2007.09.007
Jefferies E, 2006, BRAIN, V129, P2132, DOI 10.1093/brain/awl153
Jokel R, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V16, P241, DOI 10.1080/09602010500176757
Jokel R, 2010, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V20, P16, DOI 10.1080/09602010902879859
Ralph MAL, 2010, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V107, P2717, DOI 10.1073/pnas.0907307107
Lambon Ralph M. A., 2008, ANN NY ACAD SCI
MARR D, 1969, J PHYSIOL-LONDON, V202, P437
Mayberry E. J., 2011, RELEARNING SEM UNPUB
MCCLELLAND JL, 1995, PSYCHOL REV, V102, P419, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.102.3.419
MCNAUGHTON BL, 1987, TRENDS NEUROSCI, V10, P408, DOI 10.1016/0166-2236(87)90011-7
Mummery CJ, 2000, ANN NEUROL, V47, P36
Nestor PJ, 2006, NEUROIMAGE, V30, P1010, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2005.10.008
Osterreith P, 1995, COMPLEX FIGURE REY
Piwnica-Worms KE, 2010, CORTEX, V46, P761, DOI 10.1016/j.cortex.2009.07.002
Ralph MAL, 1998, NEUROCASE, V4, P311, DOI 10.1080/13554799808410630
RANDALL COR, 1994, HIPPOCAMPUS, V4, P661
Raven J., 1962, COLOURED PROGRESSIVE
Robertson IH, 1994, TEST EVERYDAY ATTENT
Robinson S, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P749, DOI 10.1080/02687030802235195
Rogers TT, 2004, PSYCHOL REV, V111, P205, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.111.1.205
SCOVILLE WB, 1957, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V20, P11, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.20.1.11
Snowden J. S, 1989, BEHAV NEUROL, V2, P167
Snowden JS, 2002, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V40, P1715, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(02)00031-3
Warrington EK, 1991, VISUAL OBJECT SPACE
Warrington EK, 1996, BRAIN, V119, P611, DOI 10.1093/brain/119.2.611
WARRINGTON EK, 1975, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V27, P635, DOI 10.1080/14640747508400525
Wechsler D., 1987, WECHSLER MEMORY SCAL
NR 43
TC 2
Z9 2
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 9
BP 1069
EP 1077
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.575203
PG 9
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 837JM
UT WOS:000296194900006
ER
PT J
AU Fergadiotis, G
Wright, HH
Capilouto, GJ
AF Fergadiotis, Gerasimos
Wright, Heather Harris
Capilouto, Gilson J.
TI Productive vocabulary across discourse types
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Lexical diversity; Ageing; Linguistics; Diversity
ID AGE-RELATED DIFFERENCES; LEXICAL DIVERSITY; DESCRIPTIVE DISCOURSE;
NARRATIVE DISCOURSE; APHASIC DISCOURSE; ADULTS; ABILITIES; IMPAIRMENT;
COHERENCE; SPEECH
AB Aims: The goals of the study were (a) to examine the effect of discourse type on lexical diversity by testing whether there are significant differences among language samples elicited using four discourse tasks (procedures, eventcasts, story telling, and recounts); and (b) to assess the extent to which age influences lexical diversity when different types of discourse are elicited.
Methods & Procedures: A total of 86 cognitively healthy adults participated in the study and comprised two groups - young adults (20-29 years old) and older adults (70-89 years old). Participants completed the discourse tasks and their language samples were analysed using dedicated software (voc-D) to obtain estimates of their lexical diversity.
Outcomes & Results: Amixed 2 x 4 ANOVA was conducted and followed by an investigation of simple main effects. A lexical diversity hierarchy was established that was similar for both age groups. The study also uncovered age-related differences that were evident when the stimuli were verbally presented but were eliminated when the language samples were elicited using pictorial stimuli.
Conclusions: Results indicated that lexical diversity is one of the microlinguistic indices that are influenced by discourse type and age, a finding that carries important methodological implications. Future investigations are warranted to explore the patterns of lexical diversity in individuals with neurogenic language disorders and assess the clinical utility of measures of lexical diversity.
C1 [Fergadiotis, Gerasimos; Wright, Heather Harris] Arizona State Univ, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, Tempe, AZ 85287 USA.
[Capilouto, Gilson J.] Univ Kentucky, Lexington, KY USA.
RP Fergadiotis, G (reprint author), Arizona State Univ, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, POB 870102, Tempe, AZ 85287 USA.
EM gfergadiotis@gmail.com
FU National Institute on Aging [R01AG029476]
FX This research was supported by the National Institute on Aging Grant
R01AG029476. We are especially grateful to the study participants. We
also thank Marissa Stoltzfus, Sarah Germaine, and the volunteers in the
Aging and Adult Language Lab at ASU for assistance with transcription
and language analyses. Finally, we thank the anonymous reviewers for
their thoughtful comments on previous versions of the manuscript.
CR Armstrong E, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P875, DOI 10.1080/02687030050127685
Ash S, 2006, NEUROLOGY, V66, P1405, DOI 10.1212/01.wnl.0000210435.72614.38
Avent JR, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P397, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000743
Bliss L. S., 2006, CONT ISSUES COMMUNIC, V33, P126
Brady M, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P731, DOI 10.1080/02687030500141430
Brink T., 1982, CLIN GERONTOLOGIST, V1, P37, DOI DOI 10.1300/J018V01N01_
Cameron RM, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P269, DOI 10.1080/02687030500473387
Capilouto G, 2005, J COMMUN DISORD, V38, P431, DOI 10.1016/j.jcomdis.2005.03.005
Carroll J., 1964, LANGUAGE THOUGHT
Caspari I, 2000, J NEUROLINGUIST, V13, P15, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(99)00009-3
CHRISTIANSEN JA, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V51, P291, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1062
Coelho CA, 2005, BRAIN INJURY, V19, P1139, DOI 10.1080/02699050500110678
Cooper P. V., 1990, J GERONTOL B-PSYCHOL, V45, P210
Darowski ES, 2008, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V22, P638, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.22.5.638
del Toro CM, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P881, DOI 10.1080/02687030701844204
Duran P, 2004, APPL LINGUIST, V25, P220, DOI 10.1093/applin/25.2.220
Engber C. A., 1995, J SECOND LANG WRIT, V4, P139, DOI DOI 10.1016/11060-3743(95)90004-7
Faul F, 2007, BEHAV RES METHODS, V39, P175, DOI 10.3758/BRM.41.4.1149
Fleming VB, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P729, DOI 10.1080/02687030701803762
FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6
Goffman Erving, 1981, FORMS TALK
Goodglass H, 2001, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V3rd
Guiraud P., 1960, PROBLEMES METHODES S
Harris JL, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P813, DOI 10.1080/02687030701818034
Hasher L., 2007, VARIATION WORKING ME, P227, DOI DOI 10.1093/ACPROF:OSO/9780195168648.003.0009
HEATH SB, 1986, TOP LANG DISORD, V7, P84
Herdan G., 1960, QUANTITATIVE LINGUIS
Hough MS, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P183, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000608
Hughes D., 1997, GUIDE NARRATIVE LANG
Hultsch D. F., 1998, MEMORY CHANGE AGED
Jarvis S., 2002, LANG TEST, V19, P57, DOI DOI 10.1016/S1060-3743(02)00124-8
Juncos-Rabadan O, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V95, P423, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.04.001
Kemper S., 1990, EUROPEAN J COGNITIVE, V2, P205, DOI 10.1080/09541449008406205
Kemper S, 2001, PSYCHOL AGING, V16, P312, DOI 10.1037//0882-7974.16.2.312
Kemtes K., 2000, COGNITIVE AGING PRIM, P197
Kertesz A., 2007, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
Krahn F., 1978, GREAT APE
LI EC, 1996, J SPEECH LANGUAGE PA, V20, P180
Loban W., 1976, 18 NAT COUNC TEACH E
Longacre R. E., 1996, GRAMMAR DISCOURSE, V2nd
MACLACHLAN BG, 1988, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V53, P2
MacWhinney B., 2000, CHILDES PROJECT TOOL, V1
Malvern D, 1997, BRIT S AP L, V12, P58
Marini A, 2005, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V34, P439, DOI 10.1007/s10936-005-6203-z
Maxwell S E, 2004, DESIGNING EXPT ANAL
McCarthy P., 2007, LANG TEST, V24, P459, DOI DOI 10.1177/0265532207080767
McCarthy PM, 2010, BEHAV RES METHODS, V42, P381, DOI 10.3758/BRM.42.2.381
McCully E. A., 1984, PICNIC
McKee G., 2000, Literary & Linguistic Computing, V15, DOI 10.1093/llc/15.3.323
Murray L., 2009, CONV AM SPEECH LANG
NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338
O'Loughlin K., 1995, LANG TEST, V12, P217, DOI 10.1177/026553229501200205
Olness GS, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P175, DOI 10.1080/02687030500472710
Phillips Louise J., 2002, DISCOURSE ANAL THEOR
Rider JD, 2008, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V17, P161, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2008/016)
Schaie K. Warner, 1996, P266
Tweedie FJ, 1998, COMPUT HUMANITIES, V32, P323, DOI 10.1023/A:1001749303137
Ulatowska H. K., 1990, DISCOURSE ABILITY BR, P180
ULATOWSKA HK, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V13, P345, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90100-0
Vermeer A., 2000, LANG TEST, V17, P65, DOI DOI 10.1191/026553200676636328
Wingfield A., 2000, HDB AGING COGNITION, P359
Wright HH, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P443, DOI 10.1080/0268703044000166
Wright HH, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P1295, DOI 10.1080/02687030902826844
Yu GX, 2010, APPL LINGUIST, V31, P236, DOI 10.1093/applin/amp024
Yule G. U., 1944, STAT STUDY LIT VOCAB
Zareva A, 2005, STUD SECOND LANG ACQ, V27, P567, DOI 10.1017/S0272263105050254
NR 66
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 10
BP 1261
EP 1278
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.606974
PG 18
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 837JN
UT WOS:000296195200007
ER
PT J
AU MacWhinney, B
Fromm, D
Forbes, M
Holland, A
AF MacWhinney, Brian
Fromm, Davida
Forbes, Margaret
Holland, Audrey
TI AphasiaBank: Methods for studying discourse
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia classification; Transcript analysis; Corpus analysis;
Elicitation protocols; Gesture analysis; Databases
ID LANGUAGE; GESTURES; ADULTS
AB Background: AphasiaBank is a computerised database of interviews between persons with aphasia (PWAs) and clinicians. By February 2011 the database had grown to include 145 PWAs and 126 controls from 12 sites across the United States. The data and related analysis programs are available free over the web.
Aims: The overall goal of AphasiaBank is the construction of a system for accumulating and sharing data on language usage by PWAs. To achieve this goal we have developed a standard elicitation protocol, and systematic automatic and manual methods for transcription, coding, and analysis.
Methods & Procedures: We present sample analyses of transcripts from the retelling of the Cinderella story. These analyses illustrate the application of our methods for the study of phonological, lexical, semantic, morphological, syntactic, temporal, prosodic, gestural, and discourse features.
Outcomes & Results: AphasiaBank will allow researchers access to a large, shared database that can facilitate hypothesis testing and increase methodological replicability, precision, and transparency.
Conclusions: AphasiaBank will provide researchers with an important new tool in the study of aphasia.
C1 [MacWhinney, Brian; Fromm, Davida; Forbes, Margaret] Carnegie Mellon Univ, Dept Psychol, Pittsburgh, PA 15213 USA.
[Holland, Audrey] Univ Arizona, Dept Speech Language & Hearing Sci, Tucson, AZ USA.
RP MacWhinney, B (reprint author), Carnegie Mellon Univ, Dept Psychol, 5000 Forbes Ave, Pittsburgh, PA 15213 USA.
EM macw@cmu.edu
FU NIH_NIDCD [R01-DC008524]
FX This project is funded by NIH_NIDCD grant R01-DC008524 (2007-2012).
CR Allen S, 2007, COGNITION, V102, P16, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2005.12.006
Berndt R. S., 2000, QUANTITATIVE PRODUCT
Brink T., 1982, CLIN GERONTOLOGIST, V1, P37, DOI DOI 10.1300/J018V01N01_
CICONE M, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V8, P324, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90060-9
Fergadiotis G, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P1414, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.603898
Fergadiotis G, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P1261, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.606974
Fex B, 1998, J NEUROLINGUIST, V11, P191, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(98)00013-X
FLETCHER P, 1988, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V23, P309
Folstein M., 2002, MINIMENTAL STATE EXA
Fromm D, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P1431, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2011.608839
GLOSSER G, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P345, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90024-6
GOODWIN C., 2000, LANGUAGE GESTURE, P84, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511620850.006
Goodwin C., 2003, CONVERSATION BRAIN D
GOODWIN C., 2003, CONVERSATION BRAIN D, P90
Grimes N., 2005, W DISNEYS CINDERELLA
Kaplan E., 2001, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kendon A., 1982, RECHERCHES SEMIOTIQU, V2, P45
Kertesz A., 2007, W APHASIA BATTERY
Lee L., 1966, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V31, P331
MacWhinney B, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P856, DOI 10.1080/02687030903452632
MACWHINNEY B, 1978, MONOGR SOC RES CHILD, V43, P1, DOI 10.2307/1166047
MacWhinney B., 2000, CHILDES PROJECT TOOL
Malvern D, 2004, LEXICAL DIVERSITY AND LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT: QUANTIFICATION AND ASSESSMENT, P1, DOI 10.1057/9780230511804
MCNEILL D, 1985, PSYCHOL REV, V92, P350, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.92.3.350
NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338
Parisse C, 2000, BEHAV RES METH INS C, V32, P468, DOI 10.3758/BF03200818
PINKER S, 1979, COGNITION, V7, P217, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(79)90001-5
Rochon E, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V72, P193, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2285
Sagae K., 2005, P 43 ANN M ASS COMP, P197, DOI 10.3115/1219840.1219865
Sagae K, 2010, J CHILD LANG, V37, P705, DOI 10.1017/S0305000909990407
SCARBOROUGH HS, 1990, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V11, P1, DOI 10.1017/S0142716400008262
Holmes D. I., 1996, Literary & Linguistic Computing, V11, DOI 10.1093/llc/11.3.133
Thompson CK, 2011, NW ASSESSMENT UNPUB
Wright HH, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P443, DOI 10.1080/0268703044000166
Wright HH, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P1295, DOI 10.1080/02687030902826844
NR 35
TC 15
Z9 15
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 11
SI SI
BP 1286
EP 1307
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.589893
PG 22
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 885NS
UT WOS:000299786300002
ER
PT J
AU Boyle, M
AF Boyle, Mary
TI Discourse treatment for word retrieval impairment in aphasia: The story
so far
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Aphasia treatment; Discourse treatment; Word retrieval
impairment
ID SEMANTIC FEATURE ANALYSIS; QUANTITATIVE-ANALYSIS; LEXICAL RETRIEVAL;
CONNECTED SPEECH; THERAPY; INTERVENTION; AGRAMMATISM; IMPROVEMENT;
ADULTS
AB Background: Impairment-focused aphasia treatment has an ultimate goal of improving language production in connected speech and communication in daily life. Although impairment-based treatment has typically been carried out in words or sentences, investigations have begun to explore the efficacy of treatment during discourse production. Focusing treatment on an impaired linguistic process during discourse production is a complex and challenging endeavour.
Aims: This paper aims to review investigations of discourse treatment for word retrieval impairment in aphasia in order to identify and discuss variables that emerge as being important considerations in clinical practice and continued research.
Main Contribution: Seven investigations that applied treatments during structured discourse production to improve word retrieval in participants with aphasia were reviewed. Treatment methods used in the investigations included phonologic and orthographic cues, semantic feature analysis, contingency-based cueing hierarchies, and repeated conversational engagement. The discourse contexts used for treatment were structured conversations or structured narrative discourse. All investigations reported positive outcomes for improved word retrieval abilities. Although treated vocabulary items did not improve in all cases, improvements in general processes of word retrieval were reported. Focusing treatment on the linguistic process of word retrieval resulted in changes to discourse macrostructure, at least in terms of the informativeness of the discourse. When attitudes and perceptions of the participants with aphasia or of naive judges were assessed, the outcomes were generally favourable. One investigation provided evidence that treatment in structured discourse was related to improved word retrieval in real-life conversations.
Conclusions: There are several promising discourse treatment approaches for word retrieval impairments in aphasia. Systematic analysis of changes in the macrolinguistic processes of discourse, in real-life conversations, and in the attitudes and perceptions of participants with aphasia and others in future discourse treatment studies would enhance our insights about their efficacy.
C1 Montclair State Univ, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Bloomfield, NJ 07003 USA.
RP Boyle, M (reprint author), Montclair State Univ, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, 1515 Broad St, Bloomfield, NJ 07003 USA.
EM boylem@mail.montclair.edu
CR Albright E, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P741, DOI 10.1080/02687030701803770
Antonucci SM, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P854, DOI 10.1080/02687030802634405
Bloom R. L., 1994, DISCOURSE ANAL APPL, P81
Boyle M, 2004, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V13, P236, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2004/025)
Boyle M., 2004, 34 CLIN APH C PARK C
Boyle M., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P94
Boyle M, 2010, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V17, P411, DOI 10.1310/tsr1706-411
Cameron RM, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P269, DOI 10.1080/02687030500473387
Cherney L. R., 2008, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V5, P1282
CHRISTIANSEN JA, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V51, P291, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1062
Coelho CA, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P133
Cupit J, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P1486, DOI 10.1080/02687031003615235
Davis GA, 2007, APHASIOLOGY DISORDER
Edmonds LA, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P402, DOI 10.1080/02687030802291339
Faroqi-Shah Y, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P977, DOI 10.1080/02687030802642036
German D. J., 1991, TEST WORD FINDING DI
GLOSSER G, 1993, NARRATIVE DISCOURSE IN NEUROLOGICALLY IMPAIRED AND NORMAL AGING ADULTS, P191
Goral M, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P1383, DOI 10.1080/02687030802235203
Greenwood A, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P991, DOI 10.1080/02687030903168220
Hengst JA, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P887, DOI 10.1080/02687030903478330
Hengst JA, 2008, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V43, P58, DOI 10.1080/13682820701698093
Herbert R, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P184, DOI 10.1080/02687030701262613
Herbert R, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P1163, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000454
Holland AL, 2008, BRAIN IMPAIR, V9, P179, DOI 10.1375/brim.9.2.179
Joanette Y., 1990, DISCOURSE ABILITY BR, P131
Kagan A, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P258, DOI 10.1080/02687030701282595
Mayer JF, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P481, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000148
Nicholas Linda E., 1995, Journal of Speech and Hearing Research, V38, P145
NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338
Oelschlaeger ML, 1998, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V12, P459, DOI 10.3109/02699209808985238
Peach RK, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P971, DOI 10.1080/02687030903058629
Rider JD, 2008, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V17, P161, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2008/016)
Robey RR, 2004, J COMMUN DISORD, V37, P401, DOI 10.1016/j.comdis.2004.04.003
Rochon E, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V72, P193, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2285
SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8
SCHWARTZ MF, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P19, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248639
Simmons-Mackie N, 2007, TOP LANG DISORD, V27, P5
Swinburn K., 2006, COMMUNICATION DISABI
Thompson C. K., 2008, APHASIA REHABILITATI
ULATOWSKA HK, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P317, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90074-3
NR 40
TC 7
Z9 7
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 11
SI SI
BP 1308
EP 1326
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.596185
PG 19
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 885NS
UT WOS:000299786300003
ER
PT J
AU Kempler, D
Goral, M
AF Kempler, Daniel
Goral, Mira
TI A comparison of drill- and communication-based treatment for aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Discourse; Conversation; Therapy; Treatment; Narrative
ID MELODIC INTONATION THERAPY; INDUCED LANGUAGE THERAPY; VERB RETRIEVAL;
NONFLUENT APHASIA; TRAINING VERB; ADULTS; REHABILITATION; DISCOURSE;
COHERENCE; OUTCOMES
AB Background: Traditional aphasia therapy is based primarily on repetition and drill. Recent treatment studies have suggested that communication-based interactions may be at least as effective if not more so in achieving positive outcomes.
Aims: This study was undertaken to directly compare the outcomes of drill-based vs. communication-based interactions in modified Constraint-Induced Aphasia Therapy.
Methods & Procedures: Two women with chronic non-fluent aphasia participated sequentially in two distinct treatment protocols designed to improve verb production in sentences. Both treatment protocols were provided in an intensive schedule, 30 hours over four weeks each. The treatments contrasted drill-based vs. communication-based interactions between the client and the clinician. Outcome measures included verb naming and production of personal narratives.
Outcomes & Results: Drill-based but not communication-based treatment had a small positive effect on participants' verb naming accuracy. The communication-based protocol, but not the drill-based treatment, had a pronounced positive effect on participants' sentence and narrative structure.
Conclusions: The results suggest that communication-based interactions are more effective than drill in improving narrative production in aphasia. We suggest that this type of communication-based constraint-induced therapy works to reduce learned non-use patterns of language production and can be structured to improve production of verbs in sentences. The success of this approach can be attributed to the fact communication-based therapy, like typical verbal interactions, emphasises exchange of novel information and allows individuals with aphasia to capitalise on their preserved discourse knowledge.
C1 [Kempler, Daniel] Emerson Coll, Boston, MA 02116 USA.
[Goral, Mira] CUNY, Lehman Coll, New York, NY USA.
RP Kempler, D (reprint author), Emerson Coll, 120 Boylston St, Boston, MA 02116 USA.
EM daniel_kempler@emerson.edu
FU NIH [DC-009792]
FX We thank our participants and their families, as well as the following
research assistants who participated in collecting and analysing the
data: Carmit Altman, Maria Boklan, Caroline Cano, Carol Cayer-Meade,
Peggy Conner, Laura Glufling-Tham, Kristen Maul, Youngmi Park, Dagmar
Alvarado, Shancia Jarrett, Deepa Sar, Shannon Saul, Vanessa Smith, Tali
Swann-Sternberg, Libby Venancio, and Stephanie Wolfe. Support for Mira
Goral was provided by NIH grant DC-009792.
CR ALBERT ML, 1973, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V29, P130
Almor A, 2009, BRAIN LANG, V111, P8, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2009.07.009
Barthel G, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P408, DOI 10.1080/02687030701415880
Beeson PM, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V16, P161, DOI 10.1007/s11065-006-9013-7
Belin P, 1996, NEUROLOGY, V47, P1504
Brookshire RH, 2003, INTRO NEUROGENIC COM
Chapey R., 2008, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO
Cherney LR, 2008, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V17, P19, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2008/003)
Cherney LR, 2008, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V51, P1282, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2008/07-0206)
Coelho C, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P173, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000590
Edmonds LA, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P402, DOI 10.1080/02687030802291339
Foster P, 2000, APPL LINGUIST, V21, P354, DOI 10.1093/applin/21.3.354
Goral M, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P1383, DOI 10.1080/02687030802235203
Grice H. P., 1975, SYNTAX SEMANTICS, P41, DOI DOI 10.1017/S0022226700005296
Helm-Estabrooks N., 1998, APPROACHES TREATMENT
Hengst JA, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P887, DOI 10.1080/02687030903478330
Howard D., 1987, APHASIA THERAPY HIST
Kagan A, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P624, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2001/051)
Kagan A, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P258, DOI 10.1080/02687030701282595
Katz RC, 1997, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V40, P493
Kempler D., 2005, NEUROCOGNITIVE DISOR
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Lillie R, 2006, J HEAD TRAUMA REHAB, V21, P119
Links P, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P1303, DOI 10.1080/02687030903437666
Maher LM, 2006, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V12, P843, DOI 10.1017/S1355617706061029
Olness GS, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P175, DOI 10.1080/02687030500472710
Peach RK, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P971, DOI 10.1080/02687030903058629
Pulvermuller F, 2001, STROKE, V32, P1621
Raymer AM, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V17, P244, DOI 10.1080/09602010600814661
Robey RR, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V41, P172
Rodriguez AD, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P286, DOI 10.1080/02687030500474898
Rose M, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P691, DOI 10.1080/02687030701800800
Simmons-Mackie N., 2008, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, V5th, P290
Taub E, 2006, Eura Medicophys, V42, P241
Taub E, 1999, J REHABIL RES DEV, V36, P237
Webster J, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P748, DOI 10.1080/02687030500166957
Wertz R. T., 1998, APPROACHES TREATMENT, P25
Whitworth A, 2005, COGNIITIVE NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL APPROACH TO ASSESSMENT AND INTERVENTION IN APHASIA: A CLINICIANS GUIDE, P1
NR 38
TC 7
Z9 7
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 11
SI SI
BP 1327
EP 1346
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.599364
PG 20
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 885NS
UT WOS:000299786300004
ER
PT J
AU Armstrong, E
Ciccone, N
Godecke, E
Kok, B
AF Armstrong, Elizabeth
Ciccone, Natalie
Godecke, Erin
Kok, Betty
TI Monologues and dialogues in aphasia: Some initial comparisons
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Monologue; Dialogue
ID CONVERSATION ANALYSIS; EXPOSITORY DISCOURSE; FLUENT; SPEECH; ADULTS;
VARIABILITY; AGRAMMATISM; NARRATIVES; RETRIEVAL; SYMPTOMS
AB Background: In recent years, there has been a shift in aphasia research interest from analysis of monologues to conversational dialogues. However, where monologic research has focused primarily on aspects such as language structure and quantity, conversational research has mainly focused on pragmatic aspects of discourse such as turn taking and repair. While there is some acknowledgement of the differences between language use in monologues and dialogues in aphasia, few comparisons have been made that cover a broad range of both syntactic and semantic aspects.
Aims: This study aims to compare the discourse of aphasic speakers and non-brain-damaged control speakers in monologues and dialogues by using a range of syntactic and semantic analyses. In so doing, it aims to explore whether or not it is necessary for researchers and clinicians to sample both contexts in order to gain a full picture of a person's linguistic skills.
Methods & Procedures: Two individuals with aphasia of varying severity provided monologues about their stroke experience, then participated in dialogues with a "significant other" on the same topic. Two control speakers, matched as closely as possible with the speakers with aphasia, undertook the same tasks, however they discussed a serious illness they had experienced. The SALT program (Miller & Iglesias, 2008) analysed the resulting data for syntactic productivity and complexity, and semantic analyses from a Systemic Functional Linguistic framework (Halliday & Matthiessen, 2004) were used to explore ideational, interpersonal, and textual meanings.
Outcomes & Results: The syntactic measures demonstrated greater consistency across contexts, with the participants with aphasia using more and longer C-units in the monologue, although demonstrating more mazes in this context. The control speakers demonstrated slightly more variation but, like the speakers with aphasia, tended to use more words per C-unit in the monologue. Semantic measures demonstrated more variable patterns although some similarities also existed.
Conclusions: The variation noted in the study supports the notion that clinicians and researchers should sample a variety of contexts in order to gain an overall picture of a person's language skills. Factors such as personality, topic, and conversation partner influence all seem to play a role in discourse production, particularly from the perspective of meanings conveyed. This study raises questions as to the actual effects of these factors on language structure and function and provides direction for future research in the area.
C1 [Armstrong, Elizabeth; Ciccone, Natalie; Godecke, Erin] Edith Cowan Univ, Sch Psychol & Social Sci, Perth, WA 6027, Australia.
[Kok, Betty] Macquarie Univ, Dept Linguist, Sydney, NSW 2109, Australia.
RP Armstrong, E (reprint author), Edith Cowan Univ, Sch Psychol & Social Sci, 270 Joondalup Dr, Perth, WA 6027, Australia.
EM b.armstrong@ecu.edu.au
CR Armstrong E, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P763, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192364
Armstrong E, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P285, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000750
Beeke S, 2003, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V17, P109, DOI 10.1080/0269920031000061786
Beeke S, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P256, DOI 10.1080/02687030600911344
Berndt RS, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P83, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000212
Bird H, 1996, J NEUROLINGUIST, V9, P187, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(96)00006-1
Boles L., 1997, ASIA PACIFIC J SPEEC, V2, P43
Booth S, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P283
Butt D., 2000, USING FUNCTIONAL GRA
Cameron RM, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P671, DOI 10.1080/02687030903443813
Croteau C, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P327, DOI 10.1080/02687030500475051
Damico JS, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P667
Deser T., 1990, BRAIN LANG, V40, P67
Edmonds LA, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P402, DOI 10.1080/02687030802291339
Ferguson A, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P1007, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249466
Ferguson A., 2010, J INTERACTIONAL RES, V1, P95
Frankel T, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P814, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192448
Goodglass H., 1983, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V2nd
Gordon JK, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P188, DOI 10.1080/02687030500472777
Halliday M. A. K., 1994, COHESION ENGLISH
Halliday M. A. K, 1985, LANGUAGE CONTEXT TEX
Halliday MAK, 2004, INTRO FUNCTIONAL GRA, V3rd
Heeschen C., 2003, CONVERSATION BRAIN D, P231
Heeschen C, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P365
Herbert R, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P184, DOI 10.1080/02687030701262613
Hickin J, 2001, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V36, P13
Jorgensen M, 2009, BRAIN INJURY, V23, P727, DOI 10.1080/02699050903133954
KOLK H, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P221, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249075
Kolk H, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V101, P99, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.04.002
Liles B., 1998, ANAL DISCOURSE COMMU
Lock S, 1997, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V11, P299, DOI 10.3109/02699209708985197
Martin J. R., 2005, LANGUAGE EVALUATION
Miller J., 2008, SYSTEMATIC ANAL LANG
Nippold MA, 2005, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V48, P1048, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2005/073)
Oeschlager M., 1999, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V42, P636
Olness GS, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P697, DOI 10.1080/02687030903438524
Olness GS, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P175, DOI 10.1080/02687030500472710
MENTIS M, 1991, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V34, P583
Purves BA, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P914, DOI 10.1080/02687030802514946
Sherratt S, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P375, DOI 10.1080/02687030600911435
Simmons-Mackie N, 2008, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V43, P5, DOI 10.1080/13682820701697889
Ulatowska HK, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V87, P69, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00202-5
ULATOWSKA HK, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V13, P345, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90100-0
Wilkinson R., 2003, CONVERSATION BRAIN D, P59
Wright HH, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P443, DOI 10.1080/0268703044000166
NR 45
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 11
SI SI
BP 1347
EP 1371
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.577204
PG 25
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 885NS
UT WOS:000299786300005
ER
PT J
AU Marini, A
Andreetta, S
del Tin, S
Carlomagno, S
AF Marini, Andrea
Andreetta, Sara
del Tin, Silvana
Carlomagno, Sergio
TI A multi-level approach to the analysis of narrative language in aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Neuropsychology; Aphasia; Language; Narrative analysis
ID SPONTANEOUS SPEECH; CONNECTED SPEECH; QUANTITATIVE-ANALYSIS; DISCOURSE
COHERENCE; TEXT COMPREHENSION; RIGHT-HEMISPHERE; ADULTS; ABILITIES;
SPEAKERS; AGRAMMATISM
AB Background: Several studies have shown that traditional standardised aphasia tests may not be sensitive enough to adequately assess linguistic deficits and recovery patterns in persons with aphasia. As a result, both functional and structural methods for the analysis of connected language samples from people with aphasia have been devised (see Armstrong, 2000; Prins & Bastiaanse, 2004).
Aims: The present article focuses on our attempt to provide a comprehensive, multi-level procedure for both structural and functional analysis of narrative discourse produced by speakers with brain damage. Accordingly, we will describe a method for analysis of connected language samples elicited on single picture and cartoon story description tasks. This method has proven sensitive in the assessment of language deficits in many neurogenic populations.
Methods & Procedures: A comprehensive description of the language production system, a thorough discussion of the different approaches to discourse analysis in persons with aphasia, and the procedure for the analysis of narrative discourse are detailed. The characteristics of the eliciting stimuli, the procedures for their administration and the transcription of the language samples are carefully explained. The analysis focuses on four main aspects of linguistic processing: productivity, lexical and grammatical processing, narrative organisation, and informativeness. To further illustrate the analytic procedure, two case reports and an appendix with the analysis of a narrative sample are provided.
Outcomes & Results: We will provide direct evidence of the usefulness of the multi-level procedure for discourse analysis for assessing changes in discourse performance of two persons with fluent aphasia, with different aetiologies, that were not captured by traditional standardised aphasia tests.
Conclusions: The method of analysis presented in this paper has strong grounds in linguistic and psychological theories of linguistic structure and functioning. It also has the advantage of being both quantitative and functional as it captures selective aspects of linguistic processing, and can provide relevant information about the person's communicative and informative skills.
C1 [Marini, Andrea; Andreetta, Sara] Univ Udine, Dipartimento Sci Umane, I-33100 Udine, Italy.
[Marini, Andrea] IRCCS E Medea La Nostra Famiglia, San Vito Al Tagliamento, Pn, Italy.
[del Tin, Silvana] IMFR Gervasutta, Udine, Italy.
[Carlomagno, Sergio] Univ Trieste, Dipartimento Psicol, Trieste, Italy.
RP Marini, A (reprint author), Univ Udine, Dipartimento Sci Umane, Via Margreth 3, I-33100 Udine, Italy.
EM andrea.marini@uniud.it
CR Armstrong E, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P875, DOI 10.1080/02687030050127685
BATES E, 1983, CAN J PSYCHOL, V37, P59, DOI 10.1037/h0080695
Bloom RL, 1996, INT J NEUROSCI, V88, P125
BROOKSHIRE RH, 1994, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V37, P399
Caplan D., 1992, LANGUAGE STRUCTURE P
Carlomagno S., 2008, 46 ANN M AC APH TURK
CARLOMAGNO S, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P419, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248544
Chomsky N., 1995, MINIMALIST PROGRAMME
CHRISTIANSEN JA, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V51, P291, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1062
COELHO CA, 1995, BRAIN INJURY, V9, P471, DOI 10.3109/02699059509008206
Davis G, 1985, ADULT APHASIA REHABI
Davis GA, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P183
Deser T., 1990, BRAIN LANG, V40, P67
Doyle P. J., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P130
EASTERBROOK A, 1982, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V17, P93
Frederiksen C. H., 1990, DISCOURSE ABILITY BR
Garrett M., 1980, LANGUAGE PRODUCTION, V1, P177
Goodglass H., 1972, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP
Grice H. P., 1975, SYNTAX SEMANTICS, P41, DOI DOI 10.1017/S0022226700005296
Halliday Michael, 1976, COHESION ENGLISH
Haravon A., 1994, DISCOURSE ANAL APPL, P47
HELMESTABROOKS N, 1981, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V46, P422
HELMESTABROOKS N, 1986, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V21, P39
HUBER W, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V16, P1, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90069-4
Indefrey P., 2000, NEW COGNITIVE NEUROS, V2nd, P845
Indefrey P, 2004, COGNITION, V92, P101, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2002.06.001
Jakobs B. J., 2001, BRAIN LANG, V78, P115
Jakobson R., 1980, FRAMEWORK LANGUAGE
JOHNSONLAIRD PN, 1980, COGNITIVE SCI, V4, P71, DOI 10.1207/s15516709cog0401_4
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
KINTSCH W, 1994, AM PSYCHOL, V49, P294, DOI 10.1037/0003-066X.49.4.294
KINTSCH W, 1978, PSYCHOL REV, V85, P363, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.85.5.363
Larfeuil C, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P783, DOI 10.1080/02687039708250456
Levelt W. J., 1989, SPEAKING INTENTION A
Levelt WJM, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P1
Levinson Stephen C., 1983, PRAGMATICS
Luzzatti C., 1991, AACHENER APHASIE TES
Marini A, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V93, P46, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.08.002
Marini A, 2008, SCHIZOPHR RES, V105, P144, DOI 10.1016/j.schres.2008.07.011
Marini A, 2010, J NEUROLINGUIST, V23, P97, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2009.10.002
Marini A, 2008, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V46, P2816, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2008.05.013
Marini A, 2005, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V34, P439, DOI 10.1007/s10936-005-6203-z
Marini A, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V102, P1, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.02.003
Marini A, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P164, DOI 10.1080/02687030600633799
Mayer JF, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P481, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000148
NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338
Oelschlaeger ML, 1999, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V42, P636
Olness GS, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P697, DOI 10.1080/02687030903438524
Prins R, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P1075, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000534
PRINS RS, 1978, BRAIN LANG, V6, P192, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(78)90058-5
Rochon E, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V72, P193, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2285
Ross KB, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P113, DOI 10.1080/026870399402235
SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8
SCHWARTZ MF, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P19, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248639
Sherratt S, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P375, DOI 10.1080/02687030600911435
SHEWAN CM, 1988, J COMMUN DISORD, V21, P103, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(88)90001-9
Sperber D., 1986, RELEVANCE COMMUNICAT
Springer L, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V10, P279
Thompson CK, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P175, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0009
ULATOWSKA HK, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P317, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90074-3
ULATOWSKA HK, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V13, P345, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90100-0
Van Leer E, 1999, J COMMUN DISORD, V32, P327, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(99)00008-8
VERMEULEN J, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P252, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90064-3
WAGENAAR E, 1975, BRAIN LANG, V2, P281, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(75)80071-X
YORKSTON KM, 1980, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V45, P27
NR 65
TC 21
Z9 21
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 11
SI SI
BP 1372
EP 1392
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.584690
PG 21
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 885NS
UT WOS:000299786300006
ER
PT J
AU Olness, GS
Ulatowska, HK
AF Olness, Gloria Streit
Ulatowska, Hanna K.
TI Personal narratives in aphasia: Coherence in the context of use
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Personal narratives; Functional assessment; Coherence
ID AFRICAN-AMERICANS; REPORTED SPEECH; DISCOURSE; VERB; COMMUNICATION;
INFORMATION; LANGUAGE; SPEAKERS
AB Background: Discourse functionality is a primary goal of aphasia assessment and intervention. People who have aphasia often display a paradoxical functionality in their production of discourse, despite their aphasic impairment. A variety of linguistic and non-linguistic resources are orchestrated to produce coherent discourse. One discourse genre, the personal story, is ubiquitous and fills important intrapersonal and interpersonal functions.
Aims: The primary objective is to provide a framework for the structure and function of personal stories, to guide future clinical discourse research towards development of practical clinical assessment of discourse functionality in people who have aphasia.
Main Contribution: Characteristics of personal stories in their context of use are discussed for their contributions to overall discourse coherence. Examples of coherent and incoherent personal stories narrated by people who have aphasia illustrate interactions among coherence-building resources. The influence of group contexts and cultural contexts on coherence of personal stories is considered.
Conclusions: It is the interaction, and not the componential addition, of multiple resources that supports coherent production of personal stories in context. Qualitative frameworks need to be integrated with quantitative approaches as we develop reliable and valid means of functional discourse assessment. An understanding of the lives of people who have aphasia will be essential for defining the mostmeaningful and functional contexts for our discourse assessments.
C1 [Olness, Gloria Streit] Univ N Texas, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, Denton, TX 76203 USA.
[Ulatowska, Hanna K.] Univ Texas Dallas, Dallas, TX 75230 USA.
RP Olness, GS (reprint author), Univ N Texas, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, 1155 Union Circle 305010, Denton, TX 76203 USA.
EM golness@unt.edu
FU NIH/NIDCD [1R03DC005151-01]
FX Our sincere thanks to the participant volunteers who take part in our
research. We extend our appreciation to two anonymous reviewers for
their helpful and insightful comments. A portion of the discourse
samples presented here was collected with the support of a grant from
the NIH/NIDCD (1R03DC005151-01) awarded to the first author.
CR Abelson R., 1977, SCRIPTS PLANS GOALS
Armstrong E., 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P872
Armstrong E., 1997, THESIS MACQUARIE U S
Armstrong E, 2007, CLINICAL APHASIOLOGY: FUTURE DIRECTIONS, P195
Armstrong E, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P480, DOI 10.1080/02687030902775157
Armstrong L, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P355, DOI 10.1080/02687030600911310
Bastiaanse R, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V64, P165, DOI 10.1006/brln.1998.1972
Berko-Gleason J., 1980, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V30, P370
Berman RA, 1997, J NARRAT LIFE HIST, V7, P235
Bernstein-Ellis E., 2007, GROUP TREATMENT NEUR, V2nd, P71
Bruner J. S., 1990, ACTS MEANING
Cherney L. R., 1998, ANAL DISCOURSE COMMU
Cherney LR, 2008, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V17, P19, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2008/003)
CHRISTIANSEN JA, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V51, P291, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1062
Damico JS, 1995, CLIN APHASIOL, V23, P83
Deser T., 1990, BRAIN LANG, V40, P67
Dollaghan C. A., 2007, HDB EVIDENCE BASED P
Elman R. J., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P115
Ervin-Tripp S., 1996, CONVERSATION COGNITI, P133
Ewing S., 2007, GROUP TREATMENT NEUR, P11
Frank A., 1997, WOUNDED STORYTELLER
FREEDMANSTERN R, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V22, P181, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90089-0
Garrett K. L., 2007, GROUP TREATMENT NEUR, P25
GLOSSER G, 1993, NARRATIVE DISCOURSE IN NEUROLOGICALLY IMPAIRED AND NORMAL AGING ADULTS, P191
Halliday Michael, 1976, COHESION ENGLISH
Hengst JA, 2005, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V48, P137, DOI 10.1044/1092-43888(2005/011)
HOLLAND A. L., 1977, RATIONALE ADULT APHA, P167
Holland A. L., 2007, GROUP TREATMENT NEUR, P249
Holland AL, 2010, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V17, P13, DOI 10.1310/tsr1701-13
Huber W., 1990, DISCOURSE ABILITY BR, P154
Jakobson Roman, 1990, LANGUAGE
Johnstone B, 1990, STORIES COMMUNITY PL
Edwards S, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P99, DOI 10.1080/02687039808250466
Kenyon G., 2001, ORDINARY WISDOM BIOG
Kenyon G. M., 2006, ENCY AGING, V1, P112
Kleinman A, 1988, ILLNESS NARRATIVES S
Labov W, 1997, J NARRAT LIFE HIST, V7, P395
Labov W., 1972, LANGUAGE INNER CITY
Labov William, 1967, ESSAYS VERBAL VISUAL, P12
Linde C, 1997, J NARRAT LIFE HIST, V7, P281
Longacre R. E., 1996, GRAMMAR DISCOURSE, V2nd
Mandler JM, 1984, STORIES SCRIPTS SCEN
MICHAELS S, 1981, LANG SOC, V10, P423
Norrick N., 2000, CONVERSATIONAL NARRA
Ochs Elinor, 2001, LIVING NARRATIVE CRE
Olness GS, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P251, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000723
Olness G. S., 2007, 2007 CLIN APH C SCOT
Olness G. S., 2007, 2007 TEX RES S LANG
Olness GS, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P697, DOI 10.1080/02687030903438524
Olness GS, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P713, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.537346
Olness GS, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P175, DOI 10.1080/02687030500472710
Polanyi L., 1989, TELLING AM STORY STR
Sacks O., 2010, MINDS EYE, P32
Saville-Troike Muriel, 2003, ETHNOGRAPHY COMMUNIC, V3rd
Schegloff Emanuel A., 1982, GEORGETOWN U ROUNDTA, P71
Shadden BB, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P211, DOI 10.1080/02687930444000697
Stein NL, 2008, HDB EMOTIONS, P574
Ulatowska H. K., 1990, DISCOURSE ABILITY BR, P180
Ulatowska H. K., 2010, STUDIES PSYCHOL LANG, P135
Ulatowska HK, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P93, DOI 10.1080/02687031003714418
Ulatowska H. K., 2001, MANIFESTATIONS APHAS, P9
Ulatowska H. K., 2004, MIT ENCY COMMUNICATI, P300
Ulatowska Hanna K., 2007, Seminars in Speech and Language, V28, P148, DOI 10.1055/s-2007-970572
Ulatowska HK, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V83, P57
ULATOWSKA HK, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P317, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90074-3
Ulatowska HK, 2004, ADV SPEECH LANGUAGE, V6, P3
Ulatowska HK, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V87, P69, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00202-5
Ulatowska HK, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P494, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248431
Ulatowska HK, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V71, P249, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2261
Van Dijk T. A., 1983, STRATEGIES DISCOURSE
VANDIJK TA, 1976, POETICS, V5, P287, DOI 10.1016/0304-422X(76)90014-0
NR 71
TC 6
Z9 6
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 11
SI SI
BP 1393
EP 1413
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.599365
PG 21
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 885NS
UT WOS:000299786300007
ER
PT J
AU Fergadiotis, G
Wright, HH
AF Fergadiotis, Gerasimos
Wright, Heather Harris
TI Lexical diversity for adults with and without aphasia across discourse
elicitation tasks
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Discourse; Productive vocabulary; Computational linguistics
ID WORD-RECOGNITION PROCESSES; BRAIN-INJURED ADULTS; SENTENCE PRODUCTION;
DESCRIPTIVE DISCOURSE; NARRATIVE DISCOURSE; SPONTANEOUS SPEECH;
CONNECTED SPEECH; ACCESS; STORY; PERFORMANCE
AB Background: Differences in lexical diversity (LD) across different discourse elicitation tasks have been found in neurologically intact adults (NIA) (Fergadiotis, Wright, & Capilouto, 2010) but have not been investigated systematically in people with aphasia (PWA). Measuring lexical diversity in PWA may serve as a useful clinical tool for evaluating the impact of word retrieval difficulties at the discourse level.
Aims: The study aims were (a) to explore the differences between the oral language samples of PWA and NIA in terms of LD as measured by dedicated computer software (voc-D), (b) to determine whether PWA are sensitive to discourse elicitation task in terms of LD, and (c) to identify whether differences between PWA and NIA vary in magnitude as a function of discourse task.
Method & Procedures: Oral language samples from 25 PWA and 27 NIA were analysed. Participants completed three commonly used discourse elicitation tasks (single pictures, sequential pictures, story telling) and voc-D was used to obtain estimates of their LD.
Outcomes & Results: A mixed 2 x 3 ANOVA revealed a significant group x task interaction that was followed by an investigation of simple main effects and tetrad comparisons. Different patterns of LD were uncovered for each group. For the NIA group results were consistent with previous findings in the literature according to which LD varies as a function of elicitation technique. However, for PWA sequential pictures and story telling elicited comparable estimates of LD.
Conclusions: Results indicated that LD is one of the microlinguistic indices that are influenced by elicitation task and the presence of aphasia. These findings have important implications for modelling lexical diversity and selecting and interpreting results from different discourse elicitation tasks.
C1 [Fergadiotis, Gerasimos; Wright, Heather Harris] Arizona State Univ, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, Tempe, AZ 85287 USA.
RP Wright, HH (reprint author), Arizona State Univ, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, POB 870102, Tempe, AZ 85287 USA.
EM heather.wright.1@asu.edu
FU National Institute on Aging [R01AG029476]
FX This research was partially supported by the National Institute on Aging
Grant R01AG029476. We are especially grateful to the study participants.
We also thank the volunteers in the Aging and Adult Language Lab at ASU
for assistance with transcription and language analyses, and Leonid
Spector, Davida Fromm, and Margaret Forbes from Carnegie Mellon
University for assisting with CLAN coding and facilitating exchange of
data.
CR Armstrong E, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P875, DOI 10.1080/02687030050127685
Ash S, 2006, NEUROLOGY, V66, P1405, DOI 10.1212/01.wnl.0000210435.72614.38
Ballard KJ, 1999, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V42, P690
BALOTA DA, 1984, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V10, P340, DOI 10.1037/0096-1523.10.3.340
Bliss L. S., 2006, CONT ISSUES COMMUNIC, V33, P126
BOCK JK, 1982, PSYCHOL REV, V89, P1, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.89.1.1
Brady M, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P731, DOI 10.1080/02687030500141430
Brink T., 1982, CLIN GERONTOLOGIST, V1, P37, DOI DOI 10.1300/J018V01N01_
BROOKSHIRE RH, 1994, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V37, P399
Cameron RM, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P269, DOI 10.1080/02687030500473387
Capilouto G, 2005, J COMMUN DISORD, V38, P431, DOI 10.1016/j.jcomdis.2005.03.005
Carroll J., 1964, LANGUAGE THOUGHT
Chapelle C. A., 1994, SECOND LANG RES, V10, P157, DOI 10.1177/026765839401000203
Chomsky N, 1980, RULES REPRESENTATION
CHRISTIANSEN JA, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V51, P291, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1062
Coelho CA, 2005, BRAIN INJURY, V19, P1139, DOI 10.1080/02699050500110678
Coelho CA, 2002, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V45, P1232, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2002/099)
Cooper P. V., 1990, J GERONTOL B-PSYCHOL, V45, P210
Dell GS, 2008, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V23, P583, DOI 10.1080/01690960801920735
DELL GS, 1986, PSYCHOL REV, V93, P283, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.93.3.283
Dell GS, 1997, PSYCHOL REV, V104, P801, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.104.4.801
del Toro CM, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P881, DOI 10.1080/02687030701844204
Doyle PJ, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P561, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249558
Engber C. A., 1995, J SECOND LANG WRIT, V4, P139, DOI DOI 10.1016/11060-3743(95)90004-7
Fergadiotis G., 2010, CLIN APH C ISL PALMS
Fleming VB, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P729, DOI 10.1080/02687030701803762
FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6
Gordon JK, 2003, COGNITIVE SCI, V27, P1
Gordon JK, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P839, DOI 10.1080/02687030701820063
Grimes N., 2005, W DISNEYS CINDERELLA
GROSJEAN F, 1980, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V28, P267, DOI 10.3758/BF03204386
Guiraud P., 1960, PROBLEMES METHODES S
Halliday M. A. K., 1989, LANGUAGE CONTEXT TEX
HEATH SB, 1986, TOP LANG DISORD, V7, P84
Herdan G., 1960, TYPETOKEN MATH
Honda R, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P475
Hough MS, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P183, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000608
Hughes D., 1997, GUIDE NARRATIVE LANG
Jakobson R., 1971, FUNDAMENTALS LANGUAG
Jarvis S., 2002, LANG TEST, V19, P57, DOI DOI 10.1016/S1060-3743(02)00124-8
KEMPEN G, 1987, COGNITIVE SCI, V11, P201
Kertesz A., 2007, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
Kiparsky P., 1982, STRUCTURE PHONOLOG 1, P131
KROLL JF, 1986, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V12, P92, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.12.1.92
LaPointe L., 1998, READING COMPREHENSIO
Larfeuil C, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P783, DOI 10.1080/02687039708250456
Levelt W. J., 1989, SPEAKING INTENTION A
Levelt W. J. M., 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P991
Loban W., 1976, 18 NAT COUNC TEACH E
Longacre R. E., 1996, GRAMMAR DISCOURSE, V2nd
MacWhinney B, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P856, DOI 10.1080/02687030903452632
MacWhinney B., 2000, CHILDES PROJECT TOOL, V1
Malvern D, 1997, BRIT S AP L, V12, P58
Maxwell S E, 2004, DESIGNING EXPT ANAL
McCarthy P., 2007, LANG TEST, V24, P459, DOI DOI 10.1177/0265532207080767
McCarthy P. M., 2005, THESIS
McCarthy PM, 2010, BEHAV RES METHODS, V42, P381, DOI 10.3758/BRM.42.2.381
McKee G., 2000, Literary & Linguistic Computing, V15, DOI 10.1093/llc/15.3.323
McNeil MR, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P991
McNeil MR, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P775, DOI 10.1080/02687030701189980
McNeil MR, 1997, CLIN MANAGEMENT SENS
McNeil MR, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P901
Menn L, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V61, P183, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1838
Murray L., 2009, CONV AM SPEECH LANG
NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338
Olness GS, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P175, DOI 10.1080/02687030500472710
Prins R, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P1075, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000534
PRINS RS, 1978, BRAIN LANG, V6, P192, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(78)90058-5
Rabovsky M, 2008, BRAIN RES, V1222, P156, DOI 10.1016/j.brainres.2008.05.066
Rider JD, 2008, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V17, P161, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2008/016)
Rubin C., 2001, CAPTURE MOMENT PULIT
Schwartz MF, 2006, J MEM LANG, V54, P228, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2005.10.001
Tweedie FJ, 1998, COMPUT HUMANITIES, V32, P323, DOI 10.1023/A:1001749303137
TYLER LK, 1983, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V34, P409, DOI 10.3758/BF03203056
Ulatowska H. K., 1990, DISCOURSE ABILITY BR, P180
ULATOWSKA HK, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V13, P345, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90100-0
Vermeer A., 2000, LANG TEST, V17, P65, DOI DOI 10.1191/026553200676636328
WACHAL RS, 1973, LANG SPEECH, V16, P169
Wright H. H., 2011, MEASURING AGE RELATE
Wright HH, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P443, DOI 10.1080/0268703044000166
Wright HH, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P1295, DOI 10.1080/02687030902826844
NR 81
TC 6
Z9 6
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 11
SI SI
BP 1414
EP 1430
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.603898
PG 17
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 885NS
UT WOS:000299786300008
ER
PT J
AU Fromm, D
Holland, A
Armstrong, E
Forbes, M
MacWhinney, B
Risko, A
Mattison, N
AF Fromm, Davida
Holland, Audrey
Armstrong, Elizabeth
Forbes, Margaret
MacWhinney, Brian
Risko, Amy
Mattison, Nicole
TI "Better but no cigar": Persons with aphasia speak about their speech
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Personal narrative; Self-evaluation; Positive; AphasiaBank
ID QUALITY-OF-LIFE; EMOTIONAL CONTENT; HEALTH; NARRATIVES; PEOPLE; STROKE;
REHABILITATION; INFORMATION; EXPERIENCE; IDENTITY
AB Background: This study examined responses of persons with aphasia (PWAs) to a general question about their speech. Aims: The goal was to describe their evaluative responses as positive, negative, or neutral/mixed and determine if responses differed, based on time post-onset, aphasia severity, and aphasia type.
Methods & Procedures: A total of 71 participants from the AphasiaBank project were included. As part of a larger protocol, investigators asked, "How do you think your speech is these days?" Responses were videotaped and transcribed using CLAN. Two authors coded the evaluative responses and categorised themes in the elaborative content provided by the participants.
Outcomes & Results: Positive responses accounted for 59% of all responses, followed by neutral/mixed (18%), and negative (17%). Participants also mentioned specific speech problems (35%), improvement (31%), and therapy (8%) in their responses. Time post-onset and aphasia type were not significantly associated with nature of response. Aphasia severity was significantly associated with nature of response, with higher AQ scores in the positive group and vice versa.
Conclusions: The responses are discussed in the context of self-image and self-expression in PWA and social models in aphasia therapy. Results are also compared with those of others with chronic disabilities and research on resilience, positive affect, and optimism.
C1 [Fromm, Davida; Forbes, Margaret; MacWhinney, Brian; Risko, Amy] Carnegie Mellon Univ, Dept Psychol, Pittsburgh, PA 15213 USA.
[Holland, Audrey] Univ Arizona, Tucson, AZ USA.
[Armstrong, Elizabeth] Edith Cowan Univ, Joondalup, WA, Australia.
[Mattison, Nicole] Carnegie Mellon Univ, Dept Stat, Pittsburgh, PA 15213 USA.
RP Fromm, D (reprint author), Carnegie Mellon Univ, Dept Psychol, 5000 Forbes Ave, Pittsburgh, PA 15213 USA.
EM fromm@andrew.cmu.edu
FU NIH_NIDCD [R01-DC008524]; Edith Cowan University, Western Australia
FX This project is funded by NIH_NIDCD grant R01-DC008524 (2007-2012). A
visiting Fellowship provided by Edith Cowan University, Western
Australia, to Audrey Holland resulted in Beth Armstrong's collaboration
in this work.
CR Armstrong E, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P763, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192364
Armstrong E, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P1029, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000375
Beeke S, 2009, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V23, P133, DOI 10.1080/02699200802602985
Behrns I, 2009, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V23, P507, DOI 10.1080/02699200902916129
Berndt R. S., 2000, QUANTITATIVE PRODUCT
BLOOM RL, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P1227
BLOOM RL, 1990, INT J NEUROSCI, V55, P71, DOI 10.3109/00207459008985952
Borod JC, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V14, P112, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.14.1.112
Bose A, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P797, DOI 10.1080/02687030802593189
BUTTON G, 1985, HUM STUD, V8, P3, DOI 10.1007/BF00143022
Byng S, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P906, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000128
Camras L. A., 1993, HDB EMOTIONS, P199
Chapey R., 2000, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P235
Cherney LR, 2008, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V17, P19, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2008/003)
Code C, 2003, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V13, P109, DOI 10.1080/09602010244000291
Cranfill TB, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P957, DOI 10.1080/02687030903452624
Cruice M, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P333, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000707
Cruice M, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P111, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000651
Edward K, 2005, J AM PSYCHIAT NURSES, V11, P101, DOI 10.1177/1078390305277526
Elman Roberta, 2005, APHASIA RELATED NEUR, p[39, 39]
Ferguson A, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P685, DOI 10.1080/02687030903438508
FITZGERALD TE, 1993, J BEHAV MED, V16, P25, DOI 10.1007/BF00844753
Fromm D., 1984, CLIN APH C P
Hagstrom F, 2004, TOP LANG DISORD, V24, P225
Heritage J, 2010, TALK ACTION INTERACT
Hilari K, 2009, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V44, P193, DOI 10.1080/13682820802008820
Hilari K, 2010, CLIN REHABIL, V24, P181, DOI 10.1177/0269215509346090
Hilari K, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P365, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000725
Hinckley J., 2006, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V13, P63
Holland A., 2007, COUNSELING COMMUNICA
Holland AL, 2010, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V17, P13, DOI 10.1310/tsr1701-13
Holland AL, 2010, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V19, P198, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2010/09-0095)
Hunston S., 2003, EVALUATION TEXT AUTH
Kertesz A., 2007, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
MacWhinney B., 2000, CHILDES PROJECT TOOL
Martin J. R., 2005, LANGUAGE EVALUATION
Oelschlaeger ML, 1999, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V42, P636
Olness GS, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P697, DOI 10.1080/02687030903438524
Pittman J., 1993, HDB EMOTIONS, P185
Pomerantz A., 1984, STRUCTURE SOCIAL ACT
Pound C., 2000, APHASIA THERAPIES LI
Pressman SD, 2005, PSYCHOL BULL, V131, P925, DOI 10.1037/0033-2909.131.6.925
Rasmussen HN, 2009, ANN BEHAV MED, V37, P239, DOI 10.1007/s12160-009-9111-x
Riis J, 2005, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V134, P3, DOI 10.1037/0096-3445.134.1.3
Robinson J., 2006, STUDIES INTERACTIONA, V20, P22
ROBINSON RG, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V14, P282, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90080-8
Seligman M., 2003, FUNDAMENTAL QUESTION
Shadden B., 2008, NEUROGENIC COMMUNICA
Shadden BB, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P211, DOI 10.1080/02687930444000697
Shadden BR, 2007, TOP LANG DISORD, V27, P324
Simmons-Mackie Nina, 2009, Seminars in Speech and Language, V30, P18, DOI 10.1055/s-0028-1104531
Simmons-Mackie N, 2011, THERAPEUTIC PROCESSES FOR COMMUNICATION DISORDERS: A GUIDE FOR CLINICIANS AND STUDENTS, P35
Simmons-Mackie NN, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P39, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798287
Tukey J.W., 1977, EXPLORATORY DATA ANA
Ulatowska H, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V99, P61, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.040
Ulatowska H. K., 2001, MANIFESTATIONS APHAS, P9
Ulatowska HK, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V87, P69, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00202-5
Youmans G, 2011, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V20, P23, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2010/09-0085)
Youmans G, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P435, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000877
NR 59
TC 2
Z9 2
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 11
SI SI
BP 1431
EP 1447
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.608839
PG 17
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 885NS
UT WOS:000299786300009
ER
PT J
AU Beveridge, MEL
Bak, TH
AF Beveridge, Madeleine E. L.
Bak, Thomas H.
TI The languages of aphasia research: Bias and diversity
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Cross-linguistic; Bilingualism; Patient language
AB Background: It is widely believed that the vast majority of articles on aphasia published in international journals are based on observations of English-speaking patients, with a possible more general bias towards western European languages. However, to the best of our knowledge no systematic study has tried to quantify linguistic biases in aphasia research.
Aims: To examine the current (first decade of the twenty-first century) representation of different languages in aphasia literature.
Methods & Procedures: We examined all articles on aphasia published between 2000 and 2009 in four leading aphasiological journals: Aphasiology, Brain and Language, Journal of Neurolinguistics, and Language and Cognitive Processes, determining the language(s) spoken by the patients. We compared the proportion of articles in a given language with the estimated number of its speakers worldwide. We further analysed the relationship between the language and the methodology, content, and number of citations as well as trends applying to individual journals and changes over time.
Outcomes & Results: There was a pronounced overall bias towards articles based on observations of English-speaking patients, accounting for 62% of all papers, 85% of papers on aphasia treatment, and 100% of papers that received more than 50 citations. More generally, there was a strong bias towards western European (Germanic and Romance) languages, accounting for 89% of all papers and 96% of treatment studies. In contrast, non-Indo-European languages, as well as the Slavonic and the Indo-European languages of India were strongly under-represented. Some of the most widely spoken languages in the world, such as Arabic, Hindi, Bengali, Russian, as well as Portuguese, accounted for less than 0.5% of the aphasia literature. This imbalance has not improved over the examined time period; in fact, the percentage of papers on English seems to be increasing.
Conclusions: The current aphasia literature is not representative of the world's languages, neither in terms of linguistic typology nor the number of speakers. The extreme bias towards English and other western European languages limits the worldwide applicability of clinical findings (in particular in aphasia therapy) and undermines the universality of theoretical models, which are based on observations from a small number of closely related languages. We conclude that development of a more cross-linguistic approach to aphasia should be one of the priorities in future aphasia research.
C1 [Beveridge, Madeleine E. L.; Bak, Thomas H.] Univ Edinburgh, Sch Philosophy Psychol & Language Sci, Edinburgh EH8 9JZ, Midlothian, Scotland.
[Bak, Thomas H.] Univ Edinburgh, Ctr Clin Brain Sci, Edinburgh EH8 9JZ, Midlothian, Scotland.
RP Beveridge, MEL (reprint author), Univ Edinburgh, Sch Philosophy Psychol & Language Sci, 7 George Sq, Edinburgh EH8 9JZ, Midlothian, Scotland.
EM m.e.l.beveridge@sms.ed.ac.uk
CR BATES E, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P123, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90149-U
Broca P., 1877, B SOC ANTHROPOL PAR, V2, P235
Code C, 2010, J NEUROLINGUIST, V24, P136
Dabrowska E, 2004, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V19, P225, DOI 10.1080/01690960344000170
Dalby A, 1999, DICT LANGUAGES
Ethnologue, 2009, LANG WORLD WEB VERS
Evans N, 2009, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V32, P429, DOI 10.1017/S0140525X0999094X
Haspelmath Martin, 2005, WORLD ATLAS LANGUAGE
Linnaeus C, 1745, KUNGLIGA SVENSKA VET, V6, P116
Lorch M., 2003, J MULTILINGUAL COMMU, V1, P35
Menn L., 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C
Mimouni Z, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P125, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248460
Paradis M., 1988, J NEUROLINGUIST, V3, P127, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(88)90012-7
Roberts PM, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P911, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000328
Vico G., 1744, PRINCIPI SCI NUOVA
Wernicke C., 1874, APHASISCHE SYMTOMENC
Yiu EML, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P505, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248433
NR 17
TC 1
Z9 1
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 12
BP 1451
EP 1468
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.624165
PG 18
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 888IF
UT WOS:000299996400001
ER
PT J
AU van Hees, SJ
Smith, ER
Copland, DA
AF van Hees, Sophia J.
Smith, Erin R.
Copland, David A.
TI Manipulating hemispheric attentional mechanisms to modulate word
retrieval in aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Anomia; Stroke; Rehabilitation; Divided visual field; Hemispace;
Picture-word interference
ID LEXICAL ACCESS; AUDITORY VIGILANCE; DIVIDED-ATTENTION; FLUENT APHASIA;
INTERFERENCE; INDIVIDUALS; LANGUAGE; TASK; COMPREHENSION; ACTIVATION
AB Background: Emerging evidence suggests that left hemisphere damage may create an attentional bias towards stimuli initially processed in the right hemisphere.
Aims: The current study aimed to investigate whether this hemispheric attentional bias influences spoken word production in a picture-word interference task.
Methods & Procedures: Two participants with aphasia and seven healthy controls named centrally presented pictures that were preceded by a distractor word which appeared in either the left or right visual field 200 ms prior to the picture. Distractor words were semantically related, phonologically related, unrelated, or the name of the picture. Results were analysed in terms of response times and accuracy.
Outcomes & Results: A greater overall facilitation effect was found in the left visual field/right hemisphere condition for both participants with aphasia, however this varied depending on distractor condition. These results are consistent with an attentional bias towards linguistic stimuli initially presented to the right hemisphere. In contrast, the results of the control group suggest a reduction in the lateralisation of language processing to the left hemisphere in healthy ageing.
Conclusions: These results suggest that spoken word production may be influenced by changes in attentional mechanisms following left hemisphere damage in aphasia, as well as changes in hemispheric lateralisation and inhibition in healthy ageing. Identifying attentional conditions that optimise language performance in aphasia may have implications for new treatments in language rehabilitation.
C1 Univ Queensland, Clin Res Ctr, Brisbane, Qld, Australia.
Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, Brisbane, Qld, Australia.
RP Copland, DA (reprint author), Univ Queensland, Clin Res Ctr, Level 3 Bldg 71-918,RBWH Campus, Herston, Qld 4029, Australia.
EM d.copland@uq.edu.au
RI Conway, Erin/F-3987-2010; Copland, David/F-1409-2010
OI Conway, Erin/0000-0002-1740-2562; Copland, David/0000-0002-2257-4270
CR Ansaldo AN, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V82, P206, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00017-2
Balota DA, 2007, BEHAV RES METHODS, V39, P445, DOI 10.3758/BF03193014
Bourne VJ, 2006, LATERALITY, V11, P373, DOI 10.1080/13576500600633982
Cabeza R, 2002, PSYCHOL AGING, V17, P85, DOI 10.1037//0882-7974.17.1.85
CAPLAN D, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V47, P397
COLLINS AM, 1975, PSYCHOL REV, V82, P407, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.82.6.407
Coslett H. B, 2000, HDB NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V3, P257
Coslett HB, 1999, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V37, P695, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(98)00116-X
Crawford JR, 2009, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V47, P2690, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2009.04.011
Crosson B, 2005, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V17, P392, DOI 10.1162/0898929053279487
Crosson B, 2007, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V13, P582, DOI 10.1017/S1355617707070737
Damian MF, 1999, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V25, P345, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.25.2.345
Dell GS, 1997, PSYCHOL REV, V104, P801, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.104.4.801
Dotson VM, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P103, DOI 10.1080/02687030600990983
Erickson RJ, 1996, BRAIN COGNITION, V30, P244, DOI 10.1006/brcg.1996.0016
Ferreira VS, 2002, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V28, P1187, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.28.6.1187
Fillingham JK, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V16, P129, DOI 10.1080/09602010443000254
Finkbeiner M, 2006, CORTEX, V42, P790, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70419-2
Goodglass H., 1997, ANOMIA NEUROANATOMIC
GRAVES R, 1983, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V21, P641, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(83)90062-3
Hasher L., 1997, J GERONTOL B-PSYCHOL, V52, P274
Hashimoto N, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P580, DOI 10.1080/02687030902777567
Jaccard J., 2003, INTERACTION EFFECTS
Landauer T, 1998, LATENT SEMANTIC ANAL
LAPOINTE LL, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P511, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248556
Levelt W. J., 1989, SPEAKING INTENTION A
Levelt WJM, 2001, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V98, P13464, DOI 10.1073/pnas.231459498
Lupker S J, 1982, Brain Cogn, V1, P381, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(82)90023-9
MCNEIL MR, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V20, P21
Melinger A, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V90, P213, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00434-6
Murray LL, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V41, P213
OLDFIELD RC, 1971, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V9, P97, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(71)90067-4
PETRY MC, 1994, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V32, P1397, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(94)00072-7
Psychology Software Tools I, 2002, E PRIM VERS 1 1 2
Robin D. A., 1989, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V18, P62
Rogers MA, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P871
SCHRIEFERS H, 1990, J MEM LANG, V29, P86, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(90)90011-N
Szekely A, 2004, J MEM LANG, V51, P247, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2004.03.002
TSENG CH, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P276, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1046
Wiener DA, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P599, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000228
Wilshire CE, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V45, P939, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2006.08.026
WILSON M, 1988, BEHAV RES METH INSTR, V20, P6, DOI 10.3758/BF03202594
NR 42
TC 0
Z9 0
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 12
BP 1469
EP 1487
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.583989
PG 19
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 888IF
UT WOS:000299996400002
ER
PT J
AU Edmonds, LA
Mizrahi, S
AF Edmonds, Lisa A.
Mizrahi, Sara
TI Online priming of agent and patient thematic roles and related verbs in
younger and older adults
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Priming; Semantic; Verbs; Thematic roles; Older adults
ID WORD RECOGNITION; IDENTIFICATION
AB Background: Online priming studies have found that verbs (e.g., arrest) provide immediate access to typical agents (e.g., policeman) and patients (e.g., criminal) by generating expectancies from a verb to its related thematic roles and vice versa. These findings have contributed significantly to theories of thematic roles. However, these investigations and theoretical implications have been limited to young adults. Investigating verb-thematic role processing in older adults is important for understanding the semantic system in normal ageing, which aids in assessment, characterisation, and treatment of disorders that affect semantic processing in older adults.
Aims: The current study investigates verb-thematic role priming in young adults and extends the investigation to older adults. It was predicted that both groups would show priming effects but that the older adult group would have slower reaction times overall.
Methods & Procedures: Using a lexical decision task with a short stimulus onset asynchrony (250 ms), the current study investigated bidirectional agent-verb and patient-verb priming of younger and older adults.
Outcomes & Results: Consistent with our predictions, the younger participants exhibited bidirectional priming for agent-verb pairs and patient-verb pairs in the participant and item analyses. The older adults also showed priming for patient-verb pairs, but unexpectedly they did not exhibit priming for agent-verb pairs. Reaction times for the older participants were slower than the reaction times for the younger participants in all conditions.
Conclusions: Neither participant nor methodological factors readily explain the unexpected results. Theoretical explanations for the findings are explored.
C1 [Edmonds, Lisa A.; Mizrahi, Sara] Univ Florida, Dept Speech Language & Hearing Sci, Gainesville, FL 32611 USA.
RP Edmonds, LA (reprint author), Univ Florida, Dept Speech Language & Hearing Sci, POB 117420,351 Dauer, Gainesville, FL 32611 USA.
EM edmonds@ufl.edu
CR Bak TH, 2003, J NEUROLINGUIST, V16, P169, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(02)00011-8
Balota D., 1992, M PSYCH SOC ST LOUIS
Craik F. I., 2007, HDB AGEING COGNITION
Ferretti TR, 2001, J MEM LANG, V44, P516, DOI 10.1006/jmla.2000.2728
Giffard Benedicte, 2005, Current Alzheimer Research, V2, P425, DOI 10.2174/156720505774330582
HAGOORT P, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P189, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1043
HALE S, 1995, AGING COGNITION, V2, P132, DOI 10.1080/13825589508256593
Helm-Estabrooks N., 2001, COGNITIVE LINGUISTIC
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Kiran S, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P773, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/061)
LAVER GD, 1993, PSYCHOL AGING, V8, P34, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.8.1.34
Lima S. D., 1991, PSYCHOL AGING, V6, P417
MADDEN DJ, 1993, PSYCHOL AGING, V8, P490, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.8.4.490
MADDEN DJ, 1989, COGNITIVE DEV, V4, P1, DOI 10.1016/0885-2014(89)90002-6
McRae K, 2005, MEM COGNITION, V33, P1174, DOI 10.3758/BF03193221
McRae K, 1997, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V12, P137
MYERSON J, 1992, PSYCHOL AGING, V7, P257, DOI 10.1037//0882-7974.7.2.257
Myerson J, 1997, ACTA PSYCHOL, V96, P83, DOI 10.1016/S0001-6918(97)00002-4
NEBES RD, 1988, PSYCHOL AGING, V3, P102, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.3.1.102
Neely J. H., 1991, BASIC PROCESSES READ, P264
OBER BA, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V9, P220, DOI 10.1037//0894-4105.9.2.220
Pexman PM, 2002, PSYCHON B REV, V9, P542, DOI 10.3758/BF03196311
Salthouse T.A., 1985, THEORY COGNITIVE AGE
NR 23
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 12
BP 1488
EP 1506
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.599527
PG 19
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 888IF
UT WOS:000299996400003
ER
PT J
AU McGurk, R
Kneebone, II
ten Cate, IMP
AF McGurk, Rhona
Kneebone, Ian I.
ten Cate, Ineke M. Pit
TI "Sometimes we get it wrong but we keep on trying": A cross-sectional
study of coping with communication problems by informal carers of stroke
survivors with aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Stroke; Aphasia; Carers; Coping; Depression
ID VISUAL ANALOG SCALES; SOCIAL SUPPORT; ALZHEIMERS-DISEASE; SPOUSES;
IMPACT; CAREGIVERS; STRATEGIES; INTERVENTIONS; CONSEQUENCES; DEMENTIA
AB Background: The need to support carers of stroke survivors is widely recognised. However, research on which to base recommendations is scarce. Little research has focused on carers of stroke survivors with aphasia, and that which exists suffers from problems with sample size and methodology. More information is needed about methods used by carers to manage communication difficulties and about coping strategies that promote emotional wellbeing.
Aims: To assess the coping strategies used by informal carers of stroke survivors with aphasia to manage communication problems, and their association with depressive symptoms. To assess whether a problem-specific coping inventory offers an advantage over a generic coping questionnaire for this purpose.
Methods & Procedures: Questionnaires were completed by 150 informal caregivers of stroke survivors with aphasia. The Centre for Epidemiologic Studies Depression Scale measured depressive symptoms. Coping was assessed with the Brief COPE and a problem-specific questionnaire on coping with communication difficulties. Level of social support was also assessed. Multiple regression analysis explored associations between coping and depressive symptoms. Mediation analysis assessed the significance of the indirect effect of coping between the level of communication impairment in the stroke survivor and the degree of depressive symptoms in the carer.
Outcomes & Results: Participants reported a wide range of coping strategies. Avoidant styles of coping were associated with increased depressive symptomatology. Coping by use of positive reframing was linked with fewer symptoms of depression. Anticipated level of social support was also associated with less depressive symptomology. The level of communication impairment of the stroke survivor was not predictive of depressive symptoms in carers after controlling for coping and social support. Limited support was found for a mediating model of coping. Inclusion of one subscale from the problem-specific questionnaire improved the amount of variance accounted for in depressive symptoms, above that explained by the Brief COPE.
Conclusions: The results verify that the impairment of the stroke survivor has less effect on carers' psychosocial functioning compared to coping. Assessment of coping can help to identify carers presenting with increased risk of depression. A traditional coping inventory provides an adequate assessment of the coping strategies used to manage communication problems, and can be supplemented by specific questions about avoidance. Interventions that develop some emotion-focused coping strategies in carers may support adaptation. Interventions should also aim to decrease the use of unhelpful coping strategies rather than solely focusing on increasing problem-focused forms of coping.
C1 [McGurk, Rhona] Bognor Regis War Mem Hosp, Richard Hotham Unit, Bognor Regis PO22 9PP, W Sussex, England.
[McGurk, Rhona; ten Cate, Ineke M. Pit] Univ Southampton, Dept Clin Psychol, Southampton, Hants, England.
[Kneebone, Ian I.] Surrey Community Hlth, Leatherhead, Surrey, England.
[Kneebone, Ian I.] Univ Surrey, Dept Psychol, Guildford GU2 5XH, Surrey, England.
RP McGurk, R (reprint author), Bognor Regis War Mem Hosp, Richard Hotham Unit, Shripney Rd, Bognor Regis PO22 9PP, W Sussex, England.
EM rhona.mcgurk@nhs.net
CR ANDERSON CS, 1995, STROKE, V26, P843
Bowling J. H., 1977, AUSTR J HUMAN COMMUN, V5, P29
CARVER CS, 1989, J PERS SOC PSYCHOL, V56, P267, DOI 10.1037//0022-3514.56.2.267
Carver CS, 1997, INT J BEHAV MED, V4, P92, DOI 10.1207/s15327558ijbm0401_6
Cohen J., 1988, STAT POWER ANAL BEHA, V2nd
Department of Communities and Local Government, 2007, IND DEPR 2007
Department of Health, 2007, NAT STROK STRAT
Eldred C, 2008, BRIT J HEALTH PSYCH, V13, P563, DOI 10.1348/135910707X236899
Field A., 2005, DISCOVERING STAT USI, V2nd
Forsberg-Warleby G, 2004, CLIN REHABIL, V18, P430, DOI 10.1191/0269215504cr740oa
GLADMAN JRF, 1993, AGE AGEING, V22, P419, DOI 10.1093/ageing/22.6.419
GLASS TA, 1993, STROKE, V24, P64
Gottlieb BH, 1996, J AGING STUD, V10, P137, DOI 10.1016/S0890-4065(96)90010-9
Greenwood N, 2008, DISABIL REHABIL, V30, P1329, DOI 10.1080/09638280701602178
Holmbeck GN, 1997, J CONSULT CLIN PSYCH, V65, P599, DOI 10.1037/0022-006X.65.4.599
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
King R. B., 1995, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V2, P20
Kneebone II, 2003, BRIT J HEALTH PSYCH, V8, P1, DOI 10.1348/135910703762879174
KRAUSE N, 1990, INT J AGING HUM DEV, V30, P37, DOI 10.2190/CY26-XCKW-WY1V-VGK3
Krause N, 1999, RES AGING, V21, P539, DOI 10.1177/0164027599214002
Lazarus R. S., 1984, STRESS APPRAISAL COP
Lazarus R. S., 1999, STRESS EMOTION NEW S
LEDORZE G, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P239
LOMAS J, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P113
Low JTS, 1999, SOC SCI MED, V49, P711, DOI 10.1016/S0277-9536(99)00194-X
Mant J., 2004, HLTH CARE NEEDS ASSE, V1, P141
McClenahan R, 1998, Int J Lang Commun Disord, V33 Suppl, P138
Michallet B, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P835, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000238
Montgomery-West P, 1995, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V2, P1
MORRIS PLP, 1991, PSYCHIATRY, V54, P306
Nienaber G, 2007, THESIS OPEN U MILTON
Nouri FM, 1987, CLIN REHABIL, V1, P301, DOI DOI 10.1177/026921558700100409
PEARLIN LI, 1990, GERONTOLOGIST, V30, P583
Preacher KJ, 2004, BEHAV RES METH INS C, V36, P717, DOI 10.3758/BF03206553
PRUCHNO R, 1993, PSYCHOL AGING, V8, P18, DOI 10.1037//0882-7974.8.1.18
PRUCHNO RA, 1989, PSYCHOL AGING, V4, P454, DOI 10.1037//0882-7974.4.4.454
RADLOFF L S, 1977, Applied Psychological Measurement, V1, P385, DOI 10.1177/014662167700100306
ROSS S, 1988, INT J REHABIL RES, V11, P383, DOI 10.1097/00004356-198812000-00008
Scherder EJA, 2000, GERONTOLOGY, V46, P47, DOI 10.1159/000022133
SCHULZ R, 1988, PSYCHOL AGING, V3, P131, DOI 10.1037//0882-7974.3.2.131
Servaes P, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P889
Servaes P, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P927
Tiplady B, 1998, AGE AGEING, V27, P63, DOI 10.1093/ageing/27.1.63
van Heugten C, 2006, J REHABIL MED, V38, P153, DOI 10.1080/16501970500441898
Visser-Meily A, 2005, PATIENT EDUC COUNS, V56, P257, DOI 10.1016/j.pec.2004.02.013
Visser-Meily A, 2009, STROKE, V40, P1399, DOI 10.1161/STROKEAHA.108.516682
WILLIAMSON GM, 1993, GERONTOLOGIST, V33, P747
NR 47
TC 4
Z9 4
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 12
BP 1507
EP 1522
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.599528
PG 16
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 888IF
UT WOS:000299996400004
ER
PT J
AU Rautakoski, P
AF Rautakoski, Pirkko
TI Partners' self-perceptions of the use of different communication
strategies during total communication intervention
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Communication strategies; Total communication; Partners'
support; Self-assessment
ID QUALITY-OF-LIFE; SUPPORTED CONVERSATION; FUNCTIONAL COMMUNICATION;
NONVERBAL-COMMUNICATION; TRAINING VOLUNTEERS; APHASIA THERAPY;
LONG-TERM; PEOPLE; ADULTS; SPOUSES
AB Background: Collaboration between people with aphasia and their communication partners is needed to achieve success in communication. Some of the partners change their own behaviour spontaneously and start to use different strategies to ensure that conversations are successful, but many require training to do so.
Aims: The aim of the present study was to examine to what extent communication partners perceive they use different strategies to support the conversation and if they perceive changes in the use of these strategies during an intervention concentrating on total communication.
Methods & Procedures: The data were collected during regular rehabilitation courses, which were carried out in two parts (8 + 4 days) with a 3-month interval. People with aphasia participated in the whole course and the partners joined in for the last 2 days of the first part and the whole of the second part (2 + 4 days). The aim of the intervention was to encourage people with aphasia to use total communication and to guide the communication partners to facilitate the use of total communication and to support the conversation. A total of 43 communication partners participated in the present study: 33 participated in a course with their aphasic partners, but 10 did not and formed the control group. Before the first and second parts of the course and 6 months after the course the partners completed a questionnaire comprising 20 questions concerning different communication strategies.
Outcomes & Results: Before the intervention both the participating partners and the control group perceived that they quite often used different strategies to support the conversation. The means of the 20 questions were 62.9/100 and 58.9/100 respectively. Both groups perceived an increase in the use of different strategies after the first part of the course but the change was statistically significant only in the participating group, F(1, 32) = 8.025, p = .016. The participating group perceived a significant increase in the use of strategies supporting verbal comprehension and production after the first part of the course, F(1, 32) = 6.925, p = .026, but perceived a decrease in the use of them when measured 6 months after the course.
Conclusions: Communication partners perceive that they often use different strategies to support communication. The self-assessment method can make the partners more aware of these strategies. An intervention can increase the partners' awareness of the comprehension problems of their aphasic partners.
C1 Abo Akad Univ, Dept Psychol & Logoped, FI-20500 Turku, Finland.
RP Rautakoski, P (reprint author), Abo Akad Univ, Dept Psychol & Logoped, Tehtaankatu 2, FI-20500 Turku, Finland.
EM pirkko.rautakoski@abo.fi
FU Finnish Cultural Foundation; Finnish Association of Speech-Language
Therapists
FX This study was supported by grants from the Finnish Cultural Foundation
and Finnish Association of Speech-Language Therapists. The author would
like to offer her sincere thanks to the participants who contributed
their time to the project, and also to the Finnish Brain Association.
CR Armstrong E. M, 1993, APHASIA TREATMENT WO, P263
BLOMERT L, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P307, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249085
Booth S, 1999, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V34, P291, DOI 10.1080/136828299247423
Booth S, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P283
Byng S, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P906, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000128
Cattell R. B., 1978, SCI USE FACTOR ANAL
Christensen R., 1996, ANAL VARIANCE DESIGN
Chwat S., 1981, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P212
CROCKFORD C, 1994, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V29, P165
Croteau A., 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P327
Croteau C, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P291, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000616
Cunningham R, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P687, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000184
Eadie TL, 2006, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V15, P307, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2006/030)
Edwards S, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P271, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248845
FEYEREISEN P, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V16, P191, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90083-9
Field A., 2003, DISCOVERING STAT USI
Flowers C. R., 1984, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P106
Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R
GREEN G, 1984, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V19, P35
GUILFORD AM, 1982, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V63, P601
Gurland G., 1982, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P18
HELMICK JW, 1976, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V41, P238
HERRMANN M, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P41, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90053-3
HOLLAND AL, 1982, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V47, P50
Holland A. L., 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V6, P197, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90007-6
Hopper T, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P745, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000059
Kagan A, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P624, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2001/051)
Kagan A, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P816, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249575
Kagan A., 1993, APHASIA TREATMENT WO, P199
Klippi A., 1996, STUDIA FENNICA LINGU, V6
Korpijaakko-Huuhka A-M, 2003, HELSINGIN YLIOPISTON
Laakso M, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P345
Le Dorze G, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P17
LEDORZE G, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P239
Lindsay J, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P305
Linebaugh C., 1981, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P226
Linell P., 1995, INT J PSYCHOLINGUIST, V11, P143
Lock S., 2001, SPPARC SUPPORTING PA
Lubinski R., 1980, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P111
Lyon JG, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P693, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249416
Manochiopinig S, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P657, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248442
McVicker S, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P52, DOI 10.1080/02687030701688783
Michallet B, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P835, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000238
MILROY L, 1992, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V6, P27, DOI 10.3109/02699209208985517
Newhoff M., 1981, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P234
Nummenmaa T., 1997, TUTKIMUSAINEISTON AN
Oelschlaeger ML, 2000, J COMMUN DISORD, V33, P205, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(00)00019-8
Pound C., 2002, APHASIA THERAPIES LI
Rautakoski P, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1269, DOI 10.1080/02687030802374788
Rautakoski P, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P344, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.530671
Rayner H, 2003, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V38, P149, DOI 10.1080/1368282021000060308
Sacchett C, 1999, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V34, P265, DOI 10.1080/136828299247414
Sarno MT, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P665, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249414
SHEWAN CM, 1984, J COMMUN DISORD, V17, P175, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(84)90010-8
Simmons-Mackie N, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P807
Simmons-Mackie N, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P831, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249576
Simmons-Mackie N., 2000, NEUROGENIC COMMUNICA, P162
Simmons-Mackie NN, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P583, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000408
Sorin-Peters R, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P405, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000752
SPSS Inc, 2009, PASW STAT VERS 18
Turner S, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P483, DOI 10.1080/02687030600589991
WardLonergan JM, 1995, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V30, P475
Wilkinson R, 1998, Int J Lang Commun Disord, V33 Suppl, P144
NR 63
TC 2
Z9 2
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 12
BP 1523
EP 1542
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.624164
PG 20
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 888IF
UT WOS:000299996400005
ER
PT J
AU Eaton, E
Marshall, J
Pring, T
AF Eaton, Emma
Marshall, Jane
Pring, Tim
TI Mechanisms of change in the evolution of jargon aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Jargon aphasia; Recovery
ID SPEECH PRODUCTION; PHONOLOGICAL LEXICON; PERSEVERATIVE ERRORS;
WORD-FREQUENCY; FAMILIARITY; RECOVERY; SPEAKERS; PATIENT; NOUNS;
ACQUISITION
AB Background: The evolution of jargon aphasia may reflect recovery in the speech production processes. Alternatively or additionally there may be improved self-monitoring, enabling the person to suppress jargon errors. Previous case reports offer evidence for both mechanisms of change, and suggest that they can co-occur.
Aims: This longitudinal study aimed to uncover mechanisms of change in an individual with jargon aphasia. Four predictions of production processing recovery were examined against test data. The study also looked for evidence of improved error awareness, in both test and connected speech data, and explored the relationship between this improvement and the production gains.
Methods & Procedures: The participant (TK) undertook tests of single word naming, reading and repetition eight times over a 21-month period, with matched sets of nouns and verbs. Analyses of correct responses and errors were conducted, in order to test predictions of processing recovery. Changes in self-monitoring behaviours were also investigated, to uncover evidence of increased error awareness. Finally, longitudinal changes in samples of connected speech were explored.
Outcomes & Results: Two predictions of production processing recovery were upheld: there was a significant increase in the number of correct responses over time, and a significant decrease in the proportion of nonword errors. The error analysis also revealed a trend towards increased target-relatedness and decreased perseveration, but neither was significant. There was an increase in self-monitoring behaviours during testing, in that there were more null responses and attempted self-corrections. This increase correlated very strongly with the production gains. Connected speech showed little evidence of improved production, since the range of vocabulary employed by TK reduced as time progressed. However, self-monitoring behaviours were increasingly evident in this context.
Conclusions: The origin of the production and monitoring gains experienced by TK are discussed. Implications are drawn out for further research.
C1 [Eaton, Emma] Fraserburgh Hosp, Speech & Language Therapy Dept, Fraserburgh AB43 9NH, Aberdeen, Scotland.
[Marshall, Jane; Pring, Tim] City Univ London, Dept Language & Commun Sci, London EC1V 0HB, England.
RP Eaton, E (reprint author), Fraserburgh Hosp, Speech & Language Therapy Dept, Lochpots Rd, Fraserburgh AB43 9NH, Aberdeen, Scotland.
EM eeaton@nhs.net
FU Bexhill (NHS) PCT; Rother (NHS) PCT
FX We thank TK and his family for their participation, patience, and
support. Funding for this project was received from Bexhill and Rother
(NHS) PCT.
CR Ansaldo AI, 2004, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V26, P621, DOI 10.1080/13803390490504416
Buckingham H. W, 1977, LANG SPEECH, V4, P174
BUTTERWORTH B, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V8, P133, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90046-4
Caporali A, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P815, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000247
CAPPA SF, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P83, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248642
CARROLL JB, 1973, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V12, P563, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(73)80036-2
Colombo L, 2006, MEM COGNITION, V34, P1312, DOI 10.3758/BF03193274
Cuetos F, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V82, P344, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00038-X
Dell GS, 1997, PSYCHOL REV, V104, P801, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.104.4.801
Druks J., 2000, OBJECT ACTION NAMING
Druks J, 2002, J NEUROLINGUIST, V15, P289, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(01)00029-X
Eaton E, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P1017, DOI 10.1080/02687030903249343
Francis WN, 1982, FREQUENCY ANAL ENGLI
GILHOOLY KJ, 1980, BEHAV RES METH INSTR, V12, P395, DOI 10.3758/BF03201693
Graham NL, 2001, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V18, P343, DOI 10.1080/02643290125983
GREEN E, 1969, LANG SPEECH, V12, P103
Hanlon RE, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V55, P199, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0101
Harley T. A., 1995, CONNECTIONIST MODELS, P311
Hirsh KW, 1998, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V15, P377, DOI 10.1080/026432998381140
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
JESCHENIAK JD, 1994, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V20, P824, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.20.4.824
Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
Kertesz A, 1970, Cortex, V6, P362
Kertesz A, 1981, JARGONAPHASIA, P63
Kiran S, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P773, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/061)
Kittredge AK, 2008, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V25, P463, DOI 10.1080/02643290701674851
Kohn SE, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P129, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0007
KOHN SE, 1994, J NEUROLINGUIST, V8, P267, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(94)90013-2
Lambon Ralph M. A., 1998, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V36, P775, DOI DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(97)00169-3
Marshall J, 1996, J NEUROLINGUIST, V9, P237, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(97)82796-0
Marshall J, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V63, P79, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1936
Marshall J, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P387, DOI 10.1080/02687030500489946
Marshall J, 2001, CORTEX, V37, P33, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70556-2
Marshall R, 2008, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO
McDermott FB, 1996, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V24, P159
Moses MS, 2004, NEUROCASE, V10, P452, DOI 10.1080/13554790490894057
Moses MS, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P157, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00364-X
Oomen CCE, 2001, CORTEX, V37, P627, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70610-5
PANZERI M, 1987, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V25, P919, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(87)90096-0
Peuser G., 1981, JARGONAPHASIA, P259
Postma A, 2000, COGNITION, V77, P97, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(00)00090-1
Robson J, 1998, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V33, P305, DOI 10.1080/136828298247767
Sampson M, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P505, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.523471
SCHWARTZ MF, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V47, P52, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1042
Schwartz MF, 2004, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P159, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000519
SHUREN JE, 1995, NEUROLOGY, V45, P376
SIMMONS NN, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P403, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248611
SNODGRASS JG, 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V6, P174, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.6.2.174
NR 48
TC 0
Z9 0
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 12
BP 1543
EP 1561
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.624584
PG 19
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 888IF
UT WOS:000299996400006
ER
PT J
AU Anjarningsih, HY
Bastiaanse, R
AF Anjarningsih, Harwintha Yuhria
Bastiaanse, Roelien
TI Verbs and time reference in Standard Indonesian agrammatic speech
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Indonesian; Agrammatism; Spontaneous speech; Time reference; Bahasa
Indonesia
ID BROCAS APHASIA; GERMAN AGRAMMATISM; AGREEMENT; TENSE; FINITENESS;
DISORDER; SPEAKERS
AB Background: It has been shown for a number of languages that verb retrieval and verb inflection are impaired in agrammatic speech. Several studies showed that, while some agrammatic speakers are relatively good in verb retrieval but poor in verb inflection, others show the inverse pattern (Dutch: Bastiaanse & Jonkers, 1998; Italian: Rossi & Bastiaanse, 2008, among others). However, not all languages use verb inflection to express sentence internal and external relationships, such as agreement, tense, and aspect; some use free-standing grammatical morphemes instead. Standard Indonesian (SI) is such a language.
Aims: The aim of the current study is to find out whether the production of free-standing grammatical morphemes-which specify time frame and are thus comparable to tense and aspect inflection in other languages-is impaired in SI agrammatic spontaneous speech, and whether there is a similar inverse relationship between verb retrieval and the use of these morphemes, as suggested by findings on verb inflection in other languages.
Methods & Procedures: A total of 21 adult speakers of SI (6 with Broca's aphasia with mild to moderate agrammatic speech and 15 without history of neurological problems) participated in the study. From the speech of each participant 300 words were extracted, and the occurrence of verbal predicates, aspectual adverbs, and lexical adverbs of time was counted. Type-token ratios (TTR) were used to express the diversity of lexical verbs produced, and the proportion of aspectual and temporal lexical adverbs per verbal predicate was calculated for all participants.
Outcomes & Results: An inverse relationship was observed between the verb variability and the proportion of aspectual adverbs. The agrammatic participants who used a low proportion of aspectual adverbs did not compensate with over-production of lexical adverbs.
Conclusions: Based on the results of the current study we propose that the inverse relationship between lexical diversity of the verbs and the use of aspectual adverbs reflects the same underlying deficit as the inverse relationship between lexical diversity of verbs and verb inflection observed in Dutch and Italian. Apparently it is difficult for agrammatic speakers to simultaneously retrieve verbs (names of the events) and specify the time frame in which the events take place. This has some important clinical implications.
C1 [Anjarningsih, Harwintha Yuhria] Univ Groningen, Grad Sch Humanities, NL-9700 AS Groningen, Netherlands.
[Anjarningsih, Harwintha Yuhria] Univ Indonesia, Dept Linguist, Depok, West Java, Indonesia.
[Bastiaanse, Roelien] Univ Groningen, CLCG, NL-9700 AS Groningen, Netherlands.
RP Anjarningsih, HY (reprint author), Univ Groningen, Grad Sch Humanities, POB 716, NL-9700 AS Groningen, Netherlands.
EM h.y.anjarningsih@med.umcg.nl
FU Ministry of National Education of the Republic of Indonesia
FX This research was supported by a doctoral scholarship given to Harwintha
Yuhria Anjarningsih by the Ministry of National Education of the
Republic of Indonesia.
CR Abuom T. O., 2011, CHARACTERISTIC UNPUB
Clahsen H, 2009, J NEUROLINGUIST, V22, P436, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2009.02.003
Anjarningsih H. Y., 2011, CHARACTERIZING UNPUB
Bastiaanse R, 2011, J NEUROLINGUIST, V24, P652, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2011.07.001
BASTIAANSE R, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V48, P1, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1001
Bastiaanse R, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P951, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249463
Bastiaanse R, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P298, DOI 10.1080/02687030500474922
Bastiaanse R, 2008, J NEUROLINGUIST, V21, P104, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2006.10.006
Burchert F, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V94, P188, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.12.006
Cameron RM, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P671, DOI 10.1080/02687030903443813
Caplan D, 2006, CORTEX, V42, P797, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70420-9
Crepaldi D, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P71, DOI 10.1080/02687031003637114
Dharmaperwira-Prins R. I. I., 1996, TES AFASIA UNTUK DIA
Duman TY, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P908, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.550629
Faroqi-Shah Y, 2009, BRAIN LANG, V108, P97, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2008.10.003
Grange P, 2003, 7 INT S MAL IND LING
GREEN DW, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P210, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90016-7
KOLK HHJ, 1985, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V2, P347, DOI 10.1080/02643298508252666
Kridalaksana H, 2007, KELAS KATA DALAM BAH
Lee J, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P239
Links P, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P1303, DOI 10.1080/02687030903437666
MICELI G, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P65, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90056-1
Nanousi V., 2006, J NEUROLINGUIST, V19, P209, DOI [10.1016/j.jneuroling.2005.11.003, DOI 10.1016/J.JNEUROLING.2005.11.003]
Rossi E, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P347, DOI 10.1080/02687030701407093
Ruiter MB, 2010, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V20, P423, DOI 10.1080/09602010903399287
SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8
Sanossa E, 2010, FAJAR SIDDIQ
Springer L, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V10, P279
Stavrakaki S, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V86, P129, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00541-2
Tissot R. J., 1973, AGRAMMATISM
VERMEULEN J, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P252, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90064-3
Wenzlaff M, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P57, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00298-0
Wenzlaff M, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V92, P33, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.05.006
Wieczorek R, 2011, APHASIOLOGY, V25, P851, DOI 10.1080/02687038.2010.534802
NR 34
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 12
BP 1562
EP 1578
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.626844
PG 17
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 888IF
UT WOS:000299996400007
ER
PT J
AU Rose, TA
Worrall, LE
Hickson, LM
Hoffmann, TC
AF Rose, Tanya A.
Worrall, Linda E.
Hickson, Louise M.
Hoffmann, Tammy C.
TI Exploring the use of graphics in written health information for people
with aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Stroke; Aphasia friendly; Printed education materials; Graphics
ID READING-COMPREHENSION; ILLUSTRATIONS; COMMUNICATION; READABILITY;
PICTURES; STROKE; INSTRUCTIONS; PICTOGRAMS; ADHERENCE; CONSENT
AB Background: One of the documented design features of aphasia-friendly written information is the inclusion of graphics. People with aphasia have identified a preference for the inclusion of photographic illustrations in printed education materials (PEMs); however this preference contrasts with research suggesting that line drawings may be a more effective graphic type. Few studies have explored how graphics affect reading comprehension for people with aphasia.
Aims: The aims of this research were (1) to determine if black and white line drawings and colour photographs affect the reading comprehension of people with and without aphasia, and (2) to explore perceptions of graphic helpfulness and preferences for including line drawings and photographic illustrations in PEMs.
Methods & Procedures: A total of 22 people with aphasia and 15 of their significant others completed a purposefully developed cloze reading comprehension task, with multiple-choice response options. Response options contained (1) no illustrations, (2) black and white line drawings, or (3) colour photographs. The reading comprehension task was timed. The impact of no illustrations, line drawings, and photographs on (a) reading comprehension (measured in number of paragraphs correctly completed), and (b) response times (measured in seconds) was examined. Participants also completed a face-to-face graphic preference survey.
Outcomes & Results: There were no significant differences on the reading comprehension task for participants with aphasia and those without, between (a) the number of paragraphs correctly completed in the set with no graphics, line drawings, and photographs, (b) the time taken to complete paragraphs in each of the three sets, and (c) the mean time taken to correctly complete paragraphs in each of the three sets. In contrast, the majority of participants perceived that pictures help understanding and make reading quicker. Significantly more participants with aphasia, compared to participants without, reported that they needed pictures to understand writing, and all participants with aphasia preferred health information to contain graphics. Several participants did not have a preference for line drawings or photographs in PEMs. Of those who did have a preference, more participants preferred written health information to contain photographs.
Conclusions: Both participants with and without aphasia perceived that graphics in PEMs were helpful, however significantly more participants with aphasia reported that graphics were needed to understand text. The finding that line drawings and colour photographs did not significantly assist comprehension should not discount other benefits graphics may have in PEMs for people with aphasia.
C1 [Rose, Tanya A.] Univ Queensland, Div Speech Pathol, Ctr Clin Res Excellence CCRE Aphasia Rehabil, Brisbane, Qld 4072, Australia.
[Rose, Tanya A.; Worrall, Linda E.; Hickson, Louise M.; Hoffmann, Tammy C.] Univ Queensland, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, Brisbane, Qld 4072, Australia.
RP Rose, TA (reprint author), Univ Queensland, Div Speech Pathol, Ctr Clin Res Excellence CCRE Aphasia Rehabil, Brisbane, Qld 4072, Australia.
EM t.rose@uq.edu.au
RI Hoffmann, Tammy/E-8029-2010
OI Hoffmann, Tammy/0000-0001-5210-8548
CR Aldridge Michael D, 2004, Nephrol Nurs J, V31, P373
AUSTIN PE, 1995, ANN EMERG MED, V25, P317, DOI 10.1016/S0196-0644(95)70286-5
Berarducci M., 2007, ACQUIRING KNOWLEDGE, V9, P99
Bernier M J, 1993, Orthop Nurs, V12, P39, DOI 10.1097/00006416-199311000-00008
Braunack-Mayer A, 2001, J CLIN ETHIC, V12, P388
Brennan AD, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P693, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000958
Brotherstone H, 2006, PATIENT EDUC COUNS, V63, P328, DOI 10.1016/j.pec.2006.03.016
Carney RN, 2002, EDUC PSYCHOL REV, V14, P5, DOI 10.1023/A:1013176309260
Chue WL, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P940, DOI 10.1080/02687030903490541
Dalemans R, 2009, CLIN REHABIL, V23, P948, DOI 10.1177/0269215509337197
Delp C, 1996, ACAD EMERG MED, V3, P264, DOI 10.1111/j.1553-2712.1996.tb03431.x
Dietz A, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P1053, DOI 10.1080/02687030802635832
Doak CC, 1996, TEACHING PATIENTS LO
Dowse R, 2005, PATIENT EDUC COUNS, V58, P63, DOI 10.1016/j.pec.2004.06.012
Dwyer F., 1972, GUIDE IMPROVING VISU
Elman R., 2003, APHASIA INSIDE OUT R, P103
Flesch R, 1948, J APPL PSYCHOL, V32, P221, DOI 10.1037/h0057532
Gyselinck V., 1999, CONSTRUCTION MENTAL
Hartley J., 1994, DESIGNING INSTRUCTIO
Heuer S, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P883, DOI 10.1080/02687030600695194
Hoffmann T, 2006, PATIENT EDUC COUNS, V60, P286, DOI 10.1016/j.psc.2005.06.020
Houts PS, 2006, PATIENT EDUC COUNS, V64, P393, DOI 10.1016/j.pec.2006.06.023
Howe TJ, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P1015, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000499
Kagan A, 1995, CLIN APHASIOL, V23, P65
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
LaPointe L., 1998, READING COMPREHENSIO
Law J, 2005, DISABIL SOC, V20, P169, DOI 10.1080/09687590500059267
LEVIE WH, 1982, ECTJ-EDUC COMMUN TEC, V30, P195
LEWIS C, 1989, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V80, P241
Ley P., 1988, COMMUNICATION PATIEN
Mansoor LE, 2003, ANN PHARMACOTHER, V37, P1003, DOI 10.1345/aph.1C449
Matzig S, 2009, CORTEX, V45, P738, DOI 10.1016/j.cortex.2008.10.003
Mayer G, 2007, HLTH LITERACY PRIMAR
McHugh Sanner B, 2003, J ACTIVE AGING, V2, P18
McKelvey ML, 2010, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V19, P22, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2009/08-0021)
McKenna K., 2006, CLIENT ED PARTNERSHI, P128
Mencap, 2008, MAK IT CLEAR
Mencap, 2000, AM I MAK MYS CLEAR M
MOLL JMH, 1986, ANN RHEUM DIS, V45, P198, DOI 10.1136/ard.45.3.198
Monsivais Diane, 2003, J Contin Educ Nurs, V34, P172
Morrow D. G., 1998, J GERONTOL B-PSYCHOL, V53B, P240
NSF (National Stroke Foundation), 2010, CLIN GUID STROK MAN
Parr S., 2008, COMMUNICATION ACCESS
Paulson EJ, 2002, J ADOLESC ADULT LIT, V46, P234
PICHERT JW, 1985, PATIENT EDUC COUNS, V7, P181, DOI 10.1016/0738-3991(85)90008-4
Pierce LL, 2010, REHABIL NURS, V35, P99
Pound C, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P23, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798212
READENCE JE, 1981, PSYCHOL SCHOOLS, V18, P218, DOI 10.1002/1520-6807(198104)18:2<218::AID-PITS2310180219>3.0.CO;2-1
Rodgers J., 2004, INFORM ALL GUIDANCE
Rose T, 2010, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V17, P79, DOI 10.1310/tsr1702-79
Rose T, 2011, THESIS U QUEENSLAND
Rose T., INT J SPEEC IN PRESS
Rose TA, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P947, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000319
Rose TA, 2011, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V13, P335, DOI 10.3109/17549507.2011.560396
Rossion B, 2004, PERCEPTION, V33, P217, DOI 10.1068/p5117
SNODGRASS JG, 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V6, P174, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.6.2.174
SPSS Inc, 2009, PRED AN SOFTW PASW S
Szekely A, 2003, BEHAV RES METH INS C, V35, P621, DOI 10.3758/BF03195542
Thurman S., 2005, BR J LEARN DISABIL, V33, P83, DOI 10.1111/j.1468-3156.2005.00342.x
Thurstone T, 1978, READING UNDERSTANDIN, V2
Townsley R., 2003, J INTEGRATED CARE, V11, P39
WALLER MR, 1978, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V21, P732
Ward L., 2005, BRIT J LEARN DISABIL, V33, P59, DOI 10.1111/j.1468-3156.2005.00346.x
Wolf MS, 2010, ARCH INTERN MED, V170, P50, DOI 10.1001/archinternmed.2009.454
NR 64
TC 0
Z9 0
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 12
BP 1579
EP 1599
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.626845
PG 21
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 888IF
UT WOS:000299996400008
ER
PT J
AU Haley, KL
Roth, H
Grindstaff, E
Jacks, A
AF Haley, Katarina L.
Roth, Heidi
Grindstaff, Enetta
Jacks, Adam
TI Computer-mediated assessment of intelligibility in aphasia and apraxia
of speech
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Speech intelligibility; Articulation; Aphasia; Computer mediated testing
ID SINGLE WORD INTELLIGIBILITY; CONDUCTION APHASIA; VARIABILITY;
DYSARTHRIA; SPEAKERS
AB Background: Previous work indicates that single-word intelligibility tests developed for dysarthria are sensitive to segmental production errors in aphasic individuals with and without apraxia of speech. However, potential listener learning effects and difficulties in adapting elicitation procedures to coexisting language impairments limit their applicability to left hemisphere stroke survivors.
Aims: The main purpose of this study was to examine basic psychometric properties for a new monosyllabic intelligibility test developed for individuals with aphasia and/or AOS. A related purpose was to examine clinical feasibility and potential to standardise a computer-mediated administration approach.
Methods & Procedures: A 600-item monosyllabic single-word intelligibility test was constructed by assembling sets of phonetically similar words. Custom software was used to select 50 target words from this test in a pseudo-random fashion, and to elicit and record production of these words by 23 speakers with aphasia and 20 neurologically healthy participants. To evaluate test-retest reliability, two identical sets of 50-word lists were elicited by requesting repetition after a live speaker model. To examine the effect of a different word set and auditory model, an additional set of 50 different words was elicited with a pre-recorded model. The recorded words were presented to normal-hearing listeners for identification via orthographic and multiple-choice response formats. To examine construct validity, production accuracy for each speaker was estimated via phonetic transcription and rating of overall articulation.
Outcomes & Results: Recording and listening tasks were completed in less than 6 minutes for all speakers and listeners. Aphasic speakers were significantly less intelligible than neurologically healthy speakers and displayed a wide range of intelligibility scores. Test-retest and inter-listener reliability estimates were strong. No significant difference was found in scores based on recordings from a live model versus a pre-recorded model, but some individual speakers favoured the live model. Intelligibility test scores correlated highly with segmental accuracy derived from broad phonetic transcription of the same speech sample and a motor speech evaluation. Scores correlated moderately with rated articulation difficulty.
Conclusions: We describe a computerised, single-word intelligibility test that yields clinically feasible, reliable, and valid measures of segmental speech production in adults with aphasia. This tool can be used in clinical research to facilitate appropriate participant selection and to establish matching across comparison groups. For a majority of speakers, elicitation procedures can be standardised by using a pre-recorded auditory model for repetition. This assessment tool has potential utility for both clinical assessment and outcomes research.
C1 [Haley, Katarina L.; Grindstaff, Enetta; Jacks, Adam] Univ N Carolina, Div Speech & Hearing Sci, Chapel Hill, NC 27599 USA.
[Roth, Heidi] Univ N Carolina, Dept Neurol, Chapel Hill, NC 27599 USA.
RP Haley, KL (reprint author), Univ N Carolina, Div Speech & Hearing Sci, 3124 Bondurant Hall,Campus Box 7190, Chapel Hill, NC 27599 USA.
EM katarina_haley@med.unc.edu
FU National Institute on Deafness and Other Communication Disorders
[R03DC006163]
FX This work was supported by grant R03DC006163 from the National Institute
on Deafness and Other Communication Disorders. We gratefully acknowledge
the contributions by Dr Xuefeng Yang who wrote the software code and the
many research assistants who helped with data collection, including
Rachel Goff, Clay Hadden, Megan Jacobsen, Olivia Lysakowski, Gwenyth
Martin, Kerry Mandulak, Betsy Neufeld, and Katherine Steere. Portions of
this research were presented at the Annual Convention of the American
Speech-Language-Hearing Association, in 2008 (Chicago, IL) and in 2009
(New Orleans, LA).
CR Aichert I, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1216, DOI 10.1080/02687030701820303
Bartle-Meyer CJ, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P623, DOI 10.1080/02687030902869281
BEUKELMAN DR, 1979, J COMMUN DISORD, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(79)90040-6
Brendel B, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P77, DOI 10.1080/02687030600965464
Buchsbaum BR, 2011, BRAIN LANG, V119, P119, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2010.12.001
Bunton K, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P1215, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2001/095)
Dabul B., 2000, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL
Davis C, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P503, DOI 10.1080/02687030802368913
Duffy JR, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P511, DOI 10.1080/02687030600597358
Duffy J.R, 2005, MOTOR SPEECH DISORDE
Goodglass H., 1993, UNDERSTANDING APHASI
Goodglass H, 2000, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V3rd
Haley K. L, 2011, CHAPEL HILL MULTILIN
Haley K. L., 2002, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V10, P257
Haley K. L., 2010, ANN CONV AM SPEECH L
Haley KL, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P1125, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000537
Haley KL, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P715, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249568
Haley KL, 2011, J COMMUN DISORD, V44, P103, DOI 10.1016/j.jcomdis.2010.07.007
HELMESTABROOKS N, 1992, APHASIA DIAGNOSTIC P
Katz WF, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P826, DOI 10.1080/02687030903518176
Kent R. D, 1992, INTELLIGIBLITY SPEEC
KENT RD, 1989, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V3, P347, DOI 10.3109/02699208908985295
KENT RD, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P482
Kertesz A., 2006, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
Kucera H., 1967, COMPUTATIONAL ANAL P
Leech G., 2001, WORD FREQUENCIES WRI
Mauszycki SC, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P838, DOI 10.1080/02687030903438516
Mauszycki SC, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P906, DOI 10.1080/02687030701800818
McHenry M, 2011, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V20, P119, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2010/10-0059)
McNeil M. R., 2009, CLIN MANAGEMENT SENS, P249
Peach RK, 2004, J COMMUN DISORD, V37, P77, DOI 10.1016/j.jcomdis.2003.08.001
Robin DA, 2008, BRAIN LANG, V106, P98, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2008.05.002
Shuster LI, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P635
Staiger A, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1201, DOI 10.1080/02687030701820584
Ventry I M, 1983, ASHA, V25, P37
Wambaugh J., 2006, PATHOLOGY, V14, P317
Wambaugh JL, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P814, DOI 10.1080/02687030903422494
Wertz RT, 1984, APRAXIA SPEECH ADULT
Yorkston K. M., 1984, ASSESSMENT INTELLIGI
Yorkston K. M., 1996, SPEECH INTELLIGIBILI
Ziegler W, 2008, J COMMUN DISORD, V41, P553, DOI 10.1016/j.jcomdis.2008.05.001
Ziegler W, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1230, DOI 10.1080/02687030701820402
NR 42
TC 5
Z9 5
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2011
VL 25
IS 12
BP 1600
EP 1620
DI 10.1080/02687038.2011.628379
PG 21
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 888IF
UT WOS:000299996400009
ER
PT J
AU Janse, E
AF Janse, Esther
TI Spoken word processing and the effect of phonemic mismatch in aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Lexical activation; Spoken word recognition; Speech processing;
Phonemic mismatch
ID LEXICAL ACCESS; NEIGHBORHOOD ACTIVATION; SPEECH COMPREHENSION; WERNICKES
APHASIA; RECOGNITION; LANGUAGE; RESTORATION; COMPETITION; INHIBITION;
BOUNDARIES
AB Background: There is evidence that, unlike in typical populations, initial lexical activation upon hearing spoken words in aphasic patients is not a direct reflection of the goodness of fit between the presented stimulus and the intended target. Earlier studies have mainly used short monosyllabic target words. Short words are relatively difficult to recognise because they are not highly redundant: changing one phoneme will often result in a (similar-sounding) different word. Aims: The present study aimed to investigate sensitivity of the lexical recognition system in aphasia. The focus was on longer words that contain more redundancy, to investigate whether aphasic adults might be impaired in deactivation of strongly activated lexical candidates. This was done by studying lexical activation upon presentation of spoken polysyllabic pseudowords (such as procodile) to see to what extent mismatching phonemic information leads to deactivation in the face of overwhelming support for one specific lexical candidate. Methods Procedures: Speeded auditory lexical decision was used to investigate response time and accuracy to pseudowords with a word-initial or word-final phonemic mismatch in 21 aphasic patients and in an age-matched control group. Outcomes Results: Results of an auditory lexical decision task showed that aphasic participants were less sensitive to phonemic mismatch if there was strong evidence for one particular lexical candidate, compared to the control group. Classifications of patients as Broca's vs Wernicke's or as fluent vs non-fluent did not reveal differences in sensitivity to mismatch between aphasia types. There was no reliable relationship between measures of auditory verbal short-term memory and lexical decision performance. Conclusions: It is argued that the aphasic results can best be viewed as lexical ooveractivationo and that a verbal short-term memory account is less appropriate.
C1 Univ Utrecht, Utrecht Inst Linguist OTS, NL-3512 BL Utrecht, Netherlands.
RP Janse, E (reprint author), Univ Utrecht, Utrecht Inst Linguist OTS, Janskerkhof 13, NL-3512 BL Utrecht, Netherlands.
EM esther.janse@let.uu.nl
RI Janse, Esther/E-3967-2012
CR ANDRUSKI JE, 1994, COGNITION, V52, P163, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(94)90042-6
GATHERCOLE SE, 1990, J MEM LANG, V29, P336, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(90)90004-J
Bastiaanse R., 1995, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
Baum SR, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V60, P347, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1829
Blumstein S. E., 2007, OXFORD HDB PSYCHOLIN, P141
BLUMSTEIN SE, 1977, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V15, P371, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(77)90089-6
Blumstein SE, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V72, P75, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2276
Cole R. A, 1973, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V1, P153
CONNINE CM, 1994, PERSPECTIVES SENTENC
Connine CM, 1997, J MEM LANG, V37, P463, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1997.2535
Fletcher PC, 2000, NEUROIMAGE, V12, P404, DOI 10.1006/nimg.2000.0633
Frauenfelder UH, 2001, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V16, P583
GORDON JK, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V47, P661, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1062
Graetz P., 1992, AKENSE AFASIETEST AA
Hickok G, 2004, COGNITION, V92, P67, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2003.10.011
Janse E, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V95, P24, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.07.027
Janse E, 2007, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V22, P161, DOI 10.1080/01690960500371024
Janse E, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V97, P1, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.06.011
Luce PA, 1998, EAR HEARING, V19, P1, DOI 10.1097/00003446-199802000-00001
MARSLENWILSON WD, 1985, SPEECH COMMUN, V4, P55, DOI 10.1016/0167-6393(85)90036-6
Martin N, 2004, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P213, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000447
MICELI G, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V11, P159, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90117-0
MILBERG W, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V34, P279, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90139-3
Misiurski C, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V93, P64, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.08.001
Mitterer H, 2006, J PHONETICS, V34, P73, DOI 10.1016/j.wocn.2005.03.003
Monsell S, 1998, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V24, P1495
MOTTA G, 2000, TEMPO SOFTWARE PSYCH
Salverda AP, 2003, COGNITION, V90, P51, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(03)00139-2
SAMUEL AG, 1987, J MEM LANG, V26, P36, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(87)90061-1
Shatzman KB, 2006, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V68, P1, DOI 10.3758/BF03193651
SLOWIACZEK LM, 1987, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V13, P64, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.13.1.64
Spinelli E, 2003, J MEM LANG, V48, P233, DOI 10.1016/S0749-596X(02)00513-2
Tanenhaus MK, 2000, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V29, P557, DOI 10.1023/A:1026464108329
Thompson-Schill SL, 2005, TWENTY-FIRST CENTURY PSYCHOLINGUISTICS: FOUR CORNERSTONES, P173
Thompson-Schill SL, 2002, COGN AFFECT BEHAV NE, V2, P109, DOI 10.3758/CABN.2.2.109
Utman JA, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V79, P444, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2500
Vitevitch MS, 1999, J MEM LANG, V40, P374, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1998.2618
WARREN RM, 1970, SCIENCE, V167, P392, DOI 10.1126/science.167.3917.392
Wiener DA, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P599, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000228
Yee E, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V91, P62, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.06.034
NR 40
TC 1
Z9 1
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 1
BP 3
EP 27
DI 10.1080/02687030802339997
PG 25
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 524IQ
UT WOS:000272137400001
ER
PT J
AU Dragoy, O
Bastiaanse, R
AF Dragoy, Olga
Bastiaanse, Roelien
TI Verb production and word order in Russian agrammatic speakers
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Agrammatism; Aphasia; Verbs; Argument structure; Word order; Russian
ID LEXICAL ORGANIZATION; BROCAS APHASIA; REPRESENTATION; COMPREHENSION;
FINITENESS; PATTERNS; SPEECH; NOUNS
AB Background: Verb production has been shown to be impaired in individuals with agrammatic Broca's aphasia. Several theories have linked this deficit to problems with the implementation of grammatical information that the verb contains. In particular, the number and type of arguments associated with a verb were suggested as causes of production difficulties in agrammatic speakers. The influence of these two factors on agrammatic production has been investigated in English and Dutch (Bastiaanse Van Zonneveld, 2005; Thompson, 2003). Aims: The present study focuses on exploring these factors in a structurally different language. Russian, with its rich morphology and relatively free word order, is of interest because it enables not only testing of earlier advanced hypotheses on agrammatic production, but also specification of them at some essential points. Methods Procedures: A sentence production priming paradigm was used that was based on the method developed by Thompson, Lange, Schneider, and Shapiro (1997) which allows a particular verb and sentence construction to be elicited. Six conditions included sentences with different numbers of arguments (one or two), different types of thematic role mapping (direct or indirect), and different word order (basic or scrambled). The test contained 60 items, 10 items per condition. In all, 16 individuals with agrammatic aphasia and 16 non-brain-damaged individuals participated in the study. Outcomes Results: Cross-linguistic significance of the earlier advanced hypotheses was demonstrated: the increased number of verb arguments and syntactic operations concerning constituent movement cause production problems for Russian agrammatic speakers. Moreover, the data show that agrammatic speech difficulties are related to the number of arguments explicitly mentioned in a sentence, to the number of operations applied to the syntactic structure of a produced sentence, and to changing the base-generated position of a constituent (not to the order of the constituents per se). Conclusions: The study provides further evidence that verb production is selectively impaired in agrammatic aphasia. This deficit is related to the implementation of the grammatical information that a verb contains and the syntactic operations applied to basic structures.
C1 [Dragoy, Olga] Russian Fed Minist Publ Hlth, Moscow Res Inst Psychiat, Moscow, Russia.
[Dragoy, Olga; Bastiaanse, Roelien] Univ Groningen, NL-9700 AB Groningen, Netherlands.
[Bastiaanse, Roelien] Univ Med Ctr Groningen, Groningen, Netherlands.
RP Dragoy, O (reprint author), Fed Ctr Speech Pathol & Neurorehabil, Yauzskaya St 11-5, Moscow 109240, Russia.
EM olgadragoy@gmail.com
RI Dragoy, Olga/A-2365-2014
CR BAAYEN RH, 2008, J MEM LANG, V59, P434
BAAYEN RH, 2006, ANAL LINGUISTIC DATA
BABBY LH, 1998, COMP SLAV MORPH C BL
BAILYN J, 1995, CONFIGURATIONAL APPR
Bastiaanse R, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V84, P286, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00553-9
Bastiaanse R, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P951, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249463
Bastiaanse R, 2005, J NEUROLINGUIST, V18, P57, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2004.11.006
Bastiaanse R, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P91, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00306-7
Bates D., 2005, R NEWS, V5, P27, DOI DOI 10.1111/J.1523-1739.2005.00280.X
Burchert F, 2008, BRAIN LANG, V104, P170, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.06.004
Burzio Luigi, 1986, ITALIAN SYNTAX GOVT
Chomsky N., 1981, LECT GOVT BINDING
De Bleser R, 2003, J NEUROLINGUIST, V16, P213, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(02)00015-5
Duman TY, 2007, J NEUROLINGUIST, V20, P306, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2007.01.001
Fillmore C. J., 1968, UNIVERSALS LINGUIST, P1
Fix S, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V103, P31, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.07.030
Grimshaw Jane, 1987, P NELS, V17, P244
KEGL J, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V50, P151, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1044
Kim M, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V88, P1, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00147-0
Kim M, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V74, P1, DOI 10.1006/brin.2000.2315
Kiss K., 2000, GRAMMATICAL DISORDER, P123
Lee M, 2004, J NEUROLINGUIST, V17, P315, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(03)00062-9
Levin Beth, 1995, UNACCUSATIVITY
Levin Beth, 1993, ENGLISH VERB CLASSES
Luria AR, 1962, HIGHER CORTICAL FUNC
LURIA AR, 1973, OUTLINE NEUROPSYCHOL
Luzzatti C, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V81, P432, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2536
LUZZATTI C, 2002, J LINGUIST, V14, P43
Menn L, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V61, P183, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1838
Perlmutter David M, 1978, P 4 ANN M BERK LING, P157
R Development Core Team, 2005, R LANG ENV STAT COMP
SAFFRAN EM, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V10, P263, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90056-5
Thompson C. K., 1995, BRAIN LANG, V51, P124
Thompson CK, 2003, J NEUROLINGUIST, V16, P151, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(02)00014-3
Thompson CK, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P473, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248485
NR 35
TC 13
Z9 13
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 1
BP 28
EP 55
DI 10.1080/02687030802586902
PG 28
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 524IQ
UT WOS:000272137400002
ER
PT J
AU Jarema, G
Perlak, D
Semenza, C
AF Jarema, Gonia
Perlak, Danuta
Semenza, Carlo
TI The processing of compounds in bilingual aphasia: A multiple-case study
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Bilingual aphasia; Compound processing; Headedness;
Position-in-the-string; Semantic modification
ID NOUN COMBINATIONS; REPRESENTATION; COGNATE; LANGUAGE; CROSS
AB Background: While converging evidence has led to the view that people with aphasia exploit compositional procedures when producing compound words, the issue of what compound-internal characteristics are at play during these procedures is still under debate. It has been argued that constituent position and/or morphosyntactic prominence, i.e., being the head constituent of a compound, may influence the manner in which compounds are accessed. However, findings obtained from patient performances are thus far inconclusive, because positional and headedness effects are frequently confounded in a language. Aims: In order to disentangle position-in-the-string and headedness effects in compound production in aphasia, the main objective of this study is to investigate the performance of bilingual patients speaking languages in which these effects can be teased apart. Our secondary goal is to probe the roles of grammatical category (adjectives vs nouns) and of between-language phonological similarity, as both these factors have been demonstrated to influence compound processing. Methods Procedures: Three English-French bilingual persons with aphasia participated in the study. Three experimental tasks, reading, repetition, and translation of isolated compound words, were administrated in each language. We contrasted French and English compounds that differ in the position of the head constituent: left for French and right for English. Outcomes Results: Two participants showed a similar patterna significantly reduced number of errors for the head (or first) constituent as compared to the non-head (or second) constituent in French and an equivalent number of errors for both constituents in Englishpointing to the cumulative effects of headedness and first-position-in-the-string in French, and to the mutual cancelling out of these effects in English. The third participant exhibited a non-head constituent advantage in both languages, indicating that semantic modification of the head constituent by the non-head constituent plays a prominent role in her accessing procedures. For all three participants phonological similarity influenced production, while grammatical category did not. Conclusions: Our results reveal that headedness and position interact in the processing of compounds. They also demonstrate that compound constituents are processed asymmetrically across and within languages, thus confirming that people with aphasia are sensitive to compound-internal structure. Moreover, they show that patients rely on varying structural information when accessing compounds.
C1 [Jarema, Gonia] Inst Univ Geriatrie Montreal, Res Ctr, Montreal, PQ H3W 1W5, Canada.
[Jarema, Gonia; Perlak, Danuta] Univ Montreal, Montreal, PQ, Canada.
[Semenza, Carlo] Univ Padova & IRCCS, Osped S Camillo, Lido Di Venezia, Italy.
RP Jarema, G (reprint author), Inst Univ Geriatrie Montreal, Res Ctr, 4565 Chemin Queen Mary, Montreal, PQ H3W 1W5, Canada.
EM gonia.jarema@umontreal.ca
CR Baayen R. H., 1995, CELEX LEXICAL DATABA
Badecker W, 2001, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V16, P337, DOI 10.1080/01690960042000120
Blanken G, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V74, P84, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2338
CONTENT A, 1990, ANN PSYCHOL, V90, P551
Costa A, 2000, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V26, P1283, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.26.5.1283
de Bot K., 1995, SECOND LANG RES, V11, P1, DOI 10.1177/026765839501100101
de Groot AMB, 2002, J MEM LANG, V47, P91, DOI 10.1006/jmla.2001.2840
Delazer M, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V61, P54, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1878
DRESSLER WU, 2006, REPRESENTATION PROCE, P22
Gagne Christina L., 2006, REPRESENTATION PROCE, P145
Gagne CL, 1997, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V23, P71
Gagne CL, 2001, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V27, P236
Goodglass H., 1993, UNDERSTANDING APHASI
HITTMAIRDELAZER M, 1994, J NEUROLINGUIST, V8, P27
Jarema G, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V68, P362, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2088
KAPLAN K, 1983, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP
Kohnert K, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V91, P294, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.04.001
Lalor E, 2001, PSYCHON B REV, V8, P552, DOI 10.3758/BF03196191
LECOURS AR, 1986, PROTOCOLE MONTREAL T
Libben G., 2006, REPRESENTATION PROCE
Makisalo J, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V68, P249, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2095
Mazaux J.-M., 1982, ECHELLE EVALUATION A
Menn L., 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C
Mondini S, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V81, P621, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2552
Mondini S, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V90, P470, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00458-9
Paradis M., 1987, ASSESSMENT BILINGUAL
Roberts PM, 1999, J COMMUN DISORD, V32, P1, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(98)00026-4
SCHUELL HS, 1973, DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOS
Semenza C, 1997, J NEUROLINGUIST, V10, P33, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(96)00019-X
Spencer A., 1991, MORPHOLOGICAL THEORY
Stark J., 1990, GRAZER LINGUISTISCHE, V35, P95
NR 31
TC 8
Z9 8
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 2
BP 126
EP 140
DI 10.1080/02687030902958225
PG 15
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 555TR
UT WOS:000274539000002
ER
PT J
AU Hernandez, M
Costa, A
Cano, A
Juncadella, M
Gascon-Bayarri, J
AF Hernandez, Mireia
Costa, Albert
Cano, Agnes
Juncadella, Montserrat
Gascon-Bayarri, Jordi
TI On the translation routes in early and highly proficient bilingual
people: Evidence from an individual with semantic impairment
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Bilingualism; Lexical routes; Semantic impairment
ID BACKWARD WORD TRANSLATION; LEXICAL ACCESS; LANGUAGE; CONTEXT;
REPRESENTATION; INTERFERENCE; FACILITATION; MEDIATION; APHASIA; SPEECH
AB Background: One of the major interests in bilingualism research has been the extent to which the two lexicons of a bilingual speaker are directly linked and the role that this hypothetical link plays during language production. Up to now, most of the research on this issue has focused on either low or high proficient late-bilingual people, whereas little information has been provided on the functionality of this hypothesised link in highly proficient bilinguals who acquired their two languages early in life. Aims: The aim of the present study is to provide information on the functionality of the direct link between the two lexicons of early and highly proficient bilingual people. Methods Procedures: In this report we assess the functionality of lexical links between translation words in an early and highly proficient Catalan-Spanish bilingual patient (JFF) who suffers from a semantic deficit as a consequence of Alzheimer's disease. The integrity of JFF's conceptual and lexical representations is examined by means of semantic, picture-naming, and translation tasks. We pay special attention to JFF's translation performance to assess whether such performance is affected by his semantic deficit. Outcomes Results: We argue that if lexical links between translation words are functional, then such links would guarantee error-free production in translation. Contrary to this prediction, errors observed in JFF's translation performance indicated that the semantic system was involved in JFF's forward and backward translation. Conclusions: On the basis of this result, we suggest that lexical links in early and highly proficient bilingual people are not functional.
C1 [Hernandez, Mireia; Cano, Agnes] Univ Barcelona, Dept Psicol Basica, E-08007 Barcelona, Spain.
[Costa, Albert] ICREA, Barcelona, Spain.
[Costa, Albert] Univ Pompea Fabra, Dept Tecnol Informacio & Comunicac, Barcelona, Spain.
[Juncadella, Montserrat; Gascon-Bayarri, Jordi] Hosp Univ Bellvitge, Servi Neurol, Unitat Diagnost & Tractament Demencies, Barcelona, Spain.
RP Costa, A (reprint author), Univ Pompeu Fabra, Dept Tecnol Informacio & Comunicac, C Roc Boronat 138, Barcelona, Spain.
EM costalbert@gmail.com
RI Costa, Albert/D-2850-2009; Consolider Ingenio 2010,
BRAINGLOT/D-1235-2009; Brain and Cognition, Center/H-5448-2011;
Hernandez, Mireia/D-6812-2014
OI Costa, Albert/0000-0002-8477-5609; Hernandez, Mireia/0000-0001-6819-3636
FU Spanish Government [SEJ-2005/CONSOLIDERINGENIO]; Catalan Government
FX The authors are grateful to Ms Ivanova for her comments on previous
versions of this manuscript. This research was supported by two grants
from the Spanish Government (SEJ-2005/CONSOLIDERINGENIO). Mireia
Hernandez was supported by a pre-doctoral fellowship from the Catalan
Government.
CR Altarriba J, 1997, J MEM LANG, V36, P550, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1997.2493
Basnight-Brown DM, 2007, MEM COGNITION, V35, P953, DOI 10.3758/BF03193468
BEAUVILLAIN C, 1987, J MEM LANG, V26, P658, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(87)90108-2
Bloem I, 2003, J MEM LANG, V48, P468, DOI 10.1016/S0749-596X(02)00503-X
BROWN AS, 1981, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V7, P204, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.7.3.204
CHEN HC, 1992, COGNITIVE PROCESSING, P253
CHEN HC, 1989, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V15, P316, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.15.2.316
Cheung H, 1998, MEM COGNITION, V26, P1002, DOI 10.3758/BF03201179
Costa A., 2006, PSYCHONOMIC B REV, V13, P612
Costa A, 1999, J MEM LANG, V41, P365, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1999.2651
Costa A, 1999, BILING-LANG COGN, V2, P231, DOI DOI 10.1017/S1366728999000334
Costa A, 2006, BILING-LANG COGN, V9, P137, DOI 10.1017/S1366728906002495
Costa A, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V94, P94, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.12.002
CRISTOFFANINI P, 1986, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V38, P367
Damian MF, 2001, COGNITION, V81, pB77, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(01)00135-4
DEGROOT AMB, 1992, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V18, P1001, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.18.5.1001
DEBOT K, 1992, BILINGUAL LEXICON, P191
DEGROOT AMB, 1994, J MEM LANG, V33, P600, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1994.1029
Dijkstra A., 2002, BILING-LANG COGN, V5, P175, DOI DOI 10.1017/S1366728905002270
Duyck W, 2004, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V30, P889, DOI 10.1037/0096-1523.30.5.889
Duyck W, 2008, EXP PSYCHOL, V55, P102, DOI 10.1027/1618-3169.55.2.102
Duyck W, 2007, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V33, P663, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.33.4.663
Folstein MF, 1975, J PSYCHIATR RES, V12, P198
deGroot AMB, 1997, LANG LEARN, V47, P215, DOI 10.1111/0023-8333.71997007
GRAINGER J, 1988, CAN J PSYCHOL, V42, P261, DOI 10.1037/h0084193
Green D. W., 1998, BILING-LANG COGN, V1, P67, DOI [10.1017/S1366728998000133, DOI 10.1017/S1366728998000133]
GREEN DW, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P210, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90016-7
HEREDIA RR, 1996, NEWSLETTER CTR RES L
HEREDIA RR, 1995, THESIS U CALIFORNIA
Hermans D., 1998, BILING-LANG COGN, V1, P213, DOI DOI 10.1017/S1366728998000364
Hernandez M, 2007, J NEUROLINGUIST, V20, P285, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2006.10.002
HERNANDEZ M, 2008, BRAIN LANGUAGE
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Kiran S, 2007, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V21, P277, DOI 10.1080/02699200701243873
KIRSNER K, 1984, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V23, P519, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(84)90336-0
Kroll J. F., 2005, HDB BILINGUALISM PSY
Kroll J. F., 1988, PRACTICAL ASPECTS ME, V2, P389
KROLL JF, 1994, J MEM LANG, V33, P149, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1994.1008
La Heij Wido, 2005, HDB BILINGUALISM PSY, P289
LA HEIJ W, 1990, CAN J PSYCHOL, V44, P76, DOI 10.1037/h0084236
La Heij W, 1996, J MEM LANG, V35, P648
Laiacona M., 1993, Archivio di Psicologia Neurologia e Psichiatria, V54, P209
Pena-Casanova J, 2005, NORMALIDAD SEMIOLOGI
Poncelet M, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V103, P158, DOI 10.1016/j.band1.2007.07.078
POTTER MC, 1984, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V23, P23, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(84)90489-4
POULISSE N, 1994, APPL LINGUIST, V15, P36, DOI 10.1093/applin/15.1.36
Rami L, 2008, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V30, P1, DOI 10.1080/13803390701743954
REISBERG B, 1982, AM J PSYCHIAT, V139, P1136
Riddoch M.J., 1993, BIRMINGHAM OBJECT RE
Rodriguez-Fornells A, 2005, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V17, P422, DOI 10.1162/0898929053279559
SANCHEZCASAS RM, 1992, EUR J COGN PSYCHOL, V4, P293
SHOLL A, 1995, PSYCHOL REV, V96, P523
Van Hell J. G., 1998, BILING-LANG COGN, V1, P193, DOI [10.1017/S1366728998000352, DOI 10.1017/S1366728998000352]
van Hell JG, 2002, PSYCHON B REV, V9, P780
NR 54
TC 1
Z9 1
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 2
BP 141
EP 169
DI 10.1080/02687030902958266
PG 29
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 555TR
UT WOS:000274539000003
ER
PT J
AU Goral, M
Levy, ES
Kastl, R
AF Goral, Mira
Levy, Erika S.
Kastl, Rebecca
TI Cross-language treatment generalisation: A case of trilingual aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Trilingual; Treatment; Cross-language generalisation;
Morphosyntax
ID BILINGUAL APHASIA; THERAPY; CHILDREN; SERVICE; LEXICON; SPEECH
AB Background: Recent investigations of language gains following treatment in bilingual individuals with chronic aphasia appear to confirm early reports that not only the treated language but also the non-treated language(s) benefit from treatment. The evidence, however, is still suggestive, and the variables that may mitigate generalisation across languages warrant further investigation. Aims: We set out to examine cross-language generalisation of language treatment in a trilingual speaker with mild chronic aphasia. Methods Procedures: Language treatment was administered in English, the participant's second language (L2). The first treatment block focused on morphosyntactic skills and the second on language production rate. Measurements were collected in the treated language (English, L2) as well as the two non-treated languages: Hebrew (the participant's first language, L1) and French (the participant's third language, L3). Outcomes Results: The participant showed improvement in his production of selected morphosyntactic elements, such as pronoun gender agreement, in the treated language (L2) as well as in the non-treated French (L3) following the treatment block that focused on morphosyntactic skills. Speech rate also improved in English (L2) and French (L3) following that treatment block. No changes were observed in Hebrew, the participant's L1. Conclusions: Selective cross-language generalisation of treatment benefit was found for morphosyntactic abilities from the participant's second language to his third language.
C1 [Goral, Mira] CUNY, Lehman Coll, Bronx, NY 10468 USA.
[Levy, Erika S.; Kastl, Rebecca] Columbia Univ, Teachers Coll, New York, NY 10027 USA.
RP Goral, M (reprint author), CUNY, Lehman Coll, 250 Bedford Pk Blvd, Bronx, NY 10468 USA.
EM mira.goral@lehman.cuny.edu
FU NIH [AG27532-01A1, GM081113-01]
FX We thank Eyal Cohen for his participation in this study and for his
insights. We also thank Catharine Castellucio, Niri Halperin, Natalia
Martinez, Keren Ohayon, and Tali Swann-Sternberg for their assistance
with data coding, and Daniel Kempler for numerous discussions. We thank
the editor, Brendan Weekes for his support, and two anonymous reviewers
for their helpful comments. Support for this research was provided to
Mira Goral by NIH grants AG27532-01A1 and GM081113-01.
CR Abutalebi J, 2007, J NEUROLINGUIST, V20, P242, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2006.10.003
Abutalebi J., 2001, BILING-LANG COGN, V4, P179
Beeson PM, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V16, P161, DOI 10.1007/s11065-006-9013-7
Chee MWL, 1999, J NEUROSCI, V19, P3050
Edmonds LA, 2006, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V49, P729, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2006/053)
Friederici A. D., 2004, COGNITIVE NEUROSCIEN, V3, P803
Friederici AD, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V62, P311, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1906
Gil M., 2004, INT J BILINGUAL, V8, P191
Goral M, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V98, P235, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.05.004
GORAL M, APHASIOLOGY IN PRESS
Helm-Estabrooks N, 2000, SENTENCE PRODUCTION
JOCHMANN A, 2006, ASHA LEADER, V11, P32
JOCHMANN A, 2006, ASHA LEADER, V11, P8
Jones Diaz C., 2003, CONT ISSUES EARLY CH, V4, P314, DOI 10.2304/ciec.2003.4.3.7
Kohnert K, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V91, P294, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.04.001
Lalor E, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P1047
LEVY ES, 2007, AM SPEECH LANG HEAR
Meinzer M, 2007, NEUROREHABILITATION, V22, P311
Mennen I, 2006, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V41, P635, DOI 10.1080/13682820600623911
Miertsch B, 2009, J NEUROLINGUIST, V22, P135, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2008.07.003
PARADIS M, 1983, READING APHASIA POLY
PARADIS M, 1993, FDN APHASIA REHABILI
Paradis M., 1987, ASSESSMENT BILINGUAL
Paradis Michel, 2004, NEUROLINGUISTIC THEO
Perani D, 2005, CURR OPIN NEUROBIOL, V15, P202, DOI 10.1016/j.conb.2005.03.007
Roberts P, 2008, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P245
Ullman MT, 2006, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V27, P97, DOI 10.1017/S014271640606019X
Ullman MT, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V93, P185, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.10.001
Vaid J., 2002, ADV NEUROLINGUISTICS
WATAMORI TS, 1978, BRAIN LANG, V6, P127, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(78)90052-4
Wiener D., 1995, ASPECTS BILINGUAL AP, P37
Winter K, 1999, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V34, P85, DOI 10.1080/136828299247658
WRIGHT HH, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P522
NR 33
TC 14
Z9 14
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 2
BP 170
EP 187
DI 10.1080/02687030902958308
PG 18
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 555TR
UT WOS:000274539000004
ER
PT J
AU Green, DW
Grogan, A
Crinion, J
Ali, N
Sutton, C
Price, CJ
AF Green, David W.
Grogan, Alice
Crinion, Jenny
Ali, Nilufa
Sutton, Catherine
Price, Cathy J.
TI Language control and parallel recovery of language in individuals with
aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Language control; Bilingual aphasia
ID LEXICAL COMPETITION; BILINGUAL PATIENT; COGNITIVE CONTROL; SPEECH;
INTERFERENCE; MEMORY; TASK
AB Background: The causal basis of the different patterns of language recovery following stroke in bilingual speakers is not well understood. Our approach distinguishes the representation of language from the mechanisms involved in its control. Previous studies have suggested that difficulties in language control can explain selective aphasia in one language as well as pathological switching between languages. Here we test the hypothesis that difficulties in managing and resolving competition will also be observed in those who are equally impaired in both their languages even in the absence of pathological switching. Aims: To examine difficulties in language control in bilingual individuals with parallel recovery in aphasia and to compare their performance on different types of conflict task. Methods Procedures: Two right-handed, non-native English-speaking participants who showed parallel recovery of two languages after stroke and a group of non-native English-speaking, bilingual controls described a scene in English and in their first language and completed three explicit conflict tasks. Two of these were verbal conflict tasks: a lexical decision task in English, in which individuals distinguished English words from non-words, and a Stroop task, in English and in their first language. The third conflict task was a non-verbal flanker task. Outcomes Results: Both participants with aphasia were impaired in the picture description task in English and in their first language but showed different patterns of impairment on the conflict tasks. For the participant with left subcortical damage, conflict was abnormally high during the verbal tasks (lexical decision and Stroop) but not during the non-verbal flanker task. In contrast, for the participant with extensive left parietal damage, conflict was less abnormal during the Stroop task than the flanker or lexical decision task. Conclusions: Our data reveal two distinct control impairments associated with parallel recovery. We stress the need to explore the precise nature of control problems and how control is implemented in order to develop fuller causal accounts of language recovery patterns in bilingual aphasia.
C1 [Green, David W.; Crinion, Jenny; Ali, Nilufa; Sutton, Catherine; Price, Cathy J.] UCL, London WC1E 6BT, England.
RP Green, DW (reprint author), Div Psychol & Language Sci, 26 Bedford Way, London WC1H 0AP, England.
EM d.w.green@ucl.ac.uk
CR Abutalebi J, 2007, J NEUROLINGUIST, V20, P242, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2006.10.003
Abutalebi J., 2000, NEUROCASE, V6, P101
Apfelbaum KS, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V103, P10, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.07.005
Bialystok E, 2004, PSYCHOL AGING, V19, P290, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.19.2.290
Bialystok E, 2008, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V34, P859, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.34.4.859
ALTENBERG EP, 1983, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V22, P174, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(83)90134-2
Costa A, 2008, COGNITION, V106, P59, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2006.12.013
Dean MP, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P521, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000001
Dijkstra T., 1998, BILING-LANG COGN, V1, P51, DOI DOI 10.1017/S1366728998000121
Dijkstra T., 2005, HDB BILINGUALISM PSY, P179
Dijkstra T, 2002, BILING-LANG COGN, V5, P175, DOI 10.1017/S1366728902003012
Fabbro F., 1999, NEUROLINGUISTICS BIL
Fabbro F, 2000, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V68, P650, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.68.5.650
Fabbro F, 1995, ASPECTS BILINGUAL AP, P139
Fan J, 2002, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V14, P340, DOI 10.1162/089892902317361886
Frankel T, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P814, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192448
Garcia-Caballero A, 2007, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V78, P89, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.2006.095406
Gollan TH, 2004, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V30, P246, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.30.1.246
Goodglass H., 1972, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP
Green D. W., 1998, BILING-LANG COGN, V1, P67, DOI [10.1017/S1366728998000133, DOI 10.1017/S1366728998000133]
Green D. W., 2001, BILING-LANG COGN, V4, P191
Green D. W., 2003, INTERFACE SYNTAX LEX, P197
GREEN DW, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P210, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90016-7
Green D. W., 2005, HDB BILINGUALISM PSY, P516
Kaushanskaya M, 2007, LANG LEARN, V57, P119, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9922.2007.00401.x
KAY J, 1992, PYSCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
Kroll JF, 2006, BILING-LANG COGN, V9, P119, DOI 10.1017/S1366728906002483
Ku A, 1996, PEDIATR NEUROL, V15, P169, DOI 10.1016/0887-8994(96)00154-3
Long DL, 2002, MEM COGNITION, V30, P294, DOI 10.3758/BF03195290
MACLEOD CM, 1991, PSYCHOL BULL, V109, P163, DOI 10.1037//0033-2909.109.2.163
Miyake A, 2000, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V41, P49, DOI 10.1006/cogp.1999.0734
Paradis M., 1987, ASSESSMENT BILINGUAL
Paradis M., 2001, HDB NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V3, P69
Paradis M., 1998, HDB NEUROLINGUISTICS, P417, DOI 10.1016/B978-012666055-5/50033-2
Paradis Michel, 2004, NEUROLINGUISTIC THEO
Perani D, 2005, CURR OPIN NEUROBIOL, V15, P202, DOI 10.1016/j.conb.2005.03.007
Pitres A., 1895, REV MED, V15, P873
Portocarrero JS, 2007, ARCH CLIN NEUROPSYCH, V22, P415, DOI 10.1016/j.acn.2007.01.015
RANSDELL SE, 1987, J MEM LANG, V26, P392, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(87)90098-2
Raven J. C., 1938, PROGRESSIVE MATRICES
Rogers CL, 2006, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V27, P465, DOI 10.1017/S014271640606036X
Slobin Dan Isaac, 1996, RETHINKING LINGUISTI, P70
Stroop JR, 1935, J EXP PSYCHOL, V18, P643, DOI 10.1037/0096-3445.121.1.15
Swinburn K., 2004, COMPREHENSIVE APHASI
Ullman M. T., 2001, BILING-LANG COGN, V4, P105, DOI DOI 10.1017/S1366728901000220
Ullman M. T., 2005, MIND CONTEXT ADULT 2, P141
Von Studnitz R. E., 2002, BILING-LANG COGN, V5, P1, DOI DOI 10.1017/S1366728902000111
von Studnitz Roswitha E., 1997, INT J BILINGUAL, V1, P3, DOI 10.1177/136700699700100102
Weber A, 2004, J MEM LANG, V50, P1, DOI 10.1016/S0749-596X(03)00105-0
NR 49
TC 17
Z9 17
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 2
BP 188
EP 209
DI 10.1080/02687030902958316
PG 22
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 555TR
UT WOS:000274539000005
ER
PT J
AU Kambanaros, M
AF Kambanaros, Maria
TI Action and object naming versus verb and noun retrieval in connected
speech: Comparisons in late bilingual Greek-English anomic speakers
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Naming; Spontaneous speech; Bilingual aphasia
ID CATEGORY-SPECIFIC DEFICIT; GRAMMATICAL CLASS; FLUENT APHASIA; LEXICAL
ORGANIZATION; SENTENCE PRODUCTION; PURE ANOMIA; WORD; DISSOCIATION;
PATTERNS; LANGUAGE
AB Background: Recently, verb-noun processing differences were reported in a group of late bilingual speakers with fluent, anomic aphasia in Greek (L1) as well as in English (L2) (Kambanaros van Steenbrugge, 2006). The findings revealed that verb production was significantly more impaired than noun production in both languages during picture naming despite preserved comprehension of action and object names. Aims: The aim of this study is to investigate the total number (quantity) and the diversity (quality or different types) of verbs and nouns produced in conversational speech by the same group of bilingual anomic individuals with aphasia and compare the results to (i) those of the non-brain-injured control group and (ii) their action and object naming performances at the single word level, to determine if grammatical class impairments are also evident in spontaneous speech. Methods Procedures: In order to examine the distribution and diversity of verbs and nouns in spontaneous speech, speech samples of 300 words were collected from the bilingual individuals with fluent aphasia and their controls in L1 and in L2 on two separate occasions, 1 week apart. In addition, two subtests from the Greek Object and Action Test (GOAT: Kambanaros, 2003), the object and action naming subtests, were presented on two separate occasions, 1 week apart, to both groups of bilingual participants in L1 and L2 (cf. Kambanaros van Steenbrugge, 2006). Outcomes Results: Late bilingual participants with anomia showed no difficulties retrieving verbs in spontaneous speech in L1 or L2 despite a significant verb deficit in both languages on action naming tasks. However the bilingual group had significant difficulties in relation to noun production in spontaneous speech in L1 and L2. Conclusions: Picture naming remains the standard of word retrieval ability in aphasia. However, object and action naming scores can underestimate and/or overestimate word retrieval performance for nouns and verbs in connected speech.
C1 Sch Hlth & Welf, Dept Speech & Language Therapy, Technol Educ Inst Patras, Patras 26334, Greece.
RP Kambanaros, M (reprint author), Sch Hlth & Welf, Dept Speech & Language Therapy, Technol Educ Inst Patras, Megalou Alexandrou 1, Patras 26334, Greece.
EM kambanarou@teipat.gr
CR Bachoud-Levi AC, 2003, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V20, P163, DOI 10.1080/02643290242000907
BASSO A, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P185, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249069
BASTIAANSE R, 1991, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V5, P355, DOI 10.3109/02699209108985902
Bastiaanse R, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P561, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248437
BATES E, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P203, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90153-R
Berndt RS, 2000, J MEM LANG, V43, P249, DOI 10.1006/jmla.2000.2726
Berndt RS, 1997, CORTEX, V33, P99
Berndt RS, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P83, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000212
Berndt RS, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P107
Berndt RS, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P68
Breedin SD, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V63, P1, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1923
BREEN K, 1994, CORTEX, V30, P231
CARAMAZZA A, 1991, NATURE, V349, P788, DOI 10.1038/349788a0
Chen S, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P5, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249441
DANIELE A, 1994, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V32, P1325, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(94)00066-2
De Bleser R, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V83, P176
Edwards S, 2002, CLIN LINGUISTICS THE, P249
GLOSSER G, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V40, P67, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90117-J
Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd
Herbert R., 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P184
Hernandez M, 2007, J NEUROLINGUIST, V20, P285, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2006.10.002
Hernandez M, 2008, BRAIN LANG, V107, P68, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2008.01.006
HILLIS AE, 1995, MEMORY, V3, P333, DOI 10.1080/09658219508253156
Jensen LR, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P827, DOI 10.1080/026870300412223
Jonkers R., 1998, THESIS RIJKSUNIVERSI
Edwards S, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P99, DOI 10.1080/02687039808250466
Jonkers R, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P245, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249453
Jonkers R, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V55, P37
Kambanaros M, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V97, P162, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.10.001
KAMBANAROS M, 2003, BRAIN IMPAIR, V3, P156
KAMBANAROS M, 2007, J COMMUN DISORD, V41, P1
Kim M, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V74, P1, DOI 10.1006/brin.2000.2315
KOHN SE, 1989, CORTEX, V25, P57
KREMIN H, 1994, LINGUISTISCHE BERICH, V6, P62
KREMIN H, 1995, ASPECTS BILINGUAL AP, P101
KREMIN H, 1993, DEV ASSESSMENT REHAB
KROLL JF, 1994, J MEM LANG, V33, P149, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1994.1008
Kucera H., 1970, COMPUTATIONAL ANAL P
LAINE M, 1992, CORTEX, V28, P537
Levelt W. J. M., 1989, SPEAKING
Levelt WJM, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P1
Luzzatti C, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V81, P432, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2536
Luzzatti C, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V99, P170, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.094
Manning L, 1996, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V34, P809, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(95)00166-2
Marshall J, 2003, J NEUROLINGUIST, V16, P67, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(02)00009-X
Marshall J, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V63, P159, DOI 10.1006/brln.1998.1949
Mayer JF, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P481, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000148
McCann C, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V83, P42
MCCARTHY R, 1985, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V23, P709, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(85)90079-X
MICELI G, 1984, CORTEX, V20, P207
MICELI G, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P351, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248937
MIOZZO A, 1994, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V32, P1101, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(94)90156-2
Moss HE, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V65, P92
OSMANSAGI J, 1987, NEUROSCIENCE S, V22, P5509
Pashek GV, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P261, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000573
Sasanuma S., 1995, ASPECTS BILINGUAL AP, P111
Shapiro K, 2000, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V17, P665, DOI 10.1080/026432900750038281
Silveri MC, 1997, NEUROCASE, V3, P477, DOI 10.1080/13554799708405023
Tsapkini K, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V81, P103, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2510
TSOLAKI M, 1997, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL E
WeberFox CM, 1996, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V8, P231, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1996.8.3.231
WILLIAMS SE, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V17, P92, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90007-4
WILLIAMS SE, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V32, P124, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90120-9
ZINGESER LB, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P473, DOI 10.1080/02643298808253270
ZINGESER LB, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P14, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90002-X
NR 65
TC 6
Z9 6
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 2
BP 210
EP 230
DI 10.1080/02687030902958332
PG 21
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 555TR
UT WOS:000274539000006
ER
PT J
AU Kiran, S
Roberts, PM
AF Kiran, Swathi
Roberts, Patricia M.
TI Semantic feature analysis treatment in Spanish-English and
French-English bilingual aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Cross-language generalisation; Bilingual aphasia; Naming treatment;
Semantic feature analysis; Aphasia
ID TRANSLATION; PATTERNS; ANOMIA; REPRESENTATION; ACQUISITION; SPEAKERS;
AGE
AB Background: Edmonds and Kiran (2006) reported that training lexical retrieval in one language resulted in within-language and cross-language generalisation in three bilingual (English-Spanish) patients with aphasia. Aims: The present experiment continues this line of research, repeating a similar procedure with new patients and examining a broader range of factors that may affect generalisation patterns. Methods Procedures: Four participants (two Spanish-English and two French-English speakers) with anomia post CVA received a semantic feature-based treatment aimed at improving naming of English or Spanish/French nouns. Using a multiple baseline design, generalisation to untrained semantically related and unrelated items in each language was measured during periods of therapy first in one language, then in the other. Outcomes Results: All patients improved their naming of the trained items in the trained language, although to varying degrees. Within-language generalisation to semantically related items occurred in two Spanish-English patients and one French-English patient. Cross-language generalisation to translations and semantically related items occurred only for one French-English patient. Conclusions: The impact of the intervention is very clear. The semantic feature-based practice is linked to the gains made, and accounts for the predominance of semantic naming errors after treatment. Possible explanations for the different patterns of generalisation are considered in terms of the various factors including each patient's pre-stroke language proficiency, age of acquisition of each language, post-stroke level of language impairment, and type and severity of aphasia.
C1 [Kiran, Swathi] Boston Univ, Boston, MA 02215 USA.
[Roberts, Patricia M.] Univ Ottawa, Ottawa, ON K1N 6N5, Canada.
RP Kiran, S (reprint author), Boston Univ, Boston, MA 02215 USA.
EM kirans@bu.edu; proberts@uottawa.ca
RI Kiran, S/B-1892-2013
FU American Speech and Hearing Foundation
FX This research was supported by an American Speech and Hearing Foundation
New Investigator Grant to the first author. The authors thank Claudine
Choquette, Melanie Cohen, Anne Duff, and Deborah Kauffman for their work
with the four patients. The translation advice of Linguistek and the
University of Ottawa translation service was also very helpful. And,
above all, we thank the four volunteers with aphasia who participated in
the study over many hours of repetition and testing. Both authors
contributed equally to this paper.
CR Barry C, 2006, VIS COGN, V13, P911, DOI 10.1080/13506280544000101
Baudot J., 1992, FREQUENCE UTILISATIO
Beeson PM, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V16, P161, DOI 10.1007/s11065-006-9013-7
Boyle M, 2004, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V13, P236, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2004/025)
Boyle M., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P94
Busk P. L., 1992, SINGLE CASE RES DESI
Coelho CA, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P133
Costa A, 1999, BILING-LANG COGN, V2, P231, DOI DOI 10.1017/S1366728999000334
Costa A, 2006, BILING-LANG COGN, V9, P137, DOI 10.1017/S1366728906002495
DEGROOT AMB, 1992, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V18, P1001, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.18.5.1001
Dijkstra T, 2002, BILING-LANG COGN, V5, P175, DOI 10.1017/S1366728902003012
Drew RL, 1999, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V42, P972
Edmonds LA, 2006, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V49, P729, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2006/053)
Fillingham JK, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P597, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000272
Francis N., 1982, FREQUENCY ANAL ENGLI
Green D. W., 1998, BILING-LANG COGN, V1, P67, DOI [10.1017/S1366728998000133, DOI 10.1017/S1366728998000133]
Grosjean F., 1998, BILING-LANG COGN, V1, P131, DOI DOI 10.1017/S136672899800025X
HAARBAUERKRUPA J, 1985, HEAD INJURY REHABILI, P287
Izura C., 2002, PSICOLOGICA, V23, P245
Juilland A., 1964, FREQUENCY DICT SPANI
Kaplan E., 2001, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Kiran S, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P773, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/061)
Kiran S, 2007, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V21, P277, DOI 10.1080/02699200701243873
KROLL JF, 1994, J MEM LANG, V33, P149, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1994.1008
Laganaro M, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V44, P534, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2005.07.005
Law SP, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P139, DOI 10.1080/02687030701191358
Law SP, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V16, P601, DOI 10.1080/09602010543000046
Marini A, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P164, DOI 10.1080/02687030600633799
Munoz ML, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V66, P249, DOI 10.1006/brln.1998.2021
Munoz ML, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P3, DOI 10.1080/02687030600670742
Nettleton J., 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V6, P139, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90004-3
Paradis M., 1989, BILINGUAL APHASIA TE
POTTER MC, 1984, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V23, P23, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(84)90489-4
Raymer AM, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P257, DOI 10.1080/02687030500473312
Roberts P, 2008, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P245
Roberts P., 2007, SPEECH LANGUAGE DISO, P109
Roberts P. M., 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P635, DOI DOI 10.1080/02687030244000220
Roberts P. M., 2007, STUTTERING RELATED D, P183
Roberts PM, 1999, J COMMUN DISORD, V32, P1, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(98)00026-4
Roberts PM, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P119, DOI 10.1080/02687039808250467
SEBASTIAN R, 2007, ASHA CONV BOST MA NO
Silverberg S, 2004, J MEM LANG, V51, P381, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2004.05.003
Wierenga CE, 2006, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V12, P132, DOI 10.1017/S135561770606019X
NR 45
TC 15
Z9 15
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 2
BP 231
EP 261
DI 10.1080/02687030902958365
PG 31
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 555TR
UT WOS:000274539000007
ER
PT J
AU Miozzo, M
Costa, A
Hernandez, M
Rapp, B
AF Miozzo, Michele
Costa, Albert
Hernandez, Mireia
Rapp, Brenda
TI Lexical processing in the bilingual brain: Evidence from
grammatical/morphological deficits
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Bilingualism; Morphology; Word production; Lexicon
ID GRAMMATICAL CATEGORY; PAST-TENSE; INFLECTIONAL MORPHOLOGY; LANGUAGE
REPRESENTATION; PROFICIENT BILINGUALS; ALZHEIMERS-DISEASE; ENGLISH
BILINGUALS; GERMAN INFLECTION; SEMANTIC DEMENTIA; VERB MORPHOLOGY
AB Background: A few studies have recently documented cases of proficient bilingual individuals who, subsequent to neural injury, suffered selective deficits affecting specific aspects of lexical processing. These cases involved disruption affecting the production of words from a specific grammatical category (verbs or nouns) or the production of irregular versus regular verb forms. Critically, these selective deficits were manifested in a strikingly similar manner across the two languages spoken by each of the individuals. Aims: The present study aims at reviewing these cases of selective cross-linguistic deficits and discussing their implications for theories concerning lexical organisation in the bilingual brain. Methods Procedures: The studies reviewed here employed a variety of behavioural tests that were specifically designed to investigate the availability in aphasic patients of lexical information concerning nouns and verbs and their morphological characteristics. Outcomes Results: The brain-damaged bilingual speakers reviewed in the present study exhibited selective deficits for nouns, verbs, or irregularly inflected verbs in both of their languages. Conclusions: The selectivity and cross-language nature of the deficits reviewed here indicates that at least certain language substrates are shared in proficient bilingual people. The fact that these deficits affect grammatical class distinctions and verb inflectionsinformation that is part of the lexiconfurther indicates that shared neural substrates support lexical processing in proficient bilingual people.
C1 [Miozzo, Michele] Univ Cambridge, Dept Expt Psychol, Cambridge CB2 3EB, England.
[Miozzo, Michele; Rapp, Brenda] Johns Hopkins Univ, Baltimore, MD USA.
[Costa, Albert; Hernandez, Mireia] Univ Barcelona, E-08007 Barcelona, Spain.
RP Miozzo, M (reprint author), Univ Cambridge, Dept Expt Psychol, Downing St, Cambridge CB2 3EB, England.
EM mm584@cam.ac.uk
RI Costa, Albert/D-2850-2009; Consolider Ingenio 2010,
BRAINGLOT/D-1235-2009; Brain and Cognition, Center/H-5448-2011;
Hernandez, Mireia/D-6812-2014
OI Costa, Albert/0000-0002-8477-5609; Hernandez, Mireia/0000-0001-6819-3636
FU NIH [DC006242, DC006740]; Spanish Government
[SEJ2005/CONSOLIDER-INGENIO]
FX We wish to thank all of our colleagues who collaborated in the reports
we review here. We are especially grateful to Joana Cholin for her
essential contributions to the research with WRG. Our recognition also
goes to the participants of our studies, for all the efforts they made
to allow us an opportunity to understand the nature of their
impairments. This research was supported by NIH grants DC006242 (to
Michele Miozzo) and DC006740 (to Brenda Rapp) and Spanish Government
Grants SEJ2005/CONSOLIDER-INGENIO (to Albert Costa).
CR Abutalebi J, 2007, J NEUROLINGUIST, V20, P242, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2006.10.003
Abutalebi J., 2001, BILING-LANG COGN, V4, P179
Abutalebi J., 2000, NEUROCASE, V6, P101
AGLIOTI S, 1996, BRAIN, V119, P1151
Albert M., 1978, BILINGUAL BRAIN NEUR
Almagro Y., 2003, COGNITIVA, V15, P33, DOI 10.1174/021435503762800932
Baayen R. H., 1993, CELEX LEXICAL DATABA
BADECKER W, 1991, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V8, P335, DOI 10.1080/02643299108253377
Bader W, 1997, GEBURTSH FRAUENHEILK, V57, P193, DOI 10.1055/s-2007-1023068
Balaguer RDD, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V91, P212, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.02.007
BERKO J, 1958, WORD, V14, P150
Berlingeri M, 2008, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V25, P528, DOI 10.1080/02643290701674943
Bird H, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V72, P246, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2292
Blumstein S. E., 1978, SYLLABLES SEGMENTS, P189
CARAMAZZA A, 1991, NATURE, V349, P788, DOI 10.1038/349788a0
Chee MWL, 2004, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V101, P15265, DOI 10.1073/pnas.0403703101
Chee MWL, 2001, NEUROIMAGE, V13, P1155, DOI 10.1006/nimg.2001.0781
Cholin J, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V103, P61, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.07.045
Clahsen H, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P991
Clements G. N., 1990, PAPERS LAB PHONOLOGY
Cortese MJ, 2006, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V23, P856, DOI 10.1080/02643290500483124
Costa A, 2000, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V26, P1283, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.26.5.1283
Costa A, 1999, J MEM LANG, V41, P365, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1999.2651
Costa A, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V94, P94, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.12.002
De Bleser R, 2003, J NEUROLINGUIST, V16, P439, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(03)00022-8
Dehaene S, 1997, NEUROREPORT, V8, P3809, DOI 10.1097/00001756-199712010-00030
Fabbro F, 1997, J NEUROLINGUIST, V10, P347, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(97)00017-1
Garcia-Caballero A, 2007, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V78, P89, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.2006.095406
Goldberg AM, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V103, P162, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.07.095
Gollan TH, 2004, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V30, P246, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.30.1.246
GOMEZTORTOSA E, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V48, P320, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1014
Green D. W., 1998, BILING-LANG COGN, V1, P67, DOI [10.1017/S1366728998000133, DOI 10.1017/S1366728998000133]
GREEN DW, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P210, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90016-7
Green D. W., 2003, INTERFACE SYNTAX LEX
Green D. W., 2005, HDB BILINGUALISM PSY, P516
Green DW, 2006, LANG LEARN, V56, P99, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9922.2006.00357.x
GREEN DW, ACTA PSYCHO IN PRESS
GREENBERG JH, 1976, LANGUAGE UNIVERSALS
Hermans D., 1998, BILING-LANG COGN, V1, P213, DOI DOI 10.1017/S1366728998000364
Hernandez AE, 2001, NEUROIMAGE, V14, P510, DOI 10.1006/nimg.2001.0810
Hernandez M, 2007, J NEUROLINGUIST, V20, P285, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2006.10.002
Hernandez M, 2008, BRAIN LANG, V107, P68, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2008.01.006
Hillis A. E., 2001, HDB COGNITIVE NEUROP, P185
HILLIS AE, 1990, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V7, P191, DOI 10.1080/02643299008253442
Hillis AE, 2002, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V14, P1099, DOI 10.1162/089892902320474544
Indefrey P, 2006, LANG LEARN, V56, P279, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9922.2006.00365.x
Joanisse MF, 1999, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V96, P7592, DOI 10.1073/pnas.96.13.7592
Kambanaros M, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V97, P162, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.10.001
KAY J, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P613, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.3.613
KIRSNER K, 1984, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V23, P519, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(84)90336-0
Klein D, 2006, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V27, P153, DOI 10.1002/hbm.20174
Kovelman I, 2008, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V20, P153, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2008.20011
Kroll J. F., 2001, HDB COGNITIVE NEUROP, P321
KROLL JF, 1994, J MEM LANG, V33, P149, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1994.1008
Kroll Judith, 2005, HDB BILINGUALISM PSY, P531
Ladefoged P., 1975, COURSE PHONETICS
LA HEIJ W, 1990, CAN J PSYCHOL, V44, P76, DOI 10.1037/h0084236
Lambon Ralph Matthew A., 2000, Neuropsychologia, V38, P186, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(99)00056-1
Lucas TH, 2004, J NEUROSURG, V101, P449, DOI 10.3171/jns.2004.101.3.0449
Malt BC, 1999, J MEM LANG, V40, P230, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1998.2593
Marcus GF, 1995, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V29, P189, DOI 10.1006/cogp.1995.1015
MARCUS GF, 2000, ALGEBRIC MIND REFLEC
Marshall J, 1996, J NEUROLINGUIST, V9, P237, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(97)82796-0
Marshall J, 1996, J NEUROLINGUIST, V9, P251, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(97)82797-2
Miceli G, 2002, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V14, P618, DOI 10.1162/08989290260045855
Miozzo M, 2003, COGNITION, V87, P101, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(02)00200-7
Miozzo M, 1997, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V9, P160, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1997.9.1.160
Miozzo M, 2005, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V17, P1074, DOI 10.1162/0898929054475163
Paradis M., 1977, STUDIES NEUROLINGUIS, P65
Paradis M., 2001, HDB NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, P69
Paradis M., 1998, HDB NEUROLINGUISTICS, P417, DOI 10.1016/B978-012666055-5/50033-2
Parris B, 2001, NEUROCASE, V7, P459, DOI 10.1093/neucas/7.6.459
Patterson K, 2001, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V39, P709, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(01)00008-2
Penke M, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V68, P225, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2103
Perani D, 2003, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V19, P170, DOI 10.1002/hbm.10110
PINKER S, 1991, SCIENCE, V253, P530, DOI 10.1126/science.1857983
Pitres A., 1895, REV MED, V15, P873
POTTER MC, 1984, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V23, P23, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(84)90489-4
Rapp B, 2006, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V23, P39, DOI [10.1080/02643290542000049, 10.1080/0264329054200049]
Rapp B, 1998, NEUROCASE, V4, P127, DOI 10.1093/neucas/4.2.127
Roberts PM, 1999, J COMMUN DISORD, V32, P1, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(98)00026-4
Robinson KM, 1996, NEUROLOGY, V47, P178
Roelofs A, 2003, PSYCHOL REV, V110, P88, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.110.1.88
Romani C, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V64, P83, DOI 10.1006/brln.1998.1958
Rumelhart D. E., 1986, PARALLEL DISTRIBUTED, V1
Schmidek H. H., 1995, OPERATIVE NEUROSURGI, P1317
Shapiro K, 2000, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V17, P665, DOI 10.1080/026432900750038281
Stowe L., 2005, IRAL-INT REV APPL LI, V43, P329, DOI 10.1515/iral.2005.43.4.329
Tyler LK, 2002, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V40, P1154, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(01)00232-9
Ullman MT, 2001, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V2, P717, DOI 10.1038/35094573
Ullman MT, 1997, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V9, P266, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1997.9.2.266
Ullman MT, 1999, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V20, P51
Wartenburger I, 2003, NEURON, V37, P159, DOI 10.1016/S0896-6273(02)01150-9
Woollams AM, 2007, PSYCHOL REV, V114, P316, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.114.2.316
ZINGESER LB, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P473, DOI 10.1080/02643298808253270
NR 95
TC 12
Z9 12
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 2
BP 262
EP 287
DI 10.1080/02687030902958381
PG 26
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 555TR
UT WOS:000274539000008
ER
PT J
AU Penn, C
Frankel, T
Watermeyer, J
Russell, N
AF Penn, Claire
Frankel, Tali
Watermeyer, Jennifer
Russell, Nicole
TI Executive function and conversational strategies in bilingual aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Executive function; Bilingual aphasia; Language treatment; Compensatory
strategies; Conversation analysis
ID ATTENTION DEFICITS; BRAIN-DAMAGE; LANGUAGE; RECOVERY; THERAPY; ADULTS;
INTELLIGENCE; INDIVIDUALS; DYSFUNCTION; PATIENT
AB Background: Deficits of executive function (EF) have been proposed as all or part of the underlying mechanisms of language impairment in at least some types of aphasia. Executive functions also play a role in the recovery process. There is evidence that bilingual persons have some executive functioning advantages compared to monolingual persons. In this paper we combine two lines of recent investigation in order to explore the relationship between executive function and conversational strategies in bilingual aphasia. Aims: The aim of this preliminary research was to compare the executive functioning profiles of bilingual individuals to those of monolingual participants with aphasia. A further aim was to examine evidence in the conversational samples of the participants in relation to the application of a range of executive skills and to link cognitive and conversational profiles using Barkley's (1997) model of executive functions. Methods Procedures: The performance of two bilingual individuals with aphasia on a test battery of executive function tests was compared with that of eight monolingual persons (seven with aphasia and one with right hemisphere damage). The test battery included measures of behavioural inhibition, working memory, problem solving, and reconstitution. The presence or absence of executive features in the conversational samples of the participants was judged by four raters using conversational analysis methods. Outcomes Results: Significant differences were found between the scores of the bilingual participants and those of the monolingual participants on measures of behavioural inhibition, working memory, planning and problem solving, and reconstitution. The bilingual participants' scores were mostly within normal limits and suggested well-retained executive functions. Conversation analysis showed evidence of differential application of these executive functions to conversational management. Regardless of severity or type of aphasia, the bilingual participants showed evidence of good topic management, repair, and flexibility compared to the monolingual participants. Conclusions: The results are interpreted in relation to current issues in bilingualism. Our preliminary findings shed light on differential approaches to assessment, therapy, and choice of language for bilingual aphasia.
C1 [Penn, Claire; Frankel, Tali; Watermeyer, Jennifer; Russell, Nicole] Univ Witwatersrand, Dept Speech Pathol & Audiol, ZA-2050 Johannesburg, South Africa.
RP Penn, C (reprint author), Univ Witwatersrand, Dept Speech Pathol & Audiol, Private Bag 3, ZA-2050 Johannesburg, South Africa.
EM claire.penn@wits.ac.za
RI Watermeyer, Jennifer/B-1173-2010
FU Deutscher Akademischer Austausch Dienst; National Research Foundation;
University of the Witwatersrand
FX The authors would like to thank Peter Fridjhon for his assistance with
statistical analysis. This project was funded by scholarships from
Deutscher Akademischer Austausch Dienst, National Research Foundation,
and University of the Witwatersrand.
CR Abutalebi J, 2007, J NEUROLINGUIST, V20, P242, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2006.10.003
BAILEY S, 1981, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V16, P193
Barbour RS, 2001, BMJ-BRIT MED J, V322, P1115, DOI 10.1136/bmj.322.7294.1115
Barkley RA, 1997, PSYCHOL BULL, V121, P65, DOI 10.1037//0033-2909.121.1.65
Beeke S, 2003, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V17, P81, DOI 10.1080/0269920031000061795
Beeke S, 2003, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V17, P109, DOI 10.1080/0269920031000061786
Bialystok E., 2007, INT J BILING EDUC BI, V10, P210, DOI [10.2167/beb441.0, DOI 10.2167/BEB441.0]
Bialystok E, 2005, NEUROIMAGE, V24, P40, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2004.09.044
Bialystok E, 1999, CHILD DEV, V70, P636, DOI 10.1111/1467-8624.00046
Butler R. W., 1993, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V7, P519, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.7.4.519
Coelho CA, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P275, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000741
Crinion J, 2006, SCIENCE, V312, P1537, DOI 10.1126/science.1127761
Crosson B, 2005, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V17, P392, DOI 10.1162/0898929053279487
Fabbro F, 2000, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V68, P650, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.68.5.650
Filiputti D., 2002, INT J BILINGUAL, V6, P395
Frankel T, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P814, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192448
Frankel T, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P1039, DOI 10.1080/02687030701198395
Frankel T., 2008, THESIS U WITWATERSRA
FREDMAN M, 1975, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V10, P61
Galvez A, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V87, P173, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00256-6
Gil M., 2004, INT J BILINGUAL, V8, P191
Godefroy O, 1997, NEUROLOGY, V49, P695
Golden J. C., 1978, STROOP COLOR WORD TE
Goral M, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V98, P235, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.05.004
Green D. W., 2005, HDB BILINGUALISM PSY, P516
HAMSHER K, 1998, ACQUIRED APHASIA, P339
Hartley LL., 1995, COGNITIVE COMMUNICAT
Helm-Estabrooks N, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V74, P469
HOLLAND A, 1995, NONFLUENT APHASIA MU, P144
Jefferson Gail, 2004, CONVERSATION ANAL ST, P13
Kagan A, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P624, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2001/051)
Keil K, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P305, DOI 10.1080/02687030143000654
KERTESZ A, 1975, BRAIN LANG, V2, P387, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(75)80079-4
Kohnert K, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V91, P294, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.04.001
Kohnert K, 2004, BILINGUAL LANGUAGE D, P315
Korda RJ, 1997, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V19, P525, DOI 10.1080/01688639708403742
Lezak M, 2004, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL A
Lindfield KC, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V74, P498
Marrero MZ, 2002, CLIN PSYCHOL REV, V22, P463, DOI 10.1016/S0272-7358(01)00109-X
McNeil MR, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P521, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000138
Meinzer M, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V45, P1247, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2006.10.003
Miyake Akira, 2000, Seminars in Speech and Language, V21, P169, DOI 10.1055/s-2000-7563
Murray LL, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V72, P40, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2281
Murray LL, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V41, P213
Myers P. S., 1999, RIGHT HEMISPHERE DAM
OGILVY D, 2000, S AFRICAN J COMMUNIC, V47, P111
Ormond Software Enterprises, 1999, WISC CARD SORT TEST
OWEN AM, 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V28, P1021, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(90)90137-D
PENN C, 1992, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V6, P11, DOI 10.3109/02699209208985516
Penn C., 2007, CLIN APHASIOLOGY FUT, P221
Penn C, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V71, P185, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2247
Penn C, 2001, J NEUROLINGUIST, V14, P111, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(01)00011-2
PURDY M, 1992, THESIS U CONNECTICUT
Purdy M., 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P549, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000176
Ramsberger G, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P1066, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000254
Raven J. C., 1998, STANDARD PROGR MATRI
Rende Barbara, 2000, Seminars in Speech and Language, V21, P121, DOI 10.1055/s-2000-7560
Roberts PM, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P911, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000328
SHALLICE T, 1982, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V298, P199, DOI 10.1098/rstb.1982.0082
Siegel S., 1956, NONPARAMETRIC STAT B
Sohlberg MM, 2001, ATTENTION PROCESS TR
Sohlberg MM, 2001, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V931, P359
Spreen O., 1998, COMPENDIUM NEUROPSYC
Stemler S. E., 2004, PRACTICAL ASSESSMENT, V9
Sturm W, 1997, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V7, P81, DOI 10.1080/713755526
STUSS DT, 1993, DEMENTIA, V4, P220, DOI 10.1159/000107326
ten Have P, 1999, DOING CONVERSATION A
VILLIARD P, 1990, SPR S NEUR, P185
WATAMORI TS, 1978, BRAIN LANG, V6, P127, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(78)90052-4
NR 69
TC 9
Z9 9
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 2
BP 288
EP 308
DI 10.1080/02687030902958399
PG 21
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 555TR
UT WOS:000274539000009
ER
PT J
AU Ansaldo, AI
Saidi, LG
Ruiz, A
AF Ansaldo, Ana Ines
Saidi, Ladan Ghazi
Ruiz, Adelaida
TI Model-driven intervention in bilingual aphasia: Evidence from a case of
pathological language mixing
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Bilingual aphasia; Intervention; Model-based; Pathological switching
ID NAMING TREATMENT; RECOVERY; THERAPY; SPEECH; BRAIN; FMRI
AB Background: Speech-language pathologists are meeting an increasing number of bilingual clients. This poses a special challenge to clinical practice, given that bilingualism adds to the complexity of aphasia patterns and clinical decisions must be made accordingly. One question that has come to the attention of clinical aphasiologists is that of the language in which therapy should be administered. This issue becomes particularly relevant in cases of involuntary language switching, when choosing between L1 and L2 implies inhibiting one of the languages. Models of lexical selection in bilingual people offer a rationale for language choice based on the specificities of bilingual aphasia within each client. Aims: To provide evidence for model-based intervention in bilingual aphasia, particularly in cases of pathological language switching. Methods Procedures: This paper reports a model-driven intervention in a case of involuntary language switching following aphasia in a Spanish-English bilingual client. Outcomes Results: Intervention tailored to the client's strengths resulted in improved communication skills thanks to the implementation of a self-regulated strategy to overcome involuntary language switching. Conclusions: Model-driven descriptions of bilingual aphasia contribute to efficient intervention by identifying therapy approaches that take account of each client's language abilities. Further, clinical data analysed within models of bilingual language processing can provide evidence for dissociations between components of the bilingual lexical system.
C1 [Ansaldo, Ana Ines; Saidi, Ladan Ghazi] Inst Univ Geriatrie Montreal, Ctr Rech, Montreal, PQ H3W 1W5, Canada.
[Ansaldo, Ana Ines; Saidi, Ladan Ghazi] Univ Montreal, Montreal, PQ, Canada.
[Ruiz, Adelaida] Univ Buenos Aires, Fac Psicol, RA-1053 Buenos Aires, DF, Argentina.
RP Ansaldo, AI (reprint author), Inst Univ Geriatrie Montreal, Ctr Rech, 4565 Queen Mary, Montreal, PQ H3W 1W5, Canada.
EM ana.ines.ansaldo@umontreal.ca
CR Abutalebi J, 2008, CEREB CORTEX, V18, P1496, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhm182
Ansaldo AI, 2008, J NEUROLINGUIST, V21, P539, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2008.02.001
Ansaldo A.I., 2007, COMMUNICATION DISORD, P214
Basso A., 2003, APHASIA ITS THERAPY
CAPPA SF, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P359, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248607
Coelho CA, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P133
Costa A, 1999, BILING-LANG COGN, V2, P231, DOI DOI 10.1017/S1366728999000334
Costa A, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V94, P94, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.12.002
Crinion J, 2006, SCIENCE, V312, P1537, DOI 10.1126/science.1127761
Edmonds LA, 2006, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V49, P729, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2006/053)
Ellis A. W., 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, P287
Fabbro F., 1999, NEUROLINGUISTICS BIL
FRATTALI C, 1995, AM SPEECH LANGUAGE L
Galvez A, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V87, P173, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00256-6
Green D. W., 1998, BILING-LANG COGN, V1, P67, DOI [10.1017/S1366728998000133, DOI 10.1017/S1366728998000133]
Green D. W., 1998, BILING-LANG COGN, V1, P100
GREEN DW, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P210, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90016-7
Green D. W., 2005, HDB BILINGUALISM PSY, P516
Guion S., 2004, BILING-LANG COGN, V7, P207, DOI DOI 10.1017/S1366728904001592
HEMPHILL RE, 1976, ENCY HDB MED PSYCHOL, P398
Hernandez M, 2007, J NEUROLINGUIST, V20, P285, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2006.10.002
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Kambanaros M, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V97, P162, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.10.001
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Kohnert K, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V91, P294, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.04.001
KREMIN H, 1995, ASPECTS BILINGUAL AP, P101
Laganaro M, 2001, FOLIA PHONIATR LOGO, V53, P135, DOI 10.1159/000052668
Lebrun Y, 1988, Rev Laryngol Otol Rhinol (Bord), V109, P299
Marrero MZ, 2002, CLIN PSYCHOL REV, V22, P463, DOI 10.1016/S0272-7358(01)00109-X
Meinzer M, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V45, P1247, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2006.10.003
MORTON J, 1969, PSYCHOL REV, V76, P165, DOI 10.1037/h0027366
Myers-Scotton C., 2005, MULTIPLE VOICES INTR
Patterson K., 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, P425
POULISSE N, 1999, STUDIES BILINGUALISM, V20
Ringbom Hakan, 2007, CROSS LINGUISTIC SIM
RUIZ A, 1990, J CLIN EXPT NEUROPSY, V12, P373
Sasanuma S., 1995, ASPECTS BILINGUAL AP, P111
SNODGRASS JG, 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V6, P174, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.6.2.174
Wertz R. T., 1999, COGNITIVE REHABILITA, P265
NR 39
TC 10
Z9 10
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 2
BP 309
EP 324
DI 10.1080/02687030902958423
PG 16
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 555TR
UT WOS:000274539000010
ER
PT J
AU Cruice, M
Hill, R
Worrall, L
Hickson, L
AF Cruice, Madeline
Hill, Ruth
Worrall, Linda
Hickson, Louise
TI Conceptualising quality of life for older people with aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Quality of Life; Aphasia; Conceptual; Older people; Factors; Acitivites
ID HEALTH; SATISFACTION; AGE; COMMUNICATION; CONSEQUENCES; DEFINITIONS;
PREDICTORS; COMMUNITY; FAMILIES; ADULTS
AB Background: There is an increasing need in speech and language therapy for clinicians to provide intervention in the context of the broader life-quality issues for people with aphasia. However, there is no descriptive research that is explicitly focused on quality of life (QoL) from the perspectives of older people with aphasia.
Aims: The current study explores how older people with chronic aphasia who are living in the community describe their QoL in terms of what contributes to and detracts from the quality in their current and future lives. The study is descriptive in nature, and the purpose is to conceptualise the factors that influence QoL.
Methods & Procedures: A total of 30 older participants (16 women, 14 men) with mild to moderate aphasic impairment took part. All participants had adequate communication skills to participate, demonstrating reliable yes/no response and moderate auditory comprehension ability. Participants were interviewed in their own homes using six brief, unprompted, open questions about QoL, in a structured interview. The first five questions were drawn from previous gerontological research (Farquhar, 1995), and a sixth question specifically targeting communication was added. Content analysis was used, identifying discrete units of data and then coding these into concepts and factors. Additional demographic information was collected, and participants' mood on day of interviewing was assessed using the Geriatric Depression Scale (Sheikh & Yesavage, 1986).
Outcomes & Results: Activities, verbal communication, people, and body functioning were the core factors in QoL for these participants, and they described how these factors both contributed quality in life and detracted from life quality. Other factors that influenced QoL included stroke, mobility, positive personal outlook, in/ dependence, home, and health. While the findings are limited by the lack of probing of participants' responses, the study does present preliminary evidence for what is important in QoL to older people with aphasia.
Conclusions: Quality of life for older people with predominantly mild to moderate chronic aphasia who are living in the community is multifactorial in nature. Some factors lie within the remit of speech and language therapy, some lie beyond the professional role, but all are relevant for consideration in rehabilitation and community practice. Further qualitative research is implicated to better understand QoL with aphasia, using in-depth interviewing with a broader range of people with aphasia.
C1 [Cruice, Madeline] City Univ London, Dept Language & Commun Sci, Sch Community & Hlth Sci, London EC1V 0HB, England.
[Worrall, Linda; Hickson, Louise] Univ Queensland, Brisbane, Qld, Australia.
RP Cruice, M (reprint author), City Univ London, Dept Language & Commun Sci, Sch Community & Hlth Sci, Northampton Sq, London EC1V 0HB, England.
EM m.cruice@city.ac.uk
RI Hickson, Louise/F-8748-2010; Worrall, Linda/D-2579-2010
OI Worrall, Linda/0000-0002-3283-7038
FU City University Research Development Fund; Department's Disability &
Society Research Group
FX The first author wishes to acknowledge the financial support received
from the City University Research Development Fund and the Department's
Disability & Society Research Group. These funds enabled Ruth Hill to
work as the research assistant on the data analysis (descriptive coding
and definitions) for this research.
CR Baltes MM, 1996, AGEING SOC, V16, P397, DOI 10.1017/S0144686X00003603
Baylor CR, 2005, J COMMUN DISORD, V38, P395, DOI 10.1016/j.jcomdis.2005.03.003
Bays C L, 2001, J Neurosci Nurs, V33, P310
Bendz M, 2000, SOC SCI MED, V51, P713, DOI 10.1016/S0277-9536(99)00486-4
BOWLING A, 1993, SOC SCI MED, V36, P641, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(93)90061-8
Bowling A, 2004, SOC INDIC RES, V69, P1, DOI 10.1023/B:SOCI.0000032656.01524.07
BOWLING A, 1995, SOC SCI MED, V41, P1447, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(95)00113-L
Bowling A, 2003, INT J AGING HUM DEV, V56, P269
BROWNE JP, 1994, QUAL LIFE RES, V3, P235, DOI 10.1007/BF00434897
Cruice M, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P333, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000707
Cruice M., 2001, THESIS U QUEENSLAND
Cruice M., 2000, ASIA PACIFIC J SPEEC, V5, P1
ENGELL B, 1998, P 24 INT ASS LOG PHO
FARQUHAR M, 1995, SOC SCI MED, V41, P1439, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(95)00117-P
Fry PS, 2000, INT J AGING HUM DEV, V50, P361, DOI 10.2190/DD41-W8F4-W6LK-FY8Q
Gabriel Z, 2004, AGEING SOC, V24, P675, DOI 10.1017/S0144686X03001582
Grbich C, 1999, QUALITATIVE RES HLTH
Guse L W, 1999, Issues Ment Health Nurs, V20, P527
HILARI K, 2001, ADV SPEECH LANGUAGE, V3, P129
Hilari K, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P365, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000725
Hinckley JJ, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P509, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249554
Hoen B, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P681, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249415
Horgas AL, 1998, GERONTOLOGIST, V38, P556
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Krippendorff K., 1988, CONTENT ANAL INTRO I
LAPOINTE L, 1999, SEMINARS SPEECH LANG, V20, P93
LEDORZE G, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P239
LEMON BW, 1972, J GERONTOL, V27, P511
Lundh U, 1996, Br J Nurs, V5, P1248
Lyon JG, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P693, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249416
McKevitt C, 2003, CLIN REHABIL, V17, P865, DOI 10.1191/0269215503cr690oa
Nilsson M, 1996, SCAND J CARING SCI, V10, P116
Oishi S, 2007, PERSPECT PSYCHOL SCI, V2, P346, DOI 10.1111/j.1745-6916.2007.00048.x
Parr S., 1997, TALKING APHASIA
Patton MQ., 1990, QUALITATIVE EVALUATI
REITZES DC, 1995, RES AGING, V17, P260, DOI 10.1177/0164027595173002
Ross KB, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P355, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000716
*ROYAL COLL PHYS L, 2004, NAT CLIN GUID STROK
Royal College of Speech and Language Therapists, 2005, CLIN GUID
Sarvimaki A., 1998, HLTH CARE LATER LIFE, V3, P94
SHEIKH J I, 1986, Clinical Gerontologist, V5, P165
Tariah H., 2006, PHYS OCCUPATIONAL TH, V25, P33, DOI [10.1080/J148v25n02_03, DOI 10.1080/J148V25N02_03]
TROMBETTI I, 2006, DISS ABSTR INT B, V66, P5130
Wolkenstein AS, 1992, GERONTOLOGY GERIATRI, V12, P59, DOI 10.1300/J021v12n04_05
Zemva N, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P219, DOI 10.1080/026870399402190
NR 45
TC 22
Z9 22
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 3
BP 327
EP 347
DI 10.1080/02687030802565849
PG 21
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 585EZ
UT WOS:000276808600001
ER
PT J
AU Pitts, E
Bhatnagar, SC
Buckingham, HW
Hacein-Bey, L
Bhatnagar, G
AF Pitts, Erin
Bhatnagar, Subhash C.
Buckingham, Hugh W.
Hacein-Bey, Lotfi
Bhatnagar, Gaurav
TI A unique modality-specific domain for the production of neologisms:
Recurrent perseveration and oral reading
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Recurrent perseveration; Deafferentation; Lexical search; Modality
specific reading impairment; Neologisms
ID APHASIA; SPEECH; JARGON; MECHANISMS; INJECTION
AB Background: Two commonly prevalent neurolinguistic constructs that have been clinically challenging are neologisms and perseveration. Both are integral parts of the language deficit that are seen in the spontaneous verbal output of patients with paragrammatism and neologistic jargon types of anomia. Both can appear in modality-specific domains and usually co-occur, adumbrating verbal output impairments. These are also known to occur in selected phases of the restitution, usually in the acute and sub-acute periods, generally disappearing with recovery. Both constructs have been extensively investigated but largely as isolated phenomena. We show here that neologisms can occur in oral reading and that perseveration can be a major factor in the genesis of neologism.
Aims: To date, most patients observed to have neologistic jargon aphasia also exhibited anomia and impaired auditory comprehension. Traditionally, neologisms have been studied in spontaneous verbal output, or at confrontation naming or repetition contexts. This study focuses on oral reading of a patient with aphasia who produced neologisms, but who nevertheless demonstrated good comprehension for the spoken language. There was no neologism present in her spontaneous verbal output.
Methods & Procedures: The patient studied was a 76-year-old woman post removal of temporal lobe mass with subsequent haemorrhagic CVA. Neurolinguistic data were obtained from a standardised assessment and five treatment sessions in a 2-month period. Transcription and analysis of the patient's oral reading revealed a profound disassociation in grapheme-to-phoneme conversion resulting in the production of neologisms in single-word reading, which was further contaminated by perseveration.
Outcomes and Results: An analysis of the neologisms in reading aloud revealed that not just one process had contributed to their production; rather there were multiple mechanisms that were noted to be operational in the genesis of neologisms.
Conclusions: Neologisms can occur independently of impaired auditory comprehension; they can also extend beyond spontaneous verbal output and there are many linguistic processes that contribute to the genesis of neologism, with recurrent perseveration serving a crucial productive role in constructing the surrogate words that "mask'' the deep retrieval blocks of words.
C1 [Bhatnagar, Subhash C.] Marquette Univ, Dept Speech Pathol & Audiol, Milwaukee, WI 53233 USA.
[Pitts, Erin] Wheaton Franciscan Healthcare, All St Racine, WI USA.
[Buckingham, Hugh W.] Louisiana State Univ, Baton Rouge, LA 70803 USA.
[Hacein-Bey, Lotfi] Sutter Neurosci Inst, Sacramento, CA USA.
[Bhatnagar, Gaurav] Emory Univ, Atlanta, GA 30322 USA.
RP Bhatnagar, G (reprint author), Marquette Univ, Dept Speech Pathol & Audiol, Milwaukee, WI 53233 USA.
EM subhash.bhatnagar@marquette.edu
CR Basso Anna, 2004, Seminars in Speech and Language, V25, P375, DOI 10.1055/s-2004-837249
Benson F. D., 1979, APHASIA ALEXIA AGRAP
Bhatnagar S. C., 2005, ACTA NEUROPSICOLOGIC, V3, P107
Bhatnagar SC, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V87, P13, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00173-1
BLANKEN G, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P103, DOI 10.1080/02687039108249477
Brown J. W., 1988, LIFE MIND SELECTED P
Buckingham H, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P381, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248861
BUCKINGHAM H, 1976, NEOLOGISTIC JARGON A
BUCKINGHAM HW, 1992, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V6, P41, DOI 10.3109/02699209208985518
BUCKINGHAM HW, 1985, CURRENT PERSPECTIVES, P113
BUCKINGHAM HW, 2006, ENCY LANGUAGE LINGUI, V14, P509
Buckingham HW, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P916, DOI 10.1080/02687030701198205
BUCKINGHAM HW, 1990, J NEUROLINGUIST, V5, P215, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(90)90012-N
BUCKINGHAM HW, 1981, JARGONAPHASIA, P39
BUCKINGHAM HW, 2004, SEMINARS SPEECH LANG, V25
BUCKINGHAM HW, 1977, LANG SPEECH, V20, P174
BUTTERWORTH B, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V8, P133, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90046-4
CHRISTMAN SS, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V46, P109, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1007
CODE C, 1994, J NEUROLINGUIST, V8, P135, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(94)90021-3
Cohen L, 1998, BRAIN, V121, P1641, DOI 10.1093/brain/121.9.1641
Dell GS, 1997, PSYCHOL REV, V104, P123, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.104.1.123
Ellis A. W., 1988, HUMAN COGNITIVE NEUR
FRIEDMAN RB, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P278, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90115-W
FRIEDMAN RB, 1984, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V1, P9, DOI 10.1080/02643298408252014
GOLDBERG E, 1979, Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology, V1, P273, DOI 10.1080/01688637908401103
Gotts Stephen J., 2004, Seminars in Speech and Language, V25, P323, DOI 10.1055/s-2004-837245
Gotts SJ, 2002, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V40, P1930, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(02)00067-2
HELMESTABROOKS N, 2003, MANUAL APHASIA THERA
McNamara Patrick, 2004, Seminars in Speech and Language, V25, P309, DOI 10.1055/s-2004-837244
MILLER D, 1987, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL LA
Pick A., 1931, APHASIA
PLAUT DC, 1993, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V5, P89, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1993.5.1.89
SANDSON J, 1987, NEUROLOGY, V37, P1736
Stark J, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P911, DOI 10.1080/02687030701198197
Stenneken P, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1142, DOI 10.1080/02687030701820501
Tesak J, 2008, BRAIN DAM B, P1
van Emde Boas W, 1999, J Hist Neurosci, V8, P286
WADA J, 1960, J NEUROSURG, V17, P266, DOI 10.3171/jns.1960.17.2.0266
WARRINGTON EK, 1980, BRAIN, V103, P99, DOI 10.1093/brain/103.1.99
NR 39
TC 1
Z9 1
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 3
BP 348
EP 362
DI 10.1080/02687030802662133
PG 15
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 585EZ
UT WOS:000276808600002
ER
PT J
AU Pound, C
Parr, S
Duchan, J
Barrow, R
Byng, S
AF Pound, Carole
Parr, Susie
Duchan, Judith
Barrow, Rozanne
Byng, Sally
TI Working from a modus operandi: Themes, changes, and parallels in
research and clinical practices
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Audrey Holland; Social inclusion; Social model; Narratives; Professional
careers; Modus operandi
ID HEMISPHERE BRAIN INJURY; COMMUNICATION ACCESS; SUPPORTED CONVERSATION;
APHASIC PATIENTS; LANGUAGE; CHILDREN; THERAPY; PRINCIPLES; RECOVERY;
PARTNERS
C1 [Pound, Carole; Parr, Susie] Connect Commun Disabil Network, London SE1 1HL, England.
[Duchan, Judith] SUNY Buffalo, Buffalo, NY 14260 USA.
[Barrow, Rozanne] Beaumont Hosp, Dublin 9, Ireland.
[Byng, Sally] Barnwood House Trust, Gloucester, England.
RP Pound, C (reprint author), Connect Commun Disabil Network, 16-18 Marshalsea Rd, London SE1 1HL, England.
EM carole.pound@btinternet.com
CR ATEN JL, 1982, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V47, P93
Austin J., 1962, DO THINGS WORDS
BECKER J, 1988, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V45, P213
Beeson PM, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P323, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248474
BEHRMANN M, 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, P327
BERGMAN I, 1987, J PEDIATR-US, V110, P705, DOI 10.1016/S0022-3476(87)80006-9
BYNG S, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P629, DOI 10.1080/02643298808253277
Byng S, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P906, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000128
CAIRNS D, 2006, APHASIA THERAPY FILE, V2, P15
Cherney LR, 2008, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V17, P19, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2008/003)
Coltheart M, 1989, COGNITIVE APPROACHES, P159
CRAIG HB, 1970, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V3, P97, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1970.3-97
Department of Health, 2001, EXP PAT NEW APPR CHR
DUCHAN J, 2006, DISABILITY STUDIES Q, V26, P2
Duchan J, 2006, TOP LANG DISORD, V26, P210
Ellis A. W., 1988, HUMAN COGNITIVE NEUR
FELDMAN H, 1989, TOP EARLY CHILD SPEC, V9, P32
FELDMAN HM, 1992, J COMMUN DISORD, V25, P125, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(92)90003-F
FELDMAN HM, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V42, P89, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90058-M
Finkelstein V., 1993, DISABLING BARRIERS E, P26
Frattali C. M., 1995, FUNCTIONAL ASSESSMEN
Fridriksson J, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P99, DOI 10.1080/02687003444000660
Fridriksson J, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P859, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000347
FROMM D, 1985, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V42, P943
HOLLAND A L, 1969, ASHA a Journal of the American Speech and Hearing Association, V11, P3
HOLLAND A, 2005, PERSPECTIVES NEUROPH, V15, P2, DOI 10.1044/nnsld15.3.2
HOLLAND A, 1970, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V35, P377
Holland A., 2007, COUNSELING COMMUNICA
HOLLAND AL, 1974, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V17, P589
HOLLAND A, 1980, CADL COMMUNICATION A
Holland A, 1996, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V2, P27
HOLLAND AL, 1967, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V32, P11
HOLLAND A, 1978, COMMUNICATIVE DISORD
HOLLAND A, 1998, OUTCOME MEASUREMENT, P245
HOLLAND A, 1994, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V21, P275
Holland A. L., 1999, COMMUNICATION ACTIVI
Holland AL, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P844, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249578
HOLLAND AL, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V24, P36, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90096-3
HOLLAND AL, 1971, ACTA SYMBOLICA, V2, P34
Holland AL, 2004, CHALLENGING APHASIA THERAPIES: BROADENING THE DISCOURSE AND EXTENDING THE BOUNDARIES, P118, DOI 10.4324/9780203462706_chapter_7
Hopper T, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P745, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000059
HUFF FJ, 1987, NEUROLOGY, V37, P119
JENNINGS M, 2007, VOLUNTEERING APHASIA
Kagan A, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P624, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2001/051)
Kagan A., 1993, APHASIA TREATMENT WO, P199
Kuhn T., 1962, STRUCTURE SCI REVOLU
MANOLSON A, 1985, IT TAKES 2 TALK
MCVICKER S, 2008, CONVERSATION PARTNER
Milman LH, 2008, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V51, P49, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2008/004)
MURRAY LL, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P397, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248212
Parr S., 1997, TALKING APHASIA
Parr S, 2006, TOP LANG DISORD, V26, P189
Parr S., 2004, LIVING SEVERE APHASI
Parr S, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P469, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248426
Parr S., 2008, COMMUNICATION ACCESS
PENMAN T, 2006, TREATMENT NEUROGENIC, P233
Pound C., 2000, APHASIA THERAPIES LI
Pound C, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P23, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798212
PRIZANT BM, 1981, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V46, P241
Raymer AM, 2008, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V51, pS259, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2008/020)
SHADDEN B, 1993, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V20, P343
Skinner B. F., 1957, VERBAL BEHAV
SNYDER L, 1996, J COMMUN DISORD, V5, P389
Street Brian, 1984, LITERACY THEORY PRAC
Swain J, 2000, DISABIL SOC, V15, P569
SWINBURN K, 2005, SPEECH LANGUAGE THER, P111
TOMPKINS CA, 1990, BRAIN COGNITION, V13, P86, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(90)90042-M
Turkstra LS, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V41, P137
YLVISAKER M, 1985, HEAD INJURY REHABILI
NR 69
TC 1
Z9 1
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 4
BP 435
EP 448
DI 10.1080/02687030902875759
PG 14
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 598RU
UT WOS:000277856700002
ER
PT J
AU Lee, J
Fowler, R
Rodney, D
Cherney, L
Small, SL
AF Lee, Jaime
Fowler, Robert
Rodney, Daniel
Cherney, Leora
Small, Steven L.
TI IMITATE: An intensive computer-based treatment for aphasia based on
action observation and imitation
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Treatment; Mirror neuron; Imitation; Stroke
ID VENTRAL PREMOTOR CORTEX; PROCESSING DEFICITS; SPEECH; REHABILITATION;
REPRESENTATION; CIRCUITS; SENTENCE; CHILDREN; RECOVERY; LANGUAGE
AB Background: Neurophysiological evidence from primates has demonstrated the presence of mirror neurons, with visual and motor properties, that discharge both when an action is performed and during observation of the same action. A similar system for observation-execution matching may also exist in humans. We postulate that behavioural stimulation of this parietal-frontal system may play an important role in motor learning for speech and thereby aid language recovery after stroke. Aims: The purpose of this article is to describe the development of IMITATE, a computer-assisted system for aphasia therapy based on action observation and imitation. We also describe briefly the randomised controlled clinical trial that is currently underway to evaluate its efficacy and mechanism of action. Methods Procedures: IMITATE therapy consists of silent observation of audio-visually presented words and phrases spoken aloud by six different speakers, followed by a period during which the participant orally repeats the stimuli. We describe the rationale for the therapeutic features, stimulus selection, and delineation of treatment levels. The clinical trial is a randomised single blind controlled trial in which participants receive two pre-treatment baseline assessments, 6 weeks apart, followed by either IMITATE or a control therapy. Both treatments are provided intensively (90 minutes per day). Treatment is followed by a post-treatment assessment, and a 6-week follow-up assessment. Outcomes Results: Thus far, five participants have completed IMITATE. We expect the results of the randomised controlled trial to be available by late 2010. Conclusions: IMITATE is a novel computer-assisted treatment for aphasia that is supported by theoretical rationales and previous human and primate data from neurobiology. The treatment is feasible, and preliminary behavioural data are emerging. However, the results will not be known until the clinical trial data are available to evaluate fully the efficacy of IMITATE and to inform theoretically about the mechanism of action and the role of a human mirror system in aphasia treatment.
C1 [Small, Steven L.] Univ Chicago, Dept Neurol, Chicago, IL 60637 USA.
[Lee, Jaime; Cherney, Leora] Rehabil Inst Chicago, Chicago, IL USA.
[Rodney, Daniel] Google Inc, Chicago, IL USA.
[Cherney, Leora] Northwestern Univ, Evanston, IL USA.
RP Small, SL (reprint author), Univ Chicago, Dept Neurol, 5841 S Maryland Ave,MC 2030, Chicago, IL 60637 USA.
EM small@uchicago.edu
FU National Institute of Deafness and Other Communication Disorders of the
National Institutes of Health [R01-DC007488]
FX This work was supported by the National Institute of Deafness and Other
Communication Disorders of the National Institutes of Health under Grant
R01-DC007488. Their support is gratefully acknowledged. We thank Edna
Babbitt for her input on treatment development, Howard Nusbaum for
valuable discussions regarding the stimulus sets, and Ana Solodkin for
advice on neuroanatomy and neurophysiology. Finally, we would like to
thank Audrey Holland for her guidance, mentorship, and friendship over
the past 20 years.
CR Aichner F, 2002, J NEURAL TRANSM-SUPP, P59
BASSARAK A, 1993, ASIAT FORSCH MG GES, V126, P1
BEMENT L, 1988, EAR HEARING, V9, P33
Benson D. F., 1989, CLIN NEUROLOGY, P1
Bhogal SK, 2003, STROKE, V34, P987, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000062343.64383.D0
Buccino G, 2001, EUR J NEUROSCI, V13, P400, DOI 10.1046/j.1460-9568.2001.01385.x
Buccino G, 2004, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V16, P114, DOI 10.1162/089892904322755601
Buccino G, 2004, NEURON, V42, P323, DOI 10.1016/S0896-6273(04)00181-3
CANSECOGONZALEZ E, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P391, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90147-9
Cherney LR, 2008, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V17, P19, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2008/003)
COLTHEART M, 1981, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V33, P497
Crerar MA, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P229, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0010
Dabul B, 2000, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL, V2nd
Duffy J.R, 1995, MOTOR SPEECH DISORDE
ELMAN JL, 1990, COGNITIVE SCI, V14, P179, DOI 10.1207/s15516709cog1402_1
ELMAN JL, 1993, COGNITION, V48, P71, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(93)90058-4
Fadiga L, 2002, EUR J NEUROSCI, V15, P399, DOI 10.1046/j.0953-816x.2001.01874.x
FADIGA L, 1995, J NEUROPHYSIOL, V73, P2608
FITCH JL, 1983, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V48, P335
Folstein MF, 1975, J PSYCHIATR RES, V12, P198
Gallese V, 2003, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V358, P1231, DOI 10.1098/rstb.2003.1315
Gallese V, 1996, BRAIN, V119, P593, DOI 10.1093/brain/119.2.593
Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R
Goodglass H., 2000, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R
Goodglass H., 1993, UNDERSTANDING APHASI
Grawemeyer B, 2000, ST HEAL T, V77, P568
Graziano MSA, 2002, NEURON, V36, P349, DOI 10.1016/S0896-6273(02)01003-6
Hilari K, 2003, STROKE, V34, P1944, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000081987.46660.ED
Huber W., 1993, APHASIA TREATMENT WO, P55
Iacoboni M, 2001, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V98, P13995, DOI 10.1073/pnas.241474598
Iacoboni M., 2003, HUM BRAIN MAPP 2003
Iacoboni M, 1999, SCIENCE, V286, P2526, DOI 10.1126/science.286.5449.2526
Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Katz RC, 1997, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V40, P493
KERTESZ A, 1977, BRAIN, V100, P1, DOI 10.1093/brain/100.1.1
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Kiran S, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P608, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/048)
Kohler E, 2002, SCIENCE, V297, P846, DOI 10.1126/science.1070311
Kucera H., 1967, COMPUTATIONAL ANAL P
Lecours A. R., 1983, APHASIOLOGY
Magnuson JS, 2007, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V33, P391, DOI 10.1037/0096-1523.33.2.391
MATHIOWETZ V, 1985, AM J OCCUP THER, V39, P386
Merzenich MM, 1996, SCIENCE, V271, P77, DOI 10.1126/science.271.5245.77
Murata A, 1997, J NEUROPHYSIOL, V78, P2226
Naeser MA, 1998, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V55, P1438, DOI 10.1001/archneur.55.11.1438
OWENS E, 1985, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V28, P381
Pallicino P, 1992, Stroke, V23, P919
RADLOFF L S, 1977, Applied Psychological Measurement, V1, P385, DOI 10.1177/014662167700100306
Raymer AM, 2008, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V51, pS259, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2008/020)
Rizzolatti G, 2004, ANNU REV NEUROSCI, V27, P169, DOI 10.1146/annurev.neuro.27.070203.144230
Rizzolatti G, 1996, Brain Res Cogn Brain Res, V3, P131
Rizzolatti G, 2002, CURR OPIN NEUROBIOL, V12, P149, DOI 10.1016/S0959-4388(02)00308-2
Rizzolatti G, 1999, TRENDS NEUROSCI, V22, P152, DOI 10.1016/S0166-2236(98)01389-7
Rizzolatti G, 1998, TRENDS NEUROSCI, V21, P188, DOI 10.1016/S0166-2236(98)01260-0
Robey RR, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V41, P172
Romanski LM, 2002, NAT NEUROSCI, V5, P15, DOI 10.1038/nn781
Skipper JI, 2006, ACTION TO LANGUAGE VIA THE MIRROR NEURON SYSTEM, P250, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511541599.009
Skipper JI, 2007, CEREB CORTEX, V17, P2387, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhl147
Skipper JI, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V101, P260, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.02.008
Small SL, 2004, ANN NEUROL, V56, P5, DOI 10.1002/ana.20194
Small SL, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P473, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000156
STEELE RD, 1989, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V27, P409, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(89)90048-1
Sutton R. S., 1998, REINFORCEMENT LEARNI
Tallal P, 1996, SCIENCE, V271, P81, DOI 10.1126/science.271.5245.81
TAUB E, 1994, J EXP ANAL BEHAV, V61, P281, DOI 10.1901/jeab.1994.61-281
Tettamanti M, 2005, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V17, P273, DOI 10.1162/0898929053124965
TOMASELLO M, 1993, CHILD DEV, V64, P1688, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-8624.1993.tb04207.x
Turkstra LS, 2003, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V84, P604, DOI 10.1053/apmr.2003.50146
Wechsler D., 1997, WECHSLER MEMORY SCAL, VIII
Weinrich M, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V58, P23, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1757
Weinrich M, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V58, P327, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1759
Weinrich M, 2002, NEUROREHAB NEURAL RE, V16, P249, DOI 10.1177/154596802401105199
Weinrich M, 1997, CLIN NEUROSCI, V4, P103
Williams LS, 1999, STROKE, V30, P1362
WILSON B, 1987, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V68, P98
Wong PCM, 2004, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V16, P1173, DOI 10.1162/0898929041920522
NR 76
TC 15
Z9 17
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 4
BP 449
EP 465
DI 10.1080/02687030802714157
PG 17
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 598RU
UT WOS:000277856700003
ER
PT J
AU Basso, A
AF Basso, Anna
TI "Natural" conversation: A treatment for severe aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia therapy
ID SUPPORTED CONVERSATION; COMMUNICATION; PARTNERS; ADULTS
AB Background: Many treatment approaches based on different concepts of aphasia have been proposed. Nowadays two main approaches face each other: the impairment- and the consequences-based approaches. The impairment-based approach draws directly from cognitive neuropsychology and is aimed at improving the linguistic deficit. The consequences-based approach (or functional or psychosocial approach) has its roots in the pragmatic approach and endeavours to reduce the consequences of aphasia in daily living. Aims: The aim of this study is to present a treatment for severe aphasia that partially reconciles the two approaches. It incorporates some principles of the impairment-based approach and utilises them in a onaturalo situation that has a direct impact on the daily life of patients with aphasia. Methods Procedures: The description of the characteristic of a conversation between two normal interlocutors serves to illustrate how a theory of conversation can help guide the clinician's behaviour during onaturalo conversation/rehabilitation with a severely aphasic patient. Application of the conversation/rehabilitation treatment is illustrated by the case of Mr I, a global aphasic patient 18 months post-onset who underwent 9 months of treatment. Outcomes Results: Positive outcome was obtained. Mr I was initially unable to keep in contact with anybody or even understand that others were trying to interact with him. After treatment, his approach to others had substantially changed. He showed interest in what happened around him and was capable of sustaining a conversation if his interlocutors took some simple measures to facilitate his comprehension. Conclusions: The conversation/rehabilitation treatment partly reconciles the impairment- and consequences-based approaches and this study demonstrates that at least for one man with aphasia, Mr I, the treatment was successful.
C1 Univ Milan, Dept Neurol Sci, I-20122 Milan, Italy.
RP Basso, A (reprint author), Univ Milan, Dept Neurol Sci, Via F Sforza 35, I-20122 Milan, Italy.
EM anna.basso@gmail.com
CR ATEN JL, 1996, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P292
BASSO A, 1979, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V36, P190
Basso A., 2003, APHASIA ITS THERAPY
Davis G, 1985, ADULT APHASIA REHABI
GOODGLASS H, 1982, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R
GREEN G, 1984, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V19, P35
Grice H. Paul, 1978, SYNTAX SEMANTICS, V9, P113
GRICE HP, 1975, SPEECH ACTS SYNTAX S, V3, P199
Hillis A., 2008, APHASIA REHABILITATI, P261
Holland A., 1980, COMMUNICATIVE ABILIT
Holland A. L., 2002, HDB ADULT LANGUAGE D, P413
Holland A. L., 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V6, P197, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90007-6
Holland AL, 1999, COMMUNICATIVE ACTIVI
Hopper T, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P745, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000059
Kagan A, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P624, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2001/051)
Kagan A, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P816, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249575
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
LOMAS J, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P113
Martin N., 2008, APHASIA REHABILITATI
Nickels L, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1047, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000618
PENN C, 1993, APHASIA TREATMENT WO, P25
Raven J. C., 1965, GUIDE USING COLOURED
Sarno M. T., 1969, REHABILITATION MONOG, V42
Searle John R., 1969, SPEECH ACTS
Simms NJ, 2001, EUR FED CORR PUBL, P246
*WHO, 2001, INT ORG FUNCT DIS HL
NR 26
TC 14
Z9 14
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 4
BP 466
EP 479
DI 10.1080/02687030802714165
PG 14
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 598RU
UT WOS:000277856700004
ER
PT J
AU Armstrong, E
Ferguson, A
AF Armstrong, Elizabeth
Ferguson, Alison
TI Language, meaning, context, and functional communication
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Linguistic context; Discourse; Conversation
ID TRAUMATIC BRAIN-INJURY; LINGUISTIC PERSPECTIVE; CONVERSATION ANALYSIS;
APHASIC CONVERSATION; CONNECTED SPEECH; VERB RETRIEVAL; TURN-TAKING;
DISCOURSE; ADULTS; ORGANIZATION
AB Background : In the 1970s Audrey Holland first emphasised the importance of ofunctional communicationo rather than olinguistic accuracyo for individuals with aphasia, noting that they could often ocommunicateo better than they could otalko. Her approach inspired many to explore why and how this could be so, and to look for avenues that tapped everyday communication skills, rather than the person with aphasia's performance on decontextualised language tests. Aims: This paper addresses the kinds of issues that are involved in ofunctional communicationo and specifically addresses the role of language in this endeavour. It aims to highlight language as a set of omeaning-making resourceso rather than as a set of syntactic/semantic constructs that exist outside of the communicator's everyday environment, that have to be mastered before being put into practice and that exist regardless of specific contexts. Main Contribution: The paper discusses language's role in social life in which speakers not only convey information to each other but also maintain social relationships through communication. A taxonomy of the different kinds of social meanings that speakers use to communicate is proposed for use in aphasia research, based on the work of Halliday (1994)those related to conveying ideas and experiences (e.g., vocabulary related to particular experiences, topics), those related to interpersonal relationships (e.g., speech acts, evaluative language devices, exchange structure), and those related to maintaining continuity and coherence across the speaker's discourse (e.g., cohesion). In addition, the systematic relationship existing between language and context and its clinical implications are explored. Conclusions: Language as information is only one form of language use. The paper argues for further consideration in aphasiology of the importance of multiple language uses and their relation to context. It is proposed that regarding language forms from these different perspectives of use will enable clinicians to further address the different aspects of communication required for meaningful and satisfying interactions in everyday social life.
C1 [Armstrong, Elizabeth] Edith Cowan Univ, Perth, WA, Australia.
[Ferguson, Alison] Univ Newcastle, Newcastle, NSW 2308, Australia.
RP Armstrong, E (reprint author), Edith Cowan Univ, Dept Psychol & Social Sci, Joondalup, WA 6027, Australia.
EM b.armstrong@ecu.edu.au
CR AHLSEN E, 2003, COPENHAGEN WORKING P, V3, P9
Ahlsen E, 2005, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V19, P433, DOI 10.1080/02699200427205
ARMSTRONG E, 2007, CONTINUING DISCOURSE, P383
Armstrong E, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P285, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000750
Armstrong E, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P1029, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000375
Armstrong E, 2005, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V19, P137, DOI 10.1080/02699200410001698599
ARMSTRONG EM, 1991, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V5, P39, DOI 10.3109/02699209108985501
Armstrong L, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P355, DOI 10.1080/02687030600911310
Avent JR, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P397, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000743
Bastiaanse R, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P951, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249463
Beeke S, 2008, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V22, P317, DOI 10.1080/02699200801918911
Beeke S, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P256, DOI 10.1080/02687030600911344
Beeke Suzanne, 2007, Seminars in Speech and Language, V28, P136, DOI 10.1055/s-2007-970571
Bird H, 1996, J NEUROLINGUIST, V9, P187, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(96)00006-1
Borod JC, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V14, P112, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.14.1.112
Breedin SD, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V63, P1, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1923
Butt D., 2000, USING FUNCTIONAL GRA
CARAMAZZA A, 1990, CORTEX, V26, P95
Cherney LR, 2008, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V17, P19, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2008/003)
Christie Frances, 1997, GENRE I SOCIAL PROCE, P3
COELHO CA, 1994, CLIN APHASIOL, V22, P145
Doyle PJ, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P537
Dronkers NF, 1998, J NEUROLINGUIST, V11, P179, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(98)00012-8
Drummond SS, 1995, J NEUROLINGUIST, V9, P47, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(95)00005-4
Eggins S, 2004, ANAL CASUAL CONVERSA
Ellis C, 2005, J REHABIL RES DEV, V42, P737, DOI 10.1682/JRRD.2005.01.0026
Fairclough Norman, 2003, ANAL DISCOURSE TEXTU
Ferguson A, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P1007, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249466
FERGUSON A, 1992, J NEUROLINGUIST, V7, P277, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(92)90019-S
FERGUSON A, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P143, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248647
Ferguson A, 2002, J COMMUN DISORD, V35, P11, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(01)00071-5
Goodwin C., 2003, CONVERSATION BRAIN D
GOODWIN C, 1995, RES LANG SOC INTERAC, V28, P233, DOI 10.1207/s15327973rlsi2803_4
Halliday M. A., 1994, INTRO FUNCTIONAL GRA, V3rd
Halliday M. A. K, 1985, LANGUAGE CONTEXT TEX
Halliday MAK, 2004, INTRO FUNCTIONAL GRA, V3rd
Halliday Michael, 1976, COHESION ENGLISH
Herbert R, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P184, DOI 10.1080/02687030701262613
HILLIS AE, 1991, BRAIN, V114, P2081, DOI 10.1093/brain/114.5.2081
HOLLAND AL, 1982, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V47, P50
Holland A., 1979, RATIONALE ADULT APHA, P167
Holland A., 1980, COMMUNICATIVE ABILIT
Holland AL, 1982, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P345
Hopper T, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P745, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000059
Hunston S., 2000, EVALUATION TEXT AUTH
Jacobs B, 2004, DISABIL REHABIL, V26, P1231, DOI 10.1080/09638280412331280244
Kagan Aura, 2004, Top Stroke Rehabil, V11, P67
Kay J, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P159, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248403
Kim M, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V74, P1, DOI 10.1006/brin.2000.2315
Klippi A, 2003, CONVERSATION BRAIN D, P117
Laakso M, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P345
Labov W., 1972, LANGUAGE INNER CITY
Lock S, 2001, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V36, P25
Martin J. R., 2003, WORKING DISCOURSE ME
Martin J. R., 2005, LANGUAGE EVALUATION
Martin N., 2008, APHASIA REHABILITATI
Mayer JF, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P481, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000148
Mortensen L, 2005, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V19, P227, DOI 10.1080/02699200410001698652
NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338
Nickels L, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P935, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000563
NICKELS LA, 2002, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH
Oelschlaeger ML, 1999, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V42, P636
Perkins L, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P259
Robson J, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P917, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000462
Rose S, 2008, IEEE NETWORK, V22, P22, DOI 10.1109/MNET.2008.4476067
SACKS H, 1974, LANGUAGE, V50, P696, DOI 10.2307/412243
Sarno MT, 1969, FUNCTIONAL COMMUNICA
SARNO MT, 1980, J NERV MENT DIS, V168, P685, DOI 10.1097/00005053-198011000-00008
SCHEGLOFF EA, 1977, LANGUAGE, V53, P361, DOI 10.2307/413107
Searle John R., 1969, SPEECH ACTS
Shadden B., 2007, GROUP TREATMENT NEUR, V2nd, P111
SHAPIRO LP, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P423, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1053
Sherratt S, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P320, DOI 10.1080/02687030600911401
Simmons-Mackie N, 2007, TOP LANG DISORD, V27, P5
Springer L, 1995, TREATMENT APHASIA TH, P90
Thompson CK, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P591, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/047)
Thompson Geoff, 2000, EVALUATION TEXT AUTH, P1
Togher L, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P755, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249571
Togher L, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P365, DOI 10.1080/026870300401414
Togher L, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P491, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248486
Togher L, 1997, BRAIN INJURY, V11, P169, DOI 10.1080/026990597123629
Ulatowska H, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V99, P61, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.040
Whitworth A, 1997, CONVERSATION ANAL PR
Wilcox J., 1977, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P166
Youmans G, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P435, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000877
NR 85
TC 10
Z9 10
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 4
BP 480
EP 496
DI 10.1080/02687030902775157
PG 17
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 598RU
UT WOS:000277856700005
ER
PT J
AU Worrall, L
Brown, K
Cruice, M
Davidson, B
Hersh, D
Howe, T
Sherratt, S
AF Worrall, Linda
Brown, Kyla
Cruice, Madeline
Davidson, Bronwyn
Hersh, Deborah
Howe, Tami
Sherratt, Sue
TI The evidence for a life-coaching approach to aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Qualitative research; Client perspective; Quality of life;
Family
ID REHABILITATION; NEEDS; PATIENT
AB Background: A life-coaching and positive psychology approach to aphasia has recently been advocated by Audrey Holland, to whom this issue is dedicated. Aims: This paper reviews our recent research which informs the three basic assumptions behind a life-coaching approach to aphasia: (1) learning to live successfully with aphasia takes time; (2) aphasia is a family problem; and (3) the goal is to help people with aphasia fit it into their lives. Methods Procedures: We assimilate results from three independent qualitative data sets: (1) a project that sought the perspective of 50 people with aphasia, their families, and their treating speech-language pathologist about their goals over time; (2) a project that seeks the views of 25 people with aphasia, their family, and speech-language pathologists about what it means to live successfully with aphasia; and (3) a qualitative structured interview on quality of life with 30 people with aphasia. Outcomes Results: The three basic assumptions of the life-coaching approach to aphasia are supported and extended by the data. Participants with aphasia in our studies report how their goals change over time to reflect how they are learning to live with aphasia, but the journey is different for each person. The stories from families elucidate how aphasia is indeed a family concern and requires family involvement. Finally, not only did participants in our studies fit aphasia into their lives, but they also fitted it into a new lifestyle after their stroke. Conclusions: The assumptions behind the life-coaching approach are well supported by the narratives of people living with aphasia. Even if the life-coaching approach is not adopted wholeheartedly by the profession, the principles of positive psychology and the life goal perspective appear highly relevant to living successfully with aphasia.
C1 [Worrall, Linda] Univ Queensland, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, Commun Disabil Ctr, Brisbane, Qld 4072, Australia.
[Cruice, Madeline] City Univ London, London EC1V 0HB, England.
[Sherratt, Sue] Univ Newcastle, Callaghan, NSW 2308, Australia.
RP Worrall, L (reprint author), Univ Queensland, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, Commun Disabil Ctr, Brisbane, Qld 4072, Australia.
EM l.worrall@uq.edu.au
RI Hudson, Kyla/D-2575-2010; Worrall, Linda/D-2579-2010; Davidson,
Bronwyn/F-8741-2010
OI Hudson, Kyla/0000-0002-0328-3873; Worrall, Linda/0000-0002-3283-7038;
CR Avent J, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P365, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000813
Bradley EH, 1999, SOC SCI MED, V49, P267, DOI 10.1016/S0277-9536(99)00107-0
BROWN K, 2008, 13 INT APH REH C LJU
Cott CA, 2007, DISABIL REHABIL, V29, P1566, DOI 10.1080/09638280701618588
CRUICE M, APHASIOLOGY IN PRESS
Cruice M., 2001, THESIS U QUEENSLAND
Graneheim UH, 2004, NURS EDUC TODAY, V24, P105, DOI 10.1016/j.nedt.2003.10.001
Holland A., 2002, NEUROBEHAVIOR LANGUA, P109, DOI 10.1007/0-306-46898-0_7
Holland A, 2007, TOP LANG DISORD, V27, P339
Holland A., 2007, COUNSELING COMMUNICA
Kensinger EA, 2007, CURR DIR PSYCHOL SCI, V16, P213, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-8721.2007.00506.x
Kensinger EA, 2006, PSYCHON B REV, V13, P757, DOI 10.3758/BF03193993
LEDORZE G, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P239
Locke E. A., 1990, THEORY GOAL SETTING
McLellan D. L., 1997, REHABILITATION STUDI
Michallet B, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P731, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000087
Monaghan J, 2005, CLIN REHABIL, V19, P194, DOI 10.1191/0269215505cr837oa
Nair KPS, 2003, CLIN REHABIL, V17, P192, DOI 10.1191/0269215503cr599oa
Patton MQ., 1990, QUALITATIVE EVALUATI
Playford ED, 2000, CLIN REHABIL, V14, P491, DOI 10.1191/0269215500cr343oa
Purdy M, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P377, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000822
Reis S, 2007, PATIENT EDUC COUNS, V65, P214, DOI 10.1016/j.pec.2006.07.011
Sandelowski M, 2007, RES NURS HEALTH, V30, P99, DOI 10.1002/nur.20176
SimmonsMackie NN, 1996, DISABIL REHABIL, V18, P540
Smith JA, 2003, QUALITATIVE PSYCHOL, P51
Visser-Meily A, 2006, DISABIL REHABIL, V28, P1557, DOI 10.1080/09638280600648215
Wade DT, 1998, CLIN REHABIL, V12, P273, DOI 10.1191/026921598678166365
Wells A, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P911, DOI 10.1080/026870399401678
Zemva N, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P219, DOI 10.1080/026870399402190
NR 29
TC 15
Z9 15
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 4
BP 497
EP 514
DI 10.1080/02687030802698152
PG 18
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 598RU
UT WOS:000277856700006
ER
PT J
AU Youmans, G
Bourgeois, M
AF Youmans, Gina
Bourgeois, Michelle
TI Theory of mind in individuals with Alzheimer-type dementia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Theory of mind; Mental state inferencing; Alzheimer-type dementia; AD;
Perspective taking
ID FRONTOTEMPORAL DEMENTIA; DEFICITS; DISEASE; DIFFERENTIATION;
REPRESENTATION; IMPAIRMENTS; AUTISM; BRAIN
AB Background: Theory of Mind (ToM) ability allows attribution of mental states to oneself and others. Recent studies suggest that impairment of ToM may be a partial cause of social-communication impairment in adults with right hemisphere disorder, frontal lobe damage, and the frontal variant of frontotemporal dementia. Initial evidence has also been presented for a ToM impairment in individuals with Alzheimer's disease (AD), but extant investigations have inadequately controlled for other cognitive impairments. Aims: The purpose of this study was to determine whether individuals with AD exhibit a ToM impairment that is distinguishable from cognitive and executive function deficits, and to investigate whether memory support affects their ToM performance. Methods Procedures: Ten participants with mild to moderate AD completed first-order and second-order false belief tasks with and without memory support, and their performances on ToM testing were compared to those of elderly controls. All ToM testing was controlled with memory, comprehension, and general inferencing questions. AD participants completed neuropsychological testing to concurrently assess general cognitive functioning, memory, and executive functioning. Independent and paired t-tests compared experimental and control group ToM performances. Correlations assessed relations between ToM and neurocognitive test performances. Outcomes Results: Results indicated that, in the absence of memory support, AD participants did not exhibit a specific ToM difficulty as compared to control participants. However, significant group differences for specific ToM impairment that appeared to be separable from comprehension, memory, and general inferencing difficulties emerged during ToM testing when memory support was provided. Correlations between ToM performance and neurocognitive test performances were not significant; however, four of the eight AD participants who exhibited specific, ToM difficulty also had difficulty with executive function testing. Conclusions: These results indicate that individuals with mild to moderate AD may possess an underlying, mild, specific ToM impairment, which becomes apparent during supported memory testing. Such mild ToM impairment in moderate AD individuals must be further investigated, and possible contributions of executive function impairments to apparent ToM difficulty further explored before the current results can be confidently generalised to a larger AD population.
C1 [Youmans, Gina] Long Isl Univ, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Brooklyn, NY 11210 USA.
[Bourgeois, Michelle] Ohio State Univ, Columbus, OH 43210 USA.
RP Youmans, G (reprint author), Long Isl Univ, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, 1 Univ Plaza,Metcafe Bldg,Suite 257, Brooklyn, NY 11210 USA.
EM gina.youmans@liu.edu
CR Arnold SE, 1991, CEREB CORTEX, V1, P103, DOI 10.1093/cercor/1.1.103
Baron-Cohen S, 1994, ORIGINS UNDERSTANDIN, P183
BARONCOHEN S, 1985, COGNITION, V21, P37, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(85)90022-8
Cuerva AG, 2001, NEUROPSY NEUROPSY BE, V14, P153
Delis DC, 2001, DELIS KAPLAN EXECUTI
Dennett D., 1978, BEHAVIOURAL BRAIN SC, V4, P568
Divenyi PL, 1997, EAR HEARING, V18, P189, DOI 10.1097/00003446-199706000-00002
FLETCHER PC, 1995, COGNITION, V57, P109, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(95)00692-R
Folstein MF, 1975, J PSYCHIATR RES, V12, P198
Gregory C, 2002, BRAIN, V125, P752, DOI 10.1093/brain/awf079
Happe F, 1999, COGNITION, V70, P211, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(99)00005-0
Hodges JR, 1999, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V13, P31, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.13.1.31
HUGHES C, 1994, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V32, P477, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(94)90092-2
JURICA PJ, 2000, DEMENTIA RATING SCAL, V2
KINCAID JP, 1975, CNTECHTRA RES BRANCH, P8
LESLIE AM, 1992, COGNITION, V43, P225, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90013-8
MURDOCH BE, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V31, P122, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90064-2
OZONOFF S, 1991, J CHILD PSYCHOL PSYC, V32, P1081, DOI 10.1111/j.1469-7610.1991.tb00351.x
Premack D., 1978, BEHAVIORAL BRAIN SCI, V4, P515, DOI [10.1017/S0140525X00076512, DOI 10.1017/S0140525X00076512]
REPP AC, 1976, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V9, P109, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1976.9-109
Rey A, 1941, ARCH PSYCHOLOGIE, V28, P286
Rowe AD, 2001, BRAIN, V124, P600, DOI 10.1093/brain/124.3.600
SALMON DP, 1989, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V46, P1204
Spreen O, 1977, NEUROSENSORY CTR COM
STIEGLITZ E, 2002, INFORMAL READING INV
Stone VE, 1998, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V10, P640, DOI 10.1162/089892998562942
Surian L, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V78, P224, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2465
van Hoesen GW, 1987, HDB PHYSL 2, P871
WALDEN BE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P431
WIMMER H, 1983, COGNITION, V13, P103, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90004-5
Winner E, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V62, P89, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1889
Zaitchik Deborah, 2004, Cogn Neuropsychiatry, V9, P301, DOI 10.1080/13546800344000246
NR 32
TC 5
Z9 5
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 4
BP 515
EP 534
DI 10.1080/02687030902801573
PG 20
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 598RU
UT WOS:000277856700007
ER
PT J
AU Kagan, A
Simmons-Mackie, N
Gibson, JB
Conklin, J
Elman, RJ
AF Kagan, Aura
Simmons-Mackie, Nina
Gibson, Jane Brenneman
Conklin, James
Elman, Roberta J.
TI Closing the evidence, research, and practice loop: Examples of knowledge
transfer and exchange from the field of aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Knowledge transfer and exchange; Communicative access
ID LONG-TERM-CARE; CONCEPTUAL-FRAMEWORK; IMPLEMENTATION; GAP;
ORGANIZATIONS; DISSEMINATION; TRANSLATION; SCIENCE; MODEL
AB Background: Knowledge transfer and exchange (KTE) is an emerging area of expertise with potential to foster productive relationships between researchers and users of research in the field of aphasia. Effective KTE can increase the use of research evidence in policy and practice decisions and enable researchers to identify research questions that are relevant to potential users of research. In Canada it is now frequently mandatory for research applications to include a KTE plan. Aims: To provide a background to KTE by reviewing theoretical models and basic principles and elements of a KTE plan, as well as by highlighting potential contributions to the field of clinical aphasiology. Main contribution: Introduction of a new area of expertise to our field with examples of practical applications. Conclusions: The application of KTE principles and methods has positive implications for clinical and policy decision making in the field of clinical aphasiology.
C1 [Kagan, Aura] Aphasia Inst, Pat Arato Aphasia Ctr, Toronto, ON M3B 2R2, Canada.
[Kagan, Aura] Univ Toronto, Toronto, ON M5S 1A1, Canada.
[Simmons-Mackie, Nina] SE Louisiana Univ, Hammond, LA 70402 USA.
[Gibson, Jane Brenneman] Inst Work & Hlth, Toronto, ON, Canada.
[Conklin, James] Concordia Univ, Montreal, PQ, Canada.
[Elman, Roberta J.] Aphasia Ctr Calif, Oakland, CA USA.
RP Kagan, A (reprint author), Aphasia Inst, Pat Arato Aphasia Ctr, 73 Scarsdale Rd, Toronto, ON M3B 2R2, Canada.
EM akagan@aphasia.ca
CR Aylward S, 2003, GERONTOLOGIST, V43, P259
Bero LA, 1998, BRIT MED J, V317, P465
Berta W, 2005, HEALTH CARE MANAGE R, V30, P282
BEYER JM, 1982, ADMIN SCI QUART, V27, P591, DOI 10.2307/2392533
Canadian Health Services Research Foundation, 2003, THEOR PRACT KNOWL BR
Cherney LR, 2008, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V17, P19, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2008/003)
Conklin James, 2008, Can J Nurs Res, V40, P116
Dobbins M, 2002, ONLINE J KNOWL SYN N, V9
Dopson S, 2003, HEALTH, V7, P311, DOI 10.1177/1363459303007003004
Elman R. J., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P115
Elman RJ, 1999, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V42, P411
Estabrooks CA, 2006, J CONTIN EDUC HEALTH, V26, P25, DOI 10.1002/chp.48
GINSBERG LR, 2007, IMPLEMENTATION SCI, V2
GOODE CJ, 1987, J NURS ADMIN, V17, P11
Graham ID, 2006, J CONTIN EDUC HEALTH, V26, P13, DOI 10.1002/chp.47
Greenhalgh T, 2004, MILBANK Q, V82, P581, DOI 10.1111/j.0887-378X.2004.00325.x
Grimshaw JM, 2001, MED CARE S, V39, pII2
Harvey G, 2002, J ADV NURS, V37, P577, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2648.2002.02126.x
HOLLAND A, 1970, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V35, P2
Holland A., 2007, COUNSELING COMMUNICA
Holland A., 1980, COMMUNICATIVE ABILIT
HOLLAND AL, 1967, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V32, P11
Holland A. L., 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V6, P197, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90007-6
KATZ R, 2000, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V2, P303
Kerner J, 2005, HEALTH PSYCHOL, V24, P443, DOI 10.1037/0278-6133.24.5.443
Kiefer L., 2005, CAN J PUBLIC HLTH, V96, P1
Kitson A, 1998, QUAL HEALTH CARE, V7, P149
Kitson AL, 2008, IMPLEMENT SCI, V3, DOI 10.1186/1748-5908-3-1
Landry R, 2001, RES POLICY, V30, P333, DOI 10.1016/S0048-7333(00)00081-0
Lave J., 1991, SITUATED LEARNING LE
Lavis John, 2003, J Health Serv Res Policy, V8, P165, DOI 10.1258/135581903322029520
Lavis JN, 2003, MILBANK Q, V81, P221, DOI 10.1111/1468-0009.t01-1-00052
Lemieux-Charles L., 2004, USING KNOWLEDGE EVID
Logan J, 1998, SCI COMMUN, V20, P227, DOI 10.1177/1075547098020002004
Lomas J, 2007, BRIT MED J, V334, P129, DOI 10.1136/bmj.39038.593380.AE
LOMAS J, 2006, PREV WORKS DIS S PRO
McCormack B, 2002, J ADV NURS, V38, P94, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2648.2002.02150.x
Russell J, 2004, BRIT MED J, V328, P1174, DOI 10.1136/bmj.328.7449.1174
Rycroft-Malone J, 2004, J CLIN NURS, V13, P913, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2702.2004.01007.x
Rycroft-Malone J, 2002, QUAL SAF HEALTH CARE, V11, P174, DOI 10.1136/qhc.11.2.174
Rycroft-Malone J, 2004, J ADV NURS, V47, P81, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2648.2004.03068.x
Sherman MD, 2005, COMMUNITY MENT HLT J, V41, P115, DOI 10.1007/s10597-005-2647-8
Shojania KG, 2005, HEALTH AFFAIR, V24, P138, DOI 10.1377/hlthaff.24.1.138
Simmons-Mackie NN, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P39, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798287
WEISS CH, 1979, PUBLIC ADMIN REV, V39, P426, DOI 10.2307/3109916
Wenger E., 1998, COMMUNITIES PRACTICE
WERTZ RT, 1981, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V24, P580
WORRALL L, 2007, ANN CONV AM SPEECH L
NR 48
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 4
BP 535
EP 548
DI 10.1080/02687030902935959
PG 14
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 598RU
UT WOS:000277856700008
ER
PT J
AU Choy, JJ
Thompson, CK
AF Choy, Jungwon Janet
Thompson, Cynthia K.
TI Binding in agrammatic aphasia: Processing to comprehension
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Broca's aphasia; Binding; Comprehension; Eyetracking; Sentence
processing; Agrammatism
ID FILLER-GAP DEPENDENCIES; SENTENCE COMPREHENSION; TIME-COURSE; WERNICKES
APHASIA; BROCAS-APHASIA; LEXICAL ACCESS; WH-MOVEMENT; DEFICITS;
INTEGRATION; SYNTAX
AB Background: Theories of comprehension deficits in Broca's aphasia have largely been based on the pattern of deficit found with movement constructions. However, some studies have found comprehension deficits with binding constructions, which do not involve movement. Aims: This study investigates online processing and offline comprehension of binding constructions, such as reflexive (e.g., himself) and pronoun (e.g., him) constructions in unimpaired and aphasic individuals in an attempt to evaluate theories of agrammatic comprehension. Methods Procedures: Participants were eight individuals with agrammatic Broca's aphasia and eight age-matched unimpaired individuals. We used eyetracking to examine online processing of binding constructions while participants listened to stories. Offline comprehension was also tested. Outcomes Results: The eye movement data showed that individuals with Broca's aphasia were able to automatically process the correct antecedent of reflexives and pronouns. In addition, their syntactic processing of binding was not delayed compared to normal controls. Nevertheless, offline comprehension of both pronouns and reflexives was significantly impaired compared to the control participants. This comprehension failure was reflected in the aphasic participants' eye movements at sentence end, where fixations to the competitor increased. Conclusions: These data suggest that comprehension difficulties with binding constructions seen in agrammatic aphasic patients are not due to a deficit in automatic syntactic processing or delayed processing. Rather, they point to a possible deficit in lexical integration.
C1 [Choy, Jungwon Janet; Thompson, Cynthia K.] Northwestern Univ, Evanston, IL USA.
RP Choy, JJ (reprint author), 2240 Campus Dr, Evanston, IL 60208 USA.
EM j-choy@u.northwestern.edu
FU NIH, NIDCD [R01-DC01948-14]
FX Research supported by the NIH, NIDCD R01-DC01948-14.
CR Arnold JE, 2000, COGNITION, V76, pB13, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(00)00073-1
Avrutin S, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V70, P163, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2154
Beretta A, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V67, P149, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2051
Berndt RS, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V60, P197, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1799
Burkhardt P, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V86, P9, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00526-6
Caplan D, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P77
CAPLAN D, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P255, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248920
CARAMAZZA A, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P402, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90164-V
CARPENTER PA, 1977, BASIC PROCESSES READ
CARPENTER PA, 1995, ANNU REV PSYCHOL, V46, P91
Dickey MW, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V88, P108, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00283-9
Dickey MW, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V100, P1, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.004
Edwards S, 2007, J NEUROLINGUIST, V20, P423, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2007.03.003
Felser C, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V87, P345, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00135-4
Gibson E., 1991, THESIS CARNEGIE MELL
GRODZINSKY Y, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P135, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90009-X
Grodzinsky Y, 1998, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V10, P281, DOI 10.1162/089892998562708
GRODZINSKY Y, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P480, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90031-X
GRODZINSKY Y, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P396, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1052
GRODZINSKY Y, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V50, P27, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1039
Grodzinsky Y, 2000, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V23, P1, DOI 10.1017/S0140525X00002399
Haarmann HJ, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V59, P76, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1814
Haegeman L., 1994, INTRO GOVT BINDING T
JAREMA G, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V46, P683, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1037
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
LINEBARGER MC, 1983, COGNITION, V13, P361, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90015-X
Love T, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V79, P169
Love T, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V65, P59
MAUNER G, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P340, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1050
Murray LL, 1997, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V40, P792
Nakano H, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V88, P96, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00280-3
Pinango MM, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V79, P167
Pollatsek A., 1989, PSYCHOL READING
PRATHER P, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V43, P336, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90134-Z
Rigalleau F, 2004, J NEUROLINGUIST, V17, P181, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(03)00060-5
Ruigendijk E, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V87, P17, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00175-5
Salis C., 2008, J NEUROLINGUIST, V21, P375, DOI DOI 10.1016/J.JNEUROLING.2007.11.001
Simner J, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V68, P40, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2112
Sussman RS, 2003, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V18, P143, DOI 10.1080/01690960143000498
Swaab T, 1997, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V9, P39, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1997.9.1.39
Swaab TY, 1998, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V36, P737, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(97)00174-7
SWINNEY D, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V50, P225, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1046
Tanenhaus MK, 1996, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V11, P583
THOMPSON CK, J PSYCHOLINGUISTIC R
Thomson SC, 1999, J COMP PHYSIOL B, V169, P187, DOI 10.1007/s003600050210
TSENG CH, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P276, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1046
ZURIF E, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P448, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1054
NR 47
TC 7
Z9 7
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 5
BP 551
EP 579
DI 10.1080/02687030802634025
PG 29
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 602FI
UT WOS:000278123500001
ER
PT J
AU Hashimoto, N
Thompson, CK
AF Hashimoto, Naomi
Thompson, Cynthia K.
TI The use of the picture-word interference paradigm to examine naming
abilities in aphasic individuals
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Picture-word interference paradigm; Naming; Spoken word
production
ID STIMULUS-ONSET ASYNCHRONY; LEXICAL ACCESS; SEMANTIC INTERFERENCE; SPEECH
PRODUCTION; TIME-COURSE; LANGUAGE PRODUCTION; SELECTIVE IMPAIRMENT;
BROCAS APHASIA; NORMATIVE DATA; ERRORS
AB Background: Although naming deficits are well documented in aphasia, on-line measures of naming processes have been little investigated. The use of on-line measures may offer further insight into the nature of aphasic naming deficits that would otherwise be difficult to interpret when using off-line measures. Aims: The temporal activation of semantic and phonological processes was tracked in older normal control and aphasic individuals using a picture-word interference paradigm. The purpose of the study was to examine how word interference results can augment and/or corroborate standard language testing in the aphasic group, as well as to examine temporal patterns of activation in the aphasic group when compared to a normal control group. Methods Procedures: A total of 20 older normal individuals and 11 aphasic individuals participated. Detailed measures of each aphasic individual's language and naming skills were obtained. A visual picture-word interference paradigm was used in which the words bore either a semantic, phonological, or no relationship to 25 pictures. These competitor words were presented at stimulus onset asynchronies of -300ms, +300ms, and 0ms. Outcomes Results: Analyses of naming RTs in both groups revealed significant early semantic interference effects, mid-semantic interference effects, and mid-phonological facilitation effects. A matched control-aphasic group comparison revealed no differences in the temporal activation of effects during the course of naming. Partial support for this RT pattern was found in the aphasic naming error pattern. The aphasic group also demonstrated greater SIEs and PFEs compared to the matched control group, which indicated disruptions of the phonological processing stage. Analyses of behavioural performances of the aphasic group corroborated this finding. Conclusions: The aphasic naming RTs results were unexpected given the results from the priming literature, which has supported the idea of slowed or reduced patterns of activation in aphasic individuals. However, analyses of naming RTs also confirmed the behavioural finding of a disruption surrounding phonological processes; thus, the analyses of naming latencies offers another potential means of pinpointing breakdowns of lexical access in individuals with aphasia.
C1 [Hashimoto, Naomi; Thompson, Cynthia K.] Northwestern Univ, Evanston, IL USA.
RP Hashimoto, N (reprint author), 410 S 3rd St, River Falls, WI 54022 USA.
EM naomi.hashimoto@uwrf.edu
FU NIH [R01-DC01948]; Northwestern University
FX The research reported in this study comprised the first author's
doctoral dissertation at Northwestern University. The authors wish to
thank Drs James Booth, Mark Jung-Beeman, and Michael Dickey for their
valuable input as committee members. We wish to thank all participants
for generous participation in the study. This research was funded in
part by NIH Grant R01-DC01948 awarded to Cynthia K. Thompson, and the
Northwestern University Dissertation Year Fellowship awarded to Naomi
Hashimoto.
CR Alario FX, 2000, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V53, P741, DOI 10.1080/027249800410535
Baayen R. H., 1993, CELEX LEXICAL DATABA
Best W, 1996, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V13, P443, DOI 10.1080/026432996381971
Bloem I, 2004, J MEM LANG, V51, P307, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2004.05.001
Blumstein SE, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V72, P75, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2276
BUB D, 1987, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V79, P110
BUTTERWORTH B, 1984, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V22, P409, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(84)90036-8
CARAMAZZA A, 1986, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V3, P37, DOI 10.1080/02643298608252669
CARAMAZZA A, 1991, NATURE, V349, P788, DOI 10.1038/349788a0
Caramazza A, 1997, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V14, P177, DOI 10.1080/026432997381664
CARAMAZZA A, 1990, CORTEX, V26, P95
CARAMAZZA A, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V18, P128, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90011-1
Cutting JC, 1999, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V25, P318, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.25.2.318
Damian MF, 2003, PSYCHON B REV, V10, P111, DOI 10.3758/BF03196474
Damian MF, 1999, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V25, P345, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.25.2.345
DEGROOT AMB, 1984, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V36, P253
DELL GS, 1986, PSYCHOL REV, V283, P321
DELL GS, 1992, COGNITION, V42, P287, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90046-K
Dell GS, 1997, PSYCHOL REV, V104, P801, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.104.4.801
Del Toro JF, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P925
ELLIS AW, 1983, COGNITION, V15, P111, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90036-7
FAROQISHAH Y, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P454
Finkbeiner M, 2006, CORTEX, V42, P790, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70419-2
Foygel D, 2000, J MEM LANG, V43, P182, DOI 10.1006/jmla.2000.2716
FRANKLIN S, 1995, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V12, P549, DOI 10.1080/02643299508252007
GAINOTTI G, 1981, CORTEX, V17, P401
GLASER WR, 1984, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V10, P640, DOI 10.1037//0096-1523.10.5.640
GLASER WR, 1989, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V118, P13, DOI 10.1037/0096-3445.118.1.13
Goldrick M, 2007, COGNITION, V102, P219, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2005.12.010
Goodglass H., 1997, ANOMIA NEUROANATOMIC, P3, DOI 10.1016/B978-012289685-9/50002-8
HILLIS AE, 1990, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V7, P191, DOI 10.1080/02643299008253442
HILLIS AE, 1995, MEMORY, V3, P333, DOI 10.1080/09658219508253156
Howard D., 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL I
Howard D, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P921, DOI 10.1080/02687030600782679
HOWARD D, 1993, ATTENTION PERFORMANC
HOWARD D, 1984, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V1, P163, DOI 10.1080/02643298408252021
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Howard D, 2005, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V22, P42, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000582
HOWARD D, 1987, LANGUAGE PERCEPTION, P340
Janse E, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V97, P1, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.06.011
Janssen N, 2008, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V34, P249, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.34.1.249
Jescheniak JD, 1998, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V24, P1256, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.24.5.1256
KAPLAN E, 2001, BOSTON NAMING TEST S
KAY J, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P613, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.3.613
Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Kim M, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P1103, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000391
KOHN SE, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V24, P266, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90135-X
KOHN SE, 1994, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V15, P75, DOI 10.1017/S0142716400006986
LA HEIJ W, 1988, MEM COGNITION, V16, P400
LA HEIJ W, 1990, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V81, P511
Lambon Ralph Matthew A., 2000, Neuropsychologia, V38, P186, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(99)00056-1
LEVELT WJM, 1991, PSYCHOL REV, V98, P122, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.98.1.122
LEVELT WJM, 1992, COGNITION, V42, P1, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90038-J
Levelt WJM, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P1
LUPKER SJ, 1982, CAN J PSYCHOL, V36, P349, DOI 10.1037/h0080652
LUPKER SJ, 1979, MEM COGNITION, V7, P485, DOI 10.3758/BF03198265
Mahon BZ, 2007, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V33, P503, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.33.3.503
Martin P, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P225, DOI 10.1080/026870399402208
MEYER AS, 1991, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V17, P1146, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.17.6.1146
MICELI G, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P351, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248937
MILBERG W, 1995, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V7, P33, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1995.7.1.33
MILBERG W, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V34, P279, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90139-3
MILLER D, 1987, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, P253
Monsell S., 1987, LANGUAGE PERCEPTION, P273
Neely J. H., 1991, BASIC PROCESSES READ, P264
Nickels L, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P161, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1732
Nickels L, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P103, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000517
Nickels L, 2000, ASPECTS LANGUAGE PRO
NICKELS L, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V11, P289, DOI 10.1080/02643299408251977
NICKELS L, 1995, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V10, P13, DOI 10.1080/01690969508407086
OLDFIELD RC, 1971, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V9, P97, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(71)90067-4
Peterson RR, 1998, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V24, P539, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.24.3.539
PRATHER P, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V43, P336, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90134-Z
Prather PA, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V59, P391, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1751
Rapp B, 2000, PSYCHOL REV, V107, P460, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.107.3.460
RAYNER K, 1986, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V77, P207
RAYNER K, 1978, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V107, P64, DOI 10.1037//0096-3445.107.1.64
ROELOFS A, 1992, COGNITION, V42, P107, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90041-F
Roelofs A, 1997, COGNITION, V64, P249, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(97)00027-9
ROSINSKI RR, 1977, CHILD DEV, V48, P643, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-8624.1977.tb01211.x
ROSINSKI RR, 1975, CHILD DEV, V46, P247, DOI 10.2307/1128859
Saxton J, 2000, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V14, P526, DOI 10.1076/clin.14.4.526.7204
SCHRIEFERS H, 1990, J MEM LANG, V29, P86, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(90)90011-N
Semenza C, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P56, DOI 10.1017/S0140525X99401773
Shallice T, 2000, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V17, P517, DOI 10.1080/02643290050110638
SMITH MC, 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V109, P373, DOI 10.1037/0096-3445.109.4.373
SNODGRASS JG, 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V6, P174, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.6.2.174
Starreveld PA, 1996, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V22, P896, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.22.4.896
STARREVELD PA, 1995, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V21, P686, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.21.3.686
Starreveld PA, 1999, AM J PSYCHOL, V112, P521, DOI 10.2307/1423649
Stroop JR, 1935, J EXP PSYCHOL, V18, P643, DOI 10.1037/0096-3445.121.1.15
Taylor JK, 2002, PSYCHOL AGING, V17, P662, DOI 10.1037//0882-7974.17.4.662
UNDERWOOD G, 1976, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V67, P327
Utman JA, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V79, P444, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2500
VITKOVITCH M, 1991, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V17, P664, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.17.4.664
Welch LW, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V53, P260, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0047
Wilshire CE, 1996, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V13, P1059
Wilshire CE, 2005, COGNITION, V95, P31, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2004.02.004
Wilshire CE, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P169, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000528
Wilshire CE, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V45, P939, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2006.08.026
NR 101
TC 5
Z9 5
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 5
BP 580
EP 611
DI 10.1080/02687030902777567
PG 32
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 602FI
UT WOS:000278123500002
ER
PT J
AU Correll, A
van Steenbrugge, W
Scholten, I
AF Correll, Anna
van Steenbrugge, Willem
Scholten, Ingrid
TI Judging conversation: How much is enough?
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Conversation; Aphasia; Sample; Ratings
ID TRAINING VOLUNTEERS; SUPPORTED CONVERSATION; DISCOURSE ANALYSIS; SEVERE
APHASIA; ADULTS; COMMUNICATION; PARTNERS; PEOPLE; INFORMATION; CARERS
AB Background: Perceptual ratings provide a means of evaluating conversations involving individuals with aphasia. The influence of sampling segments of conversation and of segment length has not been established. Aims: To investigate the impact of the duration of the conversational segment on judges' perceptual ratings of elements of conversations between individuals with aphasia and their conversation partners. Methods Procedures: A total of 64 speech pathology student judges rated two previously video-recorded conversations, elicited through a video-retelling task, between two individuals with severe aphasia and their respective partners via the Measure of Skill in Supported Conversation and the Measure of Participation in Supported Conversation (Kagan et al., 2004). Each judge was randomly assigned a segment from one or both conversations. The segment lengths were 3 minutes, 5 minutes, 10 minutes (for the longer conversation only), and the entire conversation (10:30 minutes and 19:17 minutes). The effect of segment duration and the interaction between conversation and segment duration were analysed for each rating scale using a 2 x 3 factorial analysis of variance. Outcomes Results: There was no significant main effect for segment duration for any of the four rating scales of the Measure of Skill in Supported Conversation and the Measure of Participation in Supported Conversation. Conclusions: Aphasiologists who utilise these ratings of conversation as outcome measures can base the ratings on a segment of the conversation rather than the entire conversation. A 3- or 5-minute segment of a longer conversation on which no time limit has been placed is adequate to provide an accurate perceptual judgement.
C1 [Correll, Anna] Repatriat Gen Hosp, Adelaide, SA, Australia.
[Correll, Anna; van Steenbrugge, Willem; Scholten, Ingrid] Flinders Univ S Australia, Adelaide, SA 5001, Australia.
RP Correll, A (reprint author), Repatriat Gen Hosp, Daws Rd, Daw Pk 5041, Australia.
EM anna.correll@health.sa.gov.au
CR Boles L, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P547, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249557
Boles L, 1998, J COMMUN DISORD, V31, P261, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(98)00005-7
Booth S, 1999, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V34, P291, DOI 10.1080/136828299247423
Booth S, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P283
BROOKSHIRE RH, 1994, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V37, P399
Clausen NS, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P625, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000003
Cunningham R, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P687, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000184
Garrett KL, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P523, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000149
GOODGLASS H, 2001, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC
HERRMANN M, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P41, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90053-3
Hesketh A, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P970, DOI 10.1080/02687030801952709
Hickey EM, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P625, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000093
Hickey EM, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P389, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000831
HOPPER T, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P754
Hutchby I., 1998, CONVERSATION ANAL PR
Kagan Aura, 2004, Top Stroke Rehabil, V11, P67
Kagan A, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P624, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2001/051)
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Legg C, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P559, DOI 10.1080/0268703054400029
MAXWELL DL, 1997, RES STAT METHODS COM
OFF C, 2006, 3 METHODS QUANTIFYIN
Purdy M, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P377, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000822
Ramsberger G., 2003, CONVERSATION BRAIN D, P283
Ramsberger G, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P337, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000636
Rayner H, 2003, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V38, P149, DOI 10.1080/1368282021000060308
Schiffrin D., 1988, LINGUISTICS CAMBRIDG, VIV, P251
Simmons-Mackie N, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P807
Simmons-Mackie N, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P831, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249576
ULATOWSKA HK, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P325, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248602
WAMBAUGH JL, 1990, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V20, P343
Wilkinson R, 1998, Int J Lang Commun Disord, V33 Suppl, P144
Wright HH, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P443, DOI 10.1080/0268703044000166
NR 32
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 5
BP 612
EP 622
DI 10.1080/02687030902732752
PG 11
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 602FI
UT WOS:000278123500003
ER
PT J
AU Bartle-Meyer, CJ
Murdoch, BE
AF Bartle-Meyer, Carly J.
Murdoch, Bruce E.
TI A kinematic investigation of anticipatory lingual movement in acquired
apraxia of speech
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Apraxia of speech; Articulation; Electromagnetic articulography;
Electropalatology; Coarticulation
ID TRAUMATIC BRAIN-INJURY; PERCEPTUAL CHARACTERISTICS; COARTICULATION;
SPEAKERS; APHASIA; ACCURACY; SENTENCE; WORD
AB Background: Apraxia of speech (AOS) is considered a disorder of speech planning or programming. Evidence for this stems from perceptual, acoustic, and electropalatographic investigations of articulation in AOS that revealed a delayed onset of anticipatory vowel gestures. Articulatory prolongation and syllable segregation have been attributed to a disturbance in anticipatory coarticulation. Aims: The aim of the current study was to investigate anticipatory lingual movement for consonantal gestures in AOS, and its impact on absolute and relative speech timing. Methods Procedures: Tongue-tip movement and tongue-to-palate contact patterns were recorded for three speakers with AOS and a concomitant aphasia (age range = 35-63 years; M = 50.67 years; SD = 14.29) and five healthy talkers (age range = 29-65 years; M = 52.6 years; SD = 14.5) during the phrases oa scarleto and oa sergeanto, using electromagnetic articulography (EMA) (AG-200 system) and electropalatography (EPG) (Reading Electropalatograph system). Anticipatory lingual movement and speech timing were analysed during the final C1VC/C2 syllable in each of these phrases, where C represented an alveolar or postalveolar consonant. Specifically, tongue-tip displacement was calculated from the onset of release to the end of release of C1 to provide an indication of anticipatory lingual movement. With respect to speech timing, absolute (i.e., duration from time of maximum contact for C1 to time of maximum contact for C2) and relative (i.e., absolute duration expressed as a function of total syllable duration) durational measures were recorded, as was the stability of each. The results recorded for each of the participants with AOS were individually compared to those obtained by the control group. Outcomes Results: The EMA results indicated that two participants with AOS exhibited reduced anticipatory lingual movement (i.e., greater tongue-tip displacement) during repetitions of osergeanto; however, all speakers produced a comparable tongue-tip displacement to that produced by the control group during the release of /l/ in oscarleto. The EPG results indicated that absolute duration was significantly prolonged during the final syllables of both stimuli for each of the apraxic speakers. Equivocal results were reported for relative timing and temporal stability. Conclusions: The results provide some preliminary evidence of reduced anticipatory lingual movement in AOS, and have demonstrated that this can have a significant impact on absolute speech timing. However, measures of relative timing were suggestive of either unimpaired or more extensive coarticulation. Additional research is required to resolve this issue.
C1 [Bartle-Meyer, Carly J.; Murdoch, Bruce E.] Univ Queensland, Brisbane, Qld, Australia.
RP Bartle-Meyer, CJ (reprint author), Univ Queensland, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, St Lucia, Qld 4072, Australia.
EM carly.meyer@uq.edu.au
RI Meyer, Carly/E-4519-2010; Murdoch, Bruce/C-1397-2012
CR BARTLEMEYER CJ, 2008, 5 INT EPG S ED SEP
Bartle-Meyer CJ, 2009, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V23, P93, DOI 10.1080/02699200802564284
TROST JE, 1974, BRAIN LANG, V1, P63, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(74)90026-1
Clark HM, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P699, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249567
Dabul B, 2000, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL, V2nd
Darley F.L, 1975, MOTOR SPEECH DISORDE
Dogil G., 1998, PHONOLOGY, V15, P143, DOI 10.1017/S095267579800356X
Duffy J.R, 2005, MOTOR SPEECH DISORDE
DUNLOP JM, 1977, CORTEX, V13, P17
Enderby P. M., 1983, FRENCHAY DYSARTHRIA
Field A., 2005, DISCOVERING STAT USI, V2nd
Goodglass H, 2001, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V3rd
Goozee JV, 2000, BRAIN INJURY, V14, P153, DOI 10.1080/026990500120817
HARDCASTLE WJ, 1991, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V26, P41
HARDCASTLE WJ, 1991, J PHONETICS, V19, P251
HARDCASTLE WJ, 1985, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V20, P249
LAPOINTE LL, 1975, J COMMUN DISORD, V8, P259, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(75)90018-0
McAuliffe MJ, 2006, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V20, P19, DOI 10.1080/0269-9200400001069
MCNEIL MR, 1994, CLIN APHASIOL, V22, P203
McNeil MR, 1997, CLIN MANAGEMENT SENS, P311
MCNEIL MR, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P135, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90106-Q
McNeil MR, 2004, SPEECH MOTOR CONTROL, P389
Murdoch BE, 2003, BRAIN INJURY, V17, P79, DOI 10.1080/0269905021000010203
Nolan F., 1999, COARTICULATION THEOR, P7
ODELL K, 1991, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V34, P67
ODELL K, 1990, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V55, P345
ROSENBEK JC, 1973, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V16, P22
Scott D, 2002, EPGLAB MANUAL UNPUB
Southwood MH, 1997, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V11, P179, DOI 10.3109/02699209708985190
van der Merwe A, 1997, COMSIG '97 - PROCEEDINGS OF THE 1997 SOUTH AFRICAN SYMPOSIUM ON COMMUNICATIONS AND SIGNAL PROCESSING, P1
WEISMER G, 1985, J ACOUST SOC AM, V78, P49, DOI 10.1121/1.392453
Wertz RT, 1991, APRAXIA SPEECH ADULT
ZIEGLER W, 1986, EUR ARCH PSY CLIN N, V236, P44, DOI 10.1007/BF00641058
ZIEGLER W, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V29, P34, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90032-5
ZIEGLER W, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V26, P117, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90032-X
NR 35
TC 2
Z9 2
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 5
BP 623
EP 642
DI 10.1080/02687030902869281
PG 20
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 602FI
UT WOS:000278123500004
ER
PT J
AU Hux, K
Buechter, M
Wallace, S
Weissling, K
AF Hux, Karen
Buechter, Megan
Wallace, Sarah
Weissling, Kristy
TI Using visual scene displays to create a shared communication space for a
person with aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia treatment; Visual scene displays; Augmentative and Alternative
Communication; Conversational interaction
ID CONVERSATION PARTNERS; SUPPORTED CONVERSATION; TRAINING VOLUNTEERS;
YOUNG-CHILDREN; STROKE; ADULTS; TECHNOLOGIES; NEEDS
AB Background: Low-tech visual scene displays (VSDs) combine contextually rich pictures and written text to support the communication of people with aphasia. VSDs create a shared communication space in which a person with aphasia and a communication partner co-construct messages. Aims: The researchers examined the effect of low-tech VSDs on the content and quality of communicative interactions between a person with aphasia and unfamiliar communication partners. Methods Procedures: One person with aphasia and nine unfamiliar communication partners engaged in short, one-on-one conversations about a specified topic in one of three conditions: shared-VSDs, non-shared-VSDs, and no-VSDs. Data included discourse analysis scores reflecting the conceptual complexity of utterances, content unit analyses of information communication partners gathered from the interaction, and Likert-scale responses from the person with aphasia about his perception of communicative ease and effectiveness. Outcomes Results: Comparisons made across conditions revealed: (a) the most conversational turns occurred in the shared-VSDs condition; (b) communication partners produced utterances with higher conceptual complexity in the shared-VSDs condition; (c) the person with aphasia conveyed the greatest number of content units in the shared-VSDs condition; and (d) the person with aphasia perceived that information transfer, ease of conversational interaction, and partner understanding were best in the shared-VSDs condition. Conclusions: These findings suggest that low-tech VSDs have an impact on the manner and extent to which a person with aphasia and a communication partner contribute to conversational interactions involving information transfer.
C1 [Hux, Karen] Univ Nebraska, Barkley Mem Ctr Special Educ & Commun Disorders 3, Lincoln, NE 68583 USA.
RP Hux, K (reprint author), Univ Nebraska, Barkley Mem Ctr Special Educ & Commun Disorders 3, Lincoln, NE 68583 USA.
EM khux1@unl.edu
FU National Institute on Disability and Rehabilitation Research (NIDRR),
[H113 980026]; U.S. Department of Education
FX The authors thank David Beukelman, Aimee Dietz, and Miechelle McKelvey
for their comments and support regarding the performance of this
research. This research was supported in part under Grant #H113#980026
from the National Institute on Disability and Rehabilitation Research
(NIDRR), U.S. Department of Education. The opinions expressed in this
publication are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect
those of NIDRR or the Department of Education.
CR Bakheit AMO, 2007, CLIN REHABIL, V21, P941, DOI 10.1177/0269215507078452
BEUKELMAN D, 2005, AAC APHASIA REV VISU
BEUKELMAN DR, VISUAL SCEN IN PRESS
BLANK M, 1980, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V1, P127, DOI 10.1017/S0142716400000801
Brookshire RH, 2003, INTRO NEUROGENIC COM
Dietz A., 2006, PERSPECTIVES AUGMENT, V15, P13, DOI 10.1044/aac15.1.13
Fox L., 1996, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V12, P257, DOI 10.1080/07434619612331277718
Garrett KL, 2000, AUG ALTER COMMUN SER, P339
Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd
Kagan A, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P624, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2001/051)
Kagan A, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P816, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249575
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Laska AC, 2001, J INTERN MED, V249, P413, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2796.2001.00812.x
Lehman Blake M., 2005, APHASIA RELATED NEUR, P213
Light J, 2007, AUGMENT ALTERN COMM, V23, P204, DOI 10.1080/07434610701553635
Light J., 1989, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V5, P137, DOI 10.1080/07434618912331275126
Light J, 2007, AUGMENT ALTERN COMM, V23, P274, DOI 10.1080/07434610701390475
Lyon JG, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P693, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249416
McNeil M. R., 1983, TOP LANG DISORD, V1, P1
Murray LL, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P91, DOI 10.1080/026870399402226
Pedersen PM, 2004, CEREBROVASC DIS, V17, P35, DOI 10.1159/000073896
Rayner H, 2003, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V38, P149, DOI 10.1080/1368282021000060308
YORKSTON KM, 1980, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V45, P27
NR 23
TC 11
Z9 11
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 5
BP 643
EP 660
DI 10.1080/02687030902869299
PG 18
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 602FI
UT WOS:000278123500005
ER
PT J
AU Cameron, RM
Wambaugh, JL
Mauszycki, SC
AF Cameron, Rosalea M.
Wambaugh, Julie L.
Mauszycki, Shannon C.
TI Individual variability on discourse measures over repeated sampling
times in persons with aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT 39th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY 26-30, 2009
CL Keystone, CO
DE Aphasia; Discourse; Variability
ID SEMANTIC FEATURE ANALYSIS; CONNECTED SPEECH; ADULTS; RETRIEVAL
AB Background: Although persons with aphasia typically have difficulty with the production of language at the level of discourse, there is a paucity of reliable measurement systems to quantify the characteristics of spoken language. Nicholas and Brookshire (1993) developed one of the few standardised, rule-based systems to quantify the informativeness of spoken language samples. While the authors reported temporal stability for all measures, they also noted variability at the individual level. Because individual data were not reported, it is difficult to determine the nature and extent of that variability. Aims: The aim of the current investigation was to further explore Nicholas and Brookshire's (1993) quantitative linguistic analyses, and to examine individual variability over time in persons with aphasia. Methods Procedures: Five fluent and six nonfluent persons with aphasia produced language samples over repeated sampling times in response to the 10 stimulus items used by Nicholas and Brookshire (1993). Measurements of mean number of words, mean correct information units (CIUs), percent CIUs, words per minute, and CIUs per minute were calculated, and results from the sessions were compared. To examine factors related to individual variability, correlations between linguistic measures, months post onset of aphasia, and scores on standardised assessment tools were explored. Outcomes Results: Visual inspection of the data and descriptive statistics suggested that participants were more variable in their repeated productions than previously described by Nicholas and Brookshire (1993). Repeated measures ANOVAs revealed non-significant effects at the group level. There was no pattern of variability uniquely associated with aphasia fluency type. Range of mean number of CIUs was positively and significantly correlated with all test measures; however, the other range correlations were non-significant. Conclusions: The current results suggest greater variability over repeated sampling times in the spoken language of persons with aphasia than previously reported by Nicholas and Brookshire (1993). Clinicians and researchers should consider this variability, and establish stable baselines prior to the initiation of treatment to document meaningful change over time.
C1 [Cameron, Rosalea M.; Wambaugh, Julie L.; Mauszycki, Shannon C.] VA Salt Lake City Healthcare Syst, Salt Lake City, UT 84148 USA.
[Cameron, Rosalea M.; Wambaugh, Julie L.] Univ Utah, Salt Lake City, UT USA.
RP Cameron, RM (reprint author), VA Salt Lake City Healthcare Syst, 151A Bldg 2,500 Foothill Blvd, Salt Lake City, UT 84148 USA.
EM Rosalea.Cameron@va.gov
CR Armstrong E, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P875, DOI 10.1080/02687030050127685
Beeson PM, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V16, P161, DOI 10.1007/s11065-006-9013-7
Boyle M, 2004, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V13, P236, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2004/025)
BOYLE M, 2004, CLIN APH C PARK CIT
BROOKSHIRE RH, 1994, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V37, P399
Brown L., 1997, TEST NONVERBAL INTEL
Cameron RM, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P269, DOI 10.1080/02687030500473387
DISIMONI FG, 1980, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V23, P511
Doyle PJ, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P561, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249558
German DJ, 1990, TEST ADOLESCENT ADUL
Gordon JK, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P839, DOI 10.1080/02687030701820063
Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Kolk H, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V101, P99, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.04.002
NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338
PEACH RK, APHASIOLOGY IN PRESS, DOI DOI 10.1080/02687030903058629
PORCH B, 2001, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC, V1
Prins R, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P1075, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000534
Wambaugh JL, 2007, J REHABIL RES DEV, V44, P381, DOI 10.1682/JRRD.2006.05.0038
Yorkston K. M., 1984, ASSESSMENT INTELLIGI
NR 20
TC 7
Z9 7
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 6-8
BP 671
EP 684
DI 10.1080/02687030903443813
PG 14
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 628WL
UT WOS:000280154900002
ER
PT J
AU Ferguson, A
Worrall, L
Davidson, B
Hersh, D
Howe, T
Sherratt, S
AF Ferguson, Alison
Worrall, Linda
Davidson, Bronwyn
Hersh, Deborah
Howe, Tami
Sherratt, Sue
TI Describing the experience of aphasia rehabilitation through metaphor
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT 39th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY 26-30, 2009
CL Keystone, CO
DE Aphasia; Rehabilitation; Metaphor; Discourse analysis; Goals
ID STROKE RECOVERY
AB Background: Previous research into metaphoric expression has suggested that metaphor offers a window into intra-individual conceptions as well as into socio-cultural understandings of illness and recovery. This study explored how people with aphasia, their family members, and their speech-language pathologists described their experiences of rehabilitation through the linguistic resource of metaphor. Aims: This study aimed to compare the perspectives of five people with aphasia, five of their family members, and their eight treating speech-language pathologists by analysing the way they used the linguistic resource of metaphor to describe their experience of aphasia therapy. Methods Procedures: Interviews with five people with aphasia, five of their family members, and their eight speech-language pathologists were recorded, transcribed, and coded for metaphoric expressions and concepts. Outcomes Results: Quantitatively across all participants, the metaphorical concepts of JOURNEY, BATTLE, and PRODUCT were the most frequently used metaphoric concepts expressed by the participants. Qualitatively within sets of participants, differences in the patterns of use of metaphoric concepts indicated important contrasts in the way they viewed their experiences. Conclusions: The frequent use of JOURNEY metaphor accorded with previous research into recovery, while the identification of BATTLE and PRODUCT metaphor was suggested to point to critical sites reflecting social disempowerment. Attention to the use of metaphoric expression may offer clinicians a window into how others involved in the collaborative therapy process are constructing their experience.
C1 [Ferguson, Alison] Univ Newcastle, Sch Humanities & Social Sci, Callaghan, NSW 2308, Australia.
[Worrall, Linda; Davidson, Bronwyn; Sherratt, Sue] Univ Queensland, Brisbane St Lucia, Qld, Australia.
[Hersh, Deborah] Edith Cowan Univ, Joondalup, WA, Australia.
[Howe, Tami] Univ Canterbury, Christchurch 1, New Zealand.
RP Ferguson, A (reprint author), Univ Newcastle, Sch Humanities & Social Sci, Callaghan, NSW 2308, Australia.
EM Alison.Ferguson@newcastle.edu.au
RI Worrall, Linda/D-2579-2010; Davidson, Bronwyn/F-8741-2010
OI Worrall, Linda/0000-0002-3283-7038;
CR ALAJOUANINE T, 1948, BRAIN, V71, P229, DOI 10.1093/brain/71.3.229
Boylstein C, 2007, HEALTH COMMUN, V21, P279
CRIDER C, 1991, J THEOR SOC BEHAV, V21, P171, DOI 10.1111/j.1468-5914.1991.tb00519.x
Faircloth CA, 2004, SOCIOL HEALTH ILL, V26, P242, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9566.2004.00388.x
Fairclough N., 1995, CRITICAL DISCOURSE A
Ferguson A, 2008, EXPERT PRACTICE CRIT
Ferguson A, 2008, CRIT APPR DISC AN DI, P10
Kertesz A., 2006, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
Kirmayer Laurence J., 2000, NARRATIVE CULTURAL C, P153
Kovecses Z., 2005, METAPHOR CULTURE UNI
Lakoff G., 1980, METAPHORS WE LIVE
Levitt H., 2000, COUNS PSYCHOL, V13, P23, DOI DOI 10.1080/09515070050011042
Martin J. R., 2005, LANGUAGE EVALUATION
Mastergeorge AM, 1999, CONSTRUCTING (IN) COMPETENCE, P245
pragglejaz, 2007, METAPHOR SYMBOL, V22, P1
Sontag Susan, 1990, ILLNESS METAPHOR AID
STRONG T, 1989, INT J ADV COUNS, V12, P203, DOI 10.1007/BF00120585
Thompson G., 2004, INTRO FUNCTIONAL GRA, V2nd
Williams S. J., 1996, BODY SOC, V2, P23, DOI 10.1177/1357034X96002002002
WORRALL L, 2007, ASHA AM SPEECH LANG
WORRALL L, 2009, CLIN APH C KEYST CO
ZION L, 2006, ASHA LEADER, V11, P47
NR 22
TC 4
Z9 4
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 6-8
BP 685
EP 696
DI 10.1080/02687030903438508
PG 12
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 628WL
UT WOS:000280154900003
ER
PT J
AU Olness, GS
Matteson, SE
Stewart, CT
AF Olness, Gloria Streit
Matteson, Samuel E.
Stewart, Craig T.
TI oLet me tell you the pointo: How speakers with aphasia assign prominence
to information in narratives
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT 39th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY 26-30, 2009
CL Keystone, CO
DE Aphasia; Discourse; Narrative; Evaluative devices; Modalising
ID AFRICAN-AMERICANS; SPEECH
AB Background: A central purpose of narration is to convey one's point of view about a narrated event. One's expressed evaluation of a narrated event (modalising behaviour) is often differentiated from one's expression of the sequence of events proper (referential behaviour). Modalising and referential language may be dissociated in aphasia, with modalising language relatively preserved. Use of narrative evaluative devices is one way to modalise, transmit significance, or assign prominence to information in narratives. Aims: This study examines the frequency of use, co-occurrence, and distribution of multiple evaluative devices in the personal narratives of speakers with aphasia, as compared to that of narratives produced by demographically similar speakers without aphasia. Methods Procedures: Participants were 33 demographically matched, English-speaking, middle-aged adults. Of these, 17 had aphasia, and 16 had no neurological disorder. Each group included similar proportions of three demographic subgroups: African-American males, African-American females, and Caucasian females. Each participant told a personal narrative of a frightening experience. Narrative evaluative devices in the narratives were analysed for their frequency, co-occurrence, and distribution in the narrative structure. Outcomes Results: The frequency of use of narrative evaluative devices, their co-occurrence, and their distribution in the narrative structure were similar for narratives of individuals with and without aphasia, unless narrative structure was compromised, e.g., in narrators with relatively more severe aphasia. Conclusions: The relatively intact ability of individuals with aphasia to assign prominence to information in narratives once again raises questions on the neurological underpinnings of modalising language. The clinical potential for assessment and treatment that incorporates narrative evaluative devices needs to be further explored.
C1 [Olness, Gloria Streit] Univ N Texas, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, Denton, TX 76203 USA.
RP Olness, GS (reprint author), Univ N Texas, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, 1155 Union Circle 305010, Denton, TX 76203 USA.
EM golness@unt.edu
CR Armstrong E, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P285, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000750
Armstrong E, 2007, CLINICAL APHASIOLOGY: FUTURE DIRECTIONS, P195
Austin J. L., 1962, THINGS WORDS
Berman RA, 1997, J NARRAT LIFE HIST, V7, P235
Boersma P., 2001, GLOT INT, V5, P341
Bruner J. S., 1990, ACTS MEANING
Collier R., 1990, PERCEPTUAL STUDY INT
Ervin-Tripp S., 1996, CONVERSATION COGNITI, P133
FEATHERMAN DL, 1980, 7984 U WISC
Fisher W. R., 1987, HUMAN COMMUNICATION
Goodglass H, 2001, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V3rd
Grimes J. E., 1975, THREAD DISCOURSE
SPARKS R, 1974, Cortex, V10, P303
Johnstone B, 1990, STORIES COMMUNITY PL
Kertesz A., 1979, APHASIA ASS DISORDER
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Labov W, 1997, J NARRAT LIFE HIST, V7, P395
Labov W., 1972, LANGUAGE INNER CITY
Longacre R. E., 1996, GRAMMAR DISCOURSE, V2nd
MROSS EF, 1990, DISCOURSE ABILITY BR, P50
Nespoulous JL, 1998, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V19, P311, DOI 10.1017/S0142716400010080
NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338
Polanyi Livia, 1989, TELLING AM STORY
Sacks H., 1992, LECT CONVERSATION, VII
Schegloff Emanuel A., 1982, GEORGETOWN U ROUNDTA, P71
Siegel S., 1988, NONPARAMETRIC STAT B
Ulatowska H. K., 1990, DISCOURSE ABILITY BR, P180
Ulatowska HK, 2000, DISCOURSE PROCESS, V30, P265, DOI 10.1207/S15326950dp3003_3
Ulatowska HK, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V87, P69, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00202-5
Wennerstrom A, 2001, J PRAGMATICS, V33, P1183, DOI 10.1016/S0378-2166(00)00061-8
NR 30
TC 15
Z9 15
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 6-8
BP 697
EP 708
DI 10.1080/02687030903438524
PG 12
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 628WL
UT WOS:000280154900004
ER
PT J
AU Stark, JA
AF Stark, Jacqueline Ann
TI Content analysis of the fairy tale Cinderella - A longitudinal
single-case study of narrative production: oFrom rags to richeso
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT 39th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY 26-30, 2009
CL Keystone, CO
DE Oral narrative production; Fairy tale; Cinderella; Content analysis;
Longitudinal case study
AB Background: With regard to spontaneously produced speech and the oral production of a narrative, the content of the message(s) being conveyed by a person with Broca's aphasia with severe agrammatic sentence production must often be inferred from the telegraphic speech output. The clinician's inferences must often be revised to capture the intended meaning of a single utterance or sequence of utterances. When performing a formal analysis of such telegraphic utterances, researchers strive to provide an adequate reconstruction that approximates the speaker's intended meanings. Aims: In this single-case study, multiple oral (re)tellings of the fairy tale Cinderella are analysed in terms of the content of the produced narratives. The aim of this study is to trace and determine how the content of a person with aphasia's production of this fairy tale changes over time, and to tease apart the contribution of various linguistic domains in the production of a narrative. Methods Procedures: Participant TH suffered a massive left hemisphere CVA at the age of 40 and was initially diagnosed as globally aphasic. By 36 months post onset his language impairment had evolved into Broca's aphasia characterised by agrammatic sentence production (oral and written language), mild apraxia of speech, and asyntactic auditory comprehension. He performed the task of orally (re)telling the fairy tale Cinderella eleven times over a 41/2-year period, beginning 36 months post onset and extending to 93 months post onset of aphasia. His narratives were video- and audio-taped and the recordings were transcribed. The fairy tale Cinderella was interpreted in terms of its propositional content and its superstructure: orientation, development (episode 1, 2a, 2b, 3), complication ( = 4), solution (episode 5), coda, and evaluation of the narrative (Labov, 2000; Labov Waletzky, 1967). The content of TH's narratives was evaluated independently by three clinicians. Outcomes Results: A marked increase in the number of explicitly produced content units was observed across test times. Longitudinally, TH produced more informative narratives as evaluated in terms of propositional content units, elaborations, and evaluations. These changes in performance are attributed to TH's improved lexical retrieval for both nouns and verbs, and also to his improved syntactic skills. Conclusions: Qualitative and quantitative changes in producing the Cinderella narrative mirror TH's improved language processing, in particular his verb retrieval and oral sentence production skills. Longitudinally, analysis of the content of narratives provides insight into the evolution of text production with reference to the influence of several linguistic domains on narrative production. In summary, content analysis of orally produced narratives provides a departure point for examining the complex roles of various linguistic domains in the process of transforming ideas into articulated sentences and narratives.
C1 Austrian Acad Sci, Dept Linguist & Commun Res, Neuropsycholinguist & Aphasia Res Unit, A-1030 Vienna, Austria.
RP Stark, JA (reprint author), Austrian Acad Sci, Dept Linguist & Commun Res, Neuropsycholinguist & Aphasia Res Unit, Kegelgasse 27-3rd Floor, A-1030 Vienna, Austria.
EM jacqueline.stark@oeaw.ac.at
CR ABBOTT HP, 2005, NARRATIVE
Berndt R. S., 2000, QUANTITATIVE PRODUCT
BOCK K, 1987, J MEM LANG, V26, P119, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(87)90120-3
Clark H. H., 1977, PSYCHOL LANGUAGE INT
DE BEAUGRANDE Robert-Alain, 1981, EINFUHRUNG TEXTLINGU
Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kay J., 1992, PALPA PSYCHOLINGUIST
Labov W., 1967, ESSAYS VERBAL VISUAL
LABOV W, 2000, DISCOURSE READER, P221
Obler L. K., 1979, ACTION NAMING TEST
OLNESS G, 2009, 39 CLIN APH C KEYST
Olness GS, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P697, DOI 10.1080/02687030903438524
STARK HK, 1988, P 1 EUR C APH VIENN, P121
STARK J, 1997, ELA SENTENCE P UNPUB
Stark JA, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V103, P234, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.07.020
Stark Jacqueline Ann, 2010, Seminars in Speech and Language, V31, P5, DOI 10.1055/s-0029-1244949
Tannen D., 1989, TALKING VOICES REPET
VANDIJK TA, 1989, HDB DISCOURSE ANAL, V2
NR 18
TC 4
Z9 4
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 6-8
BP 709
EP 724
DI 10.1080/02687030903524729
PG 16
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 628WL
UT WOS:000280154900005
ER
PT J
AU Kirmess, M
Maher, LM
AF Kirmess, Melanie
Maher, Lynn M.
TI Constraint induced language therapy in early aphasia rehabilitation
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT 39th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY 26-30, 2009
CL Keystone, CO
DE Aphasia; Constraint induced language therapy (CILT); Early
rehabilitation
ID BRAIN-DAMAGE; RECOVERY; STROKE; PRINCIPLES; EFFICACY; PATTERNS;
METAANALYSIS; NEUROSCIENCE; PLASTICITY; MECHANISMS
AB Background: Constraint induced language therapy (CILT) focuses on improving acquired expressive language deficits after stroke by applying intensive, use-dependent treatment with constraint to spoken verbal expression. Most CILT research has utilised individuals with chronic aphasia, and previous results indicated improvement on the language assessments after intervention that was largely retained at follow-up. Aims: The purpose of this study was to explore the applicability and outcome of a programme of CILT in individuals in the early phase of recovery from aphasia (1-2 months post onset) in an inpatient rehabilitation hospital setting. Methods Procedures: A 10-day/3 hours a day pre-posttest CILT intervention case series was carried out 1-2 months post onset with three Norwegian rehabilitation inpatients with aphasia following left CVA. Procedures involved card activities using high- and low-frequency picture stimuli with communicative relevance at four levels of complexity, either in a small group or one-to-one with a trained SLP. Outcomes Results: Results suggested an overall improvement on the language assessments post CILT intervention, as well as at the follow-up. A greater degree of improvement in performance on expressive speech tasks compared to receptive and written tasks suggested a treatment-specific effect of CILT for early aphasia rehabilitation. Participant evaluation of the CILT intervention reflected positive feedback for the treatment experience and satisfaction with individual gains. Challenges in the application of CILT to this phase of recovery were the need to accommodate the demands of the inpatient rehabilitation setting and the decreased stamina of the participants. Conclusions: The results of this study support the applicability of CILT in early aphasia rehabilitation, with some modifications of the original protocol.
C1 [Kirmess, Melanie] Univ Oslo, Dept Special Needs Educ, NO-0318 Oslo, Norway.
[Maher, Lynn M.] Univ Houston, Houston, TX 77004 USA.
RP Kirmess, M (reprint author), Univ Oslo, Dept Special Needs Educ, POB 1140, NO-0318 Oslo, Norway.
EM melanie.kirmess@uv.uio.no
CR Barthel G, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P408, DOI 10.1080/02687030701415880
BASTIAANSE R, 2006, VERB SETNINGSTEST VO
Bauer A., 2009, APHASIE ALLTAG
Bhogal SK, 2003, STROKE, V34, P987, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000062343.64383.D0
Bishop D, 2009, TEST RECEPTION GRAMM
Breitenstein C, 2009, NERVENARZT, V80, P149, DOI 10.1007/s00115-008-2571-6
Cherney LR, 2008, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V51, P1282, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2008/07-0206)
Davis G, 1985, ADULT APHASIA REHABI
Elman RJ, 1999, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V42, P411
Goodglass H., 1972, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP
GREENER J, 1999, COCHRANE DATABASE SY
Hillis AE, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P885, DOI 10.1080/0268703
HOLLAND AL, 1989, HDB NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V2, P83
Kay J., 2009, PSYKOLINGVISTISK KAR
Kenin M, 1972, Cortex, V8, P56
KERTESZ A, 1977, BRAIN, V100, P1, DOI 10.1093/brain/100.1.1
Kertesz A, 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY WA
Kleim JA, 2008, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V51, pS225, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2008/018)
Linebaugh CW, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P519, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249555
LOMAS J, 1978, BRAIN LANG, V5, P388, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(78)90034-2
Maher LM, 2006, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V12, P843, DOI 10.1017/S1355617706061029
Marini A, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P164, DOI 10.1080/02687030600633799
McNeil MR, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P901
Meinzer M, 2005, STROKE, V36, P1462, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000169941.29831.2a
Murray L. L., 2006, NEUROGENIC DISORDERS
Nudo RJ, 2006, J AM SOC EXPT NEUROT, V3, P420
Nudo RJ, 2006, CURR OPIN NEUROBIOL, V16, P638, DOI 10.1016/j.conb.2006.10.004
Pedersen PM, 2004, CEREBROVASC DIS, V17, P35, DOI 10.1159/000073896
POECK K, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P471
Pulvermuller F, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P563, DOI 10.1080/02687030701612213
Pulvermuller F, 2001, STROKE, V32, P1621
Raymer AM, 2008, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V51, pS259, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2008/020)
Reinvang I., 1985, APHASIA BRAIN ORG
Reinvang I., 1980, NORSK GRUNNTEST AFAS
REINVANG I, 1980, APHASIA ASSESSMENT T, P80
Robertson IH, 1999, PSYCHOL BULL, V125, P544, DOI 10.1037/0033-2909.125.5.544
ROBEY RR, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V47, P582, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1060
Robey RR, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V41, P172
Shadish W, 2002, EXPT QUASIEXPERIMENT
Taub E, 2006, Eura Medicophys, V42, P241
Taub E, 2006, NEUROREHABILITATION, V21, P93
Thompson CK, 2000, J COMMUN DISORD, V33, P357, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(00)00031-9
Truelsen T, 2006, EUR J NEUROL, V13, P581, DOI 10.1111/j.1468-1331.2006.01138.x
VIGNOLO LA, 1964, CORTEX, V1, P344
NR 44
TC 17
Z9 17
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 6-8
BP 725
EP 736
DI 10.1080/02687030903437682
PG 12
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 628WL
UT WOS:000280154900006
ER
PT J
AU Kurland, J
Baldwin, K
Tauer, C
AF Kurland, Jacquie
Baldwin, Katherine
Tauer, Chandra
TI Treatment-induced neuroplasticity following intensive naming therapy in
a case of chronic Wernicke's aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT 39th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY 26-30, 2009
CL Keystone, CO
DE Neuroplasticity; Intensive treatment; Chronic aphasia
ID INDUCED LANGUAGE THERAPY; NONFLUENT APHASIA; BRAIN PLASTICITY; ANOMIA
TREATMENT; RECOVERY; STROKE; FMRI
AB Background: Renewed interest in the effects of intensity on treatment has led to development of short-term, intensive treatment protocols, such as Constraint-Induced Language Therapy (CILT), in which participants with chronic aphasia begin to show statistically significant language improvements in as little as 2 weeks. Given its relatively short treatment cycle, CILT is also a good choice of treatment methodology for studying brain/behaviour plasticity in post-stroke aphasia. Aims: This study aimed to examine differences between two short, intensive treatment protocols in a participant with chronic Wernicke's aphasia both in terms of treatment outcomes and changes in patterns of BOLD signal activation. Methods Procedures: The participant (ACL) participated in language testing and an fMRI overt speech confrontation-naming paradigm pre and post 2 weeks of CILT, post 2 weeks of unconstrained language therapy (PACE), and 6 months post-CILT. He named 48 black/white line drawings from each of four conditions: treated (CILT or PACE), untreated, or consistently correctly named pictures. Outcomes Results: Naming treated pictures improved, even in the scanner, while naming untreated pictures did not. About one third of PACE and three-fourths of CILT gains were maintained. Rather than a distinct pattern of activation distinguishing treated from untreated or CILT from PACE pictures, ACL recruited a frontal network during naming of all pictures that included left middle and inferior frontal cortex, SMA and pre-SMA, and that varied in spatial extent and degree of activation according to accuracy and performance expectation. In post-hoc analyses of accuracy, this frontal network was most active during incorrect trials. At 6 months post-CILT, compared to controls, incorrect naming recruited a large and significant bilateral network including right Wernicke's area homologue. Conclusions: Results suggest that short, intensive therapy can improve naming and jumpstart language recovery in chronic aphasia, whether responses are constrained to the speech modality or not. Modulation of a left frontal network was associated with accuracy in naming and may represent compensatory adaptation to improve response selection, self-monitoring, and/or inhibition.
C1 [Kurland, Jacquie] Univ Massachusetts, Dept Commun Disorders, Amherst, MA 01003 USA.
RP Kurland, J (reprint author), Univ Massachusetts, Dept Commun Disorders, 358 N Pleasant St, Amherst, MA 01003 USA.
EM jkurland@comdis.umass.edu
CR Belin P, 1996, NEUROLOGY, V47, P1504
Bhogal SK, 2003, STROKE, V34, P987, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000062343.64383.D0
Binder JR, 2009, CEREB CORTEX, V19, P2767, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhp055
Bonakdarpour B, 2007, NEUROIMAGE, V36, P322, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2007.02.035
Breier JI, 2006, NEUROCASE, V12, P322, DOI 10.1080/13554790601126054
Brett M, 2001, NEUROIMAGE, V14, P486, DOI 10.1006/nimg.2001.0845
Carusone LM, 2002, AM J NEURORADIOL, V23, P1222
Cornelissen K, 2003, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V15, P444, DOI 10.1162/089892903321593153
Crinion JT, 2007, CURR OPIN NEUROL, V20, P667
Davis A. G., 1985, ADULT APHASIA REHABI
Druks J., 2000, OBJECT ACTION NAMING
Eden GF, 1999, MAGNET RESON MED, V41, P13, DOI 10.1002/(SICI)1522-2594(199901)41:1<13::AID-MRM4>3.0.CO;2-T
Fridriksson J, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V45, P1812, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2006.12.017
Goodglass H., 2001, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V3rd
GOWERS WR, 1888, MANUAL DIS NERVOUS S, V1
Just MA, 1996, SCIENCE, V274, P114, DOI 10.1126/science.274.5284.114
Maher LM, 2006, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V12, P843, DOI 10.1017/S1355617706061029
Meinzer M, 2006, BMC NEUROLOGY, V6, P1
Meinzer M, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1251, DOI 10.1080/02687030802367998
Naeser MA, 2004, NEUROIMAGE, V22, P29, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2003.11.016
Nudo RJ, 1999, REV NEUROL, V155, P713
Peck KK, 2004, STROKE, V35, P554, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000110983.50753.9D
Perani D, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V85, P357, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00561-8
PRICE CJ, 2006, HDB FUNCTIONAL NEURO, P455
PRICE CJ, 2005, CURRENT OPINION NEUR, V18, P1
Pulvermuller F, 2005, NEUROIMAGE, V28, P481, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2005.06.038
Pulvermuller F, 2001, STROKE, V32, P1621
RAICHLE ME, 1994, CEREB CORTEX, V4, P8, DOI 10.1093/cercor/4.1.8
Szekely A, 2005, CORTEX, V41, P7, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70174-6
Taub E, 2004, AM PSYCHOL, V59, P692, DOI 10.1037/0003-066X.59.8.692
NR 30
TC 11
Z9 11
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 6-8
BP 737
EP 751
DI 10.1080/02687030903524711
PG 15
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 628WL
UT WOS:000280154900007
ER
PT J
AU Christensen, SC
Wright, HH
AF Christensen, Stephanie C.
Wright, Heather Harris
TI Verbal and non-verbal working memory in aphasia: What three n-back tasks
reveal
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT 39th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY 26-30, 2009
CL Keystone, CO
DE Working memory; Aphasia; n-back
ID ATTENTION; INFORMATION; SPAN
AB Background: Researchers have found that many individuals with aphasia (IWA) present with cognitive deficits that may impact their communication, and perhaps underlie their language-processing deficits (e.g., Erickson et al., 1996; Murray et al., 1997; Wright et al., 2003). However, many investigations of cognitive ability in aphasia have included measures that may be considered olanguage heavyo; they require overt lexical, semantic, and/or phonological processing to follow the task instructions and/or formulate a response. Few have considered the amount of linguistic processing required to perform the task. Subsequently, it is not clear if poorer performance by IWA on cognitive tasks compared to neurologically intact (NI) participants is due to a deficit in the respective cognitive domain or due to the inability of IWA to perform the task because of their language difficulties. Aims: The purpose of the current study was to explore the effect of varying linguistic processing demands in the context of a dynamic working memory taskan n-back task for participants with and without aphasia. Method Procedures: This study compared differences on three different n-back tasks within and across groups for individuals with aphasia and NI matched peers. Participants completed three different n-back tasks; stimuli for the tasks varied in olinguistic loado. For each n-back task participants completed two levels of difficulty: 1-back and 2-back. Outcomes Results: The aphasia group performed significantly worse than the NI participants across the n-back tasks. All participants performed significantly better with the stimuli that carried a higher linguistic load (i.e., the fruit), than with the fribbles (semi-linguistic) and blocks (non-linguistic). All participants performed significantly better on the 1-back than the 2-back working memory task. Unlike the NI participants, IWA performed equally poorly with the fribbles and the blocks in the 2-back task. Conclusions: Overall, the performance of individuals with aphasia on working memory tasks that varied in their linguistic load was similar to the control group but reduced. However, unlike the NI participants, IWA were less skilled at rapidly utilising linguistic knowledge to increase performance on the fribbles, demonstrating the further decrement in working memory that results from a decreased ability to utilise a linguistic strategy to increase performance on verbal working memory tasks. The results of this study indicate that language ability has a significant influence on performance on working memory tasks and should be considered when discussing cognitive deficits in aphasia.
C1 [Christensen, Stephanie C.] Arizona State Univ, MA CCC SLP, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, Tempe, AZ 85287 USA.
RP Christensen, SC (reprint author), Arizona State Univ, MA CCC SLP, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, POB 870102, Tempe, AZ 85287 USA.
EM Stephanie.Christensen@asu.edu
CR BADDELEY A, 1984, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V36, P233
Baddeley A. D., 2007, WORKING MEMORY THOUG
Beukelman D. R., 1998, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA
Caspari I, 1998, BRAIN COGNITION, V37, P205, DOI 10.1006/brcg.1997.0970
CONRAD R, 1964, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V55, P429
CRAIK FIM, 1972, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V11, P671, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(72)80001-X
DANEMAN M, 1980, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V19, P480
Erickson RJ, 1996, BRAIN COGNITION, V30, P244, DOI 10.1006/brcg.1996.0016
Folstein MF, 1975, J PSYCHIATR RES, V12, P198
Friedmann N, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V86, P23, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00530-8
Hagen C., 1981, TOP LANG DIS, V1, P73
Hockley WE, 2008, MEM COGNITION, V36, P1351, DOI 10.3758/MC.36.7.1351
HOLM S, 1979, SCAND J STAT, V6, P65
Hula William D., 2008, Seminars in Speech and Language, V29, P169, DOI 10.1055/s-0028-1082882
INTRAUB H, 1985, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V11, P284
Jonides J, 1997, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V9, P462, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1997.9.4.462
Kertesz A., 2006, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
Lachman J. L., 1979, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL IN
Martin N, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P464, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2003.12.004
MORAY N, 1959, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V11, P56, DOI 10.1080/17470215908416289
Murray LL, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P401, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248480
SHEPARD RN, 1971, SCIENCE, V171, P701, DOI 10.1126/science.171.3972.701
SIMMONS DJ, 1996, PSYCHOL SCI, V8, P301
TSENG CH, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P276, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1046
WELDON MS, 1987, MEM COGNITION, V15, P269, DOI 10.3758/BF03197030
Wright H. H., 2003, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V9, P302
Wright HH, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P802, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192414
NR 27
TC 10
Z9 10
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 6-8
BP 752
EP 762
DI 10.1080/02687030903437690
PG 11
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 628WL
UT WOS:000280154900008
ER
PT J
AU Silkes, JP
Rogers, MA
AF Silkes, JoAnn P.
Rogers, Margaret A.
TI Perception of visually masked stimuli by individuals with aphasia: A
methodological assessment and preliminary theoretical implications
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT 39th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY 26-30, 2009
CL Keystone, CO
DE Aphasia; Masked priming; Implicit priming; Automatic spreading
activation
AB Background: Studies of the automatic processes supporting language processing and dysfunction in aphasia often rely on priming paradigms. However, the ability to confidently interpret these studies in terms of understanding the relative contributions of automatic vs controlled processing depends on the ability to isolate only automatic processes. One way this may be accomplished is through the use of visual masking. The effective use of visual masking, however, depends on verification that there was no task-relevant information consciously available from the prime item. Aims: The study reported here was designed to assess the visibility of visually masked stimuli, for both typical adults and adults with aphasia. Methods Procedures: This experiment involved 31 typical adults and 21 individuals with aphasia. Visual masking sequences were presented on a computer screen, with 11 different interstimulus intervals assessed. Participants made lexical decisions on the masked stimuli. The two participant groups were compared in terms of their ability to distinguish the word/nonword status of masked stimuli at the various intervals. Outcomes Results: Participants with aphasia showed an overall poorer ability to discriminate between visually masked words and nonwords than typical adults. Conclusions: The visual masking sequence effectively interfered with task-relevant conscious perception of some masked stimuli for typical adults and all masked stimuli for participants with aphasia. This finding, combined with preliminary data collected on a similar task that involved a simple presence/absence judgement on masked items, suggests that there may be differences in the ability of individuals with aphasia to process rapidly presented masked stimuli, even when there is minimal linguistic processing required.
C1 [Silkes, JoAnn P.] Univ Washington, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, Seattle, WA 98105 USA.
[Rogers, Margaret A.] Amer Speech Language Hearing Assoc, Rockville, MD USA.
RP Silkes, JP (reprint author), Univ Washington, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, 1417 NE 42nd St, Seattle, WA 98105 USA.
EM jsilkes@u.washington.edu
CR Avila C, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V79, P185, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2472
Dabul B, 2000, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL, V2nd
Erdelyli MH, 2004, CONSCIOUS COGN, V13, P73, DOI 10.1016/S1053-8100(03)00051-5
Forster K.I., 2003, MASKED PRIMING STATE, P3
Forster KI, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V68, P5, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2078
Green D. M., 1966, SIGNAL DETECTION THE
Kaplan E., 2001, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kucera H., 1967, COMPUTATIONAL ANAL P
LaPointe L. L., 1979, READING COMPREHENSIO
Martin N, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P867, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000390
MCCAULEY C, 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V6, P265, DOI 10.1037//0096-1523.6.2.265
Murray LL, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P91, DOI 10.1080/026870399402226
Prather PA, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V59, P391, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1751
Raven JC, 1976, COLOURED PROGR MATRI
SILKES JP, 2009, THESIS U WASHINGTON
Snodgrass M, 2006, COGNITION, V101, P43, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2005.06.006
Turner-Stokes L, 2005, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V76, P1273, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.2004.050096
NR 17
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 6-8
BP 763
EP 774
DI 10.1080/02687030903509340
PG 12
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 628WL
UT WOS:000280154900009
ER
PT J
AU Hough, MS
AF Hough, Monica Strauss
TI Melodic Intonation Therapy and aphasia: Another variation on a theme
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT 39th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY 26-30, 2009
CL Keystone, CO
DE Melodic intonation; Chronic aphasia; Tapping; Self-generated phrases;
Automatic phrases
ID NONFLUENT APHASIA; BROCAS APHASIA; HEMISPHERES; RECOVERY; SPEAKING;
SPEECH; ADULT
AB Background: Melodic Intonation Therapy (MIT) is a therapeutic approach used to increase verbal output in adults with aphasia through combination of melodic intoning and rhythmic tapping with simple phrase production. Although MIT was developed in the 1970s, few studies have been conducted relative to determining the programme's overall effectiveness as well as examining ability to generalise skills to other communicative contexts. Aims: The purpose of the current investigation was to examine the effectiveness of MIT as a means of increasing verbal output in a gentleman with chronic Broca's aphasia. Methods Procedures: A modified version of MIT without the tapping component was implemented with BR, 69-year-old male with chronic Broca's aphasia of 4 years' duration. BR had tried MIT previously with little success: he had difficulty with the tapping element and the packaged phrases lacked functionality, adversely affecting his motivation. A set of automatic and self-generated phrases were developed and implemented with a multiple baseline design across phrase type with an established criterion of 75% accuracy over two consecutive sessions for both stimulus sets. Generalisation stimuli were presented at the last weekly session. BR attended three hour-long weekly sessions, for 8 weeks. Follow-up probing with all stimuli occurred at 2 and 4 weeks post-treatment. A set of standardised tests and social validation measures were administered pre- and post-treatment. Outcomes Results: BR reached 75% accuracy on automatic phrases at 4 weeks into the treatment programme, which was retained throughout the maintenance phase and both follow-up sessions. Performance on self-generated phrases was 55% at 8 weeks -post-treatment, which was maintained at both follow-up sessions. Separate Welch two s-ample t-tests used to analyse the automatic and self-generated phrase data, yielded highly significant treatment effects for both data sets, with non-significant findings for autocorrelation. Improved performance on standardised tests was observed most no-tably for auditory comprehension and reading and writing skills, with some improvement in spontaneous speech and naming. Increased perception of communicative effectiveness was reported independently by both BR and his spouse. Conclusions: Overall, BR significantly increased his ability to produce short phrases using MIT without tapping. Thus MIT appears to be a viable option for enhancing verbal output for some individuals with non-fluent aphasia, regardless of time post-stroke. Additional investigations are needed to examine generalisation effects to other linguistic contexts. Efficiency issues (treatment length, intensity) require further exploration relative to MIT efficacy and effectiveness and its variations.
C1 E Carolina Univ, Greenville, NC 27858 USA.
RP Hough, MS (reprint author), E Carolina Univ, Hlth Sci Bldg, Greenville, NC 27858 USA.
EM HoughM@ecu.edu
CR ALBERT ML, 1973, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V29, P130
Baker F. A., 2000, MUSIC THERAPY PERSPE, V18, P110, DOI 10.1093/mtp/18.2.110
Belin P, 1996, NEUROLOGY, V47, P1504
Bonakdarpour B., 2000, IRANIAN J MED SCI, V25, P156
Bonakdarpour B, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P75, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000464
Carlomagno S, 1997, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V7, P311, DOI 10.1080/713755542
Duffy J.R, 2005, MOTOR SPEECH DISORDE
DUNHAM MJ, 1979, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P286
FRATTALI CM, 1995, ASHA FUNCTIONAL ASSE
GATES A, 1977, BRAIN LANG, V4, P403, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(77)90035-9
GOLDFARB R, 1979, INT J REHABIL RES, V2, P333, DOI 10.1097/00004356-197909000-00002
GOODGLASS H, 1977, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V15, P397, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(77)90091-4
Hebert S., 2003, BRAIN, V126, P1
SPARKS R, 1974, Cortex, V10, P303
Helm-Estabrooks N, 2004, MANUAL APHASIA APHAS, V2nd
Helm-Estabrooks N, 1989, MIT MELODIC INTONATI
Hough M, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P965, DOI 10.1080/02687030802698145
HOUGH MS, 2008, ANN CLIN APH C JACKS
Johnson R. K., 2008, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V24, P1
Kertesz A., 2006, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
LOMAS J, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P113
Marshall N., 1976, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P115
NAESER MA, 1985, CORTEX, V21, P203
Norton A, 2009, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V1169, P431, DOI 10.1111/j.1749-6632.2009.04859.x
Ozdemir E, 2006, NEUROIMAGE, V33, P628, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2006.07.013
Paul D. R., 2003, ASHA QUALITY COMMUNI
Racette A, 2006, BRAIN, V129, P2571, DOI 10.1093/brain/awl250
Rosenbek J. C., 1985, CLIN MANAGEMENT NEUR, P267
ROSENBEK JC, 1973, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V38, P462
ROSENBEK JC, 1985, CLIN MANAGEMENT NEUR, P151
Schlaug G, 2009, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V1169, P385, DOI 10.1111/j.1749-6632.2009.04587.x
Schlaug G, 2008, MUSIC PERCEPT, V25, P315, DOI 10.1525/MP.2008.25.4.315
Sparks R. W., 1994, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P368
SPARKS RW, 1976, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V41, P287
STEELE R, 2008, ANN CLIN AUGM ALT CO
VENTRY I, 1992, ASHA, V34, P81
Ventry I M, 1983, ASHA, V25, P37
NR 37
TC 5
Z9 5
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 6-8
BP 775
EP 786
DI 10.1080/02687030903501941
PG 12
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 628WL
UT WOS:000280154900010
ER
PT J
AU Dickey, MW
Yoo, H
AF Dickey, Michael Walsh
Yoo, Hyunsoo
TI Predicting outcomes for linguistically specific sentence treatment
protocols
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT 39th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY 26-30, 2009
CL Keystone, CO
DE Aphasia; Treatment; Sentence production; Syntax; Outcomes
ID AGRAMMATIC APHASIA; SYNTACTIC COMPLEXITY; MOVEMENT STRUCTURES;
UNDERLYING FORMS; BROCAS APHASIA; WH-MOVEMENT; COMPREHENSION; DEFICITS;
STROKE
AB Background: Linguistically motivated treatment protocols like the Treatment of Underlying Forms (TUF: Thompson Shapiro, 2005) have shown significant success in remediating aphasic individuals' sentence production deficits. However, adults with aphasia are not uniform in their response to TUF: not all individuals trained with TUF successfully acquire the sentence types they are trained on or generalise to untrained sentence types. More research is therefore needed to determine which individuals are most likely to benefit from TUF treatment. Aims: The current study analysed existing TUF treatment studies in an effort to determine what measures may be predictive of TUF outcomes for different aphasic individuals. Three different measures were tested: aphasia severity, auditory comprehension ability, and complex sentence comprehension ability. Methods Procedures: A meta-analysis was conducted based on existing TUF treatment studies drawn from the aphasiological literature. These studies included individual demographic, language-testing, and treatment data from 30 aphasic individuals. Regression analyses were conducted comparing these individuals' improvements on production of treated and untreated sentence types (treatment and generalisation effects) with the three predictor measures (severity, auditory comprehension, and complex sentence comprehension scores). Outcomes Results: Only one of the measures tested, general auditory comprehension, was predictive of the size of individuals' gains on treated sentence types. None of the measures tested was predictive of these individuals' generalisation to untrained structures. Conclusions: The current results suggest that general auditory comprehension appears to be related to improved sentence production following TUF treatment. In contrast, neither overall aphasia severity nor performance with complex sentence stimuli is a strong predictor of TUF treatment outcomes. Interestingly, there were no strong relationships between any of the measures and the generalisation effect scores. These findings suggest that clinicians should consider a patient's general auditory comprehension when deciding whether TUF would be appropriate. They also suggest that partially different cognitive mechanisms may underlie treatment and generalisation effects following treatment, at least for TUF protocols.
C1 [Dickey, Michael Walsh] Univ Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, PA 15260 USA.
VA Pittsburgh Healthcare Syst, Pittsburgh, PA USA.
RP Dickey, MW (reprint author), Univ Pittsburgh, 4033 Forbes Tower, Pittsburgh, PA 15260 USA.
EM mdickey@pitt.edu
CR *ANCDS, 2008, ANCDS APH TREATM EV
Ballard KJ, 1999, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V42, P690
BEESON PM, 2008, ANN CLIN APH C JACKS
Beeson PM, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V16, P161, DOI 10.1007/s11065-006-9013-7
Bock K., 1994, HDB PSYCHOLINGUISTIC
Caplan D, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V84, P222, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00514-X
Dickey MW, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P604, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192059
Dickey MW, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V100, P1, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.004
DOYLE PJ, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V52, P143
Edmonds LA, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P402, DOI 10.1080/02687030802291339
Edwards S., 2005, FLUENT APHASIA
Fillingham JK, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V16, P129, DOI 10.1080/09602010443000254
Goodglass H., 1976, STUDIES NEUROLINGUIS, V1
Jacobs BJ, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V78, P115, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2452
Jacobs BJ, 2000, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V43, P5
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Levy H., 2009, FIRST LANG, V29, P15, DOI DOI 10.1177/0142723708097815
LINEBARGER MC, 1983, COGNITION, V13, P361, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90015-X
Love T, 2008, BRAIN LANG, V107, P203, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.11.004
MAZZONI M, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P387, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248609
Murray L, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P785, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000273
Murray L, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P139, DOI 10.1080/02687030601026530
Murray L. L., 2004, MED J SPEECH LANGUAG, V12, pxxi
Nys GMS, 2005, NEUROLOGY, V64, P821
PORCH BE, 1981, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P
Rochon E, 2005, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V15, P1, DOI 10.1080/09602010343000327
SCHUELL H, 1960, LANCET, V80, P482
Stadie N, 2008, BRAIN LANG, V104, P211, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.08.006
Sung JE, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P1040, DOI 10.1080/02687030802592884
Thompson CK, 1998, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V4, P661
Thompson C. K., 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO
THOMPSON CK, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V50, P201, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1045
THOMPSON CK, 1994, CLIN APHASIOL, V22, P307
Thompson CK, 1997, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V40, P228
Thompson CK, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P591, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/047)
Thompson CK, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P1021, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000227
THOMPSON CK, 1998, APPROACHES TREATMENT, P113
THOMPSON CK, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P111, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249501
NR 38
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 6-8
BP 787
EP 801
DI 10.1080/02687030903515354
PG 15
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 628WL
UT WOS:000280154900011
ER
PT J
AU Riley, EA
Thompson, CK
AF Riley, Ellyn A.
Thompson, Cynthia K.
TI Semantic typicality effects in acquired dyslexia: Evidence for semantic
impairment in deep dyslexia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT 39th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY 26-30, 2009
CL Keystone, CO
DE Deep dyslexia; Semantic typicality
ID PHONOLOGICAL ALEXIA; ERRORS; CONTINUUM; IMPLICIT; APHASIA
AB Background: Acquired deep dyslexia is characterised by impairment in grapheme-phoneme conversion and production of semantic errors in oral reading. Several theories have attempted to explain the production of semantic errors in deep dyslexia, some proposing that they arise from impairments in both grapheme-phoneme and lexical-semantic processing, and others proposing that such errors stem from a deficit in phonological production. Whereas both views have gained some acceptance, the limited evidence available does not clearly eliminate the possibility that semantic errors arise from a lexical-semantic input-processing deficit. Aims: To investigate semantic processing in deep dyslexia this study examined the typicality effect in deep dyslexic individuals, phonological dyslexic individuals, and controls using an online category verification paradigm. This task requires explicit semantic access without speech production, focusing observation on semantic processing from written or spoken input. Methods Procedures: To examine the locus of semantic impairment, the task was administered in visual and auditory modalities with reaction time as the primary dependent measure. Nine controls, six phonological dyslexic participants, and five deep dyslexic participants completed the study. Outcomes Results: Controls and phonological dyslexic participants demonstrated a typicality effect in both modalities, while deep dyslexic participants did not demonstrate a typicality effect in either modality. Conclusions: These findings suggest that deep dyslexia is associated with a semantic processing deficit. Although this does not rule out the possibility of concomitant deficits in other modules of lexical-semantic processing, this finding suggests a direction for treatment of deep dyslexia focused on semantic processing.
C1 [Riley, Ellyn A.] Northwestern Univ, Evanston, IL 60208 USA.
RP Riley, EA (reprint author), Northwestern Univ, 2240 Campus Dr, Evanston, IL 60208 USA.
EM e-riley@u.northwestern.edu
RI Riley, Ellyn/D-1801-2013
CR BEAUVOIS MF, 1979, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V42, P1115, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.42.12.1115
Buchanan L, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V84, P65, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00521-7
Casey P. J., 1992, J EXPT PSYCHOL LEARN, V12, P237
Colangelo A, 2007, J NEUROLINGUIST, V20, P111, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2006.08.001
Colangelo A, 2005, BRAIN COGNITION, V57, P39, DOI 10.1016/j.bandc.2004.08.018
Coltheart M., 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA
DEROUESNE J, 1979, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V42, P1125, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.42.12.1125
Ellis A. W., 1988, HUMAN COGNITIVE NEUR
Friedman RB, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P114, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0006
GLOSSER G, 1990, CORTEX, V26, P343
HAMPTON JA, 1995, J MEM LANG, V34, P686, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1995.1031
Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
Kertesz A., 2007, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
KIRAN S, 2001, EFFECTS EXEMPLAR TYP
Kiran S, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V85, P441, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00064-6
MARSHALL JC, 1966, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V4, P169, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(66)90045-5
Morton J., 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA
Newcombe F., 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA
PATTERSON KE, 1978, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V30, P587, DOI 10.1080/14640747808400688
Rosch E., 1973, COGNITIVE DEV ACQUIS
ROSCH E, 1975, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V104, P192, DOI 10.1037//0096-3445.104.3.192
SAFFRAN EM, 1977, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V29, P515, DOI 10.1080/14640747708400627
SHALLICE T, 1980, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V43, P866, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.43.10.866
SHALLICE T, 1975, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V27, P187, DOI 10.1080/14640747508400479
Shallice T., 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA
WOODCOCK RW, 2004, WOODCOCKJOHNSON 3 DI
NR 26
TC 0
Z9 0
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 6-8
BP 802
EP 813
DI 10.1080/02687030903422486
PG 12
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 628WL
UT WOS:000280154900012
ER
PT J
AU Wambaugh, JL
Mauszycki, SC
AF Wambaugh, Julie L.
Mauszycki, Shannon C.
TI Sound Production Treatment: Application with severe apraxia of speech
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT 39th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY 26-30, 2009
CL Keystone, CO
DE Apraxia of speech; Aphasia; Treatment
ID NEURAL PLASTICITY; PRINCIPLES; REHABILITATION
AB Background: Acquired apraxia of speech (AOS) has been shown to be responsive to behavioural intervention. Although numerous treatments for AOS have been developed, most have received limited study. Specifically, the AOS treatment evidence base is compromised by a lack of replication of treatment effects. Sound Production Treatment (SPT; Wambaugh, Kalinyak-Fliszar, West, Doyle, 1998) has undergone more systematic examination than other AOS treatments and has been documented to result in predictable improvements in consonant production. However, SPT has not been studied with persons with severe AOS and perseverative speech behaviours. Aims: The purpose of this investigation was to examine the acquisition, response generalisation, and maintenance effects of SPT with a speaker with severe AOS, significant nonfluent aphasia, and verbal perseverations. Methods Procedures: A single-participant, multiple baseline design across behaviours was employed to examine the effects of treatment on production of six consonants in monosyllabic words. Treatment was applied sequentially to two sets of items, with three consonants targeted in each set. A third phase of treatment entailed training of all target sounds. Follow-up probing was conducted at 10 and 15 weeks post-treatment. Outcomes Results: Improved productions were observed for all trained items and response generalisation to untrained exemplars of trained items was positive. Across-sound generalisation was not evident. Maintenance effects were strong at 10 weeks post-treatment, but diminished considerably for most of the sounds by 15 weeks. Conclusions: Results for this speaker with severe AOS and verbal perseverations were similar to those previously reported for SPT. The decrease in performance from 10 weeks to 15 weeks indicated that changes in behaviour had not been sufficiently instantiated. Furthermore, these findings suggested that maintenance probing may need to be conducted over a considerably longer period of time than has previously been reported in the literature.
C1 [Wambaugh, Julie L.; Mauszycki, Shannon C.] VA Salt Lake City Healthcare Syst, Salt Lake City, UT USA.
[Wambaugh, Julie L.] Univ Utah, Salt Lake City, UT USA.
RP Wambaugh, JL (reprint author), 151A,500 Foothill Blvd, Salt Lake City, UT 84148 USA.
EM julie.wambaugh@health.utah.edu
CR Bloom M., 2003, EVALUATING PRACTICE
Duffy J.R, 2005, MOTOR SPEECH DISORDE
Fisher WW, 2003, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V36, P387, DOI 10.1901/jaba.2003.36-387
Guenther FH, 2006, J COMMUN DISORD, V39, P350, DOI 10.1016/j.jcomdis.2006.06.013
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Kleim JA, 2008, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V51, pS225, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2008/018)
Knock TR, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P653
Ludlow CL, 2008, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V51, pS240, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2008/019)
Maas E, 2008, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V17, P277, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2008/025)
McNeil M. R., 2009, CLIN MANAGEMENT SENS, P249
Moses MS, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P960, DOI 10.1080/02687030701198254
Porch B., 2001, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC, V2
Raven J., 2003, MANUAL RAVENS PROGRE
Wambaugh J, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P407, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000165
Wambaugh JL, 2006, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V14, pXXXV
Wambaugh JL, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V41, P725
Wambaugh JL, 2004, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V12, P77
Wambaugh JL, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P821
Wambaugh Julie L., 2002, Seminars in Speech and Language, V23, P293, DOI 10.1055/s-2002-35802
Yorkston K. M., 1981, ASSESSMENT INTELLIGI
NR 20
TC 8
Z9 8
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 6-8
BP 814
EP 825
DI 10.1080/02687030903422494
PG 12
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 628WL
UT WOS:000280154900013
ER
PT J
AU Katz, WF
McNeil, MR
Garst, DM
AF Katz, William F.
McNeil, Malcolm R.
Garst, Diane M.
TI Treating apraxia of speech (AOS) with EMA-supplied visual augmented
feedback
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT 39th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY 26-30, 2009
CL Keystone, CO
DE Apraxia of speech; Treatment; Electromagnetic articulography; Speech
motor control; Feedback
ID GENERALIZED MOTOR PROGRAM; RELATIVE FREQUENCY; KNOWLEDGE; APHASIA;
PERFORMANCE; SKILL
AB Background: Previous studies have suggested that visual augmented feedback provided by electromagnetic articulography (EMA) helps persons with apraxia of speech (AOS) recover speech motor control following stroke (e.g., Katz et al., 2007). However, the data are few, both in terms of the variety of participants and the speech motor targets investigated. Aims: This study was designed to determine whether EMA supplied feedback improves articulatory accuracy in an adult with acquired AOS. We also examined whether reduced feedback frequency results in (1) decreased performance during acquisition and (2) enhanced maintenance and generalisation of the targeted behaviours. Methods Procedures: A multiple-baseline across-behaviours design was used to assess the efficacy of this treatment for an individual with AOS. Over a 27-week period, the participant received visual feedback provided by an EMA system for treatment of three groups of speech motor targets (SMTs): /j/, //, and /t / with various following VCs. The consonant clusters /br/ and /sw/ served as untreated controls. Frequency of feedback scheduling was 100% for /j/ and /t /, and 50% for //. Outcomes Results: For the first group of SMTs treated, /j/, there was acquisition for 4/5 trained words. These were maintained post-treatment and at the long-term probe. Improved performance and maintenance were also noted for 5/8 untreated stimuli, with maintenance shown for most of these words by 1 month post-treatment. The next treated SMT, //, showed acquisition for all five treated items. Two of these five targets were maintained one month post-treatment. All three untreated // probes showed generalisation, with two of these showing maintenance post-treatment. The third treated group of SMTs, /t/, showed improved performance for all of the five treated words. However, these gains could only be attributed to /t/ treatment for three of the five words. Two treated items appeared well maintained at 1 month post-treatment. Generalisation and maintenance were also noted for all six untreated /t / words. However, generalisation from previously treated /j/ and /t/ targets was involved in their improved performance. The untrained (control) word data suggested that the gains noted for treated items did not result from across-the-board improvement or unassisted recovery. There were no consistent differences corresponding with low- versus high-frequency feedback conditions. Conclusions: Augmented kinematic feedback provided by an EMA system improved production for some, but not all, treated targets. Generalisation to untreated probes was also evident. Predictions concerning the effects of feedback frequency on the acquisition, maintenance, and transfer of trained behaviours were not supported.
C1 [Katz, William F.] Univ Texas Dallas, Callier Ctr Commun Disorders, Dallas, TX 75235 USA.
[McNeil, Malcolm R.] Pittsburgh Vet Adm Med Ctr, Pittsburgh, PA USA.
[Garst, Diane M.] Univ Texas Dallas, Dallas, TX 75230 USA.
RP Katz, WF (reprint author), Univ Texas Dallas, Callier Ctr Commun Disorders, 1966 Inwood Rd, Dallas, TX 75235 USA.
EM wkatz@utdallas.edu
CR Adams SG, 2000, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V8, P215
Austermann Hula Shannon N, 2008, J Speech Lang Hear Res, V51, P1088, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2008/06-0042)
Ballard KJ, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P969
Bayles K. A., 1993, ARIZONA BATTERY COMM
Beeson PM, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V16, P161, DOI 10.1007/s11065-006-9013-7
Bruechert L, 2003, RES Q EXERCISE SPORT, V74, P467
Clark HM, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P699, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249567
Goodglass H., 2001, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V3rd
Katz WF, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V103, P213, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.07.121
Katz WF, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V83, P187
Katz WF, 1999, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V42, P1355
KENT RD, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P482
McNeil MR, 1997, CLIN MANAGEMENT SENS, P311
MCNEIL MR, 2000, APHASIA LANGUAGE THE, P221
McNeil MR, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P775, DOI 10.1080/02687030701189980
Robey RR, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P445
Schmidt RA, 1976, MOTOR CONTROL ISSUES, P41
Schmidt RA, 1999, MOTOR CONTROL LEARNI
SCHMIDT RA, 1975, PSYCHOL REV, V82, P225, DOI 10.1037/h0076770
SHEA JB, 1979, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V5, P179, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.5.2.179
Steinhauer K, 2000, J VOICE, V14, P137, DOI 10.1016/S0892-1997(00)80020-X
van der Merwe A, 1997, COMSIG '97 - PROCEEDINGS OF THE 1997 SOUTH AFRICAN SYMPOSIUM ON COMMUNICATIONS AND SIGNAL PROCESSING, P1
Weeks DL, 1998, RES Q EXERCISE SPORT, V69, P224
Wright DL, 2004, J MOTOR BEHAV, V36, P39, DOI 10.3200/JMBR.36.1.39-50
WULF G, 1989, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V15, P748, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.15.4.748
WULF G, 1993, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V19, P1134
Yorkston K. M., 1984, ASSESSMENT INTELLIGI
NR 27
TC 10
Z9 10
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 6-8
BP 826
EP 837
DI 10.1080/02687030903518176
PG 12
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 628WL
UT WOS:000280154900014
ER
PT J
AU Mauszycki, SC
Wambaugh, JL
Cameron, RM
AF Mauszycki, Shannon C.
Wambaugh, Julie L.
Cameron, Rosalea M.
TI Variability in apraxia of speech: Perceptual analysis of monosyllabic
word productions across repeated sampling times
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT 39th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY 26-30, 2009
CL Keystone, CO
DE Apraxia of speech; Aphasia; Perceptual analysis; Variability; Error
analysis
ID CONSONANT PRODUCTION; DYSARTHRIC SPEAKERS; STOP CONSONANTS; APHASIA;
FREQUENCY; VOWEL
AB Background: Variability in speech sound errors has been regarded as a primary characteristic of apraxia of speech (AOS). Early research deemed errors extremely unpredictable, resulting in a number of different error types on repeated productions of the same stimuli. However, recent research has suggested that errors may not be variable, but there are limited data regarding variability over time (i.e., beyond a single sampling occasion). Furthermore, the influence of conditions of stimulus presentation (i.e., blocked vs random) on sound errors remains unclear. Aims: The purpose of this investigation was to examine variability of sound errors in 11 individuals with AOS and aphasia. Of particular interest were the effects of repeated sampling and method of speech elicitation on the variability of error types as evaluated with narrow phonetic transcription. Methods Procedures: A total of 28 monosyllabic words served as experimental stimuli. There were four exemplars for each of the seven initial target phonemes (i.e., /h, f, m, d, s, r, n/). Stimuli were elicited on three sampling occasions over a 7-day period with each sampling occasion separated by 2 days. At each sampling time productions were elicited under two conditions: blocked presentation (blocked by sound) and randomised presentation. Speech productions were analysed perceptually utilising narrow phonetic transcription. Outcomes Results: Findings revealed a similar overall mean percentage of errors for the group in both conditions of stimulus presentation across the three sampling times. The target phoneme with the least number of errors was /h/. The target phoneme with the greatest number of errors was /s/. The predominant error type across target phonemes was distortions. However, the predominant error type varied across target phonemes and appeared to be influenced by number of errors. Conclusions: Repeated sampling or method of speech elicitation did not influence errors, with a similar overall mean percentage of errors for the group in both conditions of stimulus presentation across the three sampling times. Distortions were found to be the predominant error type for the majority of target sounds. A comparison of the number of error types produced by the group in each condition across the three sampling times found no obvious pattern of responding by the group in either condition for individual phonemes. That is, condition of elicitation did not appear to influence the variability of error type for any given sound.
C1 [Mauszycki, Shannon C.; Wambaugh, Julie L.; Cameron, Rosalea M.] Univ Utah, VA Salt Lake City Healthcare Syst, Salt Lake City, UT USA.
RP Mauszycki, SC (reprint author), Aphasia Apraxia Res Lab, 151-A,Bldg 2,500 Foothill Blvd, Salt Lake City, UT 84148 USA.
EM Passbrat@aol.com
CR Aichert I, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V88, P148, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00296-7
Ballard KJ, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P969
Croot Karen, 2002, Seminars in Speech and Language, V23, P267, DOI 10.1055/s-2002-35800
Dabul B, 2000, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL, V2nd
DEAL JL, 1972, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V15, P639
Duffy J.R, 2005, MOTOR SPEECH DISORDE
Haley K, 2007, ANN CLIN APH C SCOTT
Haley KL, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P715, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249568
JOHNS DF, 1970, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V13, P556
JONES D., 2003, CAMBRIDGE ENGLISH PR
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Knock TR, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P653
La Pointe L. L., 1976, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V6, P261
LAPOINTE LL, 1975, J COMMUN DISORD, V8, P259, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(75)90018-0
Mauszycki SC, 2006, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V14, P263
Mauszycki SC, 2007, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V15, P223
McNeil M. R., 2008, CLIN MANAGEMENT SENS, P249
McNeil MR, 1995, CLIN APHASIOL, V23, P39
MINES MA, 1978, LANG SPEECH, V21, P221
NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338
ODELL K, 1991, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V34, P67
ODELL K, 1990, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V55, P345
Raven J., 1998, COLOURED PROGRESSIVE
Schmidt RA, 1999, MOTOR CONTROL LEARNI
SCHMIDT RA, 1975, PSYCHOL REV, V82, P255
Shriberg L, 1984, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V51, P309
Shriberg L. D., 2003, CLIN PHONETICS, Vthird
SHUSTER L, 2003, ANN CLIN APH C ORC I
Shuster LI, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P635
SKENES LL, 1988, J COMMUN DISORD, V21, P263, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(88)90034-2
van den Bogert AJ, 2008, COMPUT METHOD BIOMEC, V11, P3, DOI 10.1080/10255840701550865
Wambaugh JL, 2006, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V14, pXV
Wambaugh JL, 2004, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V12, P221
Wertz RT, 1984, APRAXIA SPEECH ADULT
Yorkston K. M., 1981, ASSESSMENT INTELLIGI
NR 35
TC 9
Z9 9
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 6-8
BP 838
EP 855
DI 10.1080/02687030903438516
PG 18
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 628WL
UT WOS:000280154900015
ER
PT J
AU MacWhinney, B
Fromm, D
Holland, A
Forbes, M
Wright, H
AF MacWhinney, Brian
Fromm, Davida
Holland, Audrey
Forbes, Margaret
Wright, Heather
TI Automated analysis of the Cinderella story
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT 39th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY 26-30, 2009
CL Keystone, CO
DE Lexicon; Narrative; Computer analysis
ID APHASIA
AB Background: AphasiaBank is a collaborative project whose goal is to develop an archival database of the discourse of individuals with aphasia. Along with databases on first language acquisition, classroom discourse, second language acquisition, and other topics, it forms a component of the general TalkBank database. It uses tools from the wider system that are further adapted to the particular goal of studying language use in aphasia. Aims: The goal of this paper is to illustrate how TalkBank analytic tools can be applied to AphasiaBank data. Methods Procedures: Both aphasic (n = 24) and non-aphasic (n = 25) participants completed a 1-hour standardised videotaped data elicitation protocol. These sessions were transcribed and tagged automatically for part of speech. One component of the larger protocol was the telling of the Cinderella story. For these narratives we compared lexical diversity across the groups and computed the top 10 nouns and verbs across both groups. We then examined the profiles for two participants in greater detail. Conclusions: Using these tools we showed that, in a story-retelling task, aphasic speakers had a marked reduction in lexical diversity and a greater use of light verbs. For example, aphasic speakers often substituted ogirlo for ostepsistero and ogoo for odisappearo. These findings illustrate how it is possible to use TalkBank tools to analyse AphasiaBank data.
C1 [MacWhinney, Brian] Carnegie Mellon Univ, Dept Psychol, Pittsburgh, PA 15213 USA.
[Holland, Audrey] Univ Arizona, Tucson, AZ USA.
[Wright, Heather] Arizona State Univ, Tempe, AZ USA.
RP MacWhinney, B (reprint author), Carnegie Mellon Univ, Dept Psychol, 5000 Forbes Ave, Pittsburgh, PA 15213 USA.
EM macw@cmu.edu
CR Berndt R. S., 2000, QUANTITATIVE PRODUCT
Faroqi-Shah Y, 2007, J MEM LANG, V56, P129, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2006.09.005
Folstein M., 2002, MINIMENTAL STATE EXA
Gordon JK, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P839, DOI 10.1080/02687030701820063
Grimes N., 2005, W DISNEYS CINDERELLA
Kaplan E., 2001, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kertesz A., 2007, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
MacWhinney B., 2000, CHILDES PROJECT TOOL
Malvern D, 2004, LEXICAL DIVERSITY AND LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT: QUANTIFICATION AND ASSESSMENT, P1, DOI 10.1057/9780230511804
Parisse C, 2000, BEHAV RES METH INS C, V32, P468, DOI 10.3758/BF03200818
Rochon E, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V72, P193, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2285
Sagae K., 2007, P 45 M ASS COMP LING
Snow CE, 1995, J RES CHILDHOOD ED, V10, P37, DOI DOI 10.1080/02568549509594686
Stark JA, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V103, P234, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.07.020
THOMPSON CK, 2010, NW ASSESSMENT UNPUB
Thompson CK, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P297, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248473
TINGLEY EC, 1994, J COMMUN DISORD, V27, P135, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(94)90038-8
NR 17
TC 8
Z9 8
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 6-8
BP 856
EP 868
DI 10.1080/02687030903452632
PG 13
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 628WL
UT WOS:000280154900016
ER
PT J
AU Wilkinson, R
Bryan, K
Lock, S
Sage, K
AF Wilkinson, Ray
Bryan, Karen
Lock, Sarah
Sage, Karen
TI Implementing and evaluating aphasia therapy targeted at couples'
conversations: A single case study
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT 39th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY 26-30, 2009
CL Keystone, CO
DE Aphasia; Therapy; Conversation; Couples
ID PARTNERS; CARERS; ADULTS
AB Background: In recent years conversation has become an area of interest for aphasia therapy, with several studies using conversation analysis (CA) to target and evaluate therapy. Most of these studies have focused on the main conversation partner of the person with aphasia, and in particular have targeted the partner's pedagogic behaviours in relation to the person with aphasia. Evaluations of therapy have primarily taken the form of qualitative analyses of change in conversational behaviours. Aims: This single-case intervention study aims to advance research into interaction-focused intervention for aphasia in the following ways: by targeting intervention at the person with aphasia and the main conversation partner as a couple; by focusing on conversational behaviours where the person with aphasia can be seen to be restricted by the conversational actions of the conversation partner, in particular by recurrent questioning using closed questions and yes/no interrogatives; and by using a novel combination of qualitative and quantitative approaches to evaluate the intervention. Methods Procedures: CA was used to target and evaluate interaction-focused intervention for a couple where one partner has aphasia. Evidence for change was evaluated using qualitative and quantitative evidence of change in conversational behaviours; evidence from naive raters of pre- and post-intervention conversation extracts; and interview/other feedback from the conversation partner. Outcomes Results: There was evidence that the intervention had changed the couple's conversational behaviours. In particular, the conversational behaviours of the non-aphasic partner were in general less restricting for the person with aphasia in that she was now using fewer questions and more instance of other types of turns, such as paraphrases. Following intervention the person with aphasia had also changed in that he was now producing turns that had more sentences, or attempts at sentences, and which developed the topic of talk across several of his turns. Conclusions: The study provides evidence that directly targeting the conversational behaviours of the person with aphasia and/or a main conversational partner can produce positive change, and can achieve this in a way that is ecologically valid. In particular, it highlights the usefulness of targeting conversational behaviours that are proving to be maladaptive for the participants. It provides further evidence that creating change in the non-aphasic partner's conversational behaviour may facilitate change in the person with aphasia's conversational and linguistic performance.
C1 [Wilkinson, Ray] Univ Manchester, NARU, Sch Psychol Sci, Manchester M13 9PL, Lancs, England.
[Bryan, Karen] Univ Surrey, Guildford GU2 5XH, Surrey, England.
[Lock, Sarah] Eden Rehabil Ctr, Cooroy, Qld, Australia.
RP Wilkinson, R (reprint author), Univ Manchester, NARU, Sch Psychol Sci, Zochonis Bldg,Oxford Rd, Manchester M13 9PL, Lancs, England.
EM ray.wilkinson@manchester.ac.uk
CR Boles L., 1997, ASIA PACIFIC J SPEEC, V2, P43
Booth S, 1999, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V34, P291, DOI 10.1080/136828299247423
Booth S, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P283
Burch K., 2002, BRIT APH SOC THER S, P1
Cunningham R, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P687, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000184
Hopper T, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P745, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000059
Hutchby Ian, 2008, CONVERSATION ANAL PR
Kagan A, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P624, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2001/051)
LESSER R, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V5, P67, DOI 10.1080/09602019508520176
Lock S., 2001, SPPARC SUPPORTING PA
Ochs Elinor, 1996, INTERACTION GRAMMAR
Raymond G, 2003, AM SOCIOL REV, V68, P939, DOI 10.2307/1519752
Schegloff E, 1993, RES LANG SOC INTERAC, V26, P99, DOI 10.1207/s15327973rlsi2601_5
Schegloff EA, 2007, SEQUENCE ORGANIZATION IN INTERACTION: A PRIMER IN CONVERSATION ANALYSIS I, P1, DOI 10.2277/ 0521532795
Simmons-Mackie NN, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P583, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000408
Sorin-Peters R, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P951, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000453
Swinburn K., 2004, COMPREHENSIVE APHASI
Turner S, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P483, DOI 10.1080/02687030600589991
Whitworth A, 1997, CONVERSATION ANAL PR
Wilkinson R, 1998, Int J Lang Commun Disord, V33 Suppl, P144
WILKINSON R, 2009, INT J LANGUAGE UNPUB
NR 21
TC 15
Z9 15
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 6-8
BP 869
EP 886
DI 10.1080/02687030903501958
PG 18
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 628WL
UT WOS:000280154900017
ER
PT J
AU Hengst, JA
Duff, MC
Dettmer, A
AF Hengst, Julie A.
Duff, Melissa C.
Dettmer, Alexis
TI Rethinking repetition in therapy: Repeated engagement as the social
ground of learning
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT 39th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY 26-30, 2009
CL Keystone, CO
DE Conversational repetition; Repeated engagement; Memory and learning;
Language therapy; Aphasia; Amnesia
ID COMMUNICATION PARTNERS; HIPPOCAMPAL AMNESIA; VERBAL PLAY; DISCOURSE;
APHASIA; INFORMATION; LANGUAGE; SPEECH; MEMORY
AB Background: Clinical aphasiologists have long attended to repetition in aphasia classification and used it in treatment. Within traditional approaches, repetition has been conceptualised narrowly as the ability to produce relatively immediate, verbatim reproductions of target behaviours; treatment protocols have relied heavily on drill, eliciting client repetition of targets. In sharp contrast, sociocultural theories conceptualise repetition as a fundamental, pervasive feature operating at every level of language use. Repetition thus includes partial and paraphrased as well as verbatim repetitions, across time as well as immediate. These theories also stress the communicative functions of repetition. With respect to learning, sociocultural theories emphasise the way such loosely structured, diverse patterns of repetition emerge in, and are prompted by, repeated engagement in meaningful activities. Aims: This study (1) presents a sociocultural approach to repetition in conversation; (2) illustrates that approach through analysis of a clinician-client pair's repeated productions of labels for 30 target cards during a 10-session pilot treatment; and (3) offers detailed examples of how the pair's repeated engagement with target cards across sessions might support learning. Methods Procedures: This study utilises situated discourse analysis of a pilot barrier task treatment (10 sessions) in which the clinician and client (a 67-year-old man, with mild anomia and severe amnesia) worked together as partners to identify and place target cards. At the end of each session researchers interviewed the clinician-client pair to identify their agreed-upon target labels (ATL) for the cards. Analysis of card label repetition included: (1) identification of all verbal labels used for target cards during game play; and (2) coding labels as matching or not matching the ATL, and as either a first or repeated use of that label during that sequence. Outcomes Results: Analysis confirmed that repetition was pervasive. The client-clinician pair routinely repeated their own or each other's referencing expressions during the task, collaboratively developing specific, meaningful, and increasingly succinct labels from chains of conversational repetition (within, between, and across trials). Critically, this repetition occurred without clinician-directed repetition of isolated treatment targets. Conclusions: This examination of repetition suggests that marshalling conversational repetition through repeated engagement offers a theoretically and empirically grounded framework for reconceptualising language intervention. Furthermore, memory research offers useful guidance in understanding the role of repetition across multiple types of learning, which we propose can guide SLPs in when to deploy drill-based and/or conversational repetition to best achieve specific treatment goals.
C1 [Hengst, Julie A.] Univ Illinois, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, Champaign, IL 61821 USA.
[Duff, Melissa C.] Univ Iowa, Iowa City, IA USA.
RP Hengst, JA (reprint author), Univ Illinois, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, 901 S 6th St, Champaign, IL 61821 USA.
EM hengst@illinois.edu
CR BAY S, 2008, AM SPEECH LANG HEAR
BAY S, 2007, FIDELITY ANAL FRAME
Bayley PJ, 2002, J NEUROSCI, V22, P5741
Clark Herbert H., 1992, ARENAS LANGUAGE USE
Denes PB, 1993, SPEECH CHAIN PHYS BI
Duff MC, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P926, DOI 10.1080/02687030802533748
Duff MC, 2006, NAT NEUROSCI, V9, P140, DOI 10.1038/nn1601
Duff MC, 2008, BRAIN LANG, V106, P41, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.10.004
Eichenbaum H, 2001, CONDITIONING CONSCIO
ERICKSON C, 2008, AM SPEECH LANG HEAR
HENGST J, 2006, AM SPEECH LANG HEAR
Hengst JA, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P831, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/065)
Hengst JA, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P312, DOI 10.1080/02687030500475010
Hengst JA, 2008, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V43, P58, DOI 10.1080/13682820701698093
Hengst JA, 2007, TOP LANG DISORD, V27, P37
Maas E, 2008, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V17, P277, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2008/025)
Maher LM, 2006, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V12, P843, DOI 10.1017/S1355617706061029
O'Kane G, 2004, HIPPOCAMPUS, V14, P417, DOI 10.1002/hipo.20005
Prior P, 2006, TEXT TALK, V26, P733, DOI 10.1515/TEXT.2006.030
Pulvermuller F, 2001, STROKE, V32, P1621
Tannen Deborah, 1989, TALKING VOICES
Verfaellie M, 2008, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V14, P365, DOI 10.1017/S1355617708080612
Wertsch J. V., 1991, VOICES MIND
Yule G., 1997, REFERENTIAL COMMUNIC
NR 24
TC 9
Z9 9
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 6-8
BP 887
EP 901
DI 10.1080/02687030903478330
PG 15
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 628WL
UT WOS:000280154900018
ER
PT J
AU Vickers, CP
AF Vickers, Candace P.
TI Social networks after the onset of aphasia: The impact of aphasia group
attendance
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT 39th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY 26-30, 2009
CL Keystone, CO
DE Social networks; Aphasia; Social participation
ID QUALITY-OF-LIFE; ENVIRONMENTAL-FACTORS; OLDER-PEOPLE; ADULTS;
PARTICIPATION; DISABILITY
AB Background: Social networks are the context for communication and life participation and are associated with adults' health, well-being, and longevity. Compared to other populations, persons with aphasia have not been included in social network research in the US. Aims: The study aimed to measure and compare 40 participants' social networks and frequency of contact within networks before and after aphasia. It also examined self-ratings of communication/social participation as well as perceived social isolation versus perceived social support. A further aim was to explore the impact of weekly aphasia group attendance on all variables by comparing two groups within the sample: 28 persons attending a weekly aphasia group, and 12 persons not attending an aphasia group. Methods Procedures: Social network interviews for social network analysis and questionnaire surveys measured the perceptions and experiences of a non-random sample of 40 persons with aphasia in the US. Measures included Social Networks Inventory (Blackstone Hunt-Berg, 2003), The Friendship Scale (Hawthorne, 2006), and a pilot tool, The Survey of Communication and Social Participation (Vickers Threats, 2007). Both descriptive and inferential statistics were used to explore the data and compare the aphasia group attendees (N = 28) with non-attendees (N = 12). Outcomes Results: Results indicated shrinkage of social networks and reduced frequency of contact with partners after onset of aphasia for the entire group. Independent samples t tests revealed significantly higher levels of social participation, and significantly less perceived social isolation and greater social connection for the 28 individuals attending a weekly aphasia group. Conclusions: A major contribution of this study is its direct inclusion of 40 individuals with aphasia in a project in the US that provided quantitative data about social networks before and after aphasia. Results confirm that clinicians should be concerned about potential reduction of social networks and social isolation after aphasia. Data also support the notion of significantly increased social participation and sense of social connectedness for those who attend aphasia groups. The findings point to the need to directly assess aphasic individuals' social networks as the context for life participation through social network analysis. It also suggests that intervention efforts in aphasia therapy would be enhanced by assessing how persons with aphasia perceive their level of social connection as well as their participation in the social environment.
C1 Chapman Univ, Clin Fac Neurol Disorders, Coll Educ Studies, Orange, CA 92866 USA.
RP Vickers, CP (reprint author), Chapman Univ, Clin Fac Neurol Disorders, Coll Educ Studies, 1 Univ Dr, Orange, CA 92866 USA.
EM Candace.Vickers@gmail.com
CR Blackstone S., 2003, SOCIAL NETWORKS COMM
Code C, 2003, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V13, P379, DOI 10.1080/09602010244000255
Cruice M, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P333, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000707
Cruice M, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P1210, DOI 10.1080/02687030600790136
DALEMANS R, 2009, CLIN REHABILITATION
Davidson B, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P243, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000653
Davidson B, 2008, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V15, P325, DOI 10.1310/tsr1504-325
DONHAM A, 2007, CLIN AAC RES C LEX K
Elman RJ, 1999, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V42, P411
GARRETT K, 1992, AUGMENTATIVE COMMUNI
Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd
Gottlieb B. H., 1981, SOCIAL NETWORKS SOCI
Grundy E, 2006, AGEING SOC, V26, P105, DOI 10.1017/S0144686X05004484
HAWTHORNE G, 2008, FRIENDSHIP SCA UNPUB
Hawthorne G, 2006, SOC INDIC RES, V77, P521, DOI 10.1007/s11205-005-7746-y
Hilari K, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P17, DOI 10.1080/02687030500279982
Howe TJ, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P618, DOI 10.1080/02687030701536024
Jang Y, 2004, J APPL GERONTOL, V23, P266, DOI 10.1177/0733564804267579
Kagan A, 1995, CLIN APHASIOL, V23, P65
Kagan A, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P624, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2001/051)
KAGAN A, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P253
Kertesz A, 1979, APHASIA ASSOCIATED D
LEDORZE G, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P239
Litwin H, 2006, GERONTOLOGIST, V46, P735
Netuveli G, 2006, J EPIDEMIOL COMMUN H, V60, P357, DOI 10.1136/jech.2005.040071
*OFF AG COUNT ORG, 2002, REP COND OLD AD
Parr S, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P98, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798337
PEARSON JT, 2004, AUGMENTATIVE COMMUNI, V16
Pound C., 2000, APHASIA THERAPIES LI
Simmons-Mackie N, 2001, TOP LANG DISORD, V22, P21
*SPSS INC, 2005, SPSS 14 0 WIND GRAD
Threats T, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P67, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798303
VICKERS C, 2004, PERSPECTIVES NEUROPH, V14, P16
VICKERS C, 1998, COMMUNICATION RECOVE
VICKERS C, 2007, ANN CONV AM SPEECH L
VICKERS C, 2009, ANN M CLIN APH C KEY
VICKERS C, 2005, PERSPECTIVES COMMUNI, V12, P6, DOI 10.1044/cds12.3.6
VICKERS C, 2008, THESIS CLAREMONT GRA
VISCHBRINK E, 2005, CLIN APH C SAN ISL F
World Health Organisation, 2001, INT CLASS FUNCT DIS
NR 40
TC 14
Z9 14
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 6-8
BP 902
EP 913
DI 10.1080/02687030903438532
PG 12
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 628WL
UT WOS:000280154900019
ER
PT J
AU Togher, L
Power, E
Tate, R
McDonald, S
Rietdijk, R
AF Togher, Leanne
Power, Emma
Tate, Robyn
McDonald, Skye
Rietdijk, Rachel
TI Measuring the social interactions of people with traumatic brain injury
and their communication partners: The adapted Kagan scales
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT 39th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY 26-30, 2009
CL Keystone, CO
DE Traumatic brain injury; Rating scales; Conversation; Assessment;
Cognitive-communication
ID CONVERSATION; RELIABILITY; PERSPECTIVE; POPULATION; IMPAIRMENT;
DISCOURSE; LANGUAGE; ADULTS; IMPACT; TRIAL
AB Background: Considerable attention has been given to the nature of communication impairments of individuals with TBI (Coelho, 2007; Ylvisaker, Turkstra, Coelho, 2005). However, there have been few data focusing on the way communication partners deal with the often distressing sequelae of TBI. Aims: This study reports inter- and intra-rater reliability of the Adapted Measure of Support in Conversation (MSC) and Measure of Participation in Conversation (MPC) for TBI interactions. Method Procedures: The MSC and MPC were adapted to reflect theoretical models of cognitive-communication support for people with TBI. A total of 10 casual and 10 purposeful TBI interactions were independently rated by two raters to establish inter-rater reliability and by one rater on two separate occasions to determine intra-rater reliability. Outcomes Results: Excellent inter-rater agreement was established on the MSC (ICC = 0.85-0.97) and the MPC (ICC = 0.84-0.89). Intra-rater agreement was also strong (MSC: ICC = 0.80-0.90; MPC: ICC = 0.81-0.92). Over 90% of all ratings scored within 0.5 on a 9-point scale. Conclusions: This is the first scale to measure the communication partner during TBI interactions. It shows promise in evaluating communication partner training programmes.
C1 [Togher, Leanne] Univ Sydney, Natl Hlth & Med Res Council, Fac Hlth Sci, Lidcombe, NSW 1825, Australia.
[Tate, Robyn] Royal Rehabil Ctr Sydney, Sydney, NSW, Australia.
[McDonald, Skye] Univ New S Wales, Sydney, NSW, Australia.
RP Togher, L (reprint author), Univ Sydney, Natl Hlth & Med Res Council, Fac Hlth Sci, POB 170, Lidcombe, NSW 1825, Australia.
EM leanne.togher@usyd.edu.au
RI Rietdijk, Rachael/J-6573-2012; McDonald, Skye/G-4118-2014; Power,
Emma/A-9263-2015
OI Rietdijk, Rachael/0000-0003-4343-4039; McDonald,
Skye/0000-0003-0723-6094; Power, Emma/0000-0002-2638-0406
CR Adamovich B, 1992, SCALES COGNITIVE ABI
Bellon ML, 2006, BRAIN INJURY, V20, P1069, DOI 10.1080/02699050600909813
Bond F, 1997, BRAIN INJURY, V11, P319, DOI 10.1080/026990597123476
BRUNS J, 2003, EPILEPSIA, V2, P2
Cicchetti D. V., 1994, PSYCHOL ASSESSMENT, V6, P284, DOI [DOI 10.1037/1040-3590.6.4.284, 10.1037/1040-3590.6.4.284]
Coelho Carl, 2005, Seminars in Speech and Language, V26, P223, DOI 10.1055/s-2005-922102
Coelho Carl A., 2007, Seminars in Speech and Language, V28, P122, DOI 10.1055/s-2007-970570
Douglas JM, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P251
Hyder AA, 2007, NEUROREHABILITATION, V22, P341
Kagan Aura, 2004, Top Stroke Rehabil, V11, P67
Kagan A, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P624, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2001/051)
Linscott RJ, 1996, BRAIN INJURY, V10, P397, DOI 10.1080/026990596124269
PRUTTING CA, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V52, P105
Shelton C, 2007, BRAIN INJURY, V21, P1259, DOI 10.1080/02699050701716935
SHROUT PE, 1979, PSYCHOL BULL, V86, P420, DOI 10.1037//0033-2909.86.2.420
Struchen MA, 2008, NEUROREHABILITATION, V23, P185
Togher L, 1996, DISABIL REHABIL, V18, P559
Togher L, 2009, BRAIN IMPAIR, V10, P188
Togher L, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P491, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248486
Togher L, 1997, BRAIN INJURY, V11, P169, DOI 10.1080/026990597123629
Turkstra L. S., 2006, BRAIN IMPAIR, V7, P234, DOI [10.1375/brim.7.3.234, DOI 10.1375/BRIM.7.3.234]
Walter SD, 1998, STAT MED, V17, P101, DOI 10.1002/(SICI)1097-0258(19980115)17:1<101::AID-SIM727>3.3.CO;2-5
World Health Organisation, 2001, INT CLASS FUNCT DIS
Ylvisaker M, 1993, STAFF DEV CLIN INTER, P57
Ylvisaker Mark, 2005, Seminars in Speech and Language, V26, P256, DOI 10.1055/s-2005-922104
Ylvisaker M, 1998, TRAUMATIC BRAIN INJU, P303
NR 26
TC 8
Z9 8
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 6-8
BP 914
EP 927
DI 10.1080/02687030903422478
PG 14
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 628WL
UT WOS:000280154900020
ER
PT J
AU Murray, LL
AF Murray, Laura L.
TI Distinguishing clinical depression from early Alzheimer's disease in
elderly people: Can narrative analysis help?
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT 39th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY 26-30, 2009
CL Keystone, CO
DE Dementia; Depression; Discourse analysis; Language
ID MILD COGNITIVE IMPAIRMENT; LANGUAGE PERFORMANCE; GERIATRIC DEPRESSION;
DEMENTIA; ADULTS; PSEUDODEMENTIA; PRESERVATION; DISCOURSE; APHASIA;
DECLINE
AB Background: Differentiating the reversible cognitive symptoms associated with depression (DEP) from the irreversible dementia associated with early or mild Alzheimer's disease (AD) has proven to be challenging, particularly in elderly individuals. Most previous studies have focused on contrasting the cognitive profiles associated with these disorders, often yielding unreliable clinical differences. Although a limited set of studies have identified significant differences between DEP and early AD groups on both basic and high-level language production and comprehension tasks, none has included spoken discourse measures, and several limitations within these language studies indicate that further research is warranted. Aims: This study examined whether depression is associated with a distinct pattern of discourse changes, and thus whether discourse analyses may help discriminate elderly individuals with DEP from those in the early stages of AD. Methods Procedures: Groups of elderly participants with DEP, mild AD, or no psychiatric or neurological diagnosis, who were matched for age and education level, completed a spoken narrative task and general cognition and high-level language tests. Quantitative, syntactic, and informativeness aspects of the discourse samples were analysed. Outcomes Results: Significant group differences were observed on the informativeness discourse measures, with AD participants producing less-informative samples than DEP and control participants. DEP and control groups did not significantly differ on any discourse variable. Conclusions: Including discourse sampling and analyses, with a focus on informativeness, into comprehensive assessment protocols may lead to more accurate discrimination of DEP and early AD in the elderly.
C1 Indiana Univ, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, Bloomington, IN 47405 USA.
RP Murray, LL (reprint author), Indiana Univ, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, 200 S Jordan, Bloomington, IN 47405 USA.
EM lmurray@indiana.edu
CR Alexopoulos GS, 2003, AM J PSYCHIAT, V160, P811, DOI 10.1176/appi.ajp.160.5.811
Alzheimer' s Association, 2009, 2009 ALZH DIS FACTS
BARONA A, 1984, J CONSULT CLIN PSYCH, V52, P885, DOI 10.1037/0022-006X.52.5.885
Bayles KA, 1991, ARIZONA BATTERY COMM
BOONE KB, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V9, P390, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.9.3.390
Brookshire R., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P118
Bschor T, 2001, INT PSYCHOGERIATR, V13, P289, DOI 10.1017/S1041610201007682
Caltagirone C., 2001, Archives of Gerontology and Geriatrics Supplement, V7, P67
Conwell Y, 2000, J AM GERIATR SOC, V48, P23
Crowe SF, 2000, ARCH CLIN NEUROPSYCH, V15, P9, DOI 10.1016/S0887-6177(98)00040-7
Dobie Dorcas J, 2002, Semin Clin Neuropsychiatry, V7, P170, DOI 10.1053/scnp.2002.0070170
Ehrlich JS, 1997, J COMMUN DISORD, V30, P79, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(95)00053-4
EMERY VO, 1999, LANG COMMUN, P25
Ferran J, 1996, INT J GERIATR PSYCH, V11, P863, DOI 10.1002/(SICI)1099-1166(199610)11:10<863::AID-GPS394>3.0.CO;2-7
Forbes-McKay KE, 2005, NEUROL SCI, V26, P243, DOI 10.1007/s10072-005-0467-9
Frances AJ, 1995, DSM 4 GUIDEBOOK
GLOSSER G, 1988, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V53, P115
GUSTAW K, 2002, J NEUROL SCI, V203, P302
HAMILTON M, 1960, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V23, P56, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.23.1.56
KEMPER S, 1993, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V50, P81
KEMPLER D, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V30, P343
Keppel G., 1991, DESIGN ANAL RES HDB
Lantz MS, 2001, GERIATRICS, V56, P42
MacWhinney B., 2000, CHILDES PROJECT TOOL
March EG, 2006, J NEUROLINGUIST, V19, P311, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2006.01.001
Mattis S., 1988, DEMENTIA RATING SCAL
Maynard Carolyn K, 2003, Nurse Pract, V28, P18, DOI 10.1097/00006205-200303000-00005
MCKHANN G, 1984, NEUROLOGY, V34, P939
Meilijson SR, 2004, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V47, P695, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2004/053)
Murray L., 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P573, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000293
Murray LL, 2000, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V43, P1350
Nathan J, 2001, INT J GERIATR PSYCH, V16, P18, DOI 10.1002/1099-1166(200101)16:1<18::AID-GPS265>3.0.CO;2-W
NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338
Olness GS, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P175, DOI 10.1080/02687030500472710
RABINS PV, 1981, HOSP COMMUNITY PSYCH, V32, P490
Roca M, 2008, REV NEUROLOGIA, V46, P340
Saez-Fonseca JA, 2007, J AFFECT DISORDERS, V101, P123, DOI 10.1016/j.jad.2006.11.004
SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8
Shankar KK, 2000, CURR OPIN PSYCHIATR, V13, P55, DOI 10.1097/00001504-200001000-00010
Shay K A, 1991, J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol, V4, P18, DOI 10.1177/089198879100400104
Snowdon DA, 1996, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V275, P528, DOI 10.1001/jama.275.7.528
Stevens SJ, 1996, INT J GERIATR PSYCH, V11, P973, DOI 10.1002/(SICI)1099-1166(199611)11:11<973::AID-GPS419>3.3.CO;2-F
Strang JM, 2002, BRAIN COGNITION, V49, P216, DOI 10.1006/brcg.2001.1470
Taler V, 2008, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V30, P501, DOI 10.1080/13803390701550128
Thompson C. K., 1995, BRAIN LANG, V51, P124
VERRAN JA, 1987, NURS RES, V36, P127
Wiig EH, 1989, TEST LANGUAGE COMPET
Wright SL, 2007, J GERIATR PSYCH NEUR, V20, P189, DOI 10.1177/0891988707308801
YESAVAGE JA, 1983, J PSYCHIAT RES, V17, P37, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(82)90033-4
NR 49
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 6-8
BP 928
EP 939
DI 10.1080/02687030903422460
PG 12
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 628WL
UT WOS:000280154900021
ER
PT J
AU Chue, WL
Rose, ML
Swinburn, K
AF Chue, Wei Leng
Rose, Miranda L.
Swinburn, Kate
TI The reliability of the Communication Disability Profile: A
patient-reported outcome measure for aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT 39th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY 26-30, 2009
CL Keystone, CO
DE Aphasia; Outcome measure; Patient reported; Reliability
ID TEST-RETEST RELIABILITY; SCALE BOSS; STROKE; THERAPY; AGREEMENT; BURDEN
AB Background: The use of patient-reported outcome (PRO) measures is important for understanding the impact of aphasia from the perspective of the person with aphasia. However, communication difficulties may make it challenging for people with aphasia to self-report. The Communication Disability Profile (CDP) (Swinburn Byng, 2006) is a newly published outcome measure that includes aphasia-friendly design features (e.g., pictures, simple wording, key words in bold, picture-rating scales) to support people with aphasia in self-reporting the impact of aphasia on their lives. Aim: This pilot study aimed to investigate the test-retest reliability and internal consistency of the Activities, Participation, and Emotions sections of the CDP. Methods Procedures: A total of 16 participants with chronic aphasia of different severities and types were administered the CDP twice with a test-retest interval of approximately 2 weeks. Test-retest reliability was assessed using the Intraclass Correlation Coefficient (ICC) and oMinimal differences (MD) considered to be realo. Internal consistency was assessed using Cronbach's alpha () and corrected item-total correlations. Correlation coefficients, visual inspection, feedback, and observations were used to identify factors that may have affected the reliability or usability of the CDP. Outcomes Results: The Activities section of the CDP demonstrated high test-retest reliability with an ICC of 0.96 and a small MD value. The Participation section also demonstrated acceptable test-retest reliability (ICC = 0.89). In addition, the Activities and Participation sections demonstrated adequate internal consistency with Cronbach's alpha of more than 0.7 and corrected item-total correlations of more than 0.3. The Emotions section of the CDP did not demonstrate an acceptable level of test-retest reliability (ICC = 0.62) or internal consistency ( 0.7). Additionally there were no significant relationships between the severity of aphasia or comprehension abilities and the reliability of the CDP. However, increased examiner support may be required for the use of the Emotions section and when using the CDP with people with more severe aphasia. Conclusions: The findings of this study provided preliminary psychometric evidence to support the use of the Activities and Participation sections of the CDP as a PRO measure by people with aphasia.
C1 [Rose, Miranda L.] La Trobe Univ, Sch Human Commun Sci, Bundoora, Vic 3083, Australia.
[Swinburn, Kate] Connect Commun Disabil Network, London, England.
RP Rose, ML (reprint author), La Trobe Univ, Sch Human Commun Sci, Bundoora, Vic 3083, Australia.
EM M.Rose@latrobe.edu.au
CR Best W, 2008, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V43, P390, DOI 10.1080/13682820701608001
Bradburn NM, 1969, STRUCTURE PSYCHOL WE
Chen HM, 2007, NEUROREHAB NEURAL RE, V21, P347, DOI 10.1177/1545968306297864
DIENER E, 1985, J PERS ASSESS, V49, P71, DOI 10.1207/s15327752jpa4901_13
Doyle PJ, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P349, DOI 10.1080/02687030500475135
Doyle PJ, 2007, QUAL LIFE RES, V16, P1389, DOI 10.1007/s11136-007-9247-8
Duchan J. F., 2001, ADV SPEECH LANGUAGE, V3, P37
Fayers P. M., 2007, QUALITY LIFE ASSESSM, V2nd
FDA, 2006, GUID IND PAT REP OUT
FRATTALI CM, 1995, ASHA FUNCTIONAL ASSE
HILARI K, 2003, STROKE APHASIA QUALI
HIRSCH FM, 2000, NEUROGENIC COMMUNICA, P35
Holland A., 1998, COMMUNICATION ACTIVI
John A, 2000, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V35, P287
Kertesz A., 2007, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
LANDIS JR, 1977, BIOMETRICS, V33, P159, DOI 10.2307/2529310
Long AF, 2008, CLIN REHABIL, V22, P1083, DOI 10.1177/0269215508090091
BLAND JM, 1986, LANCET, V1, P307
Pallant J. F., 2005, SPSS SURVIVAL MANUAL
Parr S., 1997, TALKING APHASIA LIVI
Parr S, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P98, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798337
PORTNEY LG, 2000, FDN CLIN RES APP PRA
Ross KB, 2006, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V14, pIX
RYFF CD, 1989, J PERS SOC PSYCHOL, V57, P1069, DOI 10.1037/0022-3514.57.6.1069
Smidt N, 2002, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V83, P1145, DOI 10.1053/apmr.2002.33728
Stone AA, 1995, MEASURING STRESS GUI, P148
Swinburn K., 2006, COMMUNICATION DISABI
Walter SD, 1998, STAT MED, V17, P101, DOI 10.1002/(SICI)1097-0258(19980115)17:1<101::AID-SIM727>3.3.CO;2-5
Watson D, 1988, J PERS SOC PSYCHOL, V54, P1062
Weir JP, 2005, J STRENGTH COND RES, V19, P231, DOI 10.1519/15184.1
NR 31
TC 4
Z9 4
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 6-8
BP 940
EP 956
DI 10.1080/02687030903490541
PG 17
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 628WL
UT WOS:000280154900022
ER
PT J
AU Cranfill, TB
Wright, HH
AF Cranfill, Tamara B.
Wright, Heather Harris
TI Importance of health-related quality of life for persons with aphasia,
their significant others, and SLPs: Who do we ask?
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT 39th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY 26-30, 2009
CL Keystone, CO
DE Health-related quality of life; Aphasia; Stroke
ID STROKE IMPACT SCALE; RELIABILITY; VALIDITY
AB Background: Outcomes that support improved health-related quality of life (HRQL) are increasingly identified as desirable products to aphasia intervention. Although domain importance has been examined for survivors of stroke, little research evidence exists indicating what particular HRQL domains are or are not important to persons with aphasia (PwA). Aims: The study aimed to determine if persons with mild, moderate, and severe aphasia, their respective speech-language pathologists (SLPs) and respective significant others (SOs) attribute similar importance rankings to different domains and overall HRQL. Method Procedures: This study was a prospective, observational, non-randomised group design. The Stroke and Aphasia Quality of Life Scale-39 (SAQOL-39; Hilari, Byng, Lamping, Smith, 2003a) and the Quality of Communication Life scale (Paul et al., 2004) were administered to 24 PwA, their treating SLPs (n = 7), and SOs (n = 24). Importance ratings on a 5-point Likert scale were obtained for each scale item. Severity of aphasia was determined by expressive ability resulting in by chance assignment of eight participants per severity group. Outcomes Results: The SAQOL-39 physical domain was the only HRQL domain to be statistically significant with a significant group main effect, F(2, 21) = 4.057, p .05. The SLP and SO significantly correlated with each other for importance of HRQL, but not with the PwA who had no significant correlations with the importance ratings made by the SO or the SLP on the SAQOL-39 and QCL. A total of 43% of variance in the overall importance ratings by PwA was accounted for by age, R2 = .434, F(1, 22) = 16.89, p .01. Conclusions: Seeking importance ratings of HRQL domains from persons with mild, moderate, and severe aphasia may result in development of treatment goals more relevant to the PwA. Assessment of multiple HRQL domains is necessary to understanding priorities PwA place on rehabilitation outcomes across the continuum of care. Consideration for severity assignments beyond impairment-based assessments is discussed.
C1 [Cranfill, Tamara B.] Eastern Kentucky Univ, Richmond, KY 40475 USA.
[Wright, Heather Harris] Arizona State Univ, Tempe, AZ USA.
RP Cranfill, TB (reprint author), Eastern Kentucky Univ, 521 Lancaster Ave,245 Wallace Bldg, Richmond, KY 40475 USA.
EM tamara.cranfill@eku.edu
CR Bakheit AMO, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P759, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000372
Buck D, 2004, CEREBROVASC DIS, V17, P143, DOI 10.1159/000075783
Capilouto GJ, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P205, DOI 10.1080/02687030500473122
Carroll B., 1998, CARROLL DEPRESSION S
Code Chris, 1999, Seminars in Speech and Language, V20, P19, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1064006
Cruice M, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P333, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000707
DEMERS K, 2004, DERMATOLOGY NUR 0806
Donovan NJ, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P362, DOI 10.1080/02687030500475184
Doyle P. J., 2005, PERSPECTIVES NEUROPH, V15, P7, DOI 10.1044/nnsld15.4.7
Doyle PJ, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P349, DOI 10.1080/02687030500475135
Doyle PJ, 2002, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V83, pS39, DOI 10.1053/apmr.2002.36838
Duncan PW, 2002, STROKE, V33, P2593, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000034395.06874.3E
Duncan PW, 1999, STROKE, V30, P2131
Folstein MF, 1975, J PSYCHIATR RES, V12, P198
Goodglass H., 1983, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V2nd
GUYATT GH, 1993, ANN INTERN MED, V118, P622
Hemsley G, 1996, DISABIL REHABIL, V18, P567
HERRMANN M, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P527, DOI 10.1080/02687039008248505
Hilari K, 2003, STROKE, V34, P1944, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000081987.46660.ED
Hilari K, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P365, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000725
HOLBROOK M, 1983, AGE AGEING, V12, P166, DOI 10.1093/ageing/12.2.166
Hunt SM, 1997, QUAL LIFE RES, V6, P205
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
King RB, 1996, STROKE, V27, P1467
McKevitt C, 2003, CLIN REHABIL, V17, P865, DOI 10.1191/0269215503cr690oa
Müller D, 1999, Semin Speech Lang, V20, P85, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1064011
Naughton MJ, 2003, QUAL LIFE RES, V12, P73, DOI 10.1023/A:1023585707046
ORELY J, 1994, QUALITY LIFE ASSESSM
Paul D., 2004, QUALITY COMMUNICATIO
RAVEN J, 1995, COLOURED PROGRE MATR
Ross KB, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P355, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000716
Ross KB, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P791, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000130
SARNO MT, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P321, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249514
SHERBOURNE CD, 1991, SOC SCI MED, V32, P705, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(91)90150-B
Smout S, 2001, INT J REHABIL RES, V24, P261, DOI 10.1097/00004356-200112000-00002
Sneeuw KCA, 1997, STROKE, V28, P1541
Sprangers MAG, 1999, SOC SCI MED, V48, P1507, DOI 10.1016/S0277-9536(99)00045-3
TORO C, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P881
UBEL P, 2002, QUAL LIFE RES, V12, P599
Ventry I M, 1983, ASHA, V25, P37
Williams LS, 1999, STROKE, V30, P1362
YORKSTON KM, 1980, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V45, P27
NR 42
TC 5
Z9 5
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 6-8
BP 957
EP 968
DI 10.1080/02687030903452624
PG 12
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 628WL
UT WOS:000280154900023
ER
PT J
AU Peach, RK
Reuter, KA
AF Peach, Richard K.
Reuter, Katherine A.
TI A discourse-based approach to semantic feature analysis for the
treatment of aphasic word retrieval failures
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Discourse; Lexical retrieval failure; Semantic feature
analysis; Treatment
ID LEXICAL RETRIEVAL; CONNECTED SPEECH; CUEING TREATMENTS; FLUENT APHASIA;
ACTION NAMES; DEFICITS; THERAPY; ADULTS; ANOMIA
AB Background: Semantic feature analysis (SFA) is a prominent treatment for the word retrieval deficits of aphasia. Generalisation of improved word retrieval on picture naming to discourse production has been an important factor for evaluating the effectiveness of SFA treatment. Unfortunately, generalisation of word retrieval improvements to discourse production following SFA has been modest. Aims: Because of the previous, albeit limited, success of SFA in producing improved word retrieval for discourse we further examined the utility of SFA for reducing noun and verb retrieval failures in aphasic discourse. Rather than use SFA as a means for improving generalisation of picture naming or as a compensatory strategy for lexical failures during discourse, we applied SFA as an a priori means to reduce the frequency of word retrieval failures in discourse. Methods Procedures: Semantic feature analysis was applied to object and action word retrieval failures appearing during picture descriptions and procedural questions by two participants with anomic aphasia. A single case time-series design across behaviours with replication was used to assess changes in discourse production as well as generalisation of treatment effects to untrained pictures resulting from SFA. Outcomes Results: Increases were observed in verbal productivity for both participants, while the informativeness of the participant's discourse, as measured by correct information unit analyses, also improved. Minimal changes were observed in the frequency and type of word-finding behaviours evinced by the participants; this finding was attributed to a masking effect arising from the participants' increased quantity of verbal output. Evidence was also found that targeting word finding behaviours in connected speech generalised to naming of untrained object and action pictures. Conclusions: The changes effected by this discourse-based approach to SFA were as robust and as consistent as has been achieved previously with SFA treatment. The choice to use a discourse-based versus a picture-based approach to SFA treatment might be based on the ecological validity of the discourse-based approach.
C1 [Peach, Richard K.] Rush Univ, Med Ctr, Dept Commun Disorders & Sci, Chicago, IL 60612 USA.
RP Peach, RK (reprint author), Rush Univ, Med Ctr, Dept Commun Disorders & Sci, 600 S Paulina St,Room 1018, Chicago, IL 60612 USA.
EM richard_k_peach@rush.edu
CR Antonucci SM, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P854, DOI 10.1080/02687030802634405
Beeson PM, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V16, P161, DOI 10.1007/s11065-006-9013-7
Boyle M, 2004, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V13, P236, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2004/025)
BOYLE M, 2004, 34 ANN CLIN APH C PA
Boyle M., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P94
BROOKSHIRE RH, 1994, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V37, P399
Busk P. L., 1992, SINGLE CASE RES DESI, P159
Cameron RM, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P269, DOI 10.1080/02687030500473387
Coelho CA, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P133
Davis CH, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P59, DOI 10.1080/02687030500331841
Drew RL, 1999, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V42, P972
Druks J., 2000, OBJECT ACTION NAMING
German D. J., 1991, TEST WORD FINDING DI
Goodglass H, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P287, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249534
Herbert R, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P184, DOI 10.1080/02687030701262613
Herbert R, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P1163, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000454
HOWARD D, 1985, BRAIN, V108, P817
Kendall DL, 2008, BRAIN LANG, V105, P1, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.11.007
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Ledoux Kerry, 2006, Behav Cogn Neurosci Rev, V5, P107, DOI 10.1177/1534582306289573
LOMAS J, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P113
Lowell S., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P109
Mayer JF, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P481, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000148
McNeil MR, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P991
Miller JF, 2006, SYSTEMATIC ANAL LANG
NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338
Nickels L, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P935, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000563
Raymer A, 2006, J REHABIL RES DEV, V43, P367, DOI 10.1682/JRRD.2005.01.0028
Raymer AM, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1031, DOI 10.1080/026870401430000609
Rider JD, 2008, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V17, P161, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2008/016)
Robey RR, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P445
Scruggs T. E., 2001, EXCEPTIONALITY, V9, P227, DOI DOI 10.1207/S15327035EX0904_5
Wambaugh J, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P979, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000471
Wambaugh JL, 2007, J REHABIL RES DEV, V44, P381, DOI 10.1682/JRRD.2006.05.0038
Wambaugh JL, 2002, J REHABIL RES DEV, V39, P455
NR 35
TC 16
Z9 17
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 9
BP 971
EP 990
DI 10.1080/02687030903058629
PG 20
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 628WM
UT WOS:000280155000001
ER
PT J
AU Greenwood, A
Grassly, J
Hickin, J
Best, W
AF Greenwood, Alison
Grassly, Jennie
Hickin, Julie
Best, Wendy
TI Phonological and orthographic cueing therapy: A case of generalised
improvement
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Anomia; Aphasia therapy; Phonological cues; Orthographic cues;
Generalisation
ID SPOKEN WORD PRODUCTION; QUALITY-OF-LIFE; SPEECH PRODUCTION; LEXICAL
ACCESS; APHASIA; RETRIEVAL; FACILITATION; ANOMIA; ANEMIA; LEVEL
AB Background: Phonological and orthographic cues can both be effective in the treatment of anomia, and are often used clinically. However, studies using phonological and orthographical cues in aphasia therapy have tended to be equivocal about their benefits, and most demonstrate improvements limited to treated items. Few previous studies investigate change in conversation or in people's own views of their aphasia. Aims: The aim of the study was to investigate the effect of a weekly delivered therapy, using combined phonological and orthographic cues, on word retrieval, connected speech, conversation, and on the participant's own views of his aphasia. Methods Procedures: A person with anomia (TE) is presented as a detailed single-case study. Two baselines, 8 weeks apart, were followed by two 8-week phases of therapy, delivered weekly in a clinical setting. The first phase involved the use of combined phonological and orthographic cues to aid retrieval of a targeted set of words. The second phase encouraged the use of targeted words in connected speech and conversation. TE was reassessed after each phase of therapy and again 2 months later, after a period of no therapy. The study involved controls for improvement due to regular contact but without intervention (the baseline phase) and investigated generalisation to untreated items (treated and untreated sets were used, balanced for performance prior to therapy). Finally non-specific effects of therapy were determined by testing throughout the study on a set of language control tasks (predicted to be unaffected by the therapy). Outcome Results: TE demonstrated significant and enduring improvements in picture naming, which had generalised to untreated items. Significant improvements were also demonstrated in the broader measures of connected speech, aspects of conversation, and his own views of his aphasia, while performance on control tasks remained fairly stable. There was a significant relationship between changes in word finding and changes in TE's views of his communication activity across the course of the study, with a pattern of stability over baseline and change with intervention, particularly the first phase of therapy, i.e., using cues. Conclusions: These findings demonstrate that a combined phonological and orthographic cueing therapy targeting word retrieval can have lasting benefits, not just on targeted items but also on untreated words, connected speech, and the views of the person with aphasia. Furthermore, such improvements can be achieved within a prevalent service delivery model.
C1 [Greenwood, Alison] Amersham Hosp, Speech & Language Therapy Dept, Amersham HP7 0JD, Bucks, England.
[Hickin, Julie] City Univ London, London, England.
[Best, Wendy] UCL Div Psychol & Language Sci, London, England.
RP Greenwood, A (reprint author), Amersham Hosp, Speech & Language Therapy Dept, Whielden St, Amersham HP7 0JD, Bucks, England.
EM alison.greenwood@buckshosp.nhs.uk
FU Stroke Association; Wycombe Primary Care Trust; Tavistock Trust for
Aphasia
FX The study was funded by The Stroke Association, Wycombe Primary Care
Trust, and the Tavistock Trust for Aphasia. The authors wish to thank TE
and his wife for their enthusiastic participation in the study. We would
also like to thank Kate Swinburn and Sally Byng for allowing the use of
the Communication Disability Profile pre-publication version, Lyndsey
Nickels for her helpful comments on a draft version of the paper, and
Professor David Howard for invaluable support with statistics. Finally
we would like to thank Jenny Sugden for her unfailing support throughout
the study.
CR Best W, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P151
BEST W, 2010, GEN APHASIA TH UNPUB
Best W, 2008, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V43, P390, DOI 10.1080/13682820701608001
Best W, 1997, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V7, P105
BHOGEL BK, 2003, STROKE, V34, P187
Bird H, 1996, J NEUROLINGUIST, V9, P187, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(96)00006-1
Cruice M, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P333, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000707
DELL GS, 1988, J MEM LANG, V27, P124, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(88)90070-8
Dell GS, 1997, PSYCHOL REV, V104, P801, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.104.4.801
Douglas J., 2004, EVIDENCE BASED PRACT
Ellis A. W., 1988, HUMAN COGNITIVE NEUR
Franklin S, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1087, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000491
Goldrick M, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P20, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000203
Herbert R, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P184, DOI 10.1080/02687030701262613
Herbert R, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P1163, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000454
HEWITT A, 2003, APHASIA INSIDE OUT R
Hickin J, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P981, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000509
HICKIN J, 2007, APHASIA THERAPY FILE, V2
Howard D, 2006, CORTEX, V42, P946, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70439-8
Howard D., 2000, ACQUIRED NEUROGENIC
Howard D, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P399, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249540
KAY J, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P613, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.3.613
Levelt WJM, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P1
Lorenz A, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P670, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192182
Miceli G, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P150, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0008
Nickels L, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P935, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000563
Nickels L, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1047, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000618
NICKELS L, 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V9, P155, DOI 10.1080/02643299208252057
Robson J, 1998, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V4, P675
Robson J, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P917, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000462
Ross KB, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P791, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000130
Schwartz MF, 2004, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P159, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000519
Simmons-Mackie N., 2000, NEUROGENIC COMMUNICA
Swinburn K., 2006, COMMUNICATION DISABI
Swinburn K., 2004, COMPREHENSIVE APHASI
Wambaugh JL, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P433, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000085
WATERS GS, 1992, J MEM LANG, V31, P54, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(92)90005-I
WHEELDON LR, 1992, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V44, P723
Wilshire CE, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1019, DOI 10.1080/02687030701536016
NR 39
TC 13
Z9 13
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 9
BP 991
EP 1016
DI 10.1080/02687030903168220
PG 26
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 628WM
UT WOS:000280155000002
ER
PT J
AU Eaton, E
Marshall, J
Pring, T
AF Eaton, Emma
Marshall, Jane
Pring, Tim
TI oLike deja vu all over againo: Patterns of perseveration in two people
with jargon aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Jargon aphasia; Perseveration; Stereotypy; Nonwords
ID SPEECH PRODUCTION; ERRORS; SPEAKERS; NEOLOGISMS
AB Background: It has been argued that perseveration type corresponds to the level of breakdown, so that total perseveration (repetition of a whole word) involves reactivation of a previous word at the lexical level when the target word is insufficiently activated. A blended perseveration (repetition of part of a previous response) results from a failure of target activation at the phoneme level (e.g., Martin Dell, 2007). This is challenged by the occurrence of nonword total perseverations, as these cannot be lexical retrievals (Hirsh, 1998). A further problem is the occurrence of long intervals between perseverations and their sources. Some authors have invoked semantic relationships to explain these intervals (e.g., Martin, Roach, Brecher, Lowery, 1998). Aims: This study examines the perseveration of two individuals with jargon aphasia and explores the proposal that while some perseveration may result from reactivation of recent responses as described above, others are built around default phonology, resulting in stereotypical errors. Methods Procedures: Tests of naming, reading, and repetition were administered. Responses were analysed to determine: the extent of perseveration; the occurrence of long intervals between perseverations and their sources; patterns of phoneme use; the occurrence of nonword total perseverations. Outcomes Results: Both individuals produced large numbers of perseverative responses. Perseverative responses following lengthy intervals could not be explained by semantic relationships. For each participant certain consonants were favoured and evidence was found of an interaction between the occurrence of perseveration and these favoured consonants. The possibility that word and nonword total perseverations arose from different sources was rejected because no difference was found in the use of the favoured phonemes in the two types. Conclusions: The findings support the theory of two mechanisms for perseveration. The first is local, occurring when residual activation overrides incoming activation. This is confined to a single utterance and appears closely after the original occurrence. The second type is global, occurring across different contexts over time. It originates from default phonology when incoming activation is unavailable at the phoneme level. Both total and blended perseverations may result from this mechanism. Word total perseverations may be favoured because of feedback from the phoneme level to the lexical level. Ideas for future research and implications for intervention are discussed.
C1 [Eaton, Emma] Fraserburgh Hosp, Speech & Language Therapy Dept, Fraserburgh AB43 9NH, Aberdeen, Scotland.
[Marshall, Jane; Pring, Tim] City Univ London, London, England.
RP Eaton, E (reprint author), Fraserburgh Hosp, Speech & Language Therapy Dept, Lochpots Rd, Fraserburgh AB43 9NH, Aberdeen, Scotland.
EM eeaton@nhs.net
FU Bexhill and Rother (NHS) PCT
FX We thank RS and TK and their families for their patience, participation,
and support. We also thank Lyndsey Nickels for her help in accessing the
CELEX database. Funding for this project was received from Bexhill and
Rother (NHS) PCT.
CR Baayen R. H., 1995, CELEX LEXICAL DATABA
Basso Anna, 2004, Seminars in Speech and Language, V25, P375, DOI 10.1055/s-2004-837249
BLANKEN G, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P551, DOI 10.1080/02687039308248630
BUCKINGHAM HW, 1978, CORTEX, V14, P365
Buckingham HW, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P916, DOI 10.1080/02687030701198205
BUCKINGHAM HW, 1990, J NEUROLINGUIST, V5, P215, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(90)90012-N
BUTTERWORTH B, 1992, COGNITION, V42, P261, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90045-J
BUTTERWORTH B, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V8, P133, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90046-4
Cohen L, 1998, BRAIN, V121, P1641, DOI 10.1093/brain/121.9.1641
Dell GS, 1997, PSYCHOL REV, V104, P801, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.104.4.801
EATON E, 2006, THESIS CITY U LONDON
Graham NL, 2001, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V18, P343, DOI 10.1080/02643290125983
Hirsh KW, 1998, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V15, P377, DOI 10.1080/026432998381140
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
Kohn SE, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P129, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0007
KOHN SE, 1994, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V15, P75, DOI 10.1017/S0142716400006986
Martin N, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P1002, DOI 10.1080/02687030701198346
Martin N, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P319, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249536
MOSES MS, 2004, AUSTR COMMUNICATION, V6, P70
Moses MS, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P960, DOI 10.1080/02687030701198254
Moses MS, 2004, NEUROCASE, V10, P452, DOI 10.1080/13554790490894057
Moses MS, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P975, DOI 10.1080/02687030701198312
Moses MS, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P157, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00364-X
Rapp B, 2000, PSYCHOL REV, V107, P460, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.107.3.460
ROBSON J, 1997, THESIS CITY U LONDON
Robson J, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V85, P109, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00503-5
SANDSON J, 1984, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V22, P715, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(84)90098-8
Santo Pietro M J, 1986, Brain Lang, V29, P1
SCHWARTZ MF, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V47, P52, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1042
Stark J, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P928, DOI 10.1080/02687030701198239
VITKOVITCH M, 1991, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V17, P664, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.17.4.664
Whitworth A, 2005, COGNIITIVE NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL APPROACH TO ASSESSMENT AND INTERVENTION IN APHASIA: A CLINICIANS GUIDE, P1
NR 33
TC 1
Z9 1
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 9
BP 1017
EP 1031
DI 10.1080/02687030903249343
PG 15
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 628WM
UT WOS:000280155000003
ER
PT J
AU True, G
Bartlett, MR
Fink, RB
Linebarger, MC
Schwartz, M
AF True, Gala
Bartlett, Megan R.
Fink, Ruth B.
Linebarger, Marcia C.
Schwartz, Myrna
TI Perspectives of persons with aphasia towards SentenceShaper To Go: A
qualitative study
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Augmentative and alternative communication; Persons with aphasia;
Qualitative research methods; Supportive interviewing techniques;
Attitudes and preferences
ID PROCESSING PROSTHESIS; LANGUAGE PRODUCTION; ALTERNATIVE COMMUNICATION;
AAC; SUPPORT; ADULTS; INFORMATIVENESS; DISORDERS; PARTNERS; RATINGS
C1 [True, Gala] Ctr Hlth Equ & Res Promot, VA Med Ctr, Philadelphia, PA 19104 USA.
[Bartlett, Megan R.; Fink, Ruth B.; Schwartz, Myrna] Moss Rehabil Res Inst, Philadelphia, PA USA.
[Linebarger, Marcia C.] Psycholinguist Technol Inc, Jenkintown, PA USA.
RP True, G (reprint author), Ctr Hlth Equ & Res Promot, VA Med Ctr, 9th Floor E,3900 Woodland Ave, Philadelphia, PA 19104 USA.
EM galatrue@verizon.net
FU NIH [1 R01 HD043991]
FX The authors wish to thank Jennifer S. Lowery MA CCC/SLP, Michelene
Kalinyak-Fliszar MA CCC/SLP, and Roberta Brooks MA CCC/SLP for their
assistance with the CIU scoring procedures and modifications. We
gratefully acknowledge Paula Sobel MA CCC/SLP for her assistance with
the interview validation procedures and Laura MacMullen BA for her help
with the literature review and construction of earlier drafts. We also
wish to thank the anonymous reviewers for their insightful comments.
Support for this study was provided by a grant from the NIH (#1 R01
HD043991; P.I., M. Schwartz).
CR Albright E, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P741, DOI 10.1080/02687030701803770
ALLEN M, 2007, P 9 INT ACM SIGAC CE, P187, DOI 10.1145/1296843.1296876
Bartlett MR, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V103, P217, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.07.125
Bartlett MR, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P475, DOI 10.1080/02687030601154167
Beukelman David R, 2002, Assist Technol, V14, P33
Boyd-Graber J, 2006, P ACM CHI 2006, P151, DOI 10.1145/1124772.1124797
Bradley EH, 2007, HEALTH SERV RES, V42, P1758, DOI 10.1111/j.1475-6773.2006.00684.x
Cruice M, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P111, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000651
FIGLEY LC, 2007, THESIS DUQUESNE U PI
Fink RB, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P679, DOI 10.1080/02687030701800792
Fox LE, 2000, AUG ALTER COMMUN SER, P3
GARRETT K, 2005, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA
Hux K. D., 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P675
Kagan A, 1995, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V2, P15
Kagan A, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P816, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249575
Keil K, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P305, DOI 10.1080/02687030143000654
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Kitzing Peter, 2005, Logoped Phoniatr Vocol, V30, P41, DOI 10.1080/14015430510006668
Lasker J, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P857
LASKER J, 1997, THESIS U NEBRASKA LI
Lasker JP, 2001, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V17, P141, DOI 10.1080/714043378
Lasker JP, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P217, DOI 10.1080/02687030500473411
Lasker JP, 2000, AUG ALTER COMMUN SER, P107
Legg C, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P559, DOI 10.1080/0268703054400029
Linebarger M, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V100, P53, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.09.001
Linebarger MC, 2001, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V11, P57
Linebarger MC, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P930, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000146
Linebarger MC, 2008, J REHABIL RES DEV, V45, P1401, DOI 10.1682/JRRD.2007.10.0171
Linebarger MC, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V75, P416, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2378
Linebarger MC, 2004, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P267, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000537
Luck AM, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P208, DOI 10.1080/02687030601065470
McCall D, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P438, DOI 10.1080/02687030701818000
Miles M. B., 1984, EDUC RES, V13, P20, DOI 10.2307/1174243
Mollica BM, 1999, NEUROREHABILITATION, V12, P27
Muhr T., 2004, ATLAS TI 5 0, V2nd
Roach A., 1996, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V24, P121
Scherer M., 1993, WOMEN THER, V14, P117
SCHWARTZ MF, 2008, INT NEUR SOC M WAIK
van de Sandt-Koenderman M, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P245, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000571
van Mannen M., 1990, RES LIVED EXPERIENCE
Waller A, 1998, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V33, P45
ZINGESER L, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P13
NR 42
TC 2
Z9 2
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 9
BP 1032
EP 1050
DI 10.1080/02687030903249350
PG 19
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 628WM
UT WOS:000280155000004
ER
PT J
AU Salis, C
Edwards, S
AF Salis, Christos
Edwards, Susan
TI Treatment of written verb and written sentence production in an
individual with aphasia: A clinical study
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Writing; Verbs; Sentences; Intransitive; Transitive; Treatment
ID AGRAMMATIC APHASIA; ARGUMENT STRUCTURE; UNDERLYING FORMS; COMPREHENSION;
RETRIEVAL
AB Background: Although the efficacy of treatments for spoken verb and sentence production deficits in aphasia has been documented widely, less is known about interventions for written verb and written sentence production deficits. Aims: This study documents a treatment aiming to improve production of (a) written subject-verb sentences (involving intransitive verbs) and (b) written subject-verb-object sentences (involving transitive verbs). Methods Procedures: The participant, a 63-year-old female aphasic speaker, had a marked language comprehension deficit, apraxia of speech, relatively good spelling abilities, and no hemiplegia. The treatment involved intransitive verbs producing subject-verb active sentences and transitive verbs producing subject-verb-object active non-reversible sentences. The treatment was undertaken in the context of current UK clinical practice. Outcomes Results: Statistical improvements were noted for the trained sets of verbs and sentences. Other improvements were also noted in LW's ability to retrieve some non-treated verbs and construct written sentences. Treatment did not generalise to sentence comprehension and letter spelling to dictation. Conclusions: Our participant's ability to write verbs and sentences improved as a result of the treatment.
C1 [Salis, Christos] Univ Reading, Sch Psychol & Clin Language Serv, Reading RG6 6AL, Berks, England.
RP Salis, C (reprint author), Univ Reading, Sch Psychol & Clin Language Serv, Reading RG6 6AL, Berks, England.
EM c.salis@reading.ac.uk
CR Bastiaanse R., 2002, VERB SENTENCE TEST
CONNELL PJ, 1986, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V51, P214
Druks J., 2000, OBJECT ACTION NAMING
Franklin S, 1997, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V7, P401, DOI 10.1080/713755544
Garrett M. F., 1984, BIOL PERSPECTIVES LA, P172
Jacobs BJ, 2000, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V43, P5
KAY J, 1990, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
Kim M, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V74, P1, DOI 10.1006/brin.2000.2315
Lee M, 2004, J NEUROLINGUIST, V17, P315, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(03)00062-9
MARSHALL J, 1999, EVENT PERCEPTION TES
MCCANN C, 2005, THESIS U READING UK
MITCHUM CC, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P71, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249500
Murray L, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P139, DOI 10.1080/02687030601026530
Murray LL, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P585
RAVEN JC, 1966, STANDARD PROGR MATRI
Thompson CK, 2003, J NEUROLINGUIST, V16, P151, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(02)00014-3
Thompson CK, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P1021, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000227
Thompson CK, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P473, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248485
Webster J, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P748, DOI 10.1080/02687030500166957
Webster J, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P1231, DOI 10.1080/02687030802246291
WEBSTER J, 2007, APHASIA THERAPY FILE, V2, P219
NR 21
TC 2
Z9 2
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 9
BP 1051
EP 1063
DI 10.1080/02687030903269648
PG 13
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 628WM
UT WOS:000280155000005
ER
PT J
AU Snell, C
Sage, K
Ralph, MAL
AF Snell, Claerwen
Sage, Karen
Ralph, Matthew A. Lambon
TI How many words should we provide in anomia therapy? A meta-analysis and
a case series study
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Anomia; meta-analysis; CVA; Therapy; Set size
ID SUBORDINATE CATEGORY NAMES; GENERATED PHONEMIC CUES; 2 CUEING
TREATMENTS; FINDING DIFFICULTIES; SEMANTIC DEMENTIA; NAMING DEFICITS;
APHASIC SUBJECTS; RETRIEVAL DEFICITS; LANGUAGE THERAPY; MATCHING TASKS
AB Aims: This study investigated whether the number of words provided in naming therapy affects the outcome. A second aim was to investigate whether severity of anomia should be used to determine the number of words provided in therapy. Methods Procedures: First a meta-analysis of 21 anomia treatment studies between 1985 and 2006, yielding 109 individual datasets, explored whether the number of items provided and the severity of anomia influenced the success of therapy. The second part was a cross-over case-series study with 13 individuals with aphasia who had varying degrees of anomia. Individuals received two blocks of therapy (each of 10 sessions) where the set size of items to be learned was manipulated: either a small (n = 20) or large (n = 60) set in each block. Therapy and control sets were matched for baseline naming ability, frequency, phoneme, and syllable length. Therapy consisted of progressive phonemic and orthographic cues until successful naming was achieved. All word sets (small, large and control) were retested immediately after each therapy block finished (within 1 week) and 5 weeks after the end of each block of therapy. Outcomes Results: The meta-analysis showed a large variation in the number of items given to participants to learn (from 5 to 120 items) and very different learning outcomes that were not linked to the number of items given. The current literature contained an unexpected bias in that, across studies, more items were given to those with severe aphasia. Consequently, the meta-analysis could not provide a clear answer to how may items should be given in therapythus motivating a direct comparison in a new therapy study. We found significant gains in naming accuracy for both the small (n = 20) and large (n = 60) therapy sets immediately and 5 weeks post therapy. Proportionally, there was no difference between the two sets for the group as a whole, although there was individual variation in the overall therapy effect. If expressed as the raw numbers of words learned after therapy, this means that 12 of the 13 participants learned more words when given the large (n = 60) set. Severity of anomia correlated with learning performance but did not interact with set size. Conclusions: The empicial study suggested that people with anomia could tolerate more items in therapy and that the severity of anomia should not necessarily determine how many words should be given in therapy.
C1 [Ralph, Matthew A. Lambon] Univ Manchester, Sch Psychol Sci, NARU, Manchester M13 9PL, Lancs, England.
RP Ralph, MAL (reprint author), Univ Manchester, Sch Psychol Sci, NARU, Oxford Rd, Manchester M13 9PL, Lancs, England.
EM matt.lambon-ralph@manchester.ac.uk
RI Lambon Ralph, Matthew/A-1695-2009
FU Medical Research Council
FX This work is supported by a research grant from the Medical Research
Council. We would like to thank the individuals with aphasia and their
families who took part in this study.
CR Abel S, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P831, DOI 10.1080/02687030500268902
Annoni JM, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P1093, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249475
Baayen R. H., 1993, CELEX LEXICAL DATABA
BACHRACH H, 1974, J CLIN PSYCHOL, V30, P58, DOI 10.1002/1097-4679(197401)30:1<58::AID-JCLP2270300115>3.0.CO;2-4
BADDELEY A, 1994, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V32, P53, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(94)90068-X
Bastiaanse R, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P363, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248417
Benton AL, 1994, MULTILINGUAL APHASIA
Berthier ML, 2006, NEUROLOGY, V67, P1687, DOI 10.1212/01.wnl.0000242626.69666.e2
Best W, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V10, P231
Best W, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V74, P435
Best W, 1997, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V7, P105
Bhogal SK, 2003, STROKE, V34, P987, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000062343.64383.D0
Bird H, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V73, P17, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2293
Bishop D. V. M., 1989, TEST RECEPTION GRAMM
BRUCE C, 1987, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V22, P191
Chapey R, 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO
Cherney LR, 2008, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V51, P1282, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2008/07-0206)
COEHLO CA, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P133
COLTHEART M, 1981, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V33, P497
Conroy P, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P707, DOI 10.1080/02687030802165574
Davis CH, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P59, DOI 10.1080/02687030500331841
DeDe G, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P465, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000094
DELOCHE G, 1992, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V2, P117, DOI 10.1080/09602019208401400
DELOCHE G, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P201, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249506
Denes G, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P385, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248418
Doesborgh SJC, 2004, STROKE, V35, P141, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000105460.52928.A6
Drew RL, 1999, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V42, P972
Eales C, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P913, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249459
Fillingham JK, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P597, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000272
Fillingham JK, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V16, P129, DOI 10.1080/09602010443000254
Fillingham JK, 2003, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V13, P337, DOI 10.1080/09602010343000020
Fillingham JK, 2005, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V40, P505, DOI 10.1080/13682820500138572
Francis DR, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P243, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000564
Fridriksson J, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P99, DOI 10.1080/02687003444000660
German DJ, 1990, TEST ADOLESCENT ADUL
Gold M, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V74, P141, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2332
Goodglass H, 2001, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V3rd
Graham KS, 2001, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V11, P429
Grant D. A., 1993, WISCONSIN CARD SORT
GREENWALD ML, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V5, P17, DOI 10.1080/09602019508520174
Herbert R, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P1163, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000454
Hickin J, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P981, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000509
Hillis AE, 1998, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V4, P648, DOI 10.1017/S135561779846613X
HILLIS AE, 1991, EFFECTS SEPARATE TRE
HILLIS AE, 1989, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V70, P632
Hinckley JJ, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P965, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000173
HOLLAND A, 1998, APPROACHES TREATMENT
HOWARD D, 1985, BRAIN, V108, P817
Howard D, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V74, P441
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Jacobs DH, 1996, NEUROCASE, V2, P83
Jefferies E, 2009, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V23, P492, DOI 10.1037/a0015452
Kagan A, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P816, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249575
Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
Kertesz A., 2006, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
Kiran S, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P855, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000258
Kiviniemi K, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V74, P433
Laganaro M, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V44, P534, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2005.07.005
LEDORZE G, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P127
LI EC, 1988, J COMMUN DISORD, V21, P491
LI EC, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P619, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249028
MARSHALL J, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P167, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249068
MARSHALL RC, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P567, DOI 10.1080/02687039208249492
Marshall RC, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P585, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000050
Marshall RC, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P763, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000040
Marshall RC, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V74, P438
Martin N, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P867, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000390
Martin N, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P457, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000129
McCall D, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P581, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248491
McKenna P., 1983, GRADED NAMING TEST
McKenna P., 1998, CATEGORY SPECIFIC NA
McNeil MR, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P575, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249559
Meyers JE, 1995, REY COMPLEX FIGURE T
Miceli G, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P150, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0008
Milders M, 1998, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V20, P237, DOI 10.1076/jcen.20.2.237.1163
Mitrushina M. N., 1999, HDB NORMATIVE DATA N
Nettleton J., 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V6, P139, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90004-3
Nickels L, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P109, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248401
Nickels L, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1047, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000618
NICKELS L, 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V9, P155, DOI 10.1080/02643299208252057
Parkin AJ, 1998, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V15, P361
PATTERSON K, 1989, APHASIA THERAPY STUD
Pound C., 2000, APHASIA THERAPIES LI
PRING T, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P383, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249517
Pulvermuller F, 2001, STROKE, V32, P1621
Raven J., 1962, COLOURED PROGRESSIVE
RAYMER AM, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P27, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249498
Reilly J, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P329, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000787
Renvall K, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P305, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000671
Roach A., 1996, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V24, P121
Robertson IH, 1994, TEST EVERYDAY ATTENT
Robson J, 1998, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V4, P675
Rose M, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1001, DOI 10.1080/02687030143000825
Sbisa S, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V79, P46
Schmidt M., 1996, REY AUDITORY VERBAL
SNODGRASS JG, 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V6, P174, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.6.2.174
Spencer KA, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P567
Wambaugh J, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P979, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000471
Wambaugh JL, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P933
Wambaugh JL, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P433, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000085
Warrington EK, 1997, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V7, P143, DOI 10.1080/713755528
WHITETHOMSON M, 1999, APHASIA THERAPY FILE, P93
NR 102
TC 9
Z9 9
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 9
BP 1064
EP 1094
DI 10.1080/02687030903372632
PG 31
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 628WM
UT WOS:000280155000006
ER
PT J
AU Paul, NA
Sanders, GF
AF Paul, Nancy A.
Sanders, Gregory F.
TI Applying an ecological framework to education needs of communication
partners of individuals with aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Education; Communication partners; Ecological framework
ID QUALITY-OF-LIFE; CONVERSATION PARTNERS; TRAINING VOLUNTEERS;
MENTAL-HEALTH; PEOPLE; STROKE; SPOUSES; ADULTS; PARTICIPATION;
CAREGIVERS
AB Background: Education provided to communication partners of individuals with aphasia can be crucial in coping with resulting changes in communication. Research is limited regarding the viewpoint of communication partners in the process of receiving education. Aims: The aim of the study was to explore education experiences and needs of communication partners of individuals with aphasia in the current climate of healthcare. Methods Procedures: A qualitative research design was implemented. Participants included nine communication partners of individuals with aphasia with onset within 2 years. Mean age of participants was 58 years; mean age of aphasic individuals was 71 years. Outcomes Results: Bronfenbrenner's ecological model (1979, 2005) provided a framework for discussing the participants' perception of the education received about aphasia and the specific communication problems of the individuals with aphasia. Barriers and facilitators to education were identified at the microsystem, mesosystem, and exosystem levels. The mesosystem level was the most prevalent focus and prominent mesosystem themes included: education provided must be tailored to the needs of each dyad, transitions require more education, and barriers from both the healthcare system and healthcare workers' misperceptions about education needs negatively affected transmission of education. Conclusions: Interventions to improve education of communication partners of individuals with aphasia should be provided at a variety of levels. Intervention is needed for the surrounding environment and for the person with aphasia/communication partner dyad. Future research could build on this study, and ultimately lead to development and testing of intervention measures in the area of education needs.
C1 [Paul, Nancy A.] Minnesota State Univ Moorhead, Speech Language Hearing Sci Dept, Moorhead, MN 56563 USA.
[Sanders, Gregory F.] N Dakota State Univ, Fargo, ND 58105 USA.
RP Paul, NA (reprint author), Minnesota State Univ Moorhead, Speech Language Hearing Sci Dept, Box 119,1104 7th Ave S, Moorhead, MN 56563 USA.
EM paulnan@mnstate.edu
CR Abramson TA, 2002, GENERATIONS, V26, P21
Avent J, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P365, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000813
Bronfenbrenner U, 2005, MAKING HUMAN BEINGS, P106
Bronfenbrenner U., 1979, ECOLOGY HUMAN DEV EX
Bunning K, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P9, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798162
Cranfill TB, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P577, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000417
Cruice M, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P333, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000707
Damico JS, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P651
Damico JS, 2003, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V12, P131, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2003/060)
Denman A, 1998, DISABIL REHABIL, V20, P411
Elman RJ, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P455
Evans GW, 2003, J SOC ISSUES, V59, P475, DOI 10.1111/1540-4560.00074
FLASHER L, 2004, COUNSELLING SKILLS S
Fox LE, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P1177, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000525
Gay LR, 2003, ED RES COMPETENCIES, V7th
Hinckley JJ, 2001, J COMMUN DISORD, V34, P241, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(01)00049-1
Hoen B, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P681, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249415
Holland A, 2001, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V10, P19, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2001/004)
Hopper T, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P745, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000059
Kagan A, 2002, J COMMUN DISORD, V35, P153, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(02)00062-X
Kagan A, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P624, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2001/051)
Krueger Richard A., 2000, FOCUS GROUPS PRACTIC, V3rd
LOMAS J, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P113
LUTERMAN DM, 2001, COUNSELLING PERSONS
Lyon JG, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P693, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249416
Maxwell D. L., 2006, RES STAT METHODS COM
Michallet B, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P731, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000087
Michallet B, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P835, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000238
Parr S, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P98, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798337
Pound C, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P23, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798212
Purdy M, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P377, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000822
Rayner H, 2003, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V38, P149, DOI 10.1080/1368282021000060308
Rose TA, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P947, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000319
ROSENFELD M, 2002, REPORT ASHA SPEECH L
Simmons-Mackie N, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P837, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000185
Simmons-Mackie NN, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P583, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000408
Simmons-Mackie NN, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P39, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798287
Sorin-Peters R, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P405, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000752
Taylor SJ, 1998, INTRO QUALITATIVE RE
TONER MA, 2002, CONT ISSUES COMMUNIC, V29, P68
van der Gaag A, 2005, CLIN REHABIL, V19, P372, DOI 10.1191/0269215505cr785oa
Zemva N, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P219, DOI 10.1080/026870399402190
NR 42
TC 8
Z9 8
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 9
BP 1095
EP 1112
DI 10.1080/02687030903383720
PG 18
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 628WM
UT WOS:000280155000007
ER
PT J
AU Davies, R
Cuetos, F
Rodriguez-Ferreiro, J
AF Davies, Robert
Cuetos, Fernando
Rodriguez-Ferreiro, Javier
TI Recovery in reading: A treatment study of acquired deep dyslexia in
Spanish
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Deep dyslexia; Acquired dyslexia; Phonological dyslexia; Treatment;
reading; Spanish
ID PHONOLOGICAL DYSLEXIA; SEMANTIC PARALEXIAS; WORD RECOGNITION;
ACQUISITION; SPEAKING; LANGUAGE; PATIENT; ERRORS; ORTHOGRAPHY; CONTINUUM
AB Background: Adult oral reading in consistent orthographies, like Spanish, is argued to proceed through sublexical spelling-to-sound conversion. Hence, it was surprising that Davies and Cuetos (2005) observed a Spanish-speaking aphasic patient, MJ, who showed some capacity to read words aloud-producing many semantic errors-alongside an inability to read nonwords. MJ's symptoms are congruent with deep dyslexia. We investigated whether her reading could be improved through therapy addressing those deep dyslexic symptoms (de Partz, 1986).
Aims: We expected to see joint improvement in word and nonword reading if therapy aimed at facilitating improvement in nonword reading succeeded, due to the consistency of the orthography. We hypothesised that occurrence of semantic paralexias in reading should decrease as reading skills improved. Alternatively, if therapy had led to the establishment of a lexical-semantic reading strategy not available to the patient before injury, then we anticipated the possibility that semantic errors could actually increase in occurrence as more therapy was received over time.
Methods & Procedures: Our study began 18 months after MJ's brain injury, and continued over 2 years. Training was given in completing spelling-sound mappings at the level of grapheme-phoneme correspondences, syllables and words, in phoneme awareness and the combination of phonemes, and in word-picture association. We tested oral reading with the same word and nonword stimuli at four time points through the period of our investigation. We analysed accuracy and error types.
Outcomes & Results: By the end of our investigation, MJ presented near-normal word reading and greatly improved, though still impaired, nonword reading. Production of semantic errors disappeared. Thus, adding to some previous case studies (Friedman, 1996), our patient's symptoms evolved from those typical of deep dyslexia to those typical of phonological dyslexia.
Conclusions: Our findings show that, even in a language with a transparent orthography, readers can be aided by therapy addressing both lexical and non-lexical reading. The implication is that premorbid reading in a transparent orthography may depend on lexical and non-lexical reading. This conclusion is supported by the superior improvement of word compared to nonword reading, and by the decline in production of semantic paralexias accompanying the improvement in reading performance.
C1 [Davies, Robert] Oxford Brookes Univ, Oxford OX3 0BP, England.
[Cuetos, Fernando; Rodriguez-Ferreiro, Javier] Univ Oviedo, Oviedo, Spain.
RP Davies, R (reprint author), Oxford Brookes Univ, Buckley B1-03,Heading Ton Campus,Gypsy Lane, Oxford OX3 0BP, England.
EM r.davies@brookes.ac.uk
RI Cuetos, Fernando/B-4337-2011; Rodriguez-Ferreiro, Javier/B-5232-2011
FU Spanish government [MEC-06-SEJ2006-6712]; European Commission [MRTN-CT-
2004-512141]; Gobierno del Principado de Asturias (Plan de Ciencia,
Tecnologia e Innovacion de Asturias)
FX We are grateful, above all, to MJ. This investigation was funded by
grant MEC-06-SEJ2006-6712 from the Spanish government. Robert Davies and
Fernando Cuetos are members of the Marie Curie Research and Training
Network: Language and Brain (RTN: LAB) funded by the European Commission
(MRTN-CT- 2004-512141) as part of its Sixth Framework Program. Javier
Rodriguez-Ferreiro was supported by a grant from the Gobierno del
Principado de Asturias (Plan de Ciencia, Tecnologia e Innovacion de
Asturias 2006-2009). We are grateful to three anonymous reviewers for
their very helpful comments.
CR Alameda J. R., 1995, DICCIONARIO FRECUENC
Ardila A, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P885, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249457
ARDILA A, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P437, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90165-W
Barry C, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V84, P84, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00522-9
CARAMAZZA A, 1990, CORTEX, V26, P95
Chateau D, 2000, MEM COGNITION, V28, P143, DOI 10.3758/BF03211582
Coltheart M, 1984, DYSLEXIA GLOBAL ISSU, P357, DOI DOI 10.1007/978-94-009-6929-2_19
Coltheart M, 2001, PSYCHOL REV, V108, P204, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.108.1.204
Crawford JR, 1998, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V12, P482, DOI 10.1076/clin.12.4.482.7241
Cuetos F, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P333, DOI 10.1080/02687040042000313
CUETOS F, 2002, COGNITIVA, V14, P133, DOI 10.1174/02143550260187312
Cuetos F, 2006, EUR J COGN PSYCHOL, V18, P415, DOI 10.1080/13594320500165896
Cunningham AE, 2001, READ WRIT, V14, P549, DOI 10.1023/A:1011100226798
Davies R, 2005, BEHAV NEUROL, V16, P85
DEPARTZ MP, 1986, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V3, P149, DOI 10.1080/02643298608252674
FERRERES AR, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V49, P153, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1026
Friedman RB, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P114, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0006
GARCIA P, 1979, DISLALIA
GLOSSER G, 1990, CORTEX, V26, P343
Goodglass H., 1983, REVISED BOSTON NAMIN
Harm MW, 2004, PSYCHOL REV, V111, P662, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.111.3.662
Iribarren IC, 1999, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V20, P407
JOB R, 1984, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V36, P435
Kaplan E, 1996, TEST VOCABULARIO BOS
Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
KLEIN D, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V11, P579, DOI 10.1080/02643299408251986
Laine M., 1990, J NEUROLINGUIST, V5, P75, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(90)90032-T
MICELI G, 1994, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V32, P317, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(94)90134-1
Mitchum C. C., 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V6, P103, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90003-2
Morton J, 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA, P91
Newcombe F., 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA, P176
NICKELS L, 1995, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V30, P37
NICKELS L, 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V9, P155, DOI 10.1080/02643299208252057
Pagliuca G, 2008, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V23, P422, DOI 10.1080/01690960701626036
Patterson K. E., 1982, NORMALITY PATHOLOGY
PATTERSON KE, 1978, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V30, P587, DOI 10.1080/14640747808400688
Plaut DC, 1996, PSYCHOL REV, V103, P56, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.103.1.56
ROELOFS A, 1992, COGNITION, V42, P107, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90041-F
RUIZ A, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V46, P245, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1015
SHALLICE T, 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA, P22
SNODGRASS JG, 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V6, P174, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.6.2.174
Southwood MH, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V76, P18, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2384
STANOVICH KE, 1986, READ RES QUART, V21, P360, DOI 10.1598/RRQ.21.4.1
Toraldo A, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P823, DOI 10.1080/02687030600738838
Valle F., 1995, EPLA EVALUACION PROC
Ziegler JC, 2005, PSYCHOL BULL, V131, P3, DOI 10.1037/0033-2909.131.1.3
NR 46
TC 6
Z9 6
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 10
BP 1115
EP 1131
DI 10.1080/02687030902969792
PG 17
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 659PV
UT WOS:000282580300001
ER
PT J
AU Perkins, RA
Ryalls, JH
Carson, CK
Whiteside, JD
AF Perkins, Rosalie A.
Ryalls, Jack H.
Carson, Cecyle K.
Whiteside, Janet D.
TI Acoustic analyses of two recovered cases of foreign accent syndrome
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Foreign accent syndrome; Brain injury; Acoustic analysis; Formant
frequencies; Voice onset time; Vowel duration
ID SPEECH; APHASIA
AB Recently, a growing number of studies have been published involving phonetic and acoustic analyses on the rare motor-speech disorder known as Foreign Accent Syndrome (FAS). These studies have relied on pre- and post-trauma speech samples to investigate the acoustic and phonetic properties of individual cases of FAS speech. This study presents detailed acoustic analyses of the speech characteristics of two new cases of FAS using identical pre- and post-recovery speech samples, thus affording a new level of control in the study of Foreign Accent Syndrome. Participants include a 48-year-old female who began speaking with an "Eastern European" accent following a traumatic brain injury, and a 45-year-old male who presented with a "British" accent following a subcortical cerebral vascular accident (CVA). The acoustic analysis was based on 18 real words comprised of the stop consonants /p/, /t/, /k/; /b/, /d/, /g/ combined with the peripheral vowels /i/, /a/ and /u/ and ending in a voiceless stop. Computer-based acoustic measures included: (1) voice onset time (VOT), (2) vowel durations, (3) whole word durations, (4) first, second and third formant frequencies, and (5) fundamental frequency. Formant frequencies were measured at three points in the vowel duration: (a) 20%, (b) 50%, and (c) 80% to assess differences in vowel 'onglides' and 'offglides'. The acoustic analysis allowed precise quantification of the major phonetic features associated with the foreign quality of participants' FAS speech. Results indicated post-recovery changes in both duration and frequency measures, including a tendency toward more normal VOT production of voiced stops, changes in average vowel durations, as well as evidence from formant frequency values of vowel backing for both participants. The implications of this study for future research and clinical applications are also considered.
C1 [Perkins, Rosalie A.] Univ Cent Florida, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Orlando, FL 32816 USA.
RP Perkins, RA (reprint author), Univ Cent Florida, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, POB 162215, Orlando, FL 32816 USA.
EM RosaliePerkins@gmail.com
CR ARDILA A, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P493, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248955
Armorer A. N., 2003, THESIS U S FLORIDA T
BLUMSTEIN SE, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V31, P215, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90071-X
BLUMSTEIN SE, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V9, P153, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90137-6
Coelho CA, 2001, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V9, P227
Dankovicova J, 2001, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V15, P195, DOI 10.1080/02699200010004656
Ferguson SH, 2002, J ACOUST SOC AM, V112, P259, DOI 10.1121/1.1482078
Fridriksson J, 2005, NEUROCASE, V11, P319, DOI 10.1080/13554790591006302
GRAFFRADFORD NR, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V28, P86, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90093-3
GURD JM, 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V26, P237, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(88)90077-2
Gurd JM, 2001, CORTEX, V37, P715, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70622-1
Gurd JM, 2006, J NEUROLINGUIST, V19, P424, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2006.03.004
HILLENBRAND J, 1995, J ACOUST SOC AM, V97, P3099, DOI 10.1121/1.411872
INGRAM JCL, 1992, J PHONETICS, V20, P457
KENT RD, 1979, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V22, P627
Kurowski K., 2006, J NEUROLINGUIST, V54, P1
Kurowski KM, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V54, P1, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0059
LISKER L, 1964, WORD, V20, P384
MERTUS J, 1999, BROWN LAB INTERACTIV
Miller N, 2006, J NEUROLINGUIST, V19, P385, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2006.03.005
Moen I, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P5, DOI 10.1080/026870300401577
PERKINS RA, 2007, THESIS U CENTRAL FLO
Ryalls J., 2000, INTRO SPEECH SCI BAS
Ryalls J., 2004, J MULTILINGUAL COMMU, V2, P61, DOI 10.1080/1476967031000090980
Ryalls J, 2006, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V20, P157, DOI 10.1080/02699200400026900
Varley R, 2006, J NEUROLINGUIST, V19, P356, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2006.03.002
Whitaker H. A., 1982, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY COGN, V1, P168
Whiteside SP, 1998, CORTEX, V34, P221, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70749-4
NR 28
TC 7
Z9 7
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 10
BP 1132
EP 1154
DI 10.1080/02687030903022211
PG 23
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 659PV
UT WOS:000282580300002
ER
PT J
AU Wong, MN
Murdoch, B
Whelan, BM
AF Wong, Min Ney
Murdoch, Bruce
Whelan, Brooke-Mai
TI Language disorders subsequent to mild traumatic brain injury (MTBI):
Evidence from four cases
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE MTBI; Cognition; General language; High-level language
ID CLOSED-HEAD-INJURY; REHABILITATION; PERFORMANCE; IMPAIRMENT; DISCOURSE;
FLUENCY; ADULTS
AB Background: The majority of cognitive research conducted within the mild traumatic brain injury (MTBI) population has been predominantly neuropsychologically based, lacking in-depth linguistic analysis. The effect of MTBI on language function has received little attention and remains largely unexplored.
Aims: This study was undertaken to explore in detail cognitive-linguistic impairments following MTBI, via the application of a comprehensive assessment battery.
Methods & Procedures: Four participants with MTBI were administered a comprehensive battery of cognitive-linguistic assessments at 6 months post injury. The control group consisted of 10 age-, sex- and education-level-matched, non-neurologically impaired participants. Non-parametric group comparisons between the MTBI and matched controls participants were carried out, followed by case-by-case analysis.
Outcomes & Results: Non-parametric between-group comparisons failed to reveal statistically significant differences between the MTBI and control participants across subtests. In case-by-case analyses, however, below normal performance on a range of subtests was demonstrated by the MTBI participants.
Conclusions: Findings suggest high-level cognitive-linguistic deficits may occur as a consequence of MTBI and imply that MTBI mechanisms may have the capacity to alter frontal lobe functioning. It is suggested that more sensitive measures of cognitive and high-level language function are needed in the assessment of MTBI.
C1 [Wong, Min Ney] Univ Queensland, Ctr Neurogen Commun Disorders Res, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, Brisbane, Qld 4072, Australia.
RP Wong, MN (reprint author), Univ Queensland, Ctr Neurogen Commun Disorders Res, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, Brisbane, Qld 4072, Australia.
EM min.wong@uq.edu.au
RI Murdoch, Bruce/C-1397-2012
CR Adamovich B, 1992, SCALES COGNITIVE ABI
ALEXANDER MP, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P656, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90118-1
American Congress of Rehabilitation Medicine, 1993, J HEAD TRAUMA REHAB, V8, P86, DOI DOI 10.1097/00001199-199309000-00010
Anderson V, 2001, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V23, P705, DOI 10.1076/jcen.23.6.705.1015
Barrow IM, 2006, BRAIN INJURY, V20, P845, DOI 10.1080/02699050600832445
Bazarian JJ, 2005, BRAIN INJURY, V19, P85, DOI 10.1080/02699050410001720158
Bernstein DM, 1999, BRAIN INJURY, V13, P151, DOI 10.1080/026990599121683
Bigler E. D., 1990, TRAUMATIC BRAIN INJU
Borgaro SR, 2003, BRAIN INJURY, V17, P189, DOI 10.1080/0269905021000013183
Brooks J, 1999, J TRAUMA, V46, P159, DOI 10.1097/00005373-199901000-00027
Chapey R., 2008, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO
Copland DA, 2000, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V8, P1
Curl RM, 1996, J HEAD TRAUMA REHAB, V11, P75, DOI 10.1097/00001199-199602000-00009
DEGASPAR, 2006, PARKINSONISM RELAT D, V12, P289
DODD DH, 1980, COGNITION MENTAL STR
Duff MC, 2002, BRAIN INJURY, V16, P773, DOI 10.1080/02699050210128870
Echemendia RJ, 2001, CLIN J SPORT MED, V11, P23, DOI 10.1097/00042752-200101000-00005
Frattali C, 1995, AM SPEECH LANGUAGE H
Gioia GA, 2000, BEHAV RATING INVENTO
Goldstein FC, 2001, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V7, P373, DOI 10.1017/S1355617701733115
Guilford JP., 1967, NATURE HUMAN INTELLI
Hanten G, 2004, DEV NEUROPSYCHOL, V25, P85, DOI 10.1207/s15326942dn2501&2_6
Heaton Robert K., 1999, Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology, V21, P572, DOI 10.1076/jcen.21.4.572.882
Hinchliffe FJ, 2001, TRAUMATIC BRAIN INJU, P199
Hinchliffe FJ, 1998, BRAIN INJURY, V12, P109
Holland A. L., 1999, COMMUNICATION ACTIVI
Huisingh R., 1990, WORD TEST REVISED TE
Isaki E, 2000, BRAIN INJURY, V14, P441
JAPP J, 2005, BRAIN INJURY RETURNI
Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
King KA, 2006, BRAIN INJURY, V20, P725, DOI 10.1080/02699050600743824
Levin H. S., 1989, MILD HEAD INJURY
Lezak M, 2004, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL A
Lindfors J., 1987, CHILDRENS LANGUAGE L
Lucas JA, 2005, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V19, P243, DOI 10.1080/13854040590945337
Okie S, 2005, NEW ENGL J MED, V352, P2043, DOI 10.1056/NEJMp058102
Randolph C, 1999, ARCH CLIN NEUROPSYCH, V14, P489, DOI 10.1016/S0887-6177(98)00023-7
Randolph C., 2001, REPEATABLE BATTERY A
Raskin SA, 1996, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V10, P416, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.10.3.416
ROSENTHAL M, 1993, ANN EMERG MED, V22, P1048, DOI 10.1016/S0196-0644(05)82749-0
Saltapidas H, 2007, J HEAD TRAUMA REHAB, V22, P132
SARNO MT, 1980, J NERV MENT DIS, V168, P685, DOI 10.1097/00005053-198011000-00008
Snow P, 1995, TRAUMATIC BRAIN INJU, P137
Spreen O., 1969, NEUROSENSORY CTR COM
Tate RL, 1998, AUST NZ J PUBL HEAL, V22, P419, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-842X.1998.tb01406.x
Terrell TR, 2004, SOUTH MED J, V97, P837, DOI 10.1097/01.SMJ.0000140091.58338.1E
Tucker FM, 1998, BRAIN INJURY, V12, P783
Turkstra Lyn S., 2005, Seminars in Speech and Language, V26, P215, DOI 10.1055/s-2005-922101
Turkstra L, 2005, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V13, pIX
Umile EM, 2002, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V83, P1506, DOI 10.1053/apmr.2002.35092
*UN DAT SYST MED R, 1996, FUNCT IND MEAS
Warden D, 2006, J HEAD TRAUMA REHAB, V21, P398
Wehman Paul, 1993, Brain Injury, V7, P31, DOI 10.3109/02699059309008154
Whelan B. M., 2006, BRAIN LANG, V99, P171, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.100
Whelan BM, 2007, J HEAD TRAUMA REHAB, V22, P192, DOI 10.1097/01.HTR.0000271120.04405.db
Wiig EH, 1989, TEST LANGUAGE COMPET
Wrightson P., 1999, MILD HEAD INJURY GUI
Ylvisaker M., 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO
Ylvisaker M., 1998, TRAUMATIC BRAIN INJU
NR 60
TC 4
Z9 4
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 10
BP 1155
EP 1169
DI 10.1080/02687030903168212
PG 15
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 659PV
UT WOS:000282580300003
ER
PT J
AU Kerr, J
Hilari, K
Litosseliti, L
AF Kerr, Joanna
Hilari, Katerina
Litosseliti, Lia
TI Information needs after stroke: What to include and how to structure it
on a website. A qualitative study using focus groups and card sorting
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Internet-based health information; Website information structure; Stroke
education; Aphasia; Stroke information needs
ID CARERS WANT; FAMILIES; APHASIA
AB Background: Use of the Internet to obtain health and other information is increasing. Previous studies have identified the specific information needs of people with stroke but not in relation to the Internet. People with aphasia (PwA) may face barriers in accessing the Internet: Navigating websites requires an ability to categorise information and this ability is often impaired in PwA. The website categorisation preferences of people with stroke and with aphasia have not yet been reported.
Aims: This study aimed: (a) to determine what information people who have had a stroke would like to see on a website about living with stroke; (b) to determine the most effective means of structuring information on the website so that it is accessible to people with stroke; and c) to identify any differences between people with and without aphasia in terms of preferences for structuring information on the website.
Methods & Procedures: Participants were recruited from a hospital's Stroke Database. Focus groups were used to elicit what information participants wanted on a website about living with stroke. The themes raised were depicted on 133 cards. To determine the most effective way of structuring information on the website, and whether there were any differences in preferences between PwA and PwoA, participants used a modified closed card-sorting technique to sort the cards under website categories.
Outcomes & Results: A total of 48 people were invited, and 12 (25%) agreed to take part. We ran three focus groups: one with PwA (n = 5) and two with people without aphasia (PwoA) (n = 3, n = 4). Participants wanted more information about stroke causes and effects (particularly emotional issues), roles of local agencies, and returning to previous activities (driving, going out). All participants completed the card-sorting exercise. Few cards (6%) were categorised identically by everyone. Cards relating to local agencies and groups were not consistently categorised together. Cards relating to emotions were segregated. The categorisation preferences for PwA were more fragmented than those for PwoA: 60% of PwA agreed on the categorisation of 51% of the cards, whereas 60% of PwoA agreed on the categorisation of 76% of the cards.
Conclusions: Information needs covered all stages of the stroke journey. The card sorting was accessible to everyone, and provided evidence of structuring preferences and of some of the categorisation difficulties faced by PwA. More research is needed on what an accessible website looks like for PwA.
C1 [Hilari, Katerina] City Univ London, Dept Language & Commun Sci, London EC1V 0HB, England.
[Kerr, Joanna] St James Hosp, Portsmouth, Hants, England.
RP Hilari, K (reprint author), City Univ London, Dept Language & Commun Sci, London EC1V 0HB, England.
EM k.hilari@city.ac.uk
CR ANDERSEN R, 2005, AM MED INFORM ASS AN, V882
Avent J, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P365, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000813
Baldo JV, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V92, P240, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.06.103
Chapey R, 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO
DONG J, 2001, EZSORT USORT EZCALC
Dutton WH, 2007, INTERNET BRITAIN
Enderby P. M., 1987, FRENCHAY APHASIA SCR
GIANOTTI G, 1986, J CLIN EXPT NEUROPSY, V8, P37
Griffin Erin, 2004, Top Stroke Rehabil, V11, P29
GRUBER MA, 1999, J FAMILY PRACTICE, V48, P58
Hanger HC, 1998, CLIN REHABIL, V12, P45, DOI 10.1191/026921598668677675
Hare R, 2006, FAM PRACT, V23, P131, DOI 10.1093/fampra/cmi098
Hilari K, 2009, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V44, P193, DOI 10.1080/13682820802008820
Litosseliti L, 2003, USING FOCUS GROUPS R
MAURER D, 2007, EUROSTAR CARD SORTIN
Maurer D., 2004, CARD SORTING DEFINIT
Mead Nicola, 2003, J Health Serv Res Policy, V8, P33, DOI 10.1258/13558190360468209
Morris R, 2007, INT J QUAL HEALTH C, V19, P105, DOI 10.1093/intqhc/mz1073
*NAT STAT, 2008, INT ACC 2008 HOUS IN
OMahony PG, 1997, CLIN REHABIL, V11, P68, DOI 10.1177/026921559701100110
Raven J. C., 1995, COLOURED PROGR MATRI
Rochette A, 2008, DISABIL REHABIL, V30, P1506, DOI 10.1080/09638280701615220
Rodgers H, 2001, AGE AGEING, V30, P129, DOI 10.1093/ageing/30.2.129
SAVITCH N, 2006, INT C COMP HELP PEOP, P144
SAVITCH N, 2006, J DEMENTIA CARE SEP, P29
SINGH S, 1998, J COMMUNICATION SPR, P86
Smith J, 2008, COCHRANE DB SYST REV, DOI 10.1002/14651858.CD001919.pub2
*STROK ASS, 2006, GETT BACK WORK STROK
The Royal College of Physicians Intercollegiate Stroke Working Party, 2008, INT STROK WORK PART
vanVeenendaal H, 1996, PATIENT EDUC COUNS, V28, P265, DOI 10.1016/0738-3991(95)00853-5
VILLARDITA C, 1985, CORTEX, V21, P627
WALSH TM, 2008, RESP CARE, V53
Wiles R, 1998, J ADV NURS, V28, P794, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2648.1998.00709.x
World Health Organization (WHO), 2002, COMM LANG FUNCT DIS
NR 34
TC 5
Z9 5
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 10
BP 1170
EP 1196
DI 10.1080/02687030903383738
PG 27
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 659PV
UT WOS:000282580300004
ER
PT J
AU Markova, J
Csefalvay, Z
AF Markova, Jana
Csefalvay, Zsolt
TI Morphological-syntactic deficits in the production of Slovak-speaking
aphasic patients
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Spontaneous speech; Agrammatism; Paragrammatism; Syntax;
Morphology
ID LANGUAGE
AB Background: Grammatical deficits in aphasia have been the subject of research in many languages. It is stated that the symptoms vary depending on morphological-syntactic properties of a studied language. Only a few studies have mapped the symptoms of the grammatical impairment in inflective languages, but the Slovak language has not been studied so far.
Aims: The primary aim of our study was to map grammatical deficits in aphasic patients speaking Slovak by analysing some aspects of morphology and syntax. We studied the influence of the type of aphasia, the degree of non-fluent aphasia, and the method eliciting speech on the fluency of patients' production.
Methods & Procedures: We analysed production in 7 patients with anomic and 4 patients with non-fluent (Broca's) aphasia. Patients with Broca's aphasia were divided into 2 groups according to the fluency of their production. The speech of patients with a more severe degree of aphasia consisted of content words separated with long pauses. Production of patients with a mild degree of Broca's aphasia was non-fluent sometimes full of perseverations, repairs and false starts but with some syntactic organisation. The samples of spontaneous speech were obtained with two methods: interview and picture description. The speech production of patients was tape-recorded, transcribed, and analysed. The analysis included various aspects of morphology and syntax.
Outcomes & Results: According to our results, patients with anomic aphasia did not have apparent problems with any aspect of morphology, but errors occurred on the level of complex syntactic constructions. The speech production of patients with Broca's aphasia was deficient and some symptoms (the use of grammatical morphemes, contextually disallowed verbal ellipses) varied depending on the degree of aphasia.
Conclusions: This analysis revealed morphological-syntactic deficits in Slovak-speaking aphasic patients. The results indicate that the symptoms depend not only on the type of aphasia but also on the degree of Broca's aphasia. We compared these results with studies carried out in other languages (for example, Czech, Polish, Serbo-Croatian, Hungarian, Turkish).
C1 [Markova, Jana] Comenius Univ, Dept Commun Disorders, Bratislava 81334, Slovakia.
RP Markova, J (reprint author), Comenius Univ, Dept Commun Disorders, Racianska 59, Bratislava 81334, Slovakia.
EM markova2@fedu.uniba.sk
CR BATES E, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P123, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90149-U
CSEFALVAY Z, 1988, SLOVENSKA EXPT VERZI
HOFSTEDE BTM, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V46, P278, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1017
JAREMA G, 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C, P817
JAREMA G, 1998, HDB NEUROLINGUISTICS, P221, DOI 10.1016/B978-012666055-5/50018-6
Kolk H., 1998, HDB NEUROLINGUISTICS, P249, DOI 10.1016/B978-012666055-5/50020-4
KOLK H, 1992, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V7, P89, DOI 10.1080/01690969208409381
Leheckova H, 2001, J NEUROLINGUIST, V14, P179, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(01)00014-8
Levelt W., 1993, LINGUISTIC DISORDERS
LEVELT WJM, 2000, NEUROCOGNITION LANGU, P83
LUKATELA K, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V49, P50, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1021
MACWHINNEY B, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P165, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90151-P
Mistrik J., 1966, VETOSLED SLOVOSLED
Oravec J., 1984, SUCASNY SLOVENSKY SP
Oravec J., 1982, SUCASNY SLOVENSKY SP
SLOBIN DI, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P149, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90150-Y
Sokolova M, 1999, MORFEMATICKY SLOVNIK
VAKARELIYSKA C, 1994, SUPOSTAVITELNO EZIKO, V19, P7
VAKARELIYSKA C, 1993, CORTEX, V29, P409
ZEI B, 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA, P896
NR 20
TC 1
Z9 1
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 10
BP 1197
EP 1222
DI 10.1080/02687030903422452
PG 26
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 659PV
UT WOS:000282580300005
ER
PT J
AU Pickard, R
McAllister, J
Horton, S
AF Pickard, Richard
McAllister, Jan
Horton, Simon
TI Spontaneous recovery of writing after stroke: A case study of the first
100 days
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Stroke; Recovery; Writing; Jargon dysgraphia; Perseveration;
Paragrammatism
ID JARGON APHASIA; PERSEVERATIVE ERRORS; ACQUIRED DYSGRAPHIA; LANGUAGE;
AGRAPHIA; PARAGRAMMATISMS; COMPREHENSION; NEOLOGISMS; THERAPY
AB Background: This paper describes a corpus of spontaneous text produced by the first author, an experienced writer, in the 100 days following a CVA. The corpus begins with highly disordered texts replete with neologistic jargon written soon after onset and continues during the period of recovery. By the end of the corpus, language had returned to pre-morbid levels.
Aims: The main aim of the paper is to present a detailed longitudinal investigation of the process of recovery from jargon agraphia. In addition, patterns of preservation and deficit will be highlighted, and inferences about the origins of the neologisms, perseverations, and paragrammatisms in the samples will be attempted, although the latter must necessarily be speculative, given the limitations associated with spontaneous writing samples.
Main Contribution: The case is relatively unusual compared with other cases in the literature in that it focuses on the spontaneous writing of an individual who wrote extensively in his professional and private life prior to his illness, and who made a complete recovery from the linguistic consequences of the CVA.
Conclusions: Early texts in the corpus were disordered at various linguistic levels, but features of typography and other non-alphabetic characteristics were preserved. Findings largely parallel those reported in other case studies.
C1 [McAllister, Jan] Univ E Anglia, Hlth & Social Sci Res Inst, Norwich NR4 7TJ, Norfolk, England.
RP McAllister, J (reprint author), Univ E Anglia, Hlth & Social Sci Res Inst, Norwich NR4 7TJ, Norfolk, England.
EM j.mcallister@uea.ac.uk
CR Bose A, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P726, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192315
BUCKINGHAM H, 1976, NEOLOGISTIC JARGON A
BUCKINGHAM HW, 1978, CORTEX, V14, P365
BUTTERWORTH B, 1987, COGNITION, V26, P1, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(87)90012-6
BUTTERWORTH B, 1992, COGNITION, V42, P261, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90045-J
BUTTERWORTH B, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V8, P133, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90046-4
CARAMAZZA A, 1987, COGNITION, V26, P59, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(87)90014-X
CARAMAZZA A, 1990, COGNITION, V37, P243, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(90)90047-N
Code C, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P1035, DOI 10.1080/02687030600739539
COLTHEART M, 1981, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V33, P497
Dehaene S., 1998, NUMBER SENSE
Delazer M, 2002, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V40, P2167, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(02)00044-1
ELLIS AW, 1983, COGNITION, V15, P111, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90036-7
FREEDMANSTERN R, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V22, P181, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90089-0
Graham NL, 2001, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V18, P343, DOI 10.1080/02643290125983
GREEN E, 1969, LANG SPEECH, V12, P103
HARLEY TA, 1990, COGNITION, V34, P85, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(90)90032-F
Hashimoto R, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V63, P50, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1865
HEESCHEN C, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P299, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248928
Hillis AE, 1999, NEUROLOGY, V53, P1813
Jones MN, 2004, BEHAV RES METH INS C, V36, P388, DOI 10.3758/BF03195586
Marshall J, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V63, P79, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1936
Marshall J, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P387, DOI 10.1080/02687030500489946
McCarthy R. A., 1990, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH
MCNEIL MR, 2005, APHASIA RELATED NEUR, P97
Miceli G, 2006, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V23, P110, DOI 10.1080/02643290500202730
Moses MS, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P960, DOI 10.1080/02687030701198254
Moses MS, 2004, NEUROCASE, V10, P452, DOI 10.1080/13554790490894057
Moses MS, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P975, DOI 10.1080/02687030701198312
PICKARD R, 2006, TWICKS TWICKS OUT TW
Pring T., 2005, RES METHODS COMMUNIC
RAPCSAK SZ, 2001, HDB ADULT LANGUAGE D, P71
Rapp B, 2002, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V19, P1, DOI 10.1080/0264329014300060
Robson J, 1998, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V33, P305, DOI 10.1080/136828298247767
Robson J, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V85, P109, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00503-5
ROHRER JD, 2009, J NEUROL SCI, V15, P155
SCHONAUER K, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V47, P279, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1053
SIMMONS NN, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P403, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248611
Varley R, 2005, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V43, P1503, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2004.12.011
VENNERI A, 1994, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V32, P923, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(94)90043-4
Ward J, 2000, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V17, P641, DOI 10.1080/026432900750002208
NR 41
TC 1
Z9 1
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 10
BP 1223
EP 1241
DI 10.1080/02687030903437674
PG 19
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 659PV
UT WOS:000282580300006
ER
PT J
AU Thompson, CK
Choy, JJ
Holland, A
Cole, R
AF Thompson, Cynthia K.
Choy, JungWon Janet
Holland, Audrey
Cole, Ronald
TI Sentactics (R): Computer-automated treatment of underlying forms
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Sentactics; Aphasia; Therapy/treatment/Language; Stroke; Rehabilitation
ID AGRAMMATIC APHASIA; SENTENCE PRODUCTION; VERB RETRIEVAL; SYNTACTIC
COMPLEXITY; MOVEMENT STRUCTURES; LANGUAGE PRODUCTION; MAPPING THERAPY;
WH; COMPREHENSION; STIMULATION
AB Background: Treatment of underlying forms (TUF) is a linguistically based treatment for improving agrammatic sentence deficits. It enjoys a substantial database attesting to its efficacy for improving both sentence comprehension and production in agrammatic aphasia. However, TUF requires considerable linguistic background to administer, and administration time can exceed the number of treatment sessions allotted in toto for reimbursement by third-party payors in the United States. Thus Sentactics (R), an interactive computer system that enables delivery of TUF by a virtual clinician, was developed.
Aims: This study tested the effects of Sentactics (R) on the acquisition and generalised production and comprehension of complex sentences. Additionally, a direct comparison of the results of computer-delivered Sentactics (R) and clinician-delivered TUF was undertaken.
Methods & Procedures: A total of 12 agrammatic aphasic speakers participated in the study, with 6 receiving Sentactics (R) and 6 serving as experimental controls who received no treatment. All participants were administered pre- and post-treatment sentence comprehension and production tests and other measures to evaluate the effects of Sentactics (R). Performance of the Sentactics (R) group was also compared to eight agrammatic patients who previously received clinician-delivered TUF treatment identical to that delivered via Sentactics (R), but with a human clinician.
Outcomes & Results: Sentactics (R) significantly improved all six aphasic speakers' ability to comprehend and produce both trained and untrained, linguistically related, complex sentences as compared to six agrammatic control participants who did not receive Sentactics (R). In addition, comparing the results of Sentactics (R) to clinician-delivered TUF revealed no significant differences between approaches with regard to acquisition or generalisation patterns.
Conclusions: These data provide further support for the efficacy of TUF and demonstrate the viability of computer-delivered therapies in the field of aphasia treatment.
C1 [Thompson, Cynthia K.; Choy, JungWon Janet] Northwestern Univ, Evanston, IL USA.
[Holland, Audrey] Univ Arizona, Tucson, AZ USA.
[Cole, Ronald] Boulder Language Technol, Boulder, CO USA.
RP Thompson, CK (reprint author), 240 Campus Dr, Evanston, IL 60208 USA.
EM ckthom@northwestern.edu
FU NIH [R21DC007377, R01DC01948]
FX Research supported by the NIH, R21DC007377 & R01DC01948.
CR Ballard KJ, 1999, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V42, P690
Berndt RS, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P107
Berndt RS, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P68
Cherney LR, 2008, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V17, P19, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2008/003)
Cole R., 2007, Educational Technology, V47
Cole R., 2007, Educational Technology, V47
DAVIS GA, 1987, J COMMUN DISORD, V20, P447, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(87)90032-3
Dickey MW, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P604, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192059
DOYLE PJ, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V52, P143
Fink RB, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P679, DOI 10.1080/02687030701800792
Fink RB, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1061, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000400
Friedmann N, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P288, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/023)
Grodzinsky Y, 1998, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V10, P281, DOI 10.1162/089892998562708
Haendiges AN, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P276, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0011
HELMESTABROOKS N, 1981, HELM ELICITED LANGUA
Helm-Estabrooks N, 2000, SENTENCE PRODUCTION
Jacobs BJ, 2000, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V43, P5
Katz RC, 1997, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V40, P493
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Kim M, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V74, P1, DOI 10.1006/brin.2000.2315
Laganaro M, 2001, FOLIA PHONIATR LOGO, V53, P135, DOI 10.1159/000052668
Linebarger MC, 2001, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V11, P57
Linebarger MC, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V75, P416, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2378
Linebarger MC, 2004, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P267, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000537
Manheim LM, 2009, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V90, P623, DOI 10.1016/j.apmr.2008.10.022
Marshall J, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V63, P159, DOI 10.1006/brln.1998.1949
MICELI G, 1984, CORTEX, V20, P207
Ramsberger G, 2007, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V16, P343, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2007/038)
Reeves Nina, 2007, Int J Electron Healthc, V3, P135, DOI 10.1504/IJEH.2007.011485
Rochon E, 2005, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V15, P1, DOI 10.1080/09602010343000327
SCHWARTZ MF, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P19, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248639
Stadie N, 2008, BRAIN LANG, V104, P211, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.08.006
THOM R, 1995, AQUAT BOT, V50, P201, DOI 10.1016/0304-3770(95)00449-A
Thompson CK, 1998, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V4, P661
Thompson C. K., 1995, BRAIN LANG, V51, P124
THOMPSON CK, 1986, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V29, P193
Thompson CK, 2007, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V16, P30, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2007/005)
Thompson CK, 1997, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V40, P228
Thompson CK, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P591, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/047)
Thompson CK, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P1021, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000227
THOMPSON CK, 2008, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO
THOMPSON CK, 2008, NEURAL CORRELATES CA
WAMBAUGH JL, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P509
ZINGESER LB, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P14, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90002-X
NR 44
TC 13
Z9 13
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 10
BP 1242
EP 1266
DI 10.1080/02687030903474255
PG 25
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 659PV
UT WOS:000282580300007
ER
PT J
AU Brown, K
Worrall, L
Davidson, B
Howe, T
AF Brown, Kyla
Worrall, Linda
Davidson, Bronwyn
Howe, Tami
TI Snapshots of success: An insider perspective on living successfully with
aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Qualitative; Living successfully; Psychosocial factors; Quality
of life; Participation
ID QUALITY-OF-LIFE; SOCIAL SUPPORT; OLDER-PEOPLE; STROKE; HEALTH; ADULTS;
PREDICTORS; DISABILITY; MODEL; REHABILITATION
AB Background: While the negative impact of aphasia has been the focus of much research, few studies have investigated more positive examples of people living with aphasia. Exploring the concept of living successfully with aphasia from an insider perspective can enhance current research by providing positively framed data that balance this negative skew. Collectively, the perspectives of people with aphasia on themes of importance for living successfully with aphasia may inform clinical interventions and other community-based services, enabling positive adaptive factors and processes identified in the research to be promoted and ultimately improving the quality of life for people with aphasia.
Aims: The aim of this study was to explore, from the perspectives of people with aphasia, the meaning of living successfully with aphasia.
Methods & Procedures: Semi-structured in-depth interviews were conducted with 25 participants with aphasia. All participants had aphasia as a result of stroke, lived in the community, and were at least 2 years post-stroke. As an adjunct to the interview process participants were asked to take photographs of what living successfully with aphasia meant to them. These photographs formed the basis of discussion for a second interview. Interviews were transcribed verbatim and analysed using interpretative phenomenological analysis (Smith, Jarman, & Osborn, 1999).
Outcomes & Results: Analysis of participant transcripts revealed that the concept of living successfully with aphasia is complex, and highly individualised. Four core themes related to living successfully with aphasia emerged from the data: doing things; meaningful relationships; striving for a positive way of life; and communication.
Conclusions: Research focusing on living successfully with aphasia challenges researchers and clinicians to focus on positive adaptive processes and factors. Further research is indicated to develop the concept of living successfully with aphasia further and explore how best to work in partnership with individuals with aphasia to ensure their priorities for living with aphasia are addressed.
C1 [Brown, Kyla] Univ Queensland, Commun Disabil Ctr, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, Brisbane, Qld 4072, Australia.
[Howe, Tami] Univ Canterbury, Christchurch 1, New Zealand.
RP Brown, K (reprint author), Univ Queensland, Commun Disabil Ctr, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, Brisbane, Qld 4072, Australia.
EM k.brown1@uq.edu.au
RI Hudson, Kyla/D-2575-2010; Worrall, Linda/D-2579-2010; Davidson,
Bronwyn/F-8741-2010
OI Hudson, Kyla/0000-0002-0328-3873; Worrall, Linda/0000-0002-3283-7038;
CR ASTROM M, 1993, STROKE, V24, P976
Bakas T, 2006, REHABIL NURS, V31, P33
Bloustien G, 2003, SOCIAL ANAL, V47, P64, DOI DOI 10.3167/015597703782352844.D0I:10.3167/015597703782352844
Boles L, 2006, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V13, P37, DOI 10.1310/29WX-32LE-A21H-3JQJ
Bowling A, 2007, AGEING SOC, V27, P827, DOI 10.1017/S0i44686X07006423
Brennan AD, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P693, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000958
BRUMFITT S, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P569, DOI 10.1080/02687039308248631
Bury M, 2001, SOCIOL HEALTH ILL, V23, P263, DOI 10.1111/1467-9566.00252
Byng S, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P906, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000128
Caporali A, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P815, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000247
Chapey R., 2008, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO
CHRISTENSEN JM, 1989, J COMMUN DISORD, V22, P225, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(89)90018-X
Code C, 2003, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V13, P109, DOI 10.1080/09602010244000291
Coyne IT, 1997, J ADV NURS, V26, P623, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2648.1997.t01-25-00999.x
Cruice M, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P333, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000707
Cruice M, 2010, APHASIOLOGY, V24, P327, DOI 10.1080/02687030802565849
Cruice M, 2006, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V13, P14, DOI 10.1310/4JW5-7VG8-G6X3-1QVJ
Cruice M, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P1210, DOI 10.1080/02687030600790136
Davidson B, 2008, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V15, P325, DOI 10.1310/tsr1504-325
Depp CA, 2006, AM J GERIAT PSYCHIAT, V14, P6, DOI 10.1097/01.JGP.0000192501.03069.bc
Diener E, 2009, SCI WELL BEING COLLE, V1
Elman Roberta J., 1999, Seminars in Speech and Language, V20, P65, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1064009
Frank Arthur W., 1997, HEALTH, V1, P131, DOI DOI 10.1177/136345939700100201
Frohmann L, 2005, VIOLENCE AGAINST WOM, V11, P1396, DOI 10.1177/1077801205280271
Goodwin DL, 2001, ADAPT PHYS ACT Q, V18, P289
Guse L W, 1999, Issues Ment Health Nurs, V20, P527
Hammel KW, 2006, PERSPECTIVES DISABIL
Hilari K, 2009, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V44, P193, DOI 10.1080/13682820802008820
Hilari K, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P17, DOI 10.1080/02687030500279982
Hilari K, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P365, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000725
Hinckley JJ, 2006, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V13, P25, DOI 10.1310/FLJ3-04DQ-MG8W-89EU
Holland A., 2006, TOPICS STROKE REHABI, V13
Holland A, 2007, TOP LANG DISORD, V27, P339
Holland A., 2007, COUNSELING COMMUNICA
Holland AL, 2006, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V13, P44, DOI 10.1310/13D7-R31R-8A0D-Y74G
Kagan A, 1995, CLIN APHASIOL, V23, P65
Kagan A, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P624, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2001/051)
Kagan A, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P258, DOI 10.1080/02687030701282595
Kaufman S. R., 1994, QUALITATIVE METHODS, P123
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Knight T, 2003, INT J AGING HUM DEV, V56, P223, DOI 10.2190/CG1A-4Y73-WEW8-44QY
Koch T, 2006, J ADV NURS, V53, P91, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2648.2006.03681.x
Laures-Gore J, 2007, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V15, P423
LEDORZE G, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P239
Levin T, 2007, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V14, P72, DOI 10.1310/tsr1401-72
McLeod S, 2008, INT J SPEECH-LANG PA, V10, P1, DOI 10.1080/17549500701837081
Michallet B, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P731, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000087
Miller AM, 2002, HEALTH EDUC BEHAV, V29, P249, DOI 10.1177/109019810202900209
Minichiello V., 1995, IN DEPTH INTERVIEWIN
Oliver M., 2009, UNDERSTANDING DISABI, V2nd
Parr S., 1997, TALKING APHASIA LIVI
Parr S, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P98, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798337
Patton M. Q, 2002, QUALITATIVE RES EVAL
Phelan EA, 2004, J AM GERIATR SOC, V52, P211, DOI 10.1111/j.1532-5415.2004.52056.x
Phelan EA, 2002, J AM GERIATR SOC, V50, P1306, DOI 10.1046/j.1532-5415.2002.t01-1-50324.x
Plexico L, 2005, J FLUENCY DISORD, V30, P1, DOI 10.1016/j.jfludis.2004.12.001
Ritchie J., 2003, QUALITATIVE RES PRAC
Rose TA, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P947, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000319
Ross KB, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P355, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000716
Ross KB, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P791, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000130
Rowe JW, 1997, GERONTOLOGIST, V37, P433
ROWE JW, 1987, SCIENCE, V237, P143, DOI 10.1126/science.3299702
Ryff CD, 1996, PSYCHOTHER PSYCHOSOM, V65, P14
SARNO MT, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P321, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249514
Seligman M.E.P, 2002, AUTHENTIC HAPPINESS
Shadden B., 2008, NEUROGENIC COMMUNICA
Shadden BB, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P211, DOI 10.1080/02687930444000697
SHERBOURNE CD, 1991, SOC SCI MED, V32, P705, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(91)90150-B
Simmons-Mackie N., 2008, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO
Smith J. A., 1999, QUALITATIVE HLTH PSY, P218
Smith J. A., 2004, DOING SOCIAL PSYCHOL, P229
Smith JA, 2003, QUALITATIVE PSYCHOL, P51
Strawbridge WJ, 1996, AM J EPIDEMIOL, V144, P135
Swain J, 2000, DISABIL SOC, V15, P569
Tate RB, 2003, GERONTOLOGIST, V43, P735
Turner D. S., 2004, AUSTR J HOLISTIC NUR, V11, P16
Walker R., 1993, QUALITATIVE VOICES E, P72
World Health Organisation, 2001, INT CLASS FUNCT DIS
Zemva N, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P219, DOI 10.1080/026870399402190
NR 79
TC 25
Z9 25
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 10
BP 1267
EP 1295
DI 10.1080/02687031003755429
PG 29
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 659PV
UT WOS:000282580300008
ER
PT J
AU Links, P
Hurkmans, J
Bastiaanse, R
AF Links, Petra
Hurkmans, Joost
Bastiaanse, Roelien
TI Training verb and sentence production in agrammatic Broca's aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia treatment; Verb therapy; Agrammatic aphasia; Broca's aphasia;
Recovery
ID ARGUMENT STRUCTURE; RETRIEVAL; THERAPY; LANGUAGE; COMPREHENSION;
CONSTRUCTION
AB Background: Many aphasic speakers have problems producing verbs at both the word and the sentence level. A treatment programme called ACTION (Bastiaanse, Bunge, Perk, 2004; Bastiaanse, Jonkers, Quak, Varela Put, 1997) has been developed to train verb production of both fluent and non-fluent aphasic speakers. It consists of four levels: single verbs, filling in infinitives, filling in finite verbs, and sentence construction. For the present study the efficacy of the programme for agrammatic speakers with Broca's aphasia was tested. Aims: The aim of the study was to measure the effects of treatment with ACTION on non-trained infinitives and finite verbs, and to analyse the generalisation effects on spontaneous speech and verbal communication in daily life. Methods Procedure: ACTION was used to train 11 agrammatic patients with Broca's aphasia, following the multiple baseline across behaviours design. The patients were tested weekly on untreated items. Two follow-up assessments were done, 1 and 3 months post-treatment. Generalisation to related and unrelated materials was measured with subtasks of the Aachen Aphasia Test (AAT). Spontaneous speech was analysed, and verbal communication was measured before and after treatment and 3 months post-treatment by the Amsterdam-Nijmegen Everyday Language Test (ANELT). Outcomes Results: There was improvement on the untrained infinitives and finite verbs. The improvement on infinitives was relatively minor; finite verbs, which were more impaired than the infinitives prior to treatment, improved up to the level of the infinitives. The improvement generalised to the related tasks of the AAT, but not to the unrelated task; verbal communication improved significantly. This improvement was reflected in relevant variables of spontaneous speech (mean length of utterances, proportion of finite verbs and verb diversity), but not in an unrelated variable (diversity of nouns). Conclusions: Treatment with ACTION resulted in better production of finite verbs. The effects generalised to spontaneous speech. Most importantly, it was shown that communication in daily life improved.
C1 [Bastiaanse, Roelien] Univ Groningen, Dept Linguist, NL-9700 AS Groningen, Netherlands.
[Links, Petra; Bastiaanse, Roelien] Univ Med Ctr Groningen, Groningen, Netherlands.
[Hurkmans, Joost] Rehabil Ctr Revalidatie Friesland, Beetsterzwaag, Netherlands.
RP Bastiaanse, R (reprint author), Univ Groningen, Dept Linguist, POB 716, NL-9700 AS Groningen, Netherlands.
EM y.r.m.bastiaanse@rug.nl
FU Stichting Beatrixoord Noord-Nederland; Dutch Aphasia Foundation
(Stichting Afasie Nederland: SAN)
FX We wish to thank the Stichting Beatrixoord Noord-Nederland and the Dutch
Aphasia Foundation (Stichting Afasie Nederland: SAN) for their grants
which financed this project. We are also very grateful to the speech
therapists of Beatrixoord and Revalidatie Friesland, who trained the
patients according to the protocol and to Ryan Taylor, Allison Smith,
and Eleanor Harding for their comments on an earlier version.
CR Bastiaanse R, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P49, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000455
Bastiaanse R., 1995, PALPA NEDERLANDSE VE
BASTIAANSE R, 1997, WERKWOORDPRODUCTIE W
Bastiaanse R., 2000, WERKWOORDEN ZINNENTE
BASTIAANSE R, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V48, P1, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1001
Bastiaanse R, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P951, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249463
BASTIAANSE R, 2004, ACTION THERAPIEPROGR
Bastiaanse R, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V80, P142, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2585
Bastiaanse R, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P363, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248417
Bastiaanse R, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P91, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00306-7
Bastiaanse R, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P298, DOI 10.1080/02687030500474922
Berndt RS, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P107
BLOMERT L, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P381, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248666
CONROY P, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P1159
Edwards S, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P644, DOI 10.1080/02687030600631827
Fink R. B., 1992, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V21, P263
Fucetola R, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P411, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000859
Goral M, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P1383, DOI 10.1080/02687030802235203
Graetz P., 1992, AKENSE AFASIE TEST
Jonkers R, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V102, P262, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.01.002
KOLK H, 1992, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V7, P89, DOI 10.1080/01690969208409381
Lee M, 2004, J NEUROLINGUIST, V17, P315, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(03)00062-9
MARSHALL J, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P517, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248712
Miller N, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P683
MITCHUM CC, 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, P317
Murray LL, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P585
Pashek G, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V65, P177
Pulvermuller F, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P563, DOI 10.1080/02687030701612213
Rodriguez AD, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P286, DOI 10.1080/02687030500474898
Rose M, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P691, DOI 10.1080/02687030701800800
SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8
Schneider SL, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P213, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000635
SCHWARTZ MF, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P19, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248639
Thompson C. K, 1994, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V23, P121
Thompson CK, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P175, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0009
THOMPSON CK, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V99, P69, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.049
Wambaugh JL, 2002, J REHABIL RES DEV, V39, P455
Webster J, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P748, DOI 10.1080/02687030500166957
NR 38
TC 15
Z9 15
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 11
BP 1303
EP 1325
DI 10.1080/02687030903437666
PG 23
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 659QB
UT WOS:000282580900001
ER
PT J
AU Hula, W
Donovan, NJ
Kendall, DL
Gonzalez-Rothi, LJ
AF Hula, William
Donovan, Neila J.
Kendall, Diane L.
Gonzalez-Rothi, Leslie J.
TI Item response theory analysis of the Western Aphasia Battery
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Item response theory; Rasch analysis; Assessment; Psychometrics
ID VALIDITY; STATISTICS; EFFICACY; ADULTS
AB Background: The Western Aphasia Battery (WAB) (Kertesz, 1982) is one of the most frequently used tests of general language performance in aphasia, despite significant psychometric limitations. Item response theory (IRT) provides measurement models that may address some of these limitations. Aims: The purposes of this investigation were to evaluate whether the WAB can be productively fit to an IRT model, and to evaluate whether IRT modelling confers psychometric benefits. Methods Procedures: An analysis of WAB data collected from a convenience sample of 101 individuals with chronic aphasia was undertaken. Exploratory factor analysis was conducted to evaluate the dimensionality of the WAB, and a Rasch Partial Credit Model was fit to the data. Item fit statistics and residual correlations were used to test key model assumptions. The distribution of traditional and Rasch-based person scores, and the relationship between ability level and test reliability were also examined. Outcomes Results: Despite reasonable overall fit to the model, a small number of WAB items demonstrated significant misfit, suggesting that they do not productively contribute to the measurement of aphasia severity. A small but substantial minority of individuals also demonstrated inadequate fit to the measurement model. Rasch-based scores were more normally distributed than traditional scores, and score reliability varied substantially across the ability range. Conclusions: These results suggest that the WAB may be productively fit to an IRT-based measurement model, and that such models may be used to improve the psychometric properties of aphasia tests. Benefits include indices of severity and score reliability that are more valid than those currently in use, and the potential for improved efficiency of testing through adaptive administration.
C1 [Hula, William] VA Pittsburgh Healthcare Syst, CCC SLP, Pittsburgh, PA 15206 USA.
[Hula, William] Univ Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, PA USA.
[Donovan, Neila J.] Louisiana State Univ, Baton Rouge, LA 70803 USA.
[Kendall, Diane L.] Univ Washington, Seattle, WA 98195 USA.
[Gonzalez-Rothi, Leslie J.] Malcolm Randall VA Med Ctr, Gainesville, FL USA.
[Gonzalez-Rothi, Leslie J.] Univ Florida, Gainesville, FL USA.
RP Hula, W (reprint author), VA Pittsburgh Healthcare Syst, CCC SLP, 7180 Highland Dr 132A-H, Pittsburgh, PA 15206 USA.
EM William.Hula@VA.gov
FU VA [C6210M]; VA Pittsburgh Healthcare System Geriatric Research
Education and Clinical Center; VA RR&D Brain Rehabilitation Research
Center of Excellence [B6793C]
FX Dr Hula's work was supported by VA RR&D Career Development Award #
C6210M and the VA Pittsburgh Healthcare System Geriatric Research
Education and Clinical Center. Dr Gonzalez-Rothi's work was supported by
the VA RR&D Brain Rehabilitation Research Center of Excellence Award #
B6793C. The authors thank Sally Ouimet-Waters, Katherine Malek, Matthew
Comer, and Lauren Bislick for their work on data coding, data entry, and
data management. An earlier draft of this work was presented to the 2009
Clinical Aphasiology Conference in Keystone, CO. The authors have no
conflicts of interest to report.
CR Andres Patricia L, 2004, Top Stroke Rehabil, V11, P33
Andrich D., 1988, SAGE U PAPER SERIES
Bond T. G., 2007, APPL RASCH MODEL FUN
Caplan D, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V101, P103, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.225
CRARY MA, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P163
Darley F. L., 1982, APHASIA
DEBLESER R, 1988, PERSPECTIVES COGNITI, P161
DUFFY JR, 1977, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P290
Elman RJ, 1999, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V42, P411
Embretson S. E., 2000, ITEM RESPONSE THEORY
Embretson SE, 1996, APPL PSYCH MEAS, V20, P201, DOI 10.1177/014662169602000302
Goodglass H., 2001, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V3rd
Hobart J, 2002, CURR OPIN NEUROL, V15, P721, DOI 10.1097/01.wco.0000044769.39452.12
Holland A., 1980, COMMUNICATIVE ABILIT
Hula W, 2006, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V49, P27, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2006/003)
Katz RC, 1997, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V40, P493
Kertesz A., 1979, APHASIA ASS DISORDER
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
KERTESZ A, 1977, BRAIN LANG, V4, P1, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(77)90001-3
Kolk H, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V101, P99, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.04.002
Kreindler A, 1968, PERFORMANCES APHASIA
Linacre J. M., 2004, INTRO RASCH MEASUREM, P258, DOI DOI 10.1891/JNUM.10.3.189.52562
Linacre J. M, 2009, WINSTEPS VERSION 3 6
LUMSDEN J, 1978, BRIT J MATH STAT PSY, V31, P19
Lumsden J, 1977, APPLIED PSYCHOL MEAS, V1, P477, DOI 10.1177/014662167700100403
MARSHALL JC, 1986, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V24, P5, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(86)90040-0
MAXWELL SE, 1985, PSYCHOL BULL, V97, P85, DOI 10.1037//0033-2909.97.1.85
MCNEIL MR, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P31, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248974
MCNEIL MR, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V20, P21
MCNEIL MR, 1979, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V9, P47
MERBITZ C, 1989, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V70, P308
Muthen L. K., 2007, MPLUS USERS GUIDE, V5th
Nunnally J. C., 1994, PSYCHOMETRIC THEORY
Perline R, 1997, APPLIED PSYCHOL MEAS, V3, P237, DOI 10.1177/014662167900300213
Porch B. E., 2001, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC
Rasch G, 1980, PROBABILISTIC MODELS
Reckase M.D., 1979, J EDUC STATIST, V4, P207, DOI DOI 10.2307/1164671
Reise SP, 2009, ANNU REV CLIN PSYCHO, V5, P27, DOI 10.1146/annurev.clinpsy.032408.153553
Ross KB, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P113, DOI 10.1080/026870399402235
SANDERS SB, 1978, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V8, P117
SCHWARTZ MF, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V21, P3, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90031-2
SHEWAN CM, 1980, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V45, P308
Smith Everett V Jr, 2005, J Appl Meas, V6, P147
Smith R M, 1998, J Outcome Meas, V2, P66
SMITH RM, 1991, EDUC PSYCHOL MEAS, V51, P541, DOI 10.1177/0013164491513003
Stenner A Jackson, 2006, J Appl Meas, V7, P307
STENNER AJ, 1990, OBJECTIVITY SPECIFIC
TRUPE EH, 1984, RELIABILITY RATING S
WALTER S, 2008, CONCEPTUALIZING OVER
WILLMES K, 2003, SCI APHASIA THEORY T, P227, DOI 10.1016/B978-008044073-6/50016-X
WILLMES K, 1993, BRAIN, V116, P1527, DOI 10.1093/brain/116.6.1527
Wright B., 1982, RATING SCALE ANAL
Wright B. D., 1994, REASONABLE MEAN SQUA
WRIGHT BD, 1989, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V70, P857
Yen MF, 1999, NURS RES, V48, P234, DOI 10.1097/00006199-199907000-00008
NR 55
TC 4
Z9 4
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 11
BP 1326
EP 1341
DI 10.1080/02687030903422502
PG 16
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 659QB
UT WOS:000282580900002
ER
PT J
AU Smith, PA
AF Smith, Pamela A.
TI Ageing, auditory distraction, and grammaticality judgement
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Ageing; Distraction; Grammaticality judgement; Cognitive processing
ID WORKING-MEMORY; SPEECH; ADULTS; YOUNG; AGE; COMPREHENSION; SENTENCES;
OLD
AB Background: Auditory distraction is known to affect serial recall (irrelevant sound effect), but there has been limited study about the effect of distraction on performance of more complex metalinguistic tasks, particularly as cognitive performance declines with normal ageing. The inhibitory deficit theory offers an explanation for this decline in performance with ageing, suggesting that older adults have difficulty limiting access of irrelevant information to attentional resources. Recent imaging data provide physiological evidence for changes that are seen with normal ageing. Aims: This study compared the effect of three levels of auditory distraction on judgement of well-formedness for grammatical and ungrammatical passive sentences varied by length (padding) and semantic reversibility, in younger and older normal adults. Methods Procedures: Younger (n = 20; mean age 22.23) and older (n = 10; mean age 67.11) adults silently read sentences varied as above, presented in their entirety on a computer screen, in quiet, cafeteria noise, and narrative distraction. Participants made immediate grammaticality judgements (GJ) by pressing a keypad. Reaction time data (RTs) were evaluated using an analysis of variance. Outcomes Results: Significant main effects were noted for age (young = faster RTs), distraction (narrative = fastest RTs), grammaticality (bad = faster RTs), and reversibility (non-reversible = faster RTs) for both base and padded sentences. There was a significant Age x Distraction interaction; older adults showed no difference in RTs across the three distraction conditions for the longer padded sentences, while younger adults maintained faster RTs in the narrative distraction for both sentence lengths. In addition, there was an Age x Reversibility effect for older participants in the longer sentences only. Conclusions: Older adults responded differently from younger adults in the GJ task in distraction, consistent with the inhibitory deficit theory. Their response pattern was also affected by reversibility and memory variables, apart from distraction, suggesting that multiple cognitive and linguistic components contribute to the decline in processing speed with normal ageing.
C1 Bloomsburg Univ Penn, Bloomsburg, PA 17815 USA.
RP Smith, PA (reprint author), Bloomsburg Univ Penn, 224 Centennial Hall, Bloomsburg, PA 17815 USA.
EM psmith@bloomu.edu
CR Baddeley A, 2003, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V4, P829, DOI 10.1038/nrn1201
Beaman CP, 2004, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V30, P1106, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.30.5.1106
Bell R, 2008, PSYCHOL AGING, V23, P377, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.23.2.377
Bell R, 2007, MEM COGNITION, V35, P352, DOI 10.3758/BF03193456
Blackwell A, 1996, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V11, P337, DOI 10.1080/016909696387150
Boyle R, 1996, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V49, P398, DOI 10.1080/027249896392702
Buchner A, 1996, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V49, P765, DOI 10.1080/027249896392586
Caplan D, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P77
Cedrus Corporation, 2006, SUPERLAB PRO 4 0
Christianson K, 2006, DISCOURSE PROCESS, V42, P205, DOI 10.1207/s15326950dp4202_6
CONNELLY SL, 1991, PSYCHOL AGING, V6, P533, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.6.4.533
DABROWSKI E, 2008, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V22, P638
Ferreira F, 2003, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V47, P164, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0285(03)00005-7
Ferreira F, 2005, LINGUIST REV, V22, P365, DOI 10.1515/tlir.2005.22.2-4.365
Grady CL, 2006, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V18, P227
HASHER L, 2001, PERSPECTIVES HUMAN M
Hasher L., 1988, PSYCHOL LEARN MOTIV, V22, P193, DOI DOI 10.1016/S0079-7421(08)60041-9
JONES D, 1999, APPL COGNITIVE PSYCH, V4, P89
Jones D, 1999, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V90, P167, DOI 10.1348/000712699161314
Kim S, 2007, PSYCHON B REV, V14, P301, DOI 10.3758/BF03194068
LINEBARGER MC, 1983, COGNITION, V13, P361, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90015-X
MacDonald MC, 2002, PSYCHOL REV, V109, P35, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.109.1.35
Meinzer M, 2009, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V21, P2007, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2009.21219
PARK DC, 2000, COGNITIVE AGEING PRI
Persad C. C., 2002, J GERONTOL B-PSYCHOL, V57, P223, DOI 10.1093/geronb/57.3.P223
RATCLIFF R, 1993, PSYCHOL BULL, V114, P510, DOI 10.1037/0033-2909.114.3.510
Raz N, 1997, CEREB CORTEX, V7, P268, DOI 10.1093/cercor/7.3.268
REUTERLORENZ P, 2002, TRENDS COGN SCI, V6, P204
Schutze C. T., 1996, EMPIRICAL BASE LINGU
SMITH P, 2007, ANN CONV AM SPEECH L
SPSS Inc, 2006, SPSS WIND REL 15 0 1
Tun PA, 2002, PSYCHOL AGING, V17, P453, DOI 10.1037//0882-7974.17.3.453
NR 32
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 11
BP 1342
EP 1353
DI 10.1080/02687030903490533
PG 12
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 659QB
UT WOS:000282580900003
ER
PT J
AU Kljajevic, V
Murasugi, K
AF Kljajevic, Vanja
Murasugi, Kumiko
TI The role of morphology in the comprehension of wh-dependencies in
Croatian aphasic speakers
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Broca's aphasia; Wh-dependencies; Sentence comprehension; Croatian;
Morphology; Competition model
ID HIGHLY INFLECTED LANGUAGE; AGRAMMATIC COMPREHENSION; WORKING-MEMORY;
SENTENCE COMPREHENSION; BROCA APHASICS; QUESTIONS; GERMAN; SYNTAX;
ASSIGNMENT; SUBJECT
AB Background: Recent research on the comprehension of subject and object wh-questions in English Broca's aphasic speakers has shown the existence of a specific pattern: subject and object who questions, as well as subject which NP questions, are comprehended above chance, while object which NP questions are comprehended at chance. Since English is a strict word-order language, the subject-object asymmetry is identified as an asymmetry both in word order and in thematic role assignment. The present study investigated the comprehension of wh-dependencies in Croatian, which is a language with relatively free word order that does not necessarily associate thematic roles with specific syntactic positions. Aims: The goal of the study was to determine whether the pattern of comprehension of wh-dependencies that has been reported for English Broca's aphasic speakers is also exhibited by Croatian aphasic speakers. We hypothesised that due to the role of morphological features such as case in sentence comprehension in a free word-order language like Croatian, aphasic speakers of that language would exhibit a different pattern. Methods Procedures: We tested the comprehension of six types of wh-dependencies formed with tko owhoo and koji owhicho (direct, embedded, long-distance with za, long-distance without za, and passivised questions, and relative clauses with koji) in six Croatian aphasic speakers. All participants had had a lesion to the left hemisphere: three of them were Broca's aphasic speakers and three were mixed cases of non-fluent aphasia. Outcomes Results: The main finding of the study is that Croatian Broca's aphasic speakers do not exhibit the same subject-object asymmetry that has been reported for English Broca's aphasic speakers. Some asymmetry was found in the three patients with mixed aphasia, whose comprehension was better on object- than subject-extracted structures. Conclusions: The asymmetric pattern found in the cases of mixed aphasia runs in the opposite direction to the asymmetry typically reported in the literature. Relying on cross-linguistic findings from the processing-based research on subject-object comprehension asymmetries in neurologically intact populations we assume that, in Croatian, thematic roles are assigned directly to case-marked arguments without the mediation of syntactic information, and propose a morphological account of the Croatian data based on the validity of case cues in MacWhinney and Bates' competition model.
C1 [Kljajevic, Vanja; Murasugi, Kumiko] Carleton Univ, Ottawa, ON K1S 5B6, Canada.
RP Kljajevic, V (reprint author), Carleton Univ, Ottawa, ON K1S 5B6, Canada.
EM vanja.kljajevic@gmail.com
CR ANSELL BJ, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V16, P61, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90072-4
Ardila A, 2001, J NEUROLINGUIST, V14, P337, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(01)00022-7
BATES E, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V32, P19, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90116-7
BATES EA, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P323, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90072-7
Bates Elizabeth, 1987, MECH LANGUAGE ACQUIS, P157
Benedet MJ, 1998, CORTEX, V34, P309, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70758-5
Bornkessel I, 2003, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V18, P269, DOI 10.1080/01690960244000018
CAPLAN D, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P117, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90008-8
CARAMAZZA A, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P572, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90048-1
Chomsky N., 1981, LECT GOVT BINDING
CINQUE C, 1990, TYPES A DEPENDENCIES
Comrie B., 1989, LANGUAGE UNIVERSALS
DEBLESER R, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V46, P21, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1002
DEBLESER R, 2005, STEM SPRAAKEN EN TAA, V13, P37
FERRO JM, 2002, LONG TERM EFFECTS ST, P140
Fiebach CJ, 2001, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V30, P321, DOI 10.1023/A:1010447102554
Fiebach CJ, 2002, J MEM LANG, V47, P250, DOI 10.1016/S0749-596X(02)00004-9
FRAZIER L, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V49, P224, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1031
Garraffa M, 2008, J NEUROLINGUIST, V21, P177, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2007.09.001
Gibson E, 1998, COGNITION, V68, P1, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(98)00034-1
Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd
GRODZINSKY Y, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P135, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90009-X
GRODZINSKY Y, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P480, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90031-X
GRODZINSKY Y, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V50, P27, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1039
Grodzinslcy Y., 1990, THEORETICAL PERSPECT
HALLIWELL J, 2004, THESIS MICHIGAN STAT
Haupt FS, 2008, J MEM LANG, V59, P54, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2008.02.003
HICKOK G, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P371, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1051
Hickok G, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P314, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0014
KIM HB, 1998, J JAPAN KOREA ASS AP, V1, P7
KING J, 1991, J MEM LANG, V30, P580, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(91)90027-H
KING JW, 1995, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V7, P376, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1995.7.3.376
KLJAJEVIC V, 2005, THESIS CARLETON U OT
LUKATELA K, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P1, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90050-8
MacWhinney B, 1989, CROSS LINGUISTIC STU
MACWHINNEY B, 1984, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V23, P127, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(84)90093-8
MACWHINNEY B, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V41, P234, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90154-S
MAUNER G, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P340, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1050
Neuhaus E, 2008, J NEUROLINGUIST, V21, P150, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2007.05.001
Raven J. C., 1965, COLOURED PROGR MATRI
Reinvang I., 1985, APHASIA BRAIN ORG
Rizzi L., 1990, RELATIVIZED MINIMALI
SMITH S, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V30, P8, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90025-3
SMITH SD, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V21, P274, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90052-X
Thompson CK, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V67, P169, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2052
Tsapkini K, 2001, J NEUROLINGUIST, V14, P281, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(01)00018-5
Tsapkini K, 2002, J NEUROLINGUIST, V15, P265, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(01)00039-2
Vasi N., 2005, STEM SPRAAK TAALPATH, V13, P14
NR 48
TC 4
Z9 4
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 11
BP 1354
EP 1376
DI 10.1080/02687030903515347
PG 23
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 659QB
UT WOS:000282580900004
ER
PT J
AU Faroqi-Shah, Y
Wood, E
Gassert, J
AF Faroqi-Shah, Yasmeen
Wood, Esther
Gassert, Juliette
TI Verb impairment in aphasia: A priming study of body-part overlap
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Embodied cognition; Verbs; Semantics; Lexical decision; Somatotopy;
Aphasia
ID BRAIN-DAMAGED SUBJECTS; NAME-RELATION; LEXICAL ORGANIZATION; CONCEPTUAL
KNOWLEDGE; MOTOR RESONANCE; ACTION WORDS; RETRIEVAL; INSTRUMENTALITY;
COMPREHENSION; LANGUAGE
AB Background: Verb production impairments are well documented in aphasia, especially in non-fluent aphasias with lesions of the left frontal lobe. Evidence is inconclusive about whether the impaired verb production is accompanied by inefficient processing and comprehension of verbs. It is unknown if specific semantic features of verbs, such as knowledge of the effector (body-part used to implement the action), are automatically activated by aphasic individuals during verb processing. This question is especially relevant given the growing evidence that unimpaired speakers mentally simulate the action portrayed by a verb, and action simulation is an inherent part of language comprehension (embodied action semantics). There is additional evidence that reading or listening to verbs depicting hand, mouth, or leg actions activates frontal motor areas associated with implementing hand, mouth, and leg actions respectively in unimpaired individuals (semantic somatotopy). Aims: This study examined on-line verb processing in nonfluent aphasic participants who are impaired in production of verbs. We investigated (1) whether somatotopic (body-part) information is automatically accessed when processing verbs, (2) how the time course of this activation influences processing of other somatotopically related verbs, and (3) whether somatotopic information that is devoid of action context (as in line drawings of body-parts) can affect downstream verb processing. Methods Procedures: A visual-visual lexical priming paradigm was used. In Experiments 1 and 2, the prime-target verb pairs were somatotopically congruent, incongruent, or neutral nonword (licking-kissing; licking-clapping, xxxx-clapping respectively), and the stimulus onset asynchrony (SOA) was short or long. Instead of verbs, the primes in Experiment 3 were line drawings of congruent or incongruent body-parts. Six nonfluent agrammatic aphasic individuals with verb retrieval difficulties participated in the study. Outcomes Results: Aphasic participants were highly accurate in their responses. Lexical decision speed was influenced by the preceding primes in a specific pattern: somatotopically congruent primes caused a delay (interference) in response times, and this diminished with longer SOA. Incongruent primes had no effect on response times. Picture primes caused a general delay in lexical decision speed, but this was not a somatotopically specific effect. This pattern of results is identical to that observed with unimpaired participants. Conclusions: This group of verb-impaired aphasic individuals was able to automatically (and rapidly) activate somatotopic features of verbs, showing little evidence of impaired lexical-semantic representations. Hence verb processing and verb naming were found to dissociate. In addition, this study extends our understanding of language processing by showing that actions are simulated by the human brain, even when verbs are encountered as de-contextualised single words. Further, somatotopic information is necessary, but not sufficient, for action simulation.
C1 [Faroqi-Shah, Yasmeen] Univ Maryland, Dept Hearing & Speech Sci, College Pk, MD 20742 USA.
RP Faroqi-Shah, Y (reprint author), Univ Maryland, Dept Hearing & Speech Sci, 0100 Lefrak Hall, College Pk, MD 20742 USA.
EM yshah@hesp.umd.edu
CR Aziz-Zadeh L, 2006, CURR BIOL, V16, P1818, DOI 10.1016/j.cub.2006.07.060
Aziz-Zadeh L, 2008, J PHYSIOLOGY-PARIS, V102, P35, DOI 10.1016/j.jphysparis.2008.03.012
Baayen R. H., 1993, CELEX LEXICAL DATABA
Barde LHF, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V97, P266, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.11.002
BERGEN B, 2004, SIMULATED ACTION EMB
BERGEN B, 2007, METHODS COGNITIVE LI
BERGEN B, 2003, EMBODIED VERBAL SEMA
Berndt RS, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P107
Berndt RS, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P68
Bird H, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V76, P213, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2432
BLACK M, 2003, J NEUROLINGUIST, V16, P113
Bonnotte I, 2008, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V37, P199, DOI 10.1007/s10936-007-9066-7
Breedin SD, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V63, P1, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1923
Buccino G, 2005, COGNITIVE BRAIN RES, V24, P355, DOI 10.1016/j.cogbrainres.2005.02.020
Conroy P, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P1159, DOI 10.1080/02687030600792009
Dabul B, 2000, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL, V2nd
DENOUDEN DB, 2009, NEUROIMAGE S1, V47, pS96
DEZUBICARAY G, 2010, BRAIN LANG, V112, P44
Druks J., 2000, OBJECT ACTION NAMING
FAROQISHAH Y, 2009, CLIN APH C KEYST CO
Fazio P, 2009, BRAIN, V132, P1980, DOI 10.1093/brain/awp118
FERNANDINO L, 2010, BRAIN LANG, V112, P77
GRAHAM L, 2009, THESIS U MARYLAND
Hauk O, 2004, NEURON, V41, P301, DOI 10.1016/S0896-6273(03)00838-9
Helm-Estabrooks N., 2003, NARRATIVE STORY CARD
Hutchison KA, 2003, PSYCHON B REV, V10, P785, DOI 10.3758/BF03196544
Jonkers R, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P3, DOI 10.1080/02687030500188440
Jonkers R, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V102, P262, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.01.002
Jonkers R, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V55, P37
Kambanaros M, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V97, P162, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.10.001
Kaschak MP, 2005, COGNITION, V94, pB79, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2004.06.005
Kaschak MP, 2008, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V61, P883, DOI 10.1080/17470210701623852
Kemmerer D, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V73, P347, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2311
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Kim M, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V88, P1, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00147-0
Kim M, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V74, P1, DOI 10.1006/brin.2000.2315
Luzzatti C, 2001, CORTEX, V37, P724, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70624-5
Mahon BZ, 2008, J PHYSIOL-PARIS, V102, P59, DOI 10.1016/j.jphysparis.2008.03.004
Masson MEJ, 2008, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V61, P869, DOI 10.1080/17470210701623829
NARAYAN S, 2004, P 30 ANN M BERK LING
Plaut DC, 2000, PSYCHOL REV, V107, P786, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.107.4.786
Pulvermuller F, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V78, P143, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2390
Pulvermuller F, 2005, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V17, P884, DOI 10.1162/0898929054021111
Pulvermuller F, 2005, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V6, P576, DOI 10.1038/nrn1706
Raposo A, 2009, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V47, P388, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2008.09.017
SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8
Saygin AP, 2004, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V42, P1788, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropschologia.2004.04.016
Taylor LJ, 2008, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V61, P896, DOI 10.1080/17470210701625519
Tettamanti M, 2005, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V17, P273, DOI 10.1162/0898929053124965
Thompson CK, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P473, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248485
Tranel D, 2008, J PHYSIOLOGY-PARIS, V102, P80, DOI 10.1016/j.jphysparis.2008.03.008
Tranel D, 2003, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V20, P409, DOI 10.1080/02643290244000248
ZINGESER LB, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P14, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90002-X
Zwaan RA, 2006, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V135, P1, DOI 10.1037/0096-3445.135.1.1
NR 54
TC 4
Z9 4
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 11
BP 1377
EP 1388
DI 10.1080/02687030903515362
PG 12
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 659QB
UT WOS:000282580900005
ER
PT J
AU Moreno-Martinez, FJ
Montoro, PR
AF Javier Moreno-Martinez, Francisco
Montoro, Pedro R.
TI Longitudinal patterns of fluency impairment in dementia: The role of
domain and "nuisance variables"
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Alzheimer's disease; Semantic fluency; Nuisance variables; Longitudinal
study; Living; nonliving deterioration
ID CATEGORY-SPECIFIC DEFICITS; MINI-MENTAL STATE; ALZHEIMERS-DISEASE;
SEMANTIC CATEGORIES; OBJECT RECOGNITION; AGE; ACQUISITION; DECLINE;
MEMORY; TYPICALITY
AB Background: The potential differential impact of Alzheimer's disease (AD) across semantic categories/domains (i.e., living/nonliving) has been debated extensively in the past 30 years. An important methodological consideration in this area is the issue of whether category effects are genuine or a by-product of intrinsic properties of items, i.e., nuisance variables (NVs). Aims: The study's aim was to investigate whether NVs versus semantic domain of words generated in a semantic fluency task better predict semantic impairment. Methods Procedures: We examined semantic fluency performance of demographically matched AD patients and controls. AD patients were longitudinally examined over a 2-year period. Norms of all NVs known to differ across domains were obtained for each word generated; influence of domain was also studied. Outcomes Results: AD patients generated fewer words than controls. However, both groups showed fairly similar performance: more familiar words, with earlier acquisition, and representing concepts with higher manipulability were generated. Domain exerted similar influence on semantic fluency performance in controls and patients at initial evaluation, but it did not influence performance as the disease advanced. In contrast, the role of familiarity increased with disease progression. Conclusions: The role of NVsespecially familiarityappears to be, comparatively, a more relevant predictor of longitudinal deterioration than semantic domain. Knowing which variables within a semantic fluency task longitudinally predict cognitive decline is a useful clinical tool and could possibly be a cognitive marker to improve accuracy of neuropsychological evaluation of patients with probable AD.
C1 [Javier Moreno-Martinez, Francisco] Univ Nacl Educ Distancia, Fac Psicol, Dept Psicol Basica 1, Madrid 28040, Spain.
RP Moreno-Martinez, FJ (reprint author), Univ Nacl Educ Distancia, Fac Psicol, Dept Psicol Basica 1, C Juan del Rosal 10, Madrid 28040, Spain.
EM fjmoreno@psi.uned.es
FU Spanish Ministry of Education and Science [AP 2003-3064]
FX We wish to thank I.N.S. and John L. Woodard for all their help. We thank
Mary Beth Spitznagel, who reviewed the English version of this work, for
her help and her valuable comments and kindness. Julia Mayas
collaborated in recruiting some healthy participants. We are also
indebted to Professors Keith Laws and Dolores Luna, for their valuable
observations. This research was supported by Grant AP 2003-3064 to PRM
from the Spanish Ministry of Education and Science.
CR Adlington RL, 2009, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V31, P731, DOI 10.1080/13803390802488103
Albanese E, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V45, P639, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2006.07.018
Baayen R. H., 1995, CELEX LEXICAL DATABA
Barbarotto R, 2001, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V39, P406, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(00)00128-7
Battig W. F., 1969, J EXPT PSYCHOL MON 2, V80
Berry W.D., 1985, MULTIPLE REGRESSION
Blair IV, 2002, BEHAV RES METH INS C, V34, P286, DOI 10.3758/BF03195456
Blesa R, 2001, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V39, P1150, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(01)00055-0
BOROD J C, 1980, Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology, V2, P209, DOI 10.1080/01688638008403793
BRAAK H, 1991, ACTA NEUROPATHOL, V82, P239
Butters N., 1988, AGING BRAIN, P63
Capitani E, 2003, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V20, P213, DOI 10.1080/02643290244000266
Capitani E, 1986, Funct Neurol, V1, P235
Crossley M, 1997, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V19, P52, DOI 10.1080/01688639708403836
Cuetos F, 2005, NEUROLOGIA, V20, P58
Ellis AW, 1998, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V24, P515, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.24.2.515
Filliter JH, 2005, BRAIN COGNITION, V57, P61, DOI 10.1016/j.bandc.2004.08.022
FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6
Forbes-McKay KE, 2005, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V43, P1625, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2005.01.008
FUNNELL E, 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V9, P135, DOI 10.1080/02643299208252056
Gale TM, 2006, BRAIN COGNITION, V60, P139, DOI 10.1016/j.bandc.2005.10.003
Gilhooly KJ, 1979, MEM COGNITION, V7, P213
Henry JD, 2004, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V42, P1212, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2004.02.001
HODGES JR, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V33, P451
Hodgson C, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V64, P146, DOI 10.1006/brln.1998.1960
Humphreys GW, 2001, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V24, P453
Kiran S, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P608, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/048)
Kiran S, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V85, P441, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00064-6
Kucera H., 1967, COMPUTATIONAL ANAL P
Lambon Ralph M. A., 1998, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V36, P775, DOI DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(97)00169-3
Laws KR, 2005, CORTEX, V41, P842, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70303-4
LAWS KR, CORTEX IN PRESS
Laws KR, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V45, P2674, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2007.04.003
MCKHANN G, 1984, NEUROLOGY, V34, P939
Moreno F. J., 2005, REV PSICOPATOLOGIA P, V10, P205
Moreno-Martinez FJ, 2007, REV NEUROLOGIA, V44, P129
Moreno-Martinez F.J., 2007, BRAIN COGNITION, V63, P136
Moreno-Martinez FJ, 2008, CORTEX, V44, P1256, DOI 10.1016/j.cortex.2007.11.008
OLDFIELD RC, 1965, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V17, P273, DOI 10.1080/17470216508416445
Salmon DP, 1999, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V5, P692
Sartori G, 2005, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V43, P754, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2004.08.001
Sebastian N., 2000, LEXESP LEXICO INFORM
Silveri MC, 2002, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V24, P755, DOI 10.1076/jcen.24.6.755.8407
SNOWDEN J, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V11, P265, DOI 10.1080/02643299408251976
Snowden JS, 1996, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V13, P1101
SNOWDEN JS, 1995, MEMORY, V3, P225, DOI 10.1080/09658219508253152
STEWART F, 1992, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V44, P261
Steyvers M, 2005, COGNITIVE SCI, V29, P41, DOI 10.1207/s15516709cog2901_3
Tippett LJ, 2007, CORTEX, V43, P907, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70690-7
Tippett LJ, 1996, CORTEX, V32, P143
NR 50
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 11
BP 1389
EP 1399
DI 10.1080/02687030903515370
PG 11
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 659QB
UT WOS:000282580900006
ER
PT J
AU Barbieri, E
Basso, A
Frustaci, M
Luzzatti, C
AF Barbieri, Elena
Basso, Anna
Frustaci, Mirella
Luzzatti, Claudio
TI Argument structure deficits in aphasia: New perspective on models of
lexical production
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Argument structure deficits; Agrammatism; Lemma and lexeme; Picture
description; Verb retrieval deficits; Syntactic impairment
ID VERB; COMPREHENSION; AGRAMMATISM; DISSOCIATION; IMPAIRMENTS; HYPOTHESIS;
PATTERNS; ACCESS; NOUNS; TREE
AB Background: The study explores the ability of fluent and non-fluent aphasic patients to produce verbs using the appropriate argument structure, i.e., a feature specifying the number and type of participants in the event described by the verb. According to Chomsky's Minimalist Program (1995), the lexical entry of a verb contains information about the number of arguments and the thematic roles assigned, which is then mapped onto the sentence argument structure, while Bock and Levelt's (1994; see also Levelt, Roelofs, Meyer, 1999) model of lexical production assumes that the information regarding verb argument structure (VAS) is part of the lemma and is accessed before the retrieval of the phonological word form, i.e., the lexeme. Aim: Participants were tested to investigate their ability to map thematic information onto the corresponding syntactic argument structure. Methods Procedures: Seven aphasic patients (five suffering from non-fluent aphasia with agrammatism and two from fluent aphasia) and ten neurologically unimpaired individuals participated in the study. They were given a picture description task formulated in two conditions: in the first condition they were asked to provide a free description of the image, while in the second condition they had to complete the sentence structure provided by the examiner. Patients showing deficits in verb production were also tested for the use of prepositions within prepositional compounds and in a sentence context. Outcomes Results: Four agrammatic patients and one fluent aphasic patient scored a high rate of argument structure errors in the selection of the appropriate verb, which was employed with an incorrect argument structure. Furthermore, these patients tended to substitute rather than to omit prepositions when required to fill the gap in a sentence. Conclusions: Our results indicate an impaired access to (VAS) and/or in mapping the thematic role information onto the syntactic argument structure. This deficit, which was found in both the agrammatic and the fluent aphasic patients, conflicts with an alternative interpretation of verb production errors in terms of omission of the preposition introducing the manner adjunct. Data support the hypothesis of retrieval of the verb lexeme without prior access to the corresponding lemma, where information about argument structure is stored.
C1 [Basso, Anna] Univ Milan, I-20122 Milan, Italy.
[Frustaci, Mirella] Salvini Gen Hosp, Milan, Italy.
[Barbieri, Elena; Luzzatti, Claudio] Univ Milano Bicocca, Milan, Italy.
RP Luzzatti, C (reprint author), Univ Milano Bicocca, Dept Psychol, Piazza Ateneo Nuovo 1, I-20126 Milan, Italy.
EM claudio.luzzatti@unimib.it
FU Regione Lombardia; MIUR
FX This research was partially supported by a Grant from the Regione
Lombardia to E. B. and from the MIUR to C.L. We are grateful to Prof.
Germano Rossi for the helpful suggestions given regarding the
statistical analyses, and to Prof. Alfonso Caramazza for his insightful
comments on a previous version of the manuscript.
CR Bastiaanse R, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V90, P198, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00432-2
Berndt RS, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P107
BIRAN M, 2008, 9 SCI APH C CHALK GR
Bock K., 1994, HDB PSYCHOLINGUISTIC
Bonakdarpour B, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V103, P84, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.07.056
Burzio L., 1986, ITALIAN SYNTAX
Caramazza A, 1997, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V14, P177, DOI 10.1080/026432997381664
CHOMSKY N, 1991, SYNTAX INT HDB CONT
Chomsky N., 1995, MINIMALIST PROGRAM
Ciurli P., 1996, ESAME LINGUAGGIO
DERENZI E, 1962, BRAIN, V85, P665, DOI 10.1093/brain/85.4.665
Friedmann N., 2000, GRAMMATICAL DISORDER, P152
Friedmann N, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P397, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1795
Friedmann N, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V80, P160, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2587
Garrett M. F., 1980, LANGUAGE PRODUCTION, V1
JONKERS R., 1998, COMPREHENSION PRODUC, V25
Kim M, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V74, P1, DOI 10.1006/brin.2000.2315
Levelt WJM, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P1
LONZI L, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V51, P129
Luzzatti C, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V81, P432, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2536
Luzzatti C, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P419, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000005
Luzzatti C, 1994, AACHENER APHASIE TES
Luzzatti C, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V54, P26, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0060
Miceli G, 1994, BADA BATTERIA ANALIS
MICELI G, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P351, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248937
Rochon E, 2005, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V15, P1, DOI 10.1080/09602010343000327
Schwartz M. F., 1987, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V2, P85, DOI 10.1080/01690968708406352
SHAPIRO LP, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P21, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90100-U
THOMPSON CK, 1995, CLIN APHASIOLOGY
Thompson CK, 2003, J NEUROLINGUIST, V16, P151, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(02)00014-3
Thompson CK, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P473, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248485
NR 31
TC 2
Z9 2
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 11
BP 1400
EP 1423
DI 10.1080/02687030903580325
PG 24
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 659QB
UT WOS:000282580900007
ER
PT J
AU Lott, SN
Carney, AS
Glezer, LS
Friedman, RB
AF Lott, Susan Nitzberg
Carney, Aimee Syms
Glezer, Laurie S.
Friedman, Rhonda B.
TI Overt use of a tactile/kinaesthetic strategy shifts to covert processing
in rehabilitation of letter-by-letter reading
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Cognitive rehabilitation; Speech-language pathology; Pure
alexia; Letter-by-letter reading; Generalisation
ID PURE ALEXIA; WORD; EFFICACY; MAINTENANCE; RECOGNITION; ACQUISITION;
RECOVERY; APRAXIA; SPEECH
AB Background: Letter-by-letter readers identify each letter of the word they are reading serially in left to right order before recognising the word. When their letter naming is also impaired, letter-by-letter reading is inaccurate and can render even single word reading very poor. Tactile and/or kinaesthetic strategies have been reported to improve reading in these patients, but only under certain conditions or for a limited set of stimuli. Aims: The primary aim of the current study was to determine whether a tactile/kinaesthetic treatment could significantly improve reading specifically under normal reading conditions, i.e., reading untrained words presented in free vision and read without overt use of the strategy. Methods Procedures: Three chronic letter-by-letter readers participated in a tactile/kinaesthetic treatment aimed at first improving letter-naming accuracy (phase 1) and then letter-by-letter reading speed (phase 2). In a multiple case series design, accuracy and speed of reading untrained words without overt use of the trained tactile/kinaesthetic strategy was assessed before phase 1, after phase 1, and again after phase 2. Outcomes Results: All three patients significantly improved both their speed and accuracy in reading untrained words without overt use of the trained tactile/kinaesthetic strategy. All three patients required the additional practice in phase 2 to achieve significant improvement. Treatment did not target sentence-level reading, yet two of the three patients became so adept that they could read entire sentences. Conclusions: This study replicates previous findings on the efficacy of tactile/kinaesthetic treatment for letter-by-letter readers with poor letter naming. It further demonstrates that this treatment can alter cognitive processing such that words never specifically trained can be read in free vision without overtly using the trained strategy. The data suggest that an important element in achieving this level of generalisation is continuing training beyond the point of initial mastery (i.e., accurate letter naming).
C1 [Lott, Susan Nitzberg] Georgetown Univ, Med Ctr, Dept Neurol, Washington, DC 20057 USA.
RP Lott, SN (reprint author), Georgetown Univ, Med Ctr, Dept Neurol, Bldg D,Suite 207,4000 Reservoir Rd NW, Washington, DC 20057 USA.
EM lotts@georgetown.edu
FU NIH [HD036019, DC007169]
FX This research was supported by NIH grants HD036019 and DC007169 to the
last author. The content is solely the responsibility of the authors and
does not necessarily represent the official views of the NICHD, NIDCD,
or NIH. The authors would like to thank patients LDR, DBR, and IND for
their dedication to this project.
CR ABBOUD H, 1991, SUPERLAB COMPUTER SO
Arguin M, 2002, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V19, P535, DOI 10.1080/02643290244000040
Beeson PM, 2005, BEHAV NEUROL, V16, P191
BUB DN, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P357, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90073-4
DWORKIN JP, 1988, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V53, P280
Francis WN, 1982, FREQUENCY ANAL ENGLI
FRIEDMAN RB, 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V9, P185, DOI 10.1080/02643299208252058
GODWIN R, 1983, APHASIA THERAPY, P146
Goldstein K., 1948, LANGUAGE LANGUAGE DI
Goodglass H, 2001, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V3rd
Kaplan E., 2001, BOSTON NAMING TEST
KASHIWAGI T, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P75, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248977
KAY J, 1991, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V8, P249, DOI 10.1080/02643299108253374
KREINDLER A, 1961, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V24, P275, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.24.3.275
LAPOINTE LL, 1983, CURRENT THERAPY COMM, P77
Lott SN, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V67, P188, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2054
LOTT SN, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P181, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248650
Luria A., 1970, TRAUMATIC APHASIA IT
Maher LM, 1998, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V4, P636
McNeil MR, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P575, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249559
Puttemans V, 2005, J NEUROSCI, V25, P4270, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.3866-04.2005
Sage K, 2005, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V15, P619, DOI 10.1080/09602010443000155
SCHNEIDER W, 1977, PSYCHOL REV, V84, P1, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.84.1.1
SCHNEIDER W, 1984, VARIETIES ATTENTION
SEKI K, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V33, P595, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(94)00138-F
SHIFFRIN RM, 1977, PSYCHOL REV, V84, P127, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.84.2.127
STACHOWIAK FJ, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P135, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90010-9
Thompson CK, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P591, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/047)
Wambaugh JL, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P821
NR 29
TC 4
Z9 4
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 11
BP 1424
EP 1442
DI 10.1080/02687030903580333
PG 19
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 659QB
UT WOS:000282580900008
ER
PT J
AU Takizawa, T
Asano, K
Kinoshita, F
Ashizuka, A
Murai, T
Hamanaka, T
AF Takizawa, Toru
Asano, Kimiko
Kinoshita, Fumiko
Ashizuka, Aoi
Murai, Toshiya
Hamanaka, Toshihiko
TI Recurring utterances (speech automatisms) without aphasia: A single case
study
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Recurring utterances; Basal ganglia; Articulatory buffer;
Evolution; Pure apraxia of speech
ID NEUROLINGUISTIC ANALYSIS; APRAXIA; MODELS
AB Background: Regarding the generation of recurring utterances (RUs), there are two lines of research in the literature. The first is that RUs occur in severe aphasia; that is, global aphasia or severe Broca's aphasia. The second is that RUs are a modality-specific and post-phonological speech disorder. Aims: The aims of this paper are (1) to describe and follow up on the characteristics of non-meaningful RUs observed in a patient, AY, who had no definite aphasic symptoms, and (2) to investigate the mechanism underlying the generation of AY's RUs neurolinguistically and neuroanatomically. Methods Procedures: We studied and followed the language functions of AY, including her non-meaningful RUs, using the Japanese Standard Language Test for Aphasia (SLTA; Japanese Society of Aphasiology, 1977) and her conversations with her speech therapists. Outcomes Results: The patient was found to present non-meaningful RUs without definite aphasic symptoms. Her speech disorder evolved into pure apraxia of speech about a year after onset. Conclusions: The results show that AY's non-meaningful RUs are a modality-specific and post-phonological speech disorder, which supports the hypothesis that RUs result from deficits in post-lexical subphonemic processing in the psycholinguistic or neurolinguistic model of speech production.
C1 [Takizawa, Toru] Kyoto Municipal Rehabil Ctr Handicapped, Nakagyo Ku, Kyoto 6048854, Japan.
[Ashizuka, Aoi] Kyoto Ohara Mem Hosp, Kyoto, Japan.
[Murai, Toshiya] Kyoto Univ, Kyoto, Japan.
[Hamanaka, Toshihiko] Nagoya City Univ, Nagoya, Aichi, Japan.
RP Takizawa, T (reprint author), Kyoto Municipal Rehabil Ctr Handicapped, Nakagyo Ku, 30 Mibu Sennen Cho, Kyoto 6048854, Japan.
EM chozaemon@zeus.eonet.ne.jp
CR ALAJOUANINE T, 1956, BRAIN, V79, P1, DOI 10.1093/brain/79.1.1
BLANKEN G, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P545, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248965
BLANKEN G, 1990, CORTEX, V26, P41
BLANKEN G, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P103, DOI 10.1080/02687039108249477
BLANKEN G, 1999, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V6, P211
BRUNNER RJ, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V16, P281, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90087-6
CODE C, 1983, CORTEX, V19, P261
CODE C, 1982, CORTEX, V18, P141
Code C, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V57, P38, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1833
CODE C, 1994, J NEUROLINGUIST, V8, P135, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(94)90021-3
Code C, 1998, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V12, P47, DOI 10.3109/02699209808985212
Code C, 2009, NEUROCASE, V15, P445, DOI 10.1080/13554790902911634
DEBLESER R, 1985, CORTEX, V21, P405
HAAS JC, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P557, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248966
Hadano K, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P1117, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249435
HADANO K, 1991, SYMPTOMATOLOGY SEVER
Jackson J. H., 1915, BRAIN, V38, P107
JACKSON JH, 1915, BRAIN, V38, P81
LEBRUN Y, 1986, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V21, P3
Levelt W. J., 1989, SPEAKING INTENTION A
Levelt WJM, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P1
NESPOULOUS JL, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P273, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90069-7
POECK K, 1984, BRAIN, V107, P199, DOI 10.1093/brain/107.1.199
SATO R, 2008, HIGHER BRAIN FUNCTIO, V28, P37
TAKIZAWA T, 1992, JAPANESE J NEUROPSYC, V8, P264
Varley R, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P39
WALLESCH CW, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P435, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249005
WALLESCH CW, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P133, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249066
Ziegler W, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1230, DOI 10.1080/02687030701820402
NR 29
TC 0
Z9 0
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 11
BP 1443
EP 1454
DI 10.1080/02687031003596765
PG 12
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 659QB
UT WOS:000282580900009
ER
PT J
AU Shankweiler, D
Palumbo, LC
Fulbright, RK
Mencl, WE
Van Dyke, J
Kollia, B
Thornton, R
Crain, S
Harris, KS
AF Shankweiler, Donald
Palumbo, Laura Conway
Fulbright, Robert K.
Mencl, W. Einar
Van Dyke, Julie
Kollia, Betty
Thornton, Rosalind
Crain, Stephen
Harris, Katherine S.
TI Testing the limits of language production in long-term survivors of
major stroke: A psycholinguistic and anatomic study
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Grammatical production; Recovery of production
ID VERB RETRIEVAL; BROCAS AREA; SPEECH ARTICULATION; NONFLUENT APHASIA;
COMPREHENSION; RECOVERY; NOUNS; HEMISPHERE; SPEAKERS; SYNTAX
AB Background: There is still a dearth of information about grammatical aspects of language production in aphasia. Aims: Making novel use of methods of elicited production aimed at testing the limits of competence, we studied three cases of chronic aphasia, stemming from major stroke. We asked: (1) Whether the elicited production method reveals sparing of language abilities not readily evidenced in spontaneous utterances or on conventional aphasia tests. (2) Which language production abilities survive damage to both Broca's region and Wernicke's region? Materials Procedures: Targeted words, morphological and syntactic structures were elicited by sentence completion with supporting linguistic and visual context. Targets were never modelled during the procedure. For verbs, visual and auditory contexts emphasise completed actions, targeting past tense forms. Lesion description was based on structural MRI scans. Outcomes Results: The three participants showed partially spared ability to produce nouns, adjectives, and verb stems in context. The elicitation method proved more productive in some cases than picture prompts or sentence prompts. Past tense inflections were usually omitted. Hence stems and inflections were dissociable. Two participants showed partial success with the passive, and no participant produced a full relative clause, including the relative pronoun, but two produced reduced forms of subject relatives. Partial sparing of production capability in these cases points to the likely importance of portions of the left hemisphere remote from Broca and Wernicke regions. Conclusions: This application of elicited production methodology demonstrates possibilities of lexical, morphological, and syntactic production not evident in spontaneous utterances or by conventional aphasia tests. Some lexical and grammatical capabilities survived massive damage to both anterior and posterior portions of the left hemisphere.
C1 [Shankweiler, Donald; Palumbo, Laura Conway; Mencl, W. Einar; Van Dyke, Julie; Harris, Katherine S.] Haskins Labs Inc, New Haven, CT 06511 USA.
[Shankweiler, Donald] Univ Connecticut, Storrs, CT USA.
[Fulbright, Robert K.] Yale Univ, Sch Med, New Haven, CT USA.
[Kollia, Betty] William Paterson Univ, Wayne, NJ USA.
[Thornton, Rosalind; Crain, Stephen] Macquarie Univ, Sydney, NSW 2109, Australia.
RP Shankweiler, D (reprint author), Haskins Labs Inc, 300 George St,Suite 900, New Haven, CT 06511 USA.
EM donald.shankweiler@uconn.edu
FU University of Connecticut Research Foundation; National Institutes of
Health [HD-40353]
FX We thank the participants for their completion of a lengthy project with
patience and good humour. We also thank two anonymous reviewers for
their substantial help in improving the clarity of both the
psycholinguistic and anatomic aspects. This research was supported in
part by grants in support of faculty research from the University of
Connecticut Research Foundation. We thank George Wolford for assistance
in arranging for an MRI scan at the Dartmouth College Imaging Center.
Preparation of the manuscript was partially supported by a grant from
the National Institutes of Health, HD-40353 to Haskins Laboratories.
CR Amunts K, 1999, J COMP NEUROL, V412, P319, DOI 10.1002/(SICI)1096-9861(19990920)412:2<319::AID-CNE10>3.0.CO;2-7
Bastiaanse R, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P49, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000455
Bastiaanse R, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P951, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249463
Bastiaanse R, 2008, J NEUROLINGUIST, V21, P104, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2006.10.006
BELLETTI A, 1988, NAT LANG LINGUIST TH, V6, P291, DOI 10.1007/BF00133902
Berndt RS, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P68
Blank SC, 2002, BRAIN, V125, P1829, DOI 10.1093/brain/awf191
BURKLUND CW, 1977, NEUROLOGY, V27, P627
CAPLAN D, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P117, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90008-8
CARAMAZZA A, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P72
Code C, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V57, P38, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1833
Crain S, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V77, P294, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2403
Crain S., 1998, INVESTIGATIONS UNIVE
Davis C, 2008, BRAIN LANG, V105, P50, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2008.01.012
Dronkers NF, 1996, NATURE, V384, P159, DOI 10.1038/384159a0
Duffau H, 2003, NEUROIMAGE, V20, P1903, DOI 10.1016/S0153-8119(03)000203-9
Gnmshaw Jane, 1990, ARGUMENT STRUCTURE
Goodglass H., 2001, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V3rd
Goodglass H., 1994, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V8, P598
Goodglass H., 1993, UNDERSTANDING APHASI
Goodglass H., 1983, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V2nd
GRODZINSKY Y, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P480, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90031-X
Grodzinsky Y, 2000, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V23, P1, DOI 10.1017/S0140525X00002399
HAMBURGER H, 1982, LANGUAGE DEV, V1
Heiss WD, 1999, ANN NEUROL, V45, P430, DOI 10.1002/1531-8249(199904)45:4<430::AID-ANA3>3.0.CO;2-P
Hillis AE, 2006, BRAIN, V129, P1351, DOI 10.1093/brain/awl131
Hillis AE, 2004, BRAIN, V127, P1479, DOI 10.1093/brain/awh172
Indefrey P, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V79, P106
Indefrey P, 2004, COGNITION, V92, P101, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2002.06.001
Kaplan E., 2001, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kemmerer D, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V73, P347, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2311
KIMURA D, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P565, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90112-0
KINSBOUR.M, 1971, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V25, P302
KINSBOURNE M, 1998, HDB NEUROLINGUISTICS
KLEIN D, 1995, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V92, P2899, DOI 10.1073/pnas.92.7.2899
LINEBARGER MC, 1983, COGNITION, V13, P361, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90015-X
LUKATELA K, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V49, P50, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1021
MICELI G, 1984, CORTEX, V20, P207
NAESER MA, 1989, BRAIN, V112, P1, DOI 10.1093/brain/112.1.1
NAESER MA, 1987, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V44, P73
NAESER MA, 1994, J CLIN NEUROPHYSIOL, V11, P150, DOI 10.1097/00004691-199403000-00002
NI W, 1996, U CONNECTICUT WORKIN, V6, P57
Ni WJ, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V60, P93
Ni WJ, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V65, P33
OBRIEN K, 2006, P BUCLD, V30, P441
OJEMANN GA, 1991, J NEUROSCI, V11, P2281
Pesetsky D, 1995, ZERO SYNTAX EXPERIEN
Rasmussen T, 1977, Ann N Y Acad Sci, V299, P355, DOI 10.1111/j.1749-6632.1977.tb41921.x
Sahin NT, 2006, CORTEX, V42, P540, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70394-0
SHANKWEILER D, 1989, Language and Cognitive Processes, V4, P1, DOI 10.1080/01690968908406355
SHANKWEILER D, 1966, CORTEX, V2, P272
Shankweiler D, 2008, DEV NEUROPSYCHOL, V33, P745, DOI 10.1080/87565640802418688
Shapiro K, 2003, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V41, P1189, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(03)00037-X
Tavakolian S.L., 1981, LANGUAGE ACQUISITION
Thornton R, 1996, METHODS ASSESSING CH
Tranel D, 2001, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V18, P655, DOI 10.1080/02643290126377
Warburton E, 1996, BRAIN, V119, P159, DOI 10.1093/brain/119.1.159
NR 57
TC 2
Z9 2
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 11
BP 1455
EP 1485
DI 10.1080/02687031003615227
PG 31
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 659QB
UT WOS:000282580900010
ER
PT J
AU Cupit, J
Rochon, E
Leonard, C
Laird, L
AF Cupit, Jennifer
Rochon, Elizabeth
Leonard, Carol
Laird, Laura
TI Social validation as a measure of improvement after aphasia treatment:
Its usefulness and influencing factors
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Social validation; Aphasia treatment; Assessment; Communication;
Language
ID APPLIED BEHAVIOR ANALYSIS; VALIDITY; INTERVENTION
AB Background: Standardised language tests are the most commonly used assessment tool of aphasia by Speech-Language Pathologists (Katz et al., 2000), yet they are limited in their ability to provide information regarding a person's ability to communicate in daily life. Social validation is a less commonly used type of assessment, but one that may provide additional information regarding language and communication abilities, based on the perceptions of persons not directly involved in the treatment. Despite its potential, there remain questions regarding its optimal use. Aims: The goals of this study were to examine the usefulness of social validation in measuring communicative change after aphasia treatment, and to investigate the potential influence of rater characteristics on raters' perceptions. Methods Procedures: Narratives were elicited before and after naming treatment from 11 participants with aphasia: 7 participants were treated, 4 of whom improved and 3 of whom did not; 4 participants did not receive treatment. Three groups of 10 raters (speech-language pathologists, older and younger naive adults) evaluated the narratives, and their ratings of the pre- and post-treatment narratives were analysed for perceived improvement. Outcomes Results: Results indicated that all three groups of raters observed improvement in the two treated groups of participants with aphasia, but not in the untreated group of participants with aphasia. Conclusions: Raters' perceptions of narratives (i.e., social validation) provide a useful measure of change after aphasia treatment, which can easily be used to supplement objective language measures. Additionally, factors such as the rater's experience with aphasia or life experience do not appear to have an important influence on rater perceptions.
C1 [Rochon, Elizabeth] Univ Toronto, Dept Speech Language Pathol, Toronto, ON M5G 1V7, Canada.
[Rochon, Elizabeth] Toronto Rehab, Toronto, ON, Canada.
[Leonard, Carol] Univ Ottawa, Ottawa, ON K1N 6N5, Canada.
RP Rochon, E (reprint author), Univ Toronto, Dept Speech Language Pathol, 500 Univ Ave,Room 160, Toronto, ON M5G 1V7, Canada.
EM elizabeth.rochon@utoronto.ca
FU Heart and Stroke Foundation of Ontario [NA 5379]; Canadian Institutes of
Health Research
FX This project was supported by grant number NA 5379 from the Heart and
Stroke Foundation of Ontario, as well as a Doctoral Research award from
the Canadian Institutes of Health Research to J. Cupit. The authors are
grateful to the Aphasia Institute, the York Durham Aphasia Centre, and
the Aphasia Centre of Ottawa-Carleton for allowing us to recruit
participants from their institutions and to all the individuals who
participated in this research. Lauren Reznick provided valuable
assistance.
CR BAER DM, 1987, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V20, P313, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1987.20-313
Ballard KJ, 1999, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V42, P690
Berndt R. S., 2000, QUANTITATIVE PRODUCT
Bovair S., 1985, UNDERSTANDING EXPOSI, P315
Busk PL, 1992, SINGLE CASE RES DESI, P187
Callahan K, 2008, J AUTISM DEV DISORD, V38, P678, DOI 10.1007/s10803-007-0434-9
Cupit J, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V103, P244, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.07.026
CUPIT J, 2008, BRAIN COGNITION, V67, pS18
Doyle P. J., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P130
DOYLE PJ, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V52, P143
DOYLE PJ, 1989, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V22, P157, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1989.22-157
Francisco Vincent T, 2007, Health Promot Pract, V8, P128, DOI 10.1177/1524839906298495
Frattali C, 1995, AM SPEECH LANGUAGE H
Goodglass H, 2001, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V3rd
Hickey EM, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P625, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000093
Hickey EM, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P389, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000831
Howell DC, 2004, FUNDAMENTAL STAT BEH
Jacobs BJ, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V78, P115, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2452
Katz RC, 2000, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V35, P303
Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
KAZDIN AE, 1977, BEHAV MODIF, V1, P427, DOI 10.1177/014544557714001
King NJ, 2008, BEHAV COGN PSYCHOTH, V36, P253, DOI 10.1017/S1352465808004359
Lancioni GE, 2009, RES DEV DISABIL, V30, P1084, DOI 10.1016/j.ridd.2009.03.004
Lapointe LL, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P787
LaPointe LL, 2007, CLINICAL APHASIOLOGY: FUTURE DIRECTIONS, P72
LEDORZE G, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P127
Leech N. L., 2004, SPSS INTERMEDIATE ST
Leonard C, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P923, DOI 10.1080/02687030701831474
Leskiewicz M, 2004, BRAIN COGNITION, V56, P122
Lustig AP, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P507, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000211
Martin N., 2008, APHASIA REHABILITATI
Mellalieu SD, 2009, PSYCHOL SPORT EXERC, V10, P175, DOI 10.1016/j.psychsport.2008.07.003
Ross KB, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P113, DOI 10.1080/026870399402235
SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8
WOLF MM, 1978, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V11, P203, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1978.11-203
World Health Organisation, 2001, INT CLASS FUNCT DIS
NR 36
TC 1
Z9 1
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 11
BP 1486
EP 1500
DI 10.1080/02687031003615235
PG 15
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 659QB
UT WOS:000282580900011
ER
PT J
AU Sorin-Peters, R
McGilton, KS
Rochon, E
AF Sorin-Peters, Riva
McGilton, Katherine S.
Rochon, Elizabeth
TI The development and evaluation of a training programme for nurses
working with persons with communication disorders in a complex
continuing care facility
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Communication training; Long-term care; Complex continuing care; Nurses
ID NURSING-HOME RESIDENTS; LONG-TERM-CARE; HEALTH-CARE; PATIENT
COMMUNICATION; ALZHEIMERS-DISEASE; DEMENTIA; APHASIA; SKILLS;
CONVERSATION; ASSISTANTS
AB Background: Positive interactions between caregivers and residents in long-term care institutions have been documented to improve residents' quality of life, their psychological and social well-being as well as their life expectancy. Residents with language disorders pose a unique challenge due to their difficulties understanding conversation, speaking, reading, and writing. The success and efficiency of such residents' communication can be improved by enhancing partners' abilities to communicate with them. Individualised communication plans, education and training, and staff support have been documented to be important components in this type of intervention. Aims: This paper reports on the development and evaluation of a communication training programme for nurses working with persons with language impairments in a complex continuing care facility. The specific aims of this study were (a) to explore changes in staff knowledge about language impairment, (b) to determine their perception of the training workshop, and (c) to explore staff's perceptions of the Communication Plans' usefulness in practice. Methods Procedures: Eighteen nursing staff and nine residents with communication impairments participated in this study with a descriptive design. The intervention consisted of three components: developing Communication Plans, holding a 1-day workshop, and offering support while implementing the plans into practice. Outcomes Results: There was a statistically significant increase in staff's knowledge of language disorders after training. Staff perceived the Communication Plans to be very useful in their interactions with residents. Conclusions: Individualised Communication Plans, a 1-day workshop, and the follow-up and support of a speech-language pathologist can have a beneficial effect on staff outcomes. Nursing staff demonstrated an enhancement in their knowledge and perceived skills in caring for residents with communication impairments. Results have implications for the speech-language pathologist's role with residents with communication impairments in complex continuing care.
C1 [Sorin-Peters, Riva] Sunnybrook Hlth Sci Ctr, Reg Stroke Programme, Assist Technol Clin, N&E GTA,UG20, Toronto, ON M4N 3M5, Canada.
[McGilton, Katherine S.] Toronto Rehabil Inst, Toronto, ON, Canada.
[Rochon, Elizabeth] Univ Toronto & Toronto Rehab, Toronto, ON, Canada.
RP Sorin-Peters, R (reprint author), Sunnybrook Hlth Sci Ctr, Reg Stroke Programme, Assist Technol Clin, N&E GTA,UG20, 2075 Bayview Ave, Toronto, ON M4N 3M5, Canada.
EM riva.sorin-peters@assistivetechnologyclinic.ca
FU Regional Stroke Programme NE-GTA; Ministry of Health and Long Term Care
in Ontario
FX The authors gratefully acknowledge the contributions of research team
members: Souraya Sidani RN PhD, Mary Fox RN PhD, and Veronique Boscart
RN PhD. We thank the nursing staff on K1C, Sunnybrook Health Sciences
Centre, who implemented the intervention, and the nursing manager, Alice
Jyu. Also acknowledged is support from Shann Beck, Ontario Stroke System
Regional Programme Manager, North and East GTA, Ontario Stroke Region
and Network, Director Regional Stroke Centre and Neuroscience Alliance,
Sunnybrook Health Sciences Centre, and Pearl Gryfe, Clinical Director,
Assistive Technology Clinic and Education Coordinator for NE-GTA Ontario
Stroke Strategy. We also thank the Regional Stroke Programme NE-GTA for
funding the study and acknowledge the support of the Toronto
Rehabilitation Institute, which receives funding under the Provincial
Rehabilitation Research Programme from the Ministry of Health and Long
Term Care in Ontario. The views expressed do not necessarily reflect
those of the Ministry.
CR BOURGEOIS M, 1997, GERONTOLOGIST, V1, P30
Bourgeois M. S., 2001, AAC AUGMENTATIVE ALT, V17, P196, DOI 10.1080/714043383
BOURGEOIS MS, 1992, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V35, P1344
Bourgeois M. S., 1996, BEHAV INTERVENT, V11, P3, DOI 10.1002/(SICI)1099-078X(199601)11:1<3::AID-BRT150>3.0.CO;2-0
Bourgeois MS, 2003, J COMMUN DISORD, V36, P361, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(03)00051-0
BOURGEOIS MS, 1990, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V23, P29, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1990.23-29
Bowman C, 2004, AGE AGEING, V33, P561, DOI 10.1093/ageing/afh177
BRANNON D, 1992, J LONG TERM CARE ADM, V20, P118
Bryan K, 2002, AGING MENT HEALTH, V6, P248, DOI 10.1080/13607860220142495
Burgio LD, 2002, GERONTOLOGIST, V42, P487
Burgio LD, 2001, GERONTOLOGIST, V41, P449
Caris-Verhallen WMCM, 1999, J ADV NURS, V30, P1106, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2648.1999.01197.x
Caris-Verhallen WMCM, 2000, PATIENT EDUC COUNS, V39, P91, DOI 10.1016/S0738-3991(99)00094-4
Chant S, 2002, NURS EDUC TODAY, V22, P189, DOI 10.1054/nedt.2001.0690
de Lucio LG, 2000, J ADV NURS, V32, P425, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2648.2000.01493.x
Dijkstra K, 2002, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V10, P143
Farrell E, 1993, Am Nurse, V25, P40
FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6
GAUTHIER L, 1989, INT J CLIN NEUROPSYC, V11, P49
Genereux S, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P1161, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000507
Golden J, 1996, RES DEV DISABIL, V17, P363, DOI 10.1016/0891-4222(96)00022-4
Goodglass H, 2001, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V3rd
GRYPDONCK M, 1993, TIJDSCHRIFT ZIEKENVE, V19, P639
GRYPDONCK M, 1993, TIJDSCHRIFT ZIEKENVE, V20, P683
HAKIM AM, 1998, CANADIAN MED ASS, V159, P1
*HEART STROK FDN C, 2007, REP CARD HLTH
Hickey EM, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P625, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000093
*HLTH CAR FIN ADM, 1999, HLTH CAR FIN ADM LON
HOLLAND AL, 1998, COMMUNICATIVE ACTIVI
KAAKINEN J, 1995, TOP LANG DISORD, V15, P36
Kagan A., 2003, TALKING YOUR NURSE H
KAGAN A, 2004, TRAIN TRAINER WORKSH
Kagan A, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P258, DOI 10.1080/02687030701282595
Kagan A, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P816, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249575
Kagan A., 2000, AM SPEECH LANG HEAR
LEDORZE G, 1994, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V29, P241
Le Dorze G, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P17
Maas M, 1994, J Long Term Care Adm, V22, P23
McCallion P, 1999, GERONTOLOGIST, V39, P546
McGilton Kathy, 2011, Int J Older People Nurs, V6, P13, DOI 10.1111/j.1748-3743.2010.00210.x
McGilton KS, 2009, WORLDV EVID-BASED NU, V6, P149, DOI 10.1111/j.1741-6787.2009.00155.x
MCGILTON KS, 2004, ALZHEIMER CARE Q, V51, P63
Mcpherson A, 2001, AGING MENT HEALTH, V5, P289, DOI 10.1080/13607860120064970
Nespoulous J, 1992, PROTOCOLE MONTREAL T
NUSSBAUM JF, 1991, AGEING SOC, V11, P149, DOI 10.1017/S0144686X00003986
Orange JB, 2000, CLIN GERIATR MED, V16, P153, DOI 10.1016/S0749-0690(05)70015-X
PORCH BE, 1969, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC
*PSYCH ASS RES, 2001, MIN STAT EX MMSE GUI
Quilliam BJ, 2001, STROKE, V32, P1385
Riddoch M.J., 1993, BIRMINGHAM OBJECT RE
Schnelle JF, 2005, GERONTOLOGIST, V45, P576
Simmons-Mackie NN, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P39, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798287
Sorin-Peters R, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P951, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000453
Sorin-Peters R, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P405, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000752
*STAT CAN, 2000, RAPPORT SANTE, V11
Tappen R., 2001, CLIN GERONTOLOGIST, V24, P63, DOI DOI 10.1300/J018V24N03_06
Tu JV, 1999, STROKE CARE ONTARIO
van Weert JCM, 2005, PATIENT EDUC COUNS, V58, P312, DOI 10.1016/j.pec.2004.07.013
World Health Organisation, 2001, INT CLASS FUNCT DIS
NR 59
TC 5
Z9 6
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 12
BP 1511
EP 1536
DI 10.1080/02687038.2010.494829
PG 26
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 685DS
UT WOS:000284609000001
ER
PT J
AU Dressel, K
Huber, W
Frings, L
Kummerer, D
Saur, D
Mader, I
Hull, M
Weiller, C
Abel, S
AF Dressel, Katharina
Huber, Walter
Frings, Lars
Kuemmerer, Dorothee
Saur, Dorothee
Mader, Irina
Huell, Michael
Weiller, Cornelius
Abel, Stefanie
TI Model-oriented naming therapy in semantic dementia: A single-case fMRI
study
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Semantic dementia; Primary progressive aphasia; Anomia; Dell's model;
Therapy; fMRI
ID PRIMARY-PROGRESSIVE-APHASIA; TEMPORAL-LOBE ATROPHY; ALZHEIMERS-DISEASE;
FRONTOTEMPORAL DEMENTIA; LEXICAL RETRIEVAL; SPEECH PRODUCTION; LANGUAGE
NETWORK; WORD PRODUCTION; VERBAL LABELS; IMPAIRMENT
AB Background: Studies on anomia treatment in semantic dementia demonstrate that re-learning is possible, but maintenance and generalisation of improvements are limited. Changes in cortical activation associated with anomia treatment have already been demonstrated in aphasic patients after stroke. Recovery of brain functions under the impact of deficit-specific treatment in semantic dementia has not been explored yet. Nevertheless, recent activation studies using language tasks in patients with neurodegenerative diseases report altered activation patterns, involving diverse brain regions ipsi- or contralateral to the primarily affected left hemisphere. Aims: The purpose of the present study was to investigate if phonological and semantic cueing hierarchies established for naming therapy in aphasia were also effective in a patient with semantic dementia. Moreover, we aimed to examine changes of brain activity associated with anomia treatment. Methods Procedures: One individual with semantic dementia participated in the present study. Over a period of 4 weeks the participant received an intensive model-oriented treatment with phonological and semantic cueing hierarchies. Two pre-tests and two post-tests (one immediately after training and one 2 months later) were administered. The second pre-test and both follow-ups were registered inside the scanner. Outcomes Results: Behaviourally, both treatments resulted in specific training effects, which subsequently decreased over time. Concerning functional magnetic resonance imaging data, improved naming following therapy was mirrored by changes in cortical activity, predominantly located in right superior and inferior temporal gyrus. Conclusions: Cueing hierarchies were successful, resulting in specific and immediate treatment effects, corroborating previous treatment studies in semantic dementia. Treatment-induced changes in cortical activity were mainly concentrated in right temporal cortex. Since right-sided modulation of cortical activity was associated with training-induced improvements in task performance, it may reflect right hemispheric compensatory mechanisms in this participant.
C1 [Dressel, Katharina; Huber, Walter; Kuemmerer, Dorothee; Abel, Stefanie] Univ Hosp RWTH, Neurolinguist Dept Neurol, D-52074 Aachen, Germany.
[Dressel, Katharina; Kuemmerer, Dorothee; Saur, Dorothee; Mader, Irina; Weiller, Cornelius; Abel, Stefanie] Univ Med Ctr Freiburg, Dept Neurol, Freiburg, Germany.
[Mader, Irina] Univ Med Ctr Freiburg, Sect Neuroradiol, Freiburg, Germany.
RP Dressel, K (reprint author), Univ Hosp RWTH, Neurolinguist Dept Neurol, Pauwelsstr 30, D-52074 Aachen, Germany.
EM dressel@neuropsych.rwth-aachen.de
RI Hull, Michael/F-2618-2012
FU Federal Ministry of Education and Research [BMBF: 01GW0662]
FX This work was supported by the Federal Ministry of Education and
Research grant (BMBF: 01GW0662) entitled "Mechanisms of brain
reorganisation in the language network".
CR Abel S, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P411, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192687
Abel S, 2009, NEUROIMAGE, V44, P1113, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2008.10.018
Abel S, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P1, DOI 10.1080/02687030903022203
Adlam ALR, 2006, BRAIN, V129, P3066, DOI 10.1093/brain/awl285
Amici S, 2006, BEHAV NEUROL, V17, P77
Bier N, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P210, DOI 10.1080/00207590801942906
Birn RM, 2004, NEUROIMAGE, V23, P1046, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2004.07.039
Blanken GDR, 1999, WORTPRODUKTIONSPRUFU
Bright P, 2008, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V46, P2177, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2008.02.019
Chan D, 2001, ANN NEUROL, V49, P433, DOI 10.1002/ana.92
Croot K, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V61, P226, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1852
Croot K, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P125, DOI 10.1080/02687030801943179
Croot K, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P302, DOI 10.1080/02687030801942981
Damasio H, 1996, NATURE, V380, P499, DOI 10.1038/380499a0
DeLeon J, 2007, BRAIN, V130, P1408, DOI 10.1093/brain/awm011
Dell GS, 1997, PSYCHOL REV, V104, P801, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.104.4.801
Diehl J, 2004, NEUROBIOL AGING, V25, P1051, DOI 10.1016/j.neurobiolaging.2003.10.007
FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6
Foygel D, 2000, J MEM LANG, V43, P182, DOI 10.1006/jmla.2000.2716
Frattali C, 2004, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V12, pXI
Galton CJ, 2001, NEUROLOGY, V57, P216
Gorno-Tempini ML, 2004, ANN NEUROL, V55, P335, DOI 10.1002/ana.10825
Graham KS, 1997, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V11, P77, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.11.1.77
Graham KS, 1999, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V13, P359, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.13.3.359
Graham KS, 2001, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V11, P429
Grossman M, 2002, CURR OPIN NEUROL, V15, P409, DOI 10.1097/00019052-200208000-00002
Helmstaedter C, 1990, Schweiz Arch Neurol Psychiatr, V141, P21
Henry ML, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P826, DOI 10.1080/02687030701820055
Henry Maya L., 2008, Seminars in Speech and Language, V29, P60, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1061625
Heredia CG, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P192, DOI 10.1080/02687030801942999
Hickok G, 2004, COGNITION, V92, P67, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2003.10.011
Hillis AE, 1999, NEUROLOGY, V53, P1813
Hodges JR, 2007, LANCET NEUROL, V6, P1004, DOI 10.1016/S1474-4422(07)70266-1
HODGES JR, 1992, BRAIN, V115, P1783, DOI 10.1093/brain/115.6.1783
Huber W, 1983, AACHENER APHASIETEST
Indefrey P, 2004, COGNITION, V92, P101, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2002.06.001
Jefferies E, 2008, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V46, P649, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2007.09.007
Jokel R, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V16, P241, DOI 10.1080/09602010500176757
Jokel R, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V95, P38, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.07.034
Jokel R, 2002, BRAIN COGNITION, V49, P241, DOI 10.1006/brcg.2001.1477
Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Ralph MAL, 2001, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V13, P341, DOI 10.1162/08989290151137395
Mesulam M, 2009, BRAIN, V132, P2553, DOI 10.1093/brain/awp138
MESULAM MM, 1982, ANN NEUROL, V11, P592, DOI 10.1002/ana.410110607
MORRIS JC, 1993, NEUROLOGY, V43, P2457
Mummery CJ, 2000, ANN NEUROL, V47, P36
Mummery CJ, 1999, BRAIN, V122, P61, DOI 10.1093/brain/122.1.61
Munhall KG, 2001, ACTA PSYCHOL, V107, P95, DOI 10.1016/S0001-6918(01)00026-9
Musso M, 1999, BRAIN, V122, P1781, DOI 10.1093/brain/122.9.1781
Neary D, 1998, NEUROLOGY, V51, P1546
Nelissen N, 2007, BRAIN, V130, P2055, DOI 10.1093/brain/awm133
Nestor PJ, 2006, NEUROIMAGE, V30, P1010, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2005.10.008
Newhart M, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P823, DOI 10.1080/02687030802661762
Noppeney U, 2007, BRAIN, V130, P1138, DOI 10.1093/brain/awl344
Patterson K, 2007, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V8, P976, DOI 10.1038/nrn2277
Peters F, 2009, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V30, P185, DOI 10.1002/hbm.20493
Reilly J, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P329, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000787
Reilly Jamie, 2008, Seminars in Speech and Language, V29, P32, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1061623
Riddoch M.J., 1993, BIRMINGHAM OBJECT RE
Rohrer JD, 2008, NEUROLOGY, V71, P1445, DOI 10.1212/01.wnl.0000327889.13734.cd
Ruml W, 2000, J MEM LANG, V43, P217, DOI 10.1006/jmla.2000.2730
SCHNITKER R, 2010, AACHENER MAT D UNPUB
Schwartz M. F., 2006, J MEM LANG, V54, P223
Scott SK, 2000, BRAIN, V123, P2400, DOI 10.1093/brain/123.12.2400
SNODGRASS JG, 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V6, P174, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.6.2.174
Snowden JS, 2002, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V40, P1715, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(02)00031-3
Sonty SP, 2003, ANN NEUROL, V53, P35, DOI 10.1002/ana.10390
Sonty SP, 2007, J NEUROSCI, V27, P1334, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.4127-06.2007
Talairach J., 1988, COPLANAR STEREOTAXIC
Vandenbulcke M, 2005, ANN NEUROL, V58, P362, DOI 10.1002/ana.20588
Vigneau M, 2006, NEUROIMAGE, V30, P1414, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2005.11.002
VISSER M, 2009, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V21, P1
Wise RJS, 2001, BRAIN, V124, P83, DOI 10.1093/brain/124.1.83
Yagishita S, 2008, NEUROIMAGE, V41, P1142, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2008.03.008
Zahn R, 2000, NEUROSCI LETT, V287, P195, DOI 10.1016/S0304-3940(00)01160-5
Zaitsev M, 2004, MAGNET RESON MED, V52, P1156, DOI 10.1002/mrm.20261
NR 76
TC 11
Z9 11
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 12
BP 1537
EP 1558
DI 10.1080/02687038.2010.500567
PG 22
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 685DS
UT WOS:000284609000002
ER
PT J
AU Gillespie, A
Murphy, J
Place, M
AF Gillespie, Alex
Murphy, Joan
Place, Morag
TI Divergences of perspective between people with aphasia and their family
caregivers
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; UK; Family care; Role; Identity; Disagreement; Misunderstanding
ID SPOUSES PERCEPTIONS; CARERS; ADULTS; COMMUNICATION; SPEAKING; SUPPORT;
COUPLES; CANCER; STROKE; OVERPROTECTION
AB Background: Studies of the relation between family caregivers and care-receivers have identified large divergences between their perspectives. It has been suggested that these divergences may adversely affect the care relationship. However, there has been little research examining the source of these divergences. Aims: The reported mixed-method study aimed to examine the relationship between people with aphasia and their family caregivers in order to identify the sources of observed divergences of perspective. Methods Procedures: A total of 20 people with aphasia and their main family caregivers, living in the UK, completed an adapted version of the Interpersonal Perception Method questionnaire, which yielded both rating data and qualitative data. Participants rated themselves, each other, and how they thought the other would rate them, on issues regarding communication ability and identity. Outcomes Results: As expected on the basis of existing research, divergences clustered around the provision of communication support and issues of confidence, independence, embarrassment, and overprotection. A qualitative analysis of the participants' talk during the rating task suggested that a source of these discrepancies is in the conflicting demands which characterise the care relationship, specifically, caregivers' desire to support independence on the one hand but feeling compelled to be protective on the other hand. In response to these demands, caregivers try to create the impression that the disability has less impact than it has, and that they are more in control than they feel they are. Conclusions: We conclude by suggesting that some divergences of perspective may not be adverse overall, but rather may be a result of caregivers' creative adaptations to seemingly irreconcilable demands.
C1 [Gillespie, Alex] Univ Stirling, Dept Psychol, Stirling FK9 4LA, Scotland.
RP Gillespie, A (reprint author), Univ Stirling, Dept Psychol, Stirling FK9 4LA, Scotland.
EM alex.gillespie@stir.ac.uk
FU Economic and Social Research Council, UK [RES-000-22-2473]
FX The authors would like to acknowledge the support of a research grant
from the Economic and Social Research Council, UK (RES-000-22-2473).
CR Bar-Tal Y, 2005, SOC SCI MED, V60, P1459, DOI 10.1016/j.socscimed.2004.08.003
Bolger N, 2000, J PERS SOC PSYCHOL, V79, P953, DOI 10.1037//0022-3514.79.6.953
Booth S, 1999, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V34, P291, DOI 10.1080/136828299247423
Brereton L, 2002, J CLIN NURS, V11, P22, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2702.2002.00564.x
Croteau C, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P811, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000221
Croteau C, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P327, DOI 10.1080/02687030500475051
Croteau C, 1999, DISABIL REHABIL, V21, P432
Croteau C, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P291, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000616
Cruice M, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P111, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000651
Emslie C, 2009, SOC SCI MED, V68, P1169, DOI 10.1016/j.socscimed.2009.01.004
Gillespie A, 2010, J THEOR SOC BEHAV, V40, P19
Goffman E, 1963, STIGMA NOTES MANAGEM
GOODWIN C, 1995, RES LANG SOC INTERAC, V28, P233, DOI 10.1207/s15327973rlsi2803_4
HEYMAN B, 1993, SOC SCI MED, V37, P1557, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(93)90190-F
Hinckley JJ, 2006, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V13, P25, DOI 10.1310/FLJ3-04DQ-MG8W-89EU
Hirst M, 2005, SOC SCI MED, V61, P697, DOI 10.1016/j.socscimed.2005.01.001
Horowitz A, 2004, GERONTOLOGIST, V44, P532
James W, 1890, PRINCIPLES PSYCHOL
Laing R. D., 1966, INTERPERSONAL PERCEP
LaPlante MP, 2002, HEALTH SERV RES, V37, P397, DOI 10.1111/1475-6773.029
LEDORZE G, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P239
Luck AM, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P208, DOI 10.1080/02687030601065470
Martin J, 2010, INTEGR PSYCHOL BEHAV, V44, P252, DOI 10.1007/s12124-010-9126-7
Mead G. H., 1932, PHILOS PRESENT
Murphy J, 2006, HEALTH EXPECT, V9, P49, DOI 10.1111/j.1369-7625.2006.00366.x
Murphy J., 2000, BRIT J THERAPY REHAB, V7, P454
Newsom JT, 1998, HEALTH PSYCHOL, V17, P172, DOI 10.1037//0278-6133.17.2.172
PARR S, 1997, TAKING APHASIA
Power A, 2008, SOC SCI MED, V67, P834, DOI 10.1016/j.socscimed.2008.05.023
Robinson L, 2007, HEALTH RISK SOC, V9, P389, DOI 10.1080/13698570701612774
Shadden BB, 2004, TOP LANG DISORD, V24, P174
Sillars A, 2005, HUM COMMUN RES, V31, P102, DOI 10.1093/hcr/31.1.102
Simmons-Mackie N, 2004, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V13, P114, DOI 10.1044/1058-0630(2004/013)
Simmons-Mackie NN, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P81, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798311
Strauss A., 1997, GROUNDED THEORY PRAC
Thomas C, 2002, SOC SCI MED, V54, P529, DOI 10.1016/S0277-9536(01)00048-X
Thompson SC, 2002, PSYCHOL HEALTH, V17, P297, DOI 10.1080/08870440290029557
Walters K, 2000, AGE AGEING, V29, P505, DOI 10.1093/ageing/29.6.505
World Health Organization, 2001, ICF INT CLASS FUNCT
ZRAICK RI, 1991, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V34, P123
NR 40
TC 15
Z9 15
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 12
BP 1559
EP 1575
DI 10.1080/02687038.2010.500810
PG 17
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 685DS
UT WOS:000284609000003
ER
PT J
AU Cho, SJ
Thompson, CK
AF Cho, Soojin
Thompson, Cynthia K.
TI What goes wrong during passive sentence production in agrammatic
aphasia: An eyetracking study
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Agrammatism; Sentence production deficit; Passive sentence; Eyetracking;
Structural priming
ID LANGUAGE PRODUCTION; WERNICKES APHASIA; EYE-MOVEMENTS; WORD-ORDER;
COMPREHENSION; SPEECH; VERBS; PERSISTENCE; SPEAKING; BROCAS
AB Background: Production of passive sentences is often impaired in agrammatic aphasia and has been attributed both to an underlying structural impairment (e.g., Schwartz, Saffran, Fink, Myers, Martin, 1994) and to a morphological deficit (e.g., Caplan Hanna, 1998; Faroqi-Shah Thompson, 2003). However, the nature of the deficit in passive sentence production is not clear due to methodological issues present in previous studies. Aims: This study examined active and passive sentence production in nine agrammatic aphasic speakers under conditions of structural priming using eyetracking to test whether structural impairments occur independently of morphological impairments and whether the underlying nature of error types is reflected in on-line measures, i.e., eye movements and speech onset latencies. Methods Procedures: Nine participants viewed and listened to a prime sentence in either active or passive voice, and then repeated it aloud. Next, a target picture appeared on the computer monitor and participants were instructed to describe it using the primed sentence structure. Outcomes Results: Participants made substantial errors in sentence structure, i.e., passives with role reversals (RRs) and actives-for-passives, but few errors in passive morphology. Longer gaze durations to the first-produced noun for passives with RRs as compared to correct passives were found before and during speech. For actives-for-passives, however, this pattern was found during speech, but not before speech. Conclusions: The deficit in passive sentence production does not solely arise from a morphological deficit, rather it stems, at least in part, from a structural level impairment. The underlying nature of passives with RRs is qualitatively different from that of actives-for-passives, which cannot be clearly differentiated with off-line testing methodology.
C1 [Cho, Soojin] Northwestern Univ, Aphasia & Neurolinguist Res Lab, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Evanston, IL 60208 USA.
RP Cho, SJ (reprint author), Northwestern Univ, Aphasia & Neurolinguist Res Lab, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, 2240 Campus Dr, Evanston, IL 60208 USA.
EM s-cho3@u.northwestern.edu
FU NIH [R01-DC01948]
FX This research was supported by the NIH grant R01-DC01948 awarded to
Cynthia K. Thompson. Earlier versions of this work were presented at the
39th Clinical Aphasiology Conference and the 47th Academy of Aphasia.
The authors wish to thank persons with aphasia who participated in this
study.
CR Baayen R. H., 1993, CELEX LEXICAL DATABA
Bastiaanse R, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P49, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000455
Bastiaanse R, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P91, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00306-7
Benedet MJ, 1998, CORTEX, V34, P309, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70758-5
Bock J. K., 1989, COGNITION, V31, P163
Bock J. K., 1994, HDB PSYCHOLINGUISTIC, P945
BOCK JK, 1986, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V18, P355, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(86)90004-6
Caplan D, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V63, P184, DOI 10.1006/brln.1998.1930
Caramazza A., 1985, AGRAMMATISM
Chang F, 2003, COGNITION, V90, P29, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(03)00123-9
Dickey MW, 2009, J NEUROLINGUIST, V22, P563, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2009.06.004
Dickey MW, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V100, P1, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.004
Faroqi-Shah Y, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V85, P409, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00586-2
Ferreira VS, 2003, J MEM LANG, V48, P379, DOI 10.1016/S0749-596X(02)00523-5
Ferreira VS, 2006, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V21, P1011, DOI 10.1080/01690960600824609
Griffin Z. M., 2004, INTERFACE LANGUAGE V, P213
Griffin ZM, 2001, COGNITION, V82, pB1, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(01)00138-X
Griffin ZM, 2000, PSYCHOL SCI, V11, P274, DOI 10.1111/1467-9280.00255
Hare M. L., 2000, P 21 ANN M COGN SCI, P208
Hartsuiker RJ, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V62, P221, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1905
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Lee M, 2004, J NEUROLINGUIST, V17, P315, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(03)00062-9
MARIN JW, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V65, P175
Menn L, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V61, P183, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1838
Meyer A. S., 2004, INTERFACE LANGUAGE V, P191
Meyer AS, 1998, COGNITION, V66, pB25, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(98)00009-2
Meyer AS, 2000, PSYCHON B REV, V7, P314, DOI 10.3758/BF03212987
Mitchum CC, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V60, P121
Morey R., 1992, PSYCHOL REV, V99, P150, DOI DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.99.1.150
Pickering MJ, 1998, J MEM LANG, V39, P633, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1998.2592
Saffran EM, 1997, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V12, P877
SCHWARTZ MF, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P19, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248639
SCHWARTZ MF, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V10, P249, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90055-3
Thompson CK, 2009, J NEUROLINGUIST, V22, P354, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2008.11.003
Thompson CK, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V103, P24, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.07.012
Van der Meulen F. F., 2003, MEDIATING CONCEPTS G, P39
Weinrich M, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V76, P45, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2421
Zelinsky GJ, 2000, PSYCHOL SCI, V11, P125, DOI 10.1111/1467-9280.00227
NR 38
TC 7
Z9 8
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 12
BP 1576
EP 1592
DI 10.1080/02687031003714442
PG 17
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 685DS
UT WOS:000284609000004
ER
PT J
AU Baldo, JV
Schwartz, S
Wilkins, DP
Dronkers, NF
AF Baldo, Juliana V.
Schwartz, Sophie
Wilkins, David P.
Dronkers, Nina F.
TI Double dissociation of letter and category fluency following left
frontal and temporal lobe lesions
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Wernicke's aphasia; Verbal fluency; Lexical retrieval; Neologism; Jargon
aphasia; Temporal cortex; Frontal cortex
ID VERBAL FLUENCY; SEMANTIC MEMORY; ALZHEIMERS-DISEASE; JARGON APHASIA;
WORD RETRIEVAL; BRAIN-LESIONS; NEOLOGISMS; TASKS; PATTERNS; PHONEME
AB Background: A number of studies have suggested that temporal cortex is critical for the ability to generate exemplars belonging to a particular semantic category (i.e., category fluency), while frontal cortex is critical for generating words beginning with a particular letter (i.e., letter or phonemic fluency). However, previous studies have often focused on relative, quantitative differences in performance across groups of patients and primarily in the oral domain. Aims: The current study analysed verbal fluency data from two individuals with chronic aphasia, one with a large left temporal lobe lesion and a severe Wernicke's aphasia, and a second individual with a large left frontal lobe lesion and a moderately severe non-fluent aphasia. The goal of the study was to do both qualitative and quantitative analyses of letter and category fluency performance in these two individuals across oral and written fluency domains. Methods Procedures: Participants were administered both oral and written versions of letter fluency (FAS) and category fluency conditions (fruits, animals, and supermarket items). Participants were given 90 seconds to generate as many items as possible, and their responses were scored for both overall output, as well as qualitative structure using a clustering analysis. Outcomes Results: The individual with an extensive temporal lobe lesion generated a large number of exemplars on the letter fluency task. Some of these items were neologisms (e.g., frest, anth, and swink), but remarkably all adhered to the phonological constraints of the task. However, this individual was very poor at generating items belonging to semantic categories. In contrast, the individual with a large frontal lesion generated many exemplars on the category fluency task but only two items on the letter fluency task. The same pattern was replicated in the written domain in both individuals, and results from the clustering analysis paralleled these quantitative findings. Conclusions: This report describes two individuals with aphasia who exhibited a double dissociation between letter and category fluency performance in both oral and written domains. The current findings provide further evidence for the notion that left frontal cortex is critical for word retrieval based on phonology, while left temporal cortex is critical for word retrieval based on semantics. The findings have implications for the types of strategies that may be most effective in individuals with lesions to these brain regions critical for word retrieval.
C1 [Baldo, Juliana V.; Wilkins, David P.; Dronkers, Nina F.] VA No Calif Hlth Care Syst, Martinez, CA USA.
[Schwartz, Sophie] Univ Geneva, CH-1211 Geneva 4, Switzerland.
[Wilkins, David P.] Univ Sydney, Sydney, NSW 2006, Australia.
[Dronkers, Nina F.] Univ Calif Davis, Davis, CA 95616 USA.
[Dronkers, Nina F.] Univ Calif San Diego, San Diego, CA 92103 USA.
RP Baldo, JV (reprint author), Ctr Aphasia & Related Disorders, 150 Muir Rd 126 R, Martinez, CA 94553 USA.
EM juliana@ebire.org
FU Office of Research and Development, Department of Veteran Affairs;
NIH/NINDS [5 P01 NS040813]; NIH/NIDCD [5 R01 DC00216]; Swiss National
Science Foundation [3100A0-102133]
FX This material is based on work supported by the Office of Research and
Development, Department of Veteran Affairs; NIH/NINDS 5 P01 NS040813,
and NIH/NIDCD 5 R01 DC00216; and by a Swiss National Science Foundation
Grant to S. Schwartz (#3100A0-102133). We would like to thank all of the
participants for their involvement in this project. We would also like
to thank Carl Ludy, Jennifer Ogar, Sharon Willock, and Jamie Sanders for
comments on an earlier version of this manuscript.
CR Baldo JV, 2006, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V12, P896, DOI 10.1017/S1355617706061078
Bose A, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P726, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192315
Burton MW, 2001, COGNITIVE SCI, V25, P695, DOI 10.1016/S0364-0213(01)00051-9
BUTTERS N, 1987, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V9, P479, DOI 10.1080/01688638708410764
BUTTERWORTH B, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V8, P133, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90046-4
CHAN AS, 1993, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V5, P254, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1993.5.2.254
DAVIS C, 2010, NEUROCASE, V26, P1
Gourovitch ML, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V14, P353, DOI 10.1037//0894-4105.14.3.353
Hanlon RE, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V55, P199, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0101
Henry JD, 2004, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V18, P284, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.18.2.284
JANOWSKY JS, 1989, BEHAV NEUROSCI, V103, P548, DOI 10.1037/0735-7044.103.3.548
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Marshall J, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P387, DOI 10.1080/02687030500489946
MARTIN A, 1994, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V32, P1487, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(94)90120-1
MILLER E, 1984, BRIT J CLIN PSYCHOL, V23, P53
Milner B., 1964, FRONTAL GRANULAR COR, P313
Monsch A., 1994, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V8, P25, DOI 10.1037//0894-4105.8.1.25
Moscovitch M., 1994, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V8, P524, DOI DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.8.4.524
Mummery CJ, 1996, P ROY SOC B-BIOL SCI, V263, P989, DOI 10.1098/rspb.1996.0146
OBER BA, 1986, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V8, P75, DOI 10.1080/01688638608401298
Ober BA, 1999, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V5, P623
Omura K, 2004, NEUROREPORT, V15, P949, DOI 10.1097/01.wnr.0000118867.31945.bf
PERRET E, 1974, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V12, P323, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(74)90047-5
ROHRER D, 1995, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V21, P1127, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.21.5.1127
Rohrer JD, 2009, J NEUROL SCI, V277, P155, DOI 10.1016/j.jns.2008.10.014
Schwartz S, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V87, P400, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00141-X
Schwartz S, 2001, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V39, P1209, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(01)00053-7
Siok WT, 2003, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V18, P201, DOI 10.1002/hbm.10094
Stenneken P, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1142, DOI 10.1080/02687030701820501
Stuss DT, 1998, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V4, P265
Troyer AK, 1998, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V36, P499, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(97)00152-8
Troyer AK, 2000, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V22, P370, DOI 10.1076/1380-3395(200006)22:3;1-V;FT370
VILKKI J, 1994, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V32, P1257, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(94)90107-4
WAYLAND S, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V16, P87, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90074-8
NR 34
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 12
BP 1593
EP 1604
DI 10.1080/02687038.2010.489260
PG 12
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 685DS
UT WOS:000284609000005
ER
PT J
AU Ferguson, A
Harper, A
AF Ferguson, Alison
Harper, Ashlee
TI Contributions to the talk of individuals with aphasia in multiparty
interactions
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Speaking for; Conversation; Family
ID INTERVIEW SITUATION; IN-INTERACTION; CONVERSATION; SPEAKING; PEOPLE;
PARTNERS; ORGANIZATION; STRATEGIES; SPOUSES; COUPLES
AB Background: It is an everyday occurrence that interactants with shared knowledge may contribute to the talk of others. The contribution of others has been recognised as a resource for people with aphasia, and their communicative restrictions often mean that they are accompanied by others in order to assist in medical and social encounters. Previous research has tended to be based on clinical and structured interactions rather than naturalistic conversation. Also, there has been a focus on the potential negative implications of such contributions as speaking on behalf of individuals with aphasia, with little exploration of explanations for this type of behaviour. Aims: The aim of the research presented in this paper was to describe how others contribute to the talk of five individuals with aphasia in naturalistic multiparty interactions. The paper also explores the explanatory framework that an understanding of conversational structure provides in relation to the face-work being managed in such interactions. Methods Procedures: The data comprised five multiparty interactions, each involving an individual with aphasia from stroke, a family member, and a friend in a semi-structured interview with one of the researchers. The interview interaction was designed to elicit four types of commonly occurring discourse in a naturalistic context (biographical data giving and stroke narrative as in a medical case history; personal narrative re memories of how they met as in a social interaction; and opinion giving as in a social interaction). The analysis of these data involved behavioural description of participant speaking roles that involved contributions to the talk of others: speaking instead of another, speaking on another's behalf, and speaking support. Outcomes Results: Participant speaking roles of speaking instead of, and speaking on another's behalf occurred in the interactions for all speakers, but speaking support was only observed to contribute to the talk of the aphasic speaker. The occurrence of participant speaking roles appeared to be affected by the type of discourse, in that contributions to the talk of others occurred more frequently in the giving of biographical information and personal recount. Speaking support was not provided during opinion giving. Conclusions: It is argued that rather than simply representing a face-threat in themselves, these participant speaking roles represent work by participants to reduce face-threat through the exploitation of the preference organisation of conversational structure. It is suggested that an understanding of these conversational resources provides important insights to guide clinical intervention with communication partnerships.
C1 [Ferguson, Alison] Univ Newcastle, Sch Humanities & Social Sci, Callaghan, NSW 2308, Australia.
RP Ferguson, A (reprint author), Univ Newcastle, Sch Humanities & Social Sci, Callaghan, NSW 2308, Australia.
EM Alison.Ferguson@newcastle.edu.au
FU University of Newcastle
FX We gratefully acknowledge the participants for their contribution, and
the funding assistance provided by University of Newcastle (Strategic
Pilot Grant, 2007). Thanks o Sarah Robertson for assistance with
transcription, and to Scott Barnes and Professor Chris Candlin for their
contribution to the development of the research. The preliminary
framework for the analysis of data in the present research was presented
as part of Ashlee Harper's Honours thesis for the Bachelor of Speech
Pathology degree, University of Newcastle, NSW, Australia, under the
supervision of Associate Professor Alison Ferguson.
CR Beeke Suzanne, 2007, Seminars in Speech and Language, V28, P136, DOI 10.1055/s-2007-970571
Booth S, 1999, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V34, P291, DOI 10.1080/136828299247423
Chapman R., 2003, SYSTEMATIC ANAL LANG
Croteau C, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P327, DOI 10.1080/02687030500475051
Croteau C, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P291, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000616
Croteau C, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P791, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192398
Davidson B, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P243, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000653
Ferguson A, 1996, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V10, P55, DOI 10.3109/02699209608985161
Ferguson A., 1993, THESIS MACQUARIE U S
Ferguson A., 2009, 11 INT PRAGM C MELB
FERGUSON A, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P143, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248647
Ferguson A, 2002, J COMMUN DISORD, V35, P11, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(01)00071-5
Ferguson A, 2007, CLINICAL APHASIOLOGY: FUTURE DIRECTIONS, P181
Goffman E., 1972, INTERACTION RITUAL E
Goffman E, 1974, FRAME ANAL ESSAY ORG
Goffman Erving, 1981, FORMS TALK
GOODWIN C., 2003, CONVERSATION BRAIN D, P90
Goodwin C., 1984, STRUCTURES SOCIAL AC, P225
GOODWIN C, 1995, RES LANG SOC INTERAC, V28, P233, DOI 10.1207/s15327973rlsi2803_4
Grice H. P., 1975, SYNTAX SEMANTICS, P41, DOI DOI 10.1017/S0022226700005296
Grimshaw A.D., 1994, MULTIPLE ANAL PROJEC, V2
Halliday M. A. K, 1985, LANGUAGE CONTEXT TEX
HARPER A, 2008, THESIS U NEWCASTLE N
Holland A., 1980, COMMUNICATIVE ABILIT
Hopper T, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P745, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000059
Kagan A, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P624, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2001/051)
Kangasharju H, 1996, J PRAGMATICS, V26, P291, DOI 10.1016/0378-2166(95)00051-8
Klippi A, 2003, CONVERSATION BRAIN D, P117
LEDORZE G, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P239
Lerner Gene, 1992, QUALITATIVE SOCIOLOG, V15, P247, DOI 10.1007/BF00990328
Lerner GH, 1996, SOC PSYCHOL QUART, V59, P303, DOI 10.2307/2787073
Lerner GH, 2003, LANG SOC, V32, P177, DOI 10.1017/S004740450332202X
Lerner GH, 2004, RES LANG SOC INTERAC, V37, P151, DOI 10.1207/s15327973rlsi3702_3
Lock S, 2001, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V36, P25
Milroy L., 2003, SOCIOLINGUISTICS MET
NICKELS LA, 2002, REHABILITATION SPOKE
Oelschlaeger M. L., 2003, CONVERSATION BRAIN D, P211
OESCHLAEGER ML, 1998, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V12, P459
Perkins L., 2003, CONVERSATION BRAIN D, P147
Porch B. E., 1967, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC
Purves BA, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P914, DOI 10.1080/02687030802514946
Sidnell J., 2009, CONVERSATION ANAL CO
Simmons-Mackie Nina, 2009, Seminars in Speech and Language, V30, P18, DOI 10.1055/s-0028-1104531
Simmons-Mackie N, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P807
Simmons-Mackie N, 2004, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V13, P114, DOI 10.1044/1058-0630(2004/013)
Simmons-Mackie N., 2008, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V43, P1
Simmons-Mackie N, 1999, CONSTRUCTING (IN) COMPETENCE, P313
SimmonsMackie NN, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P761, DOI 10.1080/02687039708250455
Thompson Sandra A., 1996, INTERACTION GRAMMAR, P238, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511620874.005
Togher L, 2001, J COMMUN DISORD, V34, P131, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(00)00045-9
NR 50
TC 0
Z9 0
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2010
VL 24
IS 12
BP 1605
EP 1620
DI 10.1080/02687038.2010.493296
PG 16
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 685DS
UT WOS:000284609000006
ER
PT J
AU Abel, S
Huber, W
Dell, GS
AF Abel, Stefanie
Huber, Walter
Dell, Gary S.
TI Connectionist diagnosis of lexical disorders in aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Connectionist model; Diagnosis; Naming; Repetition; Lexicon
ID SPEECH PRODUCTION; SELECTIVE IMPAIRMENT; COMPUTATIONAL MODELS; AUDITORY
REPETITION; NONAPHASIC SPEAKERS; LANGUAGE PRODUCTION; WORD PRODUCTION;
DEEP DYSPHASIA; SINGLE-ROUTE; ACCESS
AB Background: In the cognitive neurolinguistic approach to lexical deficits in aphasia, impaired levels of processing are localised in a cognitive model. Model-oriented treatment may target these impaired components. Thus a precise assessment of the disorder is crucial. Connectionist models add to this by using computer simulation to specify the details of the functioning of these components. The connectionist semantic-phonological model of lexical access (Dell, Martin, & Schwartz, 2007; Schwartz, Dell, Martin, Gahl, & Sobel, 2006) explores the impairment by simulating error patterns in naming and repetition.
Aims: The purpose of the present study was to investigate the model's range of application as a diagnostic tool, and to derive recommendations for the model's use in clinical settings.
Methods & Procedures: We demonstrate how we adapted the error analysis to 15 German-speaking patients with aphasia, analysed the model's accuracy in assessing naming and repetition disorders, and explained deviations between the error pattern produced by each patient and the one produced by the model's simulation by appealing to an extended version of the model.
Outcomes & Results: Overall, the model yielded good fits of the patients' error patterns. Larger model-patient deviations could be explained by the model's limited set of lesionable components.
Conclusions: The "connectionist diagnosis" of naming and repetition disorders in the semantic-phonological model is a reasonable tool in model-oriented assessment. However, the diagnosis needs to be complemented by further language tests.
C1 [Abel, Stefanie; Huber, Walter] Univ Hosp RWTH Aachen, Dept Neurol, D-52074 Aachen, Germany.
[Dell, Gary S.] Univ Illinois, Urbana, IL 61801 USA.
RP Abel, S (reprint author), Univ Hosp RWTH Aachen, Dept Neurol, Pauwelsstr 30, D-52074 Aachen, Germany.
EM sabel@ukaachen.de
CR Abel S, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P411, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192687
ABEL S, 2007, THESIS RWTH AACHEN
ABEL S, 2001, THESIS RWTH AACHEN U
Abel S, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V91, P152, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.06.079
Ablinger I, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P537, DOI 10.1080/02687030701495403
BAARS BJ, 1975, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V14, P382, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(75)80017-X
Baron R, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P62, DOI 10.1080/02687030600927092
Butterworth B., 1989, LEXICAL REPRESENTATI, P108
Caramazza A, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V75, P428, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2379
Caramazza A, 1997, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V14, P177, DOI 10.1080/026432997381664
CHIALANT D, 2003, HDB ADULT LANGUAGE D, P123
Cicerone KD, 2000, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V81, P1596, DOI 10.1053/apmr.2000.19240
De Bleser B., 2004, LEMO LEXIKON MODELLO
DELL GS, 1991, PSYCHOL REV, V98, P604, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.98.4.604
Dell GS, 2004, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P125, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000320
Dell GS, 2000, PSYCHOL REV, V107, P635, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.107.3.635
Dell GS, 1997, PSYCHOL REV, V104, P801, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.104.4.801
Dell GS, 2007, J MEM LANG, V56, P490, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2006.05.007
Doesborgh SJC, 2004, STROKE, V35, P141, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000105460.52928.A6
Ellis A. W., 1988, HUMAN COGNITIVE NEUR
Foygel D, 2000, J MEM LANG, V43, P182, DOI 10.1006/jmla.2000.2716
Gagnon DA, 2002, CONNECTIONIST APPROACHES TO CLINICAL PROBLEMS IN SPEECH AND LAGUAGE, P147
Genzel S., 1995, NEUROLINGUISTIK, V9, P41
Gordon JK, 2003, COGNITIVE SCI, V27, P1
Hanley JR, 2004, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P147, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000339
Hillis A. E., 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, P449
Hillis A. E., 2001, HDB COGNITIVE NEUROP, P185
HILLIS AE, 1990, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V7, P191, DOI 10.1080/02643299008253442
Hillis AE, 1999, NEUROLOGY, V53, P1813
HILLIS AE, 1998, LINGUISTIC LEVELS AP, P35
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
HUBER W, 2000, LEHRBUCH KLINISCHEN, P462
Huber W., 1983, AACHENER APHASIE TES
Huber W., 1993, APHASIA TREATMENT WO, P55
Laine M., 2006, ANOMIA THEORETICAL C
LEVELT W, 1989, SPEAKING INTENTION A
Levelt W. J., 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P38
LEVELT WJM, 1991, PSYCHOL REV, V98, P122, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.98.1.122
MARTIN N, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V47, P609, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1061
MARTIN N, 2003, HDB ADULT LANGUAGE D, P375
MARTIN RC, 2003, ANNU REV PSYCHOL, V89, P54
MILLER N, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V683, P722
MORTON J, 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA, V91, P118
MOTTAGHY FM, 1998, THESIS RWTH AACHEN U
Nettleton J., 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V6, P139, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90004-3
Nickels L., 2001, HDB COGNITIVE NEUROP, P291
OLDFIELD RC, 1971, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V9, P97, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(71)90067-4
Rapp B, 2000, PSYCHOL REV, V107, P460, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.107.3.460
Rapp B, 2006, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V23, P39, DOI [10.1080/02643290542000049, 10.1080/0264329054200049]
Rapp B, 1998, NEUROCASE, V4, P127, DOI 10.1093/neucas/4.2.127
Riddoch M. J., 2005, BIRMINGHAM OBJECT RE
Roach A., 1996, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V24, P121
Roelofs A, 2004, PSYCHOL REV, V111, P561, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.111.2.561
Ruml W, 2000, J MEM LANG, V43, P217, DOI 10.1006/jmla.2000.2730
Ruml W, 2005, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V22, P131, DOI 10.1080/02643290442000031
Ruml W, 2000, PSYCHOL REV, V107, P609, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.107.3.609
SCHNITKER R, 2009, AACHENER MATERIALIEN
Schwartz M. F., 2006, J MEM LANG, V54, P223
SCHWARTZ MF, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V91, pF71
SNODGRASS JG, 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V6, P174, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.6.2.174
WAHRIG G, 2006, WAHRIG DTSCH WORTERB
Wilshire CE, 2004, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P187, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000555
Wilshire CE, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1019, DOI 10.1080/02687030701536016
NR 63
TC 12
Z9 12
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 11
BP 1
EP 26
DI 10.1080/02687030903022203
PG 26
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 505GA
UT WOS:000270677900001
ER
PT J
AU Penn, C
Frankel, T
Watermeyer, J
Muller, M
AF Penn, Claire
Frankel, Tali
Watermeyer, Jennifer
Mueller, Madeleine
TI Informed consent and aphasia: Evidence of pitfalls in the process
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Conversation analysis; Informed consent; Model
ID QUALITATIVE RESEARCH; THERAPEUTIC MISCONCEPTION; CLINICAL-RESEARCH;
ETHICAL-ISSUES; TRIALS; STROKE; MODEL; PARTICIPATION; SERVICES; WHETHER
AB Background: Persons with aphasia are particularly vulnerable when taking part in research studies. The process of informed consent (IC) depends on a number of factors, which may be compromised in aphasia. Very little research has been conducted on the process, and the issue is often neglected in published research. Aims: The aim of the research was to identify potential facilitators and barriers to the process of IC, focusing on verbal and nonverbal components of the interaction. Methods Procedures: As part of a larger study, the IC process for three trial participants was examined in detail. Specific portions of the enrolment process dealing with the explanation of the concepts placebo, randomisation, and double blind were analysed. Our methods were qualitative and comprised systematic observation and analysis of video-recorded recruitment as well as feedback sessions with these participants after the study had been completed and their participation in the research was over. Outcomes Results: Results demonstrated that the process of IC was widely discrepant. There were marked differences in the way that the participants reacted to the process and in the behaviours of the clinician during each enrolment, also differences in terms of length of enrolment and the degree of confidence with which the researchers believed consent had been authentic. We also present a review of published research on informed consent in aphasia, with this evidence suggesting that IC is often neglected and at best difficult to obtain. Paradoxically, attempts to facilitate the process seemed to have an inhibitory effect. Conclusions: There are multiple influences on the process of IC in aphasia, which include the potential for therapeutic misconception. The process seems particularly jeopardised in qualitative and clinical research. There are many possible reasons why a person might agree to take part in a trial, but there are numerous pitfalls and barriers to the process. Recommendations for policy and practice are made, and a model proposed for enhancing IC in aphasia.
C1 [Penn, Claire] Univ Witwatersrand, Dept Speech Pathol, ZA-2050 Wits, South Africa.
[Mueller, Madeleine] Univ Potsdam, Potsdam, Germany.
RP Penn, C (reprint author), Univ Witwatersrand, Dept Speech Pathol, Private Bag 3, ZA-2050 Wits, South Africa.
EM claire.penn@wits.ac.za
RI Watermeyer, Jennifer/B-1173-2010
CR APPELBAUM PS, 1988, NEW ENGL J MED, V319, P1635, DOI 10.1056/NEJM198812223192504
APPELBAUM PS, 1987, HASTINGS CENT REP, V17, P20, DOI 10.2307/3562038
Barata PC, 2006, SOC SCI MED, V62, P479, DOI 10.1016/j.socscimed.2005.06.012
Barsdorf NW, 2005, SOC SCI MED, V60, P1087, DOI 10.1016/j.socscimed.2004.06.039
BLACKMER J, 2003, BMC MED ETHICS, V4, P1
Braunack-Mayer A, 2001, J CLIN ETHIC, V12, P388
Brennan AD, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P693, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000958
BRUMFITT S, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P569, DOI 10.1080/02687039308248631
Byng S, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P906, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000128
CIOMS, 2002, INT ETH GUID BIOM RE
CRIBB R, 2002, ETHICAL RES HUMANITI
Damico JS, 2003, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V12, P131, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2003/060)
Davis C, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V99, P14, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.018
Demarquay G, 2005, CEREBROVASC DIS, V19, P65, DOI 10.1159/000083250
Dresser R, 2002, SOC PHILOS POLICY, V19, P271, DOI 10.1017/S0265052502192119
Dunn LB, 2001, NEUROPSYCHOPHARMACOL, V24, P595, DOI 10.1016/S0893-133X(00)00218-9
Dunn LB, 2006, AM J PSYCHIAT, V163, P1323, DOI 10.1176/appi.ajp.163.8.1323
Elbourne D, 1997, BRIT MED J, V315, P248
Emanuel EJ, 2004, J INFECT DIS, V189, P930, DOI 10.1086/381709
Eyler LT, 2006, BEHAV SCI LAW, V24, P553, DOI 10.1002/bsl.691
Halpern SD, 2004, ARCH INTERN MED, V164, P801, DOI 10.1001/archinte.164.7.801
Heath Christian, 1986, BODY MOVEMENT SPEECH
Hochhauser Mark, 2002, IRB, V24, P11, DOI 10.2307/3564027
HORNER J, 2004, APHASIA CAPACITY COM
Horton S, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P528, DOI 10.1080/02687030600590130
Jefferson Gail, 2004, CONVERSATION ANAL ST, P13
Jewkes R, 1998, SOC SCI MED, V47, P1781, DOI 10.1016/S0277-9536(98)00240-8
Kagan A, 1995, CLIN APHASIOL, V23, P65
Khan K S, 1991, Law Med Health Care, V19, P202
Lidz Charles W, 2002, Med Care, V40, pV55
London AJ, 2001, BIOETHICS, V15, P312, DOI 10.1111/1467-8519.00241
Marks S., 1994, DIVIDED SISTERHOOD R
MCGRATH K, 1981, IRB REV HUMAN SUBJEC, V3, P6, DOI 10.2307/3564080
*MRC, 2002, BOOK 1 GUID ETH MED
*NAT APH ASS, 2005, BILL RIGHTS
National Bioethics Advisory Commission (NBAC), 2001, ETH POL ISS INT RES
*NBAC, 1998, RES INV PERS MENT DI, V1
*NIH, 2005, COD FED REG TITL 46
PENN C, 2007, ETHICAL CHALLENGES S
Ramcharan P, 2001, HEALTH SOC CARE COMM, V9, P358, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2524.2001.00323.x
Richards HM, 2002, FAM PRACT, V19, P135, DOI 10.1093/fampra/19.2.135
Rosenbaum JR, 2004, STROKE, V35, pE353, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000136555.28503.55
Savage TA, 2006, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V13, P1, DOI 10.1310/tsr1304-1
Stein J, 2006, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V13, P42, DOI 10.1310/tsr1304-42
SUTHERLAND HJ, 1990, J ROY SOC MED, V83, P439
*TALKBANK, 2007, COD ETH RUL REL STOR
UNAIDS, 2000, ETH CONS HIV PREV VA
Waggoner William C, 1995, IRB, V17, P6, DOI 10.2307/3563639
Wagner Lynne C. Brady, 2003, Seminars in Speech and Language, V24, P275
WATERMEYER J, CRITICAL IN IN PRESS
Wendler D, 2000, BIOETHICS, V14, P310, DOI 10.1111/1467-8519.00200
Woodsong C, 2005, AM J PUBLIC HEALTH, V95, P412, DOI 10.2105/AJPH.2004.041624
NR 52
TC 8
Z9 8
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 1
BP 3
EP 32
DI 10.1080/02687030701521786
PG 30
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 378BV
UT WOS:000261297000001
ER
PT J
AU Clark, DG
AF Clark, David Glenn
TI A computational semantics approach to aphasic sentence comprehension
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Agrammatism; Aphasia; Natural language processing; Semantics; Syntax
ID THETA-ROLE ASSIGNMENT; AGRAMMATIC COMPREHENSION; LANGUAGE COMPREHENSION;
STRUCTURAL PROMINENCE; FUNCTIONAL CATEGORIES; SYNTACTIC TREE; DEFICITS;
HYPOTHESIS; BREAKDOWN; GRAMMAR
AB Background: Patients with brain damage often exhibit difficulty understanding sentences, with certain grammatical constructions posing more of a problem than others. Differences between sentences that are hard or easy to process have been characterised in terms of modern syntactic theory, leading to a number of insightful proposals regarding the nature of sentence comprehension problems in aphasia. However, little attention has been devoted to the semantic aspects of aphasic sentence comprehension. Aims: The primary aim of this research is to validate the use of a computational semantic approach for modelling aphasic sentence comprehension. Methods Procedures: The model presented here is an extension of natural language processing software designed by Blackburn and Bos (2006). The original program parses a natural language expression by means of a simple definite clause grammar, assigning a semantic representation to each node in the parse tree. The final result of a successful parse is a sentence from first-order logic that describes the meaning of the natural language sentence. The program was made relevant for the study of aphasia by extending the grammar to parse 14 sentences that present variable degrees of difficulty to aphasic patients. In addition, each constituent in the grammar was endowed with an integrity feature that contained an integer with a maximum value of 100. This number constituted the percent chance that the node would be successfully realised and was reduced in proportion to the node's height in the syntactic tree. The constant of proportionality was then manipulated to simulate various degrees of aphasia severity. Qualities of the model's performance were compared to qualities of aphasic patient performance on four key sentences. The model's quantitative performance on 12 sentences was compared to that of 46 patients with left hemisphere lesions. Outcomes Results: There was a significant correlation between the performance of the model and that of the patients (r = .85, p .001). Sentence length was not significantly correlated with patient performance (r = -.52, ns). The probabilistic output of the model resembles variability in performance by aphasic patients. Conclusions: A computational semantics approach to aphasic sentence comprehension may provide a means for explaining continuous variation in degrees of aphasia severity as well as qualitative patterns of agrammatic comprehension.
C1 [Clark, David Glenn] Univ Alabama, Birmingham, AL USA.
[Clark, David Glenn] Birmingham Vet Affairs Hosp, Birmingham, AL USA.
RP Clark, DG (reprint author), Sparks Ctr, 360C 1720 7th Ave S, Birmingham, AL 35294 USA.
EM dgclark@uab.edu
CR BATES E, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V32, P19, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90116-7
Beretta A, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P515, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000023
BLACKBURN P, 2006, REPRESENTATION INFER
Caplan D, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V101, P103, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.225
Caplan D, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P893, DOI 10.1080/02687030600739273
Caplan D, 1996, BRAIN, V119, P933, DOI 10.1093/brain/119.3.933
Caplan D, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P77
CARAMAZZA A, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P572, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90048-1
Cooke A., 2001, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V15, P80
Dick F, 2001, PSYCHOL REV, V108, P759, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.108.4.759
Dronkers NF, 2004, COGNITION, V92, P145, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2003.11.002
DRUKS J, 1995, COGNITION, V55, P311, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(94)00651-Z
Ferreira F, 2002, CURR DIR PSYCHOL SCI, V11, P11, DOI 10.1111/1467-8721.00158
Ferreira F, 2007, LANGUAGE LINGUISTICS, V1, P71, DOI DOI 10.1111/J.1749-818X.2007.00007.X
Friederici AD, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V65, P253, DOI 10.1006/brln.1998.1988
Friedmann N, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V96, P151, DOI 10.1016/j.bandi.2005.06.002
Friedmann N, 2001, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V30, P71, DOI 10.1023/A:1005256224207
Friedmann N, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P397, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1795
Goodglass H., 1993, UNDERSTANDING APHASI
Grodzinsky Y, 2000, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V23, P1, DOI 10.1017/S0140525X00002399
Haarmann HJ, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V59, P76, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1814
HAGIWARA H, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V50, P92, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1041
HICKOK G, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P371, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1051
HICKOK G, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V50, P10, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1038
Izvorski R, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V69, P288
Just MA, 1996, SCIENCE, V274, P114, DOI 10.1126/science.274.5284.114
Kaan E, 2002, TRENDS COGN SCI, V6, P350, DOI 10.1016/S1364-6613(02)01947-2
KEAN ML, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V50, P369, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1053
KOLK H, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V50, P282, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1049
Law SP, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V74, P260, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2341
LINEBARGER MC, 1983, COGNITION, V13, P361, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90015-X
Marien P, 1996, J NEUROL SCI, V144, P34, DOI 10.1016/S0022-510X(96)00059-7
MAUNER G, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P340, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1050
O'Grady W, 2001, BRAIN COGNITION, V46, P226, DOI 10.1016/S0278-2626(01)80072-5
O'Grady W, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V92, P91, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.05.009
Pulvermuller Friedemann, 2002, NEUROSCIENCE LANGUAG
SADDY JD, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V50, P135, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1043
Shapiro L., 2000, LANGUAGE BRAIN REPRE, P73, DOI 10.1016/B978-012304260-6/50005-0
Steedman M., 2001, SYNTACTIC PROCESS
Thompson CK, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V67, P169, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2052
Vosse T, 2000, COGNITION, V75, P105, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(00)00063-9
Wilson SM, 2004, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V16, P238, DOI 10.1162/089892904322984535
NR 42
TC 1
Z9 1
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 1
BP 33
EP 51
DI 10.1080/02687030701657226
PG 19
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 378BV
UT WOS:000261297000002
ER
PT J
AU McVicker, S
Parr, S
Pound, C
Duchan, J
AF McVicker, Sally
Parr, Susie
Pound, Carole
Duchan, Judith
TI The Communication Partner Scheme: A project to develop long-term,
low-cost access to conversation for people living with aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Conversation partner; Social inclusion; Volunteers
ID ADULTS
AB Background: People with long-standing aphasia and other stroke-related impairments have difficulty accessing opportunities for conversation and social inclusion. This paper outlines the first 3 years of an ongoing project that has provided an innovative service for people with long-standing aphasia who would not typically be accessing therapy or local support networks. Aims: The project aimed to set up, deliver, and evaluate a home-based Conversation Partner Scheme to individuals with long-term aphasia. Methods and Procedures: The paper reports on the processes involved in generating referrals, and recruiting, training, matching, and supporting the volunteer conversation partners who took part in the project. We report findings from 72 pairs of conversational partners who met for a period of 6 months. One member of each pair was a trained volunteer and the second was a partner with aphasia. Outcomes and Results: Informal evaluation of the project from the perspective of people with aphasia, referring therapists, and participating volunteers revealed a range of positive outcomes. These included changes in confidence and communication for people with aphasia, extension of long-term service options for therapists, and development of communication and life skills for volunteers. Conclusions: This project shows how trained and supported volunteers can extend the services and opportunities for people living with ongoing aphasia. It offers an exciting means of implementing healthcare policy for people living with long-term conditions.
C1 [McVicker, Sally; Parr, Susie; Pound, Carole; Duchan, Judith] Connect Commun Disabil Network, London SE1 1HL, England.
RP McVicker, S (reprint author), Connect Commun Disabil Network, 16-18 Marshalsea Rd, London SE1 1HL, England.
EM sallymcvickers@ukconnect.org
FU Henry Smith Charity; Aphasia Institute, Toronto
FX We are grateful to the Henry Smith Charity who funded the first three
years of this project. We would also like to thank the people with
aphasia, referring therapists, and volunteers who contributed to the
scheme and the ideas developed in this paper. Finally we acknowledge the
work of the Aphasia Institute, Toronto, and Jon Lyon in inspiring the
original idea for the project.
CR ALARCON N, 2007, SUPPORTED COMMUNICAT
Barnes C, 2002, DISABILITY STUDIES T
Byng S, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P906, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000128
Byng S., 2000, ACQUIRED NEUROLOGICA
CODE C, 2003, SCI APHASIA THERAPY, P187, DOI 10.1016/B978-008044073-6/50014-6
Duchan J. F., 2001, ADV SPEECH LANGUAGE, V3, P37
ELMAN R, 2005, APHASIA RELATED NEUR
Elman R. J., 2007, GROUP TREATMENT NEUR
Fox LE, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P1177, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000525
Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd
Hersh D, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P207, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249447
Hewitt A., 2003, APHASIA INSIDE OUT, P51
Hickson L. M. H., 2005, ADV SPEECH LANGUAGE, V7, P245
Hinckley J. J., 1995, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V2, P53
Hinckley JJ, 2001, J COMMUN DISORD, V34, P241, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(01)00049-1
KAGAN A, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P610
KAGAN A, 1993, APHASIA TREATMENT WO
Kagan A, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P816, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249575
*LPAA PROJ GROUP, 2001, LANG INT STRAT APH R
*LPAA PROJ GROUP, 2000, ASHA LEADER, V5
LUBINSKI R, 1995, TOP LANG DISORD, V15, P1
LUBINSKI R, 1995, DEMENTIA COMMUNICATI, P257
LYON J, 1996, USING DRAWING ACCESS
Lyon JG, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P693, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249416
McVicker S., 2007, CONVERSATION PARTNER
Parr S., 1997, TALKING APHASIA
PARR S, COMMUNICATI IN PRESS
Parr S., 2004, LIVING SEVERE APHASI
POUND C, 2000, APHASIA THERAPIES LI
Rayner H, 2003, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V38, P149, DOI 10.1080/1368282021000060308
Shakespeare T, 2006, DISABILITY RIGHTS WR
Simmons-Mackie N, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P231, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249451
Simmons-Mackie N., 2000, NEUROGENIC COMMUNICA
Swain J., 2004, DISABLING BARRIERS E
van der Gaag A, 2005, CLIN REHABIL, V19, P372, DOI 10.1191/0269215505cr785oa
*WHO, 2001, ICIDH 2 INT IN PRESS
Wilkinson R, 1998, Int J Lang Commun Disord, V33 Suppl, P144
Worrall L., 2000, NEUROGENIC COMMUNICA
NR 38
TC 12
Z9 12
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 1
BP 52
EP 71
DI 10.1080/02687030701688783
PG 20
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 378BV
UT WOS:000261297000003
ER
PT J
AU Marshall, RS
Garcia-Barrera, MA
Yanosky, DJ
AF Marshall, Rebecca Shisler
Garcia-Barrera, Mauricio A.
Yanosky, Daniel J., II
TI An exploratory study of auditory extinction in ageing: Now you hear it,
now you don't
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Attention; Auditory binding; Sound localisation; Aged; Auditory
inattention; Auditory perception
ID SELECTIVE ATTENTION; VISUAL EXTINCTION; HEMISPHERE DAMAGE;
WORKING-MEMORY; NEGLECT; BINDING; AGE; PERCEPTION; REPETITION; VIGILANCE
AB Background: One phenomenon used to study attention is auditory extinction and binding. Extinction is typically defined as a failure to respond to a contralesional target during simultaneous presentations of stimuli to both left and right hemispace (double simultaneous stimulation) or when both stimuli are presented on the same side. Due in part to this ability to identify a single stimulus, extinction has been characterised as an attentional deficit. Binding refers to the integration of sensory information (identification and localisation) into a whole, thus resulting in the perception of an object or event. Previous studies noted that patients with visual extinction frequently have lesions that may disconnect the dorsal and ventral visual pathways. This suggests that extinction may be related to difficulty in connecting (or binding) information from the two pathways. While this has been studied in stroke patients, and mostly with visual modality, few of these studies have utilised non-brain-damaged control groups to determine if this occurs in the healthy ageing population. The assumption has been that auditory extinction is an attentional deficit that should not be observable in healthy adults. Aims: It is hypothesised that healthy ageing individuals will demonstrate mild auditory extinction as observed in a previous study using individuals with aphasia. If healthy ageing individuals do demonstrate auditory extinction, it would be important to determine whether adults demonstrate differential performance on binding versus non-binding tasks. This has not been studied for healthy ageing individuals in the auditory modality and will help to determine the nature of extinction in the non-stroke system. Methods Procedures: Auditory extinction was preliminarily examined in 40 healthy adults in four groups of 10 (20-35; 36-50; 51-65; 66-83 years of age) using a double simultaneous stimulation methodology. Three experiments were conducted wherein the auditory stimuli, consisting of male and female voices speaking the letters T or O were systematically varied to investigate whether binding of identification (what) to location (where) contributes to extinction and with what time delay that extinction decreases. Outcomes Results: Participants in all groups made significant omission errors in both binding and non-binding conditions, demonstrating extinction in healthy individuals. Additionally, older participants required increased stimulus delays to decrease percentage of omission errors. Conclusions: These results suggested that auditory extinction within healthy individuals should be studied further to determine the extent of the influence of normal extinction performance for individuals following stroke.
C1 [Marshall, Rebecca Shisler] Univ Georgia, Biomed & Hlth Sci Inst, Athens, GA 30602 USA.
RP Marshall, RS (reprint author), Univ Georgia, Biomed & Hlth Sci Inst, 570F Aderhold Hall, Athens, GA 30602 USA.
EM rshisler@uga.edu
FU NIDCD [5R03DC5128-2]; University of Georgia's Gerontology Center, and
Research Foundation (UGARF); University of Georgia-Medical College
FX Generous funding by NIDCD (5R03DC5128-2), the University of Georgia's
Gerontology Center, and Research Foundation (UGARF) and University of
Georgia-Medical College supported this work.
CR BARR RA, 1990, PSYCHOL AGING, V5, P597
Baylis G, 2002, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V40, P1027, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(01)00144-0
Baylis GC, 2001, VIS COGN, V8, P359
BAYLIS GC, 1993, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V5, P453, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1993.5.4.453
Berardi A, 2001, EXP AGING RES, V27, P19, DOI 10.1080/03610730126014
Birren J. E, 1965, BEHAV AGING NERVOUS, P191
Bisiach E., 1988, HDB NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V1, P195
de Fockert JW, 2001, SCIENCE, V291, P1803, DOI 10.1126/science.1056496
Deouell LY, 2000, NEUROREPORT, V11, P3059, DOI 10.1097/00001756-200009110-00046
Deouell LY, 2000, BRAIN, V123, P353, DOI 10.1093/brain/123.2.353
DERENZI E, 1984, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V22, P733
Downing PE, 2000, PSYCHOL SCI, V11, P467, DOI 10.1111/1467-9280.00290
FITZMAURICE GM, 2004, APPL LONGITUDINAL AN
Gootjes L, 2004, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V26, P826, DOI 10.1080/13803390490509448
Greenwald R R, 2001, J Am Acad Audiol, V12, P167
Greenwood PM, 1997, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V11, P3, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.11.1.3
Heilman KM, 1993, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, P279
Kahneman D., 1973, ATTENTION EFFORT
KANWISHER N, 1991, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V17, P404, DOI 10.1037/0096-1523.17.2.404
KARNATH HO, 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V26, P27, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(88)90028-0
Kutner M. H., 2005, APPL LINEAR STAT MOD
Littell R., 2006, SAS MIXED MODELS
Martin JS, 2005, J REHABIL RES DEV, V42, P25, DOI 10.1682/JRRD.2004.12.0164
MARZI CA, 1996, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V34, P99
MCNEIL MR, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V20, P21
Meador KJ, 1998, NEUROLOGY, V51, P721
Murray LL, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V72, P40, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2281
Pantev C, 1996, HEARING RES, V100, P164, DOI 10.1016/0378-5955(96)00124-4
PARASURAMAN R, 1991, PSYCHOL AGING, V6, P155
Park D., 1999, COGNITION AGEING SEL, P45
POSNER MI, 1984, J NEUROSCI, V4, P1863
Reynolds JH, 1999, NEURON, V24, P19, DOI 10.1016/S0896-6273(00)80819-3
Rorden C, 1997, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V35, P421, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(96)00093-0
Salthouse T. A., 1991, THEORETICAL PERSPECT
SALTHOUSE TA, 1988, PSYCHOL AGING, V3, P158, DOI 10.1037//0882-7974.3.2.158
Salthouse TA, 1996, PSYCHOL REV, V103, P403, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.103.3.403
Shisler RJ, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P633, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000930
Shisler RJ, 2004, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V42, P836, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2003.06.001
Soroker N, 1997, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V35, P249, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(96)00038-3
TREISMAN AM, 1980, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V12, P97, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(80)90005-5
VOLPE BT, 1979, NATURE, V282, P722, DOI 10.1038/282722a0
WATSON RT, 1994, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V51, P1014
Weinstein E. A., 1994, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V4, P221, DOI 10.1080/09602019408402288
NR 43
TC 0
Z9 0
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 1
BP 72
EP 86
DI 10.1080/02687030701800776
PG 15
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 378BV
UT WOS:000261297000004
ER
PT J
AU Goldblum, G
Alant, E
AF Goldblum, Glenn
Alant, Erna
TI Sales assistants serving customers with traumatic brain injury
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Traumatic brain injury; Customer with a cognitive-communication
disorder; Sales assistants; Communication partner training programme;
ICF (WHO; 2001)
ID COMMUNICATION PARTNERS; CONTROLLED-TRIAL; ADULTS; APHASIA; PEOPLE;
DISCOURSE; PARTICIPATION; POPULATION
AB Background: General lack of awareness regarding neurogenic communication disorders generally, and cognitive communication disorders following a traumatic brain injury (TBI) specifically, has resulted in pervasive environmental and attitudinal barriers for these individuals. While collaborative communication partner training programmes have been advocated as a means to remove barriers and provide social supports to enhance participation, a dearth of published programmes is evident within the field of TBI specifically. Similarly within the corporate context, in spite of legislative changes and diversity awareness programmes for employees, few training programmes exist worldwide, and in South Africa particularly, that remove barriers between employees and customers with a communication disability, and with a TBI specifically. In order to address this, the current research targeted the retail supermarket environment as a context in which a significant number of everyday communicative exchanges take place. Aims: The study examined the effects of a specialised once-off training session on the confidence and knowledge of sales assistants in identifying barriers to, and facilitators of, sales interactions with customers with cognitive-communication disorders following a TBI. To do this, a randomised controlled trial design was used. Methods and Procedures: Two questionnaires were developed and administered on two different occasions to the experimental group pre and post training, as well as the control group, to determine the confidence and knowledge with which they identified barriers and facilitators during videotaped sales interactions. The training session was developed based on previously established principles of diversity awareness training. Training and its evaluation used original on-site videotaped scenarios within small group discussion format. Outcomes and Results: Inter- and-intra group comparisons were analysed on the derived confidence and knowledge constructs from item analysis of the questionnaires. All results pointed consistently to the impact of the once-off training session on experimental group participants, who also rated the training session highly. Conclusions: The need for companies to expand their concept of customer service to include the customer with a disability is emphasised. Training programmes empowering their employees to interact with greater knowledge and confidence specifically with customers with a TBI will potentially facilitate deeper participation for both. The current research lays the groundwork for more in-depth research that can be generalised beyond this specific population of individuals with a communication disorder.
C1 [Alant, Erna] Univ Pretoria, Ctr Alternat & Augmentat Commun, ZA-0002 Pretoria, South Africa.
RP Alant, E (reprint author), Univ Pretoria, Ctr Alternat & Augmentat Commun, ZA-0002 Pretoria, South Africa.
EM erna.alant@up.ac.za
CR ACKERMAN R, 2005, 4 LEGS TABLE RAYMOND
ACKERMAN R, 2002, HEARING GRASSHOPPERS
ALANT E, 2005, 13 MULT AAC RES IND
ALANT E, 2005, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, P155
Bedrosian JL, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P800, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/063)
Bhengu M. J., 1996, UBUNTU ESSENCE DEMOC
BORNMAN J, 2001, DEV PRIMARY LE UNPUB
BROTHERSON MJ, 1994, TOP EARLY CHILD SPEC, V14, P101
Brown K, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P595, DOI 10.1080/02687030600626256
Caffarella R.S., 1994, PLANNING PROGRAMS AD
CHAPEY R, 2000, ASHA LEADER, P4
COATS K, 2003, TOMORROWTODAY BIZ
CODRINGTON G, 2003, TOMORROWTODAY BIZ
Coelho CA, 1996, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V39, pS5
COELHO CA, 1999, COMMUNICATION DISORD, P55
COTTRELL S, 2001, THESIS CITY U LONDON
Covey S., 1992, 7 HABITS HIGHLY EFFE
COVEY SR, 2004, 8TH HABIT EFFECTIVEN
Cummings SR, 2001, DESIGNING CLIN RES E, P231
*FRANKL, 2001, FRANKL DIS AW RET EN
French S., 1994, EQUAL TERMS WORKING, P3
Garcia LJ, 2002, J COMMUN DISORD, V35, P187, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(02)00064-3
GOLDBLUM G, 2005, SALES ASSISTANTS SER
Hammer M., 2001, AGENDA WHAT EVERY BU
HOLLAND AL, 1982, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, V14, P345
Holland D, 1998, BRAIN INJURY, V12, P993, DOI 10.1080/026990598121918
Isaki E, 2000, BRAIN INJURY, V14, P441
JORDAN L, 1996, APHASIA SOCIAL APPRO
Kagan A, 2002, J COMMUN DISORD, V35, P153, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(02)00062-X
Kagan A, 1995, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V2, P15
Kagan A, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P624, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2001/051)
Kagan A., 1993, APHASIA TREATMENT WO, P199
KOTTER JP, 2002, HEART CHANGE REAL LI
Krueger R, 1988, FOCUS GROUPS PRACTIC
Krueger Richard A., 2000, FOCUS GROUPS PRACTIC, V3rd
Larkins BM, 2004, BRAIN INJURY, V18, P691, DOI 10.1080/02699050310001617389
MAYO GD, 1987, COMPLETE BOOK TRAINI, P145
Mazaux JM, 1997, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V78, P1316, DOI 10.1016/S0003-9993(97)90303-8
Mbigi L., 1995, UBUNTU SPIRIT AFRICA
MCMILLAN JH, 2001, RES ED CONCEPTUAL IN
MENTIS M, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V30, P88
Mertens D., 1998, RES METHODS ED PSYCH
Milton S, 1984, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P114
Mintzberg H., 2004, MANAGERS NOT MBAS
Oliver M., 1996, UNDERSTANDING DISABI
Parsons G, 2000, MENT RETARD, V38, P244, DOI 10.1352/0047-6765(2000)038<0244:APWIDJ>2.0.CO;2
Penn C, 2000, NEUROGENIC COMMUNICA, P103
POUND C, 2001, APHASIA THERAPIES LI, P1
PRUTTING CA, 1982, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V47, P124
Sarno MT, 2004, CHALLENGING APHASIA THERAPIES: BROADENING THE DISCOURSE AND EXTENDING THE BOUNDARIES, P19, DOI 10.4324/9780203462706_chapter_2
SARNO MT, 1986, 5 ANN JC HEMPH LECT
SAXBY H, 1986, BRIT J MENT SUBNORM, V32, P69
Schlosser R. W., 2003, EFFICACY AUGMENTATIV
SILBERMAN M, 1990, ACTIVE TRAINING HDB
SILVER R, 2000, SUCCESSFULLY EMPLOYI
Simmons-Mackie NN, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P39, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798287
Slavin RE, 1996, CONTEMP EDUC PSYCHOL, V21, P43, DOI 10.1006/ceps.1996.0004
Sohlberg M. M., 2001, COGNITIVE REHABILITA, P306
SOHLBERG MM, 2001, COGNITIVE REHABILITA, P3
Sohlberg MM, 1998, BRAIN INJURY, V12, P333
SWART LJ, 2001, ASSESSMENT COS UNPUB
THOMAS RR, 1999, BUILDING HOUSE DIVER, P3
Togher L, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P313, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000535
Togher L, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P491, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248486
Togher L, 1999, COMMUNICATION DISORD, P1
Togher L, 1997, BRAIN INJURY, V11, P169, DOI 10.1080/026990597123629
Togher L, 2001, J COMMUN DISORD, V34, P131, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(00)00045-9
Underhill Paco, 1999, WHY WE BUY SCI SHOPP
Watt N, 2000, S AFR J PSYCHOL, V30, P27
*WHO, 2001, ICF INT CLASS FUCT D
Worrall L, 2002, J COMMUN DISORD, V35, P107, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(02)00060-6
Ylvisaker M, 2003, BRAIN IMPAIR, V4, P1, DOI 10.1375/brim.4.1.1.27031
YLVISAKER M, 1998, COLLABORATIVE BRAIN, P75
YLVISAKER M, 1998, COLLABORATIVE BRAIN, P99
Ylvisaker M, 1993, STAFF DEV CLIN INTER, P57
Ylvisaker Mark, 1996, Seminars in Speech and Language, V17, P217, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1064100
YLVISAKER M, 2002, PERSPECTIVES NEUROPH, V12, P19
YLVISAKER M, 1998, COLLABORATIVE BRAIN, P1
Ylvisaker M, 2003, J HEAD TRAUMA REHAB, V18, P7, DOI 10.1097/00001199-200301000-00005
Ylvisaker M., 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P745
YLVISAKER M, 1998, COLLABORATIVE BRAIN, P235
YLVISAKER M, 2001, ED PSYCHOL SCOTLAND, V6, P17
Ylvisaker M., 1999, CLIN PRACTICE MANAGE, P117
YLVISAKER M, 1985, CLIN MANAGEMENT NEUR, P243
NR 84
TC 2
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 1
BP 87
EP 109
DI 10.1080/02687030802024094
PG 23
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 378BV
UT WOS:000261297000005
ER
PT J
AU Avent, J
Patterson, J
Lu, A
Small, K
AF Avent, Jan
Patterson, Janet
Lu, Angelica
Small, Kelly
TI Reciprocal scaffolding treatment: A person with aphasia as clinical
teacher
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia treatment; Life participation; Clinical teacher
ID ADULTS; SUPPORT; ACCESS
AB Background: Reciprocal Scaffolding Treatment (RST) is one of several potentially beneficial life participation approaches for aphasia. In RST, treatment occurs during genuine, relevant, and context dependent interactions that represent goals at the activity and participation levels of the World Health Organization International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF; World Health Organization, 2001) and is based on an apprenticeship model of learning where novices are taught skills by a more skilled partner. RST was used to construct a communicatively challenging environment in which an expert with aphasia (AE) taught novices (graduate student clinicians) how to communicate with persons with aphasia in the context of conversation group treatment sessions. This is in contrast to many treatment techniques when the person with aphasia is the novice who is trying to relearn communication skills during treatment sessions with a speech-language pathologist as the expert. Aims: The goal of the study was to investigate the effect of RST on improvement in word retrieval and conversational components in an individual with anomic aphasia. Methods Procedures: This was a case study using pretreatment - post treatment assessment. The independent variable was application of RST and the contextual variables were the presence of novices (graduate student clinicians) and unfamiliar conversation partners (undergraduate speech-language pathology students). The dependent variables were scores on a word fluency task (FAS) and conversational measures (CIUs and TTR). Over the course of a seven week training period, AE taught communication strategies to four novice graduate student clinicians, who used the strategies in conversation groups composed of 3 to 4 persons with aphasia. Outcomes Results: The individual with aphasia made positive changes in word fluency, Correct Information Units and Type-Token Ratio. Conclusions: These findings, while preliminary in nature, show how the authentic use of language in structured reciprocal interactions such as teaching may improve language. A reciprocal teaching environment carries with it the expectation that at least one participant have an intent to participate as an expert in order to convey information to novices. We speculate that the combination of reciprocal interaction and the intent to convey information, in this case in a unique manner, support improved language skills.
C1 [Avent, Jan] Calif State Univ E Bay, Dept Communicat Sci & Disorders, Hayward, CA 94542 USA.
RP Avent, J (reprint author), Calif State Univ E Bay, Dept Communicat Sci & Disorders, MB 1099,25800 Carlos Bee Blvd, Hayward, CA 94542 USA.
EM jan.avent@csueastbay.edu
FU California State University East Bay
FX We would like to thank AE, our expert with aphasia, Mary Brogan, Lisa
Roeder, Marcy Smith, Stephanie Wood, and the Aphasia Treatment Program
members for participating in this study. We appreciate the funding
provided by the Aphasia Treatment Program at California State University
East Bay.
CR AVENT J, 1997, MANUAL COOPERATIVE G
Avent JR, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P397, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000743
Benton AL, 1994, MULTILINGUAL APHASIA
Carr EG, 2007, J POSIT BEHAV INTERV, V9, P3, DOI 10.1177/10983007070090010201
Chapey R, 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P235
Dijkstra K, 2006, GERONTOLOGIST, V46, P357
Hilari K, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P17, DOI 10.1080/02687030500279982
Holland A., 2007, COUNSELING COMMUNICA
JONES ML, 1991, WORK WORTH DOING ADV, P277
Kagan A, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P816, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249575
Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
LOMAS J, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P113
LYON J, 1997, COMMUNICATION AGING, P299
Lyon J. G., 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, V4th, P297
NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338
Rogoff B, 2003, ANNU REV PSYCHOL, V54, P175, DOI 10.1146/annurev.psych.54.101601.145118
Rogoff B, 2001, LEARNING TOGETHER CH
Ross TP, 2007, ARCH CLIN NEUROPSYCH, V22, P475, DOI 10.1016/j.acn.2007.01.026
Simms NJ, 2001, EUR FED CORR PUBL, P246
Simmons-Mackie NN, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P81, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798311
Strauss E., 2006, COMPENDIUM NEUROPSYC
Templin M., 1957, CERTAIN LANGUAGE SKI
Threats T, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P67, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798303
Troyer AK, 1998, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V36, P499, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(97)00152-8
Troyer AK, 1998, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V4, P137, DOI 10.1017/S1355617798001374
Troyer AK, 1997, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V11, P138, DOI 10.1037//0894-4105.11.1.138
Troyer AK, 2000, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V22, P370, DOI 10.1076/1380-3395(200006)22:3;1-V;FT370
U. S. Department of Health and Human Services, 2001, HLTH PEOPL 2010
WACHAL RS, 1973, LANG SPEECH, V16, P169
Wepman JA, 1953, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V18, P4
Wheeler SD, 2007, OTJR-OCCUP PART HEAL, V27, P13
World Health Organisation, 2001, INT CLASS FUNCT DIS
NR 33
TC 3
Z9 4
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 1
BP 110
EP 119
DI 10.1080/02687030802240211
PG 10
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 378BV
UT WOS:000261297000006
ER
PT J
AU Taylor, C
Kingma, RM
Croot, K
Nickels, L
AF Taylor, Cathleen
Kingma, Rachel Miles
Croot, Karen
Nickels, Lyndsey
TI Speech pathology services for primary progressive aphasia: Exploring an
emerging area of practice
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Primary progressive aphasia; Speech pathology; Language; Intervention
ID SUPPORTED CONVERSATION; ELDERLY PERSONS; PARTNERS; DEMENTIA; ADULTS
AB Background: Primary progressive aphasia (PPA) is a clinical dementia syndrome characterised by the gradual dissolution of language without impairment of other cognitive domains for at least the first 2 years of illness (Mesulam, 2001). In recent years the authors had observed an increase in the number of referrals of individuals with a queried diagnosis of PPA to their speech pathology service. However, they perceived a lack of information on the best management path for these individuals. Aims: The aim of this study was to collate information about current service provision for clients with PPA living in the Australian state of New South Wales (NSW) and their caregivers. This information would identify current referral rates and speech pathology management of this population. This information, when combined with a review of the literature and an examination of overseas service provision, would be used to develop a framework for future speech pathology service provision for progressive aphasia. Method Procedures: Data relating to individuals with queried or confirmed PPA was collected from speech pathologists via a survey. Speech pathology services with an adult neurological caseload were surveyed in rural and metropolitan regions across NSW. Questions asked for information relating to referral patterns, demographics, and interventions provided. Outcomes Results: Responses from the survey indicated that only a small number of clients with PPA are referred to speech pathologists state-wide. At facilities where individuals were referred with queried PPA, all respondent speech pathologists provided some form of intervention. All clients were assessed and various intervention types were delivered including individual therapy, group therapy, intermittent review, and client and carer education. Overwhelmingly respondents talked of an emerging field of practice, and the need for more accessible information for clinicians and people with PPA and their carers. Conclusion: PPA appears to be an area of under-referral for speech pathologists in NSW. We would like to see increased referrals to speech pathology services and promotion of the role of the speech pathologist on dementia care teams. There is evidence that speech pathology intervention with this population can be effective. It is recommended that intervention targets both impairment and activity-participation levels but also we stress the importance of education and support that is specifically tailored to those with progressive language disorders.
C1 [Taylor, Cathleen; Kingma, Rachel Miles] War Mem Hosp, Waverley, NSW 2024, Australia.
[Croot, Karen] Univ Sydney, Sydney, NSW 2006, Australia.
[Nickels, Lyndsey] Macquarie Univ, Sydney, NSW 2109, Australia.
RP Taylor, C (reprint author), War Mem Hosp, 125 Birrell St, Waverley, NSW 2024, Australia.
EM taylorca@sesiahs.health.nsw.gov.au
FU NHMRC
FX Many thanks to Sandra Weintraub and Darcy Morhardt for generously
sharing details of the CNADC PPA program. Lyndsey Nickels was funded by
an NHMRC Senior Research Fellowship during the preparation of this
manuscript.
CR *AC EC PTY LTD, 2005, DEM EST PROJ AUSTR S
*ASS FRONT DEM, 2007, ASS FRANT DEM HOM
*AUSTR BUR STAT, 2005, NAT REG PROF NEW S W
Boles L., 2003, ASIA PACIFIC J SPEEC, V8, P153
Booth S, 1999, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V34, P291, DOI 10.1080/136828299247423
BRODATY H, 2006, HAMM CAR GROUPS 6 BI
Byng S., 2000, ACQUIRED NEUROGENIC, P49
Chapey R, 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO
*COGN NEUR ALZH DI, 2002, PRIM PROGR APH PPA P
*COGN NEUR ALZH DI, 2002, TREATM TREATM COMM I
*COGN NEUR ALZH DI, 2002, PPA HDB WHAT IS PRIM
CROOT K, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P125
CROOT K, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P302
*DEL RES, 1999, EM E HLTH CONS
DICARLO A, 1999, DEMENTIAS BIOL BASES, P1
DUFFY JR, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P1, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248573
DUFFY JR, 1987, CLIN APHASILOGY, V16, P349
GREENE VL, 1989, GERONTOLOGIST, V29, P472
Harvey RJ, 1996, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V168, P384
HENDERSON AS, 1998, 35 AG COMM CAR SERV
Hopper T, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P745, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000059
Kagan A, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P624, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2001/051)
Kagan A, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P816, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249575
Lock S, 2001, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V36, P25
Mcneil M. R., 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P472
McNeil M. R., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P76, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360.0404.76
Mesulam MM, 2003, NEW ENGL J MED, V349, P1535, DOI 10.1056/NEJMra022435
Mesulam M M, 1992, Baillieres Clin Neurol, V1, P583
Mesulam MM, 2001, ANN NEUROL, V49, P425, DOI 10.1002/ana.91
MESULAM MM, 1982, ANN NEUROL, V11, P592, DOI 10.1002/ana.410110607
NESTOR P, 2001, EARLY ONSET DEMENTIA, P23
*PICKS DIS SUPP GR, 2007, PICKS DIS SUPP GROUP
*RANDW CIT COUNC, 2007, DEM PROF ED EMPL INC
Ripich D. N., 1999, CLIN GERONTOLOGIST, V21, P37
Rogers MA, 2000, AUG ALTER COMMUN SER, P305
ROGERS MA, 1999, ASHA SPECIAL INTERES, V9, P12
*ROYAL COLL SPEECH, 2005, POS PAP SPEECH LANG
Royal College of Speech and Language Therapists (RCSLT), 2005, CLIN GUID
Schneider SL, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P297, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248414
SCHWARTZ MF, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V7, P277, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90024-5
SHULMAN MD, 1988, GERONTOLOGIST, V28, P797
WARRINGTON EK, 1975, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V27, P635, DOI 10.1080/14640747508400525
WEINTRAUB S, 1990, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V47, P1329
Westbury C, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V60, P381, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1840
NR 44
TC 6
Z9 6
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 2
BP 161
EP 174
DI 10.1080/02687030801943039
PG 14
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 404IT
UT WOS:000263145700003
ER
PT J
AU Jokel, R
Cupit, J
Rochon, E
Leonard, C
AF Jokel, R.
Cupit, J.
Rochon, E.
Leonard, C.
TI Relearning lost vocabulary in nonfluent progressive aphasia with
MossTalk Words
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Language therapy; Non-fluent progressive aphasia; Anomia; Computer-based
therapy
ID SEMANTIC DEMENTIA; NAMING DISORDERS; FINDING DIFFICULTIES; SENTENCE
PRODUCTION; FLUENT APHASIA; RETRIEVAL; THERAPY; LANGUAGE; ANOMIA;
DEFICITS
AB Background: The literature on aphasia has been growing rapidly, with reports of different therapeutic approaches for a post-stroke anomia. While individuals with post-stroke anomia frequently recover to some extent, the other end of the aphasia recovery continuum is occupied by those who experience relentless language dissolution as a result of progressive disorders such as primary progressive aphasia. One of the most recent additions to the field of aphasia rehabilitation is therapy whereby either part of or the entire therapy is administered via computer-based programmes. There have been few treatment studies investigating the rehabilitation of language abilities in people with primary progressive aphasia (PPA). Aims: The objectives of this investigation were to examine the ability of PPA individuals to relearn lost words and to determine the extent of benefits derived from MossTalk Words, a computer-based treatment for anomia. Methods and Procedures: Using a multiple baseline across behaviours design, we explored treatment-specific effects, maintenance, and generalisation of improvements derived from this therapy programme. Two participants with nonfluent PPA were treated, each on three lists of words for which low and stable baselines were first established. Sessions occurred two to three times a week. Treatment involved the presentation of a picture on the computer screen, with the participants being required to name it. Success in treatment was measured by probing list naming every second session. Once a participant attained 80% accuracy over two consecutive probes, or participated in 12 sessions (whichever occurred first), treatment of a list was terminated and the next list was started. Each participant was tested on all items immediately after therapy, and again 1 month later. Outcomes and Results: Both participants improved their naming skills with the MossTalk Words. P1 required only four sessions to reach the proposed criterion of 80% (up to 100%) correct on each list. The effects of treatment were maintained immediately and, to a lesser degree, 4 weeks later. P2 required all 12 sessions for each of the three lists. Results were variable immediately after testing, but seemingly maintained 4 weeks later. Conclusions: The results demonstrate that both participants with primary progressive aphasia benefited (although to a different extent) from a computer-based treatment for anomia. These results are encouraging and suggest that such a treatment may be a viable therapy approach for patients who suffer from PPA in the absence of a generalised cognitive impairment.
C1 [Rochon, E.] Univ Toronto, Dept Speech Language Pathol, Toronto, ON M5G 1V7, Canada.
[Rochon, E.] Toronto Rehabil Inst, Toronto, ON, Canada.
[Jokel, R.] Kunin Lunenfeld Appl Res Unit, Toronto, ON, Canada.
[Leonard, C.] Univ Ottawa, Ottawa, ON K1N 6N5, Canada.
RP Rochon, E (reprint author), Univ Toronto, Dept Speech Language Pathol, Rehabil Sci Bldg,Room 160,500 Univ Ave, Toronto, ON M5G 1V7, Canada.
EM elizabeth.rochon@utoronto.ca
FU Toronto Rehabilitation Institute; Ministry of Health and Long Term Care
in Ontario, Canada
FX We are indebted to both participants for their cooperation and tenacity,
and to our talented research assistants Eleanor Arabia and Lyndsay
White. We also thank Ruth Fink for making the MossTalk WordsH available
to us. This study was supported by a CIHR IA Fellowship to R. Jokel, and
a CIHR Doctoral Award to J. Cupit. The authors acknowledge the support
of the Toronto Rehabilitation Institute, which receives funding under
the Provincial Rehabilitation Research Program from the Ministry of
Health and Long Term Care in Ontario, Canada.
CR Basso A, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V77, P45, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2422
Bayles K. A., 1993, ARIZONA BATTERY COMM
Berndt RS, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P107
Best W, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P151
BEST WM, 1997, MAKING NEW CONNECTIO
BIRD H, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P187
Bishop D. V. M., 2003, TEST RECEPTION GRAMM
Boyle M, 2004, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V13, P236, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2004/025)
BRUCE C, 1987, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V22, P191
BUTTERWORTH B, 1987, COGNITION, V26, P1, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(87)90012-6
Caplan D, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V63, P184, DOI 10.1006/brln.1998.1930
Cress C., 1999, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V15, P248, DOI 10.1080/07434619912331278785
Croot K, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V61, P226, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1852
Croot K, 1999, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V16, P705, DOI 10.1080/026432999380627
DELOCHE G, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P201, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249506
Doesborgh S, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P213, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000580
Drew RL, 1999, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V42, P972
Dunn L. M., 1997, PEABODY PICTURE VOCA, V3rd
Egan J, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P265, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000562
ELLIS AW, 1985, PROGR PSYCHOL LANGUA, V2
FINK RB, 2001, MOSSTALK WORDS
FINK RB, 2002, PERSPECTIVES NEUROPH, V12, P25
Fink RB, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P943, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000155
Fink RB, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1061, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000400
FRATTALI C, 2003, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V12, pR11
Gagnon DA, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V59, P450, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1792
Goodglass H, 2001, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V3rd
Graham KS, 1997, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V11, P77, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.11.1.77
Graham KS, 1999, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V13, P359, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.13.3.359
Graham KS, 2001, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V11, P429
GREENWALD ML, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V5, P17, DOI 10.1080/09602019508520174
Hickin J, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P981, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000509
HODGES JR, 1992, BRAIN, V115, P1783, DOI 10.1093/brain/115.6.1783
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Jokel R, 1996, BRAIN COGNITION, V32, P299
Jokel R, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V16, P241, DOI 10.1080/09602010500176757
Edwards S, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P99, DOI 10.1080/02687039808250466
Katz RC, 1997, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V40, P493
Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
Kester JD, 2002, HDB MEMORY DISORDERS
Kiran S, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P773, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/061)
Kiran S, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P855, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000258
Laganaro M, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P709, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000193
LEDORZE G, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V5, P51
Linebarger MC, 2001, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V11, P57
McNeil M. R., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P76, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360.0404.76
McReynolds L. V., 1983, SINGLE SUBJECT EXPT
Mesulam M M, 1992, Baillieres Clin Neurol, V1, P583
MESULAM MM, 1982, ANN NEUROL, V11, P592, DOI 10.1002/ana.410110607
Millard S K, 1998, Int J Lang Commun Disord, V33 Suppl, P370
Mortley J, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P193, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000553
Nickels L, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P109, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248401
Nickels L, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P935, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000563
Nickels L, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P21, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248397
NICKELS L, 1995, CORTEX, V31, P209
Pedersen PM, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P151, DOI 10.1080/02687040042000106
RAMSBERGER G, 2005, AC APH AMST NETH
Raymer AM, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P257, DOI 10.1080/02687030500473312
Riddoch M.J., 1993, BIRMINGHAM OBJECT RE
Roach A., 1996, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V24, P121
Rogers MA, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P635, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249563
Schneider SL, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P297, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248414
SCHWARTZ MF, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V47, P52, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1042
Snowden J. S, 1989, BEHAV NEUROL, V2, P167
Snowden JS, 2002, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V40, P1715, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(02)00031-3
Thompson CK, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P297, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248473
VANMOURIK M, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P179, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248589
Wambaugh JL, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P933
Watt S, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P211, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1742
Wertz R, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P229, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000048
NR 70
TC 11
Z9 12
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 2
BP 175
EP 191
DI 10.1080/02687030801943005
PG 17
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 404IT
UT WOS:000263145700004
ER
PT J
AU Heredia, CG
Sage, K
Ralph, MAL
Berthier, M
AF Green Heredia, Cristina
Sage, Karen
Ralph, Matthew A. Lambon
Berthier, Marcelo L.
TI Relearning and retention of verbal labels in a case of semantic dementia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Semantic dementia; Anomia; Relearning; Generalisation; Maintenance
ID FRONTOTEMPORAL DEMENTIA; ALZHEIMERS-DISEASE; MEMORY; IMPAIRMENT;
APHASIA; COGNITION; ANOMIA
AB Background: Previous studies looking at relearning and retention of word labels in people with semantic dementia have shown some improvement in naming immediately after the period of learning but this has not usually been maintained. Studies have also shown rigid learning of names, in the order of presentation and to the picture exemplars only, with no generalisation of learning. Aims: This study aimed to explore relearning of a small vocabulary set in a person with semantic dementia (CUB) and to examine her ability to generalise this learning. In addition, it aimed to find out how long the learning persisted after therapy was completed given that semantic dementia is a progressive disorder. Methods Procedures: A single-case design was used where CUB was asked to learn 28 words while a further 28 were left as controls. A look and say method was used daily for 1 month. As well as examining learning of the therapy and control set, CUB was asked to name 168 other exemplars of the learning set to see whether there had been any transfer of her learning from the therapy set. Outcomes Results: CUB not only relearned a set of picture names but retained these without deliberate practice over a 6-month period. She was also able to generalise this learning to other visually similar exemplars in testing and in daily use. The maintenance of relearning was achieved despite severe deterioration in her semantic memory. Conclusions: Possible reasons are explored as to why CUB was able to relearn and retain these words and why this may differ from all previously reported cases. Differences in amount of time spent relearning, number of items learned, therapy methods, the severity of semantic memory impairment, the degree of atrophy, and the behavioural profiles of people with semantic dementia do not provide adequate explanations for our individual's differential ability to retain her learning over 6 months. The most plausible explanation is that the person with semantic dementia generalised her learning to her everyday speech and this provided the source of maintenance for the relearned names.
C1 [Sage, Karen] Univ Manchester, Neurosci & Aphasia Res Unit, Sch Psychol Sci, Manchester M13 9PL, Lancs, England.
[Green Heredia, Cristina; Berthier, Marcelo L.] Univ Malaga, E-29071 Malaga, Spain.
RP Sage, K (reprint author), Univ Manchester, Neurosci & Aphasia Res Unit, Sch Psychol Sci, Zochonis Bldg,T15,Oxford Rd, Manchester M13 9PL, Lancs, England.
EM karen.sage@manchester.ac.uk
RI Lambon Ralph, Matthew/A-1695-2009
FU Royal Society Travel Fellowship
FX This work was supported by a Royal Society Travel Fellowship awarded to
K. Sage. We are grateful to Dr Toma's Ojea from the Hospital Carlos
Haya, Malaga for referring CUB to us, and most importantly to CUB and
her family for their collaboration throughout.
CR BENTON A, 1978, CONTRIBUTIONS NEUROP
BORKOWSK.JG, 1967, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V5, P135, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(67)90015-2
Bozeat S, 2002, NEUROCASE, V8, P127, DOI 10.1093/neucas/8.1.127
Bozeat S, 2000, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V69, P178, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.69.2.178
Bozeat S, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V38, P1207, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(00)00034-8
CASANOVA JP, 2004, TESTS NEUROPSICOLOGI
Cooper J, 1970, Psychol Med, V1, P48
Davis CJ, 2005, BEHAV RES METHODS, V37, P665, DOI 10.3758/BF03192738
Dunn L. M., 1997, PEABODY PICTURE VOCA, V3rd
Folstein MF, 1975, J PSYCHIATR RES, V12, P198
Frattali C, 2004, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V12, pXI
Graham KS, 1999, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V13, P359, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.13.3.359
Graham KS, 2001, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V11, P429
HODGES JR, 1992, BRAIN, V115, P1783, DOI 10.1093/brain/115.6.1783
HOWARD D, 1992, PALM TREES PYRAMIDS
Jefferies E, 2005, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V22, P183, DOI 10.1080/02643290442000068
Jefferies E, 2006, BRAIN, V129, P2132, DOI 10.1093/brain/awl153
Jokel R, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V16, P241, DOI 10.1080/09602010500176757
Jokel R, 2002, BRAIN COGNITION, V49, P241, DOI 10.1006/brcg.2001.1477
Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
Kertesz A, 1997, CAN J NEUROL SCI, V24, P29
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Ralph MAL, 2001, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V13, P341, DOI 10.1162/08989290151137395
LAMBON RM, 2000, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V17, P437
McClelland JL, 2003, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V4, P310, DOI 10.1038/nrn1076
MCCLELLAND JL, 1995, PSYCHOL REV, V102, P419, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.102.3.419
Nestor PJ, 2006, NEUROIMAGE, V30, P1010, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2005.10.008
OSTERREITH R, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL A
Patterson K, 1998, NEUROCASE, V4, P219, DOI 10.1080/13554799808410623
Patterson K, 2006, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V18, P169, DOI 10.1162/089892906775783714
PATTERSON K, 1994, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V6, P57, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1994.6.1.57
RAVEN JC, 1985, RAVENS PROGRESSIVE M
Rogers TT, 2004, PSYCHOL REV, V111, P205, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.111.1.205
Snowden JS, 2002, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V40, P1715, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(02)00031-3
Snowden JS, 2004, BRAIN, V127, P860, DOI 10.1093/brain/awh099
Snowden JS, 2001, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V70, P323, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.70.3.323
SNOWDEN JS, 1995, MEMORY, V3, P225, DOI 10.1080/09658219508253152
Valle F., 1995, EPLA EVALUACION PROC
WECHSLER D, 1976, WAIS ESCALA INTELLIG
NR 40
TC 17
Z9 17
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 2
BP 192
EP 209
DI 10.1080/02687030801942999
PG 18
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 404IT
UT WOS:000263145700005
ER
PT J
AU Bier, N
Macoir, J
Gagnon, L
Van der Linden, M
Louveaux, S
Desrosiers, J
AF Bier, Nathalie
Macoir, Joel
Gagnon, Lise
Van der Linden, Martial
Louveaux, Stephanie
Desrosiers, Johanne
TI Known, lost, and recovered: Efficacy of formal-semantic therapy and
spaced retrieval method in a case of semantic dementia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
ID WORD-FINDING DIFFICULTIES; PROGRESSIVE APHASIA; EPISODIC MEMORY;
NORMATIVE DATA; ANOMIA; KNOWLEDGE; PICTURES; NORMS; TASKS
AB Background: Few studies have addressed rehabilitation in semantic dementia. A potentially promising method is formal-semantic therapy, which consists of tasks in which the names of concepts and their semantic characteristics are presented. It could also be enhanced by spaced retrieval, a learning method improving retention through recalling information after increasing recall intervals. Aims: This study explores the efficacy of both a formal-semantic therapy and the spaced retrieval method to restore lost concepts in TBo, a woman with semantic dementia. Methods Procedures: The formal-semantic therapy consisted of giving TBo semantic feedback followed by a cueing technique to facilitate naming. Formal-semantic therapy with simple repetition was compared to formal-semantic therapy with spaced retrieval. TBo's performance was measured throughout the study with picture naming and generation of verbal attributes. Two untrained lists were also measured for generalisation effects. Outcomes Results: Results indicate that, after therapy, TBo could name 3/8 of the trained items, compared to no items on the untrained lists. She also showed an increase in performance for the evocation of specific semantic attributes of concepts, reaching 6/8 of correct responses. Moreover, she maintained her performance up to 5 weeks after the end of the study. Finally, when compared to simple repeated practice, spaced retrieval did not enhance learning and no generalisation was observed between trained and non-trained categories. Conclusions: Along with recent results reported in the literature, TBo's results confirm that people with semantic dementia can improve their naming performance with training but that this is limited. However, formal-semantic therapy seems very promising for retraining specific semantic attributes. Instead of focusing on naming, we suggest that therapies used in semantic dementia should aim at restoring specific and functionally relevant concepts to enable the individuals to be more autonomous in daily living.
C1 [Bier, Nathalie] Univ Sherbrooke, CSSS IUSG, Res Ctr Aging, Sherbrooke, PQ J1H 4C4, Canada.
[Macoir, Joel] Univ Laval, Quebec City, PQ G1K 7P4, Canada.
[Van der Linden, Martial] Univ Geneva, CH-1211 Geneva, Switzerland.
RP Bier, N (reprint author), Univ Sherbrooke, CSSS IUSG, Res Ctr Aging, 1036 Rue Belvedere Sud, Sherbrooke, PQ J1H 4C4, Canada.
EM Nathalie.Bier@USherbrooke.ca
FU Quebec Rehabilitation Research Network; Canadian Institutes of Health
Research; Interdisciplinary Training in Research on Health and Aging;
Ordre des ergotherapeutes du Quebec
FX The first author was supported by PhD awards from the Quebec
Rehabilitation Research Network, the Canadian Institutes of Health
Research, the Interdisciplinary Training in Research on Health and
Aging, and the Ordre des ergotherapeutes du Quebec. The authors also
wish to thank TBo for her enthusiastic participation in this study, as
well as Lindsey Nickels, Karen Croot, Kim S. Graham and two anonymous
reviewers for their invaluable comments on earlier drafts of this paper.
CR Baddeley A. D., 1994, MEMOIRE HUMAINE THEO
Baddeley AD, 1994, DOORS PEOPLE TEST
Bakke B. L., 2004, CLIN GERONTOLOGIST, V27, P159, DOI DOI 10.1300/J018V27N01_12
Barbeau E, 2004, EVALUATION TROUBLES
BEHRMANN M, 1989, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V24, P281
Benton A.L., 1994, CONTRIBUTIONS NEUROP
Bjork R. A., 1988, PRACTICAL ASPECTS ME, V1, P396
Bozeat S, 2002, COGN AFFECT BEHAV NE, V2, P236, DOI 10.3758/CABN.2.3.236
Brush J. A., 1998, CLIN GERONTOLOGIST, V19, P96
CAMP C J, 1990, Clinical Gerontologist, V10, P58
CAMP JC, 1996, PROSPECTIVE MEMORY T, P351
CAPLAN D, 1992, LANGUAGE STRUCTURE P, P407
Caramazza A, 1998, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V10, P1, DOI 10.1162/089892998563752
Coelho CA, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P133
Crawford JR, 1998, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V12, P482, DOI 10.1076/clin.12.4.482.7241
de Partz M.-P., 2003, EVALUATION PRISE CHA, P315
DELOCHE G, 1997, TEST DENOMINATION OR
DERENZI E, 1978, CORTEX, V14, P41
Drew RL, 1999, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V42, P972
Fillingham JK, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P597, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000272
Funnell E., 2001, BROKEN MEMORIES, P225
Golden J. C., 1978, STROOP COLOR WORD TE
Graham KS, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V38, P313, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(99)00073-1
Graham KS, 1999, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V13, P359, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.13.3.359
Graham KS, 2001, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V11, P429
Graham KS, 2002, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V16, P380, DOI 10.1037//0894-4105.16.3.380
Grayson E, 1997, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V32, P257
Hillis A. E., 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V19, P255
HINTZMAN DL, 1975, MEM COGNITION, V3, P287, DOI 10.3758/BF03212913
HODGES JR, 1992, BRAIN, V115, P1783, DOI 10.1093/brain/115.6.1783
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Joanette Y., 1995, PROTOCOLE EVALUATION
Jokel R, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V16, P241, DOI 10.1080/09602010500176757
Van der Linden M, 2003, CLINICAL MANAGEMENT OF EARLY ALZHEIMER'S DISEASE: A HANDBOOK, P169
Kertesz A, 1998, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V4, P388
Kessels R P, 2000, Appl Neuropsychol, V7, P252, DOI 10.1207/S15324826AN0704_8
Landauer T. K., 1978, PRACTICAL ASPECTS ME, P625
LEDORZE G, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V5, P51
LEDORZE G, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P127
Lekeu F, 2002, ACTA NEUROL BELG, V102, P114
Macoir J, 2002, BRAIN COGNITION, V48, P452, DOI 10.1006/brcg.2001.1397
MARSHALL J, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P167, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249068
McKitrick L. A., 1993, CLIN GERONTOLOGIST, V14, P60
McKitrick L. A., 1992, J GERONTOL, V47, P337, DOI 10.1093/geronj/47.5.P337
Morrow KL, 2006, J COMMUN DISORD, V39, P2, DOI 10.1016/j.jcomdis.2005.05.001
Neary D, 1998, NEUROLOGY, V51, P1546
Nespoulous J, 1992, PROTOCOLE MONTREAL T
Nettleton J., 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V6, P139, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90004-3
NICKELS L, 2000, SEMANTIC PROCESSING, P108
Nickels L, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P935, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000563
Ottenbacher KJ, 1986, EVALUATING CLIN CHAN
Papagno C, 2001, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V39, P678, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(01)00007-0
Ralph MAL, 1998, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V36, P775, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(97)00169-3
Raven J. C., 1938, PROGRESSIVE MATRICES
Riddoch M.J., 1993, BIRMINGHAM OBJECT RE
Russo R, 2002, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V28, P819, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.28.5.819
Schwarz M, 1998, BRAIN, V121, P115, DOI 10.1093/brain/121.1.115
Simons JS, 2001, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V15, P101, DOI 10.1037//0894-4105.15.1.101
SNODGRASS JG, 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V6, P174, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.6.2.174
SNOWDEN J, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V11, P265, DOI 10.1080/02643299408251976
Snowden J. S, 1989, BEHAV NEUROL, V2, P167
Snowden JS, 2002, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V40, P1715, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(02)00031-3
Tombaugh TN, 2004, ARCH CLIN NEUROPSYCH, V19, P203, DOI 10.1016/S0887-6177(03)00039-8
Wambaugh JL, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P933
Wechsler D, 1997, WECHSLER ADULT INTEL, V3rd
Wheeler M, 2003, MEMORY, V11, P571, DOI 10.1080/09658210244000414
WILSON B, 1987, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V9, P527, DOI 10.1080/01688638708410767
NR 67
TC 15
Z9 15
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 2
BP 210
EP 235
DI 10.1080/00207590801942906
PG 26
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 404IT
UT WOS:000263145700006
ER
PT J
AU Rapp, B
Glucroft, B
AF Rapp, Brenda
Glucroft, Brian
TI The benefits and protective effects of behavioural treatment for
dysgraphia in a case of primary progressive aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
ID ACQUIRED DYSGRAPHIA; ALZHEIMERS-DISEASE; SURFACE DYSGRAPHIA; WRITING
IMPAIRMENT; REMEDIATION; DEMENTIA; AGRAPHIA; LANGUAGE; PATIENT;
COMMUNICATION
AB Background: Spoken and written language difficulties are the predominant symptoms in the progressive neurodegenerative disease referred to as primary progressive aphasia (PPA). There has been very little research on the effectiveness of intervention on spoken language impairments in this context and none directed specifically at progressive written language impairment. Aims: To examine the effectiveness of behavioural intervention for dysgraphia in a case of primary progressive aphasia. Methods Procedures: We carried out a longitudinal single-case study that allowed us to examine the effectiveness of a non-intensive spell-study-spell intervention procedure. We did so by comparing performance on four sets of words: trained, repeated, homework, and control words at five evaluations: baseline, during intervention, after the intervention, and at 6- and 12-month follow-up. Outcomes Results: We find that: (1) at the end of the intervention, Trained words show a small but statistically significant improvement relative to baseline and an advantage in accuracy over Control, Homework, and Repeated word sets. (2) All word sets exhibited a decline in accuracy from the end of treatment to the 6-month follow-up evaluation, consistent with the degenerative nature of the illness. Nonetheless, accuracy on Trained words continued to be superior to that of Control words and not statistically different from pre-intervention baseline levels. (3) Repeated testing and practice at home yielded modest numerical advantages relative to Control words; but these differences were, for many comparisons, not statistically significant. (4) At 12 months post-intervention, all words sets had significantly declined relative to pre-intervention baselines and performance on the four sets was comparable. Conclusions: This investigation documentsfor the first timethat behavioural intervention can provide both immediate and short-term benefits for dysgraphia in the context of primary progressive aphasia.
C1 [Rapp, Brenda; Glucroft, Brian] Johns Hopkins Univ, Baltimore, MD 21218 USA.
RP Rapp, B (reprint author), Johns Hopkins Univ, 135 Krieger Hall, Baltimore, MD 21218 USA.
EM rapp@cogsci.jhu.edu
FU NIH [DC006740]
FX We are grateful for the support of NIH grant DC006740; to Alexis Kruczek
and Joelle Urrutia for their hard work and dedication to this project;
to Ranjan Maitra (University of Iowa, Department of Statistics) for his
help with statistical analyses; and for CB's friendship and example of
humour and humanity throughout difficult times.
CR ALIMINOSA D, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P55, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249499
Ardila A, 2003, APPL NEUROPSYCHOL, V10, P205, DOI 10.1207/s15324826an1004_2
Beeson P. M., 2002, HDB ADULT LANGUAGE D, P101
Beeson PM, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P1038, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/083)
Beeson PM, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P473, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000167
Beeson PM, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P551
BEESON PM, 1998, ANN CONV AM SPEECH L
Beeson PM, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P767, DOI 10.1080/026870399401867
BEHRMANN M, 1987, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V4, P365, DOI 10.1080/02643298708252044
BEHRMANN M, 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, P327
Benton AL, 1976, MULTILINGUAL APHASIA
Benton Sivan A., 1991, BENTON VISUAL RETENT
Carlomagno S, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, P485
Carlomagno S, 1989, COGNITIVE APPROACHES, P175
Clausen NS, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P625, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000003
Cress C., 1999, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V15, P248, DOI 10.1080/07434619912331278785
Croisile B, 1995, BEHAV NEUROL, V8, P135
DEPARTZ MP, 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V9, P369, DOI 10.1080/02643299208252065
Dunn L. M., 1981, PEABODY PICTURE VOCA
Folstein MF, 1975, J PSYCHIATR RES, V12, P198
Golden C.J., 2002, STROOP COLOR WORD TE
Golden CJ, 2002, STROOP COLOR WORLD T
Graham NL, 1999, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V67, P334, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.67.3.334
Graham NL, 1997, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V14, P975
Graham NL, 2000, NEUROCASE, V6, P365, DOI 10.1080/13554790008402708
HANNA PR, 1996, PHONEME GRAPHEME COR
HATFIELD MF, 1983, ALPHASIA THERAPY
HATFIELD MF, 1976, RECOVERY APHASICS, P65
Hillis A. E., 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V19, P255
Hillis A E, 1992, Clin Commun Disord, V2, P19
Hillis A. E., 1987, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P84
HILLIS AE, 1989, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V70, P632
Hillis AE, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P246, DOI 10.1080/02687030500473262
HOLLAND AL, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V24, P36, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90096-3
Hughes JC, 1997, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V35, P533, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(96)00102-9
Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kay J., 1992, PALPA PSYCHOLINGUIST
KERTESZ A, 1994, NEUROLOGY, V44, P2065
Luzzatti C, 2002, CORTEX, V38, P887, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70063-7
Luzzatti C, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V10, P249, DOI 10.1080/096020100389156
Luzzatti C, 2003, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V41, P759, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(02)00328-7
Luzzi S, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V87, P355, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00134-2
McNeil M. R., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P76, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360.0404.76
Mesulam M M, 1992, Baillieres Clin Neurol, V1, P583
MESULAM MM, 1982, ANN NEUROL, V11, P592, DOI 10.1002/ana.410110607
Mesulam MM, 2003, ANN NEUROL, V54, pS11, DOI 10.1002/ana.10569
Mortley J, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P443, DOI 10.1080/02687040042000188
Murray LL, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P651, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249564
O'Dowd BS, 2003, NEUROCASE, V9, P251, DOI 10.1076/neur.9.3.251.15561
Osterrieth PA, 1944, ARCH PSYCHOL-GENEVE, V30, P206
Pattee C, 2006, INT J REHABIL RES, V29, P151, DOI 10.1097/01.mrr.0000210046.02044.4d
PLATEL H, 1993, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V31, P1147, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(93)90064-7
Pound C, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P283, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248413
RAPCSAK SZ, 1989, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V46, P65
Rapp B, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P439, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000301
Rapp B, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P994, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000209
Rapp B, 2002, J NEUROLINGUIST, V15, P373, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(01)00040-9
Rapp B, 1997, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V14, P71
Raymer AM, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P607, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000058
Reitan R., 1992, TRAIL MAKING TEST AD
Rey A, 1941, ARCH PSYCHOLOGIE, V28, P286
Riddoch M.J., 1993, BIRMINGHAM OBJECT RE
Robson J, 2001, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V36, P471, DOI 10.1080/13682820110089371
Schmalzl L, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V16, P1, DOI 10.1080/09602010443000218
Schmidt M., 1996, REY AUDITORY VERBAL
Schneider SL, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P297, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248414
SERON X, 1980, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V45, P45
TRITES R, 1984, GROOVED PEGBOARD TES
TRUPE AEH, 1986, CLIN APHASIOLOGY
Warrington E., 1984, RECOGNITION MEMORY T
Wechsler D., 1973, MANUAL WECHSLER MEMO
Weekes B, 1996, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V13, P277, DOI 10.1080/026432996382033
WEINTRAUB S, 1990, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V47, P1329
Westbury C, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V60, P381, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1840
NR 74
TC 9
Z9 9
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 2
BP 236
EP 265
DI 10.1080/02687030801943054
PG 30
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 404IT
UT WOS:000263145700007
ER
PT J
AU Cartwright, J
Elliott, K
AF Cartwright, Jade
Elliott, Kym A. E.
TI Promoting strategic television viewing in the context of progressive
language impairment
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Language; Therapy; Dementia; Aphasia friendly; Television
ID ALZHEIMERS-DISEASE; APHASIA; DEMENTIA; PEOPLE
AB Background: Television viewing is one of the most common and readily accessible leisure pursuits in the developed world today. Unfortunately, access to this powerful form of mass communication is frequently diminished in individuals experiencing progressive language impairment, with deficits in both the comprehension and expression of television content reported from the very early stages of the illness. Considering the wide appeal of television viewing in today's culture, it seems reasonable to conclude that improving access to television content should be considered as an ecologically valid goal for intervention in clinical populations with progressive language impairment who have demonstrated difficulties comprehending and speaking about this powerful form of mass communication. This consideration becomes more pressing when we attend to recent research highlighting the potential neuroprotective effect of engagement in cognitively and intellectually stimulating social and leisure pursuits by individuals with dementing illness. Aims: This pilot therapy programme aimed to explore the effectiveness of aphasia-friendly television viewing formats for improving discourse comprehension and production in people with progressive language impairment. It was predicted that following intervention, group participants would (1) recall significantly more story information units from the episode, (2) achieve higher transactional success, and (3) demonstrate improved comprehension when viewing aphasia-friendly television episodes than they did prior to group intervention. Methods Procedures: Four participants with progressive language impairment attended eight sessions of group-based intervention as part of their usual language therapy programme. Each session aimed to instantiate strategic television viewing capabilities in participants through the application of aphasia-friendly television viewing principles to novel episodes of a popular 30-minute documentary programme. Repeated measures ANOVA was used to analyse the differences between participants' pre-therapy viewing patterns and supported post-therapy measures of episode-related story information unit production, while paired t-tests were used for analysis of discourse comprehension measures. Outcomes Results: Participants demonstrated significant increases in story information unit reporting and comprehension indicated by performance on concrete and opinion based questions post-therapy. There was no significant difference in participants' post-therapy comprehension of inferential questions. Conclusions: This pilot therapy programme affirms the prediction that aphasia-friendly television viewing formats are successful in achieving significant improvements in episode related discourse production, communication effectiveness, comprehension of concrete question forms, and opinion generation in individuals with progressive language impairment. It supports the notion that novel, ecologically based intervention techniques can be beneficial in enhancing access to preferred leisure activities in individuals with progressive language impairment.
C1 [Cartwright, Jade; Elliott, Kym A. E.] Neurosci Unit, Perth, WA, Australia.
RP Cartwright, J (reprint author), Neurosci Unit, Cnr John XXIII Ave & Mooro Dr, Mt Claremont, WA 6010, Australia.
EM Jade.cartwright@health.wa.gov.au
CR *AUSTR STOR, 2007, PROGR SYN
Brennan AD, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P693, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000958
Burns A, 2004, CURR OPIN PSYCHIATR, V17, P433, DOI 10.1097/00001504-200411000-00002
Coyle JT, 2003, NEW ENGL J MED, V348, P2489, DOI 10.1056/NEJMp030051
CROOT K, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P302
Cummings JL, 1999, PSYCHIATR SERV, V50, P1173
DUFFY JR, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P1, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248573
FLEMING D, 2007, AUSTR STORY
*FREE TV AUSTR, 2006, 50 YEARS TEL LOT CEL
Helm-Estabrooks N., 2001, COGNITIVE LINGUISTIC
Howe TJ, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P1015, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000499
Knibb JA, 2006, ANN NEUROL, V59, P156, DOI 10.1002/ana.20700
Liao YC, 2005, DEMENT GERIATR COGN, V20, P8, DOI 10.1159/000085068
Lindstrom HA, 2005, BRAIN COGNITION, V58, P157, DOI 10.1016/j.bandc.2004.09.020
Lyon J. G., 2000, NEUROGENIC COMMUNICA, P137
Mcneil M. R., 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P472
McNeil M. R., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P76, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360.0404.76
MCROBERT T, 2006, AUSTR SOTRY
MCROBERT T, 2003, AUSTR SOTRY
MCROBERT T, 2000, AUSTR SOTRY
Mesulam MM, 2001, ANN NEUROL, V49, P425, DOI 10.1002/ana.91
MESULAM MM, 1982, ANN NEUROL, V11, P592, DOI 10.1002/ana.410110607
Nestor PJ, 2003, BRAIN, V126, P2406, DOI 10.1093/brain/awg240
Parr S., 1997, TALKING APHASIA LIVI
Ramsberger G, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P337, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000636
Rapp B, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V95, P18, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.07.011
Simmons-Mackie N., 2000, NEUROGENIC COMMUNICA, P162
TAYLOR C, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P161
NR 28
TC 5
Z9 5
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 2
BP 266
EP 285
DI 10.1080/02687030801942932
PG 20
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 404IT
UT WOS:000263145700008
ER
PT J
AU Wong, S
Anand, R
Chapman, S
Rackley, A
Zientz, J
AF Wong, Stephanie B.
Anand, Raksha
Chapman, Sandra B.
Rackley, Audette
Zientz, Jennifer
TI When nouns and verbs degrade: Facilitating communication in semantic
dementia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Semantic dementia; Discourse; Communicative effectiveness; Function;
Intervention
ID FRONTOTEMPORAL LOBAR DEGENERATION; ALZHEIMERS-DISEASE; FLUENT APHASIA;
LANGUAGE; PATTERNS; OUTCOMES
AB Background: Little is known about how to maintain communicative effectiveness in semantic dementia as the disease progresses from impairment in word retrieval to a loss of conceptual knowledge. Aim: The purpose of this study is twofold. The first objective is to characterise communicative effectiveness using a modified framework derived from Chapman and Ulatowska (1997) that integrates two components: codification of ideas (falling on a continuum from verbal to nonverbal and generative to automatic forms) and functions of communication (imaginative, heuristic, informative, personal, interactional, regulatory, and instrumental). The second objective is to outline principles of a discourse intervention that focuses on communicative effectiveness. Method Procedures: The participant was Mr Bobby V, a man with semantic dementia. His communication abilities were characterised at diagnosis and 24 months later using the framework of communicative effectiveness, based on discourse samples, clinical observation, and caregiver report. From the time of diagnosis, Bobby V received discourse intervention, which focused on maintaining his communication abilities using all available communication resources. We outline principles of discourse intervention in semantic dementia based on our experience of delivering individual and group intervention to Bobby V. Outcomes and Results: The communicative effectiveness framework described here could be used to characterise communication skills, set therapy goals, and monitor progress in semantic dementia. Discourse intervention likely facilitated Bobby V's continued success in maintaining communication despite progressive loss of nouns and verbs. Conclusions: Targeting conversational effectiveness in terms of communicative functions offers a promising and ecologically valuable intervention for people with semantic dementia, as it allows individuals with this form of dementia to connect meaningfully with people in their immediate surroundings well into the later stages of the disease.
C1 [Wong, Stephanie B.; Anand, Raksha; Chapman, Sandra B.; Rackley, Audette; Zientz, Jennifer] Univ Texas Dallas, Ctr BrainHlth, Dallas, TX 75235 USA.
RP Chapman, S (reprint author), Univ Texas Dallas, Ctr BrainHlth, 2200 W Mockingbird Lane, Dallas, TX 75235 USA.
EM schapman@utdallas.edu
CR Arkin S, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P533, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000032
Ash S, 2006, NEUROLOGY, V66, P1405, DOI 10.1212/01.wnl.0000210435.72614.38
BLANKEN G, 1987, COGNITION, V27, P247, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(87)80011-2
BOHLING HR, 1991, INT J AGING HUM DEV, V33, P249, DOI 10.2190/8U1F-792P-W9XD-1J94
Chapman S. B., 1992, TEXAS J AUDIOLOGY SP, V17, P3
CHAPMAN SB, 1997, LANGUAGE STRUCTURE D, P155
Chapman SB, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P337, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248475
Chapman SB, 2005, ALZ DIS ASSOC DIS, V19, P202, DOI 10.1097/01.wad.0000189050.41064.03
CHAPMAN SB, 2002, FRONT DEM PICKS DIS
Chapman SB, 2004, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V47, P1149, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2004/085)
CHIU SB, 2003, CLIN APH C ORC ISL W
CRESS C, 1999, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V14, P248
Duchan J., 1994, DISCOURSE ANAL APPL, P1
Dunn LM, 1997, PEABODY PICTURE VOCA
Ferguson A., 2000, PRAGMATIC APPROACHES, P53
Graham KS, 2001, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V11, P429
GROSSMAN M, 2005, CEREBRUM, V7, P27
Halliday Michael A. K., 1977, LEARNING MEAN EXPLOR
Hamilton Heidi, 1994, CONVERSATIONS ALZHEI
HODGES JR, 1992, BRAIN, V115, P1783, DOI 10.1093/brain/115.6.1783
Hodges J R, 1996, J Int Neuropsychol Soc, V2, P511
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
JARRAR G, 1998, J NEUROLINGUIST, V11, P153
Jokel R, 2002, BRAIN COGNITION, V49, P241, DOI 10.1006/brcg.2001.1477
Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kramer TL, 2003, J TRAUMA STRESS, V16, P211, DOI 10.1023/A:1023783705062
Moss Sharon E, 2002, J Gerontol Nurs, V28, P36
Mummery CJ, 1999, BRAIN, V122, P61, DOI 10.1093/brain/122.1.61
Neary D, 1998, NEUROLOGY, V51, P1546
Obler L. K., 1981, ACQUIRED APHASIA, P385
Reilly J, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P329, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000787
RIPICH DN, 1988, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V53, P8
Schwartz M, 1990, MODULAR DEFICITS ALZ, P245
Van Lancker D, 1990, Behav Neurol, V3, P169, DOI 10.3233/BEN-1990-3304
NR 34
TC 5
Z9 5
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 2
BP 286
EP 301
DI 10.1080/02687030801943112
PG 16
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 404IT
UT WOS:000263145700009
ER
PT J
AU Hersh, D
AF Hersh, Deborah
TI How do people with aphasia view their discharge from therapy?
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Discharge; Aphasia therapy; Client perspective; Qualitative research
ID SPEECH PATHOLOGISTS; CHRONIC ILLNESS; OLD-AGE; STROKE; STRATEGIES;
MANAGEMENT; RECOVERY; PLATEAU; ADULTS; LIFE
AB Background: The aphasiology literature contains very little on how therapy ends. However, the events surrounding discharge are complex and are an integral part of therapy as a whole. Aims: This article focuses on how people with aphasia view their discharge from therapy in order to shed some light on this rarely explored issue. Methods Procedures: This research is based on the results of a larger qualitative study that explored the experiences of treatment termination for both clients and speech pathologists. This paper draws on in-depth interviews with 21 people with aphasia and 16 family members. Data collection and analysis were carried out using principles and techniques of grounded theory. Outcomes Results: Interviewees' narratives of discharge reflected three broad influences: their biographies, their notions of recovery, and their feelings about their aphasia therapy. This paper summarises interviewees' perceptions on why they were discharged, how it happened, and how they felt about it. Conclusions: Despite the individual circumstances of each person's account, a common finding was uncertainty and confusion surrounding discharge. Clients were not always sure why therapy ended. They rarely discussed it with their therapists in much depth and often felt unable to question their therapists' decisions. This paper argues that such findings reflect the disempowered position of our clients with aphasia and that a more open, shared process of decision making would not only be more satisfactory for all parties but also demonstrate better outcomes of therapy itself.
C1 Univ Queensland, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, Brisbane, Qld 4072, Australia.
RP Hersh, D (reprint author), Univ Queensland, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, Brisbane, Qld 4072, Australia.
EM d.hersh@uq.edu.au
CR BECKER G, 1995, MED ANTHROPOL Q, V9, P165, DOI 10.1525/maq.1995.9.2.02a00040
BECKER G, 1993, GERONTOLOGIST, V33, P148
Bowlby J., 1973, ATTACHMENT LOSS
Braunack-Mayer A, 2001, J CLIN ETHIC, V12, P388
Bury M, 1982, Sociol Health Illn, V4, P167, DOI 10.1111/1467-9566.ep11339939
BURY M, 1991, SOCIOL HEALTH ILL, V13, P451, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9566.1991.tb00522.x
Coltart N., 1993, SURVIVE PSYCHOTHERAP
De Simone G., 1997, ENDING ANAL THEORY T
EWING SEA, 1999, GROUP TREATMENT NEUR
Frank AW, 1995, WOUNDED STORYTELLER
GRINBERG L, 1980, INT J PSYCHOANAL, V61, P25
Hart E, 2001, SOCIOL HEALTH ILL, V23, P101, DOI 10.1111/1467-9566.00243
Hemsley G, 1996, DISABIL REHABIL, V18, P567
Hersh D, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P207, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249447
Hersh D, 2004, AUSTR COMMUNICATION, V6, P102
HERSH D, 2000, RES REFLECT RENEW, P126
HERSH D, 2007, GROUP TREATMENT NEUR
Hersh D, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P1007, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000364
Hersh D, 2001, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V36, P80
HOLLAND AL, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P581, DOI 10.1080/02687039308248634
Horton S, 1998, Int J Lang Commun Disord, V33 Suppl, P126
Horton S, 2000, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V35, P355
Kagan A, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P816, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249575
KAUFMAN SR, 1988, QUALITATIVE GERONTOL
Kleinman A, 1988, ILLNESS NARRATIVES
LEWINTER M, 1995, DISABIL REHABIL, V17, P3
LYON JG, 1996, ADULT APHASIA REHABI, P137
Parr S., 1997, TALKING APHASIA
Pound C, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P222, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249449
Pound P, 1999, HEALTH SOC CARE COMM, V7, P120, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2524.1999.00168.x
QUINODOZ JM, 1993, TAMING SOLITUDE SEPA
RIESSMAN CK, 2002, HDB INTERVIEW RES CO
Shadden BB, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P211, DOI 10.1080/02687930444000697
SHERIDAN J, 1999, ROYAL COLL SPEECH LA, V563, P1
Simmons-Mackie N, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P231, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249451
Simmons-Mackie N, 1999, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V8, P218
Strauss A., 1998, BASICS QUALITATIVE R
WARREN L, 1976, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, V6, P358
Wiles R, 2004, SOC SCI MED, V59, P1263, DOI 10.1016/j.socscimed.2003.12.022
WILLIAMS G, 1984, SOCIOL HEALTH ILL, V6, P175, DOI 10.1111/1467-9566.ep10778250
WILLIAMS S, 1997, BRIT J PSYCHOTHERAPY, V13, P337, DOI 10.1111/j.1752-0118.1997.tb00320.x
NR 41
TC 18
Z9 18
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 3
BP 331
EP 350
DI 10.1080/02687030701764220
PG 20
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 416FR
UT WOS:000263991500001
ER
PT J
AU Heuer, S
Hallowell, B
AF Heuer, Sabine
Hallowell, Brooke
TI Visual attention in a multiple-choice task: Influences of image
characteristics with and without presentation of a verbal stimulus
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Visual attention; Aphasia; Assessment; Eye tracking; Experimental
control
ID SPOKEN-LANGUAGE COMPREHENSION; APHASIA; VISION; SEARCH; DISCRIMINATION;
MOVEMENTS; PICTURES; COLOR; SET
AB Background: Use of multiple-choice items is common in the assessment of language comprehension. Stimulus-driven aspects of multiple-choice images may interfere with valid assessment. Understanding the influences of stimulus-driven factors is crucial because individuals with neurological disorders have increased susceptibility to them. Aims: The first goal of this study was to explore the influence of objectively measurable image characteristics in multiple-choice image sets that are otherwise well controlled in terms of physical stimulus features on individuals' visual attention. The second goal was to explore viewers' visual attention under the influence of a verbal stimulus. Methods Procedures: The effects of controlled manipulation of physical image characteristics on visual attention in 40 healthy adults were assessed. Eye movements were recorded while participants viewed 40 image sets with and without a verbal stimulus. Within each set, two images shared the same image characteristics (colour, orientation, size, and luminance) and one image differed in terms of one of those characteristics. Outcomes Results: All characteristics had a significant influence on visual attention in verbal and nonverbal conditions. The influence of verbal stimuli on visual attention did not override the tendency for physical stimulus characteristics to distract attention from target images. Conclusions: Research and clinical relevance is highlighted in terms of the potential for assessment confounds to be greater in individuals with neurological impairments.
C1 [Heuer, Sabine] Ohio Univ, Sch Hearing Speech & Language Sci, Athens, OH 45701 USA.
RP Heuer, S (reprint author), Ohio Univ, Sch Hearing Speech & Language Sci, Grover Ctr,W218, Athens, OH 45701 USA.
EM sh167702@ohio.edu
CR BADDELEY AD, 2004, MODELS WORKING MEMOR, P28
BARBUR JL, 1993, VISUAL SEARCH, P253
Bennett PJ, 1995, CAN J EXP PSYCHOL, V49, P460, DOI 10.1037/1196-1961.49.4.460
Cherney Leora Reiff, 2002, Seminars in Speech and Language, V23, P117, DOI 10.1055/s-2002-24988
Davis ET, 2003, VISION RES, V43, P2213, DOI 10.1016/S0042-6989(03)00339-0
DUNCAN J, 1989, PSYCHOL REV, V96, P433, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.96.3.433
Fisk GD, 2002, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V83, P469, DOI 10.1053/apmr.2002.31179
Hall CA, 2002, J THERMOPHYS HEAT TR, V16, P587, DOI 10.2514/2.6718
Hallowell B, 1999, CURRENT OCULOMOTOR R, P292
HALLOWELL B, 2006, ANN CONV AM SPEECH L
HALLOWELL B, APHASIOLOGY IN PRESS
HALLOWELL B, 2005, CLIN APH C SAN ISL F
Hallowell B, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P611, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000084
Helm-Estabrooks N, 2002, J COMMUN DISORD, V35, P171, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(02)00063-1
HEUER S, 2004, ANN CONV AM SPEECH L
Heuer S, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P883, DOI 10.1080/02687030600695194
*KOLLM CORP, 1990, PHOT RES OP MAN
LOCHER P, 1993, STUD VIS INFORM PROC, V4, P59
LOGAN GD, 1994, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V20, P1015, DOI 10.1037//0096-1523.20.5.1015
Manor BR, 2003, J NEUROSCI METH, V128, P85, DOI 10.1016/S0165-0270(03)00151-1
Mullen KT, 2002, VISION RES, V42, P565, DOI 10.1016/S0042-6989(01)00305-4
Murray Laura L., 2002, Seminars in Speech and Language, V23, P107, DOI 10.1055/s-2002-24987
ODEKAR A, 2007, VALIDITY EYE M UNPUB
O'Donnell Brian F, 2002, Semin Speech Lang, V23, P99, DOI 10.1055/s-2002-24986
Rayner K., 1989, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V4, P21, DOI DOI 10.1080/01690968908406362
Rossion B, 2004, PERCEPTION, V33, P217, DOI 10.1068/p5117
Seifert LS, 1997, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V23, P1106, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.23.5.1106
SNODGRASS JG, 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V6, P174, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.6.2.174
Spivey MJ, 2002, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V45, P447, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0285(02)00503-0
Tanaka J, 2001, TRENDS COGN SCI, V5, P211, DOI 10.1016/S1364-6613(00)01626-0
Tanenhaus MK, 2000, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V29, P557, DOI 10.1023/A:1026464108329
TREISMAN A, 1988, PSYCHOL REV, V95, P15, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.95.1.15
TSENG CH, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P276, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1046
WAGGONER TL, 1994, COLOUR VISION TESTIN
Wolfe J., 2000, SEEING, P335, DOI 10.1016/B978-012443760-9/50010-6
Wolfe J. M., 2004, NATURE REV NEUROSCIE, V5, P1, DOI DOI 10.1038/NM1411
ZWAHLEN H, 1984, IES LIGHTING HDB 198, P2
NR 37
TC 6
Z9 6
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 3
BP 351
EP 363
DI 10.1080/02687030701770474
PG 13
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 416FR
UT WOS:000263991500002
ER
PT J
AU Rose, TA
Worrall, LE
McKenna, KT
Hickson, LM
Hoffmann, TC
AF Rose, Tanya A.
Worrall, Linda E.
McKenna, Kryss T.
Hickson, Louise M.
Hoffmann, Tammy C.
TI Do people with aphasia receive written stroke and aphasia information?
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Written health information; Stroke education; Aphasia friendly
ID RANDOMIZED CONTROLLED-TRIAL; HEALTH INFORMATION; EDUCATION MATERIALS;
GENDER-DIFFERENCES; PATIENT EDUCATION; DECISION-MAKING; CARERS; NEEDS;
PROFESSIONALS; PROVISION
AB Background: Despite the well-documented benefits of providing people with written health information, there is a growing body of evidence indicating that people who have aphasia are poorly informed about both their stroke and aphasia. Although extensive research has been conducted into stroke education, limited research has specifically investigated the provision of written health information to people with aphasia. Aims: This study aimed to investigate if people with aphasia recalled receiving written information about stroke and aphasia. Subsequent aims were to determine if reported receipt of stroke and aphasia information was related to participant characteristics such as aphasia severity, reading ability, and time post-stroke. This study also aimed to gain insight into where people with aphasia sourced written stroke and aphasia information, and which health professionals provided this information. Methods Procedures: This article reports on a 10-item verbal questionnaire that was conducted as part of larger project with 40 adults with aphasia following stroke. Participants with a range of aphasia severities, reading abilities, and time post-onsets were recruited from university clinics and seven hospitals in Queensland, Australia. Descriptive statistics have been used to describe participant responses to questionnaire items. The relationship between participant responses and participant characteristics were explored using the Mann Whitney U and Pearson's chi square tests for non-parametric data. Participant's comments have also been categorised. Outcomes Results: Only 14 participants (36%) indicated that they received written information about both stroke and aphasia. Findings indicated that receipt of stroke information did not equate to receipt of aphasia information with fewer participants reporting that they received written aphasia information (49%) compared to written stroke information (67%). There was no significant relationship between reported receipt of information and time post-stroke, aphasia severity, reading ability, age, years of education, or gender. Participant comments either related to the lack of health information provided by health professionals, or reflected the ineffective provision of written information, with many participants commenting about the inappropriate complexity of written health information received. The rehabilitation group setting was the main location for written stroke and aphasia information provision, with speech pathologists most frequently being identified as the health professional to provide this information. Conclusions: The majority of participants reported receiving no written information about aphasia. Routine provision of appropriately formatted health information and improved access to the health professionals and services that provide information are two strategies for more successful stroke and aphasia education.
C1 [Rose, Tanya A.] Univ Queensland, Div Speech Pathol, Brisbane, Qld 4072, Australia.
RP Rose, TA (reprint author), Univ Queensland, Div Speech Pathol, Brisbane, Qld 4072, Australia.
EM rose@uq.edu.au
RI Hoffmann, Tammy/E-8029-2010; Hickson, Louise/F-8748-2010; Rose,
Tanya/D-2580-2010; Worrall, Linda/D-2579-2010
OI Hoffmann, Tammy/0000-0001-5210-8548; Worrall, Linda/0000-0002-3283-7038
CR Aleligay A, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P383, DOI 10.1080/02687030701415872
Anderson R, 1988, Int Disabil Stud, V10, P107
ANDERSON R, 1992, AFTERMATH STROKE
ARTHUR VAM, 1995, J ADV NURS, V21, P1081, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2648.1995.21061081.x
Ashton K C, 1997, J Cardiovasc Nurs, V12, P93
Barnes MP, 2000, TXB REHABILITATION M
Berarducci M., 2007, ACQUIRING KNOWLEDGE, V9, P99
Bernier M J, 1993, Orthop Nurs, V12, P39, DOI 10.1097/00006416-199311000-00008
Brennan AD, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P693, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000958
BRUST JCM, 1976, STROKE, V7, P167
Coulter A, 1999, BRIT MED J, V318, P318
Eames Sally, 2003, Top Stroke Rehabil, V10, P70
Elman RJ, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P895, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000267
Elman RJ, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P455
EVANS RL, 1988, STROKE, V19, P1243
Farrell-Miller P, 1989, Diabetes Educ, V15, P418, DOI 10.1177/014572178901500505
FLYNN L, APHASIOLOGY IN PRESS
Ghidella CL, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P1134, DOI 10.1080/02687030500337871
Greveson G, 1991, Health Trends, V23, P161
Griffin Erin, 2004, Top Stroke Rehabil, V11, P29
HANGER CH, 2001, AGE AGEING, V30, P112
HANGER HC, 1993, STROKE, V24, P536
Hanger HC, 1998, CLIN REHABIL, V12, P45, DOI 10.1191/026921598668677675
Hill J, 1997, BAILLIERE CLIN RHEUM, V11, P109, DOI 10.1016/S0950-3579(97)80036-2
Hoffmann T, 2006, PATIENT EDUC COUNS, V60, P286, DOI 10.1016/j.psc.2005.06.020
Hoffmann T, 2007, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V14, P88, DOI 10.1310/tsr1401-88
Holland A, 2001, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V10, P19, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2001/004)
Johnson A, 2003, COCHRANE DB SYST REV, V4, DOI DOI 10.1002/14651858.CD003716
Kagan A, 1995, CLIN APHASIOL, V23, P65
Kapral MK, 2006, MED CARE, V44, P70, DOI 10.1097/01.mlr.0000188911.83349.a8
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Kessels RPC, 2003, J ROY SOC MED, V96, P219, DOI 10.1258/jrsm.96.5.219
Knight K, 2006, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V13, P78, DOI 10.1310/FC6M-P7L0-W3XD-4WAE
KUSTER J, 2000, TOPICS STROKE REHABI, V7, P21
Lalor E, 2004, ASIA PACIFIC J SPEEC, V9, P129
LaPointe L. L., 1998, READING COMPREHENSIO
Lewis D, 1998, DIABETES EDUCATOR, V24, P627, DOI 10.1177/014572179802400508
Ley P, 1976, J R Coll Gen Pract, V26, P720
Lomer M, 1987, CLIN REHABIL, V1, P33, DOI 10.1177/026921558700100108
Mant J, 1998, CLIN REHABIL, V12, P465, DOI 10.1191/026921598668972226
MARQUARDSEN J, 1969, NATURAL HIST ACUITY
Marshall R. C., 1997, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V6, P5
MATSUMOTO N, 1973, Stroke, V4, P20
MAYCOCK JA, 1991, ANN RHEUM DIS, V50, P429, DOI 10.1136/ard.50.Suppl_3.429
Mayer P, 1993, AGE AGEING S13, V22, P28
McKenna KT, 2003, AUSTRALAS J AGEING, V22, P15, DOI 10.1111/j.1741-6612.2003.tb00457.x
McMullan M, 2006, PATIENT EDUC COUNS, V63, P24, DOI 10.1016/j.pec.2005.10.006
Mcneil M. R., 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P472
MYERSCOUGH PR, 1989, TALKING PATIENTS BAS
*NAT APH ASS, 2005, APHASIA BILL RIGHTS
OMahony PG, 1997, CLIN REHABIL, V11, P68, DOI 10.1177/026921559701100110
Owens JS, 2006, AUGMENT ALTERN COMM, V22, P196, DOI 10.1080/07434610600649971
PAIN HSB, 1990, CLIN REHABIL, V4, P265, DOI 10.1177/026921559000400403
Parr S., 1997, TALKING APHASIA LIVI
Parr S, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P98, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798337
Parr S., 2008, COMMUNICATION ACCESS
Patterson C, 1997, AGE AGEING, V26, P41, DOI 10.1093/ageing/26.1.41
PEDERSEN PM, 1995, ANN NEUROL, V38, P659, DOI 10.1002/ana.410380416
PHILIPP R, 1990, J ROY SOC HEALTH, V110, P10, DOI 10.1177/146642409011000104
Polgar S, 1995, INTRO RES HLTH SCI
POUND P, 1994, CLIN REHABIL, V8, P7, DOI 10.1177/026921559400800102
*QUEENSL GOV, 2002, YOUR RIGHTS RESP QUE
Rodgers H, 2001, AGE AGEING, V30, P129, DOI 10.1093/ageing/30.2.129
Rodgers H, 1999, STROKE, V30, P2585
Rose TA, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P947, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000319
Sharry R, 2002, AM J OCCUP THER, V56, P573
Simmons-Mackie N, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P837, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000185
Simmons-Mackie NN, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P39, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798287
Smith J., 2008, COCHRANE DB SYST REV, V2, P1919, DOI DOI 10.1002/14651858.CD001919.PUB2
Stewart DE, 2004, PSYCHOSOM MED, V66, P42, DOI 10.1097/01.PSY.0000107006.83260.12
Suhonen R, 2005, J CLIN NURS, V14, P1167, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2702.2005.01233.x
Sullivan K, 2001, Top Stroke Rehabil, V7, P52
Tooth L, 1999, VETERANS HLTH, V63, P10
Tooth L, 2004, BR J OCCUP THER, V67, P111
vanVeenendaal H, 1996, PATIENT EDUC COUNS, V28, P265, DOI 10.1016/0738-3991(95)00853-5
Wachters-Kaufmann C, 2005, PATIENT EDUC COUNS, V56, P211, DOI 10.1016/j.pec.2004.02.012
WADE DT, 1986, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V49, P11, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.49.1.11
WELLWOOD I, 1995, AGE AGEING, V24, P519, DOI 10.1093/ageing/24.6.519
WELLWOOD I, 1994, AGE AGEING, V23, P293, DOI 10.1093/ageing/23.4.293
Wessel I, 2000, Memory, V8, P95
Wiles R, 1998, J ADV NURS, V28, P794, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2648.1998.00709.x
WORRALL L, 2007, GROUP TREATMENT NEUR
NR 82
TC 8
Z9 8
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 3
BP 364
EP 392
DI 10.1080/02687030802568108
PG 29
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 416FR
UT WOS:000263991500003
ER
PT J
AU Flynn, L
Cumberland, A
Marshall, J
AF Flynn, Laura
Cumberland, Ashlyn
Marshall, Jane
TI Public knowledge about aphasia: A survey with comparative data
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Public awareness
ID INTERNATIONAL SURVEY; AWARENESS
AB Background: Five years ago, public awareness of aphasia was low (Simmons Mackie, Code, Armstrong, Stiegler, Elman, 2002). This created problems for those affected by the condition and may have impacted on service provision (Elman, Ogar, Elman, 2000). Aims: This study aimed to explore current public knowledge of aphasia and a comparator neurological condition (Parkinson's disease). It also investigated respondents' sources of information and whether demographic factors affected knowledge. Methods and Procedures: A brief factual questionnaire was administered to 100 members of the general public and 26 friends and relatives of people with aphasia. This explored knowledge of diagnostic terms, causes, and symptoms. It also asked respondents how they had gained their knowledge and collected basic demographic details. Outcomes and Results: Knowledge about aphasia was low and significantly less than knowledge about Parkinson's disease. Carers scored significantly higher than the general public on aphasia, although their scores for aphasia were no higher than their scores for Parkinson's disease. Respondents gained their knowledge mainly through the media and personal connections. There was evidence that ethnicity may affect knowledge. Conclusions: Although data were collected from only two locations, the results of this survey suggest that work is still needed to improve public awareness of aphasia. Reasons and implications are discussed.
C1 [Marshall, Jane] City Univ London, Dept Language & Commun Sci, London EC1V 0HB, England.
[Cumberland, Ashlyn] Devon Primary Care Trust, Exeter, Devon, England.
RP Marshall, J (reprint author), City Univ London, Dept Language & Commun Sci, London EC1V 0HB, England.
EM J.Marshall@city.ac.uk
CR Avent J, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P365, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000813
Code C, 2001, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V36, P1
Elman RJ, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P455
Parr S., 1997, TALKING APHASIA
Parr S, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P98, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798337
Simmons-Mackie N, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P837, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000185
2006, LONDON BOROUGH RICHM
2005, EPSOM EWELL BOROUGH
NR 8
TC 7
Z9 7
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 3
BP 393
EP 401
DI 10.1080/02687030701828942
PG 9
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 416FR
UT WOS:000263991500004
ER
PT J
AU Edmonds, LA
Nadeau, SE
Kiran, S
AF Edmonds, Lisa A.
Nadeau, Stephen E.
Kiran, Swathi
TI Effect of Verb Network Strengthening Treatment (VNeST) on lexical
retrieval of content words in sentences in persons with aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Semantic therapy; Verb; Generalisation; Connected speech;
Thematic roles
ID THERAPY; EFFICACY; NOUNS
AB Background: Verb Network Strengthening Treatment (VNeST) is a semantic treatment that aims to improve lexical retrieval of content words in sentence context by promoting systematic retrieval of verbs (e.g., measure) and their thematic rolesi.e., agent (doer of the action, e.g., carpenter, chef) and patient (receiver of the action, e.g., lumber, sugar). VNeST is influenced by Loverso and colleagues (e.g., Loverso, Selinger, Prescott, 1979) who used verb as core treatment to improve sentence production with encouraging results, and McRae and colleagues who showed that verbs prime typical agents (e.g., pray-nun) and patients (arrest-criminal) (Ferretti, McRae, Hatherell, 2001) and vice-versa (McRae, Hare, Elman, Ferretti, 2005). Aims: There are four specific questions in this study. Does training a set of verbs using VNeST generalise to the ability to produce (1) an agent (carpenter), trained verb (measure), and patient (stairs) in response to novel picture stimuli and (2) an agent (nurse), untrained semantically related verb (weigh), and patient (baby) in response to novel picture stimuli? (3) Are generalisation effects maintained? (4) Does VNeST generalise to the ability to retrieve nouns and verbs not directly related to treatment items in single word naming, picture description, and connected speech tasks? Methods Procedures: Four participants with aphasia participated. Participants received VNeST, which involves retrieval of agent-patient pairs (e.g., chef/sugar, surveyor/land) related to trained verbs (e.g., measure), twice per week. A single-participant, repeated probe, multiple baseline experimental design was used. Generalisation to sentence production for sentences containing trained verbs and untrained semantically related verbs was tested weekly. Outcomes Results: Results demonstrated generalisation to lexical retrieval of content words in sentences with trained and untrained verbs across participants. Additionally, pre- to post-treatment generalisation was observed on single verb and noun naming and lexical retrieval in sentences across a variety of tasks across participants. Generalisation to connected speech was observed for three of four participants. Conclusions: Although preliminary, these results indicate that VNeST may be effective in promoting generalisation from single word naming to connected speech in persons with moderate aphasia. A number of clinical implications related to treatment efficiency are discussed.
C1 [Edmonds, Lisa A.] Univ Florida, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Gainesville, FL 32611 USA.
[Nadeau, Stephen E.] Univ Florida, Coll Med, Gainesville, FL 32611 USA.
[Kiran, Swathi] Univ Texas Austin, Austin, TX 78712 USA.
RP Edmonds, LA (reprint author), Univ Florida, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, POB 117420,351 Dauer, Gainesville, FL 32611 USA.
EM edmonds@ufl.edu
RI Kiran, S/B-1892-2013
CR COLHEART M, 1981, Q J EXPT PSYCHOL A, V33, P497
CONNELL PJ, 1986, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V51, P214
DABUL B, 2001, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL
Druks J, 2002, J NEUROLINGUIST, V15, P289, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(01)00029-X
Edmonds LA, 2006, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V49, P729, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2006/053)
Edwards S, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V91, P78, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.06.042
Ferretti TR, 2001, J MEM LANG, V44, P516, DOI 10.1006/jmla.2000.2728
FILMORE C, 1968, UNIVERSALS LINGUISTI
Goodglass H., 1983, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V2nd
Jackendoff Ray S., 1972, SEMANTIC INTERPRETAT
Kaplan E., 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Katz RC, 1997, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V40, P493
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Kiran S, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P773, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/061)
*LANG AN LAB, 1984, SOFTW AN ENGL SPAN L
Levin Beth, 1993, ENGLISH VERB CLASSES
Loverso F L, 1988, J Rehabil Res Dev, V25, P47
LOVERSO FL, 1979, CLIN APHASIOLOGY 197, P229
LOVERSO FL, 1985, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P189
Marshall J, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P855, DOI 10.1080/02687039708250461
McNeil MR, 1997, CLIN MANAGEMENT SENS
McRae K, 2005, MEM COGNITION, V33, P1174, DOI 10.3758/BF03193221
McReynolds L. V., 1983, SINGLE SUBJECT EXPT
Nadeau SE, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V99, P10, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.016
Nickels L, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P935, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000563
Peach RK, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P429, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000147
Plaut DC, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P25, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0004
Porch B. E., 1973, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC
PRESCOTT TE, 1982, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P178
Raymer AM, 2000, APHASIA LANGUAGE THE, P108
Raymer AM, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1031, DOI 10.1080/026870401430000609
Roth HL, 2006, NEUROCASE, V12, P61, DOI 10.1080/13554790500502892
RUMELHART DE, 1986, HDB MODELS PROGRAMS
SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8
THOMPSON CK, 2002, NW VERB PRODUC UNPUB
Thompson CK, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P591, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/047)
NR 36
TC 32
Z9 32
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 3
BP 402
EP 424
DI 10.1080/02687030802291339
PG 23
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 416FR
UT WOS:000263991500005
ER
PT J
AU Paquier, PF
van Mourik, M
van Dongen, HR
Catsman-Berrevoets, C
Creten, WL
van Borsel, J
AF Paquier, Philippe F.
van Mourik, Marijke
van Dongen, Hugo R.
Catsman-Berrevoets, Coriene
Creten, Wouter L.
van Borsel, John
TI Normative data of 300 Dutch-speaking children on the Token Test
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
ID SCHOOL-CHILDREN; LANGUAGE-DEVELOPMENT; RECEPTIVE LANGUAGE; SHORT FORM;
APHASIA; PERFORMANCE; STANDARDIZATION; INTELLIGENCE; ADOLESCENTS;
VOCABULARY
AB Background: The Token Test (TT) was originally developed to detectsubtleoral comprehension difficulties in aphasic adults. Subsequent studies underscored its power to discriminate aphasic from non-aphasic brain-damaged participants, and confirmed its clinical utility to such an extent that it was included in several aphasia assessment batteries. These attempts at standardising and clinically validating the TT in adult participants were paralleled by similar efforts in children. As a result, the TT was used as a reliable instrument to study different clinical childhood populations, to help determining receptive language ability in paediatric participant/patient groups, and to assess the validity of other childhood auditory receptive language tests. It was shown that the TT can be used to discriminate children with acquired aphasia from non-aphasic brain-injured children. Aims: (1) To introduce norms for children between 6 and 16 years of age, in order to improve the clinical use of the TT in the Dutch-speaking paediatric group; and (2) to test the adequacy of the TT in a clinical paediatric population. Methods Procedures: The 61-item version of the TT was administered to 300 Dutch-speaking normal schoolchildren whose ages ranged from 6 to 16 years. Medians, upper and lower quartiles, and the lower 5% limits were calculated per age group. Graphs were drawn up by using a least squares fit to normative data separately for boys and girls. To address the utility of the TT in a neuropaediatric setting, the scores of 38 Dutch-speaking children with acquired aphasia were reviewed retrospectively and compared with the current norms. Outcomes Results: Data analysis showed a highly significant positive correlation between age and TT score in the total norm group (r s=.57; p.001), as well as in the female (r s=.69; p.001) and male (r s=.50; p.001) groups. Gender also plays a role in test performance, girls attaining significantly higher total TT scores (U=9340; p=.01). A retrospective review of the TT scores of 38 aphasic children revealed that 65% of the boys and 80% of the girls scored on or below the lower 5% limit, whereas 91% of the boys and 100% of the girls performed on or below the lower quartile. Conclusions: The normative data collected in a large sample of healthy children suggest a faster language development in girls than in boys. The norms also discriminate children with aphasia from healthy children, which finding underlines the clinical utility of the TT in a neuropaediatric setting. A comparison of the aphasic children's performance with the present norms shows that series 5 is a valuable abbreviated TT alternative.
C1 [Paquier, Philippe F.] Univ Libre Bruxelles, Hop Erasme, Serv Neurol, Vrije Univ Brussel, B-1070 Brussels, Belgium.
[van Mourik, Marijke] Walcheren Ziekenhuis, Vlissingen, Netherlands.
[van Dongen, Hugo R.; Catsman-Berrevoets, Coriene] Erasmus MC Sophia, Rotterdam, Netherlands.
[Paquier, Philippe F.; Creten, Wouter L.] Univ Antwerp, Antwerp, Belgium.
[van Borsel, John] Univ Ghent, Ghent, Belgium.
RP Paquier, PF (reprint author), Univ Libre Bruxelles, Hop Erasme, Serv Neurol, Vrije Univ Brussel, 808 Route Lennik, B-1070 Brussels, Belgium.
CR APPICCIAFUOCO A, 1976, J COMMUN DISORD, V9, P1
ARAM DM, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V32, P137, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90121-0
Benton A. L., 1989, MULTILINGUAL APHASIA
BLAUW M, 1987, LOGOPEDIE FONIATRIE, V59, P218
BOLLER F, 1966, BRAIN, V89, P815, DOI 10.1093/brain/89.4.815
BOLLER F, 1979, AUDITORY COMPREHENSI
CHRISTIANSEN K, 1987, NEUROPSYCHOBIOLOGY, V18, P27, DOI 10.1159/000118389
COHEN R, 1976, NERVENARZT, V47, P357
COHEN R, 1987, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V25, P983, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(87)90103-5
Cole K. N., 1983, J PSYCHOEDUCATIONAL, V1, P149, DOI 10.1177/073428298300100205
COUPAR AM, 1976, BRIT J MED PSYCHOL, V49, P141
De Agostini M, 1998, REV NEUROPSYCHOL, V8, P319
DERENZI E, 1978, CORTEX, V14, P41
DERENZI E, 1962, BRAIN, V85, P665, DOI 10.1093/brain/85.4.665
DiSimoni F., 1978, TOKEN TEST CHILDREN
ELLIOTT LL, 1990, ANN DYSLEXIA, V40, P170, DOI 10.1007/BF02648147
EWINGCOBBS L, 1987, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V9, P575, DOI 10.1080/01688638708410770
Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd
GUTBROD K, 1986, DIAGNOSTICA, V32, P118
GUTBROD K, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V25, P37, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90119-1
Hahn C.-S., 2004, 1 LANGUAGE, V24, P267, DOI DOI 10.1177/0142723704045681
Halpern D., 2000, SEX DIFFERENCES COGN
HARRIS VL, 1983, EAR HEARING, V4, P278
HARTJE W, 1973, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V11, P119, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(73)90072-9
Huber W., 1983, AACHENER APHASIE TES
KIERNAN J, 1985, FOLIA PHONIATR, V37, P216
KITSON DL, 1985, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V61, P532
LASS NJ, 1975, J COMMUN DISORD, V8, P193, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(75)90011-8
LASS NJ, 1975, J AUD RES, V15, P177
LENHARDT M L, 1983, Journal of Auditory Research, V23, P195
LESSER R, 1976, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V14, P79, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(76)90009-9
Martins IP, 2005, INT J NEUROSCI, V115, P1687, DOI 10.1080/00207450590958556
MAZZOCCHI F, 1979, CORTEX, V15, P627
McNeil M. R., 1978, REVISED TOKEN TEST
MINSHEW NJ, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V9, P255, DOI 10.1037//0894-4105.9.2.255
NIEBERGALL G, 1978, PRAX KINDERPSYCHOL K, V27, P5
NIEBERGALL G, 1976, Z KLIN PSYCHOL-FORSC, V5, P194
ORGASS B, 1973, NERVENARZT, V44, P93
Orgass B., 1966, CORTEX, V2, P222
Paquier PF, 1996, ACTA NEUROL SCAND, V93, P428
POECK K, 1973, DEUT MED WOCHENSCHR, V98, P139
Preis S, 1999, BRAIN COGNITION, V40, P441, DOI 10.1006/brcg.1998.1072
REMSCHMIDT H, 1977, Z KINDER JUG-PSYCH, V5, P222
Spellacy F., 1969, CORTEX, V5, P390
Spreen O., 1969, NEUROSENSORY CTR COM
Swisher L P, 1969, Cortex, V5, P264
TALLAL P, 1985, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V23, P527, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(85)90006-5
TALLAL P, 1975, Cortex, V11, P196
TAYLOR HG, 1992, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V6, P259, DOI 10.1080/13854049208404128
VANDONGE.HR, 1972, PSYCHIAT NEUROL NEUR, V75, P129
VANDONGEN HR, 1982, TOKENTEST HANDLEIDIN
VANHARSKAMP F, 1977, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V15, P467, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(77)90100-2
NR 52
TC 2
Z9 2
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 4
BP 427
EP 437
DI 10.1080/02687030701722251
PG 11
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 416FZ
UT WOS:000263992300001
ER
PT J
AU McCall, D
Virata, T
Linebarger, MC
Berndt, RS
AF McCall, Denise
Virata, Telana
Linebarger, Marcia C.
Berndt, Rita Sloan
TI Integrating technology and targeted treatment to improve narrative
production in aphasia: A case study
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia treatment; Computer assisted
ID LANGUAGE PRODUCTION; PROCESSING PROSTHESIS; AGRAMMATIC PRODUCTION;
QUANTITATIVE-ANALYSIS; SENTENCE; IMPAIRMENTS; DISORDERS; SUPPORT; LEVEL;
AAC
AB Background: Studies of aphasic sentence production have identified a number of promising approaches to improving performance at the single sentence level, but these studies have typically failed to show measurable effects on multi-sentence productions (spontaneous or narrative speech). The difficulty for aphasic speakers of producing connected speech during therapy is likely to contribute to this effect. Computer software that allows patients to record, replay, and concatenate partial utterances has shown promise in allowing narrative-level practice during treatment of even severely non-fluent patients. Aims: This single-case study continues research using SentenceShaper , a computer program that supports speakers' productions while they are being formulated. The goal is to investigate the utility of a two-step treatment that supplements improvements achieved from use of the software alone with explicit structural treatment (of multi-clause sentences). Methods Procedures: We describe an aphasic speaker (CI) with severely non-fluent, fragmented, and agrammatic speech who participated in two treatment phases. Initially, as in previous studies, CI practised producing narratives (based on wordless picture books or silent videos) while using SentenceShaper, with no explicit focus on specific syntactic elements. This phase produced marked structural improvement, so a second treatment, focused on the production of multi-clause sentences, was designed to exploit his success using the system. Following a period of targeted treatment on such structures, CI practiced producing narratives that incorporated these structures with the help of SentenceShaper. Structural analyses based on the Quantitative Production Analysis system compared Baseline and Post-treatment 1 performance, and then compared improvements Post-treatment 1 with those shown after treatment 2. Outcomes Results: Structural measures (including mean sentence length, proportion of words in sentences and sentence well-formedness) improved significantly from Baseline following Treatment 1, and improved significantly again following Treatment 2, such that sentence length and well-formedness moved into the normal range. Conclusions: Results indicate that this combined approach may be helpful in improving the connected speech of even chronic and severely non-fluent speakers. The characteristics of this aphasic speaker that might have contributed to this outcome, and the limitations of this study, are considered.
C1 [McCall, Denise; Virata, Telana; Berndt, Rita Sloan] Univ Maryland, Sch Med, Baltimore, MD 21201 USA.
[Linebarger, Marcia C.] Psycholinguist Technol Inc, Jenkintown, PA USA.
RP Berndt, RS (reprint author), Dept Neurol, 22 S Greene St, Baltimore, MD 21201 USA.
EM rberndt@umaryland.edu
FU NIH [R01-DC05629]; National Institute on Deafness and Other
Communicative Disorders
FX This research was funded by NIH Grant R01-DC05629 from the National
Institute on Deafness and Other Communicative Disorders to the
University of Maryland School of Medicine. SentenceShaper (R) uses
methods and computer interfaces covered by U. S. Patent No. 6,068,485
(Linebarger & Romania, 2000) owned by Unisys Corporation and licensed to
Psycholinguistic Technologies, Inc. (www.sentenceshaper.com), which has
released it as a commercial product. A potential conflict of interest
arises because ML serves as Director of Psycholinguistic Technologies.
Therefore, ML has not participated in testing or in scoring of raw data
in the study reported here.
CR Bartlett MR, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P475, DOI 10.1080/02687030601154167
Berndt R. S., 2000, QUANTITATIVE PRODUCT
Berndt RS, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P68
BRIGGS R, 1989, SNOWMAN
Dabul B, 2000, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL, V2nd
Day A., 1985, GOOD DOG CARL
Fink R., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P99
GUSTAFSON M, 2003, FOLD BOOK
HARRISON V, 1997, COLORCARDS
HARTSUIKER RJ, 2005, PHONOLOGICAL ENCODIN, P261
HELMESTABROOKS N, 1981, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V46, P422
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
KOLK H, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V50, P282, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1049
Linebarger M, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V100, P53, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.09.001
Linebarger MC, 2001, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V11, P57
Linebarger MC, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P930, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000146
LINEBARGER MC, 2000, SYSTEM SYNTHESIZING
Linebarger MC, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V75, P416, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2378
Linebarger MC, 2004, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P267, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000537
MARSHALL J, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P177, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249505
Martin N, 1997, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V14, P641
Martin RC, 2006, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V23, P74, DOI 10.1080/02643290500179987
Mayer M., 1969, FROG ARE YOU
Mayer M., 1974, FROG GOES DINNER
Mayer M., 1967, BOY DOG FROG
Mitchum C., 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P551
Mitchum CC, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V10, P311
Peach RK, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P429, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000147
Rochon E, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V72, P193, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2285
SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8
SAFFRAN EM, 1989, PHILADELPHIA C UNPUB
Schuell H, 1953, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V18, P14
Schuell H, 1964, APHASIA ADULTS
Schwartz M., 1985, AGRAMMATISM
Shelton J., 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH
Slobin Dan, 1996, RETHINKING LINGUISTI
THOMPSON CK, 1994, CLIN APHASIOL, V22, P307
Tissot R., 1973, AGRAMMATISME
Weinrich M, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V58, P327, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1759
WESCHLER, 1981, WECHSLER ADULT INTEL
NR 40
TC 6
Z9 6
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 4
BP 438
EP 461
DI 10.1080/02687030701818000
PG 24
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 416FZ
UT WOS:000263992300002
ER
PT J
AU Conroy, P
Sage, K
Ralph, MAL
AF Conroy, Paul
Sage, Karen
Ralph, Matthew A. Lambon
TI A comparison of word versus sentence cues as therapy for verb naming in
aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Verbs; Naming; Aphasia; Word cues; Sentence cues; Generalisation
ID ARGUMENT STRUCTURE; LEXICAL RETRIEVAL; CUEING TREATMENTS; ERRORLESS;
DISORDERS; IMPAIRMENTS; DEMENTIA; ACCESS; SKILLS; NOUN
AB Background: Improving verb naming in people with aphasia should enable expession of a wider range of sentence types and meanings, and may have wider benefits for connected speech. Estableshing the optimal therapy methods for improving verb naming is, therefore, of substantial clinical importance. Aims: This study investigated whether cueing sentence production would improve verb-naming accuracy to a greater extent than the more typical, single-word verb-cueing therapies. A second aim was to examine the extent to which verb picture naming improvements would generalise to naming of the same items in dynamic videos. Methods Procedures: Seven participants with chronic aphasia including word retrieval impairment took part in a case-series study. Decreasing cues were used to devise two therapies to improve verb naming: word cue therapy and sentence cue therapy. A total of 60 verbs that had not been named accurately in baseline testing on three presentations were collated for each participant. These were split into three sets of 20 verbs: set A was used in word cue therapy, set B in sentence cue therapy, and set C served as control items undergoing no therapy. The sets were matched for significant psycholinguistic variables such as word frequency, imageability, length, and number of noun arguments. Therapy consisted of 10 sessions over 5 weeks. Post-therapy assessments consisted of an immediate naming assessment (1 week following therapy) and a follow-up assessment 5 weeks later. Naming of the target verbs in set A for each participant was also assessed using a dynamic video presentation. Outcomes Results: Both therapies resulted in highly significant gains in naming accuracy for treated verbs with little, if any, carry-over to untreated verbs. There were no significant differences between the therapies for individual participants. At the group level there was a significantly greater benefit for word cue over sentence cue therapy at the follow-up naming assessment. The gains in verb naming post therapy generalised from the static depictions used in therapy to naming of the same items in the dynamic video presentation format. Conclusions: Both word and sentence cue therapy for verb naming were effective in improving naming accuracy. Gains from word cue therapy can generalise to naming of very different exemplars of the same verb targets. Word cue therapy resulted in significantly greater gains than sentence cues at the level of the group, but the difference was not substantial enough to be significant at the individual participant level. Generalisation, as an effect following intervention, can be examined in terms of naming different exemplars of a word, as well as its more typical meaning of generalisation from treated to untreated items in therapy.
C1 [Conroy, Paul] Univ Manchester, Sch Psychol Sci, NARU, Manchester M13 9PL, Lancs, England.
RP Conroy, P (reprint author), Univ Manchester, Sch Psychol Sci, NARU, Oxford Rd, Manchester M13 9PL, Lancs, England.
EM Paul.Conroy@manchester.ac.uk
RI Lambon Ralph, Matthew/A-1695-2009
FU Stroke Association [TSAB 2004/01]
FX This work is supported by a Research Bursary from the Stroke Association
( TSAB 2004/01). We would like to thank the participants with aphasia
who took part in this study.
CR Abel S, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V95, P102, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.07.056
Abel S, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P831, DOI 10.1080/02687030500268902
Bak TH, 2003, J NEUROLINGUIST, V16, P169, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(02)00011-8
Bastiaanse R, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P49, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000455
Caramazza A, 1997, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V14, P177, DOI 10.1080/026432997381664
Conroy P, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P1159, DOI 10.1080/02687030600792009
CONROY P, APHASIOLOGY IN PRESS
CONROY P, INT J LANGU IN PRESS
d'Honincthun P, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V95, P36, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.07.033
Druks J., 2000, OBJECT ACTION NAMING
Fillingham JK, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P597, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000272
Fillingham JK, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V16, P129, DOI 10.1080/09602010443000254
Fillingham JK, 2003, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V13, P337, DOI 10.1080/09602010343000020
Fillingham JK, 2005, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V40, P505, DOI 10.1080/13682820500138572
Fink R. B., 1992, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V21, P263
Garrett M. F., 1980, LANGUAGE PRODUCTION, V1
Goodglass H., 2001, BDAE 3 BOSTON DIAGNO
Grant DA, 1993, WISCONSIN CARD SORTI
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Jefferies E, 2008, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V46, P649, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2007.09.007
Jefferies E, 2006, BRAIN, V129, P2132, DOI 10.1093/brain/awl153
Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
Komatsu S, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V10, P113
Marshall J, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P855, DOI 10.1080/02687039708250461
MARSHALL J, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P517, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248712
Meyers JE, 1995, REY COMPLEX FIGURE T
Murray LL, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P585
Nickels L, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P935, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000563
Pashek G, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V65, P177
Raymer AM, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V17, P244, DOI 10.1080/09602010600814661
Robertson IH, 1994, TEST EVERYDAY ATTENT
SAGE K, 2007, BRIT APH SOC BIENN C
Schneider SL, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P213, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000635
Shallice T., 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY MENT
Shapiro K, 2003, J NEUROLINGUIST, V16, P85, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(02)00010-6
Thompson C. K., 2002, HDB ADULT LANGUAGE D, P311
Wambaugh JL, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P933
Wambaugh JL, 2002, J REHABIL RES DEV, V39, P455
Warrington EK, 1996, CAMDEN MEMORY TESTS
Webster J, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P748, DOI 10.1080/02687030500166957
WEBSTER J, 2000, VERB NOUN TEST
WEBSTER J, 2007, BRIT APH SOC BIENN I
Weinrich M, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V58, P23, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1757
NR 43
TC 9
Z9 9
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 4
BP 462
EP 482
DI 10.1080/02687030802514920
PG 21
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 416FZ
UT WOS:000263992300003
ER
PT J
AU Le Dorze, G
Tremblay, V
Croteau, C
AF Le Dorze, Guylaine
Tremblay, Veronique
Croteau, Claire
TI A qualitative longitudinal case study of a daughter's adaptation process
to her father's aphasia and stroke
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Adaptation; Family; Coping; Stress; Qualitative research
ID PSYCHOSOCIAL ADJUSTMENT; FAMILY CAREGIVERS; SPOUSES; PERCEPTIONS;
STRESS; COMMUNICATION; CONSEQUENCES; EXPERIENCE; RELATIVES; SURVIVORS
AB Background: Aphasia has repercussions on the lives of families who adjust to the new situation of their parent. Most data concerning how family members adapt to aphasia concern spouses, and less so children. However, adult children are likely to encounter specific problems because of the different nature of parent-child relationships. Aims: This study aimed to describe the experience of a daughter's adaptation process to her father's stroke and aphasia during the first year post-stroke. Methods Procedures: A qualitative approach was employed to explore the experience of one individual recounted in the context of face-to-face interviews. The participant was a 31-year-old woman living with her parents at the time her father became aphasic at the age of 60 years. Three interviews were conducted: (1) when her father began outpatient rehabilitation, (2) near the end of outpatient rehabilitation, and (3) three months later. Outcomes Results: Results revealed that the sources of stress for this participant evolved over time from initial concerns for her father's survival and health, to preoccupations concerning her father's communication and their relationship, and lastly to concerns about how her own life had been altered. In reaction to stress the participant was proactive, obtained information, modified her communication with him, and oversaw his health and treatments. Over time some of the negative consequences diminished and more positive indicators emerged. The strategies the participant employed allowed her to feel she did the right thing, and also she preserved her self-esteem. However, at the last interview she still suffered from the changes in her relationship with her father and their communication restrictions. Conclusions: The results indicate that the experience of a daughter was an evolving process, involving negative and more positive consequences. The process of adaptation was influenced by the particular life situation of this participant, her perception of stresses, and the types of strategies she employed. These results show that children may be stressed by many changes associated with a stroke, such as communication limitations. When possible, adult children should be included in the rehabilitation process since they provide skills, abilities, and affection in caring for their parent with aphasia. These may contribute to the reduction of overall stress related to a family's adaptation to the consequences of aphasia and stroke.
C1 [Le Dorze, Guylaine; Tremblay, Veronique; Croteau, Claire] Faculte Medecine, Orthophonie audiol, Universite de Montreal, Qld, Canada.
[Le Dorze, Guylaine; Tremblay, Veronique; Croteau, Claire] Univ Montreal, Fac Med, Montreal, PQ H3C 3J7, Canada.
RP Le Dorze, G (reprint author), Univ Montreal, Fac Med, CP 6128,Succursale Ctr Ville, Montreal, PQ H3C 3J7, Canada.
EM guylaine.le.dorze@umontreal.ca
RI Le Dorze, Guylaine/A-1790-2014
FU FQRSC [2003-SGR-94551]; FRSQ
FX This research was supported by the FQRSC (2003-SGR-94551) and the FRSQ
(VT). Part of this work was undertaken as VT's Master's research paper
in speech-language pathology at the Universite de Montreal. We thank the
participant for her generous contribution. We also acknowledge the
support of our colleagues, assistants, and students from ESPACE,
Universite de Montreal.
CR Andrews H. A., 1999, ROY ADAPTATION MODEL
Avent J, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P365, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000813
Bakas T, 2006, REHABIL NURS, V31, P33
Bouchard-Lamothe D, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P839
BURY M, 1991, SOCIOL HEALTH ILL, V13, P451, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9566.1991.tb00522.x
Chapey R, 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P235
CHRISTENSEN JM, 1989, J COMMUN DISORD, V22, P225, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(89)90018-X
Code C, 1999, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V34, P193, DOI 10.1080/136828299247531
Croteau C, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P811, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000221
Deloche G., 1996, Annales de Readaptation et de Medecine Physique, V39, P1, DOI 10.1016/0168-6054(96)88044-5
DENMAN A, 1998, DISABILITY REHABILIT, V20, P441
Deslauriers J., 1991, RECHERCHE QUALITATIV
Draper B, 2007, CLIN REHABIL, V21, P122, DOI 10.1177/0269215506071251
DUQUETTE A, 1996, RECHERCHE SOINS INFI, V44, P61
FINLEY NJ, 1988, GERONTOLOGIST, V28, P73
Forsberg-Warleby G, 2004, CLIN REHABIL, V18, P430, DOI 10.1191/0269215504cr740oa
GUBERMAN N, 1992, GERONTOLOGIST, V32, P607
HALEY WE, 1987, PSYCHOL AGING, V2, P323, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.2.4.323
HARVIE S, 2001, INFIRMIERE, V8, P17
HERRMANN M, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P513, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249019
Herrmann M, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P717, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249418
Herrmann M, 1995, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V2, P5
Hollis-Sawyer LA, 2003, J ADULT DEV, V10, P41, DOI 10.1023/A:1020738804030
Hunt D, 2004, DISABIL REHABIL, V26, P1000, DOI 10.1080/09638280410001702423
Kuuppelomaki M, 2004, J CLIN NURS, V13, P697, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2702.2004.00928.x
Le Dorze G, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P922
LEDORZE G, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P239
Marshall RC, 2002, J COMMUN DISORD, V35, P139, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(02)00061-8
MATTLIN JA, 1990, J HEALTH SOC BEHAV, V31, P103, DOI 10.2307/2137048
McCarty EF, 1996, J ADV NURS, V23, P792, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2648.1996.tb00053.x
Michallet B, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P731, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000087
Michallet B, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P835, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000238
MUHR T, 1997, ATLAS TI VERSION 4 2
O'Connell Bev, 2004, Int J Nurs Pract, V10, P121, DOI 10.1111/j.1440-172X.2004.00469.x
ORANEN M, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P277, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248846
PARR S, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P457, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248670
Patton MQ., 2002, QUALITATIVE RES EVA
Pound C, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P477, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000159
Raveis VH, 1998, CANCER, V83, P1652, DOI 10.1002/(SICI)1097-0142(19981015)83:8<1652::AID-CNCR22>3.0.CO;2-Q
Sorin-Peters R, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P951, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000453
VEENENDAAL H, 1996, PATIENT EDUC COUNS, V28, P265
WAHRBORG P, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P93, DOI 10.1080/02687038908248978
White CL, 2003, RES NURS HEALTH, V26, P177, DOI 10.1002/nur.10084
Wilcox S., 2001, CLIN GERONTOLOGIST, V23, P81, DOI 10.1300/J018v23n01_08
WILLIAMS SE, 1993, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V74, P361
Worrall L, 2006, J COMMUN DISORD, V39, P320, DOI 10.1016/j.jcomdis.2006.02.007
Zemva N, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P219, DOI 10.1080/026870399402190
NR 47
TC 6
Z9 6
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 4
BP 483
EP 502
DI 10.1080/02687030801890909
PG 20
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 416FZ
UT WOS:000263992300004
ER
PT J
AU Davis, C
Farias, D
Baynes, K
AF Davis, Christine
Farias, Dana
Baynes, Kathleen
TI Implicit phoneme manipulation for the treatment of apraxia of speech and
co-occurring aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Apraxia; Computer-based intervention; Aphasia; Language model; Implicit
treatment; Motor planning
ID LEXICAL ACCESS; MOTOR IMAGERY; NONAPHASIC SPEAKERS; FUNCTIONAL-ANATOMY;
RETRIEVAL; REHABILITATION; ACTIVATION; GENERATION; STROKE; CORTEX
AB Background: Apraxia of speech (AOS) is a disorder of expressive speech attributed to an impairment at the motor planning and programming phases of speech production. AOS is treated in different ways but the articulatory kinematic approach is usually followed. The intervention described in this study introduces a new approach toward treatment of AOS with aphasia through the use of implicit manipulation of phonemes via rhyming, deletion and alliteration tasks. Theoretical models propose that during lexical retrieval, associated areas responsible for motor planning and the preparation of the utterance are activated. In a similar way, our tasks require a phoneme manipulation that is hypothesised to activate motor planning. The repeated implicit practice of retrieving and internally monitoring sounds in various phonetic contexts may improve the efficiency of the transition between phonological plans and the initial phase of motor planning and the monitoring of that plan. Therefore, if AOS is due to a dysfunction of motor planning, an implicit intervention targeting this phase may improve speech production without the need for overt practice. Methods and Procedures: This single-subject multiple baseline intervention used implicit phoneme manipulation tasks in a subject with AOS and mild aphasia. The therapist-designed computerised program required the subject to perform the implicit practice of rhyming, deletion, and alliteration of phonemes in three sound classes: //, //, and /s/ clusters in various phonetic contexts. Stimuli were presented on computerised templates requiring the subject to select the target among 3 foils. No overt speech was required however probe word repetitions were necessary to monitor treatment effects. Outcomes and Results: The effect sizes for the trained words were: // probes d=4.46, // probes d=6.02, and /s/ clusters d=2.54 which represents a small to medium effect for // and //. T-MAC results of 59/87 (68%) at pre-testing improved to 75/87 (87%) at post-test (z=3.08, binomial p.01, two-tailed) which suggest generalisation to non-treatment words. Patterns of change in three probe words over the course of treatment suggest an improvement in speech production. Distortions, disturbed prosody and phonological errors were resolved in these probes by the maintenance session as judged by 5 SLPs. Conclusions: We conclude that in this participant (1) implicit phoneme manipulation training improved overt speech production; (2) accuracy of trained words, specifically a reduction in sound distortions, phonological errors and improved prosody, were the result of this treatment; and (3) a significant generalisation to non-treatment words was the result of the intervention.
C1 [Davis, Christine] Univ Calif Davis, Davis Med Ctr Phys Med & Rehabil, Sacramento, CA 95817 USA.
RP Davis, C (reprint author), Univ Calif Davis, Davis Med Ctr Phys Med & Rehabil, Suite 1100,4860 Y St, Sacramento, CA 95817 USA.
EM christine.davis@ucdmc.ucdavis.edu
CR Aleman A, 2005, CEREB CORTEX, V15, P221, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhh124
BAARS BJ, 1975, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V14, P382, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(75)80017-X
BALLARD KJ, 1999, CLIN APH C KEY W FLO
Ballard KJ, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P969
Beeson PM, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V16, P161, DOI 10.1007/s11065-006-9013-7
Booth JR, 2002, NEUROIMAGE, V16, P7, DOI 10.1006/nimg.2002.1081
Braun SM, 2006, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V87, P842, DOI 10.1016/j.apmr.2006.02.034
Cramer SC, 2007, EXP BRAIN RES, V177, P233, DOI 10.1007/s00221-006-0662-9
Dabul B. L., 1979, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL
Darley F.L, 1975, MOTOR SPEECH DISORDE
Davis CH, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P59, DOI 10.1080/02687030500331841
DELL GS, 1992, COGNITION, V42, P287, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90046-K
Dell GS, 1997, PSYCHOL REV, V104, P801, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.104.4.801
DUKETTE D, 1998, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V4, P69
Fernandez B, 2004, STROKE, V35, P2171, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000139323.76769.b0
FIEZ JA, 1995, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V7, P357, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1995.7.3.357
Herholz K, 1996, NEUROIMAGE, V3, P185, DOI 10.1006/nimg.1996.0020
HOWARD D, 1985, BRAIN, V108, P817
HOWARD D, 1985, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V2, P49, DOI 10.1080/02643298508252861
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
HUMPHREYS GW, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P67, DOI 10.1080/02643298808252927
Kaplan E., 2001, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kendall DL, 2006, J REHABIL RES DEV, V43, P409, DOI 10.1682/JRRD.2005.11.0175
Lacourse MG, 2005, NEUROIMAGE, V27, P505, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2005.04.025
LEVELT W, 1989, SPEAKING INTENTION A
LEVELT WJM, 1991, PSYCHOL REV, V98, P122, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.98.1.122
Levelt WJM, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P1
LEVELT WJM, 1983, COGNITION, V14, P41, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90026-4
Lurito JT, 2000, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V10, P99, DOI 10.1002/1097-0193(200007)10:3<99::AID-HBM10>3.0.CO;2-Q
McNeil MR, 1997, CLIN MANAGEMENT SENS
Ogar J, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V97, P343, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.01.008
Roelofs A, 2004, PSYCHOL REV, V111, P561, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.111.2.561
Rogers MA, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P871
Roskies AL, 2001, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V13, P829, DOI 10.1162/08989290152541485
SECORD W, 1981, TEST MINIMAL ARTICUL
Sharma N, 2006, STROKE, V37, P1941, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000226902.43357.fc
SWANK LK, 1994, LANG SPEECH HEAR SER, V25, P9
Thompson-Schill SL, 1997, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V94, P14792, DOI 10.1073/pnas.94.26.14792
Tranel D, 2001, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V18, P655, DOI 10.1080/02643290126377
van der Merwe A, 1997, COMSIG '97 - PROCEEDINGS OF THE 1997 SOUTH AFRICAN SYMPOSIUM ON COMMUNICATIONS AND SIGNAL PROCESSING, P1
van de Kerkhof EG, 2007, CURR DRUG METAB, V8, P658, DOI 10.2174/138920007782109742
Wagner R., 1999, COMPREHENSIVE TEST P
Wambaugh JL, 2006, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V14, pXXXV
Wambaugh JL, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P731, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249569
Wambaugh JL, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V41, P725
NR 45
TC 7
Z9 7
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 4
BP 503
EP 528
DI 10.1080/02687030802368913
PG 26
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 416FZ
UT WOS:000263992300005
ER
PT J
AU Brown, JW
AF Brown, Jason W.
TI Inner speech: Microgenetic concepts
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT Conference of Wernicke Centennial 2005
CY JUL, 2005
CL Wroclaw, POLAND
DE Inner speech; Aphasia; Auditory hallucination; Microgenesis
ID APHASIC PATIENTS; LANGUAGE; BRAIN; SELF
AB Background: There have been many attempts to characterise and interpret inner speech in normal individuals and in aphasia. In studies of aphasic patients, the role of the anterior and posterior language areas has been noted. The present study takes a new direction in this effort, in exploring the analysis of errors or symptoms from the standpoint of microgenetic theory, in patients with auditory hallucination and disorders of motor speech. The paper describes a model of inner speech that follows on a process theory of aphasia and auditory hallucination, consistent with current imaging research. Aims: The aim of the study is to provide a new, yet coherent, model of inner speech that departs from traditional ways of thinking yet extends and incorporates prior research studies. Main contribution: The methodology is descriptive and qualitative, based on an interpretation of the significance of errors in language and auditory perception. It is argued that an understanding of patterns of symptom formation can yield an account of the momentary appearance of pre-processing phases as symptoms or errors, and thus the process underlying normal language production and perception. Outcomes: The outcome of this study is a model of inner speech that is supported by diverse clinical findings. Conclusions: Inner speech has a motoric (action) component organised in the (left) anterior language area, and a perceptual component, organised in the left posterior language area. The relative specification, moment to moment, in anterior and posterior processing systems, and thus the degree of derivation of speech and speech perception in each mind/brain state, determines whether the primary phenomenon is speech, speech perception, auditory hallucination, or inner speech. These phenomena lie on a continuum that is revealed by its disruptions in pathology.
C1 New York Univ, New York, NY 10075 USA.
RP Brown, JW (reprint author), New York Univ, 66 E 79th St, New York, NY 10075 USA.
EM drjbrown@hotmail.com
CR ARKIN A, 1971, 1 INT C BRUG BELG JU, P253
Baars BJ, 2003, TRENDS NEUROSCI, V26, P671, DOI 10.1016/j.tins.2003.09.015
Baddeley A. D., 1986, WORKING MEMORY
BENTALEB L, 2003, J PSYCHIATR NEUROSCI, V28, P217
BROWN J W, 1975, Cortex, V11, P37
BROWN JW, 1982, NEURAL MODELS LANGUA
BROWN JW, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P204, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90065-2
Brown J.W., 1988, LIFE MIND
BROWN JW, 1983, COGN BRAIN THEORY, V6, P145
BROWN R, 1966, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V5, P325, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(66)80040-3
Browning D. F., 2004, NAT REV MICROBIOL, V2, P1
BURCKHARDT G, 1891, ALLGEMEINE PSYCHIAT, V57, P463
CRITCHLEY M, 1955, J NEUROL SCI, V1, P274
De Morsier G, 1938, REV OTONEUROOPHTALMO, V16, P244
De Bleser R, 2005, CORTEX, V41, P249, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70910-9
Eggert G. H., 1977, WERNICKES WORKS APHA
Flavell JH, 1997, CHILD DEV, V68, P39, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-8624.1997.tb01923.x
FRIEDLAND J, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P241, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249077
GOLDSTEIN K, 1948, LANGUAGE LANGUAGE DI
HECAEN H, 1959, Ann Med Psychol (Paris), V117, P257
HECAEN H, 1965, PATHOLOGIE LANGUAGE
HENDERSON V, 1992, CONDUCTION APHASIA
Hoff H, 1933, Z GESAMTE NEUROL PSY, V144, P657, DOI 10.1007/BF02870304
INOUYE T, 1970, J NERV MENT DIS, V151, P415, DOI 10.1097/00005053-197012000-00007
ISHIBASHI T, 1964, TOHOKU J EXP MED, V82, P124
Kinsbourne M, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V71, P120, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2229
KLUVER H, 1933, ASS RES NERVOUS MENT, V14, P150
Koestler A., 1964, ACT CREATION
LAGACHE D, 1934, HALLUCINATIONS VERBA
LEVINE DN, 1982, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V20, P391, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(82)90039-2
Lhermitte J, 1951, HALLUCINATIONS
Lowes John Livingston, 1927, ROAD XANADU STUDY WA
Luria A. R., 1981, LANGUAGE COGNITION
Luria A. R., 1961, ROLE SPEECH REGULATI
McGuire PK, 1996, BRAIN, V119, P907, DOI 10.1093/brain/119.3.907
ROSS P, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P191, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90064-0
Shergill SS, 2001, PSYCHOL MED, V31, P241
Verstichel P, 1997, REV NEUROPSYCHOL, V7, P281
Vogeley K, 2003, TRENDS COGN SCI, V7, P38, DOI 10.1016/S1364-6613(02)00003-7
Vygotsky L. S., 1962, THOUGHT LANGUAGE
WEIGL E, 1964, VOP PSIKHOL+, P149
WHURR R, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P411, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248543
NR 42
TC 2
Z9 2
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 5
BP 531
EP 543
DI 10.1080/02687030801991160
PG 13
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 427RC
UT WOS:000264795400001
ER
PT J
AU Ivanova, MV
Hallowell, B
AF Ivanova, Maria V.
Hallowell, Brooke
TI Short form of the Bilingual Aphasia Test in Russian: Psychometric data
of persons with aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Neurogenic communication disorders; Aphasia; Language assessment; Test
development; Standardised testing
AB Background: There is currently a lack of standardised aphasia batteries available in the Russian language. The psychometric properties of a short form of the Russian version of the Bilingual Aphasia Test (BAT) (Paradis, 1987) were examined. The BAT (Paradis Zeiber, 1987) is one of the few published tests in Russian. Aims: The primary aims were: (1) to describe the psychometric properties of a modified short form of the BAT in Russian by analysing the data collected on a large sample of Russian-speaking adults with aphasia; (2) to identify needs for further modification, validation, and standardisation; and (3) to provide a preliminary evidence base for clinicians and investigators using the test. Methods Procedures: The modified short form of the Russian BAT was administered to 83 patients with mild to severe aphasia. All were native speakers of Russian. Outcomes Results: The test was effective in discriminating patients according to level of severity of language impairment. Most of the tasks constituting the short form of the test had strong internal consistency. These results support the utility of each assessed component of the BAT in quantifying language deficits in speakers of Russian with aphasia. However, problems with the internal consistency and the validity of some items were identified. Conclusions: The study provides preliminary data on the psychometric properties of an aphasia test in Russian. Needs for modification of the test, suggestions for further development of the test, and recommendations for further study of its psychometric properties are discussed.
C1 [Ivanova, Maria V.] Ohio Univ, Grover Ctr, Sch Hearing Speech & Language Sci, Athens, OH 45701 USA.
RP Ivanova, MV (reprint author), Ohio Univ, Grover Ctr, Sch Hearing Speech & Language Sci, W218, Athens, OH 45701 USA.
EM mi289405@ohio.edu
CR Allen MJ, 2002, INTRO MEASUREMENT TH
CVETKOVA LS, 1981, KOLICHESTVENNAYA OCE
Fishman J. A., 2003, INTRO TEST CONSTRUCT
Hallowell B., 2006, AM SPEECH LANG HEAR
HALLOWELL B, APHASIOLOGY IN PRESS
HALLOWELL B, LANGUAGE IN IN PRESS
HEUER S, 2006, AM SPEECH LANG HEAR
Heuer S, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P883, DOI 10.1080/02687030600695194
HYVARINEN L, 1980, ACTA OPHTHALMOL, V58, P507
IVANOVA MV, 2007, AM SPEECH LANG HEAR
LURIA AR, 1976, OSNOVU NEUROPSICHOLO
Maxwell D. L., 2006, RES STAT METHODS COM
Paradis M., 1987, BILINGUAL APHASIA TE
Paradis M., 1987, ASSESSMENT BILINGUAL
Roberts P. M., 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P208
Roberts PM, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P119, DOI 10.1080/02687039808250467
Ross KB, 2003, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V12, P312, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2003/077)
Ross KB, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P337, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000002
SHAROFF S, 2002, FREQUENCY DICT RUSSI
Sharoff Serge, 2005, CORPUS LINGUISTICS W, P167
SHKLOVSKY VM, 2003, JYRNAL NEVROLOGII PS, V9, P13
Spreen O., 2003, ASSESSMENT APHASIA
NR 22
TC 7
Z9 7
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 5
BP 544
EP 556
DI 10.1080/02687030701800784
PG 13
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 427RC
UT WOS:000264795400002
ER
PT J
AU Theron, K
van der Merwe, A
Robin, DA
Groenewald, E
AF Theron, Karin
van der Merwe, Anita
Robin, Donald A.
Groenewald, Emily
TI Temporal parameters of speech production in bilingual speakers with
apraxic or phonemic paraphasic errors
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Bilingual; Apraxia of speech; phonemic paraphasia; Temporal parameters;
Speech contexts
ID LINGUISTIC COMPLEXITY; APHASIA; MOVEMENTS; ADULTS; LENGTH
AB Background: The four-level framework of speech production (Van der Merwe, 1997) suggests that language of production of a bilingual speaker can be viewed as a contextual factor increasing the complexity of speech production. A comparison of first- versus second-language speech production in individuals with apraxia of speech or phonemic paraphasic speech errors may clarify the difference in the underlying disorders in these two populations. Aims: This study examined the effect of first- versus second-language (L1 versus L2) speech production on specific temporal parameters of speech in bilingual normal speakers and bilingual speakers with either apraxic or phonemic paraphasic speech errors. The purpose was to determine if second-language speech production will differentiate between normal speakers and speakers with speech-level neurogenic disorders and between speakers with phonological planning or speech motor planning and programming disorders. Methods and Procedures: Three persons with apraxia of speech (AOS), three with phonemic paraphasias (PP), and five normal-speaking participants were included in the study. Participants were required to read phonemically similar L1 and L2 CVC words in a two-word carrier phrase, five times each, at a normal and fast speaking rate. Acoustic analysis of on-target productions included vowel duration, utterance duration, utterance onset duration, and voice onset time. Data processing involved a descriptive approach using a measure of central tendencythe mean. Intra-participant comparisons were made across contexts (L1, L2, fast speaking rate, and normal speaking rate). Outcomes and Results: Five participants with AOS and PP seemed to be influenced by speaking in L2 to a greater extent than the normal speakers and one participant with PP, in that they more frequently experienced difficulty with durational adjustments (decreasing duration in the fast speaking rate) in L2 than in L1. Furthermore, the participants with AOS or PP also exhibited a greater extent of durational adjustment in L1 than in L2. Conclusions: The results of this study suggest that L2 speech production is more challenging than speech production in L1 for participants with either AOS or PP. The current study could not differentiate between all speakers with a disorder in phonological planning and speakers with a motor planning and programming disorder. Individual patterns appear to exist in speakers with PP. Increased processing demands seem to impact on the phonological planning and the speech motor planning and programming levels of speech production.
C1 [van der Merwe, Anita] Univ Pretoria, Dept Commun Pathol, ZA-0002 Pretoria, South Africa.
[Robin, Donald A.] Univ Texas Hlth Sci Ctr San Antonio, San Antonio, TX 78229 USA.
RP van der Merwe, A (reprint author), Univ Pretoria, Dept Commun Pathol, ZA-0002 Pretoria, South Africa.
EM anita.vandermerwe@up.ac.za
RI Robin, Donald/F-2109-2010
CR ABBEDUTO L, 1985, LANG SPEECH, V28, P361
BOCK JK, 1982, PSYCHOL REV, V89, P1, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.89.1.1
CARAMAZZ.A, 1973, J ACOUST SOC AM, V54, P421, DOI 10.1121/1.1913594
CENTENO J, 2005, AM SPEECH LANGUAGE H, V12, P2
CLARK J, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P699
Fossett TRD, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V79, P69
Gil M., 2004, INT J BILINGUAL, V8, P191
Haley KL, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P1107, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000519
JARIC S, 1993, EXP BRAIN RES, V94, P514
*KAY EL CORP, 1994, COMP SPEECH LAB VERS
KELSO JAS, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V12, P224, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90016-X
Kent R. D., 1987, PHONETIC APPROACHES, P181
Kent R. D., 2002, ACOUSTIC ANAL SPEECH
KENT RD, 1983, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V26, P231
KENT RD, 1990, NATO ADV SCI I D-BEH, V55, P365
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Kiran S, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V91, P75, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.06.041
Klein D., 1995, ASPECTS BILINGUAL AP, P23
Kohnert K, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V91, P294, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.04.001
LEVELT W, 1989, SPEAKING INTENTION A
LISKER L, 1964, WORD, V20, P384
LUBKER J, 1981, SPEECH MOTOR CONTROL, P205
Magill R. A., 2007, MOTOR LEARNING CONTR
Maner KJ, 2000, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V43, P560
McNeil M. R., 2004, SPEECH MOTOR CONTROL
McNeil MR, 1997, CLIN MANAGEMENT SENS, P311
MCNEIL MR, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P135, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90106-Q
MCNEIL MR, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V20, P21
MCNEIL MR, 2000, APHASIA LANGUAGE THE
MCNEIL MR, 1990, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V33, P255
OSTRY DJ, 1985, J ACOUST SOC AM, V77, P640, DOI 10.1121/1.391882
PARANJPE AC, 1995, WORLD PSYCHOL, V1, P9
Rogers MA, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P793
Rosenbek JC, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P261, DOI 10.1080/02687040042000250
Schmidt R, 1988, MOTOR CONTROL LEARNI
Seddoh SAK, 1996, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V39, P590
Shriberg LD, 1982, CLIN PHONETICS
SMITH A, 1992, CRIT REV ORAL BIOL M, V3, P233
Strand EA, 1996, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V39, P1018
THERON K, 2003, THESIS U PRETORIA
van der Merwe A, 1997, COMSIG '97 - PROCEEDINGS OF THE 1997 SOUTH AFRICAN SYMPOSIUM ON COMMUNICATIONS AND SIGNAL PROCESSING, P1
van der Merwe A, 1987, S Afr J Commun Disord, V34, P10
van de Kerkhof EG, 2007, CURR DRUG METAB, V8, P658, DOI 10.2174/138920007782109742
Vanden Boom TJ, 2000, ADV APPL MICROBIOL, V47, P79, DOI 10.1016/S0065-2164(00)47002-4
VANDERMERWE A, 2008, CLIN MANAGEMENT SENS
VANDERMERWE A, 2002, 32 ANN CLIN APH C RI
Whiteside SP, 1998, CORTEX, V34, P221, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70749-4
NR 47
TC 2
Z9 2
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 5
BP 557
EP 583
DI 10.1080/02687030701801717
PG 27
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 427RC
UT WOS:000264795400003
ER
PT J
AU Kilov, AM
Togher, L
Grant, S
AF Kilov, Andrea M.
Togher, Leanne
Grant, Susan
TI Problem solving with friends: Discourse participation and performance of
individuals with and without traumatic brain injury
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
ID QUALITY-OF-LIFE; COMMUNICATION ACTIVITIES; PEOPLE; SATISFACTION;
IMPAIRMENT; LANGUAGE; SKILLS
AB Background: Traumatic brain injury (TBI) is a leading cause of hospitalisation and disability worldwide. There is general consensus in the literature reporting poor communication and social outcomes for individuals with TBI. While the literature is extensive in describing cognitive communication difficulties manifesting in the discourse of individuals with TBI, it does not include genres that represent everyday interactions. Furthermore, there are very few studies in the literature that explore interactions of individuals with TBI and their friends, even though it is common for individuals with TBI to lose friends within the first year of their injury. Aims: To explore discourse participation and performance of individuals with and without TBI in a shared problem-solving task with their friends. Methods Procedures: Ten participants with severe TBI were matched with ten control participants for sex, age, and education. Participants problem-solved names and functions of unfamiliar objects with their friends. The resulting discourse was transcribed, divided into moves, and analysed for its generic structure potential (GSP) within a systemic functional linguistics approach. The number of moves contributed by each participant (participation) and frequencies of moves assigned to generic structural elements (performance) were tallied and then statistically analysed. Results Outcomes: There was no significant difference in discourse participation and performance between participants with and without TBI. Individuals with and without TBI mostly talked about the task, gave thesis propositions, offered the possible function of the object, and gave rationales for their decisions. These may be obligatory (not optional) elements of problem-solving discourse. Individuals without TBI used significantly more tangential and unrelated talk, which may be indicative of more frequent and successful attempts to engage in social chat, even in a goal-driven activity. Conclusions: Competent discourse participation and performance is possible for individuals with TBI when they engage in meaningful interactions with friends. Problem solving may be a useful therapy genre for maximising communication outcomes of individuals with TBI, as it encourages the involvement of friends and elicits social chat as well as other creative language options.
C1 [Kilov, Andrea M.; Togher, Leanne; Grant, Susan] Univ Sydney, Lidcombe, NSW 2141, Australia.
RP Kilov, AM (reprint author), Univ Sydney, Cumberland Campus C42,75 E St, Lidcombe, NSW 2141, Australia.
EM a_kilov@hotmail.com
CR Adamovich B, 1992, SCALES COGNITIVE ABI
Bloom R. L., 1994, DISCOURSE ANAL APPL
BONDUELLE M, 1995, HUM REPROD, V10, P54
Butt D., 2000, USING FUNCTIONAL GRA
Cherney L. R., 1998, ANAL DISCOURSE COMMU
COELHO C, 1995, DISCOURSE ANAL APPL, P95
Coelho C. A., 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P659, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000275
Cools C, 1998, INT J REHABIL RES, V21, P323, DOI 10.1097/00004356-199809000-00007
Corrigan JD, 2001, J HEAD TRAUMA REHAB, V16, P543
Davidson B, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P243, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000653
Eggins Suzanne, 1997, ANAL CASUAL CONVERSA
Franulic A, 2004, BRAIN INJURY, V18, P119, DOI 10.1080/0269905031000149515
Gangoiti L., 2004, REHABILITATION, V38, P313
Godfrey HPD, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P433
GomezHernandez R, 1997, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V78, P1321, DOI 10.1016/S0003-9993(97)90304-X
Halliday M. A., 1994, INTRO FUNCTIONAL GRA, V3rd
HALLIDAY MAK, 1995, DISCOURSE SOC SYSTEM
Hellawell DJ, 1999, BRAIN INJURY, V13, P489
Hemmeter ML, 2000, TOP EARLY CHILD SPEC, V20, P56, DOI 10.1177/027112140002000110
Hwang B, 2000, J AUTISM DEV DISORD, V30, P331, DOI 10.1023/A:1005579317085
JENNETT B, 1977, INTRO NEUROSURGERY
Kalpakjian CZ, 2004, AM J PHYS MED REHAB, V83, P255, DOI 10.1097/01.PHM.0000118033.07952.8C
Kazdin A. E., 1992, METHODOLOGICAL ISSUE
Kendall E, 1997, J HEAD TRAUMA REHAB, V12, P68, DOI 10.1097/00001199-199706000-00007
Kersel DA, 2001, BRAIN INJURY, V15, P683, DOI 10.1080/02699050010013662
Kreuter M, 1998, SPINAL CORD, V36, P252, DOI 10.1038/sj.sc.3100592
Larkins BM, 2004, BRAIN INJURY, V18, P691, DOI 10.1080/02699050310001617389
Marsh N. V., 1991, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V5, P107, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.5.2.107
Marshall RC, 2003, BRAIN INJURY, V17, P589, DOI 10.1080/0269905031000088496
Martin J. R., 1984, CHILDREN WRITING REA, P21
McCluskey AE, 2000, BRAIN INJURY, V14, P943, DOI 10.1080/02699050050191896
MCDONALD S, 1999, COMMUNICATION DISORD, P338
Nolte J., 1998, HUMAN BRAIN INTRO IT
Poynton C., 1985, LANGUAGE GENDER MAKI
PRUTTING CA, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V52, P105
Rosenthal M, 1999, REHABILITATION ADULT
Russell W. R., 1971, TRAUMATIC AMNESIAS
SNOW P, 1999, 22 ANN BRAIN IMP C S
Snow P, 1998, BRAIN INJURY, V12, P911, DOI 10.1080/026990598121981
SNOW PC, 2000, BRAIN INJURY, V14, P391
Stewart J., 2002, REHABILITATION NURSI, V27, P13, DOI 10.1002/j.2048-7940.2002.tb01973.x
Stubbs Michael, 1983, DISCOURSE ANAL SOCIO
Tannen Deborah, 2005, CONVERSATIONAL STYLE
Tate RL, 1999, CORTEX, V35, P39, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70784-6
Togher L, 1996, DISABIL REHABIL, V18, P559
Togher L, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P313, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000535
Togher L, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P491, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248486
TOGHER L, 1998, THESIS U SYDNEY AUST
Warren L, 1996, J REHABIL RES DEV, V33, P404
World Health Organization, 2001, ICF INT CLASS FUNCT
NR 50
TC 12
Z9 12
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 5
BP 584
EP 605
DI 10.1080/02687030701855382
PG 22
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 427RC
UT WOS:000264795400004
ER
PT J
AU Harciarek, M
Kertesz, A
AF Harciarek, Michal
Kertesz, Andrew
TI Longitudinal study of single-word comprehension in semantic dementia: A
comparison with primary progressive aphasia and Alzheimer's disease
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Category-specific deficits; Semantic dementia; Primary progressive
aphasia; Alzheimer's disease; Western Aphasia Battery; Auditory
comprehension
ID FRONTOTEMPORAL DEMENTIA; LANGUAGE IMPAIRMENT; DOUBLE DISSOCIATION;
FINGER AGNOSIA; CASE-SERIES; MEMORY; DIAGNOSIS; KNOWLEDGE; VERBS;
CONCRETENESS
AB Background: Although semantic dementia (SD) is characterised by a multimodal loss of semantic knowledge, it has been demonstrated that lexical-semantic representations are not equally disrupted in SD and that some categories may be recognised better than others. Little is known, however, about the pattern of the category-specific comprehension deficits in SD and whether it differs from that of other forms of progressive aphasias. Aims: This exploratory study aimed to investigate the evolution of category-specific deficits of single-word comprehension in progressive aphasias. Methods Procedures: A total of 19 patients with a clinical diagnosis of SD, 25 patients with primary progressive aphasia with agrammatic and relatively nonfluent speech (PPA), and 25 patients with Alzheimer's disease (AD) with aphasia were studied longitudinally with the Western Aphasia Battery (WAB). The Auditory Word Recognition subtest of the WAB was utilised to assess comprehension of words derived from different semantic categories. Outcomes Results: The analysis revealed that, over time, category-specific deficits of single-word comprehension were seen in all three groups of patients. Participants with SD as well as those with PPA and AD were impaired on both pointing to fingers and the right-left orientation task. However, patients with SD were the only group that showed defective recognition of their own body parts. Interestingly, individuals with SD had no difficulties identifying colours, letters, and numbers, even during the follow-up testing. In addition, in all three groups the extent of category-specific deficits was associated with the severity of aphasia. Conclusions: These results indicate that category-specific deficits of single-word comprehension are frequently seen not only in patients with SD but also in individuals with PPA or AD, and that the extent of these deficits is associated with the severity of aphasia. However, the pattern of these deficits is often different in these three forms of neurodegenerative conditions and more dissociations between semantic categories are observed as each of these diseases progresses.
C1 [Harciarek, Michal] Univ Western Ontario, London, ON, Canada.
[Kertesz, Andrew] Univ Western Ontario, St Josephs Hosp, London, ON, Canada.
[Harciarek, Michal] Univ Gdansk, Inst Psychol, PL-80343 Gdansk, Poland.
RP Harciarek, M (reprint author), Univ Gdansk, Inst Psychol, Ul Pomorska 68, PL-80343 Gdansk, Poland.
EM mharciarek@yahoo.com
CR Adlam ALR, 2006, BRAIN, V129, P3066, DOI 10.1093/brain/awl285
Ash S, 2006, NEUROLOGY, V66, P1405, DOI 10.1212/01.wnl.0000210435.72614.38
BASSO A, 1988, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V51, P1201, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.51.9.1201
BAYLES KA, 1982, ARIZ MED, V39, P308
Biran I, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V83, P217
Blair M, 2007, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V13, P237, DOI 10.1017/S1355617707070269
Bozeat S, 2000, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V69, P178, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.69.2.178
BRAAK H, 1993, EUR NEUROL, V33, P403, DOI 10.1159/000116984
BREEDIN SD, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V11, P617, DOI 10.1080/02643299408251987
Cappelletti M, 2001, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V39, P1224, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(01)00035-5
Caramazza A, 1998, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V10, P1, DOI 10.1162/089892998563752
Carlomagno S, 1999, ACTA NEUROL SCAND, V99, P166
CHERTKOW H, 1990, BRAIN, V113, P397, DOI 10.1093/brain/113.2.397
Cipolotti L, 1995, J Int Neuropsychol Soc, V1, P104
Coslett HB, 2002, NEUROLOGY, V59, P357
Crutch SJ, 2002, CORTEX, V38, P389, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70667-1
DANIELE A, 1994, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V32, P1325, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(94)00066-2
Daum I, 1996, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V18, P648, DOI 10.1080/01688639608408289
Diehl J, 2005, J GERIATR PSYCH NEUR, V18, P39, DOI 10.1177/0891988704272309
DIESFELDT HFA, 1993, BEHAV NEUROL, V6, P239, DOI 10.3233/BEN-1993-6411
Farah M. J., 2004, VISUAL AGNOSIA
Gainotti G, 2000, CORTEX, V36, P539, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70537-9
Gerstmann J, 1940, ARCH NEURO PSYCHIATR, V44, P398
Gonnerman LM, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V57, P254, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1752
Gorno-Tempini ML, 2004, ANN NEUROL, V55, P335, DOI 10.1002/ana.10825
Grossman M, 2004, NEUROCASE, V10, P3, DOI 10.1080/13554790490960440
Halpern CH, 2004, NEUROLOGY, V62, P1163
Hillis AE, 2004, ANN NEUROL, V55, P268, DOI 10.1002/ana.10812
Hirono N, 1998, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V65, P913, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.65.6.913
HODGES JR, 1992, BRAIN, V115, P1783, DOI 10.1093/brain/115.6.1783
Hough MS, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P357, DOI 10.1080/0268703044000011
Hough MS, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P589, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000110
Humphreys GW, 2001, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V24, P453
Jefferies E, 2006, BRAIN, V129, P2132, DOI 10.1093/brain/awl153
Jefferies E, 2004, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V42, P639, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2003.10.002
Kertesz A, 2005, BRAIN, V128, P1996, DOI 10.1093/brain/awh598
Kertesz A, 2003, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V9, P710, DOI 10.1017/S1355617703950041
Kertesz A, 1998, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V4, P388
KERTESZ A, 1986, CAN J NEUROL SCI, V13, P415
Kertesz A, 2007, ALZ DIS ASSOC DIS, V21, P155, DOI 10.1097/WAD.0b013e31806547eb
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
KROLL JF, 1986, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V12, P92, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.12.1.92
Kucera H., 1967, COMPUTATIONAL ANAL P
Ralph MAL, 2001, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V13, P341, DOI 10.1162/08989290151137395
Laws KR, 2005, CORTEX, V41, P452, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70186-2
Mattis S., 1988, DEMENTIA RATING SCAL
MCKHANN G, 1984, NEUROLOGY, V34, P939
Mendez MF, 2003, DEMENTIA CLIN APPROA
MESULAM MM, 1987, ANN NEUROL, V22, P533, DOI 10.1002/ana.410220414
Mesulam MM, 2001, ANN NEUROL, V49, P425, DOI 10.1002/ana.91
Mondini S, 2006, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V12, P275, DOI 10.1017/S135561770606036X
Neary D, 1998, NEUROLOGY, V51, P1546
Ralph MAL, 1998, NEUROCASE, V4, P311, DOI 10.1080/13554799808410630
Ralph MAL, 2003, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V20, P307, DOI 10.1080/02643290244000301
Rascovsky K, 2002, NEUROLOGY, V58, P1801
RISSENBERG M, 1987, J GERONTOL, V42, P318
Robinson G, 2001, NEUROCASE, V7, P65
ROELTGEN DP, 1983, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V40, P46
Rogers TT, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V20, P319, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.20.3.319
Rolls ET, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V45, P124, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2006.04.019
Rosen HJ, 2004, ALZ DIS ASSOC DIS, V18, P202
Shenal BV, 2006, COGN BEHAV NEUROL, V19, P202, DOI 10.1097/01.wnn.0000213921.02891.1b
Snowden J. S, 1989, BEHAV NEUROL, V2, P167
Sonty SP, 2003, ANN NEUROL, V53, P35, DOI 10.1002/ana.10390
Taler V, 2005, BRAIN COGNITION, V57, P222, DOI 10.1016/j.bandc.2004.08.050
Tanabe H., 1992, HIGHER BRAIN FUNCTIO, V12, P153, DOI 10.2496/apr.12.153
WARRINGTON EK, 1984, BRAIN, V107, P829, DOI 10.1093/brain/107.3.829
WARRINGTON EK, 1975, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V27, P635, DOI 10.1080/14640747508400525
WEINTRAUB S, 1990, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V47, P1329
Yi HA, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V21, P9, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.21.1.9
NR 70
TC 5
Z9 5
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 5
BP 606
EP 626
DI 10.1080/02687030801890891
PG 21
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 427RC
UT WOS:000264795400005
ER
PT J
AU Hill, AJ
Theodoros, DG
Russell, TG
Ward, EC
Wootton, R
AF Hill, Anne J.
Theodoros, Deborah G.
Russell, Trevor G.
Ward, Elizabeth C.
Wootton, Richard
TI The effects of aphasia severity on the ability to assess language
disorders via telerehabilitation
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Telerehabilitation; Aphasia; Assessment; Severity; Language
ID NEUROGENIC COMMUNICATION DISORDERS; SPEECH PATHOLOGY; TELEHEALTH;
INTERNET; THERAPY; CONSULTATIONS; RELIABILITY; TECHNOLOGY; RATINGS
AB Background: Telerehabilitation is the remote delivery of rehabilitation services via information technology and telecommunication systems. There have been a number of recent studies that have used video conferencing to assess language skills in people with aphasia. These studies have highlighted the possibility that severity of impairment and aetiology may have an effect on the administration of telerehabilitation language assessment protocols. Furthermore, anecdotal accounts of difficulties in administering language assessment via telerehabilitation also demonstrate the need for research into the effects of severity of aphasia. It is important that the effects of severity of aphasia are determined as part of the overall evidence base for telerehabilitation language assessment protocols. Aims: To investigate the influence of severity of aphasia on the ability to assess acquired aphasia via telerehabilitation methods. Methods Procedures: A total of 32 participants with an acquired aphasia were assessed simultaneously via telerehabilitation and face-to-face methods on the Boston Diagnostic Aphasia Examination 3rd Edition Short Form (BDAE-3) and the Boston Naming Test (BNT) (2nd Edition Short Form). A custom-built telerehabilitation system developed at the University of Queensland enabled real-time telerehabilitation assessment over a 128kbit/s Internet connection. Participants were grouped according to their severity level. Data analysis was conducted on the differences in scores from the two assessors. Outcomes Results: Results revealed that severity of aphasia did not greatly influence the accuracy of the telerehabilitation assessment for the majority of the BDAE-3 clusters. However, severity of aphasia appeared to affect the ability to assess naming and paraphasia via telerehabilitation methods. Post-hoc analysis revealed that the scores given in the face-to-face and telerehabilitation environments were comparable within each severity level. Conclusions: Results suggest that severity of aphasia may influence the ability to assess some language parameters via telerehabilitation. Further research should use larger sample sizes to confirm these results and to refine the telerehabilitation technology to enable these parameters to be adequately assessed. Additionally, clinician satisfaction with telerehabilitation assessment should be qualitatively researched so as to widen clinician acceptance of this method.
C1 [Hill, Anne J.] Univ Queensland, Div Speech Pathol, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, Brisbane, Qld, Australia.
RP Hill, AJ (reprint author), Univ Queensland, Div Speech Pathol, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, Brisbane, Qld, Australia.
EM a.hill@shrs.uq.edu.au
RI Theodoros, Deborah/F-1362-2010; Russell, Trevor/F-6888-2010; Hill,
Anne/F-4106-2010; Ward, Elizabeth/F-9652-2010; Wootton,
Richard/F-7609-2014
OI Ward, Elizabeth/0000-0002-2680-8978; Wootton,
Richard/0000-0002-2666-3596
FU National Health and Medical Research Council of Australia [401604];
National Health and Medical Research Council of Australia Public Health
Postgraduate Scholarship [ID 351649]
FX The authors gratefully acknowledge funding support for this study from
the National Health and Medical Research Council of Australia Project
Grant No. 401604 and the National Health and Medical Research Council of
Australia Public Health Postgraduate Scholarship ID 351649. The authors
also acknowledge the assistance of Roy Anderson for software development
of the telerehabilitation application, and Monique Waite for data
collection. We acknowledge the assistance of the Princess Alexandra
Hospital, the Royal Brisbane and Women's Hospital, Queen Elizabeth II
Jubilee Hospital, The University of Queensland Health and Rehabilitation
Clinics, and the Aphasia Registry in the recruitment of participants for
this study. Finally, the authors wish to acknowledge the participants of
this study for the generous gift of their time.
CR Brennan DM, 2004, TELEMED J E-HEALTH, V10, P147, DOI 10.1089/1530562041641237
Duffy JR, 1997, MAYO CLIN PROC, V72, P1116
Fleiss JL, 1981, STAT METHODS RATES P
Georgeadis AC, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P639, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000075
Goodglass H, 2001, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V3rd
Guilfoyle C, 2003, J TELEMED TELECAR S1, V9, P52, DOI 10.1258/135763303322196349
HAYES JM, 2003, MICROSOFT NETMEETING
Hill A, 2002, J TELEMED TELECARE, V8, P187, DOI 10.1258/135763302320272158
Hill AJ, 2006, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V15, P45, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2006/006)
Kaplan E., 2001, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Katz RC, 2000, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V35, P303
KEARNS KP, 1988, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V31, P131
Kennedy C., 2003, Journal of Telemedicine and Telecare, DOI 10.1258/135763303322196385
KREIMAN J, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P21
Kully D, 2000, J TELEMED TELECARE, V6, P39, DOI 10.1258/1357633001935509
Landis J. R., 1977, BIOMETRICS, V33, P174
Lemaire ED, 2001, J TELEMED TELECARE, V7, P82, DOI 10.1258/1357633011936200
Mashima PA, 2003, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V12, P432, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2003/089)
McCullough A, 2001, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V36, P321
Mortley J, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P193, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000553
MORTLEY J, 2003, ADV SPEECH LANGUAGE, V5, P27, DOI 10.1080/14417040510001669021
Palsbo SE, 2007, J TELEMED TELECARE, V13, P40, DOI 10.1258/135763307779701121
Savard L, 2003, NEUROREHABILITATION, V18, P93
SHEARD C, 1991, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V34, P285
THEODOROS D, J TELEMEDIC IN PRESS
Werts R, 1987, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V17, P117
WERTZ RT, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P195, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248591
Whitten PS, 2000, TELEMED J E-HEALTH, V6, P417, DOI 10.1089/15305620050503898
NR 28
TC 16
Z9 16
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 5
BP 627
EP 642
DI 10.1080/02687030801909659
PG 16
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 427RC
UT WOS:000264795400006
ER
PT J
AU Lorch, MP
AF Lorch, Marjorie Perlman
TI Multiple languages, memory, and regression: An examination of Ribot's
Law
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Bilingual; Memory; Ribot; Nineteenth century; History of
neurolinguistics
ID APHASIA; BILINGUALS; ACTIVATION; BRAIN
AB Background: In his major work on diseases of memory, Theodule Ribot (1881) offered an explanation of the selective recovery patterns observed in some bilingual aphasic patients. His theory has been cited continuously in the aphasia literature over the past 125 years as one explanation for the relative sparing of an aphasic person's first language. Aims: This paper examines the history of ideas regarding language and memory with respect to understanding bilingual aphasia. Main Contribution: A significant distinction drawn by Ribot between disorders in monolingual and multilingual speakers appears to have been lost. Monolingual aphasic cases were discussed by Ribot under the classification of partial amnesia. In contrast, impairments in language with respect to those who had learned multiple languages were classified as exaltations of memory, or hypermnesias. Examination of Ribot's writings reveals a conceptual approach to memory, learning, and ageing that is distinct from that assumed today. This paper will critically examine these ideas and analyse the sources of Ribot's conceptualisation by placing his work in its historical context, and tracing the antecedents of his theories through the authors he cited. Conclusions: This review of the writings of Ribot, and those of his predecessors, highlights the fact that conceptual distinctions held in the nineteenth century led to research questions that were conceived of in a wholly different light from the present day. It throws into relief the strong distinctions currently assumed to exist between learning languages and learning other information, between first language acquisition and adult second language learning, and between lexical and syntactic knowledge. This investigation into the history of ideas suggests ways to further develop our current approach to account for the multitude of patterns observed in bilingual aphasia.
C1 Univ London, Sch Languages Linguist & Culture, Birkbeck Coll, London WC1H OPD, England.
RP Lorch, MP (reprint author), Univ London, Sch Languages Linguist & Culture, Birkbeck Coll, 43 Gordon Sq, London WC1H OPD, England.
EM m.lorch@bbk.ac.uk
RI Lorch, Marjorie/F-8493-2010
OI Lorch, Marjorie/0000-0001-8505-8815
CR ABERCROMBIE J, 1831, INQUIRIES INTELLECTU
Abercrombie John, 1828, PATHOLOGICAL PRACTIC
Albert ML, 1978, BILINGUAL BRAIN
[Anonymous], 1989, OXFORD ENGLISH DICT
Baddeley A.D., 2002, HDB MEMORY DISORDERS
Barriere I, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V85, P262, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00594-1
Bernard C., 1865, INTRO ETUDE MED EXPT
Bobrick B., 1995, KNOTTED TONGUES STUT
Broca P., 1861, B SOC ANAT PARIS, V36, P330
Carpenter W. B., 1874, PRINCIPLES MENTAL PH
Charcot JM, 1884, DIFFERENTI FORME AFA
Coleridge S. T., 1817, BIOGRAPHIA LIT
CRITCHLE.M, 1974, BRAIN LANG, V1, P15, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(74)90023-6
Darwin C., 1877, MIND, V2, P285, DOI DOI 10.1093/MIND/OS-2.7.285
Dehaene S, 1999, BRAIN, V122, P2207, DOI 10.1093/brain/122.12.2207
DIGBY A, 1996, IDIOCY MENTAL DEFICI
Fabbro F, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V79, P201, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2480
Fabbro F., 1999, NEUROLINGUISTICS BIL
Freud S., 1915, INTERPRETATION DREAM
Gardner H., 1983, FRAMES MIND THEORY M
GASSER J, 1991, AUX ORIGINES CERVEAU
GASSER J, 1995, CLIN LECT
GREEN DW, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P210, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90016-7
Hamilton W., 1859, LECT METAPHYSICS LOG
Harrington Anne, 1987, MED MIND DOUBLE BRAI
Hartley David, 1749, OBSERVATIONS MAN
Hodges JR, 1998, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V36, P803, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(97)00126-7
Howatt A. P. R., 1984, HIST ENGLISH LANGUAG
Jakobson R., 1962, SELECTED WRITINGS
KLEIN D, 1994, NEUROREPORT, V5, P2295, DOI 10.1097/00001756-199411000-00022
LAMBERT WE, 1959, CAN J PSYCHOLOGY, V13, P28, DOI 10.1037/h0083764
Locke J., 1689, ESSAY HUMAN UNDERSTA
Lorch M, 2007, CORTEX, V43, P658, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70495-7
LORCH MP, 2002, ADV NEUROLINGUISTICS, P193
Nicolas S., 1999, HIST PSYCHOL, V2, P277, DOI 10.1037//1093-4510.2.4.277
NICOLAS S, 1998, CERVEAU MEMOIRES BER
PARADIS M, 1998, APHASIA ATYPICAL POP
PARADIS M, 1977, STUDIES NEUROLINGUIS, V3
Paradis M., 1983, READINGS APHASIA BIL
Paradis M, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V71, P178, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2245
Pitres A., 1895, REV MED, V15, P873
Price CJ, 1999, BRAIN, V122, P2221, DOI 10.1093/brain/122.12.2221
Ribot T., 1870, PSYCHOL ANGLAISE CON
RICHARDS, 1828, TREATISE NERVOUS DIS
Ritaot Theodule, 1881, MALADIES MEMOIRE
ROCKEY D, 1980, SPEECH DISORDER 19 C
Rush B, 1812, MED INQUIRIES OBSERV
Schafer D, 2002, MED HIST, V46, P525
SPREEN O, 1968, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V11, P467
SULLY J, 1880, MIND, V5, P385
Taine Hippolyte, 1876, REV PHILOS FRANCE ET, V1, P5
TAYLOR J, 1932, SELECTED WRITINGS JO
TROUSSEAU A, 1864, GAZETTE HOPITAUX, P30
Upham Thomas, 1840, OUTLINES IMPERFECT D
Vingerhoets G, 2003, NEUROIMAGE, V20, P2181, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2003.07.029
WARRINGTON EK, 1984, BRAIN, V107, P829, DOI 10.1093/brain/107.3.829
WHITAKER H, 1988, LANGUAGE SPEECH MIND
WINSLOW F, 1868, OBSCURE DIS BRAIN DI
NR 58
TC 4
Z9 4
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 5
BP 643
EP 654
DI 10.1080/02687030801931182
PG 12
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 427RC
UT WOS:000264795400007
ER
PT J
AU Lott, SN
Sperling, AJ
Watson, NL
Friedman, RB
AF Lott, Susan Nitzberg
Sperling, Anne J.
Watson, Nora L.
Friedman, Rhonda B.
TI Repetition priming in oral text reading: A therapeutic strategy for
phonologic text alexia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
ID CLOSED-CLASS WORDS; NEURAL MECHANISMS; MEMORY; CONTINUUM; BRAIN;
COMPREHENSION; COMPONENTS; ACTIVATION; DIFFICULTY; FREQUENCY
AB Background: Phonologic text alexia (PhTA) is a reading disorder in which reading of pseudowords is impaired, but reading of real words is impaired only when reading text. Oral reading accuracy remains well preserved when words are presented individually, but when presented in text the part-of-speech effect that is often seen in phonologic alexia (PhA) emerges. Aims: To determine whether repetition priming could strengthen and/or maintain the activation of words during text reading. Methods Procedures: We trained NYR, a patient with PhTA, to use a strategy, sentence building, designed to improve accuracy of reading words in text. The strategy required NYR to first read the initial word, and then build up the sentence by adding on sequential words, in a step-wise manner, utilising the benefits of repetition priming to enhance accuracy. Outcomes Results: When using the strategy, NYR displayed improved accuracy not only for sentences she practised using the strategy, but unpractised sentences as well. Additionally, NYR performed better on a test of comprehension when using the strategy, as compared to without the strategy. Conclusions: In light of research linking repetition priming to increased neural processing efficiency, our results suggest that use of this compensatory strategy improves reading accuracy and comprehension by temporarily boosting phonologic activation levels.
C1 [Lott, Susan Nitzberg; Sperling, Anne J.; Watson, Nora L.; Friedman, Rhonda B.] Georgetown Univ, Med Ctr, Washington, DC 20057 USA.
[Sperling, Anne J.] NIMH, Bethesda, MD 20892 USA.
RP Lott, SN (reprint author), Georgetown Univ, Med Ctr, Bldg D,Suite 207,4000 Reservoir Rd NW, Washington, DC 20057 USA.
EM lotts@georgetown.edu
FU NICHD [HD036019]; Georgetown University Medical Center
FX The first and second authors contributed equally to this paper. This
study was supported by NICHD grant # HD036019 to the last author. Anne
Sperling contributed to this research as part of a postdoctoral
fellowship at Georgetown University Medical Center. No official support
or endorsement by the National Institute of Mental Health is intended or
should be inferred.
CR BEAUVOIS MF, 1979, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V42, P1115, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.42.12.1115
Beeson PM, 1998, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V4, P621
Boersma P., 2005, PRAAT DOING PHONETIC
Brown L., 1997, TEST NONVERBAL INTEL
COSLETT HB, 1984, NEUROLOGY, V34, P1038
Crisp J, 2006, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V18, P348, DOI 10.1162/089892906775990543
Dean MP, 1996, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V49, P269, DOI 10.1080/027249896392630
DEMB JB, 1995, J NEUROSCI, V15, P5870
Desimone R, 1996, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V93, P13494, DOI 10.1073/pnas.93.24.13494
FRIEDERICI AD, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V50, P259, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1048
Friedman RB, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P114, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0006
FRIEDMAN RB, 1995, CORTEX, V31, P397
FRIEDMAN RB, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V51, P209
Friedman RB, 1996, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V13, P869, DOI 10.1080/026432996381845
FUNNELL E, 1983, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V74, P159
Gabrieli JDE, 1996, PSYCHOL SCI, V7, P278, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9280.1996.tb00374.x
GATES AI, 1965, GATES MACGINITIE REA
GLOSSER G, 1990, CORTEX, V26, P343
Goodglass H, 2001, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V3rd
LaPointe L., 1984, READING COMPREHENSIO
MCCLELLAND JL, 1981, PSYCHOL REV, V88, P375, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.88.5.375
Munte TF, 2001, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V39, P91, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(00)00095-6
Patterson K., 1982, NORMALITY PATHOLOGY, P77
Poldrack RA, 2001, BRAIN, V124, P67, DOI 10.1093/brain/124.1.67
Raven JC, 1976, COLOURED PROGR MATRI
SCARBOROUGH DL, 1977, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V3, P1, DOI 10.1037/0096-1523.3.1.1
Schacter DL, 1998, NEURON, V20, P185, DOI 10.1016/S0896-6273(00)80448-1
Schneider W., 2002, EPRIME USERS GUIDE
Schnyer DM, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V44, P140, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2005.03.007
Stark CEL, 2000, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V26, P945, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.26.4.945
SWINNEY DA, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V10, P132, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90044-9
Szmrecsanyi Benedikt, 2004, P 7 INT C TEXT DAT S, P1032
ter Keurs M, 1999, BRAIN, V122, P839, DOI 10.1093/brain/122.5.839
TULVING E, 1990, SCIENCE, V247, P301, DOI 10.1126/science.2296719
Wechsler D., 1997, WECHSLER MEMORY SCAL, VIII
Wiederholt J. L., 1992, GRAY ORAL READING TE
Wig GS, 2005, NAT NEUROSCI, V8, P1228, DOI 10.1038/nn1515
Wiggs CL, 1998, CURR OPIN NEUROBIOL, V8, P227, DOI 10.1016/S0959-4388(98)80144-X
WILSON M, 1988, BEHAV RES METH INSTR, V20, P6, DOI 10.3758/BF03202594
NR 39
TC 1
Z9 1
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 6
BP 659
EP 675
DI 10.1080/02687030801969539
PG 17
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 450XT
UT WOS:000266436000001
ER
PT J
AU Fisher, CA
Wilshire, CE
Ponsford, JL
AF Fisher, Caroline A.
Wilshire, Carolyn E.
Ponsford, Jennie L.
TI Word discrimination therapy: A new technique for the treatment of a
phonologically based word-finding impairment
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
ID RETRIEVAL DEFICITS; LEXICAL RETRIEVAL; CUEING TREATMENTS; ANOMIA
TREATMENT; APHASIA; ERRORLESS; MODELS; ACCESS; REPETITION; SEMANTICS
AB Background: The majority of cognitive neuropsychological treatments for impairments in phonological encoding utilise some form of phonological cueing or support. Most commonly, the participant is provided with supporting information about the phonological form of a particular word (either partial or complete, auditory or written), and must then generate the word orally. The provision of target phonology facilitates initial production of the word, which can then be repeatedly trained in order to induce relearning of the appropriate lexical-phonological associations. Aims: The aim of the current case study was to examine the effectiveness of an indirect cueing technique for the treatment of mild impairments in phonological encoding. In this treatment the participant must name pictures without assistance, but the picture names themselves share a phonological relationship (e.g., magnet, mattress, macaroni). These phonologically similar triplets incorporate a form of phonological cueing; however, the cues do not involve the direct provision of the word form. Methods Procedures: The case reported here, patient TV, suffers from a mild phonological encoding impairment: he produces phonemic paraphasias and other form-related errors on longer and/or less frequent words in spontaneous speech and other spoken word production tasks. In the treatment, TV was asked to name triplets of pictures whose names were either phonologically related (sharing either initial or final phonemes) or unrelated. This procedure was repeated across 12 therapy sessions, all of which trained the same set of words. TV's pre-treatment naming accuracy on the training words was assessed using a repeated baseline design, and was continuously reassessed throughout treatment, and also at 3 months post-therapy. The key comparison was between words trained within phonologically related triplets and control words trained in unrelated triplets. The design also included multiple assessments on an untrained set of words to assess generalisation. Outcomes Results: For this mild case, naming accuracy for all words trained improved significantly. However, gains were significantly faster for the words that were trained within phonologically related triplets than those trained in unrelated triplets. Significant generalisation to untreated items was also observed, and gains on both treatment items and generalisation effects were maintained at 3 months post therapy. Conclusion: Results from this case study suggest that this type of indirect cueing technique may be a particularly efficient method for treating mild impairments in phonological coding.
C1 [Wilshire, Carolyn E.] Victoria Univ Wellington, Sch Psychol, Wellington, New Zealand.
[Fisher, Caroline A.; Ponsford, Jennie L.] Monash Univ, Melbourne, Vic 3004, Australia.
[Fisher, Caroline A.] Australia Heidelberg Repatriat Hosp, Austin Hlth, Melbourne, Vic, Australia.
[Ponsford, Jennie L.] Monash Epworth Rehabil Res Ctr, Melbourne, Vic, Australia.
RP Wilshire, CE (reprint author), Victoria Univ Wellington, Sch Psychol, POB 600, Wellington, New Zealand.
EM Carolyn.Wilshire@vuw.ac.nz
FU Monash Research Graduate Scholarship
FX We are very grateful for the time and effort provided by TV in his
participation in this project. Thank you also to Carolina Lukkien for
her assistance. This research was submitted as part of the first
author's doctoral thesis and was funded by a Monash Research Graduate
Scholarship.
CR Agresti A., 2002, CATEGORICAL DATA ANA
Baayen R. H., 1995, CELEX LEXICAL DATABA
Benson DF, 1979, STUDIES NEUROLINGUIS, V4, P293
Biedermann B, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1115, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000545
Breedin SD, 1999, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V128, P547, DOI 10.1037/0096-3445.128.4.547
Cornelissen K, 2003, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V15, P444, DOI 10.1162/089892903321593153
DeDe G, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P465, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000094
Dell GS, 1997, PSYCHOL REV, V104, P801, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.104.4.801
Fillingham JK, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P597, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000272
Fillingham JK, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V16, P129, DOI 10.1080/09602010443000254
Fillingham JK, 2005, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V40, P505, DOI 10.1080/13682820500138572
Foygel D, 2000, J MEM LANG, V43, P182, DOI 10.1006/jmla.2000.2716
Francis DR, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P243, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000564
Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd
Herbert R, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P1163, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000454
Hillis A. E., 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, P449
HILLIS AE, 1990, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V7, P191, DOI 10.1080/02643299008253442
HOWARD D, 1985, BRAIN, V108, P817
HOWARD D, 1984, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V1, P163, DOI 10.1080/02643298408252021
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Hulleman J, 2007, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V24, P279, DOI 10.1080/02643290601181890
KOHN SE, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V24, P266, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90135-X
KOHN SE, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P209, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248196
KOHN SE, 1994, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V15, P75, DOI 10.1017/S0142716400006986
Laine M, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V53, P283, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0050
LIANG KY, 1986, BIOMETRIKA, V73, P13, DOI 10.1093/biomet/73.1.13
Martin N, 2006, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V12, P853, DOI 10.1017/S1355617706061030
Martin N, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P867, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000390
Martin N, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P53
Martin N, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P457, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000129
Nickels L, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P109, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248401
Nickels L, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1047, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000618
NICKELS LA, 2001, HDB NEUROPSYCHOLOGY
Porch B. E., 1981, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC
Rapp B, 2000, PSYCHOL REV, V107, P460, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.107.3.460
RAYMER AM, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P27, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249498
Renvall K, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P305, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000671
Siegel S., 1988, NONPARAMETRIC STAT B
Wambaugh JL, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P933
Wambaugh JL, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P433, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000085
WILSHIRE CE, 2000, APHASIA LANGUAGE THE, P82
Wilshire CE, 2004, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P187, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000555
Wilshire CE, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P169, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000528
NR 43
TC 5
Z9 5
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 6
BP 676
EP 693
DI 10.1080/02687030801987382
PG 18
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 450XT
UT WOS:000266436000002
ER
PT J
AU Togher, L
Schultz, R
Tate, R
McDonald, S
Perdices, M
Smith, K
Winders, K
Savage, S
AF Togher, Leanne
Schultz, Regina
Tate, Robyn
McDonald, Skye
Perdices, Michael
Smith, Kate
Winders, Kiri
Savage, Sharon
TI The methodological quality of aphasia therapy research: An investigation
of group studies using the PsycBITETM evidence-based practice database
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Methodological quality; Evidence-based practice
ID RANDOMIZED CONTROLLED-TRIAL; SPEECH-THERAPY; LANGUAGE TREATMENT;
AUDITORY COMPREHENSION; READING TREATMENT; CLINICAL-TRIALS; STROKE
PATIENTS; ADULTS; REHABILITATION; EFFICACY
AB Background: This paper examines the methodological quality of aphasia therapy research using the Psychological database for Brain Impairment Treatment Efficacy (www.psycbite.com). PsycBITETM includes five designs: Systematic Reviews (SR), Randomised Controlled Trials (RCT), non-RCTs (NRCT), Case Series (CS), and Single Subject Designs (SSD). Aim: To provide an overview of the types of research designs and levels of compliance used in aphasia treatment research studies, and assess the methodological quality of aphasia research. Methods Procedures: A search was completed on 27 September 2007 of all papers in the target area Communication/Language/Speech on the PsycBITETM database. Papers were listed according to the methodology used and a mean methodological quality rating (MQR) score was determined for RCTs, and NRCTs based on the PEDro scale. Finally, the rate of compliance of RCTs and NRCTs for each of the criteria on the PEDro scale was analysed. Outcomes Results: Of 339 studies indexed for aphasia: SR=9 (3%); RCT=23 (7%); NRCT=18 (5%); CS=51 (15%); and SSD=238 (70%). Methodological quality ratings (MQR) using the PEDro scale (scored out of 10) were available for 21 RCTs (mean MQR=4.4, SD=1.7, range=2-8), and 14 NRCTs (mean MQR=2.6, SD=1.0, range=1-4). Conclusions: Methodological quality of current aphasia treatment studies is modest. The current examination of a small sample of RCTs and non-RCTs indicates that sources of bias are not sufficiently well controlled. These results have implications for aphasia therapy researchers in the design and report of their work. It is hoped that access to databases such as PsycBITETM and rating scales such as PEDro will facilitate this process.
C1 [Togher, Leanne] Univ Sydney, Discipline Speech Pathol, Fac Hlth Sci, Lidcombe, NSW 1825, Australia.
[Tate, Robyn] Royal Rehabil Ctr Sydney, Sydney, NSW, Australia.
[McDonald, Skye] Univ New S Wales, Sydney, NSW, Australia.
[Perdices, Michael] Royal N Shore Hosp, Sydney, NSW, Australia.
RP Togher, L (reprint author), Univ Sydney, Discipline Speech Pathol, Fac Hlth Sci, Cumberland Campus,POB 170,75 E St, Lidcombe, NSW 1825, Australia.
EM l.togher@usyd.edu.au
RI Savage, Sharon/A-9459-2013; McDonald, Skye/G-4118-2014
OI McDonald, Skye/0000-0003-0723-6094
FU Motor Accidents Authority of NSW
FX We would like to acknowledge the financial support from the Motor
Accidents Authority of NSW, and the library resources generously
provided by Royal Ryde Rehabilitation Centre Sydney.
CR Avent JR, 1998, J NEUROLINGUIST, V11, P207, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(98)00014-1
Avent JR, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P253, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248411
CODE C, 2000, RCSLT B
COOPER LD, 1979, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V22, P818
Crerar MA, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P229, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0010
DAVID R, 1982, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V45, P957, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.45.11.957
DAVID RM, 1979, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V14, P85
Denes G, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P385, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248418
Doesborgh S, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P213, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000580
Doesborgh SJC, 2004, STROKE, V35, P141, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000105460.52928.A6
Elman RJ, 1999, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V42, P411
HARTMAN J, 1987, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V44, P646
Herbert R, 1998, Health Inf Manag, V28, P186
Hinckley JJ, 2001, J COMMUN DISORD, V34, P241, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(01)00049-1
Hinckley JJ, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P463, DOI 10.1080/02687040042000340
Huber W, 1997, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V78, P245, DOI 10.1016/S0003-9993(97)90028-9
Jadad AR, 1996, CONTROL CLIN TRIALS, V17, P1, DOI 10.1016/0197-2456(95)00134-4
Kagan A, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P624, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2001/051)
KATZ RC, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P165, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248588
Katz RC, 1997, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V40, P493
KINSEY C, 1986, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V21, P125
LINCOLN NB, 1984, LANCET, V1, P1197
LINCOLN NB, 1982, BEHAV PSYCHOTHER, V10, P162
LINCOLN NB, 1984, BEHAV PSYCHOTHER, V12, P237
Maher CG, 2003, PHYS THER, V83, P713
MAZZONI M, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P553, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248714
McDonald S, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P676, DOI 10.1080/02687030600724861
Moher D, 2001, LANCET, V357, P1194
Moseley A, 2000, BRAIN IMPAIR, V1, P130, DOI 10.1375/brim.1.2.130
Muller T, 2007, SOC CULT GEOGR, V8, P9, DOI 10.1080/14649360701251502
NAESER MA, 1986, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V67, P393
Ogrezeanu V, 1981, Neurol Psychiatr (Bucur), V19, P151
Perdices M, 2006, BRAIN IMPAIR, V7, P119, DOI 10.1375/brim.7.2.119
POECK K, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P471
Popovici Mariana, 1992, Revue Roumaine de Neurologie et Psychiatrie, V30, P99
PRINS RS, 1989, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V10, P85, DOI 10.1017/S0142716400008432
Pulvermuller F, 2001, STROKE, V32, P1621
Ratner NB, 2006, LANG SPEECH HEAR SER, V37, P257, DOI 10.1044/0161-1461(2006/029)
Sackett D, 2000, EVIDENCE BASED MED P
SHEWAN CM, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V23, P272, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90068-3
SPRINGER L, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P251, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249509
Tate R, 2004, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V14, P517, DOI 10.1080/09602010343000182
Tate RL, 2008, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V18, P385, DOI 10.1080/09602010802009201
Vallino-Napoli L. D., 2004, ADV SPEECH LANGUAGE, V6, P107, DOI 10.1080/14417040410001708530
Verhagen AP, 1998, J CLIN EPIDEMIOL, V51, P1235, DOI 10.1016/S0895-4356(98)00131-0
Voinescu I, 1980, Neurol Psychiatr (Bucur), V18, P107
WERTZ RT, 1986, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V43, P653
WEST JA, 1973, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V54, P78
Worrall L, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P911
NR 49
TC 6
Z9 6
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 6
BP 694
EP 706
DI 10.1080/02687030802121353
PG 13
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 450XT
UT WOS:000266436000003
ER
PT J
AU Conroy, P
Sage, K
Ralph, MAL
AF Conroy, Paul
Sage, Karen
Ralph, Matthew A. Lambon
TI The effects of decreasing and increasing cue therapy on improving naming
speed and accuracy for verbs and nouns in aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Anomia; Cueing; Verbs; Nouns; Therapy
ID SENTENCE CONSTRUCTION; ARGUMENT STRUCTURE; LEXICAL RETRIEVAL; ERRORLESS;
IMPAIRMENTS; ANOMIA; DISSOCIATIONS; DISORDERS; DEMENTIA; SKILLS
AB Background: Verb impairments in aphasia have generated considerable theoretical interest in the literature (Druks, 2002; Druks Masterson, 2003; Marshall, 2003) but this is not reflected in the number of studies investigating therapies for verb impairments (Conroy, Sage, Lambon Ralph, 2006). Recent anomia therapy studies have compared errorless and errorful techniques (Abel, Schultz, Radermacher, Willmes, Huber, 2005; Fillingham, Hodgson, Sage, Lambon Ralph, 2003; Fillingham, Sage, Lambon Ralph, 2005a, 2005b, 2006). Decreasing cues have been proposed as the optimal interaction of low error and sustained effort in therapy in the amnesia literature (Komatsu, Mimura, Kato, Wakamatsu, Kashima, 2000). Following on from Conroy, Sage, and Lambon Ralph (2008), we predicted that decreasing cue therapy would result in greater effects in terms of both naming accuracy and speed relative to increasing cues. Aims: The present study aimed to answer the following questions: (1) Would naming therapy consisting of decreasing cues result in greater naming accuracy for verb and noun targets than therapy consisting of increasing cues? (2) Would decreasing cues result in speedier naming responses to verb and noun targets than increasing cues? Methods Procedures: A case-series study that utilised decreasing versus increasing cues as naming therapy for verbs and nouns was implemented with seven participants with aphasia of various sub-types and degrees of severity. A total of 120 target words were collated for each participant, divided into three sets, each consisting of 20 verbs and 20 nouns. Set A was used in decreasing cues therapy, set B in increasing cues therapy, and set C served as control items. Ten sessions of therapy were delivered to each therapy set concurrently. The speed of post-therapy naming responses as well as accuracy was recorded. Outcomes Results: All participants showed significant therapy gains after both decreasing and increasing cue therapies, with little or no change in naming of control sets. The two therapies were equivalent in the degree to which participants improved in naming accuracy and yielded almost identical overall speed of naming responses. Naming speeds for successfully named items, post-therapy, were faster for nouns than verbs (perhaps reflecting their shorter length), and faster at immediate than follow-up assessment. Conclusions: Decreasing cues are as effective in naming therapy as increasing cues, in terms of both accuracy and speed of naming for verbs and nouns.
C1 [Conroy, Paul] Univ Manchester, NARU, Sch Psychol Sci, Manchester M13 9PL, Lancs, England.
RP Conroy, P (reprint author), Univ Manchester, NARU, Sch Psychol Sci, Oxford Rd, Manchester M13 9PL, Lancs, England.
EM paul.conroy@postgrad.manchester.ac.uk
RI Lambon Ralph, Matthew/A-1695-2009
FU Research Bursary from the Stroke Association [TSAB 2004/01]
FX This work is supported by a Research Bursary from the Stroke Association
(TSAB 2004/01). We would like to thank the participants with aphasia who
took part in this study.
CR Abel S, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P831, DOI 10.1080/02687030500268902
Bak TH, 2003, J NEUROLINGUIST, V16, P169, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(02)00011-8
Bastiaanse R, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P49, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000455
Bastiaanse R, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P298, DOI 10.1080/02687030500474922
Bird H, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V73, P17, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2293
Black M, 2003, J NEUROLINGUIST, V16, P231, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(02)00017-9
CONROY P, 2008, ERRORLESS ERRO UNPUB
Conroy P, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P1159, DOI 10.1080/02687030600792009
Crerar MA, 2004, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V14, P173, DOI 10.1080/09602010343000174
Druks J., 2000, OBJECT ACTION NAMING
Druks J, 2002, J NEUROLINGUIST, V15, P289, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(01)00029-X
Druks J, 2003, J NEUROLINGUIST, V16, P59, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(02)00018-0
Edwards S, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V91, P78, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.06.042
Fillingham JK, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P597, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000272
Fillingham JK, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V16, P129, DOI 10.1080/09602010443000254
Fillingham JK, 2003, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V13, P337, DOI 10.1080/09602010343000020
Fillingham JK, 2005, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V40, P505, DOI 10.1080/13682820500138572
Fink R. B., 1992, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V21, P263
Fridriksson J, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P99, DOI 10.1080/02687003444000660
Goodglass H., 2001, BDAE 3 BOSTON DIAGNO
Grant DA, 1993, WISCONSIN CARD SORTI
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
JEFFERIES E, 2008, COMPREHENSION UNPUB
Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
Komatsu S, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V10, P113
Marshall J, 2003, J NEUROLINGUIST, V16, P67, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(02)00009-X
Marshall J, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V63, P159, DOI 10.1006/brln.1998.1949
McKissock S, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V17, P355, DOI 10.1080/09602010600892113
Meyers JE, 1995, REY COMPLEX FIGURE T
Mitchum C. C., 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH
Murray LL, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P585
Nickels L, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P935, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000563
Pashek G, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V65, P177
Raymer AM, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1031, DOI 10.1080/026870401430000609
Raymer AM, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V17, P244, DOI 10.1080/09602010600814661
Robertson IH, 1994, TEST EVERYDAY ATTENT
Rodriguez AD, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P286, DOI 10.1080/02687030500474898
Schneider SL, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P213, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000635
SCHNUR T, 2006, J MEM LANG, V54, P119
Wambaugh JL, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P933
Wambaugh JL, 2002, J REHABIL RES DEV, V39, P455
Warrington EK, 1996, CAMDEN MEMORY TESTS
Webster J, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P748, DOI 10.1080/02687030500166957
WENIGER D, 1981, NERVENARZT, V52, P269
NR 44
TC 20
Z9 20
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 6
BP 707
EP 730
DI 10.1080/02687030802165574
PG 24
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 450XT
UT WOS:000266436000004
ER
PT J
AU Dressler, RA
Buder, EH
Cannito, MP
AF Dressler, Richard A.
Buder, Eugene H.
Cannito, Michael P.
TI Rhythmic patterns during conversational repairs in speakers with aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT Annual Meeting of the American-Speech-Language-Hearing-Association
CY NOV 18-20, 2005
CL San Diego, CA
SP Amer Speech Language Hearing Assoc
DE Rhythmic patterns; Conversational repairs; Speakers with aphasia
ID DISCOURSE; SPEECH; COMPREHENSION; MODEL
AB Background: Investigations of prosodic tempos during conversations between non-disordered persons have revealed changes in tempo during conversational repairs. The present study investigates fluctuations in prosodic parameters of speakers with aphasia during conversational repairs to study how changes in prosodic tempo are associated with the speakers' ability to make comprehensible corrections. Aims: Previous investigators have found that non-disordered speakers will alter prosodic tempo based on the type of repair: faster for self-initiated repairs and slower for other-initiated repairs (Couper-Kuhlen, 1993). Others have shown that speech rate can influence the comprehension of verbal information by persons with aphasia during structured interactions such as in story telling or map directions (Laskey, Weidner, Johnson, 1976; Salvatore Davis, 1979). This study examines changes in prosodic patterns made by speakers with aphasia during repair episodes in informal conversations with non-disordered partners. The influence of partner familiarity and perceived comprehensibility of the repair are also examined. Methods Procedures: Conversations between speakers with aphasia and familiar and unfamiliar non-disordered partners were recorded and acoustically analysed. Prosodic tempo is operationally defined as fluctuations in fundamental frequency (f0) and sound pressure levels (SPL), and is modelled with sine waves overlaid on graphic displays of f0 and SPL tracings during repair episodes. Listener judgements of repair success were then compared to the changes in prosodic tempo from pre- to post-repair talk. Outcomes Results: Analysis of the pre- to post-repair prosodic tempo yielded results suggesting that speakers with aphasia respond differently during conversational repairs with familiar and unfamiliar partners, whereas non-disordered speakers respond differently based on the type of repair (self-initiated or other-initiated). The successful resolution of the repairs was not found to be associated with a slower tempo. However, an analysis of the magnitude of change between pre- and post-repair rhythm suggests that perceived success of repair is associated with the amount of change. Conclusions: The results of the acoustic analysis method used in the study were compatible with results obtained by previous studies using perceptual analyses (Couper-Kuhlen, 1993). There was a significant difference in prosodic tempo between self- and other-initiated repairs for the non-disordered speakers who slowed down during other-initiated repairs and sped up during self-initiated repairs. In contrast, speakers with aphasia changed prosodic tempo based on partner familiarity. They used faster tempo with unfamiliar partners and slower tempo with familiar partners during repairs. Although slower tempo did not aid in the successful resolution of the repair, magnitude of change was found to be significantly greater during successful repairs compared to unsuccessful repairs.
C1 [Dressler, Richard A.] Western Kentucky Univ, Dept Commun Disorders, Bowling Green, KY 42101 USA.
[Buder, Eugene H.; Cannito, Michael P.] Univ Memphis, Memphis, TN 38152 USA.
RP Dressler, RA (reprint author), Western Kentucky Univ, Dept Commun Disorders, 1906 Coll Hts Blvd 41030, Bowling Green, KY 42101 USA.
EM richard.dressler@wku.edu
CR AHLSEN E, 1993, J PRAGMATICS, V19, P57, DOI 10.1016/0378-2166(93)90070-6
Bakeman R, 1997, OBSERVING INTERACTIO
Barbosa P. A., 2008, SPEECH PROS 2008 C C, P501
Boles L, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P547, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249557
Buder E. H., 1999, P 14 INT C PHON SCI, V2, P1071
BUDER EH, 1996, DYNAMIC PATTERNS COM, P301
BUDER EH, 1997, EUR 97 P, V1, P235
Clark H. H., 1996, USING LANGUAGE
CLARK HH, 1989, COGNITIVE SCI, V13, P259, DOI 10.1207/s15516709cog1302_7
Code Chris, 1999, Seminars in Speech and Language, V20, P19, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1064006
Couper-Kuhlen E., 1993, ENGLISH SPEECH RHYTH
DAVIS GA, 2007, SEMINARS SPEECH LANG, V28, P113
FERGUSON A, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P143, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248647
Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd
Jaffe J., 1970, RHYTHMS DIALOGUE
Karow Colleen M., 2003, Seminars in Speech and Language, V24, P69, DOI 10.1055/s-2003-38900
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Laakso M, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P345
Lapointe Leonard L., 1999, Seminars in Speech and Language, V20, P5, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1064005
LASKY EZ, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P386, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90034-1
LEVELT I, 1989, SPEAKING INTENTION A
LINEBAUGH CW, 1985, CLIN APHASIOLOGY
Lubinski R., 1980, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P111
MARSHALL RC, 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO
*MATHWORKS, 2002, MATL COMP PROGR
MILENKOVIC P, 1994, CSPEECH COMPUTER SOF
MILROY L, 1992, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V6, P27, DOI 10.3109/02699209208985517
Myers P., 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO
NICHOLAS LE, 1986, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V29, P462
Oelschlaeger ML, 1999, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V8, P62
Roberts B, 2000, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V15, P129
SALVATORE AP, 1979, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P203
SCHEGLOFF EA, 1977, LANGUAGE, V53, P361, DOI 10.2307/413107
Schegloff EA, 1997, DISCOURSE PROCESS, V23, P499
Scherer K. R., 1989, HDB SOCIAL PSYCHOPHY, P165
SCHERER KR, 1986, PSYCHOL BULL, V99, P143, DOI 10.1037//0033-2909.99.2.143
SCHLENCK KJ, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V30, P226, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90100-3
TANNER D, 2003, PSYCHOL NEUROGENIC C
WAGENAAR E, 1975, BRAIN LANG, V2, P281, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(75)80071-X
Warner R. M, 1998, SPECTRAL ANAL TIME S
WILLIAMS CW, 1981, SPEECH EVALUATION PS
NR 41
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 6
BP 731
EP 748
DI 10.1080/02687030802165582
PG 18
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 450XT
UT WOS:000266436000005
ER
PT J
AU Robinson, S
Druks, J
Hodges, J
Garrard, P
AF Robinson, Sheila
Druks, Judit
Hodges, John
Garrard, Peter
TI The treatment of object naming, definition, and object use in semantic
dementia: The effectiveness of errorless learning
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Semantic dementia; Errorless learning; Object naming; Object use;
Therapy
ID FRONTOTEMPORAL DEMENTIA; AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL EXPERIENCE; MEMORY;
IMPAIRMENT; REHABILITATION; FAMILIARITY; VOCABULARY; KNOWLEDGE; IMPACT
AB Background: Patients with semantic dementia are impaired in both object naming and, to a lesser extent, in object use (Bozeat, Lambon Ralph, Patterson, Hodges, 2002a; Hodges, Graham, Patterson, 1995). To date there have been relatively few studies examining the relearning of object names, and only one examining the relearning of object use. No study has examined relearning object naming, definition, and use simultaneously. Aims: To explore the relatedness of object naming, definition, and object use in semantic dementia; to explore whether or not therapy is effective; and to explore the effectiveness of errorless learning. Methods Procedures: Two patients with mild to moderate semantic dementia and two matched control participants were tested in naming, defining, and demonstrating the use of 33 household objects. The quality of the definitions was rated as poor, adequate, or good by three independent raters. Three components of object use were examined: hold, orientation, and movement. The assessment was repeated with the patients following 3 weeks of therapy, and 1 month after completion of therapy. For the therapy objects were divided into individual trained and untrained sets based on familiarity and performance at initial assessment. Patients received therapy sessions twice weekly, and engaged in independent practice. During the therapy sessions, the researcher modelled the name, definition, and use of each item, which the patient then repeated. In the independent practice each patient watched a DVD in which she named and defined the object and used it correctly. Outcomes Results: Patients were severely impaired on object naming and definition, but less so on object use. Both patients showed some improvement as a result of therapy, which was maintained at follow-up in one case. Conclusions: The results show that relearning in semantic dementia is possible. Factors affecting the results and the interaction between lexical and conceptual impairments are discussed. An unexpected finding of the study was that patients performed better in verb production both in the preliminary tests and in object definition.
C1 [Druks, Judit] UCL, Dept Human Commun Sci, London WC1E 7DP, England.
[Robinson, Sheila] Cork Univ Hosp, Cork, Ireland.
[Hodges, John] Prince Wales Med Res Inst, Sydney, NSW, Australia.
[Garrard, Peter] Univ Southampton, Sch Med, Southampton SO9 5NH, Hants, England.
RP Druks, J (reprint author), UCL, Dept Human Commun Sci, Remax House,31-32 Alfred Pl, London WC1E 7DP, England.
EM j.druks@ucl.ac.uk
CR BADDELEY A, 1994, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V32, P53, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(94)90068-X
Bozeat S, 2002, NEUROCASE, V8, P127, DOI 10.1093/neucas/8.1.127
Bozeat S, 2004, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V14, P351, DOI 10.1080/09602010343000264
Bozeat S, 2002, COGN AFFECT BEHAV NE, V2, P236, DOI 10.3758/CABN.2.3.236
Bozeat S, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V38, P1207, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(00)00034-8
Buxbaum LJ, 1997, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V14, P219
Clare L, 2000, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V22, P132, DOI 10.1076/1380-3395(200002)22:1;1-8;FT132
Coccia M, 2004, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P513, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000113
Dowrick PW, 1999, APPL PREV PSYCHOL, V8, P23, DOI 10.1016/S0962-1849(99)80009-2
Druks J., 2000, OBJECT ACTION NAMING
Dunn L. M., 1997, BRIT PICTURE VOCABUL, V2nd
Fillingham JK, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V16, P129, DOI 10.1080/09602010443000254
Fillingham JK, 2003, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V13, P337, DOI 10.1080/09602010343000020
Folstein MF, 1975, J PSYCHIATR RES, V12, P198
Frattali C, 2004, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V12, pXI
Funnell E, 2001, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V18, P323, DOI 10.1080/02643290042000134
FUNNELL E, 1995, MEMORY, V3, P497, DOI 10.1080/09658219508253162
Garrard P, 2001, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V18, P125, DOI 10.1080/02643290125857
Garrard P, 2000, J NEUROL, V247, P409, DOI 10.1007/s004150070169
Gibson J., 1977, PERCEIVING ACTING KN, P67
Goodglass H, 2000, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V3rd
Graham KS, 2001, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V11, P429
Graham KS, 1997, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V14, P801
Hodges JR, 1999, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V13, P31, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.13.1.31
HODGES JR, 1992, BRAIN, V115, P1783, DOI 10.1093/brain/115.6.1783
Hodges JR, 2000, BRAIN, V123, P1913, DOI 10.1093/brain/123.9.1913
Hodges JR, 2001, NEUROCASE, V7, P113, DOI 10.1093/neucas/7.2.113
HODGES JR, 1995, MEMORY, V3, P463, DOI 10.1080/09658219508253161
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
JOKOL R, 2002, BRAIN COGNITION, V49, P241
Kessels RPC, 2003, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V25, P805, DOI 10.1076/jcen.25.6.805.16474
Lauro-Grotto R, 1997, CORTEX, V33, P593, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70720-2
MATZIG S, CORTEX IN PRESS
MEHARG SS, 1990, ADV BEHAV RES THER, V12, P85, DOI 10.1016/0146-6402(90)90008-E
Nelson HE, 1991, NATL ADULT READING T, V2nd
O'Carroll RE, 1999, PSYCHOL MED, V29, P105, DOI 10.1017/S0033291798007673
Ralph MAL, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V70, P309
Ralph MAL, 1998, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V36, P775, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(97)00169-3
Reilly J, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P329, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000787
Rogers TT, 2004, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P331, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000366
SNODGRASS JG, 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V6, P174, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.6.2.174
SNOWDEN J, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V11, P265, DOI 10.1080/02643299408251976
Snowden JS, 2002, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V40, P1715, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(02)00031-3
SNOWDEN JS, 1995, MEMORY, V3, P225, DOI 10.1080/09658219508253152
WARRINGTON EK, 1986, PERCEPTION, V15, P335
WARRINGTON EK, 1975, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V27, P635, DOI 10.1080/14640747508400525
Wechsler D, 1999, WECHSLER ABBREVIATED
NR 47
TC 8
Z9 10
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 6
BP 749
EP 775
DI 10.1080/02687030802235195
PG 27
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 450XT
UT WOS:000266436000006
ER
PT J
AU Hula, WD
Hula, SNA
Doyle, PJ
AF Hula, William D.
Hula, Shannon N. Austermann
Doyle, Patrick J.
TI A preliminary evaluation of the reliability and validity of a
self-reported communicative functioning item pool
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
CT 38th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY 27-JUN 01, 2008
CL Jackson Hole, WY
DE Assessment; Aphasia; Psychometrics
ID QUALITY-OF-LIFE; STROKE SURVIVORS; RASCH ANALYSIS; SCALE; RATINGS;
BURDEN
AB Background: Item banking, an approach to test development based in item response theory (IRT), is beginning to be applied to the measurement of communicative functioning in aphasia. This approach involves calibrating a set of test items responding to a particular latent trait to a common measurement scale. One method for validating such scales is to examine the degree to which obtained item calibration estimates agree with a priori item rankings based on theory or expert opinion. Aims: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the utility of magnitude estimation (ME) procedures for validating item banks containing self-reported functional performance items, and to make a preliminary analysis of the validity of a proposed item pool for measuring self-reported communicative functioning in aphasia. Methods Procedures: A total of 14 raters made ME ratings of physical and communicative functioning items. These ratings were evaluated for their intra and inter-observer reliability and, for subsets of the items, their correspondence with previously published IRT calibration estimates was also evaluated. Outcomes Results: Intra-rater reliability was moderate to high, and inter-rater reliability was high. Correspondence with IRT calibrations was high for physical items, and moderate for communication items. The distribution of ME ratings for the communication items was negatively skewed. Conclusions: ME procedures have utility for investigating the validity of functional performance items. The results suggest that communicative functioning may have a more complex latent structure than physical functioning, and that the proposed item pool might benefit from the inclusion of additional items at the lower end of the scale.
C1 [Hula, William D.; Hula, Shannon N. Austermann; Doyle, Patrick J.] Dept Vet Affairs Med Ctr, Pittsburgh, PA USA.
[Hula, William D.; Doyle, Patrick J.] Univ Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, PA USA.
RP Hula, WD (reprint author), Ctr Geriatr Res Educ & Clin, VA Pittsburgh Healthcare Syst, 7180 Highland Dr,132A-H Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, PA 15206 USA.
EM William.hula@va.gov
CR Bartlett MR, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P475, DOI 10.1080/02687030601154167
CELLA D, 2004, QUALITY LIFE NEWSLET, P5
Cruice M, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P111, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000651
Donovan NJ, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P362, DOI 10.1080/02687030500475184
Doyle PJ, 2005, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V48, P1412, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2005/098)
Doyle PJ, 2007, QUAL LIFE RES, V16, P1389, DOI 10.1007/s11136-007-9247-8
Doyle PJ, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P718, DOI 10.1080/02687030701803093
Doyle PJ, 2004, J CLIN EPIDEMIOL, V57, P997, DOI 10.1016/j.jclinepi.2003.11.016
Duncan PW, 1999, STROKE, V30, P2131
Elman R. J., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P115
Frattali C, 1995, AM SPEECH LANGUAGE H
FRATTALI CM, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P63, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248577
Gardner W, 2002, MED CARE, V40, P812, DOI 10.1097/01.MLR.0000025436.30093.77
Gescheider George A., 1997, PSYCHOPHYSICS FUNDAM
Goodglass H., 2001, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V3rd
KOSINSKI M, 1999, QUAL LIFE RES, V8, P586
Lai JS, 2003, QUAL LIFE RES, V12, P485, DOI 10.1023/A:1025014509626
McHorney CA, 2000, MED CARE, V38, P43
MCNEIL MR, 2000, VA REH RES DEV C AL
Sarno MT, 1969, FUNCTIONAL COMMUNICA
Simmons-Mackie N, 2005, J COMMUN DISORD, V38, P1, DOI 10.1016/j.jcomdis.2004.03.007
Sneeuw KCA, 1997, STROKE, V28, P1541
Stevens S. S., 1975, PSYCHOPHYSICS INTRO
VANSWIETEN JC, 1988, STROKE, V19, P604
WHO, 1999, WHO DIS ASS SCHED PH
Wolf J, 2007, PAEDIATR RESPIR REV, V8, P204, DOI 10.1016/j.prrv.2007.08.002
WORRALL L, 2001, ASIA PACIFIC J SPEEC, V6, P149
NR 27
TC 2
Z9 2
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 7-8
BP 783
EP 796
DI 10.1080/02687030802526064
PG 14
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 468QR
UT WOS:000267835400002
ER
PT J
AU Bose, A
McHugh, T
Schollenberger, H
Buchanan, L
AF Bose, Arpita
McHugh, Tara
Schollenberger, Helga
Buchanan, Lori
TI Measuring quality of life in aphasia: Results from two scales
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
CT 38th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY 27-JUN 01, 2008
CL Jackson Hole, WY
DE Quality of life; Aphasia; SAQOL-39; QCL; Psychosocial; Communication
ID WHOQOL-BREF; STROKE; HEALTH; DISABILITY; PEOPLE; PARTNERS; RATINGS;
ADULTS; SELF
AB Background: Although aphasia affects quality of life (QoL), the impact within specific domains (e.g., psychosocial, communication) is poorly understood. Moreover, the complex and multidimensional nature of QoL renders it difficult to measure accurately using a single global scale. Aims: Using two recently developed QoL scales, the Stroke and Aphasia Quality of Life Scale-39, (SAQOL; Hilari, Byng, Lamping, Smith, 2003a) and the American Speech Language Hearing Association's Quality of Communication Life Scale (QCL; Paul et al., 2004), this study aimed to document the domains of QoL that were most affected for participants with aphasia compared to control participants, as well as to determine the relationship between the two scales, their sub-domains, and linguistic variables in aphasia. Methods Procedures: The two scales were administered to a group of 19 participants with aphasia (14 male, 5 female), ages ranging from 27 to 79 years, and 19 age- and gender-matched control participants. Various types and severity of aphasia were represented in the aphasia group. The performances of aphasia and control groups were compared, and correlation analyses examined the relationship between the two scales and their sub-domains in the aphasia group only. Outcomes Results: Compared to control participants, QoL was lower in participants with aphasia, with the communication sub-domain of SAQOL and socialisation/activities sub-domain of QCL being the most affected areas of functioning. Between the two scales, the communication sub-domain of SAQOL correlated with the socialisation/activities sub-domain and the QCL mean. Moreover, linguistic variables correlated strongly with psychosocial, communication and socialisation/activities sub-domains of QoL. Conclusions: Measuring QoL using the SAQOL and the QCL captures different but equally important aspects of experiences of living with aphasia. When interpreted together, they provide a holistic picture of functioning in aphasia that includes broad overviews of QoL from the SAQOL and a finer-grained analysis of communication impairments on QoL from the QCL.
C1 [Bose, Arpita] Univ Windsor, Dept Psychol, Windsor, ON N9A 3P4, Canada.
RP Bose, A (reprint author), Univ Windsor, Dept Psychol, 401 Sunset Ave, Windsor, ON N9A 3P4, Canada.
EM bosea@uwindsor.ca
CR Aaronson N K, 1988, Oncology (Williston Park), V2, P69
Ahmed S, 2005, QUAL LIFE RES, V14, P611, DOI 10.1007/s11136-004-3708-0
Akvardar Y, 2006, PSYCHIAT CLIN NEUROS, V60, P693, DOI 10.1111/j.1440-1819.2006.01584.x
Aprile I, 2006, NEUROL SCI, V27, P40, DOI 10.1007/s10072-006-0563-5
BERGNER M, 1981, MED CARE, V19, P787, DOI 10.1097/00005650-198108000-00001
BRUMFITT S, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P569, DOI 10.1080/02687039308248631
Cruice M, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P333, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000707
Cruice M, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P111, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000651
Cruice M., 2000, ASIA PACIFIC J SPEEC, V5, P85
Engell B, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P383, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000734
Field A., 2005, DISCOVERING STAT SPS
Glozman Janna M., 2004, Neuropsychology Review, V14, P183, DOI 10.1007/s11065-004-8158-5
Goodglass H., 2001, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V3rd
Hilari K, 2003, STROKE, V34, P1944, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000081987.46660.ED
Hilari K, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P365, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000725
Hilari K, 2001, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V36, P86
JOYCE CRB, 1994, QUALITY LIFE FOLLOWI, P43
Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST
KAROW A, 2006, CURRENT OPINION PSYC, V19, P639
King RB, 1996, STROKE, V27, P1467
Knapp P, 1999, STROKE, V30, P934
LAPOINTE LL, 1999, SEMINARS SPEECH LANG, V29, P15
Lyon JG, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P693, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249416
*NAT APH ASS, 2007, DAT
Patel MD, 2006, AGE AGEING, V35, P273, DOI 10.1093/ageing.afj074
Paul D., 2004, QUALITY COMMUNICATIO
PIERRE U, 1995, QUAL LIFE RES, V4, P473
Reitan RM, 1974, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOLOGY
Ross KB, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P355, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000716
Ross KB, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P791, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000130
SIMMONSMACKIE N, 2004, J COMMUN DISORD, V38, P1
Sneeuw KCA, 1997, STROKE, V28, P1541
Harper A, 1998, PSYCHOL MED, V28, P551
Williams LS, 1999, STROKE, V30, P1362
Worrall LE, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P329, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000699
Zemva N, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P219, DOI 10.1080/026870399402190
NR 36
TC 6
Z9 7
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 7-8
BP 797
EP 808
DI 10.1080/02687030802593189
PG 12
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 468QR
UT WOS:000267835400003
ER
PT J
AU Lanyon, L
Rose, ML
AF Lanyon, Lucette
Rose, Miranda L.
TI Do the hands have it? The facilitation effects of arm and hand gesture
on word retrieval in aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
CT 38th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY 27-JUN 01, 2008
CL Jackson Hole, WY
DE Aphasia; Conversation; Word retrieval; Gesture; Facilitation
ID NONVERBAL-COMMUNICATION; ICONIC GESTURES; SPEECH
AB Background: There is considerable disagreement in the literature concerning the function of co-verbal gesture. Studies of the relationship between speech and gesture have employed an array of methods to investigate the origin and functions of arm and hand gesture. Commonly, these studies have utilised an experimental design to examine possible speech facilitation effects. However there is a need to examine spontaneous gesture production and its effect on speech production, as evidence suggests that natural gesture production is distinct from that produced under test conditions. Aims: To investigate the possible facilitation effects of spontaneously generated arm and hand gestures during word retrieval difficulty in people with aphasia. Methods Procedures: Conversational samples 20 minutes long were acquired from 18 participants with chronic aphasia. Verbal utterances were transcribed for word retrieval difficulty, resolved word retrieval difficulty, and fluent speech production. The transcription was augmented with all arm and hand gestures produced by the participants. Gestures were segmented into gesture units and classified into types. A second rater classified 20% of the samples for gesture type, occurrence of word retrieval difficulty, and whether the difficulty was successfully resolved or not. Consensus ratings were carried out where disagreement occurred. Variables were paired for comparison using a series of non-parametric Wilcoxon Signed-Ranks Tests. Outcomes Results: Gesture production was significantly higher during instances of word retrieval difficulties. The resolution of word retrieval difficulty was significantly more frequent with a gesture present. Crucially, there was no significant difference between the amounts of gesture produced during resolved, as compared to unresolved, word retrieval difficulties. However performance in the group was variable. Five individuals produced over 50% more gesture during resolved word retrieval events than during unresolved. Post-hoc examination of the linguistic characteristics of these five participants suggested they had a specific phonological level impairment. Conclusions: Gesture production is multifunctional for people with aphasia. People with mild aphasia, who have the majority of their linguistic resources still accessible, are likely to experience facilitation from gesture production, and hence gesture treatment maybe an appropriate and potent therapy focus. Some individuals with severe language impairment are capable of using many rich, communicative gestures. Such gesture expression should be explored as a viable component of a ototal communicationo therapeutic approach for those individuals.
C1 [Rose, Miranda L.] La Trobe Univ, Sch Human Commun Sci, Bundoora, Vic 3086, Australia.
RP Rose, ML (reprint author), La Trobe Univ, Sch Human Commun Sci, Bundoora, Vic 3086, Australia.
EM m.rose@latrobe.edu.au
CR Alibali MW, 2001, J MEM LANG, V44, P169, DOI 10.1006/jmla.2000.2752
Beattie G, 1999, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V90, P35, DOI 10.1348/000712699161251
CHAWLA P, 1994, J EXP SOC PSYCHOL, V30, P580, DOI 10.1006/jesp.1994.1027
Cocks N, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P299, DOI 10.1080/02687030600911393
De Ruiter J. P., 2000, LANGUAGE GESTURE, P284, DOI DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511620850.018
DUFFY RJ, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V21, P260, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90051-8
FEYEREISEN P, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V16, P191, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90083-9
FEYEREISEN P, 1983, INT J PSYCHOL, V18, P545, DOI 10.1080/00207598308247500
Frick D., 1998, AM J PSYCHOL, V3, P43
GLOSSER G, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P345, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90024-6
Goldin-Meadow S, 2001, PSYCHOL SCI, V12, P516, DOI 10.1111/1467-9280.00395
Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd
Hadar U, 1998, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V13, P59, DOI 10.1080/016909698386591
Hadar U, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V62, P107, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1890
Hadar U, 1997, SEMIOTICA, V115, P147, DOI 10.1515/semi.1997.115.1-2.147
BUTTERWORTH B, 1989, PSYCHOL REV, V96, P168, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.96.1.168
Helm-Estabrooks N., 1992, TEST ORAL LIMB APRAX
HERRMANN M, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P41, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90053-3
Kendon A., 1994, RES LANG SOC INTERAC, V27, P175, DOI DOI 10.1207/S15327973R1SI2703_2
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Krauss R., 1999, GESTURE SPEECH SIGN, P63
Krauss R. M., 2000, LANGUAGE GESTURE, P261, DOI DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511620850.017
LEVELT W, 1989, SPEAKING INTENTION A
McNeill D., 1992, HAND MIND WHAT GESTU
McNeill D., 2005, GESTURE AND THOUGHT
Mizuguchi T, 2006, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V103, P461, DOI 10.2466/PMS.103.2.461-462
MORRELSAMUELS P, 1992, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V18, P615, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.18.3.615
Murray L. L., 2006, NEUROGENIC DISORDERS
Nickels L., 2001, HDB COGNITIVE NEUROP, P291
PEDELTY L, 1987, THESIS UMI MICHIGAN
Raymer AM, 2006, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V12, P867, DOI 10.1017/S1355617706061042
Rose M, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P453, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000157
Rose M, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1001, DOI 10.1080/02687030143000825
Rose M., 2006, ADV SPEECH LANGUAGE, V8, P92, DOI 10.1080/14417040600657948
Rose M, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P977
NR 35
TC 19
Z9 19
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 7-8
BP 809
EP 822
DI 10.1080/02687030802642044
PG 14
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 468QR
UT WOS:000267835400004
ER
PT J
AU Newhart, M
Davis, C
Kannan, V
Heidler-Gary, J
Cloutman, L
Hillis, AE
AF Newhart, Melissa
Davis, Cameron
Kannan, Vijay
Heidler-Gary, Jennifer
Cloutman, Lauren
Hillis, Argye E.
TI Therapy for naming deficits in two variants of primary progressive
aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
CT 38th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY 27-JUN 01, 2008
CL Jackson Hole, WY
DE Dementia; Primary progressive aphasia; Treatment of aphasia; Language
deterioration
ID TEMPORAL-LOBE ATROPHY; SEMANTIC DEMENTIA
AB Background: Primary progressive aphasia (PPA) refers to a progressive and selective decline in language due to neurodegenerative disease. There are three variants of PPA, progressive nonfluent aphasia (PNFA), semantic dementia (SD), and logopaenic progressive aphasia (LPA). All variants include impaired object naming, but distinct underlying deficits might interfere with naming. Therefore, individuals with different types of PPA may respond differently to naming therapy. Aims: To identify differences in patterns of success and generalisation in response to the same treatment in patient with LPA and a patient with SD. Furthermore, we wished to identify whether the treatment effect was item specific (trained words) or generalised to untrained words in trained or untrained categories. Methods Procedures: Participants included an individual with LPA and one with SD. An assessment of lexical processing was administered before and after a naming treatment to assess underlying deficits and generalisation effects. Therapy consisted of a cueing hierarchy treatment. Treatment items consisted of pictured objects in the categories of fruits/vegetables and clothing. Outcomes Results: Two different patterns of performance were observed. The LPA participant improved in naming of treated items and untreated items in both treated and untreated categories. The participant with SD improved in naming treated items only, but showed less deterioration in untreated items in treated than untreated categories. Conclusions: Individuals with PPA can show improved naming (at least temporarily) with therapy, but generalisation to untrained items may depend on the underlying cause of the naming deficit, which may differ across subtypes.
C1 [Newhart, Melissa; Davis, Cameron; Kannan, Vijay; Heidler-Gary, Jennifer; Cloutman, Lauren; Hillis, Argye E.] Johns Hopkins Univ, Baltimore, MD USA.
RP Newhart, M (reprint author), Johns Hopkins Univ Hosp, Dept Neurol, Meyer 6-113,600 N Wolfe St, Baltimore, MD 21287 USA.
EM melnew@gmail.com
CR Amici S, 2006, BEHAV NEUROL, V17, P77
Chan D, 2001, ANN NEUROL, V49, P433, DOI 10.1002/ana.92
Gorno-Tempini ML, 2004, ANN NEUROL, V55, P335, DOI 10.1002/ana.10825
Hillis A. E., 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V19, P255
HILLIS AE, 1989, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V70, P632
Hodges JR, 2007, LANCET NEUROL, V6, P1004, DOI 10.1016/S1474-4422(07)70266-1
HODGES JR, 1992, BRAIN, V115, P1783, DOI 10.1093/brain/115.6.1783
Mesulam MM, 2003, NEW ENGL J MED, V349, P1535, DOI 10.1056/NEJMra022435
Mesulam M. M, 2007, ALZ DIS ASSOC DIS, V21, P8
Mesulam MM, 2001, ANN NEUROL, V49, P425, DOI 10.1002/ana.91
MESULAM MM, 1982, ANN NEUROL, V11, P592, DOI 10.1002/ana.410110607
Mesulam MM, 2003, ANN NEUROL, V54, P11
Neary D, 1998, NEUROLOGY, V51, P1546
NESTOR PJ, 2003, BRAIN, V126, P1
Snowden J. S, 1989, BEHAV NEUROL, V2, P167
NR 15
TC 12
Z9 12
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 7-8
BP 823
EP 834
DI 10.1080/02687030802661762
PG 12
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 468QR
UT WOS:000267835400005
ER
PT J
AU Kiran, S
Sandberg, C
Abbott, K
AF Kiran, Swathi
Sandberg, Chaleece
Abbott, Karen
TI Treatment for lexical retrieval using abstract and concrete words in
persons with aphasia: Effect of complexity
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
CT 38th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY 27-JUN 01, 2008
CL Jackson Hole, WY
DE Abstractness; Imageability; Training; Aphasia; Complexity; Generation
ID SEMANTIC COMPLEXITY; DEEP DYSLEXIA; IMAGEABILITY; DEFICITS;
COMPREHENSION; DECISIONS
AB Background: The significance of imageability and concreteness as factors for lexical tasks in aphasic individuals is under debate. No previous treatment studies have looked specifically at training abstract words compared to concrete for improved lexical retrieval in patients with chronic aphasia. Aims: The goal of the present study was to determine the efficacy of a treatment for lexical retrieval that is based on models of lexical processing by utilising abstractness as a mode of complexity. It was hypothesised that training abstract words in a category will result in improvement of those words and generalisation to untrained target concrete words in the same category. However, training concrete words in a category will result in the retrieval of trained concrete words, but not generalisation to target abstract words. Methods Procedures: A single-participant experimental design across participants and behaviours was used to examine treatment and generalisation. Generative naming for three categories (church, hospital, courthouse) was tested during baseline and treatment. Each treatment session was carried out in five steps: (1) category sorting, (2) feature selection, (3) yes/no feature questions, (4) word recall, and (5) free generative naming. Outcomes Results: Although participant 1 demonstrated neither significant learning nor generalisation during abstract or concrete word training, participants 2, 3, and 4 showed significant learning during abstract word training and generalisation to untrained concrete words. Participants 3 and 4 were also trained on concrete words, on which they improved, but did not show generalisation to untrained abstract words. Conclusions: The results of the present experiment support our hypothesis that training abstract words would result in greater learning and generalisation to untrained concrete words. They also tentatively support the idea that generalisation is facilitated by treatment focusing on more complex constructions (Kiran Thompson, 2003; Thompson, Shapiro, Kiran, Sobecks, 2003).
C1 [Kiran, Swathi] Univ Texas Austin, CCC SLP, Austin, TX 78712 USA.
[Abbott, Karen] Capitol Sch, Austin, TX USA.
RP Kiran, S (reprint author), Univ Texas Austin, CCC SLP, A1100,CMA 7-210, Austin, TX 78712 USA.
EM s-kiran@mail.utexas.edu
RI Kiran, S/B-1892-2013
CR Barry C, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V84, P84, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00522-9
BEESON PM, 2008, CLIN APH C JACKS HOL
Beeson PM, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V16, P161, DOI 10.1007/s11065-006-9013-7
BLEASDALE FA, 1987, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V13, P582, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.13.4.582
COLTHEART M, 1981, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V33, P497
Crutch SJ, 2005, BRAIN, V128, P615, DOI 10.1093/brain/awh349
DEGROOT AMB, 1989, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V15, P824, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.15.5.824
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
JAMES CT, 1975, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V104, P130, DOI 10.1037/0096-1523.1.2.130
JONES GV, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V24, P1, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90094-X
Kaplan E., 2001, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Kim M, 2007, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V21, P321, DOI 10.1080/02699200701245415
Kiran S, 2008, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V17, P389, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2008/06-0085)
Kiran S, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P773, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/061)
Kiran S, 2008, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V51, P1550, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2008/07-0038)
Kiran S, 2007, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V16, P1
Martin N, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P83, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0005
Newton PK, 1997, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V14, P481
NICKELS L, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V33, P1281, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(95)00102-9
PAIVIO A, 1968, J EXP PSYCHOL, V76, P1, DOI 10.1037/h0025327
PAIVIO A, 1991, CAN J PSYCHOL, V45, P255, DOI 10.1037/h0084295
SCHWANENFLUGEL PJ, 1988, J MEM LANG, V27, P499, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(88)90022-8
Thompson CK, 2007, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V16, P30, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2007/005)
Thompson CK, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P591, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/047)
NR 26
TC 7
Z9 7
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 7-8
BP 835
EP 853
DI 10.1080/02687030802588866
PG 19
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 468QR
UT WOS:000267835400006
ER
PT J
AU Antonucci, SM
AF Antonucci, Sharon M.
TI Use of semantic feature analysis in group aphasia treatment
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
CT 38th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY 27-JUN 01, 2008
CL Jackson Hole, WY
DE Stroke rehabilitation; Lexical retrieval; Connected speech; Discourse
ID WORD RETRIEVAL; CONNECTED SPEECH; DISCOURSE; ADULTS
AB Background: Semantic feature analysis (SFA) is a treatment for lexical retrieval impairment in which participants are cued to provide semantic information about concepts they have difficulty naming in an effort to facilitate accurate lexical retrieval (Boyle, 2004b). The majority of studies of SFA have concentrated on single-word training, with inconsistent generalisation of improved lexical retrieval to connected speech. Expansion of SFA training in discourse has yielded modest success in the context of individual treatment, but has not been examined in the context of group treatment. Aims: The aim of the current study was to investigate training of SFA in connected speech during group aphasia treatment, which provides a natural context for analysing the effectiveness of discourse production, as well as representing an increasingly popular model of service delivery for aphasia treatment. It was hypothesised that lexical retrieval during discourse would improve, as would overall communication informativeness. Methods Procedures: Three individuals with aphasia participated in biweekly group treatment during which SFA was trained during discourse production tasks. Two of the three individuals participated in the entire course of treatment. Discourse of these two participants was analysed such that effect sizes could be calculated for measures of overall communication informativeness and efficiency (Nicholas Brookshire, 1993), and for item-specific lexical retrieval (Mayer Murray, 2003). Outcomes Results: The two individuals who participated in the full treatment protocol both demonstrated improved lexical retrieval in discourse, with additional improvements observed in either general communication informativeness or efficiency. Conclusions: Results provide preliminary support for the hypotheses that SFA administered during group aphasia treatment can be used successfully to facilitate word retrieval during discourse. Furthermore, results suggest that individuals with differing mechanisms of anomia may derive benefits from participation in this treatment protocol.
C1 NYU, CCC SLP, Dept Speech Language Pathol & Audiol, New York, NY 10012 USA.
RP Antonucci, SM (reprint author), NYU, CCC SLP, Dept Speech Language Pathol & Audiol, 665 Broadway,9th Floor, New York, NY 10012 USA.
EM sma208@nyu.edu
CR Beeson P. M., 2007, GROUP TREATMENT NEUR, V2nd, P145
BEESON PM, 2008, 38 ANN CLIN APH C TE
Boyle M, 2004, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V13, P236, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2004/025)
BOYLE M, 2004, CLIN APH C PARK CIT
Boyle M., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P94
Busk P. L., 1992, SINGLE CASE RES DESI
Cameron RM, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P269, DOI 10.1080/02687030500473387
Clausen NS, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P625, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000003
Coelho CA, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P133
COLLINS AM, 1975, PSYCHOL REV, V82, P407, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.82.6.407
Conley A, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P203, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000617
Davis GA, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P21, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000598
Duffy J.R, 1995, MOTOR SPEECH DISORDE
Helm-Estabrooks N., 1989, MELODIC INTONATION T
Helm-Estabrooks N., 2003, NARRATIVE STORY CARD
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Lowell S., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P109
Mayer JF, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P481, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000148
NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338
PEACH R, 2008, 38 ANN CLIN APH C TE
Raven J., 1998, COLOURED PROGR MATRI
Raymer A. M., 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P524
Rider JD, 2008, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V17, P161, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2008/016)
Thompson C. K., 1989, GEN STRATEGIES TREAT, P82
MASSARO M, 1994, CLIN APHASIOL, V22, P245
NR 27
TC 18
Z9 18
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 7-8
BP 854
EP 866
DI 10.1080/02687030802634405
PG 13
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 468QR
UT WOS:000267835400007
ER
PT J
AU Tranel, D
AF Tranel, Daniel
TI The left temporal pole is important for retrieving words for unique
concrete entities
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
CT 38th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY 27-JUN 01, 2008
CL Jackson Hole, WY
DE Aphasia; Anomia; Proper nouns; Visual naming; Lesion; Positron emission
tomography
ID LOBE EPILEPSY; FAMOUS FACES; CONCEPTUAL KNOWLEDGE; NEURAL BASIS;
RECOGNITION DEFICITS; SEMANTIC MEMORY; PEOPLES NAMES; ANOMIA;
IDENTIFICATION; LANDMARKS
AB Background: The neuroanatomical basis of lexical retrieval has been studied intensively. The current review focuses on the special case of proper nouns. Aims: This article reviews a programme of research that has used both lesion-deficit and functional-imaging (PET) approaches to investigate the neuroanatomical basis for lexical retrieval of proper nouns. In lesion-deficit studies we found that damage to the left temporal polar (TP) region leads to reliable and specific impairments in naming famous persons (e.g., oGeorge Clooneyo) and famous landmarks (e.g., oGolden Gate Bridgeo). In functional-imaging studies we found that when participants name famous persons and landmarks they produce specific activation (increases in regional cerebral blood flow) in the left TP region. Main Contribution: These findings converge with lesion and functional-imaging data from other laboratories to support the idea that the left TP region is important for the retrieval of names for unique concrete entities, persons and landmarks being typical examples of such categories of entities. Conclusions: We have interpreted these results within a theoretical framework which suggests that left TP contains convergence regions that operate as intermediaries between conceptual knowledge retrieval and lexical retrieval for classes of unique concrete entities.
C1 [Tranel, Daniel] Univ Iowa, Coll Med, Iowa City, IA USA.
RP Tranel, D (reprint author), Univ Iowa Hosp & Clin, Dept Neurol, 200 Hawkins Dr, Iowa City, IA 52242 USA.
EM daniel-tranel@uiowa.edu
CR Barsalou LW, 2003, TRENDS COGN SCI, V7, P84, DOI 10.1016/S1364-6613(02)00029-3
Cohen G, 1993, Memory, V1, P249, DOI 10.1080/09658219308258237
Damasio AR, 1990, S QUANTITATIVE BIOL, V55, P1039
Damasio H, 1996, NATURE, V380, P499, DOI 10.1038/380499a0
Damasio H, 2004, COGNITION, V92, P179, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2002.07.001
Drane DL, 2008, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V46, P1242, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2007.11.034
FERY P, 1995, CORTEX, V31, P191
Frank RJ, 1997, NEUROIMAGE, V5, P13, DOI 10.1006/nimg.1996.0250
Friston KJ, 1994, HUMAN BRAIN MAPPING, V2, P189, DOI DOI 10.1002/HBM.460020402
Gallese V, 2005, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V22, P455, DOI 10.1080/02643290442000310
Gauthier I, 1999, NAT NEUROSCI, V2, P568, DOI 10.1038/9224
Glosser G, 2003, NEUROLOGY, V61, P81
Gorno-Tempini ML, 2001, BRAIN, V124, P2087, DOI 10.1093/brain/124.10.2087
Grabowski TJ, 2001, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V13, P199, DOI 10.1002/hbm.1033
Grabowski TJ, 2003, NEUROIMAGE, V20, P940, DOI 10.1016/S1053-8119(03)00284-2
HERSCOVITCH P, 1983, J NUCL MED, V24, P782
HODGES JR, 1993, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V31, P775, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(93)90128-M
Kanwisher N, 2000, NAT NEUROSCI, V3, P759, DOI 10.1038/77664
Kellenbach ML, 2001, COGN AFFECT BEHAV NE, V1, P207, DOI 10.3758/CABN.1.3.207
Levelt WJM, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P1
Lyons F, 2002, CORTEX, V38, P23, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70636-1
Marinkovic K, 2004, NEUROSCIENTIST, V10, P142, DOI 10.1177/1073858403261018
MARTIN A, 2003, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH
MARTIN A, 1995, SCIENCE, V270, P102, DOI 10.1126/science.270.5233.102
Otsuka Y, 2005, CORTEX, V41, P39, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70176-X
Rogers TT, 2004, PSYCHOL REV, V111, P205, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.111.1.205
Rudrauf D, 2008, NEUROIMAGE, V41, P970, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2007.12.033
Seidenberg M, 2002, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V40, P446, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(01)00096-3
Semenza C, 1995, NEUROCASE, V1, P183, DOI 10.1080/13554799508402362
SERGENT J, 1992, BRAIN, V115, P15, DOI 10.1093/brain/115.1.15
Simmons WK, 2005, CEREB CORTEX, V15, P1602, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhi038
Tranel D, 2008, J PHYSIOLOGY-PARIS, V102, P80, DOI 10.1016/j.jphysparis.2008.03.008
Tranel D, 1997, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V35, P1319, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(97)00085-7
Tranel D, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V20, P1, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.20.1.1
TRANEL D, 1997, ANOMIA NEUROANATOMIC, P65, DOI 10.1016/B978-012289685-9/50005-3
Tranel D, 2005, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V27, P102, DOI 10.1080/138033990513663
Tranel D., 2007, TXB CLIN NEUROPSYCHO, P27
Tsukiura T, 2003, NEUROIMAGE, V20, P784, DOI 10.1016/S1053-8119(03)00378-1
Tsukiura T, 2002, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V14, P922, DOI 10.1162/089892902760191144
Viskontas IV, 2002, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V16, P472, DOI 10.1037//0894-4105.16.4.472
WOODS RP, 1993, J COMPUT ASSIST TOMO, V17, P536
NR 41
TC 22
Z9 22
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 7-8
BP 867
EP 884
DI 10.1080/02687030802586498
PG 18
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 468QR
UT WOS:000267835400008
ER
PT J
AU Lee, JB
Kaye, RC
Cherney, LR
AF Lee, Jaime B.
Kaye, Rosalind C.
Cherney, Leora R.
TI Conversational script performance in adults with non-fluent aphasia:
Treatment intensity and aphasia severity
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
CT 38th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY 27-JUN 01, 2008
CL Jackson Hole, WY
DE Aphasia; Intensity; Rehabilitation; Script training; Computer treatment;
Severity
ID LANGUAGE THERAPY; STROKE; RECOVERY; REHABILITATION; PROGNOSIS
AB Background: A growing body of research in aphasia treatment has indicated that greater amount and intensity of treatment is associated with better outcomes in individuals with chronic aphasia. AphasiaScriptsTM is a computerised conversational script training program that simultaneously collects accurate, reliable data about amount and intensity of treatment. Aims: The purpose of this study was first to investigate the relationship between amount of treatment and improvement on conversational script performance in persons with chronic non-fluent aphasia, and second to investigate the influence of severity of language impairment on this relationship. Methods Procedures: We collected computer-generated treatment data from 17 participants with chronic non-fluent aphasia during the 9-week AphasiaScriptsTM treatment protocol. Participants practised three individualised conversational scripts for 3 weeks each. We computed two measures of outcome performance: percent change in script content (script-related words) and percent change in rate (script-related words per minute). Outcomes Results: Amount of treatment varied greatly, from 1.9 to 16.9hours per week. Amount of treatment was significantly correlated with percent change in script content (r=.67, p.01) and rate (r=.53, p.05), after an outlier was removed from the analyses. Severity of aphasia, measured by the Western Aphasia Battery Aphasia Quotient (WAB AQ), was negatively correlated with amount of treatment. When the sample was divided into two severity groups based on WAB AQ scores, amount of treatment was significantly correlated with improvement in content in participants with more severe aphasia, and significantly correlated with improvement in rate in participants with less severe aphasia. Conclusions: Results are consistent with previous studies that support the relationship between aphasia treatment intensity and outcomes. Severity of aphasia and individual participants' characteristics also impact the relationship between intensity and improvement. Individual participants' treatment trends and characteristics of participants who benefit the most from conversational script training are discussed.
C1 [Cherney, Leora R.] Rehabil Inst Chicago, Ctr Aphasia Res & Treatment, Chicago, IL 60611 USA.
[Cherney, Leora R.] Northwestern Univ, Sch Med, Chicago, IL USA.
RP Cherney, LR (reprint author), Rehabil Inst Chicago, Ctr Aphasia Res & Treatment, Suite 1353,345 E Super St, Chicago, IL 60611 USA.
EM lcherney@ric.org
CR BASSO A, 1979, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V36, P190
Basso A, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P307, DOI 10.1080/02687040042000304
Bhogal SK, 2003, STROKE, V34, P987, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000062343.64383.D0
CHERNEY L, 2008, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V17, P1
Cherney LR, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V103, P246, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.07.027
Cherney LR, 2008, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V51, P1282, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2008/07-0206)
Hinckley JJ, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P989, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249465
Katz RC, 1997, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V40, P493
KATZ RC, 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P718
KERTESZ A, 1977, BRAIN, V100, P1, DOI 10.1093/brain/100.1.1
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
LOVERSO FL, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P155, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248587
MACKENZIE C, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P435, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248547
Meinzer M, 2005, STROKE, V36, P1462, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000169941.29831.2a
Moore D. S., 1999, INTRO PRACTICE STAT, V3rd
Mortley J, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P193, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000553
Pedersen PM, 2004, CEREBROVASC DIS, V17, P35, DOI 10.1159/000073896
PEDERSEN PM, 1995, ANN NEUROL, V38, P659, DOI 10.1002/ana.410380416
Pedersen PM, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P151, DOI 10.1080/02687040042000106
Petheram B, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P187, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000020
Pulvermuller F, 2001, STROKE, V32, P1621
Robey RR, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V41, P172
NR 22
TC 21
Z9 21
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 7-8
BP 885
EP 897
DI 10.1080/02687030802669534
PG 13
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 468QR
UT WOS:000267835400009
ER
PT J
AU Christensen, SC
Wright, HH
Ross, K
Katz, R
Capilouto, G
AF Christensen, Stephanie C.
Wright, Heather Harris
Ross, Katherine
Katz, Richard
Capilouto, Gilson
TI What makes a good story? The naive rater's perception
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
CT 38th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY 27-JUN 01, 2008
CL Jackson Hole, WY
DE Discourse; Story quality; Discourse measures; Narrative
ID MAGNITUDE ESTIMATION; LANGUAGE DISORDERS; APHASIA; NARRATIVES;
DISCOURSE; CHILDREN; QUALITY; SPEECH; INFORMATIVENESS; INDIVIDUALS
AB Background: Individuals with aphasia (IWA) present with language impairments at the discourse level. Recently researchers have found a relationship between discourse measures in aphasia and raters' perceptions of the quality of language produced by IWA. However, the relationship between naive raters' perceptions of language quality and linguistic measures of discourse in individuals without aphasia is less clear. Due to variations in researchers' intentions, discourse tasks used, objective measures analysed, and methods used to assess language quality, a cogent understanding of what linguistic measures impact the perception of language quality is still lacking. If certain discourse measures important for differentiating the language quality of individuals with language impairments are also important to distinguishing the quality of stories produced by individuals without language impairments, those elements should have a significant impact on communicative success for IWA. Aims: The purpose of this study was to determine if linguistic elements known to correlate with language quality ratings of stories told by IWA were also predictive of story quality ratings for discourse produced by adults without language impairments. Method Procedures: This study used direct magnitude estimation (DME) to determine how linguistic differences revealed through discourse analysis correlated with naive raters' (N=12) subjective ratings of owhat makes a good storyo. Naive raters judged the quality of two narratives (stories elicited from a sequential picture stimulus and a wordless picture book) told by younger and older adults without language impairments. Outcomes Results: Results indicated a positive relationship among measures commonly used in aphasia research, and raters' perceptions of story quality for stories told by adults without language impairments. However, measures that predicted raters' perceptions of story quality differed by discourse stimuli. For the stories told while viewing the wordless picture book, story quality was predicted by the proportion of story propositions (SPs) conveyed and the percent of information units (%IUs) produced while controlling for total number of words. However, for the sequential picture description task, the linear combination of %IUs and proportion of main events produced did not predict story quality ratings. Conclusions: Discourse measures used with IWA were predictive of story quality ratings for stories told by adults without aphasia when the discourse task involved narratives elicited from a wordless picture book, but not for shorter stories elicited from sequential picture descriptions.
C1 [Christensen, Stephanie C.] Arizona State Univ, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, Tempe, AZ 85287 USA.
[Ross, Katherine; Katz, Richard] Carl T Hayden Vet Adm Hosp, Phoenix, AZ USA.
[Capilouto, Gilson] Univ Kentucky, Lexington, KY USA.
RP Christensen, SC (reprint author), Arizona State Univ, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, POB 870102, Tempe, AZ 85287 USA.
EM Stephanie.Christensen@asu.edu
CR Beaudreau S. A., 2005, EXPT AGING RES, V32, P105, DOI 10.1080/03610730500326481
CAMPBELL TF, 1992, TOP LANG DISORD, V12, P43
Capilouto GJ, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P205, DOI 10.1080/02687030500473122
CARTER L, 2008, AM SPEECH LANG HEAR
Deser T., 1990, BRAIN LANG, V40, P67
Doyle P. J., 1996, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V5, P53, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360.0503.53
Eadie TL, 2002, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V45, P1088, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2002/087)
Folstein MF, 1975, J PSYCHIATR RES, V12, P198
Hengst JA, 2005, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V48, P137, DOI 10.1044/1092-43888(2005/011)
Jacobs BJ, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V78, P115, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2452
JAMES LE, 1998, PSYCHOL AGING, V13, P335
LILES BZ, 1995, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V38, P415
Marini A, 2005, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V34, P439, DOI 10.1007/s10936-005-6203-z
Mccoll D, 2006, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V102, P454, DOI 10.2466/PMS.102.2.454-460
McCully E. A., 1984, PICNIC
McFadden TU, 1996, LANG SPEECH HEAR SER, V27, P48
Montague M., 1991, LEARNING DISABILITIE, V6, P219
Newman RM, 2006, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V49, P1022, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2006/073)
Nicholas Linda E., 1995, Journal of Speech and Hearing Research, V38, P145
NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338
Olness GS, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P251, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000723
Ross KB, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P113, DOI 10.1080/026870399402235
Stevens S. S., 1975, PSYCHOPHYSICS INTRO
Toolan Michael, 2001, NARRATIVE CRITICAL L, V2nd
WRIGHT HH, 2007, CLIN APH C SCOTTSD A
Wright HH, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P263, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000732
NR 26
TC 0
Z9 0
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 7-8
BP 898
EP 913
DI 10.1080/02687030802642010
PG 16
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 468QR
UT WOS:000267835400010
ER
PT J
AU Purves, BA
AF Purves, Barbara A.
TI The complexities of speaking for another
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
CT 38th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY 27-JUN 01, 2008
CL Jackson Hole, WY
DE Speaking for; Aphasia; Conversation; Family
ID INTERVIEW SITUATION; APHASIA; EVALUATE; SPOUSES; COUPLES
AB Background: While it is recognised that conversation partners of people with aphasia often speak for them, investigation of ospeaking-foro incidents has shown that these comprise a wide range of behaviours, leading Simmons-Mackie, Kingston, and Schulz (2004) to identify a ofine interactive lineo (p.123) between ospeaking foro and ospeaking instead ofo. To date, however, there has been little exploration of these behaviours in the context of everyday family conversation; furthermore, little is known about how family members themselves interpret the actions of speaking for their relative with aphasia. Aims: The goal of this paper is to describe how the husband of a woman with progressive nonfluent aphasia (PNFA) and their adult children experienced and interpreted his ways of speaking for her. Methods Procedures: Findings are drawn from a qualitative case study exploring a family's experiences of progressive aphasia through analyses of their talk. Methodology included a thematic analysis of in-depth interviews conducted with each of six family members and conversation analysis of their everyday conversations together, selected and audio recorded by the participants themselves over a 3-month period. Outcomes Results: The husband's ospeaking-foro behaviours, which emerged as a significant theme in the interview data from him and all four adult children, were linked to long-standing patterns of interaction but were described as problematic in the context of his wife's aphasia. Conversation analysis revealed that he used three patterns of ospeaking-foro behaviours, each with different interactional strategies and consequences. Conclusions: Discussion highlights the nuances, challenges, and complexities of ospeaking foro behaviours when considered in the historical context of relationship.
C1 Univ British Columbia, Sch Audiol & Speech Sci, Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z3, Canada.
RP Purves, BA (reprint author), Univ British Columbia, Sch Audiol & Speech Sci, Friedman Bldg,2177 Wesbrook Mall, Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z3, Canada.
EM purves@audiospeech.ubc.ca
CR Blumer H., 1969, SYMB INTERACT, P140
Booth S, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P283
Charmaz K, 2001, HDB ETHNOGRAPHY, p160
Croteau C, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P327, DOI 10.1080/02687030500475051
Croteau C, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P291, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000616
Croteau C, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P791, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192398
Emerson R. M., 1995, WRITING ETHNOGRAPHIC
GOODWIN C, 1987, SOC PSYCHOL QUART, V50, P115, DOI 10.2307/2786746
Heritage John, 1984, GARFINKEL ETHNOMETHO
Jaworski A, 1993, POWER SILENCE
JUCKER AH, 1993, J PRAGMATICS, V19, P435, DOI 10.1016/0378-2166(93)90004-9
Kvale S., 1996, INTERVIEWS INTRO QUA
Luborsky MR, 1994, QUALITATIVE METHODS
Perkins L., 2003, CONVERSATION BRAIN D, P147
PURVES B, 2006, THESIS U BRIT COLUMB
SCHIFFRIN D, 1987, DISCOURSE MARKERS CO
Schiffrin Deborah, 1994, APPROACHES DISCOURSE
Simmons-Mackie N, 2004, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V13, P114, DOI 10.1044/1058-0630(2004/013)
Tannen Deborah, 1985, PERSPECTIVES SILENCE
NR 19
TC 4
Z9 4
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 7-8
BP 914
EP 925
DI 10.1080/02687030802514946
PG 12
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 468QR
UT WOS:000267835400011
ER
PT J
AU Duff, MC
Hengst, JA
Tranel, D
Cohen, NJ
AF Duff, Melissa C.
Hengst, Julie A.
Tranel, Daniel
Cohen, Neal J.
TI Hippocampal amnesia disrupts verbal play and the creative use of
language in social interaction
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
CT 38th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY 27-JUN 01, 2008
CL Jackson Hole, WY
DE Verbal play; Creativity; Declarative memory; Hippocampal amnesia; Social
interaction
ID COMMUNICATIVE RESOURCE; DISCOURSE
AB Background: While the neural substrates and cognitive components of creativity have received considerable attention in cognitive neuroscience, the creative use of language in social interaction has been less well studied. As part of a broader programme of research on language-and-memory-in-use in individuals with hippocampal amnesia, we analysed verbal play, a creative use of language that is pervasive in everyday communicative interaction. Aims: To identify instances of creative uses of language in the protocols of social and collaborative interactions, to characterise the qualitative nature, and to determine the frequency of these interactions initiated by participants with hippocampal amnesia vs comparison participants in order to ascertain whether amnesia impairs this aspect of social communication. Methods Procedures: This study uses quantitative group comparisons and detailed discourse analysis to analyse verbal play in the interactional discourse sessions of four participants with hippocampal amnesia and four healthy (demographically matched) comparison participants, each interacting with a familiar partner while completing a collaborative referencing task and with a researcher between task trials. Outcomes Results: All participants used verbal play. However, significantly fewer episodes were initiated in sessions with amnesia participants (312) and by participants with amnesia themselves (187) than in sessions with comparison participants (572) and by comparison participants (395). No significant group differences were observed for interactional forms, resources, or functions. Qualitative differences were also observed in amnesia sessions (e.g., more rotely produced episodes, lack of thematically linked episodes). Conclusions: These findings suggest that hippocampal amnesia disrupts the creative use of language in social interaction and accord with our previous work pointing to impairments in language-and-memory-in-use more broadly. These findings highlight the interdependence of language and memory especially in the interactional aspects of communication.
C1 [Duff, Melissa C.] Univ Iowa, Dept Neurol, Coll Med, Iowa City, IA 52242 USA.
[Hengst, Julie A.; Cohen, Neal J.] Univ Illinois, Urbana, IL 61801 USA.
RP Duff, MC (reprint author), Univ Iowa, Dept Neurol, Coll Med, 200 Hawkins Dr, Iowa City, IA 52242 USA.
EM melissa-duff@uiowa.edu
CR Bateson G, 1972, STEPS ECOLOGY MIND
Benton AL, 1994, MULTILINGUAL APHASIA
Bristol AS, 2006, CREATIVITY AND REASON IN COGNITIVE DEVELOPMENT, P60, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511606915.005
Cohen N. J., 2003, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY NEUR, P322
COHEN NJ, 1984, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY MEMO, P84
Cohen NJ, 1993, MEMORY AMNESIA HIPPO
Crystal David, 1998, LANGUAGE PLAY
Damasio Antonio, 2001, ORIGINS CREATIVITY
Duff MC, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P866, DOI 10.1080/02687030701844196
Duff MC, 2006, NAT NEUROSCI, V9, P140, DOI 10.1038/nn1601
Duff MC, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P702, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192265
Duff MC, 2008, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V30, P931, DOI 10.1080/13803390801894681
Duff MC, 2008, BRAIN LANG, V106, P41, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.10.004
Eichenbaum H, 2001, CONDITIONING CONSCIO
Goffman E, 1974, FRAME ANAL ESSAY ORG
Goodglass H., 1983, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V2nd
Hanks W., 1990, REFERENTIAL PRACTICE
Hassabis D, 2007, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V104, P1726, DOI 10.1073/pnas.0610561104
HENGST J, 2007, TOP LANG DISORD, V27, P36
Hengst JA, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P312, DOI 10.1080/02687030500475010
Ogden J. A., 1996, FRACTURED MINDS CASE
SHERZER J, 2002, SPEECH PLAY VERBAL A
Straehle Carolyn, 1993, FRAMING DISCOURSE, P210
TATE R, 2002, HDB MEMORY DISORDERS, P17
Wechsler D, 1997, WECHSLER ADULT INTEL, V3rd
Wechsler DS, 1997, WECHSLER MEMORY SCAL
NR 26
TC 21
Z9 21
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 7-8
BP 926
EP 939
DI 10.1080/02687030802533748
PG 14
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 468QR
UT WOS:000267835400012
ER
PT J
AU Fleming, VB
Harris, JL
AF Fleming, Valarie B.
Harris, Joyce L.
TI Test-retest discourse performance of individuals with mild cognitive
impairment
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
CT 38th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY 27-JUN 01, 2008
CL Jackson Hole, WY
DE Mild cognitive impairment; Discourse; Discourse production; Test-retest;
Dementia
ID MINI-MENTAL-STATE; DEMENTIA; AGE
AB Background: Mild cognitive impairment (MCI) is an evolving, intermediate diagnostic category between normal cognitive ageing and dementia in which individuals demonstrate cognitive performance that is impaired beyond that expected in normal cognitive ageing or among those with similar educational backgrounds. MCI may convert to dementia; however, the time-course to conversion is unknown. Aims: The purpose of the current research was to investigate whether, in a group of previously tested individuals with MCI, decrements in complex discourse production would be evident as early as 6 months following initial assessment. Methods Procedures: Eight individuals with MCI were reassessed at a 6-month follow-up using a complex discourse production task previously shown to differentiate these individuals with MCI from normal controls. Outcomes Results: The hypothesis that performance scores at 6-month follow-up would be lower than initial scores in individuals with MCI was not supported. No evidence emerged of precipitous decline in complex ideation, planning, organisation, and abstract reasoning, as measured in number of words, T-units, and core elements, leading to additional hypotheses with scientific and practical implications that warrant investigation. Conclusions: Extended serial reassessment is indicated in order to more fully characterise discourse production performance in MCI over time.
C1 [Fleming, Valarie B.] Texas State Univ San Marcos, Dept Commun Disorders, San Marcos, TX 78666 USA.
[Harris, Joyce L.] Univ Texas Austin, Austin, TX 78712 USA.
RP Fleming, VB (reprint author), Texas State Univ San Marcos, Dept Commun Disorders, 601 Univ Dr, San Marcos, TX 78666 USA.
EM valarie.fleming@txstate.edu
CR Artero S, 2003, AGING MENT HEALTH, V7, P251, DOI 10.1080/1360786031000120741
Bozoki A, 2001, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V58, P411, DOI 10.1001/archneur.58.3.411
Brookshire RH, 1997, INTRO NEUROGENIC COM
Crook T, 1986, DEV NEUROPSYCHOL, V2, P261, DOI 10.1080/87565648609540348
CRUM RM, 1993, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V269, P2386, DOI 10.1001/jama.269.18.2386
Dijkstra K, 2004, J NEUROLINGUIST, V17, P263, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(03)00048-4
Ferris SH, 1996, AGING NEUROPSYCHOL C, V3, P148, DOI 10.1080/13825589608256620
Fischer P, 2007, NEUROLOGY, V68, P288, DOI 10.1212/01.wnl.0000252358.03285.9d
FLEMING VB, 2007, DISS ABSTR INT B, V68, P3740
Fleming VB, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P729, DOI 10.1080/02687030701803762
FLICKER C, 1991, NEUROLOGY, V41, P1006
FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6
Gauthier S, 2006, LANCET, V367, P1262, DOI 10.1016/S0140-6736(06)68542-5
Glosser G., 1992, J GERONTOL B-PSYCHOL, V47, P266
Harris JL, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P813, DOI 10.1080/02687030701818034
Holsinger T, 2007, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V297, P2391, DOI 10.1001/jama.297.21.2391
Kalbe E, 2004, INT J GERIATR PSYCH, V19, P136, DOI 10.1002/gps.1042
Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST
KIRAN S, 2005, COMMUNICATION WELLNE
KIRAN S, 2006, COMMUNICATION WELLNE
KRAL VA, 1962, CAN MED ASSOC J, V86, P257
Levy R, 1994, Int Psychogeriatr, V6, P63, DOI 10.1017/S1041610294001626
Miller JF, 2006, SYSTEMATIC ANAL LANG
MITRUSHINA M, 1991, J CLIN PSYCHOL, V47, P537, DOI 10.1002/1097-4679(199107)47:4<537::AID-JCLP2270470411>3.0.CO;2-9
Nasreddine ZS, 2005, J AM GERIATR SOC, V53, P695, DOI 10.1111/j.1532-5415.2005.53221.x
Petersen RC, 2001, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V58, P1985, DOI 10.1001/archneur.58.12.1985
REISBERG B, 1982, AM J PSYCHIAT, V139, P1136
Taler V, 2008, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V30, P501, DOI 10.1080/13803390701550128
Wechsler DS, 1997, WECHSLER MEMORY SCAL
NR 29
TC 2
Z9 2
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 7-8
BP 940
EP 950
DI 10.1080/02687030802586480
PG 11
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 468QR
UT WOS:000267835400013
ER
PT J
AU Fox, S
Armstrong, E
Boles, L
AF Fox, Sarah
Armstrong, Elizabeth
Boles, Larry
TI Conversational treatment in mild aphasia: A case study
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT 38th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY 27-JUN 01, 2008
CL Jackson Hole, WY
DE Conversational treatment; Mild aphasia; Partner training
ID TRAINING VOLUNTEERS; DISCOURSE ANALYSIS; INDIVIDUALS; ATTENTION;
PARTNERS; PEOPLE
AB Background: The literature suggests that mild aphasia negatively affects everyday experiences, social life, and identity. However, while mild word-finding problems and difficulty understanding abstract or grammatically complex language are typical clinical characteristics, their impact on everyday discourse and conversation partners remains relatively unexplored. Similarly, treatment studies addressing conversational difficulties have predominantly included those with moderate to severe aphasia, rather than those at the mild end of the severity scale. Aims: The current study examines conversational difficulties in mild aphasia and their accessibility to a conversational treatment procedure. Methods Procedures: A woman with mild aphasia and her husband participated in the study. They underwent 14 sessions of conversational therapy, based on the procedures of Boles (1998) and Boles and Lewis (2003). Outcome measures included subjective ratings by the couple regarding conversational parameters they deemed important, ratings of their interactions by independent judges on the Measure of skill in Supported Conversation (MSC) and the Measure of Participation in Conversation (MPC) (Kagan et al., 2004), independent judgments of whether interactions were pre or post-treatment, as well as a series of behavioural measures related to specific goals collaboratively set by the couple and the clinician. Outcomes Results: Improvements were noted in both the participants' ratings and the independent judges' ratings. While some changes were noted on behavioural measures, clear patterns were not always evident. Conclusions: The study suggests that conversational treatment may be beneficial to couples dealing with mild aphasia as well as those at the more severe end of the continuum as reported previously. However, measures of the effects of treatment need to be further explored in terms of sensitivity to conversational changes in mild aphasia.
C1 [Fox, Sarah] Macquarie Univ, Dept Linguist, Sydney, NSW 2109, Australia.
[Boles, Larry] Calif State Univ, Sacramento, CA USA.
RP Fox, S (reprint author), Macquarie Univ, Dept Linguist, Sydney, NSW 2109, Australia.
EM foxse2001@yahoo.co.uk
CR Boles L., 2003, ASIA PACIFIC J SPEEC, V8, P153
Boles L, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P547, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249557
Boles L, 1998, J COMMUN DISORD, V31, P261, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(98)00005-7
Booth S, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P283
Cruice M, 2006, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V13, P14, DOI 10.1310/4JW5-7VG8-G6X3-1QVJ
Frankel T, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P814, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192448
Hickey EM, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P625, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000093
Hilari K, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P17, DOI 10.1080/02687030500279982
Hopper T, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P745, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000059
Kagan Aura, 2004, Top Stroke Rehabil, V11, P67
Kagan A, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P624, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2001/051)
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Morris J, 2004, CHALLENGING APHASIA THERAPIES: BROADENING THE DISCOURSE AND EXTENDING THE BOUNDARIES, P134, DOI 10.4324/9780203462706_chapter_9
Murray LL, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V41, P213
Murray LL, 2006, J COMMUN DISORD, V39, P37, DOI 10.1016/j.jcomdis.2005.06.001
Perkins L, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P259
Simmons-Mackie N, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P807
Swinburn K., 2006, COMMUNICATION DISABI
Teasdale TW, 2005, BRAIN INJURY, V19, P1049, DOI 10.1080/02699050500110421
Turner S, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P483, DOI 10.1080/02687030600589991
Wilkinson R, 1998, Int J Lang Commun Disord, V33 Suppl, P144
NR 21
TC 12
Z9 12
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 7-8
BP 951
EP 964
DI 10.1080/02687030802669526
PG 14
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 468QR
UT WOS:000267835400014
ER
PT J
AU Hough, M
Johnson, RK
AF Hough, Monica
Johnson, Rachel Kay
TI Use of AAC to enhance linguistic communication skills in an adult with
chronic severe aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
CT 38th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY 27-JUN 01, 2008
CL Jackson Hole, WY
DE Augmentative communication; AAC; Chronic aphasia; Treatment intensity
ID THERAPY; STROKE; INDIVIDUALS; INTENSITY; RECOVERY; PARTNERS; OUTCOMES;
IMPACT
AB Background: Individuals with non-fluent aphasia (NA) exhibit sparse verbal output and impaired word-finding skills. For some, traditional speech-language therapy aids in regaining verbal communication. For other aphasic individuals these techniques are unsuccessful. Augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) provides a means of communicating through devices/techniques when spoken skills are not adequate. Individuals with chronic NA can use AAC to communicate; however, many investigations do not include strategies to facilitate communication or caregiver participation. Also, variables influencing treatment efficiency (length, intensity) have not been sufficiently evaluated. Aims: The current study expanded on Johnson, Hough, King, Vos, and Jeffs (2008), investigating if a gentleman with severe, chronic NA could learn to use an AAC device, monitoring communication skill improvement periodically throughout treatment. Methods Procedures: TE, a 56-year-old left-handed, Caucasian male with severe NA and apraxia of speech resulting from left CVA participated. The Western Aphasia Battery-Revised and ASHA FACS were administered pre-treatment, at 1 and 2 months, and post-treatment. The American Speech-Language Hearing Association Quality of Communication Life Scale and Communicative Effectiveness Index were administered pre- and post-treatment. The AAC device used was Dialect by Zygo with Speaking Dynamically Pro. The treatment protocol was similar to Koul, Corwin, and Hayes (2005) and Johnson et al. (2008). Treatment was 1 hour, 4 days weekly, over 3 months. The first stage, four-level symbol identification, organised a hierarchical structure in which TE was to identify each symbol on the display. The second stage involved navigation to category, choosing a symbol requested by the clinician, which evolved into scenario role-play; TE was asked questions about life situations and daily schedules. The next phase, sentences, involved answering questions about everyday activities/interests with short phrases using symbols. The spouse received training that included overview on navigating symbol levels, hierarchy structure used with symbols, facilitation strategies, and cues/prompts to incorporate device use outside therapy. Outcomes Results: Results revealed that TE performed all stages of the treatment programme, allowing progression to each phase of treatment. He completed the programme in 40 therapy sessions. WAB scores (AQ, CQ) showed that performance continually improved on both scores throughout the entire protocol, with most increases in the last month. ASHA FACS scale ratings also yielded continuous increases throughout the regimen for all communication scales. Conclusions: Findings support previous research indicating that individuals with chronic NA can learn symbol-meaning association using AAC. Implementation of a device should be a viable consideration for chronic, severe NA.
C1 [Hough, Monica; Johnson, Rachel Kay] E Carolina Univ, Greenville, NC 27858 USA.
RP Hough, M (reprint author), E Carolina Univ, Hlth Sci Bldg, Greenville, NC 27858 USA.
EM HOUGHM@ecu.edu
CR Aftonomos LB, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P951
Aftonomos LB, 1997, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V78, P841, DOI 10.1016/S0003-9993(97)90197-0
Aftonomos LB, 1999, STROKE, V30, P1370
Basso A., 2003, APHASIA ITS THERAPY
Basso A, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P975, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000182
Beukelman D., 1988, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V4, P104, DOI 10.1080/07434618812331274687
Bhogal SK, 2003, STROKE, V34, P987, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000062343.64383.D0
Cherney LR, 2008, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V51, P1282, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2008/07-0206)
Davis GA, 2007, APHASIOLOGY DISORDER
Fox L., 1996, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V12, P257, DOI 10.1080/07434619612331277718
FRATTALI CM, 1995, ASHA FUNCTIONAL ASSE
Garrett K, 1995, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V23, P203
Garrett K. L., 2005, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, P467
Garrett KL, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P523, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000149
GARRY F, 1989, VET CLIN N AM-FOOD A, V5, P55
HELMESTABROOKS N, 1982, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V47, P385
Helm-Estabrooks N., 2004, MANUAL APHASIA APHAS, P221
HELMESTABROOKS N, 1980, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P
Helm-Estabrooks N., 1989, MELODIC INTONATION T
Hillis AE, 2007, NEUROLOGY, V69, P200, DOI 10.1212/01.wnl.0000265600.69385.6f
Johnson R. K., 2008, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V24, P1
Kagan Aura, 2004, Top Stroke Rehabil, V11, P67
Kagan A, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P624, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2001/051)
Kagan A., 1993, APHASIA TREATMENT WO, P199
Kertesz A., 2006, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
Koul R, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V92, P58, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.05.008
Koul R., 1998, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V14, P11, DOI 10.1080/07434619812331278166
Laska AC, 2001, J INTERN MED, V249, P413, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2796.2001.00812.x
Lasker J., 2007, AUGMENTATIVE COMMUNI, P163
Lasker J., 1997, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V13, P108, DOI DOI 10.1080/07434619712331277908
LOMAS J, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P113
LYON J, 1989, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V18, P11
Lyon J. G., 1998, APPROACHES TREATMENT, P203
Lyon JG, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P693, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249416
Meinzer M, 2005, STROKE, V36, P1462, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000169941.29831.2a
Moss A, 2006, STROKE, V37, P3043, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000249427.74970.15
Paul D. R., 2003, ASHA QUALITY COMMUNI
Pedersen PM, 2004, CEREBROVASC DIS, V17, P35, DOI 10.1159/000073896
Pulvermuller F, 2001, STROKE, V32, P1621
Raymer AM, 2008, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V51, pS259, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2008/020)
Robey RR, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V41, P172
ROSENBEK JC, 1973, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V38, P462
Rosenbek JC, 1985, CLIN MANAGEMENT NEUR
SANDTKOENDERMAN MV, 2005, DISABILITY REHABILIT, V27, P529
Simmons-Mackie N, 2004, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V13, P114, DOI 10.1044/1058-0630(2004/013)
Skelly M., 1979, AM IND GESTURAL CODE
SPARKS RW, 1976, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V41, P287
Spreen O., 2003, ASSESSMENT APHASIA
VENTRY I, 1992, ASHA, V34, P81
Ventry I M, 1983, ASHA, V25, P37
Weinrich M, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V58, P23, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1757
WEINRICH M, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V48, P221, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1010
Weinrich M, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V58, P327, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1759
World Health Organisation, 2001, INT CLASS FUNCT DIS
WORRALL L, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P9
Worrall L. E., 2003, COMMUNICATION DISABI
*ZYG IND INC, 2004, DIAL SPEAK DYN PRO B
NR 57
TC 8
Z9 8
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 7-8
BP 965
EP 976
DI 10.1080/02687030802698145
PG 12
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 468QR
UT WOS:000267835400015
ER
PT J
AU Faroqi-Shah, Y
Virion, CR
AF Faroqi-Shah, Yasmeen
Virion, Christine R.
TI Constraint-induced language therapy for agrammatism: Role of
grammaticality constraints
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
CT 38th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY 27-JUN 01, 2008
CL Jackson Hole, WY
DE Aphasia; Treatment; Constraint-induced; Agrammatism; Morphology;
Production
ID CHRONIC APHASIA; SENTENCE PRODUCTION; RECOVERY; STROKE; TENSE
AB Background: Aphasia therapy that involves a high weekly intensity, short overall duration, restriction of nonverbal communication, coupled with constraints on verbal complexity, has recently gained momentum (constraint-induced language therapy, or CILT). The gains have been documented primarily for formal language tests, especially in lexical retrieval, repetition, and comprehension measures. Measures of grammatical well-formedness, which have greater ecological validity, have not been commonly reported in prior studies. Further, it is as yet unclear if the nature of verbal constraints has any impact on expressive language outcomes, particularly when the primary deficit in verbal production is grammatical inaccuracy (as in the case of agrammatic aphasia). Aims: This study aimed to examine whether constraint-induced therapy is applicable for individuals with agrammatic aphasia and if the addition of a morphosyntactic constraint would influence expressive language outcomes. Methods Procedures: In this phase I study a single participant design was used with four chronic agrammatic aphasic individuals who received 24 hours of constraint-induced therapy over 10 days, as per prior published protocols. Two of these individuals received additional morphosyntactic constraints regarding tense morphology. Formal aphasia tests, Cinderella story narration, and conversational samples were analysed at three time points: pre-treatment, post-treatment, and 3-month follow-up. Outcomes Results: While all participants improved on at least some language measures, the overall changes were minimal and not maintained at 3 months. Participants who received morphosyntactic constraints dramatically improved on an elicited morphosyntactic test, but did not respond differently in other severity and discourse measures. Participants with lower initial language severity scores showed quantitatively larger gains after treatment. Conclusions: While constraint-induced therapy was minimally effective for the agrammatic participants in this study, and addition of a grammaticality constraint did not significantly enhance the functional outcomes, the findings do indicate that initial severity and aphasic deficit patterns may be useful in determining candidacy for constraint-induced therapy.
C1 [Faroqi-Shah, Yasmeen] Univ Maryland, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, College Pk, MD 20742 USA.
RP Faroqi-Shah, Y (reprint author), Univ Maryland, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, 0100 Lefrak Hall, College Pk, MD 20742 USA.
EM yshah@hesp.umd.edu
CR Arabatzi M, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V80, P314, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2591
Barthel G, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P408, DOI 10.1080/02687030701415880
Basso A, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P975, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000182
Bhogal SK, 2003, STROKE, V34, P987, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000062343.64383.D0
Breier JI, 2006, NEUROCASE, V12, P322, DOI 10.1080/13554790601126054
Dabul B. L., 1979, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL
Dickey MW, 2008, J NEUROLINGUIST, V21, P35, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2007.08.001
Dickey MW, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P604, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192059
Druks J., 2000, OBJECT ACTION NAMING
FAROQISHAH Y, 2008, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V45, P3088
Faroqi-Shah Y, 2009, BRAIN LANG, V108, P97, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2008.10.003
Francis WN, 1982, FREQUENCY ANAL ENGLI
Friedmann N, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P397, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1795
Goodglass H, 2000, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V3rd
Kertesz A., 2007, W APHASIA BATTERY RE
KOLK H, 1992, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V7, P89, DOI 10.1080/01690969208409381
Maher LM, 2006, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V12, P843, DOI 10.1017/S1355617706061029
Meinzer M, 2007, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V13, P846, DOI 10.1017/S1355617707071111
Meinzer M, 2005, STROKE, V36, P1462, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000169941.29831.2a
Mitchum C., 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, P317
De Renzi E, 1975, Cortex, V11, P341
Pulvermuller F, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P563, DOI 10.1080/02687030701612213
Pulvermuller F, 2001, STROKE, V32, P1621
Robey RR, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V41, P172
Rochon E, 2005, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V15, P1, DOI 10.1080/09602010343000327
Rochon E, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V72, P193, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2285
Sterr A, 2006, COGN BEHAV NEUROL, V19, P48, DOI 10.1097/00146965-200603000-00006
Sunderland A, 2005, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V15, P81, DOI 10.1080/09602010443000047
Szaflarski JP, 2008, MED SCI MONITOR, V14, P243
Thompson CK, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P1021, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000227
Weintraub S., 2000, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Wenzlaff M, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V92, P33, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.05.006
NR 32
TC 12
Z9 13
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 7-8
BP 977
EP 988
DI 10.1080/02687030802642036
PG 12
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 468QR
UT WOS:000267835400016
ER
PT J
AU McAllister, T
Bachrach, A
Waters, G
Michaud, J
Caplan, D
AF McAllister, Tara
Bachrach, Asaf
Waters, Gloria
Michaud, Jennifer
Caplan, David
TI Production and comprehension of unaccusatives in aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
CT 38th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY 27-JUN 01, 2008
CL Jackson Hole, WY
DE Unaccusative verbs; Argument structures; Movement constructions
ID SENTENCE PRODUCTION; AGRAMMATIC APHASIA; BROCAS APHASIA; LANGUAGE;
DEFICITS; VERBS; CUES
AB Background: Recent studies have reported impairments in the production of sentences containing unaccusative verbs (e.g., The ball bounced down the street) in agrammatic patients. In these sentences, the subject is the theme of the verb, resulting in a non-standard order of thematic roles (often called non-canonical thematic role order). Aims: We tested the hypothesis that aphasic patients would be affected by these features of unaccusatives in both production and comprehension, and that they would show similar deficits in sentences with unaccusative verbs and passive sentences, which also have non-canonical thematic role order. Methods Procedures: Single-word naming, sentence production, and sentence-picture matching tasks were administered to a group of 9 aphasic participants and 12 age- and education-matched control participants. Outcomes Results: The aphasic patients performed less well than the controls, and there were effects of the presence of movement in both groups and an interaction between group and sentence type in the sentence production task. Conclusions: These findings support the view that non-canonical thematic role order makes action naming, sentence production, and sentence comprehension more difficult, and that aphasic patients are more affected by the demands of these tasks than controls.
C1 [McAllister, Tara; Bachrach, Asaf] MIT, Cambridge, MA 02139 USA.
[McAllister, Tara; Waters, Gloria] Boston Univ, Boston, MA 02215 USA.
[Michaud, Jennifer; Caplan, David] Massachusetts Gen Hosp, Boston, MA 02114 USA.
RP McAllister, T (reprint author), MIT Linguist & Philosophy, 77 Massachusetts Ave,Bldg 32-D808, Cambridge, MA 02139 USA.
EM mcallis@mit.edu
CR ANSELL BJ, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V16, P61, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90072-4
Balota D. A., 2002, ENGLISH LEXICON PROJ
Bastiaanse R, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V86, P287, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00545-X
Bastiaanse R, 2005, J NEUROLINGUIST, V18, P57, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2004.11.006
Berndt RS, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V60, P197, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1799
Berndt RS, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P107
Caplan D, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V101, P103, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.225
Caplan D, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V63, P184, DOI 10.1006/brln.1998.1930
CARAMAZZA A, 1976, BRAIN LANG, V3, P572, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(76)90048-1
Dick F, 2001, PSYCHOL REV, V108, P759, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.108.4.759
Faroqi-Shah Y, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V85, P409, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00586-2
Folstein MF, 1975, J PSYCHIATR RES, V12, P198
Friedmann N, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P397, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1795
FROUD K, 1998, UCL WORKING PAPERS L, V10, P369
GRODZINSKY Y, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P178, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90012-X
Grodzinsky Y, 2000, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V23, P1, DOI 10.1017/S0140525X00002399
Kaplan E., 2001, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Lee M, 2004, J NEUROLINGUIST, V17, P315, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(03)00062-9
Levin Beth, 1995, UNACCUSATIVITY
LUKATELA K, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V49, P50, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1021
MARTIN RC, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V28, P196, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90102-1
Menn L, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V71, P157, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2239
PERLMUTTER D, 1978, 5 ANN M BERK LING SO, P157
Thompson CK, 2003, J NEUROLINGUIST, V16, P151, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(02)00014-3
ZURIF E, 1994, HDB PSYCHOLINGUISTIC
NR 25
TC 13
Z9 13
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 7-8
BP 989
EP 1004
DI 10.1080/02687030802669518
PG 16
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 468QR
UT WOS:000267835400017
ER
PT J
AU Lederer, LG
Scott, AG
Tompkins, CA
Dickey, MW
AF Lederer, Lisa Guttentag
Scott, April Gibbs
Tompkins, Connie A.
Dickey, Michael W.
TI Imageability effects on sentence judgement by right-brain-damaged adults
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
CT 38th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY 27-JUN 01, 2008
CL Jackson Hole, WY
DE Imageability; Right brain damage
ID MENTAL-IMAGERY; WORKING-MEMORY; GENERATION; NEUROPSYCHOLOGY; IMPAIRMENT
AB Background: For decades researchers assumed visual image generation was the province of the right hemisphere. The lack of corresponding evidence was only recently noted, yet conflicting results still leave open the possibility that the right hemisphere plays a role. This study assessed imagery generation in adult participants with and without right hemisphere damage (RHD). Imagery was operationalised as the activation of representations retrieved from long-term memory similar to those that underlie sensory experience, in the absence of the usual sensory stimulation, and in the presence of communicative stimuli. Aims: The primary aim of the study was to explore the widely held belief that there is an association between the right hemisphere and imagery generation ability. We also investigated whether visual and visuo-motor imagery generation abilities differ in adults with RHD. Methods Procedures: Participants included 34 adults with unilateral RHD due to cerebrovascular accident and 38 adults who served as non-brain-damaged (NBD) controls. To assess the potential effects of RHD on the processing of language stimuli that differ in imageability, participants performed an auditory sentence verification task. Participants listened to high- and low-imageability sentences from Eddy and Glass (1981) and indicated whether each sentence was true or false. The dependent measures for this task were performance accuracy and response times (RT). Outcomes Results: In general, accuracy was higher, and response time lower, for low-imagery than for high-imagery items. Although NBD participants' RTs for low-imagery items were significantly faster than those for high-imagery items, this difference disappeared in the group with RHD. We confirmed that this result was not due to a speed-accuracy trade-off or to syntactic differences between stimulus sets. A post hoc analysis also suggested that the group with RHD was selectively impaired in motor, rather than visual, imagery generation. Conclusions: The disproportionately high RT of participants with RHD in response to low-imagery items suggests that these items had other properties that made their verification difficult for this population. The nature and extent of right hemisphere patients' deficits in processing different types of imagery should be considered. In addition, the capacity of adults with RHD to generate visual and motor imagery should be investigated separately in future studies.
C1 [Lederer, Lisa Guttentag; Scott, April Gibbs; Tompkins, Connie A.; Dickey, Michael W.] Univ Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, PA 15260 USA.
RP Lederer, LG (reprint author), Univ Pittsburgh, 4033 Forbes Tower, Pittsburgh, PA 15260 USA.
EM lng15@pitt.edu
CR BADDELEY A, 1994, YOUR MEMORY USERS GU
BASSO A, 1980, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V18, P435, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(80)90146-3
Benton A, 1983, CONTRIBUTIONS NEUROP
Benton A.L., 1994, CONTRIBUTIONS NEUROP, P65
Danckert J, 2002, NEUROCASE, V8, P194, DOI 10.1093/neucas/8.3.194
Duncan J, 1997, NATURE, V387, P808, DOI 10.1038/42947
Dunn L. M., 1997, PEABODY PICTURE VOCA, V3rd
EDDY JK, 1981, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V20, P333, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(81)90483-7
ERLICHMAN H, 1983, BRAIN COGNITION, V2, P55
FARAH MJ, 1988, BRAIN COGNITION, V8, P147, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(88)90046-2
FARAH MJ, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V33, P1455, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(95)00075-E
FARAH MJ, 1984, COGNITION, V18, P245, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(84)90026-X
Folstein MF, 1975, J PSYCHIATR RES, V12, P198
Hasher L., 1988, PSYCHOL LEARN MOTIV, V22, P193, DOI DOI 10.1016/S0079-7421(08)60041-9
Salthouse T. A., 1995, J GERONTOL B-PSYCHOL, V50, P297, DOI 10.1093/geronb/50B.6.P297
SALTHOUSE TA, 1991, DEV PSYCHOL, V27, P763, DOI 10.1037/0012-1649.27.5.763
Schneider W., 2002, E PRIME USERS GUIDE
SERGENT J, 1990, BRAIN COGNITION, V13, P98, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(90)90043-N
TIPPETT LJ, 1992, PSYCHOL BULL, V112, P415, DOI 10.1037/0033-2909.112.3.415
Tompkins CA, 2000, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V43, P62
TOMPKINS CA, 1994, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V37, P896
Wickens C. D., 1991, MULTIPLE TASK PERFOR, P3
Wilson B. A., 1987, BEHAV INATTENTION TE
NR 23
TC 0
Z9 0
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 7-8
BP 1005
EP 1015
DI 10.1080/02687030802592892
PG 11
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 468QR
UT WOS:000267835400018
ER
PT J
AU Tompkins, CA
Meigh, K
Scott, AG
Lederer, LG
AF Tompkins, Connie A.
Meigh, Kimberly
Scott, April Gibbs
Lederer, Lisa Guttentag
TI Can high-level inferencing be predicted by Discourse Comprehension Test
performance in adults with right hemisphere brain damage?
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
CT 38th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY 27-JUN 01, 2008
CL Jackson Hole, WY
DE Right brain damage; High-level inferencing
ID DEFICITS; MEMORY
AB Background: Adults with right hemisphere brain damage (RHD) can have considerable difficulty in drawing high-level inferences from discourse. Standardised tests of language comprehension in RHD do not tap high-level inferences with many items or in much depth, but nonstandardised tasks lack reliability and validity data. It would be of great clinical value if a standardised test could predict performance on high-level inferencing measures. Aims: This study addressed whether performance of adults with RHD on the Discourse Comprehension Test (DCT; Brookshire Nicholas, 1993) could predict their performance on a nonstandardised measure of high-level inference in narrative comprehension. Methods Procedures: This study used a within-group correlational design. Participants were 32 adults with damage limited to the right cerebral hemisphere, as a result of cerebrovascular accident. Half of the participants were male and half female. Participants averaged 64.5 years of age and 14.2 years of education. Participants listened to narrative stimuli and to yes/no questions about each narrative. Each DCT narrative was followed by the standard 8 questions about stated or implied main ideas or details. The high-level inferencing task contained 6 narrative scenarios from Winner, Brownell, Happe, Blum, and Pincus (1998). Each scenario describes a character who commits a minor transgression and later denies it. Two versions of each story are designed to induce different interpretations of the character's denial. In one version, the character tells a white lie when he is unaware that he was seen committing the transgression. In the other versions, when aware of being seen, the character makes an ironic joke. The narratives were interrupted periodically by comprehension questions. Four Pearson correlation coefficients were computed, between each of two DCT predictor variables (total accuracy for all comprehension questions; accuracy on questions about implied information) and two indicators of high-level inferencing (total accuracy to answer experimental questions in Joke stories; total accuracy to answer experimental questions in Lie stories). Outcomes Results: Correlation coefficients were low-to-moderate, and nonsignificant. Conclusions: Performance on the DCT by adults with RHD did not predict their high-level inferencing performance, as measured in this study. The issue that motivated this study should be pursued further in light of the potential advantages to be gained, for both clinical and research purposes. It may be, however, that specific measures of various types of high-level inferencing will need to be developed and validated.
C1 [Tompkins, Connie A.; Meigh, Kimberly; Scott, April Gibbs; Lederer, Lisa Guttentag] Univ Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, PA 15260 USA.
RP Tompkins, CA (reprint author), Univ Pittsburgh, 4033 Forbes Tower, Pittsburgh, PA 15260 USA.
EM Tompkins@pitt.edu
CR Bayles K. A., 1993, ARIZONA BATTERY COMM
BEEMAN M, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V44, P80, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1006
Benton A, 1983, CONTRIBUTIONS NEUROP
Benton A. L., 1983, CONTRIBUTIONS NEUROP
Brookshire R., 1993, DISCOURSE COMPREHENS
Brownell H., 2001, HDB NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V3, P189
Brownell H, 1998, RIGHT HEMISPHERE LANGUAGE COMPREHENSION, P309
BROWNELL HH, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V27, P310, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90022-2
CAPLAN D, 1987, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V25, P173, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(87)90129-1
Carroll J. B., 1971, WORD FREQUENCY BOOK
Dunn L. M., 1997, PEABODY PICTURE VOCA, V3rd
FANG IE, 1966, J BROADCASTING, V11, P63
Ferstl EV, 2007, HIGHER LEVEL LANGUAG, P53
Happe F, 1999, COGNITION, V70, P211, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(99)00005-0
HARFORD ER, 1982, EAR HEARING, V3, P105, DOI 10.1097/00003446-198205000-00002
Hillis A., 2002, HDB ADULT LANGUAGE D, P429
Joanette Y., 1990, RIGHT HEMISPHERE VER
Lehman MT, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P485
MOLLOY R, 1990, DISCOURSE ABILITY BR
Schneider W., 2002, E PRIME USERS GUIDE
Tompkins CA, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P119, DOI 10.1080/02687030601040861
Tompkins CA, 2000, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V43, P62
TOMPKINS CA, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1
Tompkins CA, 1995, RIGHT HEMISPHERE COM
Tompkins CA, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P204, DOI 10.1080/02687030601125019
TOMPKINS CA, 1994, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V37, P896
TUIMAN J, 1974, READING RES Q, V2, P206
Wilson B. A., 1987, BEHAV INATTENTION TE
Winner E, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V62, P89, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1889
Zwaan RA, 1998, PSYCHOL BULL, V123, P162, DOI 10.1037/0033-2909.123.2.162
NR 30
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 7-8
BP 1016
EP 1027
DI 10.1080/02687030802588858
PG 12
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 468QR
UT WOS:000267835400019
ER
PT J
AU Neumann, Y
Obler, LK
Gomes, H
Shafer, V
AF Neumann, Yael
Obler, Loraine K.
Gomes, Hilary
Shafer, Valerie
TI Phonological vs sensory contributions to age effects in naming: An
electrophysiological study
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
CT 38th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY 27-JUN 01, 2008
CL Jackson Hole, WY
DE Ageing; Naming; Phonological
ID THE-TONGUE EXPERIENCES; OLDER-ADULTS; TIME-COURSE; SPEECH PRODUCTION;
LEXICAL ACCESS; WORD RETRIEVAL; TIP; COMPONENTS; YOUNG; FAILURES
AB Background: A common complaint among the healthy ageing population is the increased frequency of word-finding problems. The Transmission Deficit Hypothesis (TDH; Burke, MacKay, Worthley, Wade, 1991) proposes that word retrieval difficulties in healthy ageing are due to a selective failure in the transmission of available semantic/syntactic information to the phonological system, as opposed to generalised slowing. This study examined the relative timing of sensory processing and substages in phonological retrieval, in healthy young and old adults, using event-related potential (ERP) measures. Aims: To examine the effects of age on retrieval of segmental and syllabic information within phonological processing, and to consider whether age-related changes in phonological processing are a result of relatively early (sensory: visual) delays or to true stage-specific phonological processing delays. Methods Procedures: A total of 16 healthy young and 16 healthy old adults performed an implicit picture-naming task while making a segmental or syllabic decision in a Go/No-go paradigm. The ERP component N2d (No-go minus Go waves), reflecting response inhibition to the phonological decision, and the visual evoked potential (VEP) components, reflecting visual processing of the stimuli, served as dependent measures. Outcomes Results: Both reaction time (RT) and N2d data demonstrated later latencies in the old than young group on both the segment and syllable tasks. More specifically, the N2d effect was found between 301 and 450ms on the segment task and between 351 and 450ms on the syllable task for the young adults. The old group demonstrated the N2d effect later, between 351 and 500ms on the segment task, and 451 and 500ms on the syllable task. By contrast, no substantial differences in the latencies of the VEPs were observed between groups for either task. Conclusions: The behavioural and N2d findings provide support for the TDH that there are age delays at the phonological level of encoding. The VEP findings confirm that stage-specific phonological processing deficits were not a consequence of a more general ageing effect. The cause of this delay in accessing phonological information is unknown, but it will be important to explore whether healthy old adults might benefit from phonological practice to improve retrieval. It will also be important to determine the extent to which these age-related findings enter into clinical naming disorders, such as anomia, and the extent to which individuals with anomia may be affected at different substages of retrieval.
C1 [Neumann, Yael] CUNY Queens Coll, Dept Linguist & Commun Disorders, Flushing, NY 11367 USA.
RP Neumann, Y (reprint author), CUNY Queens Coll, Dept Linguist & Commun Disorders, 64-19 Kissena Hall 1, Flushing, NY 11367 USA.
EM Yael.Neumann@qc.cuny.edu
CR Abrams L, 2003, MEM COGNITION, V31, P1153, DOI 10.3758/BF03195798
ALBERT MS, 1988, PSYCHOL AGING, V3, P173, DOI 10.1037//0882-7974.3.2.173
Au R, 1995, AGING COGNITION, V2, P300, DOI 10.1080/13825589508256605
Barresi BA, 2000, AGING NEUROPSYCHOL C, V7, P169, DOI 10.1076/1382-5585(200009)7:3;1-Q;FT169
Brebion G, 2001, EXP AGING RES, V27, P137, DOI 10.1080/036107301750073999
BROWN AS, 1991, PSYCHOL BULL, V109, P204, DOI 10.1037//0033-2909.109.2.204
BROWN R, 1966, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V5, P325, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(66)80040-3
BURKE DM, 1991, J MEM LANG, V30, P542, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(91)90026-G
Cross ES, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P174, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00363-8
FALKENSTEIN M, 1995, EVOKED POTENTIAL, V96, P36, DOI 10.1016/0013-4694(94)00182-K
Falkenstein M, 2006, INT J PSYCHOPHYSIOL, V59, P22, DOI 10.1016/j.ijpsycho.2005.08.004
Ferree TC, 2001, CLIN NEUROPHYSIOL, V112, P536, DOI 10.1016/S1388-2457(00)00533-2
Folstein MF, 1975, J PSYCHIATR RES, V12, P198
Frances W. N., 1982, FREQUENCY ANAL ENGLI
GOODGLASS H, 1984, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V5, P135, DOI 10.1017/S014271640000494X
Heine MK, 1999, PSYCHOL AGING, V14, P445, DOI 10.1037//0882-7974.14.3.445
Indefrey P, 2004, COGNITION, V92, P101, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2002.06.001
James LE, 2000, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V26, P1378, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.26.6.1378
Kline D.W., 1985, HDB PSYCHOL AGING, P296
LEVELT WJM, 1994, COGNITION, V50, P239, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(94)90030-2
Levelt WJM, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P1
MYERSON J, 1990, PSYCHOL REV, V97, P475, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.97.4.475
NEUMANN Y, 2007, THESIS PROQUEST ANN
Rastle K. G., 1996, J MEM LANG, V35, P585, DOI DOI 10.1006/JMLA.1996.0031
Rossion B, 2004, PERCEPTION, V33, P217, DOI 10.1068/p5117
Salthouse T.A., 1985, THEORY COGNITIVE AGE
Schiller Niels O, 2006, Brain Res, V1112, P201, DOI 10.1016/j.brainres.2006.07.027
Schiller NO, 2003, COGNITIVE BRAIN RES, V17, P819, DOI 10.1016/S0926-6410(03)00204-0
Schmitt BM, 2001, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V13, P510, DOI 10.1162/08989290152001925
Schmitt BM, 2000, PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY, V37, P473, DOI 10.1017/S0048577200981782
SNODGRASS JG, 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V6, P174, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.6.2.174
van Turennout M, 1998, SCIENCE, V280, P572
vanTurennout M, 1997, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V23, P787, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.23.4.787
White KK, 2002, PSYCHOL AGING, V17, P226, DOI 10.1037//0882-7974.17.2.226
NR 34
TC 5
Z9 5
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 7-8
BP 1028
EP 1039
DI 10.1080/02687030802661630
PG 12
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 468QR
UT WOS:000267835400020
ER
PT J
AU Sung, JE
McNeil, MR
Pratt, SR
Dickey, MW
Hula, WD
Szuminsky, NJ
Doyle, PJ
AF Sung, Jee Eun
McNeil, Malcolm R.
Pratt, Sheila R.
Dickey, Michael Walsh
Hula, William D.
Szuminsky, Neil J.
Doyle, Patrick J.
TI Verbal working memory and its relationship to sentence-level reading and
listening comprehension in persons with aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
CT 38th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY 27-JUN 01, 2008
CL Jackson Hole, WY
DE Working memory; Aphasia; Sentence comprehension; Aphasia severity
ID INDIVIDUAL-DIFFERENCES; CAPACITY; ADULTS; TASK
AB Background: Working memory (WM) has gained recent attention as a cognitive construct that may account for language comprehension deficits in persons with aphasia (PWA) (Caspari, Parkinson, LaPointe, Katz, 1998; Martin, Kohen, Kalinyak-Fliszar, 2008; Wright, Downey, Gravier, Love, Shapiro, 2007). However, few studies have investigated individual differences in performance on sentence comprehension tasks as a function of WM capacity in PWA when WM demands are manipulated. Aims: The purposes of the current study were: (1) to examine the relationships among verbal WM, sentence comprehension, and severity of impairment in PWA and (2) to investigate the differential performance of high versus low verbal WM groups on sentence comprehension tasks in which task demands were manipulated by the length of the sentence stimuli, complexity of syntactic structure, and by presentation method which varied the time over which the linguistic material was available for computation. Methods Procedures: A total of 20 PWA were divided into high and low WM groups based on a listening version of a WM sentence span task. Each participant completed a listening version (CRTT) and three reading versions (CRTT-R) of the Computerised Revised Token Test as the sentence comprehension tasks. Outcomes Results: The WM task significantly predicted performance on the CRTT conditions in which information was only temporarily available, thereby imposing greater WM demands on sentence comprehension. The verbal WM task was significantly correlated with aphasia severity and a principal components analysis revealed that the WM task, overall aphasia severity, and overall reading impairment level loaded on a single factor with 76% of shared variance. The low WM group's performance was significantly lower than the high WM group on the CRTT subtests with syntactically more complex structures and on the CRTT conditions with temporally restricted presentation methods. Conclusions: This verbal WM task was significantly and moderately correlated with the overall severity of aphasia as well as with both listening and reading sentence comprehension. The WM group differences emerged only in sentence comprehension tasks with greater WM demands. These results are consistent with the notion that WM effects are most evident when WM capacity is sufficiently taxed by the task demands (e.g., Caplan Waters, 1999; Just Carpenter, 1992).
C1 [Sung, Jee Eun] Univ Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, PA 15260 USA.
VA Pittsburgh Healthcare Syst, Pittsburgh, PA USA.
RP Sung, JE (reprint author), Univ Pittsburgh, 4033 Forbes Tower, Pittsburgh, PA 15260 USA.
EM jee311@gmail.com
RI Pratt, Sheila/H-7139-2013
CR Baddeley A. D., 1986, WORKING MEMORY
Baddeley A. D., 1974, RECENT ADV LEARNING, V8, P47
Bayles K. A., 1993, ARIZONA BATTERY COMM
Caplan D, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P77
Caplan D, 1996, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V11, P525, DOI 10.1080/016909696387141
Caspari I, 1998, BRAIN COGNITION, V37, P205, DOI 10.1006/brcg.1997.0970
Fedorenko E, 2006, J MEM LANG, V54, P541, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2005.12.006
Friedmann N, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V86, P23, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00530-8
Gibson E, 1998, COGNITION, V68, P1, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(98)00034-1
JUST MA, 1992, PSYCHOL REV, V99, P122, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.99.1.122
KING J, 1991, J MEM LANG, V30, P580, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(91)90027-H
LaPointe L. L., 1998, READING COMPREHENSIO
MARTIN N, 2008, CLIN APH C TET VILL
McNeil M. R., 2008, CLIN APH C TET VILL
McNeil M. R., 1978, REVISED TOKEN TEST
McNeil MR, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P901
MCNEIL MR, 2008, CONCEPTUAL TEC UNPUB
MIYAKE A, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V11, P671, DOI 10.1080/02643299408251989
Porch B. E., 2001, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC
TOMPKINS CA, 1994, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V37, P896
Waters G, 2003, PSYCHON B REV, V10, P88, DOI 10.3758/BF03196471
Waters GS, 2004, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V57, P129, DOI 10.1080/02724980343000170
Waters GS, 1996, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V49, P51, DOI 10.1080/027249896392801
WILSON RH, 1980, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V45, P223
Wright HH, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P802, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192414
NR 25
TC 14
Z9 14
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 7-8
BP 1040
EP 1052
DI 10.1080/02687030802592884
PG 13
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 468QR
UT WOS:000267835400021
ER
PT J
AU Dietz, A
Hux, K
McKelvey, ML
Beukelman, DR
Weissling, K
AF Dietz, Aimee
Hux, Karen
McKelvey, Miechelle L.
Beukelman, David R.
Weissling, Kristy
TI Reading comprehension by people with chronic aphasia: A comparison of
three levels of visuographic contextual support
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
CT 38th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY 27-JUN 01, 2008
CL Jackson Hole, WY
DE Aphasia; Reading comprehension; Social roles; Visuographic supports
ID CLINICAL-IMPLICATIONS; STROKE; LITERACY; ALEXIA
AB Background: People with aphasia often have concomitant reading comprehension deficits that interfere with their full participation in leisure and social activities involving written text comprehension. Aims: The purpose of this investigation was to explore the impact of three levels of visuographic support(a) high-context photographs, (b) low-context photographs, and (c) no photographson the reading comprehension of narratives by people with chronic aphasia. Methods Procedures: Participants were seven adults with chronic aphasia and concomitant reading comprehension deficits. Participants read three narratives, each presented with a different level of visuographic support. Using a repeated measures design, the researchers examined (a) reading comprehension response accuracy (measured in number of correct responses), (b) response time (measured in seconds), and (c) the participants' perceptions of image helpfulness. Outcomes Results: Data analysis revealed that the participants demonstrated significantly increased response accuracy when either type of visuographic support was present. Participants demonstrated significantly faster response times in the no-photographs condition than in the high- and low-context conditions. Although not analysed for statistical significance, evaluation of descriptive statistics regarding participants' perception data supported the notion that pictures were helpful and tasks were easier when either type of visuographic support was present. Conclusions: Continued research is necessary to delineate the most efficient way to present visuographic supports to people with aphasia during reading comprehension tasks.
C1 [Dietz, Aimee] Univ Cincinnati, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Cincinnati, OH 45267 USA.
[Hux, Karen; Beukelman, David R.; Weissling, Kristy] Univ Nebraska, Lincoln, NE USA.
[McKelvey, Miechelle L.] Univ Nebraska, Kearney, NE USA.
RP Dietz, A (reprint author), Univ Cincinnati, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, 3202 Eden Ave,French E Bldg,Mail Locat 379, Cincinnati, OH 45267 USA.
EM aimee.dietz@uc.edu
CR Beeson P. M., 1998, CLIN DECISION MAKING, P153
Beeson PM, 1998, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V4, P621
Brennan AD, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P693, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000958
Brookshire RH, 2003, INTRO NEUROGENIC COM
Cherney LR, 2008, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V17, P19, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2008/003)
CHERNEY LR, 1986, REHABIL LIT, V47, P112
CODE C, 1999, SEMINARS SPEECH LANG, V20, P31
Code C, 2003, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V13, P109, DOI 10.1080/09602010244000291
Dietz A., 2006, PERSPECTIVES AUGMENT, V15, P13, DOI 10.1044/aac15.1.13
Flesch R, 1948, J APPL PSYCHOL, V32, P221, DOI 10.1037/h0057532
FOUNTAIN E, 2003, THESIS JOHNSONS BIBL
FOX LE, 1996, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V2, P38
GARRETT K, 2005, AM SPEECH LANG HEAR
Garrett K. L., 2005, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, P467
Garrett KL, 1995, CLIN APHASIOL, V23, P237
Garrett KL, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P523, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000149
Helm-Estabrooks N., 2001, COGNITIVE LINGUISTIC
Ho K., 2005, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V21, P218, DOI 10.1080/07434610400016694
Hux K., 2008, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P814
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
LaPointe L., 1998, READING COMPREHENSIO
Laska AC, 2001, J INTERN MED, V249, P413, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2796.2001.00812.x
Lehman Blake M., 2005, APHASIA RELATED NEUR, P213
*M JOHNSON LLC, 2004, BOARDM COMP SOFTW
Mayer JF, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P727, DOI 10.1080/02687030143000870
McNeil M. R., 1983, TOP LANG DISORD, V3, P1
McNeil MR, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P901
Murray LL, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P91, DOI 10.1080/026870399402226
PARR S, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P223, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248197
Parr S, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P469, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248426
Pedersen PM, 2004, CEREBROVASC DIS, V17, P35, DOI 10.1159/000073896
PIERCE RS, 1985, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V28, P250
Rose TA, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P947, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000319
TUINMAN JJ, 1973, READ RES QUART, V9, P206, DOI 10.2307/747135
WALLER MR, 1978, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V21, P732
WEBB WG, 1987, TOP LANG DISORD, V8, P51
Wilkinson K. M., 2004, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V20, P123, DOI 10.1080/07434610410001699717
WIXSON KK, 1987, EDUC PSYCHOL, V22, P333, DOI 10.1207/s15326985ep2203&4_8
NR 38
TC 10
Z9 10
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 7-8
BP 1053
EP 1064
DI 10.1080/02687030802635832
PG 12
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 468QR
UT WOS:000267835400022
ER
PT J
AU Chiou, HS
Kennedy, MRT
AF Chiou, Hsinhuei S.
Kennedy, Mary R. T.
TI Switching in adults with aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
CT 38th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY 27-JUN 01, 2008
CL Jackson Hole, WY
DE Switching; Reconfiguration; Interference; Go; No-go; Aphasia
ID BRAIN-INJURY; TASK-SET; RECONFIGURATION; FMRI
AB Background: Clinicians report that many adults with aphasia have difficulty in switching ideas and responses in a flexible manner. Switching requires the regulation of processes from current and previous tasks, and the ability to resist interference from previous tasks. Yet there is little research that documents switching after aphasia. Furthermore predicting, or knowing what is to come next, may facilitate flexible switching. Aims: The purpose of this study was to compare the switching ability of adults with aphasia to matched controls when the rules changed and when adults knew how the change would occur (predicting). Methods Procedures: A total of 14 adults with mild or moderate aphasia and 14 matched healthy controls switched between Go/No-go (GNG) rules with minimised linguistic and cognitive demands. To determine if adults with aphasia benefited from knowing what to expect, predictable and unpredictable conditions were created. Switch cost and number of omission and commission errors were the dependent variables. Outcomes Results: Adults with aphasia were slower, less accurate, and less likely to disregard the previous rule when switching from one rule to another than controls. Predictable and unpredictable switching influenced participants' performance to some extent. Conclusions: These findings provide evidence of impaired reconfiguration and interference when adults with aphasia switch rules. These underlying processing deficits are discussed within a broader framework of cognitive flexibility. Future studies should investigate switching processes and their relationship with functional communication.
C1 [Kennedy, Mary R. T.] Univ Minnesota, Dept Speech Language Hearing Sci, Minneapolis, MN 55455 USA.
RP Kennedy, MRT (reprint author), Univ Minnesota, Dept Speech Language Hearing Sci, 115 Shevlin Hall,164 Pillsbury Dr SE, Minneapolis, MN 55455 USA.
EM kenne047@umn.edu
CR ALLPORT DA, 1994, SHIFTING INTENTIONAL, V15
Chapey R., 1994, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO
CHIOU H, 2006, 34 ANN INT NEUR SOC
Delis D. C., 2001, DELISKAPLAN EXECUTIV
Dockree PM, 2004, COGNITIVE BRAIN RES, V20, P403, DOI 10.1016/j.cogbrainres.2004.03.019
Dreher JC, 2002, NEUROIMAGE, V17, P95, DOI 10.1006/nimg.2002.1169
DREWE E A, 1975, Cortex, V11, P8
Heaton R, 1999, WISCONSIN CARD SORTI
Helm-Estabrooks N, 2002, J COMMUN DISORD, V35, P171, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(02)00063-1
Helm-Estabrooks N., 2001, COGNITIVE LINGUISTIC
Keil K, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P305, DOI 10.1080/02687030143000654
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
KRAAT AW, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P321, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249086
Mecklinger A, 1999, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V21, P606
Meiran N, 2000, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V41, P211, DOI 10.1006/cogp.2000.0736
Monsell S, 2000, PSYCHOL RES-PSYCH FO, V63, P250, DOI 10.1007/s004269900005
Norman D., 1986, CONSCIOUSNESS SELF R, V4, P1
PURDY MH, 1994, CLIN APHASIOL, V22, P345
Rende Barbara, 2000, Seminars in Speech and Language, V21, P121, DOI 10.1055/s-2000-7560
Ridgeway V, 1994, TEST EVERYDAY ATTENT
ROGERS RD, 1995, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V124, P207, DOI 10.1037//0096-3445.124.2.207
Rushworth MFS, 1998, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V36, P11, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(97)00101-2
Sohn MH, 2000, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V26, P1445, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.26.6.1445
Swainson R, 2003, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V15, P785, DOI 10.1162/089892903322370717
Talati A, 2005, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V17, P981, DOI 10.1162/0898929054475226
Yoshihata H, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P1035, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249468
NR 26
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 7-8
BP 1065
EP 1075
DI 10.1080/02687030802642028
PG 11
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 468QR
UT WOS:000267835400023
ER
PT J
AU Marshall, RC
Golper, LAC
Boysen, AE
Katz, R
AF Marshall, Robert C.
Golper, Lee Ann C.
Boysen, Allen E.
Katz, Richard
TI Contributions of the Department of Veterans Affairs to clinical
aphasiology
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Veterans Administration; Aphasia; Treatment; Assessment; USA
AB Background: For more than 60 years, clinicians and researchers in the Department of Veterans Affairs Health Care System (VA) have contributed to our understanding of aphasia and its related neurogenic communication disorders. VA clinician-researchers have made a major and lasting impact on clinical practice, training, and aphasia outcomes research. Aims: To overview the development of aphasia rehabilitation in the VA. To provide an introduction and background for a series of papers highlighting contributions from VA clinician-researchers to the assessment and treatment of persons with aphasia and related disorders. Methods Procedures: The papers in this special section recognise some of the contributions of VA clinician-researchers to clinical aphasiology. The papers were solicited by the journal's North American Editor. For the most part, they focus on assessment and treatment of persons with aphasia and apraxia of speech. All papers were authored by persons currently and/or previously working in the VA in some capacity and were reviewed by the North American Editor.
C1 [Marshall, Robert C.] Univ Kentucky, Div Commun Sci & Disorders, Lexington, KY 40536 USA.
[Marshall, Robert C.] Univ Michigan, Aphasia Program, Ann Arbor, MI 48109 USA.
[Golper, Lee Ann C.] Vanderbilt Univ, Nashville, TN USA.
[Katz, Richard] VA Med Ctr, Phoenix, AZ USA.
RP Marshall, RC (reprint author), Univ Kentucky, Div Commun Sci & Disorders, Room 120 CTW,900 S Limestone, Lexington, KY 40536 USA.
EM rcmarsh@uky.edu
CR AVENT J, 1997, MANUAL COOPERATIVE G
BERRY WR, 1983, CLIN DYSARTHRIA
Beukelman D., 1985, COMMUNICATION AUGMEN
Beukelman D.R., 1991, COMMUNICATION DISORD
Brookshire R. H., 2007, INTRO NEUROGENIC COM
Collins M, 1986, DIAGNOSIS TREATMENT
Elman R. J., 2007, GROUP TREATMENT NEUR
Freed D., 2000, MOTOR SPEECH DISORDE
Goldstein K., 1941, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V53, P329, DOI 10.1037/h0093487
GOLPER LAC, 1998, SOURCEBOOK MED SPEEC
GROHER M, 1984, DYSPHAGIA DIAGNOSIS
Halstead WC, 1949, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V14, P9
Helm-Estabrooks N., 1991, MANUAL APHASIA THERA
Helm-Estabrooks N., 1998, APPROACHES TREATMENT
HELMESTABROOKS NA, 1992, MANUAL APHASIA DIAGN
JOHNSON AF, 1998, MED SPEECH LANGUAGE
KATZ RC, 1986, APHASIA TREATMENT MI
LaPointe L. L., 2005, APHASIA RELATED NEUR
Lyon J. G, 1998, COPING APHASIA
Marshall R. C., 1999, INTRO GROUP TREATMEN
Marshall RC, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P1039, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000327
MARSHALL RC, 1986, CASE STUDIES APHASIA
McNeil M.R., 1984, DYSARTHRIAS PHYSL AC
McNeil MR, 1997, CLIN MANAGEMENT SENS
McReynolds L. V., 1983, SINGLE SUBJECT EXPT
MILLER RM, 1990, MED SPEECH PATHOLOGY
NADEAU S, 2000, APHASIA LANGUAGE THE
Peacher WG, 1945, J SPEECH DISORD, V10, P155
RAU MT, 1993, COPING COMMUNICATION
Rosenbek J. C., 1984, APRAXIA SPEECH PHYSL
Rosenbek J.C., 1989, APHASIA CLIN APPROAC
SCHUELL H, 1974, APHASIA THEORY THERA
Schuell H., 1965, APHASIA ADULTS
SHEEHAN V, 1946, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V11, P152
SKELLY M, 1979, AM IND CODE BASED UN
SPUEHLER HE, 1987, ADM PROGRAMS SPEECH, P157
Tompkins CA, 1995, RIGHT HEMISPHERE COM
VOGEL D, 2001, TREATING DISORDERED
Wepman J. M., 1951, RECOVERY APHASIA
Wepman JM, 1947, J SPEECH DISORD, V12, P405
Wertz RT, 1984, APRAXIA SPEECH ADULT
Yorkston K. M., 1999, MANAGEMENT MOTOR SPE
NR 42
TC 0
Z9 0
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 9
BP 1079
EP 1085
DI 10.1080/02687030903234311
PG 7
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 493HN
UT WOS:000269727500001
ER
PT J
AU Metter, EJ
Mlcoch, A
AF Metter, E. Jeffrey
Mlcoch, Anthony
TI The contribution of the Department of Veterans Affairs to neuroimaging
of aphasia: One perspective
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE neuroimaging; Veterans Affairs; aphasia; positron emission tomography;
MRI; computed tomography
ID POSITRON-EMISSION-TOMOGRAPHY; LANGUAGE COMPREHENSION;
COMPUTED-TOMOGRAPHY; CEREBRAL INFARCTION; GLUCOSE-METABOLISM;
TEMPOROPARIETAL CORTEX; LESION LOCALIZATION; MAGNETIC-RESONANCE; ACUTE
STROKE; RECOVERY
AB Background: The Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) has made important contributions to the neuroimaging of aphasia. Through the affiliations of VA researchers with medical faculties, a broad range of questions has been addressed regarding the structural, metabolic, and functional changes that occur in the brain of individuals who develop aphasia. Aims: This report examines some of the work that has been accomplished by VA researchers using CT, MRI, SPECT, and PET imaging approaches. Main Contribution and Conclusions: The reviewed VA research demonstrates that aphasia results from the dynamic relationships that exist between the impact of structural brain damage on brain function in both damaged and non-damaged regions of the brain. The resulting concepts have led to innovative strategies for the neurorehabilitation of aphasia.
C1 [Metter, E. Jeffrey] Harbor Hosp, Clin Res Branch, NIA, Baltimore, MD 21225 USA.
[Mlcoch, Anthony] Hines Vet Affairs Hosp, Hines, IL USA.
RP Metter, EJ (reprint author), Harbor Hosp, Clin Res Branch, NIA, 5th Floor,3001 S Hanover St, Baltimore, MD 21225 USA.
EM metterj@mail.nih.gov
FU NIH, National Institute on Aging
FX This research review was supported (in part) by the Intramural Research
Program of the NIH, National Institute on Aging.
CR ALEXANDER MP, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P961, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.4.961
Baldo JV, 2006, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V12, P896, DOI 10.1017/S1355617706061078
Baldo JV, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V45, P229, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2006.07.014
Bates E, 2003, NAT NEUROSCI, V6, P448, DOI 10.1038/nn1050
Bonaffini N, 2002, CLIN EXP HYPERTENS, V24, P647, DOI 10.1081/CEH-120015341
BUSHNELL DL, 1989, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V46, P665
BUSHNELL DL, 1987, J NUCL MED, V28, P1920
Crosson B, 2005, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V17, P392, DOI 10.1162/0898929053279487
Dronkers NF, 2004, COGNITION, V92, P145, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2003.11.002
Dronkers NF, 1996, NATURE, V384, P159, DOI 10.1038/384159a0
Friedland GW, 1996, AM J ROENTGENOL, V167, P1365
Geshwind N, 1965, BRAIN, V88, P237
Gorno-Tempini ML, 2004, ANN NEUROL, V55, P335, DOI 10.1002/ana.10825
GUPTA S, 1991, STROKE, V22, P1512
Hand PJ, 2006, NEUROLOGY, V66, P1159, DOI 10.1212/01.wnl.0000202524.43850.81
KETONEN L, 1997, CLIN NEUROLOGY
METTER EJ, 1985, NEUROLOGY, V35, P1695
METTER EJ, 1981, ANN NEUROL, V10, P173, DOI 10.1002/ana.410100208
METTER EJ, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P33, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90054-8
METTER EJ, 1988, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V45, P1229
METTER EJ, 1989, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V46, P27
METTER EJ, 1987, NEUROLOGY, V37, P1599
METTER EJ, 1990, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V47, P1235
METTER EJ, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P349, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248606
METTER EJ, 1987, APHASIOLOGY, V1, P3, DOI 10.1080/02687038708248808
Mlcoch A G, 1994, J Neuroimaging, V4, P6
Moonis M, 2001, CEREBROVASC DIS, V11, P143, DOI 10.1159/000047630
NAESER MA, 1989, BRAIN, V112, P1, DOI 10.1093/brain/112.1.1
NAESER MA, 1978, NEUROLOGY, V28, P545
NAESER MA, 1987, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V44, P73
Naeser MA, 1998, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V55, P1438, DOI 10.1001/archneur.55.11.1438
Naeser MA, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V93, P95, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.08.004
NAESER MA, 1990, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V47, P425
NAESER MA, 1982, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V39, P2
NAESER MA, 1985, CORTEX, V21, P203
OLDENDORF WH, 1981, ANN NEUROL, V10, P207, DOI 10.1002/ana.410100302
PATZ S, 1986, CARDIOVASC INTER RAD, V8, P225, DOI 10.1007/BF02552358
Peck KK, 2004, STROKE, V35, P554, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000110983.50753.9D
Saygin AP, 2003, BRAIN, V126, P928, DOI 10.1093/brain/awg082
Schlaug G, 1999, NEUROLOGY, V53, P1528
Wierenga CE, 2006, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V12, P132, DOI 10.1017/S135561770606019X
NR 41
TC 0
Z9 0
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 9
BP 1086
EP 1100
DI 10.1080/02687030701584982
PG 15
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 493HN
UT WOS:000269727500002
ER
PT J
AU Rau, MT
Fox, LE
AF Rau, Marie T.
Fox, Lynn E.
TI Treatment approaches to aphasia: Contributions of VA clinicians
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Treatment; Veterans
ID AMERICAN-INDIAN SIGN; NONFLUENT APHASIA; GLOBAL APHASIA; THERAPY;
COMMUNICATION; ADULTS; REHABILITATION; TRANSPARENCY; ATTENTION; PROGRAM
AB Background: Since the 1950s, Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) clinicians and researchers have made significant contributions to the aphasia treatment literature. This paper, one of a series on VA contributions to the diagnosis and management of aphasia and related disorders, highlights some of these treatment approaches. They are described within the changing context of how aphasia and its management have been viewed over the past several decades. Aims: The purpose of this paper is to describe specific treatment approaches in the management of aphasia to which VA clinician researchers have significantly contributed. Research studies evaluating the efficacy and effectiveness of these treatment approaches are cited. Conclusions: Beginning with Schuell's intensive auditory stimulation approach in the period after World War II and continuing into the present as new approaches based on recent data from the neurosciences are investigated, VA clinician-researchers have been at the forefront of novel treatments for aphasia. Individuals with aphasia as well as their families and other communication partners have benefited from these efforts.
C1 [Rau, Marie T.] Dept Vet Affairs Med Ctr, Portland, OR USA.
[Fox, Lynn E.] Portland State Univ, Portland, OR 97207 USA.
RP Rau, MT (reprint author), 2944 SW 55th Dr, Portland, OR 97221 USA.
EM jrau2@comcast.net
CR ALBERT ML, 1973, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V29, P103
ATEN JL, 1982, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V47, P93
ATEN JL, 1994, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P292
CAMPBELL CR, 1995, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V38, P1284
Carlomagno S, 1997, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V7, P311, DOI 10.1080/713755542
COSLETT HB, 1993, BRAIN, V116, P527
COSLETT HB, 2001, HDB NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V3, P257
Coslett HB, 1999, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V37, P695, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(98)00116-X
Crosson B, 2007, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V13, P582, DOI 10.1017/S1355617707070737
CROSSON B, 2000, APHASIA LANGUAGE THE, P372
DANILOFF JK, 1983, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V48, P103
DAVIS G, 1981, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P161
DOHERTY J, 1985, AUGMENT ALTERN COMM, V1, P10, DOI 10.1080/07434618512331273481
DOWDEN PA, 1982, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P133
DOYLE PJ, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V19, P229
DOYLE PJ, 1989, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V22, P157, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1989.22-157
Duffy J. R., 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P341
DUFFY JR, 1994, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P146
Freed D. B., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P105
FREED DB, 1995, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V25, P227
FREED DB, 1995, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V38, P1081
Frumkin NL, 1994, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P47
Gaddie A., 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V19, P171
HEILMAN KM, 1979, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V36, P129
HELM NA, 1980, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P308
HELMESTABROOKS N, 1981, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V46, P422
HELMESTABROOKS N, 1982, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V47, P385
Helm-Estabrooks N, 2004, MANUAL APHASIA APHAS, V2nd
HELMESTABROOKS N, 1989, J CLIN EXPT NEUROPSY, V7, P608
Helm-Estabrooks N, 2000, SENTENCE PRODUCTION
HELMESTABROOKS N, 1987, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V44, P1253
Hinckley JJ, 2002, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL INTERVENTIONS, P182
Holland A., 1980, COMMUNICATIVE ABILIT
Hoodin R., 1983, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P62
Kearns K., 1982, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P183
Kearns K. P., 1985, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P196
Kearns K. P., 1989, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V18, P223
KEARNS KP, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V20, P223
KIRSCHNER A, 1979, EDUC TRAIN MENT RET, V14, P5
LYON J, 1989, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V18, P11
Lyon J, 1992, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V1, P7
LYON JG, 1987, TOP LANG DISORD, V8, P61
LYON JG, 1989, CLIN APHASIOLOGY P, V18, P339
LYON JG, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P33, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248687
Lyon JG, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P693, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249416
MAHER LM, 2007, ANN M TEX SPEECH LAN
Maher LM, 2006, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V12, P843, DOI 10.1017/S1355617706061029
MARSHALL N, 1976, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V16, P115
MARSHALL RC, 1994, CLIN APHASIOL, V22, P335
Marshall RC, 2006, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V15, P103, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2006/011)
MORGAN ALR, 1987, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, V17, P64
NAESER MA, 1985, CORTEX, V21, P203
Pulvermuller F, 2001, STROKE, V32, P1621
RAMSBERGER G, 1989, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V18, P395
RAO P, 1980, NEUROPATHOLOGIES SPE
RAO P, 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P688
Rao P. R., 1978, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P180
Richards K, 2002, J REHABIL RES DEV, V39, P445
Schuell H, 1964, APHASIA ADULTS
Skelly M., 1979, AM IND GESTURAL CODE
SKELLY M, 1975, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V56, P156
SKELLY M, 1974, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V39, P445
Sparks R. W., 1994, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P368
SPARKS RW, 1975, MEL INT THER WORKSH
Taub E, 1999, J REHABIL RES DEV, V36, P237
*VET ADM HOSP LEAR, 1975, AM VID DICT 1
Wambaugh JL, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P603
World Health Organization, 2001, INT CLASS FUNCT DISA
YEDOR KE, 1993, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V21, P213
NR 69
TC 1
Z9 1
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 9
BP 1101
EP 1115
DI 10.1080/02687030701655261
PG 15
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 493HN
UT WOS:000269727500003
ER
PT J
AU Katz, RC
AF Katz, Richard C.
TI Application of computers to the treatment of US veterans with aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Communication; Computer; Efficacy; Speech therapy; Speech
treatment
ID VISUAL COMMUNICATION; READING TREATMENT; NATURAL-LANGUAGE; TECHNOLOGY;
SYSTEM
AB Background: Over the course of years, a variety of computer programs and related technologies have been developed by clinicians and researchers in the Department of Veterans Affairs Health Care System (VA) in an effort to improve understanding of and develop accessible and effective treatment for aphasia. Aims: To review the development of computer-based speech-language pathology services in the VA. Methods and Procedures: The efforts of VA clinician-researchers to develop and test computer-based speech-language pathology services are grouped into three areas: remote applications, compensatory applications, and research applications. Outcomes Results: The work cited in this article illustrates that VA clinician-researchers have long recognised that the role of technology in aphasia rehabilitation is not simply to increase efficiency and access to care, but also to improve the content of the care we provided to our patients. Conclusions: These efforts are consistent with other attempts in the VA to use recent technology to improve the quality and efficiency of, and access to, care for veterans. The goal is to provide all people with aphasia the opportunity to receive the best possible language and cognitive treatment.
C1 [Katz, Richard C.] Carl T Hayden VA Med Ctr, Phoenix, AZ 85012 USA.
[Katz, Richard C.] Arizona State Univ, Tempe, AZ USA.
RP Katz, RC (reprint author), Carl T Hayden VA Med Ctr, 650 E Indian Sch Rd, Phoenix, AZ 85012 USA.
EM Richard.Katz@va.gov
CR Aftonomos LB, 1997, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V78, P841, DOI 10.1016/S0003-9993(97)90197-0
DERENZI E, 1962, BRAIN, V85, P665, DOI 10.1093/brain/85.4.665
GARDNER RA, 1969, SCIENCE, V165, P664, DOI 10.1126/science.165.3894.664
GARDNER H, 1976, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V14, P275, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(76)90023-3
Hynes DM, 2004, J AM MED INFORM ASSN, V11, P344, DOI 10.1197/jamia.M1548
Katz R. C., 1982, CLIN APHASIOLOGY 198, P153
KATZ RC, 1983, CLIN APHASIOLOGY 198, P65
KATZ RC, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P165, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248588
Katz RC, 1997, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V40, P493
KATZ RC, 1984, CLIN APHASIOLOGY 198, P159
KATZ RC, 1989, CLIN APHASIOLOGY 198, P321
KATZ RC, 1985, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P184
Loverso F L, 1988, J Rehabil Res Dev, V25, P47
LOVERSO FL, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P155, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248587
LOVERSO FL, 1979, CLIN APHASIOLOGY 197, P229
LOVERSO FL, 1988, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V18, P297
LOVERSO FL, 1985, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P189
McCall D, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P795
Mills R., 1982, CLIN APHASIOLOGY 198, P147
PORCH BE, 1981, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC, V1
PREMACK D, 1970, PSYCHOL TODAY, V4, P55
SELINGER M, 1987, CLIN APHASIOLOGY 198, P55
SELINGER M, 1987, CLIN APHASIOLOGY 198, P136
Steele R. D., 1987, CLIN APHASIOLOGY 198, P46
STEELE RD, 1989, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V27, P409, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(89)90048-1
Steele RD, 2003, TOP GERIATR REHABIL, V19, P98
STEELE RD, 2006, PERSPECTIVES NEWSLET, V15, P7
STEELE RD, 2004, PERSPECTIVES NEWSLET, V13, P3
VAUGHN GR, 1980, REMATE REMOTE MACHIN
VAUGHN GR, 1981, EFFICACY REMOTE DELI
VAUGHN GR, 1987, J REHABILITATIVE RES, V25, P446
VAUGHN GR, 1982, ANN REPORT EXCHANGE
WEINRICH M, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P21, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1031
WEINRICH M, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P501, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249018
WEINRICH M, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P343, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248209
Werts R, 1987, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V17, P117
WERTZ RT, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P195, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248591
WERTZ RT, 1987, J REHABILITATIVE RES, V25, P432
NR 38
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 9
BP 1116
EP 1126
DI 10.1080/02687030701719000
PG 11
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 493HN
UT WOS:000269727500004
ER
PT J
AU Wambaugh, JL
AF Wambaugh, Julie L.
TI Understanding and management of acquired apraxia of speech: Contribution
of the Department of Veterans Affairs
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Apraxia; AOS; Department of Veterans Affairs
ID SOUND PRODUCTION TREATMENT; SINGLE WORD INTELLIGIBILITY; TREATMENT
GUIDELINES; PERCEPTUAL CHARACTERISTICS; CONSONANT PRODUCTION; DYSARTHRIC
SPEAKERS; STOP CONSONANTS; VOT ANALYSIS; APHASIA; VARIABILITY
AB Background: Acquired apraxia of speech (AOS) is a neurogenic disorder involving the ability to plan and/or program speech production. Our understanding of the characteristics, nature, and treatment of AOS has been in a continual state of evolution. Significant inroads have been made concerning our knowledge of AOS and its management and the Department of Veterans Affairs (DVA) has played a substantial role in adding to that knowledge base. Aims: The Department of Veterans Affairs has been a long-standing source of support for research involving neurogenic speech and language disorders. The purpose of this article is to highlight the contributions made by the DVA and its investigators to our understanding and treatment of AOS. Methods Procedures: Searches of electronic databases were conducted to identify DVA authors of AOS research reports. Additionally, records of DVA, Rehabilitation Research and Development grant funding were reviewed to determine DVA investigators who had conducted research pertinent to AOS. Outcomes Results: Numerous DVA investigators have been involved in AOS research and several DVA researchers have been leaders in this area of inquiry. Research by DVA investigators has significantly advanced the state of our knowledge of AOS. Conclusion: The current AOS knowledge base rests heavily on research conducted by investigators affiliated with the DVA.
C1 [Wambaugh, Julie L.] VA Salt Lake City Healthcare Syst, Salt Lake City, UT USA.
[Wambaugh, Julie L.] Univ Utah, Salt Lake City, UT USA.
RP Wambaugh, JL (reprint author), 151 A 500 Foothill Blvd, Salt Lake City, UT 84121 USA.
EM julie.wambaugh@health.utah.edu
FU Department of Veterans Affairs, Rehabilitation Research and Development
FX This work was supported, in part, by the Department of Veterans Affairs,
Rehabilitation Research and Development.
CR Aten J, 1986, CASE STUDIES APHASIA, P119
COLLINS M, 1980, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P196
COLLINS M, 1983, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V26, P224
DABUL B, 1976, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V41, P268
Darley F.L, 1975, MOTOR SPEECH DISORDE
DARLEY FL, 1967, BRAIN MECH UNDERLYIN, P236
DARLEY FL, 1969, AM SPEECH HEAR ASS C
DEAL JL, 1972, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V15, P639
DOWDEN PA, 1981, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P133
Dronkers NF, 1996, NATURE, V384, P159, DOI 10.1038/384159a0
Duffy J.R, 2005, MOTOR SPEECH DISORDE
FOREST K, 1991, DYSARTHRIA APRAXIA S
FROMM D, 1982, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P251
GOLPER LC, 2001, EVIDENCE BASED PRACT
Haley KL, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P1107, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000519
Haley KL, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P715, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249568
Haley KL, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P619
Haley KL, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P179
Hillis AE, 2004, BRAIN, V127, P1479, DOI 10.1093/brain/awh172
HOLLAND A, 1979, COMMUNICATIVE ABILIT
HOLTZAPPLE P, 1977, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P46
Hoodin R., 1983, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P62
JOHNS DF, 1970, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V13, P556
JOHNS DF, 1975, STUDIES NEUROLINGUIS, V1, P161
KENT RD, 1983, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V26, P231
KENT RD, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V15, P259, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90060-8
LAPOINTE LL, 1974, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V39, P39
LAPOINTE LL, 1976, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P262
LAPOINTE LL, 1975, J COMMUN DISORD, V8, P259, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(75)90018-0
LAPOINTE LL, 1984, APRAXIA SPEECH PHYSL, P277
LAPOINTE LL, 1969, THESIS U COLORADO
Mauszycki SC, 2006, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V14, P263
MAUSZYCKI SC, APHASIOLOGY IN PRESS
Mauszycki SC, 2007, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V15, P223
McNeil M., 1976, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P151
MCNEIL MR, 1994, CLIN APHASIOL, V22, P203
McNeil M. R., 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V19, P279
McNeil MR, 1997, CLIN MANAGEMENT SENS, P311
McNeil MR, 1995, CLIN APHASIOL, V23, P39
MCNEIL MR, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P135, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90106-Q
MCNEIL MR, 2000, APHASIA LANGUAGE THE, P221
MCNEIL MR, 1989, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V18, P173
MCNEIL MR, 1990, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V33, P255
MLCOCH AG, 1992, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P235
MLCOCH AG, 1983, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P35
MLCOCH AG, 1984, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P279
ODELL K, 1991, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V34, P67
ODELL K, 1990, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V55, P345
Ogar J, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V97, P343, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.01.008
Porch B. E., 1971, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC
Porch B. E., 1967, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC
Rao P. R., 1978, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P180
ROBIN DA, 2008, NEUROIMAGING COMMUNI
Rosenbek J., 1984, APRAXIA SPEECH PHYSL, P1
Rosenbek J. C., 1984, APRAXIA SPEECH PHYSL
ROSENBEK JC, 1973, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V38, P462
ROSENBEK JC, 1976, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P255
Rosenbek J C, 1984, Adv Neurol, V42, P327
ROSENBEK JC, 1973, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V16, P22
ROSENBEK JC, 1976, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P191
RUBOW RT, 1982, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V63, P150
Shankweiler D., 1966, CORTEX, V2, P277
SHANKWEILER DONALD, 1968, ARCH PHYS MED REHABIL, V49, P1
Shuster LI, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P635
SKELLY M, 1973, ANN CONV AM SPEECH H
SKELLY M, 1974, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V39, P445
SKENES LL, 1988, J COMMUN DISORD, V28, P263
SPARKS RW, 1976, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V41, P287
SQUARE PA, 1983, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P239
Wambaugh J, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P407, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000165
Wambaugh JL, 2006, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V14, pXXXV
Wambaugh JL, 2006, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V14, pXV
Wambaugh J. L., 1998, BIENN MOT SPEECH C T
Wambaugh JL, 2006, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V14, P317
Wambaugh JL, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V41, P725
Wambaugh JL, 2004, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V12, P77
Wambaugh JL, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P521, DOI 10.1080/02687039708248488
Wambaugh JL, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P821
Wambaugh JL, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P603
Wambaugh Julie L., 2002, Seminars in Speech and Language, V23, P293, DOI 10.1055/s-2002-35802
WAMBAUGH JL, 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P186
Wambaugh JL, 2004, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V12, P221
WARREN RL, 1977, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P80
WERTZ RT, 1976, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P175
Wertz RT, 1984, APRAXIA SPEECH ADULT
WERTZ RT, 1971, J COLORADO SPEECH HE, V5, P18
WERTZ RT, 1984, APRAXIA SPEECH PHYSL, P257
WERTZ RT, 1981, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V24, P580
NR 88
TC 1
Z9 1
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 9
BP 1127
EP 1145
DI 10.1080/02687030701855739
PG 19
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 493HN
UT WOS:000269727500005
ER
PT J
AU Freed, D
AF Freed, Donald
TI A short history of the Veterans Administration's influence on aphasia
assessment tools
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Assessment
AB Background: The United States Veterans Administration (VA) has a long history of supporting medical developments, including those in the rehabilitation sciences. Its large patient population, numerous facilities, and funding of research, education, and training have resulted in many medical advances. Its positive influences also have extended to the profession of speech-language pathology, particularly regarding the assessment and treatment of aphasia. Aims: This paper is a short review of how the VA has contributed significantly to the development of aphasia assessment tools. Beginning with the Minnesota Test for Differential Diagnosis of Aphasia in 1948, the VA has played an essential role in the creation of a number of well-known, widely used aphasia tests. Methods Procedures: Ten major aphasia assessment tools that had significant VA involvement are examined. The features of each test are described, as well as how the VA contributed to the test's development. Conclusions: VA's substantial support was an essential part in the development of these important aphasia assessment tools.
C1 Calif State Univ Fresno, Dept Communicat Disorders & Deaf Studies, Fresno, CA 93740 USA.
RP Freed, D (reprint author), Calif State Univ Fresno, Dept Communicat Disorders & Deaf Studies, 5310 N Campus Dr,PH 80, Fresno, CA 93740 USA.
EM donfr@csufresno.edu
CR Brookshire R. H., 1997, DISCOURSE COMPREHENS
DERENZI E, 1962, BRAIN, V85, P665, DOI 10.1093/brain/85.4.665
FRATTALI C, 1995, AM LANGUAGE HEARING
GADDIE A, 1988, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P463
Goodglass H, 2001, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V3rd
Goodglass H., 1983, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V2nd
Goodglass H., 1972, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP
HELMESTABROOKS N, 1989, BOSTON ASSESSMENT SE
HOLLAND H, 1980, COMMUNICATIVE ABILIT
Kaplan E, 1976, BOSTON NAMING TEST E
Kaplan E., 2001, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST
KEARNS KP, 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P316
KEENAN JS, 1975, APHASIA LANGUAGE PER
LaPointe L., 1998, READING COMPREHENSIO
LaPointe L. L., 1979, READING COMPREHENSIO
McNeil M. R., 1978, REVISED TOKEN TEST
Murray L. L., 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P55
NICHOLAS LE, 1989, APHASIOLOGY, V3, P569, DOI 10.1080/02687038908249023
Nicholas M., 1998, C SPEAK APHASIA COMM
PEACH RK, 1993, APHASIA TREATMENT WO, P335
Porch B. E., 1967, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC
SCHUELL H, 1965, DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOS
Schuell H. M., 1964, APHASIA ADULTS DIAGN
SKELLY M, 1974, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V39, P445
Steele R. D., 1987, CLIN APHASIOLOGY 198, P46
WERTZ RT, 1986, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V43, P653
WERTZ RT, 1981, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V24, P580
NR 28
TC 0
Z9 0
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 9
BP 1146
EP 1157
DI 10.1080/02687030801952717
PG 12
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 493HN
UT WOS:000269727500006
ER
PT J
AU Tallberg, IM
Bergendal, G
AF Tallberg, I. M.
Bergendal, G.
TI Strategies of lexical substitution and retrieval in multiple sclerosis
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Lexical substitution; Strategic retrieval; MS
ID BOSTON NAMING TEST; NORMATIVE DATA; PREFRONTAL CORTEX; WORD FLUENCY;
LANGUAGE; SWEDISH; IMPAIRMENT; FAS
AB Background: Language symptoms in multiple sclerosis (MS) are rather common but often subtle and the patients themselves have a subjective experience of an impaired capability although this is difficult to verify in standard examination of language. Aims: The aim of this study was to explore lexical substitution and retrieval in MS patients in comparison with a matched control group. Methods Procedures: A total of 25 MS patients and 25 matched control participants were tested with a picture-naming test (Boston Naming Test; BNT) and a letter-word fluency test (FAS). A comprehensive analysis was performed regarding response patterns on the BNT, and of strategies used in the word fluency test. The results of the groups were compared and related to background data. Outcomes Results: The analysis of the responses on the BNT showed that the MS patients used more indistinct descriptions as substitutions and responded with significantly more off-target substitutions than did the control group. In the word fluency test there was a significantly more effective use of strategies for retrieval in the control group. Effective strategic retrieval correlated with effective substitutions for target responses. Conclusions: The results confirm that language function is impaired in MS and show how naming responses become poor and semantically unspecific, concurrent with less-effective strategic retrieval in word fluency tests. The impaired language function correlates with a general cognitive decline.
C1 [Tallberg, I. M.; Bergendal, G.] Karolinska Univ Hosp, Stockholm, Sweden.
RP Tallberg, IM (reprint author), Karolinska Univ, Huddinge Hosp, S-14186 Stockholm, Sweden.
EM ing-mari.tallberg@ki.s
CR Almkvist O, 2007, SCAND J PSYCHOL, V48, P271, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9450.2007.00575.x
BARTFAI A, 1994, WESCHLER ADULT INTEL
Benton A. L., 1989, MULTILINGUAL APHASIA
BERGENDAL G, 2008, COGNITIVE FUNC UNPUB
BRUSEWITZ K, EUROPEAN J IN PRESS
Emery VOB, 2000, INT J PSYCHIAT MED, V30, P145, DOI 10.2190/X09P-N7AU-UCHA-VW08
Faglioni P, 2000, CORTEX, V36, P243, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70527-6
Fernaeus SE, 2001, DEMENT GERIATR COGN, V12, P52, DOI 10.1159/000051235
Friend KB, 1999, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V13, P78, DOI 10.1076/clin.13.1.78.1979
Gourovitch ML, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V14, P353, DOI 10.1037//0894-4105.14.3.353
Henry JD, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V44, P1166, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2005.10.006
Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Klugman TM, 2002, FOLIA PHONIATR LOGO, V54, P201, DOI 10.1159/000063194
Kosmidis MH, 2004, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V10, P164, DOI 10.1017/S1355617704102014
KURTZKE JF, 1983, NEUROLOGY, V33, P1444
Laatu S, 2001, J NEUROL SCI, V185, P77, DOI 10.1016/S0022-510X(01)00461-0
LEATHLEAN J, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P39
Marien P, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V65, P447, DOI 10.1006/brln.1998.2000
Nordahl CW, 2006, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V18, P418, DOI 10.1162/089892906775990552
Piatt AL, 1999, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V37, P1499, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(99)00066-4
POSER CM, 1983, ANN NEUROL, V13, P227, DOI 10.1002/ana.410130302
Ruff RM, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V57, P394, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1755
Szatkowska I, 2000, ACTA NEUROBIOL EXP, V60, P503
Tallberg IM, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V94, P19, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.11.004
Tallberg IM, 2008, SCAND J PSYCHOL, V49, P479, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9450.2008.00653.x
Troster AI, 1998, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V36, P295, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(97)00153-X
Troyer AK, 1997, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V11, P138, DOI 10.1037//0894-4105.11.1.138
Wechsler D, 1981, WECHSLER ADULT INTEL
NR 28
TC 1
Z9 1
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 9
BP 1184
EP 1195
DI 10.1080/02687030802436884
PG 12
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 493HN
UT WOS:000269727500008
ER
PT J
AU Davie, GL
Hutcheson, KA
Barringer, DA
Weinberg, JS
Lewin, JS
AF Davie, Gail L.
Hutcheson, Katherine A.
Barringer, Denise A.
Weinberg, Jeffrey S.
Lewin, Jan S.
TI Aphasia in patients after brain tumour resection
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Brain tumour; Language; Stroke
ID COGNITIVE IMPAIRMENT; STROKE; AGE; EPIDEMIOLOGY; DEPRESSION; DISABILITY;
SEVERITY; SURGERY; GLIOMAS; GRADE
AB Background: It is has been estimated that aphasia occurs in one-third to half of patients who have had a left hemisphere brain tumour resection. While studies have documented aphasia before malignant brain tumour resection, little is known about the type and severity of aphasia after tumour resection. Aims: The aims of this study were (1) to describe the subtypes and severity of aphasia during the acute recovery period after malignant brain tumour resection; (2) to describe potential associations between acute language outcomes and tumour characteristics; and (3) to compare our findings to those reported in the literature to identify possible language differences between patients who suffer stroke and patients who undergo brain tumour resection. Methods Procedures: We retrospectively reviewed the Western Aphasia Battery (WAB) scores during the acute recovery period of individuals who underwent resection of malignant brain tumours to determine patterns of aphasia severity and subtype. Outcomes Results: We found that aphasia was usually mild (63% of patients) and that anomic aphasia was the most common subtype (48% of patients) during the acute recovery period after brain tumour resection, regardless of lesion location or tumour grade. Conclusions: The patterns of postoperative language functioning that we observed during the acute recovery period after surgery for a brain tumour support the perspective that acute aphasia profiles may be fundamentally different in patients with brain tumours compared with patients who have had a stroke.
C1 [Lewin, Jan S.] Univ Texas MD Anderson Canc Ctr, Dept Head & Neck Surg, Unit 441, Houston, TX 77230 USA.
RP Lewin, JS (reprint author), Univ Texas MD Anderson Canc Ctr, Dept Head & Neck Surg, Unit 441, POB 301402, Houston, TX 77230 USA.
EM jlewin@mdanderson.org
CR American Cancer Society, 2005, CANC FACTS FIG 2005
ANDERSON SW, 1990, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V47, P397
Bakheit AMO, 2005, DISABIL REHABIL, V27, P287, DOI 10.1080/09638280400009006
Bhatnagar SC, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V74, P238, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2339
Coates C, 1997, DISABIL REHABIL, V19, P104
Duffau H, 2006, J NEURO-ONCOL, V79, P77, DOI 10.1007/s11060-005-9109-6
EMERY OB, 1989, J GERONTOL, V44, pM85
Fandino J, 1999, J NEUROSURG, V91, P238, DOI 10.3171/jns.1999.91.2.0238
Gavrilovic IT, 2005, J NEURO-ONCOL, V75, P5, DOI 10.1007/s11060-004-8093-6
HAAS J, 1982, J NEUROL, V227, P209, DOI 10.1007/BF00313388
HAGLUND MM, 1994, NEUROSURGERY, V34, P567
Kanzer M, 1942, J NEUROSURG, V95, P702, DOI 10.1097/00005053-194206000-00005
Kauhanen ML, 2000, CEREBROVASC DIS, V10, P455, DOI 10.1159/000016107
KERTESZ A, 1981, BRAIN, V104, P117, DOI 10.1093/brain/104.1.117
Kertesz A, 2004, CAN J NEUROL SCI, V31, P175
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Knecht S, 2000, BRAIN, V123, P2512, DOI 10.1093/brain/123.12.2512
MICELI G, 1981, ACTA NEUROL SCAND, V64, P370
PASHEK GV, 1988, CORTEX, V24, P411
Pedersen PM, 2004, CEREBROVASC DIS, V17, P35, DOI 10.1159/000073896
RECHT LD, 1989, NEUROLOGY, V39, P48
Whittle IR, 1998, LANCET, V351, P1014, DOI 10.1016/S0140-6736(97)08295-0
NR 22
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 9
BP 1196
EP 1206
DI 10.1080/02687030802436900
PG 11
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 493HN
UT WOS:000269727500009
ER
PT J
AU Salis, C
Edwards, S
AF Salis, Christos
Edwards, Susan
TI Tests of syntactic comprehension in aphasia: An investigation of task
effects
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Task effects; Syntactic comprehension; Aphasia
ID SENTENCE COMPREHENSION; AGRAMMATIC COMPREHENSION; LANGUAGE;
DETERMINANTS; THERAPY; DEMANDS; BROCAS
AB Background: Consistency of performance across tasks that assess syntactic comprehension in aphasia has clinical and theoretical relevance. In this paper we add to the relatively sparse previous work on how sentence comprehension abilities are influenced by the nature of the assessment task. Aims: Our aims are: (1) to compare linguistic performance across sentence-picture matching, enactment, and truth-value judgement tasks; (2) to investigate the impact of pictorial stimuli on syntactic comprehension. Methods Procedures: We tested a group of 10 aphasic speakers (3 with fluent and 7 with non-fluent aphasia) in three tasks (Experiment 1): (i) sentence-picture matching with four pictures, (ii) sentence-picture matching with two pictures, and (iii) enactment. A further task of truth-value judgement was given to a subgroup of those speakers (n=5, Experiment 2). Similar sentence types across all tasks were used and included canonical (actives, subject clefts) and non-canonical (passives, object clefts) sentences. We undertook two types of analyses: (a) we compared canonical and non-canonical sentences in each task; (b) we compared performance between (i) actives and passives, (ii) subject and object clefts in each task. We examined the results of all participants as a group and as case-series. Outcomes Results: Several task effects emerged. Overall, the two-picture sentence-picture matching and enactment tasks were more discriminating than the four-picture condition. Group performance in the truth-value judgement task was similar to two-picture sentence-picture matching and enactment. At the individual level performance across tasks contrasted to some group results. Conclusions: Our findings revealed task effects across participants. We discuss reasons that could explain the diverse profiles of performance and the implications for clinical practice.
C1 [Salis, Christos] Univ Reading, Sch Psychol & Clin Language Sci, Reading RG6 6AL, Berks, England.
RP Salis, C (reprint author), Univ Reading, Sch Psychol & Clin Language Sci, Reading RG6 6AL, Berks, England.
EM c.salis@reading.ac.uk
FU Economic and Social Research Council [PTA 030-2003-01072]
FX We would like to thank the following clinicians for referring the
participants: Tricia Mitchell, Debbie Allcock, Fiona MacFarlane, Lorna
Wilson-Dodd, Laorag Hunter, and Kate Tucker. We also thank the
participants and their spouses for taking part in this project and the
two anonymous reviewers for their very useful suggestions. This project
was supported by the Economic and Social Research Council (PTA
030-2003-01072).
CR Baldo JV, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V92, P240, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.06.103
Bastiaanse R., 2002, VERB SENTENCE TEST
Bastiaanse R, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P91, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00306-7
Bonferroni CE, 1936, PUBBLICAZIONI R I SU, V8, P3
Caplan D, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V101, P103, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.225
Caplan D, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P893, DOI 10.1080/02687030600739273
Caplan D, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P77
CAPLAN D, 1985, COGNITION, V21, P117, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(85)90048-4
Caplan D, 1997, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V40, P542
CUPPLES L, 1993, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V10, P201, DOI 10.1080/02643299308253461
Dickey MW, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V88, P108, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00283-9
DRUKS J, 1995, COGNITION, V55, P311, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(94)00651-Z
EDWARDS S, 1976, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V11, P83
Edwards S., 2005, FLUENT APHASIA
FRIEDERICI AD, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V42, P1, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90053-H
Goodglass H, 2001, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V3rd
Grodzinsky Y, 2000, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V23, P1, DOI 10.1017/S0140525X00002399
HAEGEMAN L, 1994, INTRO GOVT BINDING
HAMBURGER H, 1984, COGNITION, V17, P85, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(84)90015-5
HELMESTABROOKS N, 2001, MANUAL APHASIA APHAS
HICKOK G, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P371, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1051
Johansson S., 1989, FREQUENCY ANAL ENGLI, V1
JUST MA, 1977, CORTEX, V13, P402
Kay J., 1992, PALPA PSYCHOLINGUIST
LINEBARGER MC, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V50, P52, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1040
Love T, 2002, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V31, P503, DOI 10.1023/A:1021208903394
MARSHALL J, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P517, DOI 10.1080/02687039508248712
MAUNER G, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P340, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1050
Mitchum CC, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P675, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000255
Salis C., 2008, J NEUROLINGUIST, V21, P375, DOI DOI 10.1016/J.JNEUROLING.2007.11.001
Salis C, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V99, P116, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.067
SCHWARTZ MF, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P19, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248639
SHANKWEILER D, 1989, Language and Cognitive Processes, V4, P1, DOI 10.1080/01690968908406355
Swinney D, 1996, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V8, P174, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1996.8.2.174
Thompson C. K, NW ASSESSMENT UNPUB
NR 35
TC 2
Z9 2
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 10
BP 1215
EP 1230
DI 10.1080/02687030802380165
PG 16
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 490XW
UT WOS:000269542400001
ER
PT J
AU Webster, J
Gordon, B
AF Webster, Janet
Gordon, Barbara
TI Contrasting therapy effects for verb and sentence processing
difficulties: A discussion of what worked and why
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
ID RETRIEVAL; APHASIA; IMPAIRMENTS; DISORDERS; DEFICITS; WORD
AB Background: Over recent years there have been a number of studies investigating the effects of therapy for verb and sentence processing difficulties in people with aphasia. A variety of therapies have been described, with apparently different foci and different methods. Despite this, similarities in the outcomes reported would suggest that the therapy techniques are in fact targeting similar processes. Aims: The paper describes two periods of speech and language therapy intervention with a person with non-fluent aphasia, MV. The contrasting effects of the two therapy periods are discussed and the mechanisms underpinning the improvements seen following the second period involving overb and noun association therapyo are considered. Methods Procedures: A case study approach is used to evaluate the effects of two periods of intervention. The client, MV, was diagnosed with a semantic impairment resulting in a noun and verb retrieval deficit, as well as difficulties with argument structure and mapping. In the first intervention period, therapy consisted of verb-centred mapping therapy and tasks promoting divergent noun and verb retrieval. In the second intervention period, overb and noun associationo therapy was used. Therapy was preceded and followed by detailed assessment of single word and sentence comprehension and production. Outcomes Results: The initial period of therapy resulted in no linguistic improvement. In contrast, the verb and noun association therapy resulted in item-specific improvement in verb naming and a parallel improvement in verb comprehension. Significant gains in sentence production were also seen; MV was able to produce more nouns within a sentence context and produce more thematically complete and grammatically accurate sentences. These gains were not related to her ability to produce the nouns targeted within the therapy. Conclusions: It is proposed that the gains in sentence production following the verb and noun association therapy were a consequence of the improved specification of the argument structure around verbs. It is not clear whether this resulted from improved access to lexically specified argument structure information or more generalised gains in argument structure production. The study suggests that gains in sentence production can be achieved for some clients without explicit identification or cueing of arguments and that this approach may be more beneficial for people who struggle with the demands of a more ometa-linguistico approach.
C1 [Webster, Janet] Univ Newcastle, Newcastle Upon Tyne NE1 7RU, Tyne & Wear, England.
[Gordon, Barbara] Shotley Bridge Hosp, Durham, England.
RP Webster, J (reprint author), Univ Newcastle, King George VI Bldg,Queen Victoria Rd, Newcastle Upon Tyne NE1 7RU, Tyne & Wear, England.
CR Bak TH, 2003, J NEUROLINGUIST, V16, P169, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(02)00011-8
Berndt RS, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P107
Berndt RS, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P68
Bird H, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V72, P246, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2292
Bishop DVM, 1983, TEST RECEPTION GRAMM
Black M., 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V6, P79, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90002-Z
BYNG S, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P315, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248663
Cole-Virtue J, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P153, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000517
Conroy P, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P1159, DOI 10.1080/02687030600792009
Druks J., 2000, OBJECT ACTION NAMING
Edwards S, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V91, P78, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.06.042
Fink R. B., 1992, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V21, P263
Howard D., 2000, ACQUIRED NEUROGENIC
JONES EV, 1986, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V21, P63
Kay J., 1992, PALPA PSYCHOLINGUIST
Levelt W. J., 1989, SPEAKING INTENTION A
Linebarger MC, 2004, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P267, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000537
Marshall J, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V63, P159, DOI 10.1006/brln.1998.1949
MARSHALL J, 1999, EVENT PERCEPTION TES
Mitchum C., 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P551
Mitchum C. C., 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH
Mitchum CC, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V10, P311
PEAT C, 2006, THESIS NEWCASTLE U U
Raymer AM, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1031, DOI 10.1080/026870401430000609
ReichmanNovak S, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V60, P102
Swinburn K., 2004, COMPREHENSIVE APHASI
Webster J., 2000, VAN VERB NOUN TEST
Webster J, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P748, DOI 10.1080/02687030500166957
Whitworth A, 2005, COGNIITIVE NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL APPROACH TO ASSESSMENT AND INTERVENTION IN APHASIA: A CLINICIANS GUIDE, P1
WHITWORTH A, 1996, THEMATIC ROLES PRODU
WHITWORTH A, 1996, MAPPING THEMATIC ROL
NR 31
TC 10
Z9 10
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 10
BP 1231
EP 1251
DI 10.1080/02687030802246291
PG 21
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 490XW
UT WOS:000269542400002
ER
PT J
AU Jonkers, R
de Bruin, A
AF Jonkers, Roel
de Bruin, Annelies
TI Tense processing in Broca's and Wernicke's aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Verb inflection; Time reference; Broca's aphasia; Wernicke's aphasia
ID FUNCTIONAL CATEGORIES; AGRAMMATIC SPEAKERS; GERMAN AGRAMMATISM; VERB
PRODUCTION; AGREEMENT; COMPREHENSION; INFLECTION; FINITENESS; POSITION;
GREEK
AB Background: Broca's aphasic or agrammatic participants are assumed to have problems with the inflection of moved verbs. Recently, Bastiaanse (2008) has shown that verb inflection in base position is also difficult for these participants, especially if reference to the past is involved. However, Bastiaanse only examined the data of Broca's aphasic participants and restricted herself to verb production. In the current study we will examine the existence of a more central deficit in tense marking in production and comprehension in aphasic participants. Aims: The production and comprehension of tensed verbs will be studied in a group of Broca's aphasic participants. The data of a group of participants suffering from Wernicke's aphasia will be used for comparison. Methods Procedures: Seven participants with Broca's aphasia and five with Wernicke's aphasia performed a sentence-to-picture matching task for comprehension and a sentence completion task for production with present or past tense as the crucial conditions. Both tests contained 40 items. Results on the tests were analysed quantitatively and qualitatively. Outcomes Results: Although production was more impaired than comprehension in Broca's aphasic participants, past tense was more difficult to interpret than present tense, especially for those participants who showed comprehension problems. Problems with the interpretation of tense were also found in the group of Wernicke's aphasic participants. Furthermore, for these participants past tense forms were also more difficult to produce than present tense forms. Conclusions: The results suggest that past tense in general is difficult to process for aphasic participants. We relate this finding to the semantic notion of past tense.
C1 [Jonkers, Roel] Univ Groningen, Dept Linguist, NL-9700 AS Groningen, Netherlands.
[de Bruin, Annelies] Nursing Home Myosotis, Assisted Livingconcern IJsselheem, Kampen, Netherlands.
RP Jonkers, R (reprint author), Univ Groningen, Dept Linguist, POB 716, NL-9700 AS Groningen, Netherlands.
EM r.jonkers@rug.nl
CR Bastiaanse R, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V80, P142, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2585
Bastiaanse R, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V64, P165, DOI 10.1006/brln.1998.1972
Bastiaanse R, 2008, J NEUROLINGUIST, V21, P104, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2006.10.006
Burchert F, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V94, P188, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.12.006
BURNAGE G, 1990, GUIDE USERS
Druks J, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V94, P1, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.11.003
Faroqi-Shah Y, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V103, P27, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.07.013
Faroqi-Shah Y, 2007, J MEM LANG, V56, P129, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2006.09.005
Friedmann N, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P397, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1795
Graetz P., 1992, AKENSE AFASIE TEST
Haeseryn Walter, 1997, ALGEMENE NEDERLANDSE, V2nd
Nanousi V., 2006, J NEUROLINGUIST, V19, P209, DOI [10.1016/j.jneuroling.2005.11.003, DOI 10.1016/J.JNEUROLING.2005.11.003]
PIERCE RS, 1981, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V46, P364
Stavrakaki S, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V86, P129, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00541-2
Tsapkini K, 2002, J NEUROLINGUIST, V15, P265, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(01)00039-2
Tyler LK, 2005, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V43, P1963, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2005.03.008
Varlokosta S, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P723, DOI 10.1080/0267030500513703
Wenzlaff M, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P57, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00298-0
Wenzlaff M, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V92, P33, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.05.006
NR 19
TC 11
Z9 11
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 10
BP 1252
EP 1265
DI 10.1080/02687030802289192
PG 14
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 490XW
UT WOS:000269542400003
ER
PT J
AU Law, J
Rush, R
Pringle, AM
Irving, AM
Huby, G
Smith, M
Conochie, D
Haworth, C
Burston, A
AF Law, James
Rush, Robert
Pringle, Ann-Marie
Irving, Anne-Marie
Huby, Guro
Smith, Mark
Conochie, Douglas
Haworth, Catherine
Burston, Amanda
TI The incidence of cases of aphasia following first stroke referred to
speech and language therapy services in Scotland
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Stroke; Aphasia; Incidence
AB Background: Key to the provision of appropriate services is an understanding of the number of cases in a given population. This study examined the incidence of aphasia following first ever stroke. It was part of a larger study, the Aphasia in Scotland Study, which examined the provision of services for people with aphasia in Scotland. Aims: The present study examines the incidence of aphasia referred to speech and language therapy services in people who have experienced their first ever stroke. The specific questions addressed were: What is the incidence of aphasia following first ever stroke? What is the percentage of aphasia following first ever stroke? What are the crude figures for aphasia following first ever stroke by age? What are the crude figures for aphasia following first ever stroke by gender? What are the crude figures for aphasia following first ever stroke by severity? Methods Procedures: All 14 health boards in Scotland were approached but only 3, NHS Borders, Orkney, and Shetland, were able to provide the level of information required. Respondents were asked to provide information about the age and gender and level of communication need of referred cases over a given year. Outcomes Results: Results suggested that the incidence of aphasia following first ever stroke was found to be 54, 57, and 77.5 per 100,000, for NHS Borders, Orkney, and Shetland respectively. This is slightly higher than in other comparable studies. The percentage of new cases of aphasia following a first ever stroke across NHS Borders, Orkney, and Shetland was 19, 22, and 34% respectively. The variability across the three sites is probably a function of the potential effect of small changes in the relatively low numbers. The majority of cases were, unsurprisingly, over 65 years of age but a substantial minority17% (Shetland), 26% (Borders) and 36% (Orkney)were below 65 years of age. One third of new cases resulted in severe aphasia. Although the proportions of men and women with aphasia were similar, women tended to be older at the point at which they experienced their first stroke. Conclusions: The results are discussed in terms the practicalities of this sort of data collection exercise and the implications of the results for service delivery. There is a need for comparable local data collection exercises tied in to current epidemiological studies.
C1 [Law, James] Queen Margaret Univ, Ctr Integrated Healthcare Res, Edinburgh EH21 6UU, Midlothian, Scotland.
[Pringle, Ann-Marie; Smith, Mark] NHS Lothian, Edinburgh, Midlothian, Scotland.
[Huby, Guro] Univ Edinburgh, Edinburgh EH8 9YL, Midlothian, Scotland.
[Burston, Amanda] Napier Univ, Edinburgh EH14 1DJ, Midlothian, Scotland.
RP Law, J (reprint author), Queen Margaret Univ, Ctr Integrated Healthcare Res, Edinburgh EH21 6UU, Midlothian, Scotland.
EM jlaw@qmu.ac.uk
RI Law, James/F-2116-2010
CR Aerden L, 2004, J NEUROL SCI, V220, P55, DOI 10.1016/j.jns.2004.02.001
DENNIS M, 2007, COMMUNICATION UNPUB
Dennis MS, 2006, DEV NATL SYSTEM MONI
Engelter ST, 2006, STROKE, V37, P1379, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000221815.64093.8c
*GEN REG OFF SCOTL, 2002, EST POP SEX SINGL YE
Goodglass H., 2001, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V3rd
Laska AC, 2001, J INTERN MED, V249, P413, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2796.2001.00812.x
LAW J, 2007, APHASIA SCOTLAND
LAW J, 2009, RECONCILING PE UNPUB
MALMGREN R, 1987, LANCET, V2, P1196
PEDERSEN PM, 1995, ANN NEUROL, V38, P659, DOI 10.1002/ana.410380416
SCARPA M, 1987, CORTEX, V23, P331
Syme PD, 2005, STROKE, V36, P1837, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000177873.82478.1c
NR 13
TC 4
Z9 4
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 10
BP 1266
EP 1275
DI 10.1080/02687030802514953
PG 10
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 490XW
UT WOS:000269542400004
ER
PT J
AU Behrns, I
Hartelius, L
Wengelin, A
AF Behrns, Ingrid
Hartelius, Lena
Wengelin, Asa
TI Aphasia and computerised writing aid supported treatment
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Writing process; Writing difficulties; Computerised writing;
Aids; Treatment; Keystroke logging
ID TIME-SERIES
AB Background: Individuals with aphasia often experience difficulties in writing. Word processors with a spell checker and a grammar checker can compensate for some of the writing difficulties associated with aphasia. Aims: To determine if writing difficulties associated with aphasia may be reduced by the use of a computerised writing aid when training patients. Methods Procedures: The writing aids used in this study were originally designed specifically for persons with developmental reading and writing difficulties and are based on statistics of frequent misspellings and phonotactic rules. Three participants with aphasia selected one of two offered writing aids. Written production during treatment and evaluation was recorded and analysed by keystroke logging. The study had a single-subject ABA design replicated across three participants. The baseline (A) was established by measuring four dependent variables. During a 9-week intervention phase (B) the dependent variables were measured once a week. A follow-up (A) was done 10 months after the training was finished. The dependent variables were: total number of words in a writing task; proportion of correctly written words; words per minute; proportion of successful edits. The results were analysed both visually and by statistical calculations. Outcomes Results: All participants experienced a positive improvement in their writing ability. Results showed individual differences; after completed training the first participant made more successful edits, the second wrote more words, had a larger proportion of correctly written words, and made more successful edits. The third participant's results did not show any improvement that could be statistically supported. Conclusions: This study showed that the computerised training facilitated the generating process and made the revision process more efficient for the participants. The results are important in that they indicate possible ways of designing writing treatment. However, they also show the need for careful analyses when evaluating different treatment strategies and in discussing what improved writing ability may be.
C1 [Behrns, Ingrid] Univ Gothenburg, Sahlgrenska Acad, Div Speech & Language Pathol, Inst Neurosci & Physiol, S-40530 Gothenburg, Sweden.
[Wengelin, Asa] Lund Univ, S-22100 Lund, Sweden.
RP Behrns, I (reprint author), Univ Gothenburg, Sahlgrenska Acad, Div Speech & Language Pathol, Inst Neurosci & Physiol, Box 452, S-40530 Gothenburg, Sweden.
EM ingrid.behrns@neuro.gu.se
FU Swedish Stroke Association
FX This study was supported by a grant from the Swedish Stroke Association.
The authors wish to thank the Aphasia Association in Gothenburg for the
use of their premises.
CR ANDERSSON B, 1998, ATT STAVA MED STOD N
Beeson PM, 2006, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V12, P816, DOI 10.1017/S1355617706061005
Beeson PM, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V16, P161, DOI 10.1007/s11065-006-9013-7
Behrns I, 2008, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V22, P95, DOI 10.1080/02699200701699603
BERGSTRO RMA, 2007, THESIS GOTEBORG U GO
BROCKARDT JJ, 2008, AM PSYCHOL, V63, P77
Bruce C, 2003, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V38, P131, DOI 10.1080/1368282021000048258
Bub D., 1988, HDB NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V1, P393
Ellis A. W., 1996, HUMAN COGNITIVE NEUR
Fisch GS, 2001, BEHAV PROCESS, V54, P137, DOI 10.1016/S0376-6357(01)00155-3
Friedman RB, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P114, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0006
Hayes J., 1996, SCI WRITING THEORIES, P1
Hayes J. R., 1980, COGNITIVE PROCESS, P3
JONES PW, 2006, SINGLE CASE RES STAT
Jones WP, 2003, MEAS EVAL COUNS DEV, V36, P28
Kaplan E., 1973, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP
King J., 1995, AAC, V11, P187, DOI 10.1080/07434619512331277309
Kromrey JD, 1996, J EXP EDUC, V65, P73
LINDSTRORM E, 1995, A NING NEUROLOGISK A
Mortley J, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P443, DOI 10.1080/02687040042000188
Parker RI, 2006, SCHOOL PSYCHOL QUART, V21, P418, DOI 10.1037/h0084131
Petheram B, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P187, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000020
Stromqvist S., 2002, SCRIPTLOG WINDOWS US
TRYON WW, 1982, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V15, P423, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1982.15-423
van de Sandt-Koenderman M, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P245, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000571
NR 25
TC 5
Z9 5
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 10
BP 1276
EP 1294
DI 10.1080/02687030802436892
PG 19
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 490XW
UT WOS:000269542400005
ER
PT J
AU Wright, HH
Capilouto, GJ
AF Wright, Heather Harris
Capilouto, Gilson J.
TI Manipulating task instructions to change narrative discourse performance
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Narrative; Ageing; Language analyses
ID LEXICAL DIVERSITY; PICTURE DESCRIPTION; APHASIA; ADULTS; COHERENCE;
CHILDREN; RELIABILITY; LANGUAGE; SPEECH; AGE
AB Background: A frequent method for eliciting narratives involves presenting picture stimuli and instructing the participant to otell me what is happening in the picture(s) or tell me everything you see going on in the picture(s)o. It has been suggested that such instructions do not make an explicit request for providing temporal-causal information and so narrative samples frequently comprise listed information. Olness (2006) investigated the effect of task instruction on verb forms produced by adults with aphasia when describing pictures and found that using instructions that explicitly requested temporal-causal informationoMake up your own story about what happened, with a beginning, middle, and an endo (p.179)improved the ability of participants to convey the temporal-causal interrelationship depicted in single pictures. Further interpretation of the results was limited due to the lack of non-brain-injured participants for comparison. Aims: The purpose of the study was (1) to compare the performance of two groups of healthy older adults on the ability to convey main events in pictured stimuli when different task instructions were provided and (2) to quantify linguistic performance across the two groups and determine if groups significantly differed for any of the linguistic features. Method Procedures: Participants included 24 healthy older adults assigned to one of two groups based on task instruction: picture description (PD) or storytelling (ST). Instructions were as followsPD group: oTalk about what is going on in the picture(s)o; ST group: oI want you to look at the picture(s) and tell me a story that has a beginning, middle, and endo. Outcomes Results: The ST group produced a significantly higher proportion of main events and significantly more past-tense verbs than the PD group. Two significant relationships among the linguistic measures and main events measure were found for the PD group: a positive relationship between percent of information units (IUs) produced and proportion of main events for the sequential pictures and a negative relationship between D (Malvern Richards, 1997) and proportion of main events for the single picture stimuli. Conclusions: Findings suggest that task instructions do affect the quality of the narrative produced by healthy older adults. The instructions to provide a story with a beginning, middle, and end may have acted as a scaffold for participants; cueing participants to provide the temporal-causal relationships depicted. Therefore, to better evaluate discourse production abilities in clinical populations, care should be taken in the task instructions provided.
C1 [Wright, Heather Harris] Arizona State Univ, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, Tempe, AZ 85287 USA.
[Capilouto, Gilson J.] Univ Kentucky, Lexington, KY USA.
RP Wright, HH (reprint author), Arizona State Univ, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, POB 870102, Tempe, AZ 85287 USA.
EM Heather.Wright.1@asu.edu
CR ARMSTRONG L, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P355
BOTTENBERG D, 1987, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V17, P202
Capilouto G, 2005, J COMMUN DISORD, V38, P431, DOI 10.1016/j.jcomdis.2005.03.005
Capilouto GJ, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P205, DOI 10.1080/02687030500473122
COOPER PV, 1990, J GERONTOL, V45, pP210
Folstein MF, 1975, J PSYCHIATR RES, V12, P198
Goodglass H, 2001, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V3rd
HEATH SB, 1986, TOP LANG DISORD, V7, P84
HESS CW, 1986, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V29, P129
Hughes D., 1997, GUIDE NARRATIVE LANG
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Lloyd-Jones D, 2009, CIRCULATION, V119, P480, DOI 10.1161/CIRCULATIONAHA.108.191259
Loban W., 1976, LANGUAGE DEV KINDERG
Mackenzie C, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P340, DOI 10.1080/02687030600911419
Mackenzie C, 2000, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V35, P269, DOI 10.1080/136828200247188
MacWhinney B., 2000, CHILDES PROJECT TOOL
Malvern D, 1997, BRIT S AP L, V12, P58
Marini A, 2005, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V34, P439, DOI 10.1007/s10936-005-6203-z
McKee G., 2000, Literary & Linguistic Computing, V15, DOI 10.1093/llc/15.3.323
Nicholas Linda E., 1995, Journal of Speech and Hearing Research, V38, P145
NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338
Olness G. S., 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P623, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000095
Olness GS, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P175, DOI 10.1080/02687030500472710
Owen AJ, 2002, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V45, P927, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2002/075)
Rider JD, 2008, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V17, P161, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2008/016)
Silverman S, 2002, J FLUENCY DISORD, V27, P289, DOI 10.1016/S0094-730X(02)00162-6
Ska B., 2004, MIT ENCY COMMUNICATI, P302
Tucker FM, 1998, BRAIN INJURY, V12, P783
Ulatowska H. K., 2004, MIT ENCY COMMUNICATI, P300
Ulatowska HK, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V91, P42, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.06.024
Wright HH, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P443, DOI 10.1080/0268703044000166
Wright HH, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P263, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000732
NR 32
TC 10
Z9 10
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 10
BP 1295
EP 1308
DI 10.1080/02687030902826844
PG 14
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 490XW
UT WOS:000269542400006
ER
PT J
AU Conroy, P
Sage, K
Ralph, MAL
AF Conroy, Paul
Sage, Karen
Ralph, Matthew A. Lambon
TI Errorless and errorful therapy for verb and noun naming in aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Errorless learning; Verb naming; Noun naming; Aphasia; Cueing
ID FRONTOTEMPORAL DEMENTIA; SENTENCE CONSTRUCTION; ARGUMENT STRUCTURE;
LEXICAL RETRIEVAL; CUEING TREATMENTS; IMPAIRMENTS; REHABILITATION;
ASSOCIATIONS; AMNESIA; STRESS
AB Background: The aphasiological literature has provided an extensive body of research on verb impairments but many fewer verb therapy studies. Verbs display particular complexity at various levels of linguistic analysis: phonological, morphological, semantic, and syntactic. Verb impairments can arise at any of these processing levels as well as from cognitive sources. Verb-naming therapies may therefore be relatively more vulnerable to errors, which could reduce their effectiveness. Errorless learning has been used with positive results for noun therapies. Aims: Given the high linguistic and cognitive demands of verb processing, this study investigated whether errorless therapy would be more effective for verb naming than more traditional hierarchical cueing (relatively errorful) therapy. Methods Procedures: Nine participants with word-finding difficulties as a part of their chronic aphasia took part in the study. Outcomes Results: For the dependent variable of naming accuracy, as in previous studies, we found that errorless therapy was as effective as errorful therapy for both verb and noun naming. Three participants with most severe aphasia showed significantly greater gains in noun as opposed to verb naming. The remaining participants exhibited comparable gains in both nouns and verb naming. There was no lasting generalisation from treated to untreated therapy items. The prediction that errorless therapy would be more effective for verb naming was not upheld; errorless and errorful approaches were as effective as one another. Conclusions: An errorless-learning approach to verb and noun naming was a time-efficient therapy, and one that was as effective as an errorful/hierarchical cueing method in improving naming accuracy, for a range of participants with varying naming skills and types of aphasia.
C1 [Conroy, Paul; Sage, Karen; Ralph, Matthew A. Lambon] Univ Manchester, Sch Psychol Sci, NARU, Manchester M13 9PL, Lancs, England.
RP Conroy, P (reprint author), Univ Manchester, Sch Psychol Sci, NARU, Oxford Rd, Manchester M13 9PL, Lancs, England.
EM paul.conroy@manchester.ac.uk
RI Lambon Ralph, Matthew/A-1695-2009
FU Stroke Association [TSAB 2004/01]
FX This work is supported by a Research Bursary from the Stroke Association
(TSAB 2004/01). We would like to thank the participants with aphasia who
took part in the study.
CR Abel S, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P831, DOI 10.1080/02687030500268902
BADDELEY A, 1994, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V32, P53, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(94)90068-X
Bak TH, 2003, J NEUROLINGUIST, V16, P169, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(02)00011-8
Bastiaanse R, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P49, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000455
Bastiaanse R, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P298, DOI 10.1080/02687030500474922
Berndt RS, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P68
Black M, 2003, J NEUROLINGUIST, V16, P231, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(02)00017-9
BLAND JM, 1994, BRIT MED J, V308, P1499
Clare L, 2000, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V22, P132, DOI 10.1076/1380-3395(200002)22:1;1-8;FT132
Conroy P, 2009, APHASIOLOGY, V23, P707, DOI 10.1080/02687030802165574
Conroy P, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P1159, DOI 10.1080/02687030600792009
Druks J., 2000, OBJECT ACTION NAMING
Druks J, 2002, J NEUROLINGUIST, V15, P289, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(01)00029-X
Edwards S, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V91, P78, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.06.042
Fillingham JK, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P597, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000272
Fillingham JK, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V16, P129, DOI 10.1080/09602010443000254
Fillingham JK, 2003, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V13, P337, DOI 10.1080/09602010343000020
Fillingham JK, 2005, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V40, P505, DOI 10.1080/13682820500138572
Fink R. B., 1992, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V21, P263
Goodglass H., 2001, BDAE 3 BOSTON DIAGNO
Grant DA, 1993, WISCONSIN CARD SORTI
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Jefferies E, 2008, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V46, P649, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2007.09.007
Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
KELLY MH, 1992, PSYCHOL REV, V99, P349, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.99.2.349
Komatsu S, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V10, P113
Ralph MAL, 2007, ADV BEHAV BRAIN SCI, P193
Luzzatti C, 2001, CORTEX, V37, P724, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70624-5
Marshall J, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P1009, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000218
Marshall J, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V63, P159, DOI 10.1006/brln.1998.1949
Mattys S, 2000, J MEM LANG, V42, P571, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1999.2696
McCandliss BD, 2002, COGN AFFECT BEHAV NE, V2, P89, DOI 10.3758/CABN.2.2.89
McClelland J L, 1999, Prog Brain Res, V121, P75
Meyers JE, 1995, REY COMPLEX FIGURE T
Mitchum C. C., 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH
Murray LL, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P585
Nickels L, 1999, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V13, P269
Page M, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V44, P90, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2005.04.004
Pashek G, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V65, P177
Raymer AM, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1031, DOI 10.1080/026870401430000609
Raymer AM, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V17, P244, DOI 10.1080/09602010600814661
Robertson IH, 1994, TEST EVERYDAY ATTENT
Rodriguez AD, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P286, DOI 10.1080/02687030500474898
Schneider SL, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P213, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000635
Silveri MC, 2003, DEMENT GERIATR COGN, V16, P296, DOI 10.1159/000072816
SORENSEN JM, 1978, COGNITION, V6, P135, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(78)90019-7
Squires EJ, 1997, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V35, P1103, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(97)00039-0
Tailby R, 2003, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V41, P1230, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(03)00036-8
Tyler LK, 2004, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V42, P512, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2003.10.001
Wambaugh JL, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P933
Wambaugh JL, 2002, J REHABIL RES DEV, V39, P455
Warrington EK, 1996, CAMDEN MEMORY TESTS
Webster J, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P748, DOI 10.1080/02687030500166957
Wilson BA, 1996, J HEAD TRAUMA REHAB, V11, P54, DOI 10.1097/00001199-199604000-00006
WILSON BA, 1994, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V4, P307, DOI 10.1080/09602019408401463
NR 55
TC 23
Z9 23
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 11
BP 1311
EP 1337
DI 10.1080/02687030902756439
PG 27
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 505GA
UT WOS:000270677900002
ER
PT J
AU Wisenburn, B
Mahoney, K
AF Wisenburn, Bruce
Mahoney, Kate
TI A meta-analysis of word-finding treatments for aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Anomia; Treatment; Meta-analysis
ID CLINICAL-OUTCOME RESEARCH; NAMING DISORDERS; ANOMIA TREATMENT; VERB
RETRIEVAL; COMPUTERIZED TREATMENT; SEMANTIC TREATMENT; CUEING
TREATMENTS; THERAPY; EFFICACY; PICTURE
AB Background: The research literature on treatment methods for word-finding deficits in aphasia is extensive. A meta-analysis of studies for word-finding therapy was conducted in order to objectively synthesise this information to answer large-scale questions of treatment efficacy. Aims: The purpose of this study was to examine the efficacy of various treatment approaches for word-finding deficits for individuals with aphasia. This analysis also examined gains made to trained and untrained words, the level of maintenance after therapy, and the effect of the time post-onset of aphasia on the recovery of language function. Methods Procedures: Various search methods were used to gather anomia treatment studies for this analysis. From 44 studies, 107 effect sizes were calculated for the final analysis. These data were sorted according to the following moderator variables: treatment category (semantic, phonological, or mixed), word set (trained, exposed-related, exposed-unrelated, unexposed-unrelated, and unexposed-related), follow-up measures, and median number of months post-onset. Outcomes Results: All therapy approaches showed evidence of efficacy, although the variance between studies was large. Strong gains were seen for trained and exposed words, but only minor gains for unexposed words. Large effects were seen for up to 2 months post-therapy, with lingering effects at 3 months post-therapy. Treatment appeared efficacious even for individuals that were years post-onset. Conclusions: An objective synthesis of the literature shows that intervention for word-finding deficits is efficacious. However, the level of gains varied widely across studies and therapy approaches. As expected, little generalisation was found for untrained-unexposed words.
C1 [Wisenburn, Bruce; Mahoney, Kate] SUNY Coll Fredonia, Fredonia, NY 14063 USA.
RP Wisenburn, B (reprint author), Marywood Univ, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, 2300 Adams Ave, Scranton, PA 19509 USA.
EM wisenburn@marywood.edu
CR Bastiaanse R, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P298, DOI 10.1080/02687030500474922
Beeson PM, 2006, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V12, P816, DOI 10.1017/S1355617706061005
Beeson PM, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V16, P161, DOI 10.1007/s11065-006-9013-7
Best W, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V74, P435
Brookshire R. H., 2007, INTRO NEUROGENIC COM
Camilli G., 2003, ED POLICY ANAL ARCH, V11
Cornelissen K, 2003, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V15, P444, DOI 10.1162/089892903321593153
DELOCHE G, 1992, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V2, P117, DOI 10.1080/09602019208401400
DELOCHE G, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P201, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249506
Doesborgh S, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P213, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000580
Drew RL, 1999, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V42, P972
Edmonds LA, 2006, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V49, P729, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2006/053)
Edwards S, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P644, DOI 10.1080/02687030600631827
Fillingham JK, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P597, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000272
Fink RB, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V60, P41
Fridriksson J, 2006, NEUROIMAGE, V32, P1403, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2006.04.194
Fridriksson J, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V45, P1812, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2006.12.017
Glass G, 1976, EDUC RES, V10, P3
Glass G. V., 1981, METAANALYSIS SOCIAL
Goodglass H., 1997, ANOMIA NEUROANATOMIC
GREENHOUSE JB, 1990, FUTURE METAANALYSIS
GREENWALD ML, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V5, P17, DOI 10.1080/09602019508520174
HELMESTABROOKS N, 1987, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V44, P1253
Herbert R, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P1163, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000454
Hickin J, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P981, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000509
HICKIN J, 2005, 2005 CLIN APH C
HILLIS AE, 1989, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V70, P632
Hinckley JJ, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P965, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000173
Hinckley JJ, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P989, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249465
Howard D., 2000, ACQUIRED NEUROGENIC
HOWARD D, 1985, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V2, P49, DOI 10.1080/02643298508252861
Kiran S, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P773, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/061)
Laganaro M, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V16, P630, DOI 10.1080/09602010543000064
Laganaro M, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P709, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000193
Law SP, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V16, P601, DOI 10.1080/09602010543000046
LI EC, 1996, ADULT APHASIA REHABI
Linebaugh CW, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P519, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249555
Lowell S., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P109
MACKENZIE C, 1991, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V26, P275
Mayer JF, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P481, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000148
Miceli G, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P150, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0008
NADEAU S, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V99, P12, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.016
Nettleton J., 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V6, P139, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90004-3
Nickels L, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P109, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248401
Nickels L, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P935, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000563
Nickels L, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P21, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248397
Nickels L, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1047, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000618
Pedersen PM, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P151, DOI 10.1080/02687040042000106
PRING T, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P383, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249517
RAYMER A, 2005, APHASIA RELATED LANG
Raymer A, 2006, J REHABIL RES DEV, V43, P367, DOI 10.1682/JRRD.2005.01.0028
Raymer AM, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P257, DOI 10.1080/02687030500473312
RAYMER AM, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P27, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249498
Robey RR, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P787, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249573
ROBEY RR, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V47, P585
Robey RR, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V41, P1227
Robey RR, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P445
Robey RR, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V41, P172
Robson J, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P917, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000462
Rodriguez AD, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P286, DOI 10.1080/02687030500474898
Rolstad K, 2005, EDUC POLICY, V19, P572, DOI 10.1177/0895904805278067
RUDNER L, 2002, METASTAT VERSION 1 5
Schneider SL, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P213, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000635
Taylor JR, 1997, INTRO ERROR ANAL STU, V2nd
VANMOURIK M, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P179, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248589
Wambaugh J, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P979, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000471
Wambaugh JL, 2002, J REHABIL RES DEV, V39, P455
WHURR R, 1992, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V27, P1
WILSHIRE CE, 2000, APHASIA LANGUAGE THE
NR 69
TC 17
Z9 17
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 11
BP 1338
EP 1352
DI 10.1080/02687030902732745
PG 15
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 505GA
UT WOS:000270677900003
ER
PT J
AU Goral, M
Kempler, D
AF Goral, Mira
Kempler, Daniel
TI Training verb production in communicative context: Evidence from a
person with chronic non-fluent aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Non-fluent; Chronic; Constraint-induced; Verb; Informative;
Narrative; Social-communicative validity; Generalisation
ID CONSTRAINT-INDUCED APHASIA; INDUCED MOVEMENT THERAPY; PSYCHOMETRIC
EVALUATION; TREATMENT OUTCOMES; SOCIAL VALIDITY; RETRIEVAL; SPEECH;
INFORMATIVENESS; REHABILITATION; EFFICIENCY
AB Background: The use of constraint-induced treatment in aphasia therapy has yielded promising but mixed results. Aims: We conducted a treatment study with an individual with chronic non-fluent aphasia. The goal of the treatment was to improve verb production in sentence and narrative contexts. Methods Procedures: We administered a modified constraint-induced aphasia treatment in a single-participant design. Treatment emphasised the production of verbs within informative exchanges. Verb production in narratives was assessed before and after the treatment. Outcomes Results: Results demonstrated a significant increase in the number of verbs produced during narrative generation following treatment. Moreover, a positive change was perceived by naive listeners who rated the social-communicative impact of the participant's narratives. Conclusions: The increase in verb production seen in the post-treatment measures is attributed to a combination of the constraints imposed on sentence production during the treatment sessions, the informative nature of the treatment exchanges, and the relative intensity of the treatment schedule.
C1 [Goral, Mira] CUNY, Lehman Coll, Bronx, NY 10468 USA.
[Kempler, Daniel] Emerson Coll, Boston, MA 02116 USA.
RP Goral, M (reprint author), CUNY, Lehman Coll, 250 Bedford Pk Blvd, Bronx, NY 10468 USA.
EM mira.goral@lehman.cuny.edu
FU NIH [GM081113]
FX Support for Mira Goral was provided by NIH grant GM081113.
CR BARTHEL G, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P408
Beeson PM, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V16, P161, DOI 10.1007/s11065-006-9013-7
Doyle P. J., 1996, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V5, P53, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360.0503.53
Frattali C. M., 1995, FUNCTIONAL ASSESSMEN
Glueckauf RL, 2003, NEUROREHABILITATION, V18, P281
Goodglass H, 2001, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V3rd
Grice H. P., 1975, SYNTAX SEMANTICS, P41, DOI DOI 10.1017/S0022226700005296
Helm-Estabrooks N., 2001, COGNITIVE LINGUISTIC
Hickin J, 2001, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V36, P13
Hopper T, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P745, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000059
Huber W., 1983, AACHENER APHASIE TES
Jacobs BJ, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V78, P115, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2452
Kagan A, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P258, DOI 10.1080/02687030701282595
KEMPLER D, FAMILIAR NOVEL UNPUB
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
LOMAS J, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P113
Lustig AP, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P507, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000211
Maher LM, 2006, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V12, P843, DOI 10.1017/S1355617706061029
Meinzer M, 2007, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V13, P846, DOI 10.1017/S1355617707071111
Meinzer M, 2005, STROKE, V36, P1462, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000169941.29831.2a
Meinzer M, 2007, NEUROREHABILITATION, V22, P311
NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338
Pulvermuller F, 2001, STROKE, V32, P1621
Raymer AM, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1031, DOI 10.1080/026870401430000609
Rochon E, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V72, P193, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2285
Rodriguez AD, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P286, DOI 10.1080/02687030500474898
Ross KB, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P113, DOI 10.1080/026870399402235
STARK J, 1998, EVERYDAY LANGUAGE AC
Taub E, 1999, J REHABIL RES DEV, V36, P237
World Health Organisation, 2001, INT CLASS FUNCT DIS
NR 30
TC 20
Z9 21
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 12
BP 1383
EP 1397
DI 10.1080/02687030802235203
PG 15
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 515YK
UT WOS:000271508600001
ER
PT J
AU Kelly, H
Armstrong, L
AF Kelly, Helen
Armstrong, Linda
TI New word learning in people with aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Aphasia; Rehabilitation; New learning
ID FACE-NAME ASSOCIATIONS; PREEXPOSURE TECHNIQUE; ERRORLESS; THERAPY;
ACQUISITION; LANGUAGE; FACILITATION; VOCABULARY; DEFICITS; OBJECTS
AB Background: The theory of speech and language therapy intervention for people with aphasia is still under-articulated, and some people with aphasia respond better to therapy than others. The reasons for individual variation in response to therapy have not yet been fully established but may partially reflect a person with aphasia's ability to utilise a range of cerebral mechanisms, such as re-accessing damaged neural pathways and establishing new ones. Most current therapies aim to help the person with aphasia access their previously available language abilities. New learning may offer an alternative therapy approach. However, there is little evidence to date on the effect of aphasia on a person's capability to learn new linguistic information. Aim: To explore the new vocabulary learning potential of people with aphasia. Methods Procedures: Twelve participants, under the age of 65 years and with a range of aphasia severity and personal backgrounds, were taught 20 novel words over four consecutive days. Their learning of this new vocabulary was measured via a range of single-word processing tasks based on the cognitive neuropsychological model. Ten participants repeated the tasks a few days later to establish whether the new vocabulary had been retained in long-term memory. Outcomes Results: All of the participants demonstrated some ability to learn the new vocabulary (both novel word forms and novel word meanings), with scores ranging from 15% to 99% on the various assessments. At the follow-up session, the ten participants retained between 49% and 83% of their previous scores. Conclusions: This study has important implications for aphasia rehabilitation as it has shown that people with aphasia have the potential to learn new linguistic material, even in the presence of severe language impairments. This capacity could be exploited in therapy. Previously known words could be taught as new. Pre-therapy assessment of the person with aphasia's learning capacity and style would promote individually-tailored learning experiences and so, potentially, more effective therapy and better clinical outcomes.
C1 [Kelly, Helen] Univ Stirling, Stirling FK9 4LA, Scotland.
[Armstrong, Linda] Perth Royal Infirm, Perth, WA, Australia.
RP Kelly, H (reprint author), Queen Margaret Univ, Edinburgh EH21 6UU, Midlothian, Scotland.
EM hkelly@qmu.ac.uk
FU Queen Margaret University, Edinburgh
FX This investigation was part of a PhD at Queen Margaret University,
Edinburgh. I would also like to acknowledge the support of my second
supervisors Dr. Daphne Waters and Mr. Duncan Robb.
CR Basso A, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V77, P45, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2422
BASSO A, 1989, COGNITIVE APPROACHES, P17
Best W, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V10, P231
BYNG S, 1995, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V30, P303
BYNG S, 1993, WORLD PERSPECTIVES A
Clare L, 1999, NEUROCASE, V5, P37, DOI 10.1080/13554799908404063
Cornelissen K, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P617, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2003.12.007
Cornelissen K, 2003, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V15, P444, DOI 10.1162/089892903321593153
de Groot AMB, 2000, LANG LEARN, V50, P1, DOI 10.1111/0023-8333.00110
Downes JJ, 1997, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V7, P195, DOI 10.1080/713755535
Evans JJ, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V10, P67
Ferguson A, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P125, DOI 10.1080/026870399402244
Fillingham JK, 2003, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V13, P337, DOI 10.1080/09602010343000020
Fillingham JK, 2005, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V40, P505, DOI 10.1080/13682820500138572
FREED DB, 1995, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V38, P1081
Freed DB, 1998, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V87, P795
Gordon JK, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P134
Gronholm P, 2005, COGNITIVE BRAIN RES, V25, P359, DOI 10.1016/j.cogbrainres.2005.06.010
GROSSMAN M, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V32, P306, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90130-1
Helm-Estabrooks N., 2001, COGNITIVE LINGUISTIC
Horner J, 1994, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P135
Horton S, 2000, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V35, P355
Howard D, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P140
Howard D., 1987, APHASIA THERAPY HIST
Hunkin NM, 1998, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V8, P433
Kalla T, 2001, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V11, P1
Kay J., 1992, PALPA PSYCHOLINGUIST
KELLY H, 2008, EXPLORATORY ST UNPUB
Kessels RPC, 2003, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V25, P805, DOI 10.1076/jcen.25.6.805.16474
Lotto L, 1998, LANG LEARN, V48, P31, DOI 10.1111/1467-9922.00032
MALCOMESS K, 2001, RCSLT B, P12
MARSHALL RC, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P567, DOI 10.1080/02687039208249492
Marshall RC, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P585, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000050
*MAYERJOHNSON CO, 1996, PICT COMM SYMB
McCarthy C, 2001, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V36, P505
MCGRANE H, 2006, INVESTIGATION ABILIT
Meinzer Marcus, 2004, BMC Biol, V2, P20, DOI 10.1186/1741-7007-2-20
Schuell H, 1964, APHASIA ADULTS
SNODGRASS JG, 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V6, P174, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.6.2.174
Tailby R, 2003, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V41, P1230, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(03)00036-8
Vakil E, 1998, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V8, P31
vanHell JG, 1997, LANG LEARN, V47, P507, DOI 10.1111/0023-8333.00018
WEILLER C, 1995, ANN NEUROL, V37, P723, DOI 10.1002/ana.410370605
ZIGMOND AS, 1983, ACTA PSYCHIAT SCAND, V67, P361, DOI 10.1111/j.1600-0447.1983.tb09716.x
NR 44
TC 7
Z9 7
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 12
BP 1398
EP 1417
DI 10.1080/02687030802289200
PG 20
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 515YK
UT WOS:000271508600002
ER
PT J
AU Fucetola, R
Connor, LT
Strube, MJ
Corbetta, M
AF Fucetola, Robert
Connor, Lisa T.
Strube, Michael J.
Corbetta, Maurizio
TI Unravelling nonverbal cognitive performance in acquired aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Neuropsychological tests; Task performance; Language; Stroke;
Intelligence; Factor analysis
ID WAIS-III; BRAIN-INJURY; INTELLIGENCE; THERAPY; APRAXIA; SUCCESS; SAMPLE;
IQ
AB Background: Nonverbal cognitive constructs are not well understood in patients with acquired aphasia due to stroke. The relative contribution of aphasia, particularly receptive language impairment, to nonverbal function is rarely quantified in studies, although it is assumed to be substantial. Aims: The purpose of the present study was first to investigate the factor structure of some of the WAIS-III and WMS-III nonverbal tasks in patients with acquired aphasia due to stroke using confirmatory factor-analytic techniques. Second, we sought to determine the degree to which aphasia severity (both auditory comprehension and oral expression), as measured by the Language Competency Index (LCI) of the Boston Diagnostic Aphasia Examination (Goodglass et al., 2001), would account for variance in nonverbal cognitive task performance. Methods Procedures: The present study investigated the factor structure of widely used nonverbal cognitive tasks in 136 patients with aphasia due to single left hemisphere stroke, and sought to determine the degree to which language impairment accounted for nonverbal skill. Outcomes Results: A single factor model representing nonverbal (perceptual) constructs provided the best model fit to the data. The underlying factor structure of nonverbal constructs in patients with aphasia mirrors the structure observed in healthy adults. Although the correlations between language impairment measures and nonverbal skills were moderate, language competence accounted for a minority (about a quarter) of the variance in nonverbal skills. Conclusions: We conclude that impairment in nonverbal cognitive ability is not fully explained by language competence in people with aphasia.
C1 [Fucetola, Robert] Washington Univ, Sch Med, Dept Neurol, St Louis, MO 63108 USA.
RP Fucetola, R (reprint author), Washington Univ, Sch Med, Dept Neurol, 4444 Forest Pk Ave,Box 8518, St Louis, MO 63108 USA.
EM fucetolar@neuro.wustl.edu
FU National Institutes of Health [P50 NS 068335, R01 NS 48013]; James S.
McDonnell Foundation [220020087]
FX This study was supported in part by grants P50 NS 068335 ( MC and LTC)
and R01 NS 48013 ( MC) from the National Institutes of Health, and grant
no. 220020087 from the James S. McDonnell Foundation ( LTC and RF). No
financial conflicts of interest exist with respect to this manuscript.
CR BASSO A, 1981, BRAIN, V104, P721, DOI 10.1093/brain/104.4.721
Bollen Kenneth A., 1989, STRUCTURAL EQUATIONS
BOROD JC, 1984, J CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V6, P189, DOI 10.1080/01688638408401208
BOROD JC, 1982, CORTEX, V18, P199
BROOKSHIRE RH, 1983, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V48, P342
Caspari I, 1998, BRAIN COGNITION, V37, P205, DOI 10.1006/brcg.1997.0970
Fucetola R, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P411, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000859
GLOSSER G, 1990, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V12, P485, DOI 10.1080/01688639008400995
GOLDENBERG G, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P443, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248669
Goodglass H, 1972, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R
Goodglass H, 2001, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V3rd
GUTBROD K, 1989, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V11, P821, DOI 10.1080/01688638908400938
Hamilton L. C., 1992, REGRESSION GRAPHICS
HAMSHER K, 1998, ACQUIRED APHASIA, P341, DOI 10.1016/B978-012619322-0/50013-0
Helm-Estabrooks N, 2002, J COMMUN DISORD, V35, P171, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(02)00063-1
Jones JJS, 2006, BRIT J CLIN PSYCHOL, V45, P145, DOI 10.1348/014466505X29134
Joreskog KG, 1993, LISREL 8 USERS REFER
Keil K, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P305, DOI 10.1080/02687030143000654
Kline R. B., 2005, PRINCIPLES PRACTICE, V2nd
LECKLITER IN, 1986, J CLIN PSYCHOL, V42, P332, DOI 10.1002/1097-4679(198603)42:2<332::AID-JCLP2270420220>3.0.CO;2-2
Leonberger F. T., 1992, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V6, P239, DOI 10.1037//0894-4105.6.3.239
McDonald RP, 2002, PSYCHOL METHODS, V7, P64, DOI 10.1037//1082-989X.7.1.64
Murray Laura L., 2001, Seminars in Speech and Language, V22, P127
Ramsberger G, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P1066, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000254
RAYKOV T, 1991, PSYCHOL AGING, V6, P499, DOI 10.1037//0882-7974.6.4.499
Roberts PM, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P911, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000328
Ryan JJ, 2001, ARCH CLIN NEUROPSYCH, V16, P151, DOI 10.1016/S0887-6177(99)00061-X
The Psychological Corporation, 1997, WAIS 3 WMS 3 TECHN M
Tukey J.W., 1977, EXPLORATORY DATA ANA
Tulsky DS, 2003, PSYCHOL ASSESSMENT, V15, P149, DOI 10.1037/1040-3590.15.2.149
van der Heijden P, 2003, ASSESSMENT, V10, P115, DOI 10.1177/1073191103252314
VANMOURIK M, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P491, DOI 10.1080/02687039208249486
Wechsler D., 1997, MANUAL WECHSLER MEMO
Wechsler D, 1997, MANUAL WECHSLER ADUL
NR 34
TC 4
Z9 4
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 12
BP 1418
EP 1426
DI 10.1080/02687030802514938
PG 9
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 515YK
UT WOS:000271508600003
ER
PT J
AU De Bleser, R
AF De Bleser, Ria
TI History of aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE History of aphasia; Optic aphasia; Semantic processing; Anomia
ID SEMANTIC MEMORY; ALZHEIMERS-DISEASE; LIVING THINGS; KNOWLEDGE;
CATEGORIES; DEMENTIA; BRAIN; COMPREHENSION; IMPAIRMENT; DEFICITS
AB Background: A prominent model of semantic processing in modern cognitive psychology proposes that semantic memory originates in everyday life experience with concrete objects such as plants, animals, and tools (Martin Chao, 2001). When the meaning of a concrete content word is being acquired, the learner is confronted with stimuli of various modalities related to the word's meaning. This comes to be stored as sensory knowledge about the object. It is further postulated that there is a conceptual domain remote from the mechanisms of perception, which is often referred to as functional knowledge or verbal semantics. There is a large body of neuropsychological literature trying to establish how much sensory and functional semantics is needed to access a name, and whether the relative contribution of these types of knowledge is the same for all categories of objects. Another controversial issue is whether naming requires access to semantic knowledge, or whether object names can be accessed directly from vision without the intervention of semantics, as is generally accepted for written word naming. Some support for this assumption seems to come from cases of so-called non-optic aphasia, a condition in which patients can name from visual presentation only but not from any other modality of presentation such as auditory, verbal, tactile, etc. In optic aphasia, a condition far better established, naming is possible from all modalities except vision. Aims: The aim of this paper is to draw attention to the first case description of non-optic or negative optic aphasia described by Wolff (1897, 1904). Methods Procedures: The case describes the results of a re-examination of Voit, who was seen by several neurologists in the course of a decade in classical aphasiology. The patient demonstrated anomia in oral but not in written naming of objects in view. Wolff's examination involves extensive testing of semantic processing in several modalities, especially with respect to the status of functional and sensory semantic features Outcomes Results: The re-examination of patient Voit by Wolff in 1897 with new procedures revealed a specific impairment in processing sensory knowledge, while functional knowledge of objects was relatively preserved. This led to a naming impairment in all modalities of presentation except the visual one. Using more refined tasks, Wolff also demonstrated receptive impairments, in contrast to previous researchers who had concluded that the impairment was restricted to oral production. Conclusions: Although Wolff's (1904) case of negative optic aphasia has been almost completely forgotten (but see Bartels Wallesch, 1996), it is astonishingly modern in its conceptual approach and in the central questions it addresses on the mechanisms involved in the process of naming and on the structure of the semantic system. As is usual in classical cases, the methodology may appear less stringent than in most contemporary work, but the approach was brilliant.
C1 Univ Potsdam, Dept Cognit Neurolinguist, D-14416 Golm, Germany.
RP De Bleser, R (reprint author), Univ Potsdam, Dept Cognit Neurolinguist, Karl Liebknecht Str 24-25, D-14416 Golm, Germany.
EM debleser@ling.uni-potsdam.de
CR BARTELS C, 1996, 19 CENTURY ACCOUNTS
Borgo F, 2003, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V20, P327, DOI 10.1080/02643290244000310
Brennen T, 1999, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V52, P535, DOI 10.1080/027249899391188
Brennen T, 1996, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V13, P93, DOI 10.1080/026432996382079
BRUNS, 1891, NEUROLOGISCHES ZENTR, V9, P612
Caramazza A, 1998, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V10, P1, DOI 10.1162/089892998563752
Coltheart M, 1998, NEUROCASE, V4, P353, DOI 10.1080/13554799808410632
DEBLESER R, 1989, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V6, P515
FARRAH M, 1991, J EXPT PSYCHOL GEN, V120, P339
Forde EME, 1997, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V14, P403
Freud S., 1891, AUFFASSUNG APHASIEN
GRASHEY H, 1885, ARCH PSYCHIATRIE NER, V16, P654
HART J, 1992, NATURE, V359, P60, DOI 10.1038/359060a0
Heilman Kenneth M, 2006, J Clin Neurol, V2, P149, DOI 10.3988/jcn.2006.2.3.149
HEILMAN KM, 1976, BRAIN, V99, P415, DOI 10.1093/brain/99.3.415
Hodges JR, 1998, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V51, P121
Humphreys GW, 2001, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V24, P453
KREMIN H, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P291, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248658
Laws KR, 1998, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V15, P467, DOI 10.1080/026432998381113
LAWS KR, 1995, MEMORY, V3, P409, DOI 10.1080/09658219508253159
LECOURS R, CLASSIC CASES NEUROP, P53
Martin A, 2001, CURR OPIN NEUROBIOL, V11, P194, DOI 10.1016/S0959-4388(00)00196-3
McRae K, 1997, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V126, P99, DOI 10.1037/0096-3445.126.2.99
Moss HE, 1997, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V14, P901
Moss HE, 1998, NEUROCASE, V4, P291, DOI 10.1080/13554799808410629
Papagno C, 1999, CORTEX, V35, P537, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70817-7
Ralph MAL, 1997, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V35, P1251, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(97)00052-3
Ratcliff G., 1982, NORMALITY PATHOLOGY, P147
ROGERS TT, 2002, CATEGORY SPECIFICITY, P251
SAFFRAN EM, 1994, ATTENTION PERFORM, V15, P507
SHUREN J, 1993, NEUROLOGY, V43, P1900
Silveri MC, 1997, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V35, P359
SOMMER R, 1891, SELTENER FALL SPRACH
STORRING G, 1900, VORLESUNGEN PSYCHOL
Tyler LK, 1997, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V14, P511
Visch-Brink EG, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V91, P11, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.06.101
WARRINGTON EK, 1984, BRAIN, V107, P829, DOI 10.1093/brain/107.3.829
WARRINGTON EK, 1983, BRAIN, V106, P859, DOI 10.1093/brain/106.4.859
WARRINGTON EK, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P1273, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.5.1273
WARRINGTON EK, 1975, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V27, P635, DOI 10.1080/14640747508400525
WOLFF G, 1897, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V15, P1
WOLFF G, 1904, KLINISCHE KRITISCHE
NR 42
TC 1
Z9 1
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2009
VL 23
IS 12
BP 1427
EP 1437
DI 10.1080/02687030802593197
PG 11
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 515YK
UT WOS:000271508600004
ER
PT J
AU Leonard, B
Pillon, A
de Partz, MP
AF Leonard, Benedicte
Pillon, Agnesa
de Partz, Marie-Pierre
TI Reacquisition of semantic knowledge by errorless learning in a patient
with a semantic deficit and anterograde amnesia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
ID NAMING DISORDERS; IMPAIRED KNOWLEDGE; OBJECT USE; MEMORY; THERAPY;
APHASIA; IMPLICIT; WORD; RETRIEVAL; SYSTEMS
AB Background: So far 11 therapy studies have been reported which aimed to re-teach semantic knowledge in brain-damaged patients presenting with a semantic deficit consecutive to stroke, herpes encephalitis, or semantic dementia. All these semantic therapy studies but one recorded a significant improvement in the patients' performance on tasks requiring semantic processing. The exception to this pattern was the semantic therapy study by Sartori, Miozzo, and Job (1994), which yielded negative results. Because the study concerned two patients with anterograde amnesia associated with the semantic deficit, Sartori et at. concluded that reacquiring semantic knowledge was not possible when such association of deficits was present.
Aims: Sartori et al.'s study, like all the other semantic therapy studies, applied an errorful learning procedure during the therapy. However, the question can be raised of whether such procedure is appropriate when amnesia is associated with the semantic deficit. Because error elimination is likely a function of explicit memory, which is impaired in amnesic patients, wrong stimulus-response associations would be repeatedly retrieved and strengthened in (spared) implicit memory, thus preventing the patient from learning novel semantic knowledge. In the present single-case study we addressed this issue by using an errorless learning procedure during semantic therapy in a post-encephalitis patient (DL) who suffered both a semantic deficit and anterograde amnesia.
Methods & Procedures: The therapy aimed at re-teaching semantic attributes of 16 items. The design included, further to these 16 target items, 16 contrast and 16 control items, which were semantic coordinates of the target items. Both shared (category) and distinctive (non-category) attributes were included in the learning set. Learning was based on an attribute classification task in which the properties of the target items had to be contrasted with those of coordinate items, within a paradigm that greatly reduced the chance of making errors. A pre- and post-therapy picture naming and an attribute verification task allowed us to assess the therapy effects at the end of therapy and 1 year later.
Outcomes & Results: Significant therapy effects were observed in the attribute verification task and were still present 1 year afterwards. Thus, the patient's performance significantly improved for the category (i.e., shared) attributes of the target, contrast, and control items, and for the non-category (i.e., distinctive) attributes of the target items.
Conclusions: This finding showed that, contrary to Sartori et al.'s claim, re-acquiring semantic knowledge was possible in a patient with anterograde amnesia associated with her semantic deficit.
C1 [Leonard, Benedicte; Pillon, Agnesa] Univ Catholique Louvain, Unite CODE, Pl Cardinal Mercier 10, B-1348 Louvain, Belgium.
RP Leonard, B (reprint author), Univ Catholique Louvain, Unite CODE, Pl Cardinal Mercier 10, B-1348 Louvain, Belgium.
EM benedicte.leonard@psp.ucl.ac.be
CR Allport D.A., 1985, CURRENT PERSPECTIVES, P32
Annoni JM, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P1093, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249475
BADDELEY A, 1994, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V32, P53, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(94)90068-X
BADDELEY AD, 1994, DOORS PEOPLE TEST VI
BEHRMANN M, 1989, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V24, P281
Bonthoux F, 2004, NAISSANCE DEV CONCEP
Bozeat S, 2004, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V14, P351, DOI 10.1080/09602010343000264
Breese EL, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P3, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00412-7
BUSCHKE H, 1984, J CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V6, P433, DOI 10.1080/01688638408401233
Buxbaum LJ, 1997, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V14, P219
Caramazza A, 1997, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V14, P177, DOI 10.1080/026432997381664
Chertkow H, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V58, P203, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1771
Damasio H, 2004, COGNITION, V92, P179, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2002.07.001
DEPARTZ MP, 2001, LEXIS TESTS DIAGNOST, P1
Drew RL, 1999, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V42, P972
Evans JJ, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V10, P67
FARAH MJ, 1991, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V120, P339, DOI 10.1037/0096-3445.120.4.339
Francis DR, 2002, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V12, P1, DOI 10.1080/09602010143000158
HEIT E, 1994, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V20, P1264, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.20.6.1264
Hillis A. E., 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, P449
HILLIS AE, 1990, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V7, P191, DOI 10.1080/02643299008253442
HOWARD D, 1985, BRAIN, V108, P817
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Hunkin NM, 1998, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V8, P433
Hunkin NM, 1998, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V36, P25, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(97)00106-1
Juilland Alphonse, 1970, FREQUENCY DICT FRENC
Kessels RPC, 2005, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V11, P144
Kiran S, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P773, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/061)
LAMBERT J, 1999, REEDUCATION NEUROPSY, P41
LEDORZE G, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P127
Levelt W. J., 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P38
Mahon BZ, 2003, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V20, P433, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000014
Nickels L, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P109, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248401
Nickels L, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P935, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000563
Nickels L, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P21, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248397
Parkin AJ, 1998, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V15, P361
Raven JC, 1998, PROGR MATRICES STAND
RIDDOCH MJ, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P3, DOI 10.1080/02643298808252925
Riddoch M.J., 1993, BIRMINGHAM OBJECT RE
Rogers TT, 2004, PSYCHOL REV, V111, P205, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.111.1.205
Samson D, 2003, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V20, P373, DOI 10.1080/02643290244000329
Samson D, 1998, NEUROCASE, V4, P273
Sartori G., 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, P103
SIMMONSWK, 2003, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V20, P451
SMIRNI P, 1983, J CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V5, P355, DOI 10.1080/01688638308401184
Squire LR, 1998, HIPPOCAMPUS, V8, P205, DOI 10.1002/(SICI)1098-1063(1998)8:3<205::AID-HIPO3>3.0.CO;2-I
Tulving E, 1998, HIPPOCAMPUS, V8, P198, DOI 10.1002/(SICI)1098-1063(1998)8:3<198::AID-HIPO2>3.0.CO;2-G
VIKISFREIBERGS V, 1974, FREQUENCE USAGE MOTS
VischBrink EG, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P1057, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249427
Warrington E., 1984, RECOGNITION MEMORY T
Wechsler D., 1987, WECHSLER MEMORY SCAL
Wechsler D., 2000, ECHELLE INTELLIGENCE
Wilson B. A., 1987, REHABILITATION MEMOR
WILSON BA, 1994, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V4, P307, DOI 10.1080/09602019408401463
NR 54
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD MAY
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 5
BP 447
EP 488
DI 10.1080/02687030701517198
PG 42
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 305CE
UT WOS:000256154600001
ER
PT J
AU Kumar, VP
Humphreys, GW
AF Kumar, Viba Pavan
Humphreys, Glyn W.
TI The role of semantic knowledge in relearning spellings: Evidence from
deep dysgraphia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
ID SHORT-TERM-MEMORY; REMEDIATION; DEFICITS; ACCOUNT; APHASIA; SPEECH;
ERRORS
AB Background: Remediation techniques for dysgraphia have focused on targeting different components of the theoretical models for spelling. Studies have revealed that targeting lexically oriented strategies can prove beneficial for patients with deep dysgraphia. Studies on short-term memory have also demonstrated a role of semantic knowledge in short-term retention
Aims: Two variants of lexically oriented strategies were applied to remediate a deep dysgraphic patient, PH, and the role of imagery in supporting the learning was examined.
Methods & Procedures: Retraining was explored using a visual-kinaesthetic learning technique, contrasting performance with high- and low-imagery words.
Outcomes & Results: Positive effects of learning were demonstrated. There was effective initial learning of blocks of both high-imagery and low-imagery target words, but high-imagery words had a clear advantage in terms of longer-term maintenance.
Conclusions: The data demonstrate that semantic knowledge may play a role in strengthening graphemic representations of words, helping in the maintenance of the orthography of target words over time.
C1 [Kumar, Viba Pavan; Humphreys, Glyn W.] Univ Birmingham, Sch Psychol, Brain Behav Sci Ctr, Birmingham B15 2TT, W Midlands, England.
RP Kumar, VP (reprint author), Univ Birmingham, Sch Psychol, Brain Behav Sci Ctr, Hills Bldg, Birmingham B15 2TT, W Midlands, England.
EM vxp242@bham.ac.uk
CR Beeson PM, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P473, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000167
Beeson PM, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P647, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000067
Beeson PM, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P767, DOI 10.1080/026870399401867
BEHRMANN M, 1987, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V4, P365, DOI 10.1080/02643298708252044
BUB D, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V17, P55
Burgess PW, 1997, HAYLING BRIXTON TEST
CARAMAZZA A, 1988, ANNU REV NEUROSCI, V11, P395, DOI 10.1146/annurev.neuro.11.1.395
Carlomagno S, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, P485
Cipolotti L, 2004, NEUROCASE, V10, P405, DOI 10.1080/13554790490393995
COLTHEART M, 1981, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V33, P497
Coltheart M., 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA, P22
DEPARTZ MP, 1986, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V3, P149, DOI 10.1080/02643298608252674
Ellis A. W., 1988, HUMAN COGNITIVE NEUR
Forde EME, 2002, NEUROCASE, V8, P13, DOI 10.1093/neucas/8.1.13
GILHOOLY KJ, 1980, BEHAV RES METH INSTR, V12, P395, DOI 10.3758/BF03201693
Glasspool DW, 2006, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V23, P479, DOI 10.1080/02643290500265109
HARRIS ME, 1988, WISCONSIN CARD SORTI
HATFIELD MF, 1976, RECOVERY APHASICS
HATFIELD MF, 1984, ADV NEUROLOGY, V42
Hillis AE, 1999, CORTEX, V35, P337, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70804-9
Hillis AE, 2002, HDB ADULT LANGUAGE D
HILLIS AE, 1989, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V70, P632
Houghton G., 1990, Current Research in Natural Language Generation
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Humphreys GW, 2003, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V20, P263, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000023
KAY J, 1992, PALPA PSYCHOL ASSESS
Knott R, 1997, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V14, P1165, DOI 10.1080/026432997381303
Knott R, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V38, P125, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(99)00069-X
Kucera H., 1967, COMPUTATIONAL ANAL P
LAIACONA M, 1993, NEUROLOGIA PSICHIATR, V2, P209
Plaut DC, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P25, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0004
Raman I, 2005, BEHAV NEUROL, V16, P59
Rapp B, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P439, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000301
Riddoch M.J., 1993, BIRMINGHAM OBJECT RE
Schiller NO, 2001, NEUROCASE, V7, P1
SHALLICE T, 1995, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V10, P195, DOI 10.1080/01690969508407094
SHALLICE T, 1981, BRAIN, V104, P413, DOI 10.1093/brain/104.3.413
TOGLIA MP, 1978, J EXP PSYCHOL, V113, P169
Ward J, 1998, NEUROCASE, V4, P189
WEEKES BS, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V99, P30, DOI DOI 10.1016/j.band1.2006.06.025
NR 40
TC 5
Z9 5
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD MAY
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 5
BP 489
EP 504
DI 10.1080/02687030701517206
PG 16
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 305CE
UT WOS:000256154600002
ER
PT J
AU Seddoh, SA
AF Seddoh, S. Amebu
TI Alignment following left and right hemisphere damage
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
ID VOICE-ONSET TIME; UNILATERAL BRAIN-DAMAGE; PITCH ACCENTS; PROSODIC
DISTURBANCE; UTTERANCE-LENGTH; VOWEL PRODUCTION; BROCAS APHASIA; SPEECH;
THAI; DURATION
AB Background: Patients with fluent aphasia have been reported to exhibit abnormal timing of some linguistic units, but the basis of this deficit is unclear. It has been hypothesised that these patients have impaired ability to control temporal information stored in lexical items, but timing at the level of intonation phrase (IP) is intact for them. One aspect of temporal control at the level of IP is alignment, the relative timing of events in fundamental frequency (F0) contours associated with intonation and events in the segmental string.
Aim: The present study sought to determine whether patients with fluent aphasia have intact ability for alignment.
Methods & Procedures: Absolute and relative measures of intervals between F0 peaks and valleys, as well as syllable duration were evaluated in sentences produced by patients with fluent aphasia, nonfluent aphasia, right hemisphere damage (RHD), and a group of neurologically normal individuals. The productions were evaluated perceptually by five neurologically normal native speakers.
Outcomes & Results: The patients with fluent aphasia performed poorly on absolute and relative measures of alignment. Their nonfluent counterparts exhibited abnormally long absolute durations on all measures including final syllable length, and the RHD performed comparably with the control participants on both absolute and relative measures of alignment and syllable duration. All groups were perceptually indistinguishable.
Conclusion: The data for all three groups of patients are consistent with previous reports on speech timing following brain damage. The performance of the patients with fluent aphasia on alignment does not support the view that these patients have intact ability for speech timing at the level of IP.
C1 Univ N Dakota, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Grand Forks, ND 58202 USA.
RP Seddoh, SA (reprint author), Univ N Dakota, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Montgomery Hall Room 110,290 Centennial Dr Stop 8, Grand Forks, ND 58202 USA.
EM seddoh@und.edu
CR Arvaniti A, 1998, J PHONETICS, V26, P3, DOI 10.1006/jpho.1997.0063
BAUM SR, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V44, P431, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1026
BAUM SR, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P33, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90003-Y
BAUM SR, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P501, DOI 10.1080/02687039208249487
BAUM SR, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V44, P414, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1025
Baum SR, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V67, P30, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2047
Benton A. L., 1974, REVISED VISUAL RETEN
Blumstein S. E., 1998, ACQUIRED APHASIA, P157, DOI 10.1016/B978-012619322-0/50008-7
BLUMSTEIN SE, 1977, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V15, P371, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(77)90089-6
BLUMSTEIN SE, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V9, P153, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90137-6
Bolinger D., 1958, WORD, V14, P109
BOLINGER D, 1976, BILINGUAL REV, V3, P43
Bonvillain N., 2003, LANGUAGE CULTURE COM
Brown Gillian, 1980, QUESTIONS INTONATION
BUCKINGHAM HW, 1987, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V1, P113, DOI 10.3109/02699208708985007
BUCKINGHAM HW, 1998, ACQUIRED APHASIA, P269, DOI 10.1016/B978-012619322-0/50011-7
COLLINS M, 1983, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V26, P224
Cooper W. E., 1980, SYNTAX SPEECH
COOPER WE, 1977, J ACOUST SOC AM, V61, P1314, DOI 10.1121/1.381434
COOPER WE, 1984, LANG SPEECH, V27, P17
COUPERKUHLEN E, 1986, INTRO ENLISH PROSODY
Cruttenden A., 1986, INTONATION
Crystal D., 1969, PROSODIC SYSTEMS INT
DANLY M, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V16, P171, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90082-7
DANLY M, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P1, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90052-4
Dilley LC, 2005, J PHONETICS, V33, P115, DOI 10.1016/j.wocn.2004.02.003
DISIMONI FG, 1977, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V42, P257
Duffy J.R, 1995, MOTOR SPEECH DISORDE
Enderby P. M., 1983, FRENCHAY DYSARTHRIA
GANDOUR J, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V45, P160, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1041
GANDOUR J, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V42, P337, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90105-N
GANDOUR J, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V46, P419, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1023
GANDOUR J, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V23, P206, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90064-6
Gandour J, 2000, CORTEX, V36, P281, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70529-X
GANDOUR J, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V23, P177, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90063-4
Goodglass H., 2001, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V3rd
Goodglass H., 1964, CORTEX, V1, P133, DOI [10.1016/S0010-9452(64)80018-6, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(64)80018-6]
Halliday M. A. K., 1967, INTONATION GRAMMAR B
Howard D., 1987, APHASIA THERAPY HIST
ITOH M, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V11, P66, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90110-8
Kaplan E., 2001, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kent R. D., 1987, PHONETIC APPROACHES, P181
KENT RD, 1983, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V26, P231
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
KLATT DH, 1976, J ACOUST SOC AM, V59, P1208, DOI 10.1121/1.380986
Ladd D. R., 1986, PHONOLOGY YB, V3, P311, DOI 10.1017/S0952675700000671
Ladd D. R., 1996, INTONATIONAL PHONOLO
Ladd DR, 2003, J PHONETICS, V31, P81, DOI 10.1016/S0095-4470(02)00073-6
Ladd DR, 2000, J ACOUST SOC AM, V107, P2685, DOI 10.1121/1.428654
Lehiste I., 1970, SUPRASEGMENTALS
LEHISTE I, 1972, J ACOUST SOC AM, V51, P2018, DOI 10.1121/1.1913062
Lieberman P., 1967, RES MONOGRAPH, V38
MCNEIL MR, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P135, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90106-Q
Montgomery D.C., 1991, DESIGN ANAL EXPT
NIEMI J, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V26, P28, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90026-4
OLLER DK, 1973, J ACOUST SOC AM, V54, P1235, DOI 10.1121/1.1914393
Osterrieth PA, 1944, ARCH PSYCHOL-GENEVE, V30, P206
Peach Richard K, 2004, Top Stroke Rehabil, V11, P49
Pell MD, 1999, CORTEX, V35, P455, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70813-X
Pierrehumbert J, 1987, PHONOLOGY PHONETICS
ROBIN DA, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P539, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90161-9
RUSSELL EW, 1975, J CONSULT CLIN PSYCH, V43, P800, DOI 10.1037/0022-006X.43.6.800
Seddoh SA, 2004, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V18, P17, DOI 10.1080/0269920031000134686
Seddoh SAK, 1996, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V39, P590
SEDDOH SAK, 2006, J NEUROLINGUIST, V19, P18
SEDDOH SAK, 1996, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V24, P65
Sheskin D.J., 2000, HDB PARAMETRIC NONPA
Strand EA, 1996, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V39, P1018
Wertz RT, 1984, APRAXIA SPEECH ADULT
NR 69
TC 1
Z9 1
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD MAY
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 5
BP 505
EP 521
DI 10.1080/02687030701447164
PG 17
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 305CE
UT WOS:000256154600003
ER
PT J
AU Wright, HH
Marshall, RC
Wilson, KB
Page, JL
AF Wright, Heather Harris
Marshall, Robert C.
Wilson, Kresta B.
Page, Judith L.
TI Using a written cueing hierarchy to improve verbal naming in aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
ID WRITING TREATMENT; DEFICITS
AB Background. For some individuals with aphasia, writing has been used as an alternative modality for communicating (e.g., Clausen & Beeson, 2003; Lustig & Tompkins, 2002). In some investigations where writing ability was treated; post-treatment and/or anecdotal reports indicated that verbal naming ability also improved for participants with aphasia (e.g., Beeson, Rising, & Volk, 2003; Kiran, 2005). In some recent studies, investigators have reported that written naming cueing can improve verbal naming ability (DeDe, Parris, & Waters, 2003; Hillis, 1989).
Aims: The purpose of the present study was to examine the effects of a written cueing treatment programme on verbal naming ability in two adults with aphasia.
Method & Procedures: Treatment involved using a written cueing hierarchy, which was modelled after Copy and Recall Treatment (CART; Beeson, 1999) and included verbal and writing components. A modified multiple probe across behaviours design was used to document individual participants' response to treatment. The design was replicated across each participant and included baseline, treatment, probe, and maintenance conditions.
Outcomes & Results: Both participants improved their verbal naming ability for the target items over the course of treatment, but they responded differently to the treatment. One participant (P2) maintained verbal naming performance for the treated items 4 weeks after treatment ended and generalised to the untrained items; whereas the other participant (P1) did not.
Conclusions: Results support and extend previous findings that treating in one modality improves performance in a different modality. Further, participants responded differently to the treatment, suggesting that underlying differences in the participants' deficits may account for why they responded differently to the same treatment.
C1 [Wright, Heather Harris] Arizona State Univ, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, Tempe, AZ 85287 USA.
[Marshall, Robert C.; Wilson, Kresta B.; Page, Judith L.] Univ Kentucky, Lexington, KY USA.
RP Wright, HH (reprint author), Arizona State Univ, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, POB 870102, Tempe, AZ 85287 USA.
EM Heather.Wright.1@asu.edu
CR Beeson PM, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P1038, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/083)
Beeson PM, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P473, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000167
Beeson PM, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P767, DOI 10.1080/026870399401867
BUSK PL, 1992, SINGLE CASE DESIGN A
CAPLAN D, 1992, LANGUAGE STRUCTURE P, P403
Clausen NS, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P625, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000003
DeDe G, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P465, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000094
Goodglass H, 2001, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V3rd
HILLIS AE, 1989, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V70, P632
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Kiran S, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P53, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000633
Kiran S, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P608, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/048)
Kucera H., 1967, COMPUTATIONAL ANAL P
LaPointe L., 1998, READING COMPREHENSIO
Lustig AP, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P507, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000211
Pedersen PM, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P151, DOI 10.1080/02687040042000106
ROBEY RR, 2005, APHASIA TREATMENT EX
SNODGRASS DG, 1980, HUMAN LEARNING MEMOR, V6, P174
Suen H. K., 1989, ANALYZING QUANTITATI
TRIPODI T, 1994, PRIMER SINGLE SUBJEC
TRYON WW, 1982, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V15, P423, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1982.15-423
NR 21
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD MAY
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 5
BP 522
EP 536
DI 10.1080/02687030701487905
PG 15
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 305CE
UT WOS:000256154600004
ER
PT J
AU Ablinger, I
Abel, S
Huber, W
AF Ablinger, Irene
Abel, Stefanie
Huber, Walter
TI Deep dysphasia as a phonetic input deficit: Evidence from a single case
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
ID SHORT-TERM-MEMORY; INTERACTIVE 2-STEP MODEL; DUAL-ROUTE MODELS;
CASE-SERIES TEST; LEXICAL ACCESS; PHONOLOGICAL IMPAIRMENT; PROGRESSIVE
APHASIA; REPETITION; COMPREHENSION; DEAFNESS
AB Background: The syndrome of deep dysphasia is characterised by an inability to repeat pseudowords and the production of semantic errors in word repetition. Several single case studies revealed that phonological decoding might be outstandingly impaired. Recovery of deep dysphasia has only been illustrated in detail for patient NC (Martin & Saffran, 1992). Dell, Schwartz, Martin, Saffran, and Gagnon (1997) tried to simulate NC's repetition performance in their connectionist lexical activation model, but it did not fit his error pattern as it assumes perfect recognition of auditory input.
Aims: In this new single case study on recovery of deep dysphasia, we intended to collect further evidence for the assumption that impaired input processing is the crucial cause of the impairment. Moreover, we aimed to explain impairment and psycholinguistic parameter effects in the connectionist semantic-phonological model (Foygel & Dell, 2000) by adding a phonetic input level.
Methods & Procedures: JR's performance was repeatedly assessed in the course of recovery. Errors in naming and repetition were classified according to the taxonomy of Dell et al. (1997). JR's error patterns were simulated in the semantic-phonological model to determine the naming disorder and to predict word repetition. In addition, we established an error modality analysis to disentangle input and output impairments in repetition. Thus, the source of each error could be subclassified as belonging to either expressive or receptive components of repetition.
Outcomes & Results: Initially there was a sharp contrast between severely impaired word and pseudoword repetition and almost unimpaired reading aloud. During recovery, performance in naming and word repetition improved a great deal, while repetition of pseudowords remained impossible. The evolvement of real word repetition was characterised by psycholinguistic parameter effects at different points in time: concreteness before length, before frequency. The connectionist model over-predicted correct responses in word repetition as for NC. There were only few expressive repetition errors; regarding receptive errors, nonwords and null responses decreased significantly while formal errors became the dominant error type in the course of recovery.
Conclusions: The development of psycholinguistic parameter effects, dissociations in performance, the computer simulations, and results from error modality analysis as well as changes of error pattern are ample evidence for the primary decoding disorder in JR. We argue that deep dysphasia can be explained by an impairment of phonetic-phonological connections in an extended version of the connectionist one-route model of repetition with four rather than three levels of auditory word processing. The improved real word repetition despite persisting failure on pseudowords is accounted for by an increase of both phonetic-phonological and lexical-phonological connection weights.
C1 [Ablinger, Irene; Abel, Stefanie; Huber, Walter] Rhein Westfal TH Aachen, Dept Neurol, Sect Neurolinguist, D-52074 Aachen, Germany.
[Abel, Stefanie] Univ Freiburg, D-7800 Freiburg, Germany.
RP Ablinger, I (reprint author), Rhein Westfal TH Aachen, Dept Neurol, Sect Neurolinguist, Pauwelsstr 30, D-52074 Aachen, Germany.
EM iablinger@ukaachen.de
CR Abel S, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V91, P152, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.06.079
Baddeley Alan D, 1997, HUMAN MEMORY THEORY
Butterworth B, 1995, NEUROCASE, V1, P55, DOI 10.1080/13554799508402346
CARDEBAT D, 1991, REV NEUROPSYCHOL, V1, P215
Coltheart M., 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA
Coltheart M, 2001, PSYCHOL REV, V108, P204, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.108.1.204
Croot K, 1999, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V16, P705, DOI 10.1080/026432999380627
De Bleser B., 2004, LEMO LEXIKON MODELLO
DEBLESER R, 2000, LEHRBUCH KLINISCHEN, P512
DELL GS, 1992, COGNITION, V42, P287, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90046-K
DELL GS, 1986, PSYCHOL REV, V93, P283, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.93.3.283
Dell GS, 1997, PSYCHOL REV, V104, P801, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.104.4.801
Dell GS, 2007, J MEM LANG, V56, P490, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2006.05.007
DERENZI E, 1980, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V37, P6
DUHAMEL JR, 1986, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V24, P769
Foygel D, 2000, J MEM LANG, V43, P182, DOI 10.1006/jmla.2000.2716
FRANKLIN S, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V11, P1, DOI 10.1080/02643299408251964
Friedman RB, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P114, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0006
Hager W, 1994, HDB DEUTSCHSPRACHIGE
Hanley JR, 2004, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P147, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000339
Horn W, 1983, LEISTUNGSPRUFSYSTEM
Howard D., 1988, MISSING MEANING COGN
Huber W., 1993, NEUROLINGUISTIK, V7, P43
Huber W., 1985, PROGR APHASIOLOGY, P291
Huber W., 1983, AACHENER APHASIE TES
Huber W., 2002, KLINISCHE NERUOPSYCH, P169
Jefferies E, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V45, P1553, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2006.12.002
Kaplan E, 1976, BOSTON NAMING TEST
KATZ RB, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P153, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90009-6
Majerus S, 2001, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V18, P385, DOI 10.1080/02643290126060
MARSHALL JC, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P337, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248934
MARSHALL JC, 1973, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V2, P175, DOI 10.1007/BF01067101
Martin N, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P83, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0005
Martin N, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P464, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2003.12.004
MARTIN N, 1992, BRAIN LANG, V43, P240, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(92)90130-7
MARTIN N, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V47, P609, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1061
Martin N, 2004, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P213, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000447
Martin RC, 1999, J MEM LANG, V41, P3, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1999.2637
*MAX PLANCK I PSYC, 1995, REL GERM VERS 2 5
McCarthy RA, 2001, NEUROCASE, V7, P77, DOI 10.1093/neucas/7.1.77
METZLUTZ MN, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V23, P13, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90002-6
MICHEL F, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V18, P212, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90016-0
MORTON J, 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA, P189
OLDFIELD RC, 1971, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V9, P97, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(71)90067-4
Patterson KE, 1985, SURFACE DYSLEXIA NEU
POECK K, 1997, KLINISCHE NEUROPSYCH
Raman I, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V87, P38, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00186-X
Schwartz MF, 2006, J MEM LANG, V54, P228, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2005.10.001
Smirni P., 1983, J CLIN NEUROPSYCHOL, V111, P67
Sturm W., 1999, NONVERBALER LERNTEST
TEWES U, 1991, HAWIER HAMBURG WECHS
Tree JJ, 2001, NEUROCASE, V7, P473, DOI 10.1093/neucas/7.6.473
TROJANO L, 1992, BRAIN COGNITION, V18, P12, DOI 10.1016/0278-2626(92)90108-X
VALDOIS S, 1995, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V12, P681, DOI 10.1080/02643299508251399
WAHRING G, 2000, DTSCH WORTERBUCH
Wilshire CE, 2004, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P187, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000555
Zimmermann P., 1997, TAP TEST ATTENTIONAL
NR 57
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD MAY
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 5
BP 537
EP 556
DI 10.1080/02687030701495403
PG 20
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 305CE
UT WOS:000256154600005
ER
PT J
AU Rossi, E
Bastiaanse, R
AF Rossi, Eleonora
Bastiaanse, Roelien
TI Spontaneous speech in Italian agrammatic aphasia: A focus on verb
production
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
ID BROCAS-APHASIA; ARGUMENT STRUCTURE; RETRIEVAL
AB Background. The spontaneous speech of Italian agrammatic and non-brain-damaged speakers was analysed. The results are compared with those of spontaneous speech analyses of other languages.
Aims: The goal of this study is to describe Italian spontaneous speech data with respect to the production of verbs, and to compare these data with earlier results from Italian and other languages.
Methods & Procedures: The spontaneous speech of seven Italian agrammatic speakers and ten Italian non-brain-damaged speakers was analysed. The corpus for analysis was collected by means of a semi-structured interview, the description of the "Cookie Theft picture", and the narration of "Little Red Riding Hood". Relevant verb parameters were analysed for both groups. Verb production was qualitatively and quantitatively analysed for both groups and comparisons between the two were made. Moreover, verb tokens, and verb types were analysed, and the production of lexical verbs, copulae, reflexive verbs, and auxiliaries was studied. All produced verbs were analysed for their verb argument structure.
Outcomes & Results: The results show that agrammatic speakers are impaired in verb production. They omit verbs in obligatory contexts and they make inflectional errors. Also, the diversity of the produced verbs is limited. Their production of lexical verbs, reflexive verbs, modal verbs, and auxiliaries is lower than normal, but the use of copulae does not differ from normal. The agrammatic speakers prefer simple verb-argument structures compared to non-brain-damaged speakers.
Conclusions: The results add data on verb production in Italian aphasic spontaneous speech. They describe some typical agrammatic speech impairments, like omission of verbs, a low diversity of lexical verbs, inflectional errors, as well as novel data about particular verb categories like reflexive verbs, and auxiliaries used in gerund mood. Furthermore, the results provide new data on verb-argument structure in Italian aphasic spontaneous speech. It is argued that this pattern, despite the individual variance, is compatible with an impairment to grammatical encoding.
C1 [Rossi, Eleonora; Bastiaanse, Roelien] Univ Groningen, Dept Linguist, NL-9700 AS Groningen, Netherlands.
RP Rossi, E (reprint author), Univ Groningen, Dept Linguist, Postbus 716, NL-9700 AS Groningen, Netherlands.
EM e.rossi@rug.nl
CR BASTIAANSE R, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V36, P625
Bastiaanse R, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V90, P198, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00432-2
Bastiaanse R, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P951, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249463
Bastiaanse R, 2005, J NEUROLINGUIST, V18, P57, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2004.11.006
Bastiaanse R, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V80, P142, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2585
BASTIAANSE R, 1995, LANGUAGE COGNITION, P13
Bastiaanse R, 2002, J NEUROLINGUIST, V15, P239, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(01)00032-X
BELLETTI A, 1990, GENERALISED VERB MOV
Berndt RS, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P107
BERTINETTO PM, 1993, INTRODUZIONE ALL ITA, P141
Bird H, 1996, J NEUROLINGUIST, V9, P187, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(96)00006-1
CANEPARI L, 1983, ITALIANO STANDARD PR
CHOMSKY N, 1993, MINIMALIST PROGRAM L
Goodglass H., 1972, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP
KOLK H, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P221, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249075
KOLK HHJ, 1985, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V2, P347, DOI 10.1080/02643298508252666
LEVELT W, 1989, SPEAKING INTENTION A
Lightfoot David, 1994, VERB MOVEMENT, P19
Luzzatti C., 1994, AACHENER APHASIA TES
Menn L., 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C
MICELI G, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P65, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90056-1
MICELI G, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P447, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90079-5
Nespor M., 1986, PROSODIC PHONOLOGY
Rossi M., 1998, INTONATION SYSTEMS S, P219
SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8
Thompson CK, 2003, J NEUROLINGUIST, V16, P151, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(02)00014-3
Thompson CK, 1995, CLIN APHASIOL, V23, P121
VERMEULEN J, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P252, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90064-3
Voghera M., 1992, SINTASSI INTONAZIONE
WAGENAAR E, 1975, BRAIN LANG, V2, P281, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(75)80071-X
NR 30
TC 6
Z9 6
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD APR
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 4
BP 347
EP 362
DI 10.1080/02687030701407093
PG 16
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 294NI
UT WOS:000255412400001
ER
PT J
AU Corbett, F
Jefferies, E
Ralph, MAL
AF Corbett, Faye
Jefferies, Elizabeth
Ralph, Matthew A. Lambon
TI The use of cueing to alleviate recurrent verbal perseverations: Evidence
from transcortical sensory aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
ID STROKE APHASIA; PICTURES; RETRIEVAL; SPEECH; ERRORS; WORDS
AB Background: Previous studies have demonstrated that stimulus factors, including item frequency, presentation rate, stimulus repetition, and semantic relatedness, can influence the rate of recurrent verbal perseverations. These manipulations alter the balance of activation between current targets and past responses, suggesting that perseverations arise when the activation of a previously presented item overrides the weak processing of a new stimulus. By this view, cues and sentence contexts that bias inter-item competition towards the target and away from earlier responses should dramatically reduce the frequency of perseverative errors. However, the influence of these factors on perseverations has not been previously investigated.
Aims: To examine the effect on perseverative rate of altering the activational balance between past and present responses using both intrinsic and extrinsic stimulus manipulations.
Methods & Procedures: This study examined repetition, reading, and picture naming in a highly perseverative patient with transcortical sensory aphasia.
Outcomes & Results: The patient's strong perseverative tendencies were impervious to the stimulus factors listed above but he was able to overcome these errors to produce more correct responses when he was provided with phonemic, word, and sentence cues. These environmental constraints had a similar effect on perseverations in reading aloud and picture naming, although active repetition was necessary for a cue to benefit reading, whereas passively hearing the cue was sufficient to improve picture naming.
Conclusions: This task difference is likely to reflect the greater reliance of picture naming on semantic processing, which will benefit from cues regardless of whether they are repeated. We propose that poor internal control of language production allowed perseverations to dominate our patient's output. External constraints in the form of cues/sentence contexts overcame this deficit, dramatically reducing the rate of perseverations.
C1 [Corbett, Faye; Jefferies, Elizabeth; Ralph, Matthew A. Lambon] Univ Manchester, Neurosci & Aphasia Res Unit, Sch Psychol Sci, Manchester M13 9PL, Lancs, England.
RP Ralph, MAL (reprint author), Univ Manchester, Neurosci & Aphasia Res Unit, Sch Psychol Sci, Zochonis Bldg,Oxford Rd, Manchester M13 9PL, Lancs, England.
EM matt.lambon-ralph@manchester.ac.uk
RI Jefferies, Elizabeth/A-7981-2011; Lambon Ralph, Matthew/A-1695-2009
CR ALBERT ML, 1981, CLIN ASPECTS DYSPHAS, P92
ALEXANDER MP, 1989, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V46, P885
Baayen R. H., 1993, CELEX LEXICAL DATABA
Best W, 1997, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V7, P105
Boatman D, 2000, BRAIN, V123, P1634, DOI 10.1093/brain/123.8.1634
Campbell JID, 1996, BRAIN COGNITION, V30, P59, DOI 10.1006/brcg.1996.0005
Cohen L, 1998, BRAIN, V121, P1641, DOI 10.1093/brain/121.9.1641
COSLETT HB, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V32, P362, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90133-7
Dell GS, 1997, PSYCHOL REV, V104, P123, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.104.1.123
Goldstein K, 1948, LANGUAGE LANGUAGE DI, P292
Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd
Gotts SJ, 2002, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V40, P1930, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(02)00067-2
HALPERN H, 1965, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V20, P421
HEILMAN KM, 1981, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V38, P236
Hirsh KW, 1998, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V15, P377, DOI 10.1080/026432998381140
HOWARD D, 1985, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V2, P49, DOI 10.1080/02643298508252861
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Jefferies E, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V45, P1065, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2006.09.009
Jefferies E, 2006, BRAIN, V129, P2132, DOI 10.1093/brain/awl153
Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
Lambon Ralph Matthew A., 2000, Neuropsychologia, V38, P186, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(99)00056-1
Lambon Ralph Matthew A., 1999, Cognitive Neuropsychology, V16, P157
Lichtheim L., 1885, BRAIN, V7, P433
Martin Nadine, 2004, Seminars in Speech and Language, V25, P349, DOI 10.1055/s-2004-837247
Martin N, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P319, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249536
Milner B., 1963, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V9, P100, DOI DOI 10.1001/ARCHNEUR.1963.00460070100010
Morton J, 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA, P91
Moses MS, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P157, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00364-X
Papagno C, 1996, CORTEX, V32, P67
Patterson K., 1983, APHASIA THERAPY
POTTER MC, 1975, NATURE, V253, P437, DOI 10.1038/253437a0
Ramage A, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V66, P329, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2032
Raven J., 1962, COLOURED PROGRESSIVE
SANDSON J, 1984, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V22, P715, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(84)90098-8
Santo Pietro M J, 1982, J Speech Hear Res, V25, P184
SHINDLER AG, 1984, BRAIN LANG, V23, P148, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(84)90013-0
SNODGRASS JG, 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V6, P174, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.6.2.174
Stuss DT, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V38, P388, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(99)00093-7
VITKOVITCH M, 1991, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V17, P664, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.17.4.664
Wambaugh JL, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P433, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000085
Warrington EK, 1991, VISUAL OBJECT SPACE
Wechsler D., 1987, WECHSLER MEMORY SCAL
YAMADORI A, 1981, Neuropsychologia, V19, P591, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(81)90026-9
NR 43
TC 4
Z9 4
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD APR
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 4
BP 363
EP 382
DI 10.1080/02687030701415245
PG 20
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 294NI
UT WOS:000255412400002
ER
PT J
AU Aleligay, A
Worrall, LE
Rose, TA
AF Aleligay, Annalle
Worrall, Linda E.
Rose, Tanya A.
TI Readability of written health information provided to people with
aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
ID EDUCATION MATERIALS; PATIENT EDUCATION; STROKE; COMPREHENSION;
KNOWLEDGE; FORMULAS; LEAFLETS; NURSES; SKILLS
AB Background: Providing appropriate written health materials to people with aphasia presents a challenge for health professionals. To overcome this dilemma, the suitability of current written health materials intended for people with aphasia, and the measures that examine their suitability, need to be assessed.
Aims: The primary aims of this research were to investigate the readability levels of written health materials given to people with aphasia, and to further analyse their appropriateness by considering linguistic parameters that contribute to reading difficulties for people with aphasia. The secondary aims were to investigate if commonly used readability measures are useful tools for assessing the suitability of written information for people with aphasia by: determining the readability measures' applicability to the wide range of health information received by people with aphasia, determining if there is a significant difference between three commonly applied readability measures, and investigating if there is a relationship between the most applicable readability measure and the linguistic measures.
Methods & Procedure: A total of 114 written health documents were collected from 18 people living with aphasia. Of the materials collected, there were 84 different items, 28 of which could be analysed using three readability formulas: Flesch-Kincaid, Fry, and Simple Measure of Gobbledygook (SMOG). The written health materials were also analysed according to number of sentences and embedded clauses, proportion of passive, complex, and compound sentences, and average word frequency and imageability.
Outcomes & Results: This study found that written health materials obtained from people with aphasia were written at an average grade nine readability level and contained low-frequency words, low-imageability words, and complex sentences. There was no significant difference between the readability of aphasia or speech pathology materials compared to other more general health information. The Flesch-Kincaid readability formula could be applied to more documents than the Fry and SMOG formulas and the mean reading grade levels calculated by these formulas were significantly different. The number of sentences was found to be the only linguistic measure directly related to the readability of a text.
Conclusion: Written health materials are not sufficiently modified to suit the reading ability of people with aphasia. Reducing the readability level of texts is one process that authors can use to ensure that written health information is more accessible for people with aphasia.
C1 [Aleligay, Annalle; Worrall, Linda E.; Rose, Tanya A.] Univ Queensland, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, Brisbane, Qld 4072, Australia.
RP Worrall, LE (reprint author), Univ Queensland, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, Brisbane, Qld 4072, Australia.
EM l.worrall@uq.edu.au
RI Rose, Tanya/D-2580-2010; Worrall, Linda/D-2579-2010
OI Worrall, Linda/0000-0002-3283-7038
CR BERNIER MJ, 1991, PATIENT EDUC COUNS, V18, P253, DOI 10.1016/0738-3991(91)90134-Q
Brennan AD, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P693, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000958
Buxton T, 1999, J HLTH ED, V30, P47
CAPLAN D, 1985, COGNITION, V21, P117, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(85)90048-4
Colangelo A, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V90, P151, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00428-0
Coltheart M., 1987, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, P1
Coltheart M., 1981, MRC PSYCHOLINGUISTIC
CRYSTAL D, 1996, REDISCOVER GRAMMAR
Crystal David, 2003, CAMBRIDGE ENCY ENGLI
CURTISS S, 1986, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V16, P45
DEVLIN S, 1997, LINGUISTIC DATABASE, P161
Eames Sally, 2003, Top Stroke Rehabil, V10, P70
ESTEY A, 1991, PATIENT EDUC COUNS, V18, P165, DOI 10.1016/0738-3991(91)90008-S
ESTEY A, 1994, PATIENT EDUC COUNS, V24, P73, DOI 10.1016/0738-3991(94)90027-2
Fisher E, 1999, J Contin Educ Nurs, V30, P56
Flesch R., 1946, ART PLAIN TALK
Flesch R, 1948, J APPL PSYCHOL, V32, P221, DOI 10.1037/h0057532
FLESCH R, 1949, WAY WRITE
Fry E, 1977, J READING, V21, P241
Fry E., 1968, J READING, V11, P265
GARDNER H, 1975, Cortex, V11, P60
GLAZERWALDMAN H, 1985, NURS RES, V34, P184
Goodglass H., 1993, UNDERSTANDING APHASI
Greenbaum S., 1996, OXFORD ENGLISH GRAMM
Grissom SP, 2001, AM J PHYS MED REHAB, V80, P798, DOI 10.1097/00002060-200111000-00002
Hayes PM, 1950, J APPL PSYCHOL, V34, P22, DOI 10.1037/h0061305
HOFFMAN TC, 2005, THESIS U QUEENSLAND
Hoffmann T, 2004, DISABIL REHABIL, V26, P1166, DOI 10.1080/09638280410001724816
HOKE BL, 1999, THESIS KEAN U NEW JE
Johansson K, 2004, PATIENT EDUC COUNS, V52, P175, DOI 10.1016/S0738-3991(03)00036-3
KEMPLER D, 2005, NEUROGENIC DISORDERS, P51
Kerridge IH, 1999, MED J AUSTRALIA, V171, P239
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Klare G., 1984, HDB READING RES, P681
Klare G. R., 1963, MEASUREMENT READABIL
KLARE GR, 1974, READ RES QUART, V10, P62, DOI 10.2307/747086
Kucera H., 1967, COMPUTATIONAL ANAL P
LaPointe L. L., 1998, READING COMPREHENSIO
Leff AP, 2000, ANN NEUROL, V47, P171, DOI 10.1002/1531-8249(200002)47:2<171::AID-ANA6>3.0.CO;2-P
LESSER R, 1978, LINGUISTIC INVESTIGA
Ley P, 1996, PSYCHOL HEALTH MED, V1, P7, DOI DOI 10.1080/13548509608400003
LEY P, 1994, HLTH PSYCHOL APPL, P75
Ley P, 1988, COMMUNICATING PATIEN
LONGO JA, 1982, J READING, V26, P229
McArthur Tom, 1992, OXFORD COMPANION ENG
MCKENNA K, 2006, CLIENT ED PARTNERSHI, P1
McKenna KT, 2003, AUSTRALAS J AGEING, V22, P15, DOI 10.1111/j.1741-6612.2003.tb00457.x
MCLAUGHLIN GH, 1969, J READING, V12, P639
MEADE CD, 1991, PATIENT EDUC COUNS, V17, P153, DOI 10.1016/0738-3991(91)90017-Y
MORRIS LA, 1979, AM J PUBLIC HEALTH, V69, P47
Mumford ME, 1997, J ADV NURS, V26, P985
NOBLE C, 1991, J ADV NURS, V16, P1185, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2648.1991.tb01527.x
Parr S., 1997, TALKING APHASIA
Patterson C, 1997, AGE AGEING, V26, P41, DOI 10.1093/ageing/26.1.41
Paul C. L., 1997, HEALTH PROMOT J AUST, V7, P153
Pedretti L., 2001, OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY
PERRIN PG, 1942, WRITERS GUIDE INDEX
PICHERT JW, 1985, PATIENT EDUC COUNS, V7, P181, DOI 10.1016/0738-3991(85)90008-4
POUNG C, 2001, APHASIA THERAPIES LI
PRIESTLEY KA, 1992, BRIT MED J, V305, P1263
RICHARDSON JTE, 1975, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V13, P281, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(75)90004-4
Rodgers H, 2001, AGE AGEING, V30, P129, DOI 10.1093/ageing/30.2.129
Rose TA, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P947, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000319
Rosenbeck J. C., 1989, APHASIA CLIN APPROAC
Schruver K. A., 2000, ACM Journal of Computer Documentation, V24, DOI 10.1145/344599.344638
Shewan C M, 1971, Cortex, V7, P209
STOKES A, 1978, J RES READ, V1, P22
Sullivan K, 2001, Top Stroke Rehabil, V7, P52
TATEMICHI TK, 1994, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V57, P202, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.57.2.202
TEFKI C, 1987, J DOC, V43, P261
WEBB WG, 1983, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V48, P164
WEINMAN J, 1990, J ROY SOC MED, V83, P303
WEISS BD, 1995, PATIENT EDUC COUNS, V25, P109, DOI 10.1016/0738-3991(95)00710-H
Wiles R, 1998, J ADV NURS, V28, P794, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2648.1998.00709.x
Wilson FL, 1999, ARCH PSYCHIAT NURS, V13, P204, DOI 10.1016/S0883-9417(99)80006-5
Wilson Feleta L, 2003, J Wound Ostomy Continence Nurs, V30, P224, DOI 10.1067/mjw.2003.137
Worrall L, 2006, CLIENT ED PARTNERSHI, P206
ZION AB, 1989, OBSTET GYNECOL, V74, P955
2006, FRY TESTING READABIL
NR 79
TC 17
Z9 17
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD APR
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 4
BP 383
EP 407
DI 10.1080/02687030701415872
PG 25
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 294NI
UT WOS:000255412400003
ER
PT J
AU Barthel, G
Meinzer, M
Djundja, D
Rockstroh, B
AF Barthel, Gabriela
Meinzer, Marcus
Djundja, Daniela
Rockstroh, Brigitte
TI Intensive language therapy in chronic aphasia: Which aspects contribute
most?
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
ID NAMING DISORDERS; RECOVERY; STROKE; ADULTS
AB Background: Recent research suggests the effectiveness of short-term highly intensive treatment approaches in the chronic stage of aphasia. However, the effective elements of such treatment need to be determined.
Aims: The present study's aim was to evaluate which factors attribute to the success of aphasia therapy. An intensive (3hours/day, 10 consecutive days) model-orientated aphasia therapy (MOAT), which considers patients' individual symptoms, was evaluated and therapy effects were compared to those of a similarly intensive training focusing on active speaking elements (constraint-induced aphasia therapy, CIAT) in order to identify the effective elements.
Methods & Procedures: 12 patients with chronic aphasia received 30 hours of MOAT over 10 days. Language functions were assessed with a standardised language test (Aachen Aphasia Test) and a naming task prior to therapy, after therapy, and at a 6-month follow-up. In addition, the amount and quality of communication were assessed with questionnaires as an indication of transfer to everyday communication. Results of this treatment group were compared to those of 27 patients who were treated according to principles of CIAT.
Outcomes & Results: Language functions improved significantly following treatment relative to the pre-treatment scores, and the improvements remained stable across the follow-up period. Effects were comparable to those of CIAT for most variables, except for written language and perception of everyday communication which improved more after MOAT than after CIAT. The naming task disclosed generalisation to untreated items for MOAT.
Conclusions: Results confirm that an intense training focused on individual deficits leads to substantial and durable improvements in language functions in patients with chronic aphasia. The comparison across treatments suggests consideration of the functional deficit, written language, and everyday communication as effective elements in the rehabilitation of chronic aphasia.
C1 [Barthel, Gabriela; Djundja, Daniela; Rockstroh, Brigitte] Univ Konstanz, Allensbach, Germany.
[Barthel, Gabriela; Djundja, Daniela] Lurija Inst Rehabil Res, Allensbach, Germany.
[Meinzer, Marcus] Univ Konstanz, D-7750 Constance, Germany.
RP Barthel, G (reprint author), Maximilian-Lorenz-Str 23, D-73433 Aalen, Germany.
EM barthel@intensiv-therapie.de
RI Meinzer, Marcus/I-3943-2013
CR Barthel G., 2006, SPRACHE-STIMME-GEHOR, V30, P103, DOI 10.1055/s-2006-947246
BARTHEL G, 2002, EFFECT STIMULUS EXPO
Bhogal SK, 2003, STROKE, V34, P987, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000062343.64383.D0
Blanken GDR, 1999, WORTPRODUKTIONSPRUFU
BONGARTZ R, 1998, KOMMUNIKATIONSTHERAP
Coelho CA, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P133
Davis G, 1985, ADULT APHASIA REHABI
De Bleser B., 2004, LEMO LEXIKON MODELLO
Elman RJ, 1999, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V42, P411
Franklin S, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1087, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000491
GOLDENBERG G, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V47, P684, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1063
Hillis A. E., 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH
Hillis AE, 1998, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V4, P648, DOI 10.1017/S135561779846613X
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Huber W., 1983, AACHENER APHASIE TES
Kagan A, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P816, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249575
Kertesz A, 1984, Adv Neurol, V42, P23
LOMAS J, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P113
Morris D M, 2006, Eura Medicophys, V42, P257
Meinzer M, 2005, STROKE, V36, P1462, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000169941.29831.2a
Meinzer M, 2006, BMC NEUROL, V6, DOI 10.1186/1471-2377-6-28
Nettleton J., 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V6, P139, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90004-3
Nickels L, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P109, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248401
Nickels L, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P935, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000563
NICKELS L, 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V9, P155, DOI 10.1080/02643299208252057
Pedersen PM, 2004, CEREBROVASC DIS, V17, P35, DOI 10.1159/000073896
Pulvermuller F, 2001, STROKE, V32, P1621
Robey RR, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V41, P172
Schlenck C, 1995, BEHANDLUNG SCHWEREN
SCHLENCK C, 1994, LOGOS INTERDISZIPLIN, V2, P90
Springer L, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V10, P279
Taub E, 1999, J REHABIL RES DEV, V36, P237
WILLMES K, 1985, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V7, P331, DOI 10.1080/01688638508401268
NR 33
TC 31
Z9 31
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD APR
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 4
BP 408
EP 421
DI 10.1080/02687030701415880
PG 14
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 294NI
UT WOS:000255412400004
ER
PT J
AU Cycyk, LM
Wright, HH
AF Cycyk, Lauren M.
Wright, Heather Harris
TI Frontotemporal dementia: Its definition, differential diagnosis, and
management
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
ID PRIMARY PROGRESSIVE APHASIA; ALZHEIMERS-DISEASE; PICKS-DISEASE; SEMANTIC
DEMENTIA; FRONTAL VARIANT; DEGENERATION; INTERVENTIONS; SYMPTOMS;
FEATURES; BEHAVIOR
AB Background: Frontotemporal dementia (FTD) is defined as primary neurodegeneration of the anterior temporal and/or frontal lobes resulting in a group of associated conditions marked by changes in cognition, language, personality, and social functioning. FTD was previously thought to be a rare disease. However, researchers report that FTD is the third most common form of dementia. Because adults with FTD have deficits in language, cognition, and behaviour, familiarity with FTD subtypes, associated deficits, and currently available management strategies is warranted.
Aims: The aims of this tutorial are (a) to define frontotemporal dementia including behavioural and language characteristics of the three clinically distinct FTD, subtypes (frontotemporal variant, nonfluent progressive aphasia, semantic dementia); (b) to identify similarities and differences between FTD and Alzheimer's dementia; and (c) to discuss management strategies for patients with FTD.
Main Contribution: Different subtypes and presentations of FTD, as well as the neurological, behavioural, and language symptoms that have been consistently identified are reviewed. Behavioural and language symptoms of the two FTD subtypes with primary language disturbances (nonfluent progressive aphasia and semantic dementia) are also reviewed. Patients with FTD are frequently misdiagnosed as presenting with Alzheimer's dementia due to limitations in the literature describing the differing profiles of the two populations. When considering neurological changes, behavioural changes, language and communication behaviours, and disease progression, these patient populations are distinct and easily differentiated. Finally, management strategies are discussed. Although there is no cure for FTD, medical intervention can address some of the associated symptoms, and behavioural techniques may manage the client's environment and prolong communication abilities.
Conclusions: General discussion seeks to differentially diagnose FTD dementia from Alzheimer's dementia as well as to clarify the language and communication symptoms of FTD subtypes. Future research directions are suggested for developing evidenc-ebased direct and indirect management strategies.
C1 [Cycyk, Lauren M.; Wright, Heather Harris] Arizona State Univ, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, Tempe, AZ 85287 USA.
RP Wright, HH (reprint author), Arizona State Univ, Dept Speech & Hearing Sci, POB 870102, Tempe, AZ 85287 USA.
EM Heather.Wright.1@asu.edu
CR American Psychiatric Association, 1994, DIAGN STAT MAN MENT, V4th
American Speech-Language-Hearing Association, 2005, ROL SPEECH LANG PATH
BRUN A, 1994, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V57, P416
Arno PS, 1999, HEALTH AFFAIR, V18, P182, DOI 10.1377/hlthaff.18.2.182
*ASS FRONT DEM, 2006, TESTS US DIAGN FRONT
Bathgate D, 2001, ACTA NEUROL SCAND, V103, P367, DOI 10.1034/j.1600-0404.2001.2000236.x
Bellenir K., 2003, ALZHEIMERS DIS SOURC
Benton AL, 1976, MULTILINGUAL APHASIA
Bharani N, 2005, PSYCHIAT CLIN N AM, V28, P985, DOI 10.1016/j.psc.2005.09.004
BOONE KB, 1990, DEV NEUROPSYCHOL, V6, P215
Bourgeois MS, 2001, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V17, P196
Bozeat S, 2000, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V69, P178, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.69.2.178
Brookshire RH, 2003, INTRO NEUROGENIC COM
Chow TW, 2006, DEMENT GERIATR COGN, V22, P194, DOI 10.1159/000094870
Chow TW, 2002, NEUROLOGIST, V8, P263, DOI 10.1097/00127893-200207000-00006
CUMMINGS JL, 1994, NEUROLOGY, V44, P2308
Della Sala S, 1995, Ann N Y Acad Sci, V769, P161
Diehl J., 2003, DEMENTIA, V2, P151, DOI [10.1177/1471301203002002002, DOI 10.1177/1471301203002002002]
DIEL J, 2002, INT J GERIATR PSYCH, V17, P914
Doody RS, 2001, NEUROLOGY, V56, P1154
Folstein ME, 1975, J PSYCHIATR RES, V12, P196
Frattali C, 2004, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V12, P11
Goldman JS, 2004, NEUROLOGIST, V10, P227, DOI 10.1097/01.nrl.0000138735.48533.26
GRAHAM A, 2005, PSYCHIATRY, V4, P55, DOI 10.1383/psyt.4.1.55.58313
Gregory CA, 1999, NEUROPSY NEUROPSY BE, V12, P128
Greicius MD, 2002, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V72, P691, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.72.6.691
Grossman M, 2001, NEUROLOGY, V56, pS1
Harciarek M, 2005, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V15, P131, DOI 10.1007/s11065-005-7093-4
HENRY ML, 2006, PERSPECTIVES NEUROPH, V16, P21, DOI 10.1044/nnsld16.1.21
Hodges JR, 1999, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V13, P31, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.13.1.31
Hodges JR, 2001, NEUROLOGY, V56, pS6
HODGES JR, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V33, P441, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(94)00127-B
Hodges J R, 1996, J Int Neuropsychol Soc, V2, P511
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kertesz A, 2003, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V9, P710, DOI 10.1017/S1355617703950041
Kinsella K, 2005, POPUL BULL, V60, P3
Laakso MP, 2000, BIOL PSYCHIAT, V47, P1056, DOI 10.1016/S0006-3223(99)00306-6
Levy ML, 1996, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V53, P687
LEZAK MD, 1983, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL A
Litvan I, 1997, NEUROLOGY, V49, P62
LoGiudice D, 2005, INT PSYCHOGERIATR, V17, pS223, DOI 10.1017/S1041610205002048
Mahendra Nidhi, 2001, Seminars in Speech and Language, V22, P291, DOI 10.1055/s-2001-17427
Mattis S., 1976, GERIATRIC PSYCHIAT, P77
McKenna P., 1983, GRADED NAMING TEST
McKhann GM, 2001, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V58, P1803, DOI 10.1001/archneur.58.11.1803
Mendez MF, 2005, DEMENT GERIATR COGN, V20, P99, DOI 10.1159/000086474
MENDEZ MF, 1993, NEUROLOGY, V43, P289
Mesulam MM, 2001, ANN NEUROL, V49, P425, DOI 10.1002/ana.91
Mesulam MM, 2003, ANN NEUROL, V54, pS11, DOI 10.1002/ana.10569
MILLER BL, 1995, DEMENTIA, V6, P195, DOI 10.1159/000106946
Miller BL, 1999, DEMENT GERIATR COGN, V10, P71, DOI 10.1159/000051217
Neary D, 1998, NEUROLOGY, V51, P1546
NELSON HE, 1976, CORTEX, V12, P313
Pachana N A, 1996, J Int Neuropsychol Soc, V2, P505
Pasquier F, 2005, CURR OPIN PSYCHIATR, V18, P628, DOI 10.1097/01.yco.0000185988.05741.2a
Patterson TL, 2003, CURR OPIN PSYCHIATR, V16, P629, DOI 10.1097/01.yco.0000097645.75497.9b
Perry RJ, 2000, NEUROLOGY, V54, P2277
Rahman S, 1999, BRAIN, V122, P1469, DOI 10.1093/brain/122.8.1469
Rascovsky K, 2002, NEUROLOGY, V58, P1801
RIPICH D, 2004, ASHA LEADER, V14, P4
RIPICH D, 1993, COMMUNICATION DISORD
RIPICH DN, 1995, DEMENTIA COMMUNICATI, P188
Roberson ED, 2005, NEUROLOGY, V65, P719, DOI 10.1212/01.wnl.0000173837.82820.9f
Robertson I H, 1996, J Int Neuropsychol Soc, V2, P525
Robinson KM, 2001, NEUROLOGY, V56, pS56
Shinagawa S, 2006, DEMENT GERIATR COGN, V21, P74, DOI 10.1159/000090139
SOHLBERG KM, 2001, COGNITIVE REHABILITA
Tailby R, 2003, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V41, P1230, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(03)00036-8
Thalmann B., 1997, CERAD CONSORTIUM EST
Trenerry M.R., 1989, STROOP NEUROPSYCHOLO
Trojanowski JQ, 2001, J NEUROPATH EXP NEUR, V60, P1123
Warrington E., 1984, RECOGNITION MEMORY T
Wechsler D, 1974, WECHSLER INTELLIGENC
Wechsler D., 1981, WESCHLER ADULT INTEL
Wechsler D., 1987, WESCHLER MEMORY SCAL
Yeaworth RC, 2000, ARCH PSYCHIAT NURS, V14, P249, DOI 10.1053/apnu.2000.9816
NR 77
TC 2
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD APR
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 4
BP 422
EP 444
DI 10.1080/02687030701394598
PG 23
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 294NI
UT WOS:000255412400005
ER
PT J
AU Munoz, ML
Marquardt, TP
AF Munoz, Maria L.
Marquardt, Thomas P.
TI The performance of neurologically normal bilingual speakers of Spanish
and English on the short version of the Bilingual Aphasia Test
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
ID AREA
AB Background: The assessment of aphasia in bilingual speakers is complicated by the need to measure language impairment in each language, as well as defining how one language recovers in relation to another. The Bilingual Aphasia Test (BAT) is a criterion-referenced measure designed to provide the requisite data needed to measure the impairment of bilingual speakers with aphasia while minimising the effects of pre-morbid differences in language skill.
Aims: The purpose of this study was to examine the performance of neurologically normal adult bilingual speakers on the short version of the BAT (English and American Spanish).
Methods & Procedures: A total of 22 adults ranging in age from 51 to 77 completed the BAT as well as a series of measures of language history, proficiency, and use. Outcomes & Results: Results indicated that the group scored higher in English than in Spanish on the BAT. BAT performance was consistent with higher proficiency in English than Spanish, as indicated by responses to language background measures. An item analysis identified 54 items with a correct response rate less than 70 %; the majority of these items were from the Spanish version and the translation subtest of the BAT.
Conclusions: Performance on the Spanish BAT was influenced by academic experience in Spanish, and the influence of English on Spanish. Interpretation of BAT results for bilingual speakers with aphasia requires accounting for pre-morbid differences in language skill.
C1 [Munoz, Maria L.] Univ Tennessee, Dept Speech Pathol & Audiol, Knoxville, TN 37996 USA.
[Marquardt, Thomas P.] Univ Texas Austin, Austin, TX 78712 USA.
RP Munoz, ML (reprint author), Univ Tennessee, Dept Speech Pathol & Audiol, 578 S Stadium Hall, Knoxville, TN 37996 USA.
EM mmunoz2@utk.edu
CR Ardila A, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P131, DOI 10.1080/02687039808250468
BATES E, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V32, P19, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90116-7
BROOKSHIRE RH, 1988, CONTEMP PSYCHOL, V33, P607
DRONKERS N, 1995, ASPECTS BILINGUAL AP, P57
DUSSIAS, 2001, ONE MIND 2 LANGUAGES, P159
Fabbro F, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P138, DOI 10.1080/02687039808250470
Fabbro F, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V79, P201, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2480
Fabbro F., 1999, NEUROLINGUISTICS BIL
Fabbro F, 1995, ASPECTS BILINGUAL AP, P139
GLEASON JB, 2001, DEV LANGUAGE
Goldstein B, 2000, CULTURAL LINGUISTIC
GOMEZTORTOSA E, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V48, P320, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1014
GROSJEAN F, 1984, LIFE 2 LANGUAGES
Grosjean F., 1998, BILING-LANG COGN, V1, P131, DOI DOI 10.1017/S136672899800025X
Hidalgo M., 1995, INT J SOCIOL LANG, V114, P29
HUIE NE, 1991, STUDIES 2 LANGUAGE A, V13, P411, DOI 10.1017/S0272263100010135
JUNCOSRABADAN O, 1994, J NEUROLINGUIST, V8, P67, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(94)90008-6
JUNQUE C, 1995, ASPECT BILINGUAL APH
Kohnert KJ, 1999, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V42, P1400
Lalor E, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P1047
Manuel-Dupont S., 1992, HDB NEUROPSYCHOLOGIC, P193
MUNOZ ML, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P1115
Munoz ML, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V66, P249, DOI 10.1006/brln.1998.2021
NILIPOUR R, 1995, ASPECTS BILINGUAL AP, P123
Paradis M., 1988, J NEUROLINGUIST, V3, P127, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(88)90012-7
Paradis M., 1987, ASSESSMENT BILINGUAL
Restrepo M. A., 2000, LANG SPEECH HEAR SER, V31, P88
Roberts PM, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P141, DOI 10.1080/02687039808250471
Roberts PM, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P119, DOI 10.1080/02687039808250467
SMITH MAS, 1994, BILINGUALISM LIFESPA, P185
Taylor O. L., 1983, TOP LANG DISORD, V3, P8
NR 31
TC 10
Z9 10
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD JAN
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 1
BP 3
EP 19
DI 10.1080/02687030600670742
PG 17
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 249SR
UT WOS:000252250500001
ER
PT J
AU Rose, M
Douglas, J
AF Rose, Miranda
Douglas, Jacinta
TI Treating a semantic word production deficit in aphasia with verbal and
gesture methods
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
ID NAMING DISORDERS; FLUENT APHASIA; LIMB APRAXIA; RETRIEVAL; THERAPY;
COMPLEXITY; SPEECH
AB Background: Anomia is a common and pervasive word production deficit following stroke. One type of word production deficit concerns primary impairment at the lexical-semantic level. Overall, there is a lack of published studies reporting the effects of therapy for specific semantic-level impairments (Nickels, 2002), and the results from the few existing studies focusing on verbal treatments have varied considerably. Arm and hand gestures have also been suggested as a possible treatment method/modality for word production impairments (Rao, 2001; Rose, Douglas, & Matyas, 2002; Skelly, Schinsky, Smith, & Fust, 1974). Multi-modality treatments have been promoted as being more efficacious than single-modality treatments in the field of speech language pathology, but there is minimal empirical evidence to support this proposal. Overall, speech-language pathologists have little evidence on which to base their choice of gesture or verbal treatment methods.
Aims: This study aimed to investigate the relative efficacy of gesture, verbal, and combined verbal plus gesture treatments for an individual with chronic, mild, aphasic word production difficulties arising from lexical-semantic impairment. Methods & Procedures: JB, a 51-year-old female, participated in the study. JB sustained a singe, left, discrete peri-sylvian infarction 40 months prior to the study, which resulted in a mild category-specific anomic aphasia. JB participated in a controlled multiple-baseline single-case experiment comparing the efficacy of the three treatments in the context of carefully balanced sets of words selected from the categories of tools, animals, and musical instruments.
Outcomes & Results: Large, statistically significant, and clinically relevant treatment effects were found for all three treatment conditions and there were no significant differences between conditions. Improvements made in word production were maintained at both the 1-month and 3-month follow-up assessments. Generalisation of enhanced word production was found for untrained exemplars of trained items, and for some untrained items, as well as to use in procedural discourse tasks.
Conclusions: The results support the potency of a semantic feature analysis type treatment for lexical-semantic impairment. However, the results caution clinicians to question the superiority of combined gesture and verbal treatments for semantic-level word production impairments. Consistent with our previous work (Rose & Douglas, 2001, 2002, in press), it is suggested that the underlying treatment strategy, in this case knowledge about object shape and function, was a more potent factor in treatment outcome than the modality (gesture versus verbal) in which the strategy was presented.
C1 [Rose, Miranda; Douglas, Jacinta] La Trobe Univ, Bundoora, Vic 3083, Australia.
RP Rose, M (reprint author), La Trobe Univ, Sch Human Commun Sci, Melbourne, Vic 3086, Australia.
EM M.Rose@latrobe.edu.au
RI Douglas, Jacinta/C-2380-2009
CR Anderson John Robert, 1990, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL IT
Boyle M, 2004, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V13, P236, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2004/025)
Boyle M., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P135
Brickenkamp R., 1981, TEST D2 CONCENTRATIO
Bryden M, 1982, LATERALITY FUNCTIONA, P157
Busk P., 1992, SINGLE CASE RES DESI, P197
CODE C, 1986, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V21, P11
Coelho CA, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P133
COLTHEART M, 1981, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V33, P497
Dabul B. L., 1979, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL
De Ruiter J. P., 2000, LANGUAGE GESTURE, P284, DOI DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511620850.018
Doesborgh SJC, 2004, STROKE, V35, P141, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000105460.52928.A6
Drew RL, 1999, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V42, P972
Goodglass H., 1997, ANOMIA NEUROANATOMIC
Gorman B. S., 1996, DESIGN ANAL SINGLE C, P159
Hadar U, 1997, SEMIOTICA, V115, P147, DOI 10.1515/semi.1997.115.1-2.147
Helm-Estabrooks N., 1992, TEST ORAL LIMB APRAX
HILLIS A, 1990, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P19
Hillis A. E., 1994, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P207
Hoodin R., 1983, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P62
HOWARD D, 1985, BRAIN, V108, P817
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
JONES E, 1989, YEAR LIFE EVJ PC
Kearns K., 1982, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P183
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Kiran S, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P608, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/048)
Kucera H., 1982, FREQUENCY ANAL ENGLI
LEVELT W, 1989, SPEAKING INTENTION A
MARSHALL J, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P167, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249068
Matyas TA, 1996, DESIGN ANAL SINGLE C, P215
McReynolds L. V., 1983, SINGLE SUBJECT EXPT
Nickels L, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P109, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248401
Nickels L, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P935, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000563
RAMSBERGER G, 1989, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P395
RAO P, 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P688
Rapp B, 2000, PSYCHOL REV, V107, P460, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.107.3.460
Raven J. C., 1995, COLOURED PROGR MATRI
RAYMER AM, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P285
Robey RR, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P445
Rose M, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P453, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000157
Rose M, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1001, DOI 10.1080/02687030143000825
Rose M., 2006, ADV SPEECH LANGUAGE, V8, P92, DOI 10.1080/14417040600657948
Rose M, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P977
ROSE M, IN PRESS APHASIOLOGY
Schneider SL, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P297, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248414
SKELLY M, 1974, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V39, P445
SNODGRASS JG, 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V6, P174, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.6.2.174
THORNDIKE E, 1944, TEACHERS WORKBOOD 30
NR 48
TC 14
Z9 15
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD JAN
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 1
BP 20
EP 41
DI 10.1080/02687030600742020
PG 22
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 249SR
UT WOS:000252250500002
ER
PT J
AU Tompkins, CA
Scharp, VL
Fassbinder, W
Meigh, KM
Armstrong, EM
AF Tompkins, Connie A.
Scharp, Victoria L.
Fassbinder, Wiltrud
Meigh, Kimberly M.
Armstrong, Elizabeth M.
TI A different story on "Theory of Mind" deficit in adults with right
hemisphere brain damage
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
ID NORMALLY AGING ADULTS; NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL EVIDENCE; LOBE CONTRIBUTIONS;
WORKING-MEMORY; FALSE-BELIEF; LANGUAGE; DISCOURSE; COMPREHENSION;
INTENTIONS; MECHANISMS
AB Background: Difficulties in social cognition and interaction can characterise adults with unilateral right hemisphere brain damage (RHD). Some pertinent evidence involves their apparently poor reasoning from a "Theory of Mind" perspective, which requires a capacity to attribute thoughts, beliefs, and intentions in order to understand other people's behaviour. Theory of Mind is typically assessed with tasks that induce conflicting mental representations. Prior research with a commonly used text task reported that adults with RHD were less accurate in drawing causal inferences about mental states than at making non-mental-state causal inferences from control texts. However, the Theory of Mind and control texts differed in the number and nature of competing discourse entity representations. This stimulus discrepancy, together with the explicit measure of causal inferencing, likely put the adults with RHD at a disadvantage on the Theory of Mind texts.
Aims: This study revisited the question of Theory of Mind deficit in adults with RHD. The aforementioned Theory of Mind texts were used but new control texts were written to address stimulus discrepancies, and causal inferencing was assessed relatively implicitly. Adults with RHD were hypothesised not to display a Theory of Mind deficit under these conditions.
Methods & Procedures: The participants were 22 adults with unilateral RHD from cerebrovascular accident, and 38 adults without brain damage. Participants listened to spoken texts that targeted either mental-state or non-mental-state causal inferences. Each text was followed by spoken True/False probe sentences, to gauge target inference comprehension. Both accuracy and RT data were recorded. Data were analysed with mixed, two-way Analyses of Variance (Group by Text Type).
Outcomes & Results: There was a main effect of Text Type in both accuracy and RT analyses, with a performance advantage for the Theory of Mind/mental-state inference stimuli. The control group was faster at responding, and primed more for the target inferences, than the RHD group. The overall advantage for Theory of Mind texts was traceable to one highly conventional inference: someone tells a white lie to be polite. Particularly poor performance in mental-state causal inferencing was not related to neglect or lesion site for the group with RHD.
Conclusions: With appropriate stimulus controls and a relatively implicit measure of causal inferencing, this study found no "Theory of Mind" deficit for adults with RHD. The utility of the "Theory of Mind" construct is questioned. A better understanding of the social communication difficulties of adults with RHD will enhance clinical management in the future.
C1 [Tompkins, Connie A.; Scharp, Victoria L.; Fassbinder, Wiltrud; Meigh, Kimberly M.] Univ Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, PA 15260 USA.
[Armstrong, Elizabeth M.] Macquarie Univ, Sydney, NSW 2109, Australia.
RP Tompkins, CA (reprint author), Univ Pittsburgh, 4033 Forbes Tower, Pittsburgh, PA 15260 USA.
EM Tompkins@pitt.edu
CR Adolphs R, 2000, J NEUROSCI, V20, P2683
Apperly IA, 2004, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V16, P1773, DOI 10.1162/0898929042947928
Apperly IA, 2005, TRENDS COGN SCI, V9, P572, DOI 10.1016/j.tics.2005.10.004
Armstrong E, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P1029, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000375
ARMSTRONG EM, 1991, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V5, P39, DOI 10.3109/02699209108985501
Baum SR, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P581
BAYLER KA, 1993, ARIZONA BATTERY COMM
BENTON AL, 1983, VISUAL FORM DISCRIMI
BENTON AL, 1983, JUDGEMENT ORIENTATIO
Brownell H., 2000, UNDERSTANDING OTHER, P306
Brownell H, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V57, P60, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1834
Brownell H, 1998, RIGHT HEMISPHERE LANGUAGE COMPREHENSION, P309
Brune M, 2005, SCHIZOPHR RES, V75, P233, DOI 10.1016/j.schres.2004.11.006
Cohen J., 1988, STAT POWER ANAL BEHA, V2nd
den Ouden HEM, 2005, NEUROIMAGE, V28, P787, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2005.05.001
Dunn L. M., 1991, PEABODY PICTURE VOCA
Ferstl EC, 2002, NEUROIMAGE, V17, P1599, DOI 10.1006/nimg.2002.1247
FLETCHER PC, 1995, COGNITION, V57, P109, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(95)00692-R
FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6
Gallagher HL, 2003, TRENDS COGN SCI, V7, P77, DOI 10.1016/S1364-6613(02)00025-6
Halliday Michael, 1976, COHESION ENGLISH
Happe F, 2001, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V39, P83, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(00)00093-2
Happe F, 1999, COGNITION, V70, P211, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(99)00005-0
HAPPE FGE, 1994, J AUTISM DEV DISORD, V24, P129, DOI 10.1007/BF02172093
HARFORD ER, 1982, EAR HEARING, V3, P105, DOI 10.1097/00003446-198205000-00002
Harris LT, 2005, NEUROIMAGE, V28, P763, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2005.05.021
Hillis A., 2002, HDB ADULT LANGUAGE D, P429
Keysar B, 2003, COGNITION, V89, P25, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(03)00064-7
Leslie AM, 2004, TRENDS COGN SCI, V8, P528, DOI 10.1016/j.tics.2004.10.001
Myers P. S., 1999, RIGHT HEMISPHERE DAM
Pell MD, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V96, P221, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.04.007
Russell J, 2005, TRENDS COGN SCI, V9, P307, DOI 10.1016/j.tics.2005.05.002
Rutherford MD, 2004, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V95, P91, DOI 10.1348/000712604322779488
Sabbagh MA, 2006, PSYCHOL SCI, V17, P74, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9280.2005.01667.x
Sabbagh MA, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V70, P29, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2139
Sabbagh MA, 2004, BRAIN COGNITION, V55, P209, DOI 10.1016/j.banc.2003.04.002
Schneider W., 2002, E PRIME USERS GUIDE
Shamdasani S, 2005, HIST HUM SCI, V18, P1, DOI 10.1177/0952695105051123
Siegal M, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V53, P40, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0035
Snowden JS, 2003, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V41, P688, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(02)00221-X
Stone VE, 1998, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V10, P640, DOI 10.1162/089892998562942
Stuss DT, 2001, BRAIN, V124, P279, DOI 10.1093/brain/124.2.279
Tager-Flusberg H, 2000, COGNITION, V76, P59, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(00)00069-X
Tchanturia K, 2004, EUR EAT DISORD REV, V12, P361, DOI 10.1002/erv.608
Tompkins C. A., 1998, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V5, P29
TOMPKINS CA, 1992, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V35, P626
Tompkins CA, 1998, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V7, P68
TOMPKINS CA, 1994, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V37, P896
TRABASSO T, 1993, DISCOURSE PROCESS, V16, P3
Wilson B. A., 1987, BEHAV INATTENTION TE
WIMMER H, 1983, COGNITION, V13, P103, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(83)90004-5
Winner E, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V62, P89, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1889
WU M, IN PRESS HUMAN BRAIN
Zaitchik D, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V20, P11, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.20.1.11
NR 54
TC 8
Z9 8
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD JAN
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 1
BP 42
EP 61
DI 10.1080/02687030600830999
PG 20
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 249SR
UT WOS:000252250500003
ER
PT J
AU Baron, R
Hanley, JR
Dell, GS
Kay, J
AF Baron, Rachel
Hanley, J. Richard
Dell, Gary S.
Kay, Janice
TI Testing single- and dual-route computational models of auditory
repetition with new data from six aphasic patients
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
ID LEXICAL ACCESS; ERRORS
AB Background: Both single-route and dual-route models of spoken word production have been proposed to account for auditory repetition performance in aphasic patients.
Aims: We examined the extent to which Foygel and Dell's (2000) single-route model and Hanley, Dell, Kay, and Baron's (2004) dual-route model could successfully predict the repetition performance of six aphasic patients who made errors in picture naming and auditory repetition.
Methods & Procedures: The six aphasic patients were tested on a variety of linguistic tasks. The models used performance on naming and nonword repetition tasks to predict real-word repetition scores.
Outcome & Results: All six patients performed reasonably well at nonword repetition, but showed no evidence of using a non-lexical route when repeating real words. The repetition performance of all six patients was therefore better simulated by the single-route model than the dual-route model.
Conclusion: Although the dual-route model successfully predicted the real-word repetition performance of the two patients reported by Hanley et al. (2004), it overestimated the performance of the six patients reported here. If the dual-route model is correct, then only a minority of patients appear to benefit from using the non-lexical route when repeating real words.
C1 [Hanley, J. Richard] Univ Essex, Dept Psychol, Colchester CO4 3SQ, Essex, England.
[Baron, Rachel; Kay, Janice] Univ Exeter, Exeter EX4 4QJ, Devon, England.
[Dell, Gary S.] Univ Illinois, Urbana, IL 61801 USA.
RP Hanley, JR (reprint author), Univ Essex, Dept Psychol, Wovenhoe Pk, Colchester CO4 3SQ, Essex, England.
EM rhanley@essex.ac.uk
RI baron, rachel/B-5409-2009; Hanley, John/C-5547-2009
CR Coltheart M, 2001, PSYCHOL REV, V108, P204, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.108.1.204
Dell GS, 2004, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P125, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000320
DELL GS, 1986, PSYCHOL REV, V93, P283, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.93.3.283
Dell GS, 1997, PSYCHOL REV, V104, P801, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.104.4.801
Foygel D, 2000, J MEM LANG, V43, P182, DOI 10.1006/jmla.2000.2716
Hanley JR, 2002, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V19, P193, DOI 10.1080/02643290143000132
Hanley JR, 2004, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P147, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000339
HILLIS AE, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V40, P106, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90119-L
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
Morrison CM, 1997, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V50, P528
Nickels L., 1997, SPOKEN WORD PRODUCTI
Patterson K. E., 1987, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH
NR 13
TC 8
Z9 9
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD JAN
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 1
BP 62
EP 76
DI 10.1080/02687030600927092
PG 15
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 249SR
UT WOS:000252250500004
ER
PT J
AU Brendel, B
Ziegler, W
AF Brendel, Bettina
Ziegler, Wolfram
TI Effectiveness of metrical pacing in the treatment of apraxia of speech
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
ID MELODIC INTONATION THERAPY; PARKINSONS-DISEASE; ATTENTIONAL FOCUS;
EXTERNAL FOCUS; APHASIA; RHYTHM; FACILITATION; STIMULATION; ACCURACY;
TASK
AB Background: One class of methods used in the treatment of apraxia of speech is based on rhythmic stimulation. Controlled trials investigating the effectiveness of these methods are still rare.
Aims: To examine the effectiveness of a new treatment of apraxia of speech based on a metrical pacing technique (MPT) with acoustic stimulation.
Methods & Procedures: MPT was applied to 10 patients with apraxia of speech. Conventional, non-rhythmic therapeutic techniques were used as a control treatment (cross-over design). Therapeutic effects were measured by variables describing speech rate, fluency, and segmental accuracy of sentence production. Corrections for spontaneous recovery were based on estimates inferred from a baseline period. Group statistics and multiple single case statistics were performed.
Outcomes & Results: The complete intervention (MPT plus control treatment) yielded significant improvements in speech rate, fluency, and segmental accuracy. Regarding rate and fluency, MPT was superior to the control treatment. Regarding segmental accuracy, both treatments yielded comparable benefits.
Conclusions: In a sample of 10 patients apraxia of speech could be modulated by behavioural treatment methods. The Metrical Pacing Therapy yielded specific improvements of rate and fluency, but also of segmental accuracy, which exceeded the effects of spontaneous recovery.
C1 [Brendel, Bettina; Ziegler, Wolfram] City Hosp Bogenhausen, Munich, Germany.
[Brendel, Bettina] Univ Tubingen, D-72074 Tubingen, Germany.
RP Ziegler, W (reprint author), EKN Clin Neuropsychol Res Grp, Dachauer Str 164, D-80992 Munich, Germany.
EM Wolfram.ziegler@extern.lrz-muenchen.de
CR Aichert I, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V88, P148, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00296-7
ALBERT ML, 1973, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V29, P130
Bhogal SK, 2003, STROKE, V34, P987, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000062343.64383.D0
Boucher V, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P131, DOI 10.1080/02687040042000098
Brendel B., 2003, HIERARCHISCHE WORTLI
BRENDEL B, 2003, VERFAHREN RHYTHMISCH
Code C, 1998, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V12, P47, DOI 10.3109/02699209808985212
Deger K, 2002, J PHONETICS, V30, P321, DOI 10.1006/jpho.2001.0163
Dronkers NF, 1996, NATURE, V384, P159, DOI 10.1038/384159a0
DWORKIN JP, 1988, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V53, P280
Guenther FH, 1998, PSYCHOL REV, V105, P611
Hillis AE, 2004, BRAIN, V127, P1479, DOI 10.1093/brain/awh172
HUBER W, 1983, AACHENER APASIE TEST
Hurt CP, 1998, J MUSIC THER, V35, P228
JAEGER M, 1993, NEUROLINGUISTIK, V7, P31
Levelt WJM, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P1
MANGOLD M, 2001, UNTERSUCHUNG KOMMUNI
McIntosh GC, 1997, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V62, P22, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.62.1.22
McNeil MR, 2004, SPEECH MOTOR CONTROL, P389
MERK M, 1999, PATHOLOGIES SPEECH L, P315
NAGASAKI H, 1990, HUM MOVEMENT SCI, V9, P177, DOI 10.1016/0167-9457(90)90026-A
Ozimek A, 2004, J NEUROL, V251, P963, DOI 10.1007/s00415-004-0472-6
Richter S, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V92, P153, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.06.015
Richter S, 2004, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V42, P1235, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2004.01.006
Rochester L, 2005, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V86, P999, DOI 10.1016/j.apmr.2004.10.040
Rosenbek JC, 1985, CLIN MANAGEMENT NEUR
RUBOW RT, 1982, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V63, P150
Sakai K, 2004, TRENDS COGN SCI, V8, P547, DOI 10.1016/j.tics.2004.10.005
SCHIFF HB, 1983, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V40, P720
SHANE HC, 1978, CORTEX, V14, P444
SHEL K, 1997, EMS THERAPIEBOX WIED
SPARKS RW, 1976, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V41, P287
Square P., 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P847
Square-Storer P., 1989, ACQUIRED APRAXIA SPE
STOCKER D, 2002, STRUKTURIERTES INTER
Thaut MH, 2002, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V40, P1073, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(01)00141-5
Thaut MH, 1999, IEEE ENG MED BIOL, V18, P101, DOI 10.1109/51.752991
Thaut MH, 1997, J NEUROL SCI, V151, P207, DOI 10.1016/S0022-510X(97)00146-9
VIVIANI P, 1991, DEV TIMING CONTROL T, P1
Wambaugh J. L., 1996, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V24, P97
Wambaugh JL, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P851
Wambaugh JL, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V41, P725
Wambaugh Julie L., 2002, Seminars in Speech and Language, V23, P293, DOI 10.1055/s-2002-35802
Wertz RT, 1984, APRAXIA SPEECH ADULT
WEST C, 2005, COCHRANE DATABASE SY, V4
WILLBOLD B, 1984, SPRACHE-STIMME-GEHOR, V8, P24
Wulf G, 2004, J MOTOR BEHAV, V36, P189, DOI 10.3200/JMBR.36.2.189-199
Wulf G, 2001, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V54, P1143, DOI 10.1080/02724980143000118
Wulf G, 1998, J MOTOR BEHAV, V30, P169, DOI 10.1080/00222899809601334
Wulf G, 2003, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V56, P1191, DOI 10.1080/02724980343000062
Zachry T, 2005, BRAIN RES BULL, V67, P304, DOI 10.1016/j.brainresbull.2005.06.035
Ziegler W, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V80, P556, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2614
ZIEGLER W, IN PRESS HDB CLIN NE
ZIEGLER W, 1993, MAT SPRECHAPRAXIE TH
ZIEGLER W, 1993, NEUROLINGUISTIK, V7, P17
ZIEGLER W, 1986, EUR ARCH PSY CLIN N, V236, P44, DOI 10.1007/BF00641058
Ziegler Wolfram, 2002, Seminars in Speech and Language, V23, P231, DOI 10.1055/s-2002-35798
Ziegler W, 2005, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V22, P603, DOI 10.1080/02643290442000211
ZIEGLER W, 1994, P 3 C INT CLIN PHON, P207
NR 59
TC 19
Z9 20
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD JAN
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 1
BP 77
EP 102
DI 10.1080/02687030600965464
PG 26
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 249SR
UT WOS:000252250500005
ER
PT J
AU Dotson, VM
Singletary, F
Fuller, R
Koehler, S
Moore, AB
Rothi, LJG
Crosson, B
AF Dotson, Vonetta M.
Singletary, Floris
Fuller, Renee
Koehler, Shirley
Moore, Anna Bacon
Rothi, Leslie J. Gonzalez
Crosson, Bruce
TI Treatment of word-finding deficits in fluent aphasia through the
manipulation of spatial attention: Preliminary findings
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
ID INDIVIDUALS
AB Background: Attention, the processing of one source of information to the exclusion of others, is important for most cognitive processes, including language. Evidence suggests not only that dysfunctional attention mechanisms contribute to language deficits after stroke, but also that orienting attention to a patient's ipsilesional hemispace recruits attention mechanisms in the intact hemisphere and improves language functions in some persons with aphasia.
Aims: The aim of the current research was to offer proof of concept for the strategy of improving picture-naming performance in fluent aphasia by moving stimuli into the left hemispace. It was hypothesised that repeated orientation of attention to the ipsilesional hemispace during picture naming would lead to improved naming accuracy for participants with fluent aphasia.
Methods & Procedures: Three participants with stable fluent aphasia received daily treatment sessions that consisted of naming simple line drawings presented 45 degrees to the left of body midline on a computer monitor. Naming probes were administered before initiation of the treatment protocol to establish a baseline, and before each treatment session to measure change during treatment. The C statistic was used to establish the stability of baseline performance and to determine whether the slope of the treatment phases differed significantly from the slope of the baseline.
Outcomes & Results: Two of the three participants showed significant improvement over baseline performance in the percent correct of naming probes. One participant showed no improvement over baseline accuracy.
Conclusions: Results suggest that engaging right-hemisphere attention mechanisms may improve naming accuracy in some people with fluent aphasia. Findings justify further investigation of this treatment in a larger controlled study.
C1 [Dotson, Vonetta M.; Rothi, Leslie J. Gonzalez] Univ Florida, Coll Hlth Profess, Gainesville, FL USA.
[Singletary, Floris] Brooks Ctr Rehabil Studies, Jacksonville, FL USA.
[Koehler, Shirley] Brooks Rehabil Hosp, Jacksonville, FL USA.
[Moore, Anna Bacon] Emory Univ, Sch Med, Atlanta, GA USA.
[Moore, Anna Bacon] VA Med Ctr, Atlanta, GA USA.
[Fuller, Renee] Univ Florida, Coll Med, Malcolm Randall VA Med Ctr, Gainesville, FL USA.
[Rothi, Leslie J. Gonzalez; Crosson, Bruce] Univ Florida, McKnight Brain Inst, Gainesville, FL USA.
[Crosson, Bruce] Univ Florida, Coll Publ Hlth & Hlth Profess, Malcolm Randall VA Med Ctr, Gainesville, FL USA.
RP Crosson, B (reprint author), VAMC, Brain Rehabil Res Ctr 151A, 1601 SW Archer Rd, Gainesville, FL 32608 USA.
EM bcrosson@phhp.ufl.edu
RI Crosson, Bruce/L-3128-2013
CR Alexander MP, 2003, BEHAV NEUROLOGY NEUR, P147
Anastas J., 1999, RES DESIGN SOCIAL WO
Anderson B, 1996, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V60, P349, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.60.3.349-a
Coslett HB, 1999, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V37, P695, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(98)00116-X
Crosson B, 2005, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V17, P392, DOI 10.1162/0898929053279487
Erickson RJ, 1996, BRAIN COGNITION, V30, P244, DOI 10.1006/brcg.1996.0016
Francis WN, 1982, FREQUENCY ANAL ENGLI
Fuster J. M., 2003, CORTEX MIND UNIFYING
Heilman K. M., 2003, CLIN NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, P296
Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST
KERTESZ MD, 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
LAPOINTE LL, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P514
McNeil MR, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V71, P154, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2238
MCREYNOLDS LV, 1983, SINGLE PARTICIPATION
Murray LL, 1997, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V40, P792
PETRY MC, 1994, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V32, P1397, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(94)00072-7
RICHARDS KS, 2002, REH RES 21 CENT NEW
SHUREN JE, 1995, NEUROLOGY, V45, P376
TRYON WW, 1982, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V15, P423, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1982.15-423
NR 19
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PD JAN
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 1
BP 103
EP 113
DI 10.1080/02687030600990983
PG 11
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 249SR
UT WOS:000252250500006
ER
PT J
AU Tompkins, CA
Fassbinder, W
Scharp, VL
Meigh, KM
AF Tompkins, Connie A.
Fassbinder, Wiltrud
Scharp, Victoria L.
Meigh, Kimberly M.
TI Activation and maintenance of peripheral semantic features of
unambiguous words after right hemisphere brain damage in adults
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
ID LEXICAL AMBIGUITY RESOLUTION; CEREBRAL HEMISPHERES; TIME-COURSE;
ASSOCIATIVE STRENGTH; WORKING-MEMORY; DECISION TASK; CONTEXT;
COMPREHENSION; MECHANISMS; AGE
AB Background: The right cerebral hemisphere (RH) sustains activation of subordinate, secondary, less common, and/or distantly related meanings of words. Much of the pertinent data come from studies of homonyms, but some evidence also suggests that the RH has a unique maintenance function in relation to unambiguous nouns. In a divided visual field priming study, Atchley, Burgess, and Keeney (1999) reported that only left visual field/RH presentation yielded evidence of continuing activation of peripheral semantic features that were incompatible with the most common image or representation of their corresponding nouns (e. g., rotten for "apple"). Activation for weakly related features that were compatible with the dominant representation ( e. g., crunchy) was sustained over time regardless of the visual field/hemisphere of initial stimulus input. Several studies report that unilateral right hemisphere brain damage (RHD) in adults affects the RH's meaning maintenance function, but this work also has centred on homonyms, and/or more recently metonymic and metaphoric polysemous words.
Aims: The current investigation examined whether RHD deficits in processing secondary and/or distantly related meanings of words, typically observed in studies of homonyms, would extend to peripheral, weakly related semantic features of unambiguous nouns.
Methods & Procedures: Participants were 28 adults with unilateral RHD from cerebrovascular accident, and 38 adults without brain damage. Participants listened to spoken sentences that ended with an unambiguous noun. Each sentence was followed by a spoken target phoneme string. Targets included peripheral semantic features of the sentence-final noun that were either compatible or incompatible with the dominant mental images of the noun, and were presented at two intervals after that noun. A lexical decision task was used to gauge both the early activation and maintenance of activation for these weakly related semantic features.
Outcomes & Results: Accuracy data demonstrated activation (priming) for both types of peripheral features, in both groups, shortly after presentation of the corresponding noun. Neither group evidenced continuing activation for either type of feature at a longer interval. These results are interpreted as reflecting rapid decay/poor maintenance of activation for distantly related features for both groups. The lack of a biasing context, however, did not provide an appropriate test for previously reported suppression deficits after RHD. Fast decay of activation of compatible semantic features was unexpected for the control group. Adults with RHD were less accurate than the control group at both test intervals for the features that are semantically more distant from their associated nouns (Related-incompatible features). Accordingly, it is argued that the RHD group's poor maintenance of activation for these features reflects a deficit, rather than normal performance. The interpretation of results from this study is complicated by the lack of RT priming for either type of semantic feature, and for either participant group.
Conclusions: The right cerebral hemisphere appears to be necessary for activating semantic features that are particularly distantly related to their corresponding lexical items, and for sustaining activation of these features in the absence of a biasing context. Because lexical processing has been linked with discourse comprehension for adults with RHD, more work in this area should enhance clinical management in the future.
C1 [Tompkins, Connie A.; Fassbinder, Wiltrud; Scharp, Victoria L.; Meigh, Kimberly M.] Univ Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, PA 15260 USA.
RP Tompkins, CA (reprint author), Univ Pittsburgh, 4033 Forbes Tower, Pittsburgh, PA 15260 USA.
EM tompkins@pitt.edu
CR Abdullaev YG, 1997, PSYCHOL SCI, V8, P56, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9280.1997.tb00544.x
Atchley RA, 1999, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V13, P389, DOI 10.1037//0894-4105.13.3.389
BECKER CA, 1980, MEM COGNITION, V8, P493, DOI 10.3758/BF03213769
Beeman M, 1998, RIGHT HEMISPHERE LANGUAGE COMPREHENSION, P255
BOLATO DA, 2002, ENGLISH LEXICON PROJ
BURGESS C, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P86, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90056-9
Cabeza R, 2002, PSYCHOL AGING, V17, P85, DOI 10.1037//0882-7974.17.1.85
CANAS JJ, 1990, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V42, P121
Chiarello C, 2003, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V41, P721, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(02)00220-8
Chiarello C, 2003, MIND, BRAIN, AND LANGUAGE: MULTIDISCIPLINARY PERSPECTIVES, P229
Chiarello C, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V20, P88, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.20.1.88
Cohen J., 1988, STAT POWER ANAL BEHA, V2nd
Coney J, 2002, BRAIN COGNITION, V50, P234, DOI 10.1016/S0278-2626(02)00507-9
Coulson S, 2005, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V43, P128, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2004.03.015
Coulson S, 2005, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V17, P494, DOI 10.1162/0898929053279568
Deary IJ, 2005, AGING NEUROPSYCHOL C, V12, P187, DOI 10.1080/138255805990969235
Der G, 2006, PSYCHOL AGING, V21, P62, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.21.1.62
Duncan J, 1996, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V30, P257, DOI 10.1006/cogp.1996.0008
DUNCAN J, 2005, DEV INDIVIDUALITY HU, P87, DOI 10.1037/11108-005
Dunn L. M., 1981, PEABODY PICTURE VOCA
Fassbinder W, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P110, DOI 10.1080/02687030500472397
Fassbinder W, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P1079
Faust M, 1998, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V36, P827, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(98)00042-6
Faust ME, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V53, P234, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0046
Federmeier KD, 1999, COGNITIVE BRAIN RES, V8, P373, DOI 10.1016/S0926-6410(99)00036-1
Folstein MF, 1975, J PSYCHIATR RES, V12, P198
Gernsbacher M. A., 1990, LANGUAGE COMPREHENSI
Goldberg S, 2001, SOIL SCI SOC AM J, V65, P78
GRINDROD CM, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V85, P5003
HARFORD ER, 1982, EAR HEARING, V3, P105, DOI 10.1097/00003446-198205000-00002
HARVEY M, 2004, AGING AFFECTS PERCEP
Hino Y, 1997, CAN J EXP PSYCHOL, V51, P195, DOI 10.1037/1196-1961.51.3.195
HOWARD DV, 1983, EXP AGING RES, V9, P145
Jung-Beeman M, 2005, TRENDS COGN SCI, V9, P512, DOI 10.1016/j.tics.2005.09.009
Klepousniotou E, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V93, P308, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.10.011
Klepousniotou E, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V95, P365, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.03.001
Koivisto M, 1998, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V36, P661, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(97)00147-4
Lehman MT, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P771, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249572
McRae K, 1998, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V24, P558, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.24.3.558
Nelson D. L., 1998, U S FLORIDA WORD ASS
Orbelo DM, 2003, J GERIATR PSYCH NEUR, V16, P44, DOI 10.1177/0891988702250565
RICHARDS L, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V33, P171, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(94)00102-U
Schneider W., 2002, E PRIME USERS GUIDE
SIMPSON GB, 1985, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V11, P28, DOI 10.1037/0096-1523.11.1.28
Spreen O., 1983, VISUAL DISCRIMINATIO
Titone D, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V65, P361, DOI 10.1006/brln.1998.1998
Tompkins CA, 2000, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V43, P62
TOMPKINS CA, 2006, ENCY AGING
TOMPKINS CA, 1994, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V37, P896
Tompkins CA, 2004, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V47, P1380, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2004/103)
Wilson B. A., 1987, BEHAV INATTENTION TE
Wu MJ, 2006, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V27, P747, DOI 10.1002/hbm.20216
Yochim BP, 2005, LATERALITY, V10, P131, DOI 10.1080/13576500342000356
NR 53
TC 10
Z9 10
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 2
BP 119
EP 138
DI 10.1080/02687030601040861
PG 20
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 251FE
UT WOS:000252356200001
ER
PT J
AU Law, SP
Yeung, O
Chiu, KMY
AF Law, Sam-Po
Yeung, Olivia
Chiu, Karen M. Y.
TI Treatment for anomia in Chinese using an ortho-phonological cueing
method
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
ID WORD-FINDING DIFFICULTIES; SEMANTIC FEATURE ANALYSIS; NAMING DISORDERS;
APHASIC PATIENTS; JARGON APHASIA; THERAPY; RETRIEVAL; DEFICITS; ANEMIA;
INTERVENTION
AB Background: Anomia therapies can be broadly categorised into semantically based and word-form based. Comparable treatment outcomes of these different approaches have been reported. Law, Wong, Sung, and Hon (2006a) have recently applied semantic feature analysis (Boyle & Coelho, 1995) on three Chinese anomic speakers and found treatment progress limited to those with relatively mild semantic deficits. Hence the present study explored alternative approaches to manage naming problems. Despite the challenges to the use of cueing that stem from the characteristics of the Chinese script i.e., the lack of mapping between sub-character components and phonemes - an intervention was designed in which participants were trained to associate objects with letters representing the initial consonants of the target names, from which phonological cues were generated to assist in word retrieval.
Aims: This study evaluated the effectiveness of an ortho-phonological therapy for Chinese anomia. Given its function of strengthening semantic and phonological representations, the therapy was predicted to have item-specific treatment effects.
Methods & Procedures: Four Cantonese-speaking anomic individuals participated in the study. Two were hypothesised to have disrupted access from semantics to phonology, whereas the other two suffer additional impairment to semantic processing and phonological output. A multiple baseline design was adopted, consisting of pre-treatment training in which participants learned to generate CV syllables in response to letter cues, then a baseline, one or two treatment phases, and a maintenance phase. A cueing hierarchy was used during therapy, which began with a letter cue, followed by the provision of increasing phonological information if the participant continuously failed to retrieve the target name.
Outcomes & Results: All participants benefited from the intervention and could maintain treatment gains for at least 1 month. Item-specific improvement was observed for two participants, whereas the third patient also made progress on some of the untrained items that shared the same initials as the treated stimuli, and treatment generalisation of the fourth patient further extended to items with initial consonants different from the trained items. Different levels of facility in employing letter - sound correspondence during naming and executive problem-solving skills were argued to have contributed to discrepant treatment outcomes.
Conclusions: The ortho-phonological therapy is a viable option for rehabilitating anomia in Chinese. It has the potential for being a naming strategy that may result in general improvement in word retrieval. Our findings echo the view in recent studies that urges investigation into the role of non-linguistic cognitive abilities in predicting treatment outcomes.
C1 [Law, Sam-Po; Yeung, Olivia] Univ Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
[Chiu, Karen M. Y.] Tung Wah Hosp, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
RP Law, SP (reprint author), Univ Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
EM splaw@hkucc.hku.hk
CR ABBATE MS, 1979, PICTURES PLEASE LANG
Basso A, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V77, P45, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2422
Best W, 1997, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V7, P105
Biedermann B, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1115, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000545
Boyle M, 2004, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V13, P236, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2004/025)
Boyle M., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P94
Brown L., 1997, TEST NONVERBAL INTEL
BYNG S, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P629, DOI 10.1080/02643298808253277
CHAN CYJ, 2001, THESIS U HONG KONG H
Coelho CA, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P133
Conley A, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P203, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000617
Davis A., 1991, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V1, P135, DOI 10.1080/09602019108401387
Drew RL, 1999, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V42, P972
Dunn L M., 1982, BRIT PICTURE VOCABUL
Eales C, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P913, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249459
Fillingham JK, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P597, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000272
Fillingham JK, 2005, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V40, P505, DOI 10.1080/13682820500138572
Grayson E, 1997, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V32, P257
Hickin J, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P981, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000509
Hillis A. E., 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, P449
Hillis AE, 1998, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V4, P648, DOI 10.1017/S135561779846613X
Hinckley JJ, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V79, P3
Holm A, 1996, COGNITION, V59, P119, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(95)00691-5
Hough Monica Strauss, 1993, Journal of Communication Disorders, V26, P101, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(93)90003-S
HOWARD D, 1985, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V2, P49, DOI 10.1080/02643298508252861
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
HOWARD D, 1994, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V346, P113, DOI 10.1098/rstb.1994.0135
Howard D, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P399, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249540
Howard D., 2000, ACQUIRED NEUROGENIC, P76
JIPSON TW, 1987, APHASIA REHABILITATI
Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kay J., 1992, PALPA PSYCHOLINGUIST
Kiran S, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V79, P27
Kromrey JD, 1996, J EXP EDUC, V65, P73
Law SP, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V16, P601, DOI 10.1080/09602010543000046
LAW SP, 2006, SEMANTIC TREATMENT C
Lee TMC, 2002, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V24, P615, DOI 10.1076/jcen.24.5.615.1001
MARSHALL J, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P167, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249068
Miceli G, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P150, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0008
Nettleton J., 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V6, P139, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90004-3
Nickels L, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P109, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248401
Nickels L, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1047, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000618
NICKELS L, 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V9, P155, DOI 10.1080/02643299208252057
PATTERSON KE, 1983, APHASIA THERAPY, P76
RAYMER AM, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P27, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249498
Raymer AM, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1031, DOI 10.1080/026870401430000609
Riddoch M.J., 1993, BIRMINGHAM OBJECT RE
Robson J, 1998, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V4, P675
SERON X, 1979, CORTEX, V15, P149
SNODGRASS JG, 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V6, P174, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.6.2.174
WEIGELCRUMP C, 1973, CORTEX, V9, P411
NR 51
TC 5
Z9 5
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 2
BP 139
EP 163
DI 10.1080/02687030701191358
PG 25
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 251FE
UT WOS:000252356200002
ER
PT J
AU Panton, A
Marshall, J
AF Panton, Anna
Marshall, Jane
TI Improving spelling and everyday writing after a CVA: A single-case
therapy study
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
ID GRAPHEMIC BUFFER DISORDER; ACQUIRED DYSGRAPHIA; SURFACE DYSGRAPHIA;
REMEDIATION; APHASIA; REPRESENTATIONS; DEFICITS; WRITTEN
AB Background: Recent years have seen a growing number of dysgraphia therapy studies informed by models of the normal writing mechanism ( see Beeson & Rapcsak, 2002, for review). Although outcomes from these studies have been encouraging, measures are often confined to clinical tests, leaving it unclear whether everyday writing activities have benefited. This study similarly applied a processing model but was driven from the outset by the everyday writing goal of the aphasic participant.
Aims: The study aimed to explore whether therapy could improve the note-taking abilities of an aphasic individual. Evaluations aimed to determine whether gains reflected improvements to the writing mechanism and/or the application of writing strategies.
Methods & Procedures: This is a single-case therapy study of "Ray", an individual with chronic aphasia and dysgraphia. Ray's priority for therapy was writing, with the goal of improving his note-taking abilities for work. Ray's dysgraphia seemed due to a buffer-level impairment, with length effects and errors of letter deletion, addition, transposition, and substitution. Therapy involved spelling practice and work on writing strategies. The outcome measures showed improvements both in note taking and in writing to dictation.
Conclusions: The results suggested that therapy reduced the effects of Ray's buffer impairment and improved his use of writing strategies. The study demonstrates how model-based thinking can be integrated with a functional approach in intervention.
C1 [Marshall, Jane] City Univ London, Dept Language & Commun Sci, London EC1V 0HB, England.
[Panton, Anna] UCL, London WC1E 6BT, England.
RP Marshall, J (reprint author), City Univ London, Dept Language & Commun Sci, London EC1V 0HB, England.
EM J.Marshall@city.ac.uk
CR BEESON PM, 2002, HDB ADULT LANGUAGE D
Beeson PM, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P473, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000167
Beeson PM, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P551
Beeson PM, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P767, DOI 10.1080/026870399401867
BEHRMANN M, 1987, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V4, P365, DOI 10.1080/02643298708252044
Buchwald A, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V91, P100, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.06.052
CARAMAZZA A, 1987, COGNITION, V26, P59, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(87)90014-X
CARAMAZZA A, 1990, COGNITION, V37, P243, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(90)90047-N
Clausen NS, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P625, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000003
Cotelli M, 2003, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V20, P99, DOI 10.1080/02643290244000158
DEPARTZ MP, 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V9, P369, DOI 10.1080/02643299208252065
Duchan J. F., 2001, TOP LANG DISORD, V21, P37
Ferguson A, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P193, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248406
Hillis A. E., 1987, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P84
HILLIS AE, 1989, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V70, P632
Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
Kiran S, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P53, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000633
Luzzatti C, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V10, P249, DOI 10.1080/096020100389156
MORRISON CM, 1995, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V21, P116, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.21.1.116
Mortley J, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P443, DOI 10.1080/02687040042000188
Parr S, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P469, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248426
Pound C, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P283, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248413
Rapp B, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P439, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000301
Rapp B, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P994, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000209
Raymer AM, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P607, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000058
Robson J, 1998, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V33, P305, DOI 10.1080/136828298247767
Sage K, 2004, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P381, DOI [10.1080/02643290342000438, 10.1090/02643290342000438]
Sage K, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P851, DOI 10.1080/02687030600738945
Schmalzl L, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V16, P1, DOI 10.1080/09602010443000218
TAINTURIER M, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P537
Weekes B, 1996, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V13, P277, DOI 10.1080/026432996382033
Wing A. M., 1980, COGNITIVE PROCESSES
World Health Organisation, 2001, INT CLASS FUNCT DIS
NR 33
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 2
BP 164
EP 183
DI 10.1080/02687030701262605
PG 20
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 251FE
UT WOS:000252356200003
ER
PT J
AU Herbert, R
Hickin, J
Howard, D
Osborne, F
Best, W
AF Herbert, Ruth
Hickin, Julie
Howard, David
Osborne, Felicity
Best, Wendy
TI Do picture-naming tests provide a valid assessment of lexical retrieval
in conversation in aphasia?
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
ID WORD-RETRIEVAL; LANGUAGE PRODUCTION; THERAPY; CONTEXT; SPEECH; DISORDER;
ANOMIA
AB Background: Word-finding problems commonly occur in aphasia and can significantly affect communication. Assessment of this deficit typically involves naming pictures. However, this method has been criticised as lacking ecological validity. Alternative methods include the measurement of lexical retrieval in narration or conversation, although few published studies have quantified word finding in the latter.
Aims: We aimed to identify a reliable and valid assessment of lexical retrieval in conversation, and to elucidate the nature of the relationship between lexical retrieval in picture naming and in conversation.
Methods and Procedures: We developed a quantitative measure of word finding in conversation in aphasia and established the reliability and stability of the method. We compared the scores of a group of people with aphasia on this measure with their scores on a picture-naming test.
Outcomes and Results: We found significant relationships between picture-naming scores and a number of key variables analysed in the conversation measure. We propose that scores on picture naming relate to the ability to retrieve nouns in everyday conversation for the people with aphasia who took part in this study.
Conclusions: The use of picture-naming tasks is justified, providing a valid and rich means of assessment of lexical retrieval. Further research is required to replicate these results with more people with aphasia. We offer the quantitative assessment of conversation developed here for use in research and clinical spheres.
C1 [Herbert, Ruth] Univ Sheffield, Dept Human Commun Sci, Sheffield S10 2TA, S Yorkshire, England.
[Hickin, Julie] City Univ London, London EC1V 0HB, England.
[Howard, David] Univ Newcastle Upon Tyne, Newcastle Upon Tyne NE1 7RU, Tyne & Wear, England.
[Osborne, Felicity] Univ London Birkbeck Coll, London WC1E 7HX, England.
[Best, Wendy] UCL, London WC1E 6BT, England.
RP Herbert, R (reprint author), Univ Sheffield, Dept Human Commun Sci, 31 Claremont Crescent, Sheffield S10 2TA, S Yorkshire, England.
EM r.herbert@sheffield.ac.uk
RI Herbert, Ruth/I-4760-2013
OI Herbert, Ruth/0000-0002-7139-1091
CR Best W, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P151
Bird H, 1996, J NEUROLINGUIST, V9, P187, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(96)00006-1
Boles L, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P547, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249557
BREEN K, 1994, CORTEX, V30, P231
BURGESS PW, 2005, EFFECTIVENESS REHABI, V2, P211
ELLIS AW, 1996, J NEUROLINGUIST, V9, P1
FRANKLIN S, 1992, ADA ACTION DYSPHASIC
HELASVUO ML, 2001, STUDIES INTERACTIONA
HELMESTABROOKS N, 1997, ANOMIA
Herbert R, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P1163, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000454
Hickin J, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P981, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000509
Hickin J., 2006, APHASIA THERAPY FILE, VII, P69
HOLLAND AL, 1994, CLIN APHASIOL, V22, P275
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Howard D, 1984, Adv Neurol, V42, P263
LESSER R, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V5, P67, DOI 10.1080/09602019508520176
Levelt WJM, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P1
Levinson Stephen C., 1983, PRAGMATICS
Lichtheim L., 1885, BRAIN, V7, P433
Manning L, 1996, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V34, P809, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(95)00166-2
Mayer JF, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P481, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000148
Nickels L., 1997, SPOKEN WORD PRODUCTI
NICKELS L, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V11, P289, DOI 10.1080/02643299408251977
NICKELS L, 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V9, P155, DOI 10.1080/02643299208252057
Osborne F, 1998, Int J Lang Commun Disord, V33 Suppl, P208
Pashek GV, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P261, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000573
PERKINS L, 1995, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V30, P372
Perkins L, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P259
Robinson G, 1998, BRAIN, V121, P77, DOI 10.1093/brain/121.1.77
SCHLENCK KJ, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V30, P226, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90100-3
SILVAST M, 1991, APHASIOLOGY, V5, P383, DOI 10.1080/02687039108248540
SWINBURN K, 2004, CAT COMPREHENSIVE AP
Wilshire CE, 2002, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V19, P165, DOI 10.1080/02643290143000169
ZINGESER LB, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P473, DOI 10.1080/02643298808253270
NR 34
TC 18
Z9 18
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 2
BP 184
EP 203
DI 10.1080/02687030701262613
PG 20
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 251FE
UT WOS:000252356200004
ER
PT J
AU Tompkins, CA
Scharp, VL
Meigh, KM
Fassbinder, W
AF Tompkins, Connie A.
Scharp, Victoria L.
Meigh, Kimberly M.
Fassbinder, Wiltrud
TI Coarse coding and discourse comprehension in adults with right
hemisphere brain damage
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
ID LEXICAL AMBIGUITY RESOLUTION; WORKING-MEMORY; CEREBRAL HEMISPHERES;
TIME-COURSE; MECHANISMS; CONTEXT; SUPPRESSION; ACTIVATION; ASYMMETRIES;
IMPAIRMENT
AB Background: Various investigators suggest that some discourse-level comprehension difficulties in adults with right hemisphere brain damage (RHD) have a lexical-semantic basis. As words are processed, the intact right hemisphere arouses and sustains activation of a wide-ranging network of secondary or peripheral meanings and features - a phenomenon dubbed "coarse coding". Coarse coding impairment has been postulated to underpin some prototypical RHD comprehension deficits, such as difficulties with nonliteral language interpretation, discourse integration, some kinds of inference generation, and recovery when a reinterpretation is needed. To date, however, no studies have addressed the hypothesised link between coarse coding deficit and discourse comprehension in RHD.
Aims: The current investigation examined whether coarse coding was related to performance on two measures of narrative comprehension in adults with RHD.
Methods & Procedures: Participants were 32 adults with unilateral RHD from cerebrovascular accident, and 38 adults without brain damage. Coarse coding was operationalised as poor activation of peripheral/weakly related semantic features of words. For the coarse coding assessment, participants listened to spoken sentences that ended in a concrete noun. Each sentence was followed by a spoken target phoneme string. Targets were subordinate semantic features of the sentence-final nouns that were incompatible with their dominant mental representations (e. g., "rotten" for apple). Targets were presented at two post-noun intervals. A lexical decision task was used to gauge both early activation and maintenance of activation of these weakly related semantic features. One of the narrative tasks assessed comprehension of implied main ideas and details, while the other indexed high-level inferencing and integration. Both comprehension tasks were presented auditorily. For all tasks, accuracy of performance was the dependent measure. Correlations were computed within the RHD group between both the early and late coarse coding measures and the two discourse measures. Additionally, ANCOVA and independent t-tests were used to compare both early and sustained coarse coding in subgroups of good and poor RHD comprehenders.
Outcomes & Results: The group with RHD was less accurate than the control group on all measures. The finding of coarse coding impairment (difficulty activating/sustaining activation of a word's peripheral features) may appear to contradict prior evidence of RHD suppression deficit (prolonged activation for context-inappropriate meanings of words). However, the sentence contexts in this study were unbiased and thus did not provide an appropriate test of suppression function. Correlations between coarse coding and the discourse measures were small and nonsignificant. There were no differences in coarse coding between RHD comprehension subgroups on the high-level inferencing task. There was also no distinction in early coarse coding for subgroups based on comprehension of implied main ideas and details. But for these same subgroups, there was a difference in sustained coarse coding. Poorer RHD comprehenders of implied information from discourse were also poorer at maintaining activation for semantically distant features of concrete nouns.
Conclusions: This study provides evidence of a variant of the postulated link between coarse coding and discourse comprehension in RHD. Specifically, adults with RHD who were particularly poor at sustaining activation for peripheral semantic features of nouns were also relatively poor comprehenders of implied information from narratives.
C1 [Tompkins, Connie A.; Scharp, Victoria L.; Meigh, Kimberly M.; Fassbinder, Wiltrud] Univ Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, PA 15260 USA.
RP Tompkins, CA (reprint author), Univ Pittsburgh, 4033 Forbes Tower, Pittsburgh, PA 15260 USA.
EM tompkins@pitt.edu
CR Anaki D, 1998, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V36, P691, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(97)00141-3
Atchley RA, 1999, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V13, P389, DOI 10.1037//0894-4105.13.3.389
Bayles K. A., 1993, ARIZONA BATTERY COMM
Becker JT, 1999, BRAIN COGNITION, V41, P27, DOI 10.1006/brcg.1999.1094
BEEMAN M, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V44, P80, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1006
BEEMAN M, 1994, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V6, P26, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1994.6.1.26
Beeman M, 1998, RIGHT HEMISPHERE LANGUAGE COMPREHENSION, P255
Beeman MJ, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V71, P310, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2268
Benton A, 1983, CONTRIBUTIONS NEUROP
Benton A. L., 1983, CONTRIBUTIONS NEUROP
Brookshire R., 1993, DISCOURSE COMPREHENS
Brownell H., 2001, HDB NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V3, P189
Brownell H, 1998, RIGHT HEMISPHERE LANGUAGE COMPREHENSION, P309
Brownell Hiram, 2000, LANGUAGE BRAIN REPRE, P185, DOI 10.1016/B978-012304260-6/50012-8
Burgess C., 1996, METAPHOR SYMBOLIC AC, V11, P67, DOI 10.1207/s15327868ms1101_4
Burgess C, 1998, RIGHT HEMISPHERE LANGUAGE COMPREHENSION, P215
BURGESS C, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P86, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90056-9
CAPLAN D, 1987, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V25, P173, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(87)90129-1
Carroll J. B., 1971, AM HERITAGE WORD FRE
Chiarello C, 1998, RIGHT HEMISPHERE LANGUAGE COMPREHENSION, P141
Cohen J., 1977, STAT POWER ANAL BEHA
Dunn L. M., 1981, PEABODY PICTURE VOCA
FANG IE, 1966, J BROADCASTING, V11, P63
Fassbinder W, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P1079
Faust M, 1998, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V36, P827, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(98)00042-6
Faust ME, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V53, P234, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0046
Folstein MF, 1975, J PSYCHIATR RES, V12, P198
Gernsbacher M. A., 1990, LANGUAGE COMPREHENSI
Hagoort P, 1996, BRAIN, V119, P627, DOI 10.1093/brain/119.2.627
HARFORD ER, 1982, EAR HEARING, V3, P105, DOI 10.1097/00003446-198205000-00002
Hillis A., 2002, HDB ADULT LANGUAGE D, P429
Joanette Y., 1990, RIGHT HEMISPHERE VER
Jonides J, 1998, J NEUROSCI, V18, P5026
Jung-Beeman M, 2005, TRENDS COGN SCI, V9, P512, DOI 10.1016/j.tics.2005.09.009
Klepousniotou E, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V93, P308, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.10.011
Klepousniotou E, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V95, P365, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.03.001
Maki WS, 2004, BEHAV RES METH INS C, V36, P421, DOI 10.3758/BF03195590
MALLOY R, 1990, DISCOURSE ABILITY BR
McDonald CR, 2005, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V11, P132, DOI 10.1017/S135561770505023X
NAKAGAWA A, 1991, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V3, P313, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1991.3.4.313
NELSON DL, 1998, U S FLORIDA ASS RHYM
RICHARDS L, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V33, P171, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(94)00102-U
Schneider W., 2002, E PRIME USERS GUIDE
Titone D, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V65, P361, DOI 10.1006/brln.1998.1998
Tompkins CA, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P119, DOI 10.1080/02687030601040861
Tompkins CA, 2000, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V43, P62
Tompkins CA, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P400, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2001/033)
Tompkins CA, 1995, RIGHT HEMISPHERE COM
TOMPKINS CA, 1994, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V37, P896
Tompkins CA, 2004, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V47, P1380, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2004/103)
TUIMAN J, 1974, READING RES Q, V2, P206
Wilson B. A., 1987, BEHAV INATTENTION TE
Winner E, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V62, P89, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1889
NR 53
TC 15
Z9 15
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 2
BP 204
EP 223
DI 10.1080/02687030601125019
PG 20
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 251FE
UT WOS:000252356200005
ER
PT J
AU Davidson, B
Worrall, L
Hickson, L
AF Davidson, Bronwyn
Worrall, Linda
Hickson, Louise
TI Exploring the interactional dimension of social communication: A
collective case study of older people with aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
ID QUALITATIVE RESEARCH; PHATIC COMMUNION; SMALL TALK; CONVERSATION;
STRATEGIES; KNOWLEDGE; PARTNERS; LAUGHTER; SENSE; LIFE
AB Background: Increasingly, clinicians and researchers emphasise the need to investigate the social consequences of living with aphasia. While the importance of social affiliation and conversations has been acknowledged, there has been limited research that specifically addresses the impact of aphasia on this interactional dimension of communication.
Aims: The aims of this study were to explore the insider perspective on the impact of aphasia on social communication and social relationships, and to explore components of the interactional function of everyday communication that are identified by older people with aphasia.
Methods Procedures: This research utilised a collective case study design that included three older people with aphasia. Data from three sources were collected and analysed: a weekly diary that included information on the purpose of the person's daily communication; qualitative interviewing with a focus on the impact of aphasia on that person's social communication; and stimulated recall, in which the older person was interviewed following video replay of their everyday conversation with two regular communication partners.
Outcomes Results: Findings from qualitative analysis of case-study data record factors that affect social affiliation and satisfaction in conversations for an older person with aphasia. The concept of connectedness was identified, together with the role of humour and story telling in furthering interactions. The role of phatic communion was revealed as relevant to establishing and maintaining social communication. Implications of this research are a renewed focus on the personal, relational, and environmental factors that influence the everyday communication of the older person. A diagrammatic framework for conceptualising the interactional dimension of social communication is proposed. Emergent themes hold relevance for programmes for older people with aphasia and their communication partners, including addressing, in therapy, the interactional nature of communication and including satisfaction ratings of social communication in outcome measures.
Conclusions: Findings illuminate the interactional function of social communication and contextual issues for the person living with aphasia in older age.
C1 [Davidson, Bronwyn; Worrall, Linda; Hickson, Louise] Univ Queensland, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, Commun Disabil Ageing Res Ctr, Brisbane, Qld 4072, Australia.
RP Davidson, B (reprint author), Univ Queensland, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, Commun Disabil Ageing Res Ctr, Brisbane, Qld 4072, Australia.
EM b.davidson@uq.edu.au
RI Davidson, Bronwyn/F-8741-2010; Hickson, Louise/F-8748-2010; Worrall,
Linda/D-2579-2010
OI Worrall, Linda/0000-0002-3283-7038
CR Atkinson P., 2003, KEY THEMES QUALITATI
BAKER R, 2000, NEUROGENIC COMMUNICA, V2, P81
Boles L., 1997, ASIA PACIFIC J SPEEC, V2, P43
Bouchard-Lamothe D, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P839
Boxer Diana, 2002, APPLYING SOCIOLINGUI
Brown G., 1983, DISCOURSE ANAL
BRUMFILL S, 1998, J LANGUAGE COMMUNI S, V33, P116
BRUMFITT S, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P569, DOI 10.1080/02687039308248631
BYNG S, 1996, FORUMS CLIN APHASIOL, V2, P117
Chapman A. J., 1983, HDB HUMOR RES, VI, P135
CODE C, 1999, SEMINARS SPEECH LANG, V20, P5
Code C, 2003, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V13, P379, DOI 10.1080/09602010244000255
CONRAD P, 1990, SOC SCI MED, V30, P1257, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(90)90266-U
COUPLAND J, 1992, LANG SOC, V21, P207
Coupland J, 2003, RES LANG SOC INTERAC, V36, P1, DOI 10.1207/S15327973RLSI3601_1
Coupland J, 2000, SMALL TALK
Creswell JW, 1998, QUALITATIVE INQUIRY
CRUICE MN, 2002, COMMUNICATION QUALIT
Cunningham R, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P687, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000184
Davidson B, 2006, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V13, P1, DOI 10.1310/0GGQ-CJDX-N2BR-W7W4
Davidson B, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P243, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000653
DAVIDSON B, 1999, SHARING INFORM CLIN
DUCHAN J, 1999, CONSTRUCTING COMPETE, V2, P3
Eggins Suzanne, 1997, ANAL CASUAL CONVERSA
Elman RJ, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P455
Ethell RG, 2000, J TEACH EDUC, V51, P87, DOI 10.1177/002248710005100203
FINE A, 1983, HDB HUMOR RES, V2, P158
Frank AW, 1995, WOUNDED STORYTELLER
Gass S., 2000, STIMULATED RECALL ME
Gubrium J. F., 1994, QUALITATIVE METHODS
Gubrium JF, 2001, HDB INTERVIEW RES CO
Gumperz JJ, 1982, LANGUAGE SOCIAL IDEN
Hanks W., 1996, LANGUAGE COMMUNICATI
Hansebo G, 2001, J CLIN NURS, V10, P737, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2702.2001.00558.x
HERSH D, 2003, EXPERIENCES TREATMEN
HIGGINBOTHAM DJ, 1999, CONSTRUCTING COMPETE, V2, P49
HOLLAND AL, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P581, DOI 10.1080/02687039308248634
Holmes J, 2003, RES LANG SOC INTERAC, V36, P65, DOI 10.1207/S15327973RLSI3601_4
Holmes Janet, 2001, INTRO SOCIOLINGUISTI
Holstein JA, 1995, ACTIVE INTERVIEW
Hutchby I., 1998, CONVERSATION ANAL PR
HYMES D, 1962, ANTHR HUMAN BEHAV, V2, P13
Ireland C, 1996, DISABIL REHABIL, V18, P585
JAMES D, 1993, GENDER CONVERSATIONA, V2, P281
Kagan A., 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P693
Kagan A, 1995, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V2, P15
LAVER J, 1975, ORG BEHAV FACE FACE, V2, P215
LEDORZE G, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P239
Lesser R., 1993, LINGUISTICS APHASIA
LIDDELL M, 2002, SLICES LIFE QUALITAT, V2, P59
Lock S., 2001, SPPARC SUPPORTING PA
LUBINSKI R, 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, V2, P269
LUBORSKY MR, 1994, QUALITATIVE METHODS, V2, P189
LYON JG, 1998, APPROACHES TREATMENT, V2, P203
Madden ML, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1199, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000437
Mason J., 2002, QUALITATIVE RES
MASON J, 2002, QUALITATIVE RES ACTI, V2, P225
McCarthy M, 2003, RES LANG SOC INTERAC, V36, P33, DOI 10.1207/S15327973RLSI3601_3
Meltzer BN, 2000, STUD SYM IN, V23, P95
Minichiello V., 1995, INDEPTH INTERVIEWING
MURRAY L, 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, V2, P55
Norris MR, 1998, J NEUROLINGUIST, V11, P391, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(98)00026-8
Parr S., 1997, TALKING APHASIA LIVI
Parr S, 2001, FOLIA PHONIATR LOGO, V53, P266, DOI 10.1159/000052681
Paterson B, 2002, QUAL HEALTH RES, V12, P399, DOI 10.1177/104973202129119973
Patton M. Q, 2002, QUALITATIVE RES EVAL
POLLO HR, 1983, HDB HUMOR RES, V2, P213
POUND C, 2000, APHASIA THERAPIES LI
Radley A, 2001, SOC SCI MED, V53, P321, DOI 10.1016/S0277-9536(00)00320-8
Ramsberger G, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P337, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000636
Rice PL, 1999, QUALITATIVE RES METH
Ritchie J., 2003, QUALITATIVE RES PRAC
RITCHIE J, 1994, ANAL QUALITATIVE DAT, V2, P173
ROBINSON JA, 1983, NEW GENERAT COMPUT, V1, P107
Robson C, 2002, REAL WORLD RES RESOU
Rubin H. J., 1995, QUALITATIVE INTERVIE
SANDERS MR, 1992, J CLIN CHILD PSYCHOL, V21, P371, DOI 10.1207/s15374424jccp2104_7
Simmons-Mackie N, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P807
Simmons-Mackie N, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P837, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000185
SIMMONSMACKIE N, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P761
SIMMONSMACKIE N, 1999, CONSTRUCTING COMPETE, V2, P313
SIMMONSMACKIE N, 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, V2, P246
Simmons-Mackie N, 2001, TOP LANG DISORD, V22, P21
Simmons-Mackie N, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P751, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000229
SIMMONSMACKIE NN, 2000, NEUROGENIC COMMUNICA, V2, P162
SimmonsMackie NN, 1995, CLIN APHASIOL, V23, P95
Simmons-Mackie NN, 2003, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V12, P144, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2003/061)
Stake R. E., 2000, HDB QUALITATIVE RES, V2nd, P435
Stake R.E., 1995, ART CASE STUDY RES
SUNWOLF, 2001, NEW HDB LANGUAGE SOC, V2, P119
Tannen D., 1984, CONVERSATIONAL STYLE
Wear S. B., 1994, ACTION TEACHER ED, V16, P45
Worrall L. E., 2003, COMMUNICATION DISABI
NR 93
TC 7
Z9 7
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 3
BP 235
EP 257
DI 10.1080/02687030701268024
PG 23
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 262NB
UT WOS:000253154100001
ER
PT J
AU Kagan, A
Simmons-Mackie, N
Rowland, A
Huijbregts, M
Shumway, E
McEwen, S
Threats, T
Sharp, S
AF Kagan, Aura
Simmons-Mackie, Nina
Rowland, Alexandra
Huijbregts, Maria
Shumway, Elyse
McEwen, Sara
Threats, Travis
Sharp, Shelley
TI Counting what counts: A framework for capturing real-life outcomes of
aphasia intervention
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
ID QUALITY-OF-LIFE; ADVANCING APPRAISAL; STROKE; REHABILITATION;
DISABILITIES; RELIABILITY; HANDICAP; SCALE; WERTZ; ROSS
AB Background: The initial motivation was our inability to capture the important but often elusive outcomes of interventions that focus on making a difference to the everyday experience of individuals with aphasia and their families. In addition, a review of the literature and input from stakeholder focus groups revealed the lack of an integrated approach to outcome evaluation across diverse approaches to aphasia intervention. Input from focus groups also indicated that existing classifications and models offering potential solutions are not always easily accessible and user friendly.
Aims: We aimed to create a user-friendly conceptual framework for outcome measurement in aphasia that included a focus on real-life outcomes of intervention and could be easily accessed by clinicians, researchers, policy makers, funders, and those living with aphasia. We wanted to build on existing work, e.g., that of the World Health Organisation, simplify presentation for accessibility, and make specific adaptations relevant to aphasia. By providing a common context for a broad range of outcome tools or measures, we hoped to enable more efficient and effective communication between and among all stakeholders.
Main contribution: Living with Aphasia: Framework for Outcome Measurement (A-FROM) is a conceptual guide to outcome assessment in aphasia that is situated within current thinking about health and disability. This simple platform can be used to frame and broaden thinking concerning outcome measurement for aphasia clinicians and researchers while enhancing the potential for meaningful communication between the clinical community, policy makers, and funders. By integrating Quality of Life and including domains related to environment, participation, and personal identity in the same framework as impairment, the importance of outcomes in all these areas is acknowledged for aphasia in particular and disability in general. A-FROM has the potential to be used as an advocacy tool.
Conclusions: This article is the first presentation of A-FROM as an alternate guide to outcome measurement in aphasia. Initial ideas regarding applications are discussed. Further development and applications await input from our community of practice.
C1 [Kagan, Aura; Rowland, Alexandra; Shumway, Elyse] Aphasia Inst, Pat Arato Aphasia Ctr, Toronto, ON M3B 2R2, Canada.
[Simmons-Mackie, Nina] SE Louisiana Univ, Hammond, LA 70402 USA.
[Huijbregts, Maria] Baycrest, Clin Evaluat, Toronto, ON, Canada.
[Huijbregts, Maria; McEwen, Sara] Univ Toronto, Toronto, ON, Canada.
[Threats, Travis] St Louis Univ, St Louis, MO 63103 USA.
[Sharp, Shelley] Toronto Western Hosp, Univ Hlth Network, Toronto, ON M5T 2S8, Canada.
RP Kagan, A (reprint author), Aphasia Inst, Pat Arato Aphasia Ctr, 73 Scarsdale Rd, Toronto, ON M3B 2R2, Canada.
EM akagan@aphasia.ca
CR *ASHA, 2001, SCOP PRACT SPEECH LA
Bradburn NM, 1969, STRUCTURE PSYCHOL WE
Byng S, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P906, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000128
Byng S., 2000, ACQUIRED NEUROGENIC, P49
*CHIEF, CRAIG HOSP INV ENV F
Cruice M, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P111, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000651
Desrosiers J, 2002, DISABIL REHABIL, V24, P774, DOI 10.1080/09638280210125814
Doyle PJ, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P291, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000680
Duncan PW, 2002, STROKE, V33, P2593, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000034395.06874.3E
Fougeyrollas P, 1998, INT J REHABIL RES, V21, P127, DOI 10.1097/00004356-199806000-00002
Frattali C, 1995, AM SPEECH LANGUAGE H
GARCIA L, 2003, DEV HUMAN HADICAP CH, V12, P31
HESKETH A, 1997, EUROPEAN J DISORDERS, V32, P198
Hilari K, 2003, STROKE, V34, P1944, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000081987.46660.ED
KAGAN A, 2007, ASSESSMENT LIVING AP
KAGAN A, 2003, BEGINNING END PARTIC
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
*LPAA PROJ GROUP, 2000, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, V5, P23
Noreau L, 2004, DISABIL REHABIL, V26, P346, DOI 10.1080/09638280410001658649
Penn C, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P875
Ross KB, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P860, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000038
Sarno M. T., 2004, CHALLENGING APHASIA, P17
SARNO MT, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P321, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249514
Simms NJ, 2001, EUR FED CORR PUBL, P246
Simmons-Mackie N, 2005, J COMMUN DISORD, V38, P1, DOI 10.1016/j.jcomdis.2004.03.007
Simmons-Mackie N., 2000, NEUROGENIC COMMUNICA
Simmons-Mackie NN, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P39, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798287
Streiner D, 2003, HLTH MEASUREMENT SCA
Thompson C., 1998, MEASURING OUTCOMES S, P245
Threats T., 2004, ADV SPEECH LANGUAGE, V6, P53
Vincent C., 2002, TECHNOLOGY DISABILIT, V14, P113
World Health Organisation, 2001, INT CLASS FUNCT DIS
Worrall L, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P885
WORRALL L, 2001, ASIA PACIFIC J SPEEC, V6, P149
NR 34
TC 50
Z9 50
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 3
BP 258
EP 280
DI 10.1080/02687030701282595
PG 23
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 262NB
UT WOS:000253154100002
ER
PT J
AU Antonucci, SM
Beeson, PM
Labiner, DM
Rapcsak, SZ
AF Antonucci, Sharon M.
Beeson, Pelagie M.
Labiner, David M.
Rapcsak, Steven Z.
TI Lexical retrieval and semantic knowledge in patients with left inferior
temporal lobe lesions
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
ID CATEGORY-SPECIFIC DEFICITS; OBJECT RECOGNITION; ALZHEIMERS-DISEASE;
CASE-SERIES; COMPUTATIONAL MODEL; FUNCTIONAL-ANATOMY; NONLIVING
CONCEPTS; MEMORY IMPAIRMENT; BRAIN ACTIVATION; DEMENTIA
AB Background: It has been proposed that anomia following left inferior temporal lobe lesions may have two different underlying mechanisms with distinct neural substrates. Specifically, naming impairment following damage to more posterior regions (BA 37) has been considered to result from a disconnection between preserved semantic knowledge and phonological word forms (pure anomia), whereas anomia following damage to anterior temporal regions (BAs 38, 20/21) has been attributed to the degradation of semantic representations (semantic anomia). However, the integrity of semantic knowledge in patients with pure anomia has not been demonstrated convincingly, nor were lesions in these cases necessarily confined to BA 37. Furthermore, evidence of semantic anomia often comes from individuals with bilateral temporal lobe damage, so it is unclear whether unilateral temporal lobe lesions are sufficient to produce significant semantic impairment.
Aims: The main goals of this study were to determine whether anomia following unilateral left inferior temporal lobe damage reflected a loss of semantic knowledge or a post-semantic deficit in lexical retrieval and to identify the neuroanatomical correlates of the naming impairment. Methods & Procedures: Eight individuals who underwent left anterior temporal lobectomy (L ATL) and eight individuals who sustained left posterior cerebral artery strokes (L PCA) completed a battery of language measures that assessed lexical retrieval and semantic processing, and 16 age- and education-matched controls also completed this battery. High-resolution structural brain scans were collected to conduct lesion analyses.
Outcomes & Results: Performance of L ATL and L PCA patients was strikingly similar, with both groups demonstrating naming performance ranging from moderately impaired to unimpaired. Anomia in both groups occurred in the context of mild deficits to semantic knowledge, which manifested primarily as greater difficulty in naming living things than nonliving things and greater difficulty in processing visual/perceptual as opposed to functional/associative semantic attributes. Lesion analyses indicated that both patient groups sustained damage to anterior inferior temporal lobe regions implicated in semantic processing.
Conclusions: These results contribute to a better understanding of the cognitive mechanism of naming impairment in patients with temporal lobe damage and support the notion that pure anomia and semantic anomia represent two endpoints along a continuum of semantic impairment. Unilateral left temporal lobe lesions in our patients resulted in relatively mild semantic deficits that were apparent primarily in lexical production tasks, whereas severe semantic impairment likely requires bilateral temporal lobe damage.
C1 [Antonucci, Sharon M.] NYU, CCC SLP, New York, NY 10003 USA.
[Beeson, Pelagie M.; Labiner, David M.; Rapcsak, Steven Z.] Univ Arizona, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA.
[Rapcsak, Steven Z.] So Arizona VA Hlth Care Syst, Tucson, AZ 85723 USA.
RP Antonucci, SM (reprint author), NYU, CCC SLP, 719 Broadway,2nd Floor, New York, NY 10003 USA.
EM sma208@nyu.edu
CR Antonucci SM, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P543, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000219
Barbarotto R, 1995, NEUROCASE, V1, P107, DOI 10.1080/13554799508402355
BASSO A, 1988, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V51, P1201, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.51.9.1201
BEESON PM, 1997, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V3, P37
Bell BD, 2001, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V15, P434, DOI 10.1037//0894-4105.15.4.434
Benson D. F., 1988, HDB NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V1, P267
Benson DF, 1979, STUDIES NEUROLINGUIS
BINDER JR, 2001, HDB FUNCTIONAL NEURO
Binder JR, 1997, J NEUROSCI, V17, P353
Borgo F, 2003, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V20, P327, DOI 10.1080/02643290244000310
BORKOWSK.JG, 1967, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V5, P135, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(67)90015-2
Brambati SM, 2006, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V18, P1644, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2006.18.10.1644
BREEDIN SD, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V11, P617, DOI 10.1080/02643299408251987
Brett M, 2001, NEUROIMAGE, V14, P486, DOI 10.1006/nimg.2001.0845
Bright P, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P417, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.01.010
Caramazza A, 1998, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V10, P1, DOI 10.1162/089892998563752
Cardebat D, 1996, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V34, P1175, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(96)00040-1
Coltheart M, 1998, NEUROCASE, V4, P353, DOI 10.1080/13554799808410632
DAMASIO H, 1996, NATURE, V380, P498
Davies RR, 2004, EUR J NEUROSCI, V20, P2441, DOI 10.1111/j.1460-9568.2004.03710.x
DERENZI E, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P1099
DEsposito M, 1997, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V35, P725, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(96)00121-2
FARAH MJ, 1991, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V120, P339, DOI 10.1037/0096-3445.120.4.339
Folstein MF, 1975, J PSYCHIATR RES, V12, P198
Foundas AL, 1998, NEUROCASE, V4, P35, DOI 10.1080/13554799808410605
Friedman L, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V64, P231, DOI 10.1006/brln.1998.1953
Gainotti G, 2000, CORTEX, V36, P539, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70537-9
Gainotti G, 1996, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V13, P357, DOI 10.1080/026432996381944
Galton CJ, 2001, NEUROLOGY, V57, P216
Garrard P, 2001, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V18, P125, DOI 10.1080/02643290125857
Glosser G, 2001, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V15, P39, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.15.1.39
Graham K, 1995, NEUROCASE, V1, P25
HODGES JR, 1992, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V30, P301, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(92)90104-T
HODGES JR, 1992, BRAIN, V115, P1783, DOI 10.1093/brain/115.6.1783
Hodges J R, 1996, J Int Neuropsychol Soc, V2, P511
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Humphreys GW, 2003, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V20, P263, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000023
Humphreys GW, 2001, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V24, P453
Humphreys GW, 1997, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V352, P1275
Jefferies E, 2006, BRAIN, V129, P2132, DOI 10.1093/brain/awl153
Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
KUKULL WA, 1994, J CLIN EPIDEMIOL, V47, P1061, DOI 10.1016/0895-4356(94)90122-8
Lambon Ralph Matthew A., 2000, Neuropsychologia, V38, P186, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(99)00056-1
Ralph MAL, 2001, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V13, P341, DOI 10.1162/08989290151137395
Marshall J, 1996, J NEUROLINGUIST, V9, P237, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(97)82796-0
McRae K., 2002, CATEGORY SPECIFICITY
MEASSO G, 1993, ACTA NEUROL SCAND, V88, P70
Moore CJ, 1999, NEUROIMAGE, V10, P181, DOI 10.1006/nimg.1999.0450
Morrison CM, 1997, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V50, P528
Moss HE, 2005, CEREB CORTEX, V15, P616, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhh163
Moss H. E., 2002, CATEGORY SPECIFICITY, P115
MOSS HE, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V9, P16, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.9.1.16
Mummery CJ, 2000, ANN NEUROL, V47, P36
Mummery CJ, 1999, BRAIN, V122, P61, DOI 10.1093/brain/122.1.61
Mummery CJ, 1996, P ROY SOC B-BIOL SCI, V263, P989, DOI 10.1098/rspb.1996.0146
Murtha S, 1999, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V11, P399, DOI 10.1162/089892999563508
PIETRINI V, 1988, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V51, P1284, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.51.10.1284
Price CJ, 1996, P ROY SOC B-BIOL SCI, V263, P1501, DOI 10.1098/rspb.1996.0219
Ralph MAL, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V70, P309
Ralph MAL, 1998, NEUROCASE, V4, P311, DOI 10.1080/13554799808410630
Ralph MAL, 2003, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V20, P307, DOI 10.1080/02643290244000301
Raven J., 1938, COLOURED PROGR MATRI
Raven JC, 1960, GUIDE PROGR MATRICES
Raymer AM, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V58, P137, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1786
Rogers TT, 2004, PSYCHOL REV, V111, P205, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.111.1.205
Rogers TT, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V20, P319, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.20.3.319
Rorden C, 2000, BEHAV NEUROL, V12, P191
Rossion B, 2004, PERCEPTION, V33, P217, DOI 10.1068/p5117
Schmolck H, 2002, HIPPOCAMPUS, V12, P520, DOI 10.1002/hipo.10039
Tombaugh TN, 1997, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V19, P922, DOI 10.1080/01688639708403773
Troyer AK, 1998, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V36, P499, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(97)00152-8
Tyler LK, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P426, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1857
Tyler LK, 1997, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V14, P511
Tyler LK, 2004, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V16, P351, DOI 10.1162/089892904322926692
Vandenberghe R, 1996, NATURE, V383, P254, DOI 10.1038/383254a0
Vinson DP, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V86, P347, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00144-5
WARRINGTON EK, 1984, BRAIN, V107, P829, DOI 10.1093/brain/107.3.829
Williams GB, 2005, NEUROIMAGE, V24, P1042, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2004.10.023
Zannino GD, 2006, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V23, P515, DOI 10.1080/02643290542000067
NR 81
TC 23
Z9 24
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 3
BP 281
EP 304
DI 10.1080/02687030701294491
PG 24
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 262NB
UT WOS:000253154100003
ER
PT J
AU Ashton, C
Aziz, NA
Barwood, C
French, R
Savina, E
Worrall, L
AF Ashton, Catherine
Aziz, Noor Aziziah
Barwood, Caroline
French, Renee
Savina, Elizabeth
Worrall, Linda
TI Communicatively accessible public transport for people with aphasia: A
pilot study
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
AB Background: There has been little research as to how society accommodates the communicative needs of people with aphasia. The accessibility of public transport becomes important post stroke and good communication skills are vital for successful travel.
Aims: This pilot study aims to identify the communicative barriers and facilitators that exist when people with aphasia use public transport.
Methods & Procedures: The qualitative study used in-depth, semi-structured interviews and observations with seven participants who presented with mild-moderate aphasia. Interviews were conducted pre- and post-journey. Observations were conducted throughout the journey chain, from planning the trip to arrival at destination.
Outcomes & Results: The most significant barriers to a public transport journey were within the category of Public Transport Services and Systems, most notably during transactions requiring verbal expression and where time constraints were at a premium. The most common facilitators were in the categories of Products and Technology for Communication (e.g., written materials) and Support from Other People.
Conclusion: These findings suggest that the majority of communicative barriers for commuters with aphasia occur in circumstances when verbal communication is mandatory, or when rapid information processing is required. Additionally, people with aphasia employ many communicative facilitators. These have enabled them to travel successfully and need to be promoted to new users of public transport systems. This study highlights the need to address communicative aspects of accessibility within public transport systems.
C1 [Ashton, Catherine; Aziz, Noor Aziziah; Barwood, Caroline; French, Renee; Savina, Elizabeth; Worrall, Linda] Univ Queensland, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, Commun Disabil Ageing Res Ctr, Brisbane, Qld 4072, Australia.
RP Worrall, L (reprint author), Univ Queensland, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, Commun Disabil Ageing Res Ctr, Brisbane, Qld 4072, Australia.
EM l.worrall@uq.edu.au
RI Worrall, Linda/D-2579-2010; Barwood, Caroline/E-6627-2012
OI Worrall, Linda/0000-0002-3283-7038;
CR BURGSTAHLER S, 2005, UNIVERSAL DESIGN INS
Carlsson G, 2004, SCAND J OCCUP THER, V11, P78, DOI 10.1080/11038120410020548
Carter S, 2005, HDB HLTH RES METHODS, P215
*COMM AUSTR LAW, 2002, DIS STAND ACC PUBL T
Graneheim UH, 2004, NURS EDUC TODAY, V24, P105, DOI 10.1016/j.nedt.2003.10.001
*GREAT MANCH PASS, 2006, PUBL TRANSP GREAT MA
HARDIN J, 2001, OPERATIONAL BARRIERS
HOWE T, 2004, INT ASS LOG PHON WOR
Howe TJ, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P1015, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000499
HUNTERZAWORSKI K, 1997, TRANSPORTATION RES B
Jensen G, 2002, DISABIL REHABIL, V24, P231, DOI 10.1080/09638280110070221
KAGAN A, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P818
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Lambert H, 2002, BRIT MED J, V325, P210, DOI 10.1136/bmj.325.7357.210
Lavery I, 1996, LANDSCAPE URBAN PLAN, V35, P181, DOI 10.1016/0169-2046(96)00309-X
Miles M. B., 1984, QUALITATIVE DATA ANA
NEUTENS JJ, 1997, RES TECHNIQUES HLTH
Philpin SM, 2005, J ADV NURS, V50, P299, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2648.2005.03393.x
Rose TA, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P947, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000319
Spradley J., 1980, PARTICIPANT OBSERVAT
World Health Organisation, 2001, INT CLASS FUNCT DIS
Worrall L, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P923, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000137
NR 22
TC 7
Z9 7
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 3
BP 305
EP 320
DI 10.1080/02687030701382841
PG 16
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 262NB
UT WOS:000253154100004
ER
PT J
AU Harley, TA
Jessiman, LJ
MacAndrew, SBG
Astell, A
AF Harley, Trevor A.
Jessiman, Lesley J.
MacAndrew, Siobhan B. G.
Astell, Arlene
TI I don't know what I know: Evidence of preserved semantic knowledge but
impaired metalinguistic knowledge in adults with probable Alzheimer's
disease
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
ID DEFINITIONAL SKILL; DEMENTIA; MEMORY; AGE; ACQUISITION; INHIBITION;
DEFICITS; ACCESS; MIND; SET
AB Background: At what point does "not telling" become "not knowing"? Previous research has shown that Alzheimer's disease (AD) affects people's ability to define words - primarily, it has been thought, because AD destroys the semantic representations of words that the patients can no longer define. We investigate an alternative hypothesis, that AD also affects metalinguistic ability, which in turn affects people's ability to produce good definitions.
Aims: Does AD affect metalinguistic abilities? Are definitions poor because people lose semantic information, or because they lose the knowledge of what constitutes a good definition?
Methods & Procedures: We established what constitutes good definitions of a set of words denoting animate and inanimate concepts. We then asked elderly people with AD to define these words. As expected, their definitions were very poor. However, we then asked them forced and open-choice questions about the information that they omitted from their definitions.
Outcomes & Results: People with AD can access semantic information that they appear to have lost. The AD group performed significantly worse than control participants on a word definition task, but importantly, some of the information they did not provide spontaneously was provided after questioning. The format of their definitions was also different from the controls; they made particular use of autobiographical information.
Conclusions: We conclude that although our participants with AD have lost some semantic knowledge, at least sometimes they do not provide information that they do still know, because of a metalinguistic impairment. In particular, the participants with AD no longer understand what constitutes a good definition. We argue this metalinguistic impairment results in part from frontal atrophy. Our results have the important consequence that just because a person with AD does not offer information, even when asked, does not mean that they do not know it.
C1 [Harley, Trevor A.] Univ Dundee, Sch Psychol, Dundee DD1 4HN, Scotland.
[MacAndrew, Siobhan B. G.] Univ Abertay, Dundee, Scotland.
[Astell, Arlene] Univ St Andrews, St Andrews KY16 9AJ, Fife, Scotland.
RP Harley, TA (reprint author), Univ Dundee, Sch Psychol, Dundee DD1 4HN, Scotland.
EM t.a.harley@dundee.ac.uk
CR Arbuckle T. Y., 1993, J GERONTOL B-PSYCHOL, V48, pP225
Astell AJ, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V82, P312, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00021-4
Astell AJ, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V54, P196, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0071
Astell AJ, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P357, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249538
Baddeley AD, 2001, BRAIN, V124, P1492, DOI 10.1093/brain/124.8.1492
BALL MJ, 1985, LANCET, V1, P14
BAYLES KA, 1991, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V3, P166, DOI 10.1162/jocn.1991.3.2.166
BENELLI B, 1988, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V17, P227, DOI 10.1007/BF01686357
BIALYSTOK E, 1985, MERRILL PALMER QUART, V31, P229
BOUDIC S, 2006, ARCH CLIN NEUROPSYCH, V21, P15
Broks P, 1996, BEHAV NEUROL, V9, P135, DOI 10.3233/BEN-1996-93-405
CHERTKOW H, 1990, BRAIN, V113, P397, DOI 10.1093/brain/113.2.397
Collette F, 2001, BRAIN COGNITION, V47, P272
DEBARYSHE BD, 1986, J EXP CHILD PSYCHOL, V42, P169, DOI 10.1016/0022-0965(86)90021-4
Doherty M, 1998, COGNITIVE DEV, V13, P279, DOI 10.1016/S0885-2014(98)90012-0
EMERY OB, 1985, EXPT AGING RES, V11, P1
EMERY VOB, 1996, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, P166
Folstein MF, 1975, J PSYCHIATR RES, V12, P198
Gombert J. E., 1992, METALINGUISTIC DEV
Gonnerman LM, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V57, P254, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1752
Harley TA, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V91, P223, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.02.008
Harley TA, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P299, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249535
HASHER L, 1991, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V17, P163, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.17.1.163
HODGES JR, 1991, BRAIN, V114, P1547, DOI 10.1093/brain/114.4.1547
HUTCHINSON J, 1980, LANG COMMUN, P59
KARMILOFFSMITH A, 1986, COGNITION, V23, P95, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(86)90040-5
KEMPLER D, 1988, APHASIOLOGY, V2, P147, DOI 10.1080/02687038808248900
LAFLECHE G, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V9, P313, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.9.3.313
LITOWITZ B, 1977, J CHILD LANG, V4, P289
Marinellie SA, 2002, J COMMUN DISORD, V35, P241, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(02)00056-4
Mayr U, 2001, PSYCHOL AGING, V16, P96, DOI 10.1037//0882-7974.16.1.96
McKahnn G., 1984, NEUROLOGY, V34, P939
NEBES RD, 1984, J ABNORM PSYCHOL, V93, P321, DOI 10.1037/0021-843X.93.3.321
NEBES RD, 1989, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V11, P219, DOI 10.1080/01688638908400884
NEBES RD, 1989, PSYCHOL BULL, V106, P377, DOI 10.1037//0033-2909.106.3.377
Norman D. A, 1986, CONSCIOUSNESS SELF R, P1
Perry RJ, 1999, BRAIN, V122, P383, DOI 10.1093/brain/122.3.383
Rochon E, 2004, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P317, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000357
RYMPA B, 1999, NEUROIMAGE, V9, P216
Shallice T., 2002, PRINCIPLES FRONTAL L, P261, DOI [10.1093/acprof:oso/9780195134971.003.0017, DOI 10.1093/ACPROF:OSO/9780195134971.003.0017]
SNODGRASS JG, 1980, J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM L, V6, P174, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.6.2.174
SNOW CE, 1990, J CHILD LANG, V17, P697
Spieler DH, 1996, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V22, P461, DOI 10.1037/0096-1523.22.2.461
Torralva T, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V45, P342, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2006.05.031
WATSON R, 1985, J CHILD LANG, V12, P181
WATSON R, 1995, J CHILD LANG, V22, P211
NR 46
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 3
BP 321
EP 335
DI 10.1080/02687030701391065
PG 15
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 262NB
UT WOS:000253154100005
ER
PT J
AU Hallowell, B
AF Hallowell, Brooke
TI Strategic design of protocols to evaluate vision in research on aphasia
and related disorders
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
ID ADULTS; SUBJECT; NEGLECT
AB Background: Most experimental and assessment tasks in studies of neurogenic language disorders rely on visual information processing. Given that many patients with such disorders have visual deficits, failure to describe and/or control for visual function may lead to invalid data collection and interpretation. A review of literature on participant description in aphasia research indicates a clear need for improvement in the description of and control for visual acuity, colour perception, visual fields, visual attention, and ocular motor functions. Few authors control for or describe even basic aspects of vision.
Aims: Strategic design of visual screening protocols is advocated. Appropriate selection of screening methods depends on specific assessment and experimental tasks to be administered in a given study. Researchers are encouraged to implement, and to describe in published reports, specific procedures to address visual acuity, colour perception, visual fields, visual attention, and ocular motor functions.
Main Contribution: Visual characteristics are presented within a framework of (1) those that may be evaluated as part of a case history and (2) those that may be directly screened by experimenters or assessed by collaborating professionals. Recommended screening procedures, and their relevance to various assessment and experimental tasks, are described to assist researchers in strategically designing visual assessment protocols for future studies involving individuals with aphasia and related disorders.
Conclusions: Improved assessment of visual function will improve the validity, quality, and replicability of research as well as readers' interpretations of published data and authors' conclusions. Formative feedback concerning appropriate participant control and description is critical for improving the peer review process for research publication and funding. As training in visual assessment is not central to the training of most researchers in neurogenic communication disorders, further focus on this important issue within graduate programmes and continuing education curricula is needed.
C1 Ohio Univ, Sch Hearing Speech & Language Sci, Athens, OH 45701 USA.
RP Hallowell, B (reprint author), Ohio Univ, Sch Hearing Speech & Language Sci, W218 Grover Ctr, Athens, OH 45701 USA.
EM hallowel@ohiou.edu
CR ALBERT ML, 1973, NEUROLOGY, V23, P658
Barnhardt Carmen, 2006, Optometry, V77, P211, DOI 10.1016/j.optm.2006.02.008
BROOKSHIRE RH, 1983, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V48, P342
CHANG DF, 1995, GEN OPHTHALMOLOGY, P2
CHAVIS PS, 1995, GEN OPHTHALMOLOGY, P273
DENES G, 1982, BRAIN, V105, P543, DOI 10.1093/brain/105.3.543
Edman JA, 1987, CLIN REHABIL, V1, P273, DOI 10.1177/026921558700100403
EGGERS HM, 1995, GEN OPHTHALMOLOGY, P208
Erickson G B, 1999, J Am Optom Assoc, V70, P758
ERIE CJ, 1992, ESSENTAILS OPHTHALMO, P4
Fisk GD, 2002, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V83, P469, DOI 10.1053/apmr.2002.31179
Fozard J., 2001, HDB PSYCHOL AGING, P241
Hallowell B, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P611, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000084
HARRINGTON DO, 1990, VISUAL FIELDS, P5
HOHBERGER GG, 1992, ESSENTIALS OPHTHALMO, P254
Horton JC, 1997, SURV OPHTHALMOL, V42, P169, DOI 10.1016/S0039-6257(97)00055-6
Kinsella G, 1985, Int Rehabil Med, V7, P102
Leonard CL, 1996, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V39, P406
LIESEGANG TJ, 1992, ESSENTIALS OPHTHALMO, P4
LINCOLN NB, 1991, TOP GERIATR REHABIL, V7, P25
Lubinski R, 1997, BRAIN INJURY, V11, P103, DOI 10.1080/026990597123692
Myers P., 1998, RIGHT HEMISPHERE DAM
Myers PS, 1996, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V39, P870
NEWELL FW, 1992, OPHTHALMOLOGY PRINCI, P143
RIDOCH MJ, 1991, NEGLECT PERIPHERAL D, P369
Roberts PM, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P911, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000328
ROSNER J, 1990, PEDIAT OPTOMETRY, P3
SEGAL ES, 1996, PRACTICAL HDB CLIN, P3
SKA B, 1996, J SPEECH LANGUAGE PA, V20, P101
SKENES LL, 1985, J COMMUN DISORD, V18, P461, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(85)90033-4
Tompkins CA, 1995, RIGHT HEMISPHERE COM
VARNEY NR, 1986, CLIN APPL NEUROPSYCH, P395
WAGGONER TL, 1994, COLOUR VISION TESTIN
Weale R. A., 1963, AGEING EYE
WHITBOURNE SK, 1996, PRACTICAL HDB CLIN G, P3
WICKSTROM S, 1985, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V50, P282
WILSON JTL, 1992, J HEAD TRAUMA REHAB, V7, P29, DOI 10.1097/00001199-199206000-00006
Ylvisaker Mark, 1992, Seminars in Speech and Language, V13, P239, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1064200
NR 38
TC 7
Z9 7
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 6
BP 600
EP 617
DI 10.1080/02687030701429113
PG 18
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 318JH
UT WOS:000257086900002
ER
PT J
AU Howe, TJ
Worrall, LE
Hickson, LMH
AF Howe, Tami J.
Worrall, Linda E.
Hickson, Louise M. H.
TI Observing people with aphasia: Environmental factors that influence
their community participation
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
ID COMPENSATORY STRATEGIES; QUALITATIVE DESCRIPTION; SUPPORTED
CONVERSATION; ACCESS; HEALTH; CARE; PARTNERS; STROKE; ADULTS
AB Background: Access to the community is increasingly being recognised as an important right of all people. To date, most of the research on community access for people with disabilities has been on individuals with physical disorders. Recently, Howe, Worrall, and Hickson (2007) conducted an in-depth interview study to explore the environmental factors that influence the community participation of adults with aphasia. This report describes an investigation that used participant observation to triangulate and complement the findings of the interview study by Howe et al. (2007).
Aim: The investigation aimed to explore the environmental factors that hinder or support the community participation of adults with aphasia. The specific research questions were: (a) What environmental factors are observed to hinder the community participation of adults with aphasia? (b) What environmental factors are observed to support the community participation of adults with aphasia? (c) What themes underlie the environmental factors that are observed to hinder or support the community participation of adults with aphasia? A companion report by Howe et al. (2007) describes the findings of an interview study that explored similar research questions.
Methods and Procedures: In this qualitative description study, 10 participants with aphasia were observed participating in several community environments, using the method of participant observation. The participants, aged 35 to 72, were purposefully selected using maximum variation sampling for a variety of variables such as gender, aphasia severity, and living situation. Qualitative content analysis was used to analyse the field notes. Outcomes and Results: The study revealed 44 barriers, 59 facilitators, and six themes: Referents, Interaction, Familiarity, Communication Complexity, Time Available for Communication, and Availability of Extra Support for Communication.
Conclusion: Results from this study complement and add to the credibility of the findings from an interview study that shares the same research aim. These results can contribute to the development of an audit tool for assessing environmental factors in order to improve access to the community for people with aphasia.
C1 [Howe, Tami J.; Worrall, Linda E.; Hickson, Louise M. H.] Univ Queensland, Commun Disabil Ctr, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, Brisbane, Qld 4072, Australia.
RP Howe, TJ (reprint author), Univ Queensland, Commun Disabil Ctr, Sch Hlth & Rehabil Sci, Brisbane, Qld 4072, Australia.
EM t.howe@uq.edu.au
RI Hickson, Louise/F-8748-2010; Worrall, Linda/D-2579-2010
OI Worrall, Linda/0000-0002-3283-7038
CR *AM SPEECH LANG HE, 2001, SCOP PRACT SPEECH LA
Brown G., 1983, DISCOURSE ANAL
Byng S., 2000, ACQUIRED NEUROGENIC, P49
CHAPEY R, 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P234
Davidson B., 2004, THESIS U QUEENSLAND
Davidson B, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P243, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000653
Flick U., 2002, INTRO QUALITATIVE RE, V2nd
Garrett KL, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P523, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000149
Glesne C., 1999, BECOMING QUALITATIVE
Graneheim UH, 2004, NURS EDUC TODAY, V24, P105, DOI 10.1016/j.nedt.2003.10.001
Gray D., 2004, DOING RES REAL WORLD
Guba E, 2004, APPROACHES QUALITATI, P17
Guba E., 2005, SAGE HDB QUALITATIVE, V3rd, P191, DOI DOI 10.1002/EV.1427
Ho K., 2005, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V21, P218, DOI 10.1080/07434610400016694
HOWE T, 2007, INTERVIEWS PEO UNPUB
Howe TJ, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P1015, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000499
JORDAN L, 1996, APHASIA SOCIAL APPRO
Kagan A, 1995, CLIN APHASIOL, V23, P65
Kagan A, 2002, J COMMUN DISORD, V35, P153, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(02)00062-X
Kagan A, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P624, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2001/051)
Kagan A, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P816, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249575
Kearney MH, 2001, RES NURS HEALTH, V24, P145, DOI 10.1002/nur.1017
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Law J, 2005, DISABIL SOC, V20, P169, DOI 10.1080/09687590500059267
LEDORZE G, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P239
Lincoln Y. S., 1985, NATURALISTIC INQUIRY
Madden ML, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1199, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000437
Mason J., 2002, QUALITATIVE RES
Mason J, 1996, QUALITATIVE RES
Mays N, 1999, QUALITATIVE RES HLTH, P89
Mertens D. M., 2004, RES EVALUATION METHO
Parr S., 1997, TALKING APHASIA LIVI
Parr S, 2006, TOP LANG DISORD, V26, P189
Parr S., 2004, LIVING SEVERE APHASI
Parr S, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P98, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798337
Patton M. Q, 2002, QUALITATIVE RES EVAL
Polit DF, 1999, NURSING RES PRINCIPL, V6th
Ponterotto JG, 2005, J COUNS PSYCHOL, V52, P126, DOI 10.1037/0022-0167.52.2.126
POUND C, 2001, APHASIA THERAPIES LI
REBEIRO K, 2001, QUALITATIVE RES OCCU, P58
Ross KB, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P860, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000038
Sandelowski M, 2000, RES NURS HEALTH, V23, P334, DOI 10.1002/1098-240X(200008)23:4<334::AID-NUR9>3.0.CO;2-G
Schwandt T, 1994, HDB QUALITATIVE RES, P118
Simms NJ, 2001, EUR FED CORR PUBL, P246
Simmons-Mackie N., 2000, NEUROGENIC COMMUNICA, P162
Simmons-Mackie N, 2004, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V13, P114, DOI 10.1044/1058-0630(2004/013)
Simmons-Mackie N, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P751, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000229
SimmonsMackie NN, 1995, CLIN APHASIOL, V23, P95
SimmonsMackie NN, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P761, DOI 10.1080/02687039708250455
Simmons-Mackie NN, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P39, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798287
*SPEECH PATH AUSTR, 2002, SCOP PRACT SPEECH PA
Spradley J., 1980, PARTICIPANT OBSERVAT
STOICHEFF ML, 1960, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V3, P75
Sullivan-Bolyai S, 2005, NURS OUTLOOK, V53, P127, DOI 10.1016/j.outlook.2005.03.005
Threats T, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P67, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798303
United Nations General Assembly, 2006, CONV RIGHTS PERS DIS
WADE DT, 1986, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V49, P11, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.49.1.11
Webb C, 1999, J ADV NURS, V29, P323, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2648.1999.00892.x
World Health Organisation, 2001, INT CLASS FUNCT DIS
Worrall L, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P124, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798352
NR 60
TC 16
Z9 16
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 6
BP 618
EP 643
DI 10.1080/02687030701536024
PG 26
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 318JH
UT WOS:000257086900003
ER
PT J
AU Hough, MS
AF Hough, Monica Strauss
TI Word retrieval failure episodes after traumatic brain injury
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
ID CLOSED-HEAD-INJURY; VERBAL IMPAIRMENT; OLDER ADULTS; ORGANIZATION;
CATEGORIES; DEFICITS; ACCESS; TONGUE; YOUNG; TIP
AB Background/Aims: The purpose of this investigation was to examine patterns of episodes of word retrieval failure in a group of adults who suffered traumatic brain injury (TBI). The Test of Adolescent/Adult Word Finding (German, 1990) was administered to 20 adults who experienced TBI as the result of motor vehicle accident. The tool provides extensive naming opportunities, varied naming tasks, and frequency of occurrence of stimulus items does not change throughout each task.
Methods Procedures: Episodes of word retrieval failures were investigated relative to the occurrence of 1, 2, 3, and 4-plus consecutive word retrieval failures on the TAWF for participants who exhibited a word retrieval deficit (standard score below 85). Fourteen of the 20 participants had standard scores below this normal range. These participants were classified according to the three patterns (Fleeting, Clustered, Extended) developed by Hough (2007) regarding episodes of word retrieval failure.
Main Contribution/Conclusions: Results revealed that most TBI participants who demonstrated a word retrieval deficit displayed primarily a Fleeting pattern (10) relative to word retrieval failure. A few participants exhibited an Extended retrieval pattern (4). Pattern of retrieval failure appeared to be related to severity of word retrieval deficit.
C1 E Carolina Univ, Greenville, NC 27858 USA.
RP Hough, MS (reprint author), E Carolina Univ, Greenville, NC 27858 USA.
EM houghm@ecu.edu
CR ADAMOVICH B, 2005, APHASIA RELATED NEUR, P225
Adamovich B, 1992, SCALES COGNITIVE ABI
ADAMOVICH BB, 1990, FOLIA PHONIATR, V42, P11
*AM SPEECH LANG HE, 1996, AM SPEECH HEAR ASS D, V4, P333
BARROW IM, 2006, BRAIN INJURY, V8, P845
BARROW IM, 2003, J TRAUMA INJURY INFE, V54, P1
Burke D. M., 2000, MODELS COGNITIVE AGI, P204
BURKE DM, 2004, CURRENT DIRECTIONS P, V13, P20
Burke DM, 1997, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V352, P1845
BURKE DM, 1991, J MEM LANG, V30, P542, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(91)90026-G
CAPRUSO DX, 1992, NEUROL CLIN, V10, P879
CAPRUSO DX, 2000, HEAD INJURY
Caramazza A., 2002, HDB ADULT LANGUAGE D, P123
Caramazza A, 1997, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V14, P177, DOI 10.1080/026432997381664
Caramazza A, 1998, NEUROCASE, V4, P265, DOI 10.1080/13554799808410627
DELL GS, 1999, COGNITIVE SCI, V23, P522
German DJ, 1990, TEST ADOLESCENT ADUL
Gillis R.J., 1996, TRAUMATIC BRAIN INJU
Goodglass H., 2001, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V3rd
Goodglass H., 1993, UNDERSTANDING APHASI
GROHER M, 1990, REHABILITATION ADULT, P148
Hagan C, 1979, REHABILITATION HEAD
Hagen C., 1981, TOP LANG DIS, V1, P73
Hagen C, 1984, LANGUAGE DISORDERS A, P245
Hartley LL., 1995, COGNITIVE COMMUNICAT
HOUGH MS, J MED SPEEC IN PRESS
Hough MS, 2006, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V14, P33
Hough MS, 1997, BRAIN INJURY, V11, P801
Humphreys GW, 1999, PSYCHOL RES-PSYCH FO, V62, P118, DOI 10.1007/s004260050046
HUMPHREYS GW, 1988, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V5, P67, DOI 10.1080/02643298808252927
KENNEDY M, 1991, COMMUNICATION DISORD
King KA, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P233, DOI 10.1080/02687030500473155
King KA, 2006, BRAIN INJURY, V20, P725, DOI 10.1080/02699050600743824
LEVIN HS, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V12, P360, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90025-0
Murdoch B. E., 2001, TRAUMATIC BRAIN INJU
Rastle KG, 1996, J MEM LANG, V35, P586, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1996.0031
SARNO MT, 1984, J NERV MENT DIS, V172, P475, DOI 10.1097/00005053-198408000-00006
SARNO MT, 1980, J NERV MENT DIS, V168, P685, DOI 10.1097/00005053-198011000-00008
SCHUELL H, 1974, APHASIA THEORY THERA
STEMBERGER JP, 2003, ENCY COGNITIVE SCI, P492
STEMBERGER JP, 1985, PROGR PSYCHOL LANGUA
YLSIVAKER M, 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P745
NR 42
TC 2
Z9 2
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 6
BP 644
EP 654
DI 10.1080/02687030701541024
PG 11
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 318JH
UT WOS:000257086900004
ER
PT J
AU Shuster, LI
Wambaugh, JL
AF Shuster, Linda I.
Wambaugh, Julie L.
TI Token-to-token variability in adult apraxia of speech: A perceptual
analysis
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE speech; apraxia; variability; motor
ID CONSISTENCY; ACCURACY; SPEAKERS; APHASIA
AB Background: Many researchers and clinicians have suggested that a definitive characteristic of adult apraxia of speech (AOS) is that the speech sound errors are highly variable. Furthermore, it has been argued that error variability is one means of differentially diagnosing AOS from dysarthria. The findings from studies of error variability have been mixed; however, the speech errors have been elicited in different ways and variability is not consistently defined across different studies, making comparisons across studies difficult.
Aims: The purpose of this investigation was to characterise error variability in two speakers with AOS.
Methods Procedures: Single words were elicited in imitation with repeated trials on the same words over a period of several weeks. The speech samples were transcribed using narrow phonetic transcription and analysed for accuracy of production and consistency of error.
Outcomes Results: We found that the errors were both consistent and inconsistent, depending on how the errors were analysed, e.g., certain sounds were consistently produced in error. In addition, our data suggest that consistency of error may be related to the severity of the AOS.
Conclusions: Future research should be aimed at standardising the definitions of consistency, and empirically testing the variables that may affect the observed variability. Furthermore, we need more data on error consistency from a large number of well-described individuals with a variety of neurogenic disorders, as well as continued refinement of models of speech production that can account for the error patterns that are observed.
C1 [Shuster, Linda I.] W Virginia Univ, Dept Speech Pathol & Audiol, Morgantown, WV 26506 USA.
[Wambaugh, Julie L.] Salt Lake City Healthcare Syst, Dept Vet Affairs, Salt Lake City, UT USA.
[Wambaugh, Julie L.] Univ Utah, Salt Lake City, UT 84112 USA.
RP Shuster, LI (reprint author), W Virginia Univ, Dept Speech Pathol & Audiol, POB 6122, Morgantown, WV 26506 USA.
EM lshuster@wvu.edu
CR BUCKINGHAM HW, 1987, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V1, P113, DOI 10.3109/02699208708985007
TROST JE, 1974, BRAIN LANG, V1, P63, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(74)90026-1
Croot Karen, 2002, Seminars in Speech and Language, V23, P267, DOI 10.1055/s-2002-35800
Dabul B. L., 1979, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL
Darley F.L, 1975, MOTOR SPEECH DISORDE
DEAL JL, 1974, J COMMUN DISORD, V7, P135, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(74)90026-4
DEAL JL, 1972, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V15, P639
Duffy J.R, 2005, MOTOR SPEECH DISORDE
DUNLOP JM, 1977, CORTEX, V13, P17
JOHNS DF, 1970, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V13, P556
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
KLICH RJ, 1979, CORTEX, V15, P451
La Pointe L. L., 1976, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V6, P261
LAPOINTE LL, 1975, J COMMUN DISORD, V8, P259, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(75)90018-0
Marquardt TP, 2004, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V18, P127, DOI 10.1080/02699200310001615050
McNeil MR, 1997, CLIN MANAGEMENT SENS, P311
McNeil MR, 1995, CLIN APHASIOL, V23, P39
MCNEIL MR, 2000, APHASIA LANGUAGE THE, P221
Mlcoch A. G., 1982, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P235
MUNHALL KG, 1989, ACQUIRED APRAXIA SPE, P64
ODELL K, 1990, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V55, P345
Shriberg LD, 1995, CLIN PHONETICS
Shuster LI, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P635
SQUARE PA, 1982, CLIN APHASIOLOGY
Todorov E, 2002, NAT NEUROSCI, V5, P1226, DOI 10.1038/nn963
van den Dobbelsteen JJ, 2001, EXP BRAIN RES, V138, P279, DOI 10.1007/s002210100689
van Lieshout P., 2004, SPEECH MOTOR CONTROL, P51
van Beers RJ, 2004, J NEUROPHYSIOL, V91, P1050, DOI 10.1152/jn.00652.2003
Vindras P, 1998, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V24, P569, DOI 10.1037//0096-1523.24.2.569
Wambaugh J. L., 1996, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V24, P97
Wambaugh JL, 2004, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V12, P221
WEISMER G, 1991, DYSARTHRIA AND APRAXIA OF SPEECH, P15
WEISMER G, 1988, DECISION MAKING SPEE, P124
Wertz RT, 1984, APRAXIA SPEECH ADULT
Ziegler W, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P3, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000554
NR 35
TC 7
Z9 8
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 6
BP 655
EP 669
DI 10.1080/02687030701632161
PG 15
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 318JH
UT WOS:000257086900005
ER
PT J
AU Fink, RB
Bartlett, MR
Lowery, JS
Linebarger, MC
Schwartz, MF
AF Fink, Ruth B.
Bartlett, Megan R.
Lowery, Jennifer S.
Linebarger, Marcia C.
Schwartz, Myrna F.
TI Aphasic speech with and without SentenceShaper (R): Two methods for
assessing informativeness
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT 37th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY, 2007
CL Scottsdale, AZ
DE aphasia; Sentenceshaper; AAC; informativeness; functional communication
ID LANGUAGE PRODUCTION; PROCESSING PROSTHESIS; QUANTITATIVE-ANALYSIS;
CONNECTED SPEECH; EFFICIENCY; VALIDITY; SUPPORT
AB Background: SentenceShaper (R) (SSR) is a computer program that is for speech what a word-processing program is for written text; it allows the user to record words and phrases, play them back, and manipulate them on-screen to build sentences and narratives. A recent study demonstrated that when listeners rated the informativeness of functional narratives produced by chronic aphasic speakers with and without the program they gave higher informativeness ratings to the language produced with the aid of the program (Bartlett, Fink, Schwartz, Linebarger, 2007). Bartlett et al. (2007) also compared unaided (spontaneous) narratives produced before and after the aided version of the narrative was obtained. In a subset of comparisons, the sample created after was judged to be more informative; they called this "topic-specific carryover".
Aims: (1) To determine whether differences in informativeness that Bartlett et al.'s listeners perceived are also revealed by Correct Information Unit (CIU) analysis (Nicholas Brookshire, 1993)a well studied, objective method for measuring informativenessand (2) to demonstrate the usefulness of CIU analysis for samples of this type.
Methods & Procedures: A modified version of the CIU analysis was applied to the speech samples obtained by Bartlett et al. (2007). They had asked five individuals with chronic aphasia to create functional narratives on two topics, under three conditions: Unaided ("U"), Aided ("SSR"), Post-SSR Unaided ("Post-U"). Here, these samples were analysed for differences in % CIUs across conditions. Linear associations between listener judgements and CIU measures were evaluated with bivariate correlations and multiple regression analysis.
Outcomes & Results: (1) The aided effect was confirmed: samples produced with SentenceShaper had higher % CIUs, in most cases exceeding 90%. (2) There was little evidence of topic-specific carryover. (3) CIU measures and listener ratings correlated strongly.
Conclusions: That the percentage of CIUs was higher in SSR-aided samples than in unaided samples confirms the central finding in Bartlett et al. (2007), based on subjective judgements, and thus extends the evidence that aided effects from SentenceShaper are demonstrable across a range of measures, stimuli and participants (cf. Linebarger, Schwartz, Romania, Kohn, & Stephens, 2000). The data also attest to the effectiveness of the CIU analysis for quantifying differences in the informativeness of aphasic speech with and without SentenceShaper; and they support prior studies that have shown that CIU measures correlate with the informativeness ratings of unfamiliar listeners.
C1 [Fink, Ruth B.; Bartlett, Megan R.; Lowery, Jennifer S.; Schwartz, Myrna F.] Albert Einstein Healthcare Network, Moss Rehabil Res Inst, Philadelphia, PA 19141 USA.
[Linebarger, Marcia C.] Psycholinguist Technol Inc, Jenkintown, PA USA.
[Schwartz, Myrna F.] Thomas Jefferson Univ, Philadelphia, PA 19107 USA.
RP Fink, RB (reprint author), Albert Einstein Healthcare Network, Moss Rehabil Res Inst, 4th Floor,Sley Bldg,1200 W Tabor Rd, Philadelphia, PA 19141 USA.
EM fink@shrsys.hslc.org
CR Bartlett MR, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P475, DOI 10.1080/02687030601154167
Berndt R. S., 2000, QUANTITATIVE PRODUCT
BLOMERT L, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P381, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248666
CAMPBELL TF, 1992, TOP LANG DISORD, V12, P42
Doyle P. J., 1996, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V5, P53, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360.0503.53
Jacobs BJ, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V78, P115, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2452
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Linebarger M, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V100, P53, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.09.001
Linebarger MC, 2001, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V11, P57
LINEBARGER MC, 2000, Patent No. 6068485
Linebarger MC, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V75, P416, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2378
Linebarger MC, 2004, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P267, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000537
NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338
Rochon E, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V72, P193, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2285
SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8
Stevens S. S., 1975, PSYCHOPHYSICS INTRO
Taylor WL, 1953, JOURNALISM QUART, V30, P415
YORKSTON KM, 1980, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V45, P27
NR 18
TC 6
Z9 7
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 7-8
BP 679
EP 690
DI 10.1080/02687030701800792
PG 12
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 318JK
UT WOS:000257087200002
ER
PT J
AU Rose, M
Sussmilch, G
AF Rose, Miranda
Sussmilch, Grace
TI The effects of semantic and gesture treatments on verb retrieval and
verb use in aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT 37th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY, 2007
CL Scottsdale, AZ
DE aphasia treatment; verb retrieval; gesture; semantic treatment
ID ARGUMENT STRUCTURE; RECOVERY
AB Background: Previous research has suggested that semantic plus gesture treatments are effective for aphasic noun retrieval deficits. However, there is a paucity of evidence concerning the efficacy of semantic or gesture treatments for aphasic verb retrieval deficits. As both verbs and arm/hand gestures represent movement concepts, gesture may well be a potent treatment for verb retrieval deficits.
Aims: This study investigated the comparative effects of semantic, gesture, repetition, and combined semantic plus gesture treatments for verb retrieval deficits associated with chronic Broca's aphasia.
Methods & Procedures: Three women with chronic Broca's aphasia and significant verb retrieval deficits participated in single-subject multiple-baseline across conditions designs. Two participants primarily evidenced a word-form verb retrieval deficit and one a semantic deficit. A total of 100 verb pictures were balanced for relevant lexical factors and divided into five groups of 20 items. Following 10 baseline trials, 20 treatment sessions aimed at improving verb production were completed. Three treatment conditions were simultaneously compared. Treatment of incorrectly named items involved production of an associated noun and the movement and location characteristics of the target verb. Gesture conditions involved production of an iconic gesture.
Outcomes & Results: The participant with semantic-based verb retrieval deficit (MT) showed minimal response to any of the three treatments. Two participants with word-form impairments (KC and MW) demonstrated significantly improved verb retrieval skills and large treatment effects following all three treatments. KC and MW correctly used treated items in picture description and conversation tasks, and there was a modest amount of generalisation to untreated items. Combined semantic plus gesture treatment was superior for MW, but all three treatments were equally efficacious for KC.
Conclusions: The findings support the use of multi-modal semantic treatments to improve verb retrieval in individuals with aphasic word-form verb retrieval deficits. Replication is required to achieve a stronger evidence base. Baseline error patterns may be useful in predicting response to treatment.
C1 [Rose, Miranda] La Trobe Univ, Sch Human Commun Sci, Melbourne, Vic, Australia.
RP Rose, M (reprint author), La Trobe Univ, Sch Human Commun Sci, Melbourne, Vic, Australia.
EM m.rose@latrobe.edu.au
CR Bastiaanse R., 2002, VERB SENTENCE TEST
Berndt RS, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P107
Busk P., 1992, SINGLE CASE RES DESI, P197
Code C, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V77, P25, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2420
Coelho CA, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P133
Conroy P, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P1159, DOI 10.1080/02687030600792009
De Ruiter J. P., 2000, LANGUAGE GESTURE, P284, DOI DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511620850.018
Douglas JM, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P251
Druks J., 2000, OBJECT ACTION NAMING
Druks J, 2002, J NEUROLINGUIST, V15, P289, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(01)00029-X
Fillingham JK, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V16, P129, DOI 10.1080/09602010443000254
Helm-Estabrooks N., 1992, TEST ORAL LIMB APRAX
Kemmerer D, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V73, P393, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2312
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Krauss R., 2000, LANGUAGE GESTURE
Krauss RM, 1999, GESTURE SPEECH SIGN
Luria A., 1970, TRAUMATIC APHASIA IT
MITCHUM CC, 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO
Raven J. C., 1995, COLOURED PROGR MATRI
Raymer AM, 2006, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V12, P867, DOI 10.1017/S1355617706061042
Raymer AM, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1031, DOI 10.1080/026870401430000609
Robertson IH, 1999, PSYCHOL BULL, V125, P544, DOI 10.1037/0033-2909.125.5.544
Rodriguez AD, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P286, DOI 10.1080/02687030500474898
Rose M, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1001, DOI 10.1080/02687030143000825
Rose M., 2006, ADV SPEECH LANGUAGE, V8, P92, DOI 10.1080/14417040600657948
Rose M, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P977
Rose M, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P1186, DOI 10.1080/02687030600757325
Rose M. L., 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1
Schneider SL, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P213, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000635
Thompson C. K., 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO
Webster J, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P748, DOI 10.1080/02687030500166957
NR 31
TC 25
Z9 25
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 7-8
BP 691
EP 706
DI 10.1080/02687030701800800
PG 16
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 318JK
UT WOS:000257087200003
ER
PT J
AU Beeson, PM
Rising, K
Kim, ES
Rapcsak, SZ
AF Beeson, Pelagie M.
Rising, Kindle
Kim, Esther S.
Rapcsak, Steven Z.
TI A novel method for examining response to spelling treatment
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT 37th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY, 2007
CL Scottsdale, AZ
DE aphasia; alexia; agraphia; treatment; rehabilitation
ID DEFICITS; AGRAPHIA; APHASIA; WRITTEN; MODEL
AB Background: According to a dual-route model of written language processing, spelling of irregular words provides an index of the status of lexical spelling procedures, whereas nonword spelling provides information about non-lexical processing that relies on phoneme-grapheme conversion. Because regular words can be spelled using either route, accuracy for such words may reflect the combined function of the two routes, and may be mathematically predicted on the basis of spelling accuracy for irregular words and nonwords.
Aims: The purpose of the present study was to examine the application of a dual-route prediction equation, and a related multiple regression model, to evaluate pre-post treatment spelling performance of individuals with acquired alexia/agraphia.
Methods & Procedures: Eight individuals with language impairment due to left hemisphere damage received behavioral treatment to improve their written spelling. Their spelling performance was examined before and after treatment on untrained word lists with regular and irregular spellings, and pronounceable nonwords, and concurrence between predicted and observed spelling of regular words was evaluated.
Outcomes & Results: The group demonstrated significantly improved spelling performance after treatment, and the prediction equation and multiple regression model both accurately predicted regular word performance on the basis of irregular word and nonword scores. In addition, the multiple regression model provided potentially useful information about the relative contribution of the lexical and non-lexical routes to spelling performace.
Conclusions: The prediction equation and related multiple regression model used in this study can offer novel insight into the cognitive processes available to individuals with agraphia as well as provide a quantitative means to characterize response to treatment.
C1 [Beeson, Pelagie M.; Rising, Kindle; Kim, Esther S.] Univ Arizona, Dept Speech Language & Hearing Sci, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA.
[Rapcsak, Steven Z.] So Arizona VA Hlth Care Syst, Tucson, AZ USA.
RP Beeson, PM (reprint author), Univ Arizona, Dept Speech Language & Hearing Sci, POB 210071, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA.
EM pelagie@u.arizona.edu
CR Beeson PM, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P1038, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/083)
Beeson PM, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P551
BEESON PM, 2006, NEUROLOGICAL THERAPE, P3045
Beeson PM, 2008, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO
Castles A, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P871, DOI 10.1080/02687030600738952
Coltheart M, 2006, J RES READ, V29, P124, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9817.2006.00296.x
Coltheart M, 2001, PSYCHOL REV, V108, P204, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.108.1.204
Ellis A. W., 1982, NORMALITY PATHOLOGY, P113
Henry ML, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V100, P44, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.011
HILLIS AE, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V40, P106, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90119-L
Houghton G, 2003, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V20, P115, DOI 10.1080/02643290242000871
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Kiran S, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P53, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000633
Luzzatti C, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V10, P249, DOI 10.1080/096020100389156
Rapcsak S. Z., 2002, HDB ADULT LANGUAGE D, P71
Rapcsak SZ, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V45, P2519, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2007.03.019
Rapcsak SZ, 2004, NEUROLOGY, V62, P2221
Rapp B, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P439, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000301
Rapp B, 2002, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V19, P1, DOI 10.1080/0264329014300060
Raymer AM, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P607, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000058
Robson J, 1998, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V33, P305, DOI 10.1080/136828298247767
TAINTURIER MJ, 2001, HDB CLIN NEUROPSYCHO
TRUPE AH, 1986, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, P255
NR 23
TC 2
Z9 2
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 7-8
BP 707
EP 717
DI 10.1080/02687030701800826
PG 11
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 318JK
UT WOS:000257087200004
ER
PT J
AU Doyle, PJ
McNeil, MR
Le, K
Hula, WD
Ventura, MB
AF Doyle, Patrick J.
McNeil, Malcolm R.
Le, Karen
Hula, William D.
Ventura, Mary Beth
TI Measuring communicative functioning in community-dwelling stroke
survivors: Conceptual foundation and item development
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT 37th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY, 2007
CL Scottsdale, AZ
ID PSYCHOMETRIC EVALUATION; RASCH ANALYSIS; APHASIA; SCALE; RELIABILITY;
VALIDITY
AB Background: Studies employing item response theory methods to evaluate communicative functioning assessment items have found that a broad range of communication tasks and activities may fit a unidimensional measurement model, but that additional item content is needed to extend the range of ability effectively measured by the small subset of items that have been evaluated.
Aims: To describe the item identification, evaluation, and development process used to substantiate the content relevance and representativeness of a set of communicative functioning assessment items targeting community-dwelling stroke survivors.
Methods & Procedures: Electronic and secondary references were searched to identify assessment tools with item content designed to measure communicative functioning in adults with neurogenic communication disorders. Candidate items were evaluated using face-to-face interviewer-assisted survey groups conducted independently with communicatively impaired stroke survivors (n=59) and their communicative partners (n=61). Web-based surveys were employed to evaluate candidate items from the perspective of practising speech-language pathologists (n=114).
Outcomes & Results: A total of 673 items were identified from 33 instruments. A total of 426 met the specified concept definition; 211 were determined to be non-redundant; 166 were identified by key stakeholders as unambiguous, relevant, and moderately to very important to daily functioning.
Conclusions: The item pool developed samples a representative range of communication behaviours, activities, and life situations that are relevant to community-dwelling stroke survivors. Further research using item response theory methods is required to substantiate the construct dimensionality and range of ability effectively measured by the item pool, and to evaluate dynamic assessment algorithms designed to minimise response burden.
C1 [Doyle, Patrick J.; McNeil, Malcolm R.] VA Pittsburgh Hlth Care Syst, Audiol Speech Pathol Serv, Pittsburgh, PA 15260 USA.
[Doyle, Patrick J.; McNeil, Malcolm R.; Hula, William D.; Ventura, Mary Beth] Univ Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, PA 15260 USA.
[Le, Karen] Univ Connecticut, Storrs, CT USA.
RP Doyle, PJ (reprint author), Ctr Geriatr Res Educ & Clin, 7180 Highland Dr, Pittsburgh, PA 15206 USA.
CR BLOMERT L, 1994, APHASIOLOGY, V8, P381, DOI 10.1080/02687039408248666
Cella D., 2004, QUALITY LIFE RES S, V13, P6
Donovan NJ, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P362, DOI 10.1080/02687030500475184
Doyle PJ, 2005, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V48, P1412, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2005/098)
Doyle PJ, 2004, J CLIN EPIDEMIOL, V57, P997, DOI 10.1016/j.jclinepi.2003.11.016
Duncan PW, 1999, STROKE, V30, P2131
Elman R. J., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P115
Frattali C, 1995, AM SPEECH LANGUAGE H
FRATTALI CM, 1992, APHASIOLOGY, V6, P63, DOI 10.1080/02687039208248577
Gardner W, 2002, MED CARE, V40, P812, DOI 10.1097/01.MLR.0000025436.30093.77
Glueckauf RL, 2003, NEUROREHABILITATION, V18, P281
Holland A., 1980, COMMUNICATIVE ABILIT
Holland A. L., 1999, COMMUNICATION ACTIVI
KOSINSKI M, 1999, QUAL LIFE RES, V8, P586
Lai JS, 2003, QUAL LIFE RES, V12, P485, DOI 10.1023/A:1025014509626
Lincoln N B, 1982, Int Rehabil Med, V4, P114
LOMAS J, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V54, P113
McHorney CA, 2000, MED CARE, V38, P43
RODRIGUEZ A, 2007, MEASUREMENT PROPERTI
Simmons-Mackie N, 2005, J COMMUN DISORD, V38, P1, DOI 10.1016/j.jcomdis.2004.03.007
WHO, 1999, WHO DIS ASS SCHED PH
Wirz SL, 1990, REVISED EDINBURGH FU
WORRALL L, 2001, ASIA PACIFIC J SPEEC, V6, P149
NR 23
TC 2
Z9 2
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 7-8
BP 718
EP 728
DI 10.1080/02687030701803093
PG 11
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 318JK
UT WOS:000257087200005
ER
PT J
AU Fleming, VB
Harris, JL
AF Fleming, Valarie B.
Harris, Joyce L.
TI Complex discourse production in mild cognitive impairment: Detecting
subtle changes
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT 37th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY, 2007
CL Scottsdale, AZ
DE discourse; mild cognitive impairment; discourse production
ID EXECUTIVE FUNCTIONS; OLDER-ADULTS; DEMENTIA; DISEASE
AB Background: Mild cognitive impairment (MCI) is characterised by memory impairment that is greater than would be expected for an individual's age and educational background. Differentiating MCI from normal cognition in ageing is a compelling social, clinical, and scientific concern. Of those with MCI, 50% progress to Alzheimer's dementia within 5 years, while many individuals remain stable or return to normal functioning. Importantly, early identification of MCI has important implications for speech-language pathology intervention.
Aims: The purpose of this study was to investigate whether performance on a complex elicited discourse production task differentiated individuals with MCI from those with normal cognition. The variables of interest were discourse length, complexity, and quality.
Methods & Procedures: Eight individuals with MCI and eight age- and gender-matched controls were tested with the Mini-Mental State Exam (MMSE), Logical Memory Subtest (LMS) of the Weschsler Memory Scale, and the Boston Naming Test (BNT). For the experimental task, each participant provided a complex, elicited discourse sample that was unconstrained in terms of discourse genre, in response to verbal instructions.
Outcomes & Results: The MMSE and LMS scores differentiated the groups in the expected direction, with the control group outperforming the MCI group. The groups performed comparably on the BNT. Performance on the experimental discourse production task distinguished the groups on measures of length and quality, but not in syntactic complexity.
Conclusions: These findings suggest that performance on a complex elicited discourse production task uncovers subtle differences in the abilities of individuals with MCI, such that measures of length and quality differentiated them from individuals with normal cognition.
C1 [Fleming, Valarie B.] SW Texas State Univ, Dept Commun Disorders, San Marcos, TX 78666 USA.
[Harris, Joyce L.] Univ Texas Austin, Austin, TX 78712 USA.
RP Fleming, VB (reprint author), SW Texas State Univ, Dept Commun Disorders, 601 Univ Dr, San Marcos, TX 78666 USA.
EM valarie.fleming@txstate.edu
CR *AM SPEECH LANG HE, 1990, ASHA S2, V32
American Speech-Language-Hearing Association, 2005, ASHA S, V25, P1
Bayles K. A., 1987, COMMUNICATION COGNIT
BAYLES KA, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V16, P265, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90086-4
Brookshire RH, 1997, INTRO NEUROGENIC COM
BROWNELL HH, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V18, P20, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90002-0
Chapman SB, 2002, ALZ DIS ASSOC DIS, V16, P177, DOI 10.1097/01.WAD.0000021660.89502.AD
COELHO C A, 1991, Brain Injury, V5, P381, DOI 10.3109/02699059109008111
COELHO CA, 1995, BRAIN INJURY, V9, P471, DOI 10.3109/02699059509008206
Cooper P. V., 1990, J GERONTOL B-PSYCHOL, V45, P210
Crawford JR, 1998, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V8, P209, DOI 10.1080/713755574
Cummings JL, 2000, NEUROBIOL AGING, V21, P845, DOI 10.1016/S0197-4580(00)00183-4
FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6
Gauthier S, 2006, LANCET, V367, P1262, DOI 10.1016/S0140-6736(06)68542-5
Glosser G., 1992, J GERONTOL B-PSYCHOL, V47, P266
Godefroy O, 2003, J NEUROL, V250, P1, DOI 10.1007/s00415-003-0918-2
Green S. B., 2005, USING SPSS WINDOWS M
Harris JL, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V41, P603
HARTLEY L L, 1991, Brain Injury, V5, P267, DOI 10.3109/02699059109008097
Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST
KIRAN S, 2005, COMMUNICATION WELLNE
KIRAN S, 2006, COMMUNICATION WELLNE
LEZAK MD, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL A
Mackenzie C, 2000, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V35, P269, DOI 10.1080/136828200247188
Miller JF, 2006, SYSTEMATIC ANAL LANG
NORTH AJ, 1986, INT J AGING HUM DEV, V23, P267, DOI 10.2190/BPF0-2BWD-BGNQ-HWCW
PATRY R, 1990, DISCOURSE ABILITY BR, P3
Petersen RC, 2001, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V58, P1985, DOI 10.1001/archneur.58.12.1985
Rusted J, 2000, DEMENT GERIATR COGN, V11, P350, DOI 10.1159/000017265
Shulman KI, 2000, INT J GERIATR PSYCH, V15, P548, DOI 10.1002/1099-1166(200006)15:6<548::AID-GPS242>3.3.CO;2-L
Ulatowska H. K., 1990, DISCOURSE ABILITY BR, P180
ULATOWSKA HK, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V28, P24, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90088-X
Weschsler D., 1987, WESCHSLER MEMORY SCA
NR 33
TC 6
Z9 7
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 7-8
BP 729
EP 740
DI 10.1080/02687030701803762
PG 12
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 318JK
UT WOS:000257087200006
ER
PT J
AU Albright, E
Purves, B
AF Albright, Erin
Purves, Barbara
TI Exploring SentenceShaper (TM): Treatment and augmentative possibilities
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT 37th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY, 2007
CL Scottsdale, AZ
DE aphasia; computer technology; sentence production; social participation;
narrative
ID APHASIC LANGUAGE PRODUCTION; ADULTS; AAC
AB Background: Advances in computer technology have led to the development of innovative approaches to aphasia treatment. One example is SentenceShaper (TM), a software program designed to support sentence production for people with nonfluent aphasia. Studies have demonstrated improvement in unaided and/or aided sentence production for some individuals using this program, suggesting therapeutic benefit. In addition, because SentenceShaper (TM) allows users to record and save spoken messages, it has the potential to augment everyday communication.
Aims: The goals of this 4-month case study were to explore first how using a beta version of SentenceShaper (TM) could support narrative production for an individual with nonfluent aphasia, and second how she would exploit its therapeutic and augmentative aspects to support her everyday communication.
Methods & Procedures: The study, drawing on impairment-based and social models of intervention, comprised two components. The first used quantitative measures to compare narratives produced before and after 12 weeks of using SentenceShaper (TM). The second used qualitative methodologies to explore its impact on communication.
Outcomes & Results: Quantitative measures showed an increase in morphosyntactic complexity of the aphasic participant's narratives, while measures of informativeness, efficiency, and narrative structure remained relatively unchanged. Findings from the second component revealed that, although the participant with aphasia used SentenceShaper (TM) messages for e-mail and in conversation, neither she nor her mother readily accepted the use of the program to augment communication in everyday life.
Conclusions: Reasons for this lack of acceptance are explored. Ways in which the combination of quantitative and qualitative methodologies contributed to a deeper understanding of the findings are discussed.
C1 [Albright, Erin; Purves, Barbara] Univ British Columbia, Sch Audiol & Speech Sci, Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z3, Canada.
RP Purves, B (reprint author), Univ British Columbia, Sch Audiol & Speech Sci, 5804 Fairview Ave, Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z3, Canada.
EM purves@audiospeech.ubc.ca
CR Aftonomos LB, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P951
Beukelman DR, 2007, AUGMENT ALTERN COMM, V23, P230, DOI 10.1080/07434610701553668
Byng S, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P906, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000128
Goodglass H, 2001, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V3rd
Heeschen C., 2003, CONVERSATION BRAIN D, P231
Joanette Y., 1990, DISCOURSE ABILITY BR, P131
Kaplan E., 2001, BOSTON NAMING TEST
KATZ RC, 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P718
Kay J., 1992, PALPA PSYCHOLINGUIST
Linebarger MC, 2001, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V11, P57
Linebarger MC, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P930, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000146
Linebarger MC, 2004, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P267, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000537
Marshall J, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P1009, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000218
NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338
Penn C, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P875
SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8
Shadden BB, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P211, DOI 10.1080/02687930444000697
Spradley J., 1980, PARTICIPANT OBSERVAT
Stake R.E., 1995, ART CASE STUDY RES
World Health Organisation, 2001, INT CLASS FUNCT DIS
ZINGESER L, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P13
NR 21
TC 5
Z9 5
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 7-8
BP 741
EP 752
DI 10.1080/02687030701803770
PG 12
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 318JK
UT WOS:000257087200007
ER
PT J
AU Kim, ES
Bayles, KA
Beeson, PM
AF Kim, Esther S.
Bayles, Kathryn A.
Beeson, Pelagie M.
TI Instruction processing in young and older adults: Contributions of
memory span
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT 37th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY, 2007
CL Scottsdale, AZ
DE ageing; memory span; working memory; instructions
ID VERBAL WORKING-MEMORY; LANGUAGE COMPREHENSION; CAPACITY; AGE;
METAANALYSIS; KNOWLEDGE
AB Background: Age-related changes in cognition and in particular, working memory, can impact older adults' abilities to comprehend linguistic information. Many investigators have undertaken the study of age effects on language comprehension, but confounding variables, such as vocabulary level, general knowledge, and episodic memory ability limit what can be inferred about linguistic processing in ageing.
Aims: The purpose of this study was to investigate young and older adults' performance on a language-processing task that assessed ability to follow instructions. Despite having ecological validity, little attention has been paid to age effects on the processing of procedural information. The use of the instruction task allowed for an investigation of age effects on language comprehension while mitigating the effects of thematic knowledge, vocabulary and episodic memory.
Methods & Procedures: A total of 37 older adults (M = 72.1 years) and 41 young adults (M = 22.5 years) received three measures of verbal memory: digit span, word span, and listening span. In addition, they were administered an experimental instruction task requiring participants to sort coloured pills into pill containers in response to spoken instructions. Information load of the instructions was manipulated by varying the number of actions per instruction and the number of components to be remembered per action. For example, the instruction Take three pills on Monday and two on Tuesday has two actions, and each action has two components to remember (number of pills and day). The dependent variable was participants' performance accuracy in following the instructions.
Outcomes & Results: Significant age effects were observed on the experimental instruction task, as well as on word and listening span measures. As the information load of the instructions increased, accuracy decreased for both groups, although this effect was greater for the older adults. When comparing instructions that had the same number of total components to be remembered, but differed in how these components were structured, participants performed more accurately when the instruction contained fewer actions, even if each action had more components to remember. Digit span was a significant predictor of performance on the instruction task, together with age accounting for more than half of the variance.
Conclusions: The results of this study demonstrate the expected age effects on working memory span capacity, and illustrate the effect of span capacity on following verbal instructions. From a practical perspective, these findings suggest that when a procedural instruction loaded with content is presented to an older adult, processing will be enhanced when it requires fewer actions.
C1 [Kim, Esther S.; Bayles, Kathryn A.; Beeson, Pelagie M.] Univ Arizona, Dept Speech Language & Hearing Sci, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA.
RP Kim, ES (reprint author), Univ Arizona, Dept Speech Language & Hearing Sci, 1131 E 2 St, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA.
EM eskim@email.arizona.edu
CR Baddeley A. D., 1974, PSYCHOL LEARN MOTIV, V8, P47, DOI DOI 10.1016/S0079-7421(08)60452-1
BOOTHROYD A, 1984, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V27, P134
Bopp KL, 2005, J GERONTOL B-PSYCHOL, V60, pP223
Cowan N, 2001, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V24, P87, DOI 10.1017/S0140525X01003922
CRAIK FIM, 2000, COGNITIVE AGEING PRI
DANEMAN M, 1980, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V19, P450, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(80)90312-6
Daneman M, 1996, PSYCHON B REV, V3, P422, DOI 10.3758/BF03214546
DeDe G, 2004, PSYCHOL AGING, V19, P601, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.19.4.601
DERENZI E, 1962, BRAIN, V85, P665, DOI 10.1093/brain/85.4.665
Finucane ML, 2002, J BEHAV DECIS MAKING, V15, P141, DOI 10.1002/bdm.407
FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J GERONTOL, V37, P358
Harris JL, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V41, P603
HARTLEY JT, 1988, LANGUAGE MEMORY AGIN, P36
HULTSCH DF, 1983, EXP AGING RES, V9, P17
Kluger A, 1999, J GERIATR PSYCH NEUR, V12, P168, DOI 10.1177/089198879901200402
Kucera H., 1967, COMPUTATIONAL ANAL P
Morrow DG, 2005, GERONTOLOGIST, V45, P545
PARK DC, 2000, COGNITIVE AGEING PRI
STINEMORROW EAL, 1999, CONSTRAINTS LANGUAGE, P53
US Census Bureau, 2004, US INT PROJ AG SEX R
Van der Linden M, 1999, AGING NEUROPSYCHOL C, V6, P32, DOI 10.1076/anec.6.1.32.791
Waters GS, 1996, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V49, P51, DOI 10.1080/027249896392801
Wechsler D., 1987, WECHSLER MEMORY SCAL
WINGFIELD A, 1988, EXP AGING RES, V14, P103
WINGFIELD A, 1998, OTHER SIDE ERROR TER, P319
NR 25
TC 2
Z9 2
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 7-8
BP 753
EP 762
DI 10.1080/02687030701803788
PG 10
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 318JK
UT WOS:000257087200008
ER
PT J
AU Rogalski, Y
Edmonds, LA
AF Rogalski, Yvonne
Edmonds, Lisa A.
TI Attentive Reading and Constrained Summarisation (ARCS) treatment in
primary progressive aphasia: A case study
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT 37th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY, 2007
CL Scottsdale, AZ
DE PPA; treatment; discourse; coherence; attention
ID SEMANTIC DEMENTIA; LANGUAGE; THERAPY; COMPREHENSION; COHESION; TEXT
AB Background: Primary progressive aphasia (PPA) is a neurodegenerative disease characterised by isolated and gradual language decline that can negatively affect discourse. Behavioural treatments for PPA have typically targeted linguistic processes at the micro-structure (word or sentence) level rather than the macro-structure (discourse) level, with minimal generalisation to discourse. There is a growing consensus that non-linguistic mechanisms such as attention are imperative for complex language execution such as discourse. Intentional language use (Nadeau, Rothi, Rosenbek, 2008) is another mechanism thought to promote language generalisation by encouraging verbal language to the exclusion of other modalities. Attentive Reading and Constrained Summarisation (ARCS) is a novel discourse-level treatment derived from cognitive principles and operating on macro-structure and micro-structure linguistic levels.
Aims: In this case report of one participant with PPA we anticipated post-treatment discourse-level improvements in coherence, cohesion, and informativeness/efficiency with unlikely maintenance due to the neurodegenerative nature of PPA.
Methods & Procedures: Stanley, a 76-year-old gentleman with PPA and concomitant attention impairments, received the ARCS treatment. ARCS focuses attention during reading and promotes intentional language use by summarisation with constraints.
Outcomes & Results: Pre- to post-treatment and maintenance improvements on coherence, cohesion, and percent correct information units were observed.
Conclusions: The current findings are intriguing but must be interpreted with prudence given that this is a case study with limitations related to lack of experimental control. However, ARCS is a novel behavioural treatment for PPA and the post-treatment and 2-months maintenance results warrant consideration.
C1 [Rogalski, Yvonne; Edmonds, Lisa A.] Univ Florida, Dept Communicat Disorders, Gainesville, FL 32610 USA.
RP Rogalski, Y (reprint author), Univ Florida, Dept Communicat Disorders, POB 100174, Gainesville, FL 32610 USA.
EM rogalski@phhp.ufl.edu
CR ADAMS C, 1991, PSYCHOL AGING, V6, P323, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.6.3.323
Alexander MP, 2006, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V12, P236, DOI 10.1017/S1355617706060309
Coelho CA, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P275, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000741
CROSSON B, 2000, APHASIA LANGUAGE THE, P372
Edwards S, 1998, Int J Lang Commun Disord, V33 Suppl, P190
FISCHLER I, 2000, APHASIA LANGUAGE THE, P348
Frattali C, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V91, P177, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.06.091
GLOSSER G, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V40, P67, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90117-J
GLOSSER G, 1993, NARRATIVE DISCOURSE IN NEUROLOGICALLY IMPAIRED AND NORMAL AGING ADULTS, P191
Graham KS, 1999, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V13, P359, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.13.3.359
Grimes J. E., 1975, THREAD DISCOURSE
Halliday Michael, 1976, COHESION ENGLISH
Helm-Estabrooks N, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V74, P469
Hunt K. W., 1965, GRAMMATICAL STRUCTUR
Jokel R, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V16, P241, DOI 10.1080/09602010500176757
KINTSCH W, 1978, PSYCHOL REV, V85, P363, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.85.5.363
LILES BZ, 1985, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V28, P123
Maher LM, 2006, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V12, P843, DOI 10.1017/S1355617706061029
McNeil M. R., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P76, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360.0404.76
MCNEIL MR, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V20, P21
Meinzer M, 2005, STROKE, V36, P1462, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.0000169941.29831.2a
Mesulam MM, 2001, ANN NEUROL, V49, P425, DOI 10.1002/ana.91
Murray LL, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P91, DOI 10.1080/026870399402226
Murray LL, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P651, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249564
Nadeau S., 2008, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P689
NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338
Pattee C, 2006, INT J REHABIL RES, V29, P151, DOI 10.1097/01.mrr.0000210046.02044.4d
Pulvermuller F, 2001, STROKE, V32, P1621
Ramsberger G, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P1066, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000254
Reilly J, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P329, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000787
Rogers MA, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P635, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249563
Schneider SL, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P297, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248414
Snowden JS, 2002, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V40, P1715, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(02)00031-3
Thompson CK, 2003, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V46, P591, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2003/047)
Ulatowska H. K., 1994, DISCOURSE ANAL APPL, P29
Van Leer E, 1999, J COMMUN DISORD, V32, P327, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(99)00008-8
WEINTRAUB S, 1990, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V47, P1329
NR 37
TC 9
Z9 9
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 7-8
BP 763
EP 775
DI 10.1080/02687030701803796
PG 13
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 318JK
UT WOS:000257087200009
ER
PT J
AU Patel, AD
Iversen, JR
Wassenaar, M
Hagoort, P
AF Patel, Aniruddh D.
Iversen, John R.
Wassenaar, Marlies
Hagoort, Peter
TI Musical syntactic processing in agrammatic Broca's aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT 37th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY, 2007
CL Scottsdale, AZ
DE syntax; music; comprehension; harmony; language; aphasia
ID LANGUAGE; COMPREHENSION; EXPECTATION; AMUSIA; BRAIN; ERP
AB Background: Growing evidence for overlap in the syntactic processing of language and music in non-brain-damaged individuals leads to the question of whether aphasic individuals with grammatical comprehension problems in language also have problems processing structural relations in music.
Aims: The current study sought to test musical syntactic processing in individuals with Broca's aphasia and grammatical comprehension deficits, using both explicit and implicit tasks.
Methods & Procedures: Two experiments were conducted. In the first experiment 12 individuals with Broca's aphasia (and 14 matched controls) were tested for their sensitivity to grammatical and semantic relations in sentences, and for their sensitivity to musical syntactic (harmonic) relations in chord sequences. An explicit task (acceptability judgement of novel sequences) was used. The second experiment, with 9 individuals with Broca's aphasia (and 12 matched controls), probed musical syntactic processing using an implicit task (harmonic priming).
Outcomes & Results: In both experiments the aphasic group showed impaired processing of musical syntactic relations. Control experiments indicated that this could not be attributed to low-level problems with the perception of pitch patterns or with auditory short-term memory for tones.
Conclusions: The results suggest that musical syntactic processing in agrammatic aphasia deserves systematic investigation, and that such studies could help probe the nature of the processing deficits underlying linguistic agrammatism. Methodological suggestions are offered for future work in this little-explored area.
C1 [Patel, Aniruddh D.; Iversen, John R.] Inst Neurosci, San Diego, CA 92121 USA.
[Wassenaar, Marlies; Hagoort, Peter] FC Donders Ctr Cognit Neuroimaging, Nijmegen, Netherlands.
RP Patel, AD (reprint author), Inst Neurosci, 10640 John Jay Hopkins Dr, San Diego, CA 92121 USA.
EM apatel@nsi.edu
RI Hagoort, Peter/B-7417-2012
CR BHARUCHA JJ, 1987, MUSIC PERCEPT, V5, P1
Caplan D, 1996, BRAIN, V119, P933, DOI 10.1093/brain/119.3.933
CAPLAN D, 2006, HDB PSYCHOLINGUISTIC, P935
FRANCES R, 1973, REV INT PSYCHOL APPL, V22, P117
Gaser C, 2003, J NEUROSCI, V23, P9240
Gibson E, 1998, COGNITION, V68, P1, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(98)00034-1
Grodzinslcy Y., 1990, THEORETICAL PERSPECT
GROSSMAN M, 1980, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V18, P299, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(80)90125-6
Koelsch S, 2005, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V17, P1565, DOI 10.1162/089892905774597290
Kolk H., 1998, HDB NEUROLINGUISTICS, P249, DOI 10.1016/B978-012666055-5/50020-4
Krumhansl C., 1990, COGNITIVE FDN MUSICA
LERDAHL F, 1983, GENERATIVE THEORY TO
Levy R, 2008, COGNITION, V106, P1126, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2007.05.006
Loui P, 2007, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V69, P1084, DOI 10.3758/BF03193946
Luria A R, 1965, J Neurol Sci, V2, P288, DOI 10.1016/0022-510X(65)90113-9
Maess B, 2001, NAT NEUROSCI, V4, P540
Patel AD, 2003, NAT NEUROSCI, V6, P674, DOI 10.1038/nn1082
Patel AD, 1998, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V10, P717, DOI 10.1162/089892998563121
Peretz I, 2003, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V999, P58, DOI 10.1196/annals.1284.006
PERETZ I, 1993, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V10, P21, DOI 10.1080/02643299308253455
Racette A, 2006, BRAIN, V129, P2571, DOI 10.1093/brain/awl250
SLEVC LR, 2007, 20 CUNY SENT PROC C
Tekman HG, 1998, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V24, P252, DOI 10.1037/0096-1523.24.1.252
Tillmann B, 2000, PSYCHOL REV, V107, P885, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.107.4.885
Tzortzis C, 2000, CORTEX, V36, P227, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70526-4
Wassenaar M, 2004, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V16, P553, DOI 10.1162/089892904323057290
NR 26
TC 32
Z9 33
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 7-8
BP 776
EP 789
DI 10.1080/02687030701803804
PG 14
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 318JK
UT WOS:000257087200010
ER
PT J
AU Cameron, RM
Wambaugh, JL
Mauszycki, S
AF Cameron, Rosalea M.
Wambaugh, Julie L.
Mauszycki, Shannon
TI Effects of age, gender, and education on semantic fluency for living and
artifact categories
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT 37th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY, 2007
CL Scottsdale, AZ
DE semantic fluency; naming; categories
ID ALZHEIMERS-DISEASE; DEFICITS; DISSOCIATIONS; FAMILIARITY; DEMENTIA
AB Background: Evidence exists that many individuals with neurological damage exhibit a category effect, typically naming more artifact than living items. However, there is a paucity of research exploring the existence of a category effect with neurologically intact individuals. The investigations performed to date have focused on a limited number of categories, and most authors have not controlled for possible age, gender, and/or education-related effects among groups.
Aims: The purpose of this study was to explore the effects of age, gender, and education on semantic fluency for four living and four artifact categories.
Methods & Procedures: A total of 60 individuals recruited from four groups participated in the study: younger males, younger females, older males, and older females. Each group of 15 individuals was matched for years of education. Participants were asked to name as many items as possible in four living categories: birds, four-footed animals, fruits, and vegetables as well as four artifact categories: tools, kitchen utensils, furniture, and clothing.
Outcomes & Results: There was no significant difference between living and artifact domains. With regard to specific categories, females named significantly more fruit and furniture items, while males named more tools. Younger females with fewer than 16 years of education named the most fruits, and participants with at least 16 years of education had an advantage for clothing. Older males and younger females named more four-footed animals than did their gender-matched peers.
Conclusions: In contrast to previous reports, this investigation failed to identify naming differences between living and artifact domains, which might partly be related to dissimilar task demands (i.e., semantic fluency versus confrontation naming). However, several gender-based differences observed for specific categories were consistent with previous research. Moreover, the use of a broader range of categories exposed additional differences in naming performance.
C1 [Cameron, Rosalea M.; Wambaugh, Julie L.; Mauszycki, Shannon] VA Salt Lake City Healthcare Syst, Salt Lake City, UT 84148 USA.
[Cameron, Rosalea M.; Wambaugh, Julie L.; Mauszycki, Shannon] Univ Utah, Salt Lake City, UT USA.
RP Cameron, RM (reprint author), VA Salt Lake City Healthcare Syst, 151A Bldg 2,500 Foothill Blvd, Salt Lake City, UT 84148 USA.
EM Rosalea.Cameron@va.gov
CR Albanese E, 2000, CORTEX, V36, P733, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70549-5
Barbarotto R, 2002, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V40, P1637, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(02)00029-5
Battig W. F., 1969, J EXPT PSYCHOL MON 2, V80
Brown L., 1997, TEST NONVERBAL INTEL
Bunn EM, 1998, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V12, P367, DOI 10.1037//0894-4105.12.3.367
CAPITANI E, 1994, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V32, P1453, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(94)90117-1
Capitani E, 2003, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V20, P213, DOI 10.1080/02643290244000266
Capitani E, 1999, CORTEX, V35, P273, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70800-1
CARAMAZZA A, 1998, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V7, P161
Coppens P, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V94, P61, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.11.008
Gainotti G, 2005, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V43, P1633, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2005.01.016
Henry JD, 2004, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V42, P1212, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2004.02.001
HUFF FJ, 1986, BRAIN LANG, V28, P235, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(86)90103-3
Knight RG, 2006, BRIT J CLIN PSYCHOL, V45, P393, DOI 10.1348/014466505X68032
Laws KR, 1999, CORTEX, V35, P729, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70831-1
Laws KR, 2004, PERS INDIV DIFFER, V36, P23, DOI 10.1016/S0191-8869(03)00048-5
Laws KR, 2005, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V17, P1453, DOI 10.1162/0898929054985428
Mack WJ, 2005, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V27, P591, DOI 10.1080/13803390490918417
Marra C, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V21, P207, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.21.2.207
MCKENNA P, 1994, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V4, P255, DOI 10.1080/09602019408401461
Nelson HE, 1991, NATL ADULT READING T, V2nd
Rascovsky K, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V21, P20, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.21.1.20
NR 22
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 7-8
BP 790
EP 801
DI 10.1080/02687030701818018
PG 12
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 318JK
UT WOS:000257087200011
ER
PT J
AU Croteau, C
Le Dorze, G
Morin, C
AF Croteau, Claire
Le Dorze, Guylaine
Morin, Claudia
TI The influence of aphasia severity on how both members of a couple
participate in an interview situation
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT 37th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY, 2007
CL Scottsdale, AZ
DE aphasia; couples; severity; interview
ID SPOUSES; CONVERSATION; SPEAKING; CONSEQUENCES; STRATEGY; PEOPLE
AB Background: One of the major impacts of aphasia is the social isolation of spouses and their partners with aphasia over time. This consequence may be related to a couple's discomfort in conversing with a third party. In an interview situation, spouses support their partner with aphasia in order to allow him/her to be included in the talk. It is likely that the participation of both members of couples depended on the degree to which the aphasia interfered.
Aims: The general aim of this research was to describe the influence of aphasia severity on the contributions of each member of a couple, one of them who had aphasia, in an interview situation.
Methods & Procedures: The twenty-six couples with a member with aphasia were divided into three groups of different aphasia severities. Five couples constituted the control group. All couples were filmed in an interview. Number and types of spouses' contributions, their solicitation by the person with aphasia and their reaction and participation following the contributions were analyzed.
Outcomes & Results: Results showed that the severity of aphasia had a significant effect on both members of the couple participating in the interview. Groups of couples with aphasia and especially those with moderate and severe aphasia differed from groups of milder forms of aphasia and couples without communication limitations. The number of speaking for and repair behaviours produced by spouses and the reactions and participation of people with aphasia following these contributions also varied significantly with aphasia severity.
Conclusions: The results help us better understand how both couples with and without a member with aphasia engage in an interview. Moreover, these results may be clinically useful to support the development of treatment methods that include the spouse of people with aphasia.
C1 [Croteau, Claire; Le Dorze, Guylaine; Morin, Claudia] Univ Montreal, Ecole Orthophonie & Audiol, Montreal, PQ H3C 3J7, Canada.
RP Croteau, C (reprint author), Univ Montreal, Ecole Orthophonie & Audiol, CP 6128,Succursale Ctr Ville, Montreal, PQ H3C 3J7, Canada.
EM claire.croteau@umontreal.ca
RI Le Dorze, Guylaine/A-1790-2014
CR Atkinson JM, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P243
Bakas T, 2006, REHABIL NURS, V31, P33
Croteau C, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P811, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000221
Croteau C, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P327, DOI 10.1080/02687030500475051
Croteau C, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P291, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000616
Croteau C, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P791, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192398
Damico JS, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P651
Ferguson A, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P1007, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249466
Goodglass H, 1983, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V2nd
Herrmann M, 1995, TOP STROKE REHABIL, V2, P5
LEDORZE G, 1995, APHASIOLOGY, V9, P239
MANZO JF, 1995, SOCIOL HEALTH ILL, V17, P307, DOI 10.1111/1467-9566.ep10933323
Michallet B, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P835, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000238
Oelschlaeger ML, 2000, J COMMUN DISORD, V33, P205, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(00)00019-8
Oelschlaeger ML, 1998, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V12, P459, DOI 10.3109/02699209808985238
Oelschlaeger ML, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P971, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249464
Simmons-Mackie N, 2004, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V13, P114, DOI 10.1044/1058-0630(2004/013)
NR 17
TC 2
Z9 2
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 7-8
BP 802
EP 812
DI 10.1080/02687030701818026
PG 11
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 318JK
UT WOS:000257087200012
ER
PT J
AU Harris, JL
Kiran, S
Marquardt, TP
Fleming, VB
AF Harris, Joyce L.
Kiran, Swathi
Marquardt, Thomas P.
Fleming, Valarie B.
TI Communication Wellness Check-up (c): Age-related changes in
communicative abilities
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT 37th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY, 2007
CL Scottsdale, AZ
DE communication; thematic score; mild cognitive impairment; discourse
ID MILD COGNITIVE IMPAIRMENT; SCREENING INSTRUMENT; OLDER-ADULTS; DEMENTIA
AB Background: Subtle changes in communicative function may be an early sign of an underlying neurological condition. Although early detection is encouraged to prevent illness, decrease morbidity, and reduce disability, early detection does not typically include periodic cognitive-communicative assessment.
Aim: The goal of this research was to determine whether subtle linguistic markers in discourse production would differentiate groups of participants with and without cognitive impairment. Additionally, the relationships among participant variables, performance on standardised cognitive and linguistic measures, and performance on an experimental discourse production task were examined.
Methods & Procedures: A total of 30 neurologically healthy younger adults, 22 neurologically healthy older adults, 10 adults with mild cognitive impairment (MCI), and 10 persons with neurological damage (PWND) participated in the study. A discourse production task, Trip to New York, and several standardised measures including the BNT, MMSE, and WMS were administered to each participant. The discourse task was analysed in terms of 13 thematic core concepts. For each participant, a proportion score was calculated. The narrative sample also was analysed for several linguistic variables.
Outcomes & Results: Results revealed that the typically functioning groups provided more thematic information than the MCI and PWND groups. Multivariate ANOVA of linguistic variables (e.g., proportion of pronouns, modifiers, nouns, verbs) revealed differences in the proportion of pronouns and modifiers for the four groups.
Conclusions: The study found subtle markers in the complex elicited discourse of individuals with MCI and PWND that may further our understanding of cognitive-communicative changes in typically functioning older adults.
C1 [Harris, Joyce L.; Kiran, Swathi; Marquardt, Thomas P.] Univ Texas Austin, CCC SLP, Austin, TX 78712 USA.
[Fleming, Valarie B.] SW Texas State Univ, San Marcos, TX 78666 USA.
RP Harris, JL (reprint author), Univ Texas Austin, CCC SLP, A1100,CMA 7-212, Austin, TX 78712 USA.
EM joyceharris@mail.utexas.edu
RI Kiran, S/B-1892-2013
CR Albert M, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V21, P158, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.21.2.158
Bayles K. A., 1987, COMMUNICATION COGNIT
Bryan K, 2001, AGING MENT HEALTH, V5, P371
Cohen J., 1988, STAT POWER ANAL BEHA, V2nd
COLLIE A, 1999, AUSTR NZ J PSYCHIAT, V33, P560
Crawford JR, 1998, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V8, P209, DOI 10.1080/713755574
De Jager C, 2005, AM J GERIAT PSYCHIAT, V13, P735, DOI 10.1176/appi.ajgp.13.8.735
Dijkstra K, 2004, J NEUROLINGUIST, V17, P263, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(03)00048-4
Drebing C. E., 1994, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V8, P31, DOI DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.8.1.31
Ehrlich JS, 1997, J COMMUN DISORD, V30, P79, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(95)00053-4
FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6
Glosser G., 1992, J GERONTOL B-PSYCHOL, V47, P266
Hough MS, 2007, FOLIA PHONIATR LOGO, V59, P10, DOI 10.1159/000096546
Kalbe E, 2004, INT J GERIATR PSYCH, V19, P136, DOI 10.1002/gps.1042
Kaplan E, 1983, BOSTON NAMING TEST
KIRAN S, 2005, COMMUNICATION WELLNE
Liu SI, 2005, AM J GERIAT PSYCHIAT, V13, P581, DOI 10.1176/appi.ajgp.13.7.581
MEGURO K, 2001, J GERONTOL B-PSYCHOL, V56, P314
Miller JF, 2006, SYSTEMATIC ANAL LANG
NASREDDINE Z, 2005, J AM GERIATR SOC, V533, P695
OBLER LK, 1980, LANGUAGE COMMUNICATI
Ostberg P, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V95, P273, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.01.010
Shadden B B, 1997, Semin Speech Lang, V18, P143, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1064069
SHEKIM L, 1997, APHASIA RELATED NEUR
Standish TIM, 2007, INT J GERIATR PSYCH, V22, P189, DOI 10.1002/gps.1659
Weschsler D., 1987, WESCHSLER MEMORY SCA
Woodard JL, 2005, AGING NEUROPSYCHOL C, V12, P299, DOI 10.1080/138255890968268
NR 27
TC 4
Z9 5
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
EI 1464-5041
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 7-8
BP 813
EP 825
DI 10.1080/02687030701818034
PG 13
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 318JK
UT WOS:000257087200013
ER
PT J
AU Henry, ML
Beeson, PM
Rapcsak, SZ
AF Henry, Maya L.
Beeson, Pelagie M.
Rapcsak, Steven Z.
TI Treatment for lexical retrieval in progressive aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT 37th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY, 2007
CL Scottsdale, AZ
DE progressive aphasia; treatment; rehabilitation; anomia; lexical
retrieval
ID SEMANTIC DEMENTIA; NAMING DISORDERS; FLUENT APHASIA; THERAPY; ANOMIA;
DEFICITS
AB Background: Treatment for lexical retrieval impairment has been shown to yield positive outcomes in individuals with aphasia due to focal lesions, but there has been little research regarding the treatment of such impairments in individuals with progressive aphasia.
Aims: The purpose of this study was to examine the therapeutic effects of a semantic treatment for anomia in progressive aphasia relative to the outcome in an individual with stroke-induced aphasia.
Methods & Procedures: Two individuals with progressive aphasia and one with aphasia resulting from stroke participated in the study. Each participant presented with fluent, anomic aphasia; however, one of the patients with progressive aphasia demonstrated characteristics indicating a likely progression towards non-fluency. Each participant received a brief, intensive treatment intended to improve lexical retrieval in the context of generative naming for selected semantic categories. Treatment tasks included guided lexical retrieval prompted by the identification and elaboration of items within semantic subcategories, as well as other semantic tasks. Treatment outcomes were quantified using standard effects sizes as well as nonparametric tests comparing pre- versus post-treatment performance.
Outcomes & Results: One of the individuals with progressive aphasia showed large treatment effects for lexical retrieval of items from targeted semantic categories. The other progressive aphasia patient showed very small effects overall for treated categories. The individual with the focal lesion due to stroke showed medium-sized effects for trained categories as well as significant improvement on a standardised measure of naming.
Conclusions: Findings indicate that intensive, semantically based treatment for lexical retrieval can result in positive outcomes in individuals with progressive as well as stroke-induced aphasia. Examination of individual differences suggests that the status of semantic and episodic memory may provide predictive information regarding responsiveness to treatment.
C1 [Henry, Maya L.; Beeson, Pelagie M.] Univ Arizona, Dept Speech Language & Hearing Sci, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA.
[Rapcsak, Steven Z.] So Arizona VA Hlth Care Syst, Tucson, AZ USA.
RP Henry, ML (reprint author), Univ Arizona, Dept Speech Language & Hearing Sci, POB 210071,1131 E 2nd St, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA.
EM maya@email.arizona.edu
CR Beeson PM, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V16, P161, DOI 10.1007/s11065-006-9013-7
Boyle M, 2004, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V13, P236, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2004/025)
Clark DG, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V94, P54, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.11.007
Drew RL, 1999, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V42, P972
Frattali C, 2004, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V12, P11
Graham KS, 1999, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V13, P359, DOI 10.1037/0894-4105.13.3.359
Graham KS, 2001, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V11, P429
Hillis A. E., 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V19, P255
HODGES JR, 1992, BRAIN, V115, P1783, DOI 10.1093/brain/115.6.1783
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Jokel R, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V16, P241, DOI 10.1080/09602010500176757
Jokel R, 2002, BRAIN COGNITION, V49, P241, DOI 10.1006/brcg.2001.1477
Jokel R, 2007, BRAIN LANG, V103, P205, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.07.117
Kaplan E., 2001, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Lowell S., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P109
Mcneil M. R., 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P472
McNeil M. R., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P76, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360.0404.76
Mesulam MM, 2001, ANN NEUROL, V49, P425, DOI 10.1002/ana.91
Neary D, 1998, NEUROLOGY, V51, P1546
Nickels L, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P109, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248401
Nickels L, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P935, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000563
Raymer A. M., 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P524
Robey RR, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P445
Snowden JS, 2002, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V40, P1715, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(02)00031-3
Warrington E., 1984, RECOGNITION MEMORY T
Williams GB, 2005, NEUROIMAGE, V24, P1042, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2004.10.023
NR 27
TC 15
Z9 15
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 7-8
BP 826
EP 838
DI 10.1080/02687030701820055
PG 13
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 318JK
UT WOS:000257087200014
ER
PT J
AU Gordon, JK
AF Gordon, Jean K.
TI Measuring the lexical semantics of picture description in aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT 37th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY, 2007
CL Scottsdale, AZ
DE aphasia; narrative; semantics; agrammatism; anomia
ID VERB RETRIEVAL; AGRAMMATIC PRODUCTION; NARRATIVES; DIVERSITY; DEFICITS;
SPEECH; ADULTS; LABOR
AB Background: Individuals with non-fluent aphasia have difficulty producing syntactically laden words, such as function words, whereas individuals with fluent aphasia often have difficulty producing semantically specific words. It is hypothesised that such dissociations arise, at least in part, from a trade-off between syntactic and semantic sources of input to lexical retrieval.
Aims: The aims of this study were (a) to identify quantitative measures of the semantic content of narrative for people with aphasia that are reliable indicators of semantic competence, independent of overall aphasia severity; (b) to determine whether these measures distinguish between fluent and non-fluent aphasia; and (c) to assess whether individuals with fluent and non-fluent aphasia show a trade-off between measures of syntactic and semantic production.
Methods & Procedures: Connected speech samples were elicited from 16 participants with aphasia, 8 fluent and 8 non-fluent. The semantic sufficiency of the samples was analysed by measuring the proportion of correct information units (CIUs), the type-token ratios (TTRs) of content words, and the proportion of semantically specific (heavy) to semantically general (light) verbs produced. These measures were then correlated with syntactic measures from the QPA (Berndt, Wayland, Rochon, Saffran, & Schwartz, 2000) across and within participant groups.
Outcomes & Results: CIUs were found to reflect primarily aphasia severity, and not to differentiate between fluent and non-fluent groups. TTRs were also strongly influenced by severity among fluent, but not non-fluent, participants. The ratio of heavy to light verbs reliably distinguished the groups, and showed different patterns of correlation with the syntactic measures.
Conclusions: Results show some evidence for a trade-off between syntactic and semantic inputs to word retrieval, at least among non-fluent participants. The heavy-light verb ratio provides information about semantic specificity, beyond what is provided by the CIU or TTR measures.
C1 Univ Iowa, Iowa City, IA 52242 USA.
RP Gordon, JK (reprint author), Univ Iowa, 125B,WJSHC 250 Hawkins Dr, Iowa City, IA 52242 USA.
EM jean-k-gordon@uiowa.edu
CR Barde LHF, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V97, P266, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.11.002
Bastiaanse R, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P561, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248437
Berndt R. S., 2000, QUANTITATIVE PRODUCT
Berndt RS, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P68
Boronat CB, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V91, P130, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.06.067
Breedin SD, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V63, P1, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1923
Butt Miriam, 2003, HARVARD WORKING PAPE, V9, P1
CHRISTIANSEN JA, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V51, P291, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1062
DELL GS, LANGUAGE CO IN PRESS
Deser T., 1990, BRAIN LANG, V40, P67
Doyle P. J., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P130
ERNESTBARON CR, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V30, P44
Goodglass H., 2001, ASSESSMENT APHASIA R, V3rd
Gordon JK, 2003, COGNITIVE SCI, V27, P1
Gordon JK, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P188, DOI 10.1080/02687030500472777
GORDON P, 1985, COGNITION, V21, P73, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(85)90046-0
Jakobson R., 1971, FUNDAMENTALS LANGUAG
Jesperson O, 1965, MODERN ENGLISH GRAMM
Edwards S, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P99, DOI 10.1080/02687039808250466
Kim M, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V88, P1, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00147-0
KIM M, 2004, PERSPECTIVES NEUROPH, V14, P24
KOLK H, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V50, P282, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1049
NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338
RICHARDS B, 1987, J CHILD LANG, V14, P201
Richards Brian J., 1997, QUANTIFYING LEXICAL
SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8
van der Hulst H., 1982, STRUCTURE PHONOLOG 1
Wright HH, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P443, DOI 10.1080/0268703044000166
ZINGESER LB, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P14, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90002-X
NR 29
TC 16
Z9 16
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 7-8
BP 839
EP 852
DI 10.1080/02687030701820063
PG 14
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 318JK
UT WOS:000257087200015
ER
PT J
AU Mitchum, CC
Berndt, RS
AF Mitchum, Charlotte C.
Berndt, Rita Sloan
TI Testing the interplay of structure and meaning in aphasic sentence
production
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT 37th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY, 2007
CL Scottsdale, AZ
DE sentence production; verb retrieval; aphasia therapy; dative
alternation; syntax
ID LANGUAGE PRODUCTION; VERB RETRIEVAL; COMPREHENSION; AGRAMMATISM
AB Background: Improving aphasic sentence production is a challenging endeavour, both for the speaker who must recover the linguistic skill and for the therapist who attempts to guide the process. Studies have demonstrated that treatment can often improve the sentence production ability of aphasic speakers, but with limited generalisation to new lexical content and untrained sentence structure. One factor that limits the outcome of production therapy may be the complexity of the relationship between the form and the meaning of a sentence. This is confounded by a limited array of diagnostic approaches for revealing what linguistic resources remain available to the aphasic speaker.
Aims: In this study we tested a new format for eliciting sentence production in aphasia. Our goal was to reveal whether or not individual aphasic speakers were sensitive to certain semantic and syntactic elements of sentences that are believed to influence the sentence production process.
Methods & Procedures: Using a modified sentence repetition format we explored the sentence production abilities of five fluent aphasic speakers under different conditions of lexical and/or structural manipulations. Lexical manipulations required substitution of a semantically related verb; structural manipulations required reordering of the post-verbal arguments in different dative constructions (double object and prepositional) that express essentially the same message.
Outcomes & Results: Response patterns obtained from the five aphasic participants revealed individual patterns of skill and sensitivity based on residual language ability. The implications of these results are discussed with reference to the potential for revealing elements of normal production patterns in aphasic speech, and the assumption that such information is important for developing more effective therapy for individuals with aphasia.
Conclusions: Patterns of sentence production elicited in a modified sentence repetition task may reveal syntactic flexibility and residual syntactic knowledge in speakers with aphasia.
C1 [Mitchum, Charlotte C.; Berndt, Rita Sloan] Univ Maryland, Sch Med, Dept Neurol, Baltimore, MD 21201 USA.
RP Berndt, RS (reprint author), Univ Maryland, Sch Med, Dept Neurol, Baltimore, MD 21201 USA.
EM rberndt@umaryland.edu
CR Berndt R. S., 2001, HDB COGNITIVE NEUROP, P375
Berndt RS, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P107
Bock J. K., 2000, J EXPT PSYCHOL GEN, V129, P177, DOI [DOI 10.1037/0096-3445.129.2.177, 10.1037/0096-3445.129.2.177]
Bock J. K., 1990, COGNITION, V35, P1
Bock J. Kathryn, 1999, MIT ENCY COGNITIVE S, P453
BOCK JK, 1986, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V18, P355, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(86)90004-6
CAPLAN D, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V20, P155, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90038-X
Chang F, 2006, PSYCHOL REV, V113, P234, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.113.2.234
CHATTERJEE A, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V49, P125, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1024
Conwell E, 2007, COGNITION, V103, P163, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2006.03.003
Hartsuiker RJ, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V62, P221, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1905
Hollmann W, 2007, FUNCT LANG, V14, P57, DOI 10.1075/fol.14.1.05hol
Kemmerer D, 2006, ACTION TO LANGUAGE VIA THE MIRROR NEURON SYSTEM, P347, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511541599.011
Kemmerer D, 2003, J NEUROLINGUIST, V16, P13, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(01)00042-2
Kemmerer D, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V73, P347, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2311
Kemmerer D, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P997, DOI 10.1080/02687030050156584
Kim M, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V74, P1, DOI 10.1006/brin.2000.2315
LEVELT WJM, 2001, COGNITIVE SCI ISSUES, P457
Levin B., 2005, ARGUMENT REALIZATION
Levin Beth, 1993, ENGLISH VERB CLASSES
Mitchum CC, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P675, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000255
MITCHUM CC, 2008, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO
PICKERING MJ, 2002, J MEM LANG, V46, P585
Pickering MJ, 1998, J MEM LANG, V39, P633, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1998.2592
Pinker Steven, 1989, LEARNABILITY COGNITI
Saffran EM, 1997, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V12, P877
SHAPIRO LP, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P21, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90100-U
Vigliocco G, 2002, PSYCHOL BULL, V128, P442, DOI 10.1037//0033-2909.128.3.442
NR 28
TC 0
Z9 0
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 7-8
BP 853
EP 865
DI 10.1080/02687030701831466
PG 13
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 318JK
UT WOS:000257087200016
ER
PT J
AU Duff, MC
Hengst, JA
Tengshe, C
Krema, A
Tranel, D
Cohen, NJ
AF Duff, Melissa C.
Hengst, Julie A.
Tengshe, Chinmayi
Krema, Alison
Tranel, Daniel
Cohen, Neal J.
TI Hippocampal amnesia disrupts the flexible use of procedural discourse in
social interaction
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT 37th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY, 2007
CL Scottsdale, AZ
DE memory; hippocampus; procedural discourse; social interaction; amnesia;
language
ID BRAIN; APHASIA; MEMORY
AB Background: We have worked to develop rich communicative environments as a way to study the real-world demands that communication places on language-and-memory-in-use by focusing on the impact of declarative memory impairments on social interaction. Here, we analyse procedural discoursethe practice of telling another person how to do something (e.g., giving directions).
Aims: To facilitate comparison to previous research on procedural discourse, this study includes an analysis of the procedural steps produced by target participants. This study also offers a novel approach by focusing on the collaborative and interactional nature of how procedural discourse is produced to meet the demands of real-world communication.
Methods & Procedures: Procedural discourse samples were obtained on nine individuals with hippocampal amnesia and nine comparison participants each interacting with a clinician. Using traditional procedural and linguistic-based measures and interactional discourse measures, we analysed target participants' individual contribution to procedural descriptions and contributions of both the clinician and participant across the samples.
Outcomes & Results: No significant group differences were observed for procedural and linguistic-based measures. Rather, participants with amnesia were more reliably distinguished on interactional discourse measures (e.g., lack of engagement and support for clinician, less detail and personalisation of procedural steps, difficulty in shifting social stance).
Conclusions: These findings accord with our previous research suggesting that hippocampal amnesia disrupts the flexible deployment of declarative knowledge and the ability to shift social stances/perspectives to meet the demands of social interaction. These findings contribute to the evolving portrait of language-and-memory-in-use and further support the value of examining interactional aspects of communication in the empirical study of brain-behaviour relationships.
C1 [Duff, Melissa C.] Univ Iowa, Dept Neurol, Coll Med, Iowa City, IA 52242 USA.
[Cohen, Neal J.] Univ Illinois, Beckman Inst, Urbana, IL 61801 USA.
RP Duff, MC (reprint author), Univ Iowa, Dept Neurol, Coll Med, 200 Hawkins Dr, Iowa City, IA 52242 USA.
EM melissa-duff@uiowa.edu
CR Allen JS, 2006, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V28, P457, DOI 10.1080/13803390590949287
Bartlett FC., 1932, REMEMBERING STUDY EX
Bell B, 2003, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V9, P733, DOI 10.1017/S1355617703950065
Buchanan TW, 2005, J NEUROSCI, V25, P3151, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.4735-04.2005
Buckner RL, 2007, TRENDS COGN SCI, V11, P49, DOI 10.1016/j.tics.2006.11.004
Cherney L. R., 1998, ANAL DISCOURSE COMMU
COHEN NJ, 1980, SCIENCE, V210, P207, DOI 10.1126/science.7414331
COHEN NJ, 1984, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY MEMO, P84
Duff MC, 2006, NAT NEUROSCI, V9, P140, DOI 10.1038/nn1601
DUFF MC, BRAIN LANGU IN PRESS
Duff MC, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P702, DOI 10.1080/02687030701192265
DUFF MC, 2005, LANGUAGE MEMORY ANAL
HENGST J, 2007, TOP LANG DISORD, V27, P36
HARTLEY L L, 1991, Brain Injury, V5, P267, DOI 10.3109/02699059109008097
NORTH AJ, 1981, J GERONTOL, V36, P576
Ogden J.A., 1991, MEMORY MECH TRIBUTE
Ripich D. N., 1997, AM J ALZHEIMERS DIS, V12, P258, DOI 10.1177/153331759701200604
SHADDEN BB, 1991, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V20, P327
Snow P, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P947, DOI 10.1080/02687039708249421
SQUIRE LR, 1992, PSYCHOL REV, V99, P195, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.99.2.195
Tannen D., 1989, TALKING VOICES REPET
ULATOWSKA HK, 1989, SEMINARS SPEECH LANG, V10, P293
ULATOWSKA HK, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V18, P315, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90023-8
ULATOWSKA HK, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V13, P345, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90100-0
NR 24
TC 6
Z9 6
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 7-8
BP 866
EP 880
DI 10.1080/02687030701844196
PG 15
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 318JK
UT WOS:000257087200017
ER
PT J
AU del Toro, CM
Altmann, LJP
Raymer, AM
Leon, S
Blonder, LX
Rothi, LJG
AF del Toro, Christina M.
Altmann, Lori J. P.
Raymer, Anastasia M.
Leon, Susan
Blonder, Lee X.
Rothi, Leslie J. Gonzalez
TI Changes in aphasic discourse after contrasting treatments for anomia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT 37th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY, 2007
CL Scottsdale, AZ
DE aphasia; aphasia; grammar; treatment
ID VERB RETRIEVAL; SPEECH; NOUN
AB Background: Discourse analysis is a key element in determining treatment effects. However, it is extremely labour intensive, requiring in-depth knowledge of linguistics and aphasiology; thus, it is often neglected in the analysis of treatment outcomes. A clinically practical method of discourse analysis would be beneficial for evaluation and determination of treatment efficacy.
Aims: The current study investigates changes in discourse content following contrasting treatments for anomia using grammatical analysis. In addition, we pilot the use of a new information measure.
Methods & Procedures: We compare discourse changes after a gestural+verbaltreatment and a semantic-phonologic treatment for nouns and verbs on two groups of individuals with aphasia. Analyses compared discourse samples from 14 participants taken at baseline, post-phase 1, and post-phase 2. In addition to traditional measures such as number of nouns, verbs, and sentence types, a new measure of information is introduced, the Utterance with New Information (UNI). The UNI is designed to assess content in non-propositional, impaired speech in open-ended discourse.
Outcomes & Results: Noun production increased in participants of both treatments, whereas grammatical sentences increased only in participants of the semantic-phonologic treatment. Production of UNIs increased in participants of both treatments as well as over time.
Conclusions: This study demonstrates that a few easily counted measures of discourse production can provide clinically useful information for the clinician. Moreover, these findings suggest discourse analysis is a viable method of determining treatment outcomes especially given that improving discourse is the ultimate goal of all aphasia treatments.
C1 [del Toro, Christina M.; Altmann, Lori J. P.; Leon, Susan] Univ Florida, Gainesville, FL USA.
[Raymer, Anastasia M.] Old Dominion Univ, Norfolk, VA USA.
[Blonder, Lee X.] Univ Kentucky, Lexington, KY USA.
[Rothi, Leslie J. Gonzalez] Malcom Randall VA Med Ctr, Gainesville, FL USA.
RP del Toro, CM (reprint author), POB 117420, Gainesville, FL 32611 USA.
EM cdeltoro@ufl.edu
CR Armstrong E, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P875, DOI 10.1080/02687030050127685
Berndt R. S., 2000, QUANTITATIVE PRODUCT
Boles L, 1998, J COMMUN DISORD, V31, P261, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(98)00005-7
Hasan R., 1985, LANGUAGE CONTEXT TEX, P70
Kaplan E., 2001, BOSTON NAMING TEST
Lehnen J., 2006, ANN CONV AM SPEECH L
LESSER R, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V5, P67, DOI 10.1080/09602019508520176
Martin N, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P867, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000390
Miller J. F., 1991, SALT COMPUTER PROGRA
MORELLI CA, 2008, CHOOSING REMED UNPUB
NICHOLAS LE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P338
NICHOLAS M, 1985, CORTEX, V21, P595
Prins R, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P1075, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000534
Raymer AM, 2006, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V12, P867, DOI 10.1017/S1355617706061042
Raymer AM, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V17, P244, DOI 10.1080/09602010600814661
SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8
Shadden B. B., 1998, ANAL DISCOURSE COMMU, P85
SHUREN J, 1993, NEUROLOGY, V43, P1900
NR 18
TC 6
Z9 6
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 7-8
BP 881
EP 892
DI 10.1080/02687030701844204
PG 12
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 318JK
UT WOS:000257087200018
ER
PT J
AU Lee, J
Milman, LH
Thompson, CK
AF Lee, Jiyeon
Milman, Lisa H.
Thompson, Cynthia K.
TI Functional category production in English agrammatism
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT 37th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY, 2007
CL Scottsdale, AZ
DE functional categories; agrammatism; selective impairment; tree-pruning
hypothesis
ID GERMAN AGRAMMATISM; SYNTACTIC TREE; TENSE; AGREEMENT; DISSOCIATIONS;
MOVEMENT; VERB
AB Background: Individuals with agrammatism show selective deficits in functional categories. The tree-pruning hypothesis (TPH; Friedmann Grodzinsky, 1997) suggests that this results from inability to project certain nodes in the syntactic tree. On this account, higher nodes in the tree are more vulnerable than lower ones. Other theories, however, suggest that functional category impairments can be explained in the context of a morphological deficit (e.g., Arabatzi Edwards, 2002; Penke, 2003; Thompson, Fix, Gitelman, 2002).
Aims: This study examined production of complementisers, tense, and agreement morphology in four English-speaking agrammatic participants to test the hierarchical nature of functional category deficits. The consistency of verb inflection errors was also tested under conditions examining a minimal set versus a full array of English inflected forms.
Materials & Procedures: In Experiment 1 participants were asked to produce sentences by using a complementiser (i.e., whether, that, and if), a tense (-ed), or agreement marker (-s), in structured sentence elicitation tasks. In Experiment 2 the participants' production of both finite and non-finite verb inflection forms was examined.
Outcome & Results: All participants produced complex sentences successfully using a complementiser, indicating intact projection to the Complementiser Phrase (CP). As for tense and agreementstructures within the Inflection Phrase (IP)the agrammatic speakers were impaired in both categories and they showed higher scores in non-finite vs finite verb conditions. Further, their errors were dominated by substitutions, rather than omissions, with various non-target morphemes.
Conclusions: Our agrammatic participants' deficits are morphological, rather than syntactic. The participants were able to project to the uppermost structure, CP. They showed the ability to project verb inflection and to implement inflectional rules in their grammar. However, instantiation of grammatical markers sometimes failed to operate, resulting in incorrect inflectional forms. These findings suggest that within the domain of functional categories, IP- and CP-level deficits may result from disruption of differing underlying mechanisms and, therefore, they may require separate treatment strategies.
C1 [Lee, Jiyeon; Milman, Lisa H.] Northwestern Univ, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Aphasia & Neurolinguist Res Lab, Evanston, IL 60208 USA.
[Thompson, Cynthia K.] Northwestern Univ, Sch Med, Evanston, IL 60208 USA.
RP Lee, J (reprint author), Northwestern Univ, Dept Commun Sci & Disorders, Aphasia & Neurolinguist Res Lab, 2240 N Campus Dr, Evanston, IL 60208 USA.
EM jiyeonlee@northwestern.edu
CR Arabatzi M, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V80, P314, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2591
Baayen R. H., 1993, CELEX LEXICAL DATABA
Bastiaanse R, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V84, P286, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00553-9
BASTIAANSE R, VERB INFLECTIO UNPUB
Benedet MJ, 1998, CORTEX, V34, P309, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70758-5
Bobaljik Jonathan David, 1998, SYNTAX, V1, P37
Burchert F, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V94, P188, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.12.006
Caplan D, 1997, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V40, P542
Chomsky N., 2000, STEP STEP ESSAYS MIN, P89
Chomsky Noam, 1993, VIEW BUILDING, V20, P1
DICKEY MW, J NEUROLING IN PRESS, V21, P35
Ferrerio S. M., 2003, THESIS U AUTONOMA BA
Friedmann N, 2001, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V30, P71, DOI 10.1023/A:1005256224207
Friedmann N, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P397, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1795
Friedmann N, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V80, P160, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2587
HAGIWARA H, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V50, P92, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1041
Halle Morris, 1993, VIEW BUILDING, V20, P111
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
Kolk H, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V74, P558
Lee M, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V84, P170, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00515-1
Menn L, 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C, VII, P1369
Nanousi Y, 2006, J NEUROLINGUIST, V19, P209, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2005.11.003
OUHALLA J, 1990, LINGUIST REV, V7, P183, DOI 10.1515/tlir.1990.7.2.183
Penke M, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V87, P50, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00192-5
PENKE M, 2001, BRAIN LANG, V77, P352
POLLOCK JY, 1989, LINGUIST INQ, V20, P365
Thompson C. K., 1995, BRAIN LANG, V51, P124
Thompson C. K, NW ASSESSMENT UNPUB
Thompson CK, 2002, J NEUROLINGUIST, V15, P189, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(01)00038-0
Thompson CK, 2007, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V16, P3, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2007/002)
Wenzlaff M, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V89, P57, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00298-0
Wenzlaff M, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V92, P33, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.05.006
NR 32
TC 7
Z9 7
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 7-8
BP 893
EP 905
DI 10.1080/02687030701865670
PG 13
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 318JK
UT WOS:000257087200019
ER
PT J
AU Mauszycki, SC
Wambaugh, JL
AF Mauszycki, Shannon C.
Wambaugh, Julie L.
TI The effects of rate control treatment on consonant production accuracy
in mild apraxia of speech
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT 37th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference
CY MAY, 2007
CL Scottsdale, AZ
DE apraxia of speech; treatment
AB Background: A primary feature of acquired apraxia of speech (AOS) is a slow speech rate associated with lengthened sound segments and intersegment durations (McNeil, Robin, Schmidt, 1997). This disturbance in speech production timing has been the focus of a limited number of treatment studies designed to manipulate rate and/or rhythm of speech production with speakers with mild AOS.
Aims: The purpose of this investigation was to study the effects of rate control treatment on sound production accuracy and utterance durations of multisyllabic words, phrases, and sentences in a speaker with mild AOS and aphasia.
Methods & Procedures: An individual with mild AOS and aphasia was trained to produce multisyllabic words and phrases using a combination of metronomic rate control and hand tapping. The speaker was trained to produce one syllable per beat of the metronome in conjunction with hand tapping. Feedback was only provided for accuracy of hand tapping and/or syllable production to the beat of the metronome. No feedback was given regarding the accuracy of sound production. Initially, the speaker's rate of production was reduced, but was then systematically increased. A multiple baseline design was used to examine the acquisition, response generalisation, and maintenance effects of treatment.
Outcomes & Results: Findings revealed an increase in sound production accuracy for trained four-syllable words and some improvement in sound production accuracy for treated phrases and untrained four-syllable words. There was only a slight reduction in total utterance duration for treated items versus untreated items. There was a gradual decline in total utterance duration over time on untrained stimulus generalisation items with no consistent improvement on sound production accuracy.
Conclusions: Treatment resulted in an improvement in sound production accuracy in an individual with AOS and aphasia. Positive changes were observed for treated four-syllable words, phrases, and untrained four-syllable words, although treatment did not directly target sound production accuracy (i.e., feedback was not given regarding accuracy of productions). The study represents an initial investigation of the effects of rate control treatment specifically increasing rate of production in a speaker with mild AOS and aphasia. This type of treatment appears to have promise in terms of improving sound production accuracy and warrants further investigation.
C1 [Mauszycki, Shannon C.; Wambaugh, Julie L.] VA Salt Lake City Healthcare Syst, Salt Lake City, UT USA.
[Mauszycki, Shannon C.; Wambaugh, Julie L.] Univ Utah, Salt Lake City, UT USA.
RP Mauszycki, SC (reprint author), Aphasia Res Lab, 151-A,Bldg 2,500 Foothill Blvd, Salt Lake City, UT 84148 USA.
EM Passbrat@aol.com
CR BEESON PM, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V4, P161
Bloom M., 2006, EVALUATING PRACTICE
Brendel B, 2000, J NEUROLINGUIST, V13, P241
Dabul B, 2000, APRAXIA BATTERY ADUL, V2nd
Duffy J.R, 2005, MOTOR SPEECH DISORDE
Dworkin J. P., 1996, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V2, P105
DWORKIN JP, 1988, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V53, P280
Fisher WW, 2003, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V36, P387, DOI 10.1901/jaba.2003.36-387
*KAY EL, 2004, MULT COMP SOFTW MOD
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
MCHENRY M, 1994, BRAIN INJURY, V8, P363, DOI 10.3109/02699059409150987
McNeil MR, 1997, CLIN MANAGEMENT SENS, P311
*PEARS ED INC, 2006, SINGWIN COMP SOFTW
Porch B., 2001, PORCH INDEX COMMUNIC, V2
Raven J., 1998, COLOURED PROGR MATRI
Southwood H, 1987, CLIN APHASIOLOGY C P, P277
Wambaugh JL, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P851
Yorkston K. M., 1981, ASSESSMENT INTELLIGI
NR 18
TC 10
Z9 11
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 7-8
BP 906
EP 920
DI 10.1080/02687030701800818
PG 15
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 318JK
UT WOS:000257087200020
ER
PT J
AU Leonard, C
Rochon, E
Laird, L
AF Leonard, Carol
Rochon, Elizabeth
Laird, Laura
TI Treating naming impairments in aphasia: Findings from a phonological
components analysis treatment
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT Rotman Research Conference
CY MAR, 2006
CL Toronto, CANADA
DE aphasia; anomia; phonological treatment; naming deficit
ID SEMANTIC FEATURE ANALYSIS; WORD RETRIEVAL DEFICITS; 2 CUEING TREATMENTS;
LEXICAL ACCESS; SPEECH PRODUCTION; THERAPY; ANOMIA; DAMAGE;
DIFFICULTIES; DISORDERS
AB Background: A new phonologically based treatment that we developed for addressing naming deficits in aphasiathe phonological components analysis (PCA) treatmentis presented. The PCA was modelled after the semantic feature analysis (SFA) approach (Boyle Coelho, 1995). The SFA approach was chosen as a model for two reasons. First, results from the semantic therapies that have used SFA have been encouraging (e.g., Boyle, 2004; Boyle Coelho, 1995; Coelho, McHugh, Boyle, 2000; Conley Coelho, 2003; Lowell, Beeson, Holland, 1995). Second, SFA incorporates the principle of choice, a factor that has been identified by some as being important in producing longer-lasting effects of treatment (e.g., Hickin, Best, Herbert, Howard, Osborne, 2002). The PCA was developed to serve as a comparable phonological comparison for the SFA approach with the future goal of comparing the relative effects of both types of therapies.
Aims: The primary aim of this investigation was to document the effectiveness of PCA treatment for the remediation of naming deficits in aphasia. In addition, we wished to examine potential maintenance and generalisation effects associated with this treatment.
Methods & Procedures: The PCA treatment followed the protocol of Coelho et al. (2000). The target picture was presented in the centre of a chart and the participant was asked to name it. Irrespective of his/her ability to name the picture, the participant was asked to identify five phonological components related to the target item (i.e., rhymes with, first sound, first sound associate, final sound, number of syllables). For each component targeted, if a participant could not spontaneously provide a response, he/she was asked to choose one from a list. A single-subject multiple-baseline across behaviours design was employed, with maintenance effects examined 4 weeks post-treatment. Generalisation effects were examined by comparing pre- and post-treatment scores on the Philadelphia Naming Test (Roach, Schwartz, Martin, Grewal, Brecher, 1996). Ten individuals with aphasia participated.
Outcomes & Results: Of the 10 individuals, 7 demonstrated notable treatment effects. Follow-up testing indicated maintenance of treatment gains over a 4-week period, with some generalisation to untreated items.
Conclusions: This investigation was successful in demonstrating the effectiveness of a new phonological approach to the remediation of naming deficits in aphasia and in supporting the notion that a components analysis treatment protocol (similar to a semantic feature based treatment) is useful in strengthening activations within the lexical system with the potential result of longer-lasting effects.
C1 [Leonard, Carol] Univ Ottawa, Sch Rehabil Sci, Audiol & Speech Language Pathol Program, Ottawa, ON, Canada.
[Rochon, Elizabeth; Laird, Laura] Univ Toronto, Toronto, ON, Canada.
[Rochon, Elizabeth] Toronto Rehabil Inst, Toronto, ON, Canada.
RP Leonard, C (reprint author), Univ Ottawa, Sch Rehabil Sci, Audiol & Speech Language Pathol Program, 451 Smyth Rd, Ottawa, ON, Canada.
EM carol.leonard@uottawa.ca
CR Baum SR, 1999, CORTEX, V35, P647, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70825-6
Beeson PM, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REV, V16, P161, DOI 10.1007/s11065-006-9013-7
Best W, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P151
Boyle M, 2004, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V13, P236, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2004/025)
Boyle M., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P135
Busk PL, 1992, SINGLE CASE RES DESI, P187
BYNG S, 1993, BRIT APH SOC C WARW
Coelho CA, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P133
COLLINS AM, 1975, PSYCHOL REV, V82, P407, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.82.6.407
Conley A, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P203, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000617
Dell GS, 2004, COGN NEUROPSYCHOL, V21, P125, DOI 10.1080/02643290342000320
Dell GS, 1997, PSYCHOL REV, V104, P801, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.104.4.801
Fillingham JK, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P597, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000272
Fillingham JK, 2005, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V40, P505, DOI 10.1080/13682820500138572
Foygel D, 2000, J MEM LANG, V43, P182, DOI 10.1006/jmla.2000.2716
Francis DR, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P243, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000564
Franklin S, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P1087, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000491
Goodglass H, 2001, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP, V3rd
Goodglass H., 1997, ANOMIA NEUROANATOMIC
GREENWALD ML, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V5, P17, DOI 10.1080/09602019508520174
HAARBAUERKRUPA J, 1985, HEAD INJURY REHABILI, P287
Hickin J, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P981, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000509
HILLIS AE, 1994, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, P1
Horton S, 2000, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V35, P355
HOWARD D, 1985, BRAIN, V108, P817
Howard D., 2000, ACQUIRED NEUROGENIC
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Kay J., 1992, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
Levelt WJM, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P1
Lowell S., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P109
MARSHALL J, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P167, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249068
Martin N, 2006, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V12, P853, DOI 10.1017/S1355617706061030
Martin N, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P457, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000129
Massaro M. E., 1992, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V22, P245
McNeil M. R., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P76, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360.0404.76
McReynolds L. V., 1983, SINGLE SUBJECT EXPT
Miceli G, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P150, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0008
MILBERG W, 1988, B PSYCHONOMIC SOC, V26, P305
Nickels L, 1996, APHASIOLOGY, V10, P109, DOI 10.1080/02687039608248401
Nickels L, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P935, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000563
Ottenbacher KJ, 1986, EVALUATING CLIN CHAN
RAYMER AM, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P27, DOI 10.1080/02687039308249498
Renvall K, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P305, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000671
Renvall K, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V95, P327, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.02.003
RENVALL K, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P499
Riddoch M.J., 1993, BIRMINGHAM OBJECT RE
Roach A., 1996, CLIN APHASIOLOGY, V24, P121
Robertson IH, 1999, PSYCHOL BULL, V125, P544, DOI 10.1037/0033-2909.125.5.544
Robson J, 1998, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V4, P675
Rochon E, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V83, P34
ROCHON E, 2006, BRAIN COGNITION, V63, P199
Rochon E, 2006, BRAIN LANG, V99, P12, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.017
Schwartz MF, 2006, J MEM LANG, V54, P228, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2005.10.001
Spencer KA, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P567
Wambaugh J, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P979, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000471
Wambaugh JL, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P933
Wambaugh JL, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P433, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000085
WIEGEL-CRUMP C, 1973, Cortex, V9, P411
NR 58
TC 15
Z9 15
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 9
BP 923
EP 947
DI 10.1080/02687030701831474
PG 25
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 321WJ
UT WOS:000257336900001
ER
PT J
AU Ruigendijk, E
Friedmann, N
AF Ruigendijk, Esther
Friedmann, Naama
TI On the relation between structural case, determiners, and verbs in
agrammatism: A study of Hebrew and Dutch
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
ID TREE PRUNING HYPOTHESIS; SYNTACTIC TREE; APHASIA; SPEECH; IMPAIRMENTS;
MOVEMENT
AB Background: This study explored the relation between the production of determiners and case markers and the production of verbs and verb inflections in agrammatism. Determiners and case markers require case and therefore depend on the existence of case-assigning constituents.
Aims: Since verbs and verb inflections are case assigners, and are impaired in agrammatism, we tested whether the presence of verbs and verb inflection affects the production of determiners and case markers in Dutch and Hebrew agrammatism.
Methods & Procedures: A total of 11 Hebrew-speaking and 8 Dutch-speaking individuals with agrammatism participated in picture description and sentence elicitation tasks, and their spontaneous speech was analysed.
Outcomes & Results: The production of case-related morphemes was closely connected to the presence of a case assigner in the sentence. In Hebrew, object case was produced correctly 98% of the time, and always when a transitive verb was present in the sentence. In Dutch the production of determiners on the subject was related to the presence of a finite verb. The production of complete object noun phrases related to the presence of a transitive verb.
Conclusions: The results indicate that case itself, as well as determiners and case markers, which depend on case, are not impaired in agrammatic production. The apparent deficit is rather tightly related to the deficit in verbs and verb inflection. This suggests that the production of determiners and pronouns should be treated within sentence context, in which a special emphasis should be given to the production of correctly inflected verbs.
C1 [Ruigendijk, Esther] Carl VonOssietzky Univ Oldenburg, Fak 3, Inst Fremdsprachenphilologien, D-26111 Oldenburg, Germany.
[Friedmann, Naama] Tel Aviv Univ, IL-69978 Tel Aviv, Israel.
RP Ruigendijk, E (reprint author), Carl VonOssietzky Univ Oldenburg, Fak 3, Inst Fremdsprachenphilologien, Ammerlander Heerstr 114-118, D-26111 Oldenburg, Germany.
EM esther.ruigendijk@uni-oldenburg.de
RI Friedmann, Naama/M-2688-2013
CR Abney S.P., 1987, ENGLISH NOUN PHRASE
Bastiaanse R, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P951, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249463
Bastiaanse R, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V64, P165, DOI 10.1006/brln.1998.1972
Berman Ruth Aronson, 1978, MODERN HEBREW STRUCT
Chomsky N., 2001, KEN HALE LIFE LANGUA
Chomsky N., 1981, LECT GOVT BINDING
Chomsky N., 1986, KNOWLEDGE LANGUAGE I
Chomsky N., 1995, MINIMALIST PROGRAM
Chomsky N., 2000, STEP STEP ESSAYS MIN, P89
Danon G, 2006, NAT LANG LINGUIST TH, V24, P977, DOI 10.1007/s11049-006-9005-6
Danon G, 2001, LINGUISTICS, V39, P1071, DOI 10.1515/ling.2001.042
DeBleser R, 1996, J NEUROLINGUIST, V9, P175, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(96)00007-3
DEBLESER R, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V46, P21, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1002
DEROO E, 1995, RUGSANVKL C APH GRON
DEROO E, 1999, AGRAMMATIC GRAMMAR F
Friedmann N., 2006, BROCAS REGION, P63
Friedmann N, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P1037, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000236
Friedmann N., 2000, GRAMMATICAL DISORDER, P152
FRIEDMANN N, 1998, BAFLA FRIEDMANN BATT
Friedmann N, 2000, J NEUROLINGUIST, V13, P250
Friedmann N, 2001, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V30, P71, DOI 10.1023/A:1005256224207
FRIEDMANN N, 1994, THESIS TEL AVIV U IS
FRIEDMANN N, 2001, VERB MOVEMENT AGRAMM
Friedmann N, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P397, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1795
Friedmann N, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V80, P160, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2587
Friedmann N, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P136, DOI 10.1080/02687030500472462
GIL M, 2001, PALPA GIRSA IVRIT
Graetz P., 1992, AKENSE AFASIE TEST
Grodzinslcy Y., 1990, THEORETICAL PERSPECT
HAGIWARA H, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V50, P92, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1041
JAREMA GE, 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C, P1695
JONKERS R., 1998, COMPREHENSION PRODUC, V25
Kay J., 1992, PALPA PSYCHOLINGUIST
Kertesz A., 1982, W APHASIA BATTERY
KOLK H, 1992, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V7, P89, DOI 10.1080/01690969208409381
Landau I., 2006, SYNTAX, V9, P153, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9612.2006.00087.x
LONGOBARDI G, 1994, LINGUIST INQ, V25, P609
Luria A. R., 1976, BASIC PROBLEMS NEURO
Luzzatti C, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V81, P432, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2536
Menn L., 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C
NESPOULOUS JL, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V33, P273, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90069-7
Ouhalla Jamal, 1993, LINGUISTISCHE BERICH, V143, P3
RUIGENDIJK E, 2007, NEERLANDICA EXTRA MU, V45, P33
Ruigendijk E, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P383, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000310
Ruigendijk E, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P535, DOI 10.1080/02687030701191911
RUIGENDIJK E, 2002, CASE ASSIGNMENT AGRA
Ruigendijk E, 1999, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V42, P962
Ruigendijk E, 2000, J NEUROLINGUIST, V13, P247
SAFFRAN EM, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P440, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90030-8
Schutze Carson, 2001, SYNTAX, V4, P205, DOI 10.1111/1467-9612.00044
Shapiro LP, 2006, BROCAS REGION, P119
Shlonsky U., 1997, CLAUSE STRUCTURE WOR
SOROKER N, 1997, W APHASIA BATTERY GI
Springer L, 2000, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V10, P279
VANZONNEVELD R, 1994, KLEINE SYNTAXIS NEDE
ZEI B, 1990, AGRAMMATIC APHASIA C
NR 56
TC 5
Z9 5
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 9
BP 948
EP 969
DI 10.1080/02687030701831482
PG 22
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 321WJ
UT WOS:000257336900002
ER
PT J
AU Hesketh, A
Long, A
Patchick, E
Lee, J
Bowen, A
AF Hesketh, Anne
Long, Andrew
Patchick, Emma
Lee, Jenny
Bowen, Audrey
TI The reliability of rating conversation as a measure of functional
communication following stroke
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
ID QUALITY-OF-LIFE; APHASIA; QUESTIONNAIRE; PARTNERS; OUTCOMES; PEOPLE
AB Background: In assessing communication outcome in people following stroke, the emphasis has moved from impairment to its consequent effects on functional activity and participation in society. Alongside this has come an increasing focus on conversation. Conversation is a socially vital tool but its evaluation by speech and language therapists is not yet routine; detailed conversation analysis is time consuming and not easily quantified. In addition to the practical problems of assessing conversation, there are questions about its reliability as a basis for measurement.
Aims: Our context was the need for a measure of functional communication within a large-scale randomised controlled trial of therapy for people with communication difficulty after stroke. The aim was to test the reliability of a clinically feasible procedure for collecting and rating a conversation sample.
Methods and Procedures: Participants were 102 people who had had a stroke causing communication problems (aphasia and/or dysarthria) within the last 4-12 months; mean age 68 years; previously fluent English speakers; no pre-existing progressive dementia or learning disability. Participants were videoed in conversation with an unfamiliar partner following a framework script, which was used as necessary to obtain a 10-minute sample. Each participant was videoed twice within a 2-week period. Videos were rated by unfamiliar specialist SLTs using the aphasia/dysarthria activity scale of the Therapy Outcome Measure (TOM). Measures of intra-rater, inter-rater, and conversation sample reliability were obtained.
Outcomes and Results: Intra-rater agreement was high; 93% of ratings were within a half point of each other on the TOM scale. The intra-class correlation (ICC) for intra-rater agreement was 0.92. Inter-rater agreement was slightly lower with 77% of ratings within a half-point on the 6-point scale; ICC was 0.83. Conversation reliability was equally good; 78% of ratings were within a half-point on the 6-point scale; ICC was 0.82. With training in the use of the TOM rating scale, the expectation is for even higher levels of agreement.
Conclusions: Our findings support the use of the TOM activity scale by an unfamiliar observer to rate a short conversation as part of outcome measurement. The use of independent expert SLTs to provide TOM activity level ratings on structured conversation samples with an unfamiliar partner reduced the variability known to affect judgements of conversation, and was shown to have promise as a clinically feasible, socially relevant and reliable measure.
C1 [Hesketh, Anne; Patchick, Emma; Lee, Jenny; Bowen, Audrey] Univ Manchester, Manchester M13 9PL, Lancs, England.
[Long, Andrew] Univ Leeds, Leeds LS2 9JT, W Yorkshire, England.
RP Hesketh, A (reprint author), Univ Manchester, Ellen Wilkinson Bldg,Oxford Rd, Manchester M13 9PL, Lancs, England.
EM anne.hesketh@manchester.ac.uk
RI Bowen, Audrey/K-5544-2012
CR Alexandra J., 2006, THERAPY OUTCOME MEAS
CROCKFORD C, 1994, EUR J DISORDER COMM, V29, P165
Cunningham R, 2003, APHASIOLOGY, V17, P687, DOI 10.1080/02687030344000184
Doyle P. J., 1995, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P130
Enderby P, 2006, FRENCHAY APHASIA SCR
Fitzpatrick R, 1998, HLTH TECHNOLOGY ASSE, V14, P1
Glueckauf RL, 2003, NEUROREHABILITATION, V18, P281
Hickey EM, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P389, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000831
Hopper T, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P745, DOI 10.1080/02687030244000059
JAESCHKE R, 1989, CONTROL CLIN TRIALS, V10, P407, DOI 10.1016/0197-2456(89)90005-6
JOHN A, 2002, ADV SPEECH LANGUAGE, V4, P79, DOI 10.1080/14417040210001669301
John A, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P165, DOI 10.1080/026870304400679
JUNIPER EF, 1994, J CLIN EPIDEMIOL, V47, P81, DOI 10.1016/0895-4356(94)90036-1
Kagan A., 1996, PICTOGRAPHIC COMMUNI
Kagan A, 1998, APHASIOLOGY, V12, P816, DOI 10.1080/02687039808249575
BLAND JM, 1986, LANCET, V1, P307
McDowell I., 1996, MEASURING HLTH GUIDE
Norman GR, 2003, MED CARE, V41, P582, DOI 10.1097/00005650-200305000-00004
Petrie A., 2005, MED STAT GLANCE
Prins R, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P1075, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000534
Ramsberger G, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P337, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000636
Ross KB, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P113, DOI 10.1080/026870399402235
Ross KB, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P860, DOI 10.1080/02687030544000038
Simmons-Mackie N, 2005, J COMMUN DISORD, V38, P1, DOI 10.1016/j.jcomdis.2004.03.007
Spreen O., 2003, ASSESSMENT APHASIA
Whitworth A, 1997, CONVERSATION ANAL PR
World Health Organisation, 2001, INT CLASS FUNCT DIS
NR 27
TC 6
Z9 6
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 9
BP 970
EP 984
DI 10.1080/02687030801952709
PG 15
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 321WJ
UT WOS:000257336900003
ER
PT J
AU Horton, S
AF Horton, Simon
TI Learning-in-interaction: Resourceful work by people with aphasia and
therapists in the course of language impairment therapy
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE learning; aphasia language therapy; therapy process; patient-therapist
interaction
ID TREATMENT SESSIONS; ERRORLESS; REHABILITATION; RETRIEVAL; ANOMIA
AB Background: Learning in aphasia language therapy has been studied in various ways. Empirical approaches to learning potential have been proposed, and attempts have been made to apply a range of concepts from learning theory. Error has been an important consideration and has received much recent attention through the application of errorless learning approaches. Errorless learning has been conceptualised in terms of error-elimination and error-reduction methods, with and without feedback. Authors have addressed questions of how easy and difficult may be embodied within the learning context. Key principles from adult learning models have also been espoused as relevant to aphasia language t'herapy. Therapist-client interactions in aphasia language therapy embody a range of features that are implicated in the learning process.
Aims: This study seeks to explore how detailed examination of situated and contextualised interactions can further our understanding of learning. It addresses three main themeserror and effort, feedback, and mutuality and partnershipentailed in the learning process.
Methods & Procedures: A qualitative study of therapy in day-to-day practice was carried out, applying Horton's (2006) therapy process framework to audio/video data, focusing specifically on doing therapy tasks. Extracts from 15 sessions involving 10 therapist-client dyads were purposively selected. Analysis examines interactional aspects of Task Introductions, Summary, and Task/response management as relevant to the three learning themes.
Outcomes & Results: Key features of learning-in-interaction as a socially situated phenomenon emerge: effort and error is realised in therapist explanations, contingent enactment of accuracy/acceptability of responses, and mediated through the relative complexity of stimulus items; feedback functions flexibly, is calibrated responsively, and interfaces with and contributes to the ways in which effort is constructed in interaction; mutuality and partnership operates at levels that may be (quasi)consciousthrough therapist/client control, or collaborative decision making for exampleor unconscious, through clients asserting their processing needs or displaying their own standards.
Conclusions: Concepts associated with learning have been explored in interaction. Close scrutiny of therapy process has revealed subtle but powerful resources brought to bear by people with aphasia. Acknowledging these contributions and incorporating them into language therapy will help to develop a more comprehensive epistemology of therapy, and ensure that people with aphasia are active participants. Future research into error elimination/reduction approaches may benefit from these findings. Translational research may benefit from the insights of this study, enabling clinicians to apply novel therapies in day-to-day practice.
C1 Univ E Anglia, Sch Allied Hlth Profess, Norwich NR4 7TJ, Norfolk, England.
RP Horton, S (reprint author), Univ E Anglia, Sch Allied Hlth Profess, Norwich NR4 7TJ, Norfolk, England.
EM s.horton@uea.ac.uk
CR Abel S, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P831, DOI 10.1080/02687030500268902
Atkinson J. M., 1984, STRUCTURES SOCIAL AC
Best W, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P151
BROOKSHIRE R, 1979, J COMMUN DISORD, V12, P369, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(79)90002-9
BROOKSHIRE RH, 1978, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V43, P437
BYNG S, 1990, APHASIOLOGY, V4, P67, DOI 10.1080/02687039008249055
Crerar MA, 2004, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V14, P173, DOI 10.1080/09602010343000174
Damico JS, 2003, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V12, P131, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2003/060)
Day JD, 1997, J EDUC PSYCHOL, V89, P358, DOI 10.1037//0022-0663.89.2.358
Drew Paul, 1992, TALK WORK INTERACTIO, P3
Duffy J. R., 2001, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO, P341
DWYER FM, 1978, APTITUDE TREATMENT I, P200
Ferguson A, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P125, DOI 10.1080/026870399402244
Ferguson A, 2001, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V15, P229
Fillingham JK, 2006, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V16, P129, DOI 10.1080/09602010443000254
Fillingham JK, 2003, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V13, P337, DOI 10.1080/09602010343000020
Fridriksson J, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P99, DOI 10.1080/02687003444000660
Goodwin C., 1981, CONVERSATIONAL ORG I
Gordon JK, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P134
Heritage J., 1997, QUALITATIVE RES THEO, P161
Hopper T, 2005, TOP GERIATR REHABIL, V21, P315
HORNER J, 1979, 9 CLIN APH C P MINN, P101
Horton S, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P528, DOI 10.1080/02687030600590130
Horton S, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P283, DOI 10.1080/02687030600911377
Horton S, 2000, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V35, P355
Howard D., 1992, PYRAMIDS PALM TREES
Howard D, 1999, APHASIOLOGY, V13, P140
Howard D., 1987, APHASIA THERAPY HIST
JOHNSON TS, 1969, THESIS U KANSAS ANN
KAY J, 1996, PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ASS
Kovarsky D, 1997, LANG SPEECH HEAR SER, V28, P297
McClelland J L, 1999, Prog Brain Res, V121, P75
McKissock S, 2007, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V17, P355, DOI 10.1080/09602010600892113
Mehan H., 1979, LEARNING LESSONS SOC
Merriam S, 1999, LEARNING ADULTHOOD
BOYLE OF, 1990, READ TEACH, V44, P194
Robson J, 2001, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V36, P471, DOI 10.1080/13682820110089371
ROBSON J, 2007, APHASIA THERAPY FILE, V2, P151
Rosenbek J, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P1043, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000336
Sacks H., 1992, LECT CONVERSATION, VII
SACKS H, 1974, LANGUAGE, V50, P696, DOI 10.2307/412243
SCHUBERT GW, 1973, ANAL BEHAV CLIN ABC
SCHUELL H, 1965, APHASIA ADULTS DIAGN
Simmons-Mackie N, 1999, CONSTRUCTING (IN) COMPETENCE, P313
Simmons-Mackie N, 1999, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V8, P218
Simmons-Mackie NN, 2007, APHASIOLOGY, V21, P81, DOI 10.1080/02687030600798311
Sinclair J. M., 1975, ANAL DISCOURSE ENGLI
Spradley J., 1980, PARTICIPANT OBSERVAT
Stech E L, 1973, ASHA, V15, P287
TABER JI, 1965, LEARNING PROGRAMMED
VANKLEECK A, 1986, J NATL STUDENT SPEEC, V14, P25
Vygotsky L. S., 1962, THOUGHT LANGUAGE
Vygotsky Lev Semyonovitch, 1978, MIND SOC DEV HIGHER
Wepman JA, 1953, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V18, P4
WILSON BA, 1994, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V4, P307, DOI 10.1080/09602019408401463
NR 55
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 9
BP 985
EP 1014
DI 10.1080/02687030802066582
PG 30
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 321WJ
UT WOS:000257336900004
ER
PT J
AU Stronach, ST
Turkstra, LS
AF Stronach, Sheri T.
Turkstra, Lyn S.
TI Theory of mind and use of cognitive state terms by adolescents with
traumatic brain injury
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
ID CLOSED-HEAD-INJURY; FALSE-BELIEF TASK; LANGUAGE IMPAIRMENT; SOCIAL
COGNITION; FACIAL EXPRESSIONS; EXECUTIVE FUNCTION; LOBE CONTRIBUTIONS;
COMMUNICATION; CHILDREN; OUTCOMES
AB Background: There is growing evidence of impaired social cognition in individuals with traumatic brain injury (TBI). Social cognition tests, however, place demands on domain-general cognitive functions such as auditory working memory, so that test scores might reflect the influence of these factors on test performance rather than domain-specific social cognition impairments. As an alternative, we examined conversations of adolescents with TBI for evidence of cognitive state terms.
Methods and Procedures: Participants were 16 adolescents with TBI, who were divided into two groups (TBI-Low and TBI-High) based on scores on a test of theory of mind (ToM), and 8 typically developing (TD) adolescents matched to participants in the TBI groups for age and race. Each participant completed a 3-minute conversation with a peer or researcher partner, and conversations were analysed to determine the number of cognitive state terms relative to total words produced.
Outcomes and Results: The TBI-Low group expressed significantly fewer cognitive state terms and significantly fewer self-vs other-referenced terms than either the TBI-High or TD group. There was no significant difference between the TD and TBI-High groups. The findings were not related to generally impoverished language in the TBI-Low group, as the three groups were similar on measures of lexical diversity.
Conclusions: The findings support the hypothesis that adolescents with TBI have domain-specific deficits in social cognition, beyond what might be accounted for by the cognitive demands of social cognition tests. Given the relation of social cognitive ability to important life outcomes, these skills should be included in the evaluation of individuals with cognitive-communication disorders after TBI.
C1 [Turkstra, Lyn S.] Univ Wisconsin, Dept Commun Disorders, Madison, WI 53706 USA.
RP Turkstra, LS (reprint author), Univ Wisconsin, Dept Commun Disorders, 1975 Willow Dr, Madison, WI 53706 USA.
EM lsturkstra@wisc.edu
FU National Institute on Deafness and Other Communication Disorders
[DC00163]; Wisconsin Alumni Research Fund
FX This work was supported in part by Grant DC00163 from the National
Institute on Deafness and Other Communication Disorders and funding from
the Wisconsin Alumni Research Fund, to Dr Turkstra.
CR Adolphs R, 1999, TRENDS COGN SCI, V3, P469, DOI 10.1016/S1364-6613(99)01399-6
Adrian JE, 2005, J CHILD LANG, V32, P673, DOI 10.1017/S0305000905006963
Apperly IA, 2004, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V16, P1773, DOI 10.1162/0898929042947928
Baron-Cohen S, 2000, NEUROSCI BIOBEHAV R, V24, P355, DOI 10.1016/S0149-7634(00)00011-7
Barrett L, 2007, PHILOS T R SOC B, V362, P561, DOI 10.1098/rstb.2006.1995
BERNDT TJ, 1985, DEV PSYCHOL, V21, P1007, DOI 10.1037//0012-1649.21.6.1007
BERNDT TJ, 1979, DEV PSYCHOL, V15, P608, DOI 10.1037//0012-1649.15.6.608
Bibby H, 2005, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V43, P99, DOI 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2004.04.027
Bird CM, 2004, BRAIN, V127, P914, DOI 10.1093/brain/awh108
Bosacki SL, 2003, J YOUTH ADOLESCENCE, V32, P141, DOI 10.1023/A:1021861902463
Brookshire B, 2004, DEV NEUROPSYCHOL, V25, P61, DOI 10.1207/s15326942dn2501&2_5
Brune M, 2006, NEUROSCI BIOBEHAV R, V30, P437, DOI 10.1016/j.neubiorev.2005.08.001
Channon S, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V93, P123, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2004.09.002
Chapman S., 1998, BRAIN LANG, V61, P395
Chapman SB, 2004, DEV NEUROPSYCHOL, V25, P37, DOI 10.1207/s15326942dn2501&2_4
Clegg J, 2005, J CHILD PSYCHOL PSYC, V46, P128, DOI 10.1111/j.1469-7610.2004.00342.x
Coelho Carl, 2005, Seminars in Speech and Language, V26, P223, DOI 10.1055/s-2005-922102
Colle L, 2007, J AUTISM DEV DISORD, V37, P716, DOI 10.1007/s10803-006-0198-7
Critchley H, 2000, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V9, P93, DOI 10.1002/(SICI)1097-0193(200002)9:2<93::AID-HBM4>3.0.CO;2-Z
Critchley HD, 2000, BRAIN, V123, P2203, DOI 10.1093/brain/123.11.2203
DENNIS M, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P428, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90149-B
Englund NM, 2000, CHILD DEV, V71, P1049
EWINGCOBBS L, 1985, LANGUAGE NEUROLOGY
EWINGCOBBS L, 1987, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V9, P575, DOI 10.1080/01688638708410770
Galski T, 1998, BRAIN INJURY, V12, P769, DOI 10.1080/026990598122160
Garrett AS, 2004, ARCH GEN PSYCHIAT, V61, P281, DOI 10.1001/archpsyc.61.3.281
Gillott A., 2004, CHILD LANG TEACH THE, V20, P1, DOI [10.1191/0265659004ct260oa, DOI 10.1191/0265659004CT260OA]
Hanten G, 2000, DEV NEUROPSYCHOL, V18, P383, DOI 10.1207/S1532694206Hanten
Happe F, 1999, COGNITION, V70, P211, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(99)00005-0
Hartley LL., 1995, COGNITIVE COMMUNICAT
Havet-Thomassin V, 2006, BRAIN INJURY, V20, P83, DOI 10.1080/02699050500340655
Hollingshead A. B., 1975, 4 FACTOR INDEX SOCIA
Janusz JA, 2002, CHILD NEUROPSYCHOL, V8, P179, DOI 10.1076/chin.8.3.179.13499
Johnson P, 2006, BRAIN COGNITION, V60, P205
Johnston JR, 2001, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V36, P349, DOI 10.1080/13682820110045838
Keenan HT, 2006, DEV NEUROSCI-BASEL, V28, P256, DOI 10.1159/000094152
Kennedy MRT, 2000, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V43, P1072
Levin HS, 2004, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V10, P305, DOI 10.1017/S1355617704102129
Martin I, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P712, DOI 10.1080/0268870305500172203
Martin I, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V85, P451, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00070-1
McDonald S, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P339, DOI 10.1080/026870300401397
MCDONALD S, 1993, BRAIN LANG, V44, P28, DOI 10.1006/brln.1993.1003
MCDONALD S, 1993, APHASIOLOGY, V7, P535, DOI 10.1080/02687039308248629
Miller CA, 2006, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V15, P142, DOI 10.1044/1058-0360(2006/014)
Miller CA, 2004, INT J LANG COMM DIS, V39, P191, DOI 10.1080/13682820310001616994
Miller J. F., 1994, SALT GUIDE STANDARD
Moll J, 2005, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V6, P799, DOI 10.1038/nrn1768
Mundy P, 1997, MENT RETARD DEV D R, V3, P343
Mutter B, 2006, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V102, P819, DOI 10.2466/PMS.102.3.819-835
Onishi KH, 2007, ACTA PSYCHOL, V124, P106, DOI 10.1016/j.actpsy.2006.09.009
Rowe AD, 2001, BRAIN, V124, P600, DOI 10.1093/brain/124.3.600
Sabbagh MA, 2006, PSYCHOL SCI, V17, P74, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9280.2005.01667.x
Sabers DL, 1996, LANG SPEECH HEAR SER, V27, P102
Schultz J, 2004, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V16, P1695, DOI 10.1162/0898929042947874
Shamay-Tsoory SG, 2005, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V19, P288, DOI 10.1037/08947-4105.19.3.288
Silliman ER, 2003, LANG SPEECH HEAR SER, V34, P236, DOI 10.1044/0161-1461(2003/020)
*SPSS INC, 2005, SPSS STAT AN SOFTW V
Stone VE, 1998, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V10, P640, DOI 10.1162/089892998562942
Stuss DT, 2001, BRAIN, V124, P279, DOI 10.1093/brain/124.2.279
Tager-Flusberg H, 1999, INT REV PSYCHIATR, V11, P325, DOI 10.1080/09540269974203
Togher L, 1996, DISABIL REHABIL, V18, P559
Turkstra LS, 2000, APHASIOLOGY, V14, P349, DOI 10.1080/026870300401405
Turkstra LS, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V41, P137
Turkstra LS, 2001, J HEAD TRAUMA REHAB, V16, P469, DOI 10.1097/00001199-200110000-00006
Turkstra LS, 1996, BRAIN INJURY, V10, P329, DOI 10.1080/026990596124359
Turkstra LS, 2004, NEUROREHABILITATION, V19, P245
VANLEER E, 1999, J COMMUNICATIION DIS, V32, P348
Van Leer E, 1999, J COMMUN DISORD, V32, P327, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(99)00008-8
Watts AJ, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P707, DOI 10.1080/02687030500489953
Wiseman-Hakes C, 1998, J HEAD TRAUMA REHAB, V13, P23, DOI 10.1097/00001199-199812000-00005
Yeates KO, 2004, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V10, P412, DOI 10.1017/S1355617704103093
Zanini S, 2005, APHASIOLOGY, V19, P1107, DOI 10.1080/02687030500268977
NR 72
TC 5
Z9 5
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 10
BP 1054
EP 1070
DI 10.1080/02687030701632187
PG 17
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 360IP
UT WOS:000260051500003
ER
PT J
AU Cholin, J
AF Cholin, Joana
TI The mental syllabary in speech production: An integration of different
approaches and domains
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Speech production; Word-form encoding; Mental syllabary;
Syllable-frequency effects
ID SPREADING-ACTIVATION THEORY; V-TO-C; LANGUAGE PRODUCTION; PHONOLOGICAL
SIMILARITY; ARTICULATORY PHONOLOGY; SENTENCE PRODUCTION; WORD
PRODUCTION; LEXICAL ACCESS; VCV SEQUENCES; TIME COURSE
AB Background: The assumption of independently stored syllable motor programs has become an inherent part of the speech production model by Levelt and colleagues (Levelt, 1989, 1992; Levelt, Roelofs, Meyer, 1999; Levelt Wheeldon, 1994). In this model a mental syllabary is assumed to be located between the levels of phonological and phonetic encoding and is thought to contain the (high-frequency) syllables of a given language as ready-made whole gestural scores. The retrieval of precompiled syllable programs allows for rapid and fluent articulation and reduces the computational load relative to a segment-by-segment online assembly. A second online assembly is assumed to generate syllable programs for low-frequency and new syllables.
Aims: The aim of the current paper is to analyse and compare the findings from two different lines of research that investigated the notion of a mental syllabary in speech production: psycholinguistic studies on the one hand and clinical studies on the other hand. Both lines of research rest on the assumption that high- and low-frequency syllables involve different retrieval or assembly mechanisms: If high-frequency syllables are stored and can be retrieved as whole entities, retrieval times should both be faster and more accurate compared to low-frequency syllables that need to be assembled.
Main Contribution: The joint analysis of these two lines of research might reveal insights into the underlying mechanisms of phonological/phonetic encoding. Whereas there seems to be converging evidence for the assumption that high-frequency syllables are stored, the mechanisms that generate low-frequency syllables are less clear.
Conclusion: Taken altogether, the emerging picture shows that further research is needed in order to fully understand how the mental syllabary and related representations and processes interact. The integration of results from the two different domains, psycholinguistics and clinical research, might offer means for a deeper understanding, helping to further specify the mental syllabary theory.
C1 Johns Hopkins Univ, Dept Cognit Sci, Baltimore, MD 21218 USA.
RP Cholin, J (reprint author), Johns Hopkins Univ, Dept Cognit Sci, 237 Krieger Hall,3400 N Charles St, Baltimore, MD 21218 USA.
EM jocholin@cogsci.jhu.edu
CR Aichert I, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V88, P148, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00296-7
Aichert I, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1216, DOI 10.1080/02687030701820303
Alario FX, 2004, BEHAV RES METH INS C, V36, P140, DOI 10.3758/BF03195559
BAUMANN M, 1995, THESIS NIJMEGEN U NE
Booij Geert, 1995, PHONOLOGY DUTCH
Brand M, 2003, J MEM LANG, V48, P435, DOI 10.1016/S0749-596X(02)00522-3
BRAND M, 2002, ABSTR PSYCH SOC, V7, P94
BROWMAN CP, 1988, PHONETICA, V45, P140
BROWMAN CP, 1992, PHONETICA, V49, P155
BUXBAUM LJ, 2001, HDB COGNITIVE NEUROP, P543
Buxbaum LJ, 2005, COGNITIVE BRAIN RES, V25, P226, DOI 10.1016/j.cogbrainres.2005.05.014
Byrd D, 1996, J PHONETICS, V24, P209, DOI 10.1006/jpho.1996.0012
BYRD D, 1995, PHONETICA, V52, P285
Carreiras M, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V90, P393, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2003.12.003
Chen J. Y., 2003, CHINESE J PSYCHOL, V45, P107
CHOLIN J, 2008, COORDINATION P UNPUB
Cholin J, 2004, J MEM LANG, V50, P47, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2003.08.003
CHOLIN J, 2004, MPI SERIES, V26
CHOLIN J, 2008, EFFECTS SYLLAB UNPUB
Cholin J, 2006, COGNITION, V99, P205, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2005.01.009
Code C, 1998, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V12, P47, DOI 10.3109/02699209808985212
Costa A, 1998, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V24, P886, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.24.4.886
Croot K., 2004, P 10 AUSTR INT C SPE
DELL GS, 1988, J MEM LANG, V27, P124, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(88)90070-8
DELL GS, 1986, PSYCHOL REV, V93, P283, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.93.3.283
Dogil G, 2002, J NEUROLINGUIST, V15, P59, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(00)00021-X
Dronkers NF, 1996, NATURE, V384, P159, DOI 10.1038/384159a0
EVINCK S, 1997, THESIS BRUXELLES U B
FARNETANI E, 1990, NATO ADV SCI I D-BEH, V55, P93
Ferrand L, 1997, MEM COGNITION, V25, P458, DOI 10.3758/BF03201122
Ferrand L, 1996, J MEM LANG, V35, P708, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1996.0037
GANDOUR J, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V37, P232, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90017-5
Goldstein L., 2003, PHONETICS PHONOLOGY, P159
HENDRIKS H, 1996, ANN REPORT 1995
Indefrey P., 2000, NEW COGNITIVE NEUROS, V2nd, P845
JESCHENIAK JD, 1994, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V20, P824, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.20.4.824
KENT RD, 1983, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V26, P231
Kerzel D, 2000, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V26, P634, DOI 10.1037//0096-1523.26.2.634
Laganaro M, 2006, J MEM LANG, V55, P178, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2006.05.001
LAGANARO M, 2003, EUR C SCI APH FUNCT
Lebrun Y., 1990, J NEUROLINGUIST, V5, P379, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(90)90021-P
LEVELT W, 1989, SPEAKING INTENTION A
LEVELT WJM, 1992, COGNITION, V42, P1, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90038-J
LEVELT WJM, 1994, COGNITION, V50, P239, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(94)90030-2
Levelt WJM, 2001, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V98, P13464, DOI 10.1073/pnas.231459498
Levelt WJM, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P1
MCNEIL MR, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V38, P135, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90106-Q
MEYER AS, 1991, J MEM LANG, V30, P69, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(91)90011-8
MEYER AS, 1990, J MEM LANG, V29, P524, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(90)90050-A
Miller N, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P62
MONSELL S, 2002, EXP PSYCH SOC M LEUV
NICKELS L, 2000, ASPECTS LANGUAGE PRO, P115
ODELL K, 1990, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V55, P345
OLDFIELD RC, 1965, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V17, P273, DOI 10.1080/17470216508416445
Perea M., 1996, PSICOLOGICA, V17, P425
RECASENS D, 1984, J PHONETICS, V12, P61
RECASENS D, 1987, J PHONETICS, V15, P299
Roelofs A., 2002, STORAGE COMPUTATION, P183
Roelofs A, 1999, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V14, P173, DOI 10.1080/016909699386338
ROELOFS A, 1992, COGNITION, V42, P107, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90041-F
Roelofs A, 2002, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V17, P1, DOI 10.1080/01690960042000139
Roelofs A, 1997, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V12, P657, DOI 10.1080/016909697386655
Roelofs A, 1997, COGNITION, V64, P249, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(97)00027-9
SALTZMAN E, 1987, PSYCHOL REV, V94, P84, DOI 10.1037//0033-295X.94.1.84
Saltzman E. L, 1986, EXPT BRAIN RES SERIE, P129
Schiller N. O., 1996, J QUANTITATIVE LINGU, V3, P8, DOI 10.1080/09296179608590060
Schiller N. O., 2006, MENTAL LEXICON, V1, P231, DOI [10.1075/ml.1.2.04sch, DOI 10.1075/M1.1.2.04SCH]
Schiller NO, 1999, BRAIN LANG, V68, P300, DOI 10.1006/brln.1999.2109
Schiller NO, 2000, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V26, P512, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.26.2.512
Schiller NO, 2004, J MEM LANG, V50, P477, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2004.02.004
SCHILLER NO, 2002, PAPERS LAB PHONOLOGY, V7, P35
Schiller NO, 1998, J MEM LANG, V39, P484, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1998.2577
Schiller NO, 1997, LANG SPEECH, V40, P103
Sevald CA, 1995, J MEM LANG, V34, P807, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1995.1035
Varley R, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P78
Varley R, 2001, APHASIOLOGY, V15, P39
Varley R, 1999, J MED SPEECH-LANG PA, V7, P127
Vitevitch MS, 2004, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V30, P514, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.30.2.514
Vitevitch MS, 2003, MEM COGNITION, V31, P491, DOI 10.3758/BF03196091
Vitevitch MS, 2002, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V28, P735, DOI 10.1037//0278-7393.28.4.735
Whiteside SP, 1998, CORTEX, V34, P221, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(08)70749-4
Ziegler W, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1230, DOI 10.1080/02687030701820402
Ziegler Wolfram, 2002, Seminars in Speech and Language, V23, P231, DOI 10.1055/s-2002-35798
NR 83
TC 6
Z9 6
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 11
BP 1127
EP 1141
DI 10.1080/02687030701820352
PG 15
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 360IT
UT WOS:000260051900002
ER
PT J
AU Stenneken, P
Hofmann, MJ
Jacobs, AM
AF Stenneken, Prisca
Hofmann, Markus J.
Jacobs, Arthur M.
TI Sublexical units in aphasic jargon and in the standard language:
Comparative analyses of neologisms in connected speech
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Jargon aphasia; Neologism; Syllable frequency; Phoneme frequency;
Syllable structure
ID SYLLABLE FREQUENCY; SONORITY; SPEAKERS; PHONEME; ACCESS; ERRORS; MODEL
AB Background: It is a well-documented finding that phonemic speech errors in aphasia reflect certain characteristics of their intended targets. However, only few studies have investigated spontaneous speech productions of jargon-aphasic patients, in which lexical targets may be completely unrecognisable (abstruse phonemic neologisms). There is some evidence that these neologisms correspond to the standard language concerning phonemic content and structure.
Aims: The present study further explores similarities of aphasic neologisms and the standard language, to contribute to the discussion about the origin of non-target-related errors in jargon aphasia. It investigates whether similarities at the phoneme level can be confirmed even in connected, severely jargonised speech that does not allow identification of lexical targets. Moreover, it raises the question whether other sublexical units like syllables contribute to the formation of phonemic neologisms.
Methods & Procedures: Neologisms in spontaneous speech of a German-speaking jargon-aphasic patient were compared to the standard language concerning phoneme and syllable inventory, structural aspects, and distributional frequencies of sublexical measures. Data of the standard language were derived from meta-analyses of a German phonological word form database.
Outcomes & Results: A strong relatedness to the standard language was demonstrated for the aphasic neologisms in connected speech. Similarities regarded phoneme inventory, phonotactics, and phoneme frequency distributions. The patient data point to a preferred use of high-frequency phonemes and syllables in neologisms. In addition, a similar distribution of syllable frequencies and structures was observed in the neologisms and in standard German. Results indicate that syllable frequency serves as a predictor for the neologisms' distributional frequencies.
Conclusions: The present study indicated that phonemic neologisms with no or weak evidence for a lexical origin still conformed to the phonological characteristics of the standard language, suggesting undisturbed segmental phonological processing. With respect to processing levels in speech production, results specifically pointed to a prominent role of syllabic units. The present findings are compatible with the assumption that syllabic representations, like structural information of syllables, are constrained in neologism formation.
C1 [Stenneken, Prisca] Univ Bielefeld, Clin Linguist Unit, D-33501 Bielefeld, Germany.
[Stenneken, Prisca; Hofmann, Markus J.; Jacobs, Arthur M.] Free Univ Berlin, D-1000 Berlin, Germany.
RP Stenneken, P (reprint author), Univ Bielefeld, Clin Linguist Unit, Postfach 10 01 31, D-33501 Bielefeld, Germany.
EM prisca.stenneken@uni-bielefeld.de
RI Hofmann, Markus/C-3889-2008
CR Aichert I, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V88, P148, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00296-7
Aichert I, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P1201, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000516
Aichert I, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V95, P170, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.07.092
Baayen R. H., 1995, CELEX LEXICAL DATABA
BASTIAANSE R, 1994, J NEUROLINGUIST, V8, P247, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(94)90011-6
BUCKINGHAM HW, 1976, NEOLOGISTIC JARGON A
BUCKINGHAM HW, 1990, J NEUROLINGUIST, V5, P215, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(90)90012-N
BUTTERWORTH B, 1985, CURRENT PERSPECTIVES, P321
BUTTERWORTH B, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V8, P133, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90046-4
Cholin J, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1127, DOI 10.1080/02687030701820352
CHRISTMAN SS, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V46, P109, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1007
CHRISTMAN SS, 1992, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V6, P219, DOI 10.3109/02699209208985532
Clements G. N., 1990, PAPERS LAB PHONOLOGY, P283
Conrad M, 2006, PSYCHON B REV, V13, P339, DOI 10.3758/BF03193854
DELL GS, 1988, J MEM LANG, V27, P124, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(88)90070-8
Dell GS, 1997, PSYCHOL REV, V104, P801, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.104.4.801
DENOUDEN DB, 2002, CLIN LINGUISTICS THE, V227, P23
DOGIL G, 1990, J NEUROLINGUIST, V5, P353, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(90)90019-U
DUCHAN JF, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V9, P289, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90148-0
Gordon JK, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V82, P113, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00001-9
Hanlon RE, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V55, P199, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0101
Hillis AE, 1999, NEUROLOGY, V53, P1813
Hofmann MJ, 2007, BEHAV RES METHODS, V39, P620, DOI 10.3758/BF03193034
Huber W., 1983, AACHENER APHASIE TES
Janssen U, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1157, DOI 10.1080/02687030701820436
Kertesz A, 1970, Cortex, V6, P362
Kohn SE, 1996, BRAIN LANG, V52, P129, DOI 10.1006/brln.1996.0007
Laganaro M, 2006, J MEM LANG, V55, P178, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2006.05.001
Laganaro M, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1191, DOI 10.1080/02687030701820469
Laganaro M, 2005, J NEUROLINGUIST, V18, P221, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2004.12.001
Lecours A.R., 1982, PERSPECTIVES MENTAL, P217
LEVELT WJM, 1994, COGNITION, V50, P239, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(94)90030-2
Levelt WJM, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P1
Marshall J, 2006, APHASIOLOGY, V20, P387, DOI 10.1080/02687030500489946
PERECMAN E, 1981, JARGONAPHASIA, P177
Peuser G., 1981, JARGONAPHASIA, P259
Robson J, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V85, P109, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00503-5
Romani C, 1998, BRAIN LANG, V64, P83, DOI 10.1006/brln.1998.1958
SCHWARTZ MF, 1994, BRAIN LANG, V47, P52, DOI 10.1006/brln.1994.1042
SHATTUCKHUFNAGEL S, 1992, COGNITION, V42, P213, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(92)90044-I
STAIGER A, 2006, SCI APH M 7 PORT CON
Staiger A, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1201, DOI 10.1080/02687030701820584
Stenneken P, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V95, P221, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.07.114
Stenneken P, 2005, BEHAV NEUROL, V16, P103
Stenneken P, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V95, P280, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.01.013
Wilshire CE, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V84, P424, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00501-1
NR 46
TC 3
Z9 3
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 11
BP 1142
EP 1156
DI 10.1080/02687030701820501
PG 15
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 360IT
UT WOS:000260051900003
ER
PT J
AU Janssen, U
Domahs, F
AF Janssen, Ulrike
Domahs, Frank
TI Going on with optimised feet: Evidence for the interaction between
segmental and metrical structure in phonological encoding from a case of
primary progressive aphasia
SO APHASIOLOGY
LA English
DT Article
DE Word stress; Prosody; Regularisation; Reading; Repetition
ID SYLLABLE FREQUENCY; WORD PRODUCTION; LEXICAL STRESS; SPEECH PRODUCTION;
ASSIGNMENT; DYSLEXIA; PATTERNS; PATIENT; PHONEME
AB Background: Our knowledge about the interaction between segmental and metrical levels of representation in word production is still largely underspecified. In particular, there is only sparse evidence of how syllables are hierarchically organised into higher-level prosodic structures such as prosodic feet and words. Furthermore, the question whether stress assignment in German is sensitive to syllable weight is unresolved so far. While quantity-insensitive accounts state that stress is predominantly assigned to a default position (i.e., to the penultimate syllable) and other stress patterns are exceptional, quantity-sensitive accounts assume that stress assignment is determined by the weight of the final two syllables.
Aims: Impaired lexical retrieval may lead to regularisations of stress assignment. Such an error pattern will be examined to gain insights into the interrelation between different tiers of prosodic representations (e.g., syllable, foot, prosodic word).
Methods & Procedures: A reading and a repetition task were conducted with German-speaking patient HT, suffering from primary progressive aphasia, which especially affected her retrieval of lexical information. The material consisted of polysyllabic words with varying stress patterns and syllable structures.
Outcomes & Results: In reading, HT produced hardly any segmental errors, but a substantial amount of stress errors. Importantly, the patient not only over-generalised the default penultimate stress as would have been predicted by quantity-insensitive approaches. Instead, she over-applied different stress patterns depending on the weight of the last two syllables. In repetition, HT's output can be characterised as phonological jargon. Crucially, however, she hardly produced any stress errors. Rather, thorough analyses revealed that segmental deviations in her output led to optimised prosodic structures. For instance, insertions of rhyme segments could be observed mainly in strong syllables, i.e., syllables bearing main or secondary stress, whereas deletions occurred predominantly in weak, unstressed syllables.
Conclusions: The present data provide evidence for specific forms of interaction between segmental and metrical knowledge: On the one hand, segmental information influenced the patient's stress assignment errors in reading. On the other hand, prosodic information modified segmental errors even in severe jargon observed in repetition. With respect to the prosodic system of German, the observed error patterns show that the structure of the final syllable determines how syllables of a word are parsed into prosodic feet and, accordingly, which syllable has to be prominent. Thus, our results support quantity-sensitive approaches of stress assignment.
C1 [Janssen, Ulrike] Univ Marburg, Inst German Linguist, D-35032 Marburg, Germany.
[Domahs, Frank] Rhein Westfal TH Aachen, Univ Clin, Aachen, Germany.
RP Janssen, U (reprint author), Univ Marburg, Inst German Linguist, Wilhelm Roepke Str 6A, D-35032 Marburg, Germany.
EM janssenu@staff.uni-marburg.de
RI Domahs, Frank/J-9816-2012
CR Aichert I, 2004, BRAIN LANG, V88, P148, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00296-7
Aichert I, 2004, APHASIOLOGY, V18, P1201, DOI 10.1080/02687030444000516
AICHERT I, GERMAN DATABAS UNPUB
ALBER B, 1998, PHONOLOGY MORPHOLOGY, P113
ALBEVERIO S, 1997, METHODS FUNCT ANAL T, V3, P1
Baayen R. H., 1995, CELEX LEXICAL DATABA
Cappa SF, 1997, COGNITION, V65, P1, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(97)00024-3
De Bleser R., 2004, LEMO LEXIKON MODELL
Domahs F, 2006, J NEUROLINGUIST, V19, P1, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2005.07.001
Eisenberg Peter, 1991, Z SPRACHWISS, V10, P37, DOI 10.1515/zfsw.1991.10.1.37
Fery C, 1998, J COMP GER LINGUIST, V2, P101, DOI 10.1023/A:1009883701003
GALLANTE E, 2000, NEUROL SCI, V21, P39
Gerken LA, 1996, LANGUAGE, V72, P683, DOI 10.2307/416099
Giegerich H., 1985, METRICAL PHONOLOGY P
Hayes B., 1995, METRICAL STRESS THEO
Howard D, 2002, APHASIOLOGY, V16, P198, DOI 10.1080/02687040143000546
Huber W., 1983, AACHENER APHASIE TES
Janssen U., 2003, THESIS U DUESSELDORF
Janssen U, 2003, BRAIN LANG, V87, P114, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00225-6
Kager Rene, 1989, METRICAL THEORY STRE
Kaltenbacher Erika, 1994, Z SPRACHWISS, V13, P20
KIPARSKY P, 1979, LINGUIST INQ, V10, P421
Laganaro M, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V81, P601, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2550
Laganaro M, 2005, J NEUROLINGUIST, V18, P221, DOI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2004.12.001
Langdon D. W., 1995, VESPAR VERBAL SPATIA
Levelt WJM, 1999, TRENDS COGN SCI, V3, P223, DOI 10.1016/S1364-6613(99)01319-4
Levelt WJM, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P1
LIBERMAN M, 1977, LINGUIST INQ, V8, P249
MARSHALL JC, 1973, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V2, P175, DOI 10.1007/BF01067101
Mesulam MM, 2001, ANN NEUROL, V49, P425, DOI 10.1002/ana.91
MICELI G, 1993, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V10, P273, DOI 10.1080/02643299308253465
Nickels L, 1999, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V13, P269
Nickels L., 1997, SPOKEN WORD PRODUCTI
NIEMI J, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V26, P28, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90026-4
Osterrieth PA, 1944, ARCH PSYCHOL-GENEVE, V30, P206
Rey A, 1941, ARCH PSYCHOLOGIE, V28, P286
Selkirk E., 1982, STRUCTURE PHONOLOG 2, P337
Stenneken P, 2008, APHASIOLOGY, V22, P1142, DOI 10.1080/02687030701820501
Stenneken P, 2005, BRAIN LANG, V95, P221, DOI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.07.114
Wiese R, 1996, PHONOLOGY GERMAN
NR 40
TC 13
Z9 13
PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS
PI HOVE
PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND
SN 0268-7038
J9 APHASIOLOGY
JI Aphasiology
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 11
BP 1157
EP 1175
DI 10.1080/02687030701820436
PG 19
WC Clinical Neurology
SC Neurosciences & Neurology
GA 360IT
UT WOS:000260051900004
ER
EF